[web] Japanese translation of Deployment Guide for f15.

Tadashi Jokagi elf at fedoraproject.org
Thu Oct 13 08:45:08 UTC 2011


commit 1133d6c8cc67e27f846826dd8f5a7c26cde49bc0
Author: Tadashi Jokagi <elf at elf.no-ip.org>
Date:   Thu Oct 13 13:12:02 2011 +0900

    Japanese translation of Deployment Guide for f15.

 .../Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.epub          |  Bin 0 -> 5964513 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css | 1495 ++
 .../Common_Content/css/default.css                 |    3 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css   |    2 +
 .../Common_Content/css/overrides.css               |   51 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css  |   16 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png   |  Bin 0 -> 710 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png  |  Bin 0 -> 985 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png  |  Bin 0 -> 810 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1012 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1048 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png  |  Bin 0 -> 914 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png  |  Bin 0 -> 989 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1047 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png  |  Bin 0 -> 888 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1075 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1049 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png   |  Bin 0 -> 896 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1151 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png  |  Bin 0 -> 994 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1162 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1207 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1081 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1173 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1208 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1080 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1225 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1196 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png   |  Bin 0 -> 958 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1250 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1078 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1241 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1268 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1175 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1224 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1281 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1140 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1300 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1294 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png   |  Bin 0 -> 849 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1130 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png   |  Bin 0 -> 900 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png   |  Bin 0 -> 929 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png   |  Bin 0 -> 807 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png   |  Bin 0 -> 962 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png   |  Bin 0 -> 936 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg   |   27 +
 .../Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png      |  Bin 0 -> 157 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png     |  Bin 0 -> 177 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/documentation.png        |  Bin 0 -> 623 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png |  Bin 0 -> 98 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/dot2.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 98 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/green.png                |  Bin 0 -> 176 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png                |  Bin 0 -> 565 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/image_left.png           |  Bin 0 -> 1114 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/image_right.png          |  Bin 0 -> 2327 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/important.png            |  Bin 0 -> 2080 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/important.svg            |  106 +
 .../Common_Content/images/logo.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 1114 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/note.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 1241 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/note.svg                 |  111 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png |  Bin 0 -> 163 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/shade.png                |  Bin 0 -> 101 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/shine.png                |  Bin 0 -> 146 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png        |  Bin 0 -> 828 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png     |  Bin 0 -> 828 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png          |  Bin 0 -> 760 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-home.png           |  Bin 0 -> 808 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/title_logo.png           |  Bin 0 -> 13399 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg           |   61 +
 .../Common_Content/images/warning.png              |  Bin 0 -> 1340 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/warning.svg              |   89 +
 .../Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png      |  Bin 0 -> 25365 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/yellow.png               |  Bin 0 -> 175 bytes
 .../Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png |  Bin 0 -> 11632 bytes
 ...ork_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png |  Bin 0 -> 5259 bytes
 ...etwork_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png |  Bin 0 -> 22093 bytes
 .../Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png   |  Bin 0 -> 31181 bytes
 .../Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png  |  Bin 0 -> 9678 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png         |  Bin 0 -> 4424 bytes
 .../images/abrt-event-configuration.png            |  Bin 0 -> 24847 bytes
 .../html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png   |  Bin 0 -> 98481 bytes
 .../add-remove-software-filters-available.png      |  Bin 0 -> 33724 bytes
 .../add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png       |  Bin 0 -> 34259 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-install.png         |  Bin 0 -> 146637 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-log.png             |  Bin 0 -> 75718 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-package-group.png   |  Bin 0 -> 34730 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-remove.png          |  Bin 0 -> 146000 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 107991 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png            |  Bin 0 -> 143914 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png            |  Bin 0 -> 148734 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png            |  Bin 0 -> 95617 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png            |  Bin 0 -> 150412 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png            |  Bin 0 -> 141342 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png            |  Bin 0 -> 152297 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png            |  Bin 0 -> 147624 bytes
 .../images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png                |  Bin 0 -> 53804 bytes
 .../images/authconfig_advanced.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 45924 bytes
 .../images/date-and-time-panel.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 48154 bytes
 .../images/date-and-time-settings.png              |  Bin 0 -> 144513 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png         |  Bin 0 -> 55542 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png  |  Bin 0 -> 40874 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png          |  Bin 0 -> 28671 bytes
 ...p-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png |  Bin 0 -> 106844 bytes
 ...ernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png |  Bin 0 -> 85683 bytes
 ...kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png |  Bin 0 -> 8939 bytes
 ...p-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png |  Bin 0 -> 87143 bytes
 .../images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png     |  Bin 0 -> 90140 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png |  Bin 0 -> 25828 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png  |  Bin 0 -> 49050 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png  |  Bin 0 -> 26605 bytes
 .../images/printconf-add-printer.png               |  Bin 0 -> 36058 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png  |  Bin 0 -> 32754 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png  |  Bin 0 -> 38028 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png  |  Bin 0 -> 23959 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png  |  Bin 0 -> 72785 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png  |  Bin 0 -> 57353 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png  |  Bin 0 -> 30788 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png      |  Bin 0 -> 86383 bytes
 .../images/printconf-jetdirect.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 30180 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png      |  Bin 0 -> 68463 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png     |  Bin 0 -> 13800 bytes
 .../images/printconf-select-driver.png             |  Bin 0 -> 33708 bytes
 .../images/printconf-select-model.png              |  Bin 0 -> 38448 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png      |  Bin 0 -> 45591 bytes
 .../images/region-and-language-language.png        |  Bin 0 -> 106182 bytes
 .../images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png     |  Bin 0 -> 35313 bytes
 .../region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png      |  Bin 0 -> 20653 bytes
 .../images/region-and-language-layouts.png         |  Bin 0 -> 93535 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png    |  Bin 0 -> 8169 bytes
 .../images/s-c-samba-create-share.png              |  Bin 0 -> 12146 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png |  Bin 0 -> 16224 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png    |  Bin 0 -> 5728 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png          |  Bin 0 -> 32288 bytes
 .../images/samba-nautilus-domain.png               |  Bin 0 -> 83671 bytes
 .../images/software-update-preferences.png         |  Bin 0 -> 19629 bytes
 .../images/software-update-software-sources.png    |  Bin 0 -> 24882 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png    |  Bin 0 -> 189005 bytes
 .../images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png               |  Bin 0 -> 13748 bytes
 .../images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png        |  Bin 0 -> 14986 bytes
 .../images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png      |  Bin 0 -> 153630 bytes
 .../images/ssh-startup-applications.png            |  Bin 0 -> 151285 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png     |  Bin 0 -> 20604 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-add.png               |  Bin 0 -> 54249 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png            |  Bin 0 -> 91655 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png    |  Bin 0 -> 13977 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png    |  Bin 0 -> 84071 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png    |  Bin 0 -> 14896 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png  |  Bin 0 -> 88745 bytes
 .../images/system-monitor-file-systems.png         |  Bin 0 -> 114637 bytes
 .../images/system-monitor-processes.png            |  Bin 0 -> 162146 bytes
 .../images/system-monitor-resources.png            |  Bin 0 -> 146129 bytes
 .../images/user-accounts-create.png                |  Bin 0 -> 18774 bytes
 .../images/user-accounts-password-change.png       |  Bin 0 -> 42623 bytes
 .../images/user-accounts-remove.png                |  Bin 0 -> 25349 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png      |  Bin 0 -> 94029 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-add-group.png              |  Bin 0 -> 8717 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-add-user.png               |  Bin 0 -> 28869 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-edit-group.png             |  Bin 0 -> 14060 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-edit-user.png              |  Bin 0 -> 22514 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png       |  Bin 0 -> 108608 bytes
 .../15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/index.html     |14967 ++++++++++++++++++++
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css | 1495 ++
 .../Common_Content/css/default.css                 |    3 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css   |    2 +
 .../Common_Content/css/overrides.css               |   51 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css  |   16 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png   |  Bin 0 -> 710 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png  |  Bin 0 -> 985 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png  |  Bin 0 -> 810 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1012 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1048 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png  |  Bin 0 -> 914 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png  |  Bin 0 -> 989 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1047 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png  |  Bin 0 -> 888 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1075 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1049 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png   |  Bin 0 -> 896 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1151 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png  |  Bin 0 -> 994 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1162 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1207 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1081 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1173 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1208 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1080 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1225 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1196 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png   |  Bin 0 -> 958 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1250 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1078 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1241 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1268 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1175 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1224 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1281 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1140 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1300 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1294 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png   |  Bin 0 -> 849 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png  |  Bin 0 -> 1130 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg  |   31 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png   |  Bin 0 -> 900 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png   |  Bin 0 -> 929 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png   |  Bin 0 -> 807 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png   |  Bin 0 -> 962 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg   |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png   |  Bin 0 -> 936 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg   |   27 +
 .../Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png      |  Bin 0 -> 157 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png     |  Bin 0 -> 177 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/documentation.png        |  Bin 0 -> 623 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png |  Bin 0 -> 98 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/dot2.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 98 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/green.png                |  Bin 0 -> 176 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png                |  Bin 0 -> 565 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/image_left.png           |  Bin 0 -> 1114 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/image_right.png          |  Bin 0 -> 2327 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/important.png            |  Bin 0 -> 2080 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/important.svg            |  106 +
 .../Common_Content/images/logo.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 1114 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/note.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 1241 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/note.svg                 |  111 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png |  Bin 0 -> 163 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/shade.png                |  Bin 0 -> 101 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/shine.png                |  Bin 0 -> 146 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png        |  Bin 0 -> 828 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png     |  Bin 0 -> 828 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png          |  Bin 0 -> 760 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/stock-home.png           |  Bin 0 -> 808 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/title_logo.png           |  Bin 0 -> 13399 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg           |   61 +
 .../Common_Content/images/warning.png              |  Bin 0 -> 1340 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/warning.svg              |   89 +
 .../Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png      |  Bin 0 -> 25365 bytes
 .../Common_Content/images/yellow.png               |  Bin 0 -> 175 bytes
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/abrt-plugins.html     |   22 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/app-Revision_History.html     |   25 +
 .../ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html                |  147 +
 .../ch-Configuring_Authentication.html             |  429 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DHCP_Servers.html  |   16 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DNS_Servers.html   |   38 +
 .../ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html            |   32 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/ch-Directory_Servers.html     |  485 +
 .../ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html                 |  663 +
 ...ackage_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html |   16 +
 .../ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html    |   18 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Mail_Servers.html  |   98 +
 .../ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html              |   66 +
 .../ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html          |   40 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/ch-Network_Interfaces.html    |   38 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-OpenSSH.html       |   96 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-PackageKit.html    |   46 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-RPM.html    |   54 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/ch-Services_and_Daemons.html  |   34 +
 .../ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html                |  117 +
 .../ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html                |  336 +
 .../ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html         |  311 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Web_Servers.html   | 1280 ++
 .../ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html            |   80 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-abrt.html   |   28 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-kdump.html  |  230 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-proc.html   |   65 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-yum.html    |   97 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s02.html   |   30 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05.html   |   30 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s02.html       |   20 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s03.html       |   14 +
 .../chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html  |  291 +
 .../chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html |   74 +
 .../chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html         |   18 +
 .../chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html      |  186 +
 .../chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html      |  122 +
 .../configuring-automatic-reporting.html           |   21 +
 .../configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html  |   58 +
 .../configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html            |   60 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring.html      |   51 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/dhcp-relay-agent.html |   18 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/generating-backtrace.html     |   76 +
 .../Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png |  Bin 0 -> 11632 bytes
 ...ork_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png |  Bin 0 -> 5259 bytes
 ...etwork_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png |  Bin 0 -> 22093 bytes
 .../Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png   |  Bin 0 -> 31181 bytes
 .../Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png  |  Bin 0 -> 9678 bytes
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png |  Bin 0 -> 4424 bytes
 .../images/abrt-event-configuration.png            |  Bin 0 -> 24847 bytes
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png       |  Bin 0 -> 98481 bytes
 .../add-remove-software-filters-available.png      |  Bin 0 -> 33724 bytes
 .../add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png       |  Bin 0 -> 34259 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-install.png         |  Bin 0 -> 146637 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-log.png             |  Bin 0 -> 75718 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-package-group.png   |  Bin 0 -> 34730 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software-remove.png          |  Bin 0 -> 146000 bytes
 .../images/add-remove-software.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 107991 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png            |  Bin 0 -> 143914 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png            |  Bin 0 -> 148734 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png            |  Bin 0 -> 95617 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png            |  Bin 0 -> 150412 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png            |  Bin 0 -> 141342 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png            |  Bin 0 -> 152297 bytes
 .../images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png            |  Bin 0 -> 147624 bytes
 .../images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png                |  Bin 0 -> 53804 bytes
 .../images/authconfig_advanced.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 45924 bytes
 .../images/date-and-time-panel.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 48154 bytes
 .../images/date-and-time-settings.png              |  Bin 0 -> 144513 bytes
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png |  Bin 0 -> 55542 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png  |  Bin 0 -> 40874 bytes
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png  |  Bin 0 -> 28671 bytes
 ...p-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png |  Bin 0 -> 106844 bytes
 ...ernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png |  Bin 0 -> 85683 bytes
 ...kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png |  Bin 0 -> 8939 bytes
 ...p-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png |  Bin 0 -> 87143 bytes
 .../images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png     |  Bin 0 -> 90140 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png |  Bin 0 -> 25828 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png  |  Bin 0 -> 49050 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png  |  Bin 0 -> 26605 bytes
 .../images/printconf-add-printer.png               |  Bin 0 -> 36058 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png  |  Bin 0 -> 32754 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png  |  Bin 0 -> 38028 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png  |  Bin 0 -> 23959 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png  |  Bin 0 -> 72785 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png  |  Bin 0 -> 57353 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png  |  Bin 0 -> 30788 bytes
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png |  Bin 0 -> 86383 bytes
 .../images/printconf-jetdirect.png                 |  Bin 0 -> 30180 bytes
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png |  Bin 0 -> 68463 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png     |  Bin 0 -> 13800 bytes
 .../images/printconf-select-driver.png             |  Bin 0 -> 33708 bytes
 .../images/printconf-select-model.png              |  Bin 0 -> 38448 bytes
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png |  Bin 0 -> 45591 bytes
 .../images/region-and-language-language.png        |  Bin 0 -> 106182 bytes
 .../images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png     |  Bin 0 -> 35313 bytes
 .../region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png      |  Bin 0 -> 20653 bytes
 .../images/region-and-language-layouts.png         |  Bin 0 -> 93535 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png    |  Bin 0 -> 8169 bytes
 .../images/s-c-samba-create-share.png              |  Bin 0 -> 12146 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png |  Bin 0 -> 16224 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png    |  Bin 0 -> 5728 bytes
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png  |  Bin 0 -> 32288 bytes
 .../images/samba-nautilus-domain.png               |  Bin 0 -> 83671 bytes
 .../images/software-update-preferences.png         |  Bin 0 -> 19629 bytes
 .../images/software-update-software-sources.png    |  Bin 0 -> 24882 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png    |  Bin 0 -> 189005 bytes
 .../images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png               |  Bin 0 -> 13748 bytes
 .../images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png        |  Bin 0 -> 14986 bytes
 .../images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png      |  Bin 0 -> 153630 bytes
 .../images/ssh-startup-applications.png            |  Bin 0 -> 151285 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png     |  Bin 0 -> 20604 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-add.png               |  Bin 0 -> 54249 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png            |  Bin 0 -> 91655 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png    |  Bin 0 -> 13977 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png    |  Bin 0 -> 84071 bytes
 .../images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png    |  Bin 0 -> 14896 bytes
 .../Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png  |  Bin 0 -> 88745 bytes
 .../images/system-monitor-file-systems.png         |  Bin 0 -> 114637 bytes
 .../images/system-monitor-processes.png            |  Bin 0 -> 162146 bytes
 .../images/system-monitor-resources.png            |  Bin 0 -> 146129 bytes
 .../images/user-accounts-create.png                |  Bin 0 -> 18774 bytes
 .../images/user-accounts-password-change.png       |  Bin 0 -> 42623 bytes
 .../images/user-accounts-remove.png                |  Bin 0 -> 25349 bytes
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png |  Bin 0 -> 94029 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-add-group.png              |  Bin 0 -> 8717 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-add-user.png               |  Bin 0 -> 28869 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-edit-group.png             |  Bin 0 -> 14060 bytes
 .../images/user-manager-edit-user.png              |  Bin 0 -> 22514 bytes
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png  |  Bin 0 -> 108608 bytes
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html     |   35 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ix01.html      |   10 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/lease-database.html   |   18 +
 .../part-Basic_System_Configuration.html           |   12 +
 .../part-Infrastructure_Services.html              |   12 +
 ...art-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html |   12 +
 .../part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html            |   12 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Networking.html  |   12 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/part-Package_Management.html  |   12 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Servers.html     |   12 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01.html      |   26 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03.html   |   62 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s02.html       |   35 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s03.html       |   18 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/pref-Acknowledgments.html     |   14 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/reporter-plugins.html |   20 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-BIND.html   |  338 +
 .../Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-FTP.html    |   26 +
 .../s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html         |   24 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-autotasks-at-batch.html    |   42 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-check-rpm-sig.html |   38 +
 .../s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html              |   24 +
 .../s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html                |   30 +
 .../s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html                |  111 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html  |   24 +
 .../s1-email-additional-resources.html             |   36 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mda.html     |   64 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mta.html     |   79 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mua.html     |   62 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-types.html   |   22 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-crash.html   |   65 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-resources.html  |   20 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-boot-loader.html    |   87 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-download.html  |   18 +
 .../s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html    |   30 +
 .../s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html                 |   19 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-preparing.html |   56 +
 .../s1-log-files-additional-resources.html         |   20 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-adding.html  |   18 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-examining.html    |   14 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-locating.html     |   79 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-viewing.html |   50 +
 .../s1-networkscripts-control.html                 |   50 +
 .../s1-networkscripts-functions.html               |   16 +
 .../s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html              |  117 +
 .../s1-networkscripts-resources.html               |   16 +
 .../s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html           |   55 +
 .../s1-openssh-additional-resources.html           |   26 +
 .../s1-printing-additional-resources.html          |   30 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-edit.html |   65 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-ipp-printer.html  |   34 +
 .../s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html             |   28 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-select-model.html |   55 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-smb-printer.html  |   50 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-test-page.html    |   18 +
 .../s1-proc-additional-resources.html              |   24 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-directories.html |  119 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-sysctl.html   |   31 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-topfiles.html |   24 +
 .../s1-rpm-additional-resources.html               |   16 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-impressing.html   |   88 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-using.html     |   32 +
 .../s1-services-additional-resources.html          |   12 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-services-running.html |   65 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-beyondshell.html  |   23 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-clients.html   |   35 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-configuration.html     |   96 +
 .../s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html         |   14 +
 .../s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html               |   31 +
 .../s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html           |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html   |   42 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-hardware.html |   20 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html  |   24 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-configui.html   |   56 +
 .../s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html      |   44 +
 .../s1-users-groups-private-groups.html            |   32 +
 .../s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html          |   32 +
 .../s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html           |  390 +
 .../s1-users-groups-standard-users.html            | 1502 ++
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-tools.html   |  181 +
 .../s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html  |   18 +
 .../s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html             |   18 +
 .../s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html             |   12 +
 .../s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html            |   20 +
 .../s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html          |   28 +
 .../s2-bind-additional-resources.html              |   42 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-dig.html      |   97 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-features.html |   36 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-mistakes.html |   22 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-rndc.html     |   89 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-zone.html     |  256 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html   |  116 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-sendmail.html    |  118 +
 .../s2-email-procmail-recipes.html                 |  141 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-email-related-books.html   |   20 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-switchmail.html |   16 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mda.html  |   14 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mua.html  |   14 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-email-useful-websites.html |   26 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-resources.html |   28 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-servers.html   |   36 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html  |  338 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html |   34 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html |   35 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-exit.html |   13 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-files.html     |   22 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-log.html  |   37 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-memory.html    |   40 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-processes.html |   25 +
 .../s2-kdump-resources-online.html                 |   12 +
 .../s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html             |   20 +
 .../s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html             |   27 +
 ...rnel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html |   12 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-keys-checking.html |   18 +
 .../s2-log-files-useful-websites.html              |   14 +
 .../s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html        |   28 +
 .../s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html         |   41 +
 .../s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html        |   20 +
 .../s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html         |   74 +
 .../s2-openssh-useful-websites.html                |   16 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cmdline.html  |   22 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cpuinfo.html  |   48 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-crypto.html   |   23 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-devices.html  |   47 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-bus.html  |   34 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-driver.html  |   32 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-fs.html   |   12 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-irq.html  |   18 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-net.html  |   54 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-scsi.html |   97 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sys.html  |  333 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html |   12 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dma.html      |   14 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-execdomains.html |   16 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-fb.html       |   14 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-filesystems.html |   38 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-interrupts.html  |   50 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-iomem.html    |   30 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-ioports.html  |   38 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kcore.html    |   16 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kmsg.html     |   12 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-loadavg.html  |   18 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-locks.html    |   24 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mdstat.html   |   22 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-meminfo.html  |   88 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-misc.html     |   16 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-modules.html  |   41 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mounts.html   |   30 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mtrr.html     |   19 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-partitions.html  |   29 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pci.html      |   45 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pid.html      |   58 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-slabinfo.html |   67 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-stat.html     |   49 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-swaps.html    |   17 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html    |   14 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-tty.html      |   30 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-uptime.html   |   16 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-version.html  |   16 +
 .../s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html          |   16 +
 .../s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html   |   16 +
 .../s2-redhat-config-users-process.html            |   82 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-freshening.html   |   24 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-querying.html  |   36 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-related-books.html     |   12 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-uninstalling.html |   27 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-useful-websites.html   |   14 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-verifying.html |   52 +
 .../s2-services-additional-resources-books.html    |   12 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html |   32 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-scp.html  |   30 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html |   51 +
 .../s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html             |  128 +
 .../s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html            |   24 +
 .../s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html                 |   29 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html  |   24 +
 .../s3-services-running-restarting.html            |   14 +
 .../s3-services-running-running.html               |   16 +
 .../s3-services-running-stopping.html              |   16 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html |   34 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sec-Additional_Resources.html |   12 +
 .../sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html            |   24 +
 .../sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html  |  110 +
 .../sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html             |   20 +
 .../sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html |   72 +
 .../sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html        |   45 +
 .../sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html         |   58 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing.html   |   55 +
 .../sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html           |   12 +
 ...sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html |   16 +
 ...ing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html |   28 +
 .../sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html              |   90 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sec-Listing_Packages.html     |  100 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sec-Loading_a_Module.html     |   30 +
 .../sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html               |   94 +
 .../sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html           |   23 +
 .../sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html             |   25 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html  |   55 +
 .../sec-Printer_Configuration.html                 |   24 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Removing.html     |   30 +
 .../sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html             |   45 +
 .../html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_Printer.html |   24 +
 .../sec-Setting_repository_Options.html            |   46 +
 .../sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html   |   16 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sec-Unloading_a_Module.html   |   41 +
 .../sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html             |   18 +
 .../sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html                 |  192 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html  |   28 +
 .../sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html  |   66 +
 .../sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html           |   21 +
 .../15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Yum_Plugins.html  |   35 +
 .../sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html               |   30 +
 .../sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html |  115 +
 ...nd_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html |   18 +
 ...d_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html |   52 +
 ...e_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html |   27 +
 ...anguage_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html |   28 +
 .../sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html            |   76 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/sect-Preface-Feedback.html    |   20 +
 ...Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html |   83 +
 ...uration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html |   87 +
 ...SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html |   58 +
 ...ation_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html |   71 +
 .../sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html           |   41 +
 .../Deployment_Guide/testing-upload-method.html    |   21 +
 .../Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.pdf           |  Bin 0 -> 6831987 bytes
 669 files changed, 38880 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/epub/Deployment_Guide/Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.epub b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/epub/Deployment_Guide/Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.epub
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f21813d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/epub/Deployment_Guide/Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.epub differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9603b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css
@@ -0,0 +1,1495 @@
+body, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, pre, li, div {
+	line-height: 1.29em;
+}
+
+body {
+	background-color: white;
+	margin:0 auto;
+	font-family: "liberation sans", "Myriad ", "Bitstream Vera Sans", "Lucida Grande", "Luxi Sans", "Trebuchet MS", helvetica, verdana, arial, sans-serif;
+	font-size:12px;
+	max-width:55em;
+	color:black;
+}
+
+body.toc_embeded {
+	/*for web hosting system only*/
+	margin-left: 300px;
+}
+
+object.toc, iframe.toc {
+	/*for web hosting system only*/
+	border-style:none;
+	position:fixed;
+	width:290px;
+	height:99.99%;
+	top:0;
+	left:0;
+	z-index: 100;
+	border-style:none;
+	border-right:1px solid #999;
+}
+
+/* Hide web menu */
+
+body.notoc {
+	margin-left: 3em;
+}
+
+iframe.notoc {
+	border-style:none;
+	border: none;
+	padding: 0em;
+	position:fixed;
+	width: 21px;
+	height: 29px;
+	top: 0px;
+	left:0;
+	overflow: hidden;
+	margin: 0em;
+	margin-left: -3px;
+}
+/* End hide web menu */
+
+/* desktop styles */
+body.desktop {
+	margin-left: 26em;
+}
+
+body.desktop .book > .toc {
+	display:block;
+	width:24em;
+	height:99%;
+	position:fixed;
+	overflow:auto;
+	top:0px;
+	left:0px;
+	padding-left:1em;
+	background-color:#EEEEEE;
+}
+
+.toc {
+	line-height:1.35em;
+}
+
+.toc .glossary,
+.toc .chapter, .toc .appendix {
+	margin-top:1em;
+}
+
+.toc .part {
+	margin-top:1em;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+span.glossary,
+span.appendix {
+	display:block;
+	margin-top:0.5em;
+}
+
+div {
+	padding-top:0px;
+}
+
+div.section {
+	padding-top:1em;
+}
+
+p, div.para, div.formalpara {
+	padding-top:0px;
+	margin-top:0.3em;
+	padding-bottom:0px;
+	margin-bottom:1em;
+}
+
+/*Links*/
+a {
+	outline: none;
+}
+
+a:link {
+	text-decoration:none;
+	border-bottom: 1px dotted ;
+	color:#3366cc;
+}
+
+a:visited {
+	text-decoration:none;
+	border-bottom: 1px dotted ;
+	color:#003366;
+}
+
+div.longdesc-link {
+	float:right;
+	color:#999;
+}
+
+.toc a, .qandaset a {
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+/*headings*/
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
+	color: #336699;
+	margin-top: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 0em;
+	background-color: transparent;
+}
+
+h1 {
+	font-size:2.0em;
+}
+
+.titlepage h1.title {
+	font-size: 3.0em;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+	text-align:left;
+}
+
+.book > .titlepage h1.title {
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.article > .titlepage h1.title {
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.set .titlepage > div > div > h1.title {
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.producttitle {
+	margin-top: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 0em;
+	font-size: 3.0em;
+	font-weight: bold;
+	background: #003d6e url(../images/h1-bg.png) top left repeat-x;
+	color: white;
+	text-align: center;
+	padding: 0.7em;
+}
+
+.titlepage .corpauthor {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+.section h1.title {
+	font-size: 1.6em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	color: #336699;
+	text-align: left;
+	background: white;
+}
+
+h2 {
+	font-size:1.6em;
+}
+
+
+h2.subtitle, h3.subtitle {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	font-size: 1.4em;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+.preface > div > div > div > h2.title {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	font-size: 2.0em;
+}
+
+.appendix h2 {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	font-size: 2.0em;
+}
+
+
+
+h3 {
+	font-size:1.3em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+h4 {
+	font-size:1.1em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+
+h5 {
+	font-size:1em;
+}
+
+h6 {
+	font-size:1em;
+}
+
+h5.formalpara {
+	font-size:1em;
+	margin-top:2em;
+	margin-bottom:.8em;
+}
+
+.abstract h6 {
+	margin-top:1em;
+	margin-bottom:.5em;
+	font-size:2em;
+}
+
+/*element rules*/
+hr {
+	border-collapse: collapse;
+	border-style:none;
+	border-top: 1px dotted #ccc;
+	width:100%;
+	margin-top: 3em;
+}
+
+/* web site rules */
+ul.languages, .languages li {
+	display:inline;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.languages li a {
+	padding:0em .5em;
+	text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+.languages li p, .languages li div.para {
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+.languages li a:link, .languages li a:visited {
+	color:#444;
+}
+
+.languages li a:hover, .languages li a:focus, .languages li a:active {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+ul.languages {
+	display:block;
+	background-color:#eee;
+	padding:.5em;
+}
+
+/*supporting stylesheets*/
+
+/*unique to the webpage only*/
+.books {
+	position:relative;
+}
+
+.versions li {
+	width:100%;
+	clear:both;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+a.version {
+	font-size:2em;
+	text-decoration:none;
+	width:100%;
+	display:block;
+	padding:1em 0em .2em 0em;
+	clear:both;
+}
+
+a.version:before {
+	content:"Version";
+	font-size:smaller;
+}
+
+a.version:visited, a.version:link {
+	color:#666;
+}
+
+a.version:focus, a.version:hover {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+.books {
+	display:block;
+	position:relative;
+	clear:both;
+	width:100%;
+}
+
+.books li {
+	display:block;
+	width:200px;
+	float:left;
+	position:relative;
+	clear: none ;
+}
+
+.books .html {
+	width:170px;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+.books .pdf {
+	position:absolute;
+	left:170px;
+	top:0px;
+	font-size:smaller;
+}
+
+.books .pdf:link, .books .pdf:visited {
+	color:#555;
+}
+
+.books .pdf:hover, .books .pdf:focus {
+	color:#000;
+}
+
+.books li a {
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.books li a:hover {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+/*products*/
+.products li {
+	display: block;
+	width:300px;
+	float:left;
+}
+
+.products li a {
+	width:300px;
+	padding:.5em 0em;
+}
+
+.products ul {
+	clear:both;
+}
+
+/*revision history*/
+.revhistory {
+	display:block;
+}
+
+.revhistory table {
+	background-color:transparent;
+	border-color:#fff;
+	padding:0em;
+	margin: 0;
+	border-collapse:collapse;
+	border-style:none;
+}
+
+.revhistory td {
+	text-align :left;
+	padding:0em;
+	border: none;
+	border-top: 1px solid #fff;
+	font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+.revhistory .simplelist td {
+	font-weight: normal;
+}
+
+.revhistory .simplelist {
+	margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+	margin-left: 1em;
+}
+
+.revhistory table th {
+	display: none;
+}
+
+
+/*credits*/
+.authorgroup div {
+	clear:both;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+h3.author {
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+}
+
+.authorgroup h4 {
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+.author, 
+.editor, 
+.translator, 
+.othercredit,
+.contrib {
+	display: block;
+}
+
+.revhistory .author {
+	display: inline;
+}
+
+.othercredit h3 {
+	padding-top: 1em;
+}
+
+
+.othercredit {
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.releaseinfo {
+	clear: both;
+}
+
+.copyright {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+/* qanda sets */
+.answer {
+	margin-bottom:1em;
+	border-bottom:1px dotted #ccc;
+}
+
+.qandaset .toc {
+	border-bottom:1px dotted #ccc;
+}
+
+.question {
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.answer .data, .question .data {
+	padding-left: 2.6em;
+}
+
+.answer label, .question label {
+	float:left;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+/* inline syntax highlighting */
+.perl_Alert {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+.perl_BaseN {
+	color: #007f00;
+}
+
+.perl_BString {
+	color: #5C3566;
+}
+
+.perl_Char {
+	color: #ff00ff;
+}
+
+.perl_Comment {
+	color: #FF00FF;
+}
+
+
+.perl_DataType {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_DecVal {
+	color: #00007f;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Error {
+	color: #ff0000;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Float {
+	color: #00007f;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Function {
+	color: #007f00;
+}
+
+
+.perl_IString {
+	color: #5C3566;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Keyword {
+	color: #002F5D;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Operator {
+	color: #ffa500;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Others {
+	color: #b03060;
+}
+
+
+.perl_RegionMarker {
+	color: #96b9ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Reserved {
+	color: #9b30ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_String {
+	color: #5C3566;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Variable {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Warning {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+/*Lists*/
+ul {
+	padding-left:1.6em;
+	list-style-image:url(../images/dot.png);
+	list-style-type: circle;
+}
+
+ul ul {
+	list-style-image:url(../images/dot2.png);
+	list-style-type: circle;
+}
+
+ol {
+	list-style-image:none;
+	list-style-type: decimal;
+}
+
+ol ol {
+	list-style-type: lower-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.arabic {
+	list-style-type: decimal;
+}
+
+ol.loweralpha {
+	list-style-type: lower-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.lowerroman {
+	list-style-type: lower-roman;
+}
+
+ol.upperalpha {
+	list-style-type: upper-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.upperroman {
+	list-style-type: upper-roman;
+}
+
+dt {
+	font-weight:bold;
+	margin-bottom:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+
+dd {
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-left:2em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+li {
+	padding-top:0px;
+	margin-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0px;
+	margin-bottom:0.4em;
+}
+
+li p, li div.para {
+	padding-top:0px;
+	margin-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0px;
+	margin-bottom:0.3em;
+}
+
+/*images*/
+img {
+	display:block;
+	margin: 2em 0;
+}
+
+.inlinemediaobject, .inlinemediaobject img {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+}
+
+.figure img {
+	display:block;
+	margin:0;
+}
+
+.figure .title {
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-bottom:2em;
+	padding:0px;
+}
+
+/*document modes*/
+.confidential {
+	background-color:#900;
+	color:White;
+	padding:.5em .5em;
+	text-transform:uppercase;
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.longdesc-link {
+	display:none;
+}
+
+.longdesc {
+	display:none;
+}
+
+.prompt {
+	padding:0em .3em;
+}
+
+/*user interface styles*/
+.screen .replaceable {
+}
+
+.guibutton, .guilabel {
+	font-family: "liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-weight: bold;
+	white-space: nowrap;
+}
+
+.example {
+	background-color: #ffffff;
+	border-left: 3px solid #aaaaaa;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+	padding-bottom: 0.1em;
+}
+
+.example h6 {
+	padding-left: 10px;
+}
+
+.example-contents {
+	padding-left: 10px;
+	background-color: #ffffff;
+}
+
+.example-contents .para {
+/*	 padding: 10px;*/
+}
+
+/*terminal/console text*/
+.computeroutput, 
+.option {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.replaceable {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-style: italic;
+}
+
+.command, .filename, .keycap, .classname, .literal {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+/* no bold in toc */
+.toc * {
+	font-weight: inherit;
+}
+
+pre {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	display:block;
+	background-color: #f5f5f5;
+	color: #000000;
+	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+	margin-bottom: 0.3em;
+	padding:.5em 1em;
+	white-space: pre-wrap; /* css-3 */
+	white-space: -moz-pre-wrap !important; /* Mozilla, since 1999 */
+	white-space: -pre-wrap; /* Opera 4-6 */
+	white-space: -o-pre-wrap; /* Opera 7 */
+	word-wrap: break-word; /* Internet Explorer 5.5+ */
+	font-size: 0.9em;
+}
+
+pre .replaceable, 
+pre .keycap {
+}
+
+code {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	white-space: nowrap;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.parameter code {
+	display: inline;
+	white-space: pre-wrap; /* css-3 */
+	white-space: -moz-pre-wrap !important; /* Mozilla, since 1999 */
+	white-space: -pre-wrap; /* Opera 4-6 */
+	white-space: -o-pre-wrap; /* Opera 7 */
+	word-wrap: break-word; /* Internet Explorer 5.5+ */
+}
+
+/*Notifications*/
+div.warning:before {
+	content:url(../images/warning.png);
+	padding-left: 5px;
+}
+
+div.note:before {
+	content:url(../images/note.png);
+	padding-left: 5px;
+}
+
+div.important:before {
+	content:url(../images/important.png);
+	padding-left: 5px;
+}
+
+div.warning, div.note, div.important {
+	color: black;
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	background: none;
+	background-color: white;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	border-bottom: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+}
+
+div.warning h2, div.note h2,div.important h2 {
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	color: #eeeeec;
+	padding-top: 0px;
+	padding-bottom: 0px;
+	height: 1.4em;
+	line-height: 1.4em;
+	font-size: 1.4em;
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+div.admonition_header {
+	clear: both;
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin-top: -3.3em;
+	padding-left: 58px;
+	line-height: 1.0em;
+	font-size: 1.0em;
+}
+
+div.warning div.admonition_header {
+	background: url(../images/red.png) top left repeat-x;
+	background-color: #590000;
+}
+
+div.note div.admonition_header {
+	background: url(../images/green.png) top right repeat-x;
+	background-color: #597800;
+}
+
+div.important div.admonition_header {
+	background: url(../images/yellow.png) top right repeat-x;
+	background-color: #a6710f;
+}
+
+div.warning p, div.warning div.para,
+div.note p, div.note div.para,
+div.important p, div.important div.para {
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin: 0em;
+}
+
+div.admonition {
+	border: none;
+	border-left: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+	border-right: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+	padding:0em;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding-top: 1.5em;
+	padding-bottom: 1em;
+	padding-left: 2em;
+	padding-right: 1em;
+	background-color: #eeeeec;
+	-moz-border-radius: 0px;
+	-webkit-border-radius: 0px;
+	border-radius: 0px;
+}
+
+/*Page Title*/
+#title  {
+	display:block;
+	height:45px;
+	padding-bottom:1em;
+	margin:0em;
+}
+
+#title a.left{
+	display:inline;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+#title a.left img{
+	border:none;
+	float:left;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:.7em;
+}
+
+#title a.right {
+	padding-bottom:1em;
+}
+
+#title a.right img {
+	border:none;
+	float:right;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:.7em;
+}
+
+/*Table*/
+table {
+	border:1px solid #6c614b;
+	width:100%;
+	border-collapse:collapse;
+}
+
+table.simplelist, .calloutlist table {
+	border-style: none;
+}
+
+table th {
+	text-align:left;
+	background-color:#6699cc;
+	padding:.3em .5em;
+	color:white;
+}
+
+table td {
+	padding:.15em .5em;
+}
+
+table tr.even td {
+	background-color:#f5f5f5;
+}
+
+table th p:first-child, table td p:first-child, table  li p:first-child,
+table th div.para:first-child, table td div.para:first-child, table  li div.para:first-child {
+	margin-top:0em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+th, td {
+	border-style:none;
+	vertical-align: top;
+	border: 1px solid #000;
+}
+
+.simplelist th, .simplelist td {
+	border: none;
+}
+
+table table td {
+	border-bottom:1px dotted #aaa;
+	background-color:white;
+	padding:.6em 0em;
+}
+
+table table {
+	border:1px solid white;
+}
+
+td.remarkval {
+	color:#444;
+}
+
+td.fieldval {
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.lbname, .lbtype, .lbdescr, .lbdriver, .lbhost {
+	color:white;
+	font-weight:bold;
+	background-color:#999;
+	width:120px;
+}
+
+td.remarkval {
+	width:230px;
+}
+
+td.tname {
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+th.dbfield {
+	width:120px;
+}
+
+th.dbtype {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+th.dbdefault {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+th.dbnul {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+th.dbkey {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+span.book {
+	margin-top:4em;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+span.chapter {
+	display:block;
+	margin-top:0.5em;
+}
+
+table.simplelist td, .calloutlist table td {
+	border-style: none;
+}
+
+/*Breadcrumbs*/
+#breadcrumbs ul li.first:before {
+	content:" ";
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs {
+	color:#900;
+	padding:3px;
+	margin-bottom:25px;
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs ul {
+	margin-left:0;
+	padding-left:0;
+	display:inline;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs ul li {
+	margin-left:0;
+	padding-left:2px;
+	border:none;
+	list-style:none;
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs ul li:before {
+	content:"\0020 \0020 \0020 \00BB \0020";
+	color:#333;
+}
+
+/*index*/
+.glossary h3, 
+.index h3 {
+	font-size: 2em;
+	color:#aaa;
+	margin:0em;
+}
+
+.indexdiv {
+	margin-bottom:1em;
+}
+
+.glossary dt,
+.index dt {
+	color:#444;
+	padding-top:.5em;
+}
+
+.glossary dl dl dt, 
+.index dl dl dt {
+	color:#777;
+	font-weight:normal;
+	padding-top:0em;
+}
+
+.index dl dl dt:before {
+	content:"- ";
+	color:#ccc;
+}
+
+/*changes*/
+.footnote {
+	font-size: .7em;
+	margin:0em;
+	color:#222;
+}
+
+table .footnote {
+}
+
+sup {
+	color:#999;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	line-height: .4em;
+	font-size: 1em;
+	padding-left:0em;
+}
+
+.footnote {
+	position:relative;
+}
+
+.footnote sup  {
+	color:#e3dcc0;
+	position:absolute;
+	left: .4em;
+}
+
+.footnote sup a:link, 
+.footnote sup a:visited {
+	color:#92917d;
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.footnote:hover sup a {
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.footnote p,.footnote div.para {
+	padding-left:2em;
+}
+
+.footnote a:link, 
+.footnote a:visited {
+	color:#00537c;
+}
+
+.footnote a:hover {
+}
+
+/**/
+div.chapter {
+	margin-top:3em;
+}
+
+div.section {
+	margin-top:1em;
+}
+
+div.note .replaceable, 
+div.important .replaceable, 
+div.warning .replaceable, 
+div.note .keycap, 
+div.important .keycap, 
+div.warning .keycap
+{
+}
+
+ul li p:last-child, ul li div.para:last-child {
+	margin-bottom:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+
+/*document navigation*/
+.docnav a, .docnav strong {
+	border:none;
+	text-decoration:none;
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+.docnav {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	position:relative;
+	width:100%;
+	padding-bottom:2em;
+	padding-top:1em;
+	border-top:1px dotted #ccc;
+}
+
+.docnav li {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	display:inline;
+	font-size:.8em;
+}
+
+.docnav li:before {
+	content:" ";
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous, .docnav li.next {
+	position:absolute;
+	top:1em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.up, .docnav li.home {
+	margin:0em 1.5em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous {
+	left:0px;
+	text-align:left;
+}
+
+.docnav li.next {
+	right:0px;
+	text-align:right;
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous strong, .docnav li.next strong {
+	height:22px;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+.docnav {
+	margin:0 auto;
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.docnav li.next a strong {
+	background:  url(../images/stock-go-forward.png) top right no-repeat;
+	padding-top:3px;
+	padding-bottom:4px;
+	padding-right:28px;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous a strong {
+	background: url(../images/stock-go-back.png) top left no-repeat;
+	padding-top:3px;
+	padding-bottom:4px;
+	padding-left:28px;
+	padding-right:0.5em;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.home a strong {
+	background: url(../images/stock-home.png) top left no-repeat;
+	padding:5px;
+	padding-left:28px;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.up a strong {
+	background: url(../images/stock-go-up.png) top left no-repeat;
+	padding:5px;
+	padding-left:28px;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav a:link, .docnav a:visited {
+	color:#666;
+}
+
+.docnav a:hover, .docnav a:focus, .docnav a:active {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+.docnav a {
+	max-width: 10em;
+	overflow:hidden;
+}
+
+.docnav a:link strong {
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.docnav {
+	margin:0 auto;
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+ul.docnav {
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+/* Reports */
+.reports ul {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports li{
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports li.odd {
+	background-color: #eeeeee;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports dl {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	float:right;
+	margin-right: 17em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+}
+
+.reports dt {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports dd {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+}
+
+.reports h2, .reports h3{
+	display:inline;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+	font-size:10pt;
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+.reports div.progress {
+	display:inline;
+	float:right;
+	width:16em;
+	background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+	padding:0em;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+/*uniform*/
+body.results, body.reports {
+	max-width:57em ;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+/*Progress Bar*/
+div.progress {
+	display:block;
+	float:left;
+	width:16em;
+	background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+	height:1em;
+}
+
+div.progress span {
+	height:1em;
+	float:left;
+}
+
+div.progress span.translated {
+	background:#6c3 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+}
+
+div.progress span.fuzzy {
+	background:#ff9f00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+}
+
+
+/*Results*/
+
+.results ul {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results li{
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results li.odd {
+	background-color: #eeeeee;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results dl {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	float:right;
+	margin-right: 17em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+}
+
+.results dt {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results dd {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+}
+
+.results h2, .results h3 {
+	display:inline;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+	font-size:10pt;
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+.results div.progress {
+	display:inline;
+	float:right;
+	width:16em;
+	background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+	padding:0em;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+/* Dirty EVIL Mozilla hack for round corners */
+pre {
+	-moz-border-radius:11px;
+	-webkit-border-radius:11px;
+	border-radius: 11px;
+}
+
+.example {
+	-moz-border-radius:0px;
+	-webkit-border-radius:0px;
+	border-radius: 0px;
+}
+
+.package, .citetitle {
+	font-style: italic;
+}
+
+.titlepage .edition {
+	color: #336699;
+	background-color: transparent;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	font-size: 1.4em;
+	font-weight: bold;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+span.remark {
+	background-color: #ff00ff;
+}
+
+.draft {
+	background-image: url(../images/watermark-draft.png);
+	background-repeat: repeat-y;
+        background-position: center;
+}
+
+.foreignphrase {
+	font-style: inherit;
+}
+
+dt {
+	clear:both;
+}
+
+dt img {
+	border-style: none;
+	max-width: 112px;
+}
+
+dt object {
+	max-width: 112px;
+}
+
+dt .inlinemediaobject, dt object {
+	display: inline;
+	float: left;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	padding-right: 1em;
+	width: 112px;
+}
+
+dl:after {
+	display: block;
+	clear: both;
+	content: "";
+}
+
+.toc dd {
+	padding-bottom: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	padding-left: 1.3em;
+	margin-left: 0em;
+}
+
+div.toc > dl > dt {
+	padding-bottom: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 0em;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+
+.strikethrough {
+	text-decoration: line-through;
+}
+
+.underline {
+	text-decoration: underline;
+}
+
+.calloutlist img, .callout {
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin: 0em;
+	width: 12pt;
+	display: inline;
+	vertical-align: middle;
+}
+
+.stepalternatives {
+	list-style-image: none;
+	list-style-type: none;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/default.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/default.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf38ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/default.css
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ at import url("common.css");
+ at import url("overrides.css");
+ at import url("lang.css");
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81c3115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/* place holder */
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/overrides.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/overrides.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..057be29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/overrides.css
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+a:link {
+	color:#0066cc;
+}
+
+a:hover, a:active {
+	color:#003366;
+}
+
+a:visited {
+	color:#6699cc;
+}
+
+
+h1 {
+	color:#3c6eb4
+}
+
+.producttitle {
+	background: #3c6eb4 url(../images/h1-bg.png) top left repeat;
+}
+
+.section h1.title {
+	color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+
+h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+	color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+table {
+	border:1px solid #3c6eb4;
+}
+
+table th {
+	background-color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+
+table tr.even td {
+	background-color:#f5f5f5;
+}
+
+.revhistory table th {
+	color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+.titlepage .edition {
+	color: #3c6eb4;
+}
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..773d8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+ at import url("common.css");
+ at import url("overrides.css");
+ at import url("lang.css");
+
+#tocframe {
+	display: none;
+}
+
+body.toc_embeded {
+	margin-left: 30px;
+}
+
+.producttitle {
+	color: #336699;
+}
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c21d7a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2b3903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;fill:#000000;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 17.853468,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -5e-6,-0.143873 -5e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224122,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257324,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15b81da
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af015ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fcc2dd
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb82b70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 22.579206,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141117,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08855,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257325,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edebe20
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b6d822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.621199,22.008438 -8.143067,0 0,-1.784668 2.855469,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979492,-1.0708 0.29329,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437179,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827314,0.522958 -1.27002,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249023,-0.226877 0.509114,-0.442698 0.780274,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079101,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319825,-0.1494141 0.581049,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187011,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.747071,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265616,0.893727 0.265625,1.419
 433 -9e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249024,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392911,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622565,0.830083 -1.004394,1.245117 -0.376309,0.40951 -0.78028,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460938,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947266,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec48cef
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..226e461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.148054,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.207519,1.137207 -0.132821,0.33204 -0.318205,0.625334 -0.556153,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509121,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979486,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.22461,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290528,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879882,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890958,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267256,-0.05534 -1.842774,-0.166016 -0.575522,-0.105143 -1.112305,-0.268392 -1.610351,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249022,0.132815 0.51188,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276691,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830078,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547849,0.116212 0.813477,0.149414 0.271155,0.0332 0.525712,0.04981 0.763671,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315425,
 -0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188146,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -7e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.20474 -0.265631,-0.376289 -0.498047,-0.51464 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896485,-0.332032 -0.370772,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369628,-0.116211 l -0.863282,0 0,-1.801269 0.84668,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.93245,-0.04426 1.270019,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406739,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,1e-5 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.747071,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193687,0.07748 -0.373537,0.166026 -0.53955,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439942,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.7
 09961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484212,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276692,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896485,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666826,-0.1964393 1.037597,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139969,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33d5637
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aaa3a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.803816,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262862,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.02539,3.071289 2.755859,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1a4eb2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f51dd96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2839"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.761335,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004389,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838372,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332024,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780274,1.16211 0.188142,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282226,1.585449 -8e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.20476,0.520184 -0.506355,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398444,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261723,0.290528 -2.02539,0.290528 -0.304366,0 -0.605961,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863282,-0.124512 -0.27116,-0.04981 -0.531251,-0.116211 -0.780273,-0.199219 -0.243491,-0.08301 -0.464845,-0.17985 -0.664063,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672364,0.31543 0.254555,0.09408 0.517413,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.27669,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.276689,0.03874 0.539547,0.05811 0.788574,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305985,-0.152179 1.69336,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.581048
 ,-0.799639 0.581054,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751464,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320967,0.03874 -0.481446,0.06641 -0.15495,0.02768 -0.304364,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143882,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456543,-6.1840821 6.408203,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199218,2.382324 c 0.177079,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614257,-0.116211 0.237952,-0.03873 0.542314,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2841"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d38a155
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb7e2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 16.428328,16.853653 c -1e-6,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.06641,-0.575514 0.17985,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166015,-0.531241 0.387369,-1.023753 0.664063,-1.477539 0.282224,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431637,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603185,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108398,-0.2905274 0.116205,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.13834,0.00555 0.276686,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251783,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210294,-0.04979 -0.434415,-0.08853 -0.672363,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467618,-0.04979 -0.705567,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361333,0.09408 -1.842773,0.282226 -0.48145,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145508,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484215,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.21582,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243487,-0.384596 0.398438,-0
 .556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556152,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.445471,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.265621,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419434,0.257324 0.420565,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.154939,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282227,1.768066 -0.182625,0.520184 -0.445483,0.962892 -0.788574,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643555,0.282227 -0.59766,0 -1.156579,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.97396,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381837,-0.437173 -0.683432,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215821,-0.669593 -0.323731,-1.460933 -0.32373,-2.374023 m 4.216796,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431636,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188146,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481446,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3984
 34 0.315429,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116205,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -6e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243495,-0.343094 -0.61703,-0.514643 -1.120605,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.390141,0.229661 -0.539551,0.390137 -0.149417,0.160487 -0.265628,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.315429,0.755371 0.143877,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.52295,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453771,0.207522 0.730468,0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d83e898
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d6f0ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 17.51573,22.008438 4.316406,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367188,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424317,10.508789 -2.681152,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e39de4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ea672c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.48741,9.7149811 c 0.503575,1.23e-5 0.979486,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337557,0.243501 0.605949,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.19921,0.365244 0.298819,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -9e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166016,0.996094 -0.110685,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193692,0.237963 -0.423347,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265631,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.63362,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309889,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821778,0.713867 0.237947,0.260096 0.428865,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143871,0.326501 0.215811,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -9e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478687,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359708,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294922,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651855,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.93799
 1,-0.362467 -1.286622,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614258,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265625,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 0,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182618,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498046,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456542,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271161,-0.171543 -0.525718,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237957,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622558,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -1e-6,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478676,-0.669585 0.821777,-0.913086 0.343097,-0.249012 0.738767,-0.434396 1.187012,-0.5561527 0.448238,-0.1217326 0.918615,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.10791,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.31543,0.473145 0.143876,0.132814 0.32096,0.23
 7957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210282,0.07194 0.453771,0.107912 0.730468,0.10791 0.58105,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.431641,-1.087402 -7e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218594,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.32097,-0.307125 -0.514649,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 20.3878,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664062,0.398438 -0.199223,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514649,0.464844 -0.138349,0.16602 -0.246259,0.348637 -0.32373,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.70166,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514648,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290532,0.13559 -0.406739,0.240723 -0.11068,0.105153 -0.199222,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.315438 0.282227,0
 .448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160477,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171544,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154942,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.121739,-0.138338 0.218581,-0.293286 0.290527,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.15772,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116216,-0.105133 -0.254562,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eeedfb
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80d1d09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.554792,15.052383 c -8e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340332,1.651856 -0.16049,0.525719 -0.381844,1.018232 -0.664063,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426112,0.332032 -0.94076,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.300459,0.282227 -2.108398,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243493,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138349,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273928,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237953,0.02767 0.478675,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747066,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.48144,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.28222,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597656,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.10791,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243496,0.384609 -0.398438,0.556153 -0.1549
 53,0.171554 -0.33757,0.320968 -0.547851,0.448242 -0.210292,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.26563,0.07194 -0.561691,0.107914 -0.888184,0.10791 -0.525719,4e-6 -0.998863,-0.08577 -1.419433,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777509,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287762,-0.326492 -0.509116,-0.727696 -0.664063,-1.203614 -0.154948,-0.475904 -0.232422,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 0,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453775,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758136,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043128,-0.2905151 1.651856,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520175,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381828,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904785,1.660156 0.221346,0.669605 0.332023,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216796,-3.262207 c -0.226893,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188155,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132816,0.171559 -0.2379
 59,0.392913 -0.31543,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107913,0.581063 -0.10791,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373535,1.394532 0.24902,0.343105 0.625322,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254553,6e-6 0.486975,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.539551,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124505,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -7e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.107911,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171555,-0.534008 -0.315429,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312669,-0.409495 -0.52295,-0.547851 -0.204757,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722167,-0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff9cc57
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e94260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 19.89546,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.855468,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979493,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.545079,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.373529,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.17431,-0.666821 0.174316,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124517,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827313,0.522958 -1.270019,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249022,-0.226877 0.509113,-0.442698 0.780273,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079102,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319824,-0.1494141 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.326489,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.893727 0.265625,1.41
 9433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b28b4aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..409ac6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eda952c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bc03af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 22.579206,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141117,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08855,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257325,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90b14b0
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe086f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.621199,22.008438 -8.143067,0 0,-1.784668 2.855469,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979492,-1.0708 0.29329,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437179,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827314,0.522958 -1.27002,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249023,-0.226877 0.509114,-0.442698 0.780274,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079101,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319825,-0.1494141 0.581049,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187011,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.747071,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265616,0.893727 0.265625,1.419
 433 -9e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249024,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392911,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622565,0.830083 -1.004394,1.245117 -0.376309,0.40951 -0.78028,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460938,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947266,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b35a74
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f17ec29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.148054,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.207519,1.137207 -0.132821,0.33204 -0.318205,0.625334 -0.556153,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509121,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979486,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.22461,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290528,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879882,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890958,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267256,-0.05534 -1.842774,-0.166016 -0.575522,-0.105143 -1.112305,-0.268392 -1.610351,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249022,0.132815 0.51188,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276691,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830078,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547849,0.116212 0.813477,0.149414 0.271155,0.0332 0.525712,0.04981 0.763671,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315425,
 -0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188146,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -7e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.20474 -0.265631,-0.376289 -0.498047,-0.51464 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896485,-0.332032 -0.370772,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369628,-0.116211 l -0.863282,0 0,-1.801269 0.84668,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.93245,-0.04426 1.270019,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406739,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,1e-5 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.747071,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193687,0.07748 -0.373537,0.166026 -0.53955,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439942,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.7
 09961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484212,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276692,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896485,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666826,-0.1964393 1.037597,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139969,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6041b02
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42a5333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.803816,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262862,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.02539,3.071289 2.755859,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecb15e6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8d4672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.761335,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004389,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838372,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332024,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780274,1.16211 0.188142,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282226,1.585449 -8e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.20476,0.520184 -0.506355,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398444,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261723,0.290528 -2.02539,0.290528 -0.304366,0 -0.605961,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863282,-0.124512 -0.27116,-0.04981 -0.531251,-0.116211 -0.780273,-0.199219 -0.243491,-0.08301 -0.464845,-0.17985 -0.664063,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672364,0.31543 0.254555,0.09408 0.517413,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.27669,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.276689,0.03874 0.539547,0.05811 0.788574,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305985,-0.152179 1.69336,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.581048
 ,-0.799639 0.581054,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751464,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320967,0.03874 -0.481446,0.06641 -0.15495,0.02768 -0.304364,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143882,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456543,-6.1840821 6.408203,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199218,2.382324 c 0.177079,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614257,-0.116211 0.237952,-0.03873 0.542314,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b2f560
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cf00ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 16.428328,16.853653 c -1e-6,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.06641,-0.575514 0.17985,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166015,-0.531241 0.387369,-1.023753 0.664063,-1.477539 0.282224,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431637,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603185,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108398,-0.2905274 0.116205,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.13834,0.00555 0.276686,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251783,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210294,-0.04979 -0.434415,-0.08853 -0.672363,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467618,-0.04979 -0.705567,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361333,0.09408 -1.842773,0.282226 -0.48145,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145508,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484215,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.21582,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243487,-0.384596 0.398438,-0
 .556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556152,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.445471,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.265621,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419434,0.257324 0.420565,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.154939,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282227,1.768066 -0.182625,0.520184 -0.445483,0.962892 -0.788574,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643555,0.282227 -0.59766,0 -1.156579,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.97396,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381837,-0.437173 -0.683432,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215821,-0.669593 -0.323731,-1.460933 -0.32373,-2.374023 m 4.216796,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431636,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188146,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481446,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3984
 34 0.315429,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116205,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -6e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243495,-0.343094 -0.61703,-0.514643 -1.120605,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.390141,0.229661 -0.539551,0.390137 -0.149417,0.160487 -0.265628,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.315429,0.755371 0.143877,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.52295,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453771,0.207522 0.730468,0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecf058e
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8d6440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 17.51573,22.008438 4.316406,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367188,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424317,10.508789 -2.681152,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e64efb2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5acce93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.48741,9.7149811 c 0.503575,1.23e-5 0.979486,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337557,0.243501 0.605949,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.19921,0.365244 0.298819,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -9e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166016,0.996094 -0.110685,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193692,0.237963 -0.423347,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265631,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.63362,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309889,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821778,0.713867 0.237947,0.260096 0.428865,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143871,0.326501 0.215811,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -9e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478687,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359708,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294922,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651855,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.93799
 1,-0.362467 -1.286622,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614258,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265625,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 0,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182618,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498046,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456542,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271161,-0.171543 -0.525718,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237957,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622558,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -1e-6,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478676,-0.669585 0.821777,-0.913086 0.343097,-0.249012 0.738767,-0.434396 1.187012,-0.5561527 0.448238,-0.1217326 0.918615,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.10791,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.31543,0.473145 0.143876,0.132814 0.32096,0.23
 7957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210282,0.07194 0.453771,0.107912 0.730468,0.10791 0.58105,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.431641,-1.087402 -7e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218594,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.32097,-0.307125 -0.514649,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 20.3878,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664062,0.398438 -0.199223,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514649,0.464844 -0.138349,0.16602 -0.246259,0.348637 -0.32373,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.70166,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514648,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290532,0.13559 -0.406739,0.240723 -0.11068,0.105153 -0.199222,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.315438 0.282227,0
 .448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160477,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171544,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154942,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.121739,-0.138338 0.218581,-0.293286 0.290527,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.15772,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116216,-0.105133 -0.254562,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbbca1b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..507dd44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.554792,15.052383 c -8e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340332,1.651856 -0.16049,0.525719 -0.381844,1.018232 -0.664063,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426112,0.332032 -0.94076,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.300459,0.282227 -2.108398,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243493,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138349,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273928,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237953,0.02767 0.478675,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747066,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.48144,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.28222,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597656,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.10791,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243496,0.384609 -0.398438,0.556153 -0.1549
 53,0.171554 -0.33757,0.320968 -0.547851,0.448242 -0.210292,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.26563,0.07194 -0.561691,0.107914 -0.888184,0.10791 -0.525719,4e-6 -0.998863,-0.08577 -1.419433,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777509,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287762,-0.326492 -0.509116,-0.727696 -0.664063,-1.203614 -0.154948,-0.475904 -0.232422,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 0,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453775,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758136,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043128,-0.2905151 1.651856,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520175,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381828,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904785,1.660156 0.221346,0.669605 0.332023,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216796,-3.262207 c -0.226893,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188155,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132816,0.171559 -0.2379
 59,0.392913 -0.31543,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107913,0.581063 -0.10791,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373535,1.394532 0.24902,0.343105 0.625322,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254553,6e-6 0.486975,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.539551,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124505,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -7e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.107911,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171555,-0.534008 -0.315429,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312669,-0.409495 -0.52295,-0.547851 -0.204757,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722167,-0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4febe43
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e87e1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 19.422316,12.587051 c -9e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.23243,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315437,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597661,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267255,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 -0.575523,-0.105143 -1.112306,-0.268392 -1.610352,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249023,0.132815 0.511881,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276692,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830079,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547848,0.116212 0.813476,0.149414 0.271156,0.0332 0.525713,0.04981 0.763672,0.0498 0.475907,2e-6 0.871577,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315424,-
 0.08854 0.567214,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320957,-0.351397 0.398437,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124506,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.265631,-0.376297 -0.498047,-0.514648 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896484,-0.332032 -0.370773,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369629,-0.116211 l -0.863281,0 0,-1.801269 0.846679,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.932451,-0.04426 1.27002,-0.132813 0.33756,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.43164,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.68897,-0.365224 -1.27002,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.74707,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193688,0.07748 -0.373538,0.166026 -0.539551,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439941,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.70
 9961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484211,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276691,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896484,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666827,-0.1964393 1.037598,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492506,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261718,0.5644531 0.348626,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193677,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290528,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4ffb14
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..434e663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b29e87
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08c3f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 22.579206,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141117,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08855,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257325,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4740a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa099c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.621199,22.008438 -8.143067,0 0,-1.784668 2.855469,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979492,-1.0708 0.29329,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437179,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827314,0.522958 -1.27002,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249023,-0.226877 0.509114,-0.442698 0.780274,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079101,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319825,-0.1494141 0.581049,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187011,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.747071,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265616,0.893727 0.265625,1.419
 433 -9e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249024,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392911,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622565,0.830083 -1.004394,1.245117 -0.376309,0.40951 -0.78028,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460938,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947266,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f23ccea
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fce979c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.148054,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.207519,1.137207 -0.132821,0.33204 -0.318205,0.625334 -0.556153,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509121,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979486,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.22461,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290528,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879882,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890958,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267256,-0.05534 -1.842774,-0.166016 -0.575522,-0.105143 -1.112305,-0.268392 -1.610351,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249022,0.132815 0.51188,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276691,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830078,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547849,0.116212 0.813477,0.149414 0.271155,0.0332 0.525712,0.04981 0.763671,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315425,
 -0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188146,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -7e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.20474 -0.265631,-0.376289 -0.498047,-0.51464 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896485,-0.332032 -0.370772,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369628,-0.116211 l -0.863282,0 0,-1.801269 0.84668,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.93245,-0.04426 1.270019,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406739,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,1e-5 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.747071,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193687,0.07748 -0.373537,0.166026 -0.53955,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439942,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.7
 09961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484212,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276692,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896485,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666826,-0.1964393 1.037597,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139969,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e2ab31
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c67f8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.803816,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262862,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.02539,3.071289 2.755859,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02118e3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da7780a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.761335,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004389,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838372,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332024,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780274,1.16211 0.188142,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282226,1.585449 -8e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.20476,0.520184 -0.506355,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398444,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261723,0.290528 -2.02539,0.290528 -0.304366,0 -0.605961,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863282,-0.124512 -0.27116,-0.04981 -0.531251,-0.116211 -0.780273,-0.199219 -0.243491,-0.08301 -0.464845,-0.17985 -0.664063,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672364,0.31543 0.254555,0.09408 0.517413,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.27669,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.276689,0.03874 0.539547,0.05811 0.788574,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305985,-0.152179 1.69336,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.581048
 ,-0.799639 0.581054,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751464,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320967,0.03874 -0.481446,0.06641 -0.15495,0.02768 -0.304364,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143882,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456543,-6.1840821 6.408203,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199218,2.382324 c 0.177079,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614257,-0.116211 0.237952,-0.03873 0.542314,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f4fdf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..348549a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 16.428328,16.853653 c -1e-6,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.06641,-0.575514 0.17985,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166015,-0.531241 0.387369,-1.023753 0.664063,-1.477539 0.282224,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431637,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603185,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108398,-0.2905274 0.116205,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.13834,0.00555 0.276686,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251783,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210294,-0.04979 -0.434415,-0.08853 -0.672363,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467618,-0.04979 -0.705567,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361333,0.09408 -1.842773,0.282226 -0.48145,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145508,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484215,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.21582,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243487,-0.384596 0.398438,-0
 .556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556152,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.445471,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.265621,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419434,0.257324 0.420565,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.154939,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282227,1.768066 -0.182625,0.520184 -0.445483,0.962892 -0.788574,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643555,0.282227 -0.59766,0 -1.156579,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.97396,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381837,-0.437173 -0.683432,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215821,-0.669593 -0.323731,-1.460933 -0.32373,-2.374023 m 4.216796,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431636,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188146,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481446,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3984
 34 0.315429,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116205,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -6e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243495,-0.343094 -0.61703,-0.514643 -1.120605,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.390141,0.229661 -0.539551,0.390137 -0.149417,0.160487 -0.265628,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.315429,0.755371 0.143877,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.52295,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453771,0.207522 0.730468,0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6174706
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bc04d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 17.51573,22.008438 4.316406,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367188,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424317,10.508789 -2.681152,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..161661d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec2ad98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.48741,9.7149811 c 0.503575,1.23e-5 0.979486,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337557,0.243501 0.605949,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.19921,0.365244 0.298819,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -9e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166016,0.996094 -0.110685,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193692,0.237963 -0.423347,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265631,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.63362,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309889,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821778,0.713867 0.237947,0.260096 0.428865,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143871,0.326501 0.215811,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -9e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478687,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359708,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294922,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651855,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.93799
 1,-0.362467 -1.286622,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614258,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265625,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 0,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182618,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498046,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456542,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271161,-0.171543 -0.525718,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237957,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622558,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -1e-6,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478676,-0.669585 0.821777,-0.913086 0.343097,-0.249012 0.738767,-0.434396 1.187012,-0.5561527 0.448238,-0.1217326 0.918615,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.10791,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.31543,0.473145 0.143876,0.132814 0.32096,0.23
 7957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210282,0.07194 0.453771,0.107912 0.730468,0.10791 0.58105,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.431641,-1.087402 -7e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218594,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.32097,-0.307125 -0.514649,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 20.3878,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664062,0.398438 -0.199223,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514649,0.464844 -0.138349,0.16602 -0.246259,0.348637 -0.32373,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.70166,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514648,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290532,0.13559 -0.406739,0.240723 -0.11068,0.105153 -0.199222,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.315438 0.282227,0
 .448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160477,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171544,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154942,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.121739,-0.138338 0.218581,-0.293286 0.290527,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.15772,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116216,-0.105133 -0.254562,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d46b24
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..664ffdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.554792,15.052383 c -8e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340332,1.651856 -0.16049,0.525719 -0.381844,1.018232 -0.664063,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426112,0.332032 -0.94076,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.300459,0.282227 -2.108398,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243493,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138349,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273928,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237953,0.02767 0.478675,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747066,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.48144,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.28222,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597656,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.10791,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243496,0.384609 -0.398438,0.556153 -0.1549
 53,0.171554 -0.33757,0.320968 -0.547851,0.448242 -0.210292,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.26563,0.07194 -0.561691,0.107914 -0.888184,0.10791 -0.525719,4e-6 -0.998863,-0.08577 -1.419433,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777509,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287762,-0.326492 -0.509116,-0.727696 -0.664063,-1.203614 -0.154948,-0.475904 -0.232422,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 0,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453775,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758136,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043128,-0.2905151 1.651856,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520175,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381828,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904785,1.660156 0.221346,0.669605 0.332023,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216796,-3.262207 c -0.226893,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188155,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132816,0.171559 -0.2379
 59,0.392913 -0.31543,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107913,0.581063 -0.10791,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373535,1.394532 0.24902,0.343105 0.625322,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254553,6e-6 0.486975,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.539551,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124505,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -7e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.107911,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171555,-0.534008 -0.315429,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312669,-0.409495 -0.52295,-0.547851 -0.204757,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722167,-0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b9dd88
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc06c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 20.078077,19.493301 -1.460937,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460937,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959472,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09962,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.12175,0.2601 -0.262863,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.025391,3.071289 2.75586,0"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe2a68f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a94d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.440535,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.0136719,0 0,-1.784668 5.1547849,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262863,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.0253904,3.071289 2.7558594,0"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f239fb6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82fb03d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 16.035597,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004388,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838371,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332023,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780273,1.16211 0.188143,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282227,1.585449 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.204761,0.520184 -0.506356,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398445,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261724,0.290528 -2.025391,0.290528 -0.304365,0 -0.60596,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863281,-0.124512 -0.271161,-0.04981 -0.531252,-0.116211 -0.780274,-0.199219 -0.24349,-0.08301 -0.464844,-0.17985 -0.664062,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672363,0.31543 0.254556,0.09408 0.517414,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.276691,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.27669,0.03874 0.539548,0.05811 0.788575,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305984,-0.152179 1.693359,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.5810
 49,-0.799639 0.581055,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751465,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320966,0.03874 -0.481445,0.06641 -0.154951,0.02768 -0.304365,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143883,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456542,-6.1840821 6.408204,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199219,2.382324 c 0.17708,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614258,-0.116211 0.237951,-0.03873 0.542313,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18866e6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2f62af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 11.702589,16.853653 c -10e-7,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.0664,-0.575514 0.179849,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166014,-0.531241 0.387368,-1.023753 0.664062,-1.477539 0.282225,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431638,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603186,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108399,-0.2905274 0.116204,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.138339,0.00555 0.276685,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251782,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210295,-0.04979 -0.434416,-0.08853 -0.672364,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467617,-0.04979 -0.705566,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361334,0.09408 -1.842774,0.282226 -0.481449,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145507,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484216,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.215821,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243486,-0.384596 0.39843
 7,-0.556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556153,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.44547,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.26562,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419433,0.257324 0.420566,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.15494,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282226,1.768066 -0.182626,0.520184 -0.445484,0.962892 -0.788575,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643554,0.282227 -0.597661,0 -1.15658,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.973961,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381838,-0.437173 -0.683433,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215822,-0.669593 -0.323732,-1.460933 -0.323731,-2.374023 m 4.216797,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431635,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188145,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481445,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3
 98434 0.31543,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116204,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -7e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243496,-0.343094 -0.617031,-0.514643 -1.120606,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.39014,0.229661 -0.53955,0.390137 -0.149418,0.160487 -0.265629,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.31543,0.755371 0.143876,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.522949,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453772,0.207522 0.730469,0.20752"
+       id="path2846"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52c3a18
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a43460f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 12.789991,22.008438 4.316407,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367187,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424316,10.508789 -2.681153,0"
+       id="path2832"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a8cb21
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c82d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.761671,9.7149811 c 0.503576,1.23e-5 0.979487,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337558,0.243501 0.60595,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.199211,0.365244 0.29882,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -8e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166015,0.996094 -0.110686,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193693,0.237963 -0.423348,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265632,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.633619,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309888,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821777,0.713867 0.237948,0.260096 0.428866,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143872,0.326501 0.215812,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -8e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478686,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359707,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294921,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651856,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.9379
 9,-0.362467 -1.286621,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614259,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265626,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 -10e-7,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182617,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498047,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456541,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271162,-0.171543 -0.525719,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237958,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622559,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -10e-7,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478677,-0.669585 0.821778,-0.913086 0.343096,-0.249012 0.738766,-0.434396 1.187011,-0.5561527 0.448239,-0.1217326 0.918616,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.107911,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.315429,0.473145 0.143877,0.132814 0.32
 096,0.237957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210283,0.07194 0.453772,0.107912 0.730469,0.10791 0.581049,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.43164,-1.087402 -6e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218593,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.320969,-0.307125 -0.514648,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 15.662062,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664063,0.398438 -0.199222,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514648,0.464844 -0.13835,0.16602 -0.24626,0.348637 -0.323731,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.701661,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514649,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290531,0.13559 -0.406738,0.240723 -0.110681,0.105153 -0.199223,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.31543
 8 0.282226,0.448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160478,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171545,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154943,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.12174,-0.138338 0.218582,-0.293286 0.290528,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.157721,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116217,-0.105133 -0.254563,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ae412f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0f04c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 19.829054,15.052383 c -9e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340333,1.651856 -0.160489,0.525719 -0.381843,1.018232 -0.664062,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426113,0.332032 -0.940761,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.30046,0.282227 -2.108399,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243492,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273927,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237954,0.02767 0.478676,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747067,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.481441,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.282221,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597657,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.107911,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243495,0.384609 -0.398437,0.556153 -0.
 154954,0.171554 -0.337571,0.320968 -0.547852,0.448242 -0.210291,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.265629,0.07194 -0.56169,0.107914 -0.888183,0.10791 -0.52572,4e-6 -0.998864,-0.08577 -1.419434,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777508,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287761,-0.326492 -0.509115,-0.727696 -0.664062,-1.203614 -0.154949,-0.475904 -0.232423,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 -10e-7,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453774,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758135,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043127,-0.2905151 1.651855,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520176,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381829,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904786,1.660156 0.221345,0.669605 0.332022,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216797,-3.262207 c -0.226892,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188154,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132815,0.17155
 9 -0.237959,0.392913 -0.315429,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107914,0.581063 -0.107911,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373536,1.394532 0.249019,0.343105 0.625321,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254552,6e-6 0.486974,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.53955,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124506,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -6e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.10791,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171556,-0.534008 -0.31543,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312668,-0.409495 -0.522949,-0.547851 -0.204758,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722168,-0.20752"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2333a6d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c235534
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/documentation.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/documentation.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79d0a80
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/documentation.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36a6859
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot2.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40aff92
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot2.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/green.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/green.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebb3c24
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/green.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2aad24
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_left.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_left.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8fe7a4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_left.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_right.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_right.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7bd972
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_right.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7594a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d33045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
+   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="48"
+   height="48"
+   id="svg5921"
+   sodipodi:version="0.32"
+   inkscape:version="0.46"
+   sodipodi:docname="important.svg"
+   inkscape:output_extension="org.inkscape.output.svg.inkscape"
+   inkscape:export-filename="/home/jfearn/Build/src/fedora/publican/trunk/publican-fedora/en-US/images/important.png"
+   inkscape:export-xdpi="111.32"
+   inkscape:export-ydpi="111.32">
+  <metadata
+     id="metadata2611">
+    <rdf:RDF>
+      <cc:Work
+         rdf:about="">
+        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
+        <dc:type
+           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
+      </cc:Work>
+    </rdf:RDF>
+  </metadata>
+  <sodipodi:namedview
+     inkscape:window-height="681"
+     inkscape:window-width="738"
+     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
+     inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
+     guidetolerance="10.0"
+     gridtolerance="10.0"
+     objecttolerance="10.0"
+     borderopacity="1.0"
+     bordercolor="#666666"
+     pagecolor="#ffffff"
+     id="base"
+     showgrid="false"
+     inkscape:zoom="11.5"
+     inkscape:cx="20"
+     inkscape:cy="20"
+     inkscape:window-x="0"
+     inkscape:window-y="51"
+     inkscape:current-layer="svg5921" />
+  <defs
+     id="defs5923">
+    <inkscape:perspective
+       sodipodi:type="inkscape:persp3d"
+       inkscape:vp_x="0 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:vp_y="0 : 1000 : 0"
+       inkscape:vp_z="40 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:persp3d-origin="20 : 13.333333 : 1"
+       id="perspective2613" />
+  </defs>
+  <g
+     transform="matrix(0.4626799,0,0,0.4626799,-5.2934127,-3.3160376)"
+     id="g5485">
+    <path
+       d="M 29.97756,91.885882 L 55.586992,80.409826 L 81.231619,91.807015 L 78.230933,63.90468 L 96.995009,43.037218 L 69.531053,37.26873 L 55.483259,12.974592 L 41.510292,37.311767 L 14.064204,43.164717 L 32.892392,63.97442 L 29.97756,91.885882 z"
+       id="path6799"
+       style="fill:#f3de82;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.536215,56.538729 L 55.48324,12.974601 L 41.51028,37.311813 L 55.536215,56.538729 z"
+       id="path6824"
+       style="opacity:0.91005291;fill:#f9f2cb;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.57947,56.614318 L 78.241135,63.937979 L 96.976198,43.044318 L 55.57947,56.614318 z"
+       id="use6833"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#d0bc64;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.523838,56.869126 L 55.667994,80.684281 L 81.379011,91.931065 L 55.523838,56.869126 z"
+       id="use6835"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#e0c656;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.283346,56.742618 L 13.877363,43.200977 L 32.640089,64.069652 L 55.283346,56.742618 z"
+       id="use6831"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#d1ba59;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.472076,56.869126 L 55.32792,80.684281 L 29.616903,91.931065 L 55.472076,56.869126 z"
+       id="use6837"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#d2b951;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.57947,56.614318 L 96.976198,43.044318 L 69.504294,37.314027 L 55.57947,56.614318 z"
+       id="path7073"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f6e7a3;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.523838,56.869126 L 81.379011,91.931065 L 78.214821,64.046881 L 55.523838,56.869126 z"
+       id="path7075"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f6e7a3;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.283346,56.742618 L 41.341708,37.434209 L 13.877363,43.200977 L 55.283346,56.742618 z"
+       id="path7077"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f6e59d;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.472076,56.869126 L 29.616903,91.931065 L 32.781093,64.046881 L 55.472076,56.869126 z"
+       id="path7079"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f3df8b;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/logo.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/logo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66a3104
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/logo.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6c4518
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e43b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
+   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="48"
+   height="48"
+   id="svg5921"
+   sodipodi:version="0.32"
+   inkscape:version="0.46"
+   sodipodi:docname="note.svg"
+   inkscape:output_extension="org.inkscape.output.svg.inkscape"
+   inkscape:export-filename="/home/jfearn/Build/src/fedora/publican/trunk/publican-fedora/en-US/images/note.png"
+   inkscape:export-xdpi="111.32"
+   inkscape:export-ydpi="111.32">
+  <metadata
+     id="metadata16">
+    <rdf:RDF>
+      <cc:Work
+         rdf:about="">
+        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
+        <dc:type
+           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
+      </cc:Work>
+    </rdf:RDF>
+  </metadata>
+  <sodipodi:namedview
+     inkscape:window-height="1024"
+     inkscape:window-width="1205"
+     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
+     inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
+     guidetolerance="10.0"
+     gridtolerance="10.0"
+     objecttolerance="10.0"
+     borderopacity="1.0"
+     bordercolor="#666666"
+     pagecolor="#ffffff"
+     id="base"
+     showgrid="false"
+     inkscape:zoom="11.5"
+     inkscape:cx="22.217181"
+     inkscape:cy="20"
+     inkscape:window-x="334"
+     inkscape:window-y="51"
+     inkscape:current-layer="svg5921" />
+  <defs
+     id="defs5923">
+    <inkscape:perspective
+       sodipodi:type="inkscape:persp3d"
+       inkscape:vp_x="0 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:vp_y="0 : 1000 : 0"
+       inkscape:vp_z="40 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:persp3d-origin="20 : 13.333333 : 1"
+       id="perspective18" />
+  </defs>
+  <g
+     transform="matrix(0.468275,0,0,0.468275,-5.7626904,-7.4142703)"
+     id="layer1">
+    <g
+       transform="matrix(0.115136,0,0,0.115136,9.7283,21.77356)"
+       id="g8014"
+       style="enable-background:new">
+      <g
+         id="g8518"
+         style="opacity:1">
+        <path
+           d="M -2512.4524,56.33197 L 3090.4719,56.33197 L 3090.4719,4607.3813 L -2512.4524,4607.3813 L -2512.4524,56.33197 z"
+           transform="matrix(0.1104659,-2.3734892e-2,2.2163258e-2,0.1031513,308.46782,74.820675)"
+           id="rect8018"
+           style="fill:#ffe680;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.1;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      </g>
+      <g
+         transform="matrix(0.5141653,-7.1944682e-2,7.1944682e-2,0.5141653,146.04015,-82.639785)"
+         id="g8020">
+        <path
+           d="M 511.14114,441.25315 C 527.3248,533.52772 464.31248,622.82928 370.39916,640.71378 C 276.48584,658.59828 187.23462,598.29322 171.05095,506.01865 C 154.86728,413.74408 217.8796,324.44253 311.79292,306.55803 C 405.70624,288.67353 494.95747,348.97858 511.14114,441.25315 z"
+           id="path8022"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#e0c96f;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.0804934;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 527.8214,393.1416 C 527.8214,461.31268 472.55783,516.57625 404.38675,516.57625 C 336.21567,516.57625 280.9521,461.31268 280.9521,393.1416 C 280.9521,324.97052 336.21567,269.70695 404.38675,269.70695 C 472.55783,269.70695 527.8214,324.97052 527.8214,393.1416 z"
+           transform="matrix(1.2585415,-0.2300055,0.2168789,1.1867072,-248.76141,68.254424)"
+           id="path8024"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#c00000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.0804934;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 358.5625,281.15625 C 348.09597,281.05155 337.43773,281.94729 326.71875,283.90625 C 240.96686,299.57789 183.37901,377.92385 198.15625,458.78125 C 209.70749,521.98673 262.12957,567.92122 325.40625,577.5625 L 357.25,433.6875 L 509.34375,405.875 C 509.14405,404.58166 509.0804,403.29487 508.84375,402 C 495.91366,331.24978 431.82821,281.88918 358.5625,281.15625 z"
+           id="path8026"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#b60000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.1;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 294.2107,361.9442 L 282.79367,370.38482 L 261.73414,386.13346 C 253.13706,404.40842 254.3359,423.7989 259.7176,444.39774 C 273.6797,497.83861 313.42636,523.96124 369.50989,517.58957 C 398.21848,514.32797 424.51832,504.67345 440.64696,484.15958 L 469.89512,447.48298 L 294.2107,361.9442 z"
+           id="path8028"
+           style="fill:#750000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.09999999;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 527.8214,393.1416 C 527.8214,461.31268 472.55783,516.57625 404.38675,516.57625 C 336.21567,516.57625 280.9521,461.31268 280.9521,393.1416 C 280.9521,324.97052 336.21567,269.70695 404.38675,269.70695 C 472.55783,269.70695 527.8214,324.97052 527.8214,393.1416 z"
+           transform="matrix(0.9837071,-0.1797787,0.1695165,0.9275553,-78.013985,79.234385)"
+           id="path8030"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#d40000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.10298239;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 527.8214,393.1416 C 527.8214,461.31268 472.55783,516.57625 404.38675,516.57625 C 336.21567,516.57625 280.9521,461.31268 280.9521,393.1416 C 280.9521,324.97052 336.21567,269.70695 404.38675,269.70695 C 472.55783,269.70695 527.8214,324.97052 527.8214,393.1416 z"
+           transform="matrix(0.9837071,-0.1797787,0.1695165,0.9275553,-69.306684,71.273294)"
+           id="path8032"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#e11212;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.10298239;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      </g>
+    </g>
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d32d5e2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shade.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shade.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a73afdf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shade.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shine.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shine.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a18f7c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shine.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d320f26
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee5a29
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd7332
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-home.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-home.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..122536d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-home.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5182b4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8fd52b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="220"
+   height="70"
+   id="svg6180">
+  <defs
+     id="defs6182" />
+  <g
+     transform="translate(-266.55899,-345.34488)"
+     id="layer1">
+    <path
+       d="m 316.7736,397.581 c 0,0 0,0 -20.53889,0 0.3327,4.45245 3.92157,7.77609 8.70715,7.77609 3.38983,0 6.31456,-1.39616 8.64094,-3.65507 0.46553,-0.46679 0.99726,-0.59962 1.59519,-0.59962 0.79781,0 1.59561,0.39932 2.12692,1.06388 0.3327,0.46553 0.53216,0.99726 0.53216,1.52857 0,0.73118 -0.3327,1.52857 -0.93106,2.12734 -2.7919,2.99052 -7.51086,4.98503 -12.16403,4.98503 -8.44149,0 -15.22074,-6.77967 -15.22074,-15.22158 0,-8.44149 6.58022,-15.22074 15.02171,-15.22074 8.37529,0 14.62323,6.51317 14.62323,15.08749 0,1.26418 -1.12924,2.12861 -2.39258,2.12861 z m -12.23065,-11.76512 c -4.45329,0 -7.51085,2.92473 -8.17499,7.17731 10.03626,0 16.35083,0 16.35083,0 -0.59836,-4.05355 -3.78874,-7.17731 -8.17584,-7.17731 z"
+       id="path11"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 375.46344,410.80807 c -8.44106,0 -15.22074,-6.77968 -15.22074,-15.22159 0,-8.44149 6.77968,-15.22074 15.22074,-15.22074 8.44234,0 15.22159,6.77925 15.22159,15.22074 -4.2e-4,8.44149 -6.77968,15.22159 -15.22159,15.22159 z m 0,-24.65992 c -5.31688,0 -8.77377,4.25427 -8.77377,9.43833 0,5.18364 3.45689,9.43833 8.77377,9.43833 5.31731,0 8.77504,-4.25469 8.77504,-9.43833 -4.2e-4,-5.18406 -3.45773,-9.43833 -8.77504,-9.43833 z"
+       id="path13"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 412.66183,380.36574 c -4.45963,0 -7.40966,1.319 -10.01391,4.62956 l -0.24036,-1.53995 0,0 c -0.20198,-1.60743 -1.57326,-2.84926 -3.23382,-2.84926 -1.80139,0 -3.26206,1.459 -3.26206,3.26081 0,0.003 0,0.005 0,0.008 l 0,0 0,0.003 0,0 0,23.40712 c 0,1.79464 1.46194,3.25743 3.257,3.25743 1.79465,0 3.25744,-1.46279 3.25744,-3.25743 l 0,-12.56209 c 0,-5.71621 4.98502,-8.57432 10.23613,-8.57432 1.59519,0 2.85726,-1.32953 2.85726,-2.92515 0,-1.59561 -1.26207,-2.85726 -2.85768,-2.85726 z"
+       id="path15"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 447.02614,395.58648 c 0.0666,-8.17541 -5.78326,-15.22074 -15.222,-15.22074 -8.44192,0 -15.28779,6.77925 -15.28779,15.22074 0,8.44191 6.64684,15.22159 14.68985,15.22159 4.01434,0 7.62682,-2.06621 9.23846,-4.22518 l 0.79359,2.01434 0,0 c 0.42589,1.13177 1.5176,1.93717 2.7978,1.93717 1.65001,0 2.98756,-1.33671 2.99009,-2.98545 l 0,0 0,-7.80687 0,0 0,-4.1556 z m -15.222,9.43833 c -5.31773,0 -8.77419,-4.25469 -8.77419,-9.43833 0,-5.18406 3.45604,-9.43833 8.77419,-9.43833 5.3173,0 8.77419,4.25427 8.77419,9.43833 0,5.18364 -3.45689,9.43833 -8.77419,9.43833 z"
+       id="path17"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 355.01479,368.3337 c 0,-1.7938 -1.46194,-3.18997 -3.25659,-3.18997 -1.79422,0 -3.25743,1.39659 -3.25743,3.18997 l 0,17.1499 c -1.66097,-3.05756 -5.25026,-5.11786 -9.50495,-5.11786 -8.64052,0 -14.42336,6.51318 -14.42336,15.22074 0,8.70757 5.98229,15.22159 14.42336,15.22159 3.76555,0 7.03057,-1.55429 8.98587,-4.25554 l 0.72317,1.83428 c 0.44782,1.25912 1.64917,2.16024 3.06051,2.16024 1.78621,0 3.24984,-1.45435 3.24984,-3.24815 0,-0.005 0,-0.009 0,-0.0139 l 0,0 0,-38.95128 -4.2e-4,0 z m -15.22116,36.69111 c -5.31731,0 -8.70715,-4.25469 -8.70715,-9.43833 0,-5.18406 3.38984,-9.43833 8.70715,-9.43833 5.31773,0 8.70714,4.0544 8.70714,9.43833 0,5.38309 -3.38941,9.43833 -8.70714,9.43833 z"
+       id="path19"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 287.21553,365.34023 c -0.59414,-0.0877 -1.19966,-0.13198 -1.80097,-0.13198 -6.73118,0 -12.20746,5.4767 -12.20746,12.20788 l 0,3.8132 -3.98903,0 c -1.46237,0 -2.65908,1.19671 -2.65908,2.65781 0,1.46321 1.19671,2.93738 2.65908,2.93738 l 3.98819,0 0,20.46004 c 0,1.79464 1.46236,3.25743 3.25658,3.25743 1.79507,0 3.25744,-1.46279 3.25744,-3.25743 l 0,-20.46004 4.40986,0 c 1.46194,0 2.65823,-1.47417 2.65823,-2.93738 0,-1.46152 -1.19629,-2.65823 -2.65823,-2.65823 l -4.40733,0 0,-3.8132 c 0,-3.13852 2.55323,-6.11469 5.69175,-6.11469 0.28294,0 0.56757,0.0211 0.84672,0.062 1.78031,0.26355 3.4358,-0.54269 3.70019,-2.32342 0.2627,-1.77904 -0.96606,-3.43538 -2.74594,-3.69935 z"
+       id="path21"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 482.01243,363.57426 c 0,-10.06788 -8.16108,-18.22938 -18.22897,-18.22938 -10.06282,0 -18.22179,8.15475 -18.22854,18.21631 l -4.2e-4,-4.2e-4 0,14.1071 4.2e-4,4.2e-4 c 0.005,2.28463 1.85832,4.13409 4.14463,4.13409 0.007,0 0.0127,-8.4e-4 0.0194,-8.4e-4 l 0.001,8.4e-4 14.07083,0 0,0 c 10.06409,-0.004 18.22138,-8.16276 18.22138,-18.22812 z"
+       id="path25"
+       style="fill:#294172" />
+    <path
+       d="m 469.13577,349.66577 c -4.72528,0 -8.55576,3.83049 -8.55576,8.55577 0,0.002 0,0.004 0,0.006 l 0,4.52836 -4.51444,0 c -8.5e-4,0 -8.5e-4,0 -0.001,0 -4.72528,0 -8.55576,3.81193 -8.55576,8.53678 0,4.72528 3.83048,8.55577 8.55576,8.55577 4.72486,0 8.55534,-3.83049 8.55534,-8.55577 0,-0.002 0,-0.004 0,-0.006 l 0,-4.54733 4.51444,0 c 8.5e-4,0 0.001,0 0.002,0 4.72486,0 8.55534,-3.79296 8.55534,-8.51781 0,-4.72528 -3.83048,-8.55577 -8.55534,-8.55577 z m -8.55576,21.63483 c -0.004,2.48998 -2.02446,4.50811 -4.51571,4.50811 -2.49378,0 -4.53426,-2.02193 -4.53426,-4.5157 0,-2.49421 2.04048,-4.55366 4.53426,-4.55366 0.002,0 0.004,4.2e-4 0.006,4.2e-4 l 3.86971,0 c 0.001,0 0.002,-4.2e-4 0.003,-4.2e-4 0.35209,0 0.63799,0.28505 0.63799,0.63715 0,4.2e-4 -4.2e-4,8.4e-4 -4.2e-4,0.001 l 0,3.92284 -4.2e-4,0 z m 8.55534,-8.5448 c -0.001,0 -0.003,0 -0.004,0 l -3.87223,0 c -8.4e-4,0 -0.002,0 -0.002,0 -0.35252,0 -0.63757,-0.28506 -0.63757,-0.63758 l 0,-4.2e-4 0,-3.90343 c 0.004,-2.49083 2.02
 446,-4.50854 4.51571,-4.50854 2.49378,0 4.53468,2.02193 4.53468,4.51613 4.2e-4,2.49336 -2.04048,4.53384 -4.53426,4.53384 z"
+       id="path29"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 460.58001,362.7558 0,-4.52836 c 0,-0.002 0,-0.004 0,-0.006 0,-4.72528 3.83048,-8.55577 8.55576,-8.55577 0.71685,0 1.22623,0.0805 1.88952,0.25469 0.96774,0.25385 1.75796,1.04618 1.75838,1.96922 4.2e-4,1.11575 -0.80919,1.92621 -2.0194,1.92621 -0.57642,0 -0.78473,-0.11048 -1.62892,-0.11048 -2.49125,0 -4.51149,2.01771 -4.51571,4.50854 l 0,3.90385 0,4.2e-4 c 0,0.35252 0.28505,0.63758 0.63757,0.63758 4.3e-4,0 0.001,0 0.002,0 l 2.96521,0 c 1.10521,0 1.99747,0.88467 1.99832,1.99283 0,1.10816 -0.89353,1.99114 -1.99832,1.99114 l -3.60489,0 0,4.54733 c 0,0.002 0,0.004 0,0.006 0,4.72485 -3.83048,8.55534 -8.55534,8.55534 -0.71684,0 -1.22623,-0.0805 -1.88952,-0.25469 -0.96774,-0.25343 -1.75838,-1.04618 -1.7588,-1.9688 0,-1.11575 0.80919,-1.92663 2.01982,-1.92663 0.576,0 0.78473,0.11048 1.6285,0.11048 2.49125,0 4.51191,-2.01771 4.51613,-4.50811 0,0 0,-3.92368 0,-3.9241 0,-0.35168 -0.2859,-0.63673 -0.63799,-0.63673 -4.3e-4,0 -8.5e-4,0 -0.002,0 l -2.96521,-4.2e-4 c -1.10521,0 -1.
 99831,-0.88214 -1.99831,-1.9903 -4.3e-4,-1.11533 0.90238,-1.99367 2.01939,-1.99367 l 3.58339,0 0,0 z"
+       id="path31"
+       style="fill:#ffffff" />
+    <path
+       d="m 477.41661,378.55292 2.81558,0 0,0.37898 -1.18152,0 0,2.94935 -0.45254,0 0,-2.94935 -1.18152,0 0,-0.37898 m 3.26144,0 0.67101,0 0.84937,2.26496 0.85381,-2.26496 0.67102,0 0,3.32833 -0.43917,0 0,-2.9226 -0.85828,2.28279 -0.45255,0 -0.85827,-2.28279 0,2.9226 -0.43694,0 0,-3.32833"
+       id="text6223"
+       style="fill:#294172;enable-background:new" />
+  </g>
+  <path
+     d="m 181.98344,61.675273 2.81558,0 0,0.37898 -1.18152,0 0,2.94935 -0.45254,0 0,-2.94935 -1.18152,0 0,-0.37898 m 3.26144,0 0.67101,0 0.84937,2.26496 0.85381,-2.26496 0.67102,0 0,3.32833 -0.43917,0 0,-2.9226 -0.85828,2.28279 -0.45255,0 -0.85827,-2.28279 0,2.9226 -0.43694,0 0,-3.32833"
+     id="path2391"
+     style="fill:#294172;enable-background:new" />
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce09951
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f2612c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
+   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="48"
+   height="48"
+   id="svg5921"
+   sodipodi:version="0.32"
+   inkscape:version="0.46"
+   sodipodi:docname="warning.svg"
+   inkscape:output_extension="org.inkscape.output.svg.inkscape"
+   inkscape:export-filename="/home/jfearn/Build/src/fedora/publican/trunk/publican-fedora/en-US/images/warning.png"
+   inkscape:export-xdpi="111.32"
+   inkscape:export-ydpi="111.32">
+  <metadata
+     id="metadata2482">
+    <rdf:RDF>
+      <cc:Work
+         rdf:about="">
+        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
+        <dc:type
+           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
+      </cc:Work>
+    </rdf:RDF>
+  </metadata>
+  <sodipodi:namedview
+     inkscape:window-height="910"
+     inkscape:window-width="1284"
+     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
+     inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
+     guidetolerance="10.0"
+     gridtolerance="10.0"
+     objecttolerance="10.0"
+     borderopacity="1.0"
+     bordercolor="#666666"
+     pagecolor="#ffffff"
+     id="base"
+     showgrid="false"
+     inkscape:zoom="11.5"
+     inkscape:cx="20"
+     inkscape:cy="20"
+     inkscape:window-x="0"
+     inkscape:window-y="51"
+     inkscape:current-layer="svg5921" />
+  <defs
+     id="defs5923">
+    <inkscape:perspective
+       sodipodi:type="inkscape:persp3d"
+       inkscape:vp_x="0 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:vp_y="0 : 1000 : 0"
+       inkscape:vp_z="40 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:persp3d-origin="20 : 13.333333 : 1"
+       id="perspective2484" />
+  </defs>
+  <g
+     transform="matrix(0.4536635,0,0,0.4536635,-5.1836431,-4.6889387)"
+     id="layer1">
+    <g
+       transform="translate(2745.6887,-1555.5977)"
+       id="g8304"
+       style="enable-background:new">
+      <path
+         d="M -1603,1054.4387 L -1577.0919,1027.891 L -1540,1027.4387 L -1513.4523,1053.3468 L -1513,1090.4387 L -1538.9081,1116.9864 L -1576,1117.4387 L -1602.5477,1091.5306 L -1603,1054.4387 z"
+         transform="matrix(0.8233528,8.9983906e-3,-8.9983906e-3,0.8233528,-1398.5561,740.7914)"
+         id="path8034"
+         style="opacity:1;fill:#efd259;fill-opacity:1;stroke:#efd259;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      <path
+         d="M -1603,1054.4387 L -1577.0919,1027.891 L -1540,1027.4387 L -1513.4523,1053.3468 L -1513,1090.4387 L -1538.9081,1116.9864 L -1576,1117.4387 L -1602.5477,1091.5306 L -1603,1054.4387 z"
+         transform="matrix(0.6467652,7.0684723e-3,-7.0684723e-3,0.6467652,-1675.7492,927.16391)"
+         id="path8036"
+         style="opacity:1;fill:#a42324;fill-opacity:1;stroke:#a42324;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      <path
+         d="M -2686.7886,1597.753 C -2686.627,1596.5292 -2686.5462,1595.6987 -2686.5462,1595.218 C -2686.5462,1593.1637 -2688.0814,1592.0711 -2690.9899,1592.0711 C -2693.8985,1592.0711 -2695.4336,1593.12 -2695.4336,1595.218 C -2695.4336,1595.961 -2695.3528,1596.7914 -2695.1912,1597.753 L -2692.929,1614.4491 L -2689.0508,1614.4491 L -2686.7886,1597.753"
+         id="path8038"
+         style="font-size:107.13574219px;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;stroke-width:1px;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-opacity:1;font-family:Bitstream Charter" />
+      <path
+         d="M -2690.9899,1617.8197 C -2693.6124,1617.8197 -2695.8118,1619.9346 -2695.8118,1622.6416 C -2695.8118,1625.3486 -2693.6124,1627.4635 -2690.9899,1627.4635 C -2688.2829,1627.4635 -2686.168,1625.264 -2686.168,1622.6416 C -2686.168,1619.9346 -2688.2829,1617.8197 -2690.9899,1617.8197"
+         id="path8040"
+         style="font-size:107.13574219px;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;stroke-width:1px;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-opacity:1;font-family:Bitstream Charter" />
+    </g>
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ead5af
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/yellow.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/yellow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..223865d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/yellow.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c331b6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a3462d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6acf293
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8df5a42
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4cb430
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c95a6be
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-event-configuration.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-event-configuration.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f213180
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-event-configuration.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a7f53d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78050b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b909b93
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-install.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-install.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..064d224
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-install.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-log.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-log.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcfaae7
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-log.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-package-group.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-package-group.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2626ea1
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-package-group.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-remove.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-remove.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b8429c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-remove.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..219c461
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..214673d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c6b837
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcebeee
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67cfbda
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fff1bfa
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13d27ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b454ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7268d86
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_advanced.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_advanced.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ddd7c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_advanced.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-panel.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-panel.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3873b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-panel.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260a043
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebbd20b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd4e3f5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a15d0bf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bec8d23
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9242e4a
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa6666f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9f5b66
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b250b7
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03b8701
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f0c64b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d354bf3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-add-printer.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-add-printer.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e1b1e8
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-add-printer.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0700a08
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..193babd
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b17576c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8405ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e860e5f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b376586
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e816d3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-jetdirect.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-jetdirect.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e492125
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-jetdirect.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..354ec9c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfd18c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-driver.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-driver.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24254a1
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-driver.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-model.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-model.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a69b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-model.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948d557
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-language.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-language.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e846eaf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-language.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..607a1aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c61e692
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..448c00c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0dffc3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-create-share.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-create-share.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14bc8d5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-create-share.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb71f96
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8de4375
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27abf11
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/samba-nautilus-domain.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/samba-nautilus-domain.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b8e5a9
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/samba-nautilus-domain.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-preferences.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-preferences.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64f5b91
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-preferences.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-software-sources.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-software-sources.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ab48d5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-software-sources.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1b066b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8b7b11
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..517567e
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3d8599
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfa9578
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..380d884
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-add.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3690469
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-add.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db4301a
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b37e73
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06eb44c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..285f83f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c3bdd6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-file-systems.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-file-systems.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f6050c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-file-systems.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-processes.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-processes.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f218181
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-processes.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-resources.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-resources.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e56a166
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-resources.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-create.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-create.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..652df07
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-create.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-password-change.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-password-change.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da264e4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-password-change.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-remove.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-remove.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..727df90
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-remove.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..633b363
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-group.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-group.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d59e89c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-group.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-user.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af1eb92
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-user.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-group.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-group.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..594ab85
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-group.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-user.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a49ff97
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-user.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a50cad2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/index.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e15ad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html-single/Deployment_Guide/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14967 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>デプロイ ガイド</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><meta name="description" content="デプロイ ガイド の文書は Fedora 15 の設定と管理、デプロイに関する関連情報、システムの基本的理解をもったシステム管理者向けです。" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="book" id="id706566" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div class="producttitle" font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><span class="productname">Fedora</span> <span class="productnumber">15</span></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h1 id="id706566" class="title">デプロイ ガイド</h1></div><di
 v font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h2 class="subtitle">Fedora 15 の設定と管理、デプロイ</h2></div><p class="edition">エディッション 1</p><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h3 class="corpauthor">
+		<span class="inlinemediaobject"><object data="Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg" type="image/svg+xml"> </object></span>
+
+	</h3></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="authorgroup" lang="ja-JP"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:jhradilek at redhat.com">jhradilek at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Silas</span> <span class="firstname">Douglas</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:silas at redhat.com">silas at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Prpič</span> <s
 pan class="firstname">Martin</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:mprpic at redhat.com">mprpic at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Kopalová</span> <span class="firstname">Eva</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:ekopalova at redhat.com">ekopalova at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Slobodová</span> <span class="firstname">Eliška</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:eslobodo at redh
 at.com">eslobodo at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Ha</span> <span class="firstname">John</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">O'Brien</span> <span class="firstname">David</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hideo</span> <span class="firstname">Michael</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Domingo</span> <span class="firstname">Don</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affil
 iation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div></div></div><hr /><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div id="id728222" class="legalnotice"><h1 class="legalnotice">法律上の通知</h1><div class="para">
+		Copyright <span class="trademark"></span>© 2011 Red Hat, Inc. and others.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license ("CC-BY-SA"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</a>. The original authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the "Attribution Party" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the URL for the original version.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, Fedora, the Infinity Logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		For guidelines on the permitted uses of the Fedora trademarks, refer to <a href="https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines">https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines</a>.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">Linux</span>® is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">Java</span>® is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">XFS</span>® is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">MySQL</span>® is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the European Union and other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
+	</div></div></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div class="abstract"><h6>概要</h6><div class="para">
+			<em class="citetitle">デプロイ ガイド</em> の文書は Fedora 15 の設定と管理、デプロイに関する関連情報、システムの基本的理解をもったシステム管理者向けです。
+		</div></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="preface"><a href="#id885405">序文</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Preface-Target_Audience">1. 対象の読者</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Preface-Book_Organization">2. この本の読み方</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id734581">3. 表記方法</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1064155">3.1. 印刷における表記方法</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id828037">3.2. 引用における表記方法</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id703276">3.3. 注記および警告</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Preface-Feedback">4. Feedback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#pref-Acknowledgments">5. Acknowledgments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#part-Basic_System_Configuration">I. 基本的ã
 ªã‚·ã‚¹ãƒ†ãƒ è¨­å®š</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration">1. 言語とキーボードの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration">2. 日付と時刻の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration">2.2. コマンドライン管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.2.1. Conf
 iguring the Date and Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources">2.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups">3. ユーザーとグループの管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sectio
 n"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-configui">3.2. User Manager Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-new">3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-tools">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Command Line Configurat
 ion</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-process">3.3.2. 手順の説明</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-standard-users">3.4. Standard Users</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-standard-groups">3.5. Standard Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-private-groups">3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-additional-resources">3.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></d
 d></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#part-Package_Management">II. パッケージ管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-yum">4. Yum</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups">4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
  href="#sec-Listing_Packages">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Displaying_Package_Information">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Removing">4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_repository_Options">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Yum_Variables">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository">4.3.4. Yum ãƒ
 ªãƒã‚¸ãƒˆãƒªãƒ¼ã®ä½œæˆ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Yum_Plugins">4.4. Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Additional_Resources">4.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-PackageKit">5. PackageKit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updating Packages with Software Update</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Sett
 ing the Update-Checking Interval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software Sources</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log">5.2.5. Viewing the Trans
 action Log</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-PackageKit_Architecture">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources">5.4. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#part-Networking">III. ネットワーク</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Network_Interfaces">6. ネットワーク インターフェース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-interfaces">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ch
 an">6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other">6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-control">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-static-routes">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-functions">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-resources">6.6. その他のリソース</a><
 /span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#part-Infrastructure_Services">IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7. Services and Daemons</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-running">7.2. Running Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</
 a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-running">7.2.2. Running the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-stopping">7.2.3. Stopping the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-restarting">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-additional-resources">7.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-services-additional-resources-books">7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Configuring_Authentication">8. 認証の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</a></span
 ></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features">8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></span></dt><dt><
 span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services">8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-OpenSSH">9. OpenSSH</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a h
 ref="#s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-configuration">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-requiring">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs">9.2.4.
  Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-clients">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-scp">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-sftp">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-beyondshell">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip">9.4.2. ポート転送</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-openssh-additional-resources">9.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><s
 pan class="section"><a href="#s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-openssh-useful-websites">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#part-Servers">V. サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-DHCP_Servers">10. DHCP Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-server">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#lease-database">10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></span></dt><d
 t><span class="section"><a href="#dhcp-relay-agent">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-client">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-additional-resources">10.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-DNS_Servers">11. DNS Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sec
 tion"><a href="#s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-BIND">11.2. BIND</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-zone">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-rndc">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-dig">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-features">11.2.5. BIND の高åº
 ¦ãªæ©Ÿèƒ½</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-mistakes">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-additional-resources">11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Web_Servers">12. ウェブ サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 設定ファイãƒ
 «ã®ç·¨é›†</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1.8. Setting Up an SSL Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Mail_Servers">13. メールサーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール トランスポートのプロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a hr
 ef="#s1-email-types">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mda">13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mua">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mta">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-sendmail">13.3.2. Sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-fetchmail">13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-switchmail">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
 <dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mda">13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-procmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-procmail-recipes">13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mua">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-additional-resources">13.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-useful-websites">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-r
 elated-books">13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Directory_Servers">14. ディレクトリー サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-resources">14.1.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><
 span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-File_and_Print_Servers">15. File and Print Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2. Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</a></span>
 </dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-FTP">15.2. FTP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-servers">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.3. Files Insta
 lled with <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-resources">15.2.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Printer_Configuration">15.3. プリンタの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_Printer">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Adding_Other_Printer">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-jetdirect-printer">15.3.4.
  Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-ipp-printer">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-smb-printer">15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-select-model">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-test-page">15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-edit">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-additional-resources">15.3.11. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#part-Monitoring_and_Automation">VI. 監視と自動化</a></span></dt><
 dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-System_Monitoring_Tools">16. システム監視ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">16.2. メモリ使用量</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">16.3. ファイルシステム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-hardware">16.4. ハードウェア</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-additional-resources">16.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files">17. Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s
 1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-locating">17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-logrotate">17.2.1. Configuring logrotate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-viewing">17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-adding">17.4. Adding a Log File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-examinin
 g">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-log-files-additional-resources">17.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-log-files-useful-websites">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Automating_System_Tasks">18. Automating System Tasks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Config
 uring Cron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-at-batch">18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-batch-configuring">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-commandline-options">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access">18.2.5. at と
  batch へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-service">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-additional-resources">18.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-abrt">19. Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1027869">19.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1198828">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#abrt-plugins">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#reporter-plugins">1
 9.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-plugins-in-the-gui">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#generating-backtrace">19.4. Generating Backtraces</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#troubleshooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id902924">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id870678">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id754092">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1056210">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring">19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-centralized-crash-collection">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collect
 ion</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id927404">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#testing-upload-method">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-automatic-reporting">19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="#part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration">VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">20. カーネルをアップグレードする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-preparing">20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-download">20.3. アップグレã
 ƒ¼ãƒ‰ã•ã‚ŒãŸã‚«ãƒ¼ãƒãƒ«ã‚’ダウンロードする</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-perform-upgrade">20.4. アップグレードの実行</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-boot-loader">20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules">21. Working with Kernel Modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href=
 "#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">21.3. Loading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">21.4. Unloading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_Module_Parameters">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイーサネットカードの使用</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Chann
 el_Bonding">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources">21.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-kdump">22. The kdump Crash Recovery Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1.1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</a></span>
 </dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-crash">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-log">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-backtrace">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-processes">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-memory">22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-files">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-exit">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></
 span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-resources">22.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-resources-online">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#ch-RPM">A. RPM</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-rpm-design">A.1. RPM の設計目標</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-rpm-using">A.2. RPMの使用法</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-finding">A.2.1. RPM パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Configuration_File_Changes">A.2.3. Config
 uration File Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-uninstalling">A.2.4. アンインストール</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-freshening">A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-querying">A.2.6. 問い合わせ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-verifying">A.2.7. 検証</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-check-rpm-sig">A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-keys-importing">A.3.1. Importing Keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-keys-checking">A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-rpm-impressing">A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-rpm-additional-resources">A.5. その他ã
 ®ãƒªã‚½ãƒ¼ã‚¹</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-installed-docs">A.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-useful-websites">A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rpm-related-books">A.5.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#ch-The_sysconfig_Directory">B. The sysconfig Directory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysconfig-files">B.1. Files in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-arpwatch">B.1.1.  /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-authconfig">B.1.2.  /etc/sysconfig/authconfig </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-autofs">B.1.3.  /etc/sysconfig/autofs </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s
 2-sysconfig-clock">B.1.4.  /etc/sysconfig/clock </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-dhcpd">B.1.5.  /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-firewall">B.1.6.  /etc/sysconfig/firstboot </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-i18n">B.1.7.  /etc/sysconfig/i18n </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-init">B.1.8.  /etc/sysconfig/init </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-ip6tables">B.1.9.  /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-kybd">B.1.10.  /etc/sysconfig/keyboard </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-ldap">B.1.11.  /etc/sysconfig/ldap </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-named">B.1.12.  /etc/sysconfig/named </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-network">B.1.13.  /etc/sysconfig/network </a></
 span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-ntpd">B.1.14.  /etc/sysconfig/ntpd </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-quagga">B.1.15.  /etc/sysconfig/quagga </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-radvd">B.1.16.  /etc/sysconfig/radvd </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-samba">B.1.17.  /etc/sysconfig/samba </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-selinux">B.1.18.  /etc/sysconfig/selinux </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-sendmail">B.1.19.  /etc/sysconfig/sendmail </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-spamd">B.1.20.  /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-squid">B.1.21.  /etc/sysconfig/squid </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-rcu">B.1.22.  /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hre
 f="#s2-sysconfig-vncservers">B.1.23.  /etc/sysconfig/vncservers </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-xinetd">B.1.24.  /etc/sysconfig/xinetd </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysconfig-additional-resources">B.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation">B.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#ch-proc">C. The proc File System</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-proc-virtual">C.1. A Virtual File System</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-viewing">C.1.1. Viewing Virtual Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-change">C.1.2. Changing Virtual File
 s</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-proc-topfiles">C.2. Top-level Files within the <code class="filename">proc</code> File System</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-buddyinfo">C.2.1.  /proc/buddyinfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-cmdline">C.2.2.  /proc/cmdline </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-cpuinfo">C.2.3.  /proc/cpuinfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-crypto">C.2.4.  /proc/crypto </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-devices">C.2.5.  /proc/devices </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dma">C.2.6.  /proc/dma </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-execdomains">C.2.7.  /proc/execdomains </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-fb">C.2.8.  /proc/fb </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-filesystems">C.2.9.  /proc/filesystems </a
 ></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-interrupts">C.2.10.  /proc/interrupts </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-iomem">C.2.11.  /proc/iomem </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-ioports">C.2.12.  /proc/ioports </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-kcore">C.2.13.  /proc/kcore </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-kmsg">C.2.14.  /proc/kmsg </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-loadavg">C.2.15.  /proc/loadavg </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-locks">C.2.16.  /proc/locks </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-mdstat">C.2.17.  /proc/mdstat </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-meminfo">C.2.18.  /proc/meminfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-misc">C.2.19.  /proc/misc </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-modules">C.2.20.  /proc/modules 
 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-mounts">C.2.21.  /proc/mounts </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-mtrr">C.2.22.  /proc/mtrr </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-partitions">C.2.23.  /proc/partitions </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-slabinfo">C.2.24.  /proc/slabinfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-stat">C.2.25.  /proc/stat </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-swaps">C.2.26.  /proc/swaps </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-sysrq-trigger">C.2.27.  /proc/sysrq-trigger </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-uptime">C.2.28.  /proc/uptime </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-version">C.2.29.  /proc/version </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-proc-directories">C.3. Directories within /proc/</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section
 "><a href="#s2-proc-processdirs">C.3.1. Process Directories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-bus">C.3.2.  /proc/bus/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-pci">C.3.3.  /proc/bus/pci </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-driver">C.3.4.  /proc/driver/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-fs">C.3.5.  /proc/fs </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-irq">C.3.6.  /proc/irq/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-net">C.3.7.  /proc/net/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-scsi">C.3.8.  /proc/scsi/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-sys">C.3.9.  /proc/sys/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-dir-sysvipc">C.3.10.  /proc/sysvipc/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-proc-tty">C.3.11.  /proc/tty/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section
 "><a href="#s2-proc-pid">C.3.12.  /proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em>/ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-proc-sysctl">C.4. Using the sysctl Command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-proc-additional-resources">C.5. 参考文献</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#app-Revision_History">D. 変更履歴</a></span></dt><dt><span class="index"><a href="#id829996">索引</a></span></dt></dl></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="preface" id="id885405" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 id="id885405" class="title">序文</h1></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		The <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em> contains information on how to customize the Fedora 15 system to fit your needs. If you are looking for a comprehensive, task-oriented guide for configuring and customizing your system, this is the manual for you.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		このマニュアルは、下記のような中級のトピックについて説明しています。
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				パッケージのインストールや管理に使用する <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> やコマンドライン <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> パッケージ マネージャー
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Setting up a network—from establishing an Ethernet connection using <span class="application"><strong>NetworkManager</strong></span> to configuring channel bonding interfaces to increase server bandwidth
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Configuring <code class="systemitem">DHCP</code>, <span class="application"><strong>BIND</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Apache HTTP Server</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Postfix</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Sendmail</strong></span> and other enterprise-class servers and software
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Gathering information about your system, including obtaining user-space crash data with the <span class="application"><strong>Automatic Bug Reporting Tool</strong></span>, and kernel-space crash data with <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Easily working with kernel modules and upgrading the kernel
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="sect-Preface-Target_Audience"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Preface-Target_Audience">1. 対象の読者</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em> assumes you have a basic understanding of the Fedora operating system. If you need help with the installation of this system, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Fedora 15 Installation Guide</em>.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Preface-Book_Organization"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Preface-Book_Organization">2. この本の読み方</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			このマニュアルは主に下記のカテゴリーに分けられます。
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#part-Basic_System_Configuration">パートI「基本的なシステム設定」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートは、キーボードの設定、日付と時間の設定、ユーザーとグループの管理といった基本体系な管理タスクをカバーします。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration">1章<em>言語とキーボードの設定</em></a> は言語とキーボードの基本的な設定をカバーします。デスクトップの言語設定やキーボード レイアウトの変更、あるいはパネルにキーボードのレイアウト インジケーターを追加したい場合、この章を読んでください。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration">2章<em>日付と時刻の設定</em></a> covers the configuration of the system date and time. Read this chapter if you need to change the date and time setup, or configure the system to synchronize the clock with a remote Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups">3章<em>ユーザーとグループの管理</em></a> covers the management of users and groups in a graphical user interface and on the command line. Read this chapter if you need to manage users and groups on your system, or enable password aging.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#part-Package_Management">パートII「パッケージ管理」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This part describes how to manage software packages on Fedora using both <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> and the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of graphical package management tools.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-yum">4ç« <em>Yum</em></a> describes the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package manager. Read this chapter for information how to search, install, update, and uninstall packages on the command line.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-PackageKit">5ç« <em>PackageKit</em></a> describes the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of graphical package management tools. Read this chapter for information how to search, install, update, and uninstall packages using a graphical user interface.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#part-Networking">パートIII「ネットワーク」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートは Fedora のネットワーク設定の仕方について記述しています。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Network_Interfaces">6章<em>ネットワーク インターフェース</em></a> explores various interface configuration files, interface control scripts, and network function files located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory. Read this chapter for information how to use these files to configure network interfaces.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#part-Infrastructure_Services">パートIV「インフラストラクチャー サービス」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートはリモート ログインの有効化、認証の設定、daemon やサービスの設定方法についての情報を提供します。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> covers the configuration of the services to be run when a system is started, and provides information on how to start, stop, and restart the services on the command line using the <code class="command">systemctl</code> utility.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Configuring_Authentication">8章<em>認証の設定</em></a> describes how to configure user information retrieval from Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP), Network Information Service (NIS), and Winbind user account databases, and provides an introduction to the System Security Services Daemon (SSSD). Read this chapter if you need to configure authentication on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-OpenSSH">9ç« <em>OpenSSH</em></a> describes how to enable a remote login via the SSH protocol. It covers the configuration of the <code class="systemitem">sshd</code> service, as well as a basic usage of the <code class="command">ssh</code>, <code class="command">scp</code>, <code class="command">sftp</code> client utilities. Read this chapter if you need a remote access to a machine.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#part-Servers">パートV「サーバー」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This part discusses various topics related to servers such as how to set up a Web server or share files and directories over the network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-DHCP_Servers">10ç« <em>DHCP Servers</em></a> guides you through the installation of a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server and client. Read this chapter if you need to configure DHCP on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-DNS_Servers">11ç« <em>DNS Servers</em></a> introduces you to Domain Name System (DNS), explains how to install, configure, run, and administer the <span class="application"><strong>BIND</strong></span> DNS server. Read this chapter if you need to configure a DNS server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Web_Servers">12章<em>ウェブ サーバー</em></a> focuses on the <span class="application"><strong>Apache HTTP Server 2.2</strong></span>, a robust, full-featured open source web server developed by the Apache Software Foundation. Read this chapter if you need to configure a web server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Mail_Servers">13章<em>メールサーバー</em></a> reviews modern email protocols in use today, and some of the programs designed to send and receive email, including <span class="application"><strong>Postfix</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Sendmail</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Fetchmail</strong></span>, and <span class="application"><strong>Procmail</strong></span>. Read this chapter if you need to configure a mail server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Directory_Servers">14章<em>ディレクトリー サーバー</em></a> covers the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP 2.4</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the LDAPv2 and LDAPv3 protocols. Read this chapter if you need to configure a directory server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-File_and_Print_Servers">15ç« <em>File and Print Servers</em></a> guides you through the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol, and <span class="application"><strong>vsftpd</strong></span>, the primary FTP server shipped with Fedora. Additionally, it explains how to use the <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> tool to configure printers. Read this chapter if you need to configure a file or print server on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#part-Monitoring_and_Automation">パートVI「監視と自動化」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This part describes various tools that allow system administrators to monitor system performance, automate system tasks, and report bugs.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-System_Monitoring_Tools">16章<em>システム監視ツール</em></a> discusses applications and commands that can be used to retrieve important information about the system. Read this chapter to learn how to gather essential system information.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files">17ç« <em>Viewing and Managing Log Files</em></a> describes the configuration of the <code class="systemitem">rsyslog</code> daemon, and explains how to locate, view, and monitor log files. Read this chapter to learn how to work with log files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Automating_System_Tasks">18ç« <em>Automating System Tasks</em></a> provides an overview of the <code class="command">cron</code>, <code class="command">at</code>, and <code class="command">batch</code> utilities. Read this chapter to learn how to use these utilities to perform automated tasks.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-abrt">19ç« <em>Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</em></a> concentrates on <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>, a system service and a set of tools to collect crash data and send a report to the relevant issue tracker. Read this chapter to learn how to use <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration">パートVII「カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートはカーネルのカスタマイズと管理を支援するさまざまなツールをカバーします。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">20章<em>カーネルをアップグレードする</em></a> provides important information how to manually update a kernel package using the <code class="command">rpm</code> command instead of <code class="command">yum</code>. Read this chapter if you cannot update a kernel package with the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package manager.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules">21ç« <em>Working with Kernel Modules</em></a> explains how to display, query, load, and unload kernel modules and their dependencies, and how to set module parameters. Additionally, it covers specific kernel module capabilities such as using multiple Ethernet cards and using channel bonding. Read this chapter if you need to work with kernel modules.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#ch-kdump">22ç« <em>The kdump Crash Recovery Service</em></a> explains how to configure, test, and use the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service in Fedora, and provides a brief overview of how to analyze the resulting core dump using the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> debugging utility. Read this chapter to learn how to enable <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#ch-RPM">付録A <em>RPM</em></a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This appendix concentrates on the RPM Package Manager (RPM), an open packaging system used by Fedora, and the use of the <code class="command">rpm</code> utility. Read this appendix if you need to use <code class="command">rpm</code> instead of <code class="command">yum</code>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#ch-The_sysconfig_Directory">付録B <em>The sysconfig Directory</em></a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This appendix outlines some of the files and directories located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory. Read this appendix if you want to learn more about these files and directories, their function, and their contents.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="#ch-proc">付録C <em>The proc File System</em></a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This appendix explains the concept of a virtual file system, and describes some of the top-level files and directories within the <code class="systemitem">proc</code> file system (that is, the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory). Read this appendix if you want to learn more about this file system.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id734581">3. 表記方法</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		本ガイドは特定の単語や語句を強調したり、 記載内容の特定部分に注意を引かせる目的で次のような表記方法を使用しています。
+	</div><div class="para">
+		PDF版 および印刷版では、 <a href="https://fedorahosted.org/liberation-fonts/">Liberation Fonts</a> セットから採用した書体を使用しています。 ご使用のシステムに Liberation Fonts セットがインストールされている場合、 HTML 版でもこのセットが使用されます。 インストールされていない場合は代替として同等の書体が表示されます。 注記: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 およびそれ以降のバージョンにはデフォルトで Liberation Fonts セットが収納されます。
+	</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id1064155">3.1. 印刷における表記方法</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			特定の単語や語句に注意を引く目的で 4 種類の表記方法を使用しています。 その表記方法および適用される状況は以下の通りです。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<code class="literal">等幅の太字</code>
+		</div><div class="para">
+			シェルコマンド、ファイル名、パスなどシステムへの入力を強調するために使用しています。またキー配列やキーの組み合わせを強調するのにも使用しています。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				現在作業中のディレクトリ内のファイル <code class="filename">my_next_bestselling_novel</code> の内容を表示させるには、 シェルプロンプトで <code class="command">cat my_next_bestselling_novel</code> コマンドを入力してから <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> を押してそのコマンドを実行します。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			上記にはファイル名、シェルコマンド、キーが含まれています。 すべて等幅の太字で表されているため文中内で見分けやすくなっています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			キーが 1 つの場合と複数のキーの組み合わせになる場合を区別するため、 その組み合わせを構成するキー同士をハイフンでつないでいます。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				<span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> を押してコマンドを実行します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				1 番目の仮想ターミナルに切り替えるは、 <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> を押します。 X-Windows セッションに戻るには、 <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> を押します。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			最初の段落では押すべき 1 つのキーを特定して強調しています。 次の段落では同時に押すべき 3 つのキーの組み合わせが 2 種類ありそれぞれ強調されています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			ソースコードの説明では 1 段落内で提示されるクラス名、 メソッド、 関数、 変数名、 戻り値を上記のように <code class="literal">等幅の太字</code> で表示します。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				ファイル関連のクラス群はファイルシステムに対しては <code class="classname">filesystem</code>、 ファイルには <code class="classname">file</code>、 ディレクトリには <code class="classname">dir</code> をそれぞれ含みます。 各クラスは個別に関連する権限セットを持っています。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>プロポーショナルの太字</strong></span>
+		</div><div class="para">
+			アプリケーション名、 ダイアログボックスのテキスト、ラベル付きボタン、 チェックボックスとラジオボタンのラベル、 メニュータイトルとサブメニュータイトルなどシステム上で見られる単語や語句を表します。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				メインメニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>システム &gt; 個人設定 &gt; マウス</strong></span> の順で選択し <span class="application"><strong>マウスの個人設定</strong></span> を起動します。 <span class="guilabel"><strong>ボタン</strong></span> タブ内で <span class="guilabel"><strong>左ききのマウス</strong></span> チェックボックスをクリックしてから <span class="guibutton"><strong>閉じる</strong></span> をクリックしマウスの主要ボタンを左から右に切り替えます (マウスを左ききの人が使用するのに適した設定にする)。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>gedit</strong></span> ファイルに特殊な文字を挿入する場合は、 メインメニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>アプリケーション &gt; アクセサリ &gt; 文字マップ</strong></span> の順で選択します。 次に <span class="application"><strong>文字マップ</strong></span> メニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>検索 &gt; 検索…</strong></span> と選択して <span class="guilabel"><strong>検索</strong></span> フィールド内にその文字名を入力し <span class="guibutton"><strong>次</strong></span> をクリックします。 探している文字が <span class="guilabel"><strong>文字表</strong></span> 内で強調表示されます。 この強調表示された文字をダブルクリックすると <span class="guilabel"><strong>コピーするテキスト</strong></span> フィールド内に置かれるので次に <span class="guibutton"><st
 rong>コピー</strong></span> ボタンをクリックします。 ここでドキュメントに戻り <span class="application"><strong>gedit</strong></span> メニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>編集 &gt; 貼り付け</strong></span> を選択します。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			上記には、 アプリケーション名、 システム全体のメニュー名と項目、 アプリケーション固有のメニュー名、 GUI インタフェースで見られるボタンやテキストがあります。 すべてプロポーショナルの太字で表示されているため文中内で見分けやすくなっています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>等幅の太字で且つ斜体</code></em></code> または <span class="application"><strong><em class="replaceable"><code>プロポーショナルの太字で且つ斜体</code></em></strong></span>
+		</div><div class="para">
+			等幅の太字やプロポーショナルの太字はいずれであっても斜体の場合は置換可能なテキストか変化するテキストを示します。 斜体は記載されている通りには入力しないテキスト、あるいは状況に応じて変化する出力テキストを表します。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				ssh を使用してリモートマシンに接続するには、 シェルプロンプトで <code class="command">ssh <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>domain.name</code></em></code> と入力します。 リモートマシンが <code class="filename">example.com</code> であり、 そのマシンで使用しているユーザー名が john なら <code class="command">ssh john at example.com</code> と入力します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">mount -o remount <em class="replaceable"><code>file-system</code></em></code> コマンドは指定したファイルシステムを再マウントします。 例えば、 <code class="filename">/home</code> ファイルシステムを再マウントするコマンドは <code class="command">mount -o remount /home</code> になります。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				現在インストールされているパッケージのバージョンを表示するには、 <code class="command">rpm -q <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em></code> コマンドを使用します。 結果として次を返してきます、 <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>package-version-release</code></em></code>。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			上記の太字斜体の単語 — username、 domain.name、 file-system、 package、 version、 release に注目してください。 いずれもコマンドを発行するときに入力するテキスト用のプレースホルダーかシステムにより出力されるテキスト用のプレースホルダーになっています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			タイトル表示のような標準的な使用の他、 斜体は新しい重要な用語が初めて出現する場合にも使用されます。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				Publican は <em class="firstterm">DocBook</em> の発行システムです。
+			</div></blockquote></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id828037">3.2. 引用における表記方法</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			端末の出力とソースコード一覧は、視覚的に周囲の文から区別されています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			端末に送信される出力は <code class="computeroutput">mono-spaced roman</code> (等幅の Roman) にセットされるので以下のように表示されます。
+		</div><pre class="screen">books        Desktop   documentation  drafts  mss    photos   stuff  svn
+books_tests  Desktop1  downloads      images  notes  scripts  svgs</pre><div class="para">
+			ソースコードの一覧も <code class="computeroutput">mono-spaced roman</code> (等幅の Roman) でセットされますが、以下のように強調表示されます。
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">package org.<span class="perl_Function">jboss</span>.<span class="perl_Function">book</span>.<span class="perl_Function">jca</span>.<span class="perl_Function">ex1</span>;
+
+<span class="perl_Keyword">import</span> javax.naming.InitialContext;
+
+<span class="perl_Keyword">public</span> <span class="perl_Keyword">class</span> ExClient
+{
+   <span class="perl_Keyword">public</span> <span class="perl_DataType">static</span> <span class="perl_DataType">void</span> <span class="perl_Function">main</span>(String args[]) 
+       <span class="perl_Keyword">throws</span> Exception
+   {
+      InitialContext iniCtx = <span class="perl_Keyword">new</span> InitialContext();
+      Object         ref    = iniCtx.<span class="perl_Function">lookup</span>(<span class="perl_String">"EchoBean"</span>);
+      EchoHome       home   = (EchoHome) ref;
+      Echo           echo   = home.<span class="perl_Function">create</span>();
+
+      System.<span class="perl_Function">out</span>.<span class="perl_Function">println</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Created Echo"</span>);
+
+      System.<span class="perl_Function">out</span>.<span class="perl_Function">println</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Echo.echo('Hello') = "</span> + echo.<span class="perl_Function">echo</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Hello"</span>));
+   }
+}</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id703276">3.3. 注記および警告</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			情報が見過ごされないよう 3 種類の視覚的なスタイルを使用して注意を引いています。
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				注記は説明している部分に対するヒントや近道あるいは代替となる手段などになります。注記を無視しても悪影響はありませんが知っておくと便利なコツを見逃すことになるかもしれません。
+			</div></div></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>重要</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				重要ボックスは見逃しやすい事項を詳細に説明しています。現在のセッションにのみ適用される設定上の変更点、 更新を適用する前に再起動が必要なサービスなどがあります。重要ボックスを無視してもデータを喪失するような結果にはなりませんがイライラ感やフラストレーションが生じる可能性があります。
+			</div></div></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				警告は無視しないでください。警告を無視するとデータを喪失する可能性が非常に高くなります。
+			</div></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="sect-Preface-Feedback" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Preface-Feedback">4. Feedback</h2></div></div></div><a id="id676410" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		If you find a typographical error in this manual, or if you have thought of a way to make this manual better, we would love to hear from you! Please submit a report in <a href="http://bugzilla.redhat.com/">Bugzilla</a> against the product <span class="application"><strong>Fedora Documentation</strong></span>.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		When submitting a bug report, be sure to provide the following information:
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Manual's identifier: <code class="literal">deployment-guide</code>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Version number: <code class="literal">15</code>
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+		If you have a suggestion for improving the documentation, try to be as specific as possible when describing it. If you have found an error, please include the section number and some of the surrounding text so we can find it easily.
+	</div></div><div class="section" id="pref-Acknowledgments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="pref-Acknowledgments">5. Acknowledgments</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Certain portions of this text first appeared in the <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em>, copyright © 2007 Red Hat, Inc., available at <a href="http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/5/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html">http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/5/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html</a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The authors of this book would like to thank the following people for their valuable contributions: Adam Tkáč, Andrew Fitzsimon, Andrius Benokraitis, Brian Cleary Edward Bailey, Garrett LeSage, Jeffrey Fearn, Joe Orton, Joshua Wulf, KarstenWade, Lucy Ringland, Marcela Mašláňová, Mark Johnson, Michael Behm, Michael Behm, Miroslav Lichvár, Radek Vokál, Rahul Kavalapara, Rahul Sundaram, Sandra Moore, Zbyšek Mráz and Jan Včelák, among many others.
+		</div></div></div><div class="part" id="part-Basic_System_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート I. 基本的なシステム設定</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id671145"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートはキーボードや日付と時間の設定、ユーザーとグループ管理のような基本的なシステムの管理タスクをカバーします。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration">1. 言語とキーボードの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration">2. 日付と時刻の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration">2.2. コマンドライン管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_
 Time">2.2.1. Configuring the Date and Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources">2.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups">3. ユーザーとグループの管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><s
 pan class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-configui">3.2. User Manager Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-new">3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-tools">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Comman
 d Line Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-process">3.3.2. 手順の説明</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-standard-users">3.4. Standard Users</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-standard-groups">3.5. Standard Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-private-groups">3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-additional-resources">3.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></s
 pan></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第1章 言語とキーボードの設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="para">
+		This chapter describes how to change the language of your desktop, configure the keyboard layout, and allow a user to switch between different keyboard layouts using the <span class="application"><strong>Region and Language</strong></span> configuration tool.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</h2></div></div></div><a id="id937716" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id717012" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To configure the language of your desktop, open the <span class="application"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> dialog window by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Region and Language</strong></span>, and select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Language</strong></span> tab. You will be presented with a list of available languages.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-language.png" alt="言語の変更" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						言語の変更
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.1 言語の変更</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			To choose a particular language, select it from the list and either close the window, or click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>All Settings</strong></span> button in the upper-left corner of the window to return to the <span class="application"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> window. The changes will take effect the next time you log in to your system.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</h2></div></div></div><a id="id887100" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id833285" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Although the installation program allows a system administrator to configure a keyboard layout during the system installation, the default settings may not always suit your current needs. To add a new keyboard layout, open the <span class="application"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> window by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, click the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Region and Language</strong></span> icon, and select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Layouts</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-layouts.png" alt="キーボードのレイアウト変更" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						キーボードのレイアウト変更
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.2 キーボードのレイアウト変更</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			The left part of the window provides a list of currently enabled layouts, while the right part allows you to choose whether to use the same keyboard layout for all windows, or if you prefer to use a different layout for each window.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To add a keyboard layout, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>+</strong></span> (that is, the plus sign) button below the list. A dialog box will appear, allowing you to select the desired layout. The input field in the bottom part of the dialog box allows you to reduce the number of displayed items by typing part of the layout name (such as <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">slov</span>」</span> for Slovak layouts) in it. Once you are done, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add</strong></span> button to confirm your choice.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts-Add"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png" alt="キーボードのレイアウト追加" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						キーボードのレイアウト追加
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.3 キーボードのレイアウト追加</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			To remove a keyboard layout, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>−</strong></span> (that is, the minus sign) button below the list.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			When more than one layout is enabled, a keyboard indicator appears on the panel in order to allow you to switch between the layouts, and the first layout in the list is considered the default. To move a particular layout up or down in the list, select it from the list and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>↑</strong></span> (the upwards arrow) or <span class="guibutton"><strong>↓</strong></span> (the downwards arrow) buttons respectively.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-keyboard-layouts-indicator"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png" alt="The keyboard layout indicator" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The keyboard layout indicator
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.4 The keyboard layout indicator</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			変更の影響はただちに有効になります。
+		</div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第2ç«  日付と時刻の設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration">2.2. コマンドライン管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.2.1. Configuring the Date and Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources">2.3. その他のリã‚
 ½ãƒ¼ã‚¹</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+		This chapter covers setting the system date and time in Fedora, both manually and using the Network Time Protocol (<abbr class="abbrev">NTP</abbr>), as well as setting the adequate time zone. Two methods are covered: setting the date and time using the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool, and doing so on the command line.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool allows a user to change the system date and time, to configure the time zone used by the system, and to set up the Network Time Protocol daemon to synchronize the system clock with a time server.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To start the tool, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu and click the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> icon, or click the time in the panel and select <span class="guibutton"><strong>Date and Time Settings</strong></span> from the drop-down menu.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Time"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/date-and-time-panel.png" alt="Running the Date and Time configuration tool" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Running the Date and Time configuration tool
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図2.1 Running the Date and Time configuration tool</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			By default, the tool only allows you to review the current settings. This is because only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to set the system date and time. To unlock the configuration tool for changes, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Unlock</strong></span> button in the bottom-left corner of the window, and provide the root password when prompted.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/date-and-time-settings.png" alt="The Date and Time configuration tool" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The Date and Time configuration tool
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図2.2 The Date and Time configuration tool</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			As you can see in <a class="xref" href="#fig-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">図2.2「The Date and Time configuration tool」</a>, the main window of the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool is divided into two parts: while the left side of the window is dedicated to the time zone settings, the right part allows you to configure the date and time itself.
+		</div><a id="id713924" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id862345" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To change the time zone, click on the map, or select the region and city from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Region</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>City</strong></span> drop-down lists.
+		</div><a id="id695887" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id965337" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To change the current time of your system, either configure the system to synchronize it over the network by clicking the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Time</strong></span> switch, or set it manually by clicking the up and down arrows above and below the numbers. Use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>24-Hour Time</strong></span> switch to enable or disable the 24-hour time format.
+		</div><a id="id672570" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id672583" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To change the current date of your system, select a month from the drop-down list below the time, and use the up and down arrows to choose the day and year.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The changes take effect immediately.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration">2.2. コマンドライン管理</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In case your system does not have the <span class="application"><strong>Date/Time Properties</strong></span> tool installed, or the <span class="emphasis"><em>X Window Server</em></span> is not running, you can change the system date and time on the command line. Note that in order to perform actions described in this section, you have to be logged in as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">su -</code></pre><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.2.1. Configuring the Date and Time</h3></div></div></div><a id="id759314" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id714154" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">date</code> command allows the superuser to set the system date and time manually:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						To change the current date, type the command in the following form at a shell prompt, replacing the <em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em> with a four-digit year, <em class="replaceable"><code>MM</code></em> with a two-digit month, and <em class="replaceable"><code>DD</code></em> with a two-digit day of the month:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">date +%D -s <em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY-MM-DD</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						For example, to set the date to 2 June 2010, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">date +%D -s 2010-06-02</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						To change the current date, use the following command, where <em class="replaceable"><code>HH</code></em> stands for an hour, <em class="replaceable"><code>MM</code></em> is a minute, and <em class="replaceable"><code>SS</code></em> is a second, all typed in a two-digit form:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">date +%T -s <em class="replaceable"><code>HH:MM:SS</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						If your system clock is set to use <acronym class="acronym">UTC</acronym> (Coordinated Universal Time), add the following option:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">date +%T -s <em class="replaceable"><code>HH:MM:SS</code></em> -u</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For instance, to set the system clock to 11:26 PM using the <acronym class="acronym">UTC</acronym>, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">date +%T -s 23:26:00 -u</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				You can check your current settings by typing <code class="command">date</code> without any additional argument, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">date</code>
+Wed Jun  2 11:58:48 CEST 2010</pre></div><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</h3></div></div></div><a id="id838456" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id713020" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id713028" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id713762" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				As opposed to the manual setup described above, you can also synchronize the system clock with a remote server over the Network Time Protocol (<acronym class="acronym">NTP</acronym>). For the one-time synchronization only, use the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> command:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Check whether the selected NTP server is accessible by using the <code class="command">ntpdate</code> command in the following form:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ntpdate -q <em class="replaceable"><code>server_address</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						For example, to connect to <code class="systemitem">0.fedora.pool.ntp.org</code>, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ntpdate -q 0.fedora.pool.ntp.org</code>
+server 204.15.208.61, stratum 2, offset -39.275438, delay 0.16083
+server 69.65.40.29, stratum 2, offset -39.269122, delay 0.17191
+server 148.167.132.201, stratum 2, offset -39.270239, delay 0.20482
+23 May 01:05:54 ntpdate[10619]: step time server 204.15.208.61 offset -39.275438 sec</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						When you find a satisfactory server, run the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> command followed with one or more server addresses:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ntpdate <em class="replaceable"><code>server_address...</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						For instance:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ntpdate 0.fedora.pool.ntp.org 1.fedora.pool.ntp.org</code>
+23 May 01:07:13 ntpdate[10669]: step time server 204.15.208.61 offset -39.275436 sec</pre><div class="para">
+						Unless an error message is displayed, the system time should now be set. You can check the current by setting typing <code class="command">date</code> without any additional arguments as shown in <a class="xref" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">「Configuring the Date and Time」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						In most cases, these steps are sufficient. Only if you really need one or more system services to always use the correct time, enable running the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> at boot time:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable ntpdate.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information about system services and their setup, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If the synchronization with the time server at boot time keeps failing, that is, you find a relevant error message in the <code class="filename">/var/log/boot.log</code> system log, try to add the following line to <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NETWORKWAIT=1</pre></div></div></li></ol></div><a id="id1127255" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1127267" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718942" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718955" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				However, the more convenient way is to set the <code class="systemitem">ntpd</code> daemon to synchronize the time at boot time automatically:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Open the NTP configuration file <code class="filename">/etc/ntp.conf</code> in a text editor, creating a new one if it does not already exist.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Add or edit the list of public NTP servers. If you are using Fedora 15, the file should already contain the following lines, but feel free to change or expand these according to your needs:
+					</div><pre class="screen">server 0.fedora.pool.ntp.org iburst
+server 1.fedora.pool.ntp.org iburst
+server 2.fedora.pool.ntp.org iburst</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Speeding up initial synchronization</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							To speed the initial synchronization up, it is recommended that the <code class="command">iburst</code> directive is added at the end of each server line.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						In the same file, set the proper permissions, giving the unrestricted access to localhost only:
+					</div><pre class="screen">restrict default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
+restrict -6 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
+restrict 127.0.0.1
+restrict -6 ::1</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Save the changes, exit the editor, and restart the NTP daemon:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart ntpd.service</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Additionally, make sure that <code class="command">ntpd</code> daemon is started at boot time:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable ntpd.service</code></pre></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources">2.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			For more information about the date and time configuration, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">date</code>(1) — The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>date</strong></span> utility.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">ntpdate</code>(8) — The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> utility.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">ntpd</code>(8) — The manual page for the <code class="systemitem">ntpd</code> service.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-configui">3.2. User Manager Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a h
 ref="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-new">3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-tools">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-redhat-config-users-process">3.3.2. 手順の説明</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-standard-users">3.4. Standard Users</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-standard-groups">3.5. Standard Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-private-groups">3.6. 
 ユーザープライベートグループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-users-groups-additional-resources">3.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1114794" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id820924" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1239338" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id758674" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The control of <em class="firstterm">users</em> and <em class="firstterm">groups</em> is a core element of Fedora system administration. Users can be either people (meaning accounts tied to physical users) or accounts which exist for specific applications to use. Groups are logical expressions of organization, tying users together for a common purpose. Users within a group can read, write, or execute files owned by that group.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Each user is associated with a unique numerical identification number called a <em class="firstterm">userid</em> (<em class="firstterm">UID</em>); likewise, each group is associated with a <em class="firstterm">groupid</em> (<em class="firstterm">GID</em>).
+	</div><div class="para">
+		A user who creates a file is also the owner and group owner of that file. The file is assigned separate read, write, and execute permissions for the owner, the group, and everyone else. The file owner can be changed only by the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user, and access permissions can be changed by both the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user and file owner.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora also supports <em class="firstterm">access control lists</em> (<em class="firstterm">ACLs</em>) for files and directories which allow permissions for specific users outside of the owner to be set. For more information about ACLs, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Access Control Lists</em> chapter of the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Storage Administration Guide</em>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</h2></div></div></div><a id="id919455" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id806706" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id890720" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>User Accounts</strong></span> configuration tool allows you to view, modify, add, and delete local users. To run the utility, either select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu and click the <span class="guimenu"><strong>User Accounts</strong></span> icon, or click your name on the panel and choose <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>My Account</strong></span> from the drop-down menu.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts.png" alt="ユーザー アカウントの設定ツール" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						ユーザー アカウントの設定ツール
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.1 ユーザー アカウントの設定ツール</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			The main window of the <span class="application"><strong>User Accounts</strong></span> configuration tool is divided into two parts: The left side of the window contains a list of available user accounts. The right side provides details on a particular account.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			By default, the tool only allows you to change certain settings regarding your account. This is because only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to configure users and groups. To unlock the configuration tool for all kinds of changes, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Unlock</strong></span> button in the bottom-left corner of the window, and provide the root password when prompted.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To change the image associated with an account, click the icon next to the account name and either select a picture from the drop-down list, or click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Browse for more pictures...</strong></span> to use an image from your local drive.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the name associated with an account, click the name next to the icon to edit it.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the account type, use the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Account type</strong></span> drop-down list. However, this change requires the configuration tool to be unlocked even if it is your account.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the default language for an account, click the button next to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Language</strong></span> label, and select the desired language from the list.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the password, click the button next to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span> label. A dialog box will appear, allowing you to set the new password. Note that the current password must be provided in order to confirm the change. Once done, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Change</strong></span> button to save the change.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Changing_Password"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts-password-change.png" alt="パスワードの変更" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							パスワードの変更
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.2 パスワードの変更</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Password security advice</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					It is advisable to use a much longer password, as this makes it more difficult for an intruder to guess it and access the account without permission. It is also recommended that the password not be based on a dictionary term: use a combination of letters, numbers and special characters.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Finally, to set up automatic login for a particular account, enable the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Automatic Login</strong></span> switch. The configuration tool must be unlocked to make this change.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1071561" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a new user, make sure the configuration tool is unlocked, and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>+</strong></span> button (that is, the plus sign) below the account list. A dialog box as shown in <a class="xref" href="#fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_an_Account">図3.3「新しいアカウントの作成」</a> will appear.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_an_Account"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts-create.png" alt="新しいアカウントの作成" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							新しいアカウントの作成
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.3 新しいアカウントの作成</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Take the followign steps to create an account:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Select an account type from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Account type</strong></span> drop-down list. Available account types are <code class="option">Administrator</code> and <code class="option">Standard</code> (the default option).
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Fill in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Full name</strong></span> input field to set the name associated with the account. This name will be used by the login manager, and will be displayed on the panel.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Either select a suggested username from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Username</strong></span> drop-down list, or fill in the corresponding input field.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Create</strong></span> button to confirm the settings.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Fedora uses a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em> (UPG) scheme. The UPG scheme does not add or change anything in the standard UNIX way of handling groups; it offers a new convention. Whenever you create a new user, a unique group with the same name as the user is created.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				When a new account is created, default configuration files are copied from the <code class="filename">/etc/skel/</code> directory into the new home directory.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1174147" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To remove a user, make sure the configuration tool is unlocked, select the desired account from the account list, and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>−</strong></span> button (that is, the minus sign) below the account list. A dialog box as shown in <a class="xref" href="#fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_an_Account">図3.4「アカウントの削除」</a> will appear.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_an_Account"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts-remove.png" alt="アカウントの削除" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							アカウントの削除
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.4 アカウントの削除</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				To delete files and directories that belong to the user (that is, the home directory, mail spool, and temporary files), click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Delete Files</strong></span> button. To keep these files intact and only delete the user account, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Keep Files</strong></span>. To abort the deletion, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Cancel</strong></span>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-users-configui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-configui">3.2. User Manager Tool</h2></div></div></div><a id="id647585" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id739075" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id739087" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1147685" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1147697" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id874046" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> allows you to view, modify, add, and delete local users and groups.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Users_Groups-User_Manager"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager.png" alt="The GNOME User Manager" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The GNOME User Manager allows you to manage users
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.5 The GNOME User Manager</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			You can start the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> by clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Users and Groups</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu. Alternatively, you can enter <code class="command">system-config-users</code> at the shell prompt to open the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>. Viewing and modifying user and group information requires superuser privileges. If you are not the superuser when you open the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>, it will prompt you for the superuser password.
+		</div><a id="id1016107" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id999957" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To view a list of local users on the system, click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Users</strong></span> tab. To view a list of local groups on the system, click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Groups</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To find a specific user or group, type the first few letters of the name in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Search filter</strong></span> field. Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> or click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply filter</strong></span> button. The filtered list is displayed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To sort the users, click on the column User Name and for groups click on Group Name. The users or groups are sorted according to the value of that column.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Fedora reserves user IDs below 500 for system users. By default, the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> does not display system users. To view all users, including the system users, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> and uncheck <span class="guilabel"><strong>Hide system users and groups</strong></span> from the dialog box.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-user-new"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1210074" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a new user, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add User</strong></span> button. A window as shown in <a class="xref" href="#user-new-fig">図3.6「Creating a new user」</a> appears. Type the username and full name for the new user in the appropriate fields. Type the user's password in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Confirm Password</strong></span> fields. The password must be at least six characters.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Password security advice</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					It is advisable to use a much longer password, as this makes it more difficult for an intruder to guess it and access the account without permission. It is also recommended that the password not be based on a dictionary term: use a combination of letters, numbers and special characters.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Select a login shell from the pulldown list. If you are not sure which shell to select, accept the default value of <code class="command">/bin/bash</code>. The default home directory is <code class="filename">/home/<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>/</code>. You can change the home directory that is created for the user, or you can choose not to create the home directory by unselecting <span class="guilabel"><strong>Create home directory</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you select to create the home directory, default configuration files are copied from the <code class="filename">/etc/skel/</code> directory into the new home directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Fedora uses a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em> (UPG) scheme. The UPG scheme does not add or change anything in the standard UNIX way of handling groups; it offers a new convention. Whenever you create a new user, by default, a unique group with the same name as the user is created. If you do not want to create this group, unselect <span class="guilabel"><strong>Create a private group for the user</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To specify a user ID for the user, select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Specify user ID manually</strong></span>. If the option is not selected, the next available user ID above 500 is assigned to the new user. Because Fedora reserves user IDs below 500 for system users, it is not advisable to manually assign user IDs 1-499.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to create the user.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="user-new-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-add-user.png" alt="Creating a new user" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Creating a new user with the Create New User dialog
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.6 Creating a new user</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				To configure more advanced user properties, such as password expiration, modify the user's properties after adding the user.
+			</div><h4 id="id1017204">ユーザーのプロパティを変更する</h4><a id="id1017208" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id913387" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To view the properties of an existing user, click on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Users</strong></span> tab, select the user from the user list, and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the menu (or choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the pulldown menu). A window similar to <a class="xref" href="#user-properties-fig">図3.7「ユーザーのプロパティ」</a> appears.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="user-properties-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-edit-user.png" alt="ユーザーのプロパティ" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							ユーザーのプロパティを修正する
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.7 ユーザーのプロパティ</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>User Properties</strong></span> window is divided into multiple tabbed pages:
+			</div><a id="id715837" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id715849" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id657699" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id657711" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>User Data</strong></span> — Shows the basic user information configured when you added the user. Use this tab to change the user's full name, password, home directory, or login shell.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Account Info</strong></span> — Select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable account expiration</strong></span> if you want the account to expire on a certain date. Enter the date in the provided fields. Select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Local password is locked</strong></span> to lock the user account and prevent the user from logging into the system.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Password Info</strong></span> — Displays the date that the user's password last changed. To force the user to change passwords after a certain number of days, select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable password expiration</strong></span> and enter a desired value in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Days before change required:</strong></span> field. The number of days before the user's password expires, the number of days before the user is warned to change passwords, and days before the account becomes inactive can also be changed.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Groups</strong></span> — Allows you to view and configure the Primary Group of the user, as well as other groups that you want the user to be a member of.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new">3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id949756" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a new user group, select <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add Group</strong></span> from the toolbar. A window similar to <a class="xref" href="#group-new-fig">図3.8「新規グループ」</a> appears. Type the name of the new group. To specify a group ID for the new group, select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Specify group ID manually</strong></span> and select the GID. Note that Fedora also reserves group IDs lower than 500 for system groups.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="group-new-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-add-group.png" alt="新規グループ" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							新規グループの作成
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.8 新規グループ</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to create the group. The new group appears in the group list.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id736948" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To view the properties of an existing group, select the group from the group list and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the menu (or choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the pulldown menu). A window similar to <a class="xref" href="#group-properties-fig">図3.9「グループのプロパティ」</a> appears.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="group-properties-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-edit-group.png" alt="グループのプロパティ" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							グループのプロパティを変更する
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.9 グループのプロパティ</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id885002" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Group Users</strong></span> tab displays which users are members of the group. Use this tab to add or remove users from the group. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to save your changes.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-users-tools"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-tools">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1062905" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id763040" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1007277" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1007294" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Managing users and groups can be tiresome; this is why Fedora provides tools and conventions to make this task easier to manage.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The easiest way to manage users and groups is through the graphical application, <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-users</code>). For more information on <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-users-configui">「User Manager Tool」</a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following command line tools can also be used to manage users and groups:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">useradd</code>, <code class="command">usermod</code>, and <code class="command">userdel</code> — Industry-standard methods of adding, deleting and modifying user accounts
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">groupadd</code>, <code class="command">groupmod</code>, and <code class="command">groupdel</code> — Industry-standard methods of adding, deleting, and modifying user groups
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">gpasswd</code> — Industry-standard method of administering the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">pwck</code>, <code class="command">grpck</code> — Tools used for the verification of the password, group, and associated shadow files
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">pwconv</code>, <code class="command">pwunconv</code> — Tools used for the conversion of passwords to shadow passwords and back to standard passwords
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s2-users-cmd-line"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Command Line Configuration</h3></div></div></div><a id="id913464" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id865663" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1211307" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If you prefer command line tools or do not have the X Window System installed, use following to configure users and groups.
+			</div><h4 id="id1211324">Adding a User</h4><div class="para">
+				To add a user to the system:
+			</div><a id="id1201719" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Issue the <code class="command">useradd</code> command to create a locked user account:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">useradd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<a id="id832443" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 Unlock the account by issuing the <code class="command">passwd</code> command to assign a password and set password aging guidelines:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">passwd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Command line options for <code class="command">useradd</code> are detailed in <a class="xref" href="#table-useradd-options">表3.1「<code class="command">useradd</code> Command Line Options」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-useradd-options"><h6>表3.1 <code class="command">useradd</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="useradd Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-c</code> '<em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em>'
+							</td><td>
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em> can be replaced with any string. This option is generally used to specify the full name of a user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-d</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>home_directory</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Home directory to be used instead of default <code class="filename">/home/<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>/</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-e</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>date</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Date for the account to be disabled in the format YYYY-MM-DD.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-f</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Number of days after the password expires until the account is disabled. If <code class="literal">0</code> is specified, the account is disabled immediately after the password expires. If <code class="literal">-1</code> is specified, the account is not be disabled after the password expires.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-g</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>group_name</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザーのデフォルトグループのグループ名とグループ番号です。グループはここに指定される以前から存在していなければなりません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-G</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>group_list</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザーがメンバーとなる追加グループ (デフォルト以外) のグループ名とグループ番号をコンマで区切って入れます。グループはここに指定される以前から存在していなければなりません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-m</code>
+							</td><td>
+								存在しない場合に、ホームディレクトリを作成します。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-M</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ホームディレクトリを作成しません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-N</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー用のユーザープライベートグループを作成しません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-p</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								The password encrypted with <code class="command">crypt</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-r</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a system account with a UID less than 500 and without a home directory.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-s</code>
+							</td><td>
+								User's login shell, which defaults to <code class="command">/bin/bash</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-u</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>uid</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								User ID for the user, which must be unique and greater than 499.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><h4 id="id1515007">Adding a Group</h4><a id="id1515011" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id834836" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a group to the system, use the command <code class="command">groupadd</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">groupadd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>group_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				Command line options for <code class="command">groupadd</code> are detailed in <a class="xref" href="#table-groupadd-options">表3.2「<code class="command">groupadd</code> Command Line Options」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-groupadd-options"><h6>表3.2 <code class="command">groupadd</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="groupadd Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-f</code>, <code class="option">--force</code>
+							</td><td>
+								When used with <code class="option">-g</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em> already exists, <code class="command">groupadd</code> will choose another unique <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em> for the group.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-g</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Group ID for the group, which must be unique and greater than 499.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-K</code>, <code class="option">--key</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Override <code class="filename">/etc/login.defs</code> defaults.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-o</code>, <code class="option">--non-unique</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allow to create groups with duplicate.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-p</code>, <code class="option">--password</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Use this encrypted password for the new group.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-r</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a system group with a GID less than 500.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><h4 id="id920862">Password Aging</h4><a id="id920866" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id920878" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id920926" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id920933" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1105153" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				For security reasons, it is advisable to require users to change their passwords periodically. This can be done when adding or editing a user on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password Info</strong></span> tab of the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To configure password expiration for a user from a shell prompt, use the <code class="command">chage</code> command with an option from <a class="xref" href="#table-chage-options">表3.3「<code class="command">chage</code> Command Line Options」</a>, followed by the username.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Shadow passwords must be enabled to use chage</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Shadow passwords must be enabled to use the <code class="command">chage</code> command. For more information, see <a class="xref" href="#s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">「シャドウパスワード」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="table" id="table-chage-options"><h6>表3.3 <code class="command">chage</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="chage Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-d</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specifies the number of days since January 1, 1970 the password was changed.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-E</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>date</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								アカウントがロックされる日付を YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定します。日付を指定する代わりに、 1970 年 1 月 1 日からの起算日数で指定することも可能です。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-I</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specifies the number of inactive days after the password expiration before locking the account. If the value is <code class="literal">0</code>, the account is not locked after the password expires.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-l</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Lists current account aging settings.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-m</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify the minimum number of days after which the user must change passwords. If the value is <code class="literal">0</code>, the password does not expire.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-M</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify the maximum number of days for which the password is valid. When the number of days specified by this option plus the number of days specified with the <code class="option">-d</code> option is less than the current day, the user must change passwords before using the account.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-W</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザーにパスワード失効の日付を警告するまでの日数を指定します。
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>chage interactivity</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the <code class="command">chage</code> command is followed directly by a username (with no options), it displays the current password aging values and allows them to be changed interactively.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can configure a password to expire the first time a user logs in. This forces users to change passwords immediately.
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Set up an initial password</em></span> — There are two common approaches to this step: the administrator can assign a default password, or he can use a null password.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						To assign a default password, type the following at a shell prompt:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">passwd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+						To assign a null password instead, use the following command:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">passwd</code> <code class="option">-d</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using null passwords whenever possible</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Using a null password, while convenient, is a highly insecure practice, as any third party can log in first and access the system using the insecure username. Always make sure that the user is ready to log in before unlocking an account with a null password.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Force immediate password expiration</em></span> — Type the following command:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chage</code> <code class="option">-d</code> <code class="option">0</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+						このコマンドは、パスワードが最後に変更された日付の値を 1970 年 1 月 1 日に設定します。この値は、いかなるパスワードエージングのポリシーが設定されていようと関係なく、直ちにパスワードを強制的に失効させます。
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Upon the initial log in, the user is now prompted for a new password.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-process"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-process">3.3.2. 手順の説明</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following steps illustrate what happens if the command <code class="command">useradd juan</code> is issued on a system that has shadow passwords enabled:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:x:501:501::/home/juan:/bin/bash</pre><div class="para">
+						The line has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the username <code class="literal">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								There is an <code class="literal">x</code> for the password field indicating that the system is using shadow passwords.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								A UID greater than 499 is created. Under Fedora, UIDs and GIDs below 500 are reserved for system use. These should not be assigned to users.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								A GID greater than 499 is created.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The optional GECOS information is left blank.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The home directory for <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is set to <code class="filename">/home/juan/</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The default shell is set to <code class="command">/bin/bash</code>.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:!!:14798:0:99999:7:::</pre><div class="para">
+						The line has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the username <code class="systemitem">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Two exclamation marks (<code class="literal">!!</code>) appear in the password field of the <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> file, which locks the account.
+							</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									If an encrypted password is passed using the <code class="option">-p</code> flag, it is placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> file on the new line for the user.
+								</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								パスワードは失効期限無しに設定される。
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for a group named <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/group</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:x:501:</pre><div class="para">
+						A group with the same name as a user is called a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em>. For more information on user private groups, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">「新規ユーザーを追加する」</a>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The line created in <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the group name <code class="systemitem">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								An <code class="literal">x</code> appears in the password field indicating that the system is using shadow group passwords.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The GID matches the one listed for user <code class="systemitem">juan</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for a group named <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/gshadow</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:!::</pre><div class="para">
+						The line has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the group name <code class="systemitem">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								An exclamation mark (<code class="literal">!</code>) appears in the password field of the <code class="filename">/etc/gshadow</code> file, which locks the group.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								その他フィールドはすべて空白になっている。
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A directory for user <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in the <code class="filename">/home/</code> directory:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls -l /home</code>
+total 4
+drwx------. 4 juan juan 4096 Mar  3 18:23 juan</pre><div class="para">
+						This directory is owned by user <code class="systemitem">juan</code> and group <code class="systemitem">juan</code>. It has <em class="firstterm">read</em>, <em class="firstterm">write</em>, and <em class="firstterm">execute</em> privileges <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> for the user <code class="systemitem">juan</code>. All other permissions are denied.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						The files within the <code class="filename">/etc/skel/</code> directory (which contain default user settings) are copied into the new <code class="filename">/home/juan/</code> directory:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls -la /home/juan</code>
+total 28
+drwx------. 4 juan juan 4096 Mar  3 18:23 .
+drwxr-xr-x. 5 root root 4096 Mar  3 18:23 ..
+-rw-r--r--. 1 juan juan   18 Jun 22  2010 .bash_logout
+-rw-r--r--. 1 juan juan  176 Jun 22  2010 .bash_profile
+-rw-r--r--. 1 juan juan  124 Jun 22  2010 .bashrc
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 juan juan 4096 Jul 14  2010 .gnome2
+drwxr-xr-x. 4 juan juan 4096 Nov 23 15:09 .mozilla</pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				At this point, a locked account called <code class="systemitem">juan</code> exists on the system. To activate it, the administrator must next assign a password to the account using the <code class="command">passwd</code> command and, optionally, set password aging guidelines.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-standard-users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-standard-users">3.4. Standard Users</h2></div></div></div><a id="id863056" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id863068" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="#tb-users-groups-group-use">表3.4「Standard Users」</a> lists the standard users configured in the <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> file by an <span class="guilabel"><strong>Everything</strong></span> installation. The group ID (GID) in this table is the <span class="emphasis"><em>primary group</em></span> for the user. See <a class="xref" href="#s1-users-groups-standard-groups">「Standard Groups」</a> for a listing of standard groups.
+		</div><div class="table" id="tb-users-groups-group-use"><h6>表3.4 Standard Users</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Standard Users" border="1"><colgroup><col class="col1" width="17%" /><col class="col2" width="17%" /><col class="col3" width="17%" /><col class="col4" width="17%" /><col class="col5" width="17%" /><col class="col6" width="17%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							User
+						</th><th>
+							UID
+						</th><th>
+							GID
+						</th><th>
+							Home Directory
+						</th><th>
+							Shell
+						</th><th>
+							Packages
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							0
+						</td><td>
+							0
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">bin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							1
+						</td><td>
+							1
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							2
+						</td><td>
+							2
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sys</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							3
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">adm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							3
+						</td><td>
+							4
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/adm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tty</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							5
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">disk</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							6
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							4
+						</td><td>
+							7
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/lpd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							8
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">kmem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							9
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wheel</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							10
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">cdrom</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							11
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">udev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sync</code>
+						</td><td>
+							5
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/sync</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">shutdown</code>
+						</td><td>
+							6
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/shutdown</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">halt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							7
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/halt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mail</code>
+						</td><td>
+							8
+						</td><td>
+							12
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/mail</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">news</code>
+						</td><td>
+							9
+						</td><td>
+							13
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/news</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">uucp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							10
+						</td><td>
+							14
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/uucp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">operator</code>
+						</td><td>
+							11
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							12
+						</td><td>
+							(100)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gopher</code>
+						</td><td>
+							13
+						</td><td>
+							30
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/lib/gopher-data</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ftp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							14
+						</td><td>
+							50
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/ftp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">man</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							15
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">oprofile</code>
+						</td><td>
+							16
+						</td><td>
+							16
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/home/oprofile</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">oprofile</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pkiuser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							17
+						</td><td>
+							17
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/pki</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">pki-ca</span>, <span class="package">rhpki-ca</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dialout</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							18
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">udev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">floppy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							19
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							20
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">slocate</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							21
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">slocate</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utmp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							22
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">initscripts</span>, <span class="package">libutempter</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">squid</code>
+						</td><td>
+							23
+						</td><td>
+							23
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/squid</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">squid</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pvm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							24
+						</td><td>
+							24
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/pvm3</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">pvm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">named</code>
+						</td><td>
+							25
+						</td><td>
+							25
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">bind</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postgres</code>
+						</td><td>
+							26
+						</td><td>
+							26
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/pgsql</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">postgresql-server</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mysql</code>
+						</td><td>
+							27
+						</td><td>
+							27
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/mysql</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mysql</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nscd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							28
+						</td><td>
+							28
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nscd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpcuser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							29
+						</td><td>
+							29
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/nfs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nfs-utils</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">console</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							31
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dev</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpc</code>
+						</td><td>
+							32
+						</td><td>
+							32
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">portmap</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">amanda</code>
+						</td><td>
+							33
+						</td><td>
+							(6)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/amanda</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">amanda</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tape</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							33
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">udev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">netdump</code>
+						</td><td>
+							34
+						</td><td>
+							34
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/crash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">netdump-client</span>, <span class="package">netdump-server</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utempter</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							35
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">libutempter</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vdsm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							36
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">kvm</span>, <span class="package">vdsm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">kvm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							36
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">kvm</span>, <span class="package">vdsm</span>, <span class="package">libvirt</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							37
+						</td><td>
+							37
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/rpm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">rpm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ntp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							38
+						</td><td>
+							38
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/ntp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">ntp</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">video</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							39
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dip</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							40
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mailman</code>
+						</td><td>
+							41
+						</td><td>
+							41
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/mailman</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mailman</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gdm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							42
+						</td><td>
+							42
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/gdm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">gdm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">xfs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							43
+						</td><td>
+							43
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/X11/fs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">XFree86-xfs</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pppusers</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							44
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">linuxconf</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">popusers</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							45
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">linuxconf</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">slipusers</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							46
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">linuxconf</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mailnull</code>
+						</td><td>
+							47
+						</td><td>
+							47
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/mqueue</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sendmail</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">apache</code>
+						</td><td>
+							48
+						</td><td>
+							48
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/www</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">apache</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wnn</code>
+						</td><td>
+							49
+						</td><td>
+							49
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/home/wnn</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">FreeWnn</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">smmsp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							51
+						</td><td>
+							51
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/mqueue</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sendmail</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">puppet</code>
+						</td><td>
+							52
+						</td><td>
+							52
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/puppet</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">puppet</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tomcat</code>
+						</td><td>
+							53
+						</td><td>
+							53
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/tomcat</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">tomcat</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lock</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							54
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">lockdev</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ldap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							55
+						</td><td>
+							55
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/ldap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-servers</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">frontpage</code>
+						</td><td>
+							56
+						</td><td>
+							56
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/www</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mod_frontpage</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nut</code>
+						</td><td>
+							57
+						</td><td>
+							57
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/ups</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nut</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">beagleindex</code>
+						</td><td>
+							58
+						</td><td>
+							58
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/cache/beagle</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">beagle</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tss</code>
+						</td><td>
+							59
+						</td><td>
+							59
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">trousers</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">piranha</code>
+						</td><td>
+							60
+						</td><td>
+							60
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ha</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">piranha</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">prelude-manager</code>
+						</td><td>
+							61
+						</td><td>
+							61
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">prelude-manager</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">snortd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							62
+						</td><td>
+							62
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">snortd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">audio</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							63
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">condor</code>
+						</td><td>
+							64
+						</td><td>
+							64
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/condor</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">condord</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nslcd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							65
+						</td><td>
+							(55)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nslcd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wine</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							66
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">wine</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pegasus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							66
+						</td><td>
+							65
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/Pegasus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">tog-pegasus</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">webalizer</code>
+						</td><td>
+							67
+						</td><td>
+							67
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/www/html/usage</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">webalizer</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">haldaemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							68
+						</td><td>
+							68
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">hal</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vcsa</code>
+						</td><td>
+							69
+						</td><td>
+							69
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi</code>
+						</td><td>
+							70
+						</td><td>
+							70
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/run/avahi-daemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">avahi</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">realtime</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							71
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tcpdump</code>
+						</td><td>
+							72
+						</td><td>
+							72
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">tcpdump</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">privoxy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							73
+						</td><td>
+							73
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/privoxy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">privoxy</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sshd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							74
+						</td><td>
+							74
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/empty/sshd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">openssh-server</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">radvd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							75
+						</td><td>
+							75
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">radvd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">cyrus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							76
+						</td><td>
+							(12)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/imap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">cyrus-imapd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">saslauth</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							76
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">cyrus-imapd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">arpwatch</code>
+						</td><td>
+							77
+						</td><td>
+							77
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/arpwatch</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">arpwatch</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">fax</code>
+						</td><td>
+							78
+						</td><td>
+							78
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/fax</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mgetty</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nocpulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							79
+						</td><td>
+							79
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/nocpulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nocpulse</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">desktop</code>
+						</td><td>
+							80
+						</td><td>
+							80
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">desktop-file-utils</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dbus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							81
+						</td><td>
+							81
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dbus</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">jonas</code>
+						</td><td>
+							82
+						</td><td>
+							82
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/jonas</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">jonas</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">clamav</code>
+						</td><td>
+							83
+						</td><td>
+							83
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/tmp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">clamav</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">screen</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							84
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">screen</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">quaggavt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							85
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">quagga</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sabayon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							86
+						</td><td>
+							86
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sabayon</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">polkituser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							87
+						</td><td>
+							87
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">PolicyKit</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wbpriv</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							88
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">samba-common</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postfix</code>
+						</td><td>
+							89
+						</td><td>
+							89
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/postfix</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/true</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">postfix</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postdrop</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							90
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">postfix</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">majordomo</code>
+						</td><td>
+							91
+						</td><td>
+							91
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/lib/majordomo</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">majordomo</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">quagga</code>
+						</td><td>
+							92
+						</td><td>
+							92
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">quagga</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">exim</code>
+						</td><td>
+							93
+						</td><td>
+							93
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/exim</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">exim</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">distcache</code>
+						</td><td>
+							94
+						</td><td>
+							94
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">distcache</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">radiusd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							95
+						</td><td>
+							95
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">freeradius</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">hsqldb</code>
+						</td><td>
+							96
+						</td><td>
+							96
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/hsqldb</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">hsqldb</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dovecot</code>
+						</td><td>
+							97
+						</td><td>
+							97
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/libexec/dovecot</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dovecot</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ident</code>
+						</td><td>
+							98
+						</td><td>
+							98
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">ident</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							99
+						</td><td>
+							99
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">users</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							100
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">qemu</code>
+						</td><td>
+							107
+						</td><td>
+							107
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">libvirt</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ovirt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							108
+						</td><td>
+							108
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">libvirt</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">saned</code>
+						</td><td>
+							111
+						</td><td>
+							111
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sane-backends</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vhostmd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							112
+						</td><td>
+							112
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/vhostmd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">vhostmd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">usbmuxd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							113
+						</td><td>
+							113
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">usbmuxd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">bacula</code>
+						</td><td>
+							133
+						</td><td>
+							133
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/bacula</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">bacula</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ricci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							140
+						</td><td>
+							140
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/ricci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">ricci</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">luci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							141
+						</td><td>
+							141
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/luci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">luci</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">stap-server</code>
+						</td><td>
+							155
+						</td><td>
+							155
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/stap-server</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">systemtap</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi-autoipd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							170
+						</td><td>
+							170
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/avahi-autoipd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">avahi</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							171
+						</td><td>
+							171
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/run/pulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">pulseaudio</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rtkit</code>
+						</td><td>
+							172
+						</td><td>
+							172
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/proc</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">rtkit</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nfsnobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							65534<sup>[<a id="id661916" href="#ftn.id661916" class="footnote">a</a>]</sup>
+						</td><td>
+							65534
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/nfs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nfs-utils</span>
+						</td></tr></tbody><tbody class="footnotes"><tr><td colspan="6"><div class="footnote"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.id661916" href="#id661916" class="para">a</a>] </sup>
+								nfsnobdy is 4294967294 on 64-bit platforms
+							</div></div></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-standard-groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-standard-groups">3.5. Standard Groups</h2></div></div></div><a id="id860638" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="#tb-users-groups-group-etc">表3.5「Standard Groups」</a> lists the standard groups configured by an <span class="guilabel"><strong>Everything</strong></span> installation. Groups are stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file.
+		</div><div class="table" id="tb-users-groups-group-etc"><h6>表3.5 Standard Groups</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Standard Groups" border="1"><colgroup><col class="group" width="33%" /><col class="gid" width="33%" /><col class="members" width="33%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Group
+						</th><th>
+							GID
+						</th><th>
+							Members
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							0
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">bin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							1
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, <code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							2
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, <code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sys</code>
+						</td><td>
+							3
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, <code class="systemitem">adm</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">adm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							4
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">adm</code>, <code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tty</code>
+						</td><td>
+							5
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">disk</code>
+						</td><td>
+							6
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							7
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">daemon</code>, <code class="systemitem">lp</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							8
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">kmem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							9
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wheel</code>
+						</td><td>
+							10
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mail</code>
+						</td><td>
+							12
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mail</code>, <code class="systemitem">postfix</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">uucp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							14
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">uucp</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">man</code>
+						</td><td>
+							15
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							20
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gopher</code>
+						</td><td>
+							30
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">video</code>
+						</td><td>
+							39
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dip</code>
+						</td><td>
+							40
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ftp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							50
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lock</code>
+						</td><td>
+							54
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">audio</code>
+						</td><td>
+							63
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							99
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">users</code>
+						</td><td>
+							100
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dbus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							81
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">usbmuxd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							113
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utmp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							22
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utempter</code>
+						</td><td>
+							35
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi-autoipd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							170
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">floppy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							19
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vcsa</code>
+						</td><td>
+							69
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpc</code>
+						</td><td>
+							32
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rtkit</code>
+						</td><td>
+							499
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">abrt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							498
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nscd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							28
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">desktop_admin_r</code>
+						</td><td>
+							497
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">desktop_user_r</code>
+						</td><td>
+							496
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">cdrom</code>
+						</td><td>
+							11
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tape</code>
+						</td><td>
+							33
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dialout</code>
+						</td><td>
+							18
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">haldaemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							68
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">haldaemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">apache</code>
+						</td><td>
+							48
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ldap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							55
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">saslauth</code>
+						</td><td>
+							495
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postdrop</code>
+						</td><td>
+							90
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postfix</code>
+						</td><td>
+							89
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi</code>
+						</td><td>
+							70
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ntp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							38
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpcuser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							29
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nfsnobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							65534
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							494
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pulse-access</code>
+						</td><td>
+							493
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">fuse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							492
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gdm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							42
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">stapdev</code>
+						</td><td>
+							491
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">stapusr</code>
+						</td><td>
+							490
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sshd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							74
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tcpdump</code>
+						</td><td>
+							72
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">slocate</code>
+						</td><td>
+							21
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dovecot</code>
+						</td><td>
+							97
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dovenull</code>
+						</td><td>
+							489
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mailnull</code>
+						</td><td>
+							47
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">smmsp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							51
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-private-groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-private-groups">3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</h2></div></div></div><a id="id765525" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id765537" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id756665" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id756682" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora uses a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em> (<em class="firstterm">UPG</em>) scheme, which makes UNIX groups easier to manage. A UPG is created whenever a new user is added to the system. It has the same name as the user for which it was created and that user is the only member of the UPG.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			UPGs make it safe to set default permissions for a newly created file or directory, allowing both the user and <span class="emphasis"><em>the group of that user</em></span> to make modifications to the file or directory.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The setting which determines what permissions are applied to a newly created file or directory is called a <em class="firstterm">umask</em> and is configured in the <code class="filename">/etc/bashrc</code> file. Traditionally on UNIX systems, the <code class="command">umask</code> is set to <code class="command">022</code>, which allows only the user who created the file or directory to make modifications. Under this scheme, all other users, <span class="emphasis"><em>including members of the creator's group</em></span>, are not allowed to make any modifications. However, under the UPG scheme, this "group protection" is not necessary since every user has their own private group.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-users-groups-rationale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</h3></div></div></div><a id="id699024" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id801097" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				System administrators usually like to create a group for each major project and assign people to the group when they need to access that project's files. With this traditional scheme, file managing is difficult; when someone creates a file, it is associated with the primary group to which they belong. When a single person works on multiple projects, it becomes difficult to associate the right files with the right group. However, with the UPG scheme, groups are automatically assigned to files created within a directory with the <em class="firstterm">setgid</em> bit set. The setgid bit makes managing group projects that share a common directory very simple because any files a user creates within the directory are owned by the group which owns the directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, a group of people need to work on files in the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory. Some people are trusted to modify the contents of this directory, but not everyone.
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, create the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mkdir /opt/myproject</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Add the <code class="systemitem">myproject</code> group to the system:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">groupadd myproject</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Associate the contents of the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory with the <code class="systemitem">myproject</code> group:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chown root:myproject /opt/myproject</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Allow users to create files within the directory, and set the setgid bit:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chmod 2775 /opt/myproject</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				At this point, all members of the <code class="systemitem">myproject</code> group can create and edit files in the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory without the administrator having to change file permissions every time users write new files. To verify that the permissions have been set correctly, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls -l /opt</code>
+total 4
+drwxrwsr-x. 3 root myproject 4096 Mar  3 18:31 myproject</pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">3.7. シャドウパスワード</h2></div></div></div><a id="id713877" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id713889" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			In multiuser environments it is very important to use <em class="firstterm">shadow passwords</em> (provided by the <code class="filename">shadow-utils</code> package). Doing so enhances the security of system authentication files. For this reason, the installation program enables shadow passwords by default.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following list shows the advantages shadow passwords have over the traditional way of storing passwords on UNIX-based systems:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Improves system security by moving encrypted password hashes from the world-readable <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> file to <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code>, which is readable only by the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Stores information about password aging.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Allows the <code class="filename">/etc/login.defs</code> file to enforce security policies.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			Most utilities provided by the <code class="filename">shadow-utils</code> package work properly whether or not shadow passwords are enabled. However, since password aging information is stored exclusively in the <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> file, any commands which create or modify password aging information do not work.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following is a list of commands which do not work without first enabling shadow passwords:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">chage</code>
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">gpasswd</code>
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">usermod</code> <code class="option">-e</code> or <code class="option">-f</code> options
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">useradd</code> <code class="option">-e</code> or <code class="option">-f</code> options
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-additional-resources">3.8. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id729111" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id729123" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			For more information about users and groups, and tools to manage them, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-users-groups-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1217541" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id913757" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Related man pages — There are a number of man pages for the various applications and configuration files involved with managing users and groups. Some of the more important man pages have been listed here:
+					</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">User and Group Administrative Applications</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man chage</code> — A command to modify password aging policies and account expiration.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man gpasswd</code> — A command to administer the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man groupadd</code> — A command to add groups.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man grpck</code> — A command to verify the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man groupdel</code> — A command to remove groups.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man groupmod</code> — A command to modify group membership.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man pwck</code> — A command to verify the <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> files.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man pwconv</code> — A tool to convert standard passwords to shadow passwords.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man pwunconv</code> — A tool to convert shadow passwords to standard passwords.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man useradd</code> — A command to add users.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man userdel</code> — A command to remove users.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man usermod</code> — A command to modify users.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Configuration Files</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 group</code> — The file containing group information for the system.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 passwd</code> — The file containing user information for the system.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 shadow</code> — The file containing passwords and account expiration information for the system.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li></ul></div></div></div></div></div><div class="part" id="part-Package_Management"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート II. パッケージ管理</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id1239887"><div></div><div class="para">
+				All software on a Fedora system is divided into RPM packages, which can be installed, upgraded, or removed. This part describes how to manage packages on Fedora using both <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> and the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of graphical package management tools.
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-yum">4. Yum</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups">4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Listing_Packages">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></sp
 an></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Displaying_Package_Information">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Removing">4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_repository_Options">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Yum_Variables">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository">4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="s
 ection"><a href="#sec-Yum_Plugins">4.4. Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Additional_Resources">4.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-PackageKit">5. PackageKit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updating Packages with Software Update</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Setting the Update-Checking Interval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect
 ion"><a href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software Sources</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log">5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href
 ="#sec-PackageKit_Architecture">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources">5.4. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-yum" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第4章 Yum</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups">4.
 2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Listing_Packages">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Displaying_Package_Information">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Removing">4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_repository_Options">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの
 設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Yum_Variables">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository">4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Yum_Plugins">4.4. Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Additional_Resources">4.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="para">
+		<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is the The Fedora Project package manager that is able to query for information about packages, fetch packages from repositories, install and uninstall packages using automatic dependency resolution, and update an entire system to the latest available packages. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> performs automatic dependency resolution on packages you are updating, installing or removing, and thus is able to automatically determine, fetch and install all available dependent packages. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> can be configured with new, additional repositories, or <em class="firstterm">package sources</em>, and also provides many plugins which enhance and extend its capabilities. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is able to perform many of the same tasks that <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> can; additionally, many of the command lin
 e options are similar. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> enables easy and simple package management on a single machine or on groups of them.
+	</div><div class="important" id="important-Secure_Package_Management_with_GPG-Signed_Packages"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Secure package management with GPG-signed packages</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides secure package management by enabling GPG (Gnu Privacy Guard; also known as GnuPG) signature verification on GPG-signed packages to be turned on for all package repositories (i.e. package sources), or for individual repositories. When signature verification is enabled, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> will refuse to install any packages not GPG-signed with the correct key for that repository. This means that you can trust that the <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> packages you download and install on your system are from a trusted source, such as The Fedora Project, and were not modified during transfer. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">「Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定」</a> for details on enabling signature-checking with <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>, or <a class="xref" href="#s1-check-rpm-sig"
 >「パッケージの署名を確認する」</a> for information on working with and verifying GPG-signed <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> packages in general.
+		</div></div></div><div class="para">
+		<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> also enables you to easily set up your own repositories of <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> packages for download and installation on other machines.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Learning <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is a worthwhile investment because it is often the fastest way to perform system administration tasks, and it provides capabilities beyond those provided by the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> graphical package management tools. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-PackageKit">5ç« <em>PackageKit</em></a> for details on using <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+	</div><div class="note" id="note-Note_Yum_and_Superuser_Privileges"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Yum and superuser privileges</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			You must have superuser privileges in order to use <code class="command">yum</code> to install, update or remove packages on your system. All examples in this chapter assume that you have already obtained superuser privileges by using either the <code class="command">su</code> or <code class="command">sudo</code> command.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Checking_For_Updates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id684363" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can use the <code class="command">yum check-update</code> command to see which installed packages on your system have updates available:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum check-update</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+
+PackageKit.x86_64                    0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-command-not-found.x86_64  0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-device-rebind.x86_64      0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-glib.x86_64               0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-gstreamer-plugin.x86_64   0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-gtk-module.x86_64         0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-gtk3-module.x86_64        0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-yum.x86_64                0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-yum-plugin.x86_64         0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+gdb.x86_64                           7.2.90.20110429-36.fc15       fedora
+kernel.x86_64                        2.6.38.6-26.fc15              fedora
+rpm.x86_64                           4.9.0-6.fc15                  fedora
+rpm-libs.x86_64                      4.9.0-6.fc15                  fedora
+rpm-python.x86_64                    4.9.0-6.fc15                  fedora
+yum.noarch                           3.2.29-5.fc15                 fedora</pre><div class="para">
+				The packages in the above output are listed as having updates available. The first package in the list is <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>, the graphical package manager. The line in the example output tells us:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">PackageKit</code> — パッケージの名前
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">x86_64</code> — the CPU architecture the package was built for
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">0.6.14</code> — the version of the updated package to be installed
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">fedora</code> — the repository in which the updated package is located
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				The output also shows us that we can update the kernel (the <span class="package">kernel</span> package), <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> themselves (the <code class="filename">yum</code> and <code class="filename">rpm</code> packages), as well as their dependencies (such as the <span class="package">rpm-libs</span> and <span class="package">rpm-python</span> packages), all using <code class="command">yum</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Updating_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</h3></div></div></div><a id="id945454" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can choose to update a single package, multiple packages, or all packages at once. If any dependencies of the package (or packages) you update have updates available themselves, then they are updated too.
+			</div><h4>シンプルなパッケージの更新</h4><a id="id1016118" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To update a single package, enter <code class="command">yum update <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code>, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update gdb</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Setting up Update Process
+Resolving Dependencies
+--&gt; Running transaction check
+---&gt; Package gdb.x86_64 0:7.2.90.20110411-34.fc15 will be updated
+---&gt; Package gdb.x86_64 0:7.2.90.20110429-36.fc15 will be an update
+--&gt; Finished Dependency Resolution
+
+Dependencies Resolved
+
+================================================================================
+ Package     Arch         Version                          Repository      Size
+================================================================================
+Updating:
+ gdb         x86_64       7.2.90.20110429-36.fc15          fedora         1.9 M
+
+Transaction Summary
+================================================================================
+Upgrade       1 Package(s)
+
+Total download size: 1.9 M
+Is this ok [y/N]:</pre><div class="para">
+				この出力はいくつかの興味深い項目を含んでいます:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Loaded plugins:</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> always informs you which <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins are installed and enabled. Here, <code class="command">yum</code> is using the <span class="application"><strong>langpacks</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span>, and <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugins. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Yum_Plugins">「Yum Plugins」</a> for general information on <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins, or to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">「Plugin Descriptions」</a> for descriptions of specific plugins.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">gdb.x86_64</code> — 新しい <span class="package">gdb</span> パッケージのダウンロードとインストールができます。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">yum</code> presents the update information and then prompts you as to whether you want it to perform the update; <code class="command">yum</code> runs interactively by default. If you already know which transactions <code class="command">yum</code> plans to perform, you can use the <code class="option">-y</code> option to automatically answer <code class="command">yes</code> to any questions <code class="command">yum</code> may ask (in which case it runs non-interactively). However, you should always examine which changes <code class="command">yum</code> plans to make to the system so that you can easily troubleshoot any problems that might arise.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				If a transaction does go awry, you can view <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s log of transactions by typing the <code class="command">cat /var/log/yum.log</code> command at a shell prompt. The most recent transactions are listed at the end of the log file.
+			</div><div class="important" id="important-Important-Updating_and_Installing_Kernels_with_Yum"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Yum でのカーネルのインストールとアップグレード</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">yum</code> always <span class="emphasis"><em>installs</em></span> a new kernel in the same sense that <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> installs a new kernel when you use the command <code class="command">rpm -i kernel</code>. Therefore, you do not need to worry about the distinction between <span class="emphasis"><em>installing</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>upgrading</em></span> a kernel package when you use <code class="command">yum</code>: it will do the right thing, regardless of whether you are using the <code class="command">yum update</code> or <code class="command">yum install</code> command.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					When using <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, on the other hand, it is important to use the <code class="command">rpm -i kernel</code> command (which installs a new kernel) instead of <code class="command">rpm -u kernel</code> (which <span class="emphasis"><em>replaces</em></span> the current kernel). Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">「インストールとアップグレード」</a> for more information on installing/updating kernels with <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>.
+				</div></div></div><h4>全パッケージおよびそれらの依存性の更新</h4><a id="id826180" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To update all packages and their dependencies, simply enter the <code class="command">yum update</code> command (without any arguments):
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update</code></pre><h4>セキュリティ関連のパッケージの更新</h4><a id="id885649" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id885661" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id887554" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Discovering which packages have security updates available and then updating those packages quickly and easily is important. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides the plugin for this purpose. The <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin extends the <code class="command">yum</code> command with a set of highly-useful security-centric commands, subcommands and options. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">「Plugin Descriptions」</a> for specific information.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</h3></div></div></div><a id="id800004" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You will inevitably make changes to the configuration files installed by packages as you use your Fedora system. <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, which <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> uses to perform changes to the system, provides a mechanism for ensuring their integrity. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">「インストールとアップグレード」</a> for details on how to manage changes to configuration files across package upgrades.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups">4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</h2></div></div></div><a id="id882633" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id911174" class="indexterm"></a><div class="section" id="sec-Searching_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</h3></div></div></div><a id="id819813" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id683238" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can search all <acronym class="acronym">RPM</acronym> package names, descriptions and summaries by using the <code class="command">yum search <em class="replaceable"><code>term</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_terms</code></em></span>]</code> command. <code class="command">yum</code> displays the list of matches for each term, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum search meld kompare</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+============================== N/S Matched: meld ===============================
+meld.noarch : Visual diff and merge tool
+python-meld3.x86_64 : HTML/XML templating system for Python
+
+============================= N/S Matched: kompare =============================
+komparator.x86_64 : Kompare and merge two folders
+
+  Name and summary matches only, use "search all" for everything.</pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yum search</code> command is useful for searching for packages you do not know the name of, but for which you know a related term.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Listing_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Listing_Packages">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</h3></div></div></div><a id="id968190" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id968205" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">yum list</code> and related commands provide information about packages, package groups, and repositories.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				All of <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s list commands allow you to filter the results by appending one or more <em class="firstterm">glob expressions</em> as arguments. Glob expressions are normal strings of characters which contain one or more of the wildcard characters <code class="command">*</code> (which expands to match any character multiple times) and <code class="command">?</code> (which expands to match any one character).
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-Tip-Filtering_Results_with_Glob_Expressions"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>glob 表記で結果のフィルタリング</h2></div><div class="admonition"><a id="id659295" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id659311" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Be careful to escape the glob expressions when passing them as arguments to a <code class="command">yum</code> command, otherwise the Bash shell will interpret these expressions as <em class="firstterm">pathname expansions</em>, and potentially pass all files in the current directory that match the globs to <code class="command">yum</code>. To make sure the glob expressions are passed to <code class="command">yum</code> as intended, either:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							escape the wildcard characters by preceding them with a backslash character
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							double-quote or single-quote the entire glob expression.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ex-Listing_all_ABRT_addons_and_plugins_using_glob_expressions">例4.1「Listing all ABRT addons and plugins using glob expressions」</a> and <a class="xref" href="#ex-Listing_available_packages_using_a_single_glob_expression_with_escaped_wildcards">例4.4「Listing available packages using a single glob expression with escaped wildcard characters」</a> for an example usage of both these methods.
+				</div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">yum list <em class="replaceable"><code>glob_expr</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_glob_exprs</code></em></span>]</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							全 glob 表記に一致するインストール済みと利用できるパッケージ情報の一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_all_ABRT_addons_and_plugins_using_glob_expressions"><h6>例4.1 Listing all ABRT addons and plugins using glob expressions</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list abrt-addon\* abrt-plugin\*</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+abrt-addon-ccpp.x86_64               2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-addon-kerneloops.x86_64         2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-addon-python.x86_64             2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-plugin-bugzilla.x86_64          2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-plugin-logger.x86_64            2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+Available Packages
+abrt-plugin-mailx.x86_64             2.0.2-5.fc15     updates
+abrt-plugin-reportuploader.x86_64    2.0.2-5.fc15     updates
+abrt-plugin-rhtsupport.x86_64        2.0.2-5.fc15     updates</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id684090" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1034421" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum list all</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							インストール済み<span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span>利用できるパッケージの一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_all_installed_and_available_packages"><h6>例4.2 インストール済みと利用できる全パッケージの一覧</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list all</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+ConsoleKit.x86_64                       0.4.4-1.fc15                  @fedora
+ConsoleKit-libs.x86_64                  0.4.4-1.fc15                  @fedora
+ConsoleKit-x11.x86_64                   0.4.4-1.fc15                  @fedora
+GConf2.x86_64                           2.32.3-1.fc15                 @fedora
+GConf2-gtk.x86_64                       2.32.3-1.fc15                 @fedora
+ModemManager.x86_64                     0.4-7.git20110201.fc15        @fedora
+NetworkManager.x86_64                   1:0.8.998-4.git20110427.fc15  @fedora
+NetworkManager-glib.x86_64              1:0.8.998-4.git20110427.fc15  @fedora
+NetworkManager-gnome.x86_64             1:0.8.998-4.git20110427.fc15  @fedora
+NetworkManager-openconnect.x86_64       0.8.1-9.git20110419.fc15      @fedora
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id828144" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1003557" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum list installed</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Lists all packages installed on your system. The rightmost column in the output lists the repository from which the package was retrieved.
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_installed_packages_using_a_double-quoted_glob_expression"><h6>例4.3 Listing installed packages using a double-quoted glob expression</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list installed "krb?-*"</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+krb5-libs.x86_64              1.9-7.fc15              @fedora</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id964477" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id964493" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum list available</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							有効な全リポジトリーと利用できる全パッケージの一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_available_packages_using_a_single_glob_expression_with_escaped_wildcards"><h6>例4.4 Listing available packages using a single glob expression with escaped wildcard characters</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list available gstreamer\*plugin\*</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Available Packages
+gstreamer-plugin-crystalhd.x86_64               3.5.1-1.fc14       fedora
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free.x86_64               0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free-devel.x86_64         0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free-devel-docs.x86_64    0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free-extras.x86_64        0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base.x86_64                   0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base-devel.x86_64             0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base-devel-docs.noarch        0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base-tools.x86_64             0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-espeak.x86_64                 0.3.3-3.fc15       fedora
+gstreamer-plugins-fc.x86_64                     0.2-2.fc15         fedora
+gstreamer-plugins-good.x86_64                   0.10.29-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-good-devel-docs.noarch        0.10.29-1.fc15     updates</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id738705" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id738721" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum grouplist</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							全パッケージ グループの一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_all_package_groups"><h6>例4.5 全パッケージ グループの一覧</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum grouplist</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Setting up Group Process
+Installed Groups:
+   Administration Tools
+   Design Suite
+   Dial-up Networking Support
+   Fonts
+   GNOME Desktop Environment
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1003097" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id654797" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum repolist</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Lists the repository ID, name, and number of packages it provides for each <span class="emphasis"><em>enabled</em></span> repository.
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_enabled_repositories"><h6>例4.6 Listing enabled repositories</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum repolist</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+repo id                      repo name                                    status
+fedora                       Fedora 15 - i386                             19,365
+updates                      Fedora 15 - i386 - Updates                   3,848
+repolist: 23,213</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Displaying_Package_Information"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Displaying_Package_Information">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1248969" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id768534" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yum info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_names</code></em></span>]</code> command displays information about one or more packages (glob expressions are valid here as well). For example, to display information about the <span class="package">abrt</span> package, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum info abrt</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+Name        : abrt
+Arch        : x86_64
+Version     : 2.0.1
+Release     : 2.fc15
+Size        : 806 k
+Repo        : installed
+From repo   : fedora
+Summary     : Automatic bug detection and reporting tool
+URL         : https://fedorahosted.org/abrt/
+License     : GPLv2+
+Description : abrt is a tool to help users to detect defects in applications and
+            : to create a bug report with all informations needed by maintainer
+            : to fix it. It uses plugin system to extend its functionality.</pre><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">yum info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code> is similar to the <code class="command">rpm -q --info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code> command, but provides as additional information the ID of the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository the RPM package is found in (look for the <code class="computeroutput">From repo</code> line in the output).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yumdb info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_names</code></em></span>]</code> command can be used to query the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> database for alternative and useful information about a package, including the checksum of the package (and algorithm used to produce it, such as SHA-256), the command given on the command line that was invoked to install the package (if any), and the reason that the package is installed on the system (where <code class="computeroutput">user</code> indicates it was installed by the user, and <code class="computeroutput">dep</code> means it was brought in as a dependency). For example, to display additional information about the <span class="package">yum</span> package, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yumdb info yum</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+yum-3.2.29-4.fc15.noarch
+     checksum_data = 249f21fb43c41381c8c9b0cd98d2ea5fa0aa165e81ed2009cfda74c05af67246
+     checksum_type = sha256
+     from_repo = fedora
+     from_repo_revision = 1304429533
+     from_repo_timestamp = 1304442346
+     installed_by = 0
+     reason = user
+     releasever = $releasever</pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on the <code class="command">yumdb</code> command, see <code class="command">man yumdb</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Finally, the <code class="command">yum history</code> command can be used to show a timeline of <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> transactions, the dates and times on when they occurred, the number of packages affected, whether transactions succeeded or were aborted, and if the RPM database was changed between transactions. Refer to the <code class="computeroutput">history</code> section of <code class="command">man yum</code> for details.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Installing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</h3></div></div></div><a id="id978235" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id978247" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can install a package and all of its non-installed dependencies by entering:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can install multiple packages simultaneously by appending their names as arguments:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_names</code></em></span>]</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you are installing packages on a <em class="firstterm">multilib</em> system, such as an AMD64 or Intel 64 machine, you can specify the architecture of the package (as long as it is available in an enabled repository) by appending <em class="replaceable"><code>.arch</code></em> to the package name. For example, to install the <span class="package">sqlite2</span> package for <code class="systemitem">i686</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install sqlite2.i686</code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can use glob expressions to quickly install multiple similarly-named packages:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install audacious-plugins-\*</code></pre><div class="para">
+				In addition to package names and glob expressions, you can also provide file names to <code class="command">yum install</code>. If you know the name of the binary you want to install, but not its package name, you can give <code class="command">yum install</code> the path name:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install /usr/sbin/named</code></pre><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">yum</code> then searches through its package lists, finds the package which provides <code class="filename">/usr/sbin/named</code>, if any, and prompts you as to whether you want to install it.
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-Finding_which_package_owns_a_file"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>ファイルを所有するパッケージの検索</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you know you want to install the package that contains the <code class="filename">named</code> binary, but you do not know in which <code class="filename">bin</code> or <code class="filename">sbin</code> directory is the file installed, use the <code class="command">yum provides</code> command with a glob expression:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum provides "*bin/named"</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+32:bind-9.8.0-3.P1.fc15.i686 : The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) DNS
+                             : (Domain Name System) server
+Repo        : fedora
+Matched from:
+Filename    : /usr/sbin/named</pre><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">yum provides "*/<em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>"</code> is a common and useful trick to find the packages that contain <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.
+				</div></div></div><h4>パッケージグループのインストール</h4><a id="id876035" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id876046" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A package group is similar to a package: it is not useful by itself, but installing one pulls a group of dependent packages that serve a common purpose. A package group has a name and a <em class="firstterm">groupid</em>. The <code class="command">yum grouplist -v</code> command lists the names of all package groups, and, next to each of them, their groupid in parentheses. The groupid is always the term in the last pair of parentheses, such as <code class="literal">kde-desktop</code> in the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum -v grouplist kde\*</code>
+Not loading "blacklist" plugin, as it is disabled
+Loading "langpacks" plugin
+Loading "presto" plugin
+Loading "refresh-packagekit" plugin
+Not loading "whiteout" plugin, as it is disabled
+Adding en_US to language list
+Config time: 0.900
+Yum Version: 3.2.29
+Setting up Group Process
+rpmdb time: 0.002
+group time: 0.995
+Available Groups:
+   KDE Software Compilation (kde-desktop)
+   KDE Software Development (kde-software-development)
+Done</pre><div class="para">
+				You can install a package group by passing its full group name (without the groupid part) to <code class="command">groupinstall</code>, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum groupinstall "KDE Software Compilation"</code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can also install by groupid:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum groupinstall kde-desktop</code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can even pass the groupid (or quoted name) to the <code class="command">install</code> command if you prepend it with an <span class="keysym">@</span>-symbol (which tells <code class="command">yum</code> that you want to perform a <code class="command">groupinstall</code>):
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install @kde-desktop</code></pre></div><div class="section" id="sec-Removing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Removing">4.2.5. Removing Packages</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1004917" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1004928" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id662525" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id662540" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yum remove <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code> uninstalls (removes in <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> terminology) the package, as well as any packages that depend on it. As when you install multiple packages, you can remove several at once by adding more package names to the command. For example, to remove <span class="package">totem</span>, <span class="package">rhythmbox</span>, and <span class="package">sound-juicer</span>, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum remove totem rhythmbox sound-juicer</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Similar to <code class="command">install</code>, <code class="command">remove</code> can take these arguments:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						パッケージ名
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						glob 表記
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						ファイルの一覧
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						package provides
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="warning" id="warning-WarningRemoving_a_Package_when_Other_Packages_Depend_On_It"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Removing a package when other packages depend on it</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is not able to remove a package without also removing packages which depend on it. This type of operation can only be performed by <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, is not advised, and can potentially leave your system in a non-functioning state or cause applications to misbehave and/or crash. For further information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-rpm-uninstalling">「アンインストール」</a> in the <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> chapter.
+				</div></div></div><h4>パッケージ グループの削除</h4><div class="para">
+				You can remove a package group using syntax congruent with the <code class="command">install</code> syntax. The following are alternative but equivalent ways of removing the <code class="literal">KDE Software Compilation</code> group:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum groupremove "KDE Software Compilation"</code>
+~]# <code class="command">yum groupremove kde-desktop</code>
+~]# <code class="command">yum remove @kde-desktop</code></pre><div class="important" id="important-Package_Group_Removal"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Intelligent package group removal</h2></div><div class="admonition"><a id="id741314" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id741325" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					When you tell <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> to remove a package group, it will remove every package in that group, even if those packages are members of other package groups or dependencies of other installed packages. However, you can instruct <code class="command">yum</code> to remove only those packages which are not required by any other packages or groups by adding the <code class="option">groupremove_leaf_only=1</code> directive to the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file. For more information on this directive, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_main_Options">「[main] オプションの設定」</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id696646" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id696658" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			This section shows you how to:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					set global <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> options by editing the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file;
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					set options for individual repositories by editing the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> and <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory;
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					use <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> variables in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> and files in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> so that dynamic version and architecture values are handled correctly; and,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					set up your own custom <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file contains one mandatory <code class="literal">[main]</code> section under which you can set <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> options. The values that you define in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of <code class="filename">yum.conf</code> have global effect, and may override values set in individual <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections. You can also add <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections to <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>; however, best practice is to define individual repositories in new or existing <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code>directory. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_repository_Options">「[repository] オプションの設定」</a> if you need to add or edit reposi
 tory-specific information.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_main_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id677660" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file contains exactly one <code class="literal">[main]</code> section. You can add many additional options under the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section heading in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>. Some of the key-value pairs in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section affect how <code class="command">yum</code> operates; others affect how <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> treats repositories. The best source of information for all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> options is in the <code class="literal">[main] OPTIONS</code> and <code class="literal">[repository] OPTIONS</code> sections of <code class="command">man yum.conf</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A sample <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file can look like this:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[main]
+cachedir=/var/cache/yum/$basearch/$releasever
+keepcache=0
+debuglevel=2
+logfile=/var/log/yum.log
+exactarch=1
+obsoletes=1
+gpgcheck=1
+plugins=1
+installonly_limit=3
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[comments abridged]</span></em>
+# PUT YOUR REPOS HERE OR IN separate files named file.repo
+# in /etc/yum.repos.d</pre><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of the most commonly-used options in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section, and descriptions for each:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">assumeyes=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> should prompt for confirmation of critical actions it performs. This is the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Do not prompt for confirmation of critical <code class="command">yum</code> actions. If <code class="literal">assumeyes=1</code> is set, <code class="command">yum</code> behaves in the same way that the command line option <code class="option">-y</code> does.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">cachedir=<code class="filename">/var/cache/yum/$basearch/$releasever</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option specifies the directory where <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> should store its cache and database files. By default, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s cache directory is <code class="filename">/var/cache/yum/$basearch/$releasever</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#sec-Using_Yum_Variables">「Yum 変数の使い方」</a> for descriptions of the <code class="varname">$basearch</code> and <code class="varname">$releasever</code> <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> variables.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">debuglevel=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is an integer between <code class="constant">1</code> and <code class="constant">10</code>. Setting a higher <code class="literal">debuglevel</code> value causes <code class="command">yum</code> to display more detailed debugging output. <code class="literal">debuglevel=0</code> disables debugging output, while <code class="literal">debuglevel=2</code> is the default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">exactarch=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Do not take into account the exact architecture when updating packages.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Consider the exact architecture when updating packages. With this setting, <code class="command">yum</code> will not install an i686 package to update an i386 package already installed on the system. This is the default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">exclude=<em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_package_names</code></em></span>]</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option allows you to exclude packages by keyword during installation/updates. Listing multiple packages for exclusion can be accomplished by quoting a space-delimited list of packages. Shell globs using wildcards (for example, <code class="literal">*</code> and <code class="literal">?</code>) are allowed.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">gpgcheck=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Disable GPG signature-checking on packages in all repositories, including local package installation.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Enable GPG signature-checking on all packages in all repositories, including local package installation. <code class="literal">gpgcheck=1</code> is the default, and thus all packages' signatures are checked.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If this option is set in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file, it sets the GPG-checking rule for all repositories. However, you can also set <code class="literal">gpgcheck=</code><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> for individual repositories instead; i.e., you can enable GPG-checking on one repository while disabling it on another. Setting <code class="literal">gpgcheck=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></code> for an individual repository in its corresponding <code class="filename">.repo</code> file overrides the default if it is present in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-check-rpm-sig">「パッケージの署名を確認する」</a> for further information on GPG signature-checking.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">groupremove_leaf_only=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> should <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> check the dependencies of each package when removing a package group. With this setting, <code class="command">yum</code> removes all packages in a package group, regardless of whether those packages are required by other packages or groups. <code class="literal">groupremove_leaf_only=0</code> is the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> should check the dependencies of each package when removing a package group, and remove only those packages which are not not required by any other package or group.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information on removing packages, refer to <a class="xref" href="#important-Package_Group_Removal">Intelligent package group removal</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">installonlypkgs=<em class="replaceable"><code>space</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>separated</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>list</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>of</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>packages</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Here you can provide a space-separated list of packages which <code class="command">yum</code> can <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span>, but will never <span class="emphasis"><em>update</em></span>. Refer to <code class="command">man yum.conf</code> for the list of packages which are install-only by default. If you add the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> directive to <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, you should ensure that you list <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> of the packages that should be install-only, including any of those listed under the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> section of <code class="command">man yum.conf</code>. In particular, kernel packages should always be listed in <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> (as they are by default), and <code class="literal">installonly_limit</code> should always be set to a value greater than <code class="constant">2</code> so that a backup kernel is a
 lways available in case the default one fails to boot. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#varentry-installonly_limit_value">installonly_limit=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></a> for details on the <code class="literal">installonly_limit</code> directive.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry" id="varentry-installonly_limit_value"><span class="term">installonly_limit=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is an integer representing the maximum number of versions that can be installed simultaneously for any single package listed in the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> directive. The defaults for the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> directive include several different kernel packages, so be aware that changing the value of <code class="literal">installonly_limit</code> will also affect the maximum number of installed versions of any single kernel package. The default value listed in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> is <code class="literal">installonly_limit=3</code>, and it is not recommended to decrease this value, particularly below <code class="constant">2</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">keepcache=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Do not retain the cache of headers and packages after a successful installation. This is the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Retain the cache after a successful installation.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">logfile=<code class="filename">/var/log/yum.log</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option specifies where <code class="command">yum</code> should send its logging output. By default, <code class="command">yum</code> logs to <code class="filename">/var/log/yum.log</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">multilib_policy=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<strong class="userinput"><code>best</code></strong> — install the best-choice architecture for this system. For example, setting <code class="literal">multilib_policy=best</code> on an AMD64 system causes <code class="command">yum</code> to install 64-bit versions of all packages.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<strong class="userinput"><code>all</code></strong> — always install every possible architecture for every package. For example, with <code class="literal">multilib_policy</code> set to <code class="literal">all</code> on an AMD64 system, <code class="command">yum</code> would install both the i686 and AMD64 versions of a package, if both were available.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">obsoletes=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Disable <code class="command">yum</code>'s obsoletes processing logic when performing updates.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Enable <code class="command">yum</code>'s obsoletes processing logic when performing updates. When one package declares in its spec file that it <em class="firstterm">obsoletes</em> another package, the latter package will be replaced by the former package when the former package is installed. Obsoletes are declared, for example, when a package is renamed. <code class="literal">obsoletes=1</code> the default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">plugins=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Disable all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins globally.
+						</div><div class="important" id="important-Disabling_all_plugins_is_not_advised-main_options"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disabling all plugins is not advised</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Disabling all plugins is not advised, because certain plugins provide important <code class="command">Yum</code> services. Disabling plugins globally is provided as a convenience option, and is generally only recommended when diagnosing a potential problem with <code class="command">Yum</code>.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Enable all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins globally. With <code class="literal">plugins=1</code>, you can still disable a specific <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugin by setting <code class="literal">enabled=0</code> in that plugin's configuration file. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Yum_Plugins">「Yum Plugins」</a> for more information about various <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins, or to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">「Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins」</a> for further information on controlling plugins.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">reposdir=<em class="replaceable"><code>/absolute/path/to/directory/containing/repo/files</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option allows you to specify a directory where <code class="filename">.repo</code> files are located. All <code class="filename">.repo</code> files contain repository information (similar to the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections of <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>). <code class="command">yum</code> collects all repository information from <code class="filename">.repo</code> files and the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file to create a master list of repositories to use for transactions. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_repository_Options">「[repository] オプションの設定」</a> for more information about options you can use for both the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> section and <code class="filename">.repo</code>
  files. If <code class="literal">reposdir</code> is not set, <code class="command">yum</code> uses the default directory <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">retries=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is an integer <code class="constant">0</code> or greater. This value sets the number of times <code class="command">yum</code> should attempt to retrieve a file before returning an error. Setting this to <code class="constant">0</code> makes <code class="command">yum</code> retry forever. The default value is <code class="constant">10</code>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_repository_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_repository_Options">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1004255" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections (where <em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em> is a unique repository ID, such as <code class="literal">my_personal_repo</code>) allow you to define individual <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories. To define a new repository, either add this section to the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file, or to a <code class="filename">.repo</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				All <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code>are read by <code class="command">yum</code>, which allows you to create new, custom <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in this directory. Best practice is to define your repositories here instead of in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a (bare-minimum) example of the form a <code class="filename">.repo</code> file takes:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[repository_ID]
+name=A Repository Name
+baseurl=http://path/to/repo or ftp://path/to/repo or file:///path/to/local/repo</pre><div class="para">
+				Every <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> section must contain the following minimum directives:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository_ID</code></em>]</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The repository ID is a unique, one-word (no spaces; underscores are allowed) string of characters (enclosed by brackets) that serves as a repository identifier.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">name=<em class="replaceable"><code>A Repository Name</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This is a human-readable string describing the repository.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">baseurl=<em class="replaceable"><code>http://path/to/repo, ftp://path/to/repo, file:///path/to/local/repo</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This is a URL to the directory where the repodata directory of a repository is located. Usually this URL is an HTTP link, such as:
+						</div><pre class="screen">baseurl=http://path/to/repo/releases/$releasever/server/$basearch/os/</pre><div class="para">
+							Note that <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> always expands the <code class="varname">$releasever</code>, <code class="varname">$arch</code> and <code class="varname">$basearch</code> variables in URLs. See <a class="xref" href="#sec-Using_Yum_Variables">「Yum 変数の使い方」</a> for explanations of all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> variables.
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If the repository is available over FTP, use: <code class="literal">ftp://path/to/repo</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If the repository is local to the machine, use <code class="literal">file:///path/to/local/repo</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If a specific online repository requires basic HTTP authentication, you can specify your username and password in the <code class="literal">http://path/to/repo</code> by prepending it as <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>link</code></em></code>. For example, if a repository on http://www.example.com/repo/ requires a username of <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">user</span>」</span> and a password of <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">password</span>」</span>, then the <code class="literal">baseurl</code> link could be specified as:
+								</div><pre class="screen">baseurl=http://<strong class="userinput"><code>user</code></strong>:<strong class="userinput"><code>password</code></strong>@www.example.com/repo/</pre></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				The following is another useful <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> directive:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">enabled=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — do not include this repository as a package source when performing updates and installs. This is an easy way of quickly turning repositories on and off, which is useful when you desire a single package from a repository that you do not want to enable for updates or installs.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — include this repository as a package source.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Turning repositories on and off can also be performed by passing either the <code class="option">--enablerepo=<em class="replaceable"><code>repo_name</code></em></code> or <code class="option">--disablerepo=<em class="replaceable"><code>repo_name</code></em></code> option to <code class="command">yum</code>, or through the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window of the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> utility.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Many more <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> options exist. Refer to the <code class="literal">[repository] OPTIONS</code> section of <code class="command">man yum.conf</code> for the exhaustive list and descriptions for each.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Yum_Variables"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Using_Yum_Variables">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1644680" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can use and reference the following built-in variables in <code class="command">yum</code> commands and in all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> configuration files (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> and all <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory):
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$releasever</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use this variable to reference the release version of Fedora. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> obtains the value of <code class="varname">$releasever</code> from the <code class="literal">distroverpkg=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></code> line in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file. If there is no such line in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, then <code class="command">yum</code> infers the correct value by deriving the version number from the <span class="package">redhat-release</span> package.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$arch</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use this variable to refer to the system's CPU architecture as returned when calling Python's <code class="methodname">os.uname()</code> function. Valid values for <code class="varname">$arch</code> include: <code class="literal">i586</code>, <code class="literal">i686</code>, and <code class="literal">x86_64</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$basearch</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use <code class="varname">$basearch</code> to reference the base architecture of the system. For example, i686 and i586 machines both have a base architecture of <code class="literal">i386</code>, and AMD64 and Intel 64 machines have a base architecture of <code class="literal">x86_64</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$uuid</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use this variable to refer to a <em class="firstterm">universally unique identifier</em> (UUID) for the machine.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$YUM0-9</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							These ten variables are each replaced with the value of any shell environment variables with the same name. If one of these variables is referenced (in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> for example) and a shell environment variable with the same name does not exist, then the configuration file variable is not replaced.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				To define a custom variable or to override the value of an existing one, create a file with the same name as the variable (without the <span class="quote">「<span class="quote"><code class="literal">$</code></span>」</span> sign) in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum/vars/</code> directory, and add the desired value on its first line.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-Using_Yum_Variables"><h6>例4.7 Using a custom <span class="application">Yum</span> variable</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					Repository descriptions often include the operating system name. To define a new variable called <code class="varname">$osname</code>, create a new file with <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">Fedora</span>」</span> on the first line and save it as <code class="filename">/etc/yum/vars/osname</code>. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo "Fedora" &gt; /etc/yum/vars/osname</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Instead of <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">Fedora 15</span>」</span>, you can now use the following in the <code class="filename">.repo</code> files:
+				</div><pre class="screen">name=$osname $releasever</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository">4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</h3></div></div></div><a id="id893551" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To set up a <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository, follow these steps:
+			</div><div class="procedure" id="procedure-Setting_Up_a_Yum_repository"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<span class="package">createrepo</span> パッケージのインストール:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install createrepo</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/mnt/local_repo/</code> のような 1 つのディレクトリーに全パッケージをコピーします。
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						そのディレクトリーで <code class="command">createrepo --database</code> を実行します:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">createrepo --database /mnt/local_repo/</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				This will create the necessary metadata for your <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository, as well as the <span class="application"><strong>sqlite</strong></span> database for speeding up <code class="command">yum</code> operations.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Yum_Plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Yum_Plugins">4.4. Yum Plugins</h2></div></div></div><a id="id994730" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides plugins that extend and enhance its operations. Certain plugins are installed by default. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> always informs you which plugins, if any, are loaded and active whenever you call any <code class="command">yum</code> command:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum info yum</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+			Note that the plugin names which follow <code class="command">Loaded plugins</code> are the names you can provide to the <code class="option">--disableplugins=<em class="replaceable"><code>plugin_name</code></em></code> option.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1043671" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1043683" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id756726" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To enable <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins, ensure that a line beginning with <code class="command">plugins=</code> is present in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, and that its value is set to <code class="constant">1</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">plugins=1</pre><div class="para">
+				You can disable all plugins by changing this line to <code class="command">plugins=0</code>.
+			</div><div class="important" id="important-Disabling_all_plugins_is_not_advised-plugins"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disabling all plugins is not advised</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Disabling all plugins is not advised because certain plugins provide important <code class="command">Yum</code> services. Disabling plugins globally is provided as a convenience option, and is generally only recommended when diagnosing a potential problem with <code class="command">Yum</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Every installed plugin has its own configuration file in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum/pluginconf.d/</code> directory. You can set plugin-specific options in these files. For example, the following is the content of <code class="filename">refresh-packagekit.conf</code>, the configuration file for the <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugin:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[main]
+enabled=1</pre><div class="para">
+				Plugin configuration files always contain a <code class="literal">[main]</code> section (similar to <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file) in which there is (or you can place if it is missing) an <code class="literal">enabled=</code> option that controls whether the plugin is enabled when you run <code class="command">yum</code> commands.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you disable all plugins by setting <code class="command">enabled=0</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, then all plugins are disabled regardless of whether they are enabled in their individual configuration files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you merely want to disable all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins for a single <code class="command">yum</code> command, use the <code class="option">--noplugins</code> option.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you want to disable one or more <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins for a single <code class="command">yum</code> command, add the <code class="option">--disableplugin=<em class="replaceable"><code>plugin_name</code></em></code> option to the command. For example, to disable the <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin while updating a system, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update --disableplugin=presto</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The plugin names you provide to the <code class="option">--disableplugin=</code> option are the same names listed after the <code class="command">Loaded plugins</code> line in the output of any <code class="command">yum</code> command. You can disable multiple plugins by separating their names with commas. In addition, you can match multiple plugin names or shorten long ones by using glob expressions:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update --disableplugin=presto,refresh-pack*</code></pre></div><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins usually adhere to the <code class="filename">yum-plugin-<em class="replaceable"><code>plugin_name</code></em></code> package-naming convention, but not always: the package which provides the <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin is named <code class="filename">yum-presto</code>, for example. You can install a <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugin in the same way you install other packages. For instance, to install the <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install yum-plugin-security</code></pre></div><div class="section" id="sec-Plugin_Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Plugin_Descriptions">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following are descriptions of a few commonly installed <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id677328" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> (<span class="package">yum-presto</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin adds support to <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> for downloading <em class="firstterm">delta RPM</em> packages, during updates, from repositories which have <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> metadata enabled. Delta RPMs contain only the differences between the version of the package installed on the client requesting the RPM package and the updated version in the repository.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Downloading a delta RPM is much quicker than downloading the entire updated package, and can speed up updates considerably. Once the delta RPMs are downloaded, they must be rebuilt to apply the difference to the currently-installed package and thus create the full, updated package. This process takes CPU time on the installing machine. Using delta RPMs is therefore a tradeoff between time-to-download, which depends on the network connection, and time-to-rebuild, which is CPU-bound. Using the <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin is recommended for fast machines and systems with slower network connections, while slower machines on very fast connections <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> benefit more from downloading normal RPM packages, that is, by disabling <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1753323" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> (<span class="package">PackageKit-yum-plugin</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugin updates metadata for <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> whenever <code class="command">yum</code> is run. The <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugin is installed by default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id940892" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>rhnplugin</strong></span> (<span class="package">yum-rhn-plugin</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>rhnplugin</strong></span> provides support for connecting to <code class="systemitem">RHN Classic</code>. This allows systems registered with <code class="systemitem">RHN Classic</code> to update and install packages from this system.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <code class="command">man rhnplugin</code> for more information about the plugin.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id918441" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> (<span class="package">yum-plugin-security</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Discovering information about and applying security updates easily and often is important to all system administrators. For this reason <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides the <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin, which extends <code class="command">yum</code> with a set of highly-useful security-related commands, subcommands and options.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							You can check for security-related updates as follows:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum check-update --security</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit, security
+Limiting package lists to security relevant ones
+updates-testing/updateinfo                               | 329 kB     00:00
+9 package(s) needed for security, out of 270 available
+
+ConsoleKit.x86_64                    0.4.5-1.fc15                  updates
+ConsoleKit-libs.x86_64               0.4.5-1.fc15                  updates
+ConsoleKit-x11.x86_64                0.4.5-1.fc15                  updates
+NetworkManager.x86_64                1:0.8.999-2.git20110509.fc15  updates
+NetworkManager-glib.x86_64           1:0.8.999-2.git20110509.fc15  updates
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+							You can then use either <code class="command">yum update --security</code> or <code class="command">yum update-minimal --security</code> to update those packages which are affected by security advisories. Both of these commands update all packages on the system for which a security advisory has been issued. <code class="command">yum update-minimal --security</code> updates them to the latest packages which were released as part of a security advisory, while <code class="command">yum update --security</code> will update all packages affected by a security advisory <span class="emphasis"><em>to the latest version of that package available</em></span>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In other words, if:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									the <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.4-20</span> package is installed on your system;
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									the <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-22</span> package was released as a security update;
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									then <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-26</span> was released as a bug fix update,
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							...then <code class="command">yum update-minimal --security</code> will update you to <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-22</span>, and <code class="command">yum update --security</code> will update you to <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-26</span>. Conservative system administrators may want to use <code class="command">update-minimal</code> to reduce the risk incurred by updating packages as much as possible.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <code class="command">man yum-security</code> for usage details and further explanation of the enhancements the <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin adds to <code class="command">yum</code>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Additional_Resources">4.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id709496" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a href="http://yum.baseurl.org/wiki/Guides">http://yum.baseurl.org/wiki/Guides</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="literal">Yum Guides</code> section of the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> wiki contains more documentation.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-PackageKit" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第5章 PackageKit</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updating Packages with Software Update</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Setting the Update-Checking Interval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software Sources</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Finding_Packages
 _with_Filters">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log">5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-PackageKit_Architecture">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources">5.4. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></div><a id="id683537" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id987007" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id887078" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id698309" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1027875" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id655736" class="indexter
 m"></a><a id="id1006485" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id857823" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1093951" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id672244" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id708036" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Fedora provides <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> for viewing, managing, updating, installing and uninstalling packages compatible with your system. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> consists of several graphical interfaces that can be opened from the GNOME panel menu, or from the Notification Area when <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> alerts you that updates are available. For more information on <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit's</strong></span> architecture and available front ends, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-PackageKit_Architecture">「PackageKit Architecture」</a>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updating Packages with Software Update</h2></div></div></div><a id="id743805" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1087063" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can open <span class="application"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> by clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Update</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or running the <code class="command">gpk-update-viewer</code> command at the shell prompt. In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> window, all available updates are listed along with the names of the packages being updated (minus the <code class="filename">.rpm</code> suffix, but including the CPU architecture), a short summary of the package, and, usually, short descriptions of the changes the update provides. Any updates you do not wish to install can be de-selected here by unchecking the checkbox corresponding to the update.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-software_update"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/software-update.png" alt="Installing updates with Software Update" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						installing 56 updates with PackageKit's software update window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.1 Installing updates with Software Update</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			The updates presented in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> window only represent the currently-installed packages on your system for which updates are available;
+			<a id="id990231" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 <a id="id1068886" class="indexterm"></a>
+			dependencies of those packages, whether they are existing packages on your system or new ones, are not shown until you click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Install Updates</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> <a id="id720989" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 <a id="id721005" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 <a id="id809901" class="indexterm"></a>
+			utilizes the fine-grained user authentication
+			<a id="id809908" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 capabilities provided by the <span class="application"><strong>PolicyKit</strong></span> toolkit whenever you request it to make changes to the system. Whenever you instruct <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to update, install or remove packages, you will be prompted to enter the superuser password before changes are made to the system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If you instruct <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to update the <code class="filename">kernel</code> package, then it will prompt you after installation, asking you whether you want to reboot the system and thereby boot into the newly-installed kernel.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Setting the Update-Checking Interval</h3></div></div></div><a id="id697006" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu opens the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Update Preferences</strong></span> window. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Update Settings</strong></span> tab allows you to define the interval at which <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> checks for package updates, as well as whether or not to automatically install all updates or only security updates. Leaving the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Check for updates when using mobile broadband</strong></span> box unchecked is handy for avoiding extraneous bandwidth usage when using a wireless connection on which you are charged for the amount of data you download.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-Software_Update_Preferences"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/software-update-preferences.png" alt="Setting PackageKit's update-checking interval" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Setting the update-checking interval for PackageKit
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.2 Setting PackageKit's update-checking interval</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software Sources</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To select which package repositories to use to install software updates, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, and click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Update Preferences</strong></span> window.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-Software_Update_Software_Sources"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/software-update-software-sources.png" alt="Setting PackageKit's software sources" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Setting the software sources for PackageKit
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.3 Setting PackageKit's software sources</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id886359" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1005160" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> refers to <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories as software sources. It obtains all packages from enabled software sources.The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab shows the repository name, as written on the <code class="computeroutput">name=<em class="replaceable"><code>My Repository Name</code></em></code> field of all [<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>] sections in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file, and in all <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Entries which are checked in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enabled</strong></span> column indicate that the corresponding repository will be used to locate packages to satisfy all update and installation requests (including dependency resolution). The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enabled</strong></span> column corresponds to the <code class="computeroutput">enabled=<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;1 or 0&gt;</code></em></code> field in [<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>] sections. Checking an unchecked box enables the Yum repository, and unchecking it disables it. Performing either function causes <span class="application"><strong>PolicyKit</strong></span> to prompt for superuser authentication to enable or disable the repository. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> actually inserts the <code class="literal">enabled=<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;1 or 0&gt;</code></em></code> line into the correct [<em class="replace
 able"><code>repository</code></em>] section if it does not exist, or changes the value if it does. This means that enabling or disabling a repository through the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> window causes that change to persist after closing the window or rebooting the system. The ability to quickly enable and disable repositories based on our needs is a highly-convenient feature of <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that it is not possible to add or remove <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories through <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-Showing_Source_RPM_and_Test_Repositories"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Showing source RPM, test, and debuginfo repositories</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Checking the box at the bottom of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab causes <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to display source RPM, testing and debuginfo repositories as well. This box is unchecked by default.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</h2></div></div></div><a id="id882138" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id882149" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>'s <span class="application"><strong>Software Update</strong></span> GUI window is a separate application from its <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> application, although the two have intuitively similar interfaces. To find and install a new package, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or run the <code class="command">gpk-application</code> command at the shell prompt.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-add_remove_software"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software.png" alt="PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Viewing PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.4 PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="section" id="sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To enable or disable a <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository, open a dialog box by sclicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span>, and select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">「Setting the Software Sources」</a> for more information on available configuration options.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After enabling and/or disabling the correct <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories, make sure that you have the latest list of available packages. Click on <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Refresh Package Lists</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> will obtain the latest lists of packages from all enabled software sources, that is, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</h3></div></div></div><a id="id819982" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can view the list of all <span class="emphasis"><em>configured</em></span> and unfiltered (see below) <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories by opening <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> and clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span>. Once the software sources have been updated, it is often beneficial to apply some filters so that <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> retrieves the results of our <span class="guilabel"><strong>Find</strong></span> queries faster. This is especially helpful when performing many package searches. Four of the filters in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Filters</strong></span> drop-down menu are used to split results by matching or not matching a single criterion. By default when <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> starts, these filters are a
 ll unapplied (<span class="guibutton"><strong>No Filter</strong></span>), but once you do filter by one of them, that filter remains set until you either change it or close <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Because you are usually searching for available packages that are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> installed on the system, click <span class="guimenu"><strong>Filters</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Installed</strong></span> and select the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> radio button. 
+				<a id="id863090" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id1161111" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id1065793" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id1065808" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id1082989" class="indexterm"></a>
+
+			</div><div class="figure" id="Graphical_Package_Management-filters-only_available"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png" alt="Filtering out already-installed packages" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							filtering out packages which are already installed
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.5 Filtering out already-installed packages</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				<a id="id1307225" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id919240" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id1071015" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 Also, unless we require development files such as C header files, we can filter for <span class="guimenu"><strong>Only End User Files</strong></span> and, in doing so, filter out all of the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em>-devel</code> packages we are not interested in.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-filters-only_end_user"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png" alt="Filtering out development packages from the list of Find results" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							filtering out development packages from our results
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.6 Filtering out development packages from the list of Find results</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				The two remaining filters with submenus are:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Graphical</strong></span> <a id="id862316" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Narrows the search to either applications which provide a GUI interface (<span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Graphical</strong></span>) or those that do not. This filter is useful when browsing for GUI applications that perform a specific function.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Free</strong></span> <a id="id1228951" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Search for packages which are considered to be free software Refer to the <a href="https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing#SoftwareLicenses">Fedora Licensing List</a> for details on approved licenses.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				The remaining checkbox filters are always either checked or unchecked. They are:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Hide Subpackages</strong></span> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Checking the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Hide Subpackages</strong></span> <a id="id924879" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 checkbox filters out generally-uninteresting packages that are typically only dependencies of other packages that we want. For example, checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Hide Subpackages</strong></span> and searching for <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em> </code> would cause the following related packages to be filtered out of the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Find</strong></span> results (if it exists):
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-devel</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-libs</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-libs-devel</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-debuginfo</code>
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Newest Packages</strong></span> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Newest Packages</strong></span> <a id="id701771" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 filters out all older versions of the same package from the list of results, which is generally what we want.
+						</div><div class="important" id="important-Using_the_Only_newest_items_filter"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the Only Newest Packages filter</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Newest Packages</strong></span> filters out all but the most recent version of any package from the results list. This filter is often combined with the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> filter to search for the latest available versions of new (not installed) packages.
+							</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Only native packages</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Checking the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Native Packages</strong></span> <a id="id909785" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 box on a multilib system causes <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to omit listing results for packages compiled for the architecture that runs in <span class="emphasis"><em>compatibility mode</em></span>. For example, enabling this filter on a 64-bit system with an AMD64 CPU would cause all packages built for the 32-bit x86 CPU architecture not to be shown in the list of results, even though those packages are able to run on an AMD64 machine. Packages which are architecture-agnostic (i.e. <em class="firstterm">noarch</em> packages such as <code class="filename">crontabs-1.10-32.1.el6.noarch.rpm</code>) are never filtered out by checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Native Packages</strong></span>. This filter has no affect on non-multilib systems, such as x86 machines.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</h3></div></div></div><a id="id670174" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id670186" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				With the two filters selected, <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> and <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only End User Files</strong></span>, search for the <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> interactive process viewer and highlight the package. You now have access to some very useful information about it, including: a clickable link to the project homepage; the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package group it is found in, if any; the license of the package; a pointer to the GNOME menu location from where the application can be opened, if applicable; and the size of the package, which is relevant when we download and install it.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-install"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-install.png" alt="Viewing and installing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Viewing and installing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.7 Viewing and installing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				When the checkbox next to a package or group is checked, then that item is already installed on the system. Checking an unchecked box causes it to be <span class="emphasis"><em>marked</em></span> for installation, which only occurs when the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> button is clicked. In this way, you can search for and select multiple packages or package groups before performing the actual installation transactions. Additionally, you can remove installed packages by unchecking the checked box, and the removal will occur along with any pending installations when <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> is pressed. Dependency resolution 
+				<a id="id982936" class="indexterm"></a>
+				, which may add additional packages to be installed or removed, is performed after pressing <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span>. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> will then display a window listing those additional packages to install or remove, and ask for confirmation to proceed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Check <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> button. You will then be prompted for the superuser password; enter it, and <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> will install <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span>. One nice feature of <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> is that, following installation, it sometimes presents you with a list of your newly-installed applications and offer you the choice of running them immediately. Alternatively, you will remember that finding a package and selecting it in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window shows you the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Location</strong></span> of where in the GNOME menus its application shortcut is located, which is helpful when you want to run it.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Once it is installed, you can run <code class="command">htop</code>, a colorful and enhanced version of the <code class="command">top</code> process viewer, by opening a shell prompt and entering:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">htop</code></pre><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> is nifty, but we decide that <code class="command">top</code> is good enough for us and we want to uninstall it. Remembering that we need to change the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> filter we recently used to install it to <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Installed</strong></span> in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Filters</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Installed</strong></span>, we search for <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> again and uncheck it. The program did not install any dependencies of its own; if it had, those would be automatically removed as well, as long as they were not also dependencies of any other packages still installed on our system.
+			</div><div class="warning" id="warning-PackageKit-Removing_a_Package_Without_Removing_Packages_Depending_on_It"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Removing a package when other packages depend on it</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Although <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> automatically resolves dependencies during package installation and removal, it is unable to remove a package without also removing packages which depend on it. This type of operation can only be performed by <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, is not advised, and can potentially leave your system in a non-functioning state or cause applications to misbehave and/or crash.
+				</div></div></div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-removing_a_package"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-remove.png" alt="Removing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Removing the htop package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.8 Removing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</h3></div></div></div><a id="id839248" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id839260" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id871993" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id872004" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> also has the ability to install <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package groups, which it calls <span class="guilabel"><strong>Package collections</strong></span>. Clicking on <span class="guilabel"><strong>Package collections</strong></span> in the top-left list of categories in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> window allows us to scroll through and find the package group we want to install. In this case, we want to install Czech language support (the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Czech Support</strong></span> group). Checking the box and clicking <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> informs us how many <span class="emphasis"><em>additional</em></span> packages must be installed in order to fulfill the dependencies of the package group.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-installing_a_package_group"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-package-group.png" alt="Installing the Czech Support package group" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Using PackageKit to install Czech language support with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.9 Installing the Czech Support package group</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Similarly, installed package groups can be uninstalled by selecting <span class="guilabel"><strong>Package collections</strong></span>, unchecking the appropriate checkbox, and applying.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log">5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> maintains a log of the transactions 
+				<a id="id683201" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id674193" class="indexterm"></a>
+				that it performs. To view the log, from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window, click <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Log</strong></span>, or run the <code class="command">gpk-log</code> command at the shell prompt.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Log Viewer</strong></span> shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Action</strong></span>, such as <code class="literal">Updated Packages</code> or <code class="literal">Installed Packages</code>, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Date</strong></span> on which that action was performed, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Username</strong></span> of the user who performed the action, and the front end <span class="guilabel"><strong>Application</strong></span> the user used (such as <code class="literal">Add/Remove Software</code>, or <code class="literal">Update System</code>). The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Details</strong></span> column provides the types of the transactions, such as <code class="literal">Updated</code>, <code class="literal">Installed</code>, or <code class="literal">Removed</code>, as well as the list of packages the transactions were performed on.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-Software_Log_Viewer"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-log.png" alt="Viewing the log of package management transactions with the Software Log Viewer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Viewing the log of package management transactions with PackageKit's Software Log Viewer window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.10 Viewing the log of package management transactions with the Software Log Viewer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Typing the name of a package in the top text entry field filters the list of transactions to those which affected that package.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-PackageKit_Architecture"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-PackageKit_Architecture">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</h2></div></div></div><a id="id684352" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora provides the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of applications for viewing, updating, installing and uninstalling packages and package groups compatible with your system. Architecturally, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> consists of several graphical front ends that communicate with the <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon back end, which communicates with a package manager-specific back end that utilizes <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> to perform the actual transactions, such as installing and removing packages, etc.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="#table-PackageKit_GUI_Windows_Menu_Locations_and_Shell_Prompt_Commands">表5.1「PackageKit GUI windows, menu locations, and shell prompt commands」</a> shows the name of the GUI window, how to start the window from the GNOME desktop or from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window, and the name of the command line application that opens that window.
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-PackageKit_GUI_Windows_Menu_Locations_and_Shell_Prompt_Commands"><h6>表5.1 PackageKit GUI windows, menu locations, and shell prompt commands</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="PackageKit GUI windows, menu locations, and shell prompt commands" border="1"><colgroup><col align="left" class="col1" width="25%" /><col align="left" class="col2" width="25%" /><col align="left" class="col3" width="25%" /><col align="left" class="col4" width="25%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">
+							Window Title
+						</th><th align="left">
+							Function
+						</th><th align="left">
+							How to Open
+						</th><th align="left">
+							Shell Command
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">
+							Add/Remove Software
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Install, remove or view package info
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From the GNOME panel: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Administration</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-application
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Update
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Perform package updates
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From the GNOME panel: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Administration</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Update</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-update-viewer
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Sources
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Enable and disable <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span>: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-repo
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Log Viewer
+						</td><td align="left">
+							View the transaction log
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span>: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Log</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-log
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Update Preferences
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Set <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> preferences
+						</td><td align="left">
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-prefs
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							(Notification Area Alert)
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Alerts you when updates are available
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From the GNOME panel: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Startup Applications</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Startup Programs</strong></span> tab
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-update-icon
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon runs outside the user session and communicates with the various graphical front ends. The <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon<sup>[<a id="footnote-Daemons" href="#ftn.footnote-Daemons" class="footnote">1</a>]</sup> communicates via the <span class="application"><strong>DBus</strong></span> system message bus with another back end, which utilizes <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s Python API to perform queries and make changes to the system. On Linux systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora, <code class="command">packagekitd</code> can communicate with other back ends that are able to utilize the native package manager for that system. This modular architecture provides the abstraction necessary for the graphical interfaces to work with many different package managers to perform essentially the same types of package management tasks. Learning how to use the <span class="appli
 cation"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> front ends means that you can use the same familiar graphical interface across many different Linux distributions, even when they utilize a native package manager other than <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			In addition, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>'s separation of concerns provides reliability in that a crash of one of the GUI windows—or even the user's X Window session—will not affect any package management tasks being supervised by the <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon, which runs outside of the user session.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			All of the front end graphical applications discussed in this chapter are provided by the <code class="filename">gnome-packagekit</code> package instead of by <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> and its dependencies. Users working in a KDE environment may prefer to install the <code class="filename">kpackagekit</code> package, which provides a KDE interface for <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Finally, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> also comes with a console-based front end called <code class="command">pkcon</code>.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources">5.4. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> home page — <a href="http://www.packagekit.org/index.html">http://www.packagekit.org/index.html</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Information about and mailing lists for <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> FAQ — <a href="http://www.packagekit.org/pk-faq.html">http://www.packagekit.org/pk-faq.html</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						An informative list of Frequently Asked Questions for the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> software suite.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> Feature Matrix — <a href="http://www.packagekit.org/pk-matrix.html">http://www.packagekit.org/pk-matrix.html</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Cross-reference <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>-provided features with the long list of package manager back ends.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="footnotes"><br /><hr width="100" align="left" /><div class="footnote" id="footnote-Daemons"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.footnote-Daemons" href="#footnote-Daemons" class="para">1</a>] </sup>
+				System daemons are typically long-running processes that provide services to the user or to other programs, and which are started, often at boot time. Daemons respond to the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command and can be turned on or off permanently by using the <code class="command">systemctl enable</code> or <code class="command">systemctl disable</code>commands. They can typically be recognized by a <span class="quote">「<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em>d</em></span></span>」</span> appended to their name, such as the <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7章<em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for information about system services.
+			</div></div></div></div></div><div class="part" id="part-Networking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート III. ネットワーク</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id1238950"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートは Fedora のネットワークを設定する方法について記述します。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Network_Interfaces">6. ネットワーク インターフェース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-interfaces">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ イã
 ƒ³ã‚¿ãƒ¼ãƒ•ã‚§ãƒ¼ã‚¹</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other">6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-control">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-static-routes">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-functions">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-resources">6.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Network_Interfaces" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第6ç«  ネット
 ワーク インターフェース</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-interfaces">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other">6.2
 .5. 他のインターフェース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-control">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-static-routes">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-functions">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-networkscripts-resources">6.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-networkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id742814" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id771793" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Under Fedora, all network communications occur between configured software <em class="firstterm">interfaces</em> and <em class="firstterm">physical networking devices</em> connected to the system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The configuration files for network interfaces are located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory. The scripts used to activate and deactivate these network interfaces are also located here. Although the number and type of interface files can differ from system to system, there are three categories of files that exist in this directory:
+	</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">インターフェースの設定ファイル</em>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">インターフェースの制御スクリプト</em>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">ネットワークの関数ファイル</em>
+			</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+		これらの各カテゴリーのファイルは、合同で機能し各種ネットワークデバイスを動作させます。
+	</div><div class="para">
+		この章では、これらファイル間の関係とファイルの使用方法について説明していきます。
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1241162" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Before delving into the interface configuration files, let us first itemize the primary configuration files used in network configuration. Understanding the role these files play in setting up the network stack can be helpful when customizing a Fedora system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			主要なネットワーク設定ファイルは、次のようになります:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The main purpose of this file is to resolve hostnames that cannot be resolved any other way. It can also be used to resolve hostnames on small networks with no DNS server. Regardless of the type of network the computer is on, this file should contain a line specifying the IP address of the loopback device (<code class="command">127.0.0.1</code>) as <code class="command">localhost.localdomain</code>. For more information, refer to the <code class="filename">hosts</code> man page.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This file specifies the IP addresses of DNS servers and the search domain. Unless configured to do otherwise, the network initialization scripts populate this file. For more information about this file, refer to the <code class="filename">resolv.conf</code> man page.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This file specifies routing and host information for all network interfaces. For more information about this file and the directives it accepts, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-sysconfig-network">「 /etc/sysconfig/network 」</a>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface-name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						For each network interface, there is a corresponding interface configuration script. Each of these files provide information specific to a particular network interface. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-networkscripts-interfaces">「インターフェース設定ファイル」</a> for more information on this type of file and the directives it accepts.
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/networking/</code> directory is used by the <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-network</code>) and its contents should <span class="bold bold"><strong>not</strong></span> be edited manually. Using only one method for network configuration is strongly encouraged, due to the risk of configuration deletion.
+			</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-interfaces"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-interfaces">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id664393" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id664406" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Interface configuration files control the software interfaces for individual network devices. As the system boots, it uses these files to determine what interfaces to bring up and how to configure them. These files are usually named <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code>, where <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> refers to the name of the device that the configuration file controls.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id708319" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id708337" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				One of the most common interface files is <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code>, which controls the first Ethernet <em class="firstterm">network interface card</em> or <em class="firstterm">NIC</em> in the system. In a system with multiple NICs, there are multiple <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth<em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> </code> files (where <em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> is a unique number corresponding to a specific interface). Because each device has its own configuration file, an administrator can control how each interface functions individually.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				下記は固定 IP アドレスを用いたシステム向けの <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> のサンプルです。
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+BOOTPROTO=none
+ONBOOT=yes
+NETMASK=255.255.255.0
+IPADDR=10.0.1.27
+USERCTL=no</pre><div class="para">
+				The values required in an interface configuration file can change based on other values. For example, the <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> file for an interface using DHCP looks different because IP information is provided by the DHCP server:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+BOOTPROTO=dhcp
+ONBOOT=yes</pre><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-network</code>) is an easy way to make changes to the various network interface configuration files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				但し、任意のネットワーク インターフェースの設定ファイルは、手動で編集することもできます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				以下にイーサネット インターフェースの設定ファイル内の設定パラメーターを一覧で示します。
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">BONDING_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>parameters</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							sets the configuration parameters for the bonding device, and is used in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code> (see <a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>). These parameters are identical to those used for bonding devices in <code class="filename">/sys/class/net/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding device</code></em>/bonding</code>, and the module parameters for the bonding driver as described in <span class="emphasis"><em><code class="filename">bonding</code> Module Directives</em></span>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This configuration method is used so that multiple bonding devices can have different configurations. It is highly recommended to place all of your bonding options after the <code class="command">BONDING_OPTS</code> directive in <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code>. Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> specify options for the bonding device in <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code>, or in the deprecated <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">BOOTPROTO=<em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">none</code> — No boot-time protocol should be used.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">bootp</code> — The BOOTP protocol should be used.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">dhcp</code> — The DHCP protocol should be used.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">BROADCAST=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the broadcast address. This directive is deprecated, as the value is calculated automatically with <code class="command">ipcalc</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DEVICE=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> is the name of the physical device (except for dynamically-allocated PPP devices where it is the <span class="emphasis"><em>logical name</em></span>).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DHCP_HOSTNAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a short hostname to be sent to the DHCP server. Use this option only if the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DNS<em class="replaceable"><code>{1,2}</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is a name server address to be placed in <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code> if the <code class="command">PEERDNS</code> directive is set to <code class="command">yes</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">ETHTOOL_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em> </code> are any device-specific options supported by <code class="command">ethtool</code>. For example, if you wanted to force 100Mb, full duplex:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="command">ETHTOOL_OPTS="autoneg off speed 100 duplex full"</code></pre><div class="para">
+							Instead of a custom initscript, use <code class="command">ETHTOOL_OPTS</code> to set the interface speed and duplex settings. Custom initscripts run outside of the network init script lead to unpredictable results during a post-boot network service restart.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Set "autoneg off" before changing speed or duplex settings</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Changing speed or duplex settings almost always requires disabling autonegotiation with the <code class="command">autoneg off</code> option. This needs to be stated first, as the option entries are order-dependent.
+							</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">GATEWAY=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> is the IP address of the network router or gateway device (if any).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">HOTPLUG=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em></code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This device should be activated when it is hot-plugged (this is the default option).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — This device should <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be activated when it is hot-plugged.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">HOTPLUG=no</code> option can be used to prevent a channel bonding interface from being activated when a bonding kernel module is loaded.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a> for more information about channel bonding interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">HWADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> is the hardware address of the Ethernet device in the form <em class="replaceable"><code>AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF</code></em>. This directive must be used in machines containing more than one NIC to ensure that the interfaces are assigned the correct device names regardless of the configured load order for each NIC's module. This directive should <span class="bold bold"><strong>not</strong></span> be used in conjunction with <code class="command">MACADDR</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">IPADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the IP address.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">LINKDELAY=<em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is the number of seconds to wait for link negotiation before configuring the device.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MACADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> is the hardware address of the Ethernet device in the form <em class="replaceable"><code>AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF</code></em>. This directive is used to assign a MAC address to an interface, overriding the one assigned to the physical NIC. This directive should <span class="bold bold"><strong>not</strong></span> be used in conjunction with <code class="command">HWADDR</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MASTER=<em class="replaceable"><code>bond-interface</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>bond-interface</code></em> </code> is the channel bonding interface to which the Ethernet interface is linked.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is used in conjunction with the <code class="command">SLAVE</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a> for more information about channel bonding interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">NETMASK=<em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> </code> is the netmask value.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">NETWORK=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the network address. This directive is deprecated, as the value is calculated automatically with <code class="command">ipcalc</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">ONBOOT=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — このデバイスは起動時に有効になります。
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — このデバイスは起動時に有効になりません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">PEERDNS=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — Modify <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code> if the DNS directive is set. If using DHCP, then <code class="command">yes</code> is the default.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code>. を変更しません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">SLAVE=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This device is controlled by the channel bonding interface specified in the <code class="command">MASTER</code> directive.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — This device is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> controlled by the channel bonding interface specified in the <code class="command">MASTER</code> directive.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							This directive is used in conjunction with the <code class="command">MASTER</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a> for more about channel bonding interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">SRCADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the specified source IP address for outgoing packets.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">USERCTL=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — <code class="systemitem">root</code> 以外のユーザーに、このデバイスの制御を許可します。
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — <code class="systemitem">root</code> 以外のユーザーに、このデバイスの制御を許可しません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id670066" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718255" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fedora allows administrators to bind multiple network interfaces together into a single channel using the <code class="filename">bonding</code> kernel module and a special network interface called a <em class="firstterm">channel bonding interface</em>. Channel bonding enables two or more network interfaces to act as one, simultaneously increasing the bandwidth and providing redundancy.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To create a channel bonding interface, create a file in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory called <code class="filename">ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code>, replacing <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the number for the interface, such as <code class="filename">0</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The contents of the file can be identical to whatever type of interface is getting bonded, such as an Ethernet interface. The only difference is that the <code class="command">DEVICE=</code> directive must be <code class="command">bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code>, replacing <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the number for the interface.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				以下は、チャンネル ボンディング設定ファイルの例です。
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-Sample_ifcfg-bond0_interface_configuration_file"><h6>例6.1 簡単な ifcfg-bond0 インターフェースの設定ファイル</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=bond0
+IPADDR=192.168.1.1
+NETMASK=255.255.255.0
+ONBOOT=yes
+BOOTPROTO=none
+USERCTL=no
+BONDING_OPTS="<em class="replaceable"><code>スペースで区切ってボンディングのパラメーター</code></em>"</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				After the channel bonding interface is created, the network interfaces to be bound together must be configured by adding the <code class="command">MASTER=</code> and <code class="command">SLAVE=</code> directives to their configuration files. The configuration files for each of the channel-bonded interfaces can be nearly identical.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, if two Ethernet interfaces are being channel bonded, both <code class="filename">eth0</code> and <code class="filename">eth1</code> may look like the following example:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em>
+BOOTPROTO=none
+ONBOOT=yes
+MASTER=bond0
+SLAVE=yes
+USERCTL=no</pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the numerical value for the interface.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For a channel bonding interface to be valid, the kernel module must be loaded. To ensure that the module is loaded when the channel bonding interface is brought up, create a new file as <code class="systemitem">root</code> named <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory. Note that you can name this file anything you like as long as it ends with a <code class="filename">.conf</code> extension. Insert the following line in this new file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">alias bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> bonding</pre><div class="para">
+				Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the interface number, such as <code class="command">0</code>. For each configured channel bonding interface, there must be a corresponding entry in your new <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> file.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Put all bonding module parameters in ifcfg-bondN files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Parameters for the bonding kernel module must be specified as a space-separated list in the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS="<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding parameters</code></em>"</code></em> directive in the ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> interface file. Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> specify options for the bonding device in <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code>, or in the deprecated <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.conf</code> file. For further instructions and advice on configuring the bonding module and to view the list of bonding parameters, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">「Using Channel Bonding」</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id691294" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id691311" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				使用頻度の少ない 2 種類のインターフェース設定ファイルが <em class="firstterm">エイリアス</em> と <em class="firstterm">クローン</em> です。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Alias interface configuration files, which are used to bind multiple addresses to a single interface, use the <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>if-name</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>alias-value</code></em> </code> naming scheme.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, an <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0:0</code> file could be configured to specify <code class="computeroutput">DEVICE=eth0:0</code> and a static IP address of 10.0.0.2, serving as an alias of an Ethernet interface already configured to receive its IP information via DHCP in <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code>. Under this configuration, <code class="filename">eth0</code> is bound to a dynamic IP address, but the same physical network card can receive requests via the fixed, 10.0.0.2 IP address.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注意</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					エイリアス インターフェースは DHCP をサポートしません。
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				A clone interface configuration file should use the following naming convention: <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>if-name</code></em>-<em class="replaceable"><code>clone-name</code></em> </code>. While an alias file allows multiple addresses for an existing interface, a clone file is used to specify additional options for an interface. For example, a standard DHCP Ethernet interface called <code class="filename">eth0</code>, may look similar to this:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+ONBOOT=yes
+BOOTPROTO=dhcp</pre><div class="para">
+				Since the default value for the <code class="command">USERCTL</code> directive is <code class="command">no</code> if it is not specified, users cannot bring this interface up and down. To give users the ability to control the interface, create a clone by copying <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> to <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0-user</code> and add the following line to <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0-user</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">USERCTL=yes</pre><div class="para">
+				This way a user can bring up the <code class="filename">eth0</code> interface using the <code class="command">/sbin/ifup eth0-user</code> command because the configuration options from <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> and <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0-user</code> are combined. While this is a very basic example, this method can be used with a variety of options and interfaces.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The easiest way to create alias and clone interface configuration files is to use the graphical <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1145949" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				ダイヤルアップ接続を通してインターネットに接続する場合、インターフェース用に設定ファイルが必要です。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				PPP インターフェイス ファイルは、以下の形式を使用して名付けられます:
+				<div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-ppp<em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								where <em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> is a unique number corresponding to a specific interface.
+							</div></dd></dl></div>
+
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The PPP interface configuration file is created automatically when <code class="command">wvdial</code>, the <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>Kppp</strong></span> is used to create a dialup account. It is also possible to create and edit this file manually.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a typical <code class="filename">ifcfg-ppp0</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=ppp0
+NAME=test
+WVDIALSECT=test
+MODEMPORT=/dev/modem
+LINESPEED=115200
+PAPNAME=test
+USERCTL=true
+ONBOOT=no
+PERSIST=no
+DEFROUTE=yes
+PEERDNS=yes
+DEMAND=no
+IDLETIMEOUT=600</pre><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP)</em> is another dialup interface, although it is used less frequently. SLIP files have interface configuration file names such as <code class="filename">ifcfg-sl0</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				これらのファイルで使用できる他のオプションを以下に示します:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DEFROUTE=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — デフォルト ルートとしてこのインターフェースを設定します。
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — デフォルト ルートとしてこのインターフェースを設定しません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DEMAND=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This interface allows <code class="command">pppd</code> to initiate a connection when someone attempts to use it.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — A connection must be manually established for this interface.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">IDLETIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> is the number of seconds of idle activity before the interface disconnects itself.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">INITSTRING=<em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> </code> is the initialization string passed to the modem device. This option is primarily used in conjunction with SLIP interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">LINESPEED=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> is the baud rate of the device. Possible standard values include <code class="command">57600</code>, <code class="command">38400</code>, <code class="command">19200</code>, and <code class="command">9600</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MODEMPORT=<em class="replaceable"><code>device</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>device</code></em> </code> is the name of the serial device that is used to establish the connection for the interface.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MTU=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> is the <em class="firstterm">Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)</em> setting for the interface. The MTU refers to the largest number of bytes of data a frame can carry, not counting its header information. In some dialup situations, setting this to a value of <code class="command">576</code> results in fewer packets dropped and a slight improvement to the throughput for a connection.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">NAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> is the reference to the title given to a collection of dialup connection configurations.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">PAPNAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> is the username given during the <em class="firstterm">Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)</em> exchange that occurs to allow connections to a remote system.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">PERSIST=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This interface should be kept active at all times, even if deactivated after a modem hang up.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — This interface should not be kept active at all times.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">REMIP=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the IP address of the remote system. This is usually left unspecified.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">WVDIALSECT=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> associates this interface with a dialer configuration in <code class="filename">/etc/wvdial.conf</code>. This file contains the phone number to be dialed and other important information for the interface.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other">6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				他の一般的なインターフェイス設定ファイルは次の項目を含みます:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-lo</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							ローカルの <em class="firstterm">ループバック インターフェイス</em> はよくテストで 使用されるだけでなく、同じシステムを指定し直す IP アドレスを必要とするさまざまなアプリケーションでも使用されます。ループバックデバイスに送信されたデータはすぐにホストのネットワーク層に戻されます。
+						</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>ifrcfg-lo スクリプトは手動で編集しません</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								The loopback interface script, <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-lo</code>, should never be edited manually. Doing so can prevent the system from operating correctly.
+							</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-irlan0</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							<em class="firstterm">赤外線インターフェース</em> によって、ラップトップとプリンタなどデバイス間の情報を赤外線リンク上で流すことができます。これは、通常ピアツーピア接続で可能という事以外はイーサネットと同じような方法で動作します。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-plip0</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							<em class="firstterm">PLIP (Parallel Line Interface Protocol)</em> 接続も、パラレルポートを使用すること以外は、殆んどイーサネットデバイスと同様な方法で動作します。
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-control"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-control">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</h2></div></div></div><a id="id674822" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id674843" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1030990" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id909221" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The interface control scripts activate and deactivate system interfaces. There are two primary interface control scripts that call on control scripts located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory: <code class="command">/sbin/ifdown</code> and <code class="command">/sbin/ifup</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">ifup</code> and <code class="filename">ifdown</code> interface scripts are symbolic links to scripts in the <code class="filename">/sbin/</code> directory. When either of these scripts are called, they require the value of the interface to be specified, such as:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ifup eth0</code></pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>インターフェースのスクリプト ifup と ifdown を使う</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">ifup</code> and <code class="filename">ifdown</code> interface scripts are the only scripts that the user should use to bring up and take down network interfaces.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				参考のために以下にスクリプトの例をあげておきます。
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Two files used to perform a variety of network initialization tasks during the process of bringing up a network interface are <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/functions</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-networkscripts-functions">「ネットワーク機能ファイル」</a> for more information.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			After verifying that an interface has been specified and that the user executing the request is allowed to control the interface, the correct script brings the interface up or down. The following are common interface control scripts found within the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-aliases</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						複数の IP アドレスが 1 つのインターフェイスに関連付けられている場合、インターフェース設定ファイルから IP エイリアスを設定します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">ifup-ippp</code> and <code class="filename">ifdown-ippp</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						ISDN インターフェースをアップとダウンする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-ipv6</code> と <code class="filename">ifdown-ipv6</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						IPv6 インターフェースをアップとダウンする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-plip</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						PLIP インターフェースをアップする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-plusb</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						ネットワーク接続用の USB インターフェースをアップする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-post</code> と <code class="filename">ifdown-post</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						これらには、インターフェイスを立ち上げた後、及び停止した後に実行されるコマンドが含まれています。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-ppp</code> と <code class="filename">ifdown-ppp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						PPP インターフェースをアップとダウンする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-routes</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						デバイスの静的ルートを、そのインターフェイスがアップするときに追加します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifdown-sit</code> と <code class="filename">ifup-sit</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						IPv4 接続内にある IPv6 トンネルのアップ/ダウンに関連した機能呼び出しを含みます。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-wireless</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						ワイヤレスインターフェースをアップする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>ネットワーク スクリプトの修正と削除をする際は注意をしてください!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Removing or modifying any scripts in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory can cause interface connections to act irregularly or fail. Only advanced users should modify scripts related to a network interface.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The easiest way to manipulate all network scripts simultaneously is to use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command on the network service (<code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/network</code>), as illustrated the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em> network.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			Here, <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em> can be either <code class="command">start</code>, <code class="command">stop</code>, or <code class="command">restart</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			設定したデバイスと現在アクティブになっているネットワーク インターフェースの一覧を表示するには、次のコマンドを使用します:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service network status</code></pre></div><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-static-routes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-static-routes">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			If static routes are required, they can be configured for each interface. This can be useful if you have multiple interfaces in different subnets. Use the <code class="command">route</code> command to display the IP routing table.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Static route configuration is stored in a <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/route-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> </code> file. For example, static routes for the eth0 interface would be stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/route-eth0</code> file. The <code class="filename">route-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> </code> file has two formats: IP command arguments and network/netmask directives.
+		</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id966956">IP コマンドの引数形式</h5>
+				Define a default gateway on the first line. This is only required if the default gateway is not set via DHCP:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">default via <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> dev <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> is the IP address of the default gateway. The <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> is the interface that is connected to, or can reach, the default gateway.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Define a static route. Each line is parsed as an individual route:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X/X</code></em> via <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> dev <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X/X</code></em> is the network number and netmask for the static route. <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> are the IP address and interface for the default gateway respectively. The <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> address does not have to be the default gateway IP address. In most cases, <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> will be an IP address in a different subnet, and <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> will be the interface that is connected to, or can reach, that subnet. Add as many static routes as required.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following is a sample <code class="filename">route-eth0</code> file using the IP command arguments format. The default gateway is 192.168.0.1, interface eth0. The two static routes are for the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">default via 192.168.0.1 dev eth0
+10.10.10.0/24 via 192.168.0.1 dev eth0
+172.16.1.0/24 via 192.168.0.1 dev eth0</pre><div class="para">
+			Static routes should only be configured for other subnets. The above example is not necessary, since packets going to the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks will use the default gateway anyway. Below is an example of setting static routes to a different subnet, on a machine in a 192.168.0.0/24 subnet. The example machine has an eth0 interface in the 192.168.0.0/24 subnet, and an eth1 interface (10.10.10.1) in the 10.10.10.0/24 subnet:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">10.10.10.0/24 via 10.10.10.1 dev eth1</pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>デフォルト ゲートウェイの複製</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If the default gateway is already assigned from DHCP, the IP command arguments format can cause one of two errors during start-up, or when bringing up an interface from the down state using the <code class="command">ifup</code> command: "RTNETLINK answers: File exists" or 'Error: either "to" is a duplicate, or "<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em>" is a garbage.', where <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> is the gateway, or a different IP address. These errors can also occur if you have another route to another network using the default gateway. Both of these errors are safe to ignore.
+			</div></div></div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id817529">ネットワーク/ネットマスク ディレクティブの形式</h5>
+				You can also use the network/netmask directives format for <code class="filename">route-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> </code> files. The following is a template for the network/netmask format, with instructions following afterwards:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em>
+NETMASK0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em>
+GATEWAY0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em></pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code> はスタティック ルートのネットワーク番号です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="computeroutput">NETMASK0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code> is the netmask for the network number defined with <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="computeroutput">GATEWAY0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code> is the default gateway, or an IP address that can be used to reach <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code>
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			The following is a sample <code class="filename">route-eth0</code> file using the network/netmask directives format. The default gateway is 192.168.0.1, interface eth0. The two static routes are for the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks. However, as mentioned before, this example is not necessary as the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks would use the default gateway anyway:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">ADDRESS0=10.10.10.0
+NETMASK0=255.255.255.0
+GATEWAY0=192.168.0.1
+ADDRESS1=172.16.1.0
+NETMASK1=255.255.255.0
+GATEWAY1=192.168.0.1</pre><div class="para">
+			Subsequent static routes must be numbered sequentially, and must not skip any values. For example, <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0</code>, <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS1</code>, <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS2</code>, and so on.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Below is an example of setting static routes to a different subnet, on a machine in the 192.168.0.0/24 subnet. The example machine has an eth0 interface in the 192.168.0.0/24 subnet, and an eth1 interface (10.10.10.1) in the 10.10.10.0/24 subnet:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">ADDRESS0=10.10.10.0
+NETMASK0=255.255.255.0
+GATEWAY0=10.10.10.1</pre><div class="para">
+			Note that if DHCP is used, it can assign these settings automatically.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-functions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-functions">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id686850" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora makes use of several files that contain important common functions used to bring interfaces up and down. Rather than forcing each interface control file to contain these functions, they are grouped together in a few files that are called upon when necessary.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions</code> file contains the most commonly used IPv4 functions, which are useful to many interface control scripts. These functions include contacting running programs that have requested information about changes in the status of an interface, setting hostnames, finding a gateway device, verifying whether or not a particular device is down, and adding a default route.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			As the functions required for IPv6 interfaces are different from IPv4 interfaces, a <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions-ipv6</code> file exists specifically to hold this information. The functions in this file configure and delete static IPv6 routes, create and remove tunnels, add and remove IPv6 addresses to an interface, and test for the existence of an IPv6 address on an interface.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-resources">6.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1004707" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			ネットワークインターフェースに関して詳細に説明しているリソースを以下に示します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-docs-inst"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/initscripts-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/sysconfig.txt</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							この章では触れていない IPv6 オプションなど、ネットワーク設定ファイル用に利用可能なオプションへの手引きです。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/iproute-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/ip-cref.ps</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This file contains a wealth of information about the <code class="command">ip</code> command, which can be used to manipulate routing tables, among other things. Use the <span class="application"><strong>ggv</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>kghostview</strong></span> application to view this file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div><div class="part" id="part-Infrastructure_Services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id905975"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートはサービスと daemon の設定、認証の設定とリモートからのログインを有効にする方法についての情報を提供します。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7. Services and Daemons</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-running">7.2. Running Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-running">7.2.2. Running the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-stopping">7.2.3. Stopping the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="
 #s3-services-running-restarting">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-additional-resources">7.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-services-additional-resources-books">7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Configuring_Authentication">8. 認証の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Opt
 ions">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features">8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services">8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a
  href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-OpenSSH">9. OpenSSH</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</a></span></dt><dt><span c
 lass="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-configuration">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-requiring">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs">9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-clients">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span 
 class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-scp">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-sftp">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-beyondshell">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip">9.4.2. ポート転送</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-openssh-additional-resources">9.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-openssh-useful-websites">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><
 /dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Services_and_Daemons" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第7章 Services and Daemons</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-running">7.2. Running Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-running">7.2.2. Running the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-stopping">7.2.3. Stopping the Service
 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-services-running-restarting">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-services-additional-resources">7.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-services-additional-resources-books">7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id656950" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Maintaining security on your system is extremely important, and one approach for this task is to manage access to system services carefully. Your system may need to provide open access to particular services (for example, <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> if you are running a web server). However, if you do not need to provide a service, you should turn it off to minimize your exposure to possible bug exploits.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter covers the configuration of the services to be run when a system is started, and provides information on how to start, stop, and restart the services on the command line using the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+	</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Keep the system secure</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			When you allow access for new services, always remember that both the firewall and <span class="application"><strong>SELinux</strong></span> need to be configured as well. One of the most common mistakes committed when configuring a new service is neglecting to implement the necessary firewall configuration and SELinux policies to allow access for it. Refer to the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em> (see <a class="xref" href="#s1-services-additional-resources">「その他のリソース」</a>) for more information.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-services-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1042072" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id733244" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To allow you to configure which services are started at boot time, Fedora is shipped with the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> command line tool.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use the ntsysv and chkconfig utilities</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although it is still possible to use the <span class="application"><strong>ntsysv</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>chkconfig</strong></span> utilities to manage services that have init scripts installed in the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/</code> directory, it is advised that you use the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+			</div></div></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Enabling the irqbalance service</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To ensure optimal performance on POWER architecture, it is recommended that the <code class="systemitem">irqbalance</code> service is enabled. In most cases, this service is installed and configured to run during the Fedora 15 installation. To verify that <code class="systemitem">irqbalance</code> is running, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl status irqbalance.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-configuration-enabling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To configure a service to be automatically started at boot time, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">enable</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The service will be started the next time you boot the system. For information on how to start the service immediately, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-services-running-running">「Running the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-configuration-enabling"><h6>例7.1 Enabling the httpd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					Imagine you want to run the Apache HTTP Server on your system. Provided that you have the <span class="package">httpd</span> package installed, you can enable the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl enable httpd.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-configuration-disabling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To disable starting a service at boot time, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">disable</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The next time you boot the system, the service will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be started. For information on how to stop the service immediately, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-services-running-stopping">「Stopping the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-configuration-disabling"><h6>例7.2 Disabling the telnet service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					In order to secure the system, users are advised to disable insecure connection protocols such as Telnet. You can make sure that the <code class="systemitem">telnet</code> service is disabled by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl disable telnet.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-services-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-services-running">7.2. Running Services</h2></div></div></div><a id="id880354" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id710167" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility also allows you to determine the status of a particular service, as well as to start, stop, or restart a service.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use the service utility</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although it is still possible to use the <span class="application"><strong>service</strong></span> utility to manage services that have init scripts installed in the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/</code> directory, it is advised that you use the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-checking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To determine the status of a particular service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">status</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This command provides detailed information on the service's status. However, if you merely need to verify that a service is running, you can use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form instead:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">is-active</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-checking"><h6>例7.3 Checking the status of the httpd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="#exam-services-configuration-enabling">例7.1「Enabling the httpd service」</a> illustrated how to enable starting the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service at boot time. Imagine that the system has been restarted and you need to verify that the service is really running. You can do so by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">systemctl is-active httpd.service</code>
+active</pre><div class="para">
+					You can also display detailed information about the service by running the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">systemctl status httpd.service</code>
+httpd.service - LSB: start and stop Apache HTTP Server
+          Loaded: loaded (/etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd)
+          Active: active (running) since Mon, 23 May 2011 21:38:57 +0200; 27s ago
+         Process: 2997 ExecStart=/etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd start (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS)
+        Main PID: 3002 (httpd)
+          CGroup: name=systemd:/system/httpd.service
+                  ├ 3002 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3004 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3005 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3006 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3007 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3008 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3009 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3010 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  â”” 3011 /usr/sbin/httpd</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				To display a list of all active system services, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl list-units --type=service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This command provides a tabular output with each line consisting of the following columns:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">UNIT</code> — A <code class="systemitem">systemd</code> unit name. In this case, a service name.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">LOAD</code> — Information whether the <code class="systemitem">systemd</code> unit was properly loaded.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">ACTIVE</code> — A high-level unit activation state.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SUB</code> — A low-level unit activation state.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">JOB</code> — A pending job for the unit.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">DESCRIPTION</code> — A brief description of the unit.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-checking-all"><h6>例7.4 Listing all active services</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					You can list all active services by using the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">systemctl list-units --type=service</code>
+UNIT                      LOAD   ACTIVE SUB     JOB DESCRIPTION
+abrt-ccpp.service         loaded active exited      LSB: Installs coredump handler which saves segfault data
+abrt-oops.service         loaded active running     LSB: Watches system log for oops messages, creates ABRT dump directories for each oops
+abrtd.service             loaded active running     ABRT Automated Bug Reporting Tool
+accounts-daemon.service   loaded active running     Accounts Service
+atd.service               loaded active running     Job spooling tools
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+					In the example above, the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> service is loaded, active, and running, and it does not have any pending jobs.
+				</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-running">7.2.2. Running the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To run a service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">start</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will start the service in the current session. To configure the service to be started at boot time, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-services-configuration-enabling">「Enabling the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-running"><h6>例7.5 Running the httpd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="#exam-services-configuration-enabling">例7.1「Enabling the httpd service」</a> illustrated how to run the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service at boot time. You can start the service immediately by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl start httpd.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-stopping">7.2.3. Stopping the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To stop a service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">stop</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will stop the service in the current session. To disable starting the service at boot time, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-services-configuration-enabling">「Enabling the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-stopping"><h6>例7.6 Stopping the telnet service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="#exam-services-configuration-disabling">例7.2「Disabling the telnet service」</a> illustrated how to disable starting the <code class="systemitem">telnet</code> service at boot time. You can stop the service immediately by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl stop telnet.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-restarting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-restarting">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To restart a service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">restart</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-restarting"><h6>例7.7 Restarting the sshd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					For any changes in the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code> configuration file to take effect, it is required that you restart the <code class="systemitem">sshd</code> service. You can do so by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl restart httpd.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-services-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-services-additional-resources">7.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-services-additional-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">systemctl</code>(1) — The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-services-additional-resources-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-services-additional-resources-books">7.3.2. 関連書籍</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A guide to securing Fedora. It contains valuable information on how to set up the firewall, as well as the configuration of <span class="application"><strong>SELinux</strong></span>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Configuring_Authentication" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第8章 認証の設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></span></
 dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features">8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services">8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#chap-SSSD_User
 _Guide-Troubleshooting">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1645196" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1645182" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			When a user logs in to a Fedora system, the username and password combination must be verified, or <em class="firstterm">authenticated</em>, as a valid and active user. Sometimes the information to verify the user is located on the local system, and other times the system defers the authentication to a user database on a remote system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration Tool</strong></span> provides a graphical interface for configuring user information retrieval from <em class="firstterm">Lightweight Directory Access Protocol</em> (LDAP), <em class="firstterm"> Network Information Service</em> (NIS), and <em class="firstterm">Winbind</em> user account databases. This tool also allows you to configure Kerberos to be used as the authentication protocol when using LDAP or NIS.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using a high or medium security level</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If you configured a medium or high security level during installation (or with the <span class="application"><strong>Security Level Configuration Tool</strong></span>), then the firewall will prevent NIS authentication. For more information about firewalls, refer to the <em class="citetitle">"Firewalls"</em> section of the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em>.
+			</div></div></div><a id="id751473" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id751451" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To start the graphical version of the <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration</strong></span> tool from the desktop, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Authentication</strong></span> form the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu or type the command <code class="command">system-config-authentication</code> at a shell prompt (for example, in an <span class="application"><strong>XTerm</strong></span> or a <span class="application"><strong>GNOME</strong></span> terminal).
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>変更は即座に適用されます</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				After exiting the authentication program, any changes you made take effect immediately.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Identity &amp; Authentication</strong></span> tab allows you to configure how users should be authenticated, and has several options for each method of authentication. To select which user account database should be used, select an option from the drop-down list.
+			</div><div class="figure"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png" align="middle" alt="Identity &amp; Authentication; changing the option in the User Account Database drop-down list changes the contents of the tab" /></div></div><h6>図8.1 Identity &amp; Authentication; changing the option in the User Account Database drop-down list changes the contents of the tab</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				以下の一覧は各オプションの説明です。
+			</div><h4 id="id1635777">LDAP</h4><a id="id1635785" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP</strong></span> option instructs the system to retrieve user information via LDAP. It contains the following specifications:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP Search Base DN</strong></span> — Specifies that user information should be retrieved using the listed Distinguished Name (DN).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP Server</strong></span> — <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> サーバーのアドレスを指定します。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Use TLS to encrypt connections</strong></span> — When enabled, <code class="systemitem">Transport Layer Security</code> (TLC) will be used to encrypt passwords sent to the <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server. The <span class="guibutton"><strong>Download CA Certificate</strong></span> option allows you to specify a URL from which to download a valid <em class="firstterm">Certificate Authority certificate</em> (CA). A valid CA certificate must be in the <em class="firstterm">Privacy Enhanced Mail</em> (PEM) format.
+					</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using ldaps:// in the LDAP Server field</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Use TLS to encrypt connections</strong></span> option must not be ticked if an <code class="systemitem">ldaps://</code> server address is specified in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP Server</strong></span> field.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						For more information about CA Certificates, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">「証明書とセキュリティの概要」</a>.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">openldap-clients</code> package must be installed for this option to work.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information about LDAP, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				LDAP は次の認証方法を提供します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><a id="id997247" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Kerberos password</strong></span> — This option enables Kerberos authentication. It contains the following specifications: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Realm</strong></span> — Configures the realm for the Kerberos server. The realm is the network that uses Kerberos, composed of one or more KDCs and a potentially large number of clients.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>KDCs</strong></span> — Defines the Key Distribution Centers (KDC), which are servers that issue Kerberos tickets.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Admin Servers</strong></span> — Specifies the administration server(s) running <code class="command">kadmind</code>.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The <span class="guimenu"><strong>Kerberos Settings</strong></span> dialog also allows you to use DNS to resolve hosts to realms and locate KDCs for realms.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The <code class="filename">krb5-libs</code> and <code class="filename">krb5-workstation</code> packages must be installed for this option to work. For more information about Kerberos, refer to section <em class="citetitle">Using Kerberos</em> of the Fedora 15 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> guide.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP password</strong></span> — This option instructs standard PAM-enabled applications to use LDAP authentication with options specified in the User Account Configuration of LDAP. When using this option, you must provide an <code class="systemitem">ldaps://</code> server address or use TLS for LDAP authentication.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>SSSD サービスの設定</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The SSSD service is used as a client for LDAP and Kerberos servers. Thus, offline login is enabled and supported by default. No user interaction is needed to set up the SSSD service with the <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration Tool</strong></span>. For more information about the SSSD service, refer to <a class="xref" href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction">「The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)」</a>
+				</div></div></div><h4 id="id898029">NIS</h4><a id="id653930" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>NIS</strong></span> option configures the system to connect to a NIS server (as an NIS client) for user and password authentication. To configure this option, specify the NIS domain and NIS server. If the NIS server is not specified, the daemon attempts to find it via broadcast.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">ypbind</span> package must be installed for this option to work. If the NIS user account database is used, the <code class="systemitem">portmap</code> and <code class="systemitem">ypbind</code> services are started and are also enabled to start at boot time.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information about NIS, refer to section <em class="citetitle">"Securing NIS"</em> of the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				NIS は次の認証方法を提供します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Kerberos password</strong></span> — This option enables Kerberos authentication. For more information about configuration of the Kerberos authentication method, refer to the previous section on LDAP.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a id="id817389" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <span class="guilabel"><strong>NIS password</strong></span> — This option enables NIS authentication. NIS can provide authentication information to outside processes to authenticate users.
+					</div></li></ul></div><h4 id="id817364">Winbind</h4><a id="id817358" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind</strong></span> option configures the system to connect to a Windows Active Directory or a Windows domain controller. User information from the specified directory or domain controller can then be accessed, and server authentication options can be configured. It contains the following specifications:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind Domain</strong></span> — Specifies the Windows Active Directory or domain controller to connect to.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Security Model</strong></span> — Allows you to select a security model, which configures the Samba client mode of operation. The drop-down list allows you to select any of the following: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>ads</strong></span> — This mode instructs Samba to act as a domain member in an Active Directory Server (ADS) realm. To operate in this mode, the <code class="filename">krb5-server</code> package must be installed, and Kerberos must be configured properly.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>domain</strong></span> — In this mode, Samba will attempt to validate the username/password by authenticating it through a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, similar to how a Windows NT Server would.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>server</strong></span> — In this mode, Samba will attempt to validate the username/password by authenticating it through another SMB server (for example, a Windows NT Server). If the attempt fails, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>user</strong></span> mode will take effect instead.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>user</strong></span> — This is the default mode. With this level of security, a client must first log in with a valid username and password. Encrypted passwords can also be used in this security mode.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind ADS Realm</strong></span> — When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>ads</strong></span> Security Model is selected, this allows you to specify the ADS Realm the Samba server should act as a domain member of.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind Domain Controllers</strong></span> — Use this option to specify which domain controller <code class="command">winbind</code> should use. For more information about domain controllers, please refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-samba-domain-controller">「Domain Controller」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Template Shell</strong></span> — When filling out the user information for a Windows NT user, the <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon uses the value chosen here to specify the login shell for that user.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Allow offline login</strong></span> — By checking this option, you allow authentication information to be stored in a local cache (provided by SSSD). This information is then used when a user attempts to authenticate while offline.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For more information about the <code class="command">winbindd</code> service, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-samba-daemons">「Samba デーモンと関連サービス」</a>.
+			</div><a id="id1077444" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Winbind provides only one method of authentication, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind password</strong></span>. This method of authentication uses the options specified in the User Account Configuration of Winbind to connect to a Windows Active Directory or a Windows domain controller.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				This tab allows you to configure advanced options, as listed below.
+			</div><div class="figure"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/authconfig_advanced.png" align="middle" width="444" alt="高度なオプション" /></div></div><h6>図8.2 高度なオプション</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><h4 id="id888668">ローカルの認証オプション</h4><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><a id="id888662" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable fingerprint reader support</strong></span> — By checking this option, you enable fingerprint authentication to log in by scanning your finger with the fingerprint reader.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable local access control</strong></span> — When enabled, <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code> is consulted for authorization of a user.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Password Hashing Algorithm</strong></span> — This option lets you specify which hashing or cryptographic algorithm should be used to encrypt locally stored passwords.
+					</div></li></ul></div><h4 id="id842725">その他の認証オプション</h4><div class="para">
+				<span class="guilabel"><strong>Create home directories on the first login</strong></span> — When enabled, the user's home directory is automatically created when they log in if it does not already exist.
+			</div><h4 id="id842746">スマート カードの認証オプション</h4><a id="id842743" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable smart card support</strong></span> — This option enables smart card authentication. Smart card authentication allows you to log in using a certificate and a key associated with a smart card.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable smart card support</strong></span> option is checked, the following options can be specified: 
+				<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Card Removal Action</strong></span> — This option defines what action the system performs when the card is removed from the card reader during an active session. Two alternatives are available: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<span class="guilabel"><strong>Ignore</strong></span> — The card removal is ignored and the system continues to function as normal.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<span class="guilabel"><strong>Lock</strong></span> — The current session is immediately locked.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Require smart card login</strong></span> — Requires the user to login and authenticate with a smart card. It essentially disables any other type of password authentication. This option should not be selected until after you have successfully logged in using a smart card.
+						</div></li></ul></div>
+
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">pam_pkcs11</span> and the <span class="package">coolkey</span> packages must be installed for this option to work. For more information about smart cards, refer to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 <a href="http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html/Managing_Smart_Cards/enabling-smart-card-login.html">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards Guide</a>. 
+				<div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>前の設定を復元するには Revert をクリックする</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						You can restore all of the options specified in the <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration Tool</strong></span> to the previous configuration setup by clicking <span class="guibutton"><strong>Revert</strong></span>.
+					</div></div></div>
+
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</h3></div></div></div><a id="id867851" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration</strong></span> tool also supports a command line interface. The command line version can be used in a configuration script or a kickstart script. The authentication options are summarized in <a class="xref" href="#tb-authconfig-cmd-line">表8.1「コマンドライン オプション」</a>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Getting the list of supported authentication options</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					These options can also be found in the <code class="command">authconfig</code> man page or by typing <code class="command">authconfig --help</code> at the shell prompt.
+				</div></div></div><div class="table" id="tb-authconfig-cmd-line"><h6>表8.1 コマンドライン オプション</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="コマンドライン オプション" border="1"><colgroup><col width="60%" class="option" /><col width="40%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableshadow, --useshadow</code>
+							</td><td>
+								シャドウパスワードを有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableshadow</code>
+							</td><td>
+								シャドウパスワードを解除する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--passalgo=<em class="replaceable"><code>descrypt|bigcrypt|md5|sha256|sha512</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								ハッシュ/
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablenis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの NIS を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablenis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの NIS を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--nisdomain=<em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								NIS ドメインを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--nisserver=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								NIS サーバーを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableldap</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの LDAP を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableldap</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの LDAP を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableldaptls</code>
+							</td><td>
+								LDAP で TLS の使用を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableldaptls</code>
+							</td><td>
+								LDAP で TLS の使用を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablerfc2307bis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Enable use of RFC-2307bis schema for LDAP user information lookups
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablerfc2307bis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Disable use of RFC-2307bis schema for LDAP user information lookups
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableldapauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証の LDAP を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableldapauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証の LDAP を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--ldapserver=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								LDAP サーバーを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--ldapbasedn=<em class="replaceable"><code>dn</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify an LDAP base DN (Distinguished Name)
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--ldaploadcacert=<em class="replaceable"><code>URL</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Load a CA certificate from the specified URL
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablekrb5</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Enable Kerberos for authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablekrb5</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Disable Kerberos for authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--krb5kdc=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify Kerberos KDC server
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--krb5adminserver=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos の管理サーバーを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--krb5realm=<em class="replaceable"><code>realm</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos の realm を指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablekrb5kdcdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos KDC の検索に DNS の使用を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablekrb5kdcdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos KDC の検索に DNS の使用を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablekrb5realmdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos realm の検索に DNS の使用を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablekrb5realmdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos realm の検索に DNS の使用を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbind</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの winbind を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbind</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの winbind を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbindauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証で winbindauth を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbindauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証で winbindauth を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindseparator=<em class="replaceable"><code>\</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Character used to separate the domain and user part of winbind usernames if <code class="command">winbindusedefaultdomain</code> is not enabled
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindtemplatehomedir=<em class="replaceable"><code>/home/%D/%U</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								winbind ユーザーがホームとするディレクトリ
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindtemplateprimarygroup=<em class="replaceable"><code>nobody</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								winbind ユーザーが最初のグループとするグループ
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindtemplateshell=<em class="replaceable"><code>/bin/false</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								winbind ユーザーがログインシェルの初期値とするシェル
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbindusedefaultdomain</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー名にドメインのないユーザーはドメイン ユーザーであると winbind に仮定させる
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbindusedefaultdomain</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー名にドメインのないユーザーはドメイン ユーザーではないと winbind に仮定させる
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindjoin=<em class="replaceable"><code>Administrator</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Joins the winbind domain or ADS realm as the specified administrator
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbindoffline</code>
+							</td><td>
+								オフライン ログインを許可する winbind の設定
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbindoffline</code>
+							</td><td>
+								オフライン ログインを防ぐ winbind の設定
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smbsecurity=<em class="replaceable"><code>user|server|domain|ads</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								Security mode to use for the Samba and Winbind services
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smbrealm=<em class="replaceable"><code>realm</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								Default realm for Samba and Winbind services when <span class="guilabel"><strong>security</strong></span> is set to <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>ads</strong></span>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewins</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ホスト名解決で Wins を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewins</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ホスト名解決で Wins を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablesssd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー情報の SSSD を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablesssd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー情報の SSSD を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablecache</code>
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="command">nscd</code> を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablecache</code>
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="command">nscd</code> を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablelocauthorize</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Local authorization is sufficient for local users
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablelocauthorize</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Local users are also authorized through a remote service
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablesysnetauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ネットワーク サービスでシステム アカウントを認証する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablesysnetauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ローカルのファイルのみでシステム アカウントを認証する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablepamaccess</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Check <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code> during account authorization
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablepamaccess</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Do not check <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code> during account authorization
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablemkhomedir</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a home directory for a user on the first login
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablemkhomedir</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Do not create a home directory for a user on the first login
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablesmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								スマートカードでの認証を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablesmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								スマートカードでの認証を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablerequiresmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証にスマートカードを要求する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablerequiresmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証にスマートカードを要求しない
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smartcardmodule=<em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								標準でスマートカードを使う
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smartcardaction=<em class="replaceable"><code>0=Lock|1=Ignore</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								Action to be taken when smart card removal is detected
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablefingerprint</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Enable fingerprint authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablefingerprint</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Disable fingerprint authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--nostart</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Do not start or stop the <code class="command">portmap</code>, <code class="command">ypbind</code>, or <code class="command">nscd</code> services even if they are configured
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--test</code>
+							</td><td>
+								新しい設定の表示のみで設定ファイルの更新をしない
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--update, --kickstart</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Opposite of <code class="command">--test</code>, update configuration files with changed settings
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--updateall</code>
+							</td><td>
+								全設定ファイルを更新する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--probe</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ネットワークデフォルトを調査して表示する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--savebackup=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								全設定ファイルのバックアップを保存する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--restorebackup=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								全設定ファイルのバックアップを復元する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--restorelastbackup</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Restore the backup of configuration files saved before the previous configuration change
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		This section provides an introduction to the <em class="firstterm">System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</em>, the main features that it provides, and discusses the requirements and any limitations of a typical SSSD deployment.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This section also describes how to configure SSSD, and how to use the features that it provides. It provides information on the types of services that it supports and how to configure them, and introduces and describes the most important configuration options. Sample configuration files are also provided to help you optimize your deployment.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD) is a service which provides access to different identity and authentication providers. You can configure SSSD to use a native LDAP domain (that is, an LDAP identity provider with LDAP authentication), or an LDAP identity provider with Kerberos authentication. It provides an NSS and PAM interface to the system, and a pluggable back-end system to connect to multiple different account sources.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD is also extensible; you can configure it to use new identity sources and authentication mechanisms should they arise. In addition, SSSD is fully IPv6-compatible, provided that it is built against <span class="package">c-ares 1.7.1</span> or later and <span class="package">krb5-libs 1.8.1</span> or later.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features">8.2.2. SSSD Features</h3></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Offline_Authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Offline_Authentication">8.2.2.1. Offline Authentication</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				One of the primary benefits of SSSD is offline authentication. This solves the case of users having a separate corporate account and a local machine account because of the common requirement to implement a Virtual Private Network (<abbr class="abbrev">VPN</abbr>).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD can cache remote identities and authentication credentials. This means that you can still authenticate with these remote identities even when a machine is offline. In an SSSD system, you only need to manage one account.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Server_Load_Reduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Server_Load_Reduction">8.2.2.2. Server Load Reduction</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The use of SSSD also helps to reduce the load on identification servers. For example, using <span class="package">nss_ldap</span>, every client application that needs to request user information opens its own connection to the LDAP server. Managing these multiple connections can lead to a heavy load on the LDAP server. In an SSSD system, only the SSSD Data Provider process actually communicates with the LDAP server, reducing the load to one connection per client system.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains">8.2.2.3. Support for Multiple Domains</h4></div></div></div><a id="id719975" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can use SSSD to specify multiple domains of the same type. Compare this to an <code class="filename">nsswitch.conf</code> file configuration, with which you can only request user information from a single server of any particular type (LDAP, NIS, etc.). With SSSD, you can create multiple domains of the same, or of different types of identity provider.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Beginning with version 0.6.0, SSSD maintains a separate database file for each domain. This means that each domain has its own cache, and in the event that problems occur and maintenance is necessary, it is very easy to purge the cache for a single domain, by stopping <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> and deleting the corresponding cache file. These cache files are stored in the <code class="filename">/var/lib/sss/db/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				All cache files are named according to the domain that they represent, for example <code class="filename">cache_<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAINNAME</code></em>.ldb</code>.
+			</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id1064110">Considerations Associated with Deleting Cache Files</h5><a id="id1064100" class="indexterm"></a>
+					Deleting a domain's cache file can have some unexpected side effects. You should be aware of the following before you proceed:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Deleting the cache file also deletes all user data (both identification and cached credentials). Consequently, you should not proceed unless you are online and can authenticate with your username against the domain's servers, because offline authentication will fail.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						If you are online and change your configuration to reference a different identity provider, SSSD will recognize users from both providers until the cached entries from the original provider time out.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						To avoid this situation, you can either purge the cache or use a different domain name for the new provider (this is the recommended practice). Changing the domain name means that when you restart SSSD it will create a new cache file (with the new name) and the old file will be ignored.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="id782063">8.2.2.4. Support for LDAP Referrals</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				SSSD supports two types of LDAP referrals: object-level referrals and subtree referrals. These referral types and the extent of SSSD support is outlined below.
+			</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id782050">8.2.2.4.1. Object-level Referrals</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides full support for object-level referrals within the same LDAP server, correctly handling any differences in the distinguished name (DN) that might exist as part of the LDAP server referral configuration.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides partial support for object-level referrals between different LDAP servers, and requires that the full DN of an LDAP request be identical on each server. SSSD does not support referrals to different DN paths on other servers.
+				</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id896482">8.2.2.4.2. Subtree Referrals</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides a similar level of support for subtree referrals as it does for object-level referrals. That is, it supports referrals to a changed DN on the local system or to an identical DN on a remote system. The difference with subtree referrals, however, is the ability to set up identical subtrees on each LDAP server and to then configure referrals between these subtrees.
+				</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id896467">8.2.2.4.3. Enabling LDAP Referrals</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To take advantage of the SSSD LDAP referral functionality, you need to set the <code class="option">ldap_referrals</code> option to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> in the LDAP domain configuration section of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. This will enable anonymous access to the second LDAP server.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure SSSD is compiled with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or later</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						SSSD only supports LDAP referrals when it is compiled with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or later.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Differentiating_Like_named_Users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Differentiating_Like_named_Users">8.2.2.5. Differentiating Like-named Users</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				SSSD supports the differentiation of like-named users in different domains. For example, you can differentiate the user <code class="systemitem">kate</code> in the <code class="systemitem">ldap.example.com</code> domain from the user <code class="systemitem">kate</code> in the <code class="systemitem">ldap.myhome.com</code> domain. You can use SSSD to make requests using fully-qualified usernames. If you request information for <code class="systemitem">kate</code>, you will receive the information from whichever domain is listed first in the look-up order. If you request information for <code class="systemitem">kate at ldap.myhome.com</code>, however, you will receive the correct user information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD also provides a <code class="option">filter_users</code> option, which you can use to exclude certain users from being fetched from the database. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for full details about this option.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Integration_with_IPA"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Integration_with_IPA">8.2.2.6. Integration with IPA</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Beyond the offline authentication, multiple domain management and other features already described, SSSD is also designed to integrate with and enhance the functionality of IPA clients. In an environment with the latest version of IPA installed, SSSD provides additional functionality, including support for dynamic DNS updates, host-based access control, and password migration from an LDAP-only environment into the LDAP/Kerberos 5 environment employed by IPA.
+			</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id902439">8.2.2.6.1. Support for Dynamic DNS Updates</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Because the IP address of IPA clients can change, SSSD provides the ability to dynamically update the client's DNS entry on the IPA server. Using a combination of Kerberos and GSS-TSIG (Generic Security Service Algorithm for Secret Key Transaction), IPA can determine the identity of the host machine, authenticate it, and allow that machine to edit its own DNS record. These changes are then stored in the LDAP back end.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Each IPA client can only edit its own DNS record</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Using this authentication system means that each IPA client can only edit its own DNS record; it cannot edit the DNS record of any other client.
+					</div></div></div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id902412">Setting up Dynamic DNS Updates</h5>
+						The SSSD configuration file provides two options used for setting up dynamic DNS updates: <code class="option">ipa_dyndns_update</code>, used to enable dynamic DNS updates; and <code class="option">ipa_dyndns_iface</code>, which specifies the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates.
+					</div><div class="para">
+					Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-ipa</em> manual page for more information about these options, and how to configure dynamic DNS updates.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Support for dynamic DNS updates</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Support for dynamic DNS updates is only available on IPA version 2 or later, and with DNS correctly configured.
+					</div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section describes how to install SSSD, how to run the service, and how to configure it for each type of supported information provider.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Installing_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Installing_SSSD">8.2.3.1. Installing SSSD</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Run the following command to install SSSD and any dependencies, including the SSSD client:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command"># yum install sssd</code>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD requires very few dependencies and should install very quickly, depending on the speed of your network connection.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version">8.2.3.1.1. Upgrading from a Previous Version</h5></div></div></div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version-Upgrading_Using_RPM_Packages"><h5 class="formalpara">Upgrading Using RPM Packages</h5>
+						If you are upgrading using RPM packages, the script will run automatically when you upgrade to the new version. This will upgrade the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file to the new format, and copy the existing version to <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf.bak</code>.
+					</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version-Upgrading_Manually"><h5 class="formalpara">Upgrading Manually</h5>
+						It may be necessary to run the upgrade script manually, either because you built SSSD from source files, or because you are using a platform that does not support the use of RPM packages. The synopsis for the script is as follows:
+					</div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">upgrade_config.py</code> [
+						-f INFILE
+					] [
+						-o OUTFILE
+					] [
+						-verbose
+					] [
+						--no-backup
+					]</p></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>-f INFILE</code></em> — the configuration file to upgrade. If not specified, this defaults to <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>-o OUTFILE</code></em> — the name of the upgraded configuration file. If not specified, this defaults to <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>-verbose</code></em> — produce more verbose output during the upgrade process
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>--no-backup</code></em> — do not produce a back-up file. If not specified, this defaults to <code class="filename"><em class="parameter"><code>INFILE</code></em>.bak</code>
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Starting_and_Stopping_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Starting_and_Stopping_SSSD">8.2.3.1.2. Starting and Stopping SSSD</h5></div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Starting SSSD for the first time</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Before you start SSSD for the first time, you need to configure at least one domain. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains">「Configuring Domains」</a> for information on how to configure an SSSD domain.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can use either the <code class="command">service</code> command or the <code class="filename">/etc/init.d/sssd</code> script to control SSSD. For example, run the following command to start <code class="systemitem">sssd</code>:
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="command"># systemctl start sssd.service</code>
+				</div><div class="para">
+					By default, SSSD is configured not to start automatically. There are two ways to change this behavior; if you use the Authentication Configuration tool to configure SSSD, it will reconfigure the default behavior so that SSSD starts when the machine boots. Alternatively, you can use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command, as follows:
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="command"># systemctl enable sssd.service</code>
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Configuring_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Configuring_SSSD">8.2.3.2. Configuring SSSD</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The global configuration of SSSD is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. This file consists of various sections, each of which contains a number of key/value pairs. Some keys accept multiple values; use commas to separate multiple values for such keys. This configuration file uses data types of <span class="type">string</span> (no quotes required), <span class="type">integer</span> and <span class="type">Boolean</span> (with values of <code class="literal">TRUE</code> or <code class="literal">FALSE</code>). Comments are indicated by either a hash sign (#) or a semicolon (;) in the first column. The following example illustrates some of this syntax:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[section]
+# Keys with single values
+key1 = value
+key2 = val2
+
+# Keys with multiple values
+key10 = val10,val11
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Specifying a different configuration file</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You can use the <em class="parameter"><code>-c</code></em> (or <em class="parameter"><code>--config</code></em>) parameter on the command line to specify a different configuration file for SSSD.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The format of the configuration file is described in <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format">「SSSD Configuration File Format」</a>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for more information on global SSSD configuration options.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_NSS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_NSS">8.2.3.2.1. Configuring NSS</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides a new NSS module, <code class="systemitem">sssd_nss</code>, so that you can configure your system to use SSSD to retrieve user information. Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file for your system to use the <code class="systemitem">sss</code> name database. For example:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">passwd: files sss
+group: files sss
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_PAM"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_PAM">8.2.3.2.2. Configuring PAM</h5></div></div></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when changing your PAM configuration</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Use extreme care when changing your PAM configuration. A mistake in the PAM configuration file can lock you out of the system completely. Always back up your configuration files before performing any changes, and keep a session open so that you can revert any changes you make should the need arise.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To enable your system to use SSSD for PAM, you need to edit the default PAM configuration file. On Fedora—based systems, this is the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</code> file. Edit this file to reflect the following example, and then restart <code class="systemitem">sssd</code>:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">#%PAM-1.0
+# This file is auto-generated.
+# User changes will be destroyed the next time authconfig is run.
+auth        required      pam_env.so
+auth        sufficient    pam_unix.so nullok try_first_pass
+auth        requisite     pam_succeed_if.so uid &gt;= 500 quiet
+auth        sufficient    pam_sss.so use_first_pass
+auth        required      pam_deny.so
+
+account     required      pam_unix.so broken_shadow
+account     sufficient    pam_localuser.so
+account     sufficient    pam_succeed_if.so uid &lt; 500 quiet
+account [default=bad success=ok user_unknown=ignore] pam_sss.so
+account     required      pam_permit.so
+
+password    requisite     pam_cracklib.so try_first_pass retry=3
+password    sufficient    pam_unix.so sha512 shadow nullok try_first_pass use_authtok
+password    sufficient    pam_sss.so use_authtok
+password    required      pam_deny.so
+
+session     required      pam_mkhomedir.so umask=0022 skel=/etc/skel/
+session     optional      pam_keyinit.so revoke
+session     required      pam_limits.so
+session     [success=1 default=ignore] pam_succeed_if.so service in crond quiet use_uid
+session     sufficient    pam_sss.so
+session     required      pam_unix.so
+</pre><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="id727431">8.2.3.2.2.1. Using Custom Home Directories with SSSD</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						If your LDAP users have home directories that are not in <code class="filename">/home</code>, and if your system is configured to create home directories the first time your users log in, then these directories will be created with the wrong permissions. For example, instead of a typical home directory such as <code class="filename">/home/&lt;username&gt;</code>, your users might have home directories that include their locale, such as <code class="filename">/home/&lt;locale&gt;/&lt;username&gt;</code>. If this is true for your system, the following steps need to be taken (preemptively):
+					</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Apply the correct SELinux context and permissions from the <code class="filename">/home</code> directory to the home directory that you use on your system. In the example above, the following command would achieve this result (replace the directory names with those that apply to your system): 
+<pre class="screen"># semanage fcontext -a -e /home /home/locale</pre>
+
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Ensure the <span class="package">oddjob-mkhomedir</span> package is installed on your system and then re-run the Authentication Configuration tool.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								This package provides the <code class="systemitem">pam_oddjob_mkhomedir.so</code> library, which the Authentication Configuration tool will then use to create your custom home directories. You need to use this library to create your home directories, and not the default <code class="systemitem">pam_mkhomedir.so</code> library, because the latter cannot create SELinux labels.
+							</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The pam_oddjob_mkhomedir and pam_mkhomedir libraries</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									The Authentication Configuration tool will automatically use the <code class="systemitem">pam_oddjob_mkhomedir.so</code> library if it is available. Otherwise, it will default to using <code class="systemitem">pam_mkhomedir.so</code>.
+								</div></div></div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+						If the preceding steps were not performed before the custom home directories were created, you can use the following commands to correct the permissions and SELinux contexts (again, replace the directory names with those that apply to your system): 
+<pre class="screen"># semanage fcontext -a -e /home /home/locale
+# restorecon -R -v /home/locale</pre>
+
+					</div></div><div class="section" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_PAM-Using_include_Statements_in_PAM_Configurations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_PAM-Using_include_Statements_in_PAM_Configurations">8.2.3.2.2.2. Using "include" Statements in PAM Configurations</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Recent PAM implementations allow you to use <code class="literal">include</code> statements in PAM configurations. For example:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">...
+session     include      system-auth
+session     optional     pam_console.so
+...
+</pre><div class="para">
+						In the preceding example, if a <em class="parameter"><code>sufficient</code></em> condition from <code class="filename">system-auth</code> returns <span class="returnvalue">PAM_SUCCESS</span>, <code class="filename">pam_console.so</code> will not be executed.
+					</div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id1547330">8.2.3.2.3. Configuring Access Control</h5></div></div></div><a id="id775045" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides a rudimentary access control mechanism, offering two solutions based on the value of the <code class="option">access_provider</code> option in the <code class="literal">[domain/&lt;<em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em>&gt;]</code> section in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+				</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="id1084214">8.2.3.2.3.1. The Simple Access Provider</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The first of these solutions is known as the <em class="firstterm">Simple Access Provider</em>, and is based on the implementation of access or deny lists of usernames. To enable the Simple Access Provider, you need to set the <code class="option">access_provider</code> option to <code class="literal">simple</code>, and then add usernames as a comma-separated list to either the <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> or <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> options.
+					</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id694183">Using the Simple Access Provider</h5>
+							By using the Simple Access Provider, you can continue to support a number of network logins to maintain common network accounts on company or department laptops, but you might want to restrict the use of a particular laptop to one or two users. This means that even if a different user authenticated successfully against the same authentication provider, the Simple Access Provider would prevent that user from gaining access.
+						</div><div class="para">
+						The following example demonstrates the use of the Simple Access Provider to grant access to two users. This example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and <code class="systemitem">example.com</code> is one of the domains specified in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section, and only shows the Simple Access Provider-specific options.
+					</div><pre class="screen">[domain/example.com]
+access_provider = simple
+simple_allow_users = user1, user2</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the Local ID provider</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							The Local ID provider does not support <code class="option">simple</code> as an access provider.
+						</div></div></div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id1043813">Access Control Rules</h5><a id="id1751492" class="indexterm"></a>
+							The Simple Access Provider adheres to the following three rules to determine which users should or should not be granted access: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If both lists are empty, access is granted.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> is set, only users from this list are allowed access. This setting supersedes the <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> list (which would be redundant).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If the <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> list is empty, users are allowed access unless they appear in the <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> list.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+							 <div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not define both simple_allow_users and simple_deny_users</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Defining both <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> and <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> is a configuration error. If this occurs, SSSD will output an error to the <code class="filename">/var/log/sssd/sssd_default.log</code> log file when loading the back end, but continue to start normally. Future versions of SSSD will output an error and fail to start.
+								</div></div></div>
+
+						</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="id672456">8.2.3.2.3.2. The LDAP Access Provider</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The second access control solution uses the LDAP server itself as the access provider (<code class="option">access_provider=ldap</code>) and the associated filter option (<code class="option">ldap_access_filter</code>) to specify which users are granted access to the specified host. Note that these two options are codependent; if you use LDAP as your access provider then you must specify a value for the <code class="option">ldap_access_filter</code> option, otherwise all users will be denied access. If you are not using LDAP as your access provider, then the <code class="option">ldap_access_filter</code> option has no effect.
+					</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id714333">Using the LDAP Access Provider</h5>
+							The following example demonstrates the use of the LDAP Access Provider to grant access to members of the "allowedusers" group in LDAP. This example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and <code class="systemitem">example.com</code> is one of the domains specified in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section, and only shows the LDAP Access Provider-specific options.
+						</div><pre class="screen">[domain/example.com]
+access_provider = ldap
+ldap_access_filter = memberOf=cn=allowedusers,ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using offline caching</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether or not the user's last online login attempt was successful. If they were granted access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access while offline, and vice-versa.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-ldap</em> manual page for more information about using the LDAP Access Provider.
+					</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover">8.2.3.2.4. Configuring Failover</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The failover feature allows back ends to automatically switch to a different server if the primary server fails. These servers are entered as a case-insensitive, comma-separated list in the <code class="literal">[domain/&lt;<em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em>&gt;]</code> sections of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file, and listed in order of preference. This list can contain any number of servers.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For example, if you have configured a native LDAP domain, you could specify the following as your <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> values:
+				</div><pre class="screen">ldap_uri = ldap://ldap0.mydomain.org, ldap://ldap1.mydomain.org, ldap://ldap2.mydomain.org</pre><div class="para">
+					In this configuration, <code class="uri">ldap://ldap0.mydomain.org</code> functions as the primary server. If this server fails, the SSSD failover mechanism first attempts to connect to <code class="uri">ldap1.mydomain.org</code>, and if that server is unavailable, it then attempts to connect to <code class="uri">ldap2.mydomain.org</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If the parameter that specifies which server to connect to for the specific domain (for example, <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>krb5_server</code></em>, …) is not specified, the back end defaults to using <em class="replaceable"><code>Use service discovery</code></em>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a> for more information on service discovery.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use multiple ldap_uri parameters</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Do not use multiple <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> parameters to specify your failover servers. The failover servers must be entered as a comma-separated list of values for a single <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> parameter. If you enter multiple <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> parameters, SSSD only recognizes the last entry.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Future versions of SSSD will throw an error upon receiving additional <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> entries.
+					</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">8.2.3.2.4.1. Using SRV Records with Failover</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						SSSD also supports the use of SRV records in its failover configuration. This means that you can specify a server that is later resolved into a list of specific servers using SRV requests. The <em class="parameter"><code>priority</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>weight</code></em> attributes of SRV records provide further opportunity for specifying which servers should be contacted first in the event that the primary server fails.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For every service with which you want to use service discovery, you need to add a special DNS record to your DNS server using the following form:
+					</div><pre class="screen">_<em class="replaceable"><code>service</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>domain TTL priority weight port hostname</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+						A typical configuration would contain multiple such records, each with a different priority (for failover) and different weights (for load balancing).
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The client then makes an SRV DNS query to retrieve a list of host names, their priorities, and weights. These queries are of the form _<em class="replaceable"><code>service</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em>, for example, <code class="literal">_ldap._tcp._redhat.com</code>. The client then sorts this list according to the priorities and weights, and connects to the first server in this sorted list.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For more information on SRV records, refer to <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2782">RFC 2782</a>.
+					</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-How_the_Failover_Mechanism_Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-How_the_Failover_Mechanism_Works">8.2.3.2.4.2. How the Failover Mechanism Works</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The failover mechanism distinguishes between machines and services. The back end first tries to resolve the hostname of a given machine; if this resolution attempt fails, the machine is considered offline. No further attempts are made to connect to this machine for any other service. If the resolution attempt succeeds, the back end tries to connect to a service on this machine. If the service connection attempt fails, then only this particular service is considered offline and the back end automatically switches over to the next service. The machine is still considered online and might still be tried for another service.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The failover mechanism does not handle DNS A records with multiple IP addresses; instead it only uses the first address. DNS round-robin cannot be used for failover. Further, providing multiple A records does not provide failover. Only the first A record is used, and if a lookup attempt on the first record fails then the system attempts no further lookups. To find multiple servers with a single request, and thus implementing failover, SSSD relies on SRV resource records, as explained in <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Further connection attempts are made to machines or services marked as offline after a specified period of time; this is currently hard coded to 30 seconds. If there are no more machines to try, the back end as a whole switches to offline mode, and then attempts to reconnect every 30 seconds.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services">8.2.4. Configuring Services</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD services that are started and stopped together with SSSD. The services provided by SSSD have their own configuration sections. The <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section also lists the services that are active and should be started when <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> starts within the <code class="command">services</code> directive.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD currently provides several services:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">NSS</code> — An NSS provider service that answers NSS requests from the <code class="systemitem">sssd_nss</code> module.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">PAM</code> — A PAM provider service that manages a PAM conversation through the <code class="systemitem">sssd_pam</code> PAM module.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">monitor</code> — A special service that monitors all other SSSD services, and starts or restarts them as needed. Its options are specified in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services-Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services-Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1. Configuration Options</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following sections cover the most important SSSD configuration options. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page that ships with SSSD for information on all the available configuration options.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-General_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-General_Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1.1. General Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">debug_level <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Sets the debug level for a particular service. This is a per-service setting (that is, it can appear in any of the <code class="literal">[service/&lt;NAME&gt;]</code> sections in the SSSD configuration file).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">reconnection_retries <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In the event of a data provider crash or restart, this specifies the number of times that a service should attempt to reconnect.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>DNS lookup of IPv6 addresses</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If a <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> lookup fails to return an <code class="systemitem">IPv4</code> address for a hostname, SSSD attempts to look up an <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> address before returning a failure. Note that this only ensures that the async resolver identifies the correct address; there is currently a bug in the LDAP code that prevents SSSD from connecting to an LDAP server over IPv6. This is being investigated separately.
+							</div></div></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-NSS_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-NSS_Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1.2. NSS Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Use the following options to configure the <code class="systemitem">Name Service Switch (NSS)</code> service. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for full details about each option.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">enum_cache_timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long (in seconds) <span class="package">sssd_nss</span> should cache enumerations (requests for information about all users).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">entry_cache_nowait_percentage <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long <span class="package">sssd_nss</span> should return cached entries before initiating an out-of-band cache refresh (<code class="literal">0</code> disables this feature).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							You can configure the entry cache to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the <code class="option">entry_cache_timeout</code> value for the domain.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Valid values for this option are <code class="literal">0-99</code>, and represent a percentage of the <code class="option">entry_cache_timeout</code> value for each domain.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">entry_negative_timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long (in seconds) <span class="package">sssd_nss</span> should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, such as nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">filter_users, filter_groups <span class="type">(string)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database. This is particularly useful for system accounts such as <code class="systemitem">root</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">filter_users_in_groups <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If set to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>, specifies that users listed in the <code class="option">filter_users</code> list do not appear in group memberships when performing group lookups. If set to <code class="literal">FALSE</code>, group lookups return all users that are members of that group. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-PAM_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-PAM_Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1.3. PAM Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Use the following options to configure the <code class="systemitem">Pluggable Authentication Module (<acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym>)</code> service.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">offline_credentials_expiration <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If the authentication provider is offline, specifies for how long to allow cached log-ins (in days). This value is measured from the last successful online log-in. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">0</code> (no limit).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">offline_failed_login_attempts <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If the authentication provider is offline, specifies how many failed log in attempts are allowed. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">0</code> (no limit).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">offline_failed_login_delay <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the time in minutes after the value of <code class="option">offline_failed_login_attempts</code> has been reached before a new log in attempt is possible.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If set to <code class="literal">0</code>, the user cannot authenticate offline if the value of <code class="option">offline_failed_login_attempts</code> has been reached. Only a successful online authentication can re-enable offline authentication. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">5</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			A domain is a database of user information. SSSD can use more than one domain at the same time, but at least one must be configured for SSSD to start. Using SSSD domains, it is possible to use several LDAP servers providing several unique namespaces. You can specify not only where users' identity information is stored, but how users authenticate against each of the specified domains.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD supports the following identity and authentication combinations: 
+			<div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">LDAP/LDAP</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This combination uses an LDAP back end as both the identity and authentication provider. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">「Configuring an LDAP Domain」</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">LDAP/KRB5</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This combination uses an LDAP back end as the identity provider, and uses Kerberos to provide authentication. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">「Setting Up Kerberos Authentication」</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">proxy</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Specifying a proxy identity or an authentication provider uses an existing NSS library or a customized PAM stack, but takes advantage of the SSSD caching mechanism. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">「Configuring a Proxy Domain」</a>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div>
+
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and FOO is one of the domains in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section. This example shows only the configuration of Kerberos authentication; it does not include any identity provider.
+		</div><pre class="screen">[domain/FOO]
+auth_provider = krb5
+krb5_server = 192.168.1.1
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM</pre><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Domain_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Domain_Configuration_Options">8.2.5.1. Domain Configuration Options</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can add new domain configurations to the <code class="literal">[domain/&lt;<em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em>&gt;]</code> sections of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file, and then add the list of domains to the <em class="parameter"><code>domains</code></em> attribute of the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section, in the order you want them to be queried.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-General_Domain_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-General_Domain_Configuration_Options">8.2.5.1.1. General Domain Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can use the following configuration options in a domain configuration section:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">min_id,max_id <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains entries that are outside these limits, they are ignored.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The default value for <code class="option">min_id</code> is <code class="literal">1</code>; the default value for <code class="option">max_id</code> is <code class="literal">0</code> (unbounded).
+						</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid conflicts with users in /etc/passwd</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If <code class="option">min_id</code> is unspecified, it defaults to <code class="literal">1</code> for any back end. This default was chosen to provide compatibility with existing systems and to ease any migration attempts. LDAP administrators should be aware that granting identities in this range may conflict with users in the local <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> file. To avoid these conflicts, <code class="option">min_id</code> should be set to <code class="literal">1000</code> or higher wherever possible.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The <code class="option">min_id</code> option determines the minimum acceptable value for both UID and GID numbers. Accounts with either UID or GID values below the <code class="option">min_id</code> value are filtered out and not made available on the client.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">enumerate <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies whether or not to enumerate (list) the users and groups of a domain.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Enumeration means that the entire set of available users and groups on the remote source is cached on the local machine. When enumeration is disabled, users and groups are only cached as they are requested.
+						</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disable enumeration for domains with many users and groups</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If a client has enumeration enabled, reinitialization of the client results in a complete refresh of the entire set of available users and groups from the remote source. Similarly, when SSSD is connected to a new server, the entire set of available users and groups from the remote source is pulled and cached on the local machine. In a domain with a large amount of clients connected to a remote source, both aforementioned cases can affect the network performance due to frequent queries from the clients. If the set of available users and groups is large enough, it will affect the performance of clients as well. For performance reasons, it is recommended that you disable enumeration for domains with many users and groups.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							The default value for this parameter is <code class="literal">FALSE</code>. Set this value to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> to enable enumeration of users and groups of a domain.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the timeout in seconds for this particular domain.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This is used to ensure that the back end process is alive and capable of answering requests. The default value for this parameter is <code class="literal">10</code> seconds. Raising this timeout might prove useful for slower back ends, such as distant LDAP servers.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the timeout value to 0</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If you set <code class="option">timeout = 0</code>, SSSD reverts to the default value; you cannot force a timeout value of zero, because this would force the <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> daemon into a loop.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">cache_credentials <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies whether or not to store user credentials in the local SSSD domain database cache.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The default value for this parameter is <code class="literal">FALSE</code>. You should set this value to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> for domains other than local if you want to enable offline authentication.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">id_provider <span class="type">(string)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the data provider identity back end to use for this domain. Currently supported identity back ends are: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										proxy — Support a legacy <code class="systemitem">NSS</code> provider (for example, <span class="package">nss_nis</span>).
+									</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the id_provider value to proxy</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+											SSSD needs to know which legacy NSS library to load in order to start successfully. If you set <code class="option">id_provider</code> to <code class="literal">proxy</code>, ensure that you also specify a value for <code class="option">proxy_lib_name</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">「Configuring a Proxy Domain」</a> for information on this attribute.
+										</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										local — <code class="systemitem">SSSD</code> internal local provider.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										ldap — <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> provider.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">entry_cache_timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long the domain's data provider should cache positive cache hits (that is, queries for valid database entries) before asking the database again.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">use_fully_qualified_names <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies whether or not requests to this domain require fully-qualified domain names.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If set to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>, all requests to this domain must use fully-qualified domain names. It also means that the output from the request displays the fully-qualified name.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The ability to restrict requests in this way means that if you know you have multiple domains with conflicting usernames, then there is no doubt about which username the query will resolve.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Consider the following examples, in which the IPA domain database contains a user named <code class="systemitem">ipauser01</code>, and the <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_names</code></em> attribute is set to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01</code>
+[no output]
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01 at IPA</code>
+ipauser01 at IPA:x:937315651:937315651:ipauser01:/home/ipauser01:/bin/sh
+</pre><div class="para">
+							In the following examples, using the same IPA domain and user, the <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_names</code></em> attribute is set to <code class="literal">FALSE</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01</code>
+ipauser01:x:937315651:937315651:ipauser01:/home/ipauser01:/bin/sh
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01 at IPA</code>
+ipauser01:x:937315651:937315651:ipauser01:/home/ipauser01:/bin/sh
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the use_fully_qualified_names value to FALSE</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_names</code></em> is set to <code class="literal">FALSE</code>, you can continue to use the fully-qualified name in your requests, but only the simplified version is displayed in the output.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								SSSD can only parse <code class="systemitem">name at domain</code>, not <code class="systemitem">name at realm</code>. You can, however, use the same name for both your domain and your realm.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">auth_provider <span class="type">(string)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The authentication provider used for the domain. The default value for this option is the value of <code class="option">id_provider</code> if it is set and can handle authentication requests.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Currently supported authentication providers are: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										ldap — for native LDAP authentication. Refer to the sssd-ldap(5) manual page for more information on configuring LDAP.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										krb5 — for Kerberos authentication. Refer to the sssd-krb5(5) manual page for more information on configuring Kerberos.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										proxy — for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										none — explicitly disables authentication.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Proxy_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Proxy_Configuration_Options">8.2.5.1.2. Proxy Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">proxy_pam_target</code> <span class="type">(string)</span>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option is only used when the <code class="option">auth_provider</code> option is set to <code class="literal">proxy</code>, and specifies the target to which <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> must proxy.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option has no default value. If proxy authentication is required, you need to specify your own <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> target. This corresponds to a file containing <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> stack information in the system's default <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> configuration directory. On Fedora-based systems, this is the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</code> directory.
+						</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid recursive inclusion of pam_sss</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Ensure that your proxy PAM stack does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recursively include <code class="filename">pam_sss.so</code>.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">proxy_lib_name</code> <span class="type">(string)</span>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option is only used when the <code class="option">id_provider</code> option is set to <code class="literal">proxy</code>, and specifies which existing NSS library to proxy identity requests through.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option has no default value. You need to manually specify an existing library to take advantage of this option. For example, set this value to <code class="literal">nis</code> to use the existing <code class="filename">libnss_nis.so</code> file.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">8.2.5.2. Configuring an LDAP Domain</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1067265" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				An LDAP domain is one where the <code class="option">id_provider</code> option is set to <code class="literal">ldap</code> (<code class="option">id_provider = ldap</code>). Such a domain requires a running LDAP server against which to authenticate. This can be an open source LDAP server such as OpenLDAP or Microsoft Active Directory. SSSD currently supports Microsoft Active Directory 2003 (+Services for UNIX) and Active Directory 2008 (+Subsystem for UNIX-based Applications). In all cases, the client configuration is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+			</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain-How_to_Authenticate_Against_an_LDAP_Server"><h5 class="formalpara">How to Authenticate Against an LDAP Server</h5>
+					SSSD does not support authentication over an unencrypted channel. Consequently, if you want to authenticate against an LDAP server, either <code class="systemitem">TLS/SSL</code> or <code class="systemitem">LDAPS</code> is required. If the LDAP server is used only as an identity provider, an encrypted channel is not needed.
+				</div><div class="para">
+				Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file to include the following settings:
+			</div><pre class="screen"># A native LDAP domain
+[domain/LDAP]
+enumerate = false
+cache_credentials = TRUE
+
+id_provider = ldap
+auth_provider = ldap
+ldap_schema = rfc2307
+chpass_provider = ldap
+
+ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org
+ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org
+ldap_tls_reqcert = demand
+ldap_tls_cacert = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Creating a certificate with an IP address instead of the server name</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you wish to use an IP address in the <code class="option">ldap_uri</code> option instead of the server name, for example, if <code class="systemitem">GSSAPI</code> is used to avoid time consuming <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> lookups, the <code class="systemitem">TSL</code>/<code class="systemitem">SSL</code> setup might fail. This is due to the fact that <code class="systemitem">TSL</code>/<code class="systemitem">SSL</code> certificates contain the server name only. However, a special field in the certificate, called <span class="emphasis"><em>Subject Alternative Name</em></span> (<code class="option">subjectAltName</code>), can be used to additionally set the IP address of the server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following steps show how to create a certificate with a Subject Alternative Name being the IP address of your server:
+				</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Using your command line, execute the following command to convert an existing certificate (previously signed by the <em class="parameter"><code>key.pem</code></em> key) into a certificate request:
+						</div><pre class="screen">openssl x509 -x509toreq -in old_cert.pem -out req.pem -signkey key.pem</pre><div class="para">
+							Alternatively, if you are using a self-signed certificate(for example, one created by the Fedora OpenLDAP package in <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/slapd.pem</code>), execute the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">openssl x509 -x509toreq -in old_cert.pem -out req.pem -signkey old_cert.pem</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/openssl.cnf</code> configuration file to include the following line under the <em class="parameter"><code>[ v3_ca ]</code></em> section:
+						</div><pre class="screen">subjectAltName = IP:10.0.0.10</pre><div class="para">
+							Replace the IP address with one of your choice.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							By executing the following command, use the previously generated certificate request to generate a new self-signed certificate that will contain your desired IP address:
+						</div><pre class="screen">openssl x509 -req -in req.pem -out new_cert.pem -extfile ./openssl.cnf -extensions v3_ca -signkey old_cert.pem</pre><div class="para">
+							where:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="command">openssl x509</code> command creates the new certificate.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-req</code> option tells the command to expect a certificate request as an input.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-in</code> and <code class="option">-out</code> options specify the input and output files.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-extfile</code> option expects a file containing certificate extensions to use (in our case the <code class="option">subjectAltName</code> extension).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-extensions</code> option specifies the section of the <code class="filename">openssl.cnf</code> file to add certificate extensions from (in this case, the <em class="parameter"><code>[ v3_ca ]</code></em> section).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-signkey</code> option tells the command to self-sign the input file using the supplied private key.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							For more information on the <span class="application"><strong>x509</strong></span> utility and its parameters, refer to <code class="command">man x509</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Lastly, copy the private key block from the <code class="filename">old_cert.pem</code> file into the <code class="filename">new_cert.pem</code> file to keep all relevant information in one file.
+						</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					When creating a certificate through the <span class="application"><strong>certutil</strong></span> utility provided by the <span class="package">nss-utils</span> package, note that <span class="application"><strong>certutil</strong></span> supports <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> subject alternative names for certificate creation only.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					It is advisable to use a Certificate Authority to issue your certificate. Consider using the Red Hat Certificate System; for more information on managing subject names and subject alternative names in your certificate, refer to the <a href="http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Certificate_System/8.0/html/Admin_Guide/Managing_Subject_Names_and_Subject_Alternative_Names.html">Red Hat Certificate System Admin Guide</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain-Selecting_an_LDAP_Schema"><h5 class="formalpara">Selecting an LDAP Schema</h5><a id="id760083" class="indexterm"></a>
+					You can set the <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_schema</code></em> attribute to either <code class="literal">rfc2307</code> or <code class="literal">rfc2307bis</code>. These schema define how groups in <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> are specified. In <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307</em>, group objects use a multi-valued attribute, <em class="parameter"><code>memberuid</code></em>, which lists the names of the users that belong to that group. In <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307bis</em>, instead of the <em class="parameter"><code>memberuid</code></em>, group objects use the <em class="parameter"><code>member</code></em> attribute. Rather than just the name of the user, this attribute contains the full Distinguished Name (DN) of another object in the LDAP database. This means that groups can have other groups as members. That is, it adds support for nested groups.
+				</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD assumes that your LDAP server is using <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307</em>. If your LDAP server is using <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307bis</em>, and you do not update the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file accordingly, this can impact how your users and groups are displayed. It also means that some groups will not be available and network resources may be inaccessible even though you have permissions to use them.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, when using <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307bis</em> and you have configured both primary and secondary groups, or are using nested groups, you can use the <code class="command">id</code> command to display these groups:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[f12server at ipaserver ~]$ id
+uid=500(f12server) gid=500(f12server) groups=500(f12server),510(f12tester)
+</pre><div class="para">
+				If instead you have configured your client to use <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307</em> then only the primary group is displayed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Changes to this setting only affect how SSSD determines the groups to which a user belongs; there is no negative effect on the actual user data. If you do not know the correct value for this attribute, consult your System Administrator.
+			</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain-Specifying_Timeout_Values"><h5 class="formalpara">Specifying Timeout Values</h5><a id="id840829" class="indexterm"></a>
+					SSSD supports a number of timeout values that apply when configuring an <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> domain. These are described below. 
+					<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="option">ldap_search_timeout (integer)</code> — Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> searches are allowed to run before they are canceled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered). If not specified:
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Defaults to five when <code class="option">enumerate</code> = <code class="literal">False</code>
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Defaults to 30 when <code class="option">enumerate</code> = <code class="literal">True</code>. This option is forced to a minimum of 30 in this case.
+							</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The ldap_network_timeout option is going to be changed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									This option is subject to change in future versions of SSSD, where it may be replaced by a series of timeouts for specific look-up types.
+								</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="option">ldap_network_timeout (integer)</code> — Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <code class="function">poll(2)</code>/<code class="function">select(2)</code> following a <code class="function">connect(2)</code> returns in case of no activity.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								If not specified, defaults to five.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="option">ldap_opt_timeout (integer)</code> — Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> APIs will abort if no response is received. This option also controls the timeout when communicating with the KDC in case of a SASL bind.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								If not specified, defaults to five.
+							</div></li></ul></div>
+
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>DNS Service Discovery</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature allows the LDAP back end to automatically find the appropriate <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> servers to connect to using a special <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> query. For more information on the <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><h5 id="id688304"></h5><div class="para">
+
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain">8.2.5.3. Configuring a Microsoft Active Directory Domain</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1646459" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can configure SSSD to use Microsoft Active Directory as an LDAP back end, providing both identity and authentication services. If you are using Active Directory 2003, SSSD requires that you install Windows Services for UNIX (SFU) on the machine where Active Directory is installed. If instead you are using Active Directory 2008, you need to install the Subsystem for UNIX-based Applications (SUA) on the Active Directory machine.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>SFU is not supported on 64-bit systems</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					SFU is not supported on 64-bit operating systems. Refer to <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/920751">http://support.microsoft.com/kb/920751</a> for more information about which Windows systems can provide a suitable platform for an SSSD LDAP back end.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2003"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2003">8.2.5.3.1. Configuring Active Directory 2003 as an LDAP Back End</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The example <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file that ships with SSSD contains the following sample configuration for Active Directory 2003:
+				</div><pre class="screen"># Example LDAP domain where the LDAP server is an Active Directory 2003 server.
+
+[domain/AD]
+description = LDAP domain with AD server
+enumerate = false
+min_id = 1000
+;
+id_provider = ldap
+auth_provider = ldap
+ldap_uri = ldap://your.ad.server.com
+ldap_schema = rfc2307bis
+ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_bind_dn = cn=Administrator,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_authtok_type = password
+ldap_default_authtok = YOUR_PASSWORD
+ldap_user_object_class = person
+ldap_user_name = msSFU30Name
+ldap_user_uid_number = msSFU30UidNumber
+ldap_user_gid_number = msSFU30GidNumber
+ldap_user_home_directory = msSFU30HomeDirectory
+ldap_user_shell = msSFU30LoginShell
+ldap_user_principal = userPrincipalName
+ldap_group_object_class = group
+ldap_group_name = msSFU30Name
+ldap_group_gid_number = msSFU30GidNumber</pre><div class="para">
+					This configuration is specific to Windows Active Directory 2003. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2008">「Configuring Active Directory 2003 R2 and 2008 as LDAP Back Ends」</a> for information on how to configure Active Directory 2003 R2 and Active Directory 2008.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Note that the above configuration assumes that the certificates are stored in the default location (that is, in <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/cacerts</code>) and that the <code class="function">c_rehash</code> function has been used to create the appropriate symlinks.
+				</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id1007256">More Information</h5>
+						Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-ldap(5)</em> manual page for a full description of all the options that apply to <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> domains.
+					</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2008"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2008">8.2.5.3.2. Configuring Active Directory 2003 R2 and 2008 as LDAP Back Ends</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The configuration of <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> to support Active Directory 2003 R2 or Active Directory 2008 as a back end is similar to that for AD 2003. The following example configuration highlights the necessary changes.
+				</div><pre class="screen"># Example LDAP domain where the LDAP server is an Active Directory 2003 R2 or an Active Directory 2008 server.
+
+[domain/AD]
+description = LDAP domain with AD server
+; debug_level = 9
+enumerate = false
+
+id_provider = ldap
+auth_provider = ldap
+chpass_provider = ldap
+
+ldap_uri = ldap://your.ad.server.com
+ldap_tls_cacertdir = /etc/openldap/cacerts
+ldap_tls_cacert = /etc/openldap/cacerts/test.cer
+ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_bind_dn = cn=Administrator,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_authtok_type = password
+ldap_default_authtok = YOUR_PASSWORD
+ldap_pwd_policy = none
+ldap_user_object_class = user
+ldap_group_object_class = group</pre><div class="para">
+					Note that the above configuration assumes that the certificates are stored in the default location (that is, in <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/cacerts</code>) and that the <code class="function">c_rehash</code> function has been used to create the appropriate symlinks.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1079304" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			In order to set up Kerberos authentication, you need to know the address of your <em class="firstterm">key distribution center</em> (KDC) and the Kerberos domain. The client configuration is then stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The Kerberos 5 authentication back end does not contain an identity provider and must be paired with one in order to function properly (for example, <code class="option">id_provider = ldap</code>). Some information required by the Kerberos 5 authentication back end must be supplied by the identity provider, such as the user's <em class="firstterm">Kerberos Principal Name</em> (UPN). The identity provider configuration should contain an entry to specify this UPN. Refer to the manual page for the applicable identity provider for details on how to configure the UPN.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If the UPN is not available in the identity back end, SSSD will construct a UPN using the format <code class="systemitem">username at krb5_realm</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD assumes that the Kerberos KDC is also a Kerberos kadmin server. However, it is very common for production environments to have multiple, read-only replicas of the KDC, but only a single kadmin server (because password changes and similar procedures are comparatively rare). To manage this type of configuration, you can use the <code class="option">krb5_kpasswd</code> option to specify where your password changing service is running, or if it is running on a non-default port. If the <code class="option">krb5_kpasswd</code> option is not defined, SSSD tries to use the Kerberos KDC in order to change the password. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-krb5(5)</em> manual page for more information about this and all Kerberos configuration options.
+		</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_Kerberos_Authentication-How_to_Set_up_Kerberos_Authentication"><h5 class="formalpara">How to Set Up Kerberos Authentication</h5>
+				Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file to include the following settings:
+			</div><pre class="screen"># A domain with identities provided by LDAP and authentication by Kerberos
+[domain/KRBDOMAIN]
+enumerate = false
+id_provider = ldap
+chpass_provider = krb5
+ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org
+ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org
+tls_reqcert = demand
+ldap_tls_cacert = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
+
+auth_provider = krb5
+krb5_server = 192.168.1.1
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+krb5_changepw_principal = kadmin/changepw
+krb5_ccachedir = /tmp
+krb5_ccname_template = FILE:%d/krb5cc_%U_XXXXXX
+krb5_auth_timeout = 15
+</pre><div class="para">
+			This example describes the minimum options that must be configured when using Kerberos authentication. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-krb5(5)</em> manual page for a full description of all the options that apply to configuring Kerberos authentication.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>DNS Service Discovery</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature allows the Kerberos 5 authentication back end to automatically find the appropriate <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> servers to connect to using a special <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> query. For more information on the <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-setting-up-sasl-gssapi-authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-setting-up-sasl-gssapi-authentication">8.2.6.1. Setting up SASL/GSSAPI Authentication</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">GSSAPI</em> (Generic Security Services Application Programming Interface) is a supported <em class="firstterm">SASL</em> (Simple Authentication and Security Layer) authentication method. Kerberos is currently the only commonly used GSSAPI implementation. An LDAP client and an LDAP server use SASL to take advantage of GSSAPI as the authentication method (an alternative to plain text passwords, etc.). The GSSAPI plug-in for SASL is then invoked on the client and server side to use Kerberos to communicate.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Using GSSAPI protected communication for LDAP is an advanced configuration not supported by the Authentication Configuration tool; the following steps show how to manually configure it.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Setting up the SASL/GSSAPI authentication on Fedora 6.0</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The following setup works correctly on all Fedora 6.1 systems and any systems released after it. However, when using Fedora 6.0, you must correctly configure the <code class="option">default_realm</code> option in the <code class="option">[libdefaults]</code> section and <code class="option">kdc</code> option for your realm in the <code class="option">[realms]</code> section in the <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</code> configuration file not only on the directory server and the KDC but also on the client running SSSD. For more information on various <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</code> options, refer to <code class="command">man krb5.conf</code>
+				</div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">On the KDC</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Using <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>, set up a Kerberos service principal for the directory server. Use the <code class="option">-randkey</code> option for the <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>'s <code class="command">addprinc</code> command to create the principal and assign it a random key:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: addprinc -randkey ldap/server.example.com</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Use the <code class="command">ktadd</code> command to write the service principal to a file:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: ktadd -k /root/ldap.keytab ldap/server.example.com</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Using <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>, set up a Kerberos host principal for the client running SSSD. Use the <code class="option">-randkey</code> option for the <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>'s <code class="command">addprinc</code> command to create the principal and assign it a random key:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: addprinc -randkey host/client.example.com</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Use the <code class="command">ktadd</code> command to write the host principal to a file:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: ktadd -k /root/client.keytab host/client.example.com</pre></li></ol></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">On the Directory Server</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Complete the following steps for a directory server of your choice:
+						</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">OpenLDAP</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Copy the previously created <code class="filename">/root/ldap.keytab</code> file from the KDC to the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/</code> directory and name it <code class="filename">ldap.keytab</code>.
+											</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Make the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/ldap.keytab</code> file read-writable for the <code class="systemitem">ldap</code> user and readable for the <code class="systemitem">ldap</code> group only.
+											</div></li></ol></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Red Hat Directory Server</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Copy the previously created <code class="filename">/root/ldap.keytab</code> file from the KDC to the <code class="filename">/etc/dirsrv/</code> directory and name it <code class="filename">ldap.keytab</code>.
+											</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Uncomment the <code class="varname">KRB5_KTNAME</code> line in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dirsrv</code> (or instance-specific) file, and set the keytab location for the <code class="varname">KRB5_KTNAME</code> variable. For example: 
+<pre class="screen">
+# In order to use SASL/GSSAPI the directory
+# server needs to know where to find its keytab
+# file - uncomment the following line and set
+# the path and filename appropriately
+KRB5_KTNAME=/etc/dirsrv/ldap.keytab; export KRB5_KTNAME</pre>
+
+											</div></li></ol></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">On the Client</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Copy the previously created <code class="filename">/root/client.keytab</code> file from the KDC to the <code class="filename">/etc/</code> directory and name it <code class="filename">krb5.keytab</code>. If the <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.keytab</code> file exists already, use the <span class="application"><strong>ktutil</strong></span> utility to merge both files properly. For more information on the <span class="application"><strong>ktutil</strong></span> utility, refer to <code class="command">man ktutil</code>.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Modify your /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file to include the following settings:
+								</div><pre class="screen">
+ldap_sasl_mech = gssapi
+ldap_sasl_authid = host/client.example.com at EXAMPLE.COM
+ldap_krb5_keytab = /etc/krb5.keytab (default)
+ldap_krb5_init_creds = true (default)
+ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime = 86400 (default)
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+</pre></li></ol></div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</h3></div></div></div><a id="id868308" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			SSSD currently only supports LDAP and Kerberos as authentication providers. If you prefer to use SSSD (for example, to take advantage of its caching functionality), but SSSD does not support your authentication method, you can set up a proxy authentication provider. This could be the case if you use fingerprint scanners or smart cards as part of your authentication process. Similarly, you can set up proxy to serve as an identity provider.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following sections cover combinations of identity and authentication providers in which the proxy server takes the role of one.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-krb5"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-krb5">8.2.7.1. proxy/KRB5</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following configuration is an example of a combination of a proxy identity provider used with Kerberos authentication:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file to include the following settings:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+[domain/PROXY_KRB5]
+auth_provider = krb5
+krb5_server = 192.168.1.1
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+
+id_provider = proxy
+proxy_lib_name = nis
+enumerate = true
+cache_credentials = true</pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on various Kerberos configuration options, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">「Setting Up Kerberos Authentication」</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD-LDAP-proxy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD-LDAP-proxy">8.2.7.2. LDAP/proxy</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				An example of a combination of an LDAP identity provider and a proxy authentication provider is the use of the LDAP with a custom PAM stack. To enable authentication via the PAM stack, complete the following steps:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file to include the following settings:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+[domain/LDAP_PROXY]
+id_provider = ldap
+ldap_uri = ldap://example.com
+ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com
+
+auth_provider = proxy
+proxy_pam_target = sssdpamproxy
+enumerate = true
+cache_credentials = true
+</pre><div class="para">
+						By specifying the options above, authentication requests will be proxied via the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdpamproxy</code> file which provides the needed module interfaces. Note that the <code class="filename">pam_ldap.so</code> file can be substituted with a PAM module of your choice.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For more information on various LDAP configuration options, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">「Configuring an LDAP Domain」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Create a <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdpamproxy</code> file (if not already created) and specify the following settings in it:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+auth          required      pam_ldap.so
+account       required      pam_ldap.so
+password      required      pam_ldap.so
+session       required      pam_ldap.so</pre></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-proxy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-proxy">8.2.7.3. proxy/proxy</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				An example of a combination of an proxy identity provider and a proxy authentication provider is the use of the proxy identity provider with a custom PAM stack. To enable authentication via the PAM stack, complete the following steps:
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the nss-pam-ldapd package is installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					In order to use the proxy identity provider, you must have the <span class="package">nss-pam-ldapd</span> package installed.
+				</div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file to include the following settings:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+[domain/PROXY_PROXY]
+auth_provider = proxy
+id_provider = proxy
+proxy_lib_name = ldap
+proxy_pam_target = sssdproxyldap
+enumerate = true 
+cache_credentials = true
+</pre><div class="para">
+						By specifying the options above, authentication requests will be proxied via the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdproxyldap</code> file which provides the needed module interfaces.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For more information on the options used in the configuration example above, refer to <code class="command">man sssd.conf</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Create a <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdproxyldap</code> file (if not already created) and specify the following settings in it:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+auth          required      pam_ldap.so
+account       required      pam_ldap.so
+password      required      pam_ldap.so
+session       required      pam_ldap.so</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/nslcd.conf</code> file (the default configuration file for the LDAP name service daemon) to include the following settings:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+uid nslcd
+gid ldap
+uri ldaps://ldap.mydomain.org:636
+base dc=mydomain,dc=org
+ssl on
+tls_cacertdir /etc/openldap/cacerts</pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on the options used in the configuration example above, refer to <code class="command">man nslcd.conf</code>
+					</div></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section lists some of the issues you may encounter when implementing SSSD, the possible causes of these issues, and how to resolve them. If you find further issues that are not covered here, refer to the <em class="citetitle">We Need Feedback</em> section in the <em class="citetitle">Preface</em> for information on how to file a bug report.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Using_SSSD_Log_Files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Using_SSSD_Log_Files">8.2.8.1. Using SSSD Log Files</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				SSSD uses a number of log files to report information about its operation, and this information can help to resolve issues in the event of SSSD failure or unexpected behavior. The default location for these log files on Fedora—based systems is the <code class="filename">/var/log/sssd/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD produces a log file for each back end (that is, one log file for each domain specified in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file), as well as an <code class="filename">sssd_pam.log</code> and an <code class="filename">sssd_nss.log</code> file. This level of granularity can help you to quickly isolate and resolve any errors or issues you might experience with SSSD.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You should also examine the <code class="filename">/var/log/secure</code> file, which logs authentication failures and the reason for the failure. For example, if you see <span class="errortext">Reason 4: System Error</span> reported against any failure, you should increase the debug level of the log files.
+			</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Using_SSSD_Log_Files-Producing_More_Verbose_Log_Files"><h5 class="formalpara">Producing More Verbose Log Files</h5>
+					If you are unable to identify and resolve any problems with SSSD after inspection of the default log files, you can configure SSSD to produce more verbose files. You can set the <code class="option">debug_level</code> option in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> for the domain that is causing concern, and then restart SSSD. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for more information on how to set the <code class="option">debug_level</code> for a specific domain.
+				</div><div class="para">
+				All log files include timestamps on debug messages by default. This can make it easier to understand any errors that may occur, why they occurred, and how to address them. If necessary, you can disable these timestamps by setting the appropriate parameter to <code class="literal">FALSE</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">--debug-timestamps=FALSE
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Configuration">8.2.8.2. Problems with SSSD Configuration</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						SSSD fails to start
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								SSSD requires at least one properly configured domain before the service will start. Without such a domain, you might see the following error message when trying to start SSSD with the following command:
+							</div><div class="para">
+								<code class="command"># sssd -d4</code>
+							</div><pre class="screen">[sssd] [ldb] (3): server_sort:Unable to register control with rootdse!
+
+[sssd] [confdb_get_domains] (0): No domains configured, fatal error!
+[sssd] [get_monitor_config] (0): No domains configured.
+</pre><div class="para">
+								You can ignore the <span class="errortext">"Unable to register control with rootdse!"</span> message, as it is erroneous. The other messages, however, indicate that SSSD is unable to locate any properly configured domains.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file and ensure you have at least one properly configured domain, and then try to start SSSD.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								SSSD requires at least one available service provider before it will start. With no available service providers, you might see the following error message when trying to start SSSD with the following command:
+							</div><div class="para">
+								<code class="command"># sssd -d4</code>
+							</div><pre class="screen">[sssd] [ldb] (3): server_sort:Unable to register control with rootdse!
+
+[sssd] [get_monitor_config] (0): No services configured!
+</pre><div class="para">
+								You can ignore the <span class="errortext">"Unable to register control with rootdse!"</span> message, as it is erroneous. The other message, however, indicates that SSSD is unable to locate any available service providers.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file and ensure you have at least one available service providers, and then try to start SSSD.
+							</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Configuring the service providers</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									SSSD requires that service providers be configured as a comma-separated list in a single <em class="parameter"><code>services</code></em> entry in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. If services are listed in multiple entries, only the last entry is recognized by SSSD.
+								</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for more options that might assist in troubleshooting issues with SSSD.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration">8.2.8.3. Problems with SSSD Service Configuration</h4></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_NSS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_NSS">8.2.8.3.1. Problems with NSS</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					This section describes some common problems with <code class="systemitem">NSS</code>, their symptoms, and how to resolve them.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="systemitem">NSS</code> fails to return user information
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that NSS is running
+								</div><div class="para">
+									<code class="command"># systemctl is-active sssd.service</code>
+								</div><div class="para">
+									This command should return results similar to the following:
+								</div><pre class="screen">sssd (pid 21762) is running...
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that you have correctly configured the <code class="literal">[nss]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. For example, ensure that you have not misconfigured the <em class="parameter"><code>filter_users</code></em> or <em class="parameter"><code>filter_groups</code></em> attributes. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">NSS configuration options</em> section of the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for information on how to configure these attributes.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that you have included <code class="systemitem">nss</code> in the list of services that <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> should start
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that you have correctly configured the <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file. Refer to the section <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_NSS">「Configuring NSS」</a> for information on how to correctly configure this file.
+								</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_PAM"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_PAM">8.2.8.3.2. Problems with PAM</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					This section describes some common problems with <code class="systemitem">PAM</code>, their symptoms, and how to resolve them.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Setting the password for the local SSSD user prompts twice for the password
+						</div><div class="para">
+							When attempting to change a local SSSD user's password, you might see output similar to the following:
+						</div><pre class="screen">[root at clientF11 tmp]# passwd user1000
+Changing password for user user1000.
+New password:
+Retype new password:
+New Password:
+Reenter new Password:
+passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully.
+</pre><div class="para">
+							This is the result of an incorrect PAM configuration. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_PAM">「Configuring PAM」</a>, and ensure that the <em class="parameter"><code>use_authtok</code></em> option is correctly configured in your <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</code> file.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id675451">8.2.8.3.3. Problems with NFS and NSCD</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD is not designed to be used with the <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> daemon, and will likely generate warnings in the SSSD log files. Even though SSSD does not directly conflict with <code class="systemitem">nscd</code>, the use of both at the same time can result in unexpected behavior (specifically with how long entries are being cached).
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If you are using Network Manager to manage your network connections, it may take several minutes for the network interface to come up. During this time, various services will attempt to start. If these services start before the network is up (that is, the DNS servers cannot yet be reached) they will fail to identify the forward or reverse DNS entries they might need. These services will be reading an incorrect or possibly empty <code class="filename">resolv.conf</code> file. This file is typically only read once, and so any changes made to this file are not automatically applied.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					This can result in the failure of some system services, and in particular can cause NFS locking to fail on the machine where the <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> service is running, unless that service is manually restarted.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					One method of working around this problem is to enable caching for <em class="parameter"><code>hosts</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>services</code></em> in the <code class="filename">/etc/nscd.conf</code> file, and to rely on the SSSD cache for the <em class="parameter"><code>passwd</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>group</code></em> entries. With <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> answering <em class="parameter"><code>hosts</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>services</code></em> requests, these entries would have been cached and returned by <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> during the boot process.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>NSCD and later versions of SSSD</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Later versions of SSSD should negate any need for NSCD.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Domain_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Domain_Configuration">8.2.8.4. Problems with SSSD Domain Configuration</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						NSS returns incorrect user information 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If your search for user information returns incorrect data, ensure that you do not have conflicting usernames in separate domains. If you use multiple domains, it is recommended that you set the <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_domains</code></em> attribute to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Additional_Resources">8.2.8.5. その他のリソース</h4></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Manual_Pages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Manual_Pages">8.2.8.5.1. Manual Pages</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD ships with a number of manual pages, all of which provide additional information about specific aspects of SSSD, such as configuration files, commands, and available options. SSSD currently provides the following manual pages:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd.conf(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd-ipa(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd-krb5(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd-ldap(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd(8)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd_krb5_locator_plugin(8)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">pam_sss(8)</code>
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					You should refer to these manual pages for detailed information about all aspects of SSSD, its configuration, and associated tools and commands.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Mailing_Lists"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Mailing_Lists">8.2.8.5.2. Mailing Lists</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can subscribe to the SSSD mailing list to follow and become involved in the development of SSSD, or to ask questions about any issues you may be experiencing with your SSSD deployment.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Visit <a href="https://fedorahosted.org/mailman/listinfo/sssd-devel">https://fedorahosted.org/mailman/listinfo/sssd-devel</a> to subscribe to this mailing list.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following listing describes the current version (Version 2) of the SSSD configuration file format.
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">[sssd]
+config_file_version = 2
+services = nss, pam
+domains = mybox.example.com, ldap.example.com, ipa.example.com, nis.example.com
+# sbus_timeout = 300
+
+[nss]
+nss_filter_groups = root
+nss_filter_users = root
+nss_entry_cache_timeout = 30
+nss_enum_cache_timeout = 30
+
+[domain/mybox.example.com]
+domain_type = local
+enumerate = true
+min_id = 1000
+# max_id = 2000
+
+local_default_shell = /bin/bash
+local_default_homedir = /home
+
+# Possible overrides
+# id_provider = local
+# auth_provider = local
+# authz_provider = local
+# passwd_provider = local
+
+[domain/ldap.example.com]
+domain_type = ldap
+server = ldap.example.com, ldap3.example.com, 10.0.0.2
+# ldap_uri = ldaps://ldap.example.com:9093
+# ldap_use_tls = ssl
+ldap_search_base = dc=ldap,dc=example,dc=com
+enumerate = false
+
+# Possible overrides
+# id_provider = ldap
+# id_server = ldap2.example.com
+# auth_provider = krb5
+# auth_server = krb5.example.com
+# krb5_realm = KRB5.EXAMPLE.COM
+
+[domain/ipa.example.com]
+domain_type = ipa
+server = ipa.example.com, ipa2.example.com
+enumerate = false
+
+# Possible overrides
+# id_provider = ldap
+# id_server = ldap2.example.com
+# auth_provider = krb5
+# auth_server = krb5.example.com
+# krb5_realm = KRB5.EXAMPLE.COM
+
+[domain/nis.example.com]
+id_provider = proxy
+proxy_lib = nis
+auth_provider = proxy
+proxy_auth_target = nis_pam_proxy
+</pre></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-OpenSSH" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第9章 OpenSSH</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-configuration">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">9.2.2. Starting a
 n OpenSSH Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-requiring">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs">9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-clients">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-scp">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-clients-sftp">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-ssh-beyondshell">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</a></span></dt><dt><sp
 an class="section"><a href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip">9.4.2. ポート転送</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-openssh-additional-resources">9.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-openssh-useful-websites">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id764078" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">SSH</code> (Secure Shell) is a protocol which facilitates secure communications between two systems using a client/server architecture and allows users to log into server host systems remotely. Unlike other remote communication protocols, such as <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> or <code class="systemitem">Telnet</code>, SSH encrypts the login session, rendering the connection difficult for intruders to collect unencrypted passwords.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The <span class="application"><strong>ssh</strong></span> program is designed to replace older, less secure terminal applications used to log into remote hosts, such as <code class="command">telnet</code> or <code class="command">rsh</code>. A related program called <code class="command">scp</code> replaces older programs designed to copy files between hosts, such as <code class="command">rcp</code>. Because these older applications do not encrypt passwords transmitted between the client and the server, avoid them whenever possible. Using secure methods to log into remote systems decreases the risks for both the client system and the remote host.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora includes the general OpenSSH package (<span class="package">openssh</span>) as well as the OpenSSH server (<span class="package">openssh-server</span>) and client (<span class="package">openssh-clients</span>) packages. Note that the OpenSSH packages require the OpenSSL package (<span class="package">openssl</span>), which installs several important cryptographic libraries, enabling OpenSSH to provide encrypted communications.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-why"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</h3></div></div></div><a id="id894422" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Potential intruders have a variety of tools at their disposal enabling them to disrupt, intercept, and re-route network traffic in an effort to gain access to a system. In general terms, these threats can be categorized as follows:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Interception of communication between two systems</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The attacker can be somewhere on the network between the communicating parties, copying any information passed between them. He may intercept and keep the information, or alter the information and send it on to the intended recipient.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This attack is usually performed using a <em class="firstterm">packet sniffer</em>, a rather common network utility that captures each packet flowing through the network, and analyzes its content.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Impersonation of a particular host</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Attacker's system is configured to pose as the intended recipient of a transmission. If this strategy works, the user's system remains unaware that it is communicating with the wrong host.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This attack can be performed using a technique known as <em class="firstterm">DNS poisoning</em>, or via so-called <em class="firstterm">IP spoofing</em>. In the first case, the intruder uses a cracked DNS server to point client systems to a maliciously duplicated host. In the second case, the intruder sends falsified network packets that appear to be from a trusted host.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Both techniques intercept potentially sensitive information and, if the interception is made for hostile reasons, the results can be disastrous. If SSH is used for remote shell login and file copying, these security threats can be greatly diminished. This is because the SSH client and server use digital signatures to verify their identity. Additionally, all communication between the client and server systems is encrypted. Attempts to spoof the identity of either side of a communication does not work, since each packet is encrypted using a key known only by the local and remote systems.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</h3></div></div></div><a id="id766858" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id766870" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				SSH プロトコルは以下の安全策を提供します:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">No one can pose as the intended server</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							初期接続の後、クライアントは以前に接続していたのと同じサーバーに接続していることを確認できます。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">No one can capture the authentication information</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							クライアントは、堅牢な 128-bit 暗号化を使用してサーバーへ認証情報を送信します。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">No one can intercept the communication</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							セッション中に発信、及び受信された全てのデータは 128-bit 暗号化を使用して送信されるため、復号化と読み取りをするための盗聴は非常に困難になります。
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Additionally, it also offers the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It provides secure means to use graphical applications over a network</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Using a technique called <em class="firstterm">X11 forwarding</em>, the client can forward <em class="firstterm">X11</em> (<em class="firstterm">X Window System</em>) applications from the server.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It provides a way to secure otherwise insecure protocols</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The SSH protocol encrypts everything it sends and receives. Using a technique called <em class="firstterm">port forwarding</em>, an SSH server can become a conduit to securing otherwise insecure protocols, like <acronym class="acronym">POP</acronym>, and increasing overall system and data security.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It can be used to create a secure channel</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSH server and client can be configured to create a tunnel similar to a virtual private network for traffic between server and client machines.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It supports the Kerberos authentication</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							OpenSSH servers and clients can be configured to authenticate using the <acronym class="acronym">GSSAPI</acronym> (Generic Security Services Application Program Interface) implementation of the Kerberos network authentication protocol.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-versions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</h3></div></div></div><a id="id943268" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id943280" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Two varieties of SSH currently exist: version 1, and newer version 2. The OpenSSH suite under Fedora uses SSH version 2, which has an enhanced key exchange algorithm not vulnerable to the known exploit in version 1. However, for compatibility reasons, the OpenSSH suite does support version 1 connections as well.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using SSH version 1</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To ensure maximum security for your connection, it is recommended that only SSH version 2-compatible servers and clients are used whenever possible.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-conn"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</h3></div></div></div><a id="id810347" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下の連続したイベントは、2つのホスト間の SSH 通信の統合性を保護するのに役に立ちます。
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						暗号方式ハンドシェークが行なわれ、クライアントは正しいサーバーと交信していることを確認します。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						クライアントとリモートホスト間接続のトランスポートレイヤーは対象型暗号を使用して暗号化されます。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						クライアントはサーバーに対して自身を認証します。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						リモートクライアントは、暗号化した接続を通じてリモートホストと交信します。
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-protocol-conn-transport"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-ssh-protocol-conn-transport">9.1.4.1. トランスポートレイヤー</h4></div></div></div><a id="id766429" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					トランスポートレイヤーの主な役割は認証時とその後の通信期間での2つのホスト間に於ける安全な交信を用意することです。トランスポートレイヤーは、データの暗号化と複合化すること、そして、データが送信と受信される時にデータパケットの統合性を保護することで、この役割を達成します。トランスポートレイヤーはまた、情報を圧縮して送信の高速化もします。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSH クライアントがサーバーに接続すると、基本情報が交換されて両システムは正しくトランスポートレイヤーを構築することができるようになります。この交換の間に以下のようなステップが起こります:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							鍵が交換されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							公開鍵暗号化アルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							対象型暗号化アルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							メッセージ認証アルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							ハッシュアルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					鍵交換の間、サーバーはそれ自身を独自の <em class="firstterm">ホスト鍵</em> で、クライアントに対して証明します。クライアントがこの特定のサーバーと過去に通信したことがなければ、サーバーのホスト鍵はクライアントには未知であり、接続は成立しません。 OpenSSH は、サーバーのホスト鍵を承認することでこの問題を回避します。これは、ユーザーが通知を受けて新規のホスト鍵を承認し確証した後に起こります。それ以降の接続では、サーバーのホスト鍵は、クライアント上に保存してある情報と照らし合わせてチェックされ、クライアントが本当に目的のサーバーと通信していることの確証を与えます。時間が経過して、このホスト鍵が一致しない状態が起こると、ユーザーがクライアントに保存してある古い情報を削除ã
 ™ã‚‹ã“とにより、新しい接続が可能になります。
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Always verify the integrity of a new SSH server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						ローカルシステムは本来のサーバーと攻撃者が設定した偽のサーバーとの違いを理解しない為、攻撃者は初期交信の時点で SSH サーバーとして擬装することが可能になります。この防止への手助けとして、最初の接続の前に、又はホスト鍵の不一致が発生した場合にサーバー管理者へ連絡することで、新規の SSH サーバーの統合性を確認すると良いでしょう。
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSH はほとんど全ての公開鍵アルゴリズム、又はエンコード形式で機能するように設計されています。初期の鍵交換が、秘密値の交換と共有に使用されるハッシュ値を作成した後、2つのシステムは迅速に新しい鍵とアルゴリズムを算出してこの接続で送信される認証と将来のデータを保護します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					設定された鍵とアルゴリズムを使用して一定量のデータが送信された後 (この量は SSH の実装によりことなります)、別の鍵交換が発生してもう1つのハッシュ値セットと新しい共有秘密値が生成されます。攻撃者がハッシュ値と共有秘密値を判別できたとしても、その情報はほんの短い時間しか役に立ちません。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-protocol-authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-ssh-protocol-authentication">9.1.4.2. 認証</h4></div></div></div><a id="id991779" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					トランスポートレイヤーが安全なトンネルを構築して2つのシステム間で情報が渡されると、サーバーはクライアントに対して、秘密鍵のエンコードを持つ署名やパスワード入力の使用などサポートされている別の認証方法を伝えます。クライアントはその後、これらのサポートのある方法でサーバーに対して自身の認証を試みます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSH サーバーとクライアントは異なるタイプの認証方法を許可できるように設定されており、これが両側に高水準の制御を与えます。サーバーはそのセキュリティモデルに応じて、サポートする暗号化方法を決定することができ、クライアントは利用できるオプションの中から認証方法の順番を選択することができます。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-protocol-connection"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-ssh-protocol-connection">9.1.4.3. チャンネル</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1070346" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					After a successful authentication over the SSH transport layer, multiple channels are opened via a technique called <em class="firstterm">multiplexing</em><sup>[<a id="id758039" href="#ftn.id758039" class="footnote">2</a>]</sup>. Each of these channels handles communication for different terminal sessions and for forwarded X11 sessions.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					クライアントとサーバーの両方は新規のチャンネルを作成することができます。各チャンネルはその後、接続の両端で別々の番号が割り当てられます。クライアントが新規のチャンネルを開こうと試みる時、クライアントは要求と一緒にチャンネル番号を送信します。この情報はサーバーで保存され、そのチャンネルに通信を転送するのに使用されます。これは、異なるタイプのセッションがお互いに干渉しないようにするため、及び、あるセッションが終了した時にそのチャンネルが主要 SSH 接続を妨害せずに閉じることができるようにするためです。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					チャンネルは、 <em class="firstterm">flow-control</em> もサポートしており、これはチャンネルが順序良くデータを送信/受信するのを可能にします。この方法では、クライアントがチャンネルが開いていると言うメッセージを受信するまで、データはチャンネルに送信されません。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					クライアントが要求するサービスのタイプとユーザーがネットワークに接続されている方法に従って、クライアントとサーバーは、自動的に各チャンネルの構成を折衝します。これにより、プロトコルの基本構成を変更することなく、異なるタイプのリモート接続の処理に多大な柔軟性を得ることができます。
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-configuration">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In order to perform tasks described in this section, you must have superuser privileges. To obtain them, log in as <code class="systemitem">root</code> by typing:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">su -</code></pre><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-configs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id719301" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				There are two different sets of configuration files: those for client programs (that is, <code class="command">ssh</code>, <code class="command">scp</code>, and <code class="command">sftp</code>), and those for the server (the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon).
+			</div><a id="id984950" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				System-wide SSH configuration information is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/</code> directory. See <a class="xref" href="#table-ssh-configuration-configs-system">表9.1「System-wide configuration files」</a> for a description of its content.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ssh-configuration-configs-system"><h6>表9.1 System-wide configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="System-wide configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="filename" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								設定ファイル
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/moduli</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Contains Diffie-Hellman groups used for the Diffie-Hellman key exchange which is critical for constructing a secure transport layer. When keys are exchanged at the beginning of an SSH session, a shared, secret value is created which cannot be determined by either party alone. This value is then used to provide host authentication.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_config</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default SSH client configuration file. Note that it is overridden by <code class="filename">~/.ssh/config</code> if it exists.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The configuration file for the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The DSA private key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The DSA public key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon for version 2 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> for version 2 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id1242063" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				User-specific SSH configuration information is stored in the user's home directory within the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory. See <a class="xref" href="#table-ssh-configuration-configs-user">表9.2「User-specific configuration files」</a> for a description of its content.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ssh-configuration-configs-user"><h6>表9.2 User-specific configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="User-specific configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="filename" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								設定ファイル
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Holds a list of authorized public keys for servers. When the client connects to a server, the server authenticates the client by checking its signed public key stored within this file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Contains the DSA private key of the user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The DSA public key of the user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 2 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 2 of the SSH protocol
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/known_hosts</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Contains DSA host keys of SSH servers accessed by the user. This file is very important for ensuring that the SSH client is connecting the correct SSH server.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				Refer to the <code class="command">ssh_config</code> and <code class="command">sshd_config</code> man pages for information concerning the various directives available in the SSH configuration files.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</h3></div></div></div><a id="id801202" class="indexterm"></a><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To run an OpenSSH server, you must have the <span class="package">openssh-server</span> and <span class="package">openssh</span> packages installed. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a> for more information on how to install new packages in Fedora.
+				</div></div></div><a id="id972362" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To start the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start sshd.service</code></pre><a id="id832684" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To stop the running <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop sshd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you want the daemon to start automatically at the boot time, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable sshd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that if you reinstall the system, a new set of identification keys will be created. As a result, clients who had connected to the system with any of the OpenSSH tools before the reinstall will see the following message:
+			</div><pre class="screen">@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
+@    WARNING: REMOTE HOST IDENTIFICATION HAS CHANGED!     @
+@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
+IT IS POSSIBLE THAT SOMEONE IS DOING SOMETHING NASTY!
+Someone could be eavesdropping on you right now (man-in-the-middle attack)!
+It is also possible that the RSA host key has just been changed.</pre><div class="para">
+				To prevent this, you can back up the relevant files from the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/</code> directory (see <a class="xref" href="#table-ssh-configuration-configs-system">表9.1「System-wide configuration files」</a> for a complete list), and restore them whenever you reinstall the system.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</h3></div></div></div><a id="id967812" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id880304" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				For SSH to be truly effective, using insecure connection protocols should be prohibited. Otherwise, a user's password may be protected using SSH for one session, only to be captured later while logging in using Telnet. Some services to disable include <code class="command">telnet</code>, <code class="command">rsh</code>, <code class="command">rlogin</code>, and <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To make sure these services are not running, type the following commands at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop telnet.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl stop rsh.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl stop rlogin.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl stop vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To disable running these services at startup, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl disable telnet.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl disable rsh.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl disable rlogin.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl disable vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs">9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1067274" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To improve the system security even further, you can enforce the key-based authentication by disabling the standard password authentication. To do so, open the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code> configuration file in a text editor, and change the <code class="option">PasswordAuthentication</code> option as follows:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">PasswordAuthentication no</pre><div class="para">
+				To be able to use <code class="command">ssh</code>, <code class="command">scp</code>, or <code class="command">sftp</code> to connect to the server from a client machine, generate an authorization key pair by following the steps below. Note that keys must be generated for each user separately.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Fedora 15 uses SSH Protocol 2 and RSA keys by default (see <a class="xref" href="#s2-ssh-versions">「Protocol Versions」</a> for more information).
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not generate key pairs as root</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you complete the steps as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, only <code class="systemitem">root</code> will be able to use the keys.
+				</div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Backup your ~/.ssh/ directory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you reinstall your system and want to keep previously generated key pair, backup the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory. After reinstalling, copy it back to your home directory. This process can be done for all users on your system, including <code class="systemitem">root</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">9.2.4.1. 鍵ペアの生成</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1345659" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718344" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To generate an RSA key pair for version 2 of the SSH protocol, follow these steps:
+				</div><a id="id718363" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Generate an RSA key pair by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-keygen -t rsa</code>
+Generating public/private rsa key pair.
+Enter file in which to save the key (/home/john/.ssh/id_rsa):</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm the default location (that is, <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa</code>) for the newly created key.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Enter a passphrase, and confirm it by entering it again when prompted to do so. For security reasons, avoid using the same password as you use to log in to your account.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							After this, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+						</div><pre class="screen">Your identification has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_rsa.
+Your public key has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.
+The key fingerprint is:
+e7:97:c7:e2:0e:f9:0e:fc:c4:d7:cb:e5:31:11:92:14 john at penguin.example.com
+The key's randomart image is:
++--[ RSA 2048]----+
+|             E.  |
+|            . .  |
+|             o . |
+|              . .|
+|        S .    . |
+|         + o o ..|
+|          * * +oo|
+|           O +..=|
+|           o*  o.|
++-----------------+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 755 ~/.ssh</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Copy the content of <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</code> into the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> on the machine to which you want to connect, appending it to its end if the file already exists.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> file using the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 644 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code></pre></li></ol></div><a id="id756579" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id756591" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To generate a DSA key pair for version 2 of the SSH protocol, follow these steps:
+				</div><a id="id1040961" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Generate a DSA key pair by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-keygen -t dsa</code>
+Generating public/private dsa key pair.
+Enter file in which to save the key (/home/john/.ssh/id_dsa):</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm the default location (that is, <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa</code>) for the newly created key.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Enter a passphrase, and confirm it by entering it again when prompted to do so. For security reasons, avoid using the same password as you use to log in to your account.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							After this, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+						</div><pre class="screen">Your identification has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_dsa.
+Your public key has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_dsa.pub.
+The key fingerprint is:
+81:a1:91:a8:9f:e8:c5:66:0d:54:f5:90:cc:bc:cc:27 john at penguin.example.com
+The key's randomart image is:
++--[ DSA 1024]----+
+|   .oo*o.        |
+|  ...o Bo        |
+| .. . + o.       |
+|.  .   E o       |
+| o..o   S        |
+|. o= .           |
+|. +              |
+| .               |
+|                 |
++-----------------+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 775 ~/.ssh</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Copy the content of <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</code> into the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> on the machine to which you want to connect, appending it to its end if the file already exists.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> file using the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 644 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code></pre></li></ol></div><a id="id870752" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id710219" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To generate an RSA key pair for version 1 of the SSH protocol, follow these steps:
+				</div><a id="id896919" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Generate an RSA key pair by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-keygen -t rsa1</code>
+Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.
+Enter file in which to save the key (/home/john/.ssh/identity):</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm the default location (that is, <code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity</code>) for the newly created key.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Enter a passphrase, and confirm it by entering it again when prompted to do so. For security reasons, avoid using the same password as you use to log into your account.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							After this, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+						</div><pre class="screen">Your identification has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/identity.
+Your public key has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/identity.pub.
+The key fingerprint is:
+cb:f6:d5:cb:6e:5f:2b:28:ac:17:0c:e4:62:e4:6f:59 john at penguin.example.com
+The key's randomart image is:
++--[RSA1 2048]----+
+|                 |
+|     . .         |
+|    o o          |
+|     + o E       |
+|    . o S        |
+|       = +   .   |
+|      . = . o . .|
+|       . = o o..o|
+|       .o o  o=o.|
++-----------------+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 755 ~/.ssh</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Copy the content of <code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity.pub</code> into the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> on the machine to which you want to connect, appending it to its end if the file already exists.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> file using the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 644 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">「Configuring ssh-agent」</a> for information on how to set up your system to remember the passphrase.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Never share your private key</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						The private key is for your personal use only, and it is important that you never give it to anyone.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">9.2.4.2. Configuring ssh-agent</h4></div></div></div><a id="id854824" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id723317" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id723329" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id884073" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To store your passphrase so that you do not have to enter it each time you initiate a connection with a remote machine, you can use the <code class="command">ssh-agent</code> authentication agent. To save your passphrase for a certain shell prompt, use the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-add</code>
+Enter passphrase for /home/john/.ssh/id_rsa:</pre><div class="para">
+					Note that when you log out, your passphrase will be forgotten. You must execute the command each time you log in to a virtual console or a terminal window.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-clients"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-clients">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</h2></div></div></div><a id="id789793" class="indexterm"></a><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To connect to an OpenSSH server from a client machine, you must have the <span class="package">openssh-clients</span> and <span class="package">openssh</span> packages installed. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a> for more information on how to install new packages in Fedora.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-clients-ssh"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1079309" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1079325" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">ssh</code> allows you to log in to a remote machine and execute commands there. It is a secure replacement for the <code class="command">rlogin</code>, <code class="command">rsh</code>, and <code class="command">telnet</code> programs.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Similarly to <code class="command">telnet</code>, to log in to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type the following command at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh penguin.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will log you in with the same username you are using on a local machine. If you want to specify a different one, use a command in the <code class="command">ssh <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code> form. For example, to log in as <code class="systemitem">john</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh john at penguin.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The first time you initiate a connection, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+			</div><pre class="screen">The authenticity of host 'penguin.example.com' can't be established.
+RSA key fingerprint is 94:68:3a:3a:bc:f3:9a:9b:01:5d:b3:07:38:e2:11:0c.
+Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?</pre><div class="para">
+				Type <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> to confirm. You will see a notice that the server has been added to the list of known hosts, and a prompt asking for your password:
+			</div><pre class="screen">Warning: Permanently added 'penguin.example.com' (RSA) to the list of known hosts.
+john at penguin.example.com's password:</pre><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Updating the host key of an SSH server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the SSH server's host key changes, the client notifies the user that the connection cannot proceed until the server's host key is deleted from the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/known_hosts</code> file. To do so, open the file in a text editor, and remove a line containing the remote machine name at the beginning. Before doing this, however, contact the system administrator of the SSH server to verify the server is not compromised.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				After entering the password, you will be provided with a shell prompt for the remote machine.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, the <code class="command">ssh</code> program can be used to execute a command on the remote machine without logging in to a shell prompt. The syntax for that is <code class="command">ssh [<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@]<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></code>. For example, if you want to execute the <code class="command">whoami</code> command on <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh john at penguin.example.com whoami</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+john</pre><div class="para">
+				After you enter the correct password, the username will be displayed, and you will return to your local shell prompt.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-clients-scp"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-clients-scp">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id670624" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1034462" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1034482" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">scp</code> can be used to transfer files between machines over a secure, encrypted connection. In its design, it is very similar to <code class="command">rcp</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To transfer a local file to a remote system, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">scp <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, if you want to transfer <code class="filename">taglist.vim</code> to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">scp taglist.vim john at penguin.example.com:.vim/plugin/taglist.vim</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+taglist.vim                                   100%  144KB 144.5KB/s   00:00</pre><div class="para">
+				Multiple files can be specified at once. To transfer the contents of <code class="filename">.vim/plugin/</code> to the same directory on the remote machine <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">scp .vim/plugin/* john at penguin.example.com:.vim/plugin/</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+closetag.vim                                  100%   13KB  12.6KB/s   00:00    
+snippetsEmu.vim                               100%   33KB  33.1KB/s   00:00    
+taglist.vim                                   100%  144KB 144.5KB/s   00:00</pre><div class="para">
+				To transfer a remote file to the local system, use the following syntax:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">scp <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For instance, to download the <code class="filename">.vimrc</code> configuration file from the remote machine, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">scp john at penguin.example.com:.vimrc .vimrc</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+.vimrc                                        100% 2233     2.2KB/s   00:00</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-clients-sftp"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-clients-sftp">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id864384" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1087922" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">sftp</code> utility can be used to open a secure, interactive FTP session. In its design, it is similar to <code class="command">ftp</code> except that it uses a secure, encrypted connection.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To connect to a remote system, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">sftp <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, to log in to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code> with <code class="systemitem">john</code> as a username, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">sftp john at penguin.example.com</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+Connected to penguin.example.com.
+sftp&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+				After you enter the correct password, you will be presented with a prompt. The <code class="command">sftp</code> utility accepts a set of commands similar to those used by <code class="command">ftp</code> (see <a class="xref" href="#table-ssh-clients-sftp">表9.3「A selection of available sftp commands」</a>).
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ssh-clients-sftp"><h6>表9.3 A selection of available sftp commands</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="A selection of available sftp commands" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="command" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								コマンド
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ls</code> [<em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>]
+							</td><td>
+								List the content of a remote <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>. If none is supplied, a current working directory is used by default.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">cd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Change the remote working directory to <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">mkdir</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a remote <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">rmdir</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Remove a remote <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">put</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em>]
+							</td><td>
+								Transfer <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em> to a remote machine.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">get</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em>]
+							</td><td>
+								Transfer <em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em> from a remote machine.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				For a complete list of available commands, refer to the <code class="command">sftp</code> man page.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-beyondshell"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-beyondshell">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			安全なコマンドラインインターフェイスは、 SSH が使用できる多くの方法の単なる一部分です。充分なバンド幅があれば、 X11 セッションは 1 つの SSH チャンネル上で方向指定できます。又は、 TCP/IP 転送を使用することで、以前にシステム間で不安全であったポート接続は、特定の SSH チャンネルにマップすることができます。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</h3></div></div></div><a id="id747866" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To open an X11 session over an SSH connection, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ssh -Y <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, to log in to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code> with <code class="systemitem">john</code> as a username, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh -Y john at penguin.example.com</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:</pre><div class="para">
+				安全なシェルプロンプトから X プログラムが実行されると、 SSH クライアントとサーバーは新しい安全なチャンネルを作成し、 X プログラムデータはそのチャンネルを通じて透過的にクライアントマシンに送信されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				X11 forwarding can be very useful. For example, X11 forwarding can be used to create a secure, interactive session of the <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> utility. To do this, connect to the server using <span class="application"><strong>ssh</strong></span> and type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">system-config-printer &amp;</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration Tool</strong></span> will appear, allowing the remote user to safely configure printing on the remote system.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip">9.4.2. ポート転送</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1207444" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				SSH can secure otherwise insecure <code class="systemitem">TCP/IP</code> protocols via port forwarding. When using this technique, the SSH server becomes an encrypted conduit to the SSH client.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Port forwarding works by mapping a local port on the client to a remote port on the server. SSH can map any port from the server to any port on the client. Port numbers do not need to match for this technique to work.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using reserved port numbers</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					1024 以下のポートをリスンする為のポート転送をセットするには、 root レベルのアクセスが必要です。
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To create a TCP/IP port forwarding channel which listens for connections on the <code class="systemitem">localhost</code>, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ssh -L <em class="replaceable"><code>local-port</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remote-hostname</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remote-port</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, to check email on a server called <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> using <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> through an encrypted connection, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh -L 1100:mail.example.com:110 mail.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Once the port forwarding channel is in place between the client machine and the mail server, direct a POP3 mail client to use port <code class="literal">1100</code> on the <code class="systemitem">localhost</code> to check for new email. Any requests sent to port <code class="literal">1100</code> on the client system will be directed securely to the <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> server.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> is not running an SSH server, but another machine on the same network is, SSH can still be used to secure part of the connection. However, a slightly different command is necessary:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh -L 1100:mail.example.com:110 other.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, POP3 requests from port <code class="literal">1100</code> on the client machine are forwarded through the SSH connection on port <code class="literal">22</code> to the SSH server, <code class="systemitem">other.example.com</code>. Then, <code class="systemitem">other.example.com</code> connects to port <code class="literal">110</code> on <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> to check for new email. Note that when using this technique, only the connection between the client system and <code class="systemitem">other.example.com</code> SSH server is secure.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Port forwarding can also be used to get information securely through network firewalls. If the firewall is configured to allow SSH traffic via its standard port (that is, port 22) but blocks access to other ports, a connection between two hosts using the blocked ports is still possible by redirecting their communication over an established SSH connection.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>A connection is only as secure as a client system</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					この方法でポート転送を使って、接続を転送すると、そのクライアントシステム上のユーザーはいずれもそのサーバーに接続できるようになります。但し、クライアントシステムが侵略された場合、攻撃者は転送サービスにまでもアクセスが出来るようになります。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					System administrators concerned about port forwarding can disable this functionality on the server by specifying a <code class="option">No</code> parameter for the <code class="option">AllowTcpForwarding</code> line in <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code> and restarting the <code class="command">sshd</code> service.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-openssh-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-openssh-additional-resources">9.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id905947" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id905959" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			OpenSSH と OpenSSL プロジェクトの開発は常に進められているため、これらに関する最新情報は該当する Web サイトを参照してください。 OpenSSH と OpenSSL ツールの man ページでも詳細情報を参照することができます。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-openssh-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ssh</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>ssh</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man scp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>scp</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man sftp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>sftp</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man sshd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>sshd</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ssh-keygen</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>ssh-keygen</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ssh_config</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with full description of available SSH client configuration options.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man sshd_config</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with full description of available SSH daemon configuration options.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-openssh-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-openssh-useful-websites">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openssh.com/">http://www.openssh.com/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSH home page containing further documentation, frequently asked questions, links to the mailing lists, bug reports, and other useful resources.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openssl.org/">http://www.openssl.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSL home page containing further documentation, frequently asked questions, links to the mailing lists, and other useful resources.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.freesshd.com/">http://www.freesshd.com/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Another implementation of an SSH server.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="footnotes"><br /><hr width="100" align="left" /><div class="footnote"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.id758039" href="#id758039" class="para">2</a>] </sup>
+						A multiplexed connection consists of several signals being sent over a shared, common medium. With SSH, different channels are sent over a common secure connection.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><div class="part" id="part-Servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート V. サーバー</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id920711"><div></div><div class="para">
+				This part discusses various topics related to servers such as how to set up a Web server or share files and directories over the network.
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-DHCP_Servers">10. DHCP Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-server">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#lease-database">10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#dhcp-relay-agent">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-client">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Configuring_a_Multihome
 d_DHCP_Server">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-additional-resources">10.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-DNS_Servers">11. DNS Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバãƒ
 ¼ã®ã‚¿ã‚¤ãƒ—</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-BIND">11.2. BIND</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-zone">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-rndc">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-dig">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-features">11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-mistakes">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-additional-resources">11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="cha
 pter"><a href="#ch-Web_Servers">12. ウェブ サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 設定ファイルの編集</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1
 .8. Setting Up an SSL Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Mail_Servers">13. メールサーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール トランスポートのプロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-types">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mda">13.2.2. メール配é
 €ã‚¨ãƒ¼ã‚¸ã‚§ãƒ³ãƒˆ (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mua">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mta">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-sendmail">13.3.2. Sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-fetchmail">13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-switchmail">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mda">13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-procmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-procmail-recipes">13.4.2. Procm
 ail レシピ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mua">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-additional-resources">13.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-useful-websites">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-related-books">13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Directory_Servers">14. ディレクトリー サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sectio
 n"><a href="#s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-resources">14.1.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-File_and_Print_Servers">15. File and Print Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class=
 "section"><a href="#s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2. Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a hr
 ef="#s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-FTP">15.2. FTP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-servers">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.3. Files Installed with <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code
 > Configuration Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-resources">15.2.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Printer_Configuration">15.3. プリンタの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_Printer">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Adding_Other_Printer">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-jetdirect-printer">15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-ipp-printer">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></span></dt><dt><span c
 lass="section"><a href="#s1-printing-smb-printer">15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-select-model">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-test-page">15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-edit">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-additional-resources">15.3.11. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-DHCP_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第10章 DHCP Servers</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-server">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></span></dt>
 <dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#lease-database">10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#dhcp-relay-agent">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-client">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-dhcp-additional-reso
 urces">10.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id680090" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1114888" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<acronym class="acronym">DHCP</acronym> (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) は、クライアントマシンに自動的に TCP/IP 情報を割り当てるネットワークプロトコルです。各 DHCP クライアントは、中央に配置された DHCP サーバーに接続し、このサーバーが IP アドレス、ゲートウェイ、 DNS サーバーなどクライアントのネットワーク設定情報 (IP アドレス、ゲートウェイ、 DNS サーバーを含む) を返します。
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-why"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</h2></div></div></div><a id="id672862" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			DHCP はクライアントのネットワークインターフェースを自動で設定するのに便利です。クライアントシステムを設定するとき DHCP を選択すれば、 IP アドレス、ネットマスク、ゲートウェイ、 DNS サーバーを入力する必要がありません。クライアントはこれらの情報を DHCP サーバーから受け取ります。また、管理者が多数のシステムの IP アドレスを変更する場合も DHCP は便利です。すべてのシステムの再設定を行う代わりに、サーバー上の DHCP 設定ファイルを編集することによって、新規の IP アドレスセットを設定できます。組織の DNS サーバーが変更された場合は、 DHCP クライアントで変更を行うのではなく、 DHCP サーバーで変更を行います。クライアントでネットワークが再起動 (またはクライアントがリブート) されると、変
 更が反映されます。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			組織が、機能中の DHCP サーバーをネットワークに正しく接続している場合、ラップトップや他の携帯コンピュータの使用者はそのようなデバイスをオフィスからオフィスへと移動して使用できます。
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-server"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-server">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id745312" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">dhcp</code> package contains an ISC DHCP server. First, install the package as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install dhcp</code></pre><div class="para">
+			Installing the <code class="filename">dhcp</code> package creates a file, <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>, which is merely an empty configuration file:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">#
+# DHCP Server Configuration file.
+#   see /usr/share/doc/dhcp*/dhcpd.conf.sample
+#   see dhcpd.conf(5) man page
+#</pre><div class="para">
+			The sample configuration file can be found at <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/dhcp-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/dhcpd.conf.sample</code>. You should use this file to help you configure <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>, which is explained in detail below.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			DHCP also uses the file <code class="filename">/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code> to store the client lease database. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#lease-database">「リースデータベース」</a> for more information.
+		</div><div class="section" id="config-file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id948702" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id948716" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The first step in configuring a DHCP server is to create the configuration file that stores the network information for the clients. Use this file to declare options and global options for client systems.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The configuration file can contain extra tabs or blank lines for easier formatting. Keywords are case-insensitive and lines beginning with a hash sign (#) are considered comments.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				設定ファイルのステートメントには、次の2タイプがあります:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Parameters — State how to perform a task, whether to perform a task, or what network configuration options to send to the client.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Declarations — Describe the topology of the network, describe the clients, provide addresses for the clients, or apply a group of parameters to a group of declarations.
+					</div></li></ul></div><a id="id694915" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The parameters that start with the keyword option are referred to as <em class="firstterm">options</em>. These options control DHCP options; whereas, parameters configure values that are not optional or control how the DHCP server behaves.
+			</div><a id="id903078" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				中かっこ ({ }) で囲まれたセクションの前に宣言されたパラメータとオプションは、グローバルパラメータとみなされます。グローバルパラメータは、それ以降のすべてのセクションに適用されます。
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Restart the DHCP daemon for the changes to take effect</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the configuration file is changed, the changes do not take effect until the DHCP daemon is restarted. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart dhcpd.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use the omshell command</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Instead of changing a DHCP configuration file and restarting the service each time, using the <code class="command">omshell</code> command provides an interactive way to connect to, query, and change the configuration of a DHCP server. By using <code class="command">omshell</code>, all changes can be made while the server is running. For more information on <code class="command">omshell</code>, refer to the <code class="command">omshell</code> man page.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="#subnet">例10.1「Subnet declaration」</a>, the <code class="filename">routers</code>, <code class="filename">subnet-mask</code>, <code class="filename">domain-search</code>, <code class="filename">domain-name-servers</code>, and <code class="filename">time-offset</code> options are used for any <code class="filename">host</code> statements declared below it.
+			</div><a id="id782686" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Additionally, a <code class="filename">subnet</code> can be declared, a <code class="filename">subnet</code> declaration must be included for every subnet in the network. If it is not, the DHCP server fails to start.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In this example, there are global options for every DHCP client in the subnet and a <code class="filename">range</code> declared. Clients are assigned an IP address within the <code class="filename">range</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="subnet"><h6>例10.1 Subnet declaration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+        option routers                  192.168.1.254;
+        option subnet-mask              255.255.255.0;
+        option domain-search              "example.com";
+        option domain-name-servers       192.168.1.1;
+        option time-offset              -18000;     # Eastern Standard Time
+	range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				To configure a DHCP server that leases a dynamic IP address to a system within a subnet, modify <a class="xref" href="#dynamic-ip">例10.2「Range parameter」</a> with your values. It declares a default lease time, maximum lease time, and network configuration values for the clients. This example assigns IP addresses in the <code class="filename">range</code> 192.168.1.10 and 192.168.1.100 to client systems.
+			</div><div class="example" id="dynamic-ip"><h6>例10.2 Range parameter</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">default-lease-time 600;
+max-lease-time 7200;
+option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;
+option routers 192.168.1.254;
+option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;
+option domain-search "example.com";
+subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+   range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				To assign an IP address to a client based on the MAC address of the network interface card, use the <code class="filename">hardware ethernet</code> parameter within a <code class="filename">host</code> declaration. As demonstrated in <a class="xref" href="#static-ip">例10.3「Static IP address using DHCP」</a>, the <code class="filename">host apex</code> declaration specifies that the network interface card with the MAC address 00:A0:78:8E:9E:AA always receives the IP address 192.168.1.4.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that the optional parameter <code class="filename">host-name</code> can also be used to assign a host name to the client.
+			</div><div class="example" id="static-ip"><h6>例10.3 Static IP address using DHCP</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">host apex {
+   option host-name "apex.example.com";
+   hardware ethernet 00:A0:78:8E:9E:AA;
+   fixed-address 192.168.1.4;
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id739468" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				All subnets that share the same physical network should be declared within a <code class="filename">shared-network</code> declaration as shown in <a class="xref" href="#shared-network">例10.4「Shared-network declaration」</a>. Parameters within the <code class="filename">shared-network</code>, but outside the enclosed <code class="filename">subnet</code> declarations, are considered to be global parameters. The name of the <code class="filename">shared-network</code> must be a descriptive title for the network, such as using the title 'test-lab' to describe all the subnets in a test lab environment.
+			</div><div class="example" id="shared-network"><h6>例10.4 Shared-network declaration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">shared-network name {
+    option domain-search              "test.redhat.com";
+    option domain-name-servers      ns1.redhat.com, ns2.redhat.com;
+    option routers                  192.168.0.254;
+    more parameters for EXAMPLE shared-network
+    subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.252.0 {
+        parameters for subnet
+        range 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.254;
+    }
+    subnet 192.168.2.0 netmask 255.255.252.0 {
+        parameters for subnet
+        range 192.168.2.1 192.168.2.254;
+    }
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id1114797" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				As demonstrated in <a class="xref" href="#group">例10.5「Group declaration」</a>, the <code class="filename">group</code> declaration is used to apply global parameters to a group of declarations. For example, shared networks, subnets, and hosts can be grouped.
+			</div><div class="example" id="group"><h6>例10.5 Group declaration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">group {
+   option routers                  192.168.1.254;
+   option subnet-mask              255.255.255.0;
+   option domain-search              "example.com";
+   option domain-name-servers       192.168.1.1;
+   option time-offset              -18000;     # Eastern Standard Time
+   host apex {
+      option host-name "apex.example.com";
+      hardware ethernet 00:A0:78:8E:9E:AA;
+      fixed-address 192.168.1.4;
+   }
+   host raleigh {
+      option host-name "raleigh.example.com";
+      hardware ethernet 00:A1:DD:74:C3:F2;
+      fixed-address 192.168.1.6;
+   }
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the sample configuration file</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The sample configuration file provided can be used as a starting point and custom configuration options can be added to it. To copy it to the proper location, use the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">cp /usr/share/doc/dhcp-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/dhcpd.conf.sample /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code></pre><div class="para">
+					... where <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> is the DHCP version number.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				For a complete list of option statements and what they do, refer to the <code class="filename">dhcp-options</code> man page.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="lease-database"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="lease-database">10.2.2. リースデータベース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				On the DHCP server, the file <code class="filename">/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code> stores the DHCP client lease database. Do not change this file. DHCP lease information for each recently assigned IP address is automatically stored in the lease database. The information includes the length of the lease, to whom the IP address has been assigned, the start and end dates for the lease, and the MAC address of the network interface card that was used to retrieve the lease.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				リースデータベースにおける時刻はすべて、ローカル時でなく UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) を使用します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The lease database is recreated from time to time so that it is not too large. First, all known leases are saved in a temporary lease database. The <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file is renamed <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases~</code> and the temporary lease database is written to <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The DHCP daemon could be killed or the system could crash after the lease database has been renamed to the backup file but before the new file has been written. If this happens, the <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file does not exist, but it is required to start the service. Do not create a new lease file. If you do, all old leases are lost which causes many problems. The correct solution is to rename the <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases~</code> backup file to <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> and then start the daemon.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</h3></div></div></div><a id="id930388" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id643425" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id829535" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id827979" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Starting the DHCP server for the first time</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					When the DHCP server is started for the first time, it fails unless the <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file exists. Use the command <code class="command">touch /var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code> to create the file if it does not exist.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If the same server is also running BIND as a DNS server, this step is not necessary, as starting the <code class="command">named</code> service automatically checks for a <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To start the DHCP service, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start dhcpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To stop the DHCP server, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop dhcpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				By default, the DHCP service does not start at boot time. To configure the daemon to start automatically at boot time, run:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable dhcpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div><a id="id979817" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id880068" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If more than one network interface is attached to the system, but the DHCP server should only be started on one of the interfaces, configure the DHCP server to start only on that device. In <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code>, add the name of the interface to the list of <code class="command">DHCPDARGS</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"># Command line options here
+DHCPDARGS=eth0</pre><div class="para">
+				これは、ネットワークカードが2つあるファイアウォールマシンに便利な機能です。一方のネットワークカードを DHCP クライアントとして設定してインターネット用の IP アドレスを取得します。もう一方のネットワークカードは、ファイアウォール内の内部ネットワーク用の DHCP サーバーとして使用できます。内部ネットワークに接続されたネットワークカードだけを指定することにより、ユーザーがインターネット経由でデーモンに接続できなくなるので、システムがより安全になります。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Other command line options that can be specified in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> include:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-p <em class="replaceable"><code>portnum</code></em> </code> — Specifies the UDP port number on which <code class="command">dhcpd</code> should listen. The default is port 67. The DHCP server transmits responses to the DHCP clients at a port number one greater than the UDP port specified. For example, if the default port 67 is used, the server listens on port 67 for requests and responses to the client on port 68. If a port is specified here and the DHCP relay agent is used, the same port on which the DHCP relay agent should listen must be specified. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#dhcp-relay-agent">「DHCP リレーエージェント」</a> for details.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-f</code> — Runs the daemon as a foreground process. This is mostly used for debugging.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-d</code> — Logs the DHCP server daemon to the standard error descriptor. This is mostly used for debugging. If this is not specified, the log is written to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-cf <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> </code> — Specifies the location of the configuration file. The default location is <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-lf <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> </code> — Specifies the location of the lease database file. If a lease database file already exists, it is very important that the same file be used every time the DHCP server is started. It is strongly recommended that this option only be used for debugging purposes on non-production machines. The default location is <code class="filename">/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-q</code> — Do not print the entire copyright message when starting the daemon.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="dhcp-relay-agent"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="dhcp-relay-agent">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id773324" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id840842" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id709037" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The DHCP Relay Agent (<code class="command">dhcrelay</code>) allows for the relay of DHCP and BOOTP requests from a subnet with no DHCP server on it to one or more DHCP servers on other subnets.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				DHCP クライアントが情報を要求すると、 DHCP リレーエージェントは自身の起動時に指定された一覧に含まれる DHCP サーバーに要求を転送します。 DHCP サーバーのいずれかから応答が返されると、その応答はオリジナルの要求を送信したネットワークにブロードキャストされたりユニキャストされたりします。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The DHCP Relay Agent listens for DHCP requests on all interfaces unless the interfaces are specified in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcrelay</code> with the <code class="computeroutput">INTERFACES</code> directive.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To start the DHCP Relay Agent, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start dhcrelay.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-client"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-client">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1069162" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id797197" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To configure a DHCP client manually, modify the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code> file to enable networking and the configuration file for each network device in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts</code> directory. In this directory, each device should have a configuration file named <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code>, where <code class="filename">eth0</code> is the network device name.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0</code> file should contain the following lines:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+BOOTPROTO=dhcp
+ONBOOT=yes</pre><div class="para">
+			DHCP を使用するよう設定するデバイスごとに設定ファイルが必要です。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			ネットワークスクリプト用に含まれるその他のオプション:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="literal">DHCP_HOSTNAME</code> — Only use this option if the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. (The DHCP server daemon in Fedora does not support this feature.)
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="literal">PEERDNS=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code>, where <code class="literal"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">yes</code> — Modify <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code> with information from the server. If using DHCP, then <code class="command">yes</code> is the default.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">no</code> — Do not modify <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Advanced configurations</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				For advanced configurations of client DHCP options such as protocol timing, lease requirements and requests, dynamic DNS support, aliases, as well as a wide variety of values to override, prepend, or append to client-side configurations, refer to the <code class="command">dhclient</code> and <code class="command">dhclient.conf</code> man pages.
+			</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</h2></div></div></div><a id="id760045" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			A multihomed DHCP server serves multiple networks, that is, multiple subnets. The examples in these sections detail how to configure a DHCP server to serve multiple networks, select which network interfaces to listen on, and how to define network settings for systems that move networks.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Before making any changes, back up the existing <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> files.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The DHCP daemon listens on all network interfaces unless otherwise specified. Use the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> file to specify which network interfaces the DHCP daemon listens on. The following <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> example specifies that the DHCP daemon listens on the <code class="filename">eth0</code> and <code class="filename">eth1</code> interfaces:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">DHCPDARGS="eth0 eth1";</pre><div class="para">
+			If a system has three network interfaces cards -- <code class="filename">eth0</code>, <code class="filename">eth1</code>, and <code class="filename">eth2</code> -- and it is only desired that the DHCP daemon listens on <code class="filename">eth0</code>, then only specify <code class="computeroutput">eth0</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code>:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">DHCPDARGS="eth0";</pre><div class="para">
+			The following is a basic <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> file, for a server that has two network interfaces, <code class="filename">eth0</code> in a 10.0.0.0/24 network, and <code class="filename">eth1</code> in a 172.16.0.0/24 network. Multiple <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declarations allow different settings to be defined for multiple networks:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">default-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>600</code></em>;
+max-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>7200</code></em>;
+subnet 10.0.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 10.0.0.1;
+	range 10.0.0.5 10.0.0.15;
+}
+subnet 172.16.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 172.16.0.1;
+	range 172.16.0.5 172.16.0.15;
+}</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">subnet <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.0</code></em> netmask <em class="replaceable"><code>255.255.255.0</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration is required for every network your DHCP server is serving. Multiple subnets require multiple <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declarations. If the DHCP server does not have a network interface in a range of a <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration, the DHCP server does not serve that network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						If there is only one <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration, and no network interfaces are in the range of that subnet, the DHCP daemon fails to start, and an error such as the following is logged to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">dhcpd: No subnet declaration for eth0 (0.0.0.0).
+dhcpd: ** Ignoring requests on eth0.  If this is not what
+dhcpd:    you want, please write a subnet declaration
+dhcpd:    in your dhcpd.conf file for the network segment
+dhcpd:    to which interface eth1 is attached. **
+dhcpd:
+dhcpd:
+dhcpd: Not configured to listen on any interfaces!</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">option subnet-mask <em class="replaceable"><code>255.255.255.0</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">option subnet-mask</code> option defines a subnet mask, and overrides the <code class="computeroutput">netmask</code> value in the <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration. In simple cases, the subnet and netmask values are the same.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">option routers <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.1</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">option routers</code> option defines the default gateway for the subnet. This is required for systems to reach internal networks on a different subnet, as well as external networks.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">range <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.5</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.15</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">range</code> option specifies the pool of available IP addresses. Systems are assigned an address from the range of specified IP addresses.
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+			For further information, refer to the <code class="computeroutput">dhcpd.conf(5)</code> man page.
+		</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use alias interfaces</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Alias interfaces are not supported by DHCP. If an alias interface is the only interface, in the only subnet specified in <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>, the DHCP daemon fails to start.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-dns_Host_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</h3></div></div></div><a id="id707401" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Before making any changes, back up the existing <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> files.
+			</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id1085312">Configuring a single system for multiple networks</h5>
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> example creates two subnets, and configures an IP address for the same system, depending on which network it connects to:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">default-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>600</code></em>;
+max-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>7200</code></em>;
+subnet 10.0.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 10.0.0.1;
+	range 10.0.0.5 10.0.0.15;
+}
+subnet 172.16.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 172.16.0.1;
+	range 172.16.0.5 172.16.0.15;
+}
+host example0 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1A:6B:6A:2E:0B;
+	fixed-address 10.0.0.20;
+}
+host example1 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1A:6B:6A:2E:0B;
+	fixed-address 172.16.0.20;
+}</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">host <em class="replaceable"><code>example0</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration defines specific parameters for a single system, such as an IP address. To configure specific parameters for multiple hosts, use multiple <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Most DHCP clients ignore the name in <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations, and as such, this name can anything, as long as it is unique to other <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations. To configure the same system for multiple networks, use a different name for each <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration, otherwise the DHCP daemon fails to start. Systems are identified by the <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> option, not the name in the <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet <em class="replaceable"><code>00:1A:6B:6A:2E:0B</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> option identifies the system. To find this address, run the <code class="command">ip link</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">fixed-address <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.20</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="computeroutput">fixed-address</code> option assigns a valid IP address to the system specified by the <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> option. This address must be outside the IP address pool specified with the <code class="computeroutput">range</code> option.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="computeroutput">option</code> statements do not end with a semicolon, the DHCP daemon fails to start, and an error such as the following is logged to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf line 20: semicolon expected.
+dhcpd: }
+dhcpd: ^
+dhcpd: /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf line 38: unexpected end of file
+dhcpd:
+dhcpd: ^
+dhcpd: Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting</pre><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id989766">Configuring systems with multiple network interfaces</h5>
+					The following <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations configure a single system, that has multiple network interfaces, so that each interface receives the same IP address. This configuration will not work if both network interfaces are connected to the same network at the same time:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">host interface0 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1a:6b:6a:2e:0b;
+	fixed-address 10.0.0.18;
+}
+host interface1 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1A:6B:6A:27:3A;
+	fixed-address 10.0.0.18;
+}</pre><div class="para">
+				For this example, <code class="computeroutput">interface0</code> is the first network interface, and <code class="computeroutput">interface1</code> is the second interface. The different <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> options identify each interface.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If such a system connects to another network, add more <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations, remembering to:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						assign a valid <code class="computeroutput">fixed-address</code> for the network the host is connecting to.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						make the name in the <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration unique.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				When a name given in a <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration is not unique, the DHCP daemon fails to start, and an error such as the following is logged to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">dhcpd: /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf line 31: host interface0: already exists
+dhcpd: }
+dhcpd: ^
+dhcpd: Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting</pre><div class="para">
+				This error was caused by having multiple <code class="computeroutput">host interface0</code> declarations defined in <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1041978" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1041990" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The ISC DHCP includes support for IPv6 (DHCPv6) since the 4.x release with a DHCPv6 server, client and relay agent functionality. The server, client and relay agents support both IPv4 and IPv6. However, the client and the server can only manage one protocol at a time — for dual support they must be started separately for IPv4 and IPv6.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The DHCPv6 server configuration file can be found at <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd6.conf</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The sample server configuration file can be found at <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/dhcp-version/dhcpd6.conf.sample</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To start the DHCPv6 service, use the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start dhcpd6.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			A simple DHCPv6 server configuration file can look like this:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">subnet6 2001:db8:0:1::/64 {
+        range6 2001:db8:0:1::129 2001:db8:0:1::254;
+        option dhcp6.name-servers fec0:0:0:1::1;
+        option dhcp6.domain-search "domain.example";
+}</pre></div><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-additional-resources">10.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1753035" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			For additional information, refer to <em class="citetitle">The DHCP Handbook; Ralph Droms and Ted Lemon; 2003</em> or the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-dhcp-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dhcpd</code> man page — Describes how the DHCP daemon works.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcpd.conf</code> man page — Explains how to configure the DHCP configuration file; includes some examples.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> man page — Describes a persistent database of leases.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcp-options</code> man page — Explains the syntax for declaring DHCP options in <code class="filename">dhcpd.conf</code>; includes some examples.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcrelay</code> man page — Explains the DHCP Relay Agent and its configuration options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/dhcp-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/</code> — Contains sample files, README files, and release notes for current versions of the DHCP service.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-DNS_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第11章 DNS Servers</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-BIND">11.2. BIND</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-zone">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></span></dt><dt><span clas
 s="section"><a href="#s2-bind-rndc">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-dig">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-features">11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-mistakes">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-bind-additional-resources">11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id988995" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id851599" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">DNS</code> (Domain Name System), also known as a <em class="firstterm">nameserver</em>, is a network system that associates hostnames with their respective IP addresses. For users, this has the advantage that they can refer to machines on the network by names that are usually easier to remember than the numerical network addresses. For system administrators, using the nameserver allows them to change the IP address for a host without ever affecting the name-based queries, or to decide which machines handle these queries.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-Introduction_to_DNS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</h2></div></div></div><a id="id989017" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			DNS is usually implemented using one or more centralized servers that are authoritative for certain domains. When a client host requests information from a nameserver, it usually connects to port 53. The nameserver then attempts to resolve the name requested. If it does not have an authoritative answer, or does not already have the answer cached from an earlier query, it queries other nameservers, called <em class="firstterm">root nameservers</em>, to determine which nameservers are authoritative for the name in question, and then queries them to get the requested name.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-dns-introduction-zones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</h3></div></div></div><a id="id988989" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id979497" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id979483" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id979475" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				In a DNS server such as BIND, all information is stored in basic data elements called <em class="firstterm">resource records</em> (RR). The resource record is usually a <em class="firstterm">fully qualified domain name</em> (FQDN) of a host, and is broken down into multiple sections organized into a tree-like hierarchy. This hierarchy consists of a main trunk, primary branches, secondary branches, and so on. The following is an example of a resource record:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">bob.sales.example.com</pre><a id="id1024517" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Each level of the hierarchy is divided by a period (that is, <code class="literal">.</code>). In the example above, <code class="literal">com</code> defines the <em class="firstterm">top-level domain</em>, <code class="literal">example</code> its subdomain, and <code class="literal">sales</code> the subdomain of <code class="literal">example</code>. In this case, <code class="literal">bob</code> identifies a resource record that is part of the <code class="systemitem">sales.example.com</code> domain. With the exception of the part furthest to the left (that is, <code class="literal">bob</code>), each of these sections is called a <em class="firstterm">zone</em> and defines a specific <em class="firstterm">namespace</em>.
+			</div><a id="id1194513" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1084141" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Zones are defined on authoritative nameservers through the use of <em class="firstterm">zone files</em>, which contain definitions of the resource records in each zone. Zone files are stored on <em class="firstterm">primary nameservers</em> (also called <em class="firstterm">master nameservers</em>), where changes are made to the files, and <em class="firstterm">secondary nameservers</em> (also called <em class="firstterm">slave nameservers</em>), which receive zone definitions from the primary nameservers. Both primary and secondary nameservers are authoritative for the zone and look the same to clients. Depending on the configuration, any nameserver can also serve as a primary or secondary server for multiple zones at the same time.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-dns-introduction-nameservers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバーのタイプ</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				There are two nameserver configuration types:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id750756" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id750739" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id807135" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id807116" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id807106" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id658972" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 authoritative </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Authoritative nameservers answer to resource records that are part of their zones only. This category includes both primary (master) and secondary (slave) nameservers.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id658965" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id988040" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 recursive </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Recursive nameservers offer resolution services, but they are not authoritative for any zone. Answers for all resolutions are cached in a memory for a fixed period of time, which is specified by the retrieved resource record.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Although a nameserver can be both authoritative and recursive at the same time, it is recommended not to combine the configuration types. To be able to perform their work, authoritative servers should be available to all clients all the time. On the other hand, since the recursive lookup takes far more time than authoritative responses, recursive servers should be available to a restricted number of clients only, otherwise they are prone to distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-dns-introduction-bind"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</h3></div></div></div><a id="id751294" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id751269" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id754531" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id754514" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id754501" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id809052" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				BIND consists of a set of DNS-related programs. It contains a monolithic nameserver called <code class="systemitem">named</code>, an administration utility called <code class="command">rndc</code>, and a debugging tool called <code class="command">dig</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-BIND" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-BIND">11.2. BIND</h2></div></div></div><a id="id736441" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		This chapter covers <code class="systemitem">BIND</code> (Berkeley Internet Name Domain), the DNS server included in Fedora. It focuses on the structure of its configuration files, and describes how to administer it both locally and remotely.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-namedconf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</h3></div></div></div><a id="id910232" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			When the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is started, it reads the configuration from the files as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-bind-namedconf-files">表11.1「The named service configuration files」</a>.
+		</div><a id="id910194" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id857955" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id857940" class="indexterm"></a><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-files"><h6>表11.1 The named service configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="The named service configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="path" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Path
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The main configuration file.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/named/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							An auxiliary directory for configuration files that are included in the main configuration file.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			The configuration file consists of a collection of statements with nested options surrounded by opening and closing curly brackets (that is, <code class="literal">{</code> and <code class="literal">}</code>). Note that when editing the file, you have to be careful not to make any syntax error, otherwise the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service will not start. A typical <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file is organized as follows:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>statement-1</code></em> ["<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-1-name</code></em>"] [<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-1-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-1</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-2</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-N</code></em>;
+};
+<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-2</code></em> ["<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-2-name</code></em>"] [<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-2-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-1</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-2</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-N</code></em>;
+};
+<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-N</code></em> ["<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-N-name</code></em>"] [<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-N-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-1</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-2</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-N</code></em>;
+};</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running BIND in a chroot environment</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If you have installed the <span class="package">bind-chroot</span> package, the BIND service will run in the <code class="filename">/var/named/chroot</code> environment. In that case, the initialization script will mount the above configuration files using the <code class="command">mount --bind</code> command, so that you can manage the configuration outside this environment.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state">11.2.1.1. 一般的なステートメントのタイプ</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following types of statements are commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id691645" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">acl</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">acl</code> (Access Control List) statement allows you to define groups of hosts, so that they can be permitted or denied access to the nameserver. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">acl <em class="replaceable"><code>acl-name</code></em> {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>match-element</code></em>;
+  ...
+};</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>acl-name</code></em> statement name is the name of the access control list, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>match-element</code></em> option is usually an individual IP address (such as <code class="literal">10.0.1.1</code>) or a CIDR network notation (for example, <code class="literal">10.0.1.0/24</code>). For a list of already defined keywords, see <a class="xref" href="#table-bind-namedconf-common-acl">表11.2「Predefined access control lists」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-common-acl"><h6>表11.2 Predefined access control lists</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Predefined access control lists" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="keyword" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											Keyword
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">any</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Matches every IP address.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">localhost</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Matches any IP address that is in use by the local system.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">localnets</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Matches any IP address on any network to which the local system is connected.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">none</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Does not match any IP address.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">acl</code> statement can be especially useful with conjunction with other statements such as <code class="option">options</code>. <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-namedconf-common-acl">例11.1「Using acl in conjunction with options」</a> defines two access control lists, <code class="literal">black-hats</code> and <code class="literal">red-hats</code>, and adds <code class="literal">black-hats</code> on the blacklist while granting <code class="literal">red-hats</code> a normal access.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-acl"><h6>例11.1 Using acl in conjunction with options</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">acl black-hats {
+  10.0.2.0/24;
+  192.168.0.0/24;
+  1234:5678::9abc/24;
+};
+acl red-hats {
+  10.0.1.0/24;
+};
+options {
+  blackhole { black-hats; };
+  allow-query { red-hats; };
+  allow-query-cache { red-hats; };
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1104550" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">include</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">include</code> statement allows you to include files in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>, so that potentially sensitive data can be placed in a separate file with restricted permissions. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">include "<em class="replaceable"><code>file-name</code></em>"</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>file-name</code></em> statement name is an absolute path to a file.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-include"><h6>例11.2 Including a file to /etc/named.conf</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">include "/etc/named.rfc1912.zones";</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1102174" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">options</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">options</code> statement allows you to define global server configuration options as well as to set defaults for other statements. It can be used to specify the location of the <code class="systemitem">named</code> working directory, the types of queries allowed, and much more. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">options {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>;
+  ...
+};</pre><div class="para">
+							For a list of frequently used <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> directives, see <a class="xref" href="#table-bind-namedconf-common-options">表11.3「Commonly used options」</a> below.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-common-options"><h6>表11.3 Commonly used options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Commonly used options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-query</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which hosts are allowed to query the nameserver for authoritative resource records. It accepts an access control lists, a collection of IP addresses, or networks in the CIDR notation. All hosts are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-query-cache</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which hosts are allowed to query the nameserver for non-authoritative data such as recursive queries. Only <code class="literal">localhost</code> and <code class="literal">localnets</code> are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">blackhole</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which hosts are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> allowed to query the nameserver. This option should be used when particular host or network floods the server with requests. The default option is <code class="literal">none</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">directory</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies a working directory for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service. The default option is <code class="literal">/var/named/</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">dnssec-enable</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies whether to return DNSSEC related resource records. The default option is <code class="literal">yes</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">dnssec-validation</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies whether to prove that resource records are authentic via DNSSEC. The default option is <code class="option">yes</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">forwarders</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies a list of valid IP addresses for nameservers to which the requests should be forwarded for resolution.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">forward</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies the behavior of the <code class="option">forwarders</code> directive. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="literal">first</code> — The server will query the nameservers listed in the <code class="option">forwarders</code> directive before attempting to resolve the name on its own.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="literal">only</code> — When unable to query the nameservers listed in the <code class="option">forwarders</code> directive, the server will not attempt to resolve the name on its own.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">listen-on</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the IPv4 network interface on which to listen for queries. On a DNS server that also acts as a gateway, you can use this option to answer queries originating from a single network only. All IPv4 interfaces are used by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">listen-on-v6</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the IPv6 network interface on which to listen for queries. On a DNS server that also acts as a gateway, you can use this option to answer queries originating from a single network only. All IPv6 interfaces are used by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">max-cache-size</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the maximum amount of memory to be used for server caches. When the limit is reached, the server causes records to expire prematurely so that the limit is not exceeded. In a server with multiple views, the limit applies separately to the cache of each view. The default option is <code class="literal">32M</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">notify</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies whether to notify the secondary nameservers when a zone is updated. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">yes</code> — The server will notify all secondary nameservers.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">no</code> — The server will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> notify any secondary nameserver.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">master-only</code> — The server will notify primary server for the zone only.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">explicit</code> — The server will notify only the secondary servers that are specified in the <code class="option">also-notify</code> list within a zone statement.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">pid-file</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the location of the process ID file created by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">recursion</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies whether to act as a recursive server. The default option is <code class="literal">yes</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">statistics-file</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies an alternate location for statistics files. The <code class="filename">/var/named/named.stats</code> file is used by default.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Restrict recursive servers to selected clients only</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								To prevent distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks, it is recommended that you use the <code class="option">allow-query-cache</code> option to restrict recursive DNS services for a particular subset of clients only.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							Refer to the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> referenced in <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>, and the <code class="filename">named.conf</code> manual page for a complete list of available options.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-options"><h6>例11.3 Using the options statement</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">options {
+  allow-query       { localhost; };
+  listen-on port    53 { 127.0.0.1; };
+  listen-on-v6 port 53 { ::1; };
+  max-cache-size    256M;
+  directory         "/var/named";
+  statistics-file   "/var/named/data/named_stats.txt";
+
+  recursion         yes;
+  dnssec-enable     yes;
+  dnssec-validation yes;
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id932528" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">zone</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">zone</code> statement allows you to define the characteristics of a zone, such as the location of its configuration file and zone-specific options, and can be used to override the global <code class="option">options</code> statements. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>zone-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>;
+  ...
+};</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> attribute is the name of the zone, <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-class</code></em> is the optional class of the zone, and <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> is a <code class="option">zone</code> statement option as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-bind-namedconf-common-zone">表11.4「Commonly used options」</a>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> attribute is particularly important, as it is the default value assigned for the <code class="option">$ORIGIN</code> directive used within the corresponding zone file located in the <code class="filename">/var/named/</code> directory. The <code class="systemitem">named</code> daemon appends the name of the zone to any non-fully qualified domain name listed in the zone file. For example, if a <code class="option">zone</code> statement defines the namespace for <code class="literal">example.com</code>, use <code class="literal">example.com</code> as the <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> so that it is placed at the end of hostnames within the <code class="literal">example.com</code> zone file.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information about zone files, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-bind-zone">「Editing Zone Files」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-common-zone"><h6>表11.4 Commonly used options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Commonly used options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-query</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which clients are allowed to request information about this zone. This option overrides global <code class="option">allow-query</code> option. All query requests are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-transfer</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which secondary servers are allowed to request a transfer of the zone's information. All transfer requests are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-update</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies which hosts are allowed to dynamically update information in their zone. The default option is to deny all dynamic update requests.
+											</div>
+											 <div class="para">
+												Note that you should be careful when allowing hosts to update information about their zone. Do not set IP addresses in this option unless the server is in the trusted network. Instead, use TSIG key as described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-features-tsig">「Transaction SIGnatures (TSIG)」</a>.
+											</div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">file</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the name of the file in the <code class="systemitem">named</code> working directory that contains the zone's configuration data.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">masters</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies from which IP addresses to request authoritative zone information. This option is used only if the zone is defined as <code class="option">type</code> <code class="option">slave</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">notify</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies whether to notify the secondary nameservers when a zone is updated. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">yes</code> — The server will notify all secondary nameservers.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">no</code> — The server will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> notify any secondary nameserver.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">master-only</code> — The server will notify primary server for the zone only.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">explicit</code> — The server will notify only the secondary servers that are specified in the <code class="option">also-notify</code> list within a zone statement.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">type</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies the zone type. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">delegation-only</code> — Enforces the delegation status of infrastructure zones such as COM, NET, or ORG. Any answer that is received without an explicit or implicit delegation is treated as <code class="literal">NXDOMAIN</code>. This option is only applicable in TLDs or root zone files used in recursive or caching implementations.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">forward</code> — Forwards all requests for information about this zone to other nameservers.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">hint</code> — A special type of zone used to point to the root nameservers which resolve queries when a zone is not otherwise known. No configuration beyond the default is necessary with a <code class="option">hint</code> zone.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">master</code> — Designates the nameserver as authoritative for this zone. A zone should be set as the <code class="option">master</code> if the zone's configuration files reside on the system.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">slave</code> — Designates the nameserver as a slave server for this zone. Master server is specified in <code class="option">masters</code> directive.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Most changes to the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file of a primary or secondary nameserver involve adding, modifying, or deleting <code class="option">zone</code> statements, and only a small subset of <code class="option">zone</code> statement options is usually needed for a nameserver to work efficiently.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-primary">例11.4「A zone statement for a primary nameserver」</a>, the zone is identified as <code class="literal">example.com</code>, the type is set to <code class="literal">master</code>, and the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is instructed to read the <code class="filename">/var/named/example.com.zone</code> file. It also allows only a secondary nameserver (<code class="literal">192.168.0.2</code>) to transfer the zone.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-primary"><h6>例11.4 A zone statement for a primary nameserver</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">zone "example.com" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "example.com.zone";
+  allow-transfer { 192.168.0.2; };
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+							A secondary server's <code class="option">zone</code> statement is slightly different. The type is set to <code class="literal">slave</code>, and the <code class="literal">masters</code> directive is telling <code class="systemitem">named</code> the IP address of the master server.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-secondary">例11.5「A zone statement for a secondary nameserver」</a>, the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is configured to query the primary server at the <code class="literal">192.168.0.1</code> IP address for information about the <code class="literal">example.com</code> zone. The received information is then saved to the <code class="filename">/var/named/slaves/example.com.zone</code> file. Note that you have to put all slave zones to <code class="filename">/var/named/slaves</code> directory, otherwise the service will fail to transfer the zone.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-secondary"><h6>例11.5 A zone statement for a secondary nameserver</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">zone "example.com" {
+  type slave;
+  file "slaves/example.com.zone";
+  masters { 192.168.0.1; };
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state-other"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">11.2.1.2. 他のステートメントタイプ</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following types of statements are less commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id813779" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">controls</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">controls</code> statement allows you to configure various security requirements necessary to use the <code class="command">rndc</code> command to administer the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-bind-rndc">「Using the rndc Utility」</a> for more information on the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility and its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1211263" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">key</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">key</code> statement allows you to define a particular key by name. Keys are used to authenticate various actions, such as secure updates or the use of the <code class="command">rndc</code> command. Two options are used with <code class="option">key</code>:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="option">algorithm <em class="replaceable"><code>algorithm-name</code></em></code> — The type of algorithm to be used (for example, <code class="literal">hmac-md5</code>).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="option">secret "<em class="replaceable"><code>key-value</code></em>"</code> — The encrypted key.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-bind-rndc">「Using the rndc Utility」</a> for more information on the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility and its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id886585" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">logging</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">logging</code> statement allows you to use multiple types of logs, so called <em class="firstterm">channels</em>. By using the <code class="option">channel</code> option within the statement, you can construct a customized type of log with its own file name (<code class="option">file</code>), size limit (<code class="option">size</code>), versioning (<code class="option">version</code>), and level of importance (<code class="option">severity</code>). Once a customized channel is defined, a <code class="option">category</code> option is used to categorize the channel and begin logging when the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is restarted.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							By default, <code class="systemitem">named</code> sends standard messages to the <code class="systemitem">rsyslog</code> daemon, which places them in <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>. Several standard channels are built into BIND with various severity levels, such as <code class="literal">default_syslog</code> (which handles informational logging messages) and <code class="literal">default_debug</code> (which specifically handles debugging messages). A default category, called <code class="literal">default</code>, uses the built-in channels to do normal logging without any special configuration.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Customizing the logging process can be a very detailed process and is beyond the scope of this chapter. For information on creating custom BIND logs, refer to the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> referenced in <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1066200" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">server</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">server</code> statement allows you to specify options that affect how the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service should respond to remote nameservers, especially with regard to notifications and zone transfers.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">transfer-format</code> option controls the number of resource records that are sent with each message. It can be either <code class="literal">one-answer</code> (only one resource record), or <code class="literal">many-answers</code> (multiple resource records). Note that while the <code class="literal">many-answers</code> option is more efficient, it is not supported by older versions of BIND.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id819847" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">trusted-keys</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">trusted-keys</code> statement allows you to specify assorted public keys used for secure DNS (DNSSEC). Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-features-dnssec">「DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)」</a> for more information on this topic.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1750801" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">view</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">view</code> statement allows you to create special views depending upon which network the host querying the nameserver is on. This allows some hosts to receive one answer regarding a zone while other hosts receive totally different information. Alternatively, certain zones may only be made available to particular trusted hosts while non-trusted hosts can only make queries for other zones.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Multiple views can be used as long as their names are unique. The <code class="option">match-clients</code> option allows you to specify the IP addresses that apply to a particular view. If the <code class="option">options</code> statement is used within a view, it overrides the already configured global options. Finally, most <code class="option">view</code> statements contain multiple <code class="option">zone</code> statements that apply to the <code class="option">match-clients</code> list.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that the order in which the <code class="option">view</code> statements are listed is important, as the first statement that matches a particular client's IP address is used. For more information on this topic, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-features-views">「複数ビュー」</a>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-namedconf-comm"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-namedconf-comm">11.2.1.3. コメントタグ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id873161" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Additionally to statements, the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file can also contain comments. Comments are ignored by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, but can prove useful when providing additional information to a user. The following are valid comment tags:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="literal">//</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Any text after the <code class="literal">//</code> characters to the end of the line is considered a comment. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">notify yes;  // notify all secondary nameservers</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="literal">#</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Any text after the <code class="literal">#</code> character to the end of the line is considered a comment. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">notify yes;  # notify all secondary nameservers</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="literal">/*</code> and <code class="literal">*/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Any block of text enclosed in <code class="literal">/*</code> and <code class="literal">*/</code> is considered a comment. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">notify yes;  /* notify all secondary nameservers */</pre></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-zone"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-zone">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id907135" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id841414" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id841400" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id698747" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			As outlined in <a class="xref" href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">「ネームサーバーゾーン」</a>, zone files contain information about a namespace. They are stored in the <code class="systemitem">named</code> working directory located in <code class="filename">/var/named/</code> by default, and each zone file is named according to the <code class="option">file</code> option in the <code class="option">zone</code> statement, usually in a way that relates to the domain in question and identifies the file as containing zone data, such as <code class="filename">example.com.zone</code>.
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-zone-files"><h6>表11.5 The named service zone files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="The named service zone files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="50%" /><col width="50%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Path
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The working directory for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service. The nameserver is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> allowed to write to this directory.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/slaves/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory for secondary zones. This directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/dynamic/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory for other files, such as dynamic DNS (DDNS) zones or managed DNSSEC keys. This directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/data/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory for various statistics and debugging files. This directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			A zone file consists of directives and resource records. Directives tell the nameserver to perform tasks or apply special settings to the zone, resource records define the parameters of the zone and assign identities to individual hosts. While the directives are optional, the resource records are required in order to provide name service to a zone.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			すべてのディレクティブとリソースレコードは、個々の行に記載する必要があります。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-zone-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-zone-directives">11.2.2.1. Common Directives</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Directives begin with the dollar sign character (that is, <code class="literal">$</code>) followed by the name of the directive, and usually appear at the top of the file. The following directives are commonly used in zone files:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id949045" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">$INCLUDE</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="command">$INCLUDE</code> directive allows you to include another file at the place where it appears, so that other zone settings can be stored in a separate zone file.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-directive-include"><h6>例11.6 Using the $INCLUDE directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$INCLUDE /var/named/penguin.example.com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1113285" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> directive allows you to append the domain name to unqualified records, such as those with the hostname only. Note that the use of this directive is not necessary if the zone is specified in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>, since the zone name is used by default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-zone-directive-origin">例11.7「Using the $ORIGIN directive」</a>, any names used in resource records that do not end in a trailing period (that is, the <code class="literal">.</code> character) are appended with <code class="literal">example.com</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-directive-origin"><h6>例11.7 Using the $ORIGIN directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$ORIGIN example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id657172" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">$TTL</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="command">$TTL</code> directive allows you to set the default <em class="firstterm">Time to Live</em> (TTL) value for the zone, that is, how long is a zone record valid. Each resource record can contain its own TTL value, which overrides this directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							この値を増加させると、リモートネームサーバーは、このゾーンの情報をより長時間キャッシュします。こうすると、このゾーンについて行われるクエリの数は減りますが、リソースレコード変更を伝えるのに要する時間は長くなります。
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-directive-ttl"><h6>例11.8 Using the $TTL directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$TTL 1D</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-bind-zone-rr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s4-bind-zone-rr">11.2.2.2. Common Resource Records</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following resource records are commonly used in zone files:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id820080" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">A</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Address</em> record specifies an IP address to be assigned to a name. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> IN A <em class="replaceable"><code>IP-address</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							If the <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> value is omitted, the record will point to the last specified <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-zone-rr-a">例11.9「Using the A resource record」</a>, the requests for <code class="systemitem">server1.example.com</code> are pointed to <code class="literal">10.0.1.3</code> or <code class="literal">10.0.1.5</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-a"><h6>例11.9 Using the A resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">server1  IN  A  10.0.1.3
+         IN  A  10.0.1.5</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id933260" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">CNAME</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Canonical Name</em> record maps one name to another. Because of this, this type of record is sometimes referred to as an <em class="firstterm">alias record</em>. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>alias-name</code></em> IN CNAME <em class="replaceable"><code>real-name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">CNAME</code> records are most commonly used to point to services that use a common naming scheme, such as <code class="literal">www</code> for Web servers. However, there are multiple restrictions for their usage:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									CNAME records should not point to other CNAME records. This is mainly to avoid possible infinite loops.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									CNAME records should not contain other resource record types (such as A, NS, MX, etc.). The only exception are DNSSEC related records (that is, RRSIG, NSEC, etc.) when the zone is signed.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Other resource record that point to the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a host (that is, NS, MX, PTR) should not point to a CNAME record.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-zone-rr-cname">例11.10「Using the CNAME resource record」</a>, the <code class="command">A</code> record binds a hostname to an IP address, while the <code class="command">CNAME</code> record points the commonly used <code class="literal">www</code> hostname to it.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-cname"><h6>例11.10 Using the CNAME resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">server1  IN  A      10.0.1.5
+www      IN  CNAME  server1</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id678992" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">MX</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Mail Exchange</em> record specifies where the mail sent to a particular namespace controlled by this zone should go. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IN MX <em class="replaceable"><code>preference-value</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>email-server-name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>email-server-name</code></em> is a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). The <em class="replaceable"><code>preference-value</code></em> allows numerical ranking of the email servers for a namespace, giving preference to some email systems over others. The <code class="command">MX</code> resource record with the lowest <em class="replaceable"><code>preference-value</code></em> is preferred over the others. However, multiple email servers can possess the same value to distribute email traffic evenly among them.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-zone-rr-mx">例11.11「Using the MX resource record」</a>, the first <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> email server is preferred to the <code class="systemitem">mail2.example.com</code> email server when receiving email destined for the <code class="systemitem">example.com</code> domain.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-mx"><h6>例11.11 Using the MX resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">example.com.  IN  MX  10  mail.example.com.
+              IN  MX  20  mail2.example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1083634" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">NS</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Nameserver</em> record announces authoritative nameservers for a particular zone. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IN NS <em class="replaceable"><code>nameserver-name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>nameserver-name</code></em> should be a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). Note that when two nameservers are listed as authoritative for the domain, it is not important whether these nameservers are secondary nameservers, or if one of them is a primary server. They are both still considered authoritative.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-ns"><h6>例11.12 Using the NS resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">IN  NS  dns1.example.com.
+IN  NS  dns2.example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id776218" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">PTR</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Pointer</em> record points to another part of the namespace. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>last-IP-digit</code></em> IN PTR <em class="replaceable"><code>FQDN-of-system</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>last-IP-digit</code></em> directive is the last number in an IP address, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>FQDN-of-system</code></em> is a fully qualified domain name (FQDN).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">PTR</code> records are primarily used for reverse name resolution, as they point IP addresses back to a particular name. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse">「A Reverse Name Resolution Zone File」</a> for more examples of <code class="command">PTR</code> records in use.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id989852" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">SOA</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Start of Authority</em> record announces important authoritative information about a namespace to the nameserver. Located after the directives, it is the first resource record in a zone file. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">@  IN  SOA  <em class="replaceable"><code>primary-name-server</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>hostmaster-email</code></em> (
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>serial-number</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-refresh</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-retry</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-expire</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>minimum-TTL</code></em> )</pre><div class="para">
+							The directives are as follows:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="literal">@</code> symbol places the <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> directive (or the zone's name if the <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> directive is not set) as the namespace being defined by this <code class="command">SOA</code> resource record.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>primary-name-server</code></em> directive is the hostname of the primary nameserver that is authoritative for this domain.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>hostmaster-email</code></em> directive is the email of the person to contact about the namespace.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>serial-number</code></em> directive is a numerical value incremented every time the zone file is altered to indicate it is time for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service to reload the zone.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-refresh</code></em> directive is the numerical value secondary nameservers use to determine how long to wait before asking the primary nameserver if any changes have been made to the zone.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-retry</code></em> directive is a numerical value used by secondary nameservers to determine the length of time to wait before issuing a refresh request in the event that the primary nameserver is not answering. If the primary server has not replied to a refresh request before the amount of time specified in the <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-expire</code></em> directive elapses, the secondary servers stop responding as an authority for requests concerning that namespace.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									In BIND 4 and 8, the <em class="replaceable"><code>minimum-TTL</code></em> directive is the amount of time other nameservers cache the zone's information. In BIND 9, it defines how long negative answers are cached for. Caching of negative answers can be set to a maximum of 3 hours (that is, <code class="option">3H</code>).
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When configuring BIND, all times are specified in seconds. However, it is possible to use abbreviations when specifying units of time other than seconds, such as minutes (<code class="literal">M</code>), hours (<code class="literal">H</code>), days (<code class="literal">D</code>), and weeks (<code class="literal">W</code>). <a class="xref" href="#tb-bind-seconds">表11.6「他の時間単位と比較した秒数」</a> shows an amount of time in seconds and the equivalent time in another format.
+						</div><div class="table" id="tb-bind-seconds"><h6>表11.6 他の時間単位と比較した秒数</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="他の時間単位と比較した秒数" border="1"><colgroup><col width="50%" class="seconds" /><col width="50%" class="other" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											秒
+										</th><th>
+											他の時間単位
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											60
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1M</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											1800
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">30M</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											3600
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											10800
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">3H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											21600
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">6H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											43200
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">12H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											86400
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1D</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											259200
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">3D</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											604800
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1W</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											31536000
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">365D</code>
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-soa"><h6>例11.13 Using the SOA resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">@  IN  SOA  dns1.example.com.  hostmaster.example.com. (
+       2001062501  ; serial
+       21600       ; refresh after 6 hours
+       3600        ; retry after 1 hour
+       604800      ; expire after 1 week
+       86400 )     ; minimum TTL of 1 day</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-zone-comm"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-zone-comm">11.2.2.3. コメントタグ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id680267" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Additionally to resource records and directives, a zone file can also contain comments. Comments are ignored by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, but can prove useful when providing additional information to the user. Any text after the semicolon character (that is, <code class="literal">;</code>) to the end of the line is considered a comment. For example:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">   604800  ; expire after 1 week</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-zone-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-zone-examples">11.2.2.4. 使用例</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following examples show the basic usage of zone files.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s4-bind-zone-examples-basic"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-bind-zone-examples-basic">11.2.2.4.1. A Simple Zone File</h5></div></div></div><a id="id571891" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="#example-bind-zone-examples-basic">例11.14「A simple zone file」</a> demonstrates the use of standard directives and <code class="command">SOA</code> values.
+				</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-examples-basic"><h6>例11.14 A simple zone file</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$ORIGIN example.com.
+$TTL 86400
+@         IN  SOA  dns1.example.com.  hostmaster.example.com. (
+              2001062501  ; serial
+              21600       ; refresh after 6 hours
+              3600        ; retry after 1 hour
+              604800      ; expire after 1 week
+              86400 )     ; minimum TTL of 1 day
+;
+;
+          IN  NS     dns1.example.com.
+          IN  NS     dns2.example.com.
+dns1      IN  A      10.0.1.1
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::1
+dns2      IN  A      10.0.1.2
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::2
+;
+;
+@         IN  MX     10  mail.example.com.
+          IN  MX     20  mail2.example.com.
+mail      IN  A      10.0.1.5
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::5
+mail2     IN  A      10.0.1.6
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::6
+;
+;
+; This sample zone file illustrates sharing the same IP addresses
+; for multiple services:
+;
+services  IN  A      10.0.1.10
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::10
+          IN  A      10.0.1.11
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::11
+
+ftp       IN  CNAME  services.example.com.
+www       IN  CNAME  services.example.com.
+;
+;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+					In this example, the authoritative nameservers are set as <code class="systemitem">dns1.example.com</code> and <code class="systemitem">dns2.example.com</code>, and are tied to the <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.1</code> and <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.2</code> IP addresses respectively using the <code class="command">A</code> record.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The email servers configured with the <code class="command">MX</code> records point to <code class="systemitem">mail</code> and <code class="systemitem">mail2</code> via <code class="command">A</code> records. Since these names do not end in a trailing period (that is, the <code class="literal">.</code> character), the <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> domain is placed after them, expanding them to <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> and <code class="systemitem">mail2.example.com</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Services available at the standard names, such as <code class="systemitem">www.example.com</code> (<acronym class="acronym">WWW</acronym>), are pointed at the appropriate servers using the <code class="command">CNAME</code> record.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					This zone file would be called into service with a <code class="command">zone</code> statement in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> similar to the following:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">zone "example.com" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "example.com.zone";
+  allow-update { none; };
+};</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse">11.2.2.4.2. A Reverse Name Resolution Zone File</h5></div></div></div><a id="id851605" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					A reverse name resolution zone file is used to translate an IP address in a particular namespace into an fully qualified domain name (FQDN). It looks very similar to a standard zone file, except that the <code class="command">PTR</code> resource records are used to link the IP addresses to a fully qualified domain name as shown in <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-zone-examples-reverse">例11.15「A reverse name resolution zone file」</a>.
+				</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-examples-reverse"><h6>例11.15 A reverse name resolution zone file</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$ORIGIN 1.0.10.in-addr.arpa.
+$TTL 86400
+@  IN  SOA  dns1.example.com.  hostmaster.example.com. (
+       2001062501  ; serial
+       21600       ; refresh after 6 hours
+       3600        ; retry after 1 hour
+       604800      ; expire after 1 week
+       86400 )     ; minimum TTL of 1 day
+;
+@  IN  NS   dns1.example.com.
+;
+1  IN  PTR  dns1.example.com.
+2  IN  PTR  dns2.example.com.
+;
+5  IN  PTR  server1.example.com.
+6  IN  PTR  server2.example.com.
+;
+3  IN  PTR  ftp.example.com.
+4  IN  PTR  ftp.example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+					In this example, IP addresses <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.1</code> through <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.6</code> are pointed to the corresponding fully qualified domain name.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					This zone file would be called into service with a <code class="option">zone</code> statement in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file similar to the following:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">zone "1.0.10.in-addr.arpa" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "example.com.rr.zone";
+  allow-update { none; };
+};</pre><div class="para">
+					There is very little difference between this example and a standard <code class="command">zone</code> statement, except for the zone name. Note that a reverse name resolution zone requires the first three blocks of the IP address reversed followed by <code class="command">.in-addr.arpa</code>. This allows the single block of IP numbers used in the reverse name resolution zone file to be associated with the zone.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-rndc"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-rndc">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1113276" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">rndc</code> utility is a command line tool that allows you to administer the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, both locally and from a remote machine. Its usage is as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rndc</code> [<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>...] <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>command-option</code></em>]</pre><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-configuration">11.2.3.1. Configuring the Utility</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To prevent unauthorized access to the service, <code class="systemitem">named</code> must be configured to listen on the selected port (that is, <code class="literal">953</code> by default), and an identical key must be used by both the service and the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-rndc-configuration-files"><h6>表11.7 Relevant files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Relevant files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="path" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								Path
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<a id="id1006678" class="indexterm"></a>
+								 <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default configuration file for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<a id="id1331553" class="indexterm"></a>
+								 <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.conf</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default configuration file for the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<a id="id909188" class="indexterm"></a>
+								 <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default key location.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">rndc</code> configuration is located in <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.conf</code>. If the file does not exist, the utility will use the key located in <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code>, which was generated automatically during the installation process using the <code class="command">rndc-confgen -a</code> command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is configured using the <code class="option">controls</code> statement in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> configuration file as described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">「他のステートメントタイプ」</a>. Unless this statement is present, only the connections from the loopback address (that is, <code class="systemitem">127.0.0.1</code>) will be allowed, and the key located in <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code> will be used.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on this topic, refer to manual pages and the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> listed in <a class="xref" href="#s2-bind-additional-resources">「その他のリソース」</a>.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Set the correct permissions</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To prevent unprivileged users from sending control commands to the service, make sure only root is allowed to read the <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">chmod o-rwx /etc/rndc.key</code></pre></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-status"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-status">11.2.3.2. Checking the Service Status</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To check the current status of the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc status</code>
+version: 9.7.0-P2-RedHat-9.7.0-5.P2.el6
+CPUs found: 1
+worker threads: 1
+number of zones: 16
+debug level: 0
+xfers running: 0
+xfers deferred: 0
+soa queries in progress: 0
+query logging is OFF
+recursive clients: 0/0/1000
+tcp clients: 0/100
+server is up and running</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-reload"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-reload">11.2.3.3. Reloading the Configuration and Zones</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To reload both the configuration file and zones, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc reload</code>
+server reload successful</pre><div class="para">
+				This will reload the zones while keeping all previously cached responses, so that you can make changes to the zone files without losing all stored name resolutions.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To reload a single zone, specify its name after the <code class="command">reload</code> command, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc reload localhost</code>
+zone reload up-to-date</pre><div class="para">
+				Finally, to reload the configuration file and newly added zones only, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc reconfig</code></pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Modifying zones with dynamic DNS</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you intend to manually modify a zone that uses Dynamic DNS (DDNS), make sure you run the <code class="command">freeze</code> command first:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc freeze localhost</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Once you are finished, run the <code class="command">thaw</code> command to allow the DDNS again and reload the zone:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc thaw localhost</code>
+The zone reload and thaw was successful.</pre></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-sign"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-sign">11.2.3.4. Updating Zone Keys</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To update the DNSSEC keys and sign the zone, use the <code class="command">sign</code> command. For example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc sign localhost</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Note that to sign a zone with the above command, the <code class="option">auto-dnssec</code> option has to be set to <code class="literal">maintain</code> in the zone statement. For instance:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">zone "localhost" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "named.localhost";
+  allow-update { none; };
+  auto-dnssec maintain;
+};</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-validation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-validation">11.2.3.5. Enabling the DNSSEC Validation</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To enable the DNSSEC validation, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc validation on</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Similarly, to disable this option, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc validation off</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to the <code class="option">options</code> statement described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state">「一般的なステートメントのタイプ」</a> for information on how configure this option in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-querylog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-querylog">11.2.3.6. Enabling the Query Logging</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To enable (or disable in case it is currently enabled) the query logging, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc querylog</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To check the current setting, use the <code class="command">status</code> command as described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-rndc-status">「Checking the Service Status」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-dig"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-dig">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1197908" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">dig</code> utility is a command line tool that allows you to perform DNS lookups and debug a nameserver configuration. Its typical usage is as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> [@<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>...] <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s4-bind-zone-rr">「Common Resource Records」</a> for a list of common <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em>s.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-dig-ns"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-dig-ns">11.2.4.1. Looking Up a Nameserver</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To look up a nameserver for a particular domain, use the command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> NS</pre><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-dig-ns">例11.16「A sample nameserver lookup」</a>, the <code class="command">dig</code> utility is used to display nameservers for <code class="systemitem">example.com</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-dig-ns"><h6>例11.16 A sample nameserver lookup</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">dig example.com NS</code>
+
+; &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; DiG 9.7.1-P2-RedHat-9.7.1-2.P2.fc13 &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; example.com NS
+;; global options: +cmd
+;; Got answer:
+;; -&gt;&gt;HEADER&lt;&lt;- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 57883
+;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 2, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 0
+
+;; QUESTION SECTION:
+;example.com.                   IN      NS
+
+;; ANSWER SECTION:
+example.com.            99374   IN      NS      a.iana-servers.net.
+example.com.            99374   IN      NS      b.iana-servers.net.
+
+;; Query time: 1 msec
+;; SERVER: 10.34.255.7#53(10.34.255.7)
+;; WHEN: Wed Aug 18 18:04:06 2010
+;; MSG SIZE  rcvd: 77</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-dig-a"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-dig-a">11.2.4.2. Looking Up an IP Address</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To look up an IP address assigned to a particular domain, use the command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> A</pre><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-dig-a">例11.17「A sample IP address lookup」</a>, the <code class="command">dig</code> utility is used to display the IP address of <code class="systemitem">example.com</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-dig-a"><h6>例11.17 A sample IP address lookup</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">dig example.com A</code>
+
+; &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; DiG 9.7.1-P2-RedHat-9.7.1-2.P2.fc13 &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; example.com A
+;; global options: +cmd
+;; Got answer:
+;; -&gt;&gt;HEADER&lt;&lt;- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 4849
+;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 1, AUTHORITY: 2, ADDITIONAL: 0
+
+;; QUESTION SECTION:
+;example.com.                   IN      A
+
+;; ANSWER SECTION:
+example.com.            155606  IN      A       192.0.32.10
+
+;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
+example.com.            99175   IN      NS      a.iana-servers.net.
+example.com.            99175   IN      NS      b.iana-servers.net.
+
+;; Query time: 1 msec
+;; SERVER: 10.34.255.7#53(10.34.255.7)
+;; WHEN: Wed Aug 18 18:07:25 2010
+;; MSG SIZE  rcvd: 93</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-dig-x"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-dig-x">11.2.4.3. Looking Up a Hostname</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To look up a hostname for a particular IP address, use the command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> <code class="option">-x</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="#example-bind-dig-x">例11.18「A sample hostname lookup」</a>, the <code class="command">dig</code> utility is used to display the hostname assigned to <code class="systemitem">192.0.32.10</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-dig-x"><h6>例11.18 A sample hostname lookup</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">dig -x 192.0.32.10</code>
+
+; &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; DiG 9.7.1-P2-RedHat-9.7.1-2.P2.fc13 &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; -x 192.0.32.10
+;; global options: +cmd
+;; Got answer:
+;; -&gt;&gt;HEADER&lt;&lt;- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 29683
+;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 1, AUTHORITY: 5, ADDITIONAL: 6
+
+;; QUESTION SECTION:
+;10.32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.      IN      PTR
+
+;; ANSWER SECTION:
+10.32.0.192.in-addr.arpa. 21600 IN      PTR     www.example.com.
+
+;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      b.iana-servers.org.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      c.iana-servers.net.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      d.iana-servers.net.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      ns.icann.org.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      a.iana-servers.net.
+
+;; ADDITIONAL SECTION:
+a.iana-servers.net.     13688   IN      A       192.0.34.43
+b.iana-servers.org.     5844    IN      A       193.0.0.236
+b.iana-servers.org.     5844    IN      AAAA    2001:610:240:2::c100:ec
+c.iana-servers.net.     12173   IN      A       139.91.1.10
+c.iana-servers.net.     12173   IN      AAAA    2001:648:2c30::1:10
+ns.icann.org.           12884   IN      A       192.0.34.126
+
+;; Query time: 156 msec
+;; SERVER: 10.34.255.7#53(10.34.255.7)
+;; WHEN: Wed Aug 18 18:25:15 2010
+;; MSG SIZE  rcvd: 310</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-features">11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Most BIND implementations only use the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service to provide name resolution services or to act as an authority for a particular domain. However, BIND version 9 has a number of advanced features that allow for a more secure and efficient DNS service.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the feature is supported</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Before attempting to use advanced features like DNSSEC, TSIG, or IXFR, make sure that the particular feature is supported by all nameservers in the network environment, especially when you use older versions of BIND or non-BIND servers.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			All of the features mentioned are discussed in greater detail in the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> referenced in <a class="xref" href="#s3-bind-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-views"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-views">11.2.5.1. 複数ビュー</h4></div></div></div><a id="id963235" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Optionally, different information can be presented to a client depending on the network a request originates from. This is primarily used to deny sensitive DNS entries from clients outside of the local network, while allowing queries from clients inside the local network.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To configure multiple views, add the <code class="command">view</code> statement to the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> configuration file. Use the <code class="option">match-clients</code> option to match IP addresses or entire networks and give them special options and zone data.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-ixfr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-ixfr">11.2.5.2. Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id758758" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Incremental Zone Transfers</em> (<em class="firstterm">IXFR</em>) allow a secondary nameserver to only download the updated portions of a zone modified on a primary nameserver. Compared to the standard transfer process, this makes the notification and update process much more efficient.
+			</div><a id="id1638101" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Note that IXFR is only available when using dynamic updating to make changes to master zone records. If manually editing zone files to make changes, <em class="firstterm">Automatic Zone Transfer</em> (<em class="firstterm">AXFR</em>) is used.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-tsig"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-tsig">11.2.5.3. Transaction SIGnatures (TSIG)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id938045" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Transaction SIGnatures</em> (TSIG) ensure that a shared secret key exists on both primary and secondary nameserver before allowing a transfer. This strengthens the standard IP address-based method of transfer authorization, since attackers would not only need to have access to the IP address to transfer the zone, but they would also need to know the secret key.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Since version 9, BIND also supports <em class="firstterm">TKEY</em>, which is another shared secret key method of authorizing zone transfers.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Secure the transfer</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					When communicating over an insecure network, do not rely on IP address-based authentication only.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-dnssec"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-dnssec">11.2.5.4. DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id919156" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Domain Name System Security Extensions</em> (<em class="firstterm">DNSSEC</em>) provide origin authentication of DNS data, authenticated denial of existence, and data integrity. When a particular domain is marked as secure, the <code class="literal">SERFVAIL</code> response is returned for each resource record that fails the validation.
+			</div><a id="id1643218" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Note that to debug a DNSSEC-signed domain or a DNSSEC-aware resolver, you can use the <code class="command">dig</code> utility as described in <a class="xref" href="#s2-bind-dig">「Using the dig Utility」</a>. Useful options are <code class="option">+dnssec</code> (requests DNSSEC-related resource records by setting the DNSSEC OK bit), <code class="option">+cd</code> (tells recursive nameserver not to validate the response), and <code class="option">+bufsize=512</code> (changes the packet size to 512B to get through some firewalls).
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-ipv6"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-ipv6">11.2.5.5. Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1753049" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Internet Protocol version 6</em> (<em class="firstterm">IPv6</em>) is supported through the use of <code class="option">AAAA</code> resource records, and the <code class="option">listen-on-v6</code> directive as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-bind-namedconf-common-options">表11.3「Commonly used options」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-mistakes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-mistakes">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</h3></div></div></div><a id="id671086" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The following is a list of advices how to avoid common mistakes users make when configuring a nameserver:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Use semicolons and curly brackets correctly</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						An omitted semicolon or unmatched curly bracket in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file can prevent the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service from starting.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Use period (that is, the <code class="literal">.</code> character) correctly</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						In zone files, a period at the end of a domain name denotes a fully qualified domain name. If omitted, the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service will append the name of the zone or the value of <code class="option">$ORIGIN</code> to complete it.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Increment the serial number when editing a zone file</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						If the serial number is not incremented, the primary nameserver will have the correct, new information, but the secondary nameservers will never be notified of the change, and will not attempt to refresh their data of that zone.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Configure the firewall</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						If a firewall is blocking connections from the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service to other nameservers, the recommended best practice is to change the firewall settings whenever possible.
+					</div><div class="warning" id="warning-Warning-Avoid_Using_Fixed_UDP_Source_Ports"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using fixed UDP source ports</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							According to the recent research in DNS security, using a fixed UDP source port for DNS queries is a potential security vulnerability that could allow an attacker to conduct cache-poisoning attacks more easily. To prevent this, configure your firewall to allow queries from a random UDP source port.
+						</div></div></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-additional-resources">11.2.7. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			以下の情報源は、 BIND に関する追加情報を提供します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-installed-docs">11.2.7.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1254602" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				BIND features a full range of installed documentation covering many different topics, each placed in its own subject directory. For each item below, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em> with the version of the <span class="package">bind</span> package installed on the system:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The main directory containing the most recent documentation.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/arm/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory containing the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> in HTML and SGML formats, which details BIND resource requirements, how to configure different types of nameservers, how to perform load balancing, and other advanced topics. For most new users of BIND, this is the best place to start.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/draft/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory containing assorted technical documents that review issues related to the DNS service, and propose some methods to address them.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/misc/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory designed to address specific advanced issues. Users of BIND version 8 should consult the <code class="filename">migration</code> document for specific changes they must make when moving to BIND 9. The <code class="filename">options</code> file lists all of the options implemented in BIND 9 that are used in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/rfc/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory providing every RFC document related to BIND.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				There is also a number of man pages for the various applications and configuration files involved with BIND:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man rndc</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="command">rndc</code> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man named</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="systemitem">named</code> containing the documentation on assorted arguments that can be used to control the BIND nameserver daemon.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lwresd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="systemitem">lwresd</code> containing the full documentation on the lightweight resolver daemon and its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man named.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with a comprehensive list of options available within the <code class="systemitem">named</code> configuration file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man rndc.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with a comprehensive list of options available within the <code class="command">rndc</code> configuration file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-useful-websites">11.2.7.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1210806" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.isc.org/software/bind">http://www.isc.org/software/bind</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The home page of the BIND project containing information about current releases as well as a PDF version of the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-related-books">11.2.7.3. 関連書籍</h4></div></div></div><a id="id883516" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">DNS and BIND</em> by Paul Albitz and Cricket Liu; O'Reilly &amp; Associates</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A popular reference that explains both common and esoteric BIND configuration options, and provides strategies for securing a DNS server.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">The Concise Guide to DNS and BIND</em> by Nicolai Langfeldt; Que</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Looks at the connection between multiple network services and BIND, with an emphasis on task-oriented, technical topics.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Web_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第12章 ウェブ サーバー</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 設定ファイルの編集</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span cl
 ass="section"><a href="#s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1.8. Setting Up an SSL Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1025886" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id676090" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">HTTP</code> (ハイパーテキスト転送プロトコル)サーバー、あるいは<em class="firstterm">ウェブサーバー</em>は、ウェブ経由でクライアントにコンテンツを提供するネットワークサービスです。これは通常ウェブページを意味しますが、他の文書も同様に提供することができます。
+	</div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1208325" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		This section focuses on the <span class="application"><strong>Apache HTTP Server 2.2</strong></span>, a robust, full-featured open source web server developed by the <a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache Software Foundation</a>, that is included in Fedora 15. It describes the basic configuration of the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, and covers advanced topics such as adding server modules, setting up virtual hosts, or configuring the secure HTTP server.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		There are important differences between the Apache HTTP Server 2.2 and version 2.0, and if you are upgrading from a previous release of Fedora, you will need to update the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service configuration accordingly. This section reviews some of the newly added features, outlines important changes, and guides you through the update of older configuration files.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-version2-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1025875" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The Apache HTTP Server version 2.2 introduces the following enhancements:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id1025844" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1748881" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 Improved caching modules, that is, <code class="systemitem">mod_cache</code> and <code class="systemitem">mod_disk_cache</code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id872981" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 Support for proxy load balancing, that is, the <code class="systemitem">mod_proxy_balancer</code> module.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Support for large files on 32-bit architectures, allowing the web server to handle files greater than 2GB.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					認証モジュールを置き換える、認証と認可のサポートの新しい構成は、前のバージョンで提供されました。
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-version2-changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</h3></div></div></div><a id="id708742" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Since version 2.0, few changes have been made to the default <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service configuration:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id708730" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id807830" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 The following modules are no longer loaded by default: <code class="systemitem">mod_cern_meta</code> and <code class="systemitem">mod_asis</code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id807821" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 The following module is newly loaded by default: <code class="systemitem">mod_ext_filter</code>.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-version2-migrating"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</h3></div></div></div><a id="id753093" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To update the configuration files from the Apache HTTP Server version 2.0, take the following steps:
+		</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Make sure all module names are correct, since they may have changed. Adjust the <code class="option">LoadModule</code> directive for each module that has been renamed.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Recompile all third party modules before attempting to load them. This typically means authentication and authorization modules.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id815904" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 If you use the <code class="systemitem">mod_userdir</code> module, make sure the <code class="option">UserDir</code> directive indicating a directory name (typically <code class="literal">public_html</code>) is provided.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					If you use the Apache HTTP Secure Server, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> to enable the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol.
+				</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+			Note that you can check the configuration for possible errors by using the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service httpd configtest</code></pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on upgrading the Apache HTTP Server configuration from version 2.0 to 2.2, refer to <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/upgrading.html">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/upgrading.html</a>.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section describes how to start, stop, restart, and check the current status of the Apache HTTP Server. To be able to use the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, make sure you have the <span class="package">httpd</span> installed. You can do so by using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install httpd</code></pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on the concept of runlevels and how to manage system services in Fedora in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-starting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-starting">12.1.4.1. サービスの開始</h4></div></div></div><a id="id876869" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To run the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you want the service to start automatically at the boot time, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the secure server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If running the Apache HTTP Server as a secure server, a password may be required after the machine boots if using an encrypted private SSL key.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-stopping">12.1.4.2. さービスの停止</h4></div></div></div><a id="id809095" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To stop the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To prevent the service from starting automatically at the boot time, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl disable httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-restarting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-restarting">12.1.4.3. サービスの再開</h4></div></div></div><a id="id694598" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				There are two different ways to restart the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To restart the service completely, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+						This will stop the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, and then start it again. Use this command after installing or removing a dynamically loaded module such as PHP.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To only reload the configuration, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl reload httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+						This will cause the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service to reload the configuration file. Note that any requests being currently processed will be interrupted, which may cause a client browser to display an error message or render a partial page.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To reload the configuration without affecting active requests, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service httpd graceful</code></pre><div class="para">
+						This will cause the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service to reload the configuration file. Note that any requests being currently processed will use the old configuration.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-status"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-status">12.1.4.4. サービスの状態確認</h4></div></div></div><a id="id990318" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To check whether the service is running, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-editing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 設定ファイルの編集</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			When the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service is started, by default, it reads the configuration from locations that are listed in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-editing-files">表12.1「The httpd service configuration files」</a>.
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-editing-files"><h6>表12.1 The httpd service configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="The httpd service configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="option" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							パス
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<a id="id939197" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code>
+						</td><td>
+							中心となる設定ファイルです。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<a id="id750342" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							An auxiliary directory for configuration files that are included in the main configuration file.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			Although the default configuration should be suitable for most situations, it is a good idea to become at least familiar with some of the more important configuration options. Note that for any changes to take effect, the web server has to be restarted first. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a> for more information on how to restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+		</div><a id="id967765" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To check the configuration for possible errors, type the following at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service httpd configtest</code></pre><div class="para">
+			To make the recovery from mistakes easier, it is recommended that you make a copy of the original file before editing it.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-httpdconf-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">12.1.5.1. Common httpd.conf Directives</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1038037" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following directives are commonly used in the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id732457" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;Directory&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;Directory&gt;</code> directive allows you to apply certain directives to a particular directory only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Directory <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/Directory&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> can be either a full path to an existing directory in the local file system, or a wildcard expression.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive can be used to configure additional <code class="literal">cgi-bin</code> directories for server-side scripts located outside the directory that is specified by <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code>. In this case, the <code class="option">ExecCGI</code> and <code class="option">AddHandler</code> directives must be supplied, and the permissions on the target directory must be set correctly (that is, <code class="literal">0755</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-directory"><h6>例12.1 Using the &lt;Directory&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Directory /var/www/html&gt;
+  Options Indexes FollowSymLinks
+  AllowOverride None
+  Order allow,deny
+  Allow from all
+&lt;/Directory&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id814044" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;IfDefine&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">IfDefine</code> directive allows you to use certain directives only when a particular parameter is supplied on the command line. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfDefine [<span class="optional">!</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/IfDefine&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em> can be supplied at a shell prompt using the <code class="option">-D</code><em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em> command line option (for example, <code class="command">httpd -DEnableHome</code>). If the optional exclamation mark (that is, <code class="literal">!</code>) is present, the enclosed directives are used only when the parameter is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> specified.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-ifdefine"><h6>例12.2 Using the &lt;IfDefine&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfDefine EnableHome&gt;
+  UserDir public_html
+&lt;/IfDefine&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id573969" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;IfModule&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;IfModule&gt;</code> directive allows you to use certain directive only when a particular module is loaded. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfModule [<span class="optional">!</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/IfModule&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em> can be identified either by its name, or by the file name. If the optional exclamation mark (that is, <code class="literal">!</code>) is present, the enclosed directives are used only when the module is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> loaded.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-ifmodule"><h6>例12.3 Using the &lt;IfModule&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfModule mod_disk_cache.c&gt;
+  CacheEnable disk /
+  CacheRoot /var/cache/mod_proxy
+&lt;/IfModule&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id824135" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;Location&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;Location&gt;</code> directive allows you to apply certain directives to a particular URL only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Location <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/Location&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em> can be either a path relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/server-info</code>), or an external URL such as <code class="literal">http://example.com/server-info</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-location"><h6>例12.4 Using the &lt;Location&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Location /server-info&gt;
+  SetHandler server-info
+  Order deny,allow
+  Deny from all
+  Allow from .example.com
+&lt;/Location&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id911769" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;Proxy&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;Proxy&gt;</code> directive allows you to apply certain directives to the proxy server only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Proxy <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/Proxy&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> can be an external URL, or a wildcard expression (for example, <code class="literal">http://example.com/*</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-proxy"><h6>例12.5 Using the &lt;Proxy&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Proxy *&gt;
+  Order deny,allow
+  Deny from all
+  Allow from .example.com
+&lt;/Proxy&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id721749" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code> directive allows you apply certain directives to particular virtual hosts only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;VirtualHost <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em></span>]…&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> can be an IP address, a fully qualified domain name, or a special form as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-virtualhost">表12.2「Available &lt;VirtualHost&gt; options」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-virtualhost"><h6>表12.2 Available &lt;VirtualHost&gt; options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available &lt;VirtualHost&gt; options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">*</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents all IP addresses.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">_default_</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents unmatched IP addresses.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-virtualhost"><h6>例12.6 Using the &lt;VirtualHost&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;VirtualHost *:80&gt;
+  ServerAdmin webmaster at penguin.example.com
+  DocumentRoot /www/docs/penguin.example.com
+  ServerName penguin.example.com
+  ErrorLog logs/penguin.example.com-error_log
+  CustomLog logs/penguin.example.com-access_log common
+&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id822707" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AccessFileName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AccessFileName</code> directive allows you to specify the file to be used to customize access control information for each directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AccessFileName <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><a id="id1083030" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id690557" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">.htaccess</code>.
+						</div><a id="id690523" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1029364" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, the directive is typically followed by the <code class="literal">Files</code> tag to prevent the files beginning with <code class="filename">.ht</code> from being accessed by web clients. This includes the <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> and <code class="filename">.htpasswd</code> files.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-accessfilename"><h6>例12.7 Using the AccessFileName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AccessFileName .htaccess
+
+&lt;Files ~ "^\.ht"&gt;
+  Order allow,deny
+  Deny from all
+  Satisfy All
+&lt;/Files&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1249497" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Action</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Action</code> directive allows you to specify a CGI script to be executed when a certain media type is requested. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Action <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code>, <code class="literal">image/png</code>, or <code class="literal">application/pdf</code>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing CGI script, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/cgi-bin/process-image.cgi</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-action"><h6>例12.8 Using the Action directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Action image/png /cgi-bin/process-image.cgi</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id955415" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddDescription</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddDescription</code> directive allows you to specify a short description to be displayed in server-generated directory listings for a given file. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddDescription "<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em>" <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em> should be a short text enclosed in double quotes (that is, <code class="literal">"</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> can be a full file name, a file extension, or a wildcard expression.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-adddescription"><h6>例12.9 Using the AddDescription directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id708514" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddEncoding</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddEncoding</code> directive allows you to specify an encoding type for a particular file extension. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddEncoding <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> has to be a valid MIME encoding such as <code class="literal">x-compress</code>, <code class="literal">x-gzip</code>, etc. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.gz</code>).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically used to instruct web browsers to decompress certain file types as they are downloaded.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addencoding"><h6>例12.10 Using the AddEncoding directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id909808" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddHandler</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddHandler</code> directive allows you to map certain file extensions to a selected handler. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddHandler <em class="replaceable"><code>handler</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>handler</code></em> has to be a name of previously defined handler. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.cgi</code>).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically used to treat files with the <code class="filename">.cgi</code> extension as CGI scripts regardless of the directory they are in. Additionally, it is also commonly used to process server-parsed HTML and image-map files.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addhandler"><h6>例12.11 Using the AddHandler option</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddHandler cgi-script .cgi</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id694312" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddIcon</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddIcon</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a particular file in server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddIcon <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/folder.png</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> can be a file name, a file extension, a wildcard expression, or a special form as described in the following table:
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-addicon"><h6>表12.3 Available AddIcon options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available AddIcon options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">^^DIRECTORY^^</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents a directory.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">^^BLANKICON^^</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents a blank line.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addicon"><h6>例12.12 Using the AddIcon directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddIcon /icons/text.png .txt README</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id883036" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddIconByEncoding</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddIconByEncoding</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a particular encoding type in server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByEncoding <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/compressed.png</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> has to be a valid MIME encoding such as <code class="literal">x-compress</code>, <code class="literal">x-gzip</code>, etc.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addiconbyencoding"><h6>例12.13 Using the AddIconByEncoding directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByEncoding /icons/compressed.png x-compress x-gzip</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1035098" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddIconByType</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddIconByType</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a particular media type in server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByType <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/text.png</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be either a valid MIME type (for example, <code class="literal">text/html</code> or <code class="literal">image/png</code>), or a wildcard expression such as <code class="literal">text/*</code>, <code class="literal">image/*</code>, etc.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addiconbytype"><h6>例12.14 Using the AddIconByType directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByType /icons/video.png video/*</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1560712" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddLanguage</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddLanguage</code> directive allows you to associate a file extension with a specific language. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddLanguage <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em> has to be a valid MIME language such as <code class="literal">cs</code>, <code class="literal">en</code>, or <code class="literal">fr</code>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.cs</code>).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is especially useful for web servers that serve content in multiple languages based on the client's language settings.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addlanguage"><h6>例12.15 Using the AddLanguage directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddLanguage cs .cs .cz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1748219" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddType</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddType</code> directive allows you to define or override the media type for a particular file extension. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddType <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code>, <code class="literal">image/png</code>, etc. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.cs</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addtype"><h6>例12.16 Using the AddType directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id893021" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Alias</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Alias</code> directive allows you to refer to files and directories outside the default directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Alias <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/images/</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em> is a full path to a file or directory in the local file system.
+						</div><a id="id919928" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically followed by the <code class="option">Directory</code> tag with additional permissions to access the target directory. By default, the <code class="literal">/icons/</code> alias is created so that the icons from <code class="filename">/var/www/icons/</code> are displayed in server-generated directory listings.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-alias"><h6>例12.17 Using the Alias directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Alias /icons/ /var/www/icons/
+
+&lt;Directory "/var/www/icons"&gt;
+  Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks
+  AllowOverride None
+  Order allow,deny
+  Allow from all
+&lt;Directory&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id948752" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Allow</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Allow</code> directive allows you to specify which clients have permission to access a given directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Allow from <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em> can be a domain name, an IP address (both full and partial), a <em class="replaceable"><code>network</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>netmask</code></em> pair, or <code class="literal">all</code> for all clients.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-allow"><h6>例12.18 Using the Allow directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Allow from 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id816387" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AllowOverride</code> </span></dt><dd><a id="id816350" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id708841" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AllowOverride</code> directive allows you to specify which directives in a <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> file can override the default configuration. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AllowOverride <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> has to be one of the available grouping options as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-allowoverride">表12.4「Available AllowOverride options」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-allowoverride"><h6>表12.4 Available AllowOverride options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available AllowOverride options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">All</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All directives in <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> are allowed to override earlier configuration settings.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">None</code>
+										</td><td>
+											No directive in <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> is allowed to override earlier configuration settings.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">AuthConfig</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of authorization directives such as <code class="option">AuthName</code>, <code class="option">AuthType</code>, or <code class="option">Require</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FileInfo</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of file type, metadata, and <code class="systemitem">mod_rewrite</code> directives such as <code class="option">DefaultType</code>, <code class="option">RequestHeader</code>, or <code class="option">RewriteEngine</code>, as well as the <code class="option">Action</code> directive.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Indexes</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of directory indexing directives such as <code class="option">AddDescription</code>, <code class="option">AddIcon</code>, or <code class="option">FancyIndexing</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Limit</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of host access directives, that is, <code class="option">Allow</code>, <code class="option">Deny</code>, and <code class="option">Order</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Options</code>[<span class="optional">=<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>,…</span>]
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of the <code class="option">Options</code> directive. Additionally, you can provide a comma-separated list of options to customize which options can be set using this directive.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-allowoverride"><h6>例12.19 Using the AllowOverride directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id699591" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">BrowserMatch</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">BrowserMatch</code> directive allows you to modify the server behavior based on the client's web browser type. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">BrowserMatch <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> is a regular expression to match the User-Agent HTTP header field. The <em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em> is an environment variable that is set when the header field matches the pattern.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							By default, this directive is used to deny connections to specific browsers with known issues, and to disable keepalives and HTTP header flushes for browsers that are known to have problems with these actions.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-browsermatch"><h6>例12.20 Using the BrowserMatch directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">BrowserMatch "Mozilla/2" nokeepalive</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1087003" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheDefaultExpire</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheDefaultExpire</code> option allows you to set how long to cache a document that does not have any expiration date or the date of its last modification specified. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheDefaultExpire <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is specified in seconds. The default option is <code class="literal">3600</code> (that is, one hour).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachedefaultexpire"><h6>例12.21 Using the CacheDefaultExpire directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheDefaultExpire 3600</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1243417" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheDisable</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheDisable</code> directive allows you to disable caching of certain URLs. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheDisable <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/files/</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachedisable"><h6>例12.22 Using the CacheDisable directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheDisable /temporary</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id946925" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheEnable</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheEnable</code> directive allows you to specify a cache type to be used for certain URLs. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheEnable <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> has to be a valid cache type as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-cacheenable">表12.5「利用できるキャッシュの種類」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em> can be a path relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/images/</code>), a protocol (for example, <code class="literal">ftp://</code>), or an external URL such as <code class="literal">http://example.com/</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-cacheenable"><h6>表12.5 利用できるキャッシュの種類</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利用できるキャッシュの種類" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="type" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											Type
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">mem</code>
+										</td><td>
+											The memory-based storage manager.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">disk</code>
+										</td><td>
+											The disk-based storage manager.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">fd</code>
+										</td><td>
+											The file descriptor cache.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cacheenable"><h6>例12.23 Using the CacheEnable directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheEnable disk /</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id692962" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheLastModifiedFactor</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheLastModifiedFactor</code> directive allows you to customize how long to cache a document that does not have any expiration date specified, but that provides information about the date of its last modification. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheLastModifiedFactor <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> is a coefficient to be used to multiply the time that passed since the last modification of the document. The default option is <code class="literal">0.1</code> (that is, one tenth).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachelastmodifiedfactor"><h6>例12.24 Using the CacheLastModifiedFactor directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheLastModifiedFactor 0.1</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id812625" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheMaxExpire</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheMaxExpire</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum amount of time to cache a document. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheMaxExpire <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is specified in seconds. The default option is <code class="literal">86400</code> (that is, one day).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachemaxexpire"><h6>例12.25 Using the CacheMaxExpire directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheMaxExpire 86400</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id912643" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheNegotiatedDocs</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheNegotiatedDocs</code> directive allows you to enable caching of the documents that were negotiated on the basis of content. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheNegotiatedDocs <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-cachenegotiateddocs">表12.6「Available CacheNegotiatedDocs options」</a>. Since the content-negotiated documents may change over time or because of the input from the requester, the default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-cachenegotiateddocs"><h6>表12.6 Available CacheNegotiatedDocs options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available CacheNegotiatedDocs options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables caching the content-negotiated documents.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables caching the content-negotiated documents.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachenegotiateddocs"><h6>例12.26 Using the CacheNegotiatedDocs directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheNegotiatedDocs On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1201861" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheRoot</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheRoot</code> directive allows you to specify the directory to store cache files in. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheRoot <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em></pre><a id="id711659" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> must be a full path to an existing directory in the local file system. The default option is <code class="filename">/var/cache/mod_proxy/</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cacheroot"><h6>例12.27 Using the CacheRoot directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheRoot /var/cache/mod_proxy</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id670364" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CustomLog</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CustomLog</code> directive allows you to specify the log file name and the log file format. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CustomLog <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em></pre><a id="id1012182" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to a log file, and must be relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em> has to be either an explicit format string, or a format name that was previously defined using the <code class="option">LogFormat</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-customlog"><h6>例12.28 Using the CustomLog directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CustomLog logs/access_log combined</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id674215" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DefaultIcon</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DefaultIcon</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a file in server-generated directory listings when no other icon is associated with it. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DefaultIcon <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/unknown.png</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-defaulticon"><h6>例12.29 Using the DefaultIcon directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.png</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1068032" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DefaultType</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DefaultType</code> directive allows you to specify a media type to be used in case the proper MIME type cannot be determined by the server. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DefaultType <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code>, <code class="literal">image/png</code>, <code class="literal">application/pdf</code>, etc.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-defaulttype"><h6>例12.30 Using the DefaultType directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DefaultType text/plain</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id709193" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Deny</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Deny</code> directive allows you to specify which clients are denied access to a given directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Deny from <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em> can be a domain name, an IP address (both full and partial), a <em class="replaceable"><code>network</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>netmask</code></em> pair, or <code class="literal">all</code> for all clients.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-deny"><h6>例12.31 Using the Deny directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Deny from 192.168.1.1</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1648045" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DirectoryIndex</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DirectoryIndex</code> directive allows you to specify a document to be served to a client when a directory is requested (that is, when the URL ends with the <code class="literal">/</code> character). It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DirectoryIndex <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">index.html</code>, and <code class="filename">index.html.var</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-directoryindex"><h6>例12.32 Using the DirectoryIndex directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id818673" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive allows you to specify the main directory from which the content is served. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DocumentRoot <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em></pre><a id="id806933" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							<em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> はローカルのファイルシステムに存在するディレクトリーへのフルパスでなければなりません。オプションの初期値は <code class="filename">/var/www/html/</code> です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-documentroot"><h6>例12.33 Using the DocumentRoot directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DocumentRoot /var/www/html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id719183" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ErrorDocument</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ErrorDocument</code> directive allows you to specify a document or a message to be displayed as a response to a particular error. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ErrorDocument <em class="replaceable"><code>error-code</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>error-code</code></em> has to be a valid code such as <code class="literal">403</code> (Forbidden), <code class="literal">404</code> (Not Found), or <code class="literal">500</code> (Internal Server Error). The <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em> can be either a URL (both local and external), or a message string enclosed in double quotes (that is, <code class="literal">"</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-errordocument"><h6>例12.34 Using the ErrorDocument directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ErrorDocument 403 "Access Denied"
+ErrorDocument 404 /404-not_found.html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1072028" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ErrorLog</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ErrorLog</code> directive allows you to specify a file to which the server errors are logged. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ErrorLog <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id709552" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to a log file, and can be either absolute, or relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The default option is <code class="filename">logs/error_log</code>
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-errorlog"><h6>例12.35 Using the ErrorLog directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ErrorLog logs/error_log</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id692797" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ExtendedStatus</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ExtendedStatus</code> directive allows you to enable detailed server status information. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ExtendedStatus <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-extendedstatus">表12.7「Available ExtendedStatus options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-extendedstatus"><h6>表12.7 Available ExtendedStatus options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ExtendedStatus options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables generating the detailed server status.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables generating the detailed server status.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-extendedstatus"><h6>例12.36 Using the ExtendedStatus directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ExtendedStatus On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id795351" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Group</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Group</code> directive allows you to specify the group under which the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service will run. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Group <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em> has to be an existing UNIX group. The default option is <code class="option">apache</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that <code class="option">Group</code> is no longer supported inside <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code>, and has been replaced by the <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-group"><h6>例12.37 Using the Group directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Group apache</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1080662" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">HeaderName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">HeaderName</code> directive allows you to specify a file to be prepended to the beginning of the server-generated directory listing. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">HeaderName <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">HEADER.html</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-headername"><h6>例12.38 Using the HeaderName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">HeaderName HEADER.html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1075509" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">HostnameLookups</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">HostnameLookups</code> directive allows you to enable automatic resolving of IP addresses. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">HostnameLookups <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-hostnamelookup">表12.8「Available HostnameLookups options」</a>. To conserve resources on the server, the default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-hostnamelookup"><h6>表12.8 Available HostnameLookups options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available HostnameLookups options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables resolving the IP address for each connection so that the hostname can be logged. However, this also adds a significant processing overhead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Double</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables performing the double-reverse DNS lookup. In comparison to the above option, this adds even more processing overhead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables resolving the IP address for each connection.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Note that when the presence of hostnames is required in server log files, it is often possible to use one of the many log analyzer tools that perform the DNS lookups more efficiently.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-hostnamelookups"><h6>例12.39 Using the HostnameLookups directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">HostnameLookups Off</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id795572" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Include</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Include</code> directive allows you to include other configuration files. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Include <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></pre><a id="id1013914" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">filename</code> can be an absolute path, a path relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive, or a wildcard expression. All configuration files from the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/</code> directory are loaded by default.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-include"><h6>例12.40 Using the Include directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Include conf.d/*.conf</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1010655" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">IndexIgnore</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">IndexIgnore</code> directive allows you to specify a list of file names to be omitted from the server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IndexIgnore <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> option can be either a full file name, or a wildcard expression.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-indexignore"><h6>例12.41 Using the IndexIgnore directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id919882" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">IndexOptions</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">IndexOptions</code> directive allows you to customize the behavior of server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IndexOptions <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-indexoptions">表12.9「利用できるディレクトリー一覧のオプション」</a>. The default options are <code class="option">Charset=UTF-8</code>, <code class="option">FancyIndexing</code>, <code class="option">HTMLTable</code>, <code class="option">NameWidth=*</code>, and <code class="option">VersionSort</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-indexoptions"><h6>表12.9 利用できるディレクトリー一覧のオプション</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利用できるディレクトリー一覧のオプション" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="option" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Charset</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the character set of a generated web page. The <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> has to be a valid character set such as <code class="literal">UTF-8</code> or <code class="literal">ISO-8859-2</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Type</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the media type of a generated web page. The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code> or <code class="literal">text/plain</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">DescriptionWidth</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the width of the description column. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be either a number of characters, or an asterisk (that is, <code class="literal">*</code>) to adjust the width automatically.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FancyIndexing</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables advanced features such as different icons for certain files or possibility to re-sort a directory listing by clicking on a column header.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FolderFirst</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables listing directories first, always placing them above files.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">HTMLTable</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧に HTML テーブルを使います。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IconsAreLinks</code>
+										</td><td>
+											リンクの代わりにアイコンを使います。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IconHeight</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies an icon height. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is a number of pixels.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IconWidth</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies an icon width. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is a number of pixels.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IgnoreCase</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables sorting files and directories in a case-sensitive manner.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IgnoreClient</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables accepting query variables from a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">NameWidth</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the width of the file name column. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be either a number of characters, or an asterisk (that is, <code class="literal">*</code>) to adjust the width automatically.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">ScanHTMLTitles</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables parsing the file for a description (that is, the <code class="literal">title</code> element) in case it is not provided by the <code class="option">AddDescription</code> directive.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">ShowForbidden</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables listing the files with otherwise restricted access.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressColumnSorting</code>
+										</td><td>
+											列ヘッダーをクリックすることでディレクトリーの一覧の並び替えをさせません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressDescription</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ファイルの説明の領域を確保しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressHTMLPreamble</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the use of standard HTML preamble when a file specified by the <code class="option">HeaderName</code> directive is present.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressIcon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧でアイコンを使いません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressLastModified</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧で最終変更日時の項目を表示しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressRules</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧で水平線を使いません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressSize</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧でファイル サイズを表示しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">TrackModified</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables returning the <code class="literal">Last-Modified</code> and <code class="literal">ETag</code> values in the HTTP header.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">VersionSort</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables sorting files that contain a version number in the expected manner.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">XHTML</code>
+										</td><td>
+											標準の HTML 3.2 の代わりに XHTML 1.0 を使います。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-indexoptions"><h6>例12.42 Using the IndexOptions directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort NameWidth=* HTMLTable Charset=UTF-8</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id680678" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">KeepAlive</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">KeepAlive</code> directive allows you to enable persistent connections. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">KeepAlive <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-keepalive">表12.10「Available KeepAlive options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-keepalive"><h6>表12.10 Available KeepAlive options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available KeepAlive options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables the persistent connections. In this case, the server will accept more than one request per connection.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											キープアライブ接続を無効にします。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Note that when the persistent connections are enabled, on a busy server, the number of child processes can increase rapidly and eventually reach the maximum limit, slowing down the server significantly. To reduce the risk, it is recommended that you set <code class="option">KeepAliveTimeout</code> to a low number, and monitor the <code class="filename">/var/log/httpd/logs/error_log</code> log file carefully.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-keepalive"><h6>例12.43 Using the KeepAlive directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">KeepAlive Off</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id778459" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">KeepAliveTimeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">KeepAliveTimeout</code> directive allows you to specify the amount of time to wait for another request before closing the connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">KeepAliveTimeout <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							<em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> を秒で指定します。オプションの初期値は <code class="literal">15</code> です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-keepalivetimeout"><h6>例12.44 Using the KeepAliveTimeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">KeepAliveTimeout 15</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id723091" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LanguagePriority</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">LanguagePriority</code> directive allows you to customize the precedence of languages. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LanguagePriority <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em> has to be a valid MIME language such as <code class="literal">cs</code>, <code class="literal">en</code>, or <code class="literal">fr</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is especially useful for web servers that serve content in multiple languages based on the client's language settings.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-languagepriority"><h6>例12.45 Using the LanguagePriority directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LanguagePriority sk cs en</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1044751" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Listen</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>Listen</code></em> directive allows you to specify IP addresses or ports to listen to. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Listen [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em>:</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em> is optional and unless supplied, the server will accept incoming requests on a given <em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> from all IP addresses. Since the <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> is determined automatically from the port number, it can be usually omitted. The default option is to listen to port <code class="literal">80</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that if the server is configured to listen to a port under 1024, only superuser will be able to start the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-listen"><h6>例12.46 Using the Listen directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Listen 80</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id830658" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LoadModule</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">LoadModule</code> directive allows you to load a <em class="firstterm">Dynamic Shared Object</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DSO</acronym>) module. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LoadModule <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id1083081" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id815574" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> has to be a valid identifier of the required module. The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing module file, and must be relative to the directory in which the libraries are placed (that is, <code class="filename">/usr/lib/httpd/</code> on 32-bit and <code class="filename">/usr/lib64/httpd/</code> on 64-bit systems by default).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-apache-dso">「Working with Modules」</a> for more information on the Apache HTTP Server's DSO support.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-loadmodule"><h6>例12.47 Using the LoadModule directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LoadModule php5_module modules/libphp5.so</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id775304" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LogFormat</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>LogFormat</code></em> directive allows you to specify a log file format. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LogFormat <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em> is a string consisting of options as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-logformat">表12.11「Common LogFormat options」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> can be used instead of the format string in the <code class="option">CustomLog</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-logformat"><h6>表12.11 Common LogFormat options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Common LogFormat options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="13%" class="option" /><col width="88%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%b</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the size of the response in bytes.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%h</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the IP address or hostname of a remote client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%l</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the remote log name if supplied. If not, a hyphen (that is, <code class="literal">-</code>) is used instead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%r</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the first line of the request string as it came from the browser or client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%s</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the status code.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%t</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the date and time of the request.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%u</code>
+										</td><td>
+											If the authentication is required, it represents the remote user. If not, a hyphen (that is, <code class="literal">-</code>) is used instead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%{<em class="replaceable"><code>field</code></em>}</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the content of the HTTP header <em class="replaceable"><code>field</code></em>. The common options include <code class="option">%{Referer}</code> (the URL of the web page that referred the client to the server) and <code class="option">%{User-Agent}</code> (the type of the web browser making the request).
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-logformat"><h6>例12.48 Using the LogFormat directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %&gt;s %b" common</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id712518" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LogLevel</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">LogLevel</code> directive allows you to customize the verbosity level of the error log. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LogLevel <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-loglevel">表12.12「Available LogLevel options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">warn</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-loglevel"><h6>表12.12 Available LogLevel options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available LogLevel options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">emerg</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Only the emergency situations when the server cannot perform its work are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">alert</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All situations when an immediate action is required are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">crit</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All critical conditions are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">error</code>
+										</td><td>
+											全エラーメッセージを記録します。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">warn</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All warning messages are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">notice</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Even normal, but still significant situations are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">info</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Various informational messages are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">debug</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Various debugging messages are logged.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-loglevel"><h6>例12.49 Using the LogLevel directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LogLevel warn</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id893155" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxKeepAliveRequests</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxKeepAliveRequests</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of requests for a persistent connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxKeepAliveRequests <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							A high <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> can improve the performance of the server. Note that using <code class="literal">0</code> allows unlimited number of requests. The default option is <code class="option">100</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-maxkeepaliverequests"><h6>例12.50 Using the MaxKeepAliveRequests option</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxKeepAliveRequests 100</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id809288" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">NameVirtualHost</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">NameVirtualHost</code> directive allows you to specify the IP address and port number for a name-based virtual host. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">NameVirtualHost <em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em> can be either a full IP address, or an asterisk (that is, <code class="literal">*</code>) representing all interfaces. Note that IPv6 addresses have to be enclosed in square brackets (that is, <code class="literal">[</code> and <code class="literal">]</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> is optional.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Name-based virtual hosting allows one Apache HTTP Server to serve different domains without using multiple IP addresses.
+						</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using secure HTTP connections</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								名前ベースの仮想ホストは非セキュアな HTTP 接続で <span class="emphasis"><em>のみ</em></span> 機能します。セキュアサーバーで仮想ホストを使用している場合は、代わりに、 IP アドレスベースの仮想ホストを使用します。
+							</div></div></div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-namevirtualhost"><h6>例12.51 Using the NameVirtualHost directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">NameVirtualHost *:80</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id801373" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Options</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Options</code> directive allows you to specify which server features are available in a particular directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Options <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-options">表12.13「利用できるサーバーの機能」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-options"><h6>表12.13 利用できるサーバーの機能</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利用できるサーバーの機能" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">ExecCGI</code>
+										</td><td>
+											CGI スクリプトの実行を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FollowSymLinks</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリー内のシンボリックリンク追跡を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Includes</code>
+										</td><td>
+											サーバー サイド インクルード(SSI)を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IncludesNOEXEC</code>
+										</td><td>
+											サーバー サイド インクルード(SSI)を有効にしますが、コマンドの実行は許可しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Indexes</code>
+										</td><td>
+											サーバーによるディレクトリーの一覧生成を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">MultiViews</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables content-negotiated <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">MultiViews</span>」</span>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables following symbolic links in the directory when both the link and the target file have the same owner.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">All</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables all of the features above with the exception of <code class="option">MultiViews</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">None</code>
+										</td><td>
+											上の機能をすべて無効にします。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-options"><h6>例12.52 Using the Options directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Options Indexes FollowSymLinks</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1026892" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Order</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Order</code> directive allows you to specify the order in which the <code class="option">Allow</code> and <code class="option">Deny</code> directives are evaluated. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Order <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-order">表12.14「Available Order options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">allow,deny</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-order"><h6>表12.14 Available Order options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available Order options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow,deny</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="option">Allow</code> ディレクティブをはじめに評価します。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">deny,allow</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="option">Deny</code> ディレクティブをはじめに評価します。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-order"><h6>例12.53 Using the Order directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Order allow,deny</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id723010" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">PidFile</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">PidFile</code> directive allows you to specify a file to which the <em class="firstterm">process ID</em> (<acronym class="acronym">PID</acronym>) of the server is stored. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">PidFile <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id1036390" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to a pid file, and can be either absolute, or relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The default option is <code class="filename">run/httpd.pid</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-pidfile"><h6>例12.54 Using the PidFile directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">PidFile run/httpd.pid</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id868114" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ProxyRequests</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ProxyRequests</code> directive allows you to enable forward proxy requests. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ProxyRequests <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-proxyrequests">表12.15「Available ProxyRequests options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-proxyrequests"><h6>表12.15 Available ProxyRequests options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ProxyRequests options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables forward proxy requests.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables forward proxy requests.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-proxyrequests"><h6>例12.55 Using the ProxyRequests directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ProxyRequests On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id947547" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ReadmeName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ReadmeName</code> directive allows you to specify a file to be appended to the end of the server-generated directory listing. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ReadmeName <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">README.html</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-readmename"><h6>例12.56 Using the ReadmeName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ReadmeName README.html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id829820" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Redirect</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Redirect</code> directive allows you to redirect a client to another URL. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Redirect [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>status</code></em></span>] <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>status</code></em> is optional, and if provided, it has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-redirect">表12.16「Available status options」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to the old location, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/docs</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em> refers to the current location of the content (for example, <code class="literal">http://docs.example.com</code>).
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-redirect"><h6>表12.16 Available status options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available status options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="status" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											Status
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">permanent</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been moved permanently. The <code class="literal">301</code> (Moved Permanently) status code is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">temp</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been moved only temporarily. The <code class="literal">302</code> (Found) status code is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">seeother</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been replaced. The <code class="literal">303</code> (See Other) status code is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">gone</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been removed permanently. The <code class="literal">410</code> (Gone) status is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id881838" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							Note that for more advanced redirection techniques, you can use the <code class="systemitem">mod_rewrite</code> module that is part of the Apache HTTP Server installation.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-redirect"><h6>例12.57 Using the Redirect directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Redirect permanent /docs http://docs.example.com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id895757" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code> directive allows you to specify the location of CGI scripts. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ScriptAlias <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/cgi-bin/</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em> is a full path to a file or directory in the local file system.
+						</div><a id="id784066" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically followed by the <code class="option">Directory</code> tag with additional permissions to access the target directory. By default, the <code class="literal">/cgi-bin/</code> alias is created so that the scripts located in the <code class="filename">/var/www/cgi-bin/</code> are accessible.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code> directive is used for security reasons to prevent CGI scripts from being viewed as ordinary text documents.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-scriptalias"><h6>例12.58 Using the ScriptAlias directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /var/www/cgi-bin/
+
+&lt;Directory "/var/www/cgi-bin"&gt;
+  AllowOverride None
+  Options None
+  Order allow,deny
+  Allow from all
+&lt;/Directory&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id962445" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerAdmin</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerAdmin</code> directive allows you to specify the email address of the server administrator to be displayed in server-generated web pages. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerAdmin <em class="replaceable"><code>email</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The default option is <code class="literal">root at localhost</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is commonly set to <code class="literal">webmaster@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code>, where <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> is the address of the server. Once set, alias <code class="literal">webmaster</code> to the person responsible for the web server in <code class="filename">/etc/aliases</code>, and as superuser, run the <code class="command">newaliases</code> command.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-serveradmin"><h6>例12.59 Using the ServerAdmin directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerAdmin webmaster at penguin.example.com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1172240" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive allows you to specify the hostname and the port number of a web server. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerName <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> has to be a <em class="firstterm">fully qualified domain name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">FQDN</acronym>) of the server. The <em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> is optional, but when supplied, it has to match the number specified by the <code class="option">Listen</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							When using this directive, make sure that the IP address and server name pair are included in the <code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code> file.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-servername"><h6>例12.60 Using the ServerName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerName penguin.example.com:80</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id908602" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive allows you to specify the directory in which the server operates. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerRoot <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em></pre><a id="id803826" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> must be a full path to an existing directory in the local file system. The default option is <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpd-serverroot"><h6>例12.61 Using the ServerRoot directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerRoot /etc/httpd</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id803993" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerSignature</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerSignature</code> directive allows you to enable displaying information about the server on server-generated documents. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerSignature <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-serversignature">表12.17「Available ServerSignature options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">On</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-serversignature"><h6>表12.17 Available ServerSignature options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ServerSignature options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables appending the server name and version to server-generated pages.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables appending the server name and version to server-generated pages.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">EMail</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables appending the server name, version, and the email address of the system administrator as specified by the <code class="option">ServerAdmin</code> directive to server-generated pages.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-serversignature"><h6>例12.62 Using the ServerSignature directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerSignature On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id812876" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerTokens</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerTokens</code> directive allows you to customize what information are included in the Server response header. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerTokens <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-servertokens">表12.18「Available ServerTokens options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">OS</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-servertokens"><h6>表12.18 Available ServerTokens options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ServerTokens options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Prod</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name only (that is, <code class="literal">Apache</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Major</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name and the major version of the server (for example, <code class="literal">2</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Minor</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name and the minor version of the server (for example, <code class="literal">2.2</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Min</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name and the minimal version of the server (for example, <code class="literal">2.2.15</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">OS</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name, the minimal version of the server, and the type of the operating system it is running on (for example, <code class="literal">Red Hat</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Full</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes all the information above along with the list of loaded modules.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Note that for security reasons, it is recommended to reveal as little information about the server as possible.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-servertokens"><h6>例12.63 Using the ServerTokens directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerTokens Prod</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id663483" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> directive allows you to specify the user and group under which the CGI scripts will be run. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">SuexecUserGroup <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> has to be an existing user, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em> must be a valid UNIX group.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, the CGI scripts should not be run with <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges. Note that in <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code>, <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> replaces the <code class="option">User</code> and <code class="option">Group</code> directives.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-suexecusergroup"><h6>例12.64 Using the SuexecUserGroup directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">SuexecUserGroup apache apache</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id862697" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Timeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Timeout</code> directive allows you to specify the amount of time to wait for an event before closing a connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Timeout <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is specified in seconds. The default option is <code class="literal">60</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-timeout"><h6>例12.65 Using the Timeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Timeout 60</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id818745" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">TypesConfig</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">TypesConfig</code> allows you to specify the location of the MIME types configuration file. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">TypesConfig <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id818706" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing MIME types configuration file, and can be either absolute, or relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The default option is <code class="option">/etc/mime.types</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that instead of editing <code class="filename">/etc/mime.types</code>, the recommended way to add MIME type mapping to the Apache HTTP Server is to use the <code class="option">AddType</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-typesconfig"><h6>例12.66 Using the TypesConfig directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">TypesConfig /etc/mime.types</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id983062" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">UseCanonicalName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">UseCanonicalName</code> allows you to specify the way the server refers to itself. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">UseCanonicalName <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-usecanonicalname">表12.19「Available UseCanonicalName options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-usecanonicalname"><h6>表12.19 Available UseCanonicalName options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available UseCanonicalName options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables the use of the name that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the use of the name that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive. The hostname and port number provided by the requesting client are used instead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">DNS</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the use of the name that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive. The hostname determined by a reverse DNS lookup is used instead.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-usecanonicalname"><h6>例12.67 Using the UseCanonicalName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">UseCanonicalName Off</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1098591" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">User</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">User</code> directive allows you to specify the user under which the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service will run. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">User <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> has to be an existing UNIX user. The default option is <code class="option">apache</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service should not be run with <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges. Note that <code class="option">User</code> is no longer supported inside <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code>, and has been replaced by the <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-user"><h6>例12.68 Using the User directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">User apache</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id723059" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">UserDir</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">UserDir</code> directive allows you to enable serving content from users' home directories. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">UserDir <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><a id="id737849" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> can be either a name of the directory to look for in user's home directory (typically <code class="option">public_html</code>), or a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-httpdconf-userdir">表12.20「Available UserDir options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">disabled</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-userdir"><h6>表12.20 Available UserDir options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available UserDir options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">enabled</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>…
+										</td><td>
+											Enables serving content from home directories of given <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>s.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">disabled</code> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>…</span>]
+										</td><td>
+											Disables serving content from home directories, either for all users, or, if a space separated list of <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>s is supplied, for given users only.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Set the correct permissions</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								In order for the web server to access the content, the permissions on relevant directories and files must be set correctly. Make sure that all users are able to access the home directories, and that they can access and read the content of the directory specified by the <code class="option">UserDir</code> directive. For example, to allow access to <code class="filename">public_html/</code> in the home directory of user <code class="systemitem">joe</code>, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+							</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">chmod a+x /home/joe/</code>
+~]# <code class="command">chmod a+rx /home/joe/public_html/</code></pre><div class="para">
+								All files in this directory must be set accordingly.
+							</div></div></div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-userdir"><h6>例12.69 Using the UserDir directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">UserDir public_html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-sslconf-common"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-sslconf-common">12.1.5.2. Common ssl.conf Directives</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <em class="firstterm">Secure Sockets Layer</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) directives allow you to customize the behavior of the Apache HTTP Secure Server, and in most cases, they are configured appropriately during the installation. Be careful when changing these settings, as incorrect configuration can lead to security vulnerabilities.
+			</div><a id="id711246" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following directive is commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id711210" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">SetEnvIf</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">SetEnvIf</code> directive allows you to set environment variables based on the headers of incoming connections. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">SetEnvIf <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> [<span class="optional">!</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>[<span class="optional">=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span>]…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> can be either a HTTP header field, a previously defined environment variable name, or a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-sslconf-setenvif">表12.21「Available SetEnvIf options」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> is a regular expression. The <em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em> is an environment variable that is set when the option matches the pattern. If the optional exclamation mark (that is, <code class="literal">!</code>) is present, the variable is removed instead of being set.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-sslconf-setenvif"><h6>表12.21 Available SetEnvIf options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available SetEnvIf options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Remote_Host</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the client's hostname.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Remote_Addr</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the client's IP address.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Server_Addr</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the server's IP address.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Request_Method</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the request method (for example, <code class="literal">GET</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Request_Protocol</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the protocol name and version (for example, <code class="literal">HTTP/1.1</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Request_URI</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the requested resource.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">SetEnvIf</code> directive is used to disable HTTP keepalives, and to allow SSL to close the connection without a closing notification from the client browser. This is necessary for certain web browsers that do not reliably shut down the SSL connection.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-sslconf-setenvif"><h6>例12.70 Using the SetEnvIf directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">SetEnvIf User-Agent ".*MSIE.*" \
+         nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \
+         downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Note that for the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> file to be present, the <span class="package">mod_ssl</span> needs to be installed. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-apache-mod_ssl">「Setting Up an SSL Server」</a> for more information on how to install and configure an SSL server.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mpm-common"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mpm-common">12.1.5.3. Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <em class="firstterm">Multi-Processing Module</em> (<acronym class="acronym">MPM</acronym>) directives allow you to customize the behavior of a particular MPM specific server-pool. Since its characteristics differ depending on which MPM is used, the directives are embedded in <code class="option">IfModule</code>. By default, the server-pool is defined for both the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> and <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPMs.
+			</div><a id="id765585" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following MPM directives are commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id944544" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxClients</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxClients</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of simultaneously connected clients to process at one time. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxClients <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							A high <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> can improve the performance of the server, although it is not recommended to exceed <code class="literal">256</code> when using the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> MPM.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxclients"><h6>例12.71 Using the MaxClients directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxClients 256</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1107935" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxRequestsPerChild</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxRequestsPerChild</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of request a child process can serve before it dies. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxRequestsPerChild <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							Setting the <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> to <code class="literal">0</code> allows unlimited number of requests.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxRequestsPerChild</code> directive is used to prevent long-lived processes from causing memory leaks.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxrequestsperchild"><h6>例12.72 Using the MaxRequestsPerChild directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxRequestsPerChild 4000</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id897057" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxSpareServers</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxSpareServers</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of spare child processes. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareServers <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxspareservers"><h6>例12.73 Using the MaxSpareServers directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareServers 20</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id994044" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxSpareThreads</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxSpareThreads</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of spare server threads. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareThreads <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> must be greater than or equal to the sum of <code class="option">MinSpareThreads</code> and <code class="option">ThreadsPerChild</code>. This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxsparethreads"><h6>例12.74 Using the MaxSpareThreads directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareThreads 75</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id672891" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MinSpareServers</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MinSpareServers</code> directive allows you to specify the minimum number of spare child processes. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareServers <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							Note that a high <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> can create a heavy processing load on the server. This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-minspareservers"><h6>例12.75 Using the MinSpareServers directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareServers 5</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id886314" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MinSpareThreads</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MinSpareThreads</code> directive allows you to specify the minimum number of spare server threads. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareThreads <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-minsparethreads"><h6>例12.76 Using the MinSpareThreads directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareThreads 75</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id813350" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">StartServers</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">StartServers</code> directive allows you to specify the number of child processes to create when the service is started. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">StartServers <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							Since the child processes are dynamically created and terminated according to the current traffic load, it is usually not necessary to change this value.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-startservers"><h6>例12.77 Using the StartServers directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">StartServers 8</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1155483" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ThreadsPerChild</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ThreadsPerChild</code> directive allows you to specify the number of threads a child process can create. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ThreadsPerChild <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-threadsperchild"><h6>例12.78 Using the ThreadsPerChild directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ThreadsPerChild 25</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-dso"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</h3></div></div></div><a id="id798237" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id798214" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Being a modular application, the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service is distributed along with a number of <em class="firstterm">Dynamic Shared Objects</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DSO</acronym>s), which can be dynamically loaded or unloaded at runtime as necessary. By default, these modules are located in <code class="filename">/usr/lib/httpd/modules/</code> on 32-bit and in <code class="filename">/usr/lib64/httpd/modules/</code> on 64-bit systems.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-dso-loading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-dso-loading">12.1.6.1. Loading a Module</h4></div></div></div><a id="id920274" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To load a particular DSO module, use the <code class="option">LoadModule</code> directive as described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">「Common httpd.conf Directives」</a>. Note that modules provided by a separate package often have their own configuration file in the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-dso-loading"><h6>例12.79 Loading the mod_ssl DSO</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Once you are finished, restart the web server to reload the configuration. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a> for more information on how to restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-dso-writing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-dso-writing">12.1.6.2. Writing a Module</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1048160" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If you intend to create a new DSO module, make sure you have the <span class="package">httpd-devel</span> package installed. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install httpd-devel</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This package contains the include files, the header files, and the <span class="application"><strong>APache eXtenSion</strong></span> (<code class="command">apxs</code>) utility required to compile a module.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Once written, you can build the module with the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">apxs -i -a -c <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em>.c</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If the build was successful, you should be able to load the module the same way as any other module that is distributed with the Apache HTTP Server.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-virtualhosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</h3></div></div></div><a id="id912165" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id912135" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The Apache HTTP Server's built in virtual hosting allows the server to provide different information based on which IP address, hostname, or port is being requested.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To create a name-based virtual host, find the virtual host container provided in <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code> as an example, remove the hash sign (that is, <code class="literal">#</code>) from the beginning of each line, and customize the options according to your requirements as shown in <a class="xref" href="#example-apache-virtualhosts-config">例12.80「Sample virtual host configuration」</a>.
+		</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-virtualhosts-config"><h6>例12.80 Sample virtual host configuration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">NameVirtualHost penguin.example.com:80
+
+&lt;VirtualHost penguin.example.com:80&gt;
+    ServerAdmin webmaster at penguin.example.com
+    DocumentRoot /www/docs/penguin.example.com
+    ServerName penguin.example.com:80
+    ErrorLog logs/penguin.example.com-error_log
+    CustomLog logs/penguin.example.com-access_log common
+&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+			Note that <code class="option">ServerName</code> must be a valid DNS name assigned to the machine. The <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code> container is highly customizable, and accepts most of the directives available within the main server configuration. Directives that are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> supported within this container include <code class="option">User</code> and <code class="option">Group</code>, which were replaced by <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code>.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the port number</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If you configure a virtual host to listen on a non-default port, make sure you update the <code class="option">Listen</code> directive in the global settings section of the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code> file accordingly.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To activate a newly created virtual host, the web server has to be restarted first. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a> for more information on how to restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-mod_ssl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1.8. Setting Up an SSL Server</h3></div></div></div><a id="id778505" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id778489" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id838916" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id838896" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id838879" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id683812" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<em class="firstterm">Secure Sockets Layer</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) is a cryptographic protocol that allows a server and a client to communicate securely. Along with its extended and improved version called <em class="firstterm">Transport Layer Security</em> (<acronym class="acronym">TLS</acronym>), it ensures both privacy and data integrity. The Apache HTTP Server in combination with <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code>, a module that uses the OpenSSL toolkit to provide the SSL/TLS support, is commonly referred to as the <em class="firstterm">SSL server</em>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Unlike a regular HTTP connection that can be read and possibly modified by anybody who is able to intercept it, the use of <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> prevents any inspection or modification of the transmitted content. This section provides basic information on how to enable this module in the Apache HTTP Server configuration, and guides you through the process of generating private keys and self-signed certificates.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">12.1.8.1. 証明書とセキュリティの概要</h4></div></div></div><a id="id852434" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id924579" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Secure communication is based on the use of keys. In conventional or <em class="firstterm">symmetric cryptography</em>, both ends of the transaction have the same key they can use to decode each other's transmissions. On the other hand, in public or <em class="firstterm">asymmetric cryptography</em>, two keys co-exist: a <em class="firstterm">private key</em> that is kept a secret, and a <em class="firstterm">public key</em> that is usually shared with the public. While the data encoded with the public key can only be decoded with the private key, data encoded with the private key can in turn only be decoded with the public key.
+			</div><a id="id924539" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id668447" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To provide secure communications using SSL, an SSL server must use a digital certificate signed by a <em class="firstterm">Certificate Authority</em> (<acronym class="acronym">CA</acronym>). The certificate lists various attributes of the server (that is, the server hostname, the name of the company, its location, etc.), and the signature produced using the CA's private key. This signature ensures that a particular certificate authority has issued the certificate, and that the certificate has not been modified in any way.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				When a web browser establishes a new SSL connection, it checks the certificate provided by the web server. If the certificate does not have a signature from a trusted CA, or if the hostname listed in the certificate does not match the hostname used to establish the connection, it refuses to communicate with the server and usually presents a user with an appropriate error message.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				By default, most web browsers are configured to trust a set of widely used certificate authorities. Because of this, an appropriate CA should be chosen when setting up a secure server, so that target users can trust the connection, otherwise they will be presented with an error message, and will have to accept the certificate manually. Since encouraging users to override certificate errors can allow an attacker to intercept the connection, you should use a trusted CA whenever possible. For more information on this, see <a class="xref" href="#table-apache-mod_ssl-certificates-authorities">表12.22「CA lists for most common web browsers」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-mod_ssl-certificates-authorities"><h6>表12.22 CA lists for most common web browsers</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="CA lists for most common web browsers" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								Web Browser
+							</th><th>
+								Link
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<span class="application"><strong>Mozilla Firefox</strong></span>
+							</td><td>
+								<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/">Mozilla root CA list</a>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<span class="application"><strong>Opera</strong></span>
+							</td><td>
+								<a href="http://my.opera.com/rootstore/blog/">The Opera Rootstore</a>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<span class="application"><strong>Internet Explorer</strong></span>
+							</td><td>
+								<a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/931125">Windows root certificate program members</a>.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				When setting up an SSL server, you need to generate a certificate request and a private key, and then send the certificate request, proof of the company's identity, and payment to a certificate authority. Once the CA verifies the certificate request and your identity, it will send you a signed certificate you can use with your server. Alternatively, you can create a self-signed certificate that does not contain a CA signature, and thus should be used for testing purposes only.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-enabling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-enabling">12.1.8.2. Enabling the mod_ssl Module</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				If you intend to set up an SSL server, make sure you have the <span class="package">mod_ssl</span> (the <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> module) and <span class="package">openssl</span> (the OpenSSL toolkit) packages installed. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install mod_ssl openssl</code></pre><a id="id1085278" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This will create the <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> configuration file at <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code>, which is included in the main Apache HTTP Server configuration file by default. For the module to be loaded, restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair">12.1.8.3. Using an Existing Key and Certificate</h4></div></div></div><a id="id767936" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id985374" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If you have a previously created key and certificate, you can configure the SSL server to use these files instead of generating new ones. There are only two situations where this is not possible:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>You are changing the IP address or domain name.</em></span>
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Certificates are issued for a particular IP address and domain name pair. If one of these values changes, the certificate becomes invalid.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>You have a certificate from VeriSign, and you are changing the server software.</em></span>
+					</div><div class="para">
+						VeriSign, a widely used certificate authority, issues certificates for a particular software product, IP address, and domain name. Changing the software product renders the certificate invalid.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				In either of the above cases, you will need to obtain a new certificate. For more information on this topic, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey">「Generating a New Key and Certificate」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you wish to use an existing key and certificate, move the relevant files to the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/private/</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/</code> directories respectively. You can do so by running the following commands as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mv</code> <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>key_file</code></em>.key</code> <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</code>
+<code class="command">mv</code> <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>certificate</code></em>.crt</code> <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Then add the following lines to the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">SSLCertificateFile /etc/pki/tls/certs/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt
+SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</pre><div class="para">
+				To load the updated configuration, restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mod_ssl-keypair"><h6>例12.81 Using a key and certificate from the Red Hat Secure Web Server</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">mv /etc/httpd/conf/httpsd.key /etc/pki/tls/private/penguin.example.com.key</code>
+~]# <code class="command">mv /etc/httpd/conf/httpsd.crt /etc/pki/tls/certs/penguin.example.com.crt</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey">12.1.8.4. Generating a New Key and Certificate</h4></div></div></div><a id="id738654" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id892544" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				In order to generate a new key and certificate pair, you must to have the <span class="package">crypto-utils</span> package installed in your system. As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, you can install it by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install crypto-utils</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This package provides a set of tools to generate and manage SSL certificates and private keys, and includes <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span>, the Red Hat Keypair Generation utility that will guide you through the key generation process.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Replacing an existing certificate</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the server already has a valid certificate and you are replacing it with a new one, specify a different serial number. This ensures that client browsers are notified of this change, update to this new certificate as expected, and do not fail to access the page. To create a new certificate with a custom serial number, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, use the following command instead of <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">openssl req -x509 -new -set_serial <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> -key <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key -out <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt</code></pre></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Remove a previously created key</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If there already is a key file for a particular hostname in your system, <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span> will refuse to start. In this case, remove the existing file using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rm /etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+				To run the utility, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, run the <code class="command">genkey</code> command followed by the appropriate hostname (for example, <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>):
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">genkey</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				To complete the key and certificate creation, take the following steps:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Review the target locations in which the key and certificate will be stored.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png" alt="Running the genkey utility" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Running the <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span> utility
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.1 Running the genkey utility</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to proceed to the next screen.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Using the <span class="keycap"><strong>Up</strong></span> and <span class="keycap"><strong>down</strong></span> arrow keys, select the suitable key size. Note that while the large key increases the security, it also increases the response time of your server. Because of this, the recommended option is <code class="literal">1024 bits</code>.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png" alt="Selecting the key size" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Selecting the key size
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.2 Selecting the key size</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Once finished, use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to initiate the random bits generation process. Depending on the selected key size, this may take some time.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Decide whether you wish to send a certificate request to a certificate authority.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png" alt="Generating a certificate request" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Generating a certificate request
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.3 Generating a certificate request</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select <span class="guibutton"><strong>Yes</strong></span> to compose a certificate request, or <span class="guibutton"><strong>No</strong></span> to generate a self-signed certificate. Then press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm your choice.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Using the <span class="keycap"><strong>Spacebar</strong></span> key, enable (<code class="literal">[*]</code>) or disable (<code class="literal">[ ]</code>) the encryption of the private key.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png" alt="Encrypting the private key" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Encrypting the private key
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.4 Encrypting the private key</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to proceed to the next screen.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						If you have enabled the private key encryption, enter an adequate passphrase. Note that for security reasons, it is not displayed as you type, and it must be at least five characters long.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png" alt="Entering a passphrase" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Entering a passphrase
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.5 Entering a passphrase</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to proceed to the next screen.
+					</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not forget the passphrase</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Entering the correct passphrase is required in order for the server to start. If you lose it, you will need to generate a new key and certificate.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Customize the certificate details.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png" alt="Specifying certificate information" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Specifying certificate information
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.6 Specifying certificate information</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to finish the key generation.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						If you have previously enabled the certificate request generation, you will be prompted to send it to a certificate authority.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png" alt="Instructions on how to send a certificate request" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Instructions on how to send a certificate request
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.7 Instructions on how to send a certificate request</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to return to a shell prompt.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Once generated, add the key and certificate locations to the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">SSLCertificateFile /etc/pki/tls/certs/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt
+SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</pre><div class="para">
+				Finally, restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a>, so that the updated configuration is loaded.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Apache HTTP Server に関してさらに詳細をお知りになりたい場合は、以下のリソースを参照してください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-resources-installed">12.1.9.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1016513" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://localhost/manual/">http://localhost/manual/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The official documentation for the Apache HTTP Server with the full description of its directives and available modules. Note that in order to access this documentation, you must have the <span class="package">httpd-manual</span> package installed, and the web server must be running.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man httpd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service containing the complete list of its command line options.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man genkey</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="command">genkey</code> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-resources-web"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-resources-web">12.1.9.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id673753" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://httpd.apache.org/">http://httpd.apache.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The official website for the Apache HTTP Server with documentation on all the directives and default modules.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.modssl.org/">http://www.modssl.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The official website for the <span class="application"><strong>mod_ssl</strong></span> module.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openssl.org/">http://www.openssl.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSL home page containing further documentation, frequently asked questions, links to the mailing lists, and other useful resources.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Mail_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第13章 メールサーバー</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール トランスポートのプロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-types">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mda">13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (
 Mail Delivery Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-types-mua">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mta">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-sendmail">13.3.2. Sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-mta-fetchmail">13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-switchmail">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mda">13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-procmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-procmail-recipes">13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</a></spa
 n></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-mua">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-email-additional-resources">13.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-useful-websites">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-email-related-books">13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id703723" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">Email</em> was born in the 1960s. The mailbox was a file in a user's home directory that was readable only by that user. Primitive mail applications appended new text messages to the bottom of the file, making the user wade through the constantly growing file to find any particular message. This system was only capable of sending messages to users on the same system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The first network transfer of an electronic mail message file took place in 1971 when a computer engineer named Ray Tomlinson sent a test message between two machines via ARPANET—the precursor to the Internet. Communication via email soon became very popular, comprising 75 percent of ARPANET's traffic in less than two years.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Today, email systems based on standardized network protocols have evolved into some of the most widely used services on the Internet. Fedora offers many advanced applications to serve and access email.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter reviews modern email protocols in use today, and some of the programs designed to send and receive email.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-email-protocols"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id660708" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			現在の電子メールはクライアント/サーバーアーキテクチャーを使用して配送されます。電子メールのメッセージはメールクライアントプログラムを使用して作成します。このプログラムがメッセージをサーバーに送り、そのサーバーは受信者側の電子メールサーバーにメッセージを転送します。そこからメッセージが受信者の電子メールクライアントに供給されます。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			このプロセスを有効にするために、多種多様の標準ネットワークプロトコルが異なるマシンを、殆どの場合、異なるオペレーティングシステムと異なる電子メールプログラムで電子メールの送受信を可能にします。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			以下で説明してあるプロトコルは、電子メール転送で最も一般に使用されているプロトコルです。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-protocols-send"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール トランスポートのプロトコル</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				クライアントアプリケーションからサーバーまで、及び送信側のサーバーから受信側のサーバーまでのメールの配送は <em class="firstterm">SMTP</em> (<em class="firstterm">Simple Mail Transfer Protocol</em>) により処理されます。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-protocols-smtp"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-protocols-smtp">13.1.1.1. SMTP</h4></div></div></div><a id="id864448" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					SMTP の主要目的は、メールサーバー間でメールを転送することです。しかし、それが電子メールクライアントにとっても重要になります。メールを送るためには、クライアントはメッセージを配送元のサーバーに送り、そのサーバーが配送先のメールサーバーに配達の連絡をします。この理由で、電子メールクライアントを設定する時に、 SMTP サーバーを指定する必要がある訳です。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Under Fedora, a user can configure an SMTP server on the local machine to handle mail delivery. However, it is also possible to configure remote SMTP servers for outgoing mail.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SMTP プロトコルで重要なポイントの1つは、これが認証を必要としないことです。このため、インターネット上の誰でも他の誰かに、あるいは大規模な団体にさえも電子メールを送信することができます。実はこれがジャンクメール、すなわち <em class="firstterm">spam</em> を可能にする SMTP の性格なのです。リレー制限を課すことで、インターネットでの無作為のユーザーが、あなたの SMTP サーバーからインターネット上の他のサーバーへメールを送信するのを制限します。そのような制限を課してないサーバーは、 <em class="firstterm">open relay</em> サーバーと呼ばれます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Fedora は Sendmail SMTP プログラムと Postfix を提供しています。
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-protocols-client"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				電子メールをメールサーバーから取り出すために、電子メールアプリケーションで使用される2つの主要プロトコルがあります。 <em class="firstterm">POP</em> (<em class="firstterm">Post Office Protocol</em>) と <em class="firstterm">IMAP</em> (<em class="firstterm">Internet Message Access Protocol</em>) です。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-protocols-pop"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-protocols-pop">13.1.2.1. POP</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1045079" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The default POP server under Fedora is <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span> and is provided by the <span class="package">dovecot</span> package.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>dovecot パッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In order to use <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span>, first ensure the <code class="command">dovecot</code> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install dovecot</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					When using a <code class="systemitem">POP</code> server, email messages are downloaded by email client applications. By default, most <code class="systemitem">POP</code> email clients are automatically configured to delete the message on the email server after it has been successfully transferred, however this setting usually can be changed.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">POP</code> is fully compatible with important Internet messaging standards, such as <em class="firstterm">Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions</em> (<em class="firstterm">MIME</em>), which allow for email attachments.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">POP</code> works best for users who have one system on which to read email. It also works well for users who do not have a persistent connection to the Internet or the network containing the mail server. Unfortunately for those with slow network connections, <code class="systemitem">POP</code> requires client programs upon authentication to download the entire content of each message. This can take a long time if any messages have large attachments.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The most current version of the standard <code class="systemitem">POP</code> protocol is <code class="systemitem">POP3</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					There are, however, a variety of lesser-used <code class="systemitem">POP</code> protocol variants:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>APOP</em></span> — <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> with <code class="systemitem">MDS</code> (Monash Directory Service) authentication. An encoded hash of the user's password is sent from the email client to the server rather then sending an unencrypted password.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>KPOP</em></span> — <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> と Kerberos 認証です。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>RPOP</em></span> — <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> with <code class="systemitem">RPOP</code> authentication. This uses a per-user ID, similar to a password, to authenticate POP requests. However, this ID is not encrypted, so <code class="systemitem">RPOP</code> is no more secure than standard <code class="systemitem">POP</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					For added security, it is possible to use <em class="firstterm">Secure Socket Layer</em> (<em class="firstterm">SSL</em>) encryption for client authentication and data transfer sessions. This can be enabled by using the <code class="command">pop3s</code> service, or by using the <code class="command">/usr/sbin/stunnel</code> application. For more information on securing email communication, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-email-security">「通信のセキュリティ」</a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-protocols-imap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-protocols-imap">13.1.2.2. IMAP</h4></div></div></div><a id="id664142" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The default <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> server under Fedora is <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span> and is provided by the <span class="package">dovecot</span> package. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-protocols-pop">「POP」</a> for information on how to install <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					When using an <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> mail server, email messages remain on the server where users can read or delete them. <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> also allows client applications to create, rename, or delete mail directories on the server to organize and store email.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> is particularly useful for users who access their email using multiple machines. The protocol is also convenient for users connecting to the mail server via a slow connection, because only the email header information is downloaded for messages until opened, saving bandwidth. The user also has the ability to delete messages without viewing or downloading them.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For convenience, <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> client applications are capable of caching copies of messages locally, so the user can browse previously read messages when not directly connected to the <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">IMAP</code>, like <code class="systemitem">POP</code>, is fully compatible with important Internet messaging standards, such as MIME, which allow for email attachments.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For added security, it is possible to use <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> encryption for client authentication and data transfer sessions. This can be enabled by using the <code class="command">imaps</code> service, or by using the <code class="command">/usr/sbin/stunnel</code> program. For more information on securing email communication, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-email-security">「通信のセキュリティ」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Other free, as well as commercial, IMAP clients and servers are available, many of which extend the IMAP protocol and provide additional functionality.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-mail-server-dovecot"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-mail-server-dovecot">13.1.2.3. Dovecot</h4></div></div></div><a id="id722691" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">imap-login</code> and <code class="command">pop3-login</code> processes which implement the <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> protocols are spawned by the master <code class="systemitem">dovecot</code> daemon included in the <span class="package">dovecot</span> package. The use of <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP</code> is configured through the <code class="filename">/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</code> configuration file; by default <code class="command">dovecot</code> runs <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> together with their secure versions using <code class="systemitem">SSL</code>. To configure <code class="command">dovecot</code> to use <code class="systemitem">POP</code>, complete the following steps:
+				</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</code> configuration file to make sure the <code class="literal">protocols</code> variable is uncommented (remove the hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>) at the beginning of the line) and contains the <code class="literal">pop3</code> argument. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">protocols = imap imaps pop3 pop3s</pre><div class="para">
+							When the <code class="literal">protocols</code> variable is left commented out, <code class="command">dovecot</code> will use the default values specified for this variable.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Make that change operational for the current session by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart dovecot.service</code></pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							コマンドを起動させることによって、次回のリブート後に変更を操作可能にします。
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable dovecot.service</code></pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The dovecot service starts the POP3 server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Please note that <code class="command">dovecot</code> only reports that it started the <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> server, but also starts the <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> server.
+							</div></div></div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					Unlike <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code>, both <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> require connecting clients to authenticate using a username and password. By default, passwords for both protocols are passed over the network unencrypted.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To configure <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> on <code class="command">dovecot</code>:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/dovecot-openssl.conf</code> configuration file as you prefer. However, in a typical installation, this file does not require modification.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Rename, move or delete the files <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/certs/dovecot.pem</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/private/dovecot.pem</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Execute the <code class="filename">/usr/libexec/dovecot/mkcert.sh</code> script which creates the <code class="command">dovecot</code> self signed certificates. These certificates are copied in the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/certs</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/private</code> directories. To implement the changes, restart <code class="command">dovecot</code> by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart dovecot.service</code></pre></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					More details on <code class="command">dovecot</code> can be found online at <a href="http://www.dovecot.org">http://www.dovecot.org</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-email-types"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-types">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1640949" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			一般的に、全ての電子メールプログラムには3つの分類のうちのひとつに分けられます。それらはすべて電子メールメッセージの移動と管理のプロセスで特定の役割を果たします。大半のユーザーは、メッセージを送受信するための特定の電子メールプログラムしか意識しません。これらのタイプはそれぞれ、電子メールが正しい宛先に着信するかどうかを確認するために重要です。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-types-mta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</h3></div></div></div><a id="id805016" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id966604" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id966618" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail Transport Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">MTA</em>) transports email messages between hosts using <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code>. A message may involve several MTAs as it moves to its intended destination.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				マシン間のメッセージの配信はかなり単純なものに見えますが、特定の MTA がリモートホストに配信するためのメッセージを受け入れることができるか、あるいは受け入れなければならないかを決定するプロセスは非常に複雑です。更には、スパムかによる問題のため、特定の MTA を使用することは通常、 MTA 自体の設定、あるいは MTA が存在するネットワークアドレスへのアクセス設定のいずれかで制限されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				最新の電子メールクライアントプログラムの多くは、メールを送信する時に、 MTA として動作します。しかし、この動作を実際の MTA の役目と混同しないで下さい。電子メールクライアントプログラムが電子メールを (MTA のように) 発信できる唯一の理由はアプリケーションを実行しているホストが自分自身の MTA を所有していないからです。これは、特に非 Unix ベースのオペレーティングシステム上の電子メールクライアントプログラムで明確です。しかし、これらのクライアントプログラムは、使用許可のある MTA に対し発信メッセージを送信するだけで、受信者の電子メールサーバーにメッセージを直接配達することはありません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Since Fedora offers two MTAs—<em class="firstterm">Postfix</em> and <em class="firstterm">Sendmail</em>—email client programs are often not required to act as an MTA. Fedora also includes a special purpose MTA called <em class="firstterm">Fetchmail</em>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on Postfix, Sendmail, and Fetchmail, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-email-mta">「Mail Transport Agent」</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-types-mda"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-types-mda">13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1165774" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id722081" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id763259" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail Delivery Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">MDA</em>) is invoked by the MTA to file incoming email in the proper user's mailbox. In many cases, the MDA is actually a <em class="firstterm">Local Delivery Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">LDA</em>), such as <code class="command">mail</code> or Procmail.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				電子メール クライアントによって読まれる場所まで配達するメッセージを扱うプログラムはどれも MDA と考えられます。この理由で、幾つかの MTA (Sendmail や Postfix) は、それらが新規メールのメッセージをローカルユーザーのメールスプールファイルの追加する時、 MDA の役目を果たすと言えます。一般的に MDA はシステム間でメッセージを配送しませんし、ユーザー インターフェイスも提供することはありません。 MDA は電子メール クライアント アプリケーションがアクセスできるようにローカルマシン上のメッセージを分配したり分類したりします。
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-types-mua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-types-mua">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id721404" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id689051" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1126956" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail User Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">MUA</em>) is synonymous with an email client application. An MUA is a program that, at the very least, allows a user to read and compose email messages. Many MUAs are capable of retrieving messages via the <code class="systemitem">POP</code> or <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> protocols, setting up mailboxes to store messages, and sending outbound messages to an MTA.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				MUAs may be graphical, such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, or have simple text-based interfaces, such as <span class="application"><strong>pine</strong></span>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-email-mta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-mta">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora offers two primary MTAs: Postfix and Sendmail. Postfix is configured as the default MTA, although it is easy to switch the default MTA to Sendmail. To switch the default MTA to Sendmail, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, you can either uninstall Postfix or use the following command to switch to Sendmail:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">alternatives --config mta</code></pre><div class="para">
+			You can also use the following command to enable/disable the desired service:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable|disable <em class="replaceable"><code>service</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="section" id="s2-email-mta-postfix"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</h3></div></div></div><a id="id678672" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id678686" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				元来、 IBM のセキュリティ専門家でありプログラマーの Wietse Venema によって開発された Postfix は、安全で迅速で設定が容易であるようにデザインされた Sendmail 対応の MTA です。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				セキュリティを改善する為に、 Postfix はモジュラーデザインを使用して、 <em class="firstterm">master</em> デーモンによって制限付の権限を持つ小規模のプロセスが起動できるようにします。より小規模で、権限の低いプロセスは、メール配送の各種段階における特定のタスクを実行し、外部攻撃からの影響を低減する為に変更したルート環境で動作します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Configuring Postfix to accept network connections from hosts other than the local computer takes only a few minor changes in its configuration file. Yet for those with more complex needs, Postfix provides a variety of configuration options, as well as third party add-ons that make it a very versatile and full-featured MTA.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Postfix の設定ファイルは人間に判読できるもので、 250 以上のディレクティブをサポートします。 Sendmail とは異なり、変更が反映されるのにマクロプロセッシングは必要でなく、通常使用されるオプションのほとんどは大幅なコメントが付いているファイルに記述されています。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-default">13.3.1.1. Postfix のデフォルトインストール</h4></div></div></div><a id="id827369" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The Postfix executable is <code class="filename">/usr/sbin/postfix</code>. This daemon launches all related processes needed to handle mail delivery.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Postfix stores its configuration files in the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/</code> directory. The following is a list of the more commonly used files:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">access</code> — Used for access control, this file specifies which hosts are allowed to connect to Postfix.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">main.cf</code> — The global Postfix configuration file. The majority of configuration options are specified in this file.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">master.cf</code> — Specifies how Postfix interacts with various processes to accomplish mail delivery.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">transport</code> — Maps email addresses to relay hosts.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">aliases</code> file can be found in the <code class="filename">/etc/</code> directory. This file is shared between Postfix and Sendmail. It is a configurable list required by the mail protocol that describes user ID aliases.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Configuring Postfix as a server for other clients</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						The default <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> file does not allow Postfix to accept network connections from a host other than the local computer. For instructions on configuring Postfix as a server for other clients, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-mta-postfix-conf">「Postfix の基本的な設定」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Restart the <code class="systemitem">postfix</code> service after changing any options in the configuration files under the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix</code> directory in order for those changes to take effect. To do so, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart postfix.service</code></pre>
+
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-conf">13.3.1.2. Postfix の基本的な設定</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					By default, Postfix does not accept network connections from any host other than the local host. Perform the following steps as <code class="systemitem">root</code> to enable mail delivery for other hosts on the network:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> file with a text editor, such as <code class="command">vi</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">mydomain</code> line by removing the hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>), and replace <em class="replaceable"><code>domain.tld</code></em> with the domain the mail server is servicing, such as <code class="command">example.com</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">myorigin = $mydomain</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">myhostname</code> line, and replace <em class="replaceable"><code>host.domain.tld</code></em> with the hostname for the machine.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">mynetworks</code> line, and replace <em class="replaceable"><code>168.100.189.0/28</code></em> with a valid network setting for hosts that can connect to the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">inet_interfaces = all</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Comment the <code class="command">inet_interfaces = localhost</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Restart the <code class="command">postfix</code> service.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					これらのステップが終了すると、ホストは配送の為に外部の電子メールを受け付けます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Postfix has a large assortment of configuration options. One of the best ways to learn how to configure Postfix is to read the comments within the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> configuration file. Additional resources including information about Postfix configuration, SpamAssassin integration, or detailed descriptions of the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> parameters are available online at <a href="http://www.postfix.org/">http://www.postfix.org/</a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="using-postfix-with-ldap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="using-postfix-with-ldap">13.3.1.3. Using Postfix with LDAP</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Postfix can use an <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> directory as a source for various lookup tables (e.g.: <code class="filename">aliases</code>, <code class="filename">virtual</code>, <code class="filename">canonical</code>, etc.). This allows <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> to store hierarchical user information and Postfix to only be given the result of <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> queries when needed. By not storing this information locally, administrators can easily maintain it.
+				</div><div class="section" id="aliases-example"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="aliases-example">13.3.1.3.1. The /etc/aliases lookup example</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The following is a basic example for using <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> to look up the <code class="filename">/etc/aliases</code> file. Make sure your <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> contains the following:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, ldap:/etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf</pre><div class="para">
+						Create a <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf</code> file if you do not have one created already and make sure it contains the following:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">server_host = <em class="replaceable"><code>ldap.example.com</code></em>
+search_base = dc=<em class="replaceable"><code>example</code></em>, dc=<em class="replaceable"><code>com</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+						where <em class="parameter"><code>ldap.example.com</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>example</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>com</code></em> are parameters that need to be replaced with specification of an existing available <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The /etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf file</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							The <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf</code> file can specify various parameters, including parameters that enable <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> and <code class="systemitem">STARTTLS</code>. For more information, refer to the <code class="command">ldap_table(5)</code> man page.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						For more information on <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-mta-sendmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-mta-sendmail">13.3.2. Sendmail</h3></div></div></div><a id="id682212" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id682226" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Sendmail's core purpose, like other MTAs, is to safely transfer email among hosts, usually using the <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> protocol. However, Sendmail is highly configurable, allowing control over almost every aspect of how email is handled, including the protocol used. Many system administrators elect to use Sendmail as their MTA due to its power and scalability.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose">13.3.2.1. 目的と制限</h4></div></div></div><a id="id757502" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858563" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					It is important to be aware of what Sendmail is and what it can do, as opposed to what it is not. In these days of monolithic applications that fulfill multiple roles, Sendmail may seem like the only application needed to run an email server within an organization. Technically, this is true, as Sendmail can spool mail to each users' directory and deliver outbound mail for users. However, most users actually require much more than simple email delivery. Users usually want to interact with their email using an MUA, that uses <code class="systemitem">POP</code> or <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code>, to download their messages to their local machine. Or, they may prefer a Web interface to gain access to their mailbox. These other applications can work in conjunction with Sendmail, but they actually exist for different reasons and can operate separately from one another.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					It is beyond the scope of this section to go into all that Sendmail should or could be configured to do. With literally hundreds of different options and rule sets, entire volumes have been dedicated to helping explain everything that can be done and how to fix things that go wrong. Refer to the <a class="xref" href="#s1-email-additional-resources">「その他のリソース」</a> for a list of Sendmail resources.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					このセクションでは、デフォルトで Sendmail と共にインストールされているファイルの説明をして、さらに迷惑メール (spam) 停止の仕方及び <em class="firstterm">Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)</em> を使った Sendmail の拡張法などの基本的設定変更を説明していきます。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-default">13.3.2.2. Sendmail のデフォルトインストール</h4></div></div></div><a id="id739144" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					In order to use Sendmail, first ensure the <span class="package">sendmail</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install sendmail</code></pre><div class="para">
+					In order to configure Sendmail, ensure the <span class="package">sendmail-cf</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install sendmail-cf</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Before using Sendmail, the default MTA has to be switched from Postfix. For more information how to switch the default MTA refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-email-mta">「Mail Transport Agent」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Sendmail の実行ファイルは <code class="filename">/usr/sbin/sendmail</code> です。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Sendmail's lengthy and detailed configuration file is <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>. Avoid editing the <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> file directly. To make configuration changes to Sendmail, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file, back up the original <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>, and use the following alternatives to generate a new configuration file:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Use the included makefile in <code class="filename">/etc/mail/</code> (<code class="command">~]# make all -C /etc/mail/</code>) to create a new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> configuration file. All other generated files in <code class="filename">/etc/mail</code> (db files) will be regenerated if needed. The old makemap commands are still usable. The make command will automatically be used by <code class="command">systemctl start|restart|reload sendmail.service</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Alternatively you may use the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor to create a new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>. The <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor is not installed by default. Before using it to create <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>, install the <span class="package">m4</span> package as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install m4</code></pre></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					More information on configuring Sendmail can be found in <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">「一般的な Sendmail 設定変更」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Various Sendmail configuration files are installed in the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/</code> directory including:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">access</code> — Specifies which systems can use Sendmail for outbound email.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">domaintable</code> — Specifies domain name mapping.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">local-host-names</code> — Specifies aliases for the host.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">mailertable</code> — Specifies instructions that override routing for particular domains.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">virtusertable</code> — Specifies a domain-specific form of aliasing, allowing multiple virtual domains to be hosted on one machine.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Several of the configuration files in <code class="filename">/etc/mail/</code>, such as <code class="filename">access</code>, <code class="filename">domaintable</code>, <code class="filename">mailertable</code> and <code class="filename">virtusertable</code>, must actually store their information in database files before Sendmail can use any configuration changes. To include any changes made to these configurations in their database files, run the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">makemap hash /etc/mail/<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> &lt; /etc/mail/<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+					where <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> represents the name of the configuration file to be updated. You may also restart the <code class="systemitem">sendmail</code> service for the changes to take effect by running:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For example, to have all emails addressed to the <code class="filename">example.com</code> domain delivered to <code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:bob at other-example.com">bob at other-example.com</a></code>
+					, add the following line to the <code class="filename">virtusertable</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="command">@example.com bob at other-example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+					To finalize the change, the <code class="filename">virtusertable.db</code> file must be updated:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable &lt; /etc/mail/virtusertable</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Sendmail will create an updated <code class="filename">virtusertable.db</code> file containing the new configuration.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">13.3.2.3. 一般的な Sendmail 設定変更</h4></div></div></div><a id="id803700" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id930070" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					When altering the Sendmail configuration file, it is best not to edit an existing file, but to generate an entirely new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Backup the sendmail.cf file before changing its content</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Before changing the <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> file, it is a good idea to create a backup copy.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To add the desired functionality to Sendmail, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. Once you are finished, restart the <code class="systemitem">sendmail</code> service and, if the <span class="package">m4</span> package is installed, the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor will automatically generate a new <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> configuration file:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Configuring Sendmail as a server for other clients</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						The default <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> file does not allow Sendmail to accept network connections from any host other than the local computer. To configure Sendmail as a server for other clients, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file, and either change the address specified in the <code class="command">Addr=</code> option of the <code class="command">DAEMON_OPTIONS</code> directive from <code class="command">127.0.0.1</code> to the IP address of an active network device or comment out the <code class="command">DAEMON_OPTIONS</code> directive all together by placing <code class="command">dnl</code> at the beginning of the line. When finished, regenerate <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> by restarting the service:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+					The default configuration which ships with Fedora works for most <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code>-only sites. However, it does not work for <em class="firstterm">UUCP</em> (<em class="firstterm">UNIX-to-UNIX Copy Protocol</em>) sites. If using UUCP mail transfers, the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file must be reconfigured and a new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file must be generated.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Consult the <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> file before editing any files in the directories under the <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf</code> directory, as they can affect the future configuration of the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading">13.3.2.4. マスカレード</h4></div></div></div><a id="id685798" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1026923" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					One common Sendmail configuration is to have a single machine act as a mail gateway for all machines on the network. For instance, a company may want to have a machine called <code class="computeroutput">mail.example.com</code> that handles all of their email and assigns a consistent return address to all outgoing mail.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					In this situation, the Sendmail server must masquerade the machine names on the company network so that their return address is <code class="computeroutput">user at example.com</code> instead of <code class="computeroutput">user at host.example.com</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To do this, add the following lines to <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code>:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl
+FEATURE(`masquerade_entire_domain')dnl
+FEATURE(`masquerade_envelope')dnl
+FEATURE(`allmasquerade')dnl
+MASQUERADE_AS(`bigcorp.com.')dnl
+MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`bigcorp.com.')dnl
+MASQUERADE_AS(bigcorp.com)dnl</pre><div class="para">
+					After generating a new <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> using the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor, this configuration makes all mail from inside the network appear as if it were sent from <code class="computeroutput">bigcorp.com</code>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-sendmail-stopping-spam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-sendmail-stopping-spam">13.3.2.5. スパムの停止</h4></div></div></div><a id="id897978" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					電子メールスパムとは、通信を要求していないユーザーが受け取る、不要で欲しくもない電子メールと定義出来ます。それは、非常に破壊的でコストのかかる広範囲なインターネット通信標準の乱用です。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Sendmail makes it relatively easy to block new spamming techniques being employed to send junk email. It even blocks many of the more usual spamming methods by default. Main anti-spam features available in sendmail are <em class="firstterm">header checks</em>, <em class="firstterm">relaying denial</em> (default from version 8.9), <em class="firstterm">access database and sender information checks</em>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For example, forwarding of <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> messages, also called relaying, has been disabled by default since Sendmail version 8.9. Before this change occurred, Sendmail directed the mail host (<code class="filename">x.edu</code>) to accept messages from one party (<code class="filename">y.com</code>) and sent them to a different party (<code class="filename">z.net</code>). Now, however, Sendmail must be configured to permit any domain to relay mail through the server. To configure relay domains, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/relay-domains</code> file and restart Sendmail:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					However, many times users are bombarded with spam from other servers throughout the Internet. In these instances, Sendmail's access control features available through the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/access</code> file can be used to prevent connections from unwanted hosts. The following example illustrates how this file can be used to both block and specifically allow access to the Sendmail server:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">badspammer.com ERROR:550 "Go away and do not spam us" tux.badspammer.com OK 10.0 RELAY</pre><div class="para">
+					This example shows that any email sent from <code class="filename">badspammer.com</code> is blocked with a 550 RFC-821 compliant error code, with a message sent back to the spammer. Email sent from the <code class="filename">tux.badspammer.com</code> sub-domain, is accepted. The last line shows that any email sent from the 10.0.*.* network can be relayed through the mail server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Because the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/access.db</code> file is a database, use the <code class="command">makemap</code> command to update any changes. Do this using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">makemap hash /etc/mail/access &lt; /etc/mail/access</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Message header analysis allows you to reject mail based on header contents. <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> servers store information about an email's journey in the message header. As the message travels from one MTA to another, each puts in a <code class="literal">Received</code> header above all the other <code class="literal">Received</code> headers. It is important to note that this information may be altered by spammers.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The above examples only represent a small part of what Sendmail can do in terms of allowing or blocking access. Refer to the <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> for more information and examples.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Since Sendmail calls the Procmail MDA when delivering mail, it is also possible to use a spam filtering program, such as SpamAssassin, to identify and file spam for users. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-mda-spam">「スパムフィルタ」</a> for more information about using SpamAssassin.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-ldap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-ldap">13.3.2.6. LDAP での Sendmail の使用</h4></div></div></div><a id="id827525" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Using <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> is a very quick and powerful way to find specific information about a particular user from a much larger group. For example, an <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server can be used to look up a particular email address from a common corporate directory by the user's last name. In this kind of implementation, <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> is largely separate from Sendmail, with <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> storing the hierarchical user information and Sendmail only being given the result of <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> queries in pre-addressed email messages.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					However, Sendmail supports a much greater integration with <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, where it uses <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> to replace separately maintained files, such as <code class="filename">/etc/aliases</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/mail/virtusertables</code>, on different mail servers that work together to support a medium- to enterprise-level organization. In short, <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> abstracts the mail routing level from Sendmail and its separate configuration files to a powerful <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> cluster that can be leveraged by many different applications.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The current version of Sendmail contains support for <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>. To extend the Sendmail server using <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, first get an <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server, such as <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP</strong></span>, running and properly configured. Then edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> to include the following:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">LDAPROUTE_DOMAIN('<em class="replaceable"><code>yourdomain.com</code></em>')dnl
+FEATURE('ldap_routing')dnl</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>高度な設定</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						This is only for a very basic configuration of Sendmail with <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>. The configuration can differ greatly from this depending on the implementation of <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, especially when configuring several Sendmail machines to use a common <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Consult <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> for detailed <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> routing configuration instructions and examples.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Next, recreate the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file by running the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor and again restarting Sendmail. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">「一般的な Sendmail 設定変更」</a> for instructions.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For more information on <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-mta-fetchmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-mta-fetchmail">13.3.3. Fetchmail</h3></div></div></div><a id="id906960" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id906975" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fetchmail is an MTA which retrieves email from remote servers and delivers it to the local MTA. Many users appreciate the ability to separate the process of downloading their messages located on a remote server from the process of reading and organizing their email in an MUA. Designed with the needs of dial-up users in mind, Fetchmail connects and quickly downloads all of the email messages to the mail spool file using any number of protocols, including <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> and <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code>. It can even forward email messages to an <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> server, if necessary.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>fetchmail のインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					In order to use <span class="application"><strong>Fetchmail</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">fetchmail</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install fetchmail</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Fetchmail is configured for each user through the use of a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file in the user's home directory. If it does not already exist, create the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file in your home directory
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Using preferences in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file, Fetchmail checks for email on a remote server and downloads it. It then delivers it to port <code class="constant">25</code> on the local machine, using the local MTA to place the email in the correct user's spool file. If Procmail is available, it is launched to filter the email and place it in a mailbox so that it can be read by an MUA.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration">13.3.3.1. Fetchmail 設定オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id784214" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id784228" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Although it is possible to pass all necessary options on the command line to check for email on a remote server when executing Fetchmail, using a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file is much easier. Place any desired configuration options in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file for those options to be used each time the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command is issued. It is possible to override these at the time Fetchmail is run by specifying that option on the command line.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					A user's <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file contains three classes of configuration options:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>global options</em></span> — Gives Fetchmail instructions that control the operation of the program or provide settings for every connection that checks for email.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>server options</em></span> — Specifies necessary information about the server being polled, such as the hostname, as well as preferences for specific email servers, such as the port to check or number of seconds to wait before timing out. These options affect every user using that server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>user options</em></span> — Contains information, such as username and password, necessary to authenticate and check for email using a specified email server.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Global options appear at the top of the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file, followed by one or more server options, each of which designate a different email server that Fetchmail should check. User options follow server options for each user account checking that email server. Like server options, multiple user options may be specified for use with a particular server as well as to check multiple email accounts on the same server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Server options are called into service in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file by the use of a special option verb, <code class="command">poll</code> or <code class="command">skip</code>, that precedes any of the server information. The <code class="command">poll</code> action tells Fetchmail to use this server option when it is run, which checks for email using the specified user options. Any server options after a <code class="command">skip</code> action, however, are not checked unless this server's hostname is specified when Fetchmail is invoked. The <code class="command">skip</code> option is useful when testing configurations in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file because it only checks skipped servers when specifically invoked, and does not affect any currently working configurations.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following is a sample example of a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">set postmaster "user1"
+set bouncemail
+
+poll pop.domain.com proto pop3
+    user 'user1' there with password 'secret' is user1 here
+
+poll mail.domain2.com
+    user 'user5' there with password 'secret2' is user1 here
+    user 'user7' there with password 'secret3' is user1 here</pre><div class="para">
+					In this example, the global options specify that the user is sent email as a last resort (<code class="command">postmaster</code> option) and all email errors are sent to the postmaster instead of the sender (<code class="command">bouncemail</code> option). The <code class="command">set</code> action tells Fetchmail that this line contains a global option. Then, two email servers are specified, one set to check using <code class="systemitem">POP3</code>, the other for trying various protocols to find one that works. Two users are checked using the second server option, but all email found for any user is sent to <code class="command">user1</code>'s mail spool. This allows multiple mailboxes to be checked on multiple servers, while appearing in a single MUA inbox. Each user's specific information begins with the <code class="command">user</code> action.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Omitting the password from the configuration</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Users are not required to place their password in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file. Omitting the <code class="command">with password '<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>'</code> section causes Fetchmail to ask for a password when it is launched.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Fetchmail has numerous global, server, and local options. Many of these options are rarely used or only apply to very specific situations. The <code class="filename">fetchmail</code> man page explains each option in detail, but the most common ones are listed in the following three sections.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global">13.3.3.2. グローバルオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id827794" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id643192" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Each global option should be placed on a single line after a <code class="command">set</code> action.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">daemon <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> </code> — Specifies daemon-mode, where Fetchmail stays in the background. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> with the number of seconds Fetchmail is to wait before polling the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">postmaster</code> — Specifies a local user to send mail to in case of delivery problems.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">syslog</code> — Specifies the log file for errors and status messages. By default, this is <code class="filename">/var/log/maillog</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server">13.3.3.3. サーバー オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id709737" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id709756" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Server options must be placed on their own line in <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> after a <code class="command">poll</code> or <code class="command">skip</code> action.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">auth <em class="replaceable"><code>auth-type</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>auth-type</code></em> with the type of authentication to be used. By default, <code class="command">password</code> authentication is used, but some protocols support other types of authentication, including <code class="command">kerberos_v5</code>, <code class="command">kerberos_v4</code>, and <code class="command">ssh</code>. If the <code class="command">any</code> authentication type is used, Fetchmail first tries methods that do not require a password, then methods that mask the password, and finally attempts to send the password unencrypted to authenticate to the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> — Polls the specified server every <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> of times that it checks for email on all configured servers. This option is generally used for email servers where the user rarely receives messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">port <em class="replaceable"><code>port-number</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>port-number</code></em> with the port number. This value overrides the default port number for the specified protocol.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">proto <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> with the protocol, such as <code class="command">pop3</code> or <code class="command">imap</code>, to use when checking for messages on the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">timeout <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> with the number of seconds of server inactivity after which Fetchmail gives up on a connection attempt. If this value is not set, a default of <code class="command">300</code> seconds is assumed.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user">13.3.3.4. ユーザー オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id993288" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id700163" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					User options may be placed on their own lines beneath a server option or on the same line as the server option. In either case, the defined options must follow the <code class="command">user</code> option (defined below).
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">fetchall</code> — Orders Fetchmail to download all messages in the queue, including messages that have already been viewed. By default, Fetchmail only pulls down new messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">fetchlimit <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> with the number of messages to be retrieved before stopping.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">flush</code> — Deletes all previously viewed messages in the queue before retrieving new messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">limit <em class="replaceable"><code>max-number-bytes</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>max-number-bytes</code></em> with the maximum size in bytes that messages are allowed to be when retrieved by Fetchmail. This option is useful with slow network links, when a large message takes too long to download.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">password '<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>'</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em> with the user's password.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">preconnect "<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>"</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> with a command to be executed before retrieving messages for the user.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">postconnect "<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>"</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> with a command to be executed after retrieving messages for the user.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">ssl</code> — SSL 暗号化を有効にします。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">user "<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>"</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> with the username used by Fetchmail to retrieve messages. <span class="emphasis"><em>This option must precede all other user options.</em></span>
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands">13.3.3.5. Fetchmail コマンド オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id865689" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Most Fetchmail options used on the command line when executing the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command mirror the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> configuration options. In this way, Fetchmail may be used with or without a configuration file. These options are not used on the command line by most users because it is easier to leave them in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					There may be times when it is desirable to run the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command with other options for a particular purpose. It is possible to issue command options to temporarily override a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> setting that is causing an error, as any options specified at the command line override configuration file options.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-info"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-info">13.3.3.6. 情報オプション、あるいはデバッグ オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id654182" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Certain options used after the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command can supply important information.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">--configdump</code> — Displays every possible option based on information from <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> and Fetchmail defaults. No email is retrieved for any users when using this option.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-s</code> — Executes Fetchmail in silent mode, preventing any messages, other than errors, from appearing after the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-v</code> — Executes Fetchmail in verbose mode, displaying every communication between Fetchmail and remote email servers.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-V</code> — Displays detailed version information, lists its global options, and shows settings to be used with each user, including the email protocol and authentication method. No email is retrieved for any users when using this option.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-special"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-special">13.3.3.7. 特別なオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id837070" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					These options are occasionally useful for overriding defaults often found in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-a</code> — Fetchmail downloads all messages from the remote email server, whether new or previously viewed. By default, Fetchmail only downloads new messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-k</code> — Fetchmail leaves the messages on the remote email server after downloading them. This option overrides the default behavior of deleting messages after downloading them.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-l <em class="replaceable"><code>max-number-bytes</code></em> </code> — Fetchmail does not download any messages over a particular size and leaves them on the remote email server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">--quit</code> — Quits the Fetchmail daemon process.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					More commands and <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> options can be found in the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> man page.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-switchmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-switchmail">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id828388" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id749966" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id749979" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1642270" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1642284" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1064428" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail Transport Agent</em> (MTA) is essential for sending email. A <em class="firstterm">Mail User Agent</em> (MUA) such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Thunderbird</strong></span>, and <span class="application"><strong>Mutt</strong></span>, is used to read and compose email. When a user sends an email from an MUA, the message is handed off to the MTA, which sends the message through a series of MTAs until it reaches its destination.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Even if a user does not plan to send email from the system, some automated tasks or system programs might use the <code class="command">/bin/mail</code> command to send email containing log messages to the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user of the local system.
+			</div><a id="id825291" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id825302" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fedora 15 provides two MTAs: Postfix and Sendmail. If both are installed, Postfix is the default MTA.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-email-mda"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-mda">13.4. メール配送エージェント</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora includes two primary MDAs, Procmail and <code class="command">mail</code>. Both of the applications are considered LDAs and both move email from the MTA's spool file into the user's mailbox. However, Procmail provides a robust filtering system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			This section details only Procmail. For information on the <code class="command">mail</code> command, consult its man page (<code class="command">man mail</code>).
+		</div><a id="id674975" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id674989" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Procmail を使用すると、ローカルホストのメールスプールファイルにある電子メールのフィルターと配送をします。 Procmail は強力で、システムリソースにやさしく、広範囲で使用されています。これは、電子メールクライアントアプリケーションで読み込まれる予定の電子メールを配送する時点で重要な役割りを果たします。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Procmail can be invoked in several different ways. Whenever an MTA places an email into the mail spool file, Procmail is launched. Procmail then filters and files the email for the MUA and quits. Alternatively, the MUA can be configured to execute Procmail any time a message is received so that messages are moved into their correct mailboxes. By default, the presence of <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrc</code> or of a <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file (also called an <em class="firstterm">rc</em> file) in the user's home directory invokes Procmail whenever an MTA receives a new message.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			By default, no system-wide <code class="filename">rc</code> files exist in the <code class="filename">/etc/</code> directory and no <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> files exist in any user's home directory. Therefore, to use Procmail, each user must construct a <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file with specific environment variables and rules.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Whether Procmail acts upon an email message depends upon whether the message matches a specified set of conditions or <em class="firstterm">recipes</em> in the <code class="filename">rc</code> file. If a message matches a recipe, then the email is placed in a specified file, is deleted, or is otherwise processed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			When Procmail starts, it reads the email message and separates the body from the header information. Next, Procmail looks for a <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrc</code> file and <code class="filename">rc</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrcs</code> directory for default, system-wide, Procmail environmental variables and recipes. Procmail then searches for a <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file in the user's home directory. Many users also create additional <code class="filename">rc</code> files for Procmail that are referred to within the <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file in their home directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-procmail-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-procmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1018063" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1018076" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Procmail 設定ファイルには、重要な環境変数が含まれています。これらの変数は、どのメッセージをソートするか、レシピに一致しないメッセージをどう処理するかなどを指定します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				These environmental variables usually appear at the beginning of the <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file in the following format:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>env-variable</code></em>="<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>"</pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>env-variable</code></em> </code> is the name of the variable and <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> defines the variable.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				環境変数の多くはほとんどの Procmail ユーザーに使用されず、それより重要な環境変数の多くはすでにデフォルト値が定義されています。ほとんどの場合、次のような変数が使用されます:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">DEFAULT</code> — Sets the default mailbox where messages that do not match any recipes are placed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default <code class="command">DEFAULT</code> value is the same as <code class="command">$ORGMAIL</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">INCLUDERC</code> — Specifies additional <code class="filename">rc</code> files containing more recipes for messages to be checked against. This breaks up the Procmail recipe lists into individual files that fulfill different roles, such as blocking spam and managing email lists, that can then be turned off or on by using comment characters in the user's <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For example, lines in a user's <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file may look like this:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">MAILDIR=$HOME/Msgs INCLUDERC=$MAILDIR/lists.rc INCLUDERC=$MAILDIR/spam.rc</pre><div class="para">
+						To turn off Procmail filtering of email lists but leaving spam control in place, comment out the first <code class="command">INCLUDERC</code> line with a hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">LOCKSLEEP</code> — Sets the amount of time, in seconds, between attempts by Procmail to use a particular lockfile. The default is <code class="constant">8</code> seconds.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">LOCKTIMEOUT</code> — Sets the amount of time, in seconds, that must pass after a lockfile was last modified before Procmail assumes that the lockfile is old and can be deleted. The default is <code class="constant">1024</code> seconds.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">LOGFILE</code> — The file to which any Procmail information or error messages are written.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">MAILDIR</code> — Sets the current working directory for Procmail. If set, all other Procmail paths are relative to this directory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ORGMAIL</code> — Specifies the original mailbox, or another place to put the messages if they cannot be placed in the default or recipe-required location.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						By default, a value of <code class="command">/var/spool/mail/$LOGNAME</code> is used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">SUSPEND</code> — Sets the amount of time, in seconds, that Procmail pauses if a necessary resource, such as swap space, is not available.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">SWITCHRC</code> — Allows a user to specify an external file containing additional Procmail recipes, much like the <code class="command">INCLUDERC</code> option, except that recipe checking is actually stopped on the referring configuration file and only the recipes on the <code class="command">SWITCHRC</code>-specified file are used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">VERBOSE</code> — Causes Procmail to log more information. This option is useful for debugging.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Other important environmental variables are pulled from the shell, such as <code class="command">LOGNAME</code>, which is the login name; <code class="command">HOME</code>, which is the location of the home directory; and <code class="command">SHELL</code>, which is the default shell.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A comprehensive explanation of all environments variables, as well as their default values, is available in the <code class="filename">procmailrc</code> man page.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes">13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</h3></div></div></div><a id="id920616" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				New users often find the construction of recipes the most difficult part of learning to use Procmail. To some extent, this is understandable, as recipes do their message matching using <em class="firstterm">regular expressions</em>, which is a particular format used to specify qualifications for a matching string. However, regular expressions are not very difficult to construct and even less difficult to understand when read. Additionally, the consistency of the way Procmail recipes are written, regardless of regular expressions, makes it easy to learn by example. To see example Procmail recipes, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples">「レシピの例」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Procmail レシピは、次の形式をとります:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">:0<em class="replaceable"><code>flags</code></em>: <em class="replaceable"><code>lockfile-name</code></em> * <em class="replaceable"><code>special-condition-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>condition-1</code></em> * <em class="replaceable"><code>special-condition-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>condition-2</code></em> * <em class="replaceable"><code>special-condition-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>condition-N</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>special-action-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>action-to-perform</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				The first two characters in a Procmail recipe are a colon and a zero. Various flags can be placed after the zero to control how Procmail processes the recipe. A colon after the <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>flags</code></em> </code> section specifies that a lockfile is created for this message. If a lockfile is created, the name can be specified by replacing <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>lockfile-name</code></em> </code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A recipe can contain several conditions to match against the message. If it has no conditions, every message matches the recipe. Regular expressions are placed in some conditions to facilitate message matching. If multiple conditions are used, they must all match for the action to be performed. Conditions are checked based on the flags set in the recipe's first line. Optional special characters placed after the asterisk character (<code class="command">*</code>) can further control the condition.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>action-to-perform</code></em></code> argument specifies the action taken when the message matches one of the conditions. There can only be one action per recipe. In many cases, the name of a mailbox is used here to direct matching messages into that file, effectively sorting the email. Special action characters may also be used before the action is specified. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-procmail-recipes-special">「特別な条件とアクション」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering">13.4.2.1. 配信レシピと非配信</h4></div></div></div><a id="id809233" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id809252" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The action used if the recipe matches a particular message determines whether it is considered a <em class="firstterm">delivering</em> or <em class="firstterm">non-delivering</em> recipe. A delivering recipe contains an action that writes the message to a file, sends the message to another program, or forwards the message to another email address. A non-delivering recipe covers any other actions, such as a <em class="firstterm">nesting block</em>. A nesting block is a set of actions, contained in braces <code class="command">{</code> <code class="command">}</code>, that are performed on messages which match the recipe's conditions. Nesting blocks can be nested inside one another, providing greater control for identifying and performing actions on messages.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					メッセージが配信レシピと一致する場合、 Procmail はその特定アクションを実行し、他のレシピとメッセージの比較を停止します。非配信レシピと一致するメッセージは他のレシピに対して比較が続けられます。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-flags"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-flags">13.4.2.2. フラグ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id971174" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					フラグは、いかにレシピの条件をメッセージと比較するか、あるいはレシピの条件をメッセージと比較するかどうかを決定する際に非常に重要です。次のフラグが一般に使用されます:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">A</code> — Specifies that this recipe is only used if the previous recipe without an <code class="command">A</code> or <code class="command">a</code> flag also matched this message.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">a</code> — Specifies that this recipe is only used if the previous recipe with an <code class="command">A</code> or <code class="command">a</code> flag also matched this message <span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span> was successfully completed.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">B</code> — メッセージの本文を解析し、条件への一致を探します。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">b</code> — Uses the body in any resulting action, such as writing the message to a file or forwarding it. This is the default behavior.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">c</code> — Generates a carbon copy of the email. This is useful with delivering recipes, since the required action can be performed on the message and a copy of the message can continue being processed in the <code class="filename">rc</code> files.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">D</code> — Makes the <code class="command">egrep</code> comparison case-sensitive. By default, the comparison process is not case-sensitive.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">E</code> — While similar to the <code class="command">A</code> flag, the conditions in the recipe are only compared to the message if the immediately preceding the recipe without an <code class="command">E</code> flag did not match. This is comparable to an <em class="wordasword">else</em> action.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">e</code> — The recipe is compared to the message only if the action specified in the immediately preceding recipe fails.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">f</code> — フィルターとしてパイプを使います。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">H</code> — Parses the header of the message and looks for matching conditions. This is the default behavior.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">h</code> — Uses the header in a resulting action. This is the default behavior.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">w</code> — Tells Procmail to wait for the specified filter or program to finish, and reports whether or not it was successful before considering the message filtered.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">W</code> — Is identical to <code class="command">w</code> except that "Program failure" messages are suppressed.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					For a detailed list of additional flags, refer to the <code class="filename">procmailrc</code> man page.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-lockfile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-lockfile">13.4.2.3. ローカルロックファイルの指定</h4></div></div></div><a id="id681136" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Lockfiles are very useful with Procmail to ensure that more than one process does not try to alter a message simultaneously. Specify a local lockfile by placing a colon (<code class="command">:</code>) after any flags on a recipe's first line. This creates a local lockfile based on the destination file name plus whatever has been set in the <code class="command">LOCKEXT</code> global environment variable.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					別の方法として、コロンの後にこのレシピで使用するローカルロックファイルの名前を指定します。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-special"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-special">13.4.2.4. 特別な条件とアクション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id945714" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id888848" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Procmail レシピの条件とアクションの前に使用される特別な文字は、それら条件とアクションを解釈する方法を変更します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following characters may be used after the asterisk character (<code class="command">*</code>) at the beginning of a recipe's condition line:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">!</code> — In the condition line, this character inverts the condition, causing a match to occur only if the condition does not match the message.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">&lt;</code> — Checks if the message is under a specified number of bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">&gt;</code> — Checks if the message is over a specified number of bytes.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					特別なアクションを実行するには、次の文字を使用します。
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">!</code> — In the action line, this character tells Procmail to forward the message to the specified email addresses.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">$</code> — Refers to a variable set earlier in the <code class="filename">rc</code> file. This is often used to set a common mailbox that is referred to by various recipes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">|</code> — Starts a specified program to process the message.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">{</code> and <code class="command">}</code> — Constructs a nesting block, used to contain additional recipes to apply to matching messages.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					アクション行で特別な文字を使用しない場合、 Procmail はメッセージを書く為のメールボックスをそのアクション行が指定していると判定します。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples">13.4.2.5. レシピの例</h4></div></div></div><a id="id682119" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Procmail は非常に柔軟性のあるプログラムで、この柔軟性の結果、初めから Procmail レシピを作成することは、新規ユーザーにとって困難である可能性があります。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The best way to develop the skills to build Procmail recipe conditions stems from a strong understanding of regular expressions combined with looking at many examples built by others. A thorough explanation of regular expressions is beyond the scope of this section. The structure of Procmail recipes and useful sample Procmail recipes can be found at various places on the Internet (such as <a href="http://www.iki.fi/era/procmail/links.html">http://www.iki.fi/era/procmail/links.html</a>). The proper use and adaptation of regular expressions can be derived by viewing these recipe examples. In addition, introductory information about basic regular expression rules can be found in the <code class="filename">grep</code> man page.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					次の簡単なサンプルが Procmail レシピの基本的な組み立てを示し、そしてより複雑な構成の基盤を提供します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					基本的なレシピには、次の例で示すように条件が付いていないものさえあります:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0: new-mail.spool</pre><div class="para">
+					The first line specifies that a local lockfile is to be created but does not specify a name, so Procmail uses the destination file name and appends the value specified in the <code class="command">LOCKEXT</code> environment variable. No condition is specified, so every message matches this recipe and is placed in the single spool file called <code class="filename">new-mail.spool</code>, located within the directory specified by the <code class="command">MAILDIR</code> environment variable. An MUA can then view messages in this file.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					A basic recipe, such as this, can be placed at the end of all <code class="filename">rc</code> files to direct messages to a default location.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					次のサンプルは特定の電子メールアドレスからのメッセージと一致しており、それを廃棄します。
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0 * ^From: spammer at domain.com /dev/null</pre><div class="para">
+					With this example, any messages sent by <code class="computeroutput">spammer at domain.com</code> are sent to the <code class="filename">/dev/null</code> device, deleting them.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>/dev/null にメッセージの送信</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Be certain that rules are working as intended before sending messages to <code class="filename">/dev/null</code> for permanent deletion. If a recipe inadvertently catches unintended messages, and those messages disappear, it becomes difficult to troubleshoot the rule.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						A better solution is to point the recipe's action to a special mailbox, which can be checked from time to time to look for false positives. Once satisfied that no messages are accidentally being matched, delete the mailbox and direct the action to send the messages to <code class="filename">/dev/null</code>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					次のレシピは特定のメーリングリストから配送された電子メールを取り込み、それを指定されたフォルダーに配置します。
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0: * ^(From|Cc|To).*tux-lug tuxlug</pre><div class="para">
+					Any messages sent from the <code class="computeroutput">tux-lug at domain.com</code> mailing list are placed in the <code class="filename">tuxlug</code> mailbox automatically for the MUA. Note that the condition in this example matches the message if it has the mailing list's email address on the <code class="computeroutput">From</code>, <code class="computeroutput">Cc</code>, or <code class="computeroutput">To</code> lines.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Consult the many Procmail online resources available in <a class="xref" href="#s1-email-additional-resources">「その他のリソース」</a> for more detailed and powerful recipes.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-spam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-spam">13.4.2.6. スパムフィルタ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id903510" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id905265" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id905279" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					新しい電子メールの受信時に Sendmail 、 Postfix 、 Fetchmail によってコールされますので、 Procmail はスパムと戦う強力なツールとして使用されます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					これは特に Procmail が SpamAssassin と併用される時に明確になります。一緒に使用するとこれらの2つのアプリケーションは素早くスパムを認識して、分類するか又は破壊します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SpamAssassin はヘッダ解析、テキスト解析、ブラックリスト、スパム追跡データベース、及び学習機能のある Bayesian スパム解析を使用し、スパムを正確に素早く識別してタグを付けます。
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>spamassassin パッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In order to use <span class="application"><strong>SpamAssassin</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">spamassassin</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install spamassassin</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The easiest way for a local user to use SpamAssassin is to place the following line near the top of the <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">INCLUDERC=/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-default.rc</pre><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-default.rc</code> contains a simple Procmail rule that activates SpamAssassin for all incoming email. If an email is determined to be spam, it is tagged in the header as such and the title is prepended with the following pattern:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">*****SPAM*****</pre><div class="para">
+					電子メールのメッセージ本文もまた、何が原因してスパムと診断されたのかという流動符号が前付けされます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					スパムとしてタグの付く電子メールをファイルするには、次の規則と良く似たものが使用されます:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0 Hw * ^X-Spam-Status: Yes spam</pre><div class="para">
+					This rule files all email tagged in the header as spam into a mailbox called <code class="filename">spam</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Since SpamAssassin is a Perl script, it may be necessary on busy servers to use the binary SpamAssassin daemon (<code class="systemitem">spamd</code>) and the client application (<span class="application"><strong>spamc</strong></span>). Configuring SpamAssassin this way, however, requires <code class="systemitem">root</code> access to the host.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="systemitem">spamd</code> daemon, type the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start spamassassin.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					To start the SpamAssassin daemon when the system is booted, run:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable spamassassin.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To configure Procmail to use the SpamAssassin client application instead of the Perl script, place the following line near the top of the <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file. For a system-wide configuration, place it in <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrc</code>:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">INCLUDERC=/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-spamc.rc</pre></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-email-mua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-mua">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora offers a variety of email programs, both, graphical email client programs, such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, and text-based email programs such as <code class="command">mutt</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The remainder of this section focuses on securing communication between a client and a server.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-security"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Popular MUAs included with Fedora, such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span> and <code class="command">mutt</code> offer SSL-encrypted email sessions.
+			</div><a id="id1067124" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Like any other service that flows over a network unencrypted, important email information, such as usernames, passwords, and entire messages, may be intercepted and viewed by users on the network. Additionally, since the standard <code class="systemitem">POP</code> and <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> protocols pass authentication information unencrypted, it is possible for an attacker to gain access to user accounts by collecting usernames and passwords as they are passed over the network.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-security-clients"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-security-clients">13.5.1.1. 安全な電子メールクライアント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id902670" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Most Linux MUAs designed to check email on remote servers support SSL encryption. To use SSL when retrieving email, it must be enabled on both the email client and the server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSL is easy to enable on the client-side, often done with the click of a button in the MUA's configuration window or via an option in the MUA's configuration file. Secure <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP</code> have known port numbers (<code class="constant">993</code> and <code class="constant">995</code>, respectively) that the MUA uses to authenticate and download messages.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-security-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-security-servers">13.5.1.2. 安全な電子クライアント通信</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1092968" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id993190" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Offering SSL encryption to <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP</code> users on the email server is a simple matter.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					First, create an SSL certificate. This can be done in two ways: by applying to a <em class="firstterm">Certificate Authority</em> (<em class="firstterm">CA</em>) for an SSL certificate or by creating a self-signed certificate.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using self-signed certificates</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						自己署名付き証明書は、テスト目的の為にのみ使用すべきものです。生産環境で使用するサーバーはすべて CA により認可された SSL 証明書を使用すべきです。
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To create a self-signed SSL certificate for <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> or <code class="systemitem">POP</code>, change to the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/</code> directory, edit the certificate parameters in the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/dovecot-openssl.conf</code> configuration file as you prefer, and type the following commands, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">dovecot]# <code class="command">rm -f certs/dovecot.pem private/dovecot.pem</code>
+dovecot]# <code class="command">/usr/libexec/dovecot/mkcert.sh</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Once finished, make sure you have the following configurations in your <code class="filename">/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-ssl.conf</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">ssl_cert = &lt;/etc/pki/dovecot/certs/dovecot.pem
+ssl_key = &lt;/etc/pki/dovecot/private/dovecot.pem</pre><div class="para">
+					Execute the <code class="command">systemctl restart dovecot.service</code> command to restart the <code class="command">dovecot</code> daemon.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Alternatively, the <code class="command">stunnel</code> command can be used as an SSL encryption wrapper around the standard, non-secure connections to <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> or <code class="systemitem">POP</code> services.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">stunnel</code> utility uses external OpenSSL libraries included with Fedora to provide strong cryptography and to protect the network connections. It is recommended to apply to a CA to obtain an SSL certificate, but it is also possible to create a self-signed certificate.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>stunnel パッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In order to use <code class="command">stunnel</code>, first ensure the <span class="package">stunnel</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install stunnel</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To create a self-signed SSL certificate, change to the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/</code> directory, and type the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">certs]# <code class="command">make stunnel.pem</code></pre><div class="para">
+					すべての質問に答えると作業を完了します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Once the certificate is generated, create an <code class="command">stunnel</code> configuration file, for example <code class="filename">/etc/stunnel/mail.conf</code>, with the following content:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">cert = /etc/pki/tls/certs/stunnel.pem
+
+[pop3s]
+accept  = 995
+connect = 110
+
+[imaps]
+accept  = 993
+connect = 143</pre><div class="para">
+					Once you start <code class="command">stunnel</code> with the created configuration file using the <code class="command">/usr/bin/stunnel /etc/stunnel/mail.conf</code> command, it will be possible to use an <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> or a <code class="systemitem">POP</code> email client and connect to the email server using SSL encryption.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For more information on <code class="command">stunnel</code>, refer to the <code class="command">stunnel</code> man page or the documents in the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/stunnel-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code>/ directory, where <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> is the version number of <code class="command">stunnel</code>.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-email-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-additional-resources">13.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id675037" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id675051" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id811673" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id811688" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			以下に電子メールアプリケーションに関するその他のドキュメントの一覧を示します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id965654" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Information on configuring Sendmail is included with the <code class="filename">sendmail</code> and <code class="filename">sendmail-cf</code> packages.
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> — Contains information on the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor, file locations for Sendmail, supported mailers, how to access enhanced features, and more.
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+						In addition, the <code class="filename">sendmail</code> and <code class="filename">aliases</code> man pages contain helpful information covering various Sendmail options and the proper configuration of the Sendmail <code class="filename">/etc/mail/aliases</code> file.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/postfix-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code> — Contains a large amount of information about ways to configure Postfix. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of Postfix.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/fetchmail-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code> — Contains a full list of Fetchmail features in the <code class="filename">FEATURES</code> file and an introductory <code class="filename">FAQ</code> document. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of Fetchmail.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/procmail-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code> — Contains a <code class="filename">README</code> file that provides an overview of Procmail, a <code class="filename">FEATURES</code> file that explores every program feature, and an <code class="filename">FAQ</code> file with answers to many common configuration questions. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of Procmail.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Procmail の機能を学習したり新しいレシピを作成する場合、以下の Procmail マニュアルページは非常に役に立ちます。
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmail</code> — Provides an overview of how Procmail works and the steps involved with filtering email.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmailrc</code> — Explains the <code class="filename">rc</code> file format used to construct recipes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmailex</code> — Gives a number of useful, real-world examples of Procmail recipes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmailsc</code> — Explains the weighted scoring technique used by Procmail to match a particular recipe to a message.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/spamassassin-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/</code> — Contains a large amount of information pertaining to SpamAssassin. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of the <code class="filename">spamassassin</code> package.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-useful-websites">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><a id="id682147" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.sendmail.org/">http://www.sendmail.org/</a> — Offers a thorough technical breakdown of Sendmail features, documentation and configuration examples.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.sendmail.com/">http://www.sendmail.com/</a> — Contains news, interviews and articles concerning Sendmail, including an expanded view of the many options available.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.postfix.org/">http://www.postfix.org/</a> — The Postfix project home page contains a wealth of information about Postfix. The mailing list is a particularly good place to look for information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://fetchmail.berlios.de/">http://fetchmail.berlios.de/</a> — The home page for Fetchmail, featuring an online manual, and a thorough FAQ.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.procmail.org/">http://www.procmail.org/</a> — The home page for Procmail with links to assorted mailing lists dedicated to Procmail as well as various FAQ documents.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://partmaps.org/era/procmail/mini-faq.html">http://partmaps.org/era/procmail/mini-faq.html</a> — An excellent Procmail FAQ, offers troubleshooting tips, details about file locking, and the use of wildcard characters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.uwasa.fi/~ts/info/proctips.html">http://www.uwasa.fi/~ts/info/proctips.html</a> — Contains dozens of tips that make using Procmail much easier. Includes instructions on how to test <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> files and use Procmail scoring to decide if a particular action should be taken.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.spamassassin.org/">http://www.spamassassin.org/</a> — SpamAssassin プロジェクトの公式サイトです。
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-related-books">13.6.3. 関連書籍</h3></div></div></div><a id="id892136" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Sendmail Milters: A Guide for Fighting Spam</em> by Bryan Costales and Marcia Flynt; Addison-Wesley — A good Sendmail guide that can help you customize your mail filters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Sendmail</em> by Bryan Costales with Eric Allman et al.; O'Reilly &amp; Associates — A good Sendmail reference written with the assistance of the original creator of Delivermail and Sendmail.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Removing the Spam: Email Processing and Filtering</em> by Geoff Mulligan; Addison-Wesley Publishing Company — A volume that looks at various methods used by email administrators using established tools, such as Sendmail and Procmail, to manage spam problems.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Internet Email Protocols: A Developer's Guide</em> by Kevin Johnson; Addison-Wesley Publishing Company — Provides a very thorough review of major email protocols and the security they provide.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Managing IMAP</em> by Dianna Mullet and Kevin Mullet; O'Reilly &amp; Associates — Details the steps required to configure an IMAP server.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Directory_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第14章 ディレクトリー サーバー</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ldap-resources">14.
 1.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-OpenLDAP" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</h2></div></div></div><a id="id866480" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id988288" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id988267" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id988257" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is a set of open protocols used to access centrally stored information over a network. It is based on the <code class="systemitem">X.500</code> standard for directory sharing, but is less complex and resource-intensive. For this reason, LDAP is sometimes referred to as <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">X.500 Lite</span>」</span>.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Like X.500, LDAP organizes information in a hierarchical manner using directories. These directories can store a variety of information such as names, addresses, or phone numbers, and can even be used in a manner similar to the <em class="firstterm">Network Information Service</em> (<acronym class="acronym">NIS</acronym>), enabling anyone to access their account from any machine on the LDAP enabled network.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		LDAP is commonly used for centrally managed users and groups, user authentication, or system configuration. It can also serve as a virtual phone directory, allowing users to easily access contact information for other users. Additionally, it can refer a user to other LDAP servers throughout the world, and thus provide an ad-hoc global repository of information. However, it is most frequently used within individual organizations such as universities, government departments, and private companies.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This section covers the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP 2.4</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the LDAPv2 and LDAPv3 protocols.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Using a client/server architecture, LDAP provides reliable means to create a central information directory accessible from the network. When a client attempts to modify information within this directory, the server verifies the user has permission to make the change, and then adds or updates the entry as requested. To ensure the communication is secure, the <em class="firstterm">Secure Sockets Layer</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) or <em class="firstterm">Transport Layer Security</em> (<acronym class="acronym">TLS</acronym>) cryptographic protocols can be used to prevent an attacker from intercepting the transmission.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using Mozilla NSS</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The OpenLDAP suite in Fedora 15 no longer uses OpenSSL. Instead, it uses the Mozilla implementation of <em class="firstterm">Network Security Services</em> (<acronym class="acronym">NSS</acronym>). OpenLDAP continues to work with existing certificates, keys, and other TLS configuration. For more information on how to configure it to use Mozilla certificate and key database, refer to <a href="http://www.openldap.org/faq/index.cgi?file=1514"><em class="citetitle">How do I use TLS/SSL with Mozilla NSS</em></a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The LDAP server supports several database systems, which gives administrators the flexibility to choose the best suited solution for the type of information they are planning to serve. Because of a well-defined client <em class="firstterm">Application Programming Interface</em> (<acronym class="acronym">API</acronym>), the number of applications able to communicate with an LDAP server is numerous, and increasing in both quantity and quality.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-terminology"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-terminology">14.1.1.1. LDAP の用語</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of LDAP-specific terms that are used within this chapter:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1112023" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 entry </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A single unit within an LDAP directory. Each entry is identified by its unique <em class="firstterm">Distinguished Name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DN</acronym>).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id945008" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 attribute </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Information directly associated with an entry. For example, if an organization is represented as an LDAP entry, attributes associated with this organization might include an address, a fax number, etc. Similarly, people can be represented as entries with common attributes such as personal telephone number or email address.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							An attribute can either have a single value, or an unordered space-separated list of values. While certain attributes are optional, other are required. Required attributes are specified using the <code class="option">objectClass</code> definition, and can be found in schema files located in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/</code> directory.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The assertion of an attribute and its corresponding value is also referred to as a <em class="firstterm">Relative Distinguished Name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">RDN</acronym>). Unlike distinguished names that are unique globally, a relative distinguished name is only unique per entry.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1245060" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 LDIF </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">LDAP Data Interchange Format</em> (<acronym class="acronym">LDIF</acronym>) is a plain text representation of an LDAP entry. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">[<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>id</code></em></span>] dn: <em class="replaceable"><code>distinguished_name</code></em>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_type</code></em>: <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_value</code></em>…
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_type</code></em>: <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_value</code></em>…
+…</pre><div class="para">
+							The optional <em class="replaceable"><code>id</code></em> is a number determined by the application that is used to edit the entry. Each entry can contain as many <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_type</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_value</code></em> pairs as needed, as long as they are all defined in a corresponding schema file. A blank line indicates the end of an entry.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-features">14.1.1.2. OpenLDAP 機能</h4></div></div></div><a id="id888730" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				OpenLDAP suite provides a number of important features:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>LDAPv3 Support</em></span> — Many of the changes in the protocol since LDAP version 2 are designed to make LDAP more secure. Among other improvements, this includes the support for Simple Authentication and Security Layer (<acronym class="acronym">SASL</acronym>), Transport Layer Security (<acronym class="acronym">TLS</acronym>), and Secure Sockets Layer (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) protocols.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>LDAP Over IPC</em></span> — The use of inter-process communication (<acronym class="acronym">IPC</acronym>) enhances security by eliminating the need to communicate over a network.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>IPv6 Support</em></span> — OpenLDAP is compliant with Internet Protocol version 6 (<acronym class="acronym">IPv6</acronym>), the next generation of the Internet Protocol.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>LDIFv1 Support</em></span> — OpenLDAP is fully compliant with LDIF version 1.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Updated C API</em></span> — The current C API improves the way programmers can connect to and use LDAP directory servers.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Enhanced Standalone LDAP Server</em></span> — This includes an updated access control system, thread pooling, better tools, and much more.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-setup">14.1.1.3. OpenLDAP Server Setup</h4></div></div></div><a id="id879665" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The typical steps to set up an LDAP server on Fedora are as follows:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Install the OpenLDAP suite. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-ldap-installation">「Installing the OpenLDAP Suite」</a> for more information on required packages.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Customize the configuration as described in <a class="xref" href="#s2-ldap-configuration">「Configuring an OpenLDAP Server」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Start the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="#s2-ldap-running">「Running an OpenLDAP Server」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Use the <code class="command">ldapadd</code> utility to add entries to the LDAP directory.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Use the <code class="command">ldapsearch</code> utility to verify that the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service is accessing the information correctly.
+					</div></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-installation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</h3></div></div></div><a id="id879316" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id879304" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The suite of OpenLDAP libraries and tools is provided by the following packages:
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-openldap"><h6>表14.1 List of OpenLDAP packages</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP packages" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="package" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Package
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing the libraries necessary to run the OpenLDAP server and client applications.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-clients</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing the command line utilities for viewing and modifying directories on an LDAP server.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-servers</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing both the services and utilities to configure and run an LDAP server. This includes the <em class="firstterm">Standalone LDAP Daemon</em>, <code class="systemitem">slapd</code>.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-servers-sql</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing the SQL support module.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			Additionally, the following packages are commonly used along with the LDAP server:
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-additional"><h6>表14.2 List of commonly installed additional LDAP packages</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of commonly installed additional LDAP packages" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="package" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Package
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">nss-pam-ldapd</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing <code class="systemitem">nslcd</code>, a local LDAP name service that allows a user to perform local LDAP queries.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">mod_authz_ldap</span>
+						</td><td>
+							<div class="para">
+								A package containing <code class="systemitem">mod_authz_ldap</code>, the LDAP authorization module for the Apache HTTP Server. This module uses the short form of the distinguished name for a subject and the issuer of the client SSL certificate to determine the distinguished name of the user within an LDAP directory. It is also capable of authorizing users based on attributes of that user's LDAP directory entry, determining access to assets based on the user and group privileges of the asset, and denying access for users with expired passwords. Note that the <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> module is required when using the <code class="systemitem">mod_authz_ldap</code> module.
+							</div>
+
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			To install these packages, use the <code class="command">yum</code> command in the following form:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum</code> <code class="option">install</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+			For example, to perform the basic LDAP server installation, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install openldap openldap-clients openldap-servers</code></pre><div class="para">
+			Note that you must have superuser privileges (that is, you must be logged in as <code class="systemitem">root</code>) to run this command. For more information on how to install new packages in Fedora, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers">14.1.2.1. Overview of OpenLDAP Server Utilities</h4></div></div></div><a id="id745449" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To perform administrative tasks, the <span class="package">openldap-servers</span> package installs the following utilities along with the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service:
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-openldap-servers"><h6>表14.3 List of OpenLDAP server utilities</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP server utilities" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="command" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								コマンド
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapacl</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check the access to a list of attributes.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapadd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to add entries from an LDIF file to an LDAP directory.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check a list of IDs for authentication and authorization permissions.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapcat</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to pull entries from an LDAP directory in the default format and save them in an LDIF file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapdn</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check a list of Distinguished Names (DNs) based on available schema syntax.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapindex</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to re-index the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> directory based on the current content. Run this utility whenever you change indexing options in the configuration file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slappasswd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to create an encrypted user password to be used with the <code class="command">ldapmodify</code> utility, or in the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> configuration file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapschema</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check the compliance of a database with the corresponding schema.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slaptest</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check the LDAP server configuration.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				For a detailed description of these utilities and their usage, refer to the corresponding manual pages as referred to in <a class="xref" href="#s3-ldap-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the files have correct owner</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Although only <code class="systemitem">root</code> can run <code class="command">slapadd</code>, the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service runs as the <code class="systemitem">ldap</code> user. Because of this, the directory server is unable to modify any files created by <code class="command">slapadd</code>. To correct this issue, after running the <code class="command">slapd</code> utility, type the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chown -R ldap:ldap /var/lib/ldap</code></pre></div></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Stop slapd before using these utilities</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To preserve the data integrity, stop the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service before using <code class="command">slapadd</code>, <code class="command">slapcat</code>, or <code class="command">slapindex</code>. You can do so by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on how to start, stop, restart, and check the current status of the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-ldap-running">「Running an OpenLDAP Server」</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-clients"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-clients">14.1.2.2. Overview of OpenLDAP Client Utilities</h4></div></div></div><a id="id956699" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">openldap-clients</span> package installs the following utilities which can be used to add, modify, and delete entries in an LDAP directory:
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-openldap-clients"><h6>表14.4 List of OpenLDAP client utilities</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP client utilities" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="command" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								コマンド
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapadd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to add entries to an LDAP directory, either from a file, or from standard input. It is a symbolic link to <code class="command">ldapmodify -a</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapcompare</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to compare given attribute with an LDAP directory entry.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapdelete</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to delete entries from an LDAP directory.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapexop</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to perform extended LDAP operations.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapmodify</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to modify entries in an LDAP directory, either from a file, or from standard input.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapmodrdn</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to modify the RDN value of an LDAP directory entry.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldappasswd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to set or change the password for an LDAP user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapsearch</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to search LDAP directory entries.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapurl</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to compose or decompose LDAP URLs.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapwhoami</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to perform a <code class="option">whoami</code> operation on an LDAP server.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				With the exception of <code class="command">ldapsearch</code>, each of these utilities is more easily used by referencing a file containing the changes to be made rather than typing a command for each entry to be changed within an LDAP directory. The format of such a file is outlined in the man page for each utility.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-packages-applications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-packages-applications">14.1.2.3. Overview of Common LDAP Client Applications</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1158978" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Although there are various graphical LDAP clients capable of creating and modifying directories on the server, none of them is included in Fedora. Popular applications that can access directories in a read-only mode include <span class="application"><strong>Mozilla Thunderbird</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, or <span class="application"><strong>Ekiga</strong></span>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			By default, the OpenLDAP configuration is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/</code> directory. The following table highlights the most important directories and files within this directory:
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-configuration-files"><h6>表14.5 List of OpenLDAP configuration files and directories</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP configuration files and directories" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="path" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Path
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<a id="id944730" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The configuration file for client applications that use the OpenLDAP libraries. This includes <code class="command">ldapadd</code>, <code class="command">ldapsearch</code>, <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, etc.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<a id="id814562" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory containing the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> configuration.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			Note that OpenLDAP no longer reads its configuration from the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</code> file. Instead, it uses a configuration database located in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code> directory. If you have an existing <code class="filename">slapd.conf</code> file from a previous installation, you can convert it to the new format by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">slaptest -f /etc/openldap/slapd.conf -F /etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> configuration consists of LDIF entries organized in a hierarchical directory structure, and the recommended way to edit these entries is to use the server utilities described in <a class="xref" href="#s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers">「Overview of OpenLDAP Server Utilities」</a>.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not edit LDIF files directly</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				An error in an LDIF file can render the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service unable to start. Because of this, it is strongly advised that you avoid editing the LDIF files within the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code> directly.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-configuration-global"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-configuration-global">14.1.3.1. Changing the Global Configuration</h4></div></div></div><a id="id837480" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id832927" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Global configuration options for the LDAP server are stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config.ldif</code> file. The following directives are commonly used:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id832896" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcAllows</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcAllows</code> directive allows you to specify which features to enable. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcAllows</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>feature</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a space-separated list of features as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-ldap-configuration-olcallows">表14.6「Available olcAllows options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">bind_v2</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-configuration-olcallows"><h6>表14.6 Available olcAllows options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available olcAllows options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_v2</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables the acceptance of LDAP version 2 bind requests.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_anon_cred</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables an anonymous bind when the Distinguished Name (DN) is empty.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_anon_dn</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables an anonymous bind when the Distinguished Name (DN) is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> empty.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">update_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables processing of anonymous update operations.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">proxy_authz_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables processing of anonymous proxy authorization control.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcallows"><h6>例14.1 Using the olcAllows directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcAllows: bind_v2 update_anon</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id659398" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcConnMaxPending</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcConnMaxPending</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of pending requests for an anonymous session. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcConnMaxPending</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The default option is <code class="option">100</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcconnmaxpending"><h6>例14.2 Using the olcConnMaxPending directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcConnMaxPending: 100</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id895374" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcConnMaxPendingAuth</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcConnMaxPendingAuth</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of pending requests for an authenticated session. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcConnMaxPendingAuth</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The default option is <code class="option">1000</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcconnmaxpendingauth"><h6>例14.3 Using the olcConnMaxPendingAuth directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcConnMaxPendingAuth: 1000</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id874853" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcDisallows</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcDisallows</code> directive allows you to specify which features to disable. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcDisallows</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>feature</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a space-separated list of features as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-ldap-configuration-olcdisallows">表14.7「Available olcDisallows options」</a>. No features are disabled by default.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-configuration-olcdisallows"><h6>表14.7 Available olcDisallows options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available olcDisallows options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the acceptance of anonymous bind requests.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_simple</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the simple bind authentication mechanism.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">tls_2_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the enforcing of an anonymous session when the STARTTLS command is received.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">tls_authc</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disallows the STARTTLS command when authenticated.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcdisallows"><h6>例14.4 Using the olcDisallows directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcDisallows: bind_anon</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1544075" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcIdleTimeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcIdleTimeout</code> directive allows you to specify how many seconds to wait before closing an idle connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcIdleTimeout</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This option is disabled by default (that is, set to <code class="option">0</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcidletimeout"><h6>例14.5 Using the olcIdleTimeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcIdleTimeout: 180</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1605456" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcLogFile</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcLogFile</code> directive allows you to specify a file in which to write log messages. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcLogFile</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The log messages are written to standard error by default.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olclogfile"><h6>例14.6 Using the olcLogFile directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcLogFile: /var/log/slapd.log</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1055482" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcReferral</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcReferral</code> option allows you to specify a URL of a server to process the request in case the server is not able to handle it. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcReferral</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>URL</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This option is disabled by default.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcreferral"><h6>例14.7 Using the olcReferral directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcReferral: ldap://root.openldap.org</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id728495" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcWriteTimeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcWriteTimeout</code> option allows you to specify how many seconds to wait before closing a connection with an outstanding write request. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcWriteTimeout</code></pre><div class="para">
+							This option is disabled by default (that is, set to <code class="option">0</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcwritetimeout"><h6>例14.8 Using the olcWriteTimeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcWriteTimeout: 180</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-configuration-database"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-configuration-database">14.1.3.2. Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</h4></div></div></div><a id="id832609" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id799567" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				By default, the OpenLDAP server uses Berkeley DB (BDB) as a database back end. The configuration for this database is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcDatabase={1}bdb.ldif</code> file. The following directives are commonly used in a database-specific configuration:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id868802" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcReadOnly</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcReadOnly</code> directive allows you to use the database in a read-only mode. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcReadOnly</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts either <code class="option">TRUE</code> (enable the read-only mode), or <code class="option">FALSE</code> (enable modifications of the database). The default option is <code class="option">FALSE</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcreadonly"><h6>例14.9 Using the olcReadOnly directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcReadOnly: TRUE</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id990194" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcRootDN</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcRootDN</code> directive allows you to specify the user that is unrestricted by access controls or administrative limit parameters set for operations on the LDAP directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcRootDN</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>distinguished_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a <em class="firstterm">Distinguished Name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DN</acronym>). The default option is <code class="option">cn=Manager,dn=my-domain,dc=com</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcrootdn"><h6>例14.10 Using the olcRootDN directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcRootDN: cn=root,dn=example,dn=com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1206727" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcRootPW</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcRootPW</code> directive allows you to set a password for the user that is specified using the <code class="option">olcRootDN</code> directive. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcRootPW</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts either a plain text string, or a hash. To generate a hash, use the <code class="command">slappaswd</code> utility, for example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">slappaswd</code>
+New password: 
+Re-enter new password: 
+{SSHA}WczWsyPEnMchFf1GRTweq2q7XJcvmSxD</pre><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcrootpw"><h6>例14.11 Using the olcRootPW directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcRootPW: {SSHA}WczWsyPEnMchFf1GRTweq2q7XJcvmSxD</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id735054" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcSuffix</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcSuffix</code> directive allows you to specify the domain for which to provide information. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcSuffix</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>domain_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a <em class="firstterm">fully qualified domain name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">FQDN</acronym>). The default option is <code class="option">dc=my-domain,dc=com</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcsuffix"><h6>例14.12 Using the olcSuffix directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-configuration-schema"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-configuration-schema">14.1.3.3. Extending Schema</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1203219" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1203206" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Since OpenLDAP 2.3, the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code> directory also contains LDAP definitions that were previously located in <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/schema/</code>. It is possible to extend the schema used by OpenLDAP to support additional attribute types and object classes using the default schema files as a guide. However, this task is beyond the scope of this chapter. For more information on this topic, refer to <a href="http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin/schema.html">http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin/schema.html</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1218286" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			This section describes how to start, stop, restart, and check the current status of the <span class="application"><strong>Standalone LDAP Daemon</strong></span>. For more information on how to manage system services in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-starting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-starting">14.1.4.1. Starting the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id815785" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To run the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you want the service to start automatically at the boot time, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-stopping">14.1.4.2. Stopping the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id826899" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To stop the running <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To prevent the service from starting automatically at the boot time, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl disable slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-restarting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-restarting">14.1.4.3. Restarting the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id941268" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To restart the running <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This stops the service, and then starts it again. Use this command to reload the configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-status"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-status">14.1.4.4. Checking the Service Status</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1249990" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To check whether the service is running, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active slapd.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-pam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In order to configure a system to authenticate using OpenLDAP, make sure that the appropriate packages are installed on both LDAP server and client machines. For information on how to set up the server, follow the instructions in <a class="xref" href="#s2-ldap-installation">「Installing the OpenLDAP Suite」</a> and <a class="xref" href="#s2-ldap-configuration">「Configuring an OpenLDAP Server」</a>. On a client, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install openldap openldap-clients nss-pam-ldapd</code></pre><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="#ch-Configuring_Authentication">8章<em>認証の設定</em></a> provides detailed instructions on how to configure applications to use LDAP for authentication.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-migrationtools"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-migrationtools">14.1.5.1. 古い認証情報を LDAP フォーマットへ移行</h4></div></div></div><a id="id876732" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">migrationtools</span> package provides a set of shell and Perl scripts to help you migrate authentication information into an LDAP format. To install this package, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install migrationtools</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will install the scripts to the <code class="filename">/usr/share/migrationtools/</code> directory. Once installed, edit the <code class="filename">/usr/share/migrationtools/migrate_common.ph</code> file and change the following lines to reflect the correct domain, for example:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"># Default DNS domain
+$DEFAULT_MAIL_DOMAIN = "example.com";
+
+# Default base
+$DEFAULT_BASE = "dc=example,dc=com";</pre><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, you can specify the environment variables directly on the command line. For example, to run the <code class="filename">migrate_all_online.sh</code> script with the default base set to <code class="literal">dc=example,dc=com</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">export DEFAULT_BASE="dc=example,dc=com" \</code>
+<code class="command">/usr/share/migrationtools/migrate_all_online.sh</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To decide which script to run in order to migrate the user database, refer to <a class="xref" href="#table-ldap-migrationtools">表14.8「Commonly used LDAP migration scripts」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-migrationtools"><h6>表14.8 Commonly used LDAP migration scripts</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Commonly used LDAP migration scripts" border="1"><colgroup><col width="30%" class="existing" /><col width="20%" class="running" /><col width="50%" class="use" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								Existing Name Service
+							</th><th>
+								Is LDAP Running?
+							</th><th>
+								使用するスクリプト
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc</code> flat files
+							</td><td>
+								yes
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_online.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc</code> flat files
+							</td><td>
+								no
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_offline.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NetInfo
+							</td><td>
+								yes
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_netinfo_online.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NetInfo
+							</td><td>
+								no
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_netinfo_offline.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NIS (YP)
+							</td><td>
+								yes
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_nis_online.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NIS (YP)
+							</td><td>
+								no
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_nis_offline.sh</code>
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				For more information on how to use these scripts, refer to the <code class="filename">README</code> and the <code class="filename">migration-tools.txt</code> files in the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/migrationtools-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/</code> directory.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-resources">14.1.6. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following resources offer additional information on the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. Before configuring LDAP on your system, it is highly recommended that you review these resources, especially the <em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP Software Administrator's Guide</em>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-installed-docs">14.1.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following documentation is installed with the <span class="package">openldap-servers</span> package:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/openldap-servers-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/guide.html</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A copy of the <em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP Software Administrator's Guide</em>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/openldap-servers-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/README.schema</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A README file containing the description of installed schema files.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Additionally, there is also a number of manual pages that are installed with the <span class="package">openldap</span>, <span class="package">openldap-servers</span>, and <span class="package">openldap-clients</span> packages:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">クライアントアプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapadd</code> — Describes how to add entries to an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapdelete</code> — Describes how to delete entries within an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapmodify</code> — Describes how to modify entries within an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapsearch</code> — Describes how to search for entries within an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldappasswd</code> — Describes how to set or change the password of an LDAP user.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapcompare</code> — Describes how to use the <code class="command">ldapcompare</code> tool.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapwhoami</code> — Describes how to use the <code class="command">ldapwhoami</code> tool.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapmodrdn</code> — Describes how to modify the RDNs of entries.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">サーバーアプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapd</code> — Describes command line options for the LDAP server.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">管理アプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapadd</code> — Describes command line options used to add entries to a <code class="command">slapd</code> database.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapcat</code> — Describes command line options used to generate an LDIF file from a <code class="command">slapd</code> database.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapindex</code> — Describes command line options used to regenerate an index based upon the contents of a <code class="command">slapd</code> database.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slappasswd</code> — Describes command line options used to generate user passwords for LDAP directories.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">設定ファイル</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldap.conf</code> — Describes the format and options available within the configuration file for LDAP clients.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapd-config</code> — Describes the format and options available within the configuration directory.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-additional-resources-web"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-additional-resources-web">14.1.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/">http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The current version of the <em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP Software Administrator's Guide</em>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.kingsmountain.com/ldapRoadmap.shtml">http://www.kingsmountain.com/ldapRoadmap.shtml</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Jeff Hodges' <em class="citetitle">LDAP Roadmap &amp; FAQ</em> containing links to several useful resources and emerging news concerning the LDAP protocol.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.ldapman.org/articles/">http://www.ldapman.org/articles/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A collection of articles that offer a good introduction to LDAP, including methods to design a directory tree and customizing directory structures.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.padl.com/">http://www.padl.com/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A website of developers of several useful LDAP tools.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-related-books">14.1.6.3. 関連書籍</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP by Example</em> by John Terpstra and Benjamin Coles; Prentice Hall.</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A collection of practical exercises in the OpenLDAP deployment.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">Implementing LDAP</em> by Mark Wilcox; Wrox Press, Inc.</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A book covering LDAP from both the system administrator's and software developer's perspective.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">Understanding and Deploying LDAP Directory Services</em>、 Tim Howes ほか著、 Macmillan Technical Publishing 刊</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A book covering LDAP design principles, as well as its deployment in a production environment.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-File_and_Print_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第15章 File and Print Servers</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2. Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">
 smb.conf</code> File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-FTP">15.2. FTP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class
 ="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-servers">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.3. Files Installed with <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-ftp-resources">15.2.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Printer_Configuration">15.3. プリンタの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_Printer">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-A
 dding_Other_Printer">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-jetdirect-printer">15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-ipp-printer">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-smb-printer">15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-select-model">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-test-page">15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-edit">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-printing-additional-resources">15.3.11. その他のリソーã
 ‚¹</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+		This chapter guides you through the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the <em class="firstterm">Server Message Block</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SMB</acronym>) protocol, and <span class="application"><strong>vsftpd</strong></span>, the primary FTP server shipped with Fedora. Additionally, it explains how to use the <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> tool to configure printers.
+	</div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-Samba" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1306347" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1307174" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">Samba</em> is an open source implementation of the <em class="firstterm">Server Message Block</em> (<code class="systemitem">SMB</code>) protocol. It allows the networking of Microsoft <span class="trademark">Windows</span>®, Linux, UNIX, and other operating systems together, enabling access to Windows-based file and printer shares. Samba's use of <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> allows it to appear as a Windows server to Windows clients.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the samba package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			In order to use <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">samba</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install samba</code></pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="samba-rgs-overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1065894" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Samba の 3 番目のメジャーリリースとなる バージョン 3.0.0 は 旧バージョンから数多くの改良が導入されました。
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					The ability to join an Active Directory domain by means of the <em class="firstterm">Lightweight Directory Access Protocol</em> (<code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>) and <em class="firstterm">Kerberos</em>
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					国際化のためのビルトインユニコードサポート
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Support for all recent Microsoft Windows server and client versions to connect to Samba servers without needing local registry hacking
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Two new documents developed by the Samba.org team, which include a 400+ page reference manual, and a 300+ page implementation and integration manual. For more information about these published titles, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-samba-resources-published">「関連書籍」</a>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-abilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-abilities">15.1.1.1. Samba の機能</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1307152" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba はパワフルで用途の広いサーバアプリケーションです。経験豊富なシステム管理者であってもその機能や限界を学んでからインストール及び設定は行ってください。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Samba で行えること:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Linux、UNIX、Windows のクライアントへのディレクトリツリーとプリンタの提供
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						ネットワークブラウジング支援 (NetBIOS ありまたはなし)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Windows ドメインログインの認証
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Provide <em class="firstterm">Windows Internet Name Service</em> (<code class="systemitem">WINS</code>) name server resolution
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Act as a Windows <span class="trademark">NT</span>®-style <em class="firstterm">Primary Domain Controller</em> (PDC)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Act as a <em class="firstterm">Backup Domain Controller</em> (BDC) for a Samba-based PDC
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Active Directory ドメインメンバーサーバとして動作
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Join a Windows NT/2000/2003/2008 PDC
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Samba で行えないこと:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Windows PDC の BDC として動作 (また、その逆)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Active Directory ドメインコントローラとして動作
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-daemons"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2. Samba デーモンと関連サービス</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1258247" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			下記は、各 Samba デーモン及びサービスに関する簡単な概要です。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-services">15.1.2.1. Samba デーモン</h4></div></div></div><a id="id747922" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba is comprised of three daemons (<code class="command">smbd</code>, <code class="command">nmbd</code>, and <code class="command">winbindd</code>). Three services (<code class="command">smb</code>, <code class="command">nmb</code>, and <code class="command">winbind</code>) control how the daemons are started, stopped, and other service-related features. These services act as different init scripts. Each daemon is listed in detail below, as well as which specific service has control over it.
+			</div><h5><code class="command">smbd</code></h5><a id="id1570442" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">smbd</code> server daemon provides file sharing and printing services to Windows clients. In addition, it is responsible for user authentication, resource locking, and data sharing through the <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> protocol. The default ports on which the server listens for <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> traffic are <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> ports <code class="constant">139</code> and <code class="constant">445</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">smbd</code> daemon is controlled by the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+			</div><h5><code class="command">nmbd</code></h5><a id="id1173834" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">nmbd</code> server daemon understands and replies to NetBIOS name service requests such as those produced by SMB/<em class="firstterm">Common Internet File System</em> (CIFS) in Windows-based systems. These systems include Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, and LanManager clients. It also participates in the browsing protocols that make up the Windows <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span> view. The default port that the server listens to for <code class="systemitem">NMB</code> traffic is <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> port <code class="systemitem">137</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">nmbd</code> daemon is controlled by the <code class="command">nmb</code> service.
+			</div><h5><code class="command">winbindd</code></h5><a id="id785793" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">winbind</code> service resolves user and group information on a server running Windows NT, 2000, 2003 or Windows Server 2008. This makes Windows user / group information understandable by UNIX platforms. This is achieved by using Microsoft RPC calls, <em class="firstterm">Pluggable Authentication Modules</em> (PAM), and the <em class="firstterm">Name Service Switch</em> (NSS). This allows Windows NT domain users to appear and operate as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. Though bundled with the Samba distribution, the <code class="command">winbind</code> service is controlled separately from the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon is controlled by the <code class="command">winbind</code> service and does not require the <code class="command">smb</code> service to be started in order to operate. <code class="command">winbindd</code> is also used when Samba is an Active Directory member, and may also be used on a Samba domain controller (to implement nested groups and/or interdomain trust). Because <code class="command">winbind</code> is a client-side service used to connect to Windows NT-based servers, further discussion of <code class="command">winbind</code> is beyond the scope of this chapter.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Obtaining a list of utilities that are shipped with Samba</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You may refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-samba-programs">「Samba ディストリビューションプログラム」</a> for a list of utilities included in the Samba distribution.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-connect-share"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</h3></div></div></div><a id="id953128" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can use <span class="application"><strong>Nautilus</strong></span> to view available Samba shares on your network. To view a list of Samba workgroups and domains on your network, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Accessories</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Files</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Browse Network</strong></span> at the sidebar.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-samba-nautilus-workgroups"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/samba-nautilus-domain.png" alt="Browsing a network in Nautilus" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Browsing a network in Nautilus
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.1 Browsing a network in Nautilus</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			An icon appears for each available <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> workgroup or domain on the network. Double-click one of the workgroup/domain icons to view a list of computers within the workgroup/domain.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Each machine within the workgroup is represented by its own icon. Double-click on an icon to view the Samba shares on the machine. If a username and password combination is required, you are prompted for them.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Alternately, you can also specify the Samba server and sharename in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Location:</strong></span> bar for <span class="application"><strong>Nautilus</strong></span> using the following syntax (replace <em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> with the appropriate values):
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smb://<em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></code></pre><div class="section" id="s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">15.1.3.1. コマンドライン</h4></div></div></div><a id="id836734" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id836720" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718656" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To query the network for Samba servers, use the <code class="command">findsmb</code> command. For each server found, it displays its <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address, NetBIOS name, workgroup name, operating system, and <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> server version.
+			</div><a id="id718666" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718663" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				シェルプロンプトから Samba 共有に接続するには、以下のコマンドをタイプします。
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbclient //<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> -U <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> with the hostname or <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address of the Samba server you want to connect to, <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> with the name of the shared directory you want to browse, and <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> with the Samba username for the system. Enter the correct password or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> if no password is required for the user.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you see the <code class="prompt">smb:\&gt;</code> prompt, you have successfully logged in. Once you are logged in, type <strong class="userinput"><code>help</code></strong> for a list of commands. If you wish to browse the contents of your home directory, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> with your username. If the <code class="command">-U</code> switch is not used, the username of the current user is passed to the Samba server.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To exit <code class="command">smbclient</code>, type <strong class="userinput"><code>exit</code></strong> at the <code class="prompt">smb:\&gt;</code> prompt.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-mounting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-samba-mounting">15.1.3.2. シェアの実装</h4></div></div></div><a id="id769306" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				時には、 Samba 共有をディレクトリにマウントすることが有効です。そうすることにより、ディレクトリ内のファイルがあたかもローカルファイルシステムの一部であるかのように扱われます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To mount a Samba share to a directory, create a directory to mount it to (if it does not already exist), and execute the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mount -t cifs //<em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>/mnt/point/</code></em> -o username=<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>,password=<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				This command mounts <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> from <em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em> in the local directory <em class="replaceable"><code>/mnt/point/</code></em>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing cifs-utils package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The <span class="application"><strong>mount.cifs</strong></span> utility is a separate RPM (independent from Samba). In order to use <span class="application"><strong>mount.cifs</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">cifs-utils</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install cifs-utils</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Note that the <span class="package">cifs-utils</span> package also contains the <span class="application"><strong>cifs.upcall</strong></span> binary called by the kernel in order to perform kerberized CIFS mounts. For more information on <span class="application"><strong>cifs.upcall</strong></span>, refer to <code class="command">man cifs.upcall</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				For more information about mounting a samba share, refer to <code class="command">man mount.cifs</code>.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>CIFS servers that require plain text passwords</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Some CIFS servers require plain text passwords for authentication. Support for plain text password authentication can be enabled using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">echo 0x37 &gt; /proc/fs/cifs/SecurityFlags</code></pre><div class="para">
+					WARNING: This operation can expose passwords by removing password encryption.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id769333" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id769379" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The default configuration file (<code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>) allows users to view their home directories as a Samba share. It also shares all printers configured for the system as Samba shared printers. In other words, you can attach a printer to the system and print to it from the Windows machines on your network.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-configuring-gui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-configuring-gui">15.1.4.1. グラフィックな設定</h4></div></div></div><a id="id769342" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To configure Samba using a graphical interface, use one of the available Samba graphical user interfaces. A list of available GUIs can be found at <a href="http://www.samba.org/samba/GUI/">http://www.samba.org/samba/GUI/</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-configuring-cmdline"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-configuring-cmdline">15.1.4.2. コマンドライン管理</h4></div></div></div><a id="id763551" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba uses <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> as its configuration file. If you change this configuration file, the changes do not take effect until you restart the Samba daemon with the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart smb.service</code></pre>
+
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To specify the Windows workgroup and a brief description of the Samba server, edit the following lines in your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">workgroup = <em class="replaceable"><code>WORKGROUPNAME</code></em>
+server string = <em class="replaceable"><code>BRIEF COMMENT ABOUT SERVER</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				<em class="replaceable"><code>WORKGROUPNAME</code></em> をこのマシンが属する Windows ワークグループ名とリプレイスしてください。 <em class="replaceable"><code>BRIEF COMMENT ABOUT SERVER</code></em> はオプションで、 Samba システムについての Windows のコメントとして使用されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To create a Samba share directory on your Linux system, add the following section to your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file (after modifying it to reflect your needs and your system):
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em>]
+comment = <em class="replaceable"><code>Insert a comment here</code></em>
+path = <em class="replaceable"><code>/home/share/</code></em>
+valid users = <em class="replaceable"><code>tfox carole</code></em>
+public = no
+writable = yes
+printable = no
+create mask = 0765</pre><div class="para">
+				The above example allows the users <code class="command">tfox</code> and <code class="command">carole</code> to read and write to the directory <code class="filename">/home/share</code>, on the Samba server, from a Samba client.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-encrypted-passwords"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">15.1.4.3. 暗合化されたパスワード</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Encrypted passwords are enabled by default because it is more secure to do so. To create a user with an encrypted password, use the command <code class="command">smbpasswd -a <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> </code>.
+			</div><a id="id675690" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id675653" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id675658" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id675648" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id932642" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id932628" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id932614" class="indexterm"></a></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-startstop"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</h3></div></div></div><a id="id763600" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id763581" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id763562" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id989114" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id989095" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To start a Samba server, type the following command in a shell prompt, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start smb.service</code></pre><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Setting up a domain member server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To set up a domain member server, you must first join the domain or Active Directory using the <code class="command">net join</code> command <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> starting the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To stop the server, type the following command in a shell prompt, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			<code class="option">restart</code> オプションは Samba を停止してから開始するのに便利です。Samba の設定ファイルを編集してからその設定変更を有効にする最も確実な方法です。再起動オプションはもともと動作していなかったデーモンも起動するので注意してください。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To restart the server, type the following command in a shell prompt, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="option">condrestart</code> (<em class="firstterm">conditional restart</em>) option only starts <code class="command">smb</code> on the condition that it is currently running. This option is useful for scripts, because it does not start the daemon if it is not running.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Applying the changes to the configuration</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				When the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file is changed, Samba automatically reloads it after a few minutes. Issuing a manual <code class="command">restart</code> or <code class="command">reload</code> is just as effective.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To conditionally restart the server, type the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl condrestart smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			A manual reload of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file can be useful in case of a failed automatic reload by the <code class="command">smb</code> service. To ensure that the Samba server configuration file is reloaded without restarting the service, type the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl reload smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			By default, the <code class="command">smb</code> service does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> start automatically at boot time. To configure Samba to start at boot time, use a service manager such as <code class="command">systemctl</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information regarding this tool.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> File</h3></div></div></div><a id="id981732" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id981717" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Samba configuration is straightforward. All modifications to Samba are done in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> configuration file. Although the default <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is well documented, it does not address complex topics such as LDAP, Active Directory, and the numerous domain controller implementations.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following sections describe the different ways a Samba server can be configured. Keep in mind your needs and the changes required to the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file for a successful configuration.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-standalone"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-standalone">15.1.6.1. スタンドアローンのサーバ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id707895" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A stand-alone server can be a workgroup server or a member of a workgroup environment. A stand-alone server is not a domain controller and does not participate in a domain in any way. The following examples include several anonymous share-level security configurations and one user-level security configuration. For more information on share-level and user-level security modes, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-samba-security-modes">「Samba のセキュリティモード」</a>.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadonly"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadonly">15.1.6.1.1. Anonymous 読み取り専用</h5></div></div></div><a id="id707903" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement anonymous read-only file sharing. The <code class="command">security = share</code> parameter makes a share anonymous. Note, security levels for a single Samba server cannot be mixed. The <code class="command">security</code> directive is a global Samba parameter located in the <code class="command">[global]</code> configuration section of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = share
+[data]
+comment = Documentation Samba Server
+path = /export
+read only = Yes
+guest only = Yes</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadwrite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadwrite">15.1.6.1.2. Anonymous 読み取り/書き込み</h5></div></div></div><a id="id1207505" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement anonymous read/write file sharing. To enable anonymous read/write file sharing, set the <code class="command">read only</code> directive to <code class="command">no</code>. The <code class="command">force user</code> and <code class="command">force group</code> directives are also added to enforce the ownership of any newly placed files specified in the share.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use anonymous read/write servers</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Although having an anonymous read/write server is possible, it is not recommended. Any files placed in the share space, regardless of user, are assigned the user/group combination as specified by a generic user (<code class="command">force user</code>) and group (<code class="command">force group</code>) in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file.
+					</div></div></div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = share
+[data]
+comment = Data
+path = /export
+force user = docsbot
+force group = users
+read only = No
+guest ok = Yes</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonprint"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonprint">15.1.6.1.3. Anonymous プリントサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id820713" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement an anonymous print server. Setting <code class="command">browseable</code> to <code class="command">no</code> as shown does not list the printer in Windows <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span>. Although hidden from browsing, configuring the printer explicitly is possible. By connecting to <code class="command">DOCS_SRV</code> using NetBIOS, the client can have access to the printer if the client is also part of the <code class="command">DOCS</code> workgroup. It is also assumed that the client has the correct local printer driver installed, as the <code class="command">use client driver</code> directive is set to <code class="command">Yes</code>. In this case, the Samba server has no responsibility for sharing printer drivers to the client.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = share
+printcap name = cups
+disable spools= Yes
+show add printer wizard = No
+printing = cups
+[printers]
+comment = All Printers
+path = /var/spool/samba
+guest ok = Yes
+printable = Yes
+use client driver = Yes
+browseable = Yes</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-readwriteall"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-readwriteall">15.1.6.1.4. 安全な読み取り/書き込みファイルとプリントサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id1028641" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement a secure read/write print server. Setting the <code class="command">security</code> directive to <code class="command">user</code> forces Samba to authenticate client connections. Notice the <code class="command">[homes]</code> share does not have a <code class="command">force user</code> or <code class="command">force group</code> directive as the <code class="command">[public]</code> share does. The <code class="command">[homes]</code> share uses the authenticated user details for any files created as opposed to the <code class="command">force user</code> and <code class="command">force group</code> in <code class="command">[public]</code>.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = user
+printcap name = cups
+disable spools = Yes
+show add printer wizard = No
+printing = cups
+[homes]
+comment = Home Directories
+valid users = %S
+read only = No
+browseable = No
+[public]
+comment = Data
+path = /export
+force user = docsbot
+force group = users
+guest ok = Yes
+[printers]
+comment = All Printers
+path = /var/spool/samba
+printer admin = john, ed, @admins
+create mask = 0600
+guest ok = Yes
+printable = Yes
+use client driver = Yes
+browseable = Yes</pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-member"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-member">15.1.6.2. ドメインメンバーサーバ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id979381" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				スタンドアローンサーバに似ていますが、ドメインメンバーはドメインコントローラ(Windows または Samba のどちらか)にログインされ、ドメインのセキュリティルールに従います。ドメインメンバーサーバの例としては、Samba を実行している部門別サーバでプライマリドメインコントローラ (PDC) にマシンアカウント持つものでしょう。その部門のクライアントすべてはまだ PDC で認証しているので、デスクトッププロファイルやすべてのネットワークポリシーファイルが含まれています。違いは部門別サーバはプリンタとネットワーク共有の制御機能があるということです。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-domain-member-ads"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-domain-member-ads">15.1.6.2.1. Active Directory ドメインメンバーサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id988776" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement an Active Directory domain member server. In this example, Samba authenticates users for services being run locally but is also a client of the Active Directory. Ensure that your kerberos <code class="command">realm</code> parameter is shown in all caps (for example <code class="command">realm = EXAMPLE.COM</code>). Since Windows 2000/2003/2008 requires Kerberos for Active Directory authentication, the <code class="command">realm</code> directive is required. If Active Directory and Kerberos are running on different servers, the <code class="command">password server</code> directive may be required to help the distinction.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+security = ADS
+encrypt passwords = yes
+# Optional. Use only if Samba cannot determine the Kerberos server automatically.
+password server = kerberos.example.com</pre><div class="para">
+					メンバーサーバを Active Directory ドメインに参加させるためには、次の手順にしたがってください。
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Configuration of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file on the member server
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Configuration of Kerberos, including the <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</code> file, on the member server
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Active Directory ドメインサーバにあるマシンアカウントの作成
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							メンバーサーバの Active Directory ドメインへの関連付け
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					To create the machine account and join the Windows 2000/2003/2008 Active Directory, Kerberos must first be initialized for the member server wishing to join the Active Directory domain. To create an administrative Kerberos ticket, type the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code> on the member server:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">kinit administrator at EXAMPLE.COM</code></pre><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">kinit</code> command is a Kerberos initialization script that references the Active Directory administrator account and Kerberos realm. Since Active Directory requires Kerberos tickets, <code class="command">kinit</code> obtains and caches a Kerberos ticket-granting ticket for client/server authentication. For more information on Kerberos, the <code class="command">/etc/krb5.conf</code> file, and the <code class="command">kinit</code> command, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Using Kerberos</em> section of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> guide.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To join an Active Directory server (windows1.example.com), type the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code> on the member server:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">net ads join -S windows1.example.com -U administrator%password</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Since the machine <code class="command">windows1</code> was automatically found in the corresponding Kerberos realm (the <code class="command">kinit</code> command succeeded), the <code class="command">net</code> command connects to the Active Directory server using its required administrator account and password. This creates the appropriate machine account on the Active Directory and grants permissions to the Samba domain member server to join the domain.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The security option</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Since <code class="command">security = ads</code> and not <code class="command">security = user</code> is used, a local password back end such as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> is not needed. Older clients that do not support <code class="command">security = ads</code> are authenticated as if <code class="command">security = domain</code> had been set. This change does not affect functionality and allows local users not previously in the domain.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-domain-member-nt4"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-domain-member-nt4">15.1.6.2.2. Windows NT4 ベースのドメインメンバーサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id877764" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement a Windows NT4-based domain member server. Becoming a member server of an NT4-based domain is similar to connecting to an Active Directory. The main difference is NT4-based domains do not use Kerberos in their authentication method, making the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file simpler. In this instance, the Samba member server functions as a pass through to the NT4-based domain server.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = domain
+[homes]
+comment = Home Directories
+valid users = %S
+read only = No
+browseable = No
+[public]
+comment = Data
+path = /export
+force user = docsbot
+force group = users
+guest ok = Yes</pre><div class="para">
+					Having Samba as a domain member server can be useful in many situations. There are times where the Samba server can have other uses besides file and printer sharing. It may be beneficial to make Samba a domain member server in instances where Linux-only applications are required for use in the domain environment. Administrators appreciate keeping track of all machines in the domain, even if not Windows-based. In the event the Windows-based server hardware is deprecated, it is quite easy to modify the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file to convert the server to a Samba-based PDC. If Windows NT-based servers are upgraded to Windows 2000/2003/2008, the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file is easily modifiable to incorporate the infrastructure change to Active Directory if needed.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you join the domain before starting Samba</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						After configuring the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, join the domain <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> starting Samba by typing the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">net rpc join -U administrator%password</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+					Note that the <code class="option">-S</code> option, which specifies the domain server hostname, does not need to be stated in the <code class="command">net rpc join</code> command. Samba uses the hostname specified by the <code class="command">workgroup</code> directive in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file instead of it being stated explicitly.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-controller"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-controller">15.1.6.3. Domain Controller</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1104935" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Windows NT のドメインコントローラは機能的に Linux 環境の Network Information Service (NIS) サーバに似ています。ドメインコントローラと NIS サーバはいずれもユーザー/グループ情報のデータベース及び関連サービスをホストします。ドメインコントローラは主にユーザーのドメインリソースへのアクセス認証などセキュリティの目的で使用されます。ユーザー/グループデータベースの整合性を管理するサービスは <em class="firstterm">Security Account Manager</em> (SAM) と呼ばれています。SAM データベースは Windows と Linux Samba ベースのシステムでは保管が異なるため、SAM の複製は作成できず、PDC/BDC 環境でプラットフォームは混在できません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Samba 環境では、PDC は 1 台のみ、BDC はいくつでも置くことができます。
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>A mixed Samba/Windows domain controller environment</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Samba は Samba/Windows 混在のドメインコントローラ環境では存在できません(Samba は Windows PDC の BDC にはなれず、その逆もできません)。これに対し、Samba PDC と BDC は<span class="emphasis"><em>共存することができます</em></span>。
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-pdc-tdbsam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-pdc-tdbsam">15.1.6.3.1. Primary Domain Controller (PDC) using <code class="command">tdbsam</code> </h5></div></div></div><a id="id799616" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The simplest and most common implementation of a Samba PDC uses the new default <code class="command">tdbsam</code> password database back end. Replacing the aging <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end, <code class="command">tdbsam</code> has numerous improvements that are explained in more detail in <a class="xref" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">「Samba のアカウント情報データベース」</a>. The <code class="command">passdb backend</code> directive controls which back end is to be used for the PDC.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement a <code class="command">tdbsam</code> password database back end.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+passdb backend = tdbsam
+security = user
+add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -m "%u"
+delete user script = /usr/sbin/userdel -r "%u"
+add group script = /usr/sbin/groupadd "%g"
+delete group script = /usr/sbin/groupdel "%g"
+add user to group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -G "%g" "%u"
+add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -s /bin/false -d /dev/null  -g machines "%u"
+# The following specifies the default logon script
+# Per user logon scripts can be specified in the user
+# account using pdbedit logon script = logon.bat
+# This sets the default profile path.
+# Set per user paths with pdbedit
+logon drive = H:
+domain logons = Yes
+os level = 35
+preferred master = Yes
+domain master = Yes
+[homes]
+	comment = Home Directories
+	valid users = %S
+	read only = No
+[netlogon]
+	comment = Network Logon Service
+	path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon/scripts
+	browseable = No
+	read only = No
+# For profiles to work, create a user directory under the
+# path shown.
+<code class="command">mkdir -p /var/lib/samba/profiles/john</code>
+[Profiles]
+	comment = Roaming Profile Share
+	path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
+	read only = No
+	browseable = No
+	guest ok = Yes
+	profile acls = Yes
+# Other resource shares ... ...</pre><div class="para">
+					To provide a functional PDC system which uses the <code class="command">tdbsam</code> follow these steps:
+				</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Use a configuration of the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file as shown in the example above.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Add the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user to the Samba password database:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbpasswd -a root</code></pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Start the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Make sure all profile, user, and netlogon directories are created.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Add groups that users can be members of:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">groupadd -f users</code>
+<code class="command">groupadd -f nobody</code>
+<code class="command">groupadd -f ntadmins</code></pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Associate the UNIX groups with their respective Windows groups: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Users" unixgroup=users</code>
+<code class="command">net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Guests" unixgroup=nobody</code>
+<code class="command">net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmins</code></pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Grant access rights to a user or a group. For example, to grant the right to add client machines to the domain on a Samba domain controller, to the members to the Domain Admins group, execute the following command: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">net rpc rights grant 'DOCS\Domain Admins' SetMachineAccountPrivilege -S PDC -U root</code></pre>
+
+						</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					Keep in mind that Windows systems prefer to have a primary group which is mapped to a domain group such as Domain Users.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Windows groups and users use the same namespace thus not allowing the existence of a group and a user with the same name like in UNIX.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Limitations of the tdbsam authentication back end</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						If you need more than one domain controller or have more than 250 users, do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> use a <code class="command">tdbsam</code> authentication back end. LDAP is recommended in these cases.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="samba-rgs-pdc-ads"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="samba-rgs-pdc-ads">15.1.6.3.2. Active Directory を使ったプライマリドメインコントローラ (PDC)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id825748" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Samba を Active Directory のメンバーにするのは可能ですが、Samba が Active Directory ドメインコントローラとして動作することはできません。
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-security-modes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</h3></div></div></div><a id="id895225" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			There are only two types of security modes for Samba, <span class="emphasis"><em>share-level</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>user-level</em></span>, which are collectively known as <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="firstterm">security levels</em> </em></span>. Share-level security can only be implemented in one way, while user-level security can be implemented in one of four different ways. The different ways of implementing a security level are called <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="firstterm">security modes</em></em></span>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-user-level"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-user-level">15.1.7.1. ユーザーレベルセキュリティ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id696780" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				User-level security is the default setting for Samba. Even if the <code class="command">security = user</code> directive is not listed in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, it is used by Samba. If the server accepts the client's username/password, the client can then mount multiple shares without specifying a password for each instance. Samba can also accept session-based username/password requests. The client maintains multiple authentication contexts by using a unique UID for each logon.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, the <code class="command">security = user</code> directive that sets user-level security is:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = user
+...</pre><div class="para">
+				次のセクションでは、ユーザーレベルセキュリティのその他の実装について説明します。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-security-mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-security-mode">15.1.7.1.1. ドメインセキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id839121" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					In domain security mode, the Samba server has a machine account (domain security trust account) and causes all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers. The Samba server is made into a domain member server by using the following directives in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = domain
+workgroup = MARKETING
+...</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-ads-security-mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-samba-ads-security-mode">15.1.7.1.2. Active Directory セキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id758118" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Active Directory 環境の場合、ネイティブの Active Directory メンバーとしてそのドメインに参加することができます。セキュリティポリシーが NT 互換の認証プロトコルの使用を制限するものであっても、Samba サーバは Kerberos を使って ADS に参加することができます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, the following directives make Samba an Active Directory member server:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = ADS
+realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+password server = kerberos.example.com
+...</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-server-security-mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-samba-server-security-mode">15.1.7.1.3. サーバセキュリティモード(ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id834985" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					サーバセキュリティモードは以前、Samba がドメインメンバーサーバとして動作できなかったときに使用されました。
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using the server security mode</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						多数のセキュリティ障害があるので<span class="emphasis"><em>使用しない</em></span>よう強く警告します。
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>, the following directives enable Samba to operate in server security mode:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+encrypt passwords = Yes
+security = server
+password server = "NetBIOS_of_Domain_Controller"
+...</pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-share-level"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-share-level">15.1.7.2. Share-Level Security</h4></div></div></div><a id="id717420" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				共有レベルセキュリティを使用すると、サーバはクライアントからの明確なユーザー名がないパスワードだけを受け取ります。サーバはユーザー名とは異なる各共有のパスワードを期待します。Microsoft Windows クライアントは共有レベルセキュリティサーバに互換性の問題があることが最近報告されています。Samba 開発者は共有レベルセキュリティを使用しないよう強く警告しています。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, the <code class="command">security = share</code> directive that sets share-level security is:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = share
+...</pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-account-info-dbs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1174770" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The latest release of Samba offers many new features including new password database back ends not previously available. Samba version 3.0.0 fully supports all databases used in previous versions of Samba. However, although supported, many back ends may not be suitable for production use.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following is a list different back ends you can use with Samba. Other back ends not listed here may also be available.
+		</div><a id="id820670" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id837866" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1127510" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1071252" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id803970" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id745505" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id731351" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id818933" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1748166" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Plain Text</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Plain text back ends are nothing more than the <code class="command">/etc/passwd</code> type back ends. With a plain text back end, all usernames and passwords are sent unencrypted between the client and the Samba server. This method is very unsecure and is not recommended for use by any means. It is possible that different Windows clients connecting to the Samba server with plain text passwords cannot support such an authentication method.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">smbpasswd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A popular back end used in previous Samba packages, the <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end utilizes a plain ASCII text layout that includes the MS Windows LanMan and NT account, and encrypted password information. The <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end lacks the storage of the Windows NT/2000/2003 SAM extended controls. The <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end is not recommended because it does not scale well or hold any Windows information, such as RIDs for NT-based groups. The <code class="command">tdbsam</code> back end solves these issues for use in a smaller database (250 users), but is still not an enterprise-class solution.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">ldapsam_compat</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="command">ldapsam_compat</code> back end allows continued OpenLDAP support for use with upgraded versions of Samba. This option is normally used when migrating to Samba 3.0.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">tdbsam</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The new default <code class="command">tdbsam</code> password back end provides an ideal database back end for local servers, servers that do not need built-in database replication, and servers that do not require the scalability or complexity of LDAP. The <code class="command">tdbsam</code> back end includes all of the <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> database information as well as the previously-excluded SAM information. The inclusion of the extended SAM data allows Samba to implement the same account and system access controls as seen with Windows NT/2000/2003/2008-based systems.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The <code class="command">tdbsam</code> back end is recommended for 250 users at most. Larger organizations should require Active Directory or LDAP integration due to scalability and possible network infrastructure concerns.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">ldapsam</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end provides an optimal distributed account installation method for Samba. LDAP is optimal because of its ability to replicate its database to any number of servers such as the <span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Directory Server</strong></span> or an <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP Server</strong></span>. LDAP databases are light-weight and scalable, and as such are preferred by large enterprises. Installation and configuration of directory servers is beyond the scope of this chapter. For more information on the <span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Directory Server</strong></span>, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Red Hat Directory Server 8.2 Deployment Guide</em>. For more information on LDAP, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						If you are upgrading from a previous version of Samba to 3.0, note that the OpenLDAP schema file (<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/samba-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/LDAP/samba.schema</code>) and the Red Hat Directory Server schema file (<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/samba-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/LDAP/samba-schema-FDS.ldif</code>) have changed. These files contain the <em class="firstterm">attribute syntax definitions</em> and <em class="firstterm">objectclass definitions</em> that the <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end needs in order to function properly.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						As such, if you are using the <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end for your Samba server, you will need to configure <code class="command">slapd</code> to include one of these schema file. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-schema">「Extending Schema」</a> for directions on how to do this.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the openldap-server package is installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							You need to have the <code class="filename">openldap-server</code> package installed if you want to use the <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end.
+						</div></div></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-network-browsing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</h3></div></div></div><a id="id689893" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1013172" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<em class="firstterm">Network browsing</em> enables Windows and Samba servers to appear in the Windows <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span>. Inside the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span>, icons are represented as servers and if opened, the server's shares and printers that are available are displayed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Network browsing capabilities require NetBIOS over <code class="systemitem">TCP</code>/<code class="systemitem">IP</code>. NetBIOS-based networking uses broadcast (<code class="systemitem">UDP</code>) messaging to accomplish browse list management. Without NetBIOS and WINS as the primary method for <code class="systemitem">TCP</code>/<code class="systemitem">IP</code> hostname resolution, other methods such as static files (<code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code>) or <code class="systemitem">DNS</code>, must be used.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			ドメインマスターブラウザはすべてのサブネット上のローカルマスターブラウザから閲覧リストを照合しますので、ブラウジングがワークグループとサブネット間で発生することができます。また、ドメインマスターブラウザは自身のサブネットのローカルマスターブラウザになるでしょう。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-browsing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-browsing">15.1.9.1. Domain Browsing</h4></div></div></div><a id="id664218" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				デフォルトでは、ドメインの Windows PDC もそのドメインのドメインマスターブラウザです。このような場合、 Samba サーバはドメインマスターサーバとして設定する必要があります。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For subnets that do not include the Windows server PDC, a Samba server can be implemented as a local master browser. Configuring the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file for a local master browser (or no browsing at all) in a domain controller environment is the same as workgroup configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-wins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-wins">15.1.9.2. WINS (Windows Internet Name Server)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1029898" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id734974" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba サーバまたは Windows NT サーバのどちらかが WINS サーバとして機能することができます。WINS を NetBIOS 有効にして使用すると UDP ユニキャストを送信することができ、ネットワーク全体にわたって名前解決が可能になります。WINS サーバがないと、UDP ブロードキャストはローカルサブネットに限られ、他のサブネットやワークグループ、ドメインに送信できなくなります。WINS レプリケーションが必要な場合は、プライマリ WINS サーバとして Samba を使用しないでください。Samb は現在 WINS レプリケーションをサポートしていません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In a mixed NT/2000/2003/2008 server and Samba environment, it is recommended that you use the Microsoft WINS capabilities. In a Samba-only environment, it is recommended that you use <span class="emphasis"><em>only one</em></span> Samba server for WINS.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is an example of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file in which the Samba server is serving as a WINS server:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+wins support = Yes</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using WINS</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					すべてのサーバ (Samba も含めて)は WINS サーバに接続して NetBIOS 名を解決する必要があります。 WINS なしではブラウジングはローカルサブネットのみなります。また、ドメイン全体の一覧を何からの形で取得しても、 WINS なしではホストはクライアントを解決することはできません。
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-cups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</h3></div></div></div><a id="id660851" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Samba allows client machines to share printers connected to the Samba server. In addition, Samba also allows client machines to send documents built in Linux to Windows printer shares. Although there are other printing systems that function with Fedora, CUPS (Common UNIX Print System) is the recommended printing system due to its close integration with Samba.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-cups-smb.conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-cups-smb.conf">15.1.10.1. Simple <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> Settings</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1645302" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following example shows a very basic <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> configuration for CUPS support:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+load printers = Yes
+printing = cups
+printcap name = cups
+[printers]
+comment = All Printers
+path = /var/spool/samba
+browseable = No
+public = Yes
+guest ok = Yes
+writable = No
+printable = Yes
+printer admin = @ntadmins
+[print$]
+comment = Printer Drivers Share
+path = /var/lib/samba/drivers
+write list = ed, john
+printer admin = ed, john</pre><div class="para">
+				その他の印刷設定も可能です。機密ドキュメントの印刷にセキュリティとプライバシーを補強するには、ユーザーはパブリックパスにはない自分のプリントスプーラを持つことができます。ジョブが失敗した場合、他のユーザーはそのファイルにアクセスできません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">print$</code> directive contains printer drivers for clients to access if not available locally. The <code class="command">print$</code> directive is optional and may not be required depending on the organization.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Setting <code class="command">browseable</code> to <code class="command">Yes</code> enables the printer to be viewed in the Windows Network Neighborhood, provided the Samba server is set up correctly in the domain/workgroup.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1037424" class="indexterm"></a><h4><code class="filename">findsmb</code></h4><a id="id757994" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id893054" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">findsmb <em class="replaceable"><code>subnet_broadcast_address</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">findsmb</code> program is a Perl script which reports information about <code class="systemitem">SMB</code>-aware systems on a specific subnet. If no subnet is specified the local subnet is used. Items displayed include <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address, NetBIOS name, workgroup or domain name, operating system, and version.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following example shows the output of executing <code class="command">findsmb</code> as any valid user on a system:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">findsmb</code>
+IP ADDR       NETBIOS NAME  WORKGROUP/OS/VERSION
+------------------------------------------------------------------
+10.1.59.25    VERVE         [MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.0-15]
+10.1.59.26    STATION22     [MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.2-7.FC1]
+10.1.56.45    TREK         +[WORKGROUP] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
+10.1.57.94    PIXEL         [MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.0-15]
+10.1.57.137   MOBILE001     [WORKGROUP] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
+10.1.57.141   JAWS         +[KWIKIMART] [Unix] [Samba 2.2.7a-security-rollup-fix]
+10.1.56.159   FRED         +[MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.0-14.3E]
+10.1.59.192   LEGION       *[MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 2.2.7-security-rollup-fix]
+10.1.56.205   NANCYN       +[MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 2.2.7a-security-rollup-fix]</pre><h4><code class="filename">net</code></h4><a id="id821654" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id775038" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">net <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol function misc_options target_options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">net</code> utility is similar to the <code class="command">net</code> utility used for Windows and MS-DOS. The first argument is used to specify the protocol to use when executing a command. The <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code> option can be <code class="command">ads</code>, <code class="command">rap</code>, or <code class="command">rpc</code> for specifying the type of server connection. Active Directory uses <code class="command">ads</code>, Win9x/NT3 uses <code class="command">rap</code>, and Windows NT4/2000/2003/2008 uses <code class="command">rpc</code>. If the protocol is omitted, <code class="command">net</code> automatically tries to determine it.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following example displays a list the available shares for a host named <code class="command">wakko</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">net -l share -S wakko</code>
+Password:
+Enumerating shared resources (exports) on remote server:
+Share name   Type     Description
+----------   ----     -----------
+data         Disk     Wakko data share
+tmp          Disk     Wakko tmp share
+IPC$         IPC      IPC Service (Samba Server)
+ADMIN$       IPC      IPC Service (Samba Server)</pre><div class="para">
+			The following example displays a list of Samba users for a host named <code class="command">wakko</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">net -l user -S wakko</code>
+root password:
+User name             Comment
+-----------------------------
+andriusb              Documentation
+joe                   Marketing
+lisa                  Sales</pre><h4><code class="filename">nmblookup</code></h4><a id="id670264" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id965236" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">nmblookup <em class="replaceable"><code>options netbios_name</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">nmblookup</code> program resolves NetBIOS names into <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses. The program broadcasts its query on the local subnet until the target machine replies.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			次がその例です。
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">nmblookup trek</code>
+querying trek on 10.1.59.255
+10.1.56.45 trek&lt;00&gt;</pre><h4><code class="filename">pdbedit</code></h4><a id="id771513" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id942823" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">pdbedit <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">pdbedit</code> program manages accounts located in the SAM database. All back ends are supported including <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code>, LDAP, and the <code class="filename">tdb</code> database library.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			次にユーザーの追加、削除、一覧表示の例を示します。
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">pdbedit -a kristin</code>
+new password:
+retype new password:
+Unix username:        kristin
+NT username:
+Account Flags:        [U          ]
+User SID:             S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2012
+Primary Group SID:    S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2077
+Full Name: Home Directory:       \\wakko\kristin
+HomeDir Drive:
+Logon Script:
+Profile Path:         \\wakko\kristin\profile
+Domain:               WAKKO
+Account desc:
+Workstations: Munged
+dial:
+Logon time:           0
+Logoff time:          Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Kickoff time:         Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Password last set:    Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28
+GMT Password can change:  Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28 GMT
+Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -v -L kristin</code></strong>
+Unix username:        kristin
+NT username:
+Account Flags:        [U          ]
+User SID:             S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2012
+Primary Group SID:    S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2077
+Full Name:
+Home Directory:       \\wakko\kristin
+HomeDir Drive:
+Logon Script:
+Profile Path:         \\wakko\kristin\profile
+Domain:               WAKKO
+Account desc:
+Workstations: Munged
+dial:
+Logon time:           0
+Logoff time:          Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Kickoff time:         Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Password last set:    Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28 GMT
+Password can change:  Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28 GMT
+Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -L</code></strong>
+andriusb:505:
+joe:503:
+lisa:504:
+kristin:506:
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -x joe</code></strong>
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -L</code></strong>
+andriusb:505: lisa:504: kristin:506:</pre><h4><code class="filename">rpcclient</code></h4><a id="id1112177" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1041931" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rpcclient <em class="replaceable"><code>server options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">rpcclient</code> program issues administrative commands using Microsoft RPCs, which provide access to the Windows administration graphical user interfaces (GUIs) for systems management. This is most often used by advanced users that understand the full complexity of Microsoft RPCs.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbcacls</code></h4><a id="id1126898" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id946706" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbcacls <em class="replaceable"><code>//server/share filename options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbcacls</code> program modifies Windows ACLs on files and directories shared by a Samba server or a Windows server.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbclient</code></h4><a id="id872758" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id716752" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbclient <em class="replaceable"><code>//server/share password options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbclient</code> program is a versatile UNIX client which provides functionality similar to <code class="command">ftp</code>.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbcontrol</code></h4><a id="id978740" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1018211" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbcontrol -i <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbcontrol <em class="replaceable"><code>options destination messagetype parameters</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbcontrol</code> program sends control messages to running <code class="command">smbd</code>, <code class="command">nmbd</code>, or <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemons. Executing <code class="command">smbcontrol -i</code> runs commands interactively until a blank line or a <em class="parameter"><code>'q'</code></em> is entered.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></h4><a id="id1172719" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1093727" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbpasswd <em class="replaceable"><code>options username password</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> program manages encrypted passwords. This program can be run by a superuser to change any user's password as well as by an ordinary user to change their own Samba password.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbspool</code></h4><a id="id983004" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id830764" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbspool <em class="replaceable"><code>job user title copies options filename</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbspool</code> program is a CUPS-compatible printing interface to Samba. Although designed for use with CUPS printers, <code class="command">smbspool</code> can work with non-CUPS printers as well.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbstatus</code></h4><a id="id920362" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1020283" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbstatus <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbstatus</code> program displays the status of current connections to a Samba server.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbtar</code></h4><a id="id864630" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id755847" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbtar <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbtar</code> program performs backup and restores of Windows-based share files and directories to a local tape archive. Though similar to the <code class="command">tar</code> command, the two are not compatible.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">testparm</code></h4><a id="id951448" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id694039" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">testparm <em class="replaceable"><code>options filename hostname IP_address</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">testparm</code> program checks the syntax of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file. If your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file is in the default location (<code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>) you do not need to specify the location. Specifying the hostname and IP address to the <code class="command">testparm</code> program verifies that the <code class="filename">hosts.allow</code> and <code class="filename">host.deny</code> files are configured correctly. The <code class="command">testparm</code> program also displays a summary of your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file and the server's role (stand-alone, domain, etc.) after testing. This is convenient when debugging as it excludes comments and concisely presents information for experienced administrators to read.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			例えば、
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">testparm</code>
+Load smb config files from /etc/samba/smb.conf
+Processing section "[homes]"
+Processing section "[printers]"
+Processing section "[tmp]"
+Processing section "[html]"
+Loaded services file OK.
+Server role: ROLE_STANDALONE
+Press enter to see a dump of your service definitions
+<strong class="userinput"><code>&lt;enter&gt;</code></strong>
+# Global parameters
+[global]
+	workgroup = MYGROUP
+	server string = Samba Server
+	security = SHARE
+	log file = /var/log/samba/%m.log
+	max log size = 50
+	socket options = TCP_NODELAY SO_RCVBUF=8192 SO_SNDBUF=8192
+	dns proxy = No
+[homes]
+	comment = Home Directories
+	read only = No
+	browseable = No
+[printers]
+	comment = All Printers
+	path = /var/spool/samba
+	printable = Yes
+	browseable = No
+[tmp]
+	comment = Wakko tmp
+	path = /tmp
+	guest only = Yes
+[html]
+	comment = Wakko www
+	path = /var/www/html
+	force user = andriusb
+	force group = users
+	read only = No
+	guest only = Yes</pre><h4><code class="filename">wbinfo</code></h4><a id="id1241354" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id723729" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">wbinfo <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">wbinfo</code> program displays information from the <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon. The <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon must be running for <code class="command">wbinfo</code> to work.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1067710" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			次のセクションでは Samba をさらに詳しく学ぶための資料を示します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-resources-installed">15.1.12.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id680146" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/samba-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/</code> — All additional files included with the Samba distribution. This includes all helper scripts, sample configuration files, and documentation. This directory also contains online versions of <em class="citetitle">The Official Samba-3 HOWTO-Collection</em> and <em class="citetitle">Samba-3 by Example</em>, both of which are cited below.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have the samba-doc package installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							In order to use the <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span> documentation, first ensure the <span class="package">samba-doc</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install samba-doc</code></pre><div class="para">
+							For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+						</div></div></div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to the following manual pages for detailed information specific <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span> features:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">smb.conf</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">samba</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">smbd</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">nmbd</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">winbind</code>
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-resources-published"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-resources-published">15.1.12.2. 関連書籍</h4></div></div></div><a id="id690486" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">The Official Samba-3 HOWTO-Collection</em> by John H. Terpstra and Jelmer R. Vernooij; Prentice Hall — The official Samba-3 documentation as issued by the Samba development team. This is more of a reference guide than a step-by-step guide.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Samba-3 by Example</em> by John H. Terpstra; Prentice Hall — This is another official release issued by the Samba development team which discusses detailed examples of OpenLDAP, DNS, DHCP, and printing configuration files. This has step-by-step related information that helps in real-world implementations.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Using Samba, 2nd Edition</em> by Jay T's, Robert Eckstein, and David Collier-Brown; O'Reilly — A good resource for novice to advanced users, which includes comprehensive reference material.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-resources-community"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-resources-community">15.1.12.3. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id956565" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.samba.org/">http://www.samba.org/</a> — Homepage for the Samba distribution and all official documentation created by the Samba development team. Many resources are available in HTML and PDF formats, while others are only available for purchase. Although many of these links are not Fedora specific, some concepts may apply.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://us1.samba.org/samba/archives.html">http://samba.org/samba/archives.html </a> — Active email lists for the Samba community. Enabling digest mode is recommended due to high levels of list activity.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Samba newsgroups — Samba threaded newsgroups, such as gmane.org, that use the NNTP protocol are also available. This an alternative to receiving mailing list emails.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-FTP" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-FTP">15.2. FTP</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1037256" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id656328" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">File Transfer Protocol</em> (<code class="systemitem">FTP</code>) is one of the oldest and most commonly used protocols found on the Internet today. Its purpose is to reliably transfer files between computer hosts on a network without requiring the user to log directly into the remote host or have knowledge of how to use the remote system. It allows users to access files on remote systems using a standard set of simple commands.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This section outlines the basics of the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol, as well as configuration options for the primary <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server shipped with Fedora, <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id680494" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			However, because <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> is so prevalent on the Internet, it is often required to share files to the public. System administrators, therefore, should be aware of the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol's unique characteristics.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-protocol-multiport"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">15.2.1.1. マルチポート、マルチモード</h4></div></div></div><a id="id906530" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1004585" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id820219" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id758610" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Unlike most protocols used on the Internet, <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> requires multiple network ports to work properly. When an <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client application initiates a connection to an <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server, it opens port <code class="constant">21</code> on the server — known as the <em class="firstterm">command port</em>. This port is used to issue all commands to the server. Any data requested from the server is returned to the client via a <em class="firstterm">data port</em>. The port number for data connections, and the way in which data connections are initialized, vary depending upon whether the client requests the data in <em class="firstterm">active</em> or <em class="firstterm">passive</em> mode.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				以下の説明はこれらの方法を示します:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">アクティブモード</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Active mode is the original method used by the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol for transferring data to the client application. When an active mode data transfer is initiated by the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client, the server opens a connection from port <code class="constant">20</code> on the server to the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address and a random, unprivileged port (greater than <code class="constant">1024</code>) specified by the client. This arrangement means that the client machine must be allowed to accept connections over any port above <code class="constant">1024</code>. With the growth of insecure networks, such as the Internet, the use of firewalls to protect client machines is now prevalent. Because these client-side firewalls often deny incoming connections from active mode <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers, passive mode was devised.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">パッシブモード</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Passive mode, like active mode, is initiated by the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client application. When requesting data from the server, the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client indicates it wants to access the data in passive mode and the server provides the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address and a random, unprivileged port (greater than <code class="constant">1024</code>) on the server. The client then connects to that port on the server to download the requested information.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							While passive mode resolves issues for client-side firewall interference with data connections, it can complicate administration of the server-side firewall. You can reduce the number of open ports on a server by limiting the range of unprivileged ports on the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server. This also simplifies the process of configuring firewall rules for the server. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net">「ネットワークオプション」</a> for more information about limiting passive ports.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-servers">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</h3></div></div></div><a id="id833262" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id925598" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id806390" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id798725" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora ships with two different <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Content Accelerator</strong></span> — A kernel-based Web server that delivers high performance Web server and <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> services. Since speed is its primary design goal, it has limited functionality and runs only as an anonymous <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server. For more information about configuring and administering <span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Content Accelerator</strong></span>, consult the documentation available online at <a href="http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/tux/">http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/tux/</a>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">vsftpd</code> — A fast, secure <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> daemon which is the preferred <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server for Fedora. The remainder of this section focuses on <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-servers-vsftpd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-servers-vsftpd">15.2.2.1. <code class="command">vsftpd</code></h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">The Very Secure FTP Daemon</em> (<code class="command">vsftpd</code>) is designed from the ground up to be fast, stable, and, most importantly, secure. <code class="command">vsftpd</code> is the only stand-alone <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server distributed with Fedora, due to its ability to handle large numbers of connections efficiently and securely.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The security model used by <code class="command">vsftpd</code> has three primary aspects:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Strong separation of privileged and non-privileged processes</em></span> — Separate processes handle different tasks, and each of these processes run with the minimal privileges required for the task.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Tasks requiring elevated privileges are handled by processes with the minimal privilege necessary</em></span> — By leveraging compatibilities found in the <code class="filename">libcap</code> library, tasks that usually require full <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges can be executed more safely from a less privileged process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Most processes run in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail</em></span> — Whenever possible, processes are change-rooted to the directory being shared; this directory is then considered a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail. For example, if the directory <code class="command">/var/ftp/</code> is the primary shared directory, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> reassigns <code class="command">/var/ftp/</code> to the new root directory, known as <code class="command">/</code>. This disallows any potential malicious hacker activities for any directories not contained below the new root directory.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Use of these security practices has the following effect on how <code class="command">vsftpd</code> deals with requests:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>The parent process runs with the least privileges required</em></span> — The parent process dynamically calculates the level of privileges it requires to minimize the level of risk. Child processes handle direct interaction with the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients and run with as close to no privileges as possible.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>All operations requiring elevated privileges are handled by a small parent process</em></span> — Much like the Apache <code class="systemitem">HTTP</code> Server, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> launches unprivileged child processes to handle incoming connections. This allows the privileged, parent process to be as small as possible and handle relatively few tasks.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>All requests from unprivileged child processes are distrusted by the parent process</em></span> — Communication with child processes are received over a socket, and the validity of any information from child processes is checked before being acted on.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Most interaction with <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients is handled by unprivileged child processes in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail</em></span> — Because these child processes are unprivileged and only have access to the directory being shared, any crashed processes only allows the attacker access to the shared files.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.3. Files Installed with <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </h3></div></div></div><a id="id870226" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">vsftpd</code> RPM installs the daemon (<code class="filename">/usr/sbin/vsftpd</code>), its configuration and related files, as well as <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> directories onto the system. The following lists the files and directories related to <code class="command">vsftpd</code> configuration:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd</code> — The <span class="emphasis"><em>initialization script</em></span> (<em class="firstterm">initscript</em>) used by the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command to start, stop, or reload <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">「Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> 」</a> for more information about using this script.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</code> — The Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. This file specifies the requirements a user must meet to login to the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server. For more information on PAM, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Using Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)</em> chapter of the Fedora 15 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> guide.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code> — The configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf">「 <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options」</a> for a list of important options contained within this file.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/ftpusers</code> — A list of users not allowed to log into <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. By default, this list includes the <code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, and <code class="systemitem">daemon</code> users, among others.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/user_list</code> — This file can be configured to either deny or allow access to the users listed, depending on whether the <code class="command">userlist_deny</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code> (default) or <code class="command">NO</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>. If <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/user_list</code> is used to grant access to users, the usernames listed must <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> appear in <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/ftpusers</code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/var/ftp/</code> — The directory containing files served by <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. It also contains the <code class="filename">/var/ftp/pub/</code> directory for anonymous users. Both directories are world-readable, but writable only by the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1041489" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id997965" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id771505" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1198837" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1071395" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">vsftpd</code> RPM installs the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd</code> script, which can be accessed using the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To start the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			To stop the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="option">restart</code> option is a shorthand way of stopping and then starting <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. This is the most efficient way to make configuration changes take effect after editing the configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To restart the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="option">condrestart</code> (<em class="firstterm">conditional restart</em>) option only starts <code class="command">vsftpd</code> if it is currently running. This option is useful for scripts, because it does not start the daemon if it is not running.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To conditionally restart the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl condrestart vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			By default, the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> service does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> start automatically at boot time. To configure the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> service to start at boot time, use a service manager such as <code class="command">systemctl</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">15.2.4.1. Starting Multiple Copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </h4></div></div></div><a id="id887810" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id997457" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Sometimes one computer is used to serve multiple <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> domains. This is a technique called <em class="firstterm">multihoming</em>. One way to multihome using <code class="command">vsftpd</code> is by running multiple copies of the daemon, each with its own configuration file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To do this, first assign all relevant <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses to network devices or alias network devices on the system. Additional information about network configuration scripts can be found in <a class="xref" href="#ch-Network_Interfaces">6章<em>ネットワーク インターフェース</em></a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Next, the DNS server for the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> domains must be configured to reference the correct machine. For information about BIND and its configuration files, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-BIND">「BIND」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If there is more configuration files present in the <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd</code> directory, calling <code class="command">systemctl start vsftpd.service</code> results in the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd</code> initscript starting the same number of processes as the number of configuration files. Each configuration file must have a unique name in the <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/</code> directory and must be readable and writable only by <code class="systemitem">root</code>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1082743" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id759505" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Although <code class="command">vsftpd</code> may not offer the level of customization other widely available <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers have, it offers enough options to fill most administrator's needs. The fact that it is not overly feature-laden limits configuration and programmatic errors.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			All configuration of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> is handled by its configuration file, <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>. Each directive is on its own line within the file and follows the following format:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			For each directive, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em> with a valid directive and <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> with a valid value.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use spaces</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				There must not be any spaces between the <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>, equal symbol, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> in a directive.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Comment lines must be preceded by a hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>) and are ignored by the daemon.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For a complete list of all directives available, refer to the man page for <code class="filename">vsftpd.conf</code>.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Securing the vsftpd service</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				For an overview of ways to secure <code class="command">vsftpd</code>, refer to the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following is a list of some of the more important directives within <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>. All directives not explicitly found or commented out within <code class="command">vsftpd</code>'s configuration file are set to their default value.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-daemon"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-daemon">15.2.5.1. デーモンオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id896588" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of directives which control the overall behavior of the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> daemon.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> runs in stand-alone mode. Fedora sets this value to <code class="command">YES</code>. This directive cannot be used in conjunction with the <code class="command">listen_ipv6</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_ipv6</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> runs in stand-alone mode, but listens only to <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> sockets. This directive cannot be used in conjunction with the <code class="command">listen</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">session_support</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> attempts to maintain login sessions for each user through Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM). For more information, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Using Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)</em> chapter of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> and the PAM man pages. . If session logging is not necessary, disabling this option allows <code class="command">vsftpd</code> to run with less processes and lower privileges.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login">15.2.5.2. ログインオプションとアクセス制御</h4></div></div></div><a id="id695300" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id809411" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下にログインの動作とアクセス制御のメカニズムをコントロールするディレクティブをリストで示します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anonymous_enable</code> — When enabled, anonymous users are allowed to log in. The usernames <code class="computeroutput">anonymous</code> and <code class="computeroutput">ftp</code> are accepted.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-anon">「匿名ユーザーオプション」</a> for a list of directives affecting anonymous users.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">banned_email_file</code> — If the <code class="command">deny_email_enable</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, this directive specifies the file containing a list of anonymous email passwords which are not permitted access to the server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/banned_emails</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">banner_file</code> — Specifies the file containing text displayed when a connection is established to the server. This option overrides any text specified in the <code class="command">ftpd_banner</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">cmds_allowed</code> — Specifies a comma-delimited list of <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> commands allowed by the server. All other commands are rejected.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">deny_email_enable</code> — When enabled, any anonymous user utilizing email passwords specified in the <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/banned_emails</code> are denied access to the server. The name of the file referenced by this directive can be specified using the <code class="command">banned_email_file</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ftpd_banner</code> — When enabled, the string specified within this directive is displayed when a connection is established to the server. This option can be overridden by the <code class="command">banner_file</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						By default <code class="command">vsftpd</code> displays its standard banner.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_enable</code> — When enabled, local users are allowed to log into the system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr">「ローカルユーザーオプション」</a> for a list of directives affecting local users.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pam_service_name</code> — Specifies the PAM service name for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">ftp</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">userlist_deny</code> — When used in conjunction with the <code class="command">userlist_enable</code> directive and set to <code class="command">NO</code>, all local users are denied access unless the username is listed in the file specified by the <code class="command">userlist_file</code> directive. Because access is denied before the client is asked for a password, setting this directive to <code class="command">NO</code> prevents local users from submitting unencrypted passwords over the network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">userlist_enable</code> — When enabled, the users listed in the file specified by the <code class="command">userlist_file</code> directive are denied access. Because access is denied before the client is asked for a password, users are prevented from submitting unencrypted passwords over the network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>, however under Fedora the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">userlist_file</code> — Specifies the file referenced by <code class="command">vsftpd</code> when the <code class="command">userlist_enable</code> directive is enabled.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">/etc/vsftpd/user_list</code> and is created during installation.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-anon"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-anon">15.2.5.3. 匿名ユーザーオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id945412" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which control anonymous user access to the server. To use these options, the <code class="command">anonymous_enable</code> directive must be set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_mkdir_write_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">write_enable</code> directive, anonymous users are allowed to create new directories within a parent directory which has write permissions.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_root</code> — Specifies the directory <code class="command">vsftpd</code> changes to after an anonymous user logs in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_upload_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">write_enable</code> directive, anonymous users are allowed to upload files within a parent directory which has write permissions.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_world_readable_only</code> — When enabled, anonymous users are only allowed to download world-readable files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ftp_username</code> — Specifies the local user account (listed in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>) used for the anonymous <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> user. The home directory specified in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> for the user is the root directory of the anonymous <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> user.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">ftp</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">no_anon_password</code> — When enabled, the anonymous user is not asked for a password.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">secure_email_list_enable</code> — When enabled, only a specified list of email passwords for anonymous logins are accepted. This is a convenient way to offer limited security to public content without the need for virtual users.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Anonymous logins are prevented unless the password provided is listed in <code class="command">/etc/vsftpd/email_passwords</code>. The file format is one password per line, with no trailing white spaces.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr">15.2.5.4. ローカルユーザーオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id671748" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which characterize the way local users access the server. To use these options, the <code class="command">local_enable</code> directive must be set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chmod_enable</code> — When enabled, the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> command <code class="command">SITE CHMOD</code> is allowed for local users. This command allows the users to change the permissions on files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chroot_list_enable</code> — When enabled, the local users listed in the file specified in the <code class="command">chroot_list_file</code> directive are placed in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail upon log in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						If enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> directive, the local users listed in the file specified in the <code class="command">chroot_list_file</code> directive are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> placed in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail upon log in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chroot_list_file</code> — Specifies the file containing a list of local users referenced when the <code class="command">chroot_list_enable</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">/etc/vsftpd/chroot_list</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> — When enabled, local users are change-rooted to their home directories after logging in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid enabling the chroot_local_user option</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Enabling <code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> opens up a number of security issues, especially for users with upload privileges. For this reason, it is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">guest_enable</code> — When enabled, all non-anonymous users are logged in as the user <code class="command">guest</code>, which is the local user specified in the <code class="command">guest_username</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">guest_username</code> — Specifies the username the <code class="command">guest</code> user is mapped to.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">ftp</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_root</code> — Specifies the directory <code class="command">vsftpd</code> changes to after a local user logs in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_umask</code> — Specifies the umask value for file creation. Note that the default value is in octal form (a numerical system with a base of eight), which includes a "0" prefix. Otherwise the value is treated as a base-10 integer.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">022</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">passwd_chroot_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> directive, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> change-roots local users based on the occurrence of the <code class="command">/./</code> in the home directory field within <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">user_config_dir</code> — Specifies the path to a directory containing configuration files bearing the name of local system users that contain specific setting for that user. Any directive in the user's configuration file overrides those found in <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-dir">15.2.5.5. ディレクトリオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id951035" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下にディレクトリに関連するディレクティブのリストを示します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dirlist_enable</code> — When enabled, users are allowed to view directory lists.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dirmessage_enable</code> — When enabled, a message is displayed whenever a user enters a directory with a message file. This message resides within the current directory. The name of this file is specified in the <code class="command">message_file</code> directive and is <code class="filename">.message</code> by default.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">force_dot_files</code> — When enabled, files beginning with a dot (<code class="computeroutput">.</code>) are listed in directory listings, with the exception of the <code class="filename">.</code> and <code class="filename">..</code> files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">hide_ids</code> — When enabled, all directory listings show <code class="computeroutput">ftp</code> as the user and group for each file.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">message_file</code> — Specifies the name of the message file when using the <code class="command">dirmessage_enable</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">.message</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">text_userdb_names</code> — When enabled, text usernames and group names are used in place of UID and GID entries. Enabling this option may slow performance of the server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">use_localtime</code> — When enabled, directory listings reveal the local time for the computer instead of GMT.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-file">15.2.5.6. ファイル転送のオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id672048" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下にディレクトリに関連するディレクティブのリストを示します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">download_enable</code> — When enabled, file downloads are permitted.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chown_uploads</code> — When enabled, all files uploaded by anonymous users are owned by the user specified in the <code class="command">chown_username</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chown_username</code> — Specifies the ownership of anonymously uploaded files if the <code class="command">chown_uploads</code> directive is enabled.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">root</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">write_enable</code> — When enabled, <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> commands which can change the file system are allowed, such as <code class="command">DELE</code>, <code class="command">RNFR</code>, and <code class="command">STOR</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-log"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-log">15.2.5.7. ロギングのオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id695205" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which affect <code class="command">vsftpd</code>'s logging behavior.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code>, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> writes two files simultaneously: a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible log to the file specified in the <code class="command">xferlog_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> by default) and a standard <code class="command">vsftpd</code> log file specified in the <code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> by default).
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">log_ftp_protocol</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> and with <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> set to <code class="command">NO</code>, all <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> commands and responses are logged. This directive is useful for debugging.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">syslog_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code>, all logging normally written to the standard <code class="command">vsftpd</code> log file specified in the <code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> by default) is sent to the system logger instead under the <code class="systemitem">FTPD</code> facility.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> — Specifies the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> log file. For this file to be used, <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> must be enabled and <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> must either be set to <code class="command">NO</code> or, if <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> must be enabled. It is important to note that if <code class="command">syslog_enable</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, the system log is used instead of the file specified in this directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> logs connections (<code class="command">vsftpd</code> format only) and file transfer information to the log file specified in the <code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> by default). If <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, file transfer information is logged but connections are not, and the log file specified in <code class="command">xferlog_file</code> (<code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> by default) is used instead. It is important to note that both log files and log formats are used if <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">xferlog_file</code> — Specifies the <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible log file. For this file to be used, <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> must be enabled and <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> must be set to <code class="command">YES</code>. It is also used if <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code>, only a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible file transfer log is written to the file specified in the <code class="command">xferlog_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> by default). It is important to note that this file only logs file transfers and does not log connections to the server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Maintaining compatibility with older log file formats</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To maintain compatibility with log files written by the older <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code> <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server, the <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code> under Fedora. However, this setting means that connections to the server are not logged.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To both log connections in <code class="command">vsftpd</code> format and maintain a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible file transfer log, set <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If maintaining a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible file transfer log is not important, either set <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> to <code class="command">NO</code>, comment the line with a hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>), or delete the line entirely.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net">15.2.5.8. ネットワークオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id689669" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which affect how <code class="command">vsftpd</code> interacts with the network.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">accept_timeout</code> — Specifies the amount of time for a client using passive mode to establish a connection.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">60</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_max_rate</code> — Specifies the maximum data transfer rate for anonymous users in bytes per second.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the transfer rate.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">connect_from_port_20</code> When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> runs with enough privileges to open port 20 on the server during active mode data transfers. Disabling this option allows <code class="command">vsftpd</code> to run with less privileges, but may be incompatible with some <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">connect_timeout</code> — Specifies the maximum amount of time a client using active mode has to respond to a data connection, in seconds.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">60</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">data_connection_timeout</code> — Specifies maximum amount of time data transfers are allowed to stall, in seconds. Once triggered, the connection to the remote client is closed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">300</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ftp_data_port</code> — Specifies the port used for active data connections when <code class="command">connect_from_port_20</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">20</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">idle_session_timeout</code> — Specifies the maximum amount of time between commands from a remote client. Once triggered, the connection to the remote client is closed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">300</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_address</code> — Specifies the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address on which <code class="command">vsftpd</code> listens for network connections.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running multiple copies of vsftpd</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If running multiple copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> serving different <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses, the configuration file for each copy of the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> daemon must have a different value for this directive. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">「Starting Multiple Copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> 」</a> for more information about multihomed <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_address6</code> — Specifies the <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> address on which <code class="command">vsftpd</code> listens for network connections when <code class="command">listen_ipv6</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running multiple copies of vsftpd</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If running multiple copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> serving different <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses, the configuration file for each copy of the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> daemon must have a different value for this directive. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">「Starting Multiple Copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> 」</a> for more information about multihomed <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_port</code> — Specifies the port on which <code class="command">vsftpd</code> listens for network connections.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">21</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_max_rate</code> — Specifies the maximum rate data is transferred for local users logged into the server in bytes per second.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the transfer rate.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">max_clients</code> — Specifies the maximum number of simultaneous clients allowed to connect to the server when it is running in standalone mode. Any additional client connections would result in an error message.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit connections.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">max_per_ip</code> — Specifies the maximum of clients allowed to connected from the same source <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit connections.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_address</code> — Specifies the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address for the public facing <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address of the server for servers behind Network Address Translation (NAT) firewalls. This enables <code class="command">vsftpd</code> to hand out the correct return address for passive mode connections.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_enable</code> — When enabled, passive mode connects are allowed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_max_port</code> — Specifies the highest possible port sent to the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients for passive mode connections. This setting is used to limit the port range so that firewall rules are easier to create.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the highest passive port range. The value must not exceed <code class="command">65535</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_min_port</code> — Specifies the lowest possible port sent to the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients for passive mode connections. This setting is used to limit the port range so that firewall rules are easier to create.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the lowest passive port range. The value must not be lower <code class="command">1024</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_promiscuous</code> — When enabled, data connections are not checked to make sure they are originating from the same <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address. This setting is only useful for certain types of tunneling.
+					</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid enabling the pasv_promiscuous option</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Do not enable this option unless absolutely necessary as it disables an important security feature which verifies that passive mode connections originate from the same <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address as the control connection that initiates the data transfer.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">port_enable</code> — When enabled, active mode connects are allowed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-resources">15.2.6. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1021458" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			For more information about <code class="command">vsftpd</code>, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-installed-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-installed-documentation">15.2.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id893728" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/vsftpd-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/</code> directory — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the installed version of the <code class="filename">vsftpd</code> package. This directory contains a <code class="filename">README</code> with basic information about the software. The <code class="filename">TUNING</code> file contains basic performance tuning tips and the <code class="filename">SECURITY/</code> directory contains information about the security model employed by <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">vsftpd</code> related man pages — There are a number of man pages for the daemon and configuration files. The following lists some of the more important man pages.
+					</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">サーバーアプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man vsftpd</code> — Describes available command line options for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">設定ファイル</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man vsftpd.conf</code> — Contains a detailed list of options available within the configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 hosts_access </code> — Describes the format and options available within the TCP wrappers configuration files: <code class="filename">hosts.allow</code> and <code class="filename">hosts.deny</code>.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-useful-websites">15.2.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id707287" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://vsftpd.beasts.org/">http://vsftpd.beasts.org/</a> — The <code class="command">vsftpd</code> project page is a great place to locate the latest documentation and to contact the author of the software.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://slacksite.com/other/ftp.html">http://slacksite.com/other/ftp.html</a> — This website provides a concise explanation of the differences between active and passive mode <code class="systemitem">FTP</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc0959.txt">http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc0959.txt</a> — The original <em class="firstterm">Request for Comments</em> (<em class="firstterm">RFC</em>) of the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol from the IETF.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="sec-Printer_Configuration" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Printer_Configuration">15.3. プリンタの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id896336" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id829741" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> tool serves for printer configuring, maintenance of printer configuration files, print spool directories and print filters, and printer classes management.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The tool is based on the Common Unix Printing System (<acronym class="acronym">CUPS</acronym>). If you upgraded the system from a previous Fedora version that used CUPS, the upgrade process preserved the configured printers.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the CUPS web application or command line tools</h2></div><div class="admonition"><a id="id909606" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can perform the same and additional operations on printers directly from the CUPS web application or command line. To access the application, in a web browser, go to <a href="http://localhost:631/">http://localhost:631/</a>. For CUPS manuals refer to the links on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Home</strong></span> tab of the web site.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Starting_Printer_Config"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			With the Printer Configuration tool you can perform various operations on existing printers and set up new printers.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			On the upper panel, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span>, choose <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Printing</strong></span>. Alternatively, run the <code class="command">system-config-printer</code> command from the command line to start the tool.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> window depicted in <a class="xref" href="#fig-printconf-main">図15.2「Printer Configuration window」</a> appears.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-main"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-main.png" alt="Printer Configuration window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Printer Configuration window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.2 Printer Configuration window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_Printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_Printer">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1036581" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Printer setup process varies depending on the printer queue type.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If you are setting up a local printer connected with USB, the printer is discovered and added automatically. You will be prompted to confirm the packages to be installed and provide the root password. Local printers connected with other port types and network printers need to be set up manually.
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Setting_up_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to start a manual printer setup:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Start the Printer Configuration tool (refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">「Starting the Printer Configuration Tool」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Server</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>New</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Printer</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Authentication Required</strong></span> box, type the root user password and confirm.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer connection type and provide its details in the area on the right.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Adding_Other_Printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Adding_Other_Printer">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</h3></div></div></div><a id="id801629" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Follow this procedure to add a local printer connected with other than a serial port:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_Other_Printer"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_Printer">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					If the device does not appear automatically, select the port to which the printer is connected in the list on the left (such as <span class="guilabel"><strong>Serial Port #1</strong></span> or <span class="guilabel"><strong>LPT #1</strong></span>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection properties:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">for <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enter URI</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>URI</strong></span> (for example file:/dev/lp0)
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">for <span class="guilabel"><strong>Serial Port</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Baud Rate
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Parity
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Data Bits
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Flow Control
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/print_conf_window.png" alt="ローカルプリンタの追加" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								ローカルプリンタの追加
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.3 ローカルプリンタの追加</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-printing-select-model">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer">15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Follow this procedure to add an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_JetDirect_Printer"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">「Starting the Printer Configuration Tool」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection settings:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Hostname</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								printer hostname or IP address
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Port Number</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								printer port listening for print jobs (<code class="literal">9100</code> by default)
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-jetdirect"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-jetdirect.png" alt="Adding a JetDirect printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Adding a JetDirect Printer
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.4 Adding a JetDirect printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-printing-select-model">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-ipp-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-ipp-printer">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</h3></div></div></div><a id="id698382" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			IPP プリンタは同じ TCP/IP ネットワーク上にある別のシステムに接続されたプリンタです。このプリンタが接続されるシステムは CUPS を実行しているか単純に IPP を使用するよう設定されているかのどちらかです。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If a firewall is enabled on the printer server, then the firewall must be configured to allow incoming TCP connections on port 631. Note that the CUPS browsing protocol allows client machines to discover shared CUPS queues automatically. To enable this, the firewall on the client machine must be configured to allow incoming UDP packets on port 631.
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_IPP_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to add an IPP printer:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_Printer">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list of devices on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> and <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</strong></span> or <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection settings:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Host</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the hostname for the system that controls the printer
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Queue</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the queue name to be given to the new queue (if the box is left empty, a name based on the device node will be used)
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-ipp"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-ipp.png" alt="Adding an IPP printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								ネットワーク上の IPP プリンタ
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.5 Adding an IPP printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Optionally, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Verify</strong></span> to detect the printer.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guibutton"><strong>進む</strong></span> をクリックして続行します。
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-printing-select-model">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1226805" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_HTTPS_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to add an LPD/LPR host or printer:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_Printer">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list of devices on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>LPD/LPR Host or Printer</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection settings:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Host</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the hostname of the LPD/LPR printer or host
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Optionally, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Probe</strong></span> to find queues on the LPD host.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Queue</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the queue name to be given to the new queue (if the box is left empty, a name based on the device node will be used)
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-lpd"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-lpd.png" alt="Adding an LPD/LPR printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Adding an LPD/LPR Printer
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.6 Adding an LPD/LPR printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guibutton"><strong>進む</strong></span> をクリックして続行します。
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-printing-select-model">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-smb-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-smb-printer">15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</h3></div></div></div><a id="id911660" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id890466" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_SMB_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to add a Samba printer:
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the samba-client package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Note that in order to add a Samba printer, you need to have the <span class="package">samba-client</span> package installed. You can do so by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install samba-client</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Setting_Printer">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Windows Printer via SAMBA</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Enter the SMB address in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>smb://</strong></span> field. Use the format <em class="replaceable"><code>computer name/printer share</code></em>. In <a class="xref" href="#fig-printconf-smb">図15.7「Adding a SMB printer」</a>, the <em class="replaceable"><code>computer name</code></em> is <code class="command">dellbox</code> and the <em class="replaceable"><code>printer share</code></em> is <code class="command">r2</code>.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-smb"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-smb.png" alt="Adding a SMB printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								SMB プリンタ
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.7 Adding a SMB printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Browse</strong></span> to see the available workgroups/domains. To display only queues of a particular host, type in the host name (NetBios name) and click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Browse</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select either of the options:
+				</div><ul class="stepalternatives">
+					<li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Prompt user if authentication is required</strong></span>: username and password are collected from the user when printing a document.
+						</div></li>
+					 <li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Set authentication details now</strong></span>: provide authentication information now so it is not required later. In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Username</strong></span> field, enter the username to access the printer. This user must exist on the SMB system, and the user must have permission to access the printer. The default user name is typically <strong class="userinput"><code>guest</code></strong> for Windows servers, or <strong class="userinput"><code>nobody</code></strong> for Samba servers.
+						</div></li>
+
+				</ul></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>ユーザー名</strong></span> フィールドに指定したユーザーの <span class="guilabel"><strong>パスワード</strong></span> を (必要であれば) 入力します。
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when choosing a password</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Samba プリンタのユーザー名とパスワードは root 及び lpd によって読み取り可能な暗号化されていないファイルとしてプリンタサーバーに格納されます。したがって、プリンタサーバーに root アクセスを有するユーザーであれば他のユーザーが Samba プリンタへのアクセスに使用するユーザー名とパスワードを閲覧することができます。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						As such, when you choose a username and password to access a Samba printer, it is advisable that you choose a password that is different from what you use to access your local Fedora system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						また、 Samba プリンタサーバー上に共有されるファイルがある場合も同様にプリントキューで使用されるものとは異なるパスワードを使用することを推奨します。
+					</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Verify</strong></span> to test the connection. Upon successful verification, a dialog box appears confirming printer share accessibility.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-printing-select-model">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-select-model"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-select-model">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Once you have properly selected a printer connection type, the system attempts to acquire a driver. If the process fails, you can locate or search for the driver resources manually.
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Selecting_Driver"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to provide the printer driver and finish the installation:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the window displayed after the automatic driver detection has failed, select one of the following options:
+				</div><ul class="stepalternatives">
+					<li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Select printer from database</strong></span> — the system chooses a driver based on the selected make of your printer from the list of <span class="guilabel"><strong>Makes</strong></span>. If your printer model is not listed, choose <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generic</strong></span>.
+						</div></li>
+					 <li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Provide PPD file</strong></span> — the system uses the provided PostScript Printer Description (PPD) file for installation. A PPD file may also be delivered with your printer as being normally provided by the manufacturer. If the PPD file is available, you can choose this option and use the browser bar below the option description to select the PPD file.
+						</div></li>
+					 <li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Search for a printer driver to download</strong></span> — enter the make and model of your printer into the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Make and model</strong></span> field to search on OpenPrinting.org for the appropriate packages.
+						</div></li>
+
+				</ul><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-select-model"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-select-model.png" alt="Selecting a printer brand" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Selecting a printer brand from the printer database brands.
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.8 Selecting a printer brand</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Depending on your previous choice provide details in the area displayed below:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Printer brand for the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Select printer from database</strong></span> option
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							PPD file location for the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Provide PPD file</strong></span> option
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Printer make and model for the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Search for a printer driver to download</strong></span> option
+						</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guibutton"><strong>進む</strong></span> をクリックして続行します。
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					If applicable for your option, window shown in <a class="xref" href="#fig-printconf-select-driver">図15.9「Selecting a printer model」</a> appears. Choose the corresponding model in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Models</strong></span> column on the left.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Selecting a printer driver</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						On the right, the recommended printed driver is automatically selected; however, you can select another available driver. The print driver processes the data that you want to print into a format the printer can understand. Since a local printer is attached directly to your computer, you need a printer driver to process the data that is sent to the printer.
+					</div></div></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-select-driver"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-select-driver.png" alt="Selecting a printer model" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Selecting a Printer Model with a Driver Menu
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.9 Selecting a printer model</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Under the <code class="systemitem">Describe Printer</code> enter a unique name for the printer in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Name</strong></span> field. The printer name can contain letters, numbers, dashes (-), and underscores (_); it <span class="emphasis"><em>must not</em></span> contain any spaces. You can also use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Description</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Location</strong></span> fields to add further printer information. Both fields are optional, and may contain spaces.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-add"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-add-printer.png" alt="Printer setup" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Printer Setup
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.10 Printer setup</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> to confirm your printer configuration and add the print queue if the settings are correct. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Back</strong></span> to modify the printer configuration.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					After the changes are applied, a dialog box appears allowing you to print a test page. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Print Test Page</strong></span> to print a test page now. Alternatively, you can print a test page also later, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-printing-test-page">「Printing a test page」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-test-page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-test-page">15.3.9. Printing a test page</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Printing_Test_Page"><div class="para">
+				After you have set up a printer or changed a printer configuration, print a test page to make sure the printer is functioning properly:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Right-click the printer in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printing</strong></span> window and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the Properties window, click <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> on the left.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the displayed <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> tab, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Print Test Page</strong></span> button.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-edit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-edit">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To delete an existing printer, in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> window, select the printer and go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Delete</strong></span>. Confirm the printer deletion. Alternatively, press the <span class="keycap"><strong>Delete</strong></span> key.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To set the default printer, right-click the printer in the printer list and click the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Set As Default</strong></span> button in the context menu.
+		</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="id1645988">15.3.10.1. The Settings Page</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1645994" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To change printer driver configuration, double-click the corresponding name in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer</strong></span> list and click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> label on the left to display the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> page.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can modify printer settings such as make and model, print a test page, change the device location (URI), and more.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config1"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config1.png" alt="Settings page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Settings Page
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.11 Settings page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="id725133">15.3.10.2. The Policies Page</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Policies</strong></span> button on the left to change settings in printer state and print output.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can select the printer states, configure the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Error Policy</strong></span> of the printer (you can decide to abort the print job, retry, or stop it if an error occurs).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can also create a <em class="firstterm">banner page</em> (a page that describes aspects of the print job such as the originating printer, the username from the which the job originated, and the security status of the document being printed): click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Starting Banner </strong></span> or <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ending Banner</strong></span> drop-menu and choose the option that best describes the nature of the print jobs (such as <span class="guilabel"><strong>topsecret</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>classified</strong></span>, or <span class="guilabel"><strong>confidential</strong></span>).
+			</div><div class="section" id="sec-Sharing_Printers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-Sharing_Printers">15.3.10.2.1. Sharing Printers</h5></div></div></div><a id="id837039" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					On the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Policies</strong></span> page, you can mark a printer as shared: if a printer is shared, users published on the network can use it. To allow the sharing function for printers, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Server</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Settings</strong></span> and select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Publish shared printers connected to this system</strong></span>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Finally, ensure that the firewall allows incoming TCP connections to port 631, which is Network Printing Server (IPP) in system-config-firewall.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config2"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config2.png" alt="Policies page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Policies Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.12 Policies page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-The_Access_Control_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-The_Access_Control_Page">15.3.10.2.2. The Access Control Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can change user-level access to the configured printer on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Access Control</strong></span> page. Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Access Control</strong></span> label on the left to display the page. Select either <span class="guilabel"><strong>Allow printing for everyone except these users</strong></span> or <span class="guilabel"><strong>Deny printing for everyone except these users</strong></span> and define the user set below: enter the user name in the text box and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add</strong></span> button to add the user to the user set.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config3"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config3.png" alt="Access Control page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Access Control Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.13 Access Control page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-The_Printer_Options_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-The_Printer_Options_Page">15.3.10.2.3. The Printer Options Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Options</strong></span> page contains various configuration options for the printer media and output, and its content may vary from printer to printer. It contains general printing, paper, quality, and printing size settings.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config4"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config4.png" alt="Printer Options page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Printer Options Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.14 Printer Options page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Job_Options_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-Job_Options_Page">15.3.10.2.4. Job Options Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					On the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Options</strong></span> page, you can detail the printer job options. Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Options</strong></span> label on the left to display the page. Edit the default settings to apply custom job options, such as number of copies, orientation, pages per side,scaling (increase or decrease the size of the printable area, which can be used to fit an oversize print area onto a smaller physical sheet of print medium), detailed text options, and custom job options.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config5"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config5.png" alt="Job Options page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Job Options Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.15 Job Options page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Ink_Toner_Levels_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-Ink_Toner_Levels_Page">15.3.10.2.5. Ink/Toner Levels Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ink/Toner Levels</strong></span> page contains details on toner status if available and printer status messages. Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ink/Toner Levels</strong></span> label on the left to display the page.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="mediaobj-printconf-config6"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config6.png" alt="Ink/Toner Levels page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Ink/Toner Levels Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.16 Ink/Toner Levels page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-managing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s1-printing-managing">15.3.10.3. 印刷ジョブの管理</h4></div></div></div><a id="id670941" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				When you send a print job to the printer daemon, such as printing a text file from <span class="application"><strong>Emacs</strong></span> or printing an image from <span class="application"><strong>GIMP</strong></span>, the print job is added to the print spool queue. The print spool queue is a list of print jobs that have been sent to the printer and information about each print request, such as the status of the request, the job number, and more.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				During the printing process, messages informing about the process appear in the notification area.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-gnome-print-manager-list"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/gnome-print-queue.png" alt="GNOME Print Status" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							GNOME Print Status
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.17 GNOME Print Status</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				To cancel, hold, release, reprint or authenticate a print job, select the job in the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME Print Status</strong></span> and on the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Job</strong></span> menu, click the respective command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To view the list of print jobs in the print spool from a shell prompt, type the command <code class="command">lpstat -o</code>. The last few lines look similar to the following:
+			</div><div class="example" id="lpq-example"><h6>例15.1 Example of <code class="command">lpstat -o</code> output</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$ <code class="command">lpstat -o</code>
+Charlie-60              twaugh            1024   Tue 08 Feb 2011 16:42:11 GMT
+Aaron-61                twaugh            1024   Tue 08 Feb 2011 16:42:44 GMT
+Ben-62                  root              1024   Tue 08 Feb 2011 16:45:42 GMT</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				If you want to cancel a print job, find the job number of the request with the command <code class="command">lpstat -o</code> and then use the command <code class="command">cancel <em class="replaceable"><code>job number</code></em></code>. For example, <code class="command">cancel 60</code> would cancel the print job in <a class="xref" href="#lpq-example">例15.1「Example of <code class="command">lpstat -o</code> output」</a>. You cannot cancel print jobs that were started by other users with the <code class="command">cancel</code> command. However, you can enforce deletion of such job by issuing the <code class="command">cancel -U root <em class="replaceable"><code>job_number</code></em></code> command. To prevent such canceling, change the printer operation policy to <code class="literal">Authenticated</code> to force root authentication.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can also print a file directly from a shell prompt. For example, the command <code class="command">lp sample.txt</code> prints the text file <code class="filename">sample.txt</code>. The print filter determines what type of file it is and converts it into a format the printer can understand.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-additional-resources">15.3.11. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To learn more about printing on Fedora, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-installed">15.3.11.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">lpr</code> command that allows you to print files from the command line.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man cancel</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the command line utility to remove print jobs from the print queue.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man mpage</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the command line utility to print multiple pages on one sheet of paper.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man cupsd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the CUPS printer daemon.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man cupsd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the CUPS printer daemon configuration file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man classes.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the class configuration file for CUPS.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lpstat</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">lpstat</code> command, which displays status information about classes, jobs, and printers.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-websites">15.3.11.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/">http://www.linuxprinting.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							<em class="citetitle">GNU/Linux Printing</em> contains a large amount of information about printing in Linux.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.cups.org/">http://www.cups.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Documentation, FAQs, and newsgroups about CUPS.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="part" id="part-Monitoring_and_Automation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート VI. 監視と自動化</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id760437"><div></div><div class="para">
+				This part describes various tools that allow system administrators to monitor system performance, automate system tasks, and report bugs.
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-System_Monitoring_Tools">16. システム監視ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">16.2. メモリ使用量</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">16.3. ファイルシステム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-hardware">16.4. ハードウェア</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-additional-resources">16.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files">17. Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></sp
 an></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-locating">17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-logrotate">17.2.1. Configuring logrotate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-viewing">17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-adding">17.4. Adding a Log File</a></span></dt><dt
 ><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-examining">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-log-files-additional-resources">17.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-log-files-useful-websites">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Automating_System_Tasks">18. Automating System Tasks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sectio
 n"><a href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Configuring Cron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-at-batch">18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-batch-configuring">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-commandline-options">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-
 autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access">18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-service">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-additional-resources">18.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-abrt">19. Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1027869">19.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1198828">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#abrt-plugins">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</a></span></dt><d
 t><span class="section"><a href="#reporter-plugins">19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-plugins-in-the-gui">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#generating-backtrace">19.4. Generating Backtraces</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#troubleshooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id902924">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id870678">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id754092">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1056210">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring">19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-centralized-crash-co
 llection">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id927404">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#testing-upload-method">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-automatic-reporting">19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第16章 システム監視ツール</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">16.2. メモリ使用量</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">16.3. ファイルシステム</a></span></dt><dt><span
  class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-hardware">16.4. ハードウェア</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-sysinfo-additional-resources">16.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id820562" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id918657" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Before you learn how to configure your system, you should learn how to gather essential system information. For example, you should know how to find the amount of free memory, the amount of available hard drive space, how your hard drive is partitioned, and what processes are running. This chapter discusses how to retrieve this type of information from your Fedora system using simple commands and a few simple programs.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-system-processes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</h2></div></div></div><a id="id683176" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1095510" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id673623" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">ps ax</code> command displays a list of current system processes, including processes owned by other users. To display the owner alongside each process, use the <code class="command">ps aux</code> command. This list is a static list; in other words, it is a snapshot of what was running when you invoked the command. If you want a constantly updated list of running processes, use <code class="command">top</code> as described below.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">ps</code> output can be long. To prevent it from scrolling off the screen, you can pipe it through less:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ps aux | less</code></pre><div class="para">
+			You can use the <code class="command">ps</code> command in combination with the <code class="command">grep</code> command to see if a process is running. For example, to determine if <span class="application"><strong>Emacs</strong></span> is running, use the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ps ax | grep emacs</code></pre><a id="id761539" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id743067" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">top</code> command displays currently running processes and important information about them including their memory and CPU usage. The list is both real-time and interactive. An example of output from the <code class="command">top</code> command is provided as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen">top - 18:11:48 up 1 min,  1 user,  load average: 0.68, 0.30, 0.11
+Tasks: 122 total,   1 running, 121 sleeping,   0 stopped,   0 zombie
+Cpu(s):  0.0%us,  0.5%sy,  0.0%ni, 93.4%id,  5.7%wa,  0.2%hi,  0.2%si,  0.0
+Mem:    501924k total,   376496k used,   125428k free,    29664k buffers
+Swap:  1015800k total,        0k used,  1015800k free,   189008k cached
+
+  PID USER      PR  NI  VIRT  RES  SHR S %CPU %MEM    TIME+  COMMAND       
+ 1601 root      40   0 20172 1084  920 S  0.3  0.2   0:00.08 hald-addon-sto
+ 1998 silas     40   0 14984 1160  880 R  0.3  0.2   0:00.13 top           
+    1 root      40   0 19160 1412 1156 S  0.0  0.3   0:00.96 init          
+    2 root      40   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.01 kthreadd      
+    3 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.05 migration/0   
+    4 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 ksoftirqd/0   
+    5 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 watchdog/0    
+    6 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.04 migration/1   
+    7 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 ksoftirqd/1   
+    8 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 watchdog/1    
+    9 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 events/0      
+   10 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.01 events/1      
+   11 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 cpuset        
+   12 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 khelper       
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+			To exit <code class="command">top</code>, press the <span class="keycap"><strong>q</strong></span> key.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="#interactive-top-command">表16.1「Interactive top commands」</a> contains useful interactive commands that you can use with <code class="command">top</code>. For more information, refer to the <code class="command">top</code>(1) manual page.
+		</div><div class="table" id="interactive-top-command"><h6>表16.1 Interactive top commands</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Interactive top commands" border="1"><colgroup><col class="command" width="50%" /><col class="description" width="50%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							コマンド
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>Space</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							すぐに表示を更新します
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>h</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							ヘルプ画面を表示します
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>k</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							プロセスを kill します。プロセス ID とそれに送るシグナルの入力が求められます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>n</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							表示されるプロセスの数を変更します。数値を入力するよう求められます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>u</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							ユーザーの順に並べます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							メモリ使用量の順に並べます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>P</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							CPU使用率の順に並べます。
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id970022" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id814608" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			If you prefer a graphical interface for <code class="command">top</code>, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span>. To start it from the desktop, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Monitor</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or execute <code class="command">gnome-system-monitor</code> at a shell prompt. Select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Processes</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span> allows you to search for a process in the list of running processes. Using the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span>, you can also view all processes, your processes, or active processes.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Edit</strong></span> menu item allows you to:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの停止です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの継続または開始です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの終了です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの強制終了です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					選択されたプロセスの優先順位を変更します。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					システムモニターの設定を編集します。これらは一覧を更新する秒間隔の変更、システムモニタのウィンドウに表示するプロセスの項目の選択を含みます。
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>View</strong></span> menu item allows you to:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					アクティブなプロセスのみを表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					全てのプロセスを表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスを表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの従属性を表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					View a memory map of a selected process.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					選択されたプロセスによって開かれたファイルの表示
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Refresh the list of processes.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			To stop a process, select it and click <span class="guibutton"><strong>End Process</strong></span>. Alternatively you can also stop a process by selecting it, clicking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Edit</strong></span> on your menu and selecting <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stop Process</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			特定の欄で情報別に分類するには、その欄の名前をクリックします。これは選択された欄ごとに情報を昇順に分類します。昇順と降順の分類を切り替えるには、欄の名前を再びクリックします。
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-sysinfo-processes"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-monitor-processes.png" alt="GNOME System Monitor — Processes tab" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Processes tab of the GNOME System Monitor
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図16.1  GNOME System Monitor — Processes tab </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">16.2. メモリ使用量</h2></div></div></div><a id="id825754" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id912275" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id912284" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1165954" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">free</code> command displays the total amount of physical memory and swap space for the system as well as the amount of memory that is used, free, shared, in kernel buffers, and cached.
+		</div><pre class="screen">             total       used       free     shared    buffers     cached
+Mem:       4017660    1619044    2398616          0      59864     637968
+-/+ buffers/cache:     921212    3096448
+Swap:      3071996          0    3071996</pre><div class="para">
+			The command <code class="command">free -m</code> shows the same information in megabytes, which are easier to read.
+		</div><pre class="screen">             total       used       free     shared    buffers     cached
+Mem:          3923       1569       2353          0         58        626
+-/+ buffers/cache:        884       3038
+Swap:         2999          0       2999</pre><div class="para">
+			If you prefer a graphical interface for <code class="command">free</code>, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span>. To start it from the desktop, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Monitor</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or execute <code class="command">gnome-system-monitor</code> at a shell prompt. Click on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resources</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-sysinfo-memory"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-monitor-resources.png" alt="GNOME System Monitor — Resources tab" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Resources tab of the GNOME System Monitor
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図16.2  GNOME System Monitor — Resources tab </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-filesystems"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-filesystems">16.3. ファイルシステム</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1206771" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1215122" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id758199" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">df</code> command reports the system's disk space usage. If you Execute the command <code class="command">df</code> at a shell prompt, the output looks similar to the following:
+		</div><pre class="screen">Filesystem           1K-blocks      Used Available Use% Mounted on
+rootfs                 6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /
+udev                    500716         0    500716   0% /dev
+tmpfs                   507840      2152    505688   1% /dev/shm
+tmpfs                   507840       644    507196   1% /run
+/dev/sda1              6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /
+tmpfs                   507840         0    507840   0% /sys/fs/cgroup
+tmpfs                   507840         0    507840   0% /media
+/dev/sda4            139412616 105018908  27367684  80% /home
+/dev/sda1              6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /tmp
+/dev/sda1              6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /var/tmp</pre><div class="para">
+			By default, this utility shows the partition size in 1 kilobyte blocks and the amount of used and available disk space in kilobytes. To view the information in megabytes and gigabytes, use the command <code class="command">df -h</code>. The <code class="command">-h</code> argument stands for human-readable format. The output looks similar to the following:
+		</div><pre class="screen">Filesystem            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on
+rootfs                6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /
+udev                  489M     0  489M   0% /dev
+tmpfs                 496M  2.2M  494M   1% /dev/shm
+tmpfs                 496M  644K  496M   1% /run
+/dev/sda1             6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /
+tmpfs                 496M     0  496M   0% /sys/fs/cgroup
+tmpfs                 496M     0  496M   0% /media
+/dev/sda4             133G  101G   27G  80% /home
+/dev/sda1             6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /tmp
+/dev/sda1             6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /var/tmp</pre><a id="id1075094" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id902706" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			In the list of mounted partitions, there is an entry for <code class="filename">/dev/shm</code>. This entry represents the system's virtual memory file system.
+		</div><a id="id810515" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">du</code> command displays the estimated amount of space being used by files in a directory. If you execute <code class="command">du</code> at a shell prompt, the disk usage for each of the subdirectories is displayed in a list. The grand total for the current directory and subdirectories are also shown as the last line in the list. If you do not want to see the totals for all the subdirectories, use the command <code class="command">du -hs</code> to see only the grand total for the directory in human-readable format. Use the <code class="command">du --help</code> command to see more options.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To view the system's partitions and disk space usage in a graphical format, use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span> by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Monitor</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or executing the <code class="command">gnome-system-monitor</code> command at a shell prompt. Select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>File Systems</strong></span> tab to view the system's partitions.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-sysinfo-filesystems"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-monitor-file-systems.png" alt="GNOME System Monitor — File Systems tab" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						File Systems tab of the GNOME System Monitor
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図16.3  GNOME System Monitor — File Systems tab </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-hardware"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-hardware">16.4. ハードウェア</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1307320" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id749240" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			If you are having trouble configuring your hardware or just want to know what hardware is in your system, you can use the <code class="command">lspci</code> command to list all PCI devices. Use the command <code class="command">lspci -v</code> for more verbose information or <code class="command">lspci -vv</code> for very verbose output.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For example, <code class="command">lspci</code> can be used to determine the manufacturer, model, and memory size of a system's video card:
+		</div><pre class="screen">00:02.1 Display controller: Intel Corporation Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller (rev 07)
+        Subsystem: Lenovo Device 20e4
+        Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0
+        Memory at f4200000 (64-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=1M]
+        Capabilities: [d0] Power Management version 3</pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">lspci</code> is also useful to determine the network card in your system if you do not know the manufacturer or model number.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources">16.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			システム情報の収集については、次の資料も参考にして ください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-sysinfo-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ps --help</code> — Displays a list of options that can be used with <code class="command">ps</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">top</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man top</code> to learn more about <code class="command">top</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">free</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man free</code> to learn more about <code class="command">free</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">df</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man df</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">df</code> command and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">du</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man du</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">du</code> command and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">lspci</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man lspci</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">lspci</code> command and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a id="id869684" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory — The contents of the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory can also be used to gather more detailed system information.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-locating">17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-logrotate">17.2.1
 . Configuring logrotate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-viewing">17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-adding">17.4. Adding a Log File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-logfiles-examining">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-log-files-additional-resources">17.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-log-files-useful-websites">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id776812" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1637523" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">ログファイル</em> は、システム上で動作しているカーネル、サービス、アプリケーションなどのシステムに関するメッセージが入っているファイルです。情報ごとに異なるログファイルがあります。例えば、デフォルトシステムログファイル、セキュリティメッセージだけのログファイル、 cron タスク用のログファイルなどがあります。
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Log files can be very useful when trying to troubleshoot a problem with the system such as trying to load a kernel driver or when looking for unauthorized login attempts to the system. This chapter discusses where to find log files, how to view log files, and what to look for in log files.
+	</div><a id="id1045424" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id654826" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Some log files are controlled by a daemon called <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code>. A list of log files maintained by <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> can be found in the <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> is an enhanced, multi-threaded syslog daemon which replaced the <code class="command">sysklogd</code> daemon. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> supports the same functionality as <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span> and extends it with enhanced filtering, encryption protected relaying of messages, various configuration options, or support for transportation via the <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> or <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocols. Note that <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> is compatible with <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-configuring-rsyslog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The main configuration file for <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> is <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code>. It consists of <em class="firstterm">global directives</em>, <em class="firstterm">rules</em> or comments (any empty lines or any text following a hash sign (<code class="literal">#</code>)). Both, global directives and rules are extensively described in the sections below.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-global-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Global directives specify configuration options that apply to the <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> daemon. They usually specify a value for a specific pre-defined variable that affects the behavior of the <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> daemon or a rule that follows. All of the global directives must start with a dollar sign (<code class="literal">$</code>). Only one directive can be specified per line. The following is an example of a global directive that specifies the maximum size of the syslog message queue:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+$MainMsgQueueSize 50000
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The default size defined for this directive (<code class="constant">10,000</code> messages) can be overridden by specifying a different value (as shown in the example above).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You may define multiple directives in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file. A directive affects the behavior of all configuration options until another occurrence of that same directive is detected.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A comprehensive list of all available configuration directives and their detailed description can be found in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/rsyslog_conf_global.html</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Due to its modular design, <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> offers a variety of <em class="firstterm">modules</em> which provide dynamic functionality. Note that modules can be written by third parties. Most modules provide additional inputs (see <span class="emphasis"><em>Input Modules</em></span> below) or outputs (see <span class="emphasis"><em>Output Modules</em></span> below). Other modules provide special functionality specific to each module. The modules may provide additional configuration directives that become available after a module is loaded. To load a module, use the following syntax:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+$ModLoad <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MODULE&gt;</code></em> 
+</pre><div class="para">
+				where <code class="option">$ModLoad</code> is the global directive that loads the specified module and <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MODULE&gt;</code></em> represents your desired module. For example, if you want to load the <code class="literal">Text File Input Module</code> (<code class="command">imfile</code> — enables <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> to convert any standard text files into syslog messages), specify the following line in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+$ModLoad imfile
+</pre><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> offers a number of modules which are split into these main categories:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Input Modules — Input modules gather messages from various sources. The name of an input module always starts with the <code class="literal">im</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">imfile</code>, <code class="command">imrelp</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Output Modules — Output modules provide a facility to store messages into various targets such as sending them across network, storing them in a database or encrypting them. The name of an output module always starts with the <code class="literal">om</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">omsnmp</code>, <code class="command">omrelp</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Filter Modules — Filter modules provide the ability to filter messages according to specified rules. The name of a filter module always starts with the <code class="literal">fm</code> prefix.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Parser Modules — Parser modules use the message parsers to parse message content of any received messages. The name of a parser module always starts with the <code class="literal">pm</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">pmrfc5424</code>, <code class="command">pmrfc3164</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Message Modification Modules — Message modification modules change the content of a syslog message. The message modification modules only differ in their implementation from the output and filter modules but share the same interface.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						String Generator Modules — String generator modules generate strings based on the message content and strongly cooperate with the template feature provided by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>. For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>. The name of a string generator module always starts with the <code class="literal">sm</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">smfile</code>, <code class="command">smtradfile</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Library Modules — Library modules generally provide functionality for other loadable modules. These modules are loaded automatically by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> when needed and cannot be configured by the user.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				A comprehensive list of all available modules and their detailed description can be found at <a href="http://www.rsyslog.com/doc/rsyslog_conf_modules.html/">http://www.rsyslog.com/doc/rsyslog_conf_modules.html</a>
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you use trustworthy modules only</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Note that when <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> loads any modules, it provides them with access to some of its functions and data. This poses a possible security threat. To minimize security risks, use trustworthy modules only.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				A rule is specified by a <em class="firstterm">filter</em> part, which selects a subset of syslog messages, and an <em class="firstterm">action</em> part, which specifies what to do with the selected messages. To define a rule in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file, define both, a filter and an action, on one line and separate them with one or more spaces or tabs. For more information on filters, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-filter-conditions">「Filter Conditions」</a> and for information on actions, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-actions">「Actions」</a>.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-filter-conditions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-filter-conditions">17.1.3.1. Filter Conditions</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> offers various ways how to filter syslog messages according to various properties. This sections sums up the most used filter conditions.
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Facility/Priority-based filters</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								The most used and well-known way to filter syslog messages is to use the facility/priority-based filters which filter syslog messages based on two conditions: <em class="firstterm">facility</em> and <em class="firstterm">priority</em>. To create a selector, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">
+<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FACILITY&gt;</code></em>.<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PRIORITY&gt;</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FACILITY&gt;</code></em> specifies the subsystem that produces a specific syslog message. For example, the <code class="command">mail</code> subsystem handles all mail related syslog messages. <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FACILITY&gt;</code></em> can be represented by one of these keywords: <code class="command">auth</code>, <code class="command">authpriv</code>, <code class="command">cron</code>, <code class="command">daemon</code>, <code class="command">kern</code>, <code class="command">lpr</code>, <code class="command">mail</code>, <code class="command">news</code>, <code class="command">syslog</code>, <code class="command">user</code>, <code class="command">uucp</code>, and <code class="command">local0</code> through <code class="command">local7</code>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PRIORITY&gt;</code></em> specifies a priority of a syslog message. <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PRIORITY&gt;</code></em> can be represented by one of these keywords (listed in an ascending order): <code class="command">debug</code>, <code class="command">info</code>, <code class="command">notice</code>, <code class="command">warning</code>, <code class="command">err</code>, <code class="command">crit</code>, <code class="command">alert</code>, and <code class="command">emerg</code>.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										By preceding any priority with an equal sign (<code class="literal">=</code>), you specify that only syslog messages with that priority will be selected. All other priorities will be ignored. Conversely, preceding a priority with an exclamation mark (<code class="literal">!</code>) selects all syslog messages but those with the defined priority. By not using either of these two extensions, you specify a selection of syslog messages with the defined or higher priority.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								In addition to the keywords specified above, you may also use an asterisk (<code class="literal">*</code>) to define all facilities or priorities (depending on where you place the asterisk, before or after the dot). Specifying the keyword <code class="literal">none</code> serves for facilities with no given priorities.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								To define multiple facilities and priorities, simply separate them with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>). To define multiple filters on one line, separate them with a semi-colon (<code class="literal">;</code>).
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The following are a few examples of simple facility/priority-based filters:
+							</div><pre class="screen">
+kern.*    # Selects all kernel syslog messages with any priority
+</pre><pre class="screen">
+mail.crit    # Selects all mail syslog messages with priority <code class="command">crit</code> and higher.
+</pre><pre class="screen">
+cron.!info,!debug    # Selects all cron syslog messages except those with the <code class="command">info</code> or <code class="command">debug</code> priority.
+</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Property-based filters</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Property-based filters let you filter syslog messages by any property, such as <em class="parameter"><code>timegenerated</code></em> or <em class="parameter"><code>syslogtag</code></em>. For more information on properties, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s4-properties">「Properties」</a>. Each of the properties specified in the filters lets you compare it to a specific value using one of the compare-operations listed in <a class="xref" href="#table-compare-operations">表17.1「Property-based compare-operations」</a>.
+							</div><div class="table" id="table-compare-operations"><h6>表17.1 Property-based compare-operations</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Property-based compare-operations" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="operation" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+												Compare-operation
+											</th><th>
+												説明
+											</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>contains</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Checks whether the provided string matches any part of the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>isequal</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Compares the provided string against all of the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>startswith</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Checks whether the provided string matches a prefix of the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>regex</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Compares the provided POSIX BRE (Basic Regular Expression) regular expression against the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>ereregex</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Compares the provided POSIX ERE (Extended Regular Expression) regular expression against the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+								To define a property-based filter, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY&gt;</code></em>, [!]<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;COMPARE_OPERATION&gt;</code></em>, "<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;STRING&gt;</code></em>"</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the desired property (for example, <em class="parameter"><code>timegenerated</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>hostname</code></em>, etc.).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The optional exclamation point (<code class="literal">!</code>) negates the output of the compare-operation (if prefixing the compare-operation).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;COMPARE_OPERATION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies one of the compare-operations listed in <a class="xref" href="#table-compare-operations">表17.1「Property-based compare-operations」</a>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;STRING&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the value that the text provided by the property is compared to. To escape certain character (for example a quotation mark (<code class="literal">"</code>)), use the backslash character (<code class="literal">\</code>).
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								The following are few examples of property-based filters:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The following filter selects syslog messages which contain the string <code class="literal">error</code> in their message text:
+									</div><pre class="screen">:msg, contains, "error"</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The following filter selects syslog messages received from the hostname <code class="literal">host1</code>:
+									</div><pre class="screen">:hostname, isequal, "host1"</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The following filter selects syslog messages which do not contain any mention of the words <code class="literal">fatal</code> and <code class="literal">error</code> with any or no text between them (for example, <code class="literal">fatal lib error</code>):
+									</div><pre class="screen">:msg, !regex, "fatal .* error"</pre></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Expression-based filters</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Expression-based filters select syslog messages according to defined arithmetic, boolean or string operations. Expression-based filters use <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>'s own scripting language. The syntax of this language is defined in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/rscript_abnf.html</code> along with examples of various expression-based filters.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								To define an expression-based filter, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">if <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;EXPRESSION&gt;</code></em> then <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;EXPRESSION&gt;</code></em> attribute represents an expression to be evaluated, for example: <code class="literal">$msg startswith 'DEVNAME'</code> or <code class="literal">$syslogfacility-text == 'local0'</code>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em> attribute represents an action to be performed if the expression returns the value <code class="literal">true</code>.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Define an expression-based filter on a single line</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									When defining an expression-based filter, it must be defined on a single line.
+								</div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use regular expressions</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Regular expressions are currently not supported in expression-based filters.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">BSD-style blocks</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> supports BSD-style blocks inside the <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file. Each block consists of rules which are preceded with a program or hostname label. Use the '!<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROGRAM&gt;</code></em>' or '-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROGRAM&gt;</code></em>' labels to include or exclude programs, respectively. Use the '+<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOSTNAME&gt;</code></em> ' or '-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOSTNAME&gt;</code></em> ' labels include or exclude hostnames, respectively.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								<a class="xref" href="#example-bsd-block1">例17.1「BSD-style block」</a> shows a BSD-style block that saves all messages generated by <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> to a file.
+							</div><div class="example" id="example-bsd-block1"><h6>例17.1 BSD-style block</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+!yum
+*.*      /var/log/named.log
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-actions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-actions">17.1.3.2. Actions</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Actions specify what is to be done with the messages filtered out by an already-defined selector. The following are some of the actions you can define in your rule:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Saving syslog messages to log files</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								The majority of actions specify to which log file a syslog message is saved. This is done by specifying a file path after your already-defined selector. The following is a rule comprised of a selector that selects all <span class="application"><strong>cron</strong></span> syslog messages and an action that saves them into the <code class="filename">/var/log/cron.log</code> log file:
+							</div><pre class="screen">cron.* /var/log/cron.log
+</pre><div class="para">
+								Use a dash mark (<code class="literal">-</code>) as a prefix of the file path you specified if you want to omit syncing the desired log file after every syslog message is generated.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Your specified file path can be either static or dynamic. Static files are represented by a simple file path as was shown in the example above. Dynamic files are represented by a template and a question mark (<code class="literal">?</code>) prefix. For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s4-generating-dynamic-fnames">「Generating dynamic file names」</a>.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								If the file you specified is an existing <span class="application"><strong>tty</strong></span> or <code class="filename">/dev/console</code> device, syslog messages are sent to standard output (using special <span class="application"><strong>tty</strong></span>-handling) or your console (using special <code class="filename">/dev/console</code>-handling) when using the X Window System, respectively.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Sending syslog messages over the network</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> allows you to send and receive syslog messages over the network. This feature allows to administer syslog messages of multiple hosts on one machine. To forward syslog messages to a remote machine, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">@[<span class="optional">(<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em>)</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOST&gt;</code></em>:[<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PORT&gt;</code></em></span>]
+</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The at sign (<code class="literal">@</code>) indicates that the syslog messages are forwarded to a host using the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol. To use the <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> protocol, use two at signs with no space between them (<code class="literal">@@</code>).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em> attribute can be replaced with an option such as <code class="command">z<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NUMBER&gt;</code></em> </code>. This option enables <span class="application"><strong>zlib</strong></span> compression for syslog messages; the <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NUMBER&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the level of compression. To define multiple options, simply separate each one of them with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOST&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the host which receives the selected syslog messages.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PORT&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the host machine's port.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								When specifying an <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> address as the host, enclose the address in square brackets (<code class="literal">[</code>, <code class="literal">]</code>).
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The following are some examples of actions that forward syslog messages over the network (note that all actions are preceded with a selector that selects all messages with any priority):
+							</div><pre class="screen">*.* @192.168.0.1    # Forwards messages to 192.168.0.1 via the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol</pre><pre class="screen">*.* @@example.com:18    # Forwards messages to "example.com" using port 18 and the <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> protocol</pre><pre class="screen">
+*.* @(z9)[2001::1]    # Compresses messages with <span class="application"><strong>zlib</strong></span> (level 9 compression)
+                      # and forwards them to 2001::1 using the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Output channels</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Output channels are primarily used for log file rotation (for more info on log file rotation, refer to <a class="xref" href="#configuring-logrotate">「Configuring logrotate」</a>), that is, to specify the maximum size a log file can grow to. To define an output channel, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">$outchannel <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NAME&gt;</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FILE_NAME&gt;</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MAX_SIZE&gt;</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of the output channel.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FILE_NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of the output file.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MAX_SIZE&gt;</code></em> attribute represents the maximum size the specified file (in <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FILE_NAME&gt;</code></em>) can grow to. This value is specified in <span class="emphasis"><em>bytes</em></span>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the action that is taken when the maximum size, defined in <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MAX_SIZE&gt;</code></em>, is hit.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								<a class="xref" href="#example-log-rotation">例17.2「Output channel log rotation」</a> shows a simple log rotation through the use of an output channel. First, the output channel is defined via the <em class="parameter"><code>$outchannel</code></em> directive and then used in a rule which selects every syslog message with any priority and executes the previously-defined output channel on the acquired syslog messages. Once the limit (in the example <code class="constant">100 MB</code>) is hit, the <code class="filename">/home/joe/log_rotation_script</code> is executed. This script can contain anything from moving the file into a different folder, editing specific content out of it, or simply removing it.
+							</div><div class="example" id="example-log-rotation"><h6>例17.2 Output channel log rotation</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+$outchannel log_rotation,/var/log/test_log.log, 104857600, /home/joe/log_rotation_script
+
+*.* $log_rotation
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Support for output channels is to be removed in the future</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Output channels are currently supported by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>, however, they are planned to be removed in the nearby future.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Sending syslog messages to specific users</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> can send syslog messages to specific users by simply specifying a username of the user you wish to send the messages to. To specify more than one user, separate each username with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>). To send messages to every user that is currently logged on, use an asterisk (<code class="literal">*</code>).
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Executing a program</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> lets you execute a program for selected syslog messages and uses the <code class="systemitem">system()</code> call to execute the program in shell. To specify a program to be executed, prefix it with a caret character (<code class="literal">^</code>). Consequently, specify a template that formats the received message and passes it to the specified executable as a one line parameter (for more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>). In the following example, any syslog message with any priority is selected, formatted with the <em class="parameter"><code>template</code></em> template and passed as a parameter to the <span class="application"><strong>test-program</strong></span> program, which is then executed with the provided parameter:
+							</div><pre class="screen">*.* ^test-program;template</pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when using the shell execute action</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									When accepting messages from any host, and using the shell execute action, you may be vulnerable to command injection. An attacker may try to inject and execute commands specified by the attacker in the program you specified (in your action) to be executed. To avoid any possible security threats, thoroughly consider the use of the shell execute action.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Inputting syslog messages in a database</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Selected syslog messages can be directly written into a database table using the <span class="emphasis"><em>database writer</em></span> action. The database writer uses the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PLUGIN&gt;</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_HOST&gt;</code></em>,<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_NAME&gt;</code></em>,<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_USER&gt;</code></em>,<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_PASSWORD&gt;</code></em>;[<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE&gt;</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PLUGIN&gt;</code></em> calls the specified plug-in that handles the database writing (for example, the <code class="systemitem">ommysql</code> plug-in).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_HOST&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the database hostname.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of the database.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_USER&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the database user.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_PASSWORD&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the password used with the aforementioned database user.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies an optional use of a template that modifies the syslog message. For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using MySQL and PostgreSQL</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Currently, <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> provides support for <code class="systemitem">MySQL</code> (for more information, refer to <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/rsyslog_mysql.html</code>) and <code class="systemitem">PostgreSQL</code> databases only. In order to use the <code class="systemitem">MySQL</code> and <code class="systemitem">PostgreSQL</code> database writer functionality, install the <span class="package">rsyslog-mysql</span> and <span class="package">rsyslog-pgsql</span> packages installed, respectively. Also, make sure you load the appropriate modules in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file:
+								</div><pre class="screen">
+$ModLoad ommysql    # Output module for MySQL support
+$ModLoad ompgsql    # Output module for PostgreSQL support
+</pre><div class="para">
+									For more information on <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> modules, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-modules">「Modules」</a>.
+								</div><div class="para">
+									Alternatively, you may use a generic database interface provided by the <code class="systemitem">omlibdb</code> module. However, this module is currently not compiled.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Discarding syslog messages</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								To discard your selected messages, use the tilde character (<code class="literal">~</code>). The following rule discards any cron syslog messages:
+							</div><pre class="screen">cron.* ~</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+					For each selector, you are allowed to specify multiple actions. To specify multiple actions for one selector, write each action on a separate line and precede it with an ampersand character (&amp;). Only the first action is allowed to have a selector specified on its line. The following is an example of a rule with multiple actions:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+kern.=crit joe
+&amp; ^test-program;temp
+&amp; @192.168.0.1
+</pre><div class="para">
+					In the example above, all kernel syslog messages with the critical priority (<em class="parameter"><code>crit</code></em>) are send to user <code class="systemitem">joe</code>, processed by the template <em class="parameter"><code>temp</code></em> and passed on to the <em class="parameter"><code>test-program</code></em> executable, and forwarded to <code class="systemitem">192.168.0.1</code> via the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Specifying multiple actions improves the overall performance of the desired outcome since the specified selector has to be evaluated only once.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Note that any action can be followed by a template that formats the message. To specify a template, suffix an action with a semicolon (<code class="literal">;</code>) and specify the name of the template.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using templates</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						A template must be defined before it is used in an action, otherwise, it is ignored.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-templates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-templates">17.1.3.3. Templates</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Any output that is generated by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> can be modified and formatted according to your needs through the use of templates. To create a template use the following syntax:
+				</div><pre class="screen">$template <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE_NAME&gt;</code></em>,"<em class="replaceable"><code>text %&lt;PROPERTY&gt;% more text</code></em>", [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+					where:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>$template</code></em> is the template directive that indicates that the text following it, defines a template.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE_NAME&gt;</code></em> is the name of the template. Use this name to refer to the template.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Anything between the two quotation marks (<code class="literal">"</code>…<code class="literal">"</code>) is the actual template text. Within this text, you are allowed to escape characters in order to use their functionality, such as <code class="literal">\n</code> for new line or <code class="literal">\r</code> for carriage return. Other characters, such as <code class="literal">%</code> or <code class="literal">"</code>, have to be escaped in case you want to those characters literally.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The text specified within two percent signs (<code class="literal">%</code>) specifies a <em class="firstterm">property</em> that is consequently replaced with the property's actual value. For more information on properties, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s4-properties">「Properties」</a>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							The <em class="parameter"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies any options that modify the template functionality. Do not mistake these for property options, which are defined inside the template text (between <code class="literal">"</code>…<code class="literal">"</code>). The currently supported template options are <em class="parameter"><code>sql</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>stdsql</code></em> used for formatting the text as an SQL query.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The sql and stdsql options</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Note that the database writer (for more information, refer to section <em class="citetitle">Inputting syslog messages in a database</em> in <a class="xref" href="#s3-actions">「Actions」</a>) checks whether the <em class="parameter"><code>sql</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>stdsql</code></em> options are specified in the template. If they are not, the database writer does not perform any action. This is to prevent any possible security threats, such as SQL injection.
+							</div></div></div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s4-generating-dynamic-fnames"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-generating-dynamic-fnames">17.1.3.3.1. Generating dynamic file names</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Templates can be used to generate dynamic file names. By specifying a property as a part of the file path, a new file will be created for each unique property. For example, use the <em class="parameter"><code>timegenerated</code></em> property to generate a unique file name for each syslog message:
+					</div><pre class="screen">$template DynamicFile,"/var/log/test_logs/%timegenerated%-test.log"</pre><div class="para">
+						Keep in mind that the <em class="parameter"><code>$template</code></em> directive only specifies the template. You must use it inside a rule for it to take effect:
+					</div><pre class="screen">*.* ?DynamicFile</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-properties"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-properties">17.1.3.3.2. Properties</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Properties defined inside a template (within two percent signs (<code class="literal">%</code>)) allow you to access various contents of a syslog message through the use of a <em class="firstterm">property replacer</em>. To define a property inside a template (between the two quotation marks (<code class="literal">"</code>…<code class="literal">"</code>)), use the following syntax:
+					</div><pre class="screen">%<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY_NAME&gt;</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FROM_CHAR&gt;</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TO_CHAR&gt;</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em></span>]%</pre><div class="para">
+						where:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY_NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of a property. A comprehensible list of all available properties and their detailed description can be found in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/property_replacer.html</code> under the section <span class="emphasis"><em>Available Properties</em></span>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FROM_CHAR&gt;</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TO_CHAR&gt;</code></em> attributes denote a range of characters that the specified property will act upon. Alternatively, regular expressions can be used to specify a range of characters. To do so, specify the letter <code class="literal">R</code> as the <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FROM_CHAR&gt;</code></em> attribute and specify your desired regular expression as the <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TO_CHAR&gt;</code></em> attribute.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies any property options. A comprehensible list of all available properties and their detailed description can be found in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/property_replacer.html</code> under the section <span class="emphasis"><em>Property Options</em></span>.
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+						The following are some examples of simple properties:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property simply obtains the whole message text of a syslog message:
+							</div><pre class="screen">%msg%</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property obtains the first two characters of the message text of a syslog message:
+							</div><pre class="screen">%msg:1:2%</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property obtains the whole message text of a syslog message and drops its last line feed character:
+							</div><pre class="screen">%msg:::drop-last-lf%</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property obtains the first 10 characters of the timestamp that is generated when the syslog message is received and formats it according to the RFC 3999 date standard.
+							</div><pre class="screen">%timegenerated:1:10:date-rfc3339%</pre></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-template-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-template-examples">17.1.3.3.3. Template Examples</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						This section presents few examples of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> templates.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#example-temp1">例17.3「A verbose syslog message template」</a> shows a template that formats a syslog message so that it outputs the message's severity, facility, the timestamp of when the message was received, the hostname, the message tag, the message text, and ends with a new line.
+					</div><div class="example" id="example-temp1"><h6>例17.3 A verbose syslog message template</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$template verbose,"%syslogseverity%,%syslogfacility%,%timegenerated%,%HOSTNAME%,%syslogtag%,%msg%\n"</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#example-temp2">例17.4「A wall message template」</a> shows a template that resembles a traditional wall message (a message that is send to every user that is logged in and has their <em class="parameter"><code>mesg(1)</code></em> permission set to <em class="parameter"><code>yes</code></em>). This template outputs the message text, along with a hostname, message tag and a timestamp, on a new line (using <code class="literal">\r</code> and <code class="literal">\n</code>) and rings the bell (using <code class="literal">\7</code>).
+					</div><div class="example" id="example-temp2"><h6>例17.4 A wall message template</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$template wallmsg,"\r\n\7Message from syslogd@%HOSTNAME% at %timegenerated% ...\r\n %syslogtag% %msg%\n\r"</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="#example-temp3">例17.5「A database formatted message template」</a> shows a template that formats a syslog message so that it can be used as a database query. Notice the use of the <em class="parameter"><code>sql</code></em> option at the end of the template specified as the template option. It tells the database writer to format the message as an MySQL <code class="systemitem">SQL</code> query.
+					</div><div class="example" id="example-temp3"><h6>例17.5 A database formatted message template</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$template dbFormat,"insert into SystemEvents (Message, Facility,FromHost, Priority, DeviceReportedTime, ReceivedAt, InfoUnitID, SysLogTag) values ('%msg%', %syslogfacility%, '%HOSTNAME%',%syslogpriority%, '%timereported:::date-mysql%', '%timegenerated:::date-mysql%', %iut%, '%syslogtag%')",sql</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> also contains a set of predefined templates identified by the <code class="literal">RSYSLOG_</code> prefix. It is advisable to not create a template using this prefix to avoid any conflicts. The following list shows these predefined templates along with their definitions.
+					</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_DebugFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"Debug line with all properties:\nFROMHOST: '%FROMHOST%', fromhost-ip: '%fromhost-ip%', HOSTNAME: '%HOSTNAME%', PRI: %PRI%,\nsyslogtag '%syslogtag%', programname: '%programname%', APP-NAME: '%APP-NAME%', PROCID: '%PROCID%', MSGID: '%MSGID%',\nTIMESTAMP: '%TIMESTAMP%', STRUCTURED-DATA: '%STRUCTURED-DATA%',\nmsg: '%msg%'\nescaped msg: '%msg:::drop-cc%'\nrawmsg: '%rawmsg%'\n\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_SyslogProtocol23Format</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"&lt;%PRI%&gt;1 %TIMESTAMP:::date-rfc3339% %HOSTNAME% %APP-NAME% %PROCID% %MSGID% %STRUCTURED-DATA% %msg%\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_FileFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"%TIMESTAMP:
 ::date-rfc3339% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg:::drop-last-lf%\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"%TIMESTAMP% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg:::drop-last-lf%\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_ForwardFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"&lt;%PRI%&gt;%TIMESTAMP:::date-rfc3339% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag:1:32%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg%\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_TraditionalForwardFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"&lt;%PRI%&gt;%TIMESTAMP% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag:1:32%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg%\"</pre></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rsyslog-cmd-options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 cla
 ss="title" id="s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Some of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>'s functionality can be configured through the command line options, as <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span>'s can. Note that as of version 3 of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>, this method was deprecated. To enable some of these option, you must specify the compatibility mode <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> should run in. However, configuring <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> through the command line options should be avoided.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To specify the compatibility mode <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> should run in, use the <code class="option">-c</code> option. When no parameter is specified, <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> tries to be compatible with <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span>. This is partially achieved by activating configuration directives that modify your configuration accordingly. Therefore, it is advisable to supply this option with a number that matches the major version of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> that is in use and update your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file accordingly. If you want to, for example, use <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span> options (which were deprecated in version 3 of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>), you can specify so by executing the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# rsyslogd -c 2</pre><div class="para">
+				Options that are passed to the <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> daemon, including the backward compatibility mode, can be specified in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/rsyslog</code> configuration file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on various <code class="command">rsyslogd</code> options, refer to <code class="command">man rsyslogd</code>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-locating"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-locating">17.2. ログファイルを探す</h2></div></div></div><a id="id716645" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Most log files are located in the <code class="filename">/var/log/</code> directory. Some applications such as <code class="command">httpd</code> and <code class="command">samba</code> have a directory within <code class="filename">/var/log/</code> for their log files.
+		</div><a id="id1642716" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id817727" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You may notice multiple files in the <code class="filename">/var/log/</code> directory with numbers after them (for example, <code class="filename">cron-20100906</code>). These numbers represent a timestamp that has been added to a rotated log file. Log files are rotated so their file sizes do not become too large. The <code class="filename">logrotate</code> package contains a cron task that automatically rotates log files according to the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.conf</code> configuration file and the configuration files in the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.d/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="configuring-logrotate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="configuring-logrotate">17.2.1. Configuring logrotate</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following is a sample <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# rotate log files weekly
+weekly
+# keep 4 weeks worth of backlogs
+rotate 4
+# uncomment this if you want your log files compressed
+compress
+</pre><div class="para">
+				All of the lines in the sample configuration file define global options that apply to every log file. In our example, log files are rotated weekly, rotated log files are kept for the duration of 4 weeks, and all rotated log files are compressed by <span class="application"><strong>gzip</strong></span> into the <code class="literal">.gz</code> format. Any lines that begin with a hash sign (#) are comments and are not processed
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You may define configuration options for a specific log file and place it under the global options. However, it is advisable to create a separate configuration file for any specific log file in the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.d/</code> directory and define any configuration options there.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is an example of a configuration file placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.d/</code> directory:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+/var/log/messages {
+    rotate 5
+    weekly
+    postrotate
+    /usr/bin/killall -HUP syslogd
+    endscript
+}
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The configuration options in this file are specific for the <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code> log file only. The settings specified here override the global settings where possible. Thus the rotated <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code> log file will be kept for five weeks instead of four weeks as was defined in the global options.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of some of the directives you can specify in your <span class="application"><strong>logrotate</strong></span> configuration file:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>weekly</code></em> — Specifies the rotation of log files on a weekly basis. Similar directives include: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>daily</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>monthly</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>yearly</code></em>
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>compress</code></em> — Enables compression of rotated log files. Similar directives include: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>nocompress</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>compresscmd</code></em> — Specifies the command to be used for compressing.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>uncompresscmd</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>compressext</code></em> — Specifies what extension is to be used for compressing.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>compressoptions</code></em> — Lets you specify any options that may be passed to the used compression program.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>delaycompress</code></em> — Postpones the compression of log files to the next rotation of log files.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>rotate <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;INTEGER&gt;</code></em> </code></em> — Specifies the number of rotations a log file undergoes before it is removed or mailed to a specific address. If the value <code class="constant">0</code> is specified, old log files are removed instead of rotated.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>mail <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ADDRESS&gt;</code></em> </code></em> — This option enables mailing of log files that have been rotated as many times as is defined by the <em class="parameter"><code>rotate</code></em> directive to the specified address. Similar directives include:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="parameter"><code>nomail</code></em>
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="parameter"><code>mailfirst</code></em> — Specifies that the just-rotated log files are to be mailed, instead of the about-to-expire log files.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="parameter"><code>maillast</code></em> — Specifies that the just-rotated log files are to be mailed, instead of the about-to-expire log files. This is the default option when <em class="parameter"><code>mail</code></em> is enabled.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For the full list of directives and various configuration options, refer to the <code class="command">logrotate</code> man page (<code class="command">man logrotate</code>).
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-viewing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-viewing">17.3. ログファイルの表示</h2></div></div></div><a id="id695215" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Most log files are in plain text format. You can view them with any text editor such as <code class="command">Vi</code> or <span class="application"><strong>Emacs</strong></span>. Some log files are readable by all users on the system; however, <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges are required to read most log files.
+		</div><a id="id897663" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To view system log files in an interactive, real-time application, use the <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the gnome-system-log package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				In order to use the <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">gnome-system-log</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install gnome-system-log</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			After you have installed the <span class="package">gnome-system-log</span> package, you can open the <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or type the following command at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">gnome-system-log</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The application only displays log files that exist; thus, the list might differ from the one shown in <a class="xref" href="#fig-redhat-logviewer">図17.1「 Log File Viewer 」</a>.
+		</div><a id="id849801" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1015264" class="indexterm"></a><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-logviewer"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer.png" alt="Log File Viewer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.1  Log File Viewer </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id907385" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> application lets you filter any existing log file. Click on <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filters</strong></span> from the menu and select <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Manage Filters</strong></span> to define or edit your desired filter.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-filters"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png" alt="Log File Viewer — filters" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — filters
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.2  Log File Viewer — filters </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			Adding or editing a filter lets you define its parameters as is shown in <a class="xref" href="#fig-redhat-filter-sample">図17.3「 Log File Viewer — defining a filter 」</a>.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-filter-sample"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png" alt="Log File Viewer — defining a filter" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — defining a filter
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.3  Log File Viewer — defining a filter </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			When defining a filter, you can edit the following parameters:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>Name</strong></span> — Specifies the name of the filter.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>Regular Expression</strong></span> — Specifies the regular expression that will be applied to the log file and will attempt to match any possible strings of text in it.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>Effect</strong></span>
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Highlight</strong></span> — If checked, the found results will be highlighted with the selected color. You may select whether to highlight the background or the foreground of the text.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Hide</strong></span> — If checked, the found results will be hidden from the log file you are viewing.
+						</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			When you have at least one filter defined, you may select it from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Filters</strong></span> menu and it will automatically search for the strings you have defined in the filter and highlight/hide every successful match in the log file you are currently viewing.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-filter-enable"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png" alt="Log File Viewer — enabling a filter" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — enabling a filter
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.4  Log File Viewer — enabling a filter </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			When you check the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Show matches only</strong></span> option, only the matched strings will be shown in the log file you are currently viewing.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-adding"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-adding">17.4. Adding a Log File</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To add a log file you wish to view in the list, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Open</strong></span>. This will display the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Open Log</strong></span> window where you can select the directory and file name of the log file you wish to view.<a class="xref" href="#fig-redhat-logviewer-add">図17.5「Log File Viewer — adding a log file」</a> illustrates the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Open Log</strong></span> window.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-logviewer-add"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-add.png" alt="Log File Viewer — adding a log file" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — adding a log file
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.5 Log File Viewer — adding a log file</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			Click on the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Open</strong></span> button to open the file. The file is immediately added to the viewing list where you can select it and view its contents.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Reading zipped log files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> also allows you to open log files zipped in the <code class="literal">.gz</code> format.
+			</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-examining"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-examining">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</h2></div></div></div><a id="id655445" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id966260" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> monitors all opened logs by default. If a new line is added to a monitored log file, the log name appears in bold in the log list. If the log file is selected or displayed, the new lines appear in bold at the bottom of the log file. <a class="xref" href="#fig-redhat-logviewer-monitoring">図17.6「Log File Viewer — new log alert」</a> illustrates a new alert in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>yum.log</strong></span> log file and in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>messages</strong></span> log file. Clicking on the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>messages</strong></span> log file displays the logs in the file with the new lines in bold.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-logviewer-monitoring"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png" alt="Log File Viewer — new log alert" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — new log alert
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.6 Log File Viewer — new log alert</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s1-log-files-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-log-files-additional-resources">17.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To learn more about <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>logrotate</strong></span>, and log files in general, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-log-files-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1067696" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">rsyslogd</code> manual page — Type <code class="command">man rsyslogd</code> to learn more about <code class="command">rsyslogd</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">rsyslog.conf</code> manual page — Type <code class="command">man rsyslog.conf</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/ </code> — After installing the <span class="package">rsyslog</span> package, this directory contains extensive documentation in the <code class="systemitem">html</code> format.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">logrotate</code> manual page — Type <code class="command">man logrotate</code> to learn more about <code class="command">logrotate</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-log-files-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-log-files-useful-websites">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><a id="id839096" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.rsyslog.com/">http://www.rsyslog.com/</a> — Offers a thorough technical breakdown of <span class="package">rsyslog</span> features, documentation, configuration examples, and video tutorials.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://wiki.rsyslog.com/index.php/Main_Page">http://wiki.rsyslog.com/index.php/Main_Page</a> — Contains useful <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration examples.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Automating_System_Tasks" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第18章 Automating System Tasks</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Configuring Cron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a hr
 ef="#s1-autotasks-at-batch">18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-batch-configuring">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-commandline-options">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access">18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-service">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-autotasks-additional-resources">18.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span cla
 ss="section"><a href="#s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id670513" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		In Linux, tasks, which are also known as <em class="firstterm">jobs</em>, can be configured to run automatically within a specified period of time, on a specified date, or when the system load average is below a specified number. Fedora is pre-configured to run important system tasks to keep the system updated. For example, the slocate database used by the <code class="command">locate</code> command is updated daily. A system administrator can use automated tasks to perform periodic backups, monitor the system, run custom scripts, and more.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora comes with several automated tasks utilities: <code class="command">cron</code>, <code class="command">at</code>, and <code class="command">batch</code>.
+	</div><a id="id1642304" class="indexterm"></a><div class="section" id="s1-autotasks-cron-anacron"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1099886" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id818580" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Both, Cron and Anacron, are daemons that can be used to schedule the execution of recurring tasks according to a combination of the time, day of the month, month, day of the week, and week.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Cron assumes that the system is on continuously. If the system is not on when a job is scheduled, it is not executed. Cron allows jobs to be run as often as every minute. Anacron does not assume the system is always on, remembers every scheduled job, and executes it the next time the system is up. However, Anacron can only run a job once a day. To schedule recurring jobs, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">「Configuring Anacron Jobs」</a> or <a class="xref" href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">「Configuring Cron Jobs」</a>. To schedule one-time jobs, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-autotasks-at-batch">「at コマンドと batch コマンド」</a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To use the cron service, the <code class="filename">cronie</code> RPM package must be installed and the <code class="command">crond</code> service must be running. <code class="filename">anacron</code> is a sub-package of <code class="filename">cronie</code>. To determine if these packages are installed, use the <code class="command">rpm -q cronie cronie-anacron</code> command.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-cron-service"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To determine if the service is running, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To start the cron service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To stop the service, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				It is recommended that you start the service at boot time. To do so, use the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-configuring-anacron-jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1749898" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1749911" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id695314" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id818225" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The main configuration file to schedule jobs is <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> (only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to modify this file), which contains the following lines:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">SHELL=/bin/sh
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+MAILTO=root
+# the maximal random delay added to the base delay of the jobs
+RANDOM_DELAY=45
+# the jobs will be started during the following hours only
+START_HOURS_RANGE=3-22
+
+#period in days   delay in minutes   job-identifier   command
+1         5     cron.daily    nice run-parts /etc/cron.daily
+7         25    cron.weekly   nice run-parts /etc/cron.weekly
+ at monthly  45    cron.monthly  nice run-parts /etc/cron.monthly</pre><div class="para">
+				The first three lines are variables used to configure the environment in which the anacron tasks are run. The <code class="computeroutput">SHELL</code> variable tells the system which shell environment to use (in this example the bash shell). The <code class="computeroutput">PATH</code> variable defines the path used to execute commands. The output of the anacron jobs are emailed to the username defined with the <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO</code> variable. If the <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO</code> variable is not defined, (i.e. is empty, <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO=</code>), email is not sent.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The next two lines are variables that modify the time for each scheduled job. The <code class="computeroutput">RANDOM_DELAY</code> variable denotes the maximum number of minutes that will be added to the <code class="filename">delay in minutes</code> variable which is specified for each job. The minimum delay value is set, by default, to 6 minutes. A <code class="computeroutput">RANDOM_DELAY</code> set to 12 would therefore add, randomly, between 6 and 12 minutes to the <code class="filename">delay in minutes</code> for each job in that particular anacrontab. <code class="computeroutput">RANDOM_DELAY</code> can also be set to a value below 6, or even 0. When set to 0, no random delay is added. This proves to be useful when, for example, more computers that share one network connection need to download the same data every day. The <code class="computeroutput">START_HOURS_RANGE</code> variable defines an interval (in hours) when scheduled jobs can be run. In case this time
  interval is missed, for example, due to a power down, then scheduled jobs are not executed that day.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The rest of the lines in the <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> file represent scheduled jobs and have the following format:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">period in days   delay in minutes   job-identifier   command</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">period in days</code> — specifies the frequency of execution of a job in days. This variable can be represented by an integer or a macro (<code class="computeroutput">@daily</code>, <code class="computeroutput">@weekly</code>, <code class="computeroutput">@monthly</code>), where <code class="computeroutput">@daily</code> denotes the same value as the integer 1, <code class="computeroutput">@weekly</code> the same as 7, and <code class="computeroutput">@monthly</code> specifies that the job is run once a month, independent on the length of the month.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">delay in minutes</code> — specifies the number of minutes anacron waits, if necessary, before executing a job. This variable is represented by an integer where 0 means no delay.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">job-identifier</code> — specifies a unique name of a job which is used in the log files.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">command</code> — specifies the command to execute. The command can either be a command such as <code class="computeroutput">ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</code> or a command to execute a custom script.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Any lines that begin with a hash sign (#) are comments and are not processed.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-anacron-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-anacron-examples">18.1.2.1. Examples of Anacron Jobs </h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The following example shows a simple <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">SHELL=/bin/sh
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+MAILTO=root
+
+# the maximal random delay added to the base delay of the jobs
+RANDOM_DELAY=30
+# the jobs will be started during the following hours only
+START_HOURS_RANGE=16-20
+
+#period in days   delay in minutes   job-identifier   command
+1         20    dailyjob      nice run-parts /etc/cron.daily
+7         25    weeklyjob     /etc/weeklyjob.bash
+ at monthly  45    monthlyjob    ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</pre><div class="para">
+					All jobs defined in this <code class="filename">anacrontab</code> file are randomly delayed by 6-30 minutes and can be executed between 16:00 and 20:00. Thus, the first defined job will run anywhere between 16:26 and 16:50 every day. The command specified for this job will execute all present programs in the <code class="filename">/etc/cron.daily</code> directory (using the <code class="command">run-parts</code> script which takes a directory as a command-line argument and sequentially executes every program within that directory). The second specified job will be executed once a week and will execute the <code class="filename">weeklyjob.bash</code> script in the <code class="filename">/etc</code> directory. The third job is executed once a month and runs a command to write the contents of the <code class="filename">/proc</code> to the <code class="filename">/tmp/proc</code> file (e.g. <code class="computeroutput">ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</code>).
+				</div><div class="section" id="s3-disabling-anacron"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-disabling-anacron">18.1.2.1.1. Disabling Anacron</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						In case your system is continuously on and you do not require anacron to run your scheduled jobs, you may uninstall the <code class="filename">cronie-anacron</code> package. Thus, you will be able to define jobs using crontabs only.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-configuring-cron-jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Configuring Cron Jobs</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1194591" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1194605" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id971246" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1058700" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The configuration file to configure cron jobs, <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> (only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to modify this file), contains the following lines:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">SHELL=/bin/bash
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+MAILTO=root
+HOME=/
+# For details see man 4 crontabs
+# Example of job definition:
+# .---------------- minute (0 - 59)
+# | .------------- hour (0 - 23)
+# | | .---------- day of month (1 - 31)
+# | | | .------- month (1 - 12) OR jan,feb,mar,apr ...
+# | | | | .---- day of week (0 - 6) (Sunday=0 or 7) OR sun,mon,tue,wed,thu,fri,sat
+# | | | | |
+# * * * * * user command to be executed</pre><div class="para">
+				The first three lines contain the same variables as an <code class="filename">anacrontab</code> file, <code class="computeroutput">SHELL</code>, <code class="computeroutput">PATH</code> and <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO</code>. For more information about these variables, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">「Configuring Anacron Jobs」</a>. The fourth line contains the <code class="computeroutput">HOME</code> variable. The <code class="computeroutput">HOME</code> variable can be used to set the home directory to use when executing commands or scripts.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The rest of the lines in the <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> file represent scheduled jobs and have the following format:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">minute   hour   day   month   day of week   user   command</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">minute</code> — any integer from 0 to 59
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">hour</code> — any integer from 0 to 23
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">day</code> — any integer from 1 to 31 (must be a valid day if a month is specified)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">month</code> — any integer from 1 to 12 (or the short name of the month such as jan or feb)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">day of week</code> — any integer from 0 to 7, where 0 or 7 represents Sunday (or the short name of the week such as sun or mon)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">user</code> — specifies the user under which the jobs are run
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">command</code> — the command to execute (the command can either be a command such as <code class="command">ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</code> or the command to execute a custom script)
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				上記のいずれの値にも、アスタリスク (*) を使用すると、すべての有効な値が指定されます。たとえば、月の値にアスタリスクを使用すると、コマンドはその他の値による制約の範囲内で毎月実行されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A hyphen (-) between integers specifies a range of integers. For example, <strong class="userinput"><code>1-4</code></strong> means the integers 1, 2, 3, and 4.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A list of values separated by commas (,) specifies a list. For example, <strong class="userinput"><code>3, 4, 6, 8</code></strong> indicates those four specific integers.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The forward slash (/) can be used to specify step values. The value of an integer can be skipped within a range by following the range with <strong class="userinput"><code>/<em class="replaceable"><code>integer</code></em></code></strong>. For example, <strong class="userinput"><code>0-59/2</code></strong> can be used to define every other minute in the minute field. Step values can also be used with an asterisk. For instance, the value <strong class="userinput"><code>*/3</code></strong> can be used in the month field to run the task every third month.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Any lines that begin with a hash sign (#) are comments and are not processed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Users other than <code class="systemitem">root</code> can configure cron tasks by using the <code class="command">crontab</code> utility. All user-defined crontabs are stored in the <code class="filename">/var/spool/cron/</code> directory and are executed using the usernames of the users that created them. To create a crontab as a user, login as that user and type the command <code class="command">crontab -e</code> to edit the user's crontab using the editor specified by the <code class="computeroutput">VISUAL</code> or <code class="computeroutput">EDITOR</code> environment variable. The file uses the same format as <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code>. When the changes to the crontab are saved, the crontab is stored according to username and written to the file <code class="filename">/var/spool/cron/<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> </code>. To list the contents of your own personal crontab file, use the <code class="command">crontab -l</code> com
 mand.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not specify a user</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					When using the <code class="command">crontab</code> utility, there is no need to specify a user when defining a job.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/cron.d/</code> directory contains files that have the same syntax as the <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> file. Only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to create and modify files in this directory.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not restart the daemon to apply the changes</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The cron daemon checks the <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> file, the <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> file, the <code class="filename">/etc/cron.d/</code> directory, and the <code class="filename">/var/spool/cron/</code> directory every minute for any changes. If any changes are found, they are loaded into memory. Thus, the daemon does not need to be restarted if an anacrontab or a crontab file is changed.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-cron-access"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/cron.allow</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/cron.deny</code> files are used to restrict access to cron. The format of both access control files is one username on each line. Whitespace is not permitted in either file. The cron daemon (<code class="command">crond</code>) does not have to be restarted if the access control files are modified. The access control files are checked each time a user tries to add or delete a cron job.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">root</code> user can always use cron, regardless of the usernames listed in the access control files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the file <code class="filename">cron.allow</code> exists, only users listed in it are allowed to use cron, and the <code class="filename">cron.deny</code> file is ignored.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="filename">cron.allow</code> does not exist, users listed in <code class="filename">cron.deny</code> are not allowed to use cron.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Access can also be controlled through Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM). These settings are stored in <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code>. For example, adding the following line in this file forbids creating crontabs for all users except the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">-:ALL EXCEPT root :cron</pre><div class="para">
+				The forbidden jobs are logged in an appropriate log file or, when using “crontab -e”, returned to the standard output. For more information, refer to <code class="filename">access.conf.5</code> (i.e. <code class="command">man 5 access.conf</code>).
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Black/White listing of jobs is used to omit parts of the defined jobs that do not need to be executed. When calling the <code class="command">run-parts</code> script on a cron folder, such as <code class="filename">/etc/cron.daily</code>, we can define which of the programs in this folder will not be executed by <code class="command">run-parts</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To define a black list, create a <code class="filename">jobs.deny</code> file in the folder that <code class="command">run-parts</code> will be executing from. For example, if we need to omit a particular program from /etc/cron.daily, then, a file <code class="filename">/etc/cron.daily/jobs.deny</code> has to be created. In this file, specify the names of the omitted programs from the same directory. These will not be executed when a command, such as <code class="computeroutput">run-parts /etc/cron.daily</code>, is executed by a specific job.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To define a white list, create a <code class="filename">jobs.allow</code> file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The principles of <code class="filename">jobs.deny</code> and <code class="filename">jobs.allow</code> are the same as those of <code class="filename">cron.deny</code> and <code class="filename">cron.allow</code> described in section <a class="xref" href="#s2-autotasks-cron-access">「Cron へのアクセスの制御」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-autotasks-at-batch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-autotasks-at-batch">18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</h2></div></div></div><a id="id866993" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id867007" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			While cron is used to schedule recurring tasks, the <code class="command">at</code> command is used to schedule a one-time task at a specific time and the <code class="command">batch</code> command is used to schedule a one-time task to be executed when the systems load average drops below 0.8.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To use <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code>, the <code class="filename">at</code> RPM package must be installed, and the <code class="command">atd</code> service must be running. To determine if the package is installed, use the <code class="command">rpm -q at</code> command. To determine if the service is running, use the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active atd.service</code></pre><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To schedule a one-time job at a specific time, type the command <code class="command">at <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> </code>, where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> </code> is the time to execute the command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				引数 <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> は次のいずれかを指定できます。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						HH:MM format — For example, 04:00 specifies 4:00 a.m. If the time is already past, it is executed at the specified time the next day.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						midnight — Specifies 12:00 a.m.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						noon — Specifies 12:00 p.m.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						teatime — Specifies 4:00 p.m.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						month-name day year format — For example, January 15 2002 specifies the 15th day of January in the year 2002. The year is optional.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						MMDDYY, MM/DD/YY, or MM.DD.YY formats — For example, 011502 for the 15th day of January in the year 2002.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						now + time — time is in minutes, hours, days, or weeks. For example, now + 5 days specifies that the command should be executed at the same time five days from now.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				The time must be specified first, followed by the optional date. For more information about the time format, read the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/at-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/timespec</code> text file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After typing the <code class="command">at</code> command with the time argument, the <code class="prompt">at&gt;</code> prompt is displayed. Type the command to execute, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span>, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Multiple commands can be specified by typing each command followed by the <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> key. After typing all the commands, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to go to a blank line and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Alternatively, a shell script can be entered at the prompt, pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> after each line in the script, and pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> on a blank line to exit. If a script i
 s entered, the shell used is the shell set in the user's <code class="envar">SHELL</code> environment, the user's login shell, or <code class="command">/bin/sh</code> (whichever is found first).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the set of commands or script tries to display information to standard output, the output is emailed to the user.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Use the command <code class="command">atq</code> to view pending jobs. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing">「保留ジョブの表示」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Usage of the <code class="command">at</code> command can be restricted. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access">「at と batch へのアクセスの制御」</a> for details.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To execute a one-time task when the load average is below 0.8, use the <code class="command">batch</code> command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After typing the <code class="command">batch</code> command, the <code class="prompt">at&gt;</code> prompt is displayed. Type the command to execute, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span>, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Multiple commands can be specified by typing each command followed by the <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> key. After typing all the commands, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to go to a blank line and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Alternatively, a shell script can be entered at the prompt, pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> after each line in the script, and pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> on a blank line to exit. If a script is entered, the shell
  used is the shell set in the user's <code class="envar">SHELL</code> environment, the user's login shell, or <code class="command">/bin/sh</code> (whichever is found first). As soon as the load average is below 0.8, the set of commands or script is executed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				標準出力に情報を表示するコマンドやスクリプトを入力した場合、この出力はユーザーに電子メールで送信されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Use the command <code class="command">atq</code> to view pending jobs. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing">「保留ジョブの表示」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Usage of the <code class="command">batch</code> command can be restricted. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access">「at と batch へのアクセスの制御」</a> for details.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To view pending <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> jobs, use the <code class="command">atq</code> command. The <code class="command">atq</code> command displays a list of pending jobs, with each job on a line. Each line follows the job number, date, hour, job class, and username format. Users can only view their own jobs. If the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user executes the <code class="command">atq</code> command, all jobs for all users are displayed.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-commandline-options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-commandline-options">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Additional command line options for <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> include:
+			</div><div class="table" id="tb-at-command-line-options"><h6>表18.1  <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary=" at and batch Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-f</code>
+							</td><td>
+								コマンドやシェルスクリプトはプロンプトで指定するのではなく、ファイルから読み込む
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-m</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ジョブが完了したら、ユーザーに電子メールを送信する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-v</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ジョブが実行される時刻を表示する
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access">18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/at.allow</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/at.deny</code> files can be used to restrict access to the <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> commands. The format of both access control files is one username on each line. Whitespace is not permitted in either file. The <code class="command">at</code> daemon (<code class="command">atd</code>) does not have to be restarted if the access control files are modified. The access control files are read each time a user tries to execute the <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code> commands.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">root</code> user can always execute <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> commands, regardless of the access control files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the file <code class="filename">at.allow</code> exists, only users listed in it are allowed to use <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code>, and the <code class="filename">at.deny</code> file is ignored.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="filename">at.allow</code> does not exist, users listed in <code class="filename">at.deny</code> are not allowed to use <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To start the <code class="command">at</code> service, use the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start atd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To stop the service, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop atd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				It is recommended that you start the service at boot time. To do so, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable atd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-autotasks-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-autotasks-additional-resources">18.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1066421" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1066435" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id735086" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			自動化タスクに関する詳細は、次のリソースを参照してください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">cron</code> man page — contains an overview of cron.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">crontab</code> man pages in sections 1 and 5 — The man page in section 1 contains an overview of the <code class="filename">crontab</code> file. The man page in section 5 contains the format for the file and some example entries.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">anacron</code> man page — contains an overview of anacron.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">anacrontab</code> man page — contains an overview of the <code class="filename">anacrontab</code> file.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/at-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/timespec</code> contains more detailed information about the times that can be specified for cron jobs.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">at</code> man page — description of <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> and their command line options.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-abrt" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1027869">19.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1198828">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#abrt-plugins">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#reporter-plugins">19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-plugins-in-the-gui">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#generating-backtrace">19.4. Generating Backtraces</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#troublesh
 ooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id902924">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id870678">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id754092">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id1056210">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring">19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-centralized-crash-collection">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#id927404">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#testing-upload-method">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#configuring-automatic-reporting">19.8. Config
 uring Automatic Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id1027869">19.1. Overview</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is the <span class="application"><strong>Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool</strong></span>. <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> consists of a daemon that runs silently in the background most of the time. It springs into action when an application crashes. It then collects the relevant crash data such as a core file if there is one, the crashing application's command line parameters, and other contextual puzzle pieces of forensic utility. Finally, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is capable of reporting crash data to a relevant issue tracker, such as Red Hat Bugzilla. Reporting crash data to a relevant issue tracker can be configured to happen automatically at every detected crash, or crash dumps can be stored locally, reviewed, reported, and deleted manually by a user. <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s various plugins analyze crash data from applications writt
 en in the C, C++ and Python language, as well as report crashes to relevant issue trackers.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> package consists of:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">abrtd</code>, the system service
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>abrt-applet</strong></span>, which runs in the user's Notification Area
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>abrt-gui</strong></span>, the GUI application that shows collected crash dumps and allows you to edit, report, and delete them
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>abrt-cli</strong></span>, the command line interface with functionality similar to <span class="application"><strong>abrt-gui</strong></span>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			You can open the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Automatic Bug Reporting Tool</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-ABRT-Main_Window"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/abrt.png" align="middle" alt="The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool main window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool main window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図19.1 The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool main window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			A number of additional packages can be installed to provide <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> plugins and addons. To view all the available <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> packages, type the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum list all | grep abrt</code></pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id1198828">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			By default, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> should be installed on your system, the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon configured to run at boot time, and <span class="application"><strong>abrt-applet</strong></span> to run in the Notification Area of your desktop session.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the ABRT packages</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				In order to use <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>, first ensure the <code class="command">abrt-desktop</code> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install abrt-desktop</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is typically configured to start up at boot time. You can check that the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon is running by running the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active abrtd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			If you receive <code class="computeroutput">abrt is stopped</code>, you can start the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> service by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start abrtd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			You can ensure that the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> service initializes at startup time by running the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable abrtd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s applet can be started by hand by running the <code class="command">abrt-applet</code> program as a normal user when logged into your desktop session, or by arranging for it to be started when the GUI session is initialized.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-ABRT-Notification_Area_alarm_icon"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/abrt-alert.png" alt="The ABRT problem report" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The ABRT problem report
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図19.2 The ABRT problem report</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			When a crash is detected and saved, a broadcast <code class="systemitem">D-Bus</code> message is sent about this crash. If <code class="command">abrt-applet</code> is running, it receives this message and displays an alarm icon in the Notification Area. You can open the GUI application by clicking on this icon.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Alternatively, you can open the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Automatic Bug Reporting Tool</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="abrt-plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="abrt-plugins">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> offers a variety of analyzer plugins and reporter plugins. These plugins are described in the following two sections. Not all of the plugins mentioned in the following sections are installed by default. To view all available plugins, run the following command: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum list all | grep abrt-plugin-*</code></pre>
+
+		</div><div class="section" id="analyzer-plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				These plugins serve as analyzers and crash information collectors for specific types of crashes. For example, the <span class="application"><strong>Kerneloops</strong></span> analyzer plugin checks for crashes in the kernel only. These plugins can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in their corresponding configuration files placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/</code> directory. The following is a list of all analyzer plugins.
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Kerneloops</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Checks for crashes in the kernel and consequently collects kernel crash information. It can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Kerneloops.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Python</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Checks for crashes in Python programs and consequently collects the crash information. It can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Python.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">CCpp</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Checks for crashes in C and C++ programs and consequently collects the crash information. It can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="reporter-plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="reporter-plugins">19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				These plugins gather the crash data acquired by the analyzer plugins, combine the data with any user input (such as comments about the crash, reproducibility, etc.), and provide a specific output. Each of these plugins is configurable in its corresponding configuration file placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/</code> directory or in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application (for more information on reporter plugin configuration in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application, refer to <a class="xref" href="#configuring-plugins-in-the-gui">「Plugin Configuration in the GUI」</a>).
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">MailX</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Sends a crash report via the <span class="application"><strong>mailx</strong></span> utility to a specified email address.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Report Uploader</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Uploads a tarball with crash data into a <code class="systemitem">FTP</code>/<code class="systemitem">SCP</code> server
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Bugzilla</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Reports crashes into Bugzilla in the form of Bugzilla database entries.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Creates a crash report and saves it to a specified local file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can override the system-wide plugin configuration in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/*.conf</code> configuration files on a per-user basis. Each of the plugins specified in section <a class="xref" href="#reporter-plugins">「Reporter Plugins」</a> can be configured in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application. Open the plugins window by clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Event configuration</strong></span>. This window shows a list of all installed plugins. When you select one of the configurable plugins, you can click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Configure Event</strong></span> button and you will be able to configure your desired plugin. If you change any of the plugins' parameters, they are saved in the GNOME Keyring and will be used in the future GUI sessions.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not store sensitive data in global configuration files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					All of the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/*.conf</code> configuration files are world readable and are meant to be used as global settings. Thus, it is not advisable to store usernames, passwords or any other sensitive data in them. The per-user settings (set in the GUI application and readable by the owner of $HOME only) are stored in the Gnome keyring or can be stored in a text file in <code class="filename">$HOME/.abrt/*.conf</code> for use in <code class="command">abrt-cli</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="figure" id="mediaobj-abrt-plugins"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/abrt-event-configuration.png" alt="ABRT plugins" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							ABRT plugins
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図19.3 ABRT plugins</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of all configuration options available for each configurable plugin in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application.
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">MailX</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>MailX plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameters:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Subject</strong></span> — A string that appears in the <code class="literal">Subject</code> field of a crash report email sent by <span class="application"><strong>mailx</strong></span> (by default, set to <code class="literal">"[abrt] crash report"</code>).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Your Email</strong></span> — A string that appears in the <code class="literal">From</code> field of a crash report email.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Recipient's Email</strong></span> — Email address of the recipient of a crash report email.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Send Binary Data</strong></span> option is checked, the crash report email will also contain all binary files associated with the crash in an attachment. The core dump file is also sent as an attachment.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">ReportUploader</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>ReportUploader plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameters:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Customer</strong></span> — Specifies customer's identification.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Ticket</strong></span> — Specifies the Ticket ID number in a specific issue tracker that collects crash reports.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>URL</strong></span> — Specifies the URL of the issue tracker used to collect crash reports.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Retry count</strong></span> — Specifies the number of retries should an upload fail.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Retry delay</strong></span> — Specifies the number or seconds between two retries.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Use encryption</strong></span> option is checked, the crash report sent to the issue tracker is encrypted.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Upload</strong></span> option is checked, all crash reports are uploaded to the specified issue tracker. If the option is unchecked, all crash reports are saved locally.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Bugzilla</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bugzilla plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameters:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Bugzilla URL</strong></span> — Specifies the Bugzilla URL where crash dumps are sent (by default, set to <a href="https://bugzilla.redhat.com">https://bugzilla.redhat.com</a>).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Login (email)</strong></span> — User login which is used to log into Bugzilla and create a Bugzilla database entry for a reported crash.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span> — Password used to log into Bugzilla.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>SSL verify</strong></span> option is checked, the <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> protocol is used when sending the data over the network.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Logger plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameter:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Logger file</strong></span> — Specifies a file into which the crash reports are saved (by default, set to <code class="filename">/var/log/abrt.log</code>).
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Append new logs</strong></span> option is checked, the Logger plugin will append new crash reports to the log file specified in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Logger file</strong></span> option. When unchecked, the new crash report always replaces the previous one.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="generating-backtrace"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="generating-backtrace">19.4. Generating Backtraces</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In order to analyze a reported crash, developers need as much detail about the crash as possible. A <em class="firstterm">stack backtrace</em> is an important source of information when a crash in a binary program (caught by the <code class="command">CCpp</code> analyzer plugin) occurs.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is configured to generate a backtrace whenever a crash is reported through the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application or the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> command line interface.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> completes the following steps to generate a backtrace:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It examines the core dump (which consists of the recorded contents of the memory of an application at a specific time), which is saved in the crash dump directory. From this file, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> extracts the information about the crashed binary program and information about every loaded dynamic library.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It queries <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> to determine which <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages correspond to all the files extracted from the crash dump. This is the first potentially slow operation. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> may need to refresh the <em class="parameter"><code>filelists</code></em> of various repositories in order to find the correct package names. This process may take a few minutes.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It downloads the needed <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages, and extracts and saves the <code class="command">debuginfo</code> files. In order to speed up future backtrace generation, <code class="command">debuginfo</code> files are cached in the <code class="filename">/var/cache/abrt-di</code> directory.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It generates a backtrace using <span class="application"><strong>GDB</strong></span> (the GNU Debugger) and saves it into the crash dump directory.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			You can change the following backtrace generation parameters in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code> file:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">Backtrace = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em></code> — Enables/Disables backtrace generation.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">BacktraceRemotes = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em></code> — For more information about this parameter, refer to <a class="xref" href="#configuring-centralized-crash-collection">「Configuring Centralized Crash Collection」</a>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">InstallDebugInfo = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em></code> — Enables/Disables the installation of <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages (useful if your network is not available or it is firewalled).
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">ReadonlyLocalDebugInfoDirs = /path1:/path2:...</code> — Specifies the paths of local repositories (available, for example, through a network mount) that contain pre-downloaded <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">DebugInfoCacheMB = <code class="constant">4000</code></code> — Specifies the maximum size of the cached <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages in the <code class="filename">/var/cache/abrt-di</code> directory.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="troubleshooting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="troubleshooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				In some cases, a long delay in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application occurs after choosing a crash and pressing the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Report</strong></span> button. In this case, open the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Details</strong></span> in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generating backtrace</strong></span> window and examine the messages.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a typical output seen in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generating backtrace</strong></span> window:
+			</div><pre class="screen">Starting the debuginfo installation
+Getting list of build IDs
+12 missing debuginfos, getting package list from cache
+12 missing debuginfos, getting package list from repositories
+Downloading 7 packages
+Download 1/7: acl-debuginfo-2.2.49-6.fc13.x86_64
+Unpacking: acl-debuginfo-2.2.49-6.fc13.x86_64.rpm
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/3d/e20df1db609bd9313b1dc440796004f95911fd.debug
+Download 2/7: firefox-debuginfo-3.6.7-1.fc13.x86_64
+Unpacking: firefox-debuginfo-3.6.7-1.fc13.x86_64.rpm
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/3d/b29c9308cb276431ce8854a2d88cf83518afc6.debug
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/a3/86884285365c8288e4e761ec034fafaa1daee1.debug
+â‹®
+Download 7/7: zlib-debuginfo-1.2.3-23.fc12.x86_64
+Unpacking: zlib-debuginfo-1.2.3-23.fc12.x86_64.rpm
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/f7/933750da80f555321576e72b375caf7a3cc075.debug
+All needed debuginfos are present
+Generating backtrace</pre><div class="para">
+				This process is performed by the <span class="application"><strong>/usr/bin/abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> shell script. This script uses a temporary directory (e.g. <code class="filename">/var/run/abrt/tmp-29177-1283344373</code>) for its operations. Normally, this directory is removed when <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> exits.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the <span class="package">debuginfo</span> installation hangs, or is unable to download anything, you may debug the problem by editing the <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> script. Change the following parameters:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">debug=false
+keep_tmp=false</pre><div class="para">
+				at the top of the script to:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">debug=true
+keep_tmp=true</pre><div class="para">
+				The first parameter instructs <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> to be verbose, the second parameter instructs <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> to not delete the <code class="filename">/var/run/abrt/tmp-NNN-NNN</code> directory. You can examine the log files in this directory, they may contain useful error messages.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> uses <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>yumdownloader</strong></span> to handle the <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages. In order to quickly check that your <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> configuration does not cause any problems which prevent <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> from working properly, change to the <code class="filename">/tmp</code> directory and run the following commands, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">tmp]# <code class="command">yum --enablerepo=*debuginfo* --quiet provides /usr/bin/true</code>
+tmp]# <code class="command">yumdownloader --enablerepo=*debuginfo* --quiet coreutils</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Both of these commands should complete successfully, with no error messages. The second command should download the <code class="filename">coreutils-*.rpm</code> file. If any error messages appear, check your <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> configuration files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/*</code> directory and the <code class="filename">/etc/yum/*</code> directory. If any of these commands hang, check that you do not have another instance of <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> running, and that your network connection is working properly.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id902924">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Crashes detected by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> can be viewed, reported, and deleted using the command line interface.
+		</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id870678">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To get a list of all crashes, simply enter <code class="command">abrt-cli --list</code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli -l</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">abrt-cli --list</code>
+0.
+   UID        : 500
+   UUID       : 784b06666020e9f43718d99bf2649f19b4f251a9
+   Package    : bash-4.1.2-3.el6
+   Executable : /bin/bash
+   Crash Time : Tue 20 Jul 2010 03:22:52 PM CEST
+   Crash Count: 2
+1.
+   UID        : 500
+   UUID       : 48007b98d65cca4530d99a564379e2609169239d
+   Package    : coreutils-8.4-9.el6
+   Executable : /bin/sleep
+   Crash Time : Tue 20 Jul 2010 03:22:00 PM CEST
+   Crash Count: 1</pre><div class="para">
+				This output contains basic information for every crash. The <code class="computeroutput">UID:</code> field shows the ID of the user which ran the program that caused the crash. The <code class="computeroutput">Package</code> field shows the name and version of the Fedora package that contains the program, and the <code class="computeroutput">Executable</code> field shows the location of the binary or script that crashed. The <code class="computeroutput">Crash Count</code> field indicates how many times the same crash happened.
+			</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id754092">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To report a certain crash, enter <code class="command">abrt-cli --report <em class="replaceable"><code>UUID</code></em></code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli --r <em class="replaceable"><code>UUID</code></em></code>, where <code class="varname">UUID</code> is a Universally Unique Identifier of a crash from the list of crashes; to view this list, execute the <code class="command">abrt-cli --list</code> command. You do not need to remember the exact <code class="varname">UUID</code>; either use a mouse to copy and paste it, or enter a unique prefix and press <span class="keycap"><strong>ENTER</strong></span>.
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">abrt-cli --report 480</code>
+<span class="keycap"><strong>&lt;ENTER&gt;</strong></span>
+&gt;&gt; Starting report creation...</pre><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> analyzes the crash and creates a report about it. This might take a while. When the report is ready, <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> opens a text editor with the content of the report. You can see what is being reported, and you can fill in instructions on how to reproduce the crash and other comments. You should also check the backtrace, because the backtrace might be sent to a public server and viewed by anyone, depending on the plugin settings.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Selecting a preferred text editor</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You can choose which text editor is used to check the reports. <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> uses the editor defined in the <code class="envar">ABRT_EDITOR</code> environment variable. If the variable is not defined, it checks the <code class="envar">VISUAL</code> and <code class="envar">EDITOR</code> variables. If none of these variables is set, <code class="command">vi</code> is used. You can set the preferred editor in your <code class="filename">.bashrc</code> configuration file. For example, if you prefer GNU Emacs, add the following line to the file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">export <code class="varname">VISUAL</code>=<strong class="userinput"><code>emacs</code></strong></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+				When you are done with the report, save your changes and close the editor. You will be asked which of the enabled <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> plugins you want to use to send the report. Respond <span class="keycap"><strong>Y</strong></span> to send the report using your desired plugin or <span class="keycap"><strong>N</strong></span> to skip a plugin you wish not to use.
+			</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id1056210">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				If you know that you do not want to report a certain crash dump, you can delete it from the crash list. To delete a certain crash dump, enter the command: <code class="command">abrt-cli --delete <em class="replaceable"><code>UUID</code></em> </code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> performs a detection of duplicate crashes by comparing new crashes with all locally saved crashes. For a repeating crash, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> requires you to act upon it only once. However, if you delete the crash dump of that crash, the next time this specific crash occurs, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> will treat it as a new crash: <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> will alert you about it, prompt you to fill in a description, and report it. This can be redundant, therefore, deleting a crash is not advisable.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="configuring">19.6. Configuring ABRT</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s main configuration file is <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>. <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> plugins can be configured through their configuration files, located in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Restart the abrtd daemon to apply the changes</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				After changing and saving the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file, you must restart the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon—as <code class="systemitem">root</code>—for the new settings to take effect:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart abrtd.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following configuration directives are currently supported in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>.
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><h6>[ Common ] Section Directives</h6><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">OpenGPGCheck = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Setting the <code class="computeroutput">OpenGPGCheck</code> directive to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> (the default setting) tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> analyze and handle crashes in applications provided by packages which are signed by the GPG keys whose locations are listed in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/gpg_keys</code> file. Setting <em class="parameter"><code>OpenGPGCheck</code></em> to <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong> tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to catch crashes in all programs.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">BlackList = nspluginwrapper, valgrind, strace, avant-window-navigator, [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>additional_packages</code></em> </span>] </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Crashes in packages and binaries listed after the <em class="parameter"><code>BlackList</code></em> directive will not be handled by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>. If you want <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to ignore other packages and binaries, list them here separated by commas.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">ProcessUnpackaged = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> whether to process crashes in executables that do not belong to any package.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">BlackListedPaths = <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/*</code>, <code class="filename">*/example*</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Crashes in executables in these paths will be ignored by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Database = SQLite3</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive instructs <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to store its crash data in the <span class="application"><strong>SQLite3</strong></span> database. Other databases are not currently supported. However, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s plugin architecture allows for future support for alternative databases.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">#WatchCrashdumpArchiveDir = /var/spool/abrt-upload/</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive is commented out by default. Enable (uncomment) it if you want <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> to auto-unpack crashdump tarballs which appear in the specified directory — in this case <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt-upload/</code> — (for example, uploaded via <code class="systemitem">ftp</code>, <code class="systemitem">scp</code>, etc.). You must ensure that whatever directory you specify in this directive exists and is writable for <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code>. <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> will not create it automatically.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">MaxCrashReportsSize = <em class="replaceable"><code>size_in_megabytes</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This option sets the amount of storage space, in megabytes, used by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to store all crash information from all users. The default setting is <code class="constant">1000</code> MB. Once the quota specified here has been met, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> will continue catching crashes, and in order to make room for the new crash dumps, it will delete the oldest and largest ones.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">ActionsAndReporters = SOSreport, [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>additional_plugins</code></em> </span>] </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This option tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to run the specified plugin(s) immediately after a crash is detected and saved. For example, the <strong class="userinput"><code>SOSreport</code></strong> plugin runs the <code class="systemitem">sosreport</code> tool which adds the data collected by it to the created crash dump. You can turn this behavior off by commenting out this line. For further fine-tuning, you can add <strong class="userinput"><code>SOSreport</code></strong> (or any other specified plugin) to either the <em class="parameter"><code>CCpp</code></em> or <em class="parameter"><code>Python</code></em> options to make <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> run <code class="command">sosreport</code> (or any other specified plugin) after any C and C++ or Python applications crash, respectively. For more information on various Action and Reporter plugins, refer to <a class="xref" href="#abrt-plugins">「 ABRT Plugins
 」</a>
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="variablelist"><h6>[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ] Section Directives</h6><div class="para">
+				This section allows you to associate certain analyzer actions and reporter actions to run when <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> catches kernel oopses or crashes in C, C++ or Python programs. The actions and reporters specified in any of the directives below will run only if you run <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> and report the crash that occurred. If you do not specify any actions and reporters in these directives, you will not be able to report a crash via <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli</code>. The order of actions and reporters is important. Commenting out a directive, will cause <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> not to catch the crashes associated with that directive. For example, commenting out the Kerneloops line will cause <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> not to catch kernel oopses.
+			</div><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Kerneloops = Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive specifies that, for kernel oopses, the Logger reporter will be run.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">CCpp = Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive specifies that, when C or C++ program crashes occur, the Logger reporter will be run.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Python = Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive specifies that, when Python program crashes occur, the Logger reporter will be run.
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+			Each of these destinations' details can be specified in the corresponding <code class="filename">plugins/*.conf</code> file. All these options can also be configured through the <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> application (for more information on plugin configuration refer to <a class="xref" href="#abrt-plugins">「 ABRT Plugins」</a>).
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><h6>[ Cron ] Section Directives</h6><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> = <em class="replaceable"><code>action_to_run</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">[ Cron ]</code> section of <code class="filename">abrt.conf</code> allows you to specify the exact time, or elapsed amount of time between, when <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> should run a certain action, such as scanning for kernel oopses or performing file transfers. You can list further actions to run by appending them to the end of this section.
+					</div><div class="example" id="ex-_Cron__section_of__etc_abrt_abrt.conf"><h6>例19.1 [ Cron ] section of /etc/abrt/abrt.conf</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting"># Which Action plugins to run repeatedly
+[ Cron ]
+# h:m - at h:m
+# s - every s seconds
+120 = KerneloopsScanner
+#02:00 = FileTransfer</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						The format for an entry is either <strong class="userinput"><code>time_in_seconds = <em class="replaceable"><code>action_to_run</code></em> </code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>hh:mm = action_to_run </code></strong>, where <strong class="userinput"><code>hh</code></strong> (hour) is in the range <code class="constant">00-23</code> (all hours less than 10 should be zero-filled, i.e. preceded by a <code class="constant">0</code>), and <strong class="userinput"><code>mm</code></strong> (minute) is <code class="constant">00-59</code>, zero-filled likewise.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="configuring-centralized-crash-collection"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="configuring-centralized-crash-collection">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			You can set up <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> so that crash reports are collected from multiple systems and sent to a dedicated system for further processing. This is useful when an administrator does not want to log into hundreds of systems and manually check for crashes found by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>. In order to use this method, you need to install the <span class="application"><strong>abrt-plugin-reportuploader</strong></span> plugin (<code class="command">yum install abrt-plugin-reportuploader</code>).
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The steps to configure <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s centralized crash collection are:
+		</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Complete the following steps on a dedicated system ("server system"):
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Create a directory to which you want the crash reports to be uploaded to. Usually, <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt-upload/</code> is used (the rest of the document assumes you are using <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt-upload/</code>). Make sure this directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">abrt</code> user.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The abrt user and group</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								When the <span class="package">abrt-desktop</span> package is installed, it creates a new system user and a group, both named <code class="systemitem">abrt</code>. This user is used by the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon for various things, for example, as the owner:group of <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt/*</code> directories.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							In the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file, set the <code class="varname">WatchCrashdumpArchiveDir</code> directive to the following: 
+<pre class="programlisting">WatchCrashdumpArchiveDir = /var/spool/abrt-upload/</pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Determine your preferred upload mechanism; for example, <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> or <code class="systemitem">SCP</code>. For more information on how to configure <code class="systemitem">FTP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-FTP">「FTP」</a>. For more information on how to configure <code class="systemitem">SCP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-ssh-clients-scp">「Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility」</a>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, make sure that uploads can only be performed by a specific user and with a password. The rest of the document assumes that the username used for uploads is <code class="systemitem">USERNAME</code> and the password is <code class="literal">PASSWORD</code>. If you do not already have a suitable username which can be used to perform uploads under, you may use the <code class="systemitem">abrt</code> user which already exists on every system where <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is installed.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							It is advisable to check whether your upload method works. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#testing-upload-method">「Testing the Upload Method」</a>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							It is advisable to check and modify the following parameters if needed:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="parameter"><code>MaxCrashReportsSize</code></em> directive (in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>) needs to be set to a larger value if the expected volume of crash data is larger than the default <code class="constant">1000</code> MB.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="parameter"><code>ProcessUnpackaged</code></em> directive (in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>) needs to be set to <em class="replaceable"><code>yes</code></em> and the <em class="parameter"><code>BacktraceRemotes</code></em> (in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code>) needs to be set to <em class="replaceable"><code>no</code></em> if the client system and the server system have significantly different sets of installed packages.
+								</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Complete the following steps on every client system which will use the central management method:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Modify the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/ReportUploader.conf</code> configuration file so that the <span class="application"><strong>ReportUploader</strong></span> plugin knows where to copy the saved crash reports in the following way: 
+<pre class="programlisting">Enabled = yes
+Upload = yes
+URL = ftp://USERNAME:PASSWORD@SERVERNAME/var/spool/abrt-upload/</pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							To automatically send the crash reports to the server system immediately after the crash occurs, is detected, and saved, set the <code class="varname">[ ActionsAndReporters ]</code> directive in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file to the following: 
+<pre class="programlisting">ActionsAndReporters = ReportUploader</pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Alternatively, if user interaction is required before the crash dump is sent to the server system, set the <em class="parameter"><code>ReportUploader</code></em> to be a reporter plugin for a specific crash type in the <code class="literal">[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file. The user will be required to run <span class="application"><strong>abrt-cli</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>abrt-gui</strong></span> and instruct the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon to report the crash and send it to the server system. For example, if you want all crash types to use this method, edit the <code class="literal">[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ]</code> section in your <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file in the following way:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Kerneloops = ReportUploader
+CCpp = ReportUploader
+Python = ReportUploader</pre></li></ul></div></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id927404">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				After completing all the steps of the configuration process, the basic setup is finished. To test that this setup works properly use the <code class="command">kill -s SEGV <em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em> </code> command to terminate a process on a client system. For example, start a <code class="systemitem">sleep</code> process and terminate it with the <code class="command">kill</code> command in the following way: 
+<pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">sleep 100 &amp;</code>
+[1] 2823
+~]$ <code class="command">kill -s SEGV 2823</code></pre>
+				 <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> should detect a crash shortly after executing the <code class="command">kill</code> command. Check that the crash was detected by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> on the client system (this can be checked by examining the appropriate syslog file, by running the <code class="command">abrt-cli --list --full</code> command, or by examining the crash dump created in the <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt</code> directory), copied to the server system, unpacked on the server system and can be seen and acted upon using <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> or <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> on the server system.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="testing-upload-method"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="testing-upload-method">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Test your upload method from a client system to ensure that it works. For example, upload a file using the interactive <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ftp</code>
+ftp&gt; open SERVERNAME
+Name: USERNAME
+Password: PASSWORD
+ftp&gt; cd /var/spool/abrt-upload
+250 Operation successful 
+ftp&gt; put TESTFILE
+ftp&gt; quit</pre><div class="para">
+				Check whether <code class="filename">TESTFILE</code> appeared in the correct directory on the server system.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="configuring-automatic-reporting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="configuring-automatic-reporting">19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> can be configured to automatically report any detected issues or crashes. The following steps show how to enable this feature:
+		</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					In your <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file, for each analyzer, change the list of reporters according to your needs, for example:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ]
+Kerneloops = Logger
+CCpp = Logger
+Python = Logger</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					In the configuration files corresponding to each analyzer plugin (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code>, <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Kerneloops.conf</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Python.conf</code>), add the following line:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">AutoReportUIDs = <em class="replaceable"><code>USERNAME</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+					where <em class="replaceable"><code>USERNAME</code></em> represents a user whose detected crashes and issues will be automatically reported via your specified reporters. You can specify multiple users by separating them with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>).
+				</div></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="part" id="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id1638963"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートはカーネルのカスタマイズを支援するさまざまなツールをカバーします。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">20. カーネルをアップグレードする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-preparing">20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-download">20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-perform-upgrade">20.4. アップグレードの実行</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-boot-loader">20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-kernel-
 boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules">21. Working with Kernel Modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">21.3. Loading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">21.4. Unloading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_Module_Param
 eters">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイーサネットカードの使用</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources">21.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span>
 </dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#ch-kdump">22. The kdump Crash Recovery Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1.1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-crash">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-log">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href
 ="#s2-kdump-crash-backtrace">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-processes">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-memory">22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-files">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-exit">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-resources">22.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-resources-online">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the
 _Kernel" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-preparing">20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-download">20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-perform-upgrade">20.4. アップグレードの実行</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-boot-loader">20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Config
 uring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1005916" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id944309" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id818929" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id750796" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The Fedora kernel is custom-built by the Fedora kernel team to ensure its integrity and compatibility with supported hardware. Before a kernel is released, it must first pass a rigorous set of quality assurance tests.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora kernels are packaged in the RPM format so that they are easy to upgrade and verify using the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> package managers. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> automatically queries the Yum repositories and informs you of packages with available updates, including kernel packages.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter is therefore <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> useful for users who need to manually update a kernel package using the <code class="command">rpm</code> command instead of <code class="command">yum</code>.
+	</div><a id="id909191" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1318931" class="indexterm"></a><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use Yum to install kernels whenever possible</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			Whenever possible, use either the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> package manager to install a new kernel because they always <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> a new kernel instead of replacing the current one, which could potentially leave your system unable to boot.
+		</div></div></div><a id="id1354529" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		For more information on installing kernel packages with <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Updating_Packages">「パッケージの更新」</a>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</h2></div></div></div><a id="id723956" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id808694" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id965105" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id965121" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id903402" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1094716" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id515441" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id515457" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1082173" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id769474" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id769490" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id665421" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id923198" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora contains the following kernel packages:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel</span> — Contains the kernel for single, multicore and multiprocessor systems.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-debug</span> — Contains a kernel with numerous debugging options enabled for kernel diagnosis, at the expense of reduced performance.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-devel</span> — Contains the kernel headers and makefiles sufficient to build modules against the <span class="package">kernel</span> package.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-debug-devel</span> — Contains the development version of the kernel with numerous debugging options enabled for kernel diagnosis, at the expense of reduced performance.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-doc</span> — Documentation files from the kernel source. Various portions of the Linux kernel and the device drivers shipped with it are documented in these files. Installation of this package provides a reference to the options that can be passed to Linux kernel modules at load time.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					By default, these files are placed in the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/</code> directory.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-headers</span> — Includes the C header files that specify the interface between the Linux kernel and user-space libraries and programs. The header files define structures and constants that are needed for building most standard programs.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">linux-firmware</span> — Contains all of the firmware files that are required by various devices to operate.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">perf</span> — This package contains supporting scripts and documentation for the <span class="application"><strong>perf</strong></span> tool shipped in each kernel image subpackage.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-preparing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-preparing">20.2. アップグレードの準備</h2></div></div></div><a id="id656316" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id656326" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id872515" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1110718" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Before upgrading the kernel, it is recommended that you take some precautionary steps.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			First, ensure that working boot media exists for the system in case a problem occurs. If the boot loader is not configured properly to boot the new kernel, the system cannot be booted into Fedora without working boot media.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			USB media often comes in the form of flash devices sometimes called <em class="firstterm">pen drives</em>, <em class="firstterm">thumb disks</em>, or <em class="firstterm">keys</em>, or as an externally-connected hard disk device. Almost all media of this type is formatted as a <code class="systemitem">VFAT</code> file system. You can create bootable USB media on media formatted as <code class="systemitem">ext2</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext3</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext4</code>, or <code class="systemitem">VFAT</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You can transfer a distribution image file or a minimal boot media image file to USB media. Make sure that sufficient free space is available on the device. Around <code class="constant">4 GB</code> is required for a distribution DVD image, around <code class="constant">700 MB</code> for a distribution CD image, or around <code class="constant">10 MB</code> for a minimal boot media image.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You must have a copy of the <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> file from a Fedora installation DVD, or installation CD-ROM#1, and you need a USB storage device formatted with the <code class="systemitem">VFAT</code> file system and around <code class="constant">16 MB</code> of free space. The following procedure will not affect existing files on the USB storage device unless they have the same path names as the files that you copy onto it. To create USB boot media, perform the following commands as the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user:
+		</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Install the <span class="application"><strong>SYSLINUX</strong></span> bootloader on the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">syslinux /dev/<em class="replaceable"><code>sdX1</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					...where <em class="replaceable"><code>sdX</code></em> is the device name.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Create mount points for <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> and the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mkdir /mnt/isoboot /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Mount <code class="filename">boot.iso</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mount -o loop boot.iso /mnt/isoboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Mount the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mount /dev/<em class="replaceable"><code>;sdX1</code></em> /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Copy the <span class="application"><strong>ISOLINUX</strong></span> files from the <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> to the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">cp /mnt/isoboot/isolinux/* /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Use the <code class="filename">isolinux.cfg</code> file from <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> as the <code class="filename">syslinux.cfg</code> file for the USB device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">grep -v local /mnt/isoboot/isolinux/isolinux.cfg &gt; /mnt/diskboot/syslinux.cfg</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Unmount <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> and the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">umount /mnt/isoboot /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					You should reboot the machine with the boot media and verify that you are able to boot with it before continuing.
+				</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+			Alternatively, on systems with a floppy drive, you can create a boot diskette by installing the <span class="package">mkbootdisk</span> package and running the <code class="command">mkbootdisk</code> command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. Refer to <code class="command">man mkbootdisk</code> man page after installing the package for usage information.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To determine which kernel packages are installed, execute the command <code class="command">yum list installed "kernel-*"</code> at a shell prompt. The output will comprise some or all of the following packages, depending on the system's architecture, and the version numbers may differ:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list installed "kernel-*"</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+kernel.x86_64                   2.6.38.6-27.fc15        installed
+kernel-doc.noarch               2.6.38.6-27.fc15        installed
+kernel-headers.x86_64           2.6.38.6-27.fc15        installed</pre><div class="para">
+			From the output, determine which packages need to be downloaded for the kernel upgrade. For a single processor system, the only required package is the <span class="package">kernel</span> package. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-kernel-packages">「カーネルパッケージの概要」</a> for descriptions of the different packages.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-download"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-download">20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</h2></div></div></div><a id="id945436" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910381" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910392" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id853585" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			システムに対して更新されたカーネルがあるかどうかを確認するには、いくつかの方法があります。
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Security Advisories — Refer to <a href="http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/FSA">http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/FSA</a> for information on Security Advisories, including kernel upgrades that fix security issues.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Via Fedora Update System — Download and install the kernel RPM packages. For more information, refer to <a href="http://admin.fedoraproject.org/updates/">http://admin.fedoraproject.org/updates/</a>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			To install the kernel manually, continue to <a class="xref" href="#s1-kernel-perform-upgrade">「アップグレードの実行」</a>.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade">20.4. アップグレードの実行</h2></div></div></div><a id="id953332" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			After retrieving all of the necessary packages, it is time to upgrade the existing kernel.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Keep the old kernel when performing the upgrade</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				It is strongly recommended that you keep the old kernel in case there are problems with the new kernel.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			At a shell prompt, change to the directory that contains the kernel RPM packages. Use <code class="option">-i</code> argument with the <code class="command">rpm</code> command to keep the old kernel. Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> use the <code class="option">-U</code> option, since it overwrites the currently installed kernel, which creates boot loader problems. For example:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rpm -ivh kernel-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>.<em class="replaceable"><code>arch</code></em>.rpm </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			The next step is to verify that the initial RAM disk image has been created. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">「初期RAMディスクイメージの確認」</a> for details.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</h2></div></div></div><a id="id985422" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The job of the initial RAM disk image is to preload the block device modules, such as for IDE, SCSI or RAID, so that the root file system, on which those modules normally reside, can then be accessed and mounted. On Fedora 15 systems, whenever a new kernel is installed using either the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>, or <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> package manager, the <span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span> utility is always called by the installation scripts to create an <em class="firstterm">initramfs</em> (initial RAM disk image).
+		</div><div class="para">
+			On all architectures other than IBM eServer System i (see <a class="xref" href="#bh-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image_and_Kernel_on_IBM_eServer_System_i">20.5項「Verifying the Initial RAM Disk Image and Kernel on IBM eServer System i」</a>), you can create an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> by running the <code class="command">dracut</code> command. However, you usually don't need to create an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> manually: this step is automatically performed if the kernel and its associated packages are installed or upgraded from RPM packages distributed by The Fedora Project.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You can verify that an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> corresponding to your current kernel version exists and is specified correctly in the <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> configuration file by following this procedure:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="procedure-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image"><h6>手順20.1 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</h6><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, list the contents in the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory and find the kernel (<code class="filename">vmlinuz-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code>) and <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code> with the latest (most recent) version number:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls /boot/</code>
+config-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64
+config-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64
+efi
+elf-memtest86+-4.10
+grub
+initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img
+initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img
+lost+found
+memtest86+-4.10
+System.map-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64
+System.map-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64
+vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64
+vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+					The example above shows that:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							we have two kernels installed (or, more correctly, two kernel files are present in the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory),
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							the latest kernel is <code class="filename">vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64</code>, and
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> file matching our kernel version, <code class="filename">initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img</code>, also exists.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="important" id="important-initrd_files_in_the__boot_directory_are_not_the_same_as_initramfs_files"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>initrd files in the /boot/ directory are not the same as initramfs files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory you may find several <code class="filename">initrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>kdump.img</code> files. These are special files created by the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> mechanism for kernel debugging purposes, are not used to boot the system, and can safely be ignored. For more information on <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-kdump">22ç« <em>The kdump Crash Recovery Service</em></a>.
+					</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					(Optional) If your <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em> </code> file does not match the version of the latest kernel in <code class="filename">/boot/</code>, or, in certain other situations, you may need to generate an <code class="filename">initramfs</code> file with the <span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span> utility. Simply invoking <code class="command">dracut</code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code> without options causes it to generate an <code class="filename">initramfs</code> file in the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory for the latest kernel present in that directory:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">dracut</code></pre><div class="para">
+					You must use the <code class="option">--force</code> option if you want <code class="command">dracut</code> to overwrite an existing <code class="filename">initramfs</code> (for example, if your <code class="filename">initramfs</code> has become corrupt). Otherwise <code class="command">dracut</code> will refuse to overwrite the existing <code class="filename">initramfs</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">dracut</code>
+F: Will not override existing initramfs (/boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img) without --force</pre><div class="para">
+					You can create an initramfs in the current directory by calling <code class="command">dracut <em class="replaceable"><code>initramfs_name</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">dracut "initramfs-$(uname -r).img" $(uname -r)</code></pre><div class="para">
+					If you need to specify specific kernel modules to be preloaded, add the names of those modules (minus any file name suffixes such as <code class="filename">.ko</code>) inside the parentheses of the <code class="computeroutput">add_dracutmodules="<em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_modules</code></em></span>]"</code> directive of the <code class="filename">/etc/dracut.conf</code> configuration file. You can list the file contents of an <code class="filename">initramfs</code> image file created by dracut by using the <code class="command">lsinitrd <em class="replaceable"><code>initramfs_file</code></em></code> command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">lsinitrd /boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img</code>
+/boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img:
+========================================================================
+dracut-009-10.fc15
+========================================================================
+drwxr-xr-x  23 root     root            0 May 20 14:45 .
+drwxr-xr-x   2 root     root            0 May 20 14:45 bin
+-rwxr-xr-x   1 root     root        38400 Feb  8 12:46 bin/rmdir
+-rwxr-xr-x   1 root     root       116632 Feb  8 12:46 bin/ls
+-rwxr-xr-x   1 root     root        39568 Feb  8 03:27 bin/setfont
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to <code class="command">man dracut</code> and <code class="command">man dracut.conf</code> for more information on options and usage.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Examine the <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> configuration file in the <code class="filename">/boot/grub/</code> directory to ensure that an <code class="computeroutput">initrd <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>.img</code></code> exists for the kernel version you are booting. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-kernel-boot-loader">「ブートローダの確認」</a> for more information.
+				</div></li></ol></div><h3>Verifying the Initial RAM Disk Image and Kernel on IBM eServer System i</h3><a id="id954531" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			On IBM eServer System i machines, the initial RAM disk and kernel files are combined into a single file, which is created with the <code class="command">addRamDisk</code> command. This step is performed automatically if the kernel and its associated packages are installed or upgraded from the RPM packages distributed by The Fedora Project; thus, it does not need to be executed manually. To verify that it was created, use the command <code class="command">ls -l /boot/</code> to make sure the <code class="filename">/boot/vmlinitrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code> file already exists (the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code> should match the version of the kernel just installed).
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-boot-loader"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-boot-loader">20.6. ブートローダの確認</h2></div></div></div><a id="id717352" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			When you install a kernel using <code class="command">rpm</code>, the kernel package creates an entry in the boot loader configuration file for that new kernel. However, <code class="command">rpm</code> does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> configure the new kernel to boot as the default kernel. You must do this manually when installing a new kernel with <code class="command">rpm</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			It is always recommended to double-check the boot loader configuration file after installing a new kernel with <code class="command">rpm</code> to ensure that the configuration is correct. Otherwise, the system may not be able to boot into Fedora properly. If this happens, boot the system with the boot media created earlier and re-configure the boot loader.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			In the following table, find your system's architecture to determine the boot loader it uses, and then click on the "Refer to" link to jump to the correct instructions for your system.
+		</div><div class="table" id="tb-grub-arch-loaders"><h6>表20.1 Boot loaders by architecture</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Boot loaders by architecture" border="1"><colgroup><col class="architecture" width="33%" /><col class="bootloader" width="33%" /><col class="refer-to" width="33%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Architecture
+						</th><th>
+							Boot Loader
+						</th><th>
+							Refer to
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							x86
+						</td><td>
+							GRUB
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">「Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							AMD AMD64 <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> Intel 64
+						</td><td>
+							GRUB
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">「Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							IBM eServer System i
+						</td><td>
+							OS/400
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">「Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							IBM eServer System p
+						</td><td>
+							YABOOT
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries">「Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							IBM System z
+						</td><td>
+							z/IPL
+						</td><td>
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="section" id="s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1747779" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id965392" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				GRUB's configuration file, <code class="filename">/boot/grub/grub.conf</code>, contains a few lines with directives, such as <code class="computeroutput">default</code>, <code class="computeroutput">timeout</code>, <code class="computeroutput">splashimage</code> and <code class="computeroutput">hiddenmenu</code> (the last directive has no argument). The remainder of the file contains 4-line <em class="firstterm">stanzas</em> that each refer to an installed kernel. These stanzas always start with a <code class="computeroutput">title</code> entry, after which the associated <code class="computeroutput">root</code>, <code class="computeroutput">kernel</code> and <code class="computeroutput">initrd</code> directives should always be indented. Ensure that each stanza starts with a <code class="computeroutput">title</code> that contains a version number (in parentheses) that matches the version number in the <code class="computeroutput">kernel /vmlinuz-<em class="replaceable">
 <code>version_number</code></em></code> line of the same stanza.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf"><h6>例20.1 /boot/grub/grub.conf</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting"># grub.conf generated by anaconda
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[comments omitted]</span></em>
+default=1
+timeout=0
+splashimage=(hd0,0)/boot/grub/splash.xpm.gz
+hiddenmenu
+
+title Fedora (2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64)
+        root (hd0,0)
+        kernel /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64 ro root=UUID=e8148266-4a56-4f4d-b6df-9eafea4586b2 rd_NO_LUKS rd_NO_LVM rd_NO_MD rd_NO_DM LANG=en_US.UTF-8 SYSFONT=latarcyrheb-sun16 KEYTABLE=us rhgb quiet
+        initrd /boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img
+title Fedora (2.6.38.6-26.rc1.fc15.x86_64)
+        root (hd0,0)
+        kernel /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64 ro root=UUID=e8148266-4a56-4f4d-b6df-9eafea4586b2 rd_NO_LUKS rd_NO_LVM rd_NO_MD rd_NO_DM LANG=en_US.UTF-8 SYSFONT=latarcyrheb-sun16 KEYTABLE=us rhgb quiet
+        initrd /boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				If a separate <code class="filename">/boot/</code> partition was created, the paths to the kernel and the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image are relative to <code class="filename">/boot/</code>. This is the case in <a class="xref" href="#ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf">例20.1「/boot/grub/grub.conf」</a>, therefore the <code class="computeroutput">initrd <code class="filename">/initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img</code></code> line in the first kernel stanza means that the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image is actually located at <code class="filename">/boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img</code> when the root file system is mounted, and likewise for the kernel path (for example: <code class="computeroutput">kernel <code class="filename">/vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64</code></code>) in each stanza of <code class="filename">grub.conf</code>.
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-The_initrd_directive_in_grub.conf_refers_to_an_initramfs_image"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The initrd directive in grub.conf refers to an initramfs image</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					In kernel boot stanzas in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code>, the <code class="computeroutput">initrd</code> directive must point to the location (relative to the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory if it is on a separate partition) of the <span class="emphasis"><em><code class="filename">initramfs</code> </em></span> file corresponding to the same kernel version. This directive is called <code class="computeroutput">initrd</code> because the previous tool which created initial RAM disk images, <code class="command">mkinitrd</code>, created what were known as <code class="systemitem">initrd</code> files. Thus the <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> directive remains <code class="systemitem">initrd</code> to maintain compatibility with other tools. The file-naming convention of systems using the <code class="command">dracut</code> utility to create the initial RAM disk image is: <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_ver
 sion</code></em>.img</code>
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span> is a new utility available in Fedora 15, and much-improved over <code class="command">mkinitrd</code>. For information on using <span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span>, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">「初期RAMディスクイメージの確認」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You should ensure that the kernel version number as given on the <code class="computeroutput">kernel <code class="filename">/vmlinuz-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code></code> line matches the version number of the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image given on the <code class="computeroutput">initrd <code class="filename">/initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>.img</code></code> line of each stanza. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#procedure-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">手順20.1「初期RAMディスクイメージの確認」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="computeroutput">default=</code> directive tells GRUB which kernel to boot <span class="emphasis"><em>by default</em></span>. Each <code class="computeroutput">title</code> in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> represents a bootable kernel. GRUB counts the <code class="computeroutput">title</code>d stanzas representing bootable kernels starting with <code class="constant">0</code>. In <a class="xref" href="#ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf">例20.1「/boot/grub/grub.conf」</a>, the line <code class="computeroutput">default=1</code> indicates that GRUB will boot, by default, the <span class="emphasis"><em>second</em></span> kernel entry, i.e. <code class="computeroutput">title Fedora (2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64)</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="#ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf">例20.1「/boot/grub/grub.conf」</a> GRUB is therefore configured to boot an older kernel, when we compare by version numbers. In order to boot the newer kernel, which is the <span class="emphasis"><em>first</em></span> <code class="computeroutput">title</code> entry in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code>, we would need to change the <code class="computeroutput">default</code> value to <code class="constant">0</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After installing a new kernel with <code class="command">rpm</code>, verify that <code class="filename">/boot/grub/grub.conf</code> is correct, change the <code class="computeroutput">default=</code> value to the new kernel (while remembering to count from <code class="constant">0</code>), and reboot the computer into the new kernel. Ensure your hardware is detected by watching the boot process output.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If GRUB presents an error and is unable to boot into the default kernel, it is often easiest to try to boot into an alternative or older kernel so that you can fix the problem.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Causing the GRUB boot menu to display</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you set the <code class="computeroutput">timeout</code> directive in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> to <code class="constant">0</code>, GRUB will not display its list of bootable kernels when the system starts up. In order to display this list when booting, press and hold any alphanumeric key while and immediately after BIOS information is displayed, and GRUB will present you with the GRUB menu.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, use the boot media you created earlier to boot the system.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</h3></div></div></div><a id="id894335" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id767007" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/boot/vmlinitrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em> </code> file is installed when you upgrade the kernel. However, you must use the <code class="command">dd</code> command to configure the system to boot the new kernel.
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, issue the command <code class="command">cat /proc/iSeries/mf/side</code> to determine the default side (either A, B, or C).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, issue the following command, where <em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em> is the version of the new kernel and <em class="replaceable"><code>side</code></em> is the side from the previous command:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">dd if=/boot/vmlinitrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em> of=/proc/iSeries/mf/<em class="replaceable"><code>side</code></em>/vmlinux bs=8k</code>
+</pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				新規カーネルのテストを開始するには、コンピュータを再起動して、 ハードウェアが正しく検出されることを確認するためにメッセージ をよく見ます。
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				IBM eServer System p uses YABOOT as its boot loader. YABOOT uses <code class="filename">/etc/aboot.conf</code> as its configuration file. Confirm that the file contains an <code class="computeroutput">image</code> section with the same version as the <span class="package">kernel</span> package just installed, and likewise for the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image:
+			</div><pre class="screen">boot=/dev/sda1 init-message=Welcome to Fedora! Hit &lt;TAB&gt; for boot options
+partition=2 timeout=30 install=/usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot delay=10 nonvram
+image=/vmlinuz-2.6.32-17.EL
+	 label=old
+	 read-only
+	 initrd=/initramfs-2.6.32-17.EL.img
+	 append="root=LABEL=/"
+image=/vmlinuz-2.6.32-19.EL
+	 label=linux
+	 read-only
+	 initrd=/initramfs-2.6.32-19.EL.img
+	 append="root=LABEL=/"</pre><div class="para">
+				Notice that the default is not set to the new kernel. The kernel in the first image is booted by default. To change the default kernel to boot either move its image stanza so that it is the first one listed or add the directive <code class="computeroutput">default</code> and set it to the <code class="computeroutput">label</code> of the image stanza that contains the new kernel.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				新規カーネルのテストを開始するには、コンピュータを再起動して、 ハードウェアが正しく検出されることを確認するためにメッセージ をよく見ます。
+			</div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第21章 Working with Kernel Modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">21.3. Loading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">21.4. Unloading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Setting_Module_Parameters">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Specific_Kerne
 l_Module_Capabilities">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイーサネットカードの使用</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources">21.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1020402" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1093961" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1064348" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The Linux kernel is modular, which means it can extend its capabilities through the use of dynamically-loaded <em class="firstterm">kernel modules</em>. A kernel module can provide:
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				a device driver which adds support for new hardware; or,
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				support for a file system such as <code class="systemitem">btrfs</code> or <code class="systemitem">NFS</code>.
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+		Like the kernel itself, modules can take parameters that customize their behavior, though the default parameters work well in most cases. User-space tools can list the modules currently loaded into a running kernel; query all available modules for available parameters and module-specific information; and load or unload (remove) modules dynamically into or from a running kernel. Many of these utilities, which are provided by the <span class="package">module-init-tools</span> package, take module dependencies into account when performing operations so that manual dependency-tracking is rarely necessary.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		On modern systems, kernel modules are automatically loaded by various mechanisms when the conditions call for it. However, there are occasions when it is necessary to load and/or unload modules manually, such as when a module provides optional functionality, one module should be preferred over another although either could provide basic functionality, or when a module is misbehaving, among other situations.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter explains how to:
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				use the user-space <span class="package">module-init-tools</span> package to display, query, load and unload kernel modules and their dependencies;
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				set module parameters both dynamically on the command line and permanently so that you can customize the behavior of your kernel modules; and,
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				load modules at boot time.
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the module-init-tools package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			In order to use the kernel module utilities described in this chapter, first ensure the module-init-tools package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install module-init-tools</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</h2></div></div></div><a id="id901772" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id901787" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id784575" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can list all kernel modules that are currently loaded into the kernel by running the <code class="command">lsmod</code> command, for example:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+~]$ <code class="command">lsmod</code>
+Module                  Size  Used by
+xfs                   803635  1
+exportfs                3424  1 xfs
+vfat                    8216  1
+fat                    43410  1 vfat
+tun                    13014  2
+fuse                   54749  2
+ip6table_filter         2743  0
+ip6_tables             16558  1 ip6table_filter
+ebtable_nat             1895  0
+ebtables               15186  1 ebtable_nat
+ipt_MASQUERADE          2208  6
+iptable_nat             5420  1
+nf_nat                 19059  2 ipt_MASQUERADE,iptable_nat
+rfcomm                 65122  4
+ipv6                  267017  33
+sco                    16204  2
+bridge                 45753  0
+stp                     1887  1 bridge
+llc                     4557  2 bridge,stp
+bnep                   15121  2
+l2cap                  45185  16 rfcomm,bnep
+cpufreq_ondemand        8420  2
+acpi_cpufreq            7493  1
+freq_table              3851  2 cpufreq_ondemand,acpi_cpufreq
+usb_storage            44536  1
+sha256_generic         10023  2
+aes_x86_64              7654  5
+aes_generic            27012  1 aes_x86_64
+cbc                     2793  1
+dm_crypt               10930  1
+kvm_intel              40311  0
+kvm                   253162  1 kvm_intel
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+			Each row of <code class="command">lsmod</code> output specifies:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the name of a kernel module currently loaded in memory;
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the amount of memory it uses; and,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the sum total of processes that are using the module and other modules which depend on it, followed by a list of the names of those modules, if there are any. Using this list, you can first unload all the modules depending the module you want to unload. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">「Unloading a Module」</a>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><a id="id1048119" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Finally, note that <code class="command">lsmod</code> output is less verbose and considerably easier to read than the content of the <code class="filename">/proc/modules</code> pseudo-file.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</h2></div></div></div><a id="id690938" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id690954" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id964649" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can display detailed information about a kernel module by running the <code class="command">modinfo <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em></code> command.
+		</div><div class="note" id="note-Module_names_do_not_end_in_.ko"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Module names do not end in .ko</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				When entering the name of a kernel module as an argument to one of the <span class="package">module-init-tools</span> utilities, do not append a <code class="filename">.ko</code> extension to the end of the name. Kernel module names do not have extensions: their corresponding files do.
+			</div></div></div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_information_about_a_kernel_module_with_lsmod"><h6>例21.1 Listing information about a kernel module with lsmod</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				To display information about the <code class="systemitem">e1000e</code> module, which is the Intel PRO/1000 network driver, run:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modinfo e1000e</code>
+filename:       /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/net/e1000e/e1000e.ko
+version:        1.2.7-k2
+license:        GPL
+description:    Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver
+author:         Intel Corporation, &lt;linux.nics at intel.com&gt;
+srcversion:     93CB73D3995B501872B2982
+alias:          pci:v00008086d00001503sv*sd*bc*sc*i*
+alias:          pci:v00008086d00001502sv*sd*bc*sc*i*
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[some <code class="literal">alias</code> lines omitted]</span></em>
+alias:          pci:v00008086d0000105Esv*sd*bc*sc*i*
+depends:
+vermagic:       2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64 SMP mod_unload modversions
+parm:           copybreak:Maximum size of packet that is copied to a new buffer on receive (uint)
+parm:           TxIntDelay:Transmit Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           TxAbsIntDelay:Transmit Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           RxIntDelay:Receive Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           RxAbsIntDelay:Receive Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           InterruptThrottleRate:Interrupt Throttling Rate (array of int)
+parm:           IntMode:Interrupt Mode (array of int)
+parm:           SmartPowerDownEnable:Enable PHY smart power down (array of int)
+parm:           KumeranLockLoss:Enable Kumeran lock loss workaround (array of int)
+parm:           WriteProtectNVM:Write-protect NVM [WARNING: disabling this can lead to corrupted NVM] (array of int)
+parm:           CrcStripping:Enable CRC Stripping, disable if your BMC needs the CRC (array of int)
+parm:           EEE:Enable/disable on parts that support the feature (array of int)</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="variablelist"><div class="para">
+				Here are descriptions of a few of the fields in <code class="command">modinfo</code> output:
+			</div><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">filename</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The absolute path to the <code class="filename">.ko</code> kernel object file. You can use <code class="command">modinfo -n</code> as a shortcut command for printing only the <code class="computeroutput">filename</code> field.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">description</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A short description of the module. You can use <code class="command">modinfo -d</code> as a shortcut command for printing only the description field.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">alias</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">alias</code> field appears as many times as there are aliases for a module, or is omitted entirely if there are none.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">depends</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This field contains a comma-separated list of all the modules this module depends on.
+					</div><div class="note" id="note-Omitted_depends_field"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Omitting the depends field</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If a module has no dependencies, the <code class="computeroutput">depends</code> field may be omitted from the output.
+						</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">parm</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Each <code class="computeroutput">parm</code> field presents one module parameter in the form <code class="computeroutput"><em class="replaceable"><code>parameter_name</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em></code>, where:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>parameter_name</code></em> is the exact syntax you should use when using it as a module parameter on the command line, or in an option line in a <code class="filename">.conf</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory; and,
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em> is a brief explanation of what the parameter does, along with an expectation for the type of value the parameter accepts (such as <span class="type">int</span>, <span class="type">unit</span> or <span class="type">array of int</span>) in parentheses.
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_module_parameters"><h6>例21.2 Listing module parameters</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+							You can list all parameters that the module supports by using the <code class="option">-p</code> option. However, because useful value type information is omitted from <code class="command">modinfo -p</code> output, it is more useful to run:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modinfo e1000e | grep "^parm" | sort</code>
+parm:           copybreak:Maximum size of packet that is copied to a new buffer on receive (uint)
+parm:           CrcStripping:Enable CRC Stripping, disable if your BMC needs the CRC (array of int)
+parm:           EEE:Enable/disable on parts that support the feature (array of int)
+parm:           InterruptThrottleRate:Interrupt Throttling Rate (array of int)
+parm:           IntMode:Interrupt Mode (array of int)
+parm:           KumeranLockLoss:Enable Kumeran lock loss workaround (array of int)
+parm:           RxAbsIntDelay:Receive Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           RxIntDelay:Receive Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           SmartPowerDownEnable:Enable PHY smart power down (array of int)
+parm:           TxAbsIntDelay:Transmit Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           TxIntDelay:Transmit Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           WriteProtectNVM:Write-protect NVM [WARNING: disabling this can lead to corrupted NVM] (array of int)</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Loading_a_Module"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Loading_a_Module">21.3. Loading a Module</h2></div></div></div><a id="id950337" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id950353" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id854744" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To load a kernel module, run <code class="command">modprobe <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em></code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. For example, to load the <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> module, run:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe wacom</code>
+</pre><a id="id828555" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			By default, <code class="command">modprobe</code> attempts to load the module from <code class="filename">/lib/modules/<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/kernel/drivers/</code>. In this directory, each type of module has its own subdirectory, such as <code class="filename">net/</code> and <code class="filename">scsi/</code>, for network and SCSI interface drivers respectively.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Some modules have dependencies, which are other kernel modules that must be loaded before the module in question can be loaded. The <code class="command">modprobe</code> command always takes dependencies into account when performing operations. When you ask <code class="command">modprobe</code> to load a specific kernel module, it first examines the dependencies of that module, if there are any, and loads them if they are not already loaded into the kernel. <code class="command">modprobe</code> resolves dependencies recursively: it will load all dependencies of dependencies, and so on, if necessary, thus ensuring that all dependencies are always met.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You can use the <code class="option">-v</code> (or <code class="option">--verbose</code>) option to cause <code class="command">modprobe</code> to display detailed information about what it is doing, which may include loading module dependencies.
+		</div><div class="example" id="ex-modprobe_-v_shows_module_dependencies_as_they_are_loaded"><h6>例21.3 modprobe -v shows module dependencies as they are loaded</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				You can load the <code class="systemitem">Fibre Channel over Ethernet</code> module verbosely by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe -v fcoe</code>
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/scsi_tgt.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/libfc/libfc.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/fcoe/libfcoe.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/fcoe/fcoe.ko</pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, you can see that <code class="command">modprobe</code> loaded the <code class="systemitem">scsi_tgt</code>, <code class="systemitem">scsi_transport_fc</code>, <code class="systemitem">libfc</code> and <code class="systemitem">libfcoe</code> modules as dependencies before finally loading <code class="systemitem">fcoe</code>. Also note that <code class="command">modprobe</code> used the more <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">primitive</span>」</span> <code class="command">insmod</code> command to insert the modules into the running kernel.
+			</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id723783" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id723803" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important" id="important-Always_use_modprobe_instead_of_insmod"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Always use modprobe instead of insmod!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although the <code class="command">insmod</code> command can also be used to load kernel modules, it does not resolve dependencies. Because of this, you should <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> load modules using <code class="command">modprobe</code> instead.
+			</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Unloading_a_Module"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Unloading_a_Module">21.4. Unloading a Module</h2></div></div></div><a id="id965686" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id824963" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id824983" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can unload a kernel module by running <code class="command">modprobe -r <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em> </code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. For example, assuming that the <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> module is already loaded into the kernel, you can unload it by running:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe -r wacom</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			However, this command will fail if a process is using:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> module,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					a module that <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> directly depends on, or,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					any module that <code class="systemitem">wacom</code>—through the dependency tree—depends on indirectly.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">「Listing Currently-Loaded Modules」</a> for more information about using <code class="command">lsmod</code> to obtain the names of the modules which are preventing you from unloading a certain module.
+		</div><div class="example" id="ex-unloading_a_kernel_module"><h6>例21.4 Unloading a kernel module</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				For example, if you want to unload the <code class="systemitem">firewire_ohci</code> module (because you believe there is a bug in it that is affecting system stability, for example), your terminal session might look similar to this:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modinfo -F depends firewire_ohci</code>
+depends:        firewire-core
+~]# <code class="command">modinfo -F depends firewire_core</code>
+depends:        crc-itu-t
+~]# <code class="command">modinfo -F depends crc-itu-t</code>
+depends:</pre><div class="para">
+				You have figured out the dependency tree (which does not branch in this example) for the loaded Firewire modules: <code class="systemitem">firewire_ohci</code> depends on <code class="systemitem">firewire_core</code>, which itself depends on <code class="systemitem">crc-itu-t</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can unload <code class="systemitem">firewire_ohci</code> using the <code class="command">modprobe -v -r <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em></code> command, where <code class="option">-r</code> is short for <code class="option">--remove</code> and <code class="option">-v</code> for <code class="option">--verbose</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe -r -v firewire_ohci</code>
+rmmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/firewire/firewire-ohci.ko
+rmmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/firewire/firewire-core.ko
+rmmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/lib/crc-itu-t.ko</pre><div class="para">
+				The output shows that modules are unloaded in the reverse order that they are loaded, given that no processes depend on any of the modules being unloaded.
+			</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id1019538" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id875172" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important" id="important-Do_not_use_rmmod_directly"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use rmmod directly!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although the <code class="command">rmmod</code> command can be used to unload kernel modules, it is recommended to use <code class="command">modprobe -r</code> instead.
+			</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1115336" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id733053" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Like the kernel itself, modules can also take parameters that change their behavior. Most of the time, the default ones work well, but occasionally it is necessary or desirable to set custom parameters for a module. Because parameters cannot be dynamically set for a module that is already loaded into a running kernel, there are two different methods for setting them.
+		</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					You can unload all dependencies of the module you want to set parameters for, unload the module using <code class="command">modprobe -r</code>, and then load it with <code class="command">modprobe</code> along with a list of customized parameters. This method is often used when the module does not have many dependencies, or to test different combinations of parameters without making them persistent, and is the method covered in this section.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Alternatively, you can list the new parameters in an existing or newly-created file in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory. This method makes the module parameters persistent by ensuring that they are set each time the module is loaded, such as after every reboot or <code class="command">modprobe</code> command. This method is covered in <a class="xref" href="#sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">「Persistent Module Loading」</a>, though the following information is a prerequisite.
+				</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+			You can use <code class="command">modprobe</code> to load a kernel module with custom parameters using the following command line format:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">modprobe <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span>]</code></pre><div class="para">
+			When loading a module with custom parameters on the command line, be aware of the following:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					You can enter multiple parameters and values by separating them with spaces.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Some module parameters expect a list of comma-separated values as their argument. When entering the list of values, do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> insert a space after each comma, or <code class="command">modprobe</code> will incorrectly interpret the values following spaces as additional parameters.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">modprobe</code> command silently succeeds with an exit status of <code class="constant">0</code> if:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							it successfully loads the module, <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							the module is <span class="emphasis"><em>already</em></span> loaded into the kernel.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Thus, you must ensure that the module is not already loaded before attempting to load it with custom parameters. The <code class="command">modprobe</code> command does not automatically reload the module, or alert you that it is already loaded.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			Here are the recommended steps for setting custom parameters and then loading a kernel module. This procedure illustrates the steps using the <code class="systemitem">e1000e</code> module, which is the network driver for Intel PRO/1000 network adapters, as an example:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Loading_a_Kernel_Module_with_Custom_Parameters"><h6>手順21.1 Loading a Kernel Module with Custom Parameters</h6><ol class="1"><li class="step" id="proc-step1-Loading_a_Kernel_Module_with_Custom_Parameters"><div class="para">
+					First, ensure the module is not already loaded into the kernel. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">lsmod | grep e1000e</code>
+~]# </pre><div class="para">
+					Output indicates that the module is already loaded into the kernel, in which case you must first unload it before proceeding. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">「Unloading a Module」</a> for instructions on safely unloading it.
+				</div></li><li class="step" id="proc-step2-Loading_a_Kernel_Module_with_Custom_Parameters"><div class="para">
+					Load the module and list all custom parameters after the module name. For example, if you wanted to load the Intel PRO/1000 network driver with the interrupt throttle rate set to 3000 interrupts per second for the first, second and third instances of the driver, and Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) turned on<sup>[<a id="footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" href="#ftn.footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" class="footnote">3</a>]</sup> , you would run, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe e1000e InterruptThrottleRate=3000,3000,3000 EEE=1</code></pre><div class="para">
+					This example illustrates passing multiple valued to a single parameter by separating them with commas and omitting any spaces between them.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</h2></div></div></div><a id="id899030" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id913239" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			As shown in <a class="xref" href="#ex-Listing_information_about_a_kernel_module_with_lsmod">例21.1「Listing information about a kernel module with lsmod」</a>, many kernel modules are loaded automatically at boot time. You can specify additional modules to be loaded by creating a new <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/modules/</code> directory, where <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em> is any descriptive name of your choice. Your <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code> files are treated by the system startup scripts as shell scripts, and as such should begin with an <em class="firstterm">interpreter directive</em> (also called a <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">bang line</span>」</span>) as their first line:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><span class="perl_Comment">#!/bin/sh</span></pre><div class="para">
+			Additionally, the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code> file should be executable. You can make it executable by running:
+		</div><pre class="screen">modules]# <code class="command">chmod +x <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code>
+</pre><div class="example" id="ex-bluez-uinput.modules"><h6>例21.5 /etc/sysconfig/modules/bluez-uinput.modules</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				The following <code class="filename">bluez-uinput.modules</code> script loads the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"><span class="perl_Comment">#!/bin/sh</span><span class="perl_Comment"></span>
+<span class="perl_Comment"></span>
+<span class="perl_Keyword">if</span><span class="perl_Reserved"> [</span> ! -c /dev/input/uinput<span class="perl_Reserved"> ]</span> ; <span class="perl_Keyword">then</span>
+        <span class="perl_Reserved">exec</span> /sbin/modprobe uinput <span class="perl_Operator">&gt;</span>/dev/null <span class="perl_Operator">2&gt;&amp;1</span>
+<span class="perl_Keyword">fi</span></pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="literal">if</code>-conditional statement on the third line ensures that the <code class="filename">/dev/input/uinput</code> file does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> already exist (the <code class="literal">!</code> symbol negates the condition), and, if that is the case, loads the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module by calling <code class="command">exec /sbin/modprobe uinput</code>. Note that the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module creates the <code class="filename">/dev/input/uinput</code> file, so testing to see if that file exists serves as verification of whether the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module is loaded into the kernel.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following <code class="command">&gt;/dev/null 2&gt;&amp;1</code> clause at the end of that line redirects any output to <code class="filename">/dev/null</code> so that the <code class="command">modprobe</code> command remains quiet.
+			</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section explains how to enable specific kernel capabilities using various kernel modules.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイーサネットカードの使用</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1083436" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				It is possible to use multiple Ethernet cards on a single machine. For each card there must be an <code class="command">alias</code> and, possibly, <code class="command">options</code> lines for each card in a user-created <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em>.conf</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For additional information about using multiple Ethernet cards, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Linux Ethernet-HOWTO</em> online at <a href="http://www.redhat.com/mirrors/LDP/HOWTO/Ethernet-HOWTO.html">http://www.redhat.com/mirrors/LDP/HOWTO/Ethernet-HOWTO.html</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</h3></div></div></div><a id="id676581" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id676597" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id856096" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id856108" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id856120" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fedora allows administrators to bind NICs together into a single channel using the <code class="filename">bonding</code> kernel module and a special network interface, called a <em class="firstterm">channel bonding interface</em>. Channel bonding enables two or more network interfaces to act as one, simultaneously increasing the bandwidth and providing redundancy.
+			</div><a id="id1003991" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id932890" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				管理者は次の手順にて 複数のネットワークインターフェースをチャネル ボンディングしてください。
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, create a new file named <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory. Note that you can name this file anything you like as long as it ends with a <code class="filename">.conf</code> extension. Insert the following line in this new file:
+					</div><pre class="screen">alias bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> bonding</pre><div class="para">
+						Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the interface number, such as <code class="command">0</code>. For each configured channel bonding interface, there must be a corresponding entry in your new <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> file.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Configure a channel bonding interface as outlined in <a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To enhance performance, adjust available module options to ascertain what combination works best. Pay particular attention to the <code class="command">miimon</code> or <code class="command">arp_interval</code> and the <code class="command">arp_ip_target</code> parameters. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-modules-bonding-directives">「Bonding Module Directives」</a> for a list of available options and how to quickly determine the best ones for your bonded interface.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="section" id="s3-modules-bonding-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-modules-bonding-directives">21.7.2.1. Bonding Module Directives</h4></div></div></div><a id="id706501" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id706517" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id758322" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					It is a good idea to test which channel bonding module parameters work best for your bonded interfaces before adding them to the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS="<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding parameters</code></em>"</code></em> directive in your bonding interface configuration file (<code class="filename">ifcfg-bond0</code> for example). Parameters to bonded interfaces can be configured without unloading (and reloading) the bonding module by manipulating files in the <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> file system.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> is a virtual file system that represents kernel objects as directories, files and symbolic links. <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> can be used to query for information about kernel objects, and can also manipulate those objects through the use of normal file system commands. The <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> virtual file system has a line in <code class="filename">/etc/fstab</code>, and is mounted under the <code class="filename">/sys/</code> directory. All bonding interfaces can be configured dynamically by interacting with and manipulating files under the <code class="filename">/sys/class/net/</code> directory.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					In order to determine the best parameters for your bonding interface, create a channel bonding interface file such as <code class="filename">ifcfg-bond0</code> by following the instructions in <a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>. Insert the <em class="parameter"><code>SLAVE=yes</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>MASTER=bond0</code></em> directives in the configuration files for each interface bonded to bond0. Once this is completed, you can proceed to testing the parameters.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					First, bring up the bond you created by running <code class="command">ifconfig <code class="option">bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em></code> <code class="option">up</code></code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ifconfig bond0 up</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					If you have correctly created the <code class="filename">ifcfg-bond0</code> bonding interface file, you will be able to see <code class="computeroutput">bond0</code> listed in the output of running <code class="command">ifconfig</code> (without any options):
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ifconfig</code>
+bond0     Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:00:00:00
+          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MASTER MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1
+          RX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
+          TX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
+          collisions:0 txqueuelen:0
+          RX bytes:0 (0.0 b)  TX bytes:0 (0.0 b)
+eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 52:54:00:26:9E:F1
+          inet addr:192.168.122.251  Bcast:192.168.122.255  Mask:255.255.255.0
+          inet6 addr: fe80::5054:ff:fe26:9ef1/64 Scope:Link
+          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1
+          RX packets:207 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
+          TX packets:205 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
+          collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
+          RX bytes:70374 (68.7 KiB)  TX bytes:25298 (24.7 KiB)
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					To view all existing bonds, even if they are not up, run:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">cat /sys/class/net/bonding_masters</code>
+bond0</pre><div class="para">
+					You can configure each bond individually by manipulating the files located in the <code class="filename">/sys/class/net/bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em>/bonding/</code> directory. First, the bond you are configuring must be taken down:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ifconfig bond0 down</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					As an example, to enable MII monitoring on bond0 with a 1 second interval, you could run (as <code class="systemitem">root</code>):
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo 1000 &gt; /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/miimon</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					To configure bond0 for <em class="parameter"><code>balance-alb</code></em> mode, you could run either:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo 6 &gt; /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/mode</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					...or, using the name of the mode:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo balance-alb &gt; /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/mode</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					After configuring options for the bond in question, you can bring it up and test it by running <code class="command">ifconfig bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> <code class="option">up</code> </code>. If you decide to change the options, take the interface down, modify its parameters using <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code>, bring it back up, and re-test.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Once you have determined the best set of parameters for your bond, add those parameters as a space-separated list to the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS=</code></em> directive of the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code> file for the bonding interface you are configuring. Whenever that bond is brought up (for example, by the system during the boot sequence if the <em class="parameter"><code>ONBOOT=yes</code></em> directive is set), the bonding options specified in the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS</code></em> will take effect for that bond. For more information on configuring bonding interfaces (and <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS</code></em>), refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following list provides the names of many of the more common channel bonding parameters, along with a descriptions of what they do. For more information, refer to the brief descriptions for each <code class="computeroutput">parm</code> in <code class="command">modinfo bonding</code> output, or the exhaustive descriptions in the <code class="filename">bonding.txt</code> file in the <span class="package">kernel-doc</span> package (see <a class="xref" href="#s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources">「その他のリソース」</a>).
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><h6>Bonding Interface Parameters</h6><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">arp_interval=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how often ARP monitoring occurs.
+							</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you specify all required parameters</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									It is essential that both <code class="literal">arp_interval</code> and <code class="literal">arp_ip_target</code> parameters are specified, or, alternatively, the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter is specified. Failure to do so can cause degradation of network performance in the event that a link fails.
+								</div></div></div><div class="para">
+								If using this setting while in <code class="literal">mode=0</code> or <code class="literal">mode=1</code> (the two load-balancing modes), the network switch must be configured to distribute packets evenly across the NICs. For more information on how to accomplish this, refer to <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt</code>
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The value is set to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> by default, which disables it.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">arp_ip_target=<em class="replaceable"><code>ip_address</code></em>[<span class="optional">,<em class="replaceable"><code>ip_address_2</code></em>,…<em class="replaceable"><code>ip_address_16</code></em></span>] </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the target IP address of ARP requests when the <code class="literal">arp_interval</code> parameter is enabled. Up to 16 IP addresses can be specified in a comma separated list.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">arp_validate=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Validate source/distribution of ARP probes; default is <strong class="userinput"><code>none</code></strong>. Other valid values are <strong class="userinput"><code>active</code></strong>, <strong class="userinput"><code>backup</code></strong>, and <strong class="userinput"><code>all</code></strong>.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">debug=<em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Enables debug messages. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Debug messages are disabled. This is the default.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Debug messages are enabled.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">downdelay=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how long to wait after link failure before disabling the link. The value must be a multiple of the value specified in the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter. The value is set to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> by default, which disables it.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">lacp_rate=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the rate at which link partners should transmit LACPDU packets in 802.3ad mode. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>slow</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Default setting. This specifies that partners should transmit LACPDUs every 30 seconds.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>fast</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Specifies that partners should transmit LACPDUs every 1 second.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">miimon=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how often MII link monitoring occurs. This is useful if high availability is required because MII is used to verify that the NIC is active. To verify that the driver for a particular NIC supports the MII tool, type the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+							</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ethtool <em class="replaceable"><code>interface_name</code></em> | grep "Link detected:"</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+								In this command, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>interface_name</code></em> with the name of the device interface, such as <strong class="userinput"><code>eth0</code></strong>, not the bond interface. If MII is supported, the command returns:
+							</div><pre class="screen">Link detected: yes</pre><div class="para">
+								If using a bonded interface for high availability, the module for each NIC must support MII. Setting the value to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> (the default), turns this feature off. When configuring this setting, a good starting point for this parameter is <strong class="userinput"><code>100</code></strong>.
+							</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you specify all required parameters</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									It is essential that both <code class="literal">arp_interval</code> and <code class="literal">arp_ip_target</code> parameters are specified, or, alternatively, the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter is specified. Failure to do so can cause degradation of network performance in the event that a link fails.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">mode=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Allows you to specify the bonding policy. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be one of:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-rr</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Sets a round-robin policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. Transmissions are received and sent out sequentially on each bonded slave interface beginning with the first one available.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>active-backup</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Sets an active-backup policy for fault tolerance. Transmissions are received and sent out via the first available bonded slave interface. Another bonded slave interface is only used if the active bonded slave interface fails.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-xor</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>2</code></strong> — Sets an XOR (exclusive-or) policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. Using this method, the interface matches up the incoming request's MAC address with the MAC address for one of the slave NICs. Once this link is established, transmissions are sent out sequentially beginning with the first available interface.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>broadcast</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>3</code></strong> — Sets a broadcast policy for fault tolerance. All transmissions are sent on all slave interfaces.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>802.3ad</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>4</code></strong> — Sets an IEEE 802.3ad dynamic link aggregation policy. Creates aggregation groups that share the same speed and duplex settings. Transmits and receives on all slaves in the active aggregator. Requires a switch that is 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-tlb</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>5</code></strong> — Sets a Transmit Load Balancing (TLB) policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. The outgoing traffic is distributed according to the current load on each slave interface. Incoming traffic is received by the current slave. If the receiving slave fails, another slave takes over the MAC address of the failed slave.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-alb</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>6</code></strong> — Sets an Active Load Balancing (ALB) policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. Includes transmit and receive load balancing for IPV4 traffic. Receive load balancing is achieved through ARP negotiation.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">num_unsol_na=<em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the number of unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements to be issued after a failover event. One unsolicited NA is issued immediately after the failover.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The valid range is <strong class="userinput"><code>0 - 255</code></strong>; the default value is <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong>. This parameter affects only the active-backup mode.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">primary=<em class="replaceable"><code>interface_name</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the interface name, such as <strong class="userinput"><code>eth0</code></strong>, of the primary device. The <code class="literal">primary</code> device is the first of the bonding interfaces to be used and is not abandoned unless it fails. This setting is particularly useful when one NIC in the bonding interface is faster and, therefore, able to handle a bigger load.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								This setting is only valid when the bonding interface is in <strong class="userinput"><code>active-backup</code></strong> mode. Refer to <code class="filename"> /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt</code> for more information.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">primary_reselect=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the reselection policy for the primary slave. This affects how the primary slave is chosen to become the active slave when failure of the active slave or recovery of the primary slave occurs. This parameter is designed to prevent flip-flopping between the primary slave and other slaves. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>always</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> (default) — The primary slave becomes the active slave whenever it comes back up.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>better</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — The primary slave becomes the active slave when it comes back up, if the speed and duplex of the primary slave is better than the speed and duplex of the current active slave.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>failure</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>2</code></strong> — The primary slave becomes the active slave only if the current active slave fails and the primary slave is up.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								The <code class="literal">primary_reselect</code> setting is ignored in two cases:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If no slaves are active, the first slave to recover is made the active slave.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										When initially enslaved, the primary slave is always made the active slave.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								Changing the <code class="literal">primary_reselect</code> policy via <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> will cause an immediate selection of the best active slave according to the new policy. This may or may not result in a change of the active slave, depending upon the circumstances
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">updelay=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how long to wait before enabling a link. The value must be a multiple of the value specified in the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter. The value is set to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> by default, which disables it.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">use_carrier=<em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies whether or not <code class="literal">miimon</code> should use MII/ETHTOOL ioctls or <code class="function">netif_carrier_ok()</code> to determine the link state. The <code class="function">netif_carrier_ok()</code> function relies on the device driver to maintains its state with <code class="literal">netif_carrier_<em class="replaceable"><code>on/off</code></em> </code>; most device drivers support this function.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The MII/ETHROOL ioctls tools utilize a deprecated calling sequence within the kernel. However, this is still configurable in case your device driver does not support <code class="literal">netif_carrier_<em class="replaceable"><code>on/off</code></em> </code>.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Valid values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Default setting. Enables the use of <code class="function">netif_carrier_ok()</code>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Enables the use of MII/ETHTOOL ioctls.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									If the bonding interface insists that the link is up when it should not be, it is possible that your network device driver does not support <code class="literal">netif_carrier_<em class="replaceable"><code>on/off</code></em></code>.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">xmit_hash_policy=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Selects the transmit hash policy used for slave selection in <strong class="userinput"><code>balance-xor</code></strong> and <strong class="userinput"><code>802.3ad</code></strong> modes. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>layer2</code></strong> — Default setting. This parameter uses the XOR of hardware MAC addresses to generate the hash. The formula used is:
+									</div><pre class="screen">(<em class="replaceable"><code>source_MAC_address</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>destination_MAC</code></em>) MODULO <em class="replaceable"><code>slave_count</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+										This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular network peer on the same slave, and is 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>layer3+4</code></strong> — Uses upper layer protocol information (when available) to generate the hash. This allows for traffic to a particular network peer to span multiple slaves, although a single connection will not span multiple slaves.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										The formula for unfragmented TCP and UDP packets used is:
+									</div><pre class="screen">((<em class="replaceable"><code>source_port</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>dest_port</code></em>) XOR
+  ((<em class="replaceable"><code>source_IP</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>dest_IP</code></em>) AND <code class="constant">0xffff</code>)
+    MODULO <em class="replaceable"><code>slave_count</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+										For fragmented TCP or UDP packets and all other IP protocol traffic, the source and destination port information is omitted. For non-IP traffic, the formula is the same as the <code class="command">layer2</code> transmit hash policy.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										This policy intends to mimic the behavior of certain switches; particularly, Cisco switches with PFC2 as well as some Foundry and IBM products.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										The algorithm used by this policy is not 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>2</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>layer2+3</code></strong> — Uses a combination of layer2 and layer3 protocol information to generate the hash.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses and IP addresses to generate the hash. The formula is:
+									</div><pre class="screen">(((<em class="replaceable"><code>source_IP</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>dest_IP</code></em>) AND <code class="constant">0xffff</code>) XOR
+  ( <em class="replaceable"><code>source_MAC</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>destination_MAC</code></em> ))
+    MODULO <em class="replaceable"><code>slave_count</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+										This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular network peer on the same slave. For non-IP traffic, the formula is the same as for the layer2 transmit hash policy.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										This policy is intended to provide a more balanced distribution of traffic than layer2 alone, especially in environments where a layer3 gateway device is required to reach most destinations.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										This algorithm is 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources">21.8. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			For more information on kernel modules and their utilities, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				There is a number of manual pages for various utilities related to the kernel modules:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lsmod</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">lsmod</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man modinfo</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">modinfo</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man modprobe</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">modprobe</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man rmmod</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">rmmod</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ethtool</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">ethtool</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man mii-tool</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">mii-tool</code> command.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Additionally, you can refer to the documentation provided by the <span class="package">kernel-doc</span> package:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This directory contains information on the kernel, kernel modules, and their respective parameters. Note that before accessing the kernel documentation, you must run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install kernel-doc</code></pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://tldp.org/HOWTO/Module-HOWTO/">Linux Loadable Kernel Module HOWTO</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="citetitle">Linux Loadable Kernel Module HOWTO</em> from the Linux Documentation Project contains further information on working with kernel modules.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="footnotes"><br /><hr width="100" align="left" /><div class="footnote" id="footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" href="#footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" class="para">3</a>] </sup>
+						Despite what the example might imply, Energy Efficient Ethernet is turned on by default in the <code class="systemitem">e1000e</code> driver.
+					</div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-kdump" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1.1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-crash">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdum
 p-crash-log">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-backtrace">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-processes">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-memory">22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-files">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-crash-exit">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s1-kdump-resources">22.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="#s2-kdump-resources-online">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl>
 </dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">kdump</code> is an advanced crash dumping mechanism. When enabled, the system is booted from the context of another kernel. This second kernel reserves a small amount of memory, and its only purpose is to capture the core dump image in case the system crashes. Since being able to analyze the core dump helps significantly to determine the exact cause of the system failure, it is strongly recommended to have this feature enabled.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter explains how to configure, test, and use the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service in Fedora, and provides a brief overview of how to analyze the resulting core dump using the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> debugging utility.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-kdump-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section covers two common means of configuring the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service: using the <span class="application"><strong>Kernel Dump Configuration</strong></span> graphical utility, and doing so manually on the command line. It also describes how to test the configuration to verify that everything works as expected.
+		</div><a id="id683111" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disable IOMMU on Intel chipsets</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				A limitation in the current implementation of the <code class="systemitem">Intel IOMMU</code> driver can occasionally prevent the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service from capturing the core dump image. To use <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> on Intel architectures reliably, it is advised that the IOMMU support is disabled.
+			</div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To use the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service, you must have the <span class="package">kexec-tools</span> and <span class="package">system-config-kdump</span> packages installed. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install kexec-tools system-config-kdump</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on how to install new packages in Fedora, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-configuration-gui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1.1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id904305" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1111700" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To start the <span class="application"><strong>Kernel Dump Configuration</strong></span> utility, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Kernel crash dumps</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or type <code class="command">system-config-kdump</code> at a shell prompt. You will be presented with a window as shown in <a class="xref" href="#fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration">図22.1「Basic Settings」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The utility allows you to configure <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> as well as to enable or disable starting the service at boot time. When you are done, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> to save the changes. The system reboot will be requested, and unless you are already authenticated, you will be prompted to enter the superuser password.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the system has enough memory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Unless the system has enough memory, the utility will not start, and you will be presented with the following error message:
+				</div><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png" align="middle" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							The <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">not enough memory</span>」</span> error
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					For the information on minimum memory requirements, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Hardware Overview</em> section of the <a href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/15/html/Release_Notes/index.html"><em class="citetitle">Fedora 15 Release Notes</em></a>. Note that when the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> crash recovery is enabled, the minimum memory requirements increase by the amount of memory reserved for it. This value is determined by a user, and defaults to 128MB.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-enable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-enable">22.1.1.1. Enabling the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1071273" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> daemon at boot time, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Enable</strong></span> button on the toolbar. This will enable the service for runlevels <code class="literal">2</code>, <code class="literal">3</code>, <code class="literal">4</code>, and <code class="literal">5</code>, and start it for the current session. Similarly, clicking the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Disable</strong></span> button will disable it for all runlevels and stop the service immediately.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For more information on runlevels and configuring services in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-basic"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-basic">22.1.1.2. The Basic Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1020489" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Basic Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to configure the amount of memory that is reserved for the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> kernel. To do so, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Manual kdump memory settings</strong></span> radio button, and click the up and down arrow buttons next to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New kdump Memory</strong></span> field to increase or decrease the value. Notice that the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Usable Memory</strong></span> field changes accordingly showing you the remaining memory that will be available to the system.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png" alt="Basic Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Basic Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.1 Basic Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">22.1.1.3. The Target Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1049090" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Target Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to specify the target location for the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump. It can be either stored as a file in a local file system, written directly to a device, or sent over a network using the NFS (Network File System) or SSH (Secure Shell) protocol.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png" alt="Target Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Target Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.2 Target Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+					To save the dump to the local file system, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Local filesystem</strong></span> radio button. Optionally, you can customize the settings by choosing a different partition from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Partition</strong></span>, and a target directory from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Path</strong></span> pulldown lists.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To write the dump directly to a device, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Raw device</strong></span> radio button, and choose the desired target device from the pulldown list next to it.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To store the dump to a remote machine, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network</strong></span> radio button. To use the NFS protocol, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>NFS</strong></span> radio button, and fill the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Server name</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Path to directory</strong></span> fields. To use the SSH protocol, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>SSH</strong></span> radio button, and fill the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Server name</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Path to directory</strong></span>, and <span class="guilabel"><strong>User name</strong></span> fields with the remote server address, target directory, and a valid remote user name respectively. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-OpenSSH">9ç« <em>OpenSSH</em></a> for information on how to configure an SSH server, and how to set up a key-based authentication.
+				</div><a id="id971455" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					For a complete list of currently supported targets, see <a class="xref" href="#tab-kdump-supported_targets">表22.1「Supported kdump targets」</a>.
+				</div><div class="table" id="tab-kdump-supported_targets"><h6>表22.1 Supported kdump targets</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Supported kdump targets" border="1"><colgroup><col width="20%" class="type" /><col width="40%" class="supported" /><col width="40%" class="unsupported" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+									Type
+								</th><th>
+									Supported Targets
+								</th><th>
+									Unsupported Targets
+								</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="middle">
+									Raw device
+								</td><td>
+									All locally attached raw disks and partitions.
+								</td><td>
+									—
+								</td></tr><tr><td valign="middle">
+									Local file system
+								</td><td>
+									<code class="systemitem">ext2</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext3</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext4</code>, <code class="systemitem">minix</code> file systems on directly attached disk drives, hardware RAID logical drives, LVM devices, and <code class="systemitem">mdraid</code> arrays.
+								</td><td>
+									The <code class="systemitem">eCryptfs</code> file system.
+								</td></tr><tr><td rowspan="7" valign="middle">
+									Remote directory
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">NFS</code> or <code class="systemitem">SSH</code> protocol over <code class="systemitem">IPv4</code>.
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories on the <code class="systemitem">rootfs</code> file system accessed using the <code class="systemitem">NFS</code> protocol.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">iSCSI</code> protocol over hardware initiators.
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">iSCSI</code> protocol over software initiators.
+								</td></tr><tr><td rowspan="5">
+									—
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories accessed over <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code>.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">SMB</code>/<code class="systemitem">CIFS</code> protocol.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">FCoE</code> (<em class="firstterm">Fibre Channel over Ethernet</em>) protocol.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using wireless network interfaces.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Multipath-based storages.
+								</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id1058094" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the hpsa driver for a storage</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Due to known issue with the <code class="systemitem">hpsa</code> driver, <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> is unable to save the dump to a storage that uses this driver for HP Smart Array Controllers. If this applies to your machine, it is advised that you save the dump to a remote system using the NFS or SSH protocol instead.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-filtering"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-filtering">22.1.1.4. The Filtering Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><a id="id923448" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Filtering Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to select the filtering level for the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png" alt="Filtering Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Filtering Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.3 Filtering Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+					To exclude the <span class="guilabel"><strong>zero page</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>cache page</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>cache private</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>user data</strong></span>, or <span class="guilabel"><strong>free page</strong></span> from the dump, select the check box next to the appropriate label.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">22.1.1.5. The Expert Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expert Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to choose which kernel and initial RAM disk to use, as well as to customize the options that are passed to the kernel and the core collector program.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png" alt="Expert Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Expert Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.4 Expert Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id1643324" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To use a different initial RAM disk, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Custom initrd</strong></span> radio button, and choose the desired RAM disk from the pulldown list next to it.
+				</div><a id="id751426" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To capture a different kernel, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Custom kernel</strong></span> radio button, and choose the desired kernel image from the pulldown list on the right.
+				</div><a id="id1635425" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To adjust the list of options that are passed to the kernel at boot time, edit the content of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Edited</strong></span> text field. Note that you can always revert your changes by clicking the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Refresh</strong></span> button.
+				</div><a id="id731573" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To choose what steps should be taken when the kernel crash is captured, select the appropriate option from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Default action</strong></span> pulldown list. Available options are <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>mount rootfs and run /sbin/init</strong></span> (the default action), <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>reboot</strong></span> (to reboot the system), <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>shell</strong></span> (to present a user with an interactive shell prompt), <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>halt</strong></span> (to halt the system), and <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>poweroff</strong></span> (to power the system off).
+				</div><a id="id714445" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To customize the options that are passed to the <code class="command">makedumpfile</code> core collector, edit the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Core collector</strong></span> text field; see <a class="xref" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">「Configuring the Core Collector」</a> for more information.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-configuration-cli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To perform actions described in this section, you have to be logged in as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. To do so, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">su -</code></pre><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">22.1.2.1. Configuring the Memory Usage</h4></div></div></div><a id="id986218" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To configure the amount of memory that is reserved for the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> kernel, open the <code class="filename">/boot/grub/grub.conf</code> file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, and add the <code class="option">crashkernel=<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;size&gt;</code></em>M</code> parameter to the list of kernel options as shown in <a class="xref" href="#ex-kdump-configuration-cli-memory-grub">例22.1「A sample /boot/grub/grub.conf file」</a>.
+				</div><a id="id830046" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1637506" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1054582" class="indexterm"></a><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-configuration-cli-memory-grub"><h6>例22.1 A sample /boot/grub/grub.conf file</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen"># grub.conf generated by anaconda
+#
+# Note that you do not have to rerun grub after making changes to this file
+# NOTICE:  You have a /boot partition.  This means that
+#          all kernel and initrd paths are relative to /boot/, eg.
+#          root (hd0,0)
+#          kernel /vmlinuz-version ro root=/dev/sda3
+#          initrd /initrd
+#boot=/dev/sda
+default=0
+timeout=5
+splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz
+hiddenmenu
+title Red Hat Enterprise Linux (2.6.32-54.el6.i686)
+        root (hd0,0)
+        kernel /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-54.el6.i686 root=/dev/sda3 ro crashkernel=128M
+        initrd /initramfs-2.6.32-54.el6.i686.img
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the system has enough memory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						When the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> crash recovery is enabled, the minimum memory requirements increase by the amount of memory reserved for it. This value is determined by a user, and defaults to 128 MB, as lower values proved to be unreliable. For the information on minimum memory requirements, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Hardware Overview</em> section of the <a href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/15/html/Release_Notes/index.html"><em class="citetitle">Fedora 15 Release Notes</em></a>.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">22.1.2.2. Configuring the Target Type</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1641887" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					When a kernel crash is captured, the core dump can be either stored as a file in a local file system, written directly to a device, or sent over a network using the NFS (Network File System) or SSH (Secure Shell) protocol. Note that only one of these options can be set at the moment. The default option is to store the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> file in the <code class="filename">/var/crash/</code> directory of the local file system. To change this, open the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, and edit the options as described below.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To change the local directory in which the core dump is to be saved, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#path /var/crash</code> line, and replace the value with a desired directory path. Optionally, if you wish to write the file to a different partition, follow the same procedure with the <code class="literal">#ext4 /dev/sda3</code> line as well, and change both the file system type and the device (a device name, a file system label, and UUID are all supported) accordingly. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">ext3 /dev/sda4
+path /usr/local/cores</pre><div class="para">
+					To write the dump directly to a device, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#raw /dev/sda5</code> line, and replace the value with a desired device name. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">raw /dev/sdb1</pre><div class="para">
+					To store the dump to a remote machine using the NFS protocol, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#net my.server.com:/export/tmp</code> line, and replace the value with a valid hostname and directory path. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">net penguin.example.com:/export/cores</pre><div class="para">
+					To store the dump to a remote machine using the SSH protocol, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#net user at my.server.com</code> line, and replace the value with a valid username and hostname. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">net john at penguin.example.com</pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-OpenSSH">9ç« <em>OpenSSH</em></a> for information on how to configure an SSH server, and how to set up a key-based authentication.
+				</div><a id="id1112195" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					For a complete list of currently supported targets, see <a class="xref" href="#tab-kdump-supported_targets">表22.1「Supported kdump targets」</a>.
+				</div><a id="id797289" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the hpsa driver for a storage</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Due to known issue with the <code class="systemitem">hpsa</code> driver, <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> is unable to save the dump to a storage that uses this driver for HP Smart Array Controllers. If this applies to your machine, it is advised that you save the dump to a remote system using the NFS or SSH protocol instead.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">22.1.2.3. Configuring the Core Collector</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To reduce the size of the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump file, <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> allows you to specify an external application (that is, a core collector) to compress the data, and optionally leave out all irrelevant information. Currently, the only fully supported core collector is <code class="command">makedumpfile</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To enable the core collector, open the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#core_collector makedumpfile -c --message-level 1 -d 31</code> line, and edit the command line options as described below.
+				</div><a id="id857448" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To enable the dump file compression, add the <code class="option">-c</code> parameter. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">core_collector makedumpfile -c</pre><a id="id802839" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To remove certain pages from the dump, add the <code class="option">-d <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></code> parameter, where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is a sum of values of pages you want to omit as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering-makedumpfile">表22.2「Supported filtering levels」</a>. For example, to remove both zero and free pages, use the following:
+				</div><pre class="screen">core_collector makedumpfile -d 17 -c</pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to the manual page for <code class="command">makedumpfile</code> for a complete list of available options.
+				</div><div class="table" id="table-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering-makedumpfile"><h6>表22.2 Supported filtering levels</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Supported filtering levels" border="1"><colgroup><col width="20%" class="option" /><col width="80%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+									オプション
+								</th><th>
+									説明
+								</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">1</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Zero pages
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">2</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Cache pages
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">4</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Cache private
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">8</code>
+								</td><td>
+									User pages
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">16</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Free pages
+								</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-action"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-action">22.1.2.4. Changing the Default Action</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1042420" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					By default, when the kernel crash is captured, the root file system is mounted, and <code class="command">/sbin/init</code> is run. To change this behavior, open the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#default shell</code> line, and replace the value with a desired action as described in <a class="xref" href="#table-kdump-configuration-cli-action-actions">表22.3「Supported actions」</a>. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">default halt</pre><div class="table" id="table-kdump-configuration-cli-action-actions"><h6>表22.3 Supported actions</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Supported actions" border="1"><colgroup><col width="20%" class="option" /><col width="80%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+									オプション
+								</th><th>
+									説明
+								</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">reboot</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Reboot the system, losing the core in the process.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">halt</code>
+								</td><td>
+									After attempting to capture a core, halt the system no matter if it succeeded.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">poweroff</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Power off the system.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">shell</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Run the <span class="application"><strong>msh</strong></span> session from within the initramfs, allowing a user to record the core manually.
+								</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable">22.1.2.5. Enabling the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1030647" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> daemon at boot time, type the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable kdump.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Similarly, typing <code class="command">systemctl disable kdump.service</code> will disable it. To start the service in the current session, use the following command:
+				</div><a id="id729042" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start kdump.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on runlevels and configuring services in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-configuration-testing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</h3></div></div></div><a id="id937579" class="indexterm"></a><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when using these commands</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The commands below will cause the kernel to crash. Use caution when following these steps, and by no means use them on a production machine.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To test the configuration, reboot the system with <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> enabled, and make sure that the service is running (refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-services-running">「Running Services」</a> for more information on how to run a service in Fedora):
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active kdump.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Then type the following commands at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq</code>
+<code class="command">echo c &gt; /proc/sysrq-trigger</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will force the Linux kernel to crash, and the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY-MM-DD</code></em>-<em class="replaceable"><code>HH:MM:SS</code></em>/vmcore</code> file will be copied to the location you have selected in the configuration (that is, to <code class="filename">/var/crash/</code> by default).
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-configuration-testing-vmcore"><h6>例22.2 Listing a content of /var/crash/ after a crash</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">tree --charset=ascii /var/crash</code>
+/var/crash
+`-- 127.0.0.1-2010-08-25-08:45:02
+    `-- vmcore
+
+1 directory, 1 file</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-kdump-crash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kdump-crash">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</h2></div></div></div><a id="id740692" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To determine the cause of the system crash, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> utility, which provides an interactive prompt very similar to the GNU Debugger (GDB). This utility allows you to interactively analyze a running Linux system as well as a core dump created by <code class="systemitem">netdump</code>, <code class="systemitem">diskdump</code>, <code class="systemitem">xendump</code>, or <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>.
+		</div><a id="id969118" class="indexterm"></a><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To analyze the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump file, you must have the <span class="package">crash</span> and <span class="package">kernel-debuginfo</span> packages installed. To install these packages, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install crash</code>
+<code class="command">debuginfo-install kernel</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on how to install new packages in Fedora, refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id715200" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To start the utility, type the command in the following form at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">crash /var/crash/<em class="replaceable"><code>timestamp</code></em>/vmcore /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel</code></em>/vmlinux</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Note that the <em class="replaceable"><code>kernel</code></em> version should be the same that was captured by <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>. To find out which kernel you are currently running, use the <code class="command">uname -r</code> command.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-running"><h6>例22.3 Running the crash utility</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">crash /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/2.6.32-69.el6.i686/vmlinux \</code>
+<code class="command">/var/crash/127.0.0.1-2010-08-25-08:45:02/vmcore</code>
+
+crash 5.0.0-23.el6
+Copyright (C) 2002-2010  Red Hat, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006  IBM Corporation
+Copyright (C) 1999-2006  Hewlett-Packard Co
+Copyright (C) 2005, 2006  Fujitsu Limited
+Copyright (C) 2006, 2007  VA Linux Systems Japan K.K.
+Copyright (C) 2005  NEC Corporation
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2007  Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002  Mission Critical Linux, Inc.
+This program is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License,
+and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under
+certain conditions.  Enter "help copying" to see the conditions.
+This program has absolutely no warranty.  Enter "help warranty" for details.
+
+GNU gdb (GDB) 7.0
+Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later &lt;http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html&gt;
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.  Type "show copying"
+and "show warranty" for details.
+This GDB was configured as "i686-pc-linux-gnu"...
+
+      KERNEL: /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/2.6.32-69.el6.i686/vmlinux
+    DUMPFILE: /var/crash/127.0.0.1-2010-08-25-08:45:02/vmcore  [PARTIAL DUMP]
+        CPUS: 4
+        DATE: Wed Aug 25 08:44:47 2010
+      UPTIME: 00:09:02
+LOAD AVERAGE: 0.00, 0.01, 0.00
+       TASKS: 140
+    NODENAME: hp-dl320g5-02.lab.bos.redhat.com
+     RELEASE: 2.6.32-69.el6.i686
+     VERSION: #1 SMP Tue Aug 24 10:31:45 EDT 2010
+     MACHINE: i686  (2394 Mhz)
+      MEMORY: 8 GB
+       PANIC: "Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP " (check log for details)
+         PID: 5591
+     COMMAND: "bash"
+        TASK: f196d560  [THREAD_INFO: ef4da000]
+         CPU: 2
+       STATE: TASK_RUNNING (PANIC)
+
+crash&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-log"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-log">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</h3></div></div></div><a id="id913021" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display the kernel message buffer, type the <code class="command">log</code> command at the interactive prompt.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-log"><h6>例22.4 Displaying the kernel message buffer</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">log</code>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>... several lines omitted ...</em></span>
+EIP: 0060:[&lt;c068124f&gt;] EFLAGS: 00010096 CPU: 2
+EIP is at sysrq_handle_crash+0xf/0x20
+EAX: 00000063 EBX: 00000063 ECX: c09e1c8c EDX: 00000000
+ESI: c0a09ca0 EDI: 00000286 EBP: 00000000 ESP: ef4dbf24
+ DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
+Process bash (pid: 5591, ti=ef4da000 task=f196d560 task.ti=ef4da000)
+Stack:
+ c068146b c0960891 c0968653 00000003 00000000 00000002 efade5c0 c06814d0
+&lt;0&gt; fffffffb c068150f b7776000 f2600c40 c0569ec4 ef4dbf9c 00000002 b7776000
+&lt;0&gt; efade5c0 00000002 b7776000 c0569e60 c051de50 ef4dbf9c f196d560 ef4dbfb4
+Call Trace:
+ [&lt;c068146b&gt;] ? __handle_sysrq+0xfb/0x160
+ [&lt;c06814d0&gt;] ? write_sysrq_trigger+0x0/0x50
+ [&lt;c068150f&gt;] ? write_sysrq_trigger+0x3f/0x50
+ [&lt;c0569ec4&gt;] ? proc_reg_write+0x64/0xa0
+ [&lt;c0569e60&gt;] ? proc_reg_write+0x0/0xa0
+ [&lt;c051de50&gt;] ? vfs_write+0xa0/0x190
+ [&lt;c051e8d1&gt;] ? sys_write+0x41/0x70
+ [&lt;c0409adc&gt;] ? syscall_call+0x7/0xb
+Code: a0 c0 01 0f b6 41 03 19 d2 f7 d2 83 e2 03 83 e0 cf c1 e2 04 09 d0 88 41 03 f3 c3 90 c7 05 c8 1b 9e c0 01 00 00 00 0f ae f8 89 f6 &lt;c6&gt; 05 00 00 00 00 01 c3 89 f6 8d bc 27 00 00 00 00 8d 50 d0 83
+EIP: [&lt;c068124f&gt;] sysrq_handle_crash+0xf/0x20 SS:ESP 0068:ef4dbf24
+CR2: 0000000000000000</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help log</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</h3></div></div></div><a id="id836540" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display the kernel stack trace, type the <code class="command">bt</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">bt <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display the backtrace of the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-backtrace"><h6>例22.5 Displaying the kernel stack trace</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">bt</code>
+PID: 5591   TASK: f196d560  CPU: 2   COMMAND: "bash"
+ #0 [ef4dbdcc] crash_kexec at c0494922
+ #1 [ef4dbe20] oops_end at c080e402
+ #2 [ef4dbe34] no_context at c043089d
+ #3 [ef4dbe58] bad_area at c0430b26
+ #4 [ef4dbe6c] do_page_fault at c080fb9b
+ #5 [ef4dbee4] error_code (via page_fault) at c080d809
+    EAX: 00000063  EBX: 00000063  ECX: c09e1c8c  EDX: 00000000  EBP: 00000000
+    DS:  007b      ESI: c0a09ca0  ES:  007b      EDI: 00000286  GS:  00e0
+    CS:  0060      EIP: c068124f  ERR: ffffffff  EFLAGS: 00010096
+ #6 [ef4dbf18] sysrq_handle_crash at c068124f
+ #7 [ef4dbf24] __handle_sysrq at c0681469
+ #8 [ef4dbf48] write_sysrq_trigger at c068150a
+ #9 [ef4dbf54] proc_reg_write at c0569ec2
+#10 [ef4dbf74] vfs_write at c051de4e
+#11 [ef4dbf94] sys_write at c051e8cc
+#12 [ef4dbfb0] system_call at c0409ad5
+    EAX: ffffffda  EBX: 00000001  ECX: b7776000  EDX: 00000002
+    DS:  007b      ESI: 00000002  ES:  007b      EDI: b7776000
+    SS:  007b      ESP: bfcb2088  EBP: bfcb20b4  GS:  0033
+    CS:  0073      EIP: 00edc416  ERR: 00000004  EFLAGS: 00000246</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help bt</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-processes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-processes">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</h3></div></div></div><a id="id723622" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display status of processes in the system, type the <code class="command">ps</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">ps <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display the status of the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-processes"><h6>例22.6 Displaying status of processes in the system</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">ps</code>
+   PID    PPID  CPU   TASK    ST  %MEM     VSZ    RSS  COMM
+&gt;     0      0   0  c09dc560  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+&gt;     0      0   1  f7072030  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+      0      0   2  f70a3a90  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+&gt;     0      0   3  f70ac560  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+      1      0   1  f705ba90  IN   0.0    2828   1424  init
+<span class="emphasis"><em>... several lines omitted ...</em></span>
+   5566      1   1  f2592560  IN   0.0   12876    784  auditd
+   5567      1   2  ef427560  IN   0.0   12876    784  auditd
+   5587   5132   0  f196d030  IN   0.0   11064   3184  sshd
+&gt;  5591   5587   2  f196d560  RU   0.0    5084   1648  bash</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help ps</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-memory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-memory">22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1068982" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display basic virtual memory information, type the <code class="command">vm</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">vm <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display information on the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-memory"><h6>例22.7 Displaying virtual memory information of the current context</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">vm</code>
+PID: 5591   TASK: f196d560  CPU: 2   COMMAND: "bash"
+   MM       PGD      RSS    TOTAL_VM
+f19b5900  ef9c6000  1648k    5084k
+  VMA       START      END    FLAGS  FILE
+f1bb0310    242000    260000 8000875  /lib/ld-2.12.so
+f26af0b8    260000    261000 8100871  /lib/ld-2.12.so
+efbc275c    261000    262000 8100873  /lib/ld-2.12.so
+efbc2a18    268000    3ed000 8000075  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc23d8    3ed000    3ee000 8000070  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc2888    3ee000    3f0000 8100071  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc2cd4    3f0000    3f1000 8100073  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc243c    3f1000    3f4000 100073
+efbc28ec    3f6000    3f9000 8000075  /lib/libdl-2.12.so
+efbc2568    3f9000    3fa000 8100071  /lib/libdl-2.12.so
+efbc2f2c    3fa000    3fb000 8100073  /lib/libdl-2.12.so
+f26af888    7e6000    7fc000 8000075  /lib/libtinfo.so.5.7
+f26aff2c    7fc000    7ff000 8100073  /lib/libtinfo.so.5.7
+efbc211c    d83000    d8f000 8000075  /lib/libnss_files-2.12.so
+efbc2504    d8f000    d90000 8100071  /lib/libnss_files-2.12.so
+efbc2950    d90000    d91000 8100073  /lib/libnss_files-2.12.so
+f26afe00    edc000    edd000 4040075
+f1bb0a18   8047000   8118000 8001875  /bin/bash
+f1bb01e4   8118000   811d000 8101873  /bin/bash
+f1bb0c70   811d000   8122000 100073
+f26afae0   9fd9000   9ffa000 100073
+<span class="emphasis"><em>... several lines omitted ...</em></span></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help vm</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-files">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1254622" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display information about open files, type the <code class="command">files</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">files <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display files opened by the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-files"><h6>例22.8 Displaying information about open files of the current context</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">files</code>
+PID: 5591   TASK: f196d560  CPU: 2   COMMAND: "bash"
+ROOT: /    CWD: /root
+ FD    FILE     DENTRY    INODE    TYPE  PATH
+  0  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0
+  1  efade5c0  eee14090  f00431d4  REG   /proc/sysrq-trigger
+  2  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0
+ 10  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0
+255  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help files</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-exit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-exit">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To exit the interactive prompt and terminate <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span>, type <code class="command">exit</code> or <code class="command">q</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-exit"><h6>例22.9 Exiting the crash utility</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">exit</code>
+~]#</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-kdump-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kdump-resources">22.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id723207" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id833852" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man kdump.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file containing the full documentation of available options.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man makedumpfile</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">makedumpfile</code> core collector containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man kexec</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="command">kexec</code> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man crash</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> utility containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kexec-tools-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/kexec-kdump-howto.txt</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							An overview of the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> and <code class="command">kexec</code> installation and usage.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-resources-online"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-resources-online">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1546617" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://people.redhat.com/anderson/">http://people.redhat.com/anderson/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> utility homepage.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="ch-RPM" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">RPM</h1></div></div></div><a id="id920101" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id920094" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The <em class="firstterm">RPM Package Manager</em> (RPM) is an open packaging system
+		<a id="id920081" class="indexterm"></a>
+		, which runs on Fedora as well as other Linux and UNIX systems. Red Hat, Inc. and the Fedora Project encourage other vendors to use RPM for their own products. RPM is distributed under the terms of the <em class="firstterm">GPL</em> (<em class="firstterm">GNU General Public License</em>).
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The RPM Package Manager only works with packages built to work with the <span class="emphasis"><em>RPM format</em></span>. RPM is itself provided as a pre-installed <span class="package">rpm</span> package. For the end user, RPM makes system updates easy. Installing, uninstalling and upgrading RPM packages can be accomplished with short commands. RPM maintains a database of installed packages and their files, so you can invoke powerful queries and verifications on your system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The RPM package format has been improved for Fedora 15. RPM packages are now compressed using the XZ lossless data compression format, which has the benefit of greater compression and less CPU usage during decompression, and support multiple strong hash algorithms, such as SHA-256, for package signing and verification.
+	</div><div class="warning" id="warning-Use_Yum_Instead_of_RPM_Whenever_Possible"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use Yum Instead of RPM Whenever Possible</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			For most package management tasks, the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package manager offers equal and often greater capabilities and utility than RPM
+			<a id="id1037036" class="indexterm"></a>
+			. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> also performs and tracks complicated system dependency resolution, and will complain and force system integrity checks if you use RPM as well to install and remove packages. For these reasons, it is highly recommended that you use <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> instead of RPM whenever possible to perform package management tasks. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-yum">4ç« <em>Yum</em></a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If you prefer a graphical interface, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> GUI application, which uses <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> as its back end, to manage your system's packages. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-PackageKit">5ç« <em>PackageKit</em></a> for details.
+		</div></div></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Install RPM packages with the correct architecture!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			When installing a package, ensure it is compatible with your operating system and processor architecture. This can usually be determined by checking the package name. Many of the following examples show RPM packages compiled for the AMD64/Intel 64 computer architectures; thus, the RPM file name ends in <code class="filename">x86_64.rpm</code>.
+		</div></div></div><div class="para">
+		During upgrades, RPM handles configuration files carefully, so that you never lose your customizations—something that you cannot accomplish with regular <code class="filename">.tar.gz</code> files.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		For the developer, RPM allows you to take software source code and package it into source and binary packages for end users.
+		<a id="id1566403" class="indexterm"></a>
+		 This process is quite simple and is driven from a single file and optional patches that you create. This clear delineation between <em class="firstterm">pristine</em> sources and your patches along with build instructions eases the maintenance of the package as new versions of the software are released.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running rpm commands must be performed as root</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			Because RPM makes changes to your system, you must be logged in as root to install, remove, or upgrade an RPM package.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-design"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-design">A.1. RPM の設計目標</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1566356" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To understand how to use RPM, it can be helpful to understand the design goals of RPM:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Upgradability
+				<a id="id853952" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						With RPM, you can upgrade individual components of your system without completely reinstalling. When you get a new release of an operating system based on RPM, such as Fedora, you do not need to reinstall a fresh copy of the operating system your machine (as you might need to with operating systems based on other packaging systems). RPM allows intelligent, fully-automated, in-place upgrades of your system. In addition, configuration files in packages are preserved across upgrades, so you do not lose your customizations. There are no special upgrade files needed to upgrade a package because the same RPM file is used to both install and upgrade the package on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Powerful Querying
+				<a id="id672078" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						RPM is designed to provide powerful querying options. You can perform searches on your entire database for packages or even just certain files. You can also easily find out what package a file belongs to and from where the package came. The files an RPM package contains are in a compressed archive, with a custom binary header containing useful information about the package and its contents, allowing you to query individual packages quickly and easily.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> System Verification
+				<a id="id815393" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Another powerful RPM feature is the ability to verify packages. If you are worried that you deleted an important file for some package, you can verify the package. You are then notified of anomalies, if any—at which point you can reinstall the package, if necessary. Any configuration files that you modified are preserved during reinstallation.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Pristine Sources 
+				<a id="id1240340" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A crucial design goal was to allow the use of <span class="emphasis"><em>pristine </em></span> software sources, as distributed by the original authors of the software. With RPM, you have the pristine sources along with any patches that were used, plus complete build instructions. This is an important advantage for several reasons. For instance, if a new version of a program is released, you do not necessarily have to start from scratch to get it to compile. You can look at the patch to see what you <span class="emphasis"><em>might</em></span> need to do. All the compiled-in defaults, and all of the changes that were made to get the software to build properly, are easily visible using this technique.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The goal of keeping sources pristine may seem important only for developers, but it results in higher quality software for end users, too.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-using"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-using">A.2. RPMの使用法</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			RPM has five basic modes of operation
+			<a id="id809947" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 (not counting package building): installing, uninstalling, upgrading, querying, and verifying. This section contains an overview of each mode. For complete details and options, try <code class="command">rpm --help</code> or <code class="command">man rpm</code>. You can also refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-rpm-additional-resources">「その他のリソース」</a> for more information on RPM.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-finding"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-finding">A.2.1. RPM パッケージの検索</h3></div></div></div><a id="id778806" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1107162" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Before using any RPM packages, you must know where to find them. An Internet search returns many RPM repositories, but if you are looking for Red Hat RPM packages, they can be found at the following locations:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The Fedora installation media 
+						<a id="id859206" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <a id="id874706" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 contain many installable RPMs.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The initial RPM repositories provided with the YUM package manager
+						<a id="id874550" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <a id="id912571" class="indexterm"></a>
+						. Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-yum">4ç« <em>Yum</em></a> for details on how to use the official Fedora package repositories.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The active Fedora mirrors contains many installable RPMs: <a href="http://mirrors.fedoraproject.org/publiclist/">http://mirrors.fedoraproject.org/publiclist/</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Unofficial, third-party repositories not affiliated with The Fedora Project also provide RPM packages.
+					</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Third-party repositories and package compatibility</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							When considering third-party repositories for use with your Fedora system, pay close attention to the repository's web site with regard to package compatibility before adding the repository as a package source. Alternate package repositories may offer different, incompatible versions of the same software, including packages already included in the Fedora repositories.
+						</div></div></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード</h3></div></div></div><a id="id816811" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id908236" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1030096" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1008561" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				RPM packages typically have file names 
+				<a id="id990416" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 like <code class="filename">tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>. The file name includes the package name (<code class="filename">tree</code>), version (<code class="filename">1.5.3</code>), release (<code class="filename">2</code>), operating system major version (<code class="filename">fc15</code>) and CPU architecture (<code class="filename">x86_64</code>).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">rpm</code> の <code class="option">-U</code> オプションを使用できます:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						upgrade an existing but older package on the system to a newer version, or
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						install the package even if an older version is not already installed.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				That is, <code class="command">rpm -U <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> </code> is able to perform the function of either <span class="emphasis"><em>upgrading</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>installing</em></span> as is appropriate for the package.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Assuming the <code class="filename">tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code> package is in the current directory, log in as root and type the following command at a shell prompt to either upgrade or install the <span class="package">tree</span> package as determined by <code class="command">rpm</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="note" id="note-Use_-Uvh_for_nicely-formatted_RPM_installs"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use -Uvh for nicely-formatted RPM installs</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The <code class="option">-v</code> and <code class="option">-h</code> options (which are combined with <code class="option">-U</code>) cause <span class="application"><strong>rpm</strong></span> to print more verbose output and display a progress meter using hash signs.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				If the upgrade/installation is successful, the following output is displayed:
+			</div><pre class="screen">Preparing...                ########################################### [100%]
+   1:tree                   ########################################### [100%]</pre><div class="warning" id="warning-Always_use_the_-i_install_option_to_install_new_kernel_packages"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Always use the -i (install) option to install new kernel packages!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">rpm</code> provides two different options for installing packages: the aforementioned <code class="option">-U</code> option (which historically stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>upgrade</em></span>), and the <code class="option">-i</code> option, historically standing for <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span>. Because the <code class="option">-U</code> option subsumes both install and upgrade functions, we recommend to use <code class="command">rpm -Uvh</code> with all packages <span class="emphasis"><em>except <span class="package">kernel</span> packages</em></span>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					You should always use the <code class="option">-i</code> option to simply <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> a new kernel package instead of upgrading it. This is because using the <code class="option">-U</code> option to upgrade a kernel package removes the previous (older) kernel package, which could render the system unable to boot if there is a problem with the new kernel. Therefore, use the <code class="command">rpm -i <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_package&gt;</code></em> </code> command to install a new kernel <span class="emphasis"><em>without replacing any older <span class="package">kernel</span> packages</em></span>. For more information on installing <span class="package">kernel</span> packages, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">20章<em>カーネルをアップグレードする</em></a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				パッケージの署名は、パッケージのインストールまたはアップグレード時に自動的にチェックされます。署名により、パッケージが認証機関によって署名されたことを確認できます。たとえば、署名の検証が失敗すると、次のようなエラーメッセージが表示されます。
+			</div><pre class="screen">error: tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm: Header V3 RSA/SHA256 signature: BAD, key ID
+d22e77f2</pre><div class="para">
+				ヘッダのみの新しい署名なら、次のようなエラーメッセージが表示されます。
+			</div><pre class="screen">error: tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm: Header V3 RSA/SHA256 signature: BAD,
+key ID d22e77f2</pre><div class="para">
+				If you do not have the appropriate key installed to verify the signature, the message contains the word <code class="computeroutput">NOKEY</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">warning: tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm: Header V3 RSA/SHA1 signature: NOKEY, key ID 57bbccba</pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-check-rpm-sig">「パッケージの署名を確認する」</a> for more information on checking a package's signature.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-rpm-errors"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-rpm-errors">A.2.2.1. すでにインストールされているパッケージ</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					If a package of the same name and version is already installed
+					<a id="id1243631" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id692393" class="indexterm"></a>
+					, the following output is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">Preparing...                ########################################### [100%]
+	package tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64 is already installed</pre><div class="para">
+					However, if you want to install the package anyway, you can use the <code class="command">--replacepkgs</code> option, which tells RPM to ignore the error:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh --replacepkgs tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					このオプションは、RPM からインストールされた ファイルが削除された場合や、RPM からオリジナルの 設定ファイルをインストールしたい場合に便利です。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-rpm-conflicting-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-rpm-conflicting-files">A.2.2.2. ファイルの競合</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1045189" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					If you attempt to install a package that contains a file which has already been installed by another package
+					<a id="id823261" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id823273" class="indexterm"></a>
+					, the following is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">Preparing... ##################################################
+ file /usr/bin/foobar from install of foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64 conflicts
+with file from package bar-3.1.1.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+					To make RPM ignore this error, use the <code class="command">--replacefiles</code> option:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh --replacefiles foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">A.2.2.3. 未解決の依存性</h4></div></div></div><a id="id936958" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id908219" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					RPM packages may sometimes depend on other packages
+					<a id="id1095980" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id688774" class="indexterm"></a>
+					, which means that they require other packages to be installed to run properly. If you try to install a package which has an unresolved dependency, output similar to the following is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">error: Failed dependencies:
+	bar.so.3()(64bit) is needed by foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+					If you are installing a package from the Fedora installation media, such as from a CD-ROM or DVD, the dependencies may be available. Find the suggested package(s) on the Fedora installation media or on one of the active Fedora mirrors and add it to the command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm    bar-3.1.1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					両方のパッケージのインストールが正常に行なわれると、以下のような出力が表示されます。
+				</div><pre class="screen">Preparing...                ########################################### [100%]
+   1:foo                   ########################################### [ 50%]
+   2:bar                   ########################################### [100%]</pre><div class="para">
+					You can try the <code class="option">--whatprovides</code> option to determine which package contains the required file.
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -q --whatprovides "bar.so.3"</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					If the package that contains <code class="filename">bar.so.3</code> is in the RPM database, the name of the package is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">bar-3.1.1.fc15.i586.rpm</pre><div class="warning" id="warning-install-Warning-Forcing_Package_Installation"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告: 強制的なパッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Although we can <span class="emphasis"><em>force</em></span> <code class="command">rpm</code> to install a package that gives us a <code class="computeroutput">Failed dependencies</code> error (using the <code class="option">--nodeps</code> option), this is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended, and will usually result in the installed package failing to run. Installing or removing packages with <code class="command">rpm --nodeps</code> can cause applications to misbehave and/or crash, and can cause serious package management problems or, possibly, system failure. For these reasons, it is best to heed such warnings; the package manager—whether <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>—shows us these warnings and suggests possible fixes because accounting for dependencies is critical. The <span class="application"><stron
 g>Yum</strong></span> package manager can perform dependency resolution and fetch dependencies from online repositories, making it safer, easier and smarter than forcing <code class="command">rpm</code> to carry out actions without regard to resolving dependencies.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Configuration_File_Changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Configuration_File_Changes">A.2.3. Configuration File Changes</h3></div></div></div><a id="id967984" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id707341" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Because RPM performs intelligent upgrading of packages with configuration files
+				<a id="id707359" class="indexterm"></a>
+				, you may see one or the other of the following messages:
+			</div><pre class="screen">saving /etc/foo.conf as /etc/foo.conf.rpmsave</pre><div class="para">
+				This message means that changes you made to the configuration file may not be <span class="emphasis"><em>forward-compatible</em></span> with the new configuration file in the package, so RPM saved your original file and installed a new one. You should investigate the differences between the two configuration files and resolve them as soon as possible, to ensure that your system continues to function properly.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, RPM may save the package's <span class="emphasis"><em>new</em></span> configuration file as, for example, <code class="filename">foo.conf.rpmnew</code>, and leave the configuration file you modified untouched. You should still resolve any conflicts between your modified configuration file and the new one, usually by merging changes from the old one to the new one with a <code class="command">diff</code> program.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you attempt to upgrade to a package with an <span class="emphasis"><em>older</em></span> version number (that is, if a higher version of the package is already installed), the output is similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">package foo-2.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm (which is newer than foo-1.0-1) is already installed</pre><div class="para">
+				To force RPM to upgrade anyway, use the <code class="command">--oldpackage</code> option:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh --oldpackage foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-uninstalling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-uninstalling">A.2.4. アンインストール</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1751873" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1751885" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id986869" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id986885" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				パッケージのアンインストールは、インストールと 同様、簡単に実行できます。シェルプロンプトで以下の コマンドを入力します。
+			</div><pre class="screen">rpm -e foo</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>rpm -e and package name errors</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Notice that we used the package <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> <code class="filename">foo</code>, not the name of the original package <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span>, <code class="filename">foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64</code>. If you attempt to uninstall a package using the <code class="command">rpm -e</code> command and the original full file name, you will receive a package name error.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can encounter dependency errors when uninstalling a package if another installed package depends on the one you are trying to remove. For example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -e ghostscript</code>
+error: Failed dependencies:
+	libgs.so.8()(64bit) is needed by (installed) libspectre-0.2.2-3.fc15.x86_64
+	libgs.so.8()(64bit) is needed by (installed) foomatic-4.0.3-1.fc15.x86_64
+	libijs-0.35.so()(64bit) is needed by (installed) gutenprint-5.2.4-5.fc15.x86_64
+	ghostscript is needed by (installed) printer-filters-1.1-4.fc15.noarch</pre><div class="para">
+				Similar to how we searched for a shared object library (i.e. a <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;library_name&gt;</code></em>.so.<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;number&gt;</code></em> </code> file) in <a class="xref" href="#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">「未解決の依存性」</a>, we can search for a 64-bit shared object library using this exact syntax (and making sure to quote the file name):
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rpm -q --whatprovides "libgs.so.8()(64bit)"</code>
+ghostscript-8.70-1.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="warning" id="warning-uninstall-Warning-Forcing_Package_Installation"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告: 強制的なパッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Although we can <span class="emphasis"><em>force</em></span> <code class="command">rpm</code> to remove a package that gives us a <code class="computeroutput">Failed dependencies</code> error (using the <code class="option">--nodeps</code> option), this is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended, and may cause harm to other installed applications. Installing or removing packages with <code class="command">rpm --nodeps</code> can cause applications to misbehave and/or crash, and can cause serious package management problems or, possibly, system failure. For these reasons, it is best to heed such warnings; the package manager—whether <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>—shows us these warnings and suggests possible fixes because accounting for dependencies is critical. The <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong><
 /span> package manager can perform dependency resolution and fetch dependencies from online repositories, making it safer, easier and smarter than forcing <code class="command">rpm</code> to carry out actions without regard to resolving dependencies.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-freshening"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-freshening">A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</h3></div></div></div><a id="id676340" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id676352" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Freshening is similar to upgrading, except that only existent packages are upgraded. Type the following command at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Fvh foo-2.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+				RPM's freshen option checks the versions of the packages specified on the command line against the versions of packages that have already been installed on your system. When a newer version of an already-installed package is processed by RPM's freshen option, it is upgraded to the newer version. However, RPM's freshen option does not install a package if no previously-installed package of the same name exists. This differs from RPM's upgrade option, as an upgrade <span class="emphasis"><em>does</em></span> install packages whether or not an older version of the package was already installed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Freshening works for single packages or package groups. If you have just downloaded a large number of different packages, and you only want to upgrade those packages that are already installed on your system, freshening does the job. Thus, you do not have to delete any unwanted packages from the group that you downloaded before using RPM.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In this case, issue the following with the <code class="filename">*.rpm</code> glob:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Fvh *.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+				RPM then automatically upgrades only those packages that are already installed.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-querying"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-querying">A.2.6. 問い合わせ</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1750732" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1750744" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The RPM database stores information about all RPM packages installed in your system. It is stored in the directory <code class="filename">/var/lib/rpm/</code>, and is used to query what packages are installed, what versions each package is, and to calculate any changes to any files in the package since installation, among other use cases.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To query this database, use the <code class="command">-q</code> option. The <code class="command">rpm -q <em class="replaceable"><code>package name</code></em> </code> command displays the package name, version, and release number of the installed package <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;package_name&gt;</code></em>. For example, using <code class="command">rpm -q tree</code> to query installed package <code class="filename">tree</code> might generate the following output:
+			</div><pre class="screen">tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+				You can also use the following <span class="emphasis"><em>Package Selection Options</em></span> (which is a subheading in the RPM man page: see <code class="command">man rpm</code> for details) to further refine or qualify your query:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-a</code> — 現在の全インストール済みパッケージの問い合わせです。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-f <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;file_name&gt;</code></em> </code> </code> — queries the RPM database for which package owns <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;file_name&gt;</code></em> </code>. Specify the absolute path of the file (for example, <code class="command">rpm -qf <code class="filename">/bin/ls</code> </code> instead of <code class="command">rpm -qf ls</code>).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-p <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;package_file&gt;</code></em> </code> </code> — queries the uninstalled package <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;package_file&gt;</code></em> </code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				There are a number of ways to specify what information to display about queried packages. The following options are used to select the type of information for which you are searching. These are called the <span class="emphasis"><em>Package Query Options</em></span>.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-i</code> displays package information including name, description, release, size, build date, install date, vendor, and other miscellaneous information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-l</code> displays the list of files that the package contains.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-s</code> displays the state of all the files in the package.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-d</code> displays a list of files marked as documentation (man pages, info pages, READMEs, etc.) in the package.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-c</code> displays a list of files marked as configuration files. These are the files you edit after installation to adapt and customize the package to your system (for example, <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code>, <code class="filename">passwd</code>, <code class="filename">inittab</code>, etc.).
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For options that display lists of files, add <code class="command">-v</code> to the command to display the lists in a familiar <code class="command">ls -l</code> format.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-verifying"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-verifying">A.2.7. 検証</h3></div></div></div><a id="id821881" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1003023" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Verifying a package compares information about files installed from a package with the same information from the original package. Among other things, verifying compares the file size, MD5 sum, permissions, type, owner, and group of each file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The command <code class="command">rpm -V</code> verifies a package. You can use any of the <span class="emphasis"><em>Verify Options</em></span> listed for querying to specify the packages you wish to verify. A simple use of verifying is <code class="command">rpm -V tree</code>, which verifies that all the files in the <code class="command">tree</code> package are as they were when they were originally installed. For example:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						特定のファイルを含むパッケージを検証するには、
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Vf /usr/bin/tree</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+						In this example, <code class="filename">/usr/bin/tree</code> is the absolute path to the file used to query a package.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To verify ALL installed packages throughout the system (which will take some time):
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Va</code>
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						インストールされているパッケージと、 RPM パッケージファイルとを検証するには、
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Vp tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+						This command can be useful if you suspect that your RPM database is corrupt.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				If everything verified properly, there is no output. If there are any discrepancies, they are displayed. The format of the output is a string of eight characters (a "<code class="computeroutput">c</code>" denotes a configuration file) and then the file name. Each of the eight characters denotes the result of a comparison of one attribute of the file to the value of that attribute recorded in the RPM database. A single period (<code class="computeroutput">.</code>) means the test passed. The following characters denote specific discrepancies:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">5</code> — MD5 チェックサム
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">S</code> — ファイル サイズ
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">L</code> — シンボリック リンク
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">T</code> — ファイルの修正日時
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">D</code> — デバイス
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">U</code> — ユーザー
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">G</code> — グループ
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">M</code> — モード (パーミッションとファイルの種類を含む)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">?</code> — 読み込み不可ファイル (たとえばファイルのパーミッションエラー)
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				If you see any output, use your best judgment to determine if you should remove the package, reinstall it, or fix the problem in another way.
+			</div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-check-rpm-sig" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-check-rpm-sig">A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する</h2></div></div></div><a id="id686052" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		If you wish to verify that a package has not been corrupted or tampered with, you can examine just the md5sum by entering this command at the shell prompt: (where <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> is the file name of the RPM package):
+	</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -K --nosignature <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+		The output <code class="computeroutput"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em>: rsa sha1 (md5) pgp md5 OK</code> (specifically the <span class="emphasis"><em>OK</em></span> part of it) indicates that the file was not corrupted during download. To see a more verbose message, replace <code class="option">-K</code> with <code class="option">-Kvv</code> in the command.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		On the other hand, how trustworthy is the developer who created the package? If the package is <em class="firstterm">signed</em> with the developer's GnuPG <em class="firstterm">key</em>, you know that the developer really is who they say they are.
+	</div><a id="id677341" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id677355" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id677368" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		An RPM package can be signed using <em class="firstterm">Gnu Privacy Guard</em> (or GnuPG), to help you make certain your downloaded package is trustworthy.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		GnuPG is a tool for secure communication; it is a complete and free replacement for the encryption technology of PGP, an electronic privacy program. With GnuPG, you can authenticate the validity of documents and encrypt/decrypt data to and from other recipients. GnuPG is capable of decrypting and verifying PGP 5.<em class="replaceable"><code>x</code></em> files as well.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		During installation, GnuPG is installed by default, which enables you to immediately start using it to verify any packages that you download from the Fedora Project. Before doing so, you first need to import the correct Fedora key.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-keys-importing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-keys-importing">A.3.1. Importing Keys</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora GnuPG keys are located in the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/rpm-gpg/</code> directory. To verify a Fedora Project package, first import the correct key based on your processor architecture:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-fedora-<em class="replaceable"><code>x86_64</code></em></code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			To display a list of all keys installed for RPM verification, execute the command:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qa gpg-pubkey*</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			For the Fedora Project key, the output states:
+		</div><pre class="screen">gpg-pubkey-57bbccba-4a6f97af</pre><div class="para">
+			To display details about a specific key, use <code class="command">rpm -qi</code> followed by the output from the previous command:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qi gpg-pubkey-57bbccba-4a6f97af</code>
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-keys-checking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-keys-checking">A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To check the GnuPG signature of an RPM file after importing the builder's GnuPG key, use the following command (replace <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> with the file name of the RPM package):
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -K <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			If all goes well, the following message is displayed: <code class="computeroutput">rsa sha1 (md5) pgp md5 OK</code>. This means that the signature of the package has been verified, that it is not corrupt, and is therefore safe to install and use.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For more information, including a list of currently-used Fedora Project keys and their fingerprints, refer to <a href="http://fedoraproject.org/en/keys">http://fedoraproject.org/en/keys</a>.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-impressing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-impressing">A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1069396" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1069408" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			RPM is a useful tool for both managing your system and diagnosing and fixing problems. The best way to make sense of all its options is to look at some examples.
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					誤って何らかのファイルを削除してしまったものの、 何を削除したかわからないとします。 システム全体を検証して足りないものを調べるには、以下のコマンドを試すことができます。
+				</div><a id="id696892" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1069810" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Va</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					足りないファイルがあるか、壊れているファイルが あるように見える場合は、おそらくパッケージを再インストールするか、いったんアンインストールして 再インストールする必要があります。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					所属先のわからないファイルを見つけたとします。そのファイルが含まれるパッケージを検索するには、以下のように入力します。
+				</div><a id="id722142" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id722154" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qf /usr/bin/ghostscript</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">ghostscript-8.70-1.fc15.x86_64</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					We can combine the above two examples in the following scenario. Say you are having problems with <code class="filename">/usr/bin/paste</code>. You would like to verify the package that owns that program, but you do not know which package owns <code class="command">paste</code>. Enter the following command,
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Vf /usr/bin/paste</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					該当するパッケージが検証されます。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					特定のプログラムに関して詳細な情報が必要 なら、次のコマンドを入力して、そのプログラムの入った パッケージに付随するドキュメントを検索することが できます。
+				</div><a id="id650946" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1016755" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1016767" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qdf /usr/bin/free</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/BUGS
+/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/FAQ
+/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/NEWS
+/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/TODO
+/usr/share/man/man1/free.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pgrep.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pkill.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pmap.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/ps.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pwdx.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/skill.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/slabtop.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/snice.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/tload.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/top.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/uptime.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/w.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/watch.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man5/sysctl.conf.5.gz
+/usr/share/man/man8/sysctl.8.gz
+/usr/share/man/man8/vmstat.8.gz</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					新しい<span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>パッケージ が見つかったものの、それが何であるかがわからないと します。それに関する情報を検索するには、以下のコマンド を使用します。
+				</div><a id="id1062629" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1062641" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qip crontabs-1.10-31.fc15.noarch.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">Name        : crontabs                     Relocations: (not relocatable)
+Size        : 2486                             License: Public Domain and GPLv2
+Signature   : RSA/SHA1, Tue 11 Aug 2009 01:11:19 PM CEST, Key ID 9d1cc34857bbccba
+Packager    : Fedora Project
+Summary     : Root crontab files used to schedule the execution of programs
+Description :
+The crontabs package contains root crontab files and directories.
+You will need to install cron daemon to run the jobs from the crontabs.
+The cron daemon such as cronie or fcron checks the crontab files to
+see when particular commands are scheduled to be executed.  If commands
+are scheduled, it executes them.
+Crontabs handles a basic system function, so it should be installed on
+your system.</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Perhaps you now want to see what files the <code class="filename">crontabs</code> RPM package installs. You would enter the following:
+				</div><a id="id915423" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id915435" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qlp crontabs-1.10-31.fc15.noarch.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">/etc/cron.daily
+/etc/cron.hourly
+/etc/cron.monthly
+/etc/cron.weekly
+/etc/crontab
+/usr/bin/run-parts
+/usr/share/man/man4/crontabs.4.gz</pre></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			These are just a few examples. As you use RPM, you may find more uses for it.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-additional-resources">A.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1640208" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			RPM は、パッケージの問い合わせ、インストール、アップグレード、 削除を実行するためのたくさんのオプションや方法がある 非常に複雑なユーティリティです。RPM の詳細については、 以下のリソースを参照してください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-installed-docs">A.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">rpm --help</code> — This command displays a quick reference of RPM parameters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">man rpm</code> — The RPM man page gives more detail about RPM parameters than the <code class="command">rpm --help</code> command.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-useful-websites">A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><a id="id860484" class="indexterm"></a><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The RPM website — <a href="http://www.rpm.org/">http://www.rpm.org/</a>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The RPM mailing list can be subscribed to, and its archives read from, here — <a href="http://www.redhat.com/mailman/listinfo/rpm-list/">https://lists.rpm.org/mailman/listinfo/rpm-list</a>
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-related-books">A.5.3. 関連書籍</h3></div></div></div><a id="id864766" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <em class="citetitle">Maximum RPM</em> — <a href="http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/">http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="citetitle">Maximum RPM</em> book, which you can read online, covers everything from general RPM usage to building your own RPMs to programming with rpmlib.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">The sysconfig Directory</h1></div></div></div><a id="id654784" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id895881" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		This appendix outlines some of the files and directories found in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory, their function, and their contents. The information in this appendix is not intended to be complete, as many of these files have a variety of options that are only used in very specific or rare circumstances.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The content of the /etc/sysconfig/ directory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			The actual content of your <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory depends on the programs you have installed on your machine. To find the name of the package the configuration file belongs to, type the following at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">yum provides /etc/sysconfig/<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sec-Installing">「パッケージのインストール」</a> for more information on how to install new packages in Fedora.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysconfig-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysconfig-files">B.1. Files in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</h2></div></div></div><a id="id798743" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The following sections offer descriptions of files normally found in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-arpwatch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-arpwatch">B.1.1.  /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch </h3></div></div></div><a id="id838166" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/arpwatch</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">arpwatch</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">arpwatch</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-u arpwatch -e root -s 'root (Arpwatch)'"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-authconfig"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-authconfig">B.1.2.  /etc/sysconfig/authconfig </h3></div></div></div><a id="id922306" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/authconfig</code> file sets the authorization to be used on the host. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEMKHOMEDIR=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) creating a home directory for a user on the first login. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEMKHOMEDIR=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEPAMACCESS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the PAM authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEPAMACCESS=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESSSDAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the SSSD authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESSSDAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESHADOW=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) shadow passwords. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESHADOW=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEWINBIND=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using Winbind for user account configuration. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEWINBIND=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEDB=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the FAS authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEDB=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEFPRINTD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the fingerprint authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEFPRINTD=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">FORCESMARTCARD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) enforcing the smart card authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">FORCESMARTCARD=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">PASSWDALGORITHM=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The password algorithm. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be <code class="option">bigcrypt</code>, <code class="option">descrypt</code>, <code class="option">md5</code>, <code class="option">sha256</code>, or <code class="option">sha512</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">PASSWDALGORITHM=sha512</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USELDAPAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the LDAP authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USELDAPAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USELOCAUTHORIZE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the local authorization for local users. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USELOCAUTHORIZE=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USECRACKLIB=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the CrackLib. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USECRACKLIB=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEWINBINDAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the Winbind authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEWINBINDAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESMARTCARD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the smart card authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESMARTCARD=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USELDAP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using LDAP for user account configuration. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USELDAP=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USENIS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using NIS for user account configuration. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USENIS=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEKERBEROS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the Kerberos authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEKERBEROS=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESYSNETAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) authenticating system accounts with network services. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESYSNETAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESMBAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the SMB authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESMBAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESSSD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using SSSD for obtaining user information. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESSSD=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEHESIOD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the Hesoid name service. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEHESIOD=no</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Configuring_Authentication">8章<em>認証の設定</em></a> for more information on this topic.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-autofs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-autofs">B.1.3.  /etc/sysconfig/autofs </h3></div></div></div><a id="id942883" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/autofs</code> file defines custom options for the automatic mounting of devices. This file controls the operation of the automount daemons, which automatically mount file systems when you use them and unmount them after a period of inactivity. File systems can include network file systems, CD-ROM drives, diskettes, and other media.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MASTER_MAP_NAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default name for the master map. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MASTER_MAP_NAME="auto.master"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default mount timeout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">TIMEOUT=300</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">NEGATIVE_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default negative timeout for unsuccessful mount attempts. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NEGATIVE_TIMEOUT=60</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MOUNT_WAIT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for a response from <code class="command">mount</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MOUNT_WAIT=-1</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">UMOUNT_WAIT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for a response from <code class="command">umount</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">UMOUNT_WAIT=12</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">BROWSE_MODE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) browsing the maps. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">BROWSE_MODE="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MOUNT_NFS_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default protocol to be used by <code class="command">mount.nfs</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MOUNT_NFS_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL=4</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">APPEND_OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) appending the global options instead of replacing them. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">APPEND_OPTIONS="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LOGGING=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default logging level. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be either <code class="option">none</code>, <code class="option">verbose</code>, or <code class="option">debug</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LOGGING="none"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LDAP_URI=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space-separated list of server URIs in the form of <code class="systemitem"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em>://<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LDAP_URI="ldaps://ldap.example.com/"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LDAP_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The synchronous API calls timeout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LDAP_TIMEOUT=-1</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The network response timeout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT=8</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SEARCH_BASE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The base Distinguished Name (DN) for the map search. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SEARCH_BASE=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">AUTH_CONF_FILE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default location of the SASL authentication configuration file. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">AUTH_CONF_FILE="/etc/autofs_ldap_auth.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MAP_HASH_TABLE_SIZE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The hash table size for the map cache. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MAP_HASH_TABLE_SIZE=1024</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USE_MISC_DEVICE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the autofs miscellaneous device. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USE_MISC_DEVICE="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the LDAP daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS=""</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-clock"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-clock">B.1.4.  /etc/sysconfig/clock </h3></div></div></div><a id="id679509" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> file controls the interpretation of values read from the system hardware clock. It is used by the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool, and should not be edited by hand. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ZONE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time zone file under <code class="filename">/usr/share/zoneinfo</code> that <code class="filename">/etc/localtime</code> is a copy of. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ZONE="Europe/Prague"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">「Date and Time Configuration Tool」</a> for more information on the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool and its usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-dhcpd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-dhcpd">B.1.5.  /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1057228" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">dhcpd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">DHCPDARGS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">dhcpd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">DHCPDARGS=</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-DHCP_Servers">10ç« <em>DHCP Servers</em></a> for more information on DHCP and its usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-firewall"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-firewall">B.1.6.  /etc/sysconfig/firstboot </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1031245" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/firstboot</code> file defines whether to run the <code class="command">firstboot</code> utility. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RUN_FIRSTBOOT=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">YES</code>) or disable (<code class="option">NO</code>) running the <code class="command">firstboot</code> program. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RUN_FIRSTBOOT=NO</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				The first time the system boots, the <code class="command">init</code> program calls the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/firstboot</code> script, which looks for the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/firstboot</code> file. If this file does not contain the <code class="option">RUN_FIRSTBOOT=NO</code> option, the <code class="command">firstboot</code> program is run, guiding a user through the initial configuration of the system.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>You can run the firstboot program again</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="command">firstboot</code> program the next time the system boots, change the value of <code class="command">RUN_FIRSTBOOT</code> option to <code class="option">YES</code>, and type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl enable firstboot.service</code>
+</pre></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-i18n"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-i18n">B.1.7.  /etc/sysconfig/i18n </h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/i18n</code> configuration file defines the default language, any supported languages, and the default system font. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LANG=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default language. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LANG="en_US.UTF-8"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SUPPORTED=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A colon-separated list of supported languages. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SUPPORTED="en_US.UTF-8:en_US:en"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SYSFONT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default system font. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SYSFONT="latarcyrheb-sun16"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-init"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-init">B.1.8.  /etc/sysconfig/init </h3></div></div></div><a id="id941508" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/init</code> file controls how the system appears and functions during the boot process. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">BOOTUP=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The bootup style. The value has to be either <code class="option">color</code> (the standard color boot display), <code class="option">verbose</code> (an old style display which provides more information), or anything else for the new style display, but without ANSI formatting. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">BOOTUP=color</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RES_COL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The number of the column in which the status labels start. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RES_COL=60</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MOVE_TO_COL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to move the cursor to the column specified in <code class="option">RES_COL</code> (see above). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MOVE_TO_COL="echo -en \\033[${RES_COL}G"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_SUCCESS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the success color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_SUCCESS="echo -en \\033[0;32m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_FAILURE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the failure color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_FAILURE="echo -en \\033[0;31m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_WARNING=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the warning color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_WARNING="echo -en \\033[0;33m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_NORMAL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the default color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_NORMAL="echo -en \\033[0;39m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LOGLEVEL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The initial console logging level. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be in the range from <code class="option">1</code> (kernel panics only) to <code class="option">8</code> (everything, including the debugging information). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LOGLEVEL=3</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">PROMPT=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the hotkey interactive startup. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">PROMPT=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">AUTOSWAP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) probing for devices with swap signatures. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">AUTOSWAP=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ACTIVE_CONSOLES=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The list of active consoles. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ACTIVE_CONSOLES=/dev/tty[1-6]</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SINGLE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The single-user mode type. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be either <code class="option">/sbin/sulogin</code> (a user will be prompted for a password to log in), or <code class="option">/sbin/sushell</code> (the user will be logged in directly). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SINGLE=/sbin/sushell</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-ip6tables"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-ip6tables">B.1.9.  /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config </h3></div></div></div><a id="id755831" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config</code> file stores information used by the kernel to set up IPv6 packet filtering at boot time or whenever the <code class="command">ip6tables</code> service is started. Note that you should not modify it unless you are familiar with <code class="command">ip6tables</code> rules. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_MODULES=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space-separated list of helpers to be loaded after the firewall rules are applied. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_MODULES="ip_nat_ftp ip_nat_irc"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_MODULES_UNLOAD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) module unloading when the firewall is stopped or restarted. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_MODULES_UNLOAD="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_STOP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) saving the current firewall rules when the firewall is stopped. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_STOP="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_RESTART=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) saving the current firewall rules when the firewall is restarted. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_RESTART="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_SAVE_COUNTER=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) saving the rule and chain counters. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_SAVE_COUNTER="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_STATUS_NUMERIC=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) printing IP addresses and port numbers in a numeric format in the status output. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_STATUS_NUMERIC="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_STATUS_VERBOSE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) printing information about the number of packets and bytes in the status output. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_STATUS_VERBOSE="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_STATUS_LINENUMBERS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) printing line numbers in the status output. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_STATUS_LINENUMBERS="yes"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use the ip6tables command to create the rules</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You can create the rules manually using the <code class="command">ip6tables</code> command. Once created, type the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">service ip6tables save</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					This will add the rules to <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ip6tables</code>. Once this file exists, any firewall rules saved in it persist through a system reboot or a service restart.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-kybd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-kybd">B.1.10.  /etc/sysconfig/keyboard </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1645100" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</code> file controls the behavior of the keyboard. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">KEYTABLE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The name of a keytable file. The files that can be used as keytables start in the <code class="filename">/lib/kbd/keymaps/i386/</code> directory, and branch into different keyboard layouts from there, all labeled <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>.kmap.gz</code>. The first file name that matches the <code class="option">KEYTABLE</code> setting is used. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">KEYTABLE="us"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MODEL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keyboard model. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MODEL="pc105+inet"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LAYOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keyboard layout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LAYOUT="us"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">KEYBOARDTYPE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keyboard type. Allowed values are <code class="option">pc</code> (a PS/2 keyboard), or <code class="option">sun</code> (a Sun keyboard). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">KEYBOARDTYPE="pc"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-ldap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-ldap">B.1.11.  /etc/sysconfig/ldap </h3></div></div></div><a id="id909379" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ldap</code> file holds the basic configuration for the LDAP server. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">slapd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_OPTIONS="-4"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLURPD_OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">slurpd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLURPD_OPTIONS=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_LDAP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the LDAP over TCP (that is, <code class="systemitem">ldap:///</code>). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_LDAP="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_LDAPI=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the LDAP over IPC (that is, <code class="systemitem">ldapi:///</code>). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_LDAPI="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_LDAPS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the LDAP over TLS (that is, <code class="systemitem">ldaps:///</code>). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_LDAPS="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_URLS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space-separated list of URLs. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_URLS="ldapi:///var/lib/ldap_root/ldapi ldapi:/// ldaps:///"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for <code class="command">slapd</code> to shut down. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=3</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_ULIMIT_SETTINGS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The parameters to be passed to <code class="command">ulimit</code> before the <code class="command">slapd</code> daemon is started. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_ULIMIT_SETTINGS=""</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a> for more information on LDAP and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-named"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-named">B.1.12.  /etc/sysconfig/named </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1647761" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/named</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">named</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ROOTDIR=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The chroot environment under which the <code class="command">named</code> daemon runs. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be a full directory path. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ROOTDIR="/var/named/chroot"</pre><div class="para">
+							Note that the chroot environment has to be configured first (type <code class="command">info chroot</code> at a shell prompt for more information).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">named</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-6"</pre><div class="para">
+							Note that you should not use the <code class="option">-t</code> option. Instead, use <code class="option">ROOTDIR</code> as described above.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">KEYTAB_FILE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keytab file name. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">KEYTAB_FILE="/etc/named.keytab"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-BIND">「BIND」</a> for more information on the BIND DNS server and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-network"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-network">B.1.13.  /etc/sysconfig/network </h3></div></div></div><a id="id892469" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code> file is used to specify information about the desired network configuration. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">NETWORKING=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the networking. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NETWORKING=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">HOSTNAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The hostname of the machine. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">HOSTNAME=penguin.example.com</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">GATEWAY=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The IP address of the network's gateway. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">GATEWAY=192.168.1.0</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using custom init scripts</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Do not use custom init scripts to configure network settings. When performing a post-boot network service restart, custom init scripts configuring network settings that are run outside of the network init script lead to unpredictable results.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-ntpd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-ntpd">B.1.14.  /etc/sysconfig/ntpd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id660759" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ntpd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">ntpd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">ntpd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-u ntp:ntp -p /var/run/ntpd.pid -g"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">「Configuring the Network Time Protocol」</a> for more information on how to configure the <code class="command">ntpd</code> daemon.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-quagga"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-quagga">B.1.15.  /etc/sysconfig/quagga </h3></div></div></div><a id="id759545" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/quagga</code> file holds the basic configuration for Quagga daemons. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">QCONFDIR=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory with the configuration files for Quagga daemons. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">QCONFDIR="/etc/quagga"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">BGPD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">bgpd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">BGPD_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/bgpd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OSPF6D_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ospf6d</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OSPF6D_OPTS="-A ::1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ospf6d.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OSPFD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ospfd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OSPFD_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ospfd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RIPD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ripd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RIPD_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ripd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RIPNGD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ripngd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RIPNGD_OPTS="-A ::1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ripngd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ZEBRA_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">zebra</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ZEBRA_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/zebra.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ISISD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">isisd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ISISD_OPTS="-A ::1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/isisd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">WATCH_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">watchquagga</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">WATCH_OPTS="-Az -b_ -r/sbin/service_%s_restart -s/sbin/service_%s_start -k/sbin/service_%s_stop"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">WATCH_DAEMONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space separated list of monitored daemons. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">WATCH_DAEMONS="zebra bgpd ospfd ospf6d ripd ripngd"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-radvd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-radvd">B.1.16.  /etc/sysconfig/radvd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id910602" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/radvd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">radvd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">radvd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-u radvd"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-samba"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-samba">B.1.17.  /etc/sysconfig/samba </h3></div></div></div><a id="id754213" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/samba</code> file is used to pass arguments to the Samba daemons at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SMBDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">smbd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SMBDOPTIONS="-D"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">NMBDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">nmbd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NMBDOPTIONS="-D"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">WINBINDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">winbindd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">WINBINDOPTIONS=""</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-Samba">「Samba」</a> for more information on Samba and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-selinux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-selinux">B.1.18.  /etc/sysconfig/selinux </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1452098" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/selinux</code> file contains the basic configuration options for SELinux. It is a symbolic link to <code class="filename">/etc/selinux/config</code>, and by default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SELINUX=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The security policy. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value </code></em> can be either <code class="option">enforcing</code> (the security policy is always enforced), <code class="option">permissive</code> (instead of enforcing the policy, appropriate warnings are displayed), or <code class="option">disabled</code> (no policy is used). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SELINUX=enforcing</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SELINUXTYPE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The protection type. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be either <code class="option">targeted</code> (the targeted processes are protected), or <code class="option">mls</code> (the Multi Level Security protection). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SELINUXTYPE=targeted</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-sendmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-sendmail">B.1.19.  /etc/sysconfig/sendmail </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1091904" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/sendmail</code> is used to set the default values for the <span class="application"><strong>Sendmail</strong></span> application. By default, it contains the following values:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">DAEMON=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) running <code class="command">sendmail</code> as a daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">DAEMON=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">QUEUE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The interval at which the messages are to be processed. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">QUEUE=1h</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-email-mta-sendmail">「Sendmail」</a> for more information on Sendmail and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-spamd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-spamd">B.1.20.  /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin </h3></div></div></div><a id="id743648" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/spamassassin</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">spamd</code> daemon (a daemonized version of <span class="application"><strong>Spamassassin</strong></span>) at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SPAMDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">spamd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SPAMDOPTIONS="-d -c -m5 -H"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-email-mda-spam">「スパムフィルタ」</a> for more information on Spamassassin and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-squid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-squid">B.1.21.  /etc/sysconfig/squid </h3></div></div></div><a id="id885545" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/squid</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">squid</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SQUID_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">squid</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SQUID_OPTS=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SQUID_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for <code class="command">squid</code> daemon to shut down. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SQUID_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=100</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SQUID_CONF=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default configuration file. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SQUID_CONF="/etc/squid/squid.conf"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-rcu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-rcu">B.1.22.  /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1307260" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/system-config-users</code> file is the configuration file for the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> utility, and should not be edited by hand. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">FILTER=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) filtering of system users. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">FILTER=true</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_UID=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) assigning the highest available UID to newly added users. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_UID=true</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_GID=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) assigning the highest available GID to newly added groups. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_GID=true</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">PREFER_SAME_UID_GID=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) using the same UID and GID for newly added users when possible. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">PREFER_SAME_UID_GID=true</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-users-configui">「User Manager Tool」</a> for more information on <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> and its usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-vncservers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-vncservers">B.1.23.  /etc/sysconfig/vncservers </h3></div></div></div><a id="id899943" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/vncservers</code> file configures the way the <em class="firstterm">Virtual Network Computing</em> (<em class="firstterm">VNC</em>) server starts up. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">VNCSERVERS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A list of space separated <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>display</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> </code> pairs. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">VNCSERVERS="2:myusername"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">VNCSERVERARGS[<em class="replaceable"><code>display</code></em>]=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional arguments to be passed to the VNC server running on the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>display</code></em>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">VNCSERVERARGS[2]="-geometry 800x600 -nolisten tcp -localhost"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-xinetd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-xinetd">B.1.24.  /etc/sysconfig/xinetd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id930955" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/xinetd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">xinetd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">EXTRAOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">xinetd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">EXTRAOPTIONS=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">XINETD_LANG=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The locale information to be passed to every service started by <code class="command">xinetd</code>. Note that to remove locale information from the <code class="command">xinetd</code> environment, you can use an empty string (<code class="option">""</code>) or <code class="option">none</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">XINETD_LANG="en_US"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure the <code class="command">xinetd</code> services.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1751844" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The following directories are normally found in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code>.
+		</div><a id="id1751870" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/cbq/</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						<a id="id1015106" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 This directory contains the configuration files needed to do <em class="firstterm">Class Based Queuing</em> for bandwidth management on network interfaces. CBQ divides user traffic into a hierarchy of classes based on any combination of IP addresses, protocols, and application types.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/networking/</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						<a id="id706321" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 This directory is used by the <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-network</code>), and its contents should not be edited manually.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						<a id="id1067249" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 This directory contains the following network-related configuration files:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Network configuration files for each configured network interface, such as <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> for the <code class="systemitem">eth0</code> Ethernet interface.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Scripts used to bring network interfaces up and down, such as <code class="command">ifup</code> and <code class="command">ifdown</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Scripts used to bring ISDN interfaces up and down, such as <code class="command">ifup-isdn</code> and <code class="command">ifdown-isdn</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								直接編集すべきではない各種共有のネットワーク機能スクリプト。
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+						For more information on the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory, refer to <a class="xref" href="#ch-Network_Interfaces">6章<em>ネットワーク インターフェース</em></a>.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources">B.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1106535" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			This chapter is only intended as an introduction to the files in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory. The following source contains more comprehensive information.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation">B.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id963690" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/initscripts-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/sysconfig.txt</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A more authoritative listing of the files found in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory and the configuration options available for them.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="ch-proc" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">The proc File System</h1></div></div></div><a id="id874612" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id874632" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The Linux kernel has two primary functions: to control access to physical devices on the computer and to schedule when and how processes interact with these devices. The <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory (also called the <code class="filename">proc</code> file system) contains a hierarchy of special files which represent the current state of the kernel, allowing applications and users to peer into the kernel's view of the system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory contains a wealth of information detailing system hardware and any running processes. In addition, some of the files within <code class="filename">/proc/</code> can be manipulated by users and applications to communicate configuration changes to the kernel.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The /proc/ide/ and /proc/pci/ directories</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			Later versions of the 2.6 kernel have made the <code class="filename">/proc/ide/</code> and <code class="filename">/proc/pci/</code> directories obsolete. The <code class="command">/proc/ide/</code> file system is now superseded by files in <code class="command">sysfs</code>; to retrieve information on PCI devices, use <code class="command">lspci</code> instead. For more information on <code class="command">sysfs</code> or <code class="command">lspci</code>, refer to their respective <code class="command">man</code> pages.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-proc-virtual"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-virtual">C.1. A Virtual File System</h2></div></div></div><a id="id853456" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1307291" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id766204" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Linux systems store all data as <span class="emphasis"><em>files</em></span>. Most users are familiar with the two primary types of files: text and binary. But the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory contains another type of file called a <em class="firstterm">virtual file</em>. As such, <code class="filename">/proc/</code> is often referred to as a <em class="firstterm">virtual file system</em>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Virtual files have unique qualities. Most of them are listed as zero bytes in size, but can still contain a large amount of information when viewed. In addition, most of the time and date stamps on virtual files reflect the current time and date, indicative of the fact they are constantly updated.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Virtual files such as <code class="filename">/proc/interrupts</code>, <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code>, <code class="filename">/proc/mounts</code>, and <code class="filename">/proc/partitions</code> provide an up-to-the-moment glimpse of the system's hardware. Others, like the <code class="filename">/proc/filesystems</code> file and the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory provide system configuration information and interfaces.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For organizational purposes, files containing information on a similar topic are grouped into virtual directories and sub-directories. Process directories contain information about each running process on the system.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-viewing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-viewing">C.1.1. Viewing Virtual Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id947393" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id947407" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Most files within <code class="filename">/proc/</code> files operate similarly to text files, storing useful system and hardware data in human-readable text format. As such, you can use <code class="command">cat</code>, <code class="command">more</code>, or <code class="command">less</code> to view them. For example, to display information about the system's CPU, run <code class="command">cat /proc/cpuinfo</code>. This will return output similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+processor	: 0
+vendor_id	: AuthenticAMD
+cpu family	: 5
+model		: 9
+model name	: AMD-K6(tm) 3D+
+Processor stepping	: 1 cpu
+MHz		: 400.919
+cache size	: 256 KB
+fdiv_bug	: no
+hlt_bug		: no
+f00f_bug	: no
+coma_bug	: no
+fpu		: yes
+fpu_exception	: yes
+cpuid level	: 1
+wp		: yes
+flags		: fpu vme de pse tsc msr mce cx8 pge mmx syscall 3dnow k6_mtrr
+bogomips	: 799.53
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Some files in <code class="command">/proc/</code> contain information that is not human-readable. To retrieve information from such files, use tools such as <code class="command">lspci</code>, <code class="command">apm</code>, <code class="command">free</code>, and <code class="command">top</code>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Certain files can only be accessed with root privileges</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Some of the virtual files in the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory are readable only by the root user.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-change"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-change">C.1.2. Changing Virtual Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1067627" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1062756" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				As a general rule, most virtual files within the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory are read-only. However, some can be used to adjust settings in the kernel. This is especially true for files in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> subdirectory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the value of a virtual file, use the following command:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">echo <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> &gt; /proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>file</code></em> </code>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, to change the hostname on the fly, run:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">echo <em class="replaceable"><code>www.example.com</code></em> &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/hostname </code>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Other files act as binary or Boolean switches. Typing <code class="command">cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward</code> returns either a <code class="computeroutput">0</code> (off or false) or a <code class="computeroutput">1</code> (on or true). A <code class="computeroutput">0</code> indicates that the kernel is not forwarding network packets. To turn packet forwarding on, run <code class="command">echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward</code>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The sysctl command</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Another command used to alter settings in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> subdirectory is <code class="command">/sbin/sysctl</code>. For more information on this command, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">「Using the sysctl Command」</a>
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				For a listing of some of the kernel configuration files available in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> subdirectory, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s2-proc-dir-sys">「 /proc/sys/ 」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-proc-topfiles"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-topfiles">C.2. Top-level Files within the <code class="filename">proc</code> File System</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1075057" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Below is a list of some of the more useful virtual files in the top-level of the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The content of your files may differ</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				In most cases, the content of the files listed in this section are not the same as those installed on your machine. This is because much of the information is specific to the hardware on which Fedora is running for this documentation effort.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-buddyinfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-buddyinfo">C.2.1.  /proc/buddyinfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id817870" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file is used primarily for diagnosing memory fragmentation issues. Using the buddy algorithm, each column represents the number of pages of a certain order (a certain size) that are available at any given time. For example, for zone <em class="firstterm">direct memory access</em> (DMA), there are 90 of 2<sup>(0*PAGE_SIZE)</sup> chunks of memory. Similarly, there are 6 of 2<sup>(1*PAGE_SIZE)</sup> chunks, and 2 of 2<sup>(2*PAGE_SIZE)</sup> chunks of memory available.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="computeroutput">DMA</code> row references the first 16 MB on a system, the <code class="computeroutput">HighMem</code> row references all memory greater than 4 GB on a system, and the <code class="computeroutput">Normal</code> row references all memory in between.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is an example of the output typical of <code class="filename">/proc/buddyinfo</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Node 0, zone      DMA     90      6      2      1      1      ...
+Node 0, zone   Normal   1650    310      5      0      0      ...
+Node 0, zone  HighMem      2      0      0      1      1      ...
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-cmdline"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-cmdline">C.2.2.  /proc/cmdline </h3></div></div></div><a id="id873873" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file shows the parameters passed to the kernel at the time it is started. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/cmdline</code> file looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+ro root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet 3
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This tells us that the kernel is mounted read-only (signified by <code class="computeroutput">(ro)</code>), located on the first logical volume (<code class="computeroutput">LogVol00</code>) of the first volume group (<code class="computeroutput">/dev/VolGroup00</code>). <code class="computeroutput">LogVol00</code> is the equivalent of a disk partition in a non-LVM system (Logical Volume Management), just as <code class="computeroutput">/dev/VolGroup00</code> is similar in concept to <code class="filename">/dev/hda1</code>, but much more extensible.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on LVM used in Fedora, refer to <a href="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html">http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Next, <code class="computeroutput">rhgb</code> signals that the <code class="filename">rhgb</code> package has been installed, and graphical booting is supported, assuming <code class="filename">/etc/inittab</code> shows a default runlevel set to <code class="command">id:5:initdefault:</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Finally, <code class="computeroutput">quiet</code> indicates all verbose kernel messages are suppressed at boot time.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-cpuinfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-cpuinfo">C.2.3.  /proc/cpuinfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1038825" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This virtual file identifies the type of processor used by your system. The following is an example of the output typical of <code class="filename">/proc/cpuinfo</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+processor	: 0
+vendor_id	: GenuineIntel
+cpu family	: 15
+model		: 2
+model name	: Intel(R) Xeon(TM) CPU 2.40GHz
+stepping	: 7 cpu
+MHz		: 2392.371
+cache size	: 512 KB
+physical id	: 0
+siblings	: 2
+runqueue	: 0
+fdiv_bug	: no
+hlt_bug		: no
+f00f_bug	: no
+coma_bug	: no
+fpu		: yes
+fpu_exception	: yes
+cpuid level	: 2
+wp		: yes
+flags		: fpu vme de pse tsc msr pae mce cx8 apic sep mtrr pge mca  cmov pat pse36 clflush dts acpi mmx fxsr sse sse2 ss ht tm
+bogomips	: 4771.02
+</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">processor</code> — Provides each processor with an identifying number. On systems that have one processor, only a <code class="computeroutput">0</code> is present.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cpu family</code> — Authoritatively identifies the type of processor in the system. For an Intel-based system, place the number in front of "86" to determine the value. This is particularly helpful for those attempting to identify the architecture of an older system such as a 586, 486, or 386. Because some RPM packages are compiled for each of these particular architectures, this value also helps users determine which packages to install.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">model name</code> — Displays the common name of the processor, including its project name.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cpu MHz</code> — Shows the precise speed in megahertz for the processor to the thousandths decimal place.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cache size</code> — Displays the amount of level 2 memory cache available to the processor.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">siblings</code> — Displays the number of sibling CPUs on the same physical CPU for architectures which use hyper-threading.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">flags</code> — Defines a number of different qualities about the processor, such as the presence of a floating point unit (FPU) and the ability to process MMX instructions.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-crypto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-crypto">C.2.4.  /proc/crypto </h3></div></div></div><a id="id953923" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file lists all installed cryptographic ciphers used by the Linux kernel, including additional details for each. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/crypto</code> file looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+name         : sha1
+module       : kernel
+type         : digest
+blocksize    : 64
+digestsize   : 20
+name         : md5
+module       : md5
+type         : digest
+blocksize    : 64
+digestsize   : 16
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-devices"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-devices">C.2.5.  /proc/devices </h3></div></div></div><a id="id959544" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id682782" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id682808" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id841616" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id841634" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id829677" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays the various character and block devices currently configured (not including devices whose modules are not loaded). Below is a sample output from this file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Character devices:
+  1 mem
+  4 /dev/vc/0
+  4 tty
+  4 ttyS
+  5 /dev/tty
+  5 /dev/console
+  5 /dev/ptmx
+  7 vcs
+  10 misc
+  13 input
+  29 fb
+  36 netlink
+  128 ptm
+  136 pts
+  180 usb
+
+Block devices:
+  1 ramdisk
+  3 ide0
+  9 md
+  22 ide1
+  253 device-mapper
+  254 mdp
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The output from <code class="filename">/proc/devices</code> includes the major number and name of the device, and is broken into two major sections: <code class="computeroutput">Character devices</code> and <code class="computeroutput">Block devices</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Character devices</em> are similar to <em class="firstterm">block devices</em>, except for two basic differences:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Character devices do not require buffering. Block devices have a buffer available, allowing them to order requests before addressing them. This is important for devices designed to store information — such as hard drives — because the ability to order the information before writing it to the device allows it to be placed in a more efficient order.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Character devices send data with no preconfigured size. Block devices can send and receive information in blocks of a size configured per device.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				For more information about devices refer to the following installed documentation:
+			</div><pre class="screen">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_version&gt;</code></em>/Documentation/devices.txt</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dma"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dma">C.2.6.  /proc/dma </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1031307" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains a list of the registered ISA DMA channels in use. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/dma</code> files looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+4: cascade
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-execdomains"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-execdomains">C.2.7.  /proc/execdomains </h3></div></div></div><a id="id801722" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id738966" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id738984" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file lists the <em class="firstterm">execution domains</em> currently supported by the Linux kernel, along with the range of personalities they support.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0-0   Linux           [kernel]
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Think of execution domains as the "personality" for an operating system. Because other binary formats, such as Solaris, UnixWare, and FreeBSD, can be used with Linux, programmers can change the way the operating system treats system calls from these binaries by changing the personality of the task. Except for the <code class="computeroutput">PER_LINUX</code> execution domain, different personalities can be implemented as dynamically loadable modules.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-fb"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-fb">C.2.8.  /proc/fb </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1104501" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1059503" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains a list of frame buffer devices, with the frame buffer device number and the driver that controls it. Typical output of <code class="filename">/proc/fb</code> for systems which contain frame buffer devices looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0 VESA VGA
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-filesystems"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-filesystems">C.2.9.  /proc/filesystems </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1145991" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays a list of the file system types currently supported by the kernel. Sample output from a generic <code class="filename">/proc/filesystems</code> file looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+nodev   sysfs
+nodev   rootfs
+nodev   bdev
+nodev   proc
+nodev   sockfs
+nodev   binfmt_misc
+nodev   usbfs
+nodev   usbdevfs
+nodev   futexfs
+nodev   tmpfs
+nodev   pipefs
+nodev   eventpollfs
+nodev   devpts
+	ext2
+nodev   ramfs
+nodev   hugetlbfs
+	iso9660
+nodev   mqueue
+	ext3
+nodev   rpc_pipefs
+nodev   autofs
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column signifies whether the file system is mounted on a block device. Those beginning with <code class="computeroutput">nodev</code> are not mounted on a device. The second column lists the names of the file systems supported.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">mount</code> command cycles through the file systems listed here when one is not specified as an argument.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-interrupts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-interrupts">C.2.10.  /proc/interrupts </h3></div></div></div><a id="id975225" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file records the number of interrupts per IRQ on the x86 architecture. A standard <code class="filename">/proc/interrupts</code> looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+  CPU0
+  0:   80448940          XT-PIC  timer
+  1:     174412          XT-PIC  keyboard
+  2:          0          XT-PIC  cascade
+  8:          1          XT-PIC  rtc
+ 10:     410964          XT-PIC  eth0
+ 12:      60330          XT-PIC  PS/2 Mouse
+ 14:    1314121          XT-PIC  ide0
+ 15:    5195422          XT-PIC  ide1
+NMI:          0
+ERR:          0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				For a multi-processor machine, this file may look slightly different:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+	   CPU0       CPU1
+  0: 1366814704          0          XT-PIC  timer
+  1:        128        340    IO-APIC-edge  keyboard
+  2:          0          0          XT-PIC  cascade
+  8:          0          1    IO-APIC-edge  rtc
+ 12:       5323       5793    IO-APIC-edge  PS/2 Mouse
+ 13:          1          0          XT-PIC  fpu
+ 16:   11184294   15940594   IO-APIC-level  Intel EtherExpress Pro 10/100 Ethernet
+ 20:    8450043   11120093   IO-APIC-level  megaraid
+ 30:      10432      10722   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
+ 31:         23         22   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
+NMI:          0
+ERR:          0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column refers to the IRQ number. Each CPU in the system has its own column and its own number of interrupts per IRQ. The next column reports the type of interrupt, and the last column contains the name of the device that is located at that IRQ.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Each of the types of interrupts seen in this file, which are architecture-specific, mean something different. For x86 machines, the following values are common:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">XT-PIC</code> — This is the old AT computer interrupts.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">IO-APIC-edge</code> — The voltage signal on this interrupt transitions from low to high, creating an <span class="emphasis"><em>edge</em></span>, where the interrupt occurs and is only signaled once. This kind of interrupt, as well as the <code class="computeroutput">IO-APIC-level</code> interrupt, are only seen on systems with processors from the 586 family and higher.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">IO-APIC-level</code> — Generates interrupts when its voltage signal is high until the signal is low again.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-iomem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-iomem">C.2.11.  /proc/iomem </h3></div></div></div><a id="id827327" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file shows you the current map of the system's memory for each physical device:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+00000000-0009fbff : System RAM
+0009fc00-0009ffff : reserved
+000a0000-000bffff : Video RAM area
+000c0000-000c7fff : Video ROM
+000f0000-000fffff : System ROM
+00100000-07ffffff : System RAM
+00100000-00291ba8 : Kernel code
+00291ba9-002e09cb : Kernel data
+e0000000-e3ffffff : VIA Technologies, Inc. VT82C597 [Apollo VP3] e4000000-e7ffffff : PCI Bus #01
+e4000000-e4003fff : Matrox Graphics, Inc. MGA G200 AGP
+e5000000-e57fffff : Matrox Graphics, Inc. MGA G200 AGP
+e8000000-e8ffffff : PCI Bus #01
+e8000000-e8ffffff : Matrox Graphics, Inc. MGA G200 AGP
+ea000000-ea00007f : Digital Equipment Corporation DECchip 21140 [FasterNet]
+ea000000-ea00007f : tulip ffff0000-ffffffff : reserved
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column displays the memory registers used by each of the different types of memory. The second column lists the kind of memory located within those registers and displays which memory registers are used by the kernel within the system RAM or, if the network interface card has multiple Ethernet ports, the memory registers assigned for each port.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-ioports"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-ioports">C.2.12.  /proc/ioports </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1081059" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The output of <code class="filename">/proc/ioports</code> provides a list of currently registered port regions used for input or output communication with a device. This file can be quite long. The following is a partial listing:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0000-001f : dma1
+0020-003f : pic1
+0040-005f : timer
+0060-006f : keyboard
+0070-007f : rtc
+0080-008f : dma page reg
+00a0-00bf : pic2
+00c0-00df : dma2
+00f0-00ff : fpu
+0170-0177 : ide1
+01f0-01f7 : ide0
+02f8-02ff : serial(auto)
+0376-0376 : ide1
+03c0-03df : vga+
+03f6-03f6 : ide0
+03f8-03ff : serial(auto)
+0cf8-0cff : PCI conf1
+d000-dfff : PCI Bus #01
+e000-e00f : VIA Technologies, Inc. Bus Master IDE
+e000-e007 : ide0
+e008-e00f : ide1
+e800-e87f : Digital Equipment Corporation DECchip 21140 [FasterNet]
+e800-e87f : tulip
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column gives the I/O port address range reserved for the device listed in the second column.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-kcore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-kcore">C.2.13.  /proc/kcore </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1009871" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file represents the physical memory of the system and is stored in the core file format. Unlike most <code class="filename">/proc/</code> files, <code class="filename">kcore</code> displays a size. This value is given in bytes and is equal to the size of the physical memory (RAM) used plus 4 KB.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The contents of this file are designed to be examined by a debugger, such as <code class="command">gdb</code>, and is not human readable.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not attempt to view the content of /proc/kcore</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Do not view the <code class="filename">/proc/kcore</code> virtual file. The contents of the file scramble text output on the terminal. If this file is accidentally viewed, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> to stop the process and then type <code class="command">reset</code> to bring back the command line prompt.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-kmsg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-kmsg">C.2.14.  /proc/kmsg </h3></div></div></div><a id="id745854" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file is used to hold messages generated by the kernel. These messages are then picked up by other programs, such as <code class="command">/sbin/klogd</code> or <code class="command">/bin/dmesg</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-loadavg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-loadavg">C.2.15.  /proc/loadavg </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1487993" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file provides a look at the load average in regard to both the CPU and IO over time, as well as additional data used by <code class="command">uptime</code> and other commands. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/loadavg</code> file looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0.20 0.18 0.12 1/80 11206
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first three columns measure CPU and IO utilization of the last one, five, and 15 minute periods. The fourth column shows the number of currently running processes and the total number of processes. The last column displays the last process ID used.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In addition, load average also refers to the number of processes ready to run (i.e. in the run queue, waiting for a CPU share.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-locks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-locks">C.2.16.  /proc/locks </h3></div></div></div><a id="id692916" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays the files currently locked by the kernel. The contents of this file contain internal kernel debugging data and can vary tremendously, depending on the use of the system. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/locks</code> file for a lightly loaded system looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+1: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3568 fd:00:2531452 0 EOF
+2: FLOCK  ADVISORY  WRITE 3517 fd:00:2531448 0 EOF
+3: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3452 fd:00:2531442 0 EOF
+4: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3443 fd:00:2531440 0 EOF
+5: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3326 fd:00:2531430 0 EOF
+6: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3175 fd:00:2531425 0 EOF
+7: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3056 fd:00:2548663 0 EOF
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Each lock has its own line which starts with a unique number. The second column refers to the class of lock used, with <code class="computeroutput">FLOCK</code> signifying the older-style UNIX file locks from a <code class="command">flock</code> system call and <code class="computeroutput">POSIX</code> representing the newer POSIX locks from the <code class="command">lockf</code> system call.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The third column can have two values: <code class="computeroutput">ADVISORY</code> or <code class="computeroutput">MANDATORY</code>. <code class="computeroutput">ADVISORY</code> means that the lock does not prevent other people from accessing the data; it only prevents other attempts to lock it. <code class="computeroutput">MANDATORY</code> means that no other access to the data is permitted while the lock is held. The fourth column reveals whether the lock is allowing the holder <code class="computeroutput">READ</code> or <code class="computeroutput">WRITE</code> access to the file. The fifth column shows the ID of the process holding the lock. The sixth column shows the ID of the file being locked, in the format of <code class="computeroutput"><em class="replaceable"><code>MAJOR-DEVICE</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>MINOR-DEVICE</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>INODE-NUMBER</code></em> </code>. The seventh and eighth column shows the start and end o
 f the file's locked region.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-mdstat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-mdstat">C.2.17.  /proc/mdstat </h3></div></div></div><a id="id981430" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains the current information for multiple-disk, RAID configurations. If the system does not contain such a configuration, then <code class="filename">/proc/mdstat</code> looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Personalities :  read_ahead not set unused devices: &lt;none&gt;
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This file remains in the same state as seen above unless a software RAID or <code class="filename">md</code> device is present. In that case, view <code class="filename">/proc/mdstat</code> to find the current status of <code class="filename">md<em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> </code> RAID devices.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/mdstat</code> file below shows a system with its <code class="filename">md0</code> configured as a RAID 1 device, while it is currently re-syncing the disks:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Personalities : [linear] [raid1] read_ahead 1024 sectors
+md0: active raid1 sda2[1] sdb2[0] 9940 blocks [2/2] [UU] resync=1% finish=12.3min algorithm 2 [3/3] [UUU]
+unused devices: &lt;none&gt;
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-meminfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-meminfo">C.2.18.  /proc/meminfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1071966" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This is one of the more commonly used files in the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory, as it reports a large amount of valuable information about the systems RAM usage.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following sample <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code> virtual file is from a system with 256 MB of RAM and 512 MB of swap space:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+MemTotal:       255908 kB
+MemFree:         69936 kB
+Buffers:         15812 kB
+Cached:         115124 kB
+SwapCached:          0 kB
+Active:          92700 kB
+Inactive:        63792 kB
+HighTotal:           0 kB
+HighFree:            0 kB
+LowTotal:       255908 kB
+LowFree:         69936 kB
+SwapTotal:      524280 kB
+SwapFree:       524280 kB
+Dirty:               4 kB
+Writeback:           0 kB
+Mapped:          42236 kB
+Slab:            25912 kB
+Committed_AS:   118680 kB
+PageTables:       1236 kB
+VmallocTotal:  3874808 kB
+VmallocUsed:      1416 kB
+VmallocChunk:  3872908 kB
+HugePages_Total:     0
+HugePages_Free:      0
+Hugepagesize:     4096 kB
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Much of the information here is used by the <code class="command">free</code>, <code class="command">top</code>, and <code class="command">ps</code> commands. In fact, the output of the <code class="command">free</code> command is similar in appearance to the contents and structure of <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code>. But by looking directly at <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code>, more details are revealed:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">MemTotal</code> — Total amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">MemFree</code> — The amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes, left unused by the system.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Buffers</code> — The amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes, used for file buffers.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Cached</code> — The amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes, used as cache memory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SwapCached</code> — The amount of swap, in kilobytes, used as cache memory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Active</code> — The total amount of buffer or page cache memory, in kilobytes, that is in active use. This is memory that has been recently used and is usually not reclaimed for other purposes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Inactive</code> — The total amount of buffer or page cache memory, in kilobytes, that are free and available. This is memory that has not been recently used and can be reclaimed for other purposes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">HighTotal</code> and <code class="computeroutput">HighFree</code> — The total and free amount of memory, in kilobytes, that is not directly mapped into kernel space. The <code class="computeroutput">HighTotal</code> value can vary based on the type of kernel used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">LowTotal</code> and <code class="computeroutput">LowFree</code> — The total and free amount of memory, in kilobytes, that is directly mapped into kernel space. The <code class="computeroutput">LowTotal</code> value can vary based on the type of kernel used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SwapTotal</code> — The total amount of swap available, in kilobytes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SwapFree</code> — The total amount of swap free, in kilobytes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Dirty</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, waiting to be written back to the disk.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Writeback</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, actively being written back to the disk.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Mapped</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, which have been used to map devices, files, or libraries using the <code class="command">mmap</code> command.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Slab</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, used by the kernel to cache data structures for its own use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Committed_AS</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, estimated to complete the workload. This value represents the worst case scenario value, and also includes swap memory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">PageTables</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, dedicated to the lowest page table level.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">VMallocTotal</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, of total allocated virtual address space.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">VMallocUsed</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, of used virtual address space.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">VMallocChunk</code> — The largest contiguous block of memory, in kilobytes, of available virtual address space.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">HugePages_Total</code> — The total number of hugepages for the system. The number is derived by dividing <code class="computeroutput">Hugepagesize</code> by the megabytes set aside for hugepages specified in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/hugetlb_pool</code>. <span class="emphasis"><em>This statistic only appears on the x86, Itanium, and AMD64 architectures.</em></span>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">HugePages_Free</code> — The total number of hugepages available for the system. <span class="emphasis"><em>This statistic only appears on the x86, Itanium, and AMD64 architectures.</em></span>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Hugepagesize</code> — The size for each hugepages unit in kilobytes. By default, the value is 4096 KB on uniprocessor kernels for 32 bit architectures. For SMP, hugemem kernels, and AMD64, the default is 2048 KB. For Itanium architectures, the default is 262144 KB. <span class="emphasis"><em>This statistic only appears on the x86, Itanium, and AMD64 architectures.</em></span>
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-misc"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-misc">C.2.19.  /proc/misc </h3></div></div></div><a id="id986832" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file lists miscellaneous drivers registered on the miscellaneous major device, which is device number 10:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+63 device-mapper 175 agpgart 135 rtc 134 apm_bios
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column is the minor number of each device, while the second column shows the driver in use.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-modules">C.2.20.  /proc/modules </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1534400" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays a list of all modules loaded into the kernel. Its contents vary based on the configuration and use of your system, but it should be organized in a similar manner to this sample <code class="filename">/proc/modules</code> file output:
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The content of /proc/modules</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					This example has been reformatted into a readable format. Most of this information can also be viewed via the <code class="command">/sbin/lsmod</code> command.
+				</div></div></div><pre class="screen">
+nfs      170109  0 -          Live 0x129b0000
+lockd    51593   1 nfs,       Live 0x128b0000
+nls_utf8 1729    0 -          Live 0x12830000
+vfat     12097   0 -          Live 0x12823000
+fat      38881   1 vfat,      Live 0x1287b000
+autofs4  20293   2 -          Live 0x1284f000
+sunrpc   140453  3 nfs,lockd, Live 0x12954000
+3c59x    33257   0 -          Live 0x12871000
+uhci_hcd 28377   0 -          Live 0x12869000
+md5      3777    1 -          Live 0x1282c000
+ipv6     211845 16 -          Live 0x128de000
+ext3     92585   2 -          Live 0x12886000
+jbd      65625   1 ext3,      Live 0x12857000
+dm_mod   46677   3 -          Live 0x12833000
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column contains the name of the module.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The second column refers to the memory size of the module, in bytes.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The third column lists how many instances of the module are currently loaded. A value of zero represents an unloaded module.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The fourth column states if the module depends upon another module to be present in order to function, and lists those other modules.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The fifth column lists what load state the module is in: <code class="command">Live</code>, <code class="command">Loading</code>, or <code class="command">Unloading</code> are the only possible values.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The sixth column lists the current kernel memory offset for the loaded module. This information can be useful for debugging purposes, or for profiling tools such as <code class="filename">oprofile</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-mounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-mounts">C.2.21.  /proc/mounts </h3></div></div></div><a id="id906593" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file provides a list of all mounts in use by the system:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+rootfs / rootfs rw 0 0
+/proc /proc proc rw,nodiratime 0 0 none
+/dev ramfs rw 0 0
+/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol00 / ext3 rw 0 0
+none /dev ramfs rw 0 0
+/proc /proc proc rw,nodiratime 0 0
+/sys /sys sysfs rw 0 0
+none /dev/pts devpts rw 0 0
+usbdevfs /proc/bus/usb usbdevfs rw 0 0
+/dev/hda1 /boot ext3 rw 0 0
+none /dev/shm tmpfs rw 0 0
+none /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc binfmt_misc rw 0 0
+sunrpc /var/lib/nfs/rpc_pipefs rpc_pipefs rw 0 0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The output found here is similar to the contents of <code class="filename">/etc/mtab</code>, except that <code class="filename">/proc/mounts</code> is more up-to-date.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The first column specifies the device that is mounted, the second column reveals the mount point, and the third column tells the file system type, and the fourth column tells you if it is mounted read-only (<code class="computeroutput">ro</code>) or read-write (<code class="computeroutput">rw</code>). The fifth and sixth columns are dummy values designed to match the format used in <code class="filename">/etc/mtab</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-mtrr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-mtrr">C.2.22.  /proc/mtrr </h3></div></div></div><a id="id774698" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file refers to the current Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) in use with the system. If the system architecture supports MTRRs, then the <code class="filename">/proc/mtrr</code> file may look similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+reg00: base=0x00000000 (   0MB), size= 256MB: write-back, count=1
+reg01: base=0xe8000000 (3712MB), size=  32MB: write-combining, count=1
+</pre><div class="para">
+				MTRRs are used with the Intel P6 family of processors (Pentium II and higher) and control processor access to memory ranges. When using a video card on a PCI or AGP bus, a properly configured <code class="filename">/proc/mtrr</code> file can increase performance more than 150%.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Most of the time, this value is properly configured by default. More information on manually configuring this file can be found locally at the following location:
+			</div><pre class="screen">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_version&gt;</code></em>/Documentation/<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;arch&gt;</code></em>/mtrr.txt</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-partitions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-partitions">C.2.23.  /proc/partitions </h3></div></div></div><a id="id746462" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains partition block allocation information. A sampling of this file from a basic system looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+major minor  #blocks  name
+  3     0   19531250 hda
+  3     1     104391 hda1
+  3     2   19422585 hda2
+253     0   22708224 dm-0
+253     1     524288 dm-1
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Most of the information here is of little importance to the user, except for the following columns:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">major</code> — The major number of the device with this partition. The major number in the <code class="filename">/proc/partitions</code>, (<code class="computeroutput">3</code>), corresponds with the block device <code class="computeroutput">ide0</code>, in <code class="filename">/proc/devices</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">minor</code> — The minor number of the device with this partition. This serves to separate the partitions into different physical devices and relates to the number at the end of the name of the partition.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">#blocks</code> — Lists the number of physical disk blocks contained in a particular partition.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">name</code> — The name of the partition.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-slabinfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-slabinfo">C.2.24.  /proc/slabinfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id819942" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id819965" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file gives full information about memory usage on the <em class="firstterm">slab</em> level. Linux kernels greater than version 2.2 use <em class="firstterm">slab pools</em> to manage memory above the page level. Commonly used objects have their own slab pools.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Instead of parsing the highly verbose <code class="filename">/proc/slabinfo</code> file manually, the <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> program displays kernel slab cache information in real time. This program allows for custom configurations, including column sorting and screen refreshing.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A sample screen shot of <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> usually looks like the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Active / Total Objects (% used)    : 133629 / 147300 (90.7%)
+Active / Total Slabs (% used)      : 11492 / 11493 (100.0%)
+Active / Total Caches (% used)     : 77 / 121 (63.6%)
+Active / Total Size (% used)       : 41739.83K / 44081.89K (94.7%)
+Minimum / Average / Maximum Object : 0.01K / 0.30K / 128.00K
+OBJS   ACTIVE USE      OBJ   SIZE     SLABS OBJ/SLAB CACHE SIZE NAME
+44814  43159  96%    0.62K   7469      6     29876K ext3_inode_cache
+36900  34614  93%    0.05K    492     75      1968K buffer_head
+35213  33124  94%    0.16K   1531     23      6124K dentry_cache
+7364   6463  87%    0.27K    526      14      2104K radix_tree_node
+2585   1781  68%    0.08K     55      47       220K vm_area_struct
+2263   2116  93%    0.12K     73      31       292K size-128
+1904   1125  59%    0.03K     16      119        64K size-32
+1666    768  46%    0.03K     14      119        56K anon_vma
+1512   1482  98%    0.44K    168       9       672K inode_cache
+1464   1040  71%    0.06K     24      61        96K size-64
+1320    820  62%    0.19K     66      20       264K filp
+678    587  86%    0.02K      3      226        12K dm_io
+678    587  86%    0.02K      3      226        12K dm_tio
+576    574  99%    0.47K     72        8       288K proc_inode_cache
+528    514  97%    0.50K     66        8       264K size-512
+492    372  75%    0.09K     12       41        48K bio
+465    314  67%    0.25K     31       15       124K size-256
+452    331  73%    0.02K      2      226         8K biovec-1
+420    420 100%    0.19K     21       20        84K skbuff_head_cache
+305    256  83%    0.06K      5       61        20K biovec-4
+290      4   1%    0.01K      1      290         4K revoke_table
+264    264 100%    4.00K    264        1      1056K size-4096
+260    256  98%    0.19K     13       20        52K biovec-16
+260    256  98%    0.75K     52        5       208K biovec-64
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Some of the more commonly used statistics in <code class="filename">/proc/slabinfo</code> that are included into <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> include:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">OBJS</code> — The total number of objects (memory blocks), including those in use (allocated), and some spares not in use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">ACTIVE</code> — The number of objects (memory blocks) that are in use (allocated).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">USE</code> — Percentage of total objects that are active. ((ACTIVE/OBJS)(100))
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">OBJ SIZE</code> — The size of the objects.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SLABS</code> — The total number of slabs.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">OBJ/SLAB</code> — The number of objects that fit into a slab.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">CACHE SIZE</code> — The cache size of the slab.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">NAME</code> — The name of the slab.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For more information on the <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> program, refer to the <code class="filename">slabtop</code> man page.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-stat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-stat">C.2.25.  /proc/stat </h3></div></div></div><a id="id708536" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id708558" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id866503" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file keeps track of a variety of different statistics about the system since it was last restarted. The contents of <code class="filename">/proc/stat</code>, which can be quite long, usually begins like the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+cpu  259246 7001 60190 34250993 137517 772 0
+cpu0 259246 7001 60190 34250993 137517 772 0
+intr 354133732 347209999 2272 0 4 4 0 0 3 1 1249247 0 0 80143 0 422626 5169433
+ctxt 12547729
+btime 1093631447
+processes 130523
+procs_running 1
+procs_blocked 0
+preempt 5651840
+cpu  209841 1554 21720 118519346 72939 154 27168
+cpu0 42536 798 4841 14790880 14778 124 3117
+cpu1 24184 569 3875 14794524 30209 29 3130
+cpu2 28616 11 2182 14818198 4020 1 3493
+cpu3 35350 6 2942 14811519 3045 0 3659
+cpu4 18209 135 2263 14820076 12465 0 3373
+cpu5 20795 35 1866 14825701 4508 0 3615
+cpu6 21607 0 2201 14827053 2325 0 3334
+cpu7 18544 0 1550 14831395 1589 0 3447
+intr 15239682 14857833 6 0 6 6 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 29 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94982 0 286812
+ctxt 4209609
+btime 1078711415
+processes 21905
+procs_running 1
+procs_blocked 0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Some of the more commonly used statistics include:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cpu</code> — Measures the number of <em class="firstterm">jiffies</em> (1/100 of a second for x86 systems) that the system has been in user mode, user mode with low priority (nice), system mode, idle task, I/O wait, IRQ (hardirq), and softirq respectively. The IRQ (hardirq) is the direct response to a hardware event. The IRQ takes minimal work for queuing the "heavy" work up for the softirq to execute. The softirq runs at a lower priority than the IRQ and therefore may be interrupted more frequently. The total for all CPUs is given at the top, while each individual CPU is listed below with its own statistics. The following example is a 4-way Intel Pentium Xeon configuration with multi-threading enabled, therefore showing four physical processors and four virtual processors totaling eight processors.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">page</code> — The number of memory pages the system has written in and out to disk.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">swap</code> — The number of swap pages the system has brought in and out.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">intr</code> — The number of interrupts the system has experienced.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">btime</code> — The boot time, measured in the number of seconds since January 1, 1970, otherwise known as the <em class="firstterm">epoch</em>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-swaps"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-swaps">C.2.26.  /proc/swaps </h3></div></div></div><a id="id906871" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file measures swap space and its utilization. For a system with only one swap partition, the output of <code class="filename">/proc/swaps</code> may look similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Filename                          Type        Size     Used    Priority
+/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol01   partition   524280   0       -1
+</pre><div class="para">
+				While some of this information can be found in other files in the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory, <code class="filename">/proc/swap</code> provides a snapshot of every swap file name, the type of swap space, the total size, and the amount of space in use (in kilobytes). The priority column is useful when multiple swap files are in use. The lower the priority, the more likely the swap file is to be used.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger">C.2.27.  /proc/sysrq-trigger </h3></div></div></div><a id="id926367" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Using the <code class="command">echo</code> command to write to this file, a remote root user can execute most System Request Key commands remotely as if at the local terminal. To <code class="command">echo</code> values to this file, the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq</code> must be set to a value other than <code class="computeroutput">0</code>. For more information about the System Request Key, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s3-proc-sys-kernel">「 /proc/sys/kernel/ 」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Although it is possible to write to this file, it cannot be read, even by the root user.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-uptime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-uptime">C.2.28.  /proc/uptime </h3></div></div></div><a id="id683892" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains information detailing how long the system has been on since its last restart. The output of <code class="filename">/proc/uptime</code> is quite minimal:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+350735.47 234388.90
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first number is the total number of seconds the system has been up. The second number is how much of that time the machine has spent idle, in seconds.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-version"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-version">C.2.29.  /proc/version </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1226842" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file specifies the version of the Linux kernel, the version of <code class="command">gcc</code> used to compile the kernel, and the time of kernel compilation. It also contains the kernel compiler's user name (in parentheses).
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Linux version 2.6.8-1.523 (user at foo.redhat.com) (gcc version 3.4.1 20040714 \  (Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.4.1-7)) #1 Mon Aug 16 13:27:03 EDT 2004
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This information is used for a variety of purposes, including the version data presented when a user logs in.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-proc-directories"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-directories">C.3. Directories within /proc/</h2></div></div></div><a id="id768331" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Common groups of information concerning the kernel are grouped into directories and subdirectories within the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-processdirs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-processdirs">C.3.1. Process Directories</h3></div></div></div><a id="id787333" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Every <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory contains a number of directories with numerical names. A listing of them may be similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Feb 13 01:28 1
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Feb 13 01:28 1010
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 xfs      xfs             0 Feb 13 01:28 1087
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 daemon   daemon          0 Feb 13 01:28 1123
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Feb 13 01:28 11307
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 apache   apache          0 Feb 13 01:28 13660
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 rpc      rpc             0 Feb 13 01:28 637
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 rpcuser  rpcuser         0 Feb 13 01:28 666
+</pre><div class="para">
+				These directories are called <em class="firstterm">process directories</em>, as they are named after a program's process ID and contain information specific to that process. The owner and group of each process directory is set to the user running the process. When the process is terminated, its <code class="filename">/proc/</code> process directory vanishes.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Each process directory contains the following files:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cmdline</code> — Contains the command issued when starting the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cwd</code> — A symbolic link to the current working directory for the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">environ</code> — A list of the environment variables for the process. The environment variable is given in all upper-case characters, and the value is in lower-case characters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">exe</code> — A symbolic link to the executable of this process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">fd</code> — A directory containing all of the file descriptors for a particular process. These are given in numbered links:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+total 0
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 0 -&gt; /dev/null
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 1 -&gt; /dev/null
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 2 -&gt; /dev/null
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 3 -&gt; /dev/ptmx
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 4 -&gt; socket:[7774817]
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 5 -&gt; /dev/ptmx
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 6 -&gt; socket:[7774829]
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 7 -&gt; /dev/ptmx
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">maps</code> — A list of memory maps to the various executables and library files associated with this process. This file can be rather long, depending upon the complexity of the process, but sample output from the <code class="command">sshd</code> process begins like the following:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+08048000-08086000 r-xp 00000000 03:03 391479     /usr/sbin/sshd
+08086000-08088000 rw-p 0003e000 03:03 391479	/usr/sbin/sshd
+08088000-08095000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
+40000000-40013000 r-xp 0000000 03:03 293205	/lib/ld-2.2.5.so
+40013000-40014000 rw-p 00013000 03:03 293205	/lib/ld-2.2.5.so
+40031000-40038000 r-xp 00000000 03:03 293282	/lib/libpam.so.0.75
+40038000-40039000 rw-p 00006000 03:03 293282	/lib/libpam.so.0.75
+40039000-4003a000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0
+4003a000-4003c000 r-xp 00000000 03:03 293218	/lib/libdl-2.2.5.so
+4003c000-4003d000 rw-p 00001000 03:03 293218	/lib/libdl-2.2.5.so
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">mem</code> — The memory held by the process. This file cannot be read by the user.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">root</code> — A link to the root directory of the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">stat</code> — The status of the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">statm</code> — The status of the memory in use by the process. Below is a sample <code class="filename">/proc/statm</code> file:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+263 210 210 5 0 205 0
+</pre><div class="para">
+						The seven columns relate to different memory statistics for the process. From left to right, they report the following aspects of the memory used:
+					</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Total program size, in kilobytes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Size of memory portions, in kilobytes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of pages that are shared.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of pages that are code.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of pages of data/stack.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of library pages.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of dirty pages.
+							</div></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">status</code> — The status of the process in a more readable form than <code class="filename">stat</code> or <code class="filename">statm</code>. Sample output for <code class="command">sshd</code> looks similar to the following:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+Name:	sshd
+State:	S (sleeping)
+Tgid:	797
+Pid:	797
+PPid:	1
+TracerPid:	0
+Uid:	0	0	0	0
+Gid:	0	0	0	0
+FDSize:	32
+Groups:
+VmSize:	    3072 kB
+VmLck:	       0 kB
+VmRSS:	     840 kB
+VmData:	     104 kB
+VmStk:	      12 kB
+VmExe:	     300 kB
+VmLib:	    2528 kB
+SigPnd:	0000000000000000
+SigBlk:	0000000000000000
+SigIgn:	8000000000001000
+SigCgt:	0000000000014005
+CapInh:	0000000000000000
+CapPrm:	00000000fffffeff
+CapEff:	00000000fffffeff
+</pre><div class="para">
+						The information in this output includes the process name and ID, the state (such as <code class="computeroutput">S (sleeping)</code> or <code class="computeroutput">R (running)</code>), user/group ID running the process, and detailed data regarding memory usage.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-self"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-self">C.3.1.1.  /proc/self/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id1008522" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/self/</code> directory is a link to the currently running process. This allows a process to look at itself without having to know its process ID.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Within a shell environment, a listing of the <code class="filename">/proc/self/</code> directory produces the same contents as listing the process directory for that process.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-bus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-bus">C.3.2.  /proc/bus/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id812666" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information specific to the various buses available on the system. For example, on a standard system containing PCI and USB buses, current data on each of these buses is available within a subdirectory within <code class="filename">/proc/bus/</code> by the same name, such as <code class="filename">/proc/bus/pci/</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The subdirectories and files available within <code class="filename">/proc/bus/</code> vary depending on the devices connected to the system. However, each bus type has at least one directory. Within these bus directories are normally at least one subdirectory with a numerical name, such as <code class="filename">001</code>, which contain binary files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, the <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/</code> subdirectory contains files that track the various devices on any USB buses, as well as the drivers required for them. The following is a sample listing of a <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/</code> directory:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+total 0 dr-xr-xr-x    1 root     root            0 May  3 16:25 001
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May  3 16:25 devices
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May  3 16:25 drivers
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/001/</code> directory contains all devices on the first USB bus and the <code class="filename">devices</code> file identifies the USB root hub on the motherboard.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a example of a <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/devices</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+T:  Bus=01 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#=  1 Spd=12  MxCh= 2
+B:  Alloc=  0/900 us ( 0%), #Int=  0, #Iso=  0
+D:  Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub  ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs=  1
+P:  Vendor=0000 ProdID=0000 Rev= 0.00
+S:  Product=USB UHCI Root Hub
+S:  SerialNumber=d400
+C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=40 MxPwr=  0mA
+I:  If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub  ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub
+E:  Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS=   8 Ivl=255ms
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-pci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-pci">C.3.3.  /proc/bus/pci </h3></div></div></div><a id="id739518" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id988696" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Later versions of the 2.6 Linux kernel have obsoleted the <code class="filename">/proc/pci</code> directory in favor of the <code class="filename">/proc/bus/pci</code> directory. Although you can get a list of all PCI devices present on the system using the command <code class="command">cat /proc/bus/pci/devices</code>, the output is difficult to read and interpret.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For a human-readable list of PCI devices, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">/sbin/lspci -vb</code>
+00:00.0 Host bridge: Intel Corporation 82X38/X48 Express DRAM Controller
+        Subsystem: Hewlett-Packard Company Device 1308
+        Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0
+        Capabilities: [e0] Vendor Specific Information &lt;?&gt;
+        Kernel driver in use: x38_edac
+        Kernel modules: x38_edac
+
+00:01.0 PCI bridge: Intel Corporation 82X38/X48 Express Host-Primary PCI Express Bridge (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
+        Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0
+        Bus: primary=00, secondary=01, subordinate=01, sec-latency=0
+        I/O behind bridge: 00001000-00001fff
+        Memory behind bridge: f0000000-f2ffffff
+        Capabilities: [88] Subsystem: Hewlett-Packard Company Device 1308
+        Capabilities: [80] Power Management version 3
+        Capabilities: [90] MSI: Enable+ Count=1/1 Maskable- 64bit-
+        Capabilities: [a0] Express Root Port (Slot+), MSI 00
+        Capabilities: [100] Virtual Channel &lt;?&gt;
+        Capabilities: [140] Root Complex Link &lt;?&gt;
+        Kernel driver in use: pcieport
+        Kernel modules: shpchp
+
+00:1a.0 USB Controller: Intel Corporation 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI Controller #4 (rev 02) (prog-if 00 [UHCI])
+        Subsystem: Hewlett-Packard Company Device 1308
+        Flags: bus master, medium devsel, latency 0, IRQ 5
+        I/O ports at 2100
+        Capabilities: [50] PCI Advanced Features
+        Kernel driver in use: uhci_hcd
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The output is a sorted list of all IRQ numbers and addresses as seen by the cards on the PCI bus instead of as seen by the kernel. Beyond providing the name and version of the device, this list also gives detailed IRQ information so an administrator can quickly look for conflicts.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-driver"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-driver">C.3.4.  /proc/driver/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id899838" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information for specific drivers in use by the kernel.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A common file found here is <code class="filename">rtc</code> which provides output from the driver for the system's <em class="firstterm">Real Time Clock (RTC)</em>, the device that keeps the time while the system is switched off. Sample output from <code class="filename">/proc/driver/rtc</code> looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+rtc_time        : 16:21:00
+rtc_date        : 2004-08-31
+rtc_epoch       : 1900
+alarm           : 21:16:27
+DST_enable      : no
+BCD             : yes
+24hr            : yes
+square_wave     : no
+alarm_IRQ       : no
+update_IRQ      : no
+periodic_IRQ    : no
+periodic_freq   : 1024
+batt_status     : okay
+</pre><div class="para">
+				For more information about the RTC, refer to the following installed documentation:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_version&gt;</code></em>/Documentation/rtc.txt</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-fs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-fs">C.3.5.  /proc/fs </h3></div></div></div><a id="id763763" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory shows which file systems are exported. If running an NFS server, typing <code class="command">cat /proc/fs/nfsd/exports</code> displays the file systems being shared and the permissions granted for those file systems. For more on file system sharing with NFS, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Network File System (NFS)</em> chapter of the <em class="citetitle">Storage Administration Guide</em>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-irq"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-irq">C.3.6.  /proc/irq/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1256983" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory is used to set IRQ to CPU affinity, which allows the system to connect a particular IRQ to only one CPU. Alternatively, it can exclude a CPU from handling any IRQs.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Each IRQ has its own directory, allowing for the individual configuration of each IRQ. The <code class="filename">/proc/irq/prof_cpu_mask</code> file is a bitmask that contains the default values for the <code class="filename">smp_affinity</code> file in the IRQ directory. The values in <code class="filename">smp_affinity</code> specify which CPUs handle that particular IRQ.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information about the <code class="filename">/proc/irq/</code> directory, refer to the following installed documentation:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-net"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-net">C.3.7.  /proc/net/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id822679" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory provides a comprehensive look at various networking parameters and statistics. Each directory and virtual file within this directory describes aspects of the system's network configuration. Below is a partial list of the <code class="filename">/proc/net/</code> directory:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">arp</code> — Lists the kernel's ARP table. This file is particularly useful for connecting a hardware address to an IP address on a system.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">atm/</code> directory — The files within this directory contain <em class="firstterm">Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)</em> settings and statistics. This directory is primarily used with ATM networking and ADSL cards.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dev</code> — Lists the various network devices configured on the system, complete with transmit and receive statistics. This file displays the number of bytes each interface has sent and received, the number of packets inbound and outbound, the number of errors seen, the number of packets dropped, and more.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dev_mcast</code> — Lists Layer2 multicast groups on which each device is listening.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">igmp</code> — Lists the IP multicast addresses which this system joined.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_conntrack</code> — Lists tracked network connections for machines that are forwarding IP connections.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_tables_names</code> — Lists the types of <code class="command">iptables</code> in use. This file is only present if <code class="command">iptables</code> is active on the system and contains one or more of the following values: <code class="filename">filter</code>, <code class="filename">mangle</code>, or <code class="filename">nat</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_mr_cache</code> — Lists the multicast routing cache.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_mr_vif</code> — Lists multicast virtual interfaces.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">netstat</code> — Contains a broad yet detailed collection of networking statistics, including TCP timeouts, SYN cookies sent and received, and much more.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">psched</code> — Lists global packet scheduler parameters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">raw</code> — Lists raw device statistics.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">route</code> — Lists the kernel's routing table.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">rt_cache</code> — Contains the current routing cache.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">snmp</code> — List of Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) data for various networking protocols in use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">sockstat</code> — Provides socket statistics.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">tcp</code> — Contains detailed TCP socket information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">tr_rif</code> — Lists the token ring RIF routing table.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">udp</code> — Contains detailed UDP socket information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">unix</code> — Lists UNIX domain sockets currently in use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">wireless</code> — Lists wireless interface data.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-scsi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-scsi">C.3.8.  /proc/scsi/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id840936" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The primary file in this directory is <code class="filename">/proc/scsi/scsi</code>, which contains a list of every recognized SCSI device. From this listing, the type of device, as well as the model name, vendor, SCSI channel and ID data is available.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, if a system contains a SCSI CD-ROM, a tape drive, a hard drive, and a RAID controller, this file looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Attached devices:
+Host: scsi1
+Channel: 00
+Id: 05
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: NEC
+Model: CD-ROM DRIVE:466
+Rev: 1.06
+Type:   CD-ROM
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+Host: scsi1
+Channel: 00
+Id: 06
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: ARCHIVE
+Model: Python 04106-XXX
+Rev: 7350
+Type:   Sequential-Access
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+Host: scsi2
+Channel: 00
+Id: 06
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: DELL
+Model: 1x6 U2W SCSI BP
+Rev: 5.35
+Type:   Processor
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+Host: scsi2
+Channel: 02
+Id: 00
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: MegaRAID
+Model: LD0 RAID5 34556R
+Rev: 1.01
+Type:   Direct-Access
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Each SCSI driver used by the system has its own directory within <code class="filename">/proc/scsi/</code>, which contains files specific to each SCSI controller using that driver. From the previous example, <code class="filename">aic7xxx/</code> and <code class="filename">megaraid/</code> directories are present, since two drivers are in use. The files in each of the directories typically contain an I/O address range, IRQ information, and statistics for the SCSI controller using that driver. Each controller can report a different type and amount of information. The Adaptec AIC-7880 Ultra SCSI host adapter's file in this example system produces the following output:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Adaptec AIC7xxx driver version: 5.1.20/3.2.4
+Compile Options:
+TCQ Enabled By Default : Disabled
+AIC7XXX_PROC_STATS     : Enabled
+AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY    : 5
+Adapter Configuration:
+SCSI Adapter: Adaptec AIC-7880 Ultra SCSI host adapter
+Ultra Narrow Controller     PCI MMAPed
+I/O Base: 0xfcffe000
+Adapter SEEPROM Config: SEEPROM found and used.
+Adaptec SCSI BIOS: Enabled
+IRQ: 30
+SCBs: Active 0, Max Active 1, Allocated 15, HW 16, Page 255
+Interrupts: 33726
+BIOS Control Word: 0x18a6
+Adapter Control Word: 0x1c5f
+Extended Translation: Enabled
+Disconnect Enable Flags: 0x00ff
+Ultra Enable Flags: 0x0020
+Tag Queue Enable Flags: 0x0000
+Ordered Queue Tag Flags: 0x0000
+Default Tag Queue Depth: 8
+Tagged Queue By Device array for aic7xxx
+host instance 1:       {255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255}
+Actual queue depth per device for aic7xxx host instance 1:       {1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1}
+Statistics:
+
+(scsi1:0:5:0) Device using Narrow/Sync transfers at 20.0 MByte/sec, offset 15
+Transinfo settings: current(12/15/0/0), goal(12/15/0/0), user(12/15/0/0)
+Total transfers 0 (0 reads and 0 writes)
+		&lt; 2K      2K+     4K+     8K+    16K+    32K+    64K+   128K+
+Reads:        0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0
+Writes:       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0
+
+(scsi1:0:6:0) Device using Narrow/Sync transfers at 10.0 MByte/sec, offset 15
+Transinfo settings: current(25/15/0/0), goal(12/15/0/0), user(12/15/0/0)
+Total transfers 132 (0 reads and 132 writes)
+		&lt; 2K      2K+     4K+     8K+    16K+    32K+    64K+   128K+
+Reads:        0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0
+Writes:       0       0       0       1     131       0       0       0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This output reveals the transfer speed to the SCSI devices connected to the controller based on channel ID, as well as detailed statistics concerning the amount and sizes of files read or written by that device. For example, this controller is communicating with the CD-ROM at 20 megabytes per second, while the tape drive is only communicating at 10 megabytes per second.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-sys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-sys">C.3.9.  /proc/sys/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1596378" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1596401" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id914207" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1066108" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1066125" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1066140" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory is different from others in <code class="filename">/proc/</code> because it not only provides information about the system but also allows the system administrator to immediately enable and disable kernel features.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when changing the content of /proc/sys/</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Use caution when changing settings on a production system using the various files in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory. Changing the wrong setting may render the kernel unstable, requiring a system reboot.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For this reason, be sure the options are valid for that file before attempting to change any value in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				A good way to determine if a particular file can be configured, or if it is only designed to provide information, is to list it with the <code class="option">-l</code> option at the shell prompt. If the file is writable, it may be used to configure the kernel. For example, a partial listing of <code class="filename">/proc/sys/fs</code> looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 dentry-state
+-rw-r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 dir-notify-enable
+-rw-r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 file-max
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 file-nr
+</pre><div class="para">
+				In this listing, the files <code class="filename">dir-notify-enable</code> and <code class="filename">file-max</code> can be written to and, therefore, can be used to configure the kernel. The other files only provide feedback on current settings.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Changing a value within a <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> file is done by echoing the new value into the file. For example, to enable the System Request Key on a running kernel, type the command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This changes the value for <code class="filename">sysrq</code> from <code class="computeroutput">0</code> (off) to <code class="computeroutput">1</code> (on).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A few <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> configuration files contain more than one value. To correctly send new values to them, place a space character between each value passed with the <code class="command">echo</code> command, such as is done in this example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+echo 4 2 45 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/acct
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changes made using the echo command are not persistent</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Any configuration changes made using the <code class="command">echo</code> command disappear when the system is restarted. To make configuration changes take effect after the system is rebooted, refer to <a class="xref" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">「Using the sysctl Command」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory contains several subdirectories controlling different aspects of a running kernel.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-dev"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-dev">C.3.9.1.  /proc/sys/dev/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id979176" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory provides parameters for particular devices on the system. Most systems have at least two directories, <code class="filename">cdrom/</code> and <code class="filename">raid/</code>. Customized kernels can have other directories, such as <code class="filename">parport/</code>, which provides the ability to share one parallel port between multiple device drivers.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">cdrom/</code> directory contains a file called <code class="filename">info</code>, which reveals a number of important CD-ROM parameters:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+CD-ROM information, Id: cdrom.c 3.20 2003/12/17
+drive name:             hdc
+drive speed:            48
+drive # of slots:       1
+Can close tray:         1
+Can open tray:          1
+Can lock tray:          1
+Can change speed:       1
+Can select disk:        0
+Can read multisession:  1
+Can read MCN:           1
+Reports media changed:  1
+Can play audio:         1
+Can write CD-R:         0
+Can write CD-RW:        0
+Can read DVD:           0
+Can write DVD-R:        0
+Can write DVD-RAM:      0
+Can read MRW:           0
+Can write MRW:          0
+Can write RAM:          0
+</pre><div class="para">
+					This file can be quickly scanned to discover the qualities of an unknown CD-ROM. If multiple CD-ROMs are available on a system, each device is given its own column of information.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Various files in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/dev/cdrom</code>, such as <code class="filename">autoclose</code> and <code class="filename">checkmedia</code>, can be used to control the system's CD-ROM. Use the <code class="command">echo</code> command to enable or disable these features.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If RAID support is compiled into the kernel, a <code class="filename">/proc/sys/dev/raid/</code> directory becomes available with at least two files in it: <code class="filename">speed_limit_min</code> and <code class="filename">speed_limit_max</code>. These settings determine the acceleration of RAID devices for I/O intensive tasks, such as resyncing the disks.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-fs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-fs">C.3.9.2.  /proc/sys/fs/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id910621" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory contains an array of options and information concerning various aspects of the file system, including quota, file handle, inode, and dentry information.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">binfmt_misc/</code> directory is used to provide kernel support for miscellaneous binary formats.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The important files in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/fs/</code> include:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dentry-state</code> — Provides the status of the directory cache. The file looks similar to the following:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+57411	52939	45	0	0	0
+</pre><div class="para">
+							The first number reveals the total number of directory cache entries, while the second number displays the number of unused entries. The third number tells the number of seconds between when a directory has been freed and when it can be reclaimed, and the fourth measures the pages currently requested by the system. The last two numbers are not used and display only zeros.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">file-max</code> — Lists the maximum number of file handles that the kernel allocates. Raising the value in this file can resolve errors caused by a lack of available file handles.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">file-nr</code> — Lists the number of allocated file handles, used file handles, and the maximum number of file handles.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overflowgid</code> and <code class="filename">overflowuid</code> — Defines the fixed group ID and user ID, respectively, for use with file systems that only support 16-bit group and user IDs.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-kernel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-kernel">C.3.9.3.  /proc/sys/kernel/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id1559612" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1559643" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id700467" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id700485" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id959383" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory contains a variety of different configuration files that directly affect the operation of the kernel. Some of the most important files include:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">acct</code> — Controls the suspension of process accounting based on the percentage of free space available on the file system containing the log. By default, the file looks like the following:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+4	2	30
+</pre><div class="para">
+							The first value dictates the percentage of free space required for logging to resume, while the second value sets the threshold percentage of free space when logging is suspended. The third value sets the interval, in seconds, that the kernel polls the file system to see if logging should be suspended or resumed.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ctrl-alt-del</code> — Controls whether <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Delete</strong></span> gracefully restarts the computer using <code class="command">init</code> (<code class="computeroutput">0</code>) or forces an immediate reboot without syncing the dirty buffers to disk (<code class="computeroutput">1</code>).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">domainname</code> — Configures the system domain name, such as <code class="computeroutput">example.com</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">exec-shield</code> — Configures the Exec Shield feature of the kernel. Exec Shield provides protection against certain types of buffer overflow attacks.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							There are two possible values for this virtual file:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">0</code> — Disables Exec Shield.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">1</code> — Enables Exec Shield. This is the default value.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using Exec Shield</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If a system is running security-sensitive applications that were started while Exec Shield was disabled, these applications must be restarted when Exec Shield is enabled in order for Exec Shield to take effect.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">hostname</code> — Configures the system hostname, such as <code class="computeroutput">www.example.com</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">hotplug</code> — Configures the utility to be used when a configuration change is detected by the system. This is primarily used with USB and Cardbus PCI. The default value of <code class="computeroutput">/sbin/hotplug</code> should not be changed unless testing a new program to fulfill this role.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">modprobe</code> — Sets the location of the program used to load kernel modules. The default value is <code class="computeroutput">/sbin/modprobe</code> which means <code class="command">kmod</code> calls it to load the module when a kernel thread calls <code class="command">kmod</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">msgmax</code> — Sets the maximum size of any message sent from one process to another and is set to <code class="computeroutput">8192</code> bytes by default. Be careful when raising this value, as queued messages between processes are stored in non-swappable kernel memory. Any increase in <code class="filename">msgmax</code> would increase RAM requirements for the system.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">msgmnb</code> — Sets the maximum number of bytes in a single message queue. The default is <code class="computeroutput">16384</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">msgmni</code> — Sets the maximum number of message queue identifiers. The default is <code class="computeroutput">4008</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">osrelease</code> — Lists the Linux kernel release number. This file can only be altered by changing the kernel source and recompiling.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ostype</code> — Displays the type of operating system. By default, this file is set to <code class="computeroutput">Linux</code>, and this value can only be changed by changing the kernel source and recompiling.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overflowgid</code> and <code class="filename">overflowuid</code> — Defines the fixed group ID and user ID, respectively, for use with system calls on architectures that only support 16-bit group and user IDs.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">panic</code> — Defines the number of seconds the kernel postpones rebooting when the system experiences a kernel panic. By default, the value is set to <code class="computeroutput">0</code>, which disables automatic rebooting after a panic.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">printk</code> — This file controls a variety of settings related to printing or logging error messages. Each error message reported by the kernel has a <em class="firstterm">loglevel</em> associated with it that defines the importance of the message. The loglevel values break down in this order:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">0</code> — Kernel emergency. The system is unusable.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">1</code> — Kernel alert. Action must be taken immediately.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">2</code> — Condition of the kernel is considered critical.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">3</code> — General kernel error condition.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">4</code> — General kernel warning condition.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">5</code> — Kernel notice of a normal but significant condition.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">6</code> — Kernel informational message.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">7</code> — Kernel debug-level messages.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							Four values are found in the <code class="filename">printk</code> file:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+6     4     1     7
+</pre><div class="para">
+							Each of these values defines a different rule for dealing with error messages. The first value, called the <em class="firstterm">console loglevel</em>, defines the lowest priority of messages printed to the console. (Note that, the lower the priority, the higher the loglevel number.) The second value sets the default loglevel for messages without an explicit loglevel attached to them. The third value sets the lowest possible loglevel configuration for the console loglevel. The last value sets the default value for the console loglevel.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">random/</code> directory — Lists a number of values related to generating random numbers for the kernel.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sem</code> — Configures <em class="firstterm">semaphore</em> settings within the kernel. A semaphore is a System V IPC object that is used to control utilization of a particular process.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">shmall</code> — Sets the total amount of shared memory that can be used at one time on the system, in bytes. By default, this value is <code class="computeroutput">2097152</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">shmmax</code> — Sets the largest shared memory segment size allowed by the kernel. By default, this value is <code class="computeroutput">33554432</code>. However, the kernel supports much larger values than this.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">shmmni</code> — Sets the maximum number of shared memory segments for the whole system. By default, this value is <code class="computeroutput">4096</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sysrq</code> — Activates the System Request Key, if this value is set to anything other than zero (<code class="computeroutput">0</code>), the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The System Request Key allows immediate input to the kernel through simple key combinations. For example, the System Request Key can be used to immediately shut down or restart a system, sync all mounted file systems, or dump important information to the console. To initiate a System Request Key, type <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>SysRq</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong> <em class="replaceable"><code>system request code</code></em> </strong></span> . Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>system request code</code></em> with one of the following system request codes:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">r</code> — Disables raw mode for the keyboard and sets it to XLATE (a limited keyboard mode which does not recognize modifiers such as <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>, <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>, or <span class="keycap"><strong>Shift</strong></span> for all keys).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">k</code> — Kills all processes active in a virtual console. Also called <em class="firstterm">Secure Access Key</em> (<em class="firstterm">SAK</em>), it is often used to verify that the login prompt is spawned from <code class="command">init</code> and not a trojan copy designed to capture usernames and passwords.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">b</code> — Reboots the kernel without first unmounting file systems or syncing disks attached to the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">c</code> — Crashes the system without first unmounting file systems or syncing disks attached to the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">o</code> — Shuts off the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">s</code> — Attempts to sync disks attached to the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">u</code> — Attempts to unmount and remount all file systems as read-only.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">p</code> — Outputs all flags and registers to the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">t</code> — Outputs a list of processes to the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">m</code> — Outputs memory statistics to the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">0</code> through <code class="command">9</code> — Sets the log level for the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">e</code> — Kills all processes except <code class="command">init</code> using SIGTERM.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">i</code> — Kills all processes except <code class="command">init</code> using SIGKILL.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">l</code> — Kills all processes using SIGKILL (including <code class="command">init</code>). <span class="emphasis"><em>The system is unusable after issuing this System Request Key code.</em></span>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">h</code> — Displays help text.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							This feature is most beneficial when using a development kernel or when experiencing system freezes.
+						</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when enabling the System Request Key feature</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								The System Request Key feature is considered a security risk because an unattended console provides an attacker with access to the system. For this reason, it is turned off by default.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/sysrq.txt</code> for more information about the System Request Key.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tainted</code> — Indicates whether a non-GPL module is loaded.
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">0</code> — No non-GPL modules are loaded.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">1</code> — At least one module without a GPL license (including modules with no license) is loaded.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">2</code> — At least one module was force-loaded with the command <code class="command">insmod -f</code>.
+								</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">threads-max</code> — Sets the maximum number of threads to be used by the kernel, with a default value of <code class="computeroutput">2048</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">version</code> — Displays the date and time the kernel was last compiled. The first field in this file, such as <code class="computeroutput">#3</code>, relates to the number of times a kernel was built from the source base.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-net"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-net">C.3.9.4.  /proc/sys/net/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id654108" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id654138" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1095998" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1096012" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory contains subdirectories concerning various networking topics. Various configurations at the time of kernel compilation make different directories available here, such as <code class="filename">ethernet/</code>, <code class="filename">ipv4/</code>, <code class="filename">ipx/</code>, and <code class="filename">ipv6/</code>. By altering the files within these directories, system administrators are able to adjust the network configuration on a running system.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Given the wide variety of possible networking options available with Linux, only the most common <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/</code> directories are discussed.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/core/</code> directory contains a variety of settings that control the interaction between the kernel and networking layers. The most important of these files are:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">message_burst</code> — Sets the amount of time in tenths of a second required to write a new warning message. This setting is used to mitigate <em class="firstterm">Denial of Service</em> (<em class="firstterm">DoS</em>) attacks. The default setting is <code class="computeroutput">10</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">message_cost</code> — Sets a cost on every warning message. The higher the value of this file (default of <code class="computeroutput">5</code>), the more likely the warning message is ignored. This setting is used to mitigate DoS attacks.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The idea of a DoS attack is to bombard the targeted system with requests that generate errors and fill up disk partitions with log files or require all of the system's resources to handle the error logging. The settings in <code class="filename">message_burst</code> and <code class="filename">message_cost</code> are designed to be modified based on the system's acceptable risk versus the need for comprehensive logging.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">netdev_max_backlog</code> — Sets the maximum number of packets allowed to queue when a particular interface receives packets faster than the kernel can process them. The default value for this file is <code class="computeroutput">1000</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">optmem_max</code> — Configures the maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">rmem_default</code> — Sets the receive socket buffer default size in bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">rmem_max</code> — Sets the receive socket buffer maximum size in bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">wmem_default</code> — Sets the send socket buffer default size in bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">wmem_max</code> — Sets the send socket buffer maximum size in bytes.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory contains additional networking settings. Many of these settings, used in conjunction with one another, are useful in preventing attacks on the system or when using the system to act as a router.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when changing these files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						An erroneous change to these files may affect remote connectivity to the system.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The following is a list of some of the more important files within the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">icmp_echo_ignore_all</code> and <code class="filename">icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts</code> — Allows the kernel to ignore ICMP ECHO packets from every host or only those originating from broadcast and multicast addresses, respectively. A value of <code class="computeroutput">0</code> allows the kernel to respond, while a value of <code class="computeroutput">1</code> ignores the packets.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ip_default_ttl</code> — Sets the default <em class="firstterm">Time To Live (TTL)</em>, which limits the number of hops a packet may make before reaching its destination. Increasing this value can diminish system performance.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ip_forward</code> — Permits interfaces on the system to forward packets to one other. By default, this file is set to <code class="computeroutput">0</code>. Setting this file to <code class="computeroutput">1</code> enables network packet forwarding.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ip_local_port_range</code> — Specifies the range of ports to be used by TCP or UDP when a local port is needed. The first number is the lowest port to be used and the second number specifies the highest port. Any systems that expect to require more ports than the default 1024 to 4999 should use a range from 32768 to 61000.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tcp_syn_retries</code> — Provides a limit on the number of times the system re-transmits a SYN packet when attempting to make a connection.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tcp_retries1</code> — Sets the number of permitted re-transmissions attempting to answer an incoming connection. Default of <code class="computeroutput">3</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tcp_retries2</code> — Sets the number of permitted re-transmissions of TCP packets. Default of <code class="computeroutput">15</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					The file called
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					contains a complete list of files and options available in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					A number of other directories exist within the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory and each covers a different aspect of the network stack. The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/</code> directory allows each system interface to be configured in different ways, including the use of default settings for unconfigured devices (in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/</code> subdirectory) and settings that override all special configurations (in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/</code> subdirectory).
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/neigh/</code> directory contains settings for communicating with a host directly connected to the system (called a network neighbor) and also contains different settings for systems more than one hop away.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Routing over IPV4 also has its own directory, <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/</code>. Unlike <code class="filename">conf/</code> and <code class="filename">neigh/</code>, the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/</code> directory contains specifications that apply to routing with any interfaces on the system. Many of these settings, such as <code class="filename">max_size</code>, <code class="filename">max_delay</code>, and <code class="filename">min_delay</code>, relate to controlling the size of the routing cache. To clear the routing cache, write any value to the <code class="filename">flush</code> file.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Additional information about these directories and the possible values for their configuration files can be found in:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-vm"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-vm">C.3.9.5.  /proc/sys/vm/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id1045199" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1045228" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id659973" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory facilitates the configuration of the Linux kernel's virtual memory (VM) subsystem. The kernel makes extensive and intelligent use of virtual memory, which is commonly referred to as swap space.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following files are commonly found in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/</code> directory:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">block_dump</code> — Configures block I/O debugging when enabled. All read/write and block dirtying operations done to files are logged accordingly. This can be useful if diagnosing disk spin up and spin downs for laptop battery conservation. All output when <code class="filename">block_dump</code> is enabled can be retrieved via <code class="command">dmesg</code>. The default value is <code class="computeroutput">0</code>.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Stopping the klogd daemon</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If <code class="filename">block_dump</code> is enabled at the same time as kernel debugging, it is prudent to stop the <code class="command">klogd</code> daemon, as it generates erroneous disk activity caused by <code class="filename">block_dump</code>.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_background_ratio</code> — Starts background writeback of dirty data at this percentage of total memory, via a pdflush daemon. The default value is <code class="command">10</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_expire_centisecs</code> — Defines when dirty in-memory data is old enough to be eligible for writeout. Data which has been dirty in-memory for longer than this interval is written out next time a pdflush daemon wakes up. The default value is <code class="command">3000</code>, expressed in hundredths of a second.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_ratio</code> — Starts active writeback of dirty data at this percentage of total memory for the generator of dirty data, via pdflush. The default value is <code class="command">20</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_writeback_centisecs</code> — Defines the interval between pdflush daemon wakeups, which periodically writes dirty in-memory data out to disk. The default value is <code class="command">500</code>, expressed in hundredths of a second.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">laptop_mode</code> — Minimizes the number of times that a hard disk needs to spin up by keeping the disk spun down for as long as possible, therefore conserving battery power on laptops. This increases efficiency by combining all future I/O processes together, reducing the frequency of spin ups. The default value is <code class="computeroutput">0</code>, but is automatically enabled in case a battery on a laptop is used.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This value is controlled automatically by the acpid daemon once a user is notified battery power is enabled. No user modifications or interactions are necessary if the laptop supports the ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) specification.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information, refer to the following installed documentation:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/laptop-mode.txt</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">max_map_count</code> — Configures the maximum number of memory map areas a process may have. In most cases, the default value of <code class="computeroutput">65536</code> is appropriate.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">min_free_kbytes</code> — Forces the Linux VM (virtual memory manager) to keep a minimum number of kilobytes free. The VM uses this number to compute a <code class="filename">pages_min</code> value for each <code class="filename">lowmem</code> zone in the system. The default value is in respect to the total memory on the machine.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">nr_hugepages</code> — Indicates the current number of configured <code class="filename">hugetlb</code> pages in the kernel.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information, refer to the following installed documentation:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">nr_pdflush_threads</code> — Indicates the number of pdflush daemons that are currently running. This file is read-only, and should not be changed by the user. Under heavy I/O loads, the default value of two is increased by the kernel.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overcommit_memory</code> — Configures the conditions under which a large memory request is accepted or denied. The following three modes are available:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">0</code> — The kernel performs heuristic memory over commit handling by estimating the amount of memory available and failing requests that are blatantly invalid. Unfortunately, since memory is allocated using a heuristic rather than a precise algorithm, this setting can sometimes allow available memory on the system to be overloaded. This is the default setting.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">1</code> — The kernel performs no memory over commit handling. Under this setting, the potential for memory overload is increased, but so is performance for memory intensive tasks (such as those executed by some scientific software).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">2</code> — The kernel fails requests for memory that add up to all of swap plus the percent of physical RAM specified in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/overcommit_ratio</code>. This setting is best for those who desire less risk of memory overcommitment.
+								</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using this setting</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+										This setting is only recommended for systems with swap areas larger than physical memory.
+									</div></div></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overcommit_ratio</code> — Specifies the percentage of physical RAM considered when <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memory</code> is set to <code class="command">2</code>. The default value is <code class="command">50</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">page-cluster</code> — Sets the number of pages read in a single attempt. The default value of <code class="computeroutput">3</code>, which actually relates to 16 pages, is appropriate for most systems.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">swappiness</code> — Determines how much a machine should swap. The higher the value, the more swapping occurs. The default value, as a percentage, is set to <code class="computeroutput">60</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					All kernel-based documentation can be found in the following locally installed location:
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/</code>, which contains additional information.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc">C.3.10.  /proc/sysvipc/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id823320" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information about System V IPC resources. The files in this directory relate to System V IPC calls for messages (<code class="filename">msg</code>), semaphores (<code class="filename">sem</code>), and shared memory (<code class="filename">shm</code>).
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-tty"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-tty">C.3.11.  /proc/tty/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id841117" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information about the available and currently used <em class="firstterm">tty devices</em> on the system. Originally called <em class="firstterm">teletype devices</em>, any character-based data terminals are called tty devices.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In Linux, there are three different kinds of tty devices. <em class="firstterm">Serial devices</em> are used with serial connections, such as over a modem or using a serial cable. <em class="firstterm">Virtual terminals</em> create the common console connection, such as the virtual consoles available when pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>&lt;F-key&gt;</strong></span> at the system console. <em class="firstterm">Pseudo terminals</em> create a two-way communication that is used by some higher level applications, such as XFree86. The <code class="filename">drivers</code> file is a list of the current tty devices in use, as in the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+serial               /dev/cua        5  64-127 serial:callout
+serial               /dev/ttyS       4  64-127 serial
+pty_slave            /dev/pts      136   0-255 pty:slave
+pty_master           /dev/ptm      128   0-255 pty:master
+pty_slave            /dev/ttyp       3   0-255 pty:slave
+pty_master           /dev/pty        2   0-255 pty:master
+/dev/vc/0            /dev/vc/0       4       0 system:vtmaster
+/dev/ptmx            /dev/ptmx       5       2 system
+/dev/console         /dev/console    5       1 system:console
+/dev/tty             /dev/tty        5       0 system:/dev/tty
+unknown              /dev/vc/%d      4    1-63 console
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/tty/driver/serial</code> file lists the usage statistics and status of each of the serial tty lines.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In order for tty devices to be used as network devices, the Linux kernel enforces <em class="firstterm">line discipline</em> on the device. This allows the driver to place a specific type of header with every block of data transmitted over the device, making it possible for the remote end of the connection to a block of data as just one in a stream of data blocks. SLIP and PPP are common line disciplines, and each are commonly used to connect systems to one other over a serial link.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-pid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-pid">C.3.12.  /proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em>/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id853275" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Out of Memory (OOM) refers to a computing state where all available memory, including swap space, has been allocated. When this situation occurs, it will cause the system to panic and stop functioning as expected. There is a switch that controls OOM behavior in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom</code>. When set to <code class="filename">1</code> the kernel will panic on OOM. A setting of <code class="filename">0</code> instructs the kernel to call a function named <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> on an OOM. Usually, <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> can kill rogue processes and the system will survive.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The easiest way to change this is to echo the new value to <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom</code>.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# cat /proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom
+1
+
+# echo 0 &gt; /proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom
+
+# cat /proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom
+0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				It is also possible to prioritize which processes get killed by adjusting the <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> score. In <code class="filename">/proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em>/</code> there are two tools labeled <code class="filename">oom_adj</code> and <code class="filename">oom_score</code>. Valid scores for <code class="filename">oom_adj</code> are in the range -16 to +15. To see the current <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> score, view the <code class="filename">oom_score</code> for the process. <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> will kill processes with the highest scores first.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				This example adjusts the oom_score of a process with a <em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em> of 12465 to make it less likely that <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> will kill it.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+79872
+
+# echo -5 &gt; /proc/12465/oom_adj
+
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+78
+</pre><div class="para">
+				There is also a special value of -17, which disables <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> for that process. In the example below, <code class="filename">oom_score</code> returns a value of 0, indicating that this process would not be killed.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+78
+
+# echo -17 &gt; /proc/12465/oom_adj
+
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				A function called <code class="filename">badness()</code> is used to determine the actual score for each process. This is done by adding up 'points' for each examined process. The process scoring is done in the following way:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The basis of each process's score is its memory size.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The memory size of any of the process's children (not including a kernel thread) is also added to the score
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The process's score is increased for 'niced' processes and decreased for long running processes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Processes with the <code class="filename">CAP_SYS_ADMIN</code> and <code class="filename">CAP_SYS_RAWIO</code> capabilities have their scores reduced.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The final score is then bitshifted by the value saved in the <code class="filename">oom_adj</code> file.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Thus, a process with the highest <code class="filename">oom_score</code> value will most probably be a non-priviliged, recently started process that, along with its children, uses a large amount of memory, has been 'niced', and handles no raw I/O.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-proc-sysctl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-sysctl">C.4. Using the sysctl Command</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1016339" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1016353" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1026519" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1026541" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id923042" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id923060" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">/sbin/sysctl</code> command is used to view, set, and automate kernel settings in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For a quick overview of all settings configurable in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory, type the <code class="command">/sbin/sysctl -a</code> command as root. This creates a large, comprehensive list, a small portion of which looks something like the following:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+net.ipv4.route.min_delay = 2 kernel.sysrq = 0 kernel.sem = 250     32000     32     128
+</pre><div class="para">
+			This is the same information seen if each of the files were viewed individually. The only difference is the file location. For example, the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/min_delay</code> file is listed as <code class="computeroutput">net.ipv4.route.min_delay</code>, with the directory slashes replaced by dots and the <code class="computeroutput">proc.sys</code> portion assumed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">sysctl</code> command can be used in place of <code class="command">echo</code> to assign values to writable files in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory. For example, instead of using the command
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq
+</pre><div class="para">
+			use the equivalent <code class="command">sysctl</code> command as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+sysctl -w kernel.sysrq="1"
+kernel.sysrq = 1
+</pre><div class="para">
+			While quickly setting single values like this in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> is helpful during testing, this method does not work as well on a production system as special settings within <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> are lost when the machine is rebooted. To preserve custom settings, add them to the <code class="filename">/etc/sysctl.conf</code> file.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Each time the system boots, the <code class="command">init</code> program runs the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit</code> script. This script contains a command to execute <code class="command">sysctl</code> using <code class="filename">/etc/sysctl.conf</code> to determine the values passed to the kernel. Any values added to <code class="filename">/etc/sysctl.conf</code> therefore take effect each time the system boots.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s1-proc-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-additional-resources">C.5. 参考文献</h2></div></div></div><a id="id941418" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Below are additional sources of information about <code class="filename">proc</code> file system.
+		</div><div class="simplesect" id="s2-proc-installed-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h1 class="title">インストールされているドキュメント</h1></div></div></div><a id="id726563" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Some of the best documentation about the <code class="filename">proc</code> file system is installed on the system by default.
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt</code> — Contains assorted, but limited, information about all aspects of the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/sysrq.txt</code> — An overview of System Request Key options.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/sysctl/</code> — A directory containing a variety of <code class="command">sysctl</code> tips, including modifying values that concern the kernel (<code class="filename">kernel.txt</code>), accessing file systems (<code class="filename">fs.txt</code>), and virtual memory use (<code class="filename">vm.txt</code>).
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt</code> — A detailed overview of IP networking options.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="simplesect" id="s2-proc-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h1 class="title">役に立つ Web サイト</h1></div></div></div><a id="id1200116" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a href="http://www.linuxhq.com/">http://www.linuxhq.com/</a> — This website maintains a complete database of source, patches, and documentation for various versions of the Linux kernel.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="app-Revision_History" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">変更履歴</h1></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		<div class="revhistory"><table border="0" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="3"><strong>改訂履歴</strong></th></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-3</td><td align="left">Mon Aug 29 2011</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td><a class="xref" href="#sec-Printer_Configuration">「プリンタの設定」</a> を追加しました。</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-2</td><td align="left">Tue Jul 12 2011 </td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td><a class="xref" href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">「サーバーの起動と停止」</a> のコマンド要約を修正しました。</td></tr><tr><td>Added missing information to <a class="xref" href="#s3-services-running-checking">「Checking the Service Status」</a> への不足情報を追加しました。</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-1</td><td align="left">Mon Jun 20 2011</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td><a class="xref" href="#s1-networkscripts-static-routes">「スタティック ルートの設定」</a> への不足した <code class="literal">via</code> キーワードを追加しました。</td></tr><tr><td><a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">「イーサネット インターフェース」</a> に設定オプション <code class="option">HOTPLUG</code> を記述しました。</td></tr><tr><td><a class="xref" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">「イーサネット インターフェース」</a> の入力エラーを修正しました。</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-0</td><td align="left">Tue May 24 2011</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>Fedora 15 release of the <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em>.</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr></table></div>
+
+	</div></div><div class="index" id="id829996"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">索引</h2></div></div></div><div class="index"><div class="indexdiv"><h3>シンボル</h3><dl><dt> .fetchmailrc , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration">Fetchmail 設定オプション</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>server options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server">サーバー オプション</a></dt><dt>user options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user">ユーザー オプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>.htaccess, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt>.htpasswd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt> .procmailrc , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-procmail-conf
 iguration">Procmail の設定</a></dt><dt> /dev/shm , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>/etc/named.conf (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ directory (参照  sysconfig directory)</dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt> /proc/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">インストールされているドキュメント</a> (参照  proc file system)</dt><dt> /var/spool/anacron , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt><dt> /var/spool/cron , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt><dt>イーサネット (参照 ネットワーク)</dt><dt>ウェブ サーバー (参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt><dt>キーボードの設定 (参照 地域と言語)</dt><dt>グループ</dt><dd><dl><dt>GID, <a class="indexterm" 
 href="#ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups">ユーザーとグループの管理</a></dt><dt>共有ディレクトリー, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-groups-rationale">Group Directories</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>インストール済みのドキュメント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-groups-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>グループの設定</dt><dd><dl><dt>グループの追加, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-new">新規グループを追加する</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>システム情報</dt><dd><dl><dt>プロセス, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>セキュリティ関連のパッケージ</dt><dd><dl><dt>セキュリティ関連のパッケージ更新, <a class="indexterm" href=
 "#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>ツール</dt><dd><dl><dt> 認証の設定ツール , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">認証の設定ツール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>ネットワーク</dt><dd><dl><dt>インターフェース</dt><dd><dl><dt>イーサネット, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">イーサネット インターフェース</a></dt><dt>エイリアス, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias">エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></dt><dt>クローン, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias">エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></dt><dt>ダイアルアップ, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0">ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>インターフェースの設定ファイル, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1
 -networkscripts-interfaces">インターフェース設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>コマンド</dt><dd><dl><dt> /sbin/ifdown , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-networkscripts-control">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt><dt> /sbin/ifup , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-networkscripts-control">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>スクリプト, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Network_Interfaces">ネットワーク インターフェース</a></dt><dt>設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-networkscripts-interfaces">インターフェース設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>設定ファイル, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-networkscripts-files">ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-networkscripts-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>パッケージ</dt><dd><dl><dt>RPM</dt><dd><dl><dt>アンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-uninsta
 lling">アンインストール</a></dt><dt>インストール済みのアップグレードの実行, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-freshening">インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></dt><dt>ティップス, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>削除, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-uninstalling">アンインストール</a></dt><dt>検証, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-verifying">検証</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RPM のアップグレード, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>RPM のインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>RPM パッケージの検索, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt><dt>Yum でのインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing">ã
 ƒ‘ッケージのインストール</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージ グループのインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing">パッケージのインストール</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージ グループの削除, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Removing">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージのアンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Removing">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージの検索</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum の検索, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Searching_Packages">パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum でのパッケージ一覧</dt><dd><dl><dt> Glob 表記, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>パッケージとパッケージ グループ, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups">パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></dt><dt>依存性, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-un
 resolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>削除, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-uninstalling">アンインストール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>ファイルシステム, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>プロセス, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt><dt>メモリ使用量, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt>メール ユーザー エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-switchmail">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a> (参照 電子メール)</dt><dt>メール転送エージェント  (参照 MTA) (参照 電子メール)</dt><dt>メール配送エージェント (参照 電子メール)</dt><dt>ユーザー (参照 ユーザーの設定)</dt><dd><dl><dt>UID, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups">ユーザーとグループの管理</a></dt><dt>追加リソーã
 ‚¹, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>インストール済みのドキュメント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-groups-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>ユーザー アカウント (参照 ユーザーの設定)</dt><dt>ユーザーの設定</dt><dd><dl><dt>ユーザーの修正, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>ユーザーの削除, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">ユーザーの削除</a></dt><dt>ユーザーの追加, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">新規ユーザーを追加する</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>地域と言語</dt><dd><dl><d
 t>キーボードの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts">キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></dt><dt>言語の設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">言語の変更</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>情報</dt><dd><dl><dt>システムについて, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-System_Monitoring_Tools">システム監視ツール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>自動化タスク, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Automating_System_Tasks">Automating System Tasks</a></dt><dt>言語の設定 (参照 地域と言語)</dt><dt>設定ファイルの変更, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">設定ファイル変更の保存</a></dt><dt>認証</dt><dd><dl><dt> 認証の設定ツール , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">認証の設定ツール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加</dt><dd><dl><dt>グループ, <a class="indexterm" href="#
 s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>ユーザー, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>電子メール</dt><dd><dl><dt>セキュリティ, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-security">通信のセキュリティ</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>クライアント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-security-clients">安全な電子メールクライアント</a></dt><dt>サーバー, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-security-servers">安全な電子クライアント通信</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>プロトコル, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-protocols">電子メールプロトコル</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>IMAP, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-protocols-imap">IMAP</a></dt><dt>POP, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-protocols-pop">POP</a></dt><dt>SMTP, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-protocols-smtp">SMTP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>メール サーバー</dt><dd><dl><dt>Dovecot, <a class="inde
 xterm" href="#s3-mail-server-dovecot">Dovecot</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>種類</dt><dd><dl><dt>メール ユーザー エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-types-mua">メール ユーザー エージェント</a></dt><dt>メール転送エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-types-mta">メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></dt><dt>メール配送エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-types-mda">メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>A</h3><dl><dt>Access Control</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuring in SSSD, <a class="indexterm" href="#id1547330">Configuring Access Control</a></dt><dt>in SSSD, rules, <a class="indexterm" href="#id1084214">The Simple Access Provider</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>anacron, <a class="indexterm" hre
 f="#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">Cron and Anacron</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>anacron configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt><dt>user-defined tasks, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> anacrontab , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt><dt>Apache HTTP Server</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-resources-web">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>checking status, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-running-status">サービスの状態確認</a></dt><dt>directives</dt><dd><dl><dt>&lt;Directory&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common http
 d.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;IfDefine&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;IfModule&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;Location&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;Proxy&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;VirtualHost&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AccessFileName, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Action, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddDescription, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddEncoding, <a class
 ="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddHandler, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddIcon, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddIconByEncoding, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddIconByType, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddLanguage, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddType, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Alias, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Allow, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><
 dt>AllowOverride, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>BrowserMatch, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheDefaultExpire, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheDisable, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheEnable, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheLastModifiedFactor, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheMaxExpire, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheNegotiatedDocs, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheRoot, <a class="indexterm" href="#s
 3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CustomLog, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DefaultIcon, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DefaultType, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Deny, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DirectoryIndex, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DocumentRoot, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ErrorDocument, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ErrorLog, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ExtendedSta
 tus, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Group, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>HeaderName, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>HostnameLookups, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Include, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>IndexIgnore, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>IndexOptions, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>KeepAlive, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>KeepAliveTimeout, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.co
 nf Directives</a></dt><dt>LanguagePriority, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Listen, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>LoadModule, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>LogFormat, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>LogLevel, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxClients, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxKeepAliveRequests, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxSpareServers, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxSpareThreads, <a class="indexterm" h
 ref="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MinSpareServers, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MinSpareThreads, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>NameVirtualHost, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Order, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>PidFile, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ProxyRequests, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ReadmeName, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a
 ></dt><dt>Redirect, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ScriptAlias, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerAdmin, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerName, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerRoot, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerSignature, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerTokens, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>SetEnvIf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-sslconf-common">Common ssl.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>StartServers, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-P
 rocessing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>SuexecUserGroup, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ThreadsPerChild, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>Timeout, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>TypesConfig, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>UseCanonicalName, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>User, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>UserDir, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/httpd/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><d
 t>/etc/httpd/conf.d/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-editing">設定ファイルの編集</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/usr/lib/httpd/modules/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-dso">Working with Modules</a></dt><dt>/usr/lib64/httpd/modules/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-dso">Working with Modules</a></dt><dt>/var/cache/mod_proxy/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/var/www/cgi-bin/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/var/www/html/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/var/www/icons/, <a class="indext
 erm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>~/public_html/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt>.htaccess, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>.htpasswd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-sslconf-common">Common ssl.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-enabling">Enabling the mod_ssl Module</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-editing">設定ファイルの編集</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/logs
 /access_log, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/logs/error_log, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/run/httpd.pid, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/mime.types, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>modules</dt><dd><dl><dt>developing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-dso-writing">Writing a Module</a></dt><dt>loading, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-dso-loading">Loading a Module</a></dt><dt>mod_asis, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>mod_cache, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt><dt>mod_cern_meta, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>mod_
 disk_cache, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt><dt>mod_ext_filter, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>mod_proxy_balancer, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt><dt>mod_rewrite, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>mod_ssl, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-mod_ssl">Setting Up an SSL Server</a></dt><dt>mod_userdir, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-migrating">設定の更新</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-running-restarting">サービスの再開</a></dt><dt>SSL server</dt><dd><dl><dt>certificate, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair">Using an Existing Key and Certificate</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apach
 e-mod_ssl-genkey">Generating a New Key and Certificate</a></dt><dt>certificate authority, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a></dt><dt>private key, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair">Using an Existing Key and Certificate</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey">Generating a New Key and Certificate</a></dt><dt>public key, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-running-stopping">さービスの停止</a></dt><dt>version 2.2</dt><dd><dl><dt>changes, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>updating from version 2.0, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-migrating">設定の更新</a></dt></dl
 ></dd><dt>virtual host, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-virtualhosts">仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></dt><dt>設定の確認, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-editing">設定ファイルの編集</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Apache HTTP サーバー</dt><dd><dl><dt>バージョン 2.2</dt><dd><dl><dt>特徴, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>開始, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-apache-running-starting">サービスの開始</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> at , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-autotasks-at-batch">at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-autotasks-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> authconfig  (参照  Authentication Configuration Tool )</dt><dd><dl><dt> commands , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">コマンドライン バージョン</a><
 /dt></dl></dd><dt> authentication </dt><dd><dl><dt> using fingerprint support , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">高度なオプション</a></dt><dt> using smart card authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">高度なオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> Authentication Configuration Tool </dt><dd><dl><dt> and Kerberos authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and LDAP , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and NIS , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and NIS authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Co
 nfiguration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and Winbind , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and Winbind authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>authoritative nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>B</h3><dl><dt> batch , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-autotasks-at-batch">at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-autotasks-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Berkeley Internet Name Domain (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>BIND</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-installed-docs">インストールされていã
 ‚‹ãƒ‰ã‚­ãƒ¥ãƒ¡ãƒ³ãƒˆ</a></dt><dt>related books, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-related-books">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>common mistakes, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-mistakes">よくある間違いを避けるために</a></dt><dt>configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>acl statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt><dt>comment tags, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-comm">コメントタグ</a></dt><dt>controls statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>include statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt><dt>key statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></d
 t><dt>logging statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>options statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt><dt>server statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>trusted-keys statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>view statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>zone statement, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/named/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-namedconf">Configuring the named Service</a></dt><dt>/var/named/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-zone">Editing Zone Files</a>
 </dt><dt>/var/named/data/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-zone">Editing Zone Files</a></dt><dt>/var/named/dynamic/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-zone">Editing Zone Files</a></dt><dt>/var/named/slaves/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-zone">Editing Zone Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>features</dt><dd><dl><dt>Automatic Zone Transfer (AXFR), <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-features-ixfr">Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)</a></dt><dt>DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC), <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-features-dnssec">DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)</a></dt><dt>Incremental Zone Transfer (IXFR), <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-features-ixfr">Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)</a></dt><dt>Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-features-ipv6">Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)</a></dt><dt>multiple views, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-features-views">複数ビュー</a></dt><dt>Transaction SIGnature (TSIG), <a class="index
 term" href="#s3-bind-features-tsig">Transaction SIGnatures (TSIG)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/named.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-namedconf">Configuring the named Service</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-rndc-configuration">Configuring the Utility</a></dt><dt>/etc/rndc.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-rndc-configuration">Configuring the Utility</a></dt><dt>/etc/rndc.key, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-rndc-configuration">Configuring the Utility</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a></dt><dt>types</dt><dd><dl><dt>authoritative nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></dt><dt>primary (master) nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">ネームサ
 ーバーのタイプ</a></dt><dt>recursive nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></dt><dt>secondary (slave) nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>utilities</dt><dd><dl><dt>dig, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-bind">BIND as a Nameserver</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-dig">Using the dig Utility</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-features-dnssec">DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)</a></dt><dt>named, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-bind">BIND as a Nameserver</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-namedconf">Configuring the named Service</a></dt><dt>rndc, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-bind">BIND as a Nameserver</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-bind-rndc">Using t
 he rndc Utility</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>zones</dt><dd><dl><dt>$INCLUDE directive, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-zone-directives">Common Directives</a></dt><dt>$ORIGIN directive, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-zone-directives">Common Directives</a></dt><dt>$TTL directive, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-zone-directives">Common Directives</a></dt><dt>A (Address) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>CNAME (Canonical Name) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>comment tags, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-zone-comm">コメントタグ</a></dt><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a></dt><dt>example usage, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-bind-zone-examples-basic">A Simple Zone File</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse">A Reverse Name Resolution Zone 
 File</a></dt><dt>MX (Mail Exchange) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>NS (Nameserver) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>PTR (Pointer) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>SOA (Start of Authority) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>block devices, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-devices"> /proc/devices </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/devices )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-devices"> /proc/devices </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>bonding (参照 channel bonding)</dt><dt>boot loader</dt><dd><dl><dt>verifying, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-boot-loader">ブートローダの確認</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>boot media, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-preparing">アップグレãƒ
 ¼ãƒ‰ã®æº–å‚™</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>C</h3><dl><dt>ch-email .fetchmailrc </dt><dd><dl><dt>global options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global">グローバルオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>chage command</dt><dd><dl><dt>forcing password expiration with, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>channel bonding</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dt>interface</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>parameters to bonded interfaces, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-modules-bonding-directives">Bonding Module Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>channel 
 bonding interface (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>character devices, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-devices"> /proc/devices </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/devices )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-devices"> /proc/devices </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>crash</dt><dd><dl><dt>analyzing the dump</dt><dd><dl><dt>message buffer, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-crash-log">Displaying the Message Buffer</a></dt><dt>open files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-crash-files">Displaying Open Files</a></dt><dt>processes, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-crash-processes">Displaying a Process Status</a></dt><dt>stack trace, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-crash-backtrace">Displaying a Backtrace</a></dt><dt>virtual memory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-crash-memory">Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>opening the dump image, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-crash-running">Running the crash Utility</a></dt><dt>sy
 stem requirements, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kdump-crash">Analyzing the Core Dump</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Cron, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Automating_System_Tasks">Automating System Tasks</a></dt><dt> cron , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">Cron and Anacron</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-autotasks-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>cron configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt><dt>user-defined tasks, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> crontab , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt><dt>CUPS (参照 Printer Configuration)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>D</h3><dl><dt>date, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a>, <a class="indexterm
 " href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Configuring the Date and Time</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Date and Time)</dt></dl></dd><dt>Date and Time</dt><dd><dl><dt>system date, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt><dt>system time, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt><dt>time zone settings, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>deleting cache files</dt><dd><dl><dt>in SSSD, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains">Support for Multiple Domains</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Denial of Service attack, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-net"> /proc/sys/net/ </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/sys/net/ directory)</dt><dt>definition of, <a class=
 "indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-net"> /proc/sys/net/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> df , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>DHCP, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-DHCP_Servers">DHCP Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-dhcp-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>client configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-client">DHCP クライアントの設定</a></dt><dt>command line options, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>connecting to, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-client">DHCP クライアントの設定</a></dt><dt>dhcpd.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt> dhcpd.leases , <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>dhcpd6.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-dhcp_
 for_ipv6_dhcpv6">DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></dt><dt>DHCPv6, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6">DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></dt><dt> dhcrelay , <a class="indexterm" href="#dhcp-relay-agent">DHCP リレーエージェント</a></dt><dt>global parameters, <a class="indexterm" href="#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>group, <a class="indexterm" href="#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>options, <a class="indexterm" href="#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>reasons for using, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-dhcp-why">DHCP を使用する理由</a></dt><dt>Relay Agent, <a class="indexterm" href="#dhcp-relay-agent">DHCP リレーエージェント</a></dt><dt>server configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-dhcp-configuring-server">DHCP サーバーの設定</a></dt><dt> shared-network , <a class="indexterm" href="#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>starting the server, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopp
 ing">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>stopping the server, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>subnet, <a class="indexterm" href="#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>dhcpd.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>dhcpd.leases, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt> dhcrelay , <a class="indexterm" href="#dhcp-relay-agent">DHCP リレーエージェント</a></dt><dt>dig (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>directory server (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt>DNS</dt><dd><dl><dt>definition, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-DNS_Servers">DNS Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 BIND)</dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>documentation</dt><dd><dl><dt>finding installed, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>DoS attack (参照 Denial of Service atta
 ck)</dt><dt>drivers (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>DSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> du , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (参照 DHCP)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>E</h3><dl><dt>email</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>related books, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-related-books">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Fetchmail, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-mta-fetchmail">Fetchmail</a></dt><dt>history of, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Mail_Servers">メールサーバー</a></dt><dt>Postfix, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-mta-postfix">Postfix</a></dt><dt>Procmail, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-mda">メール配
 送エージェント</a></dt><dt>program classifications, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-types">電子メールプログラム分類</a></dt><dt>Sendmail, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-mta-sendmail">Sendmail</a></dt><dt>spam</dt><dd><dl><dt>filtering out, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-spam">スパムフィルタ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加リソース</dt><dd><dl><dt>インストール済みドキュメント, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-installed-docs">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>epoch, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-stat"> /proc/stat </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/stat )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-stat"> /proc/stat </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> exec-shield </dt><dd><dl><dt>enabling, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt><dt>introducing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt
 ></dl></dd><dt>execution domains, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-execdomains"> /proc/execdomains </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/execdomains )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-execdomains"> /proc/execdomains </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>expiration of password, forcing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>F</h3><dl><dt>Fedora installation media</dt><dd><dl><dt>installable packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>feedback</dt><dd><dl><dt>contact information for this manual, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Preface-Feedback">Feedback</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Fetchmail, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-mta-fetchmail">Fetchmail</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>command options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands">Fetchmail コマンド オプション</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>informational, <a class=
 "indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-info">情報オプション、あるいはデバッグ オプション</a></dt><dt>special, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-special">特別なオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>configuration options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration">Fetchmail 設定オプション</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>global options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global">グローバルオプション</a></dt><dt>server options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server">サーバー オプション</a></dt><dt>user options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user">ユーザー オプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>file system</dt><dd><dl><dt>virtual (参照  proc file system)</dt></
 dl></dd><dt>files, proc file system</dt><dd><dl><dt>changing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-change">Changing Virtual Files</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dt>viewing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-viewing">Viewing Virtual Files</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> findsmb , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt> findsmb program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>FQDN (参照 fully qualified domain name)</dt><dt>frame buffer device, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-fb"> /proc/fb </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/fb )</dt></dl></dd><dt> free , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt>FTP, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-FTP">FTP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  vsftpd )</dt><dt>ac
 tive mode, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>command port, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>data port, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-FTP">FTP</a></dt><dt>introducing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-protocol">ファイル伝送プロトコル</a></dt><dt>passive mode, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>server software</dt><dd><dl><dt> Red Hat Content Accelerator , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-servers">FTP サーバー</a></dt><dt> vsftpd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-servers">FTP サーバー</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>fully qualified domain name, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーãƒ
 ãƒ¼ã‚¾ãƒ¼ãƒ³</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>G</h3><dl><dt> GNOME System Monitor , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt><dt> gnome-system-log  (参照  Log File Viewer )</dt><dt> gnome-system-monitor , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt><dt>GnuPG</dt><dd><dl><dt>checking RPM package signatures, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-check-rpm-sig">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>group configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>filtering list of groups, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-configui">User Manager Tool</a></dt><dt>groupadd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>modify users in groups, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties">グループのプロパティを変更する</a></dt><dt>modifying group properties, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-us
 ers-group-properties">グループのプロパティを変更する</a></dt><dt>viewing list of groups, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-configui">User Manager Tool</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>groups (参照 group configuration)</dt><dd><dl><dt>introducing, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups">ユーザーとグループの管理</a></dt><dt>standard, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-standard-groups">Standard Groups</a></dt><dt>tools for management of</dt><dd><dl><dt>groupadd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-tools">User and Group Management Tools</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-private-groups">ユーザープライベートグループ</a></dt><dt>system-config-users, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-private-groups">ユーザープライベートグループ</a></dt><dt>User Manager, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-tools">User and Group Management Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>user private, <a class="indexterm
 " href="#s1-users-groups-private-groups">ユーザープライベートグループ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>GRUB boot loader</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></dt><dt>configuring, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>H</h3><dl><dt>hardware</dt><dd><dl><dt>viewing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-hardware">ハードウェア</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>HTTP サーバー (参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt><dt>httpd (参照 Apache HTTP サーバー)</dt><dt>hugepages</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-vm"> /proc/sys/vm/ </a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>I</h3><dl><dt> ifdown , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-networkscripts-control">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt><dt> ifup , <a class="indexterm" href="#
 s1-networkscripts-control">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt><dt>initial RAM disk image</dt><dd><dl><dt>verifying, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>IBM eServer System i, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>initial RPM repositories</dt><dd><dl><dt>installable packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> insmod , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">Loading a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt>installing package groups</dt><dd><dl><dt>installing package groups with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>installing the kernel, <a class="indexte
 rm" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>K</h3><dl><dt>kdump</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documents, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>manual pages, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-resources-online">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>analyzing the dump (参照 crash)</dt><dt>configuring the service</dt><dd><dl><dt>default action, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-action">Changing the Default Action</a></dt><dt>dump image compression, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert
  Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">Configuring the Core Collector</a></dt><dt>filtering level, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-filtering">The Filtering Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">Configuring the Core Collector</a></dt><dt>initial RAM disk, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>kernel image, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>kernel options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>m
 emory usage, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-basic">The Basic Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>supported targets, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">The Target Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">Configuring the Target Type</a></dt><dt>target location, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">The Target Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">Configuring the Target Type</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>enabling the service, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-enable">Enabling the Service</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable">Enabling the Service</a></dt><dt>known issues</dt><dd><dl><dt>hpsa driver, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">The Target Settings Tab</a>, <a cl
 ass="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">Configuring the Target Type</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>running the service, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable">Enabling the Service</a></dt><dt>system requirements, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kdump-configuration">Configuring the kdump Service</a></dt><dt>testing the configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">Testing the Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel</dt><dd><dl><dt>downloading, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-download">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></dt><dt>installing kernel packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt><dt>kernel packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt><dt>package, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">カーネルをア
 ップグレードする</a></dt><dt>performing kernel upgrade, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-perform-upgrade">アップグレードの実行</a></dt><dt>RPM package, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt><dt>upgrade kernel available, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-download">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Security Advisories, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-download">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></dt><dt>via Fedora Update System, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-download">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>upgrading</dt><dd><dl><dt>preparing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-preparing">アップグレードの準備</a></dt><dt>working boot media, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-preparing">アップグレー
 ドの準備</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>upgrading the kernel, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Kernel Dump Configuration (参照 kdump)</dt><dt>kernel module</dt><dd><dl><dt>bonding module, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dt>parameters to bonded interfaces, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-modules-bonding-directives">Bonding Module Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>definition, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules">Working with Kernel Modules</a></dt><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/sysconfig/modules/ , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">Persistent Module Loading</a></dt><dt> /lib/modules/kernel_version/kernel/drivers/ , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">Loading a 
 Module</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Ethernet module</dt><dd><dl><dt>supporting multiple cards, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">複数のイーサネットカードの使用</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt> /proc/modules , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>listing</dt><dd><dl><dt>currently loaded modules, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt><dt>module information, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">Displaying Information About a Module</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>loading</dt><dd><dl><dt>at the boot time, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">Persistent Module Loading</a></dt><dt>for the current session, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">Loading a Module</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>module parameters</dt><dd><dl><dt>bonding mod
 ule parameters, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-modules-bonding-directives">Bonding Module Directives</a></dt><dt>supplying, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Setting_Module_Parameters">Setting Module Parameters</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>unloading, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dt>utilities</dt><dd><dl><dt> insmod , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">Loading a Module</a></dt><dt> lsmod , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt><dt> modinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">Displaying Information About a Module</a></dt><dt> modprobe , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">Loading a Module</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dt> rmmod , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">Unloading a Module</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>kernel package</dt
 ><dd><dl><dt>kernel</dt><dd><dl><dt>for single, multicore and multiprocessor systems, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-devel</dt><dd><dl><dt>kernel headers and makefiles, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-doc</dt><dd><dl><dt> documentation files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-headers</dt><dd><dl><dt> C header files files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>linux-firmware</dt><dd><dl><dt> firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>perf</dt><dd><dl><dt>firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>kern
 el upgrading</dt><dd><dl><dt>preparing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-preparing">アップグレードの準備</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>L</h3><dl><dt>LDAP (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt> Log File Viewer </dt><dd><dl><dt>filtering, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-viewing">ログファイルの表示</a></dt><dt>monitoring, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-examining">ログファイルを監視する</a></dt><dt>searching, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-viewing">ログファイルの表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>log files, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  Log Viewer )</dt><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-log-files-installed-docs">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-log-files-useful-websites">役
 に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt><dt>locating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-locating">ログファイルを探す</a></dt><dt>monitoring, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-examining">ログファイルを監視する</a></dt><dt>rotating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-locating">ログファイルを探す</a></dt><dt> rsyslogd daemon , <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt><dt>viewing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-viewing">ログファイルの表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> Log Viewer </dt><dd><dl><dt>refresh rate, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-viewing">ログファイルの表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> logrotate , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-logfiles-locating">ログファイルを探す</a></dt><dt> lsmod , <a class="indexterm" href="#
 sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt> lspci , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-pci"> /proc/bus/pci </a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>M</h3><dl><dt> Mail Transport Agent Switcher , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-switchmail">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt><dt>MDA (参照 メール配送エージェント)</dt><dt> modinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">Displaying Information About a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt> modprobe , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Loading_a_Module">Loading a Module</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt>module (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>module parameters (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>MTA (参照 メール転送エージェント )</dt><dd><dl><d
 t>setting default, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-switchmail">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt><dt>switching with Mail Transport Agent Switcher , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-switchmail">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>MUA, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-switchmail">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a> (参照 メール ユーザー エージェント)</dt><dt>Multihomed DHCP</dt><dd><dl><dt>host configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">Host Configuration</a></dt><dt>server configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server">Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>multiple domains</dt><dd><dl><dt>specifying in SSSD, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains">Support for Multiple Domains</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>N</h3><dl><dt>named (参照 BIND)</dt><dt
 >nameserver (参照 DNS)</dt><dt> net program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>network</dt><dd><dl><dt>functions, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-networkscripts-functions">ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></dt><dt>interfaces</dt><dd><dl><dt>channel bonding, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>Network Time Protocol, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>ntpd, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt><dt>ntpdate, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">Configuri
 ng the Network Time Protocol</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>NIC</dt><dd><dl><dt>binding into single channel, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> nmblookup program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>NTP (参照 Network Time Protocol)</dt><dt>ntpd, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt><dt>ntpdate, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>O</h3><dl><dt>OpenLDAP</dt><dd><dl><dt>checking status, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-running-status">Checking the Service Status</a></dt><dt>client applications, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-packages-applications">Overview of Com
 mon LDAP Client Applications</a></dt><dt>configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>database, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>global, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>overview, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-setup">OpenLDAP Server Setup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directives</dt><dd><dl><dt>olcAllows, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcConnMaxPending, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcConnMaxPendingAuth, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcDisallows, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcIdleTimeout, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global
 ">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcLogFile, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcReadOnly, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcReferral, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcRootDN, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcRootPW, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcSuffix, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcWriteTimeout, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/, <a class="i
 ndexterm" href="#s2-ldap-configuration">Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></dt><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-schema">Extending Schema</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>features, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-features">OpenLDAP 機能</a></dt><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ldap-configuration">Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></dt><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config.ldif, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcDatabase={1}bdb.ldif, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>installation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ldap-installation">Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></dt><dt>migrating authentication information, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-migrationtools">古い認証情報
 を LDAP フォーマットへ移行</a></dt><dt>packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ldap-installation">Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></dt><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-running-restarting">Restarting the Service</a></dt><dt>running, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-running-starting">Starting the Service</a></dt><dt>schema, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-configuration-schema">Extending Schema</a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-running-stopping">Stopping the Service</a></dt><dt>terminology</dt><dd><dl><dt>attribute, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-terminology">LDAP の用語</a></dt><dt>entry, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-terminology">LDAP の用語</a></dt><dt> LDIF , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-terminology">LDAP の用語</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>utilities, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers">Overview of OpenLDAP Server Utilities</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ldap-pa
 ckages-openldap-clients">Overview of OpenLDAP Client Utilities</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>OpenSSH, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-OpenSSH">OpenSSH</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-features">Main Features</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 SSH)</dt><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-openssh-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>client, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-ssh-clients">OpenSSH Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> scp , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-clients-scp">Using the scp Utility</a></dt><dt> sftp , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-clients-sftp">Using the sftp Utility</a></dt><dt> ssh , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">Using the ssh Utility</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>DSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating"
 >鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RSA Version 1 keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>server, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>starting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ssh-add , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt> ssh-agent , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt>ssh-keygen</dt><dd><dl><dt>DSA, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt><dt>RSA, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt><dt>
 RSA Version 1, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>using key-based authentication, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs">Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>OpenSSL</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-openssh-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>SSL (参照 SSL)</dt><dt>TLS (参照 TLS)</dt></dl></dd><dt>OS/400 boot loader</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></dt><dt>configuring, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>P</h3><dl><dt>package</dt><dd><dl><dt>kernel RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>PackageKit, <
 a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>adding and removing, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software">Using Add/Remove Software</a></dt><dt>architecture, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-PackageKit_Architecture">PackageKit Architecture</a></dt><dt>installing and removing package groups, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></dt><dt>installing packages , <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>managing packages , <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>PolicyKit</dt><dd><dl><dt>authentication, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>uninstalling packages , <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>updating packages , <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>vie
 wing packages , <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>viewing transaction log, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log">Viewing the Transaction Log</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>packages</dt><dd><dl><dt>adding and removing with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software">Using Add/Remove Software</a></dt><dt>determining file ownership with, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>displaying packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum info, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Displaying_Package_Information">パッケージ情報の表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>filtering with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Development, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Free, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_P
 ackages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Hide Subpackages, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Installed, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>No Filter, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Available, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Development, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only End User Files, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Graphical, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Installed, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">
 Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Native Packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Newest Packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>filtering with PackageKit for packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>finding deleted files from, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>iFedora installation media, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt><dt>initial RPM repositories, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt><dt>installing and removing package groups, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></dt><dt>installing packages w
 ith PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>dependencies, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel</dt><dd><dl><dt>for single, multicore and multiprocessor systems, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-devel</dt><dd><dl><dt>kernel headers and makefiles, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-doc</dt><dd><dl><dt> documentation files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-headers</dt><dd><dl><dt> C header files files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-k
 ernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>linux-firmware</dt><dd><dl><dt> firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>listing packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum grouplist, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list all, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list available, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list installed, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum repolist, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum search, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>locating documentation for, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and C
 ommon Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>managing packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>obtaining list of files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>perf</dt><dd><dl><dt> firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>querying uninstalled, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>removing packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></dt><dt>RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-RPM">RPM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>already installed, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-errors">すでにインストールされているパッケージ</a></dt><dt>configuration file changes, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Configuration
 _File_Changes">Configuration File Changes</a></dt><dt>conflict, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-conflicting-files">ファイルの競合</a></dt><dt>failed dependencies, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>pristine sources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>querying, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-querying">問い合わせ</a></dt><dt>source and binary packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-RPM">RPM</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>setting packages with PackageKit</dt><dd><dl><dt>checking interval, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">Setting the Update-Checking Interval</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>uninstalling packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>uninstalling packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum remove package_name, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Removing">Removing Packages</a></dt></dl></d
 d><dt>updating currently installed packages</dt><dd><dl><dt>available updates, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>updating packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>PolicyKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt><dt>Software Update, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>viewing packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-PackageKit">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>viewing transaction log, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log">Viewing the Transaction Log</a></dt><dt>viewing Yum repositories with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">Setting the Software Sources</a></dt><dt>Y
 um instead of RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-RPM">RPM</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>password</dt><dd><dl><dt>aging, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>expire, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>passwords</dt><dd><dl><dt>shadow, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">シャドウパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> pdbedit program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>PolicyKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt><dt>Postfix, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-mta-postfix">Postfix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>default installation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mta-postfix-default">Postfix のデフォルトインストール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>postfix, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-
 email-switchmail">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt><dt>primary nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>Printer Configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>CUPS, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Printer_Configuration">プリンタの設定</a></dt><dt>IPP Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-printing-ipp-printer">IPP プリンタの追加</a></dt><dt>LDP/LPR Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer">Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></dt><dt>Local Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Adding_Other_Printer">ローカルプリンタの追加</a></dt><dt>New Printer, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Setting_Printer">Starting Printer Setup</a></dt><dt>Print Jobs, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-printing-managing">印刷ジョブの管理</a></dt><dt>Samba Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-printing-smb-printer">Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></dt><dt>Settings, <a class="indexterm" href="#id1645988">The Settings Page</a></dt><dt>Sharing Printers, <a 
 class="indexterm" href="#sec-Sharing_Printers">Sharing Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>printers (参照 Printer Configuration)</dt><dt> proc file system</dt><dd><dl><dt> /proc/buddyinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-buddyinfo"> /proc/buddyinfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/bus/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-bus"> /proc/bus/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/bus/pci </dt><dd><dl><dt>viewing using lspci , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-pci"> /proc/bus/pci </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> /proc/cmdline , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-cmdline"> /proc/cmdline </a></dt><dt> /proc/cpuinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-cpuinfo"> /proc/cpuinfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/crypto , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-crypto"> /proc/crypto </a></dt><dt> /proc/devices </dt><dd><dl><dt>block devices, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-devices"> /proc/devices </a></dt><dt>character devices, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-devices"> /proc/devices </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> /proc/dma
  , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dma"> /proc/dma </a></dt><dt> /proc/driver/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-driver"> /proc/driver/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/execdomains , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-execdomains"> /proc/execdomains </a></dt><dt> /proc/fb , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-fb"> /proc/fb </a></dt><dt> /proc/filesystems , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-filesystems"> /proc/filesystems </a></dt><dt> /proc/fs/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-fs"> /proc/fs </a></dt><dt> /proc/interrupts , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-interrupts"> /proc/interrupts </a></dt><dt> /proc/iomem , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-iomem"> /proc/iomem </a></dt><dt> /proc/ioports , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-ioports"> /proc/ioports </a></dt><dt> /proc/irq/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-irq"> /proc/irq/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/kcore , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-kcore"> /proc/kcore </a></dt><dt> 
 /proc/kmsg , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-kmsg"> /proc/kmsg </a></dt><dt> /proc/loadavg , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-loadavg"> /proc/loadavg </a></dt><dt> /proc/locks , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-locks"> /proc/locks </a></dt><dt> /proc/mdstat , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-mdstat"> /proc/mdstat </a></dt><dt> /proc/meminfo , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-meminfo"> /proc/meminfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/misc , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-misc"> /proc/misc </a></dt><dt> /proc/modules , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-modules"> /proc/modules </a></dt><dt> /proc/mounts , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-mounts"> /proc/mounts </a></dt><dt> /proc/mtrr , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-mtrr"> /proc/mtrr </a></dt><dt> /proc/net/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-net"> /proc/net/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/partitions , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-partitions"> /proc/partitions </a></dt><dt> /proc/PID/ directory, <a c
 lass="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-pid"> /proc/PID/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/scsi/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-scsi"> /proc/scsi/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/self/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-self"> /proc/self/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/slabinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-slabinfo"> /proc/slabinfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/stat , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-stat"> /proc/stat </a></dt><dt> /proc/swaps , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-swaps"> /proc/swaps </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-sys"> /proc/sys/ </a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  sysctl )</dt><dt> /proc/sys/dev/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-dev"> /proc/sys/dev/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/fs/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-fs"> /proc/sys/fs/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/kernel/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /p
 roc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/kernel/exec-shield , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt><dt>/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq (参照 system request key)</dt><dt> /proc/sys/net/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-net"> /proc/sys/net/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/vm/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-vm"> /proc/sys/vm/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> /proc/sysrq-trigger , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-sysrq-trigger"> /proc/sysrq-trigger </a></dt><dt> /proc/sysvipc/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-sysvipc"> /proc/sysvipc/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/tty/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-tty"> /proc/tty/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/uptime , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-uptime"> /proc/uptime </a></dt><dt> /proc/version , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-version"> /proc/version </a></dt><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-additional-resources">参考文献</a></dt>
 <dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-installed-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>changing files within, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-change">Changing Virtual Files</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-sys"> /proc/sys/ </a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dt>files within, top-level, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-topfiles">Top-level Files within the proc File System</a></dt><dt>introduced, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-proc">The proc File System</a></dt><dt>process directories, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-processdirs">Process Directories</a></dt><dt>subdirectories within, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-directories">Directories within /proc/</a></dt><dt>viewing files within, <a class="indexterm" href=
 "#s2-proc-viewing">Viewing Virtual Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Procmail, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-mda">メール配送エージェント</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>recipes, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-procmail-recipes">Procmail レシピ</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>local lockfiles, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-procmail-recipes-lockfile">ローカルロックファイルの指定</a></dt><dt>non-delivering, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering">配信レシピと非配信</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>レシピ</dt><dd><dl><dt>SpamAssassin, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-spam">スパムフィルタ</a></dt><dt>フラグ, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-procmail-recipes-flags">フラグ</a></dt><dt>例, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples">レシピの例</a></dt><dt>特別な操作, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-procmail-recipes-special">特別な条件とアクション</a></dt><dt>特別なæ
 ¡ä»¶, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-procmail-recipes-special">特別な条件とアクション</a></dt><dt>配送, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering">配信レシピと非配信</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-procmail-configuration">Procmail の設定</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ps , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>R</h3><dl><dt>RAM, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt> rcp , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-clients-scp">Using the scp Utility</a></dt><dt>recursive nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>removing package groups</dt><dd><dl><dt>removing package groups with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">In
 stalling and Removing Package Groups</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>resource record (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> rmmod , <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Unloading_a_Module">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt>rndc (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>root nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> rpcclient program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-RPM">RPM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>already installed, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-errors">すでにインストールされているパッケージ</a></dt><dt>basic modes, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-using">RPMの使用法</a></dt><dt>checking package signatures, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-check-rpm-sig">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt><dt>configuration file changes, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Configuration_File_Changes">Configuration File Changes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>conf.rpmsa
 ve, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Configuration_File_Changes">Configuration File Changes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>conflicts, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-conflicting-files">ファイルの競合</a></dt><dt>design goals</dt><dd><dl><dt>powerful querying, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>system verification, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>upgradability, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>determining file ownership with, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>documentation with, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>failed dependencies, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>file name, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">インストールã
 ¨ã‚¢ãƒƒãƒ—グレード</a></dt><dt>finding deleted files with, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>GnuPG, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-check-rpm-sig">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt><dt>md5sum, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-check-rpm-sig">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt><dt>querying, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-querying">問い合わせ</a></dt><dt>querying uninstalled packages, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>RPM パッケージの検索, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt><dt>アップグレード, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>アンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-uninstalling">アンインストール</a></dt><dt>インストール, <a class="ind
 exterm" href="#sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>インストール済みのアップグレードの実行, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-freshening">インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></dt><dt>ウェブサイト, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt><dt>ティップス, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>ファイルの競合</dt><dd><dl><dt>解決, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-conflicting-files">ファイルの競合</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>ファイル一覧の問い合わせ, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-impressing">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>依存性, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>書籍について, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-related-books">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>æ
 ¤œè¨¼, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-rpm-verifying">検証</a></dt><dt>設計目標, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>追加のリソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-rpm-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RPM パッケージ マネージャー (参照 RPM)</dt><dt>RSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RSA Version 1 keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> rsyslog , <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>S</h3><dl><dt>Samba (参照 Samba)</dt><dd><dl><dt>Abilities, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-abilities">Samba の機能</a></dt><dt>Account Information Databases, <a class="indext
 erm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> ldapsam , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> ldapsam_compat , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> mysqlsam , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt>Plain Text, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> smbpasswd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> tdbsam , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> xmlsam , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベãƒ
 ¼ã‚¹</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Additional Resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>related books, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-resources-published">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-resources-community">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Backward Compatible Database Back Ends, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt>Browsing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-network-browsing">Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></dt><dt>configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-configuring">Samba サーバーの設定</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-configuring-cmdline">コマンドライン管理</a></dt><dd><dl><d
 t>default, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-configuring">Samba サーバーの設定</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>CUPS Printing Support, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-cups">CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>CUPS smb.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-cups-smb.conf">Simple smb.conf Settings</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>daemon, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-daemons">Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>nmbd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt><dt>overview, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt><dt>smbd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt><dt>winbindd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>encrypted passwords, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt><dt> findsmb , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-s
 amba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt>graphical configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-configuring-gui">グラフィックな設定</a></dt><dt>Introduction, <a class="indexterm" href="#samba-rgs-overview">Samba の概要</a></dt><dt>Network Browsing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-network-browsing">Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Domain Browsing, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-domain-browsing">Domain Browsing</a></dt><dt>WINS, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-wins">WINS (Windows Internet Name Server)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>New Database Back Ends, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt>Programs, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> findsmb , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプロã
 ‚°ãƒ©ãƒ </a></dt><dt> net , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> nmblookup , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> pdbedit , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> rpcclient , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbcacls , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbclient , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbcontrol , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbpasswd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビュ
 ーションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbspool , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbstatus , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbtar , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> testparm , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> wbinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Reference, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-Samba">Samba</a></dt><dt>Samba Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-printing-smb-printer">Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></dt><dt>Security Modes, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-security-modes">Samba のセキュリティモード</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Active Di
 rectory Security Mode, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-ads-security-mode">Active Directory セキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</a></dt><dt>Domain Security Mode, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-domain-security-mode">ドメインセキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</a></dt><dt>Server Security Mode, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-server-security-mode">サーバセキュリティモード(ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</a></dt><dt>Share-Level Security, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-share-level">Share-Level Security</a></dt><dt>User Level Security, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-user-level">ユーザーレベルセキュリティ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Server Types, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-servers">Samba Server Types and the smb.conf File</a></dt><dt>server types</dt><dd><dl><dt>Domain Controller, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-domain-controller">Domain Cont
 roller</a></dt><dt>Domain Member, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-domain-member">ドメインメンバーサーバ</a></dt><dt>Stand Alone, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-standalone">スタンドアローンのサーバ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>service</dt><dd><dl><dt>conditional restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>reloading, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>starting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>share</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to via the command line, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt>connecting to with Nautilus, <a class="indexterm" href="#s
 2-samba-connect-share">Samba シェアへの接続</a></dt><dt>mounting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-mounting">シェアの実装</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>smb.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-servers">Samba Server Types and the smb.conf File</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Active Directory Member Server example, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-samba-domain-member-ads">Active Directory ドメインメンバーサーバ</a></dt><dt>Anonymous Print Server example, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-samba-standalone-anonprint">Anonymous プリントサーバ</a></dt><dt>Anonymous Read Only example, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-samba-standalone-anonreadonly">Anonymous 読み取り専用</a></dt><dt>Anonymous Read/Write example, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-samba-standalone-anonreadwrite">Anonymous 読み取り/書き込み</a></dt><dt>NT4-style Domain Member example, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-samba-domain-member-nt4">Windows NT4 ベースのドメインメンバーサーã
 ƒ</a></dt><dt>PDC using Active Directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#samba-rgs-pdc-ads">Active Directory を使ったプライマリドメインコントローラ (PDC)</a></dt><dt>PDC using tdbsam , <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-samba-pdc-tdbsam">Primary Domain Controller (PDC) using tdbsam </a></dt><dt>Secure File and Print Server example, <a class="indexterm" href="#s4-samba-standalone-readwriteall">安全な読み取り/書き込みファイルとプリントサーバ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> smbclient , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt>WINS, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-wins">WINS (Windows Internet Name Server)</a></dt><dt>with Windows NT 4.0, 2000, ME, and XP, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> scp  (参照 OpenSSH)</dt><dt>secondary nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> security plugin  (参照 Security)</dt><dt>Sendmail, <a
  class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-mta-sendmail">Sendmail</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>aliases, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading">マスカレード</a></dt><dt>common configuration changes, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">一般的な Sendmail 設定変更</a></dt><dt>default installation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-default">Sendmail のデフォルトインストール</a></dt><dt>LDAP and, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-ldap">LDAP での Sendmail の使用</a></dt><dt>limitations, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose">目的と制限</a></dt><dt>masquerading, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading">マスカレード</a></dt><dt>purpose, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose">目的と制限</a></dt><dt>spam, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-sendmail-stopping-spam">スパムの停止</a></dt><dt>with UUCP, <
 a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">一般的な Sendmail 設定変更</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-email-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>sendmail, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-email-switchmail">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt><dt>services configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Services_and_Daemons">Services and Daemons</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> ssystemctl , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-services-running">Running Services</a></dt><dt> systemctl , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-services-configuring">Configuring Services</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> sftp  (参照 OpenSSH)</dt><dt>shadow passwords</dt><dd><dl><dt>overview of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">シャドウパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>slab pools (参照  /proc/slabinfo )</dt><dt>slapd (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt> smbcacls program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs
 ">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbclient , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt> smbclient program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbcontrol program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbpasswd program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbspool program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbstatus program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbtar program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>SpamAssassin
 </dt><dd><dl><dt>Procmail と使う, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-mda-spam">スパムフィルタ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ssh  (参照 OpenSSH)</dt><dt>SSH protocol</dt><dd><dl><dt>authentication, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-protocol-authentication">認証</a></dt><dt>configuration files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">設定ファイル</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>system-wide configuration files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>user-specific configuration files, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">設定ファイル</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>connection sequence, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-conn">SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></dt><dt>features, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-features">Main Features</a></dt><dt>insecure protocols, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-requiring">リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></dt><dt>layers</dt><dd><d
 l><dt>channels, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-protocol-connection">チャンネル</a></dt><dt>transport layer, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-protocol-conn-transport">トランスポートレイヤー</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>port forwarding, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip">ポート転送</a></dt><dt>requiring for remote login, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-configuration-requiring">リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></dt><dt>security risks, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-why">なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></dt><dt>version 1, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-versions">Protocol Versions</a></dt><dt>version 2, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-versions">Protocol Versions</a></dt><dt>X11 forwarding, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">X11 転送</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ssh-add , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt> ssh-agent , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3
 -ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt>SSL, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-mod_ssl">Setting Up an SSL Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt>SSL server (参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt><dt>SSSD</dt><dd><dl><dt>Configuring a Microsoft Active Directory Domain for, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain">Configuring a Microsoft Active Directory Domain</a></dt><dt>Configuring a proxy domain for, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></dt><dt>Configuring an LDAP domain for, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">Configuring an LDAP Domain</a></dt><dt>Selecting an LDAP schema for, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Do
 main">Configuring an LDAP Domain</a></dt><dt>Setting Up Kerberos authentication for, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></dt><dt>Specifying timeout values for, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">Configuring an LDAP Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> stunnel , <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-email-security-servers">安全な電子クライアント通信</a></dt><dt> sysconfig directory</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/sysconfig/apm-scripts/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-arpwatch"> /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/authconfig , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-authconfig"> /etc/sysconfig/authconfig </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/autofs
  , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-autofs"> /etc/sysconfig/autofs </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/cbq/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/clock , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-clock"> /etc/sysconfig/clock </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-dhcpd"> /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/firstboot , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-firewall"> /etc/sysconfig/firstboot </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/init , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-init"> /etc/sysconfig/init </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-ip6tables"> /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/keyboard , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-kybd"> /etc/sysconfig/keyboard </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ldap , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-ldap"> /et
 c/sysconfig/ldap </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/named , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-named"> /etc/sysconfig/named </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/network , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-network"> /etc/sysconfig/network </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 network)</dt></dl></dd><dt> /etc/sysconfig/networking/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ntpd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-ntpd"> /etc/sysconfig/ntpd </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/quagga , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-quagga"> /etc/sysconfig/quagga </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/radvd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-radvd"> /etc/sysconfig/radvd </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/samba , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig
 -samba"> /etc/sysconfig/samba </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/selinux , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-selinux"> /etc/sysconfig/selinux </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/sendmail , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-sendmail"> /etc/sysconfig/sendmail </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-spamd"> /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/squid , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-squid"> /etc/sysconfig/squid </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-rcu"> /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/vncservers , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-vncservers"> /etc/sysconfig/vncservers </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/xinetd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-xinetd"> /etc/sysconfig/xinetd </a></dt><dt>additional information about, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-The_sysconfig_Directory">The sysconfig Directory</a></dt><dt>ad
 ditional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysconfig-additional-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories in, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt>files found in, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysconfig-files">Files in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> sysconfig ディレクトリー</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ ディレクトリー, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Network_Interfaces">ネットワーク インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> sysctl </dt><dd><dl><dt>configuring with /etc/sysctl.conf , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dt>controlling /proc/sys/ , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-proc-sysctl">Using th
 e sysctl Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>SysRq (参照 system request key)</dt><dt>system information</dt><dd><dl><dt>file systems, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> /dev/shm , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-filesystems">ファイルシステム</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>gathering, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-System_Monitoring_Tools">システム監視ツール</a></dt><dt>hardware, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-hardware">ハードウェア</a></dt><dt>memory usage, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt>processes</dt><dd><dl><dt>currently running, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>system request key</dt><dd><dl><dt>enabling, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-proc-dir-sys"> /proc/sys/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>System Request Key</dt><dd><dl><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" 
 href="#s2-proc-dir-sys"> /proc/sys/ </a></dt><dt>setting timing for, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> system-config-authentication  (参照  認証の設定ツール )</dt><dt>system-config-kdump (参照 kdump)</dt><dt>system-config-users (参照 user configuration and group configuration)</dt><dt> systemctl  (参照 services configuration)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>T</h3><dl><dt> testparm program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>time, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Configuring the Date and Time</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Date and Time)</dt></dl></dd><dt>time zone, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time"
 >Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Date and Time)</dt></dl></dd><dt>TLB cache (参照 hugepages)</dt><dt>TLS, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-apache-mod_ssl">Setting Up an SSL Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt> top , <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>U</h3><dl><dt>updating currently installed packages</dt><dd><dl><dt>available updates, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>updating packages with PackageKit</dt><dd><dl><dt>PolicyKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>user configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>changing full name, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>cha
 nging home directory, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>changing login shell, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>changing password, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>command line configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>passwd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>useradd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>filtering list of users, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-configui">User Manager Tool</a></dt><dt>modify groups for a user, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>password</dt><dd><dl><dt>forcing expiration of, <
 a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>viewing list of users, <a class="indexterm" href="#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">User Accounts Tool</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-configui">User Manager Tool</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>User Manager (参照 user configuration)</dt><dt>user private groups (参照 groups)</dt><dd><dl><dt>and shared directories, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-groups-rationale">Group Directories</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>useradd command</dt><dd><dl><dt>user account creation using, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>users</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/passwd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-standard-users">Standard Users</a></dt><dt>introducing, <a class="indexterm" href="#ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups">ユーザーとグループの管理</a></dt><dt>standard, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-groups-standard-user
 s">Standard Users</a></dt><dt>tools for management of</dt><dd><dl><dt>User Manager, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-tools">User and Group Management Tools</a></dt><dt>useradd, <a class="indexterm" href="#s1-users-tools">User and Group Management Tools</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>V</h3><dl><dt>virtual file system (参照  proc file system)</dt><dt>virtual files (参照  proc file system)</dt><dt>virtual host (参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt><dt> vsftpd , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-servers">FTP サーバー</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 FTP)</dt><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-installed-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>condrest
 art, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>configuration file</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf , <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf"> vsftpd Configuration Options</a></dt><dt>access controls, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login">ログインオプションとアクセス制御</a></dt><dt>anonymous user options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-anon">匿名ユーザーオプション</a></dt><dt>daemon options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-daemon">デーモンオプション</a></dt><dt>directory options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-dir">ディレクトリオプション</a></dt><dt>file transfer options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-file">ファイル転送のオプション</a></dt><dt>format of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf"> vsftpd Configuration Options</a></dt><dt>local user o
 ptions, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr">ローカルユーザーオプション</a></dt><dt>logging options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-log">ロギングのオプション</a></dt><dt>login options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login">ログインオプションとアクセス制御</a></dt><dt>network options, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net">ネットワークオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>multihome configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">Starting Multiple Copies of vsftpd </a></dt><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>RPM</dt><dd><dl><dt>files installed by, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf">Files Installed with vsftpd </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>security features, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-servers">FTP サーバー</a></dt><dt>starting, <a class="indexterm" h
 ref="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>starting multiple copies of, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">Starting Multiple Copies of vsftpd </a></dt><dt>status, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>W</h3><dl><dt> wbinfo program, <a class="indexterm" href="#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>Windows 2000</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows 98</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows ME</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares 
 using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows NT 4.0</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows XP</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>X</h3><dl><dt>X.500 (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt>X.500 Lite (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>Y</h3><dl><dt>Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuring plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></dt><dt>disabling plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></dt><dt>displ
 aying packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum info, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Displaying_Package_Information">パッケージ情報の表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>enabling plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></dt><dt>installing a package group with Yum, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing">パッケージのインストール</a></dt><dt>listing packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum grouplist, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list all, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list available, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list installed, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージ
 の一覧</a></dt><dt>yum repolist, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>plugins</dt><dd><dl><dt>presto, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt><dt>refresh-packagekit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt><dt>rhnplugin, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt><dt>security, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Plugin_Descriptions">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>uninstalling packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum remove package_name, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Removing">Removing Packages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Yum_Plugins">Yum Plugins</a></dt><dt>Yum でのインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Installing">パッケージのインストール</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージ グループのアンインストール, <a clas
 s="indexterm" href="#sec-Removing">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージのアンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Removing">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージの検索</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum の検索, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Searching_Packages">パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum でのパッケージ一覧</dt><dd><dl><dt>Glob 表記, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Listing_Packages">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></dt><dt>Yum リポジトリー</dt><dd><dl><dt>Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>[main] オプションの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Setting_main_Options">[main] オプ
 ションの設定</a></dt><dt>[repository] オプションの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Setting_repository_Options">[repository] オプションの設定</a></dt><dt>パッケージとパッケージ グループ, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups">パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></dt><dt>リポジトリー, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository">Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></dt><dt>変数, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Using_Yum_Variables">Yum 変数の使い方</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Additional_Resources">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum repositories</dt><dd><dl><dt>viewing Yum repositories with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">Setting the Software Sources</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum での更新</dt><dd><dl><dt>シンプルなパッケージの更新, <a class="indexterm" href="
 #sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>セキュリティ関連のパッケージ更新, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>パッケージの更新, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>全パッケージと依存性の更新, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>更新の確認, <a class="indexterm" href="#sec-Checking_For_Updates">更新を確認する</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9603b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/common.css
@@ -0,0 +1,1495 @@
+body, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, pre, li, div {
+	line-height: 1.29em;
+}
+
+body {
+	background-color: white;
+	margin:0 auto;
+	font-family: "liberation sans", "Myriad ", "Bitstream Vera Sans", "Lucida Grande", "Luxi Sans", "Trebuchet MS", helvetica, verdana, arial, sans-serif;
+	font-size:12px;
+	max-width:55em;
+	color:black;
+}
+
+body.toc_embeded {
+	/*for web hosting system only*/
+	margin-left: 300px;
+}
+
+object.toc, iframe.toc {
+	/*for web hosting system only*/
+	border-style:none;
+	position:fixed;
+	width:290px;
+	height:99.99%;
+	top:0;
+	left:0;
+	z-index: 100;
+	border-style:none;
+	border-right:1px solid #999;
+}
+
+/* Hide web menu */
+
+body.notoc {
+	margin-left: 3em;
+}
+
+iframe.notoc {
+	border-style:none;
+	border: none;
+	padding: 0em;
+	position:fixed;
+	width: 21px;
+	height: 29px;
+	top: 0px;
+	left:0;
+	overflow: hidden;
+	margin: 0em;
+	margin-left: -3px;
+}
+/* End hide web menu */
+
+/* desktop styles */
+body.desktop {
+	margin-left: 26em;
+}
+
+body.desktop .book > .toc {
+	display:block;
+	width:24em;
+	height:99%;
+	position:fixed;
+	overflow:auto;
+	top:0px;
+	left:0px;
+	padding-left:1em;
+	background-color:#EEEEEE;
+}
+
+.toc {
+	line-height:1.35em;
+}
+
+.toc .glossary,
+.toc .chapter, .toc .appendix {
+	margin-top:1em;
+}
+
+.toc .part {
+	margin-top:1em;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+span.glossary,
+span.appendix {
+	display:block;
+	margin-top:0.5em;
+}
+
+div {
+	padding-top:0px;
+}
+
+div.section {
+	padding-top:1em;
+}
+
+p, div.para, div.formalpara {
+	padding-top:0px;
+	margin-top:0.3em;
+	padding-bottom:0px;
+	margin-bottom:1em;
+}
+
+/*Links*/
+a {
+	outline: none;
+}
+
+a:link {
+	text-decoration:none;
+	border-bottom: 1px dotted ;
+	color:#3366cc;
+}
+
+a:visited {
+	text-decoration:none;
+	border-bottom: 1px dotted ;
+	color:#003366;
+}
+
+div.longdesc-link {
+	float:right;
+	color:#999;
+}
+
+.toc a, .qandaset a {
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+/*headings*/
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {
+	color: #336699;
+	margin-top: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 0em;
+	background-color: transparent;
+}
+
+h1 {
+	font-size:2.0em;
+}
+
+.titlepage h1.title {
+	font-size: 3.0em;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+	text-align:left;
+}
+
+.book > .titlepage h1.title {
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.article > .titlepage h1.title {
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.set .titlepage > div > div > h1.title {
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.producttitle {
+	margin-top: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 0em;
+	font-size: 3.0em;
+	font-weight: bold;
+	background: #003d6e url(../images/h1-bg.png) top left repeat-x;
+	color: white;
+	text-align: center;
+	padding: 0.7em;
+}
+
+.titlepage .corpauthor {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+.section h1.title {
+	font-size: 1.6em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	color: #336699;
+	text-align: left;
+	background: white;
+}
+
+h2 {
+	font-size:1.6em;
+}
+
+
+h2.subtitle, h3.subtitle {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	font-size: 1.4em;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+.preface > div > div > div > h2.title {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	font-size: 2.0em;
+}
+
+.appendix h2 {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	font-size: 2.0em;
+}
+
+
+
+h3 {
+	font-size:1.3em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+h4 {
+	font-size:1.1em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+
+h5 {
+	font-size:1em;
+}
+
+h6 {
+	font-size:1em;
+}
+
+h5.formalpara {
+	font-size:1em;
+	margin-top:2em;
+	margin-bottom:.8em;
+}
+
+.abstract h6 {
+	margin-top:1em;
+	margin-bottom:.5em;
+	font-size:2em;
+}
+
+/*element rules*/
+hr {
+	border-collapse: collapse;
+	border-style:none;
+	border-top: 1px dotted #ccc;
+	width:100%;
+	margin-top: 3em;
+}
+
+/* web site rules */
+ul.languages, .languages li {
+	display:inline;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.languages li a {
+	padding:0em .5em;
+	text-decoration: none;
+}
+
+.languages li p, .languages li div.para {
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+.languages li a:link, .languages li a:visited {
+	color:#444;
+}
+
+.languages li a:hover, .languages li a:focus, .languages li a:active {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+ul.languages {
+	display:block;
+	background-color:#eee;
+	padding:.5em;
+}
+
+/*supporting stylesheets*/
+
+/*unique to the webpage only*/
+.books {
+	position:relative;
+}
+
+.versions li {
+	width:100%;
+	clear:both;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+a.version {
+	font-size:2em;
+	text-decoration:none;
+	width:100%;
+	display:block;
+	padding:1em 0em .2em 0em;
+	clear:both;
+}
+
+a.version:before {
+	content:"Version";
+	font-size:smaller;
+}
+
+a.version:visited, a.version:link {
+	color:#666;
+}
+
+a.version:focus, a.version:hover {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+.books {
+	display:block;
+	position:relative;
+	clear:both;
+	width:100%;
+}
+
+.books li {
+	display:block;
+	width:200px;
+	float:left;
+	position:relative;
+	clear: none ;
+}
+
+.books .html {
+	width:170px;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+.books .pdf {
+	position:absolute;
+	left:170px;
+	top:0px;
+	font-size:smaller;
+}
+
+.books .pdf:link, .books .pdf:visited {
+	color:#555;
+}
+
+.books .pdf:hover, .books .pdf:focus {
+	color:#000;
+}
+
+.books li a {
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.books li a:hover {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+/*products*/
+.products li {
+	display: block;
+	width:300px;
+	float:left;
+}
+
+.products li a {
+	width:300px;
+	padding:.5em 0em;
+}
+
+.products ul {
+	clear:both;
+}
+
+/*revision history*/
+.revhistory {
+	display:block;
+}
+
+.revhistory table {
+	background-color:transparent;
+	border-color:#fff;
+	padding:0em;
+	margin: 0;
+	border-collapse:collapse;
+	border-style:none;
+}
+
+.revhistory td {
+	text-align :left;
+	padding:0em;
+	border: none;
+	border-top: 1px solid #fff;
+	font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+.revhistory .simplelist td {
+	font-weight: normal;
+}
+
+.revhistory .simplelist {
+	margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+	margin-left: 1em;
+}
+
+.revhistory table th {
+	display: none;
+}
+
+
+/*credits*/
+.authorgroup div {
+	clear:both;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+h3.author {
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+}
+
+.authorgroup h4 {
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+.author, 
+.editor, 
+.translator, 
+.othercredit,
+.contrib {
+	display: block;
+}
+
+.revhistory .author {
+	display: inline;
+}
+
+.othercredit h3 {
+	padding-top: 1em;
+}
+
+
+.othercredit {
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.releaseinfo {
+	clear: both;
+}
+
+.copyright {
+	margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+/* qanda sets */
+.answer {
+	margin-bottom:1em;
+	border-bottom:1px dotted #ccc;
+}
+
+.qandaset .toc {
+	border-bottom:1px dotted #ccc;
+}
+
+.question {
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.answer .data, .question .data {
+	padding-left: 2.6em;
+}
+
+.answer label, .question label {
+	float:left;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+/* inline syntax highlighting */
+.perl_Alert {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+.perl_BaseN {
+	color: #007f00;
+}
+
+.perl_BString {
+	color: #5C3566;
+}
+
+.perl_Char {
+	color: #ff00ff;
+}
+
+.perl_Comment {
+	color: #FF00FF;
+}
+
+
+.perl_DataType {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_DecVal {
+	color: #00007f;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Error {
+	color: #ff0000;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Float {
+	color: #00007f;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Function {
+	color: #007f00;
+}
+
+
+.perl_IString {
+	color: #5C3566;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Keyword {
+	color: #002F5D;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Operator {
+	color: #ffa500;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Others {
+	color: #b03060;
+}
+
+
+.perl_RegionMarker {
+	color: #96b9ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Reserved {
+	color: #9b30ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_String {
+	color: #5C3566;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Variable {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+
+.perl_Warning {
+	color: #0000ff;
+}
+
+/*Lists*/
+ul {
+	padding-left:1.6em;
+	list-style-image:url(../images/dot.png);
+	list-style-type: circle;
+}
+
+ul ul {
+	list-style-image:url(../images/dot2.png);
+	list-style-type: circle;
+}
+
+ol {
+	list-style-image:none;
+	list-style-type: decimal;
+}
+
+ol ol {
+	list-style-type: lower-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.arabic {
+	list-style-type: decimal;
+}
+
+ol.loweralpha {
+	list-style-type: lower-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.lowerroman {
+	list-style-type: lower-roman;
+}
+
+ol.upperalpha {
+	list-style-type: upper-alpha;
+}
+
+ol.upperroman {
+	list-style-type: upper-roman;
+}
+
+dt {
+	font-weight:bold;
+	margin-bottom:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+
+dd {
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-left:2em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+li {
+	padding-top:0px;
+	margin-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0px;
+	margin-bottom:0.4em;
+}
+
+li p, li div.para {
+	padding-top:0px;
+	margin-top:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0px;
+	margin-bottom:0.3em;
+}
+
+/*images*/
+img {
+	display:block;
+	margin: 2em 0;
+}
+
+.inlinemediaobject, .inlinemediaobject img {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+}
+
+.figure img {
+	display:block;
+	margin:0;
+}
+
+.figure .title {
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-bottom:2em;
+	padding:0px;
+}
+
+/*document modes*/
+.confidential {
+	background-color:#900;
+	color:White;
+	padding:.5em .5em;
+	text-transform:uppercase;
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.longdesc-link {
+	display:none;
+}
+
+.longdesc {
+	display:none;
+}
+
+.prompt {
+	padding:0em .3em;
+}
+
+/*user interface styles*/
+.screen .replaceable {
+}
+
+.guibutton, .guilabel {
+	font-family: "liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-weight: bold;
+	white-space: nowrap;
+}
+
+.example {
+	background-color: #ffffff;
+	border-left: 3px solid #aaaaaa;
+	padding-top: 1em;
+	padding-bottom: 0.1em;
+}
+
+.example h6 {
+	padding-left: 10px;
+}
+
+.example-contents {
+	padding-left: 10px;
+	background-color: #ffffff;
+}
+
+.example-contents .para {
+/*	 padding: 10px;*/
+}
+
+/*terminal/console text*/
+.computeroutput, 
+.option {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.replaceable {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-style: italic;
+}
+
+.command, .filename, .keycap, .classname, .literal {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+/* no bold in toc */
+.toc * {
+	font-weight: inherit;
+}
+
+pre {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	display:block;
+	background-color: #f5f5f5;
+	color: #000000;
+	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+	margin-bottom: 0.3em;
+	padding:.5em 1em;
+	white-space: pre-wrap; /* css-3 */
+	white-space: -moz-pre-wrap !important; /* Mozilla, since 1999 */
+	white-space: -pre-wrap; /* Opera 4-6 */
+	white-space: -o-pre-wrap; /* Opera 7 */
+	word-wrap: break-word; /* Internet Explorer 5.5+ */
+	font-size: 0.9em;
+}
+
+pre .replaceable, 
+pre .keycap {
+}
+
+code {
+	font-family:"liberation mono", "bitstream vera mono", "dejavu mono", monospace;
+	white-space: nowrap;
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.parameter code {
+	display: inline;
+	white-space: pre-wrap; /* css-3 */
+	white-space: -moz-pre-wrap !important; /* Mozilla, since 1999 */
+	white-space: -pre-wrap; /* Opera 4-6 */
+	white-space: -o-pre-wrap; /* Opera 7 */
+	word-wrap: break-word; /* Internet Explorer 5.5+ */
+}
+
+/*Notifications*/
+div.warning:before {
+	content:url(../images/warning.png);
+	padding-left: 5px;
+}
+
+div.note:before {
+	content:url(../images/note.png);
+	padding-left: 5px;
+}
+
+div.important:before {
+	content:url(../images/important.png);
+	padding-left: 5px;
+}
+
+div.warning, div.note, div.important {
+	color: black;
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	background: none;
+	background-color: white;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	border-bottom: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+}
+
+div.warning h2, div.note h2,div.important h2 {
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	color: #eeeeec;
+	padding-top: 0px;
+	padding-bottom: 0px;
+	height: 1.4em;
+	line-height: 1.4em;
+	font-size: 1.4em;
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+div.admonition_header {
+	clear: both;
+	margin: 0em;
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin-top: -3.3em;
+	padding-left: 58px;
+	line-height: 1.0em;
+	font-size: 1.0em;
+}
+
+div.warning div.admonition_header {
+	background: url(../images/red.png) top left repeat-x;
+	background-color: #590000;
+}
+
+div.note div.admonition_header {
+	background: url(../images/green.png) top right repeat-x;
+	background-color: #597800;
+}
+
+div.important div.admonition_header {
+	background: url(../images/yellow.png) top right repeat-x;
+	background-color: #a6710f;
+}
+
+div.warning p, div.warning div.para,
+div.note p, div.note div.para,
+div.important p, div.important div.para {
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin: 0em;
+}
+
+div.admonition {
+	border: none;
+	border-left: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+	border-right: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+	padding:0em;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding-top: 1.5em;
+	padding-bottom: 1em;
+	padding-left: 2em;
+	padding-right: 1em;
+	background-color: #eeeeec;
+	-moz-border-radius: 0px;
+	-webkit-border-radius: 0px;
+	border-radius: 0px;
+}
+
+/*Page Title*/
+#title  {
+	display:block;
+	height:45px;
+	padding-bottom:1em;
+	margin:0em;
+}
+
+#title a.left{
+	display:inline;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+#title a.left img{
+	border:none;
+	float:left;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:.7em;
+}
+
+#title a.right {
+	padding-bottom:1em;
+}
+
+#title a.right img {
+	border:none;
+	float:right;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:.7em;
+}
+
+/*Table*/
+table {
+	border:1px solid #6c614b;
+	width:100%;
+	border-collapse:collapse;
+}
+
+table.simplelist, .calloutlist table {
+	border-style: none;
+}
+
+table th {
+	text-align:left;
+	background-color:#6699cc;
+	padding:.3em .5em;
+	color:white;
+}
+
+table td {
+	padding:.15em .5em;
+}
+
+table tr.even td {
+	background-color:#f5f5f5;
+}
+
+table th p:first-child, table td p:first-child, table  li p:first-child,
+table th div.para:first-child, table td div.para:first-child, table  li div.para:first-child {
+	margin-top:0em;
+	padding-top:0em;
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+th, td {
+	border-style:none;
+	vertical-align: top;
+	border: 1px solid #000;
+}
+
+.simplelist th, .simplelist td {
+	border: none;
+}
+
+table table td {
+	border-bottom:1px dotted #aaa;
+	background-color:white;
+	padding:.6em 0em;
+}
+
+table table {
+	border:1px solid white;
+}
+
+td.remarkval {
+	color:#444;
+}
+
+td.fieldval {
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+.lbname, .lbtype, .lbdescr, .lbdriver, .lbhost {
+	color:white;
+	font-weight:bold;
+	background-color:#999;
+	width:120px;
+}
+
+td.remarkval {
+	width:230px;
+}
+
+td.tname {
+	font-weight:bold;
+}
+
+th.dbfield {
+	width:120px;
+}
+
+th.dbtype {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+th.dbdefault {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+th.dbnul {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+th.dbkey {
+	width:70px;
+}
+
+span.book {
+	margin-top:4em;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+span.chapter {
+	display:block;
+	margin-top:0.5em;
+}
+
+table.simplelist td, .calloutlist table td {
+	border-style: none;
+}
+
+/*Breadcrumbs*/
+#breadcrumbs ul li.first:before {
+	content:" ";
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs {
+	color:#900;
+	padding:3px;
+	margin-bottom:25px;
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs ul {
+	margin-left:0;
+	padding-left:0;
+	display:inline;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs ul li {
+	margin-left:0;
+	padding-left:2px;
+	border:none;
+	list-style:none;
+	display:inline;
+}
+
+#breadcrumbs ul li:before {
+	content:"\0020 \0020 \0020 \00BB \0020";
+	color:#333;
+}
+
+/*index*/
+.glossary h3, 
+.index h3 {
+	font-size: 2em;
+	color:#aaa;
+	margin:0em;
+}
+
+.indexdiv {
+	margin-bottom:1em;
+}
+
+.glossary dt,
+.index dt {
+	color:#444;
+	padding-top:.5em;
+}
+
+.glossary dl dl dt, 
+.index dl dl dt {
+	color:#777;
+	font-weight:normal;
+	padding-top:0em;
+}
+
+.index dl dl dt:before {
+	content:"- ";
+	color:#ccc;
+}
+
+/*changes*/
+.footnote {
+	font-size: .7em;
+	margin:0em;
+	color:#222;
+}
+
+table .footnote {
+}
+
+sup {
+	color:#999;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	line-height: .4em;
+	font-size: 1em;
+	padding-left:0em;
+}
+
+.footnote {
+	position:relative;
+}
+
+.footnote sup  {
+	color:#e3dcc0;
+	position:absolute;
+	left: .4em;
+}
+
+.footnote sup a:link, 
+.footnote sup a:visited {
+	color:#92917d;
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.footnote:hover sup a {
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.footnote p,.footnote div.para {
+	padding-left:2em;
+}
+
+.footnote a:link, 
+.footnote a:visited {
+	color:#00537c;
+}
+
+.footnote a:hover {
+}
+
+/**/
+div.chapter {
+	margin-top:3em;
+}
+
+div.section {
+	margin-top:1em;
+}
+
+div.note .replaceable, 
+div.important .replaceable, 
+div.warning .replaceable, 
+div.note .keycap, 
+div.important .keycap, 
+div.warning .keycap
+{
+}
+
+ul li p:last-child, ul li div.para:last-child {
+	margin-bottom:0em;
+	padding-bottom:0em;
+}
+
+/*document navigation*/
+.docnav a, .docnav strong {
+	border:none;
+	text-decoration:none;
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+.docnav {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	position:relative;
+	width:100%;
+	padding-bottom:2em;
+	padding-top:1em;
+	border-top:1px dotted #ccc;
+}
+
+.docnav li {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	display:inline;
+	font-size:.8em;
+}
+
+.docnav li:before {
+	content:" ";
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous, .docnav li.next {
+	position:absolute;
+	top:1em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.up, .docnav li.home {
+	margin:0em 1.5em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous {
+	left:0px;
+	text-align:left;
+}
+
+.docnav li.next {
+	right:0px;
+	text-align:right;
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous strong, .docnav li.next strong {
+	height:22px;
+	display:block;
+}
+
+.docnav {
+	margin:0 auto;
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+.docnav li.next a strong {
+	background:  url(../images/stock-go-forward.png) top right no-repeat;
+	padding-top:3px;
+	padding-bottom:4px;
+	padding-right:28px;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.previous a strong {
+	background: url(../images/stock-go-back.png) top left no-repeat;
+	padding-top:3px;
+	padding-bottom:4px;
+	padding-left:28px;
+	padding-right:0.5em;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.home a strong {
+	background: url(../images/stock-home.png) top left no-repeat;
+	padding:5px;
+	padding-left:28px;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav li.up a strong {
+	background: url(../images/stock-go-up.png) top left no-repeat;
+	padding:5px;
+	padding-left:28px;
+	font-size:1.2em;
+}
+
+.docnav a:link, .docnav a:visited {
+	color:#666;
+}
+
+.docnav a:hover, .docnav a:focus, .docnav a:active {
+	color:black;
+}
+
+.docnav a {
+	max-width: 10em;
+	overflow:hidden;
+}
+
+.docnav a:link strong {
+	text-decoration:none;
+}
+
+.docnav {
+	margin:0 auto;
+	text-align:center;
+}
+
+ul.docnav {
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+/* Reports */
+.reports ul {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports li{
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports li.odd {
+	background-color: #eeeeee;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports dl {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	float:right;
+	margin-right: 17em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+}
+
+.reports dt {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.reports dd {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+}
+
+.reports h2, .reports h3{
+	display:inline;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+	font-size:10pt;
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+.reports div.progress {
+	display:inline;
+	float:right;
+	width:16em;
+	background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+	padding:0em;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+/*uniform*/
+body.results, body.reports {
+	max-width:57em ;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+/*Progress Bar*/
+div.progress {
+	display:block;
+	float:left;
+	width:16em;
+	background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+	height:1em;
+}
+
+div.progress span {
+	height:1em;
+	float:left;
+}
+
+div.progress span.translated {
+	background:#6c3 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+}
+
+div.progress span.fuzzy {
+	background:#ff9f00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+}
+
+
+/*Results*/
+
+.results ul {
+	list-style:none;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results li{
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results li.odd {
+	background-color: #eeeeee;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results dl {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	float:right;
+	margin-right: 17em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+}
+
+.results dt {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+}
+
+.results dd {
+	display:inline;
+	margin:0em;
+	padding:0em;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+}
+
+.results h2, .results h3 {
+	display:inline;
+	padding-right:.5em;
+	font-size:10pt;
+	font-weight:normal;
+}
+
+.results div.progress {
+	display:inline;
+	float:right;
+	width:16em;
+	background:#c00 url(../images/shine.png) top left repeat-x;
+	margin:0em;
+	margin-top:-1.3em;
+	padding:0em;
+	border:none;
+}
+
+/* Dirty EVIL Mozilla hack for round corners */
+pre {
+	-moz-border-radius:11px;
+	-webkit-border-radius:11px;
+	border-radius: 11px;
+}
+
+.example {
+	-moz-border-radius:0px;
+	-webkit-border-radius:0px;
+	border-radius: 0px;
+}
+
+.package, .citetitle {
+	font-style: italic;
+}
+
+.titlepage .edition {
+	color: #336699;
+	background-color: transparent;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	font-size: 1.4em;
+	font-weight: bold;
+	text-align: center;
+}
+
+span.remark {
+	background-color: #ff00ff;
+}
+
+.draft {
+	background-image: url(../images/watermark-draft.png);
+	background-repeat: repeat-y;
+        background-position: center;
+}
+
+.foreignphrase {
+	font-style: inherit;
+}
+
+dt {
+	clear:both;
+}
+
+dt img {
+	border-style: none;
+	max-width: 112px;
+}
+
+dt object {
+	max-width: 112px;
+}
+
+dt .inlinemediaobject, dt object {
+	display: inline;
+	float: left;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	padding-right: 1em;
+	width: 112px;
+}
+
+dl:after {
+	display: block;
+	clear: both;
+	content: "";
+}
+
+.toc dd {
+	padding-bottom: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 1em;
+	padding-left: 1.3em;
+	margin-left: 0em;
+}
+
+div.toc > dl > dt {
+	padding-bottom: 0em;
+	margin-bottom: 0em;
+	margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+
+.strikethrough {
+	text-decoration: line-through;
+}
+
+.underline {
+	text-decoration: underline;
+}
+
+.calloutlist img, .callout {
+	padding: 0em;
+	margin: 0em;
+	width: 12pt;
+	display: inline;
+	vertical-align: middle;
+}
+
+.stepalternatives {
+	list-style-image: none;
+	list-style-type: none;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/default.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/default.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf38ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/default.css
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ at import url("common.css");
+ at import url("overrides.css");
+ at import url("lang.css");
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81c3115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/lang.css
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+/* place holder */
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/overrides.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/overrides.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..057be29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/overrides.css
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+a:link {
+	color:#0066cc;
+}
+
+a:hover, a:active {
+	color:#003366;
+}
+
+a:visited {
+	color:#6699cc;
+}
+
+
+h1 {
+	color:#3c6eb4
+}
+
+.producttitle {
+	background: #3c6eb4 url(../images/h1-bg.png) top left repeat;
+}
+
+.section h1.title {
+	color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+
+h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+	color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+table {
+	border:1px solid #3c6eb4;
+}
+
+table th {
+	background-color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+
+table tr.even td {
+	background-color:#f5f5f5;
+}
+
+.revhistory table th {
+	color:#3c6eb4;
+}
+
+.titlepage .edition {
+	color: #3c6eb4;
+}
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..773d8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/css/print.css
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+ at import url("common.css");
+ at import url("overrides.css");
+ at import url("lang.css");
+
+#tocframe {
+	display: none;
+}
+
+body.toc_embeded {
+	margin-left: 30px;
+}
+
+.producttitle {
+	color: #336699;
+}
+
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c21d7a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2b3903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/1.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;fill:#000000;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 17.853468,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -5e-6,-0.143873 -5e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224122,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257324,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15b81da
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af015ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/10.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fcc2dd
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb82b70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/11.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 22.579206,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141117,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08855,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257325,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edebe20
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b6d822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/12.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.621199,22.008438 -8.143067,0 0,-1.784668 2.855469,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979492,-1.0708 0.29329,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437179,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827314,0.522958 -1.27002,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249023,-0.226877 0.509114,-0.442698 0.780274,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079101,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319825,-0.1494141 0.581049,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187011,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.747071,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265616,0.893727 0.265625,1.419
 433 -9e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249024,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392911,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622565,0.830083 -1.004394,1.245117 -0.376309,0.40951 -0.78028,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460938,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947266,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec48cef
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..226e461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/13.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.148054,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.207519,1.137207 -0.132821,0.33204 -0.318205,0.625334 -0.556153,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509121,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979486,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.22461,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290528,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879882,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890958,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267256,-0.05534 -1.842774,-0.166016 -0.575522,-0.105143 -1.112305,-0.268392 -1.610351,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249022,0.132815 0.51188,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276691,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830078,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547849,0.116212 0.813477,0.149414 0.271155,0.0332 0.525712,0.04981 0.763671,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315425,
 -0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188146,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -7e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.20474 -0.265631,-0.376289 -0.498047,-0.51464 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896485,-0.332032 -0.370772,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369628,-0.116211 l -0.863282,0 0,-1.801269 0.84668,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.93245,-0.04426 1.270019,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406739,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,1e-5 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.747071,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193687,0.07748 -0.373537,0.166026 -0.53955,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439942,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.7
 09961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484212,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276692,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896485,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666826,-0.1964393 1.037597,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139969,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33d5637
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aaa3a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/14.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.803816,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262862,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.02539,3.071289 2.755859,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1a4eb2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f51dd96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/15.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2839"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.761335,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004389,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838372,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332024,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780274,1.16211 0.188142,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282226,1.585449 -8e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.20476,0.520184 -0.506355,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398444,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261723,0.290528 -2.02539,0.290528 -0.304366,0 -0.605961,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863282,-0.124512 -0.27116,-0.04981 -0.531251,-0.116211 -0.780273,-0.199219 -0.243491,-0.08301 -0.464845,-0.17985 -0.664063,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672364,0.31543 0.254555,0.09408 0.517413,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.27669,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.276689,0.03874 0.539547,0.05811 0.788574,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305985,-0.152179 1.69336,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.581048
 ,-0.799639 0.581054,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751464,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320967,0.03874 -0.481446,0.06641 -0.15495,0.02768 -0.304364,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143882,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456543,-6.1840821 6.408203,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199218,2.382324 c 0.177079,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614257,-0.116211 0.237952,-0.03873 0.542314,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2841"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d38a155
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb7e2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/16.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 16.428328,16.853653 c -1e-6,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.06641,-0.575514 0.17985,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166015,-0.531241 0.387369,-1.023753 0.664063,-1.477539 0.282224,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431637,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603185,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108398,-0.2905274 0.116205,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.13834,0.00555 0.276686,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251783,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210294,-0.04979 -0.434415,-0.08853 -0.672363,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467618,-0.04979 -0.705567,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361333,0.09408 -1.842773,0.282226 -0.48145,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145508,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484215,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.21582,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243487,-0.384596 0.398438,-0
 .556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556152,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.445471,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.265621,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419434,0.257324 0.420565,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.154939,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282227,1.768066 -0.182625,0.520184 -0.445483,0.962892 -0.788574,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643555,0.282227 -0.59766,0 -1.156579,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.97396,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381837,-0.437173 -0.683432,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215821,-0.669593 -0.323731,-1.460933 -0.32373,-2.374023 m 4.216796,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431636,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188146,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481446,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3984
 34 0.315429,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116205,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -6e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243495,-0.343094 -0.61703,-0.514643 -1.120605,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.390141,0.229661 -0.539551,0.390137 -0.149417,0.160487 -0.265628,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.315429,0.755371 0.143877,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.52295,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453771,0.207522 0.730468,0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d83e898
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d6f0ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/17.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 17.51573,22.008438 4.316406,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367188,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424317,10.508789 -2.681152,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e39de4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ea672c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/18.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.48741,9.7149811 c 0.503575,1.23e-5 0.979486,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337557,0.243501 0.605949,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.19921,0.365244 0.298819,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -9e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166016,0.996094 -0.110685,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193692,0.237963 -0.423347,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265631,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.63362,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309889,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821778,0.713867 0.237947,0.260096 0.428865,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143871,0.326501 0.215811,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -9e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478687,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359708,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294922,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651855,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.93799
 1,-0.362467 -1.286622,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614258,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265625,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 0,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182618,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498046,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456542,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271161,-0.171543 -0.525718,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237957,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622558,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -1e-6,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478676,-0.669585 0.821777,-0.913086 0.343097,-0.249012 0.738767,-0.434396 1.187012,-0.5561527 0.448238,-0.1217326 0.918615,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.10791,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.31543,0.473145 0.143876,0.132814 0.32096,0.23
 7957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210282,0.07194 0.453771,0.107912 0.730468,0.10791 0.58105,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.431641,-1.087402 -7e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218594,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.32097,-0.307125 -0.514649,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 20.3878,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664062,0.398438 -0.199223,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514649,0.464844 -0.138349,0.16602 -0.246259,0.348637 -0.32373,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.70166,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514648,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290532,0.13559 -0.406739,0.240723 -0.11068,0.105153 -0.199222,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.315438 0.282227,0
 .448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160477,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171544,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154942,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.121739,-0.138338 0.218581,-0.293286 0.290527,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.15772,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116216,-0.105133 -0.254562,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eeedfb
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80d1d09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/19.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 13.215925,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141118,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168787,0.157724 -0.257325,0.240723 -0.08854,0.08302 -0.1743194,0.157723 -0.2573238,0.224121 L 8.442976,14.529434 7.1978588,12.985489 11.107527,9.8726959 l 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.554792,15.052383 c -8e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340332,1.651856 -0.16049,0.525719 -0.381844,1.018232 -0.664063,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426112,0.332032 -0.94076,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.300459,0.282227 -2.108398,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243493,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138349,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273928,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237953,0.02767 0.478675,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747066,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.48144,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.28222,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597656,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.10791,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243496,0.384609 -0.398438,0.556153 -0.1549
 53,0.171554 -0.33757,0.320968 -0.547851,0.448242 -0.210292,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.26563,0.07194 -0.561691,0.107914 -0.888184,0.10791 -0.525719,4e-6 -0.998863,-0.08577 -1.419433,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777509,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287762,-0.326492 -0.509116,-0.727696 -0.664063,-1.203614 -0.154948,-0.475904 -0.232422,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 0,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453775,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758136,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043128,-0.2905151 1.651856,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520175,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381828,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904785,1.660156 0.221346,0.669605 0.332023,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216796,-3.262207 c -0.226893,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188155,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132816,0.171559 -0.2379
 59,0.392913 -0.31543,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107913,0.581063 -0.10791,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373535,1.394532 0.24902,0.343105 0.625322,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254553,6e-6 0.486975,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.539551,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124505,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -7e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.107911,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171555,-0.534008 -0.315429,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312669,-0.409495 -0.52295,-0.547851 -0.204757,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722167,-0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff9cc57
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e94260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/2.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 19.89546,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.855468,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979493,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.545079,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.373529,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.17431,-0.666821 0.174316,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124517,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827313,0.522958 -1.270019,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249022,-0.226877 0.509113,-0.442698 0.780273,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079102,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319824,-0.1494141 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.326489,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.893727 0.265625,1.41
 9433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b28b4aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..409ac6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/20.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eda952c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bc03af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/21.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 22.579206,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141117,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08855,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257325,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90b14b0
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe086f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/22.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.621199,22.008438 -8.143067,0 0,-1.784668 2.855469,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979492,-1.0708 0.29329,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437179,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827314,0.522958 -1.27002,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249023,-0.226877 0.509114,-0.442698 0.780274,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079101,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319825,-0.1494141 0.581049,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187011,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.747071,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265616,0.893727 0.265625,1.419
 433 -9e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249024,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392911,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622565,0.830083 -1.004394,1.245117 -0.376309,0.40951 -0.78028,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460938,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947266,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b35a74
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f17ec29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/23.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.148054,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.207519,1.137207 -0.132821,0.33204 -0.318205,0.625334 -0.556153,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509121,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979486,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.22461,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290528,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879882,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890958,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267256,-0.05534 -1.842774,-0.166016 -0.575522,-0.105143 -1.112305,-0.268392 -1.610351,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249022,0.132815 0.51188,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276691,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830078,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547849,0.116212 0.813477,0.149414 0.271155,0.0332 0.525712,0.04981 0.763671,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315425,
 -0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188146,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -7e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.20474 -0.265631,-0.376289 -0.498047,-0.51464 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896485,-0.332032 -0.370772,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369628,-0.116211 l -0.863282,0 0,-1.801269 0.84668,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.93245,-0.04426 1.270019,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406739,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,1e-5 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.747071,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193687,0.07748 -0.373537,0.166026 -0.53955,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439942,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.7
 09961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484212,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276692,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896485,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666826,-0.1964393 1.037597,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139969,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6041b02
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42a5333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/24.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.803816,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262862,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.02539,3.071289 2.755859,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecb15e6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8d4672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/25.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.761335,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004389,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838372,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332024,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780274,1.16211 0.188142,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282226,1.585449 -8e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.20476,0.520184 -0.506355,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398444,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261723,0.290528 -2.02539,0.290528 -0.304366,0 -0.605961,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863282,-0.124512 -0.27116,-0.04981 -0.531251,-0.116211 -0.780273,-0.199219 -0.243491,-0.08301 -0.464845,-0.17985 -0.664063,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672364,0.31543 0.254555,0.09408 0.517413,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.27669,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.276689,0.03874 0.539547,0.05811 0.788574,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305985,-0.152179 1.69336,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.581048
 ,-0.799639 0.581054,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751464,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320967,0.03874 -0.481446,0.06641 -0.15495,0.02768 -0.304364,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143882,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456543,-6.1840821 6.408203,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199218,2.382324 c 0.177079,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614257,-0.116211 0.237952,-0.03873 0.542314,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b2f560
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cf00ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/26.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 16.428328,16.853653 c -1e-6,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.06641,-0.575514 0.17985,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166015,-0.531241 0.387369,-1.023753 0.664063,-1.477539 0.282224,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431637,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603185,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108398,-0.2905274 0.116205,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.13834,0.00555 0.276686,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251783,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210294,-0.04979 -0.434415,-0.08853 -0.672363,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467618,-0.04979 -0.705567,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361333,0.09408 -1.842773,0.282226 -0.48145,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145508,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484215,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.21582,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243487,-0.384596 0.398438,-0
 .556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556152,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.445471,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.265621,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419434,0.257324 0.420565,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.154939,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282227,1.768066 -0.182625,0.520184 -0.445483,0.962892 -0.788574,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643555,0.282227 -0.59766,0 -1.156579,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.97396,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381837,-0.437173 -0.683432,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215821,-0.669593 -0.323731,-1.460933 -0.32373,-2.374023 m 4.216796,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431636,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188146,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481446,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3984
 34 0.315429,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116205,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -6e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243495,-0.343094 -0.61703,-0.514643 -1.120605,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.390141,0.229661 -0.539551,0.390137 -0.149417,0.160487 -0.265628,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.315429,0.755371 0.143877,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.52295,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453771,0.207522 0.730468,0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecf058e
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8d6440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/27.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 17.51573,22.008438 4.316406,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367188,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424317,10.508789 -2.681152,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e64efb2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5acce93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/28.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.48741,9.7149811 c 0.503575,1.23e-5 0.979486,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337557,0.243501 0.605949,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.19921,0.365244 0.298819,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -9e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166016,0.996094 -0.110685,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193692,0.237963 -0.423347,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265631,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.63362,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309889,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821778,0.713867 0.237947,0.260096 0.428865,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143871,0.326501 0.215811,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -9e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478687,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359708,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294922,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651855,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.93799
 1,-0.362467 -1.286622,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614258,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265625,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 0,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182618,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498046,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456542,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271161,-0.171543 -0.525718,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237957,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622558,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -1e-6,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478676,-0.669585 0.821777,-0.913086 0.343097,-0.249012 0.738767,-0.434396 1.187012,-0.5561527 0.448238,-0.1217326 0.918615,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.10791,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.31543,0.473145 0.143876,0.132814 0.32096,0.23
 7957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210282,0.07194 0.453771,0.107912 0.730468,0.10791 0.58105,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.431641,-1.087402 -7e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218594,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.32097,-0.307125 -0.514649,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 20.3878,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664062,0.398438 -0.199223,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514649,0.464844 -0.138349,0.16602 -0.246259,0.348637 -0.32373,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.70166,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514648,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290532,0.13559 -0.406739,0.240723 -0.11068,0.105153 -0.199222,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.315438 0.282227,0
 .448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160477,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171544,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154942,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.121739,-0.138338 0.218581,-0.293286 0.290527,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.15772,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116216,-0.105133 -0.254562,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbbca1b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..507dd44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/29.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.257917,22.008438 -8.143066,0 0,-1.784668 2.8554687,-3.07959 c 0.3596963,-0.387364 0.6861933,-0.744297 0.9794923,-1.0708 0.293289,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373536,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437178,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.2617183,0.323731 C 9.3422244,12.379541 8.918885,12.68667 8.4761791,13.085098 L 7.0816479,11.433243 C 7.3306704,11.206366 7.5907613,10.990545 7.8619213,10.785782 8.1330785,10.575507 8.4319063,10.390123 8.7584057,10.22963 9.0849004,10.06916 9.4446006,9.9418812 9.8375072,9.8477936 10.230407,9.7481965 10.670348,9.6983918 11.157331,9.6983795 c 0.58105,1.23e-5 1.101232,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860508,0.3901488 1.187012,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.74707,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265617,0.89
 3727 0.265625,1.419433 -8e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249023,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392912,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622566,0.830083 -1.004395,1.245117 -0.376308,0.40951 -0.780279,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460937,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947265,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.554792,15.052383 c -8e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340332,1.651856 -0.16049,0.525719 -0.381844,1.018232 -0.664063,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426112,0.332032 -0.94076,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.300459,0.282227 -2.108398,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243493,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138349,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273928,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237953,0.02767 0.478675,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747066,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.48144,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.28222,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597656,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.10791,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243496,0.384609 -0.398438,0.556153 -0.1549
 53,0.171554 -0.33757,0.320968 -0.547851,0.448242 -0.210292,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.26563,0.07194 -0.561691,0.107914 -0.888184,0.10791 -0.525719,4e-6 -0.998863,-0.08577 -1.419433,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777509,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287762,-0.326492 -0.509116,-0.727696 -0.664063,-1.203614 -0.154948,-0.475904 -0.232422,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 0,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453775,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758136,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043128,-0.2905151 1.651856,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520175,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381828,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904785,1.660156 0.221346,0.669605 0.332023,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216796,-3.262207 c -0.226893,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188155,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132816,0.171559 -0.2379
 59,0.392913 -0.31543,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107913,0.581063 -0.10791,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373535,1.394532 0.24902,0.343105 0.625322,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254553,6e-6 0.486975,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.539551,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124505,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -7e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.107911,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171555,-0.534008 -0.315429,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312669,-0.409495 -0.52295,-0.547851 -0.204757,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722167,-0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4febe43
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e87e1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/3.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 19.422316,12.587051 c -9e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.23243,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315437,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597661,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267255,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 -0.575523,-0.105143 -1.112306,-0.268392 -1.610352,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249023,0.132815 0.511881,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276692,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830079,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547848,0.116212 0.813476,0.149414 0.271156,0.0332 0.525713,0.04981 0.763672,0.0498 0.475907,2e-6 0.871577,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315424,-
 0.08854 0.567214,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320957,-0.351397 0.398437,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124506,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.265631,-0.376297 -0.498047,-0.514648 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896484,-0.332032 -0.370773,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369629,-0.116211 l -0.863281,0 0,-1.801269 0.846679,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.932451,-0.04426 1.27002,-0.132813 0.33756,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.43164,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.68897,-0.365224 -1.27002,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.74707,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193688,0.07748 -0.373538,0.166026 -0.539551,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439941,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.70
 9961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484211,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276691,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896484,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666827,-0.1964393 1.037598,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492506,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261718,0.5644531 0.348626,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193677,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290528,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4ffb14
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..434e663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/30.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b29e87
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08c3f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/31.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 22.579206,22.008438 -2.564941,0 0,-7.022461 c -4e-6,-0.143873 -4e-6,-0.315422 0,-0.514648 0.0055,-0.204745 0.01106,-0.415031 0.0166,-0.63086 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.442699 0.0249,-0.664062 0.01106,-0.221345 0.01936,-0.423331 0.0249,-0.605957 -0.02767,0.03321 -0.07471,0.08302 -0.141113,0.149414 -0.06641,0.06642 -0.141117,0.141122 -0.224121,0.224121 -0.08301,0.07748 -0.168786,0.157724 -0.257324,0.240723 -0.08855,0.08302 -0.17432,0.157723 -0.257325,0.224121 l -1.394531,1.120605 -1.245117,-1.543945 3.909668,-3.1127931 2.108398,0 0,12.1357421"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4740a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa099c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/32.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.621199,22.008438 -8.143067,0 0,-1.784668 2.855469,-3.07959 c 0.359697,-0.387364 0.686194,-0.744297 0.979492,-1.0708 0.29329,-0.326492 0.54508,-0.644688 0.755371,-0.95459 0.210281,-0.309889 0.37353,-0.625318 0.489746,-0.946289 0.116205,-0.320956 0.174311,-0.666821 0.174317,-1.037598 -6e-6,-0.409496 -0.124518,-0.727692 -0.373535,-0.95459 -0.243495,-0.226878 -0.572759,-0.340322 -0.987793,-0.340332 -0.437179,10e-6 -0.857751,0.10792 -1.261719,0.323731 -0.403974,0.215829 -0.827314,0.522958 -1.27002,0.921386 l -1.394531,-1.651855 c 0.249023,-0.226877 0.509114,-0.442698 0.780274,-0.647461 0.271157,-0.210275 0.569985,-0.395659 0.896484,-0.556152 0.326495,-0.16047 0.686195,-0.2877488 1.079101,-0.3818364 0.3929,-0.099597 0.832841,-0.1494018 1.319825,-0.1494141 0.581049,1.23e-5 1.101231,0.080253 1.560547,0.2407227 0.464837,0.1604938 0.860507,0.3901488 1.187011,0.6889648 0.32649,0.293305 0.575513,0.650239 0.747071,1.070801 0.177075,0.420583 0.265616,0.893727 0.265625,1.419
 433 -9e-6,0.47592 -0.08302,0.932463 -0.249024,1.369629 -0.166024,0.431648 -0.392911,0.857754 -0.680664,1.278321 -0.287768,0.415044 -0.622565,0.830083 -1.004394,1.245117 -0.376309,0.40951 -0.78028,0.827315 -1.211914,1.253418 l -1.460938,1.469238 0,0.116211 4.947266,0 0,2.158203"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f23ccea
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fce979c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/33.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.148054,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.207519,1.137207 -0.132821,0.33204 -0.318205,0.625334 -0.556153,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509121,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979486,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.22461,0.896485 0.503572,0.470382 0.755362,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -9e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290528,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879882,1.170411 -0.392911,0.332031 -0.890958,0.592122 -1.494141,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303227,0.273926 -2.116699,0.273926 -0.652998,0 -1.267256,-0.05534 -1.842774,-0.166016 -0.575522,-0.105143 -1.112305,-0.268392 -1.610351,-0.489746 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.249022,0.132815 0.51188,0.249025 0.788574,0.348632 0.276691,0.09961 0.553384,0.185387 0.830078,0.257325 0.27669,0.06641 0.547849,0.116212 0.813477,0.149414 0.271155,0.0332 0.525712,0.04981 0.763671,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132812 0.315425,
 -0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188146,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124512,-0.73877 -7e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.20474 -0.265631,-0.376289 -0.498047,-0.51464 -0.226893,-0.143876 -0.525721,-0.254553 -0.896485,-0.332032 -0.370772,-0.07747 -0.827315,-0.116205 -1.369628,-0.116211 l -0.863282,0 0,-1.801269 0.84668,0 c 0.509111,7e-6 0.93245,-0.04426 1.270019,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124512,-0.672363 -6e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406739,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,1e-5 -0.514652,0.02768 -0.747071,0.08301 -0.226891,0.04981 -0.439944,0.116221 -0.63916,0.199218 -0.193687,0.07748 -0.373537,0.166026 -0.53955,0.265625 -0.160484,0.09409 -0.307131,0.188161 -0.439942,0.282227 l -1.294922,-1.7
 09961 c 0.232421,-0.171538 0.484212,-0.329253 0.755371,-0.473145 0.276692,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.896485,-0.373535 0.320961,-0.1106647 0.666826,-0.1964393 1.037597,-0.2573239 0.370765,-0.06086 0.766435,-0.091296 1.187012,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139969,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e2ab31
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c67f8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/34.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.803816,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262862,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.02539,3.071289 2.755859,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02118e3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da7780a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/35.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.761335,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004389,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838372,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332024,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780274,1.16211 0.188142,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282226,1.585449 -8e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.20476,0.520184 -0.506355,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398444,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261723,0.290528 -2.02539,0.290528 -0.304366,0 -0.605961,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863282,-0.124512 -0.27116,-0.04981 -0.531251,-0.116211 -0.780273,-0.199219 -0.243491,-0.08301 -0.464845,-0.17985 -0.664063,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672364,0.31543 0.254555,0.09408 0.517413,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.27669,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.276689,0.03874 0.539547,0.05811 0.788574,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305985,-0.152179 1.69336,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.581048
 ,-0.799639 0.581054,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751464,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320967,0.03874 -0.481446,0.06641 -0.15495,0.02768 -0.304364,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143882,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456543,-6.1840821 6.408203,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199218,2.382324 c 0.177079,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614257,-0.116211 0.237952,-0.03873 0.542314,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f4fdf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..348549a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/36.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 16.428328,16.853653 c -1e-6,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.06641,-0.575514 0.17985,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166015,-0.531241 0.387369,-1.023753 0.664063,-1.477539 0.282224,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431637,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603185,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108398,-0.2905274 0.116205,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.13834,0.00555 0.276686,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251783,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210294,-0.04979 -0.434415,-0.08853 -0.672363,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467618,-0.04979 -0.705567,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361333,0.09408 -1.842773,0.282226 -0.48145,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145508,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484215,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.21582,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243487,-0.384596 0.398438,-0
 .556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556152,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.445471,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.265621,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419434,0.257324 0.420565,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.154939,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282227,1.768066 -0.182625,0.520184 -0.445483,0.962892 -0.788574,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643555,0.282227 -0.59766,0 -1.156579,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.97396,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381837,-0.437173 -0.683432,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215821,-0.669593 -0.323731,-1.460933 -0.32373,-2.374023 m 4.216796,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431636,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188146,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481446,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3984
 34 0.315429,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116205,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -6e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243495,-0.343094 -0.61703,-0.514643 -1.120605,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.390141,0.229661 -0.539551,0.390137 -0.149417,0.160487 -0.265628,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.315429,0.755371 0.143877,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.52295,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453771,0.207522 0.730468,0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6174706
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bc04d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/37.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 17.51573,22.008438 4.316406,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367188,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424317,10.508789 -2.681152,0"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..161661d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec2ad98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/38.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 20.48741,9.7149811 c 0.503575,1.23e-5 0.979486,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337557,0.243501 0.605949,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.19921,0.365244 0.298819,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -9e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166016,0.996094 -0.110685,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193692,0.237963 -0.423347,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265631,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.63362,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309889,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821778,0.713867 0.237947,0.260096 0.428865,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143871,0.326501 0.215811,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -9e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478687,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359708,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294922,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651855,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.93799
 1,-0.362467 -1.286622,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614258,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265625,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 0,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182618,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498046,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456542,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271161,-0.171543 -0.525718,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237957,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622558,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -1e-6,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478676,-0.669585 0.821777,-0.913086 0.343097,-0.249012 0.738767,-0.434396 1.187012,-0.5561527 0.448238,-0.1217326 0.918615,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.10791,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.31543,0.473145 0.143876,0.132814 0.32096,0.23
 7957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210282,0.07194 0.453771,0.107912 0.730468,0.10791 0.58105,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.431641,-1.087402 -7e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218594,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.32097,-0.307125 -0.514649,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 20.3878,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664062,0.398438 -0.199223,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514649,0.464844 -0.138349,0.16602 -0.246259,0.348637 -0.32373,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.70166,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514648,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290532,0.13559 -0.406739,0.240723 -0.11068,0.105153 -0.199222,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.315438 0.282227,0
 .448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160477,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171544,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154942,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.121739,-0.138338 0.218581,-0.293286 0.290527,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.15772,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116216,-0.105133 -0.254562,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d46b24
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..664ffdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/39.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 14.784773,12.587051 c -8e-6,0.420582 -0.06918,0.799651 -0.20752,1.137207 -0.13282,0.33204 -0.318204,0.625334 -0.556152,0.879883 -0.232429,0.249031 -0.509122,0.459317 -0.830078,0.63086 -0.315436,0.166022 -0.658535,0.2933 -1.029297,0.381836 l 0,0.0498 c 0.979485,0.121751 1.721021,0.420579 2.224609,0.896485 0.503573,0.470382 0.755363,1.106775 0.755371,1.909179 -8e-6,0.531253 -0.09685,1.023766 -0.290527,1.477539 -0.188159,0.448244 -0.481453,0.83838 -0.879883,1.170411 -0.39291,0.332031 -0.890957,0.592122 -1.49414,0.780273 -0.597662,0.182617 -1.303228,0.273926 -2.1167,0.273926 -0.6529976,0 -1.2672548,-0.05534 -1.842773,-0.166016 C 7.9421607,21.903295 7.4053774,21.740046 6.9073315,21.518692 l 0,-2.183105 c 0.2490227,0.132815 0.5118805,0.249025 0.7885742,0.348632 0.2766912,0.09961 0.5533836,0.185387 0.8300781,0.257325 0.2766904,0.06641 0.5478489,0.116212 0.8134766,0.149414 0.2711557,0.0332 0.5257127,0.04981 0.7636716,0.0498 0.475908,2e-6 0.871578,-0.04427 1.187012,-0.132
 812 0.315424,-0.08854 0.567215,-0.213051 0.755371,-0.373535 0.188145,-0.16048 0.320958,-0.351397 0.398438,-0.572754 0.083,-0.226885 0.124505,-0.473141 0.124511,-0.73877 -6e-6,-0.249019 -0.05258,-0.47314 -0.157715,-0.672363 -0.09962,-0.204748 -0.26563,-0.376297 -0.498046,-0.514648 C 11.685809,16.992 11.386981,16.881323 11.016218,16.803844 10.645446,16.726374 10.188903,16.687639 9.6465893,16.687633 l -0.8632813,0 0,-1.801269 0.8466797,0 c 0.5091113,7e-6 0.9324503,-0.04426 1.2700193,-0.132813 0.337561,-0.09407 0.605952,-0.218579 0.805176,-0.373535 0.204747,-0.160474 0.348627,-0.345858 0.431641,-0.556152 0.083,-0.210278 0.124506,-0.434399 0.124511,-0.672363 -5e-6,-0.431632 -0.135585,-0.769197 -0.406738,-1.012696 -0.26563,-0.243479 -0.688969,-0.365224 -1.270019,-0.365234 -0.265629,10e-6 -0.514653,0.02768 -0.7470708,0.08301 -0.2268911,0.04981 -0.4399443,0.116221 -0.6391601,0.199218 -0.1936875,0.07748 -0.3735376,0.166026 -0.5395508,0.265625 -0.1604838,0.09409 -0.3071308,0.188161 -0
 .4399414,0.282227 L 6.923933,10.893692 c 0.2324212,-0.171538 0.4842113,-0.329253 0.7553711,-0.473145 0.2766912,-0.143868 0.575519,-0.26838 0.8964844,-0.373535 0.3209611,-0.1106647 0.6668266,-0.1964393 1.0375977,-0.2573239 0.3707646,-0.06086 0.7664348,-0.091296 1.1870118,-0.091309 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.139968,0.066419 1.626953,0.1992188 0.492507,0.1272911 0.913079,0.3154421 1.261719,0.5644531 0.348625,0.243501 0.617017,0.545096 0.805176,0.904786 0.193676,0.354177 0.290519,0.760914 0.290527,1.220214"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.554792,15.052383 c -8e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340332,1.651856 -0.16049,0.525719 -0.381844,1.018232 -0.664063,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426112,0.332032 -0.94076,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.300459,0.282227 -2.108398,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243493,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138349,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273928,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237953,0.02767 0.478675,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747066,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.48144,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.28222,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597656,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.10791,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243496,0.384609 -0.398438,0.556153 -0.1549
 53,0.171554 -0.33757,0.320968 -0.547851,0.448242 -0.210292,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.26563,0.07194 -0.561691,0.107914 -0.888184,0.10791 -0.525719,4e-6 -0.998863,-0.08577 -1.419433,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777509,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287762,-0.326492 -0.509116,-0.727696 -0.664063,-1.203614 -0.154948,-0.475904 -0.232422,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 0,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453775,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758136,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043128,-0.2905151 1.651856,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520175,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381828,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904785,1.660156 0.221346,0.669605 0.332023,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216796,-3.262207 c -0.226893,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188155,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132816,0.171559 -0.2379
 59,0.392913 -0.31543,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107913,0.581063 -0.10791,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373535,1.394532 0.24902,0.343105 0.625322,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254553,6e-6 0.486975,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.539551,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124505,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -7e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.107911,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171555,-0.534008 -0.315429,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312669,-0.409495 -0.52295,-0.547851 -0.204757,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722167,-0.20752"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b9dd88
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc06c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/4.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 20.078077,19.493301 -1.460937,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.013672,0 0,-1.784668 5.154785,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460937,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959472,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09962,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.12175,0.2601 -0.262863,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.025391,3.071289 2.75586,0"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe2a68f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a94d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/40.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.440535,19.493301 -1.460938,0 0,2.515137 -2.498535,0 0,-2.515137 -5.0136719,0 0,-1.784668 5.1547849,-7.8359371 2.357422,0 0,7.6284181 1.460938,0 0,1.992187 m -3.959473,-1.992187 0,-2.058594 c -5e-6,-0.07193 -5e-6,-0.17431 0,-0.307129 0.0055,-0.138339 0.01106,-0.293287 0.0166,-0.464844 0.0055,-0.171541 0.01106,-0.348625 0.0166,-0.53125 0.01106,-0.182609 0.01936,-0.356925 0.0249,-0.522949 0.01106,-0.166007 0.01936,-0.309887 0.0249,-0.43164 0.01106,-0.12727 0.01936,-0.218579 0.0249,-0.273926 l -0.07471,0 c -0.09961,0.232431 -0.213058,0.478687 -0.340332,0.738769 -0.121749,0.2601 -0.262863,0.520191 -0.42334,0.780274 l -2.0253904,3.071289 2.7558594,0"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+    <path
+       d="m 24.6378,15.940567 c -9e-6,0.979497 -0.07748,1.853845 -0.232422,2.623047 -0.149422,0.769208 -0.392912,1.422202 -0.730468,1.958984 -0.332039,0.536785 -0.763679,0.94629 -1.294922,1.228516 -0.525722,0.282226 -1.162115,0.42334 -1.90918,0.42334 -0.702803,0 -1.314294,-0.141114 -1.834473,-0.42334 -0.520184,-0.282226 -0.951824,-0.691731 -1.294922,-1.228516 -0.3431,-0.536782 -0.600424,-1.189776 -0.771972,-1.958984 -0.166016,-0.769202 -0.249024,-1.64355 -0.249024,-2.623047 0,-0.979485 0.07471,-1.8566 0.224121,-2.631348 0.154948,-0.77473 0.398437,-1.430491 0.730469,-1.967285 0.33203,-0.536772 0.760903,-0.946277 1.286621,-1.228515 0.525713,-0.2877487 1.162106,-0.4316287 1.90918,-0.431641 0.69726,1.23e-5 1.305984,0.1411254 1.826172,0.42334 0.520175,0.282238 0.954582,0.691743 1.303223,1.228515 0.348624,0.536794 0.608715,1.192555 0.780273,1.967286 0.171541,0.774747 0.257315,1.654629 0.257324,2.639648 m -5.760742,0 c -3e-6,1.383468 0.118975,2.423832 0.356934,3.121094 0.237952,0.6
 97268 0.650223,1.0459 1.236816,1.045898 0.575516,2e-6 0.987787,-0.345863 1.236816,-1.037597 0.254552,-0.691729 0.38183,-1.734859 0.381836,-3.129395 -6e-6,-1.38899 -0.127284,-2.43212 -0.381836,-3.129395 -0.249029,-0.702789 -0.6613,-1.054188 -1.236816,-1.054199 -0.293299,1.1e-5 -0.542322,0.08855 -0.74707,0.265625 -0.199223,0.177093 -0.362471,0.439951 -0.489746,0.788574 -0.127282,0.348642 -0.218591,0.785816 -0.273926,1.311524 -0.05534,0.52019 -0.08301,1.126146 -0.08301,1.817871"
+       id="path2820"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f239fb6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82fb03d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/5.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 16.035597,14.255508 c 0.520177,8e-6 1.004388,0.08025 1.452637,0.240723 0.448235,0.160489 0.838371,0.395678 1.17041,0.705566 0.332023,0.309903 0.592114,0.697272 0.780273,1.16211 0.188143,0.459315 0.282218,0.987797 0.282227,1.585449 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.102385,1.250654 -0.307129,1.776367 -0.204761,0.520184 -0.506356,0.962892 -0.904785,1.328125 -0.398445,0.359701 -0.893724,0.636394 -1.48584,0.830078 -0.586594,0.193685 -1.261724,0.290528 -2.025391,0.290528 -0.304365,0 -0.60596,-0.01384 -0.904785,-0.0415 -0.298831,-0.02767 -0.586591,-0.06917 -0.863281,-0.124512 -0.271161,-0.04981 -0.531252,-0.116211 -0.780274,-0.199219 -0.24349,-0.08301 -0.464844,-0.17985 -0.664062,-0.290527 l 0,-2.216309 c 0.193684,0.11068 0.417805,0.215823 0.672363,0.31543 0.254556,0.09408 0.517414,0.177086 0.788574,0.249024 0.276691,0.06641 0.553383,0.121746 0.830078,0.166015 0.27669,0.03874 0.539548,0.05811 0.788575,0.05811 0.741532,2e-6 1.305984,-0.152179 1.693359,-0.456543 0.387364,-0.309893 0.5810
 49,-0.799639 0.581055,-1.469239 -6e-6,-0.597651 -0.190924,-1.051427 -0.572754,-1.361328 -0.376307,-0.315424 -0.960128,-0.473139 -1.751465,-0.473144 -0.143884,5e-6 -0.298832,0.0083 -0.464844,0.0249 -0.160485,0.01661 -0.320966,0.03874 -0.481445,0.06641 -0.154951,0.02768 -0.304365,0.05811 -0.448242,0.09131 -0.143883,0.02767 -0.268394,0.05811 -0.373535,0.09131 l -1.020996,-0.547852 0.456542,-6.1840821 6.408204,0 0,2.1748051 -4.183594,0 -0.199219,2.382324 c 0.17708,-0.03873 0.381832,-0.07747 0.614258,-0.116211 0.237951,-0.03873 0.542313,-0.0581 0.913086,-0.05811"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18866e6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2f62af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/6.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 11.702589,16.853653 c -10e-7,-0.581049 0.03044,-1.159336 0.09131,-1.734863 0.0664,-0.575514 0.179849,-1.126132 0.340332,-1.651856 0.166014,-0.531241 0.387368,-1.023753 0.664062,-1.477539 0.282225,-0.453765 0.636391,-0.846669 1.0625,-1.178711 0.431638,-0.337553 0.946285,-0.600411 1.543945,-0.788574 0.603186,-0.1936727 1.305984,-0.2905151 2.108399,-0.2905274 0.116204,1.23e-5 0.243483,0.00278 0.381836,0.0083 0.138339,0.00555 0.276685,0.013847 0.415039,0.024902 0.143873,0.00555 0.282219,0.016614 0.415039,0.033203 0.132805,0.016614 0.251782,0.035982 0.356934,0.058105 l 0,2.0502924 c -0.210295,-0.04979 -0.434416,-0.08853 -0.672364,-0.116211 -0.232429,-0.03319 -0.467617,-0.04979 -0.705566,-0.0498 -0.747076,1e-5 -1.361334,0.09408 -1.842774,0.282226 -0.481449,0.182627 -0.863285,0.439951 -1.145507,0.771973 -0.28223,0.33204 -0.484216,0.730477 -0.605957,1.195312 -0.116214,0.464852 -0.188154,0.9795 -0.215821,1.543946 l 0.09961,0 c 0.110674,-0.199212 0.243486,-0.384596 0.39843
 7,-0.556153 0.160478,-0.177076 0.345862,-0.32649 0.556153,-0.448242 0.210282,-0.127271 0.44547,-0.22688 0.705566,-0.298828 0.26562,-0.07193 0.561681,-0.107902 0.888184,-0.10791 0.52571,8e-6 0.998854,0.08578 1.419433,0.257324 0.420566,0.171557 0.774732,0.42058 1.0625,0.74707 0.293286,0.326504 0.517407,0.727708 0.672363,1.203614 0.15494,0.475916 0.232413,1.021 0.232422,1.635254 -9e-6,0.658532 -0.09408,1.247887 -0.282226,1.768066 -0.182626,0.520184 -0.445484,0.962892 -0.788575,1.328125 -0.343106,0.359701 -0.758145,0.636394 -1.245117,0.830078 -0.486985,0.188151 -1.034836,0.282227 -1.643554,0.282227 -0.597661,0 -1.15658,-0.105144 -1.676758,-0.31543 -0.520185,-0.21582 -0.973961,-0.542317 -1.361328,-0.979492 -0.381838,-0.437173 -0.683433,-0.987791 -0.904785,-1.651856 -0.215822,-0.669593 -0.323732,-1.460933 -0.323731,-2.374023 m 4.216797,3.270508 c 0.226883,2e-6 0.431635,-0.0415 0.614258,-0.124512 0.188145,-0.08854 0.348627,-0.218585 0.481445,-0.390137 0.13834,-0.17708 0.243483,-0.3
 98434 0.31543,-0.664062 0.07747,-0.265622 0.116204,-0.581051 0.116211,-0.946289 -7e-6,-0.592118 -0.124518,-1.056961 -0.373535,-1.394531 -0.243496,-0.343094 -0.617031,-0.514643 -1.120606,-0.514649 -0.254562,6e-6 -0.486984,0.04981 -0.697266,0.149414 -0.21029,0.09962 -0.39014,0.229661 -0.53955,0.390137 -0.149418,0.160487 -0.265629,0.340337 -0.348633,0.539551 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.401209 -0.116211,0.605957 -3e-6,0.28223 0.0332,0.564456 0.09961,0.846679 0.07194,0.276696 0.17708,0.528486 0.31543,0.755371 0.143876,0.221357 0.318193,0.401207 0.522949,0.539551 0.210282,0.138349 0.453772,0.207522 0.730469,0.20752"
+       id="path2846"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52c3a18
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a43460f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/7.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 12.789991,22.008438 4.316407,-9.960937 -5.578125,0 0,-2.1582035 8.367187,0 0,1.6103515 -4.424316,10.508789 -2.681153,0"
+       id="path2832"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a8cb21
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c82d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/8.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 15.761671,9.7149811 c 0.503576,1.23e-5 0.979487,0.060885 1.427734,0.1826172 0.448236,0.1217567 0.841139,0.3043737 1.178711,0.5478517 0.337558,0.243501 0.60595,0.547862 0.805176,0.913086 0.199211,0.365244 0.29882,0.794118 0.298828,1.286621 -8e-6,0.365243 -0.05535,0.697274 -0.166015,0.996094 -0.110686,0.293302 -0.262866,0.561694 -0.456543,0.805175 -0.193693,0.237963 -0.423348,0.451017 -0.688965,0.639161 -0.265632,0.188157 -0.553392,0.359707 -0.863281,0.514648 0.320957,0.171556 0.633619,0.362473 0.937988,0.572754 0.309888,0.210292 0.583814,0.448247 0.821777,0.713867 0.237948,0.260096 0.428866,0.55339 0.572754,0.879883 0.143872,0.326501 0.215812,0.691735 0.21582,1.095703 -8e-6,0.503583 -0.09962,0.960126 -0.298828,1.369629 -0.199227,0.409506 -0.478686,0.758139 -0.838379,1.045898 -0.359707,0.287761 -0.791348,0.509115 -1.294921,0.664063 -0.498053,0.154948 -1.048671,0.232422 -1.651856,0.232422 -0.652999,0 -1.234053,-0.07471 -1.743164,-0.224121 -0.509117,-0.149414 -0.9379
 9,-0.362467 -1.286621,-0.639161 -0.348634,-0.276691 -0.614259,-0.617023 -0.796875,-1.020996 -0.177084,-0.403969 -0.265626,-0.857744 -0.265625,-1.361328 -10e-7,-0.415035 0.06087,-0.78857 0.182617,-1.120605 0.121744,-0.332027 0.287759,-0.630855 0.498047,-0.896485 0.210285,-0.265619 0.456541,-0.500808 0.73877,-0.705566 0.282224,-0.204747 0.583819,-0.384597 0.904785,-0.539551 -0.271162,-0.171543 -0.525719,-0.356927 -0.763672,-0.556152 -0.237958,-0.204746 -0.445477,-0.428866 -0.622559,-0.672363 -0.171551,-0.249016 -0.309897,-0.522942 -0.415039,-0.821778 -0.09961,-0.298819 -0.149415,-0.628083 -0.149414,-0.987793 -10e-7,-0.481435 0.09961,-0.902008 0.298828,-1.261718 0.204751,-0.365224 0.478677,-0.669585 0.821778,-0.913086 0.343096,-0.249012 0.738766,-0.434396 1.187011,-0.5561527 0.448239,-0.1217326 0.918616,-0.1826049 1.411133,-0.1826172 m -1.718262,9.0644529 c -3e-6,0.221357 0.03597,0.42611 0.107911,0.614258 0.07194,0.18262 0.17708,0.340334 0.315429,0.473145 0.143877,0.132814 0.32
 096,0.237957 0.53125,0.315429 0.210283,0.07194 0.453772,0.107912 0.730469,0.10791 0.581049,2e-6 1.015457,-0.135577 1.303223,-0.406738 0.287754,-0.27669 0.431634,-0.639157 0.43164,-1.087402 -6e-6,-0.232419 -0.04981,-0.439938 -0.149414,-0.622559 -0.09408,-0.188147 -0.218593,-0.359696 -0.373535,-0.514648 -0.14942,-0.160478 -0.320969,-0.307125 -0.514648,-0.439942 -0.19369,-0.132807 -0.387375,-0.260086 -0.581055,-0.381836 L 15.662062,16.72084 c -0.243494,0.12175 -0.464848,0.254563 -0.664063,0.398438 -0.199222,0.138351 -0.370772,0.293299 -0.514648,0.464844 -0.13835,0.16602 -0.24626,0.348637 -0.323731,0.547851 -0.07748,0.199223 -0.116214,0.415043 -0.116211,0.647461 m 1.701661,-7.188476 c -0.182622,10e-6 -0.354171,0.02768 -0.514649,0.08301 -0.154952,0.05535 -0.290531,0.13559 -0.406738,0.240723 -0.110681,0.105153 -0.199223,0.235199 -0.265625,0.390137 -0.06641,0.154957 -0.09961,0.329274 -0.09961,0.522949 -3e-6,0.232431 0.0332,0.434416 0.09961,0.605957 0.07194,0.166024 0.166012,0.31543
 8 0.282226,0.448242 0.121741,0.127287 0.260087,0.243498 0.415039,0.348633 0.160478,0.09962 0.32926,0.199226 0.506348,0.298828 0.171545,-0.08853 0.334793,-0.185376 0.489746,-0.290527 0.154943,-0.105135 0.290522,-0.224113 0.406738,-0.356934 0.12174,-0.138338 0.218582,-0.293286 0.290528,-0.464843 0.07193,-0.171541 0.107904,-0.367993 0.10791,-0.589356 -6e-6,-0.193675 -0.03321,-0.367992 -0.09961,-0.522949 -0.06641,-0.154938 -0.157721,-0.284984 -0.273926,-0.390137 -0.116217,-0.105133 -0.254563,-0.185374 -0.415039,-0.240723 -0.160487,-0.05533 -0.334803,-0.083 -0.522949,-0.08301"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ae412f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0f04c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/9.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="32"
+   height="32"
+   id="svg2">
+  <defs
+     id="defs15" />
+  <circle
+     cx="16"
+     cy="16"
+     r="14"
+     id="circle"
+     style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+  <g
+     id="text2820"
+     style="font-size:10px;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;font-stretch:normal;text-align:start;text-anchor:start;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;font-family:Droid Sans;-inkscape-font-specification:Droid Sans">
+    <path
+       d="m 19.829054,15.052383 c -9e-6,0.581061 -0.03321,1.162116 -0.09961,1.743164 -0.06088,0.575526 -0.174325,1.126144 -0.340333,1.651856 -0.160489,0.525719 -0.381843,1.018232 -0.664062,1.477539 -0.2767,0.453778 -0.630866,0.846681 -1.0625,1.178711 -0.426113,0.332032 -0.940761,0.59489 -1.543945,0.788574 -0.597661,0.188151 -1.30046,0.282227 -2.108399,0.282227 -0.116214,0 -0.243492,-0.0028 -0.381836,-0.0083 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.279462,-0.01384 -0.42334,-0.0249 -0.138348,-0.0055 -0.273927,-0.0166 -0.406738,-0.0332 -0.132814,-0.01107 -0.249025,-0.02767 -0.348633,-0.0498 l 0,-2.058594 c 0.204751,0.05534 0.423338,0.09961 0.655762,0.132813 0.237954,0.02767 0.478676,0.04151 0.722168,0.0415 0.747067,2e-6 1.361324,-0.09131 1.842773,-0.273925 0.481441,-0.188149 0.863276,-0.44824 1.145508,-0.780274 0.282221,-0.337562 0.481439,-0.738766 0.597657,-1.203613 0.121738,-0.464839 0.196445,-0.97672 0.224121,-1.535645 l -0.107911,0 c -0.110683,0.199225 -0.243495,0.384609 -0.398437,0.556153 -0.
 154954,0.171554 -0.337571,0.320968 -0.547852,0.448242 -0.210291,0.127283 -0.448247,0.226892 -0.713867,0.298828 -0.265629,0.07194 -0.56169,0.107914 -0.888183,0.10791 -0.52572,4e-6 -0.998864,-0.08577 -1.419434,-0.257324 -0.420575,-0.171545 -0.777508,-0.420568 -1.070801,-0.74707 -0.287761,-0.326492 -0.509115,-0.727696 -0.664062,-1.203614 -0.154949,-0.475904 -0.232423,-1.020988 -0.232422,-1.635253 -10e-7,-0.65852 0.09131,-1.247875 0.273926,-1.768067 0.18815,-0.520172 0.453774,-0.960113 0.796875,-1.319824 0.343097,-0.365223 0.758135,-0.644682 1.245117,-0.838379 0.49251,-0.1936727 1.043127,-0.2905151 1.651855,-0.2905274 0.597651,1.23e-5 1.15657,0.1079224 1.676758,0.3237304 0.520176,0.210298 0.971184,0.534028 1.353027,0.971192 0.381829,0.437185 0.683423,0.990569 0.904786,1.660156 0.221345,0.669605 0.332022,1.458178 0.332031,2.365722 m -4.216797,-3.262207 c -0.226892,1.1e-5 -0.434412,0.04151 -0.622559,0.124512 -0.188154,0.08302 -0.351403,0.213063 -0.489746,0.390137 -0.132815,0.17155
 9 -0.237959,0.392913 -0.315429,0.664062 -0.07194,0.265634 -0.107914,0.581063 -0.107911,0.946289 -3e-6,0.586596 0.124509,1.05144 0.373536,1.394532 0.249019,0.343105 0.625321,0.514654 1.128906,0.514648 0.254552,6e-6 0.486974,-0.0498 0.697266,-0.149414 0.210281,-0.0996 0.390131,-0.229648 0.53955,-0.390137 0.149408,-0.160475 0.262852,-0.340325 0.340332,-0.53955 0.083,-0.199212 0.124506,-0.401197 0.124512,-0.605958 -6e-6,-0.282218 -0.03598,-0.561677 -0.10791,-0.838378 -0.06641,-0.282218 -0.171556,-0.534008 -0.31543,-0.755372 -0.138352,-0.226878 -0.312668,-0.409495 -0.522949,-0.547851 -0.204758,-0.138336 -0.44548,-0.207509 -0.722168,-0.20752"
+       id="path2818"
+       style="font-size:17px;font-weight:bold;fill:#ffffff;-inkscape-font-specification:Bitstream Vera Sans Bold" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2333a6d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bkgrnd_greydots.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c235534
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/bullet_arrowblue.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/documentation.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/documentation.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79d0a80
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/documentation.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36a6859
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot2.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40aff92
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/dot2.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/green.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/green.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebb3c24
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/green.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2aad24
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/h1-bg.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_left.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_left.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8fe7a4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_left.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_right.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_right.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7bd972
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/image_right.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7594a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d33045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/important.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
+   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="48"
+   height="48"
+   id="svg5921"
+   sodipodi:version="0.32"
+   inkscape:version="0.46"
+   sodipodi:docname="important.svg"
+   inkscape:output_extension="org.inkscape.output.svg.inkscape"
+   inkscape:export-filename="/home/jfearn/Build/src/fedora/publican/trunk/publican-fedora/en-US/images/important.png"
+   inkscape:export-xdpi="111.32"
+   inkscape:export-ydpi="111.32">
+  <metadata
+     id="metadata2611">
+    <rdf:RDF>
+      <cc:Work
+         rdf:about="">
+        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
+        <dc:type
+           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
+      </cc:Work>
+    </rdf:RDF>
+  </metadata>
+  <sodipodi:namedview
+     inkscape:window-height="681"
+     inkscape:window-width="738"
+     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
+     inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
+     guidetolerance="10.0"
+     gridtolerance="10.0"
+     objecttolerance="10.0"
+     borderopacity="1.0"
+     bordercolor="#666666"
+     pagecolor="#ffffff"
+     id="base"
+     showgrid="false"
+     inkscape:zoom="11.5"
+     inkscape:cx="20"
+     inkscape:cy="20"
+     inkscape:window-x="0"
+     inkscape:window-y="51"
+     inkscape:current-layer="svg5921" />
+  <defs
+     id="defs5923">
+    <inkscape:perspective
+       sodipodi:type="inkscape:persp3d"
+       inkscape:vp_x="0 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:vp_y="0 : 1000 : 0"
+       inkscape:vp_z="40 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:persp3d-origin="20 : 13.333333 : 1"
+       id="perspective2613" />
+  </defs>
+  <g
+     transform="matrix(0.4626799,0,0,0.4626799,-5.2934127,-3.3160376)"
+     id="g5485">
+    <path
+       d="M 29.97756,91.885882 L 55.586992,80.409826 L 81.231619,91.807015 L 78.230933,63.90468 L 96.995009,43.037218 L 69.531053,37.26873 L 55.483259,12.974592 L 41.510292,37.311767 L 14.064204,43.164717 L 32.892392,63.97442 L 29.97756,91.885882 z"
+       id="path6799"
+       style="fill:#f3de82;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.536215,56.538729 L 55.48324,12.974601 L 41.51028,37.311813 L 55.536215,56.538729 z"
+       id="path6824"
+       style="opacity:0.91005291;fill:#f9f2cb;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.57947,56.614318 L 78.241135,63.937979 L 96.976198,43.044318 L 55.57947,56.614318 z"
+       id="use6833"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#d0bc64;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.523838,56.869126 L 55.667994,80.684281 L 81.379011,91.931065 L 55.523838,56.869126 z"
+       id="use6835"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#e0c656;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.283346,56.742618 L 13.877363,43.200977 L 32.640089,64.069652 L 55.283346,56.742618 z"
+       id="use6831"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#d1ba59;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.472076,56.869126 L 55.32792,80.684281 L 29.616903,91.931065 L 55.472076,56.869126 z"
+       id="use6837"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#d2b951;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.57947,56.614318 L 96.976198,43.044318 L 69.504294,37.314027 L 55.57947,56.614318 z"
+       id="path7073"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f6e7a3;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.523838,56.869126 L 81.379011,91.931065 L 78.214821,64.046881 L 55.523838,56.869126 z"
+       id="path7075"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f6e7a3;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.283346,56.742618 L 41.341708,37.434209 L 13.877363,43.200977 L 55.283346,56.742618 z"
+       id="path7077"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f6e59d;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+    <path
+       d="M 55.472076,56.869126 L 29.616903,91.931065 L 32.781093,64.046881 L 55.472076,56.869126 z"
+       id="path7079"
+       style="opacity:1;fill:#f3df8b;fill-opacity:1;enable-background:new" />
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/logo.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/logo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66a3104
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/logo.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6c4518
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e43b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/note.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
+   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="48"
+   height="48"
+   id="svg5921"
+   sodipodi:version="0.32"
+   inkscape:version="0.46"
+   sodipodi:docname="note.svg"
+   inkscape:output_extension="org.inkscape.output.svg.inkscape"
+   inkscape:export-filename="/home/jfearn/Build/src/fedora/publican/trunk/publican-fedora/en-US/images/note.png"
+   inkscape:export-xdpi="111.32"
+   inkscape:export-ydpi="111.32">
+  <metadata
+     id="metadata16">
+    <rdf:RDF>
+      <cc:Work
+         rdf:about="">
+        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
+        <dc:type
+           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
+      </cc:Work>
+    </rdf:RDF>
+  </metadata>
+  <sodipodi:namedview
+     inkscape:window-height="1024"
+     inkscape:window-width="1205"
+     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
+     inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
+     guidetolerance="10.0"
+     gridtolerance="10.0"
+     objecttolerance="10.0"
+     borderopacity="1.0"
+     bordercolor="#666666"
+     pagecolor="#ffffff"
+     id="base"
+     showgrid="false"
+     inkscape:zoom="11.5"
+     inkscape:cx="22.217181"
+     inkscape:cy="20"
+     inkscape:window-x="334"
+     inkscape:window-y="51"
+     inkscape:current-layer="svg5921" />
+  <defs
+     id="defs5923">
+    <inkscape:perspective
+       sodipodi:type="inkscape:persp3d"
+       inkscape:vp_x="0 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:vp_y="0 : 1000 : 0"
+       inkscape:vp_z="40 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:persp3d-origin="20 : 13.333333 : 1"
+       id="perspective18" />
+  </defs>
+  <g
+     transform="matrix(0.468275,0,0,0.468275,-5.7626904,-7.4142703)"
+     id="layer1">
+    <g
+       transform="matrix(0.115136,0,0,0.115136,9.7283,21.77356)"
+       id="g8014"
+       style="enable-background:new">
+      <g
+         id="g8518"
+         style="opacity:1">
+        <path
+           d="M -2512.4524,56.33197 L 3090.4719,56.33197 L 3090.4719,4607.3813 L -2512.4524,4607.3813 L -2512.4524,56.33197 z"
+           transform="matrix(0.1104659,-2.3734892e-2,2.2163258e-2,0.1031513,308.46782,74.820675)"
+           id="rect8018"
+           style="fill:#ffe680;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.1;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      </g>
+      <g
+         transform="matrix(0.5141653,-7.1944682e-2,7.1944682e-2,0.5141653,146.04015,-82.639785)"
+         id="g8020">
+        <path
+           d="M 511.14114,441.25315 C 527.3248,533.52772 464.31248,622.82928 370.39916,640.71378 C 276.48584,658.59828 187.23462,598.29322 171.05095,506.01865 C 154.86728,413.74408 217.8796,324.44253 311.79292,306.55803 C 405.70624,288.67353 494.95747,348.97858 511.14114,441.25315 z"
+           id="path8022"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#e0c96f;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.0804934;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 527.8214,393.1416 C 527.8214,461.31268 472.55783,516.57625 404.38675,516.57625 C 336.21567,516.57625 280.9521,461.31268 280.9521,393.1416 C 280.9521,324.97052 336.21567,269.70695 404.38675,269.70695 C 472.55783,269.70695 527.8214,324.97052 527.8214,393.1416 z"
+           transform="matrix(1.2585415,-0.2300055,0.2168789,1.1867072,-248.76141,68.254424)"
+           id="path8024"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#c00000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.0804934;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 358.5625,281.15625 C 348.09597,281.05155 337.43773,281.94729 326.71875,283.90625 C 240.96686,299.57789 183.37901,377.92385 198.15625,458.78125 C 209.70749,521.98673 262.12957,567.92122 325.40625,577.5625 L 357.25,433.6875 L 509.34375,405.875 C 509.14405,404.58166 509.0804,403.29487 508.84375,402 C 495.91366,331.24978 431.82821,281.88918 358.5625,281.15625 z"
+           id="path8026"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#b60000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.1;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 294.2107,361.9442 L 282.79367,370.38482 L 261.73414,386.13346 C 253.13706,404.40842 254.3359,423.7989 259.7176,444.39774 C 273.6797,497.83861 313.42636,523.96124 369.50989,517.58957 C 398.21848,514.32797 424.51832,504.67345 440.64696,484.15958 L 469.89512,447.48298 L 294.2107,361.9442 z"
+           id="path8028"
+           style="fill:#750000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.09999999;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 527.8214,393.1416 C 527.8214,461.31268 472.55783,516.57625 404.38675,516.57625 C 336.21567,516.57625 280.9521,461.31268 280.9521,393.1416 C 280.9521,324.97052 336.21567,269.70695 404.38675,269.70695 C 472.55783,269.70695 527.8214,324.97052 527.8214,393.1416 z"
+           transform="matrix(0.9837071,-0.1797787,0.1695165,0.9275553,-78.013985,79.234385)"
+           id="path8030"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#d40000;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.10298239;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+        <path
+           d="M 527.8214,393.1416 C 527.8214,461.31268 472.55783,516.57625 404.38675,516.57625 C 336.21567,516.57625 280.9521,461.31268 280.9521,393.1416 C 280.9521,324.97052 336.21567,269.70695 404.38675,269.70695 C 472.55783,269.70695 527.8214,324.97052 527.8214,393.1416 z"
+           transform="matrix(0.9837071,-0.1797787,0.1695165,0.9275553,-69.306684,71.273294)"
+           id="path8032"
+           style="opacity:1;fill:#e11212;fill-opacity:1;fill-rule:nonzero;stroke:none;stroke-width:0.10298239;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-miterlimit:4;stroke-dasharray:none;stroke-dashoffset:0;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      </g>
+    </g>
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d32d5e2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/red.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shade.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shade.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a73afdf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shade.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shine.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shine.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a18f7c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/shine.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d320f26
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-back.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee5a29
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-forward.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd7332
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-go-up.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-home.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-home.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..122536d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/stock-home.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5182b4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8fd52b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+
+<svg
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="220"
+   height="70"
+   id="svg6180">
+  <defs
+     id="defs6182" />
+  <g
+     transform="translate(-266.55899,-345.34488)"
+     id="layer1">
+    <path
+       d="m 316.7736,397.581 c 0,0 0,0 -20.53889,0 0.3327,4.45245 3.92157,7.77609 8.70715,7.77609 3.38983,0 6.31456,-1.39616 8.64094,-3.65507 0.46553,-0.46679 0.99726,-0.59962 1.59519,-0.59962 0.79781,0 1.59561,0.39932 2.12692,1.06388 0.3327,0.46553 0.53216,0.99726 0.53216,1.52857 0,0.73118 -0.3327,1.52857 -0.93106,2.12734 -2.7919,2.99052 -7.51086,4.98503 -12.16403,4.98503 -8.44149,0 -15.22074,-6.77967 -15.22074,-15.22158 0,-8.44149 6.58022,-15.22074 15.02171,-15.22074 8.37529,0 14.62323,6.51317 14.62323,15.08749 0,1.26418 -1.12924,2.12861 -2.39258,2.12861 z m -12.23065,-11.76512 c -4.45329,0 -7.51085,2.92473 -8.17499,7.17731 10.03626,0 16.35083,0 16.35083,0 -0.59836,-4.05355 -3.78874,-7.17731 -8.17584,-7.17731 z"
+       id="path11"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 375.46344,410.80807 c -8.44106,0 -15.22074,-6.77968 -15.22074,-15.22159 0,-8.44149 6.77968,-15.22074 15.22074,-15.22074 8.44234,0 15.22159,6.77925 15.22159,15.22074 -4.2e-4,8.44149 -6.77968,15.22159 -15.22159,15.22159 z m 0,-24.65992 c -5.31688,0 -8.77377,4.25427 -8.77377,9.43833 0,5.18364 3.45689,9.43833 8.77377,9.43833 5.31731,0 8.77504,-4.25469 8.77504,-9.43833 -4.2e-4,-5.18406 -3.45773,-9.43833 -8.77504,-9.43833 z"
+       id="path13"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 412.66183,380.36574 c -4.45963,0 -7.40966,1.319 -10.01391,4.62956 l -0.24036,-1.53995 0,0 c -0.20198,-1.60743 -1.57326,-2.84926 -3.23382,-2.84926 -1.80139,0 -3.26206,1.459 -3.26206,3.26081 0,0.003 0,0.005 0,0.008 l 0,0 0,0.003 0,0 0,23.40712 c 0,1.79464 1.46194,3.25743 3.257,3.25743 1.79465,0 3.25744,-1.46279 3.25744,-3.25743 l 0,-12.56209 c 0,-5.71621 4.98502,-8.57432 10.23613,-8.57432 1.59519,0 2.85726,-1.32953 2.85726,-2.92515 0,-1.59561 -1.26207,-2.85726 -2.85768,-2.85726 z"
+       id="path15"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 447.02614,395.58648 c 0.0666,-8.17541 -5.78326,-15.22074 -15.222,-15.22074 -8.44192,0 -15.28779,6.77925 -15.28779,15.22074 0,8.44191 6.64684,15.22159 14.68985,15.22159 4.01434,0 7.62682,-2.06621 9.23846,-4.22518 l 0.79359,2.01434 0,0 c 0.42589,1.13177 1.5176,1.93717 2.7978,1.93717 1.65001,0 2.98756,-1.33671 2.99009,-2.98545 l 0,0 0,-7.80687 0,0 0,-4.1556 z m -15.222,9.43833 c -5.31773,0 -8.77419,-4.25469 -8.77419,-9.43833 0,-5.18406 3.45604,-9.43833 8.77419,-9.43833 5.3173,0 8.77419,4.25427 8.77419,9.43833 0,5.18364 -3.45689,9.43833 -8.77419,9.43833 z"
+       id="path17"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 355.01479,368.3337 c 0,-1.7938 -1.46194,-3.18997 -3.25659,-3.18997 -1.79422,0 -3.25743,1.39659 -3.25743,3.18997 l 0,17.1499 c -1.66097,-3.05756 -5.25026,-5.11786 -9.50495,-5.11786 -8.64052,0 -14.42336,6.51318 -14.42336,15.22074 0,8.70757 5.98229,15.22159 14.42336,15.22159 3.76555,0 7.03057,-1.55429 8.98587,-4.25554 l 0.72317,1.83428 c 0.44782,1.25912 1.64917,2.16024 3.06051,2.16024 1.78621,0 3.24984,-1.45435 3.24984,-3.24815 0,-0.005 0,-0.009 0,-0.0139 l 0,0 0,-38.95128 -4.2e-4,0 z m -15.22116,36.69111 c -5.31731,0 -8.70715,-4.25469 -8.70715,-9.43833 0,-5.18406 3.38984,-9.43833 8.70715,-9.43833 5.31773,0 8.70714,4.0544 8.70714,9.43833 0,5.38309 -3.38941,9.43833 -8.70714,9.43833 z"
+       id="path19"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 287.21553,365.34023 c -0.59414,-0.0877 -1.19966,-0.13198 -1.80097,-0.13198 -6.73118,0 -12.20746,5.4767 -12.20746,12.20788 l 0,3.8132 -3.98903,0 c -1.46237,0 -2.65908,1.19671 -2.65908,2.65781 0,1.46321 1.19671,2.93738 2.65908,2.93738 l 3.98819,0 0,20.46004 c 0,1.79464 1.46236,3.25743 3.25658,3.25743 1.79507,0 3.25744,-1.46279 3.25744,-3.25743 l 0,-20.46004 4.40986,0 c 1.46194,0 2.65823,-1.47417 2.65823,-2.93738 0,-1.46152 -1.19629,-2.65823 -2.65823,-2.65823 l -4.40733,0 0,-3.8132 c 0,-3.13852 2.55323,-6.11469 5.69175,-6.11469 0.28294,0 0.56757,0.0211 0.84672,0.062 1.78031,0.26355 3.4358,-0.54269 3.70019,-2.32342 0.2627,-1.77904 -0.96606,-3.43538 -2.74594,-3.69935 z"
+       id="path21"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 482.01243,363.57426 c 0,-10.06788 -8.16108,-18.22938 -18.22897,-18.22938 -10.06282,0 -18.22179,8.15475 -18.22854,18.21631 l -4.2e-4,-4.2e-4 0,14.1071 4.2e-4,4.2e-4 c 0.005,2.28463 1.85832,4.13409 4.14463,4.13409 0.007,0 0.0127,-8.4e-4 0.0194,-8.4e-4 l 0.001,8.4e-4 14.07083,0 0,0 c 10.06409,-0.004 18.22138,-8.16276 18.22138,-18.22812 z"
+       id="path25"
+       style="fill:#294172" />
+    <path
+       d="m 469.13577,349.66577 c -4.72528,0 -8.55576,3.83049 -8.55576,8.55577 0,0.002 0,0.004 0,0.006 l 0,4.52836 -4.51444,0 c -8.5e-4,0 -8.5e-4,0 -0.001,0 -4.72528,0 -8.55576,3.81193 -8.55576,8.53678 0,4.72528 3.83048,8.55577 8.55576,8.55577 4.72486,0 8.55534,-3.83049 8.55534,-8.55577 0,-0.002 0,-0.004 0,-0.006 l 0,-4.54733 4.51444,0 c 8.5e-4,0 0.001,0 0.002,0 4.72486,0 8.55534,-3.79296 8.55534,-8.51781 0,-4.72528 -3.83048,-8.55577 -8.55534,-8.55577 z m -8.55576,21.63483 c -0.004,2.48998 -2.02446,4.50811 -4.51571,4.50811 -2.49378,0 -4.53426,-2.02193 -4.53426,-4.5157 0,-2.49421 2.04048,-4.55366 4.53426,-4.55366 0.002,0 0.004,4.2e-4 0.006,4.2e-4 l 3.86971,0 c 0.001,0 0.002,-4.2e-4 0.003,-4.2e-4 0.35209,0 0.63799,0.28505 0.63799,0.63715 0,4.2e-4 -4.2e-4,8.4e-4 -4.2e-4,0.001 l 0,3.92284 -4.2e-4,0 z m 8.55534,-8.5448 c -0.001,0 -0.003,0 -0.004,0 l -3.87223,0 c -8.4e-4,0 -0.002,0 -0.002,0 -0.35252,0 -0.63757,-0.28506 -0.63757,-0.63758 l 0,-4.2e-4 0,-3.90343 c 0.004,-2.49083 2.02
 446,-4.50854 4.51571,-4.50854 2.49378,0 4.53468,2.02193 4.53468,4.51613 4.2e-4,2.49336 -2.04048,4.53384 -4.53426,4.53384 z"
+       id="path29"
+       style="fill:#3c6eb4" />
+    <path
+       d="m 460.58001,362.7558 0,-4.52836 c 0,-0.002 0,-0.004 0,-0.006 0,-4.72528 3.83048,-8.55577 8.55576,-8.55577 0.71685,0 1.22623,0.0805 1.88952,0.25469 0.96774,0.25385 1.75796,1.04618 1.75838,1.96922 4.2e-4,1.11575 -0.80919,1.92621 -2.0194,1.92621 -0.57642,0 -0.78473,-0.11048 -1.62892,-0.11048 -2.49125,0 -4.51149,2.01771 -4.51571,4.50854 l 0,3.90385 0,4.2e-4 c 0,0.35252 0.28505,0.63758 0.63757,0.63758 4.3e-4,0 0.001,0 0.002,0 l 2.96521,0 c 1.10521,0 1.99747,0.88467 1.99832,1.99283 0,1.10816 -0.89353,1.99114 -1.99832,1.99114 l -3.60489,0 0,4.54733 c 0,0.002 0,0.004 0,0.006 0,4.72485 -3.83048,8.55534 -8.55534,8.55534 -0.71684,0 -1.22623,-0.0805 -1.88952,-0.25469 -0.96774,-0.25343 -1.75838,-1.04618 -1.7588,-1.9688 0,-1.11575 0.80919,-1.92663 2.01982,-1.92663 0.576,0 0.78473,0.11048 1.6285,0.11048 2.49125,0 4.51191,-2.01771 4.51613,-4.50811 0,0 0,-3.92368 0,-3.9241 0,-0.35168 -0.2859,-0.63673 -0.63799,-0.63673 -4.3e-4,0 -8.5e-4,0 -0.002,0 l -2.96521,-4.2e-4 c -1.10521,0 -1.
 99831,-0.88214 -1.99831,-1.9903 -4.3e-4,-1.11533 0.90238,-1.99367 2.01939,-1.99367 l 3.58339,0 0,0 z"
+       id="path31"
+       style="fill:#ffffff" />
+    <path
+       d="m 477.41661,378.55292 2.81558,0 0,0.37898 -1.18152,0 0,2.94935 -0.45254,0 0,-2.94935 -1.18152,0 0,-0.37898 m 3.26144,0 0.67101,0 0.84937,2.26496 0.85381,-2.26496 0.67102,0 0,3.32833 -0.43917,0 0,-2.9226 -0.85828,2.28279 -0.45255,0 -0.85827,-2.28279 0,2.9226 -0.43694,0 0,-3.32833"
+       id="text6223"
+       style="fill:#294172;enable-background:new" />
+  </g>
+  <path
+     d="m 181.98344,61.675273 2.81558,0 0,0.37898 -1.18152,0 0,2.94935 -0.45254,0 0,-2.94935 -1.18152,0 0,-0.37898 m 3.26144,0 0.67101,0 0.84937,2.26496 0.85381,-2.26496 0.67102,0 0,3.32833 -0.43917,0 0,-2.9226 -0.85828,2.28279 -0.45255,0 -0.85827,-2.28279 0,2.9226 -0.43694,0 0,-3.32833"
+     id="path2391"
+     style="fill:#294172;enable-background:new" />
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce09951
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.svg b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f2612c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/warning.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+   xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+   xmlns:cc="http://creativecommons.org/ns#"
+   xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+   xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+   xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+   xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+   version="1.0"
+   width="48"
+   height="48"
+   id="svg5921"
+   sodipodi:version="0.32"
+   inkscape:version="0.46"
+   sodipodi:docname="warning.svg"
+   inkscape:output_extension="org.inkscape.output.svg.inkscape"
+   inkscape:export-filename="/home/jfearn/Build/src/fedora/publican/trunk/publican-fedora/en-US/images/warning.png"
+   inkscape:export-xdpi="111.32"
+   inkscape:export-ydpi="111.32">
+  <metadata
+     id="metadata2482">
+    <rdf:RDF>
+      <cc:Work
+         rdf:about="">
+        <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
+        <dc:type
+           rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
+      </cc:Work>
+    </rdf:RDF>
+  </metadata>
+  <sodipodi:namedview
+     inkscape:window-height="910"
+     inkscape:window-width="1284"
+     inkscape:pageshadow="2"
+     inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
+     guidetolerance="10.0"
+     gridtolerance="10.0"
+     objecttolerance="10.0"
+     borderopacity="1.0"
+     bordercolor="#666666"
+     pagecolor="#ffffff"
+     id="base"
+     showgrid="false"
+     inkscape:zoom="11.5"
+     inkscape:cx="20"
+     inkscape:cy="20"
+     inkscape:window-x="0"
+     inkscape:window-y="51"
+     inkscape:current-layer="svg5921" />
+  <defs
+     id="defs5923">
+    <inkscape:perspective
+       sodipodi:type="inkscape:persp3d"
+       inkscape:vp_x="0 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:vp_y="0 : 1000 : 0"
+       inkscape:vp_z="40 : 20 : 1"
+       inkscape:persp3d-origin="20 : 13.333333 : 1"
+       id="perspective2484" />
+  </defs>
+  <g
+     transform="matrix(0.4536635,0,0,0.4536635,-5.1836431,-4.6889387)"
+     id="layer1">
+    <g
+       transform="translate(2745.6887,-1555.5977)"
+       id="g8304"
+       style="enable-background:new">
+      <path
+         d="M -1603,1054.4387 L -1577.0919,1027.891 L -1540,1027.4387 L -1513.4523,1053.3468 L -1513,1090.4387 L -1538.9081,1116.9864 L -1576,1117.4387 L -1602.5477,1091.5306 L -1603,1054.4387 z"
+         transform="matrix(0.8233528,8.9983906e-3,-8.9983906e-3,0.8233528,-1398.5561,740.7914)"
+         id="path8034"
+         style="opacity:1;fill:#efd259;fill-opacity:1;stroke:#efd259;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      <path
+         d="M -1603,1054.4387 L -1577.0919,1027.891 L -1540,1027.4387 L -1513.4523,1053.3468 L -1513,1090.4387 L -1538.9081,1116.9864 L -1576,1117.4387 L -1602.5477,1091.5306 L -1603,1054.4387 z"
+         transform="matrix(0.6467652,7.0684723e-3,-7.0684723e-3,0.6467652,-1675.7492,927.16391)"
+         id="path8036"
+         style="opacity:1;fill:#a42324;fill-opacity:1;stroke:#a42324;stroke-opacity:1" />
+      <path
+         d="M -2686.7886,1597.753 C -2686.627,1596.5292 -2686.5462,1595.6987 -2686.5462,1595.218 C -2686.5462,1593.1637 -2688.0814,1592.0711 -2690.9899,1592.0711 C -2693.8985,1592.0711 -2695.4336,1593.12 -2695.4336,1595.218 C -2695.4336,1595.961 -2695.3528,1596.7914 -2695.1912,1597.753 L -2692.929,1614.4491 L -2689.0508,1614.4491 L -2686.7886,1597.753"
+         id="path8038"
+         style="font-size:107.13574219px;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;stroke-width:1px;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-opacity:1;font-family:Bitstream Charter" />
+      <path
+         d="M -2690.9899,1617.8197 C -2693.6124,1617.8197 -2695.8118,1619.9346 -2695.8118,1622.6416 C -2695.8118,1625.3486 -2693.6124,1627.4635 -2690.9899,1627.4635 C -2688.2829,1627.4635 -2686.168,1625.264 -2686.168,1622.6416 C -2686.168,1619.9346 -2688.2829,1617.8197 -2690.9899,1617.8197"
+         id="path8040"
+         style="font-size:107.13574219px;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal;text-align:center;text-anchor:middle;fill:#ffffff;fill-opacity:1;stroke:none;stroke-width:1px;stroke-linecap:butt;stroke-linejoin:miter;stroke-opacity:1;font-family:Bitstream Charter" />
+    </g>
+  </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ead5af
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/watermark-draft.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/yellow.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/yellow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..223865d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/Common_Content/images/yellow.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/abrt-plugins.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/abrt-plugins.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2c1096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/abrt-plugins.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.3. ABRT Plugins</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="prev" href="ch19s02.html" title="19.2. Installing and Running ABRT" /><link rel="next" href="reporter-plugins.html" title="19.3.2. Reporter Plugins" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s02.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="repor
 ter-plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="abrt-plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="abrt-plugins">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> offers a variety of analyzer plugins and reporter plugins. These plugins are described in the following two sections. Not all of the plugins mentioned in the following sections are installed by default. To view all available plugins, run the following command: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum list all | grep abrt-plugin-*</code></pre>
+
+		</div><div class="section" id="analyzer-plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				These plugins serve as analyzers and crash information collectors for specific types of crashes. For example, the <span class="application"><strong>Kerneloops</strong></span> analyzer plugin checks for crashes in the kernel only. These plugins can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in their corresponding configuration files placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/</code> directory. The following is a list of all analyzer plugins.
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Kerneloops</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Checks for crashes in the kernel and consequently collects kernel crash information. It can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Kerneloops.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Python</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Checks for crashes in Python programs and consequently collects the crash information. It can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Python.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">CCpp</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Checks for crashes in C and C++ programs and consequently collects the crash information. It can be enabled/disabled from loading at start-up in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s02.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="reporter-plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/app-Revision_History.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/app-Revision_History.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37e4732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/app-Revision_History.html
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>付録D 変更履歴</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html" title="C.5. 参考文献" /><link rel="next" href="ix01.html" title="索引" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ix01.html"><strong>次へ</strong
 ></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="app-Revision_History" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">変更履歴</h1></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		<div class="revhistory"><table border="0" width="100%" summary="Revision history"><tr><th align="left" valign="top" colspan="3"><strong>改訂履歴</strong></th></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-3</td><td align="left">Mon Aug 29 2011</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td><a class="xref" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html">「プリンタの設定」</a> を追加しました。</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-2</td><td align="left">Tue Jul 12 2011 </td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td><a class="xref" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">「サーバーの起動と停止」</a> のコマンド要約を修正しました。</td></tr><tr><td>Added missing information to <a class="xref" href="s1-services-running.html#s3-services-running-checking">「Checking the Service Status」</a> への不足情報を追加しました。</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-1</td><td align="left">Mon Jun 20 2011</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td><a class="xref" href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html">「スタティック ルートの設定」</a> への不足した <code class="literal">via</code> キーワードを追加しました。</td></tr><tr><td><a class="xref" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">「イーサネット インターフェース」</a> に設定オプション <code class="option">HOTPLUG</code> を記述しました。</td></tr><tr><td><a class="xref" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">「イーサネット インターフェース」</a> の入力エラーを修正しました。</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr><tr><td align="left">改訂 1-0</td><td align="left">Tue May 24 2011</td><td align="left"><span class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</span></td></tr><tr><td align="left" colspan="3">
+					<table border="0" summary="Simple list" class="simplelist"><tr><td>Fedora 15 release of the <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em>.</td></tr></table>
+
+				</td></tr></table></div>
+
+	</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.5. 参考文献</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ix01.html"><strong>次へ</strong>索引</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01bf325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第18章 Automating System Tasks</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html" title="パート VI. 監視と自動化" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html" title="17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /><link rel="next" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html" title="18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.htm
 l"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Automating_System_Tasks" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第18章 Automating System Tasks</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Configuring Cron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2
 -autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html">18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html#s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html">18.2.5
 . at と batch へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html">18.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html#s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id815023" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		In Linux, tasks, which are also known as <em class="firstterm">jobs</em>, can be configured to run automatically within a specified period of time, on a specified date, or when the system load average is below a specified number. Fedora is pre-configured to run important system tasks to keep the system updated. For example, the slocate database used by the <code class="command">locate</code> command is updated daily. A system administrator can use automated tasks to perform periodic backups, monitor the system, run custom scripts, and more.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora comes with several automated tasks utilities: <code class="command">cron</code>, <code class="command">at</code>, and <code class="command">batch</code>.
+	</div><a id="id989495" class="indexterm"></a><div class="section" id="s1-autotasks-cron-anacron"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</h2></div></div></div><a id="id885921" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id809690" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Both, Cron and Anacron, are daemons that can be used to schedule the execution of recurring tasks according to a combination of the time, day of the month, month, day of the week, and week.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Cron assumes that the system is on continuously. If the system is not on when a job is scheduled, it is not executed. Cron allows jobs to be run as often as every minute. Anacron does not assume the system is always on, remembers every scheduled job, and executes it the next time the system is up. However, Anacron can only run a job once a day. To schedule recurring jobs, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">「Configuring Anacron Jobs」</a> or <a class="xref" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">「Configuring Cron Jobs」</a>. To schedule one-time jobs, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html">「at コマンドと batch コマンド」</a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To use the cron service, the <code class="filename">cronie</code> RPM package must be installed and the <code class="command">crond</code> service must be running. <code class="filename">anacron</code> is a sub-package of <code class="filename">cronie</code>. To determine if these packages are installed, use the <code class="command">rpm -q cronie cronie-anacron</code> command.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-cron-service"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To determine if the service is running, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To start the cron service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To stop the service, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				It is recommended that you start the service at boot time. To do so, use the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable crond.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-configuring-anacron-jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</h3></div></div></div><a id="id675414" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id643245" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id643258" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id754391" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The main configuration file to schedule jobs is <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> (only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to modify this file), which contains the following lines:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">SHELL=/bin/sh
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+MAILTO=root
+# the maximal random delay added to the base delay of the jobs
+RANDOM_DELAY=45
+# the jobs will be started during the following hours only
+START_HOURS_RANGE=3-22
+
+#period in days   delay in minutes   job-identifier   command
+1         5     cron.daily    nice run-parts /etc/cron.daily
+7         25    cron.weekly   nice run-parts /etc/cron.weekly
+ at monthly  45    cron.monthly  nice run-parts /etc/cron.monthly</pre><div class="para">
+				The first three lines are variables used to configure the environment in which the anacron tasks are run. The <code class="computeroutput">SHELL</code> variable tells the system which shell environment to use (in this example the bash shell). The <code class="computeroutput">PATH</code> variable defines the path used to execute commands. The output of the anacron jobs are emailed to the username defined with the <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO</code> variable. If the <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO</code> variable is not defined, (i.e. is empty, <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO=</code>), email is not sent.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The next two lines are variables that modify the time for each scheduled job. The <code class="computeroutput">RANDOM_DELAY</code> variable denotes the maximum number of minutes that will be added to the <code class="filename">delay in minutes</code> variable which is specified for each job. The minimum delay value is set, by default, to 6 minutes. A <code class="computeroutput">RANDOM_DELAY</code> set to 12 would therefore add, randomly, between 6 and 12 minutes to the <code class="filename">delay in minutes</code> for each job in that particular anacrontab. <code class="computeroutput">RANDOM_DELAY</code> can also be set to a value below 6, or even 0. When set to 0, no random delay is added. This proves to be useful when, for example, more computers that share one network connection need to download the same data every day. The <code class="computeroutput">START_HOURS_RANGE</code> variable defines an interval (in hours) when scheduled jobs can be run. In case this time
  interval is missed, for example, due to a power down, then scheduled jobs are not executed that day.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The rest of the lines in the <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> file represent scheduled jobs and have the following format:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">period in days   delay in minutes   job-identifier   command</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">period in days</code> — specifies the frequency of execution of a job in days. This variable can be represented by an integer or a macro (<code class="computeroutput">@daily</code>, <code class="computeroutput">@weekly</code>, <code class="computeroutput">@monthly</code>), where <code class="computeroutput">@daily</code> denotes the same value as the integer 1, <code class="computeroutput">@weekly</code> the same as 7, and <code class="computeroutput">@monthly</code> specifies that the job is run once a month, independent on the length of the month.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">delay in minutes</code> — specifies the number of minutes anacron waits, if necessary, before executing a job. This variable is represented by an integer where 0 means no delay.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">job-identifier</code> — specifies a unique name of a job which is used in the log files.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">command</code> — specifies the command to execute. The command can either be a command such as <code class="computeroutput">ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</code> or a command to execute a custom script.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Any lines that begin with a hash sign (#) are comments and are not processed.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-anacron-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-anacron-examples">18.1.2.1. Examples of Anacron Jobs </h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The following example shows a simple <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">SHELL=/bin/sh
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+MAILTO=root
+
+# the maximal random delay added to the base delay of the jobs
+RANDOM_DELAY=30
+# the jobs will be started during the following hours only
+START_HOURS_RANGE=16-20
+
+#period in days   delay in minutes   job-identifier   command
+1         20    dailyjob      nice run-parts /etc/cron.daily
+7         25    weeklyjob     /etc/weeklyjob.bash
+ at monthly  45    monthlyjob    ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</pre><div class="para">
+					All jobs defined in this <code class="filename">anacrontab</code> file are randomly delayed by 6-30 minutes and can be executed between 16:00 and 20:00. Thus, the first defined job will run anywhere between 16:26 and 16:50 every day. The command specified for this job will execute all present programs in the <code class="filename">/etc/cron.daily</code> directory (using the <code class="command">run-parts</code> script which takes a directory as a command-line argument and sequentially executes every program within that directory). The second specified job will be executed once a week and will execute the <code class="filename">weeklyjob.bash</code> script in the <code class="filename">/etc</code> directory. The third job is executed once a month and runs a command to write the contents of the <code class="filename">/proc</code> to the <code class="filename">/tmp/proc</code> file (e.g. <code class="computeroutput">ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</code>).
+				</div><div class="section" id="s3-disabling-anacron"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-disabling-anacron">18.1.2.1.1. Disabling Anacron</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						In case your system is continuously on and you do not require anacron to run your scheduled jobs, you may uninstall the <code class="filename">cronie-anacron</code> package. Thus, you will be able to define jobs using crontabs only.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-configuring-cron-jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Configuring Cron Jobs</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1003169" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id649659" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id649672" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id875418" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The configuration file to configure cron jobs, <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> (only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to modify this file), contains the following lines:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">SHELL=/bin/bash
+PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
+MAILTO=root
+HOME=/
+# For details see man 4 crontabs
+# Example of job definition:
+# .---------------- minute (0 - 59)
+# | .------------- hour (0 - 23)
+# | | .---------- day of month (1 - 31)
+# | | | .------- month (1 - 12) OR jan,feb,mar,apr ...
+# | | | | .---- day of week (0 - 6) (Sunday=0 or 7) OR sun,mon,tue,wed,thu,fri,sat
+# | | | | |
+# * * * * * user command to be executed</pre><div class="para">
+				The first three lines contain the same variables as an <code class="filename">anacrontab</code> file, <code class="computeroutput">SHELL</code>, <code class="computeroutput">PATH</code> and <code class="computeroutput">MAILTO</code>. For more information about these variables, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">「Configuring Anacron Jobs」</a>. The fourth line contains the <code class="computeroutput">HOME</code> variable. The <code class="computeroutput">HOME</code> variable can be used to set the home directory to use when executing commands or scripts.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The rest of the lines in the <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> file represent scheduled jobs and have the following format:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">minute   hour   day   month   day of week   user   command</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">minute</code> — any integer from 0 to 59
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">hour</code> — any integer from 0 to 23
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">day</code> — any integer from 1 to 31 (must be a valid day if a month is specified)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">month</code> — any integer from 1 to 12 (or the short name of the month such as jan or feb)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">day of week</code> — any integer from 0 to 7, where 0 or 7 represents Sunday (or the short name of the week such as sun or mon)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">user</code> — specifies the user under which the jobs are run
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">command</code> — the command to execute (the command can either be a command such as <code class="command">ls /proc &gt;&gt; /tmp/proc</code> or the command to execute a custom script)
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				上記のいずれの値にも、アスタリスク (*) を使用すると、すべての有効な値が指定されます。たとえば、月の値にアスタリスクを使用すると、コマンドはその他の値による制約の範囲内で毎月実行されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A hyphen (-) between integers specifies a range of integers. For example, <strong class="userinput"><code>1-4</code></strong> means the integers 1, 2, 3, and 4.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A list of values separated by commas (,) specifies a list. For example, <strong class="userinput"><code>3, 4, 6, 8</code></strong> indicates those four specific integers.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The forward slash (/) can be used to specify step values. The value of an integer can be skipped within a range by following the range with <strong class="userinput"><code>/<em class="replaceable"><code>integer</code></em></code></strong>. For example, <strong class="userinput"><code>0-59/2</code></strong> can be used to define every other minute in the minute field. Step values can also be used with an asterisk. For instance, the value <strong class="userinput"><code>*/3</code></strong> can be used in the month field to run the task every third month.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Any lines that begin with a hash sign (#) are comments and are not processed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Users other than <code class="systemitem">root</code> can configure cron tasks by using the <code class="command">crontab</code> utility. All user-defined crontabs are stored in the <code class="filename">/var/spool/cron/</code> directory and are executed using the usernames of the users that created them. To create a crontab as a user, login as that user and type the command <code class="command">crontab -e</code> to edit the user's crontab using the editor specified by the <code class="computeroutput">VISUAL</code> or <code class="computeroutput">EDITOR</code> environment variable. The file uses the same format as <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code>. When the changes to the crontab are saved, the crontab is stored according to username and written to the file <code class="filename">/var/spool/cron/<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> </code>. To list the contents of your own personal crontab file, use the <code class="command">crontab -l</code> com
 mand.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not specify a user</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					When using the <code class="command">crontab</code> utility, there is no need to specify a user when defining a job.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/cron.d/</code> directory contains files that have the same syntax as the <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> file. Only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to create and modify files in this directory.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not restart the daemon to apply the changes</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The cron daemon checks the <code class="filename">/etc/anacrontab</code> file, the <code class="filename">/etc/crontab</code> file, the <code class="filename">/etc/cron.d/</code> directory, and the <code class="filename">/var/spool/cron/</code> directory every minute for any changes. If any changes are found, they are loaded into memory. Thus, the daemon does not need to be restarted if an anacrontab or a crontab file is changed.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-cron-access"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/cron.allow</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/cron.deny</code> files are used to restrict access to cron. The format of both access control files is one username on each line. Whitespace is not permitted in either file. The cron daemon (<code class="command">crond</code>) does not have to be restarted if the access control files are modified. The access control files are checked each time a user tries to add or delete a cron job.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">root</code> user can always use cron, regardless of the usernames listed in the access control files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the file <code class="filename">cron.allow</code> exists, only users listed in it are allowed to use cron, and the <code class="filename">cron.deny</code> file is ignored.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="filename">cron.allow</code> does not exist, users listed in <code class="filename">cron.deny</code> are not allowed to use cron.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Access can also be controlled through Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM). These settings are stored in <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code>. For example, adding the following line in this file forbids creating crontabs for all users except the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">-:ALL EXCEPT root :cron</pre><div class="para">
+				The forbidden jobs are logged in an appropriate log file or, when using “crontab -e”, returned to the standard output. For more information, refer to <code class="filename">access.conf.5</code> (i.e. <code class="command">man 5 access.conf</code>).
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Black/White listing of jobs is used to omit parts of the defined jobs that do not need to be executed. When calling the <code class="command">run-parts</code> script on a cron folder, such as <code class="filename">/etc/cron.daily</code>, we can define which of the programs in this folder will not be executed by <code class="command">run-parts</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To define a black list, create a <code class="filename">jobs.deny</code> file in the folder that <code class="command">run-parts</code> will be executing from. For example, if we need to omit a particular program from /etc/cron.daily, then, a file <code class="filename">/etc/cron.daily/jobs.deny</code> has to be created. In this file, specify the names of the omitted programs from the same directory. These will not be executed when a command, such as <code class="computeroutput">run-parts /etc/cron.daily</code>, is executed by a specific job.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To define a white list, create a <code class="filename">jobs.allow</code> file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The principles of <code class="filename">jobs.deny</code> and <code class="filename">jobs.allow</code> are the same as those of <code class="filename">cron.deny</code> and <code class="filename">cron.allow</code> described in section <a class="xref" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-autotasks-cron-access">「Cron へのアクセスの制御」</a>.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong>17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html"><strong>次へ</strong>18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Configuring_Authentication.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Configuring_Authentication.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b88d74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Configuring_Authentication.html
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第8章 認証の設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html" title="パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html" title="7.3.2. 関連書籍" /><link rel="next" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" h
 ref="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Configuring_Authentication" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第8章 認証の設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuri
 ng_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html">8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html">8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s
 ect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</h2></div></div></div><a id="id904295" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id904281" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			When a user logs in to a Fedora system, the username and password combination must be verified, or <em class="firstterm">authenticated</em>, as a valid and active user. Sometimes the information to verify the user is located on the local system, and other times the system defers the authentication to a user database on a remote system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration Tool</strong></span> provides a graphical interface for configuring user information retrieval from <em class="firstterm">Lightweight Directory Access Protocol</em> (LDAP), <em class="firstterm"> Network Information Service</em> (NIS), and <em class="firstterm">Winbind</em> user account databases. This tool also allows you to configure Kerberos to be used as the authentication protocol when using LDAP or NIS.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using a high or medium security level</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If you configured a medium or high security level during installation (or with the <span class="application"><strong>Security Level Configuration Tool</strong></span>), then the firewall will prevent NIS authentication. For more information about firewalls, refer to the <em class="citetitle">"Firewalls"</em> section of the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em>.
+			</div></div></div><a id="id711268" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id711246" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To start the graphical version of the <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration</strong></span> tool from the desktop, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Authentication</strong></span> form the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu or type the command <code class="command">system-config-authentication</code> at a shell prompt (for example, in an <span class="application"><strong>XTerm</strong></span> or a <span class="application"><strong>GNOME</strong></span> terminal).
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>変更は即座に適用されます</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				After exiting the authentication program, any changes you made take effect immediately.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Identity &amp; Authentication</strong></span> tab allows you to configure how users should be authenticated, and has several options for each method of authentication. To select which user account database should be used, select an option from the drop-down list.
+			</div><div class="figure"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png" align="middle" alt="Identity &amp; Authentication; changing the option in the User Account Database drop-down list changes the contents of the tab" /></div></div><h6>図8.1 Identity &amp; Authentication; changing the option in the User Account Database drop-down list changes the contents of the tab</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				以下の一覧は各オプションの説明です。
+			</div><h4 id="id741464">LDAP</h4><a id="id741472" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP</strong></span> option instructs the system to retrieve user information via LDAP. It contains the following specifications:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP Search Base DN</strong></span> — Specifies that user information should be retrieved using the listed Distinguished Name (DN).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP Server</strong></span> — <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> サーバーのアドレスを指定します。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Use TLS to encrypt connections</strong></span> — When enabled, <code class="systemitem">Transport Layer Security</code> (TLC) will be used to encrypt passwords sent to the <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server. The <span class="guibutton"><strong>Download CA Certificate</strong></span> option allows you to specify a URL from which to download a valid <em class="firstterm">Certificate Authority certificate</em> (CA). A valid CA certificate must be in the <em class="firstterm">Privacy Enhanced Mail</em> (PEM) format.
+					</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using ldaps:// in the LDAP Server field</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Use TLS to encrypt connections</strong></span> option must not be ticked if an <code class="systemitem">ldaps://</code> server address is specified in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP Server</strong></span> field.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						For more information about CA Certificates, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">「証明書とセキュリティの概要」</a>.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">openldap-clients</code> package must be installed for this option to work.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information about LDAP, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				LDAP は次の認証方法を提供します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><a id="id749859" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Kerberos password</strong></span> — This option enables Kerberos authentication. It contains the following specifications: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Realm</strong></span> — Configures the realm for the Kerberos server. The realm is the network that uses Kerberos, composed of one or more KDCs and a potentially large number of clients.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>KDCs</strong></span> — Defines the Key Distribution Centers (KDC), which are servers that issue Kerberos tickets.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Admin Servers</strong></span> — Specifies the administration server(s) running <code class="command">kadmind</code>.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The <span class="guimenu"><strong>Kerberos Settings</strong></span> dialog also allows you to use DNS to resolve hosts to realms and locate KDCs for realms.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The <code class="filename">krb5-libs</code> and <code class="filename">krb5-workstation</code> packages must be installed for this option to work. For more information about Kerberos, refer to section <em class="citetitle">Using Kerberos</em> of the Fedora 15 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> guide.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>LDAP password</strong></span> — This option instructs standard PAM-enabled applications to use LDAP authentication with options specified in the User Account Configuration of LDAP. When using this option, you must provide an <code class="systemitem">ldaps://</code> server address or use TLS for LDAP authentication.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>SSSD サービスの設定</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The SSSD service is used as a client for LDAP and Kerberos servers. Thus, offline login is enabled and supported by default. No user interaction is needed to set up the SSSD service with the <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration Tool</strong></span>. For more information about the SSSD service, refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html">「The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)」</a>
+				</div></div></div><h4 id="id683476">NIS</h4><a id="id743172" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>NIS</strong></span> option configures the system to connect to a NIS server (as an NIS client) for user and password authentication. To configure this option, specify the NIS domain and NIS server. If the NIS server is not specified, the daemon attempts to find it via broadcast.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">ypbind</span> package must be installed for this option to work. If the NIS user account database is used, the <code class="systemitem">portmap</code> and <code class="systemitem">ypbind</code> services are started and are also enabled to start at boot time.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information about NIS, refer to section <em class="citetitle">"Securing NIS"</em> of the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				NIS は次の認証方法を提供します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Kerberos password</strong></span> — This option enables Kerberos authentication. For more information about configuration of the Kerberos authentication method, refer to the previous section on LDAP.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a id="id743091" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <span class="guilabel"><strong>NIS password</strong></span> — This option enables NIS authentication. NIS can provide authentication information to outside processes to authenticate users.
+					</div></li></ul></div><h4 id="id683493">Winbind</h4><a id="id683487" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind</strong></span> option configures the system to connect to a Windows Active Directory or a Windows domain controller. User information from the specified directory or domain controller can then be accessed, and server authentication options can be configured. It contains the following specifications:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind Domain</strong></span> — Specifies the Windows Active Directory or domain controller to connect to.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Security Model</strong></span> — Allows you to select a security model, which configures the Samba client mode of operation. The drop-down list allows you to select any of the following: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>ads</strong></span> — This mode instructs Samba to act as a domain member in an Active Directory Server (ADS) realm. To operate in this mode, the <code class="filename">krb5-server</code> package must be installed, and Kerberos must be configured properly.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>domain</strong></span> — In this mode, Samba will attempt to validate the username/password by authenticating it through a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, similar to how a Windows NT Server would.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>server</strong></span> — In this mode, Samba will attempt to validate the username/password by authenticating it through another SMB server (for example, a Windows NT Server). If the attempt fails, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>user</strong></span> mode will take effect instead.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>user</strong></span> — This is the default mode. With this level of security, a client must first log in with a valid username and password. Encrypted passwords can also be used in this security mode.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind ADS Realm</strong></span> — When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>ads</strong></span> Security Model is selected, this allows you to specify the ADS Realm the Samba server should act as a domain member of.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind Domain Controllers</strong></span> — Use this option to specify which domain controller <code class="command">winbind</code> should use. For more information about domain controllers, please refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-domain-controller">「Domain Controller」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Template Shell</strong></span> — When filling out the user information for a Windows NT user, the <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon uses the value chosen here to specify the login shell for that user.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Allow offline login</strong></span> — By checking this option, you allow authentication information to be stored in a local cache (provided by SSSD). This information is then used when a user attempts to authenticate while offline.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For more information about the <code class="command">winbindd</code> service, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-daemons">「Samba デーモンと関連サービス」</a>.
+			</div><a id="id771793" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Winbind provides only one method of authentication, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Winbind password</strong></span>. This method of authentication uses the options specified in the User Account Configuration of Winbind to connect to a Windows Active Directory or a Windows domain controller.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				This tab allows you to configure advanced options, as listed below.
+			</div><div class="figure"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/authconfig_advanced.png" align="middle" width="444" alt="高度なオプション" /></div></div><h6>図8.2 高度なオプション</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><h4 id="id878018">ローカルの認証オプション</h4><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><a id="id878008" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable fingerprint reader support</strong></span> — By checking this option, you enable fingerprint authentication to log in by scanning your finger with the fingerprint reader.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable local access control</strong></span> — When enabled, <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code> is consulted for authorization of a user.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Password Hashing Algorithm</strong></span> — This option lets you specify which hashing or cryptographic algorithm should be used to encrypt locally stored passwords.
+					</div></li></ul></div><h4 id="id683688">その他の認証オプション</h4><div class="para">
+				<span class="guilabel"><strong>Create home directories on the first login</strong></span> — When enabled, the user's home directory is automatically created when they log in if it does not already exist.
+			</div><h4 id="id683670">スマート カードの認証オプション</h4><a id="id683666" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable smart card support</strong></span> — This option enables smart card authentication. Smart card authentication allows you to log in using a certificate and a key associated with a smart card.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable smart card support</strong></span> option is checked, the following options can be specified: 
+				<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Card Removal Action</strong></span> — This option defines what action the system performs when the card is removed from the card reader during an active session. Two alternatives are available: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<span class="guilabel"><strong>Ignore</strong></span> — The card removal is ignored and the system continues to function as normal.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<span class="guilabel"><strong>Lock</strong></span> — The current session is immediately locked.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Require smart card login</strong></span> — Requires the user to login and authenticate with a smart card. It essentially disables any other type of password authentication. This option should not be selected until after you have successfully logged in using a smart card.
+						</div></li></ul></div>
+
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">pam_pkcs11</span> and the <span class="package">coolkey</span> packages must be installed for this option to work. For more information about smart cards, refer to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 <a href="http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html/Managing_Smart_Cards/enabling-smart-card-login.html">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards Guide</a>. 
+				<div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>前の設定を復元するには Revert をクリックする</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						You can restore all of the options specified in the <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration Tool</strong></span> to the previous configuration setup by clicking <span class="guibutton"><strong>Revert</strong></span>.
+					</div></div></div>
+
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</h3></div></div></div><a id="id864600" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Authentication Configuration</strong></span> tool also supports a command line interface. The command line version can be used in a configuration script or a kickstart script. The authentication options are summarized in <a class="xref" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#tb-authconfig-cmd-line">表8.1「コマンドライン オプション」</a>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Getting the list of supported authentication options</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					These options can also be found in the <code class="command">authconfig</code> man page or by typing <code class="command">authconfig --help</code> at the shell prompt.
+				</div></div></div><div class="table" id="tb-authconfig-cmd-line"><h6>表8.1 コマンドライン オプション</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="コマンドライン オプション" border="1"><colgroup><col width="60%" class="option" /><col width="40%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableshadow, --useshadow</code>
+							</td><td>
+								シャドウパスワードを有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableshadow</code>
+							</td><td>
+								シャドウパスワードを解除する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--passalgo=<em class="replaceable"><code>descrypt|bigcrypt|md5|sha256|sha512</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								ハッシュ/
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablenis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの NIS を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablenis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの NIS を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--nisdomain=<em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								NIS ドメインを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--nisserver=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								NIS サーバーを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableldap</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの LDAP を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableldap</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの LDAP を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableldaptls</code>
+							</td><td>
+								LDAP で TLS の使用を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableldaptls</code>
+							</td><td>
+								LDAP で TLS の使用を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablerfc2307bis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Enable use of RFC-2307bis schema for LDAP user information lookups
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablerfc2307bis</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Disable use of RFC-2307bis schema for LDAP user information lookups
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enableldapauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証の LDAP を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disableldapauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証の LDAP を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--ldapserver=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								LDAP サーバーを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--ldapbasedn=<em class="replaceable"><code>dn</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify an LDAP base DN (Distinguished Name)
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--ldaploadcacert=<em class="replaceable"><code>URL</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Load a CA certificate from the specified URL
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablekrb5</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Enable Kerberos for authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablekrb5</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Disable Kerberos for authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--krb5kdc=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify Kerberos KDC server
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--krb5adminserver=<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos の管理サーバーを指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--krb5realm=<em class="replaceable"><code>realm</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos の realm を指定する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablekrb5kdcdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos KDC の検索に DNS の使用を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablekrb5kdcdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos KDC の検索に DNS の使用を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablekrb5realmdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos realm の検索に DNS の使用を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablekrb5realmdns</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Kerberos realm の検索に DNS の使用を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbind</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの winbind を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbind</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー アカウント設定向けの winbind を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbindauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証で winbindauth を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbindauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証で winbindauth を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindseparator=<em class="replaceable"><code>\</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Character used to separate the domain and user part of winbind usernames if <code class="command">winbindusedefaultdomain</code> is not enabled
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindtemplatehomedir=<em class="replaceable"><code>/home/%D/%U</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								winbind ユーザーがホームとするディレクトリ
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindtemplateprimarygroup=<em class="replaceable"><code>nobody</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								winbind ユーザーが最初のグループとするグループ
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindtemplateshell=<em class="replaceable"><code>/bin/false</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								winbind ユーザーがログインシェルの初期値とするシェル
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbindusedefaultdomain</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー名にドメインのないユーザーはドメイン ユーザーであると winbind に仮定させる
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbindusedefaultdomain</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー名にドメインのないユーザーはドメイン ユーザーではないと winbind に仮定させる
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--winbindjoin=<em class="replaceable"><code>Administrator</code></em> </code>
+							</td><td>
+								Joins the winbind domain or ADS realm as the specified administrator
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewinbindoffline</code>
+							</td><td>
+								オフライン ログインを許可する winbind の設定
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewinbindoffline</code>
+							</td><td>
+								オフライン ログインを防ぐ winbind の設定
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smbsecurity=<em class="replaceable"><code>user|server|domain|ads</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								Security mode to use for the Samba and Winbind services
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smbrealm=<em class="replaceable"><code>realm</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								Default realm for Samba and Winbind services when <span class="guilabel"><strong>security</strong></span> is set to <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>ads</strong></span>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablewins</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ホスト名解決で Wins を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablewins</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ホスト名解決で Wins を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablesssd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー情報の SSSD を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablesssd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー情報の SSSD を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablecache</code>
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="command">nscd</code> を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablecache</code>
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="command">nscd</code> を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablelocauthorize</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Local authorization is sufficient for local users
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablelocauthorize</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Local users are also authorized through a remote service
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablesysnetauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ネットワーク サービスでシステム アカウントを認証する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablesysnetauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ローカルのファイルのみでシステム アカウントを認証する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablepamaccess</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Check <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code> during account authorization
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablepamaccess</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Do not check <code class="filename">/etc/security/access.conf</code> during account authorization
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablemkhomedir</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a home directory for a user on the first login
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablemkhomedir</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Do not create a home directory for a user on the first login
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablesmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								スマートカードでの認証を有効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablesmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								スマートカードでの認証を無効にする
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablerequiresmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証にスマートカードを要求する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablerequiresmartcard</code>
+							</td><td>
+								認証にスマートカードを要求しない
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smartcardmodule=<em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								標準でスマートカードを使う
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--smartcardaction=<em class="replaceable"><code>0=Lock|1=Ignore</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								Action to be taken when smart card removal is detected
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--enablefingerprint</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Enable fingerprint authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--disablefingerprint</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Disable fingerprint authentication
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--nostart</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Do not start or stop the <code class="command">portmap</code>, <code class="command">ypbind</code>, or <code class="command">nscd</code> services even if they are configured
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--test</code>
+							</td><td>
+								新しい設定の表示のみで設定ファイルの更新をしない
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--update, --kickstart</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Opposite of <code class="command">--test</code>, update configuration files with changed settings
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--updateall</code>
+							</td><td>
+								全設定ファイルを更新する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--probe</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ネットワークデフォルトを調査して表示する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--savebackup=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								全設定ファイルのバックアップを保存する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--restorebackup=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code>
+							</td><td>
+								全設定ファイルのバックアップを復元する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">--restorelastbackup</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Restore the backup of configuration files saved before the previous configuration change
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html"><strong>戻る</strong>7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DHCP_Servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DHCP_Servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a8d6ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DHCP_Servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第10章 DHCP Servers</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /><link rel="next" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html" title="10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" h
 ref="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-DHCP_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第10章 DHCP Servers</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html#s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="lease-database.html">10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="dhcp-relay-agent.html">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><
 span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html">10.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html#s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id732073" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id836528" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<acronym class="acronym">DHCP</acronym> (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) は、クライアントマシンに自動的に TCP/IP 情報を割り当てるネットワークプロトコルです。各 DHCP クライアントは、中央に配置された DHCP サーバーに接続し、このサーバーが IP アドレス、ゲートウェイ、 DNS サーバーなどクライアントのネットワーク設定情報 (IP アドレス、ゲートウェイ、 DNS サーバーを含む) を返します。
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-why"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</h2></div></div></div><a id="id879975" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			DHCP はクライアントのネットワークインターフェースを自動で設定するのに便利です。クライアントシステムを設定するとき DHCP を選択すれば、 IP アドレス、ネットマスク、ゲートウェイ、 DNS サーバーを入力する必要がありません。クライアントはこれらの情報を DHCP サーバーから受け取ります。また、管理者が多数のシステムの IP アドレスを変更する場合も DHCP は便利です。すべてのシステムの再設定を行う代わりに、サーバー上の DHCP 設定ファイルを編集することによって、新規の IP アドレスセットを設定できます。組織の DNS サーバーが変更された場合は、 DHCP クライアントで変更を行うのではなく、 DHCP サーバーで変更を行います。クライアントでネットワークが再起動 (またはクライアントがリブート) されると、変
 更が反映されます。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			組織が、機能中の DHCP サーバーをネットワークに正しく接続している場合、ラップトップや他の携帯コンピュータの使用者はそのようなデバイスをオフィスからオフィスへと移動して使用できます。
+		</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>パート V. サーバー</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DNS_Servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DNS_Servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc5761e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-DNS_Servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第11章 DNS Servers</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html" title="10.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s
 1-BIND.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-DNS_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第11章 DNS Servers</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-BIND.html">11.2. BIND</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-BIND.html#s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</a></span></dt><dt><span
  class="section"><a href="s2-bind-zone.html">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-rndc.html">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-dig.html">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-features.html">11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-mistakes.html">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html">11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1018636" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id839354" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">DNS</code> (Domain Name System), also known as a <em class="firstterm">nameserver</em>, is a network system that associates hostnames with their respective IP addresses. For users, this has the advantage that they can refer to machines on the network by names that are usually easier to remember than the numerical network addresses. For system administrators, using the nameserver allows them to change the IP address for a host without ever affecting the name-based queries, or to decide which machines handle these queries.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-Introduction_to_DNS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</h2></div></div></div><a id="id839319" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			DNS is usually implemented using one or more centralized servers that are authoritative for certain domains. When a client host requests information from a nameserver, it usually connects to port 53. The nameserver then attempts to resolve the name requested. If it does not have an authoritative answer, or does not already have the answer cached from an earlier query, it queries other nameservers, called <em class="firstterm">root nameservers</em>, to determine which nameservers are authoritative for the name in question, and then queries them to get the requested name.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-dns-introduction-zones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1018629" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1018613" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1018600" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1018592" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				In a DNS server such as BIND, all information is stored in basic data elements called <em class="firstterm">resource records</em> (RR). The resource record is usually a <em class="firstterm">fully qualified domain name</em> (FQDN) of a host, and is broken down into multiple sections organized into a tree-like hierarchy. This hierarchy consists of a main trunk, primary branches, secondary branches, and so on. The following is an example of a resource record:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">bob.sales.example.com</pre><a id="id1018559" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Each level of the hierarchy is divided by a period (that is, <code class="literal">.</code>). In the example above, <code class="literal">com</code> defines the <em class="firstterm">top-level domain</em>, <code class="literal">example</code> its subdomain, and <code class="literal">sales</code> the subdomain of <code class="literal">example</code>. In this case, <code class="literal">bob</code> identifies a resource record that is part of the <code class="systemitem">sales.example.com</code> domain. With the exception of the part furthest to the left (that is, <code class="literal">bob</code>), each of these sections is called a <em class="firstterm">zone</em> and defines a specific <em class="firstterm">namespace</em>.
+			</div><a id="id1241537" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1241514" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Zones are defined on authoritative nameservers through the use of <em class="firstterm">zone files</em>, which contain definitions of the resource records in each zone. Zone files are stored on <em class="firstterm">primary nameservers</em> (also called <em class="firstterm">master nameservers</em>), where changes are made to the files, and <em class="firstterm">secondary nameservers</em> (also called <em class="firstterm">slave nameservers</em>), which receive zone definitions from the primary nameservers. Both primary and secondary nameservers are authoritative for the zone and look the same to clients. Depending on the configuration, any nameserver can also serve as a primary or secondary server for multiple zones at the same time.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-dns-introduction-nameservers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバーのタイプ</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				There are two nameserver configuration types:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1241460" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1241443" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1241426" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id962870" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id962860" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id962817" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 authoritative </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Authoritative nameservers answer to resource records that are part of their zones only. This category includes both primary (master) and secondary (slave) nameservers.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id962811" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id962793" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 recursive </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Recursive nameservers offer resolution services, but they are not authoritative for any zone. Answers for all resolutions are cached in a memory for a fixed period of time, which is specified by the retrieved resource record.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Although a nameserver can be both authoritative and recursive at the same time, it is recommended not to combine the configuration types. To be able to perform their work, authoritative servers should be available to all clients all the time. On the other hand, since the recursive lookup takes far more time than authoritative responses, recursive servers should be available to a restricted number of clients only, otherwise they are prone to distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-dns-introduction-bind"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</h3></div></div></div><a id="id962752" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id985306" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id985286" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id985271" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id985256" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id985239" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				BIND consists of a set of DNS-related programs. It contains a monolithic nameserver called <code class="systemitem">named</code>, an administration utility called <code class="command">rndc</code>, and a debugging tool called <code class="command">dig</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.6. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-BIND.html"><strong>次へ</strong>11.2. BIND</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ae99c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第2章 日付と時刻の設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html" title="パート I. 基本的なシステム設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html" title="1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html" title="2.2. コマンドライン管理" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li cla
 ss="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第2章 日付と時刻の設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html">2.2. コマンドライン管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.2.
 1. Configuring the Date and Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html">2.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+		This chapter covers setting the system date and time in Fedora, both manually and using the Network Time Protocol (<abbr class="abbrev">NTP</abbr>), as well as setting the adequate time zone. Two methods are covered: setting the date and time using the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool, and doing so on the command line.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool allows a user to change the system date and time, to configure the time zone used by the system, and to set up the Network Time Protocol daemon to synchronize the system clock with a time server.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To start the tool, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu and click the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> icon, or click the time in the panel and select <span class="guibutton"><strong>Date and Time Settings</strong></span> from the drop-down menu.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Time"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/date-and-time-panel.png" alt="Running the Date and Time configuration tool" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Running the Date and Time configuration tool
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図2.1 Running the Date and Time configuration tool</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			By default, the tool only allows you to review the current settings. This is because only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to set the system date and time. To unlock the configuration tool for changes, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Unlock</strong></span> button in the bottom-left corner of the window, and provide the root password when prompted.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/date-and-time-settings.png" alt="The Date and Time configuration tool" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The Date and Time configuration tool
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図2.2 The Date and Time configuration tool</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			As you can see in <a class="xref" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#fig-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">図2.2「The Date and Time configuration tool」</a>, the main window of the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool is divided into two parts: while the left side of the window is dedicated to the time zone settings, the right part allows you to configure the date and time itself.
+		</div><a id="id912207" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id912220" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To change the time zone, click on the map, or select the region and city from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Region</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>City</strong></span> drop-down lists.
+		</div><a id="id657087" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id657101" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To change the current time of your system, either configure the system to synchronize it over the network by clicking the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Time</strong></span> switch, or set it manually by clicking the up and down arrows above and below the numbers. Use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>24-Hour Time</strong></span> switch to enable or disable the 24-hour time format.
+		</div><a id="id902902" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id902915" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To change the current date of your system, select a month from the drop-down list below the time, and use the up and down arrows to choose the day and year.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The changes take effect immediately.
+		</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html"><strong>戻る</strong>1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong>2.2. コマンドライン管理</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Directory_Servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Directory_Servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7ae6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Directory_Servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第14章 ディレクトリー サーバー</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-related-books.html" title="13.6.3. 関連書籍" /><link rel="next" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html" title="第15章 File and Print Servers" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-related-books.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a acce
 sskey="n" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Directory_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第14章 ディレクトリー サーバー</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_
 Servers.html#s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-resources">14.1.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-OpenLDAP" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</h2></div></div></div><a id="id860726" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id860715" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id860694" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id860684" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is a set of open protocols used to access centrally stored information over a network. It is based on the <code class="systemitem">X.500</code> standard for directory sharing, but is less complex and resource-intensive. For this reason, LDAP is sometimes referred to as <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">X.500 Lite</span>」</span>.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Like X.500, LDAP organizes information in a hierarchical manner using directories. These directories can store a variety of information such as names, addresses, or phone numbers, and can even be used in a manner similar to the <em class="firstterm">Network Information Service</em> (<acronym class="acronym">NIS</acronym>), enabling anyone to access their account from any machine on the LDAP enabled network.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		LDAP is commonly used for centrally managed users and groups, user authentication, or system configuration. It can also serve as a virtual phone directory, allowing users to easily access contact information for other users. Additionally, it can refer a user to other LDAP servers throughout the world, and thus provide an ad-hoc global repository of information. However, it is most frequently used within individual organizations such as universities, government departments, and private companies.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This section covers the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP 2.4</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the LDAPv2 and LDAPv3 protocols.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Using a client/server architecture, LDAP provides reliable means to create a central information directory accessible from the network. When a client attempts to modify information within this directory, the server verifies the user has permission to make the change, and then adds or updates the entry as requested. To ensure the communication is secure, the <em class="firstterm">Secure Sockets Layer</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) or <em class="firstterm">Transport Layer Security</em> (<acronym class="acronym">TLS</acronym>) cryptographic protocols can be used to prevent an attacker from intercepting the transmission.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using Mozilla NSS</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The OpenLDAP suite in Fedora 15 no longer uses OpenSSL. Instead, it uses the Mozilla implementation of <em class="firstterm">Network Security Services</em> (<acronym class="acronym">NSS</acronym>). OpenLDAP continues to work with existing certificates, keys, and other TLS configuration. For more information on how to configure it to use Mozilla certificate and key database, refer to <a href="http://www.openldap.org/faq/index.cgi?file=1514"><em class="citetitle">How do I use TLS/SSL with Mozilla NSS</em></a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The LDAP server supports several database systems, which gives administrators the flexibility to choose the best suited solution for the type of information they are planning to serve. Because of a well-defined client <em class="firstterm">Application Programming Interface</em> (<acronym class="acronym">API</acronym>), the number of applications able to communicate with an LDAP server is numerous, and increasing in both quantity and quality.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-terminology"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-terminology">14.1.1.1. LDAP の用語</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of LDAP-specific terms that are used within this chapter:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id866494" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 entry </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A single unit within an LDAP directory. Each entry is identified by its unique <em class="firstterm">Distinguished Name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DN</acronym>).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id866453" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 attribute </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Information directly associated with an entry. For example, if an organization is represented as an LDAP entry, attributes associated with this organization might include an address, a fax number, etc. Similarly, people can be represented as entries with common attributes such as personal telephone number or email address.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							An attribute can either have a single value, or an unordered space-separated list of values. While certain attributes are optional, other are required. Required attributes are specified using the <code class="option">objectClass</code> definition, and can be found in schema files located in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/</code> directory.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The assertion of an attribute and its corresponding value is also referred to as a <em class="firstterm">Relative Distinguished Name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">RDN</acronym>). Unlike distinguished names that are unique globally, a relative distinguished name is only unique per entry.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1021806" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 LDIF </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">LDAP Data Interchange Format</em> (<acronym class="acronym">LDIF</acronym>) is a plain text representation of an LDAP entry. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">[<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>id</code></em></span>] dn: <em class="replaceable"><code>distinguished_name</code></em>
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_type</code></em>: <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_value</code></em>…
+<em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_type</code></em>: <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_value</code></em>…
+…</pre><div class="para">
+							The optional <em class="replaceable"><code>id</code></em> is a number determined by the application that is used to edit the entry. Each entry can contain as many <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_type</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>attribute_value</code></em> pairs as needed, as long as they are all defined in a corresponding schema file. A blank line indicates the end of an entry.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-features">14.1.1.2. OpenLDAP 機能</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1021720" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				OpenLDAP suite provides a number of important features:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>LDAPv3 Support</em></span> — Many of the changes in the protocol since LDAP version 2 are designed to make LDAP more secure. Among other improvements, this includes the support for Simple Authentication and Security Layer (<acronym class="acronym">SASL</acronym>), Transport Layer Security (<acronym class="acronym">TLS</acronym>), and Secure Sockets Layer (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) protocols.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>LDAP Over IPC</em></span> — The use of inter-process communication (<acronym class="acronym">IPC</acronym>) enhances security by eliminating the need to communicate over a network.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>IPv6 Support</em></span> — OpenLDAP is compliant with Internet Protocol version 6 (<acronym class="acronym">IPv6</acronym>), the next generation of the Internet Protocol.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>LDIFv1 Support</em></span> — OpenLDAP is fully compliant with LDIF version 1.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Updated C API</em></span> — The current C API improves the way programmers can connect to and use LDAP directory servers.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Enhanced Standalone LDAP Server</em></span> — This includes an updated access control system, thread pooling, better tools, and much more.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-setup">14.1.1.3. OpenLDAP Server Setup</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1098645" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The typical steps to set up an LDAP server on Fedora are as follows:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Install the OpenLDAP suite. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-installation">「Installing the OpenLDAP Suite」</a> for more information on required packages.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Customize the configuration as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-configuration">「Configuring an OpenLDAP Server」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Start the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-running">「Running an OpenLDAP Server」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Use the <code class="command">ldapadd</code> utility to add entries to the LDAP directory.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Use the <code class="command">ldapsearch</code> utility to verify that the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service is accessing the information correctly.
+					</div></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-installation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1011391" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1011379" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The suite of OpenLDAP libraries and tools is provided by the following packages:
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-openldap"><h6>表14.1 List of OpenLDAP packages</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP packages" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="package" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Package
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing the libraries necessary to run the OpenLDAP server and client applications.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-clients</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing the command line utilities for viewing and modifying directories on an LDAP server.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-servers</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing both the services and utilities to configure and run an LDAP server. This includes the <em class="firstterm">Standalone LDAP Daemon</em>, <code class="systemitem">slapd</code>.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-servers-sql</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing the SQL support module.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			Additionally, the following packages are commonly used along with the LDAP server:
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-additional"><h6>表14.2 List of commonly installed additional LDAP packages</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of commonly installed additional LDAP packages" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="package" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Package
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">nss-pam-ldapd</span>
+						</td><td>
+							A package containing <code class="systemitem">nslcd</code>, a local LDAP name service that allows a user to perform local LDAP queries.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="package">mod_authz_ldap</span>
+						</td><td>
+							<div class="para">
+								A package containing <code class="systemitem">mod_authz_ldap</code>, the LDAP authorization module for the Apache HTTP Server. This module uses the short form of the distinguished name for a subject and the issuer of the client SSL certificate to determine the distinguished name of the user within an LDAP directory. It is also capable of authorizing users based on attributes of that user's LDAP directory entry, determining access to assets based on the user and group privileges of the asset, and denying access for users with expired passwords. Note that the <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> module is required when using the <code class="systemitem">mod_authz_ldap</code> module.
+							</div>
+
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			To install these packages, use the <code class="command">yum</code> command in the following form:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum</code> <code class="option">install</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+			For example, to perform the basic LDAP server installation, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install openldap openldap-clients openldap-servers</code></pre><div class="para">
+			Note that you must have superuser privileges (that is, you must be logged in as <code class="systemitem">root</code>) to run this command. For more information on how to install new packages in Fedora, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers">14.1.2.1. Overview of OpenLDAP Server Utilities</h4></div></div></div><a id="id961851" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To perform administrative tasks, the <span class="package">openldap-servers</span> package installs the following utilities along with the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service:
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-openldap-servers"><h6>表14.3 List of OpenLDAP server utilities</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP server utilities" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="command" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								コマンド
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapacl</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check the access to a list of attributes.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapadd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to add entries from an LDIF file to an LDAP directory.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapauth</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check a list of IDs for authentication and authorization permissions.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapcat</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to pull entries from an LDAP directory in the default format and save them in an LDIF file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapdn</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check a list of Distinguished Names (DNs) based on available schema syntax.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapindex</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to re-index the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> directory based on the current content. Run this utility whenever you change indexing options in the configuration file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slappasswd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to create an encrypted user password to be used with the <code class="command">ldapmodify</code> utility, or in the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> configuration file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slapschema</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check the compliance of a database with the corresponding schema.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">slaptest</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to check the LDAP server configuration.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				For a detailed description of these utilities and their usage, refer to the corresponding manual pages as referred to in <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the files have correct owner</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Although only <code class="systemitem">root</code> can run <code class="command">slapadd</code>, the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service runs as the <code class="systemitem">ldap</code> user. Because of this, the directory server is unable to modify any files created by <code class="command">slapadd</code>. To correct this issue, after running the <code class="command">slapd</code> utility, type the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chown -R ldap:ldap /var/lib/ldap</code></pre></div></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Stop slapd before using these utilities</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To preserve the data integrity, stop the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service before using <code class="command">slapadd</code>, <code class="command">slapcat</code>, or <code class="command">slapindex</code>. You can do so by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on how to start, stop, restart, and check the current status of the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-running">「Running an OpenLDAP Server」</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-clients"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-packages-openldap-clients">14.1.2.2. Overview of OpenLDAP Client Utilities</h4></div></div></div><a id="id964179" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">openldap-clients</span> package installs the following utilities which can be used to add, modify, and delete entries in an LDAP directory:
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-packages-openldap-clients"><h6>表14.4 List of OpenLDAP client utilities</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP client utilities" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="command" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								コマンド
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapadd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to add entries to an LDAP directory, either from a file, or from standard input. It is a symbolic link to <code class="command">ldapmodify -a</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapcompare</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to compare given attribute with an LDAP directory entry.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapdelete</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to delete entries from an LDAP directory.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapexop</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to perform extended LDAP operations.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapmodify</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to modify entries in an LDAP directory, either from a file, or from standard input.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapmodrdn</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to modify the RDN value of an LDAP directory entry.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldappasswd</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to set or change the password for an LDAP user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapsearch</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to search LDAP directory entries.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapurl</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to compose or decompose LDAP URLs.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ldapwhoami</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allows you to perform a <code class="option">whoami</code> operation on an LDAP server.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				With the exception of <code class="command">ldapsearch</code>, each of these utilities is more easily used by referencing a file containing the changes to be made rather than typing a command for each entry to be changed within an LDAP directory. The format of such a file is outlined in the man page for each utility.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-packages-applications"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-packages-applications">14.1.2.3. Overview of Common LDAP Client Applications</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1021551" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Although there are various graphical LDAP clients capable of creating and modifying directories on the server, none of them is included in Fedora. Popular applications that can access directories in a read-only mode include <span class="application"><strong>Mozilla Thunderbird</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, or <span class="application"><strong>Ekiga</strong></span>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			By default, the OpenLDAP configuration is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/</code> directory. The following table highlights the most important directories and files within this directory:
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-configuration-files"><h6>表14.5 List of OpenLDAP configuration files and directories</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="List of OpenLDAP configuration files and directories" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="path" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Path
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<a id="id930241" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The configuration file for client applications that use the OpenLDAP libraries. This includes <code class="command">ldapadd</code>, <code class="command">ldapsearch</code>, <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, etc.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<a id="id930194" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory containing the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> configuration.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			Note that OpenLDAP no longer reads its configuration from the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.conf</code> file. Instead, it uses a configuration database located in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code> directory. If you have an existing <code class="filename">slapd.conf</code> file from a previous installation, you can convert it to the new format by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">slaptest -f /etc/openldap/slapd.conf -F /etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> configuration consists of LDIF entries organized in a hierarchical directory structure, and the recommended way to edit these entries is to use the server utilities described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers">「Overview of OpenLDAP Server Utilities」</a>.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not edit LDIF files directly</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				An error in an LDIF file can render the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service unable to start. Because of this, it is strongly advised that you avoid editing the LDIF files within the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code> directly.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-configuration-global"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-configuration-global">14.1.3.1. Changing the Global Configuration</h4></div></div></div><a id="id825883" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id825869" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Global configuration options for the LDAP server are stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config.ldif</code> file. The following directives are commonly used:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id711027" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcAllows</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcAllows</code> directive allows you to specify which features to enable. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcAllows</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>feature</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a space-separated list of features as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#table-ldap-configuration-olcallows">表14.6「Available olcAllows options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">bind_v2</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-configuration-olcallows"><h6>表14.6 Available olcAllows options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available olcAllows options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_v2</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables the acceptance of LDAP version 2 bind requests.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_anon_cred</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables an anonymous bind when the Distinguished Name (DN) is empty.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_anon_dn</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables an anonymous bind when the Distinguished Name (DN) is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> empty.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">update_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables processing of anonymous update operations.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">proxy_authz_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables processing of anonymous proxy authorization control.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcallows"><h6>例14.1 Using the olcAllows directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcAllows: bind_v2 update_anon</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id707074" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcConnMaxPending</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcConnMaxPending</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of pending requests for an anonymous session. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcConnMaxPending</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The default option is <code class="option">100</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcconnmaxpending"><h6>例14.2 Using the olcConnMaxPending directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcConnMaxPending: 100</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id707000" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcConnMaxPendingAuth</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcConnMaxPendingAuth</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of pending requests for an authenticated session. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcConnMaxPendingAuth</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The default option is <code class="option">1000</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcconnmaxpendingauth"><h6>例14.3 Using the olcConnMaxPendingAuth directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcConnMaxPendingAuth: 1000</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id706932" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcDisallows</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcDisallows</code> directive allows you to specify which features to disable. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcDisallows</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>feature</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a space-separated list of features as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#table-ldap-configuration-olcdisallows">表14.7「Available olcDisallows options」</a>. No features are disabled by default.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-configuration-olcdisallows"><h6>表14.7 Available olcDisallows options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available olcDisallows options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the acceptance of anonymous bind requests.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">bind_simple</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the simple bind authentication mechanism.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">tls_2_anon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the enforcing of an anonymous session when the STARTTLS command is received.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">tls_authc</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disallows the STARTTLS command when authenticated.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcdisallows"><h6>例14.4 Using the olcDisallows directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcDisallows: bind_anon</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1021573" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcIdleTimeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcIdleTimeout</code> directive allows you to specify how many seconds to wait before closing an idle connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcIdleTimeout</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This option is disabled by default (that is, set to <code class="option">0</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcidletimeout"><h6>例14.5 Using the olcIdleTimeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcIdleTimeout: 180</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1021487" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcLogFile</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcLogFile</code> directive allows you to specify a file in which to write log messages. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcLogFile</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The log messages are written to standard error by default.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olclogfile"><h6>例14.6 Using the olcLogFile directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcLogFile: /var/log/slapd.log</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id706175" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcReferral</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcReferral</code> option allows you to specify a URL of a server to process the request in case the server is not able to handle it. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcReferral</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>URL</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This option is disabled by default.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcreferral"><h6>例14.7 Using the olcReferral directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcReferral: ldap://root.openldap.org</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id706144" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcWriteTimeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcWriteTimeout</code> option allows you to specify how many seconds to wait before closing a connection with an outstanding write request. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcWriteTimeout</code></pre><div class="para">
+							This option is disabled by default (that is, set to <code class="option">0</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcwritetimeout"><h6>例14.8 Using the olcWriteTimeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcWriteTimeout: 180</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-configuration-database"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-configuration-database">14.1.3.2. Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</h4></div></div></div><a id="id763174" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id763161" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				By default, the OpenLDAP server uses Berkeley DB (BDB) as a database back end. The configuration for this database is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcDatabase={1}bdb.ldif</code> file. The following directives are commonly used in a database-specific configuration:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id763131" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcReadOnly</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcReadOnly</code> directive allows you to use the database in a read-only mode. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcReadOnly</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts either <code class="option">TRUE</code> (enable the read-only mode), or <code class="option">FALSE</code> (enable modifications of the database). The default option is <code class="option">FALSE</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcreadonly"><h6>例14.9 Using the olcReadOnly directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcReadOnly: TRUE</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id731026" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcRootDN</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcRootDN</code> directive allows you to specify the user that is unrestricted by access controls or administrative limit parameters set for operations on the LDAP directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcRootDN</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>distinguished_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a <em class="firstterm">Distinguished Name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DN</acronym>). The default option is <code class="option">cn=Manager,dn=my-domain,dc=com</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcrootdn"><h6>例14.10 Using the olcRootDN directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcRootDN: cn=root,dn=example,dn=com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id730940" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcRootPW</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcRootPW</code> directive allows you to set a password for the user that is specified using the <code class="option">olcRootDN</code> directive. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcRootPW</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts either a plain text string, or a hash. To generate a hash, use the <code class="command">slappaswd</code> utility, for example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">slappaswd</code>
+New password: 
+Re-enter new password: 
+{SSHA}WczWsyPEnMchFf1GRTweq2q7XJcvmSxD</pre><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcrootpw"><h6>例14.11 Using the olcRootPW directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcRootPW: {SSHA}WczWsyPEnMchFf1GRTweq2q7XJcvmSxD</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id944662" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">olcSuffix</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">olcSuffix</code> directive allows you to specify the domain for which to provide information. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="option">olcSuffix</code>: <em class="replaceable"><code>domain_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							It accepts a <em class="firstterm">fully qualified domain name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">FQDN</acronym>). The default option is <code class="option">dc=my-domain,dc=com</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-ldap-configuration-olcsuffix"><h6>例14.12 Using the olcSuffix directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">olcSuffix: dc=example,dc=com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-configuration-schema"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-configuration-schema">14.1.3.3. Extending Schema</h4></div></div></div><a id="id944569" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id730646" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Since OpenLDAP 2.3, the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/slapd.d/</code> directory also contains LDAP definitions that were previously located in <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/schema/</code>. It is possible to extend the schema used by OpenLDAP to support additional attribute types and object classes using the default schema files as a guide. However, this task is beyond the scope of this chapter. For more information on this topic, refer to <a href="http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin/schema.html">http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin/schema.html</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</h3></div></div></div><a id="id730597" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			This section describes how to start, stop, restart, and check the current status of the <span class="application"><strong>Standalone LDAP Daemon</strong></span>. For more information on how to manage system services in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-starting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-starting">14.1.4.1. Starting the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id730564" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To run the <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you want the service to start automatically at the boot time, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-stopping">14.1.4.2. Stopping the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id730501" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To stop the running <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To prevent the service from starting automatically at the boot time, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl disable slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-restarting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-restarting">14.1.4.3. Restarting the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id979958" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To restart the running <code class="systemitem">slapd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart slapd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This stops the service, and then starts it again. Use this command to reload the configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-running-status"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-running-status">14.1.4.4. Checking the Service Status</h4></div></div></div><a id="id979900" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To check whether the service is running, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active slapd.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-pam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In order to configure a system to authenticate using OpenLDAP, make sure that the appropriate packages are installed on both LDAP server and client machines. For information on how to set up the server, follow the instructions in <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-installation">「Installing the OpenLDAP Suite」</a> and <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-configuration">「Configuring an OpenLDAP Server」</a>. On a client, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install openldap openldap-clients nss-pam-ldapd</code></pre><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html">8章<em>認証の設定</em></a> provides detailed instructions on how to configure applications to use LDAP for authentication.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-migrationtools"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-migrationtools">14.1.5.1. 古い認証情報を LDAP フォーマットへ移行</h4></div></div></div><a id="id904768" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="package">migrationtools</span> package provides a set of shell and Perl scripts to help you migrate authentication information into an LDAP format. To install this package, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install migrationtools</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will install the scripts to the <code class="filename">/usr/share/migrationtools/</code> directory. Once installed, edit the <code class="filename">/usr/share/migrationtools/migrate_common.ph</code> file and change the following lines to reflect the correct domain, for example:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"># Default DNS domain
+$DEFAULT_MAIL_DOMAIN = "example.com";
+
+# Default base
+$DEFAULT_BASE = "dc=example,dc=com";</pre><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, you can specify the environment variables directly on the command line. For example, to run the <code class="filename">migrate_all_online.sh</code> script with the default base set to <code class="literal">dc=example,dc=com</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">export DEFAULT_BASE="dc=example,dc=com" \</code>
+<code class="command">/usr/share/migrationtools/migrate_all_online.sh</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To decide which script to run in order to migrate the user database, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#table-ldap-migrationtools">表14.8「Commonly used LDAP migration scripts」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ldap-migrationtools"><h6>表14.8 Commonly used LDAP migration scripts</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Commonly used LDAP migration scripts" border="1"><colgroup><col width="30%" class="existing" /><col width="20%" class="running" /><col width="50%" class="use" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								Existing Name Service
+							</th><th>
+								Is LDAP Running?
+							</th><th>
+								使用するスクリプト
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc</code> flat files
+							</td><td>
+								yes
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_online.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc</code> flat files
+							</td><td>
+								no
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_offline.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NetInfo
+							</td><td>
+								yes
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_netinfo_online.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NetInfo
+							</td><td>
+								no
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_netinfo_offline.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NIS (YP)
+							</td><td>
+								yes
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_nis_online.sh</code>
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								NIS (YP)
+							</td><td>
+								no
+							</td><td>
+								<code class="filename">migrate_all_nis_offline.sh</code>
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				For more information on how to use these scripts, refer to the <code class="filename">README</code> and the <code class="filename">migration-tools.txt</code> files in the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/migrationtools-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/</code> directory.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ldap-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ldap-resources">14.1.6. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following resources offer additional information on the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. Before configuring LDAP on your system, it is highly recommended that you review these resources, especially the <em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP Software Administrator's Guide</em>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-installed-docs">14.1.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following documentation is installed with the <span class="package">openldap-servers</span> package:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/openldap-servers-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/guide.html</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A copy of the <em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP Software Administrator's Guide</em>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/openldap-servers-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/README.schema</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A README file containing the description of installed schema files.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Additionally, there is also a number of manual pages that are installed with the <span class="package">openldap</span>, <span class="package">openldap-servers</span>, and <span class="package">openldap-clients</span> packages:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">クライアントアプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapadd</code> — Describes how to add entries to an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapdelete</code> — Describes how to delete entries within an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapmodify</code> — Describes how to modify entries within an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapsearch</code> — Describes how to search for entries within an LDAP directory.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldappasswd</code> — Describes how to set or change the password of an LDAP user.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapcompare</code> — Describes how to use the <code class="command">ldapcompare</code> tool.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapwhoami</code> — Describes how to use the <code class="command">ldapwhoami</code> tool.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldapmodrdn</code> — Describes how to modify the RDNs of entries.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">サーバーアプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapd</code> — Describes command line options for the LDAP server.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">管理アプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapadd</code> — Describes command line options used to add entries to a <code class="command">slapd</code> database.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapcat</code> — Describes command line options used to generate an LDIF file from a <code class="command">slapd</code> database.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapindex</code> — Describes command line options used to regenerate an index based upon the contents of a <code class="command">slapd</code> database.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slappasswd</code> — Describes command line options used to generate user passwords for LDAP directories.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">設定ファイル</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man ldap.conf</code> — Describes the format and options available within the configuration file for LDAP clients.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">man slapd-config</code> — Describes the format and options available within the configuration directory.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-additional-resources-web"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-additional-resources-web">14.1.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/">http://www.openldap.org/doc/admin24/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The current version of the <em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP Software Administrator's Guide</em>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.kingsmountain.com/ldapRoadmap.shtml">http://www.kingsmountain.com/ldapRoadmap.shtml</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Jeff Hodges' <em class="citetitle">LDAP Roadmap &amp; FAQ</em> containing links to several useful resources and emerging news concerning the LDAP protocol.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.ldapman.org/articles/">http://www.ldapman.org/articles/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A collection of articles that offer a good introduction to LDAP, including methods to design a directory tree and customizing directory structures.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.padl.com/">http://www.padl.com/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A website of developers of several useful LDAP tools.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ldap-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ldap-related-books">14.1.6.3. 関連書籍</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">OpenLDAP by Example</em> by John Terpstra and Benjamin Coles; Prentice Hall.</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A collection of practical exercises in the OpenLDAP deployment.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">Implementing LDAP</em> by Mark Wilcox; Wrox Press, Inc.</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A book covering LDAP from both the system administrator's and software developer's perspective.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">Understanding and Deploying LDAP Directory Services</em>、 Tim Howes ほか著、 Macmillan Technical Publishing 刊</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A book covering LDAP design principles, as well as its deployment in a production environment.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-related-books.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第15章 File and Print Servers</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67ce6b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第15章 File and Print Servers</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html" title="第14章 ディレクトリー サーバー" /><link rel="next" href="s1-FTP.html" title="15.2. FTP" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-FTP
 .html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-File_and_Print_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第15章 File and Print Servers</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2. Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba
 -startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューシãƒ
 §ãƒ³ãƒ—ログラム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-FTP.html">15.2. FTP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-FTP.html#s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-servers.html">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">15.2.3. Files Installed with <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-resources.html">15.2.6. その他のリソã
 ƒ¼ã‚¹</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html">15.3. プリンタの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html">15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html">15.3.7. Addi
 ng a Samba (SMB) printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-select-model.html">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-test-page.html">15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-edit.html">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html">15.3.11. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+		This chapter guides you through the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the <em class="firstterm">Server Message Block</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SMB</acronym>) protocol, and <span class="application"><strong>vsftpd</strong></span>, the primary FTP server shipped with Fedora. Additionally, it explains how to use the <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> tool to configure printers.
+	</div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-Samba" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</h2></div></div></div><a id="id871822" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id954083" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">Samba</em> is an open source implementation of the <em class="firstterm">Server Message Block</em> (<code class="systemitem">SMB</code>) protocol. It allows the networking of Microsoft <span class="trademark">Windows</span>®, Linux, UNIX, and other operating systems together, enabling access to Windows-based file and printer shares. Samba's use of <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> allows it to appear as a Windows server to Windows clients.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the samba package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			In order to use <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">samba</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install samba</code></pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="samba-rgs-overview"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</h3></div></div></div><a id="id871725" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Samba の 3 番目のメジャーリリースとなる バージョン 3.0.0 は 旧バージョンから数多くの改良が導入されました。
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					The ability to join an Active Directory domain by means of the <em class="firstterm">Lightweight Directory Access Protocol</em> (<code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>) and <em class="firstterm">Kerberos</em>
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					国際化のためのビルトインユニコードサポート
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Support for all recent Microsoft Windows server and client versions to connect to Samba servers without needing local registry hacking
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Two new documents developed by the Samba.org team, which include a 400+ page reference manual, and a 300+ page implementation and integration manual. For more information about these published titles, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-resources-published">「関連書籍」</a>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-abilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-abilities">15.1.1.1. Samba の機能</h4></div></div></div><a id="id954060" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba はパワフルで用途の広いサーバアプリケーションです。経験豊富なシステム管理者であってもその機能や限界を学んでからインストール及び設定は行ってください。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Samba で行えること:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Linux、UNIX、Windows のクライアントへのディレクトリツリーとプリンタの提供
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						ネットワークブラウジング支援 (NetBIOS ありまたはなし)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Windows ドメインログインの認証
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Provide <em class="firstterm">Windows Internet Name Service</em> (<code class="systemitem">WINS</code>) name server resolution
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Act as a Windows <span class="trademark">NT</span>®-style <em class="firstterm">Primary Domain Controller</em> (PDC)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Act as a <em class="firstterm">Backup Domain Controller</em> (BDC) for a Samba-based PDC
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Active Directory ドメインメンバーサーバとして動作
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Join a Windows NT/2000/2003/2008 PDC
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Samba で行えないこと:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Windows PDC の BDC として動作 (また、その逆)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Active Directory ドメインコントローラとして動作
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-daemons"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2. Samba デーモンと関連サービス</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1071654" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			下記は、各 Samba デーモン及びサービスに関する簡単な概要です。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-services">15.1.2.1. Samba デーモン</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1071633" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba is comprised of three daemons (<code class="command">smbd</code>, <code class="command">nmbd</code>, and <code class="command">winbindd</code>). Three services (<code class="command">smb</code>, <code class="command">nmb</code>, and <code class="command">winbind</code>) control how the daemons are started, stopped, and other service-related features. These services act as different init scripts. Each daemon is listed in detail below, as well as which specific service has control over it.
+			</div><h5><code class="command">smbd</code></h5><a id="id899417" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">smbd</code> server daemon provides file sharing and printing services to Windows clients. In addition, it is responsible for user authentication, resource locking, and data sharing through the <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> protocol. The default ports on which the server listens for <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> traffic are <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> ports <code class="constant">139</code> and <code class="constant">445</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">smbd</code> daemon is controlled by the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+			</div><h5><code class="command">nmbd</code></h5><a id="id899337" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">nmbd</code> server daemon understands and replies to NetBIOS name service requests such as those produced by SMB/<em class="firstterm">Common Internet File System</em> (CIFS) in Windows-based systems. These systems include Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, and LanManager clients. It also participates in the browsing protocols that make up the Windows <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span> view. The default port that the server listens to for <code class="systemitem">NMB</code> traffic is <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> port <code class="systemitem">137</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">nmbd</code> daemon is controlled by the <code class="command">nmb</code> service.
+			</div><h5><code class="command">winbindd</code></h5><a id="id890668" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">winbind</code> service resolves user and group information on a server running Windows NT, 2000, 2003 or Windows Server 2008. This makes Windows user / group information understandable by UNIX platforms. This is achieved by using Microsoft RPC calls, <em class="firstterm">Pluggable Authentication Modules</em> (PAM), and the <em class="firstterm">Name Service Switch</em> (NSS). This allows Windows NT domain users to appear and operate as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. Though bundled with the Samba distribution, the <code class="command">winbind</code> service is controlled separately from the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon is controlled by the <code class="command">winbind</code> service and does not require the <code class="command">smb</code> service to be started in order to operate. <code class="command">winbindd</code> is also used when Samba is an Active Directory member, and may also be used on a Samba domain controller (to implement nested groups and/or interdomain trust). Because <code class="command">winbind</code> is a client-side service used to connect to Windows NT-based servers, further discussion of <code class="command">winbind</code> is beyond the scope of this chapter.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Obtaining a list of utilities that are shipped with Samba</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You may refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">「Samba ディストリビューションプログラム」</a> for a list of utilities included in the Samba distribution.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-connect-share"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</h3></div></div></div><a id="id890559" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can use <span class="application"><strong>Nautilus</strong></span> to view available Samba shares on your network. To view a list of Samba workgroups and domains on your network, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Accessories</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Files</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Browse Network</strong></span> at the sidebar.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-samba-nautilus-workgroups"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/samba-nautilus-domain.png" alt="Browsing a network in Nautilus" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Browsing a network in Nautilus
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.1 Browsing a network in Nautilus</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			An icon appears for each available <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> workgroup or domain on the network. Double-click one of the workgroup/domain icons to view a list of computers within the workgroup/domain.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Each machine within the workgroup is represented by its own icon. Double-click on an icon to view the Samba shares on the machine. If a username and password combination is required, you are prompted for them.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Alternately, you can also specify the Samba server and sharename in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Location:</strong></span> bar for <span class="application"><strong>Nautilus</strong></span> using the following syntax (replace <em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> with the appropriate values):
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smb://<em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></code></pre><div class="section" id="s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">15.1.3.1. コマンドライン</h4></div></div></div><a id="id787577" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id787559" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id787539" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To query the network for Samba servers, use the <code class="command">findsmb</code> command. For each server found, it displays its <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address, NetBIOS name, workgroup name, operating system, and <code class="systemitem">SMB</code> server version.
+			</div><a id="id869847" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id869827" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				シェルプロンプトから Samba 共有に接続するには、以下のコマンドをタイプします。
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbclient //<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> -U <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> with the hostname or <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address of the Samba server you want to connect to, <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> with the name of the shared directory you want to browse, and <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> with the Samba username for the system. Enter the correct password or press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> if no password is required for the user.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you see the <code class="prompt">smb:\&gt;</code> prompt, you have successfully logged in. Once you are logged in, type <strong class="userinput"><code>help</code></strong> for a list of commands. If you wish to browse the contents of your home directory, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> with your username. If the <code class="command">-U</code> switch is not used, the username of the current user is passed to the Samba server.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To exit <code class="command">smbclient</code>, type <strong class="userinput"><code>exit</code></strong> at the <code class="prompt">smb:\&gt;</code> prompt.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-mounting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-samba-mounting">15.1.3.2. シェアの実装</h4></div></div></div><a id="id869710" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				時には、 Samba 共有をディレクトリにマウントすることが有効です。そうすることにより、ディレクトリ内のファイルがあたかもローカルファイルシステムの一部であるかのように扱われます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To mount a Samba share to a directory, create a directory to mount it to (if it does not already exist), and execute the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mount -t cifs //<em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>/mnt/point/</code></em> -o username=<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>,password=<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				This command mounts <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> from <em class="replaceable"><code>servername</code></em> in the local directory <em class="replaceable"><code>/mnt/point/</code></em>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing cifs-utils package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The <span class="application"><strong>mount.cifs</strong></span> utility is a separate RPM (independent from Samba). In order to use <span class="application"><strong>mount.cifs</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">cifs-utils</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install cifs-utils</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Note that the <span class="package">cifs-utils</span> package also contains the <span class="application"><strong>cifs.upcall</strong></span> binary called by the kernel in order to perform kerberized CIFS mounts. For more information on <span class="application"><strong>cifs.upcall</strong></span>, refer to <code class="command">man cifs.upcall</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				For more information about mounting a samba share, refer to <code class="command">man mount.cifs</code>.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>CIFS servers that require plain text passwords</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Some CIFS servers require plain text passwords for authentication. Support for plain text password authentication can be enabled using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">echo 0x37 &gt; /proc/fs/cifs/SecurityFlags</code></pre><div class="para">
+					WARNING: This operation can expose passwords by removing password encryption.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id921466" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id921512" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The default configuration file (<code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>) allows users to view their home directories as a Samba share. It also shares all printers configured for the system as Samba shared printers. In other words, you can attach a printer to the system and print to it from the Windows machines on your network.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-configuring-gui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-configuring-gui">15.1.4.1. グラフィックな設定</h4></div></div></div><a id="id921475" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To configure Samba using a graphical interface, use one of the available Samba graphical user interfaces. A list of available GUIs can be found at <a href="http://www.samba.org/samba/GUI/">http://www.samba.org/samba/GUI/</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-configuring-cmdline"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-configuring-cmdline">15.1.4.2. コマンドライン管理</h4></div></div></div><a id="id858454" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba uses <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> as its configuration file. If you change this configuration file, the changes do not take effect until you restart the Samba daemon with the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart smb.service</code></pre>
+
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To specify the Windows workgroup and a brief description of the Samba server, edit the following lines in your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">workgroup = <em class="replaceable"><code>WORKGROUPNAME</code></em>
+server string = <em class="replaceable"><code>BRIEF COMMENT ABOUT SERVER</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				<em class="replaceable"><code>WORKGROUPNAME</code></em> をこのマシンが属する Windows ワークグループ名とリプレイスしてください。 <em class="replaceable"><code>BRIEF COMMENT ABOUT SERVER</code></em> はオプションで、 Samba システムについての Windows のコメントとして使用されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To create a Samba share directory on your Linux system, add the following section to your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file (after modifying it to reflect your needs and your system):
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[<em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em>]
+comment = <em class="replaceable"><code>Insert a comment here</code></em>
+path = <em class="replaceable"><code>/home/share/</code></em>
+valid users = <em class="replaceable"><code>tfox carole</code></em>
+public = no
+writable = yes
+printable = no
+create mask = 0765</pre><div class="para">
+				The above example allows the users <code class="command">tfox</code> and <code class="command">carole</code> to read and write to the directory <code class="filename">/home/share</code>, on the Samba server, from a Samba client.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-encrypted-passwords"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">15.1.4.3. 暗合化されたパスワード</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Encrypted passwords are enabled by default because it is more secure to do so. To create a user with an encrypted password, use the command <code class="command">smbpasswd -a <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> </code>.
+			</div><a id="id749305" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id749267" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id749273" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id749262" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858558" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858544" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858529" class="indexterm"></a></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-startstop"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</h3></div></div></div><a id="id858503" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858484" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858465" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858443" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858425" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To start a Samba server, type the following command in a shell prompt, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start smb.service</code></pre><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Setting up a domain member server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To set up a domain member server, you must first join the domain or Active Directory using the <code class="command">net join</code> command <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> starting the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To stop the server, type the following command in a shell prompt, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			<code class="option">restart</code> オプションは Samba を停止してから開始するのに便利です。Samba の設定ファイルを編集してからその設定変更を有効にする最も確実な方法です。再起動オプションはもともと動作していなかったデーモンも起動するので注意してください。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To restart the server, type the following command in a shell prompt, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="option">condrestart</code> (<em class="firstterm">conditional restart</em>) option only starts <code class="command">smb</code> on the condition that it is currently running. This option is useful for scripts, because it does not start the daemon if it is not running.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Applying the changes to the configuration</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				When the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file is changed, Samba automatically reloads it after a few minutes. Issuing a manual <code class="command">restart</code> or <code class="command">reload</code> is just as effective.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To conditionally restart the server, type the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl condrestart smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			A manual reload of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file can be useful in case of a failed automatic reload by the <code class="command">smb</code> service. To ensure that the Samba server configuration file is reloaded without restarting the service, type the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl reload smb.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			By default, the <code class="command">smb</code> service does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> start automatically at boot time. To configure Samba to start at boot time, use a service manager such as <code class="command">systemctl</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information regarding this tool.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> File</h3></div></div></div><a id="id789706" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id789691" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Samba configuration is straightforward. All modifications to Samba are done in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> configuration file. Although the default <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is well documented, it does not address complex topics such as LDAP, Active Directory, and the numerous domain controller implementations.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following sections describe the different ways a Samba server can be configured. Keep in mind your needs and the changes required to the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file for a successful configuration.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-standalone"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-standalone">15.1.6.1. スタンドアローンのサーバ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id789642" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A stand-alone server can be a workgroup server or a member of a workgroup environment. A stand-alone server is not a domain controller and does not participate in a domain in any way. The following examples include several anonymous share-level security configurations and one user-level security configuration. For more information on share-level and user-level security modes, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-security-modes">「Samba のセキュリティモード」</a>.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadonly"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadonly">15.1.6.1.1. Anonymous 読み取り専用</h5></div></div></div><a id="id789610" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement anonymous read-only file sharing. The <code class="command">security = share</code> parameter makes a share anonymous. Note, security levels for a single Samba server cannot be mixed. The <code class="command">security</code> directive is a global Samba parameter located in the <code class="command">[global]</code> configuration section of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = share
+[data]
+comment = Documentation Samba Server
+path = /export
+read only = Yes
+guest only = Yes</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadwrite"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonreadwrite">15.1.6.1.2. Anonymous 読み取り/書き込み</h5></div></div></div><a id="id916515" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement anonymous read/write file sharing. To enable anonymous read/write file sharing, set the <code class="command">read only</code> directive to <code class="command">no</code>. The <code class="command">force user</code> and <code class="command">force group</code> directives are also added to enforce the ownership of any newly placed files specified in the share.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use anonymous read/write servers</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Although having an anonymous read/write server is possible, it is not recommended. Any files placed in the share space, regardless of user, are assigned the user/group combination as specified by a generic user (<code class="command">force user</code>) and group (<code class="command">force group</code>) in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file.
+					</div></div></div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = share
+[data]
+comment = Data
+path = /export
+force user = docsbot
+force group = users
+read only = No
+guest ok = Yes</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonprint"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-anonprint">15.1.6.1.3. Anonymous プリントサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id916433" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement an anonymous print server. Setting <code class="command">browseable</code> to <code class="command">no</code> as shown does not list the printer in Windows <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span>. Although hidden from browsing, configuring the printer explicitly is possible. By connecting to <code class="command">DOCS_SRV</code> using NetBIOS, the client can have access to the printer if the client is also part of the <code class="command">DOCS</code> workgroup. It is also assumed that the client has the correct local printer driver installed, as the <code class="command">use client driver</code> directive is set to <code class="command">Yes</code>. In this case, the Samba server has no responsibility for sharing printer drivers to the client.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = share
+printcap name = cups
+disable spools= Yes
+show add printer wizard = No
+printing = cups
+[printers]
+comment = All Printers
+path = /var/spool/samba
+guest ok = Yes
+printable = Yes
+use client driver = Yes
+browseable = Yes</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-standalone-readwriteall"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-standalone-readwriteall">15.1.6.1.4. 安全な読み取り/書き込みファイルとプリントサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id978381" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement a secure read/write print server. Setting the <code class="command">security</code> directive to <code class="command">user</code> forces Samba to authenticate client connections. Notice the <code class="command">[homes]</code> share does not have a <code class="command">force user</code> or <code class="command">force group</code> directive as the <code class="command">[public]</code> share does. The <code class="command">[homes]</code> share uses the authenticated user details for any files created as opposed to the <code class="command">force user</code> and <code class="command">force group</code> in <code class="command">[public]</code>.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = user
+printcap name = cups
+disable spools = Yes
+show add printer wizard = No
+printing = cups
+[homes]
+comment = Home Directories
+valid users = %S
+read only = No
+browseable = No
+[public]
+comment = Data
+path = /export
+force user = docsbot
+force group = users
+guest ok = Yes
+[printers]
+comment = All Printers
+path = /var/spool/samba
+printer admin = john, ed, @admins
+create mask = 0600
+guest ok = Yes
+printable = Yes
+use client driver = Yes
+browseable = Yes</pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-member"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-member">15.1.6.2. ドメインメンバーサーバ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id978291" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				スタンドアローンサーバに似ていますが、ドメインメンバーはドメインコントローラ(Windows または Samba のどちらか)にログインされ、ドメインのセキュリティルールに従います。ドメインメンバーサーバの例としては、Samba を実行している部門別サーバでプライマリドメインコントローラ (PDC) にマシンアカウント持つものでしょう。その部門のクライアントすべてはまだ PDC で認証しているので、デスクトッププロファイルやすべてのネットワークポリシーファイルが含まれています。違いは部門別サーバはプリンタとネットワーク共有の制御機能があるということです。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-domain-member-ads"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-domain-member-ads">15.1.6.2.1. Active Directory ドメインメンバーサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id753508" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement an Active Directory domain member server. In this example, Samba authenticates users for services being run locally but is also a client of the Active Directory. Ensure that your kerberos <code class="command">realm</code> parameter is shown in all caps (for example <code class="command">realm = EXAMPLE.COM</code>). Since Windows 2000/2003/2008 requires Kerberos for Active Directory authentication, the <code class="command">realm</code> directive is required. If Active Directory and Kerberos are running on different servers, the <code class="command">password server</code> directive may be required to help the distinction.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+security = ADS
+encrypt passwords = yes
+# Optional. Use only if Samba cannot determine the Kerberos server automatically.
+password server = kerberos.example.com</pre><div class="para">
+					メンバーサーバを Active Directory ドメインに参加させるためには、次の手順にしたがってください。
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Configuration of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file on the member server
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Configuration of Kerberos, including the <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</code> file, on the member server
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Active Directory ドメインサーバにあるマシンアカウントの作成
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							メンバーサーバの Active Directory ドメインへの関連付け
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					To create the machine account and join the Windows 2000/2003/2008 Active Directory, Kerberos must first be initialized for the member server wishing to join the Active Directory domain. To create an administrative Kerberos ticket, type the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code> on the member server:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">kinit administrator at EXAMPLE.COM</code></pre><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">kinit</code> command is a Kerberos initialization script that references the Active Directory administrator account and Kerberos realm. Since Active Directory requires Kerberos tickets, <code class="command">kinit</code> obtains and caches a Kerberos ticket-granting ticket for client/server authentication. For more information on Kerberos, the <code class="command">/etc/krb5.conf</code> file, and the <code class="command">kinit</code> command, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Using Kerberos</em> section of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> guide.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To join an Active Directory server (windows1.example.com), type the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code> on the member server:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">net ads join -S windows1.example.com -U administrator%password</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Since the machine <code class="command">windows1</code> was automatically found in the corresponding Kerberos realm (the <code class="command">kinit</code> command succeeded), the <code class="command">net</code> command connects to the Active Directory server using its required administrator account and password. This creates the appropriate machine account on the Active Directory and grants permissions to the Samba domain member server to join the domain.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The security option</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Since <code class="command">security = ads</code> and not <code class="command">security = user</code> is used, a local password back end such as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> is not needed. Older clients that do not support <code class="command">security = ads</code> are authenticated as if <code class="command">security = domain</code> had been set. This change does not affect functionality and allows local users not previously in the domain.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-domain-member-nt4"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-domain-member-nt4">15.1.6.2.2. Windows NT4 ベースのドメインメンバーサーバ</h5></div></div></div><a id="id1009594" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement a Windows NT4-based domain member server. Becoming a member server of an NT4-based domain is similar to connecting to an Active Directory. The main difference is NT4-based domains do not use Kerberos in their authentication method, making the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file simpler. In this instance, the Samba member server functions as a pass through to the NT4-based domain server.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+security = domain
+[homes]
+comment = Home Directories
+valid users = %S
+read only = No
+browseable = No
+[public]
+comment = Data
+path = /export
+force user = docsbot
+force group = users
+guest ok = Yes</pre><div class="para">
+					Having Samba as a domain member server can be useful in many situations. There are times where the Samba server can have other uses besides file and printer sharing. It may be beneficial to make Samba a domain member server in instances where Linux-only applications are required for use in the domain environment. Administrators appreciate keeping track of all machines in the domain, even if not Windows-based. In the event the Windows-based server hardware is deprecated, it is quite easy to modify the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file to convert the server to a Samba-based PDC. If Windows NT-based servers are upgraded to Windows 2000/2003/2008, the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file is easily modifiable to incorporate the infrastructure change to Active Directory if needed.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you join the domain before starting Samba</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						After configuring the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, join the domain <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> starting Samba by typing the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">net rpc join -U administrator%password</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+					Note that the <code class="option">-S</code> option, which specifies the domain server hostname, does not need to be stated in the <code class="command">net rpc join</code> command. Samba uses the hostname specified by the <code class="command">workgroup</code> directive in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file instead of it being stated explicitly.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-controller"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-controller">15.1.6.3. Domain Controller</h4></div></div></div><a id="id684192" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Windows NT のドメインコントローラは機能的に Linux 環境の Network Information Service (NIS) サーバに似ています。ドメインコントローラと NIS サーバはいずれもユーザー/グループ情報のデータベース及び関連サービスをホストします。ドメインコントローラは主にユーザーのドメインリソースへのアクセス認証などセキュリティの目的で使用されます。ユーザー/グループデータベースの整合性を管理するサービスは <em class="firstterm">Security Account Manager</em> (SAM) と呼ばれています。SAM データベースは Windows と Linux Samba ベースのシステムでは保管が異なるため、SAM の複製は作成できず、PDC/BDC 環境でプラットフォームは混在できません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Samba 環境では、PDC は 1 台のみ、BDC はいくつでも置くことができます。
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>A mixed Samba/Windows domain controller environment</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Samba は Samba/Windows 混在のドメインコントローラ環境では存在できません(Samba は Windows PDC の BDC にはなれず、その逆もできません)。これに対し、Samba PDC と BDC は<span class="emphasis"><em>共存することができます</em></span>。
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-samba-pdc-tdbsam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-samba-pdc-tdbsam">15.1.6.3.1. Primary Domain Controller (PDC) using <code class="command">tdbsam</code> </h5></div></div></div><a id="id789636" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The simplest and most common implementation of a Samba PDC uses the new default <code class="command">tdbsam</code> password database back end. Replacing the aging <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end, <code class="command">tdbsam</code> has numerous improvements that are explained in more detail in <a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">「Samba のアカウント情報データベース」</a>. The <code class="command">passdb backend</code> directive controls which back end is to be used for the PDC.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file shows a sample configuration needed to implement a <code class="command">tdbsam</code> password database back end.
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+workgroup = DOCS
+netbios name = DOCS_SRV
+passdb backend = tdbsam
+security = user
+add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -m "%u"
+delete user script = /usr/sbin/userdel -r "%u"
+add group script = /usr/sbin/groupadd "%g"
+delete group script = /usr/sbin/groupdel "%g"
+add user to group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -G "%g" "%u"
+add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -s /bin/false -d /dev/null  -g machines "%u"
+# The following specifies the default logon script
+# Per user logon scripts can be specified in the user
+# account using pdbedit logon script = logon.bat
+# This sets the default profile path.
+# Set per user paths with pdbedit
+logon drive = H:
+domain logons = Yes
+os level = 35
+preferred master = Yes
+domain master = Yes
+[homes]
+	comment = Home Directories
+	valid users = %S
+	read only = No
+[netlogon]
+	comment = Network Logon Service
+	path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon/scripts
+	browseable = No
+	read only = No
+# For profiles to work, create a user directory under the
+# path shown.
+<code class="command">mkdir -p /var/lib/samba/profiles/john</code>
+[Profiles]
+	comment = Roaming Profile Share
+	path = /var/lib/samba/profiles
+	read only = No
+	browseable = No
+	guest ok = Yes
+	profile acls = Yes
+# Other resource shares ... ...</pre><div class="para">
+					To provide a functional PDC system which uses the <code class="command">tdbsam</code> follow these steps:
+				</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Use a configuration of the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file as shown in the example above.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Add the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user to the Samba password database:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbpasswd -a root</code></pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Start the <code class="command">smb</code> service.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Make sure all profile, user, and netlogon directories are created.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Add groups that users can be members of:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">groupadd -f users</code>
+<code class="command">groupadd -f nobody</code>
+<code class="command">groupadd -f ntadmins</code></pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Associate the UNIX groups with their respective Windows groups: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Users" unixgroup=users</code>
+<code class="command">net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Guests" unixgroup=nobody</code>
+<code class="command">net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmins</code></pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Grant access rights to a user or a group. For example, to grant the right to add client machines to the domain on a Samba domain controller, to the members to the Domain Admins group, execute the following command: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">net rpc rights grant 'DOCS\Domain Admins' SetMachineAccountPrivilege -S PDC -U root</code></pre>
+
+						</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					Keep in mind that Windows systems prefer to have a primary group which is mapped to a domain group such as Domain Users.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Windows groups and users use the same namespace thus not allowing the existence of a group and a user with the same name like in UNIX.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Limitations of the tdbsam authentication back end</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						If you need more than one domain controller or have more than 250 users, do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> use a <code class="command">tdbsam</code> authentication back end. LDAP is recommended in these cases.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="samba-rgs-pdc-ads"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="samba-rgs-pdc-ads">15.1.6.3.2. Active Directory を使ったプライマリドメインコントローラ (PDC)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id892198" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Samba を Active Directory のメンバーにするのは可能ですが、Samba が Active Directory ドメインコントローラとして動作することはできません。
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-security-modes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</h3></div></div></div><a id="id822203" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			There are only two types of security modes for Samba, <span class="emphasis"><em>share-level</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>user-level</em></span>, which are collectively known as <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="firstterm">security levels</em> </em></span>. Share-level security can only be implemented in one way, while user-level security can be implemented in one of four different ways. The different ways of implementing a security level are called <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="firstterm">security modes</em></em></span>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-user-level"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-user-level">15.1.7.1. ユーザーレベルセキュリティ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id700330" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				User-level security is the default setting for Samba. Even if the <code class="command">security = user</code> directive is not listed in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, it is used by Samba. If the server accepts the client's username/password, the client can then mount multiple shares without specifying a password for each instance. Samba can also accept session-based username/password requests. The client maintains multiple authentication contexts by using a unique UID for each logon.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, the <code class="command">security = user</code> directive that sets user-level security is:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = user
+...</pre><div class="para">
+				次のセクションでは、ユーザーレベルセキュリティのその他の実装について説明します。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-security-mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-security-mode">15.1.7.1.1. ドメインセキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id771665" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					In domain security mode, the Samba server has a machine account (domain security trust account) and causes all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers. The Samba server is made into a domain member server by using the following directives in the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = domain
+workgroup = MARKETING
+...</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-ads-security-mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-samba-ads-security-mode">15.1.7.1.2. Active Directory セキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id690105" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Active Directory 環境の場合、ネイティブの Active Directory メンバーとしてそのドメインに参加することができます。セキュリティポリシーが NT 互換の認証プロトコルの使用を制限するものであっても、Samba サーバは Kerberos を使って ADS に参加することができます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, the following directives make Samba an Active Directory member server:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = ADS
+realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+password server = kerberos.example.com
+...</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-server-security-mode"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-samba-server-security-mode">15.1.7.1.3. サーバセキュリティモード(ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</h5></div></div></div><a id="id716823" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					サーバセキュリティモードは以前、Samba がドメインメンバーサーバとして動作できなかったときに使用されました。
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using the server security mode</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						多数のセキュリティ障害があるので<span class="emphasis"><em>使用しない</em></span>よう強く警告します。
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>, the following directives enable Samba to operate in server security mode:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+encrypt passwords = Yes
+security = server
+password server = "NetBIOS_of_Domain_Controller"
+...</pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-share-level"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-share-level">15.1.7.2. Share-Level Security</h4></div></div></div><a id="id857960" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				共有レベルセキュリティを使用すると、サーバはクライアントからの明確なユーザー名がないパスワードだけを受け取ります。サーバはユーザー名とは異なる各共有のパスワードを期待します。Microsoft Windows クライアントは共有レベルセキュリティサーバに互換性の問題があることが最近報告されています。Samba 開発者は共有レベルセキュリティを使用しないよう強く警告しています。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file, the <code class="command">security = share</code> directive that sets share-level security is:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[GLOBAL]
+...
+security = share
+...</pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-account-info-dbs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id798079" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The latest release of Samba offers many new features including new password database back ends not previously available. Samba version 3.0.0 fully supports all databases used in previous versions of Samba. However, although supported, many back ends may not be suitable for production use.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following is a list different back ends you can use with Samba. Other back ends not listed here may also be available.
+		</div><a id="id757497" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id733650" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id897373" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id878448" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id763862" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id858085" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1010049" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id932878" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id729614" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Plain Text</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Plain text back ends are nothing more than the <code class="command">/etc/passwd</code> type back ends. With a plain text back end, all usernames and passwords are sent unencrypted between the client and the Samba server. This method is very unsecure and is not recommended for use by any means. It is possible that different Windows clients connecting to the Samba server with plain text passwords cannot support such an authentication method.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">smbpasswd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A popular back end used in previous Samba packages, the <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end utilizes a plain ASCII text layout that includes the MS Windows LanMan and NT account, and encrypted password information. The <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end lacks the storage of the Windows NT/2000/2003 SAM extended controls. The <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> back end is not recommended because it does not scale well or hold any Windows information, such as RIDs for NT-based groups. The <code class="command">tdbsam</code> back end solves these issues for use in a smaller database (250 users), but is still not an enterprise-class solution.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">ldapsam_compat</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="command">ldapsam_compat</code> back end allows continued OpenLDAP support for use with upgraded versions of Samba. This option is normally used when migrating to Samba 3.0.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">tdbsam</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The new default <code class="command">tdbsam</code> password back end provides an ideal database back end for local servers, servers that do not need built-in database replication, and servers that do not require the scalability or complexity of LDAP. The <code class="command">tdbsam</code> back end includes all of the <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> database information as well as the previously-excluded SAM information. The inclusion of the extended SAM data allows Samba to implement the same account and system access controls as seen with Windows NT/2000/2003/2008-based systems.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The <code class="command">tdbsam</code> back end is recommended for 250 users at most. Larger organizations should require Active Directory or LDAP integration due to scalability and possible network infrastructure concerns.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">ldapsam</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end provides an optimal distributed account installation method for Samba. LDAP is optimal because of its ability to replicate its database to any number of servers such as the <span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Directory Server</strong></span> or an <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP Server</strong></span>. LDAP databases are light-weight and scalable, and as such are preferred by large enterprises. Installation and configuration of directory servers is beyond the scope of this chapter. For more information on the <span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Directory Server</strong></span>, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Red Hat Directory Server 8.2 Deployment Guide</em>. For more information on LDAP, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						If you are upgrading from a previous version of Samba to 3.0, note that the OpenLDAP schema file (<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/samba-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/LDAP/samba.schema</code>) and the Red Hat Directory Server schema file (<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/samba-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/LDAP/samba-schema-FDS.ldif</code>) have changed. These files contain the <em class="firstterm">attribute syntax definitions</em> and <em class="firstterm">objectclass definitions</em> that the <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end needs in order to function properly.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						As such, if you are using the <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end for your Samba server, you will need to configure <code class="command">slapd</code> to include one of these schema file. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-schema">「Extending Schema」</a> for directions on how to do this.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the openldap-server package is installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							You need to have the <code class="filename">openldap-server</code> package installed if you want to use the <code class="command">ldapsam</code> back end.
+						</div></div></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-network-browsing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</h3></div></div></div><a id="id987446" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id986398" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<em class="firstterm">Network browsing</em> enables Windows and Samba servers to appear in the Windows <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span>. Inside the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network Neighborhood</strong></span>, icons are represented as servers and if opened, the server's shares and printers that are available are displayed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Network browsing capabilities require NetBIOS over <code class="systemitem">TCP</code>/<code class="systemitem">IP</code>. NetBIOS-based networking uses broadcast (<code class="systemitem">UDP</code>) messaging to accomplish browse list management. Without NetBIOS and WINS as the primary method for <code class="systemitem">TCP</code>/<code class="systemitem">IP</code> hostname resolution, other methods such as static files (<code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code>) or <code class="systemitem">DNS</code>, must be used.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			ドメインマスターブラウザはすべてのサブネット上のローカルマスターブラウザから閲覧リストを照合しますので、ブラウジングがワークグループとサブネット間で発生することができます。また、ドメインマスターブラウザは自身のサブネットのローカルマスターブラウザになるでしょう。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-domain-browsing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-domain-browsing">15.1.9.1. Domain Browsing</h4></div></div></div><a id="id771660" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				デフォルトでは、ドメインの Windows PDC もそのドメインのドメインマスターブラウザです。このような場合、 Samba サーバはドメインマスターサーバとして設定する必要があります。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For subnets that do not include the Windows server PDC, a Samba server can be implemented as a local master browser. Configuring the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file for a local master browser (or no browsing at all) in a domain controller environment is the same as workgroup configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-wins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-wins">15.1.9.2. WINS (Windows Internet Name Server)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id942817" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id933310" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Samba サーバまたは Windows NT サーバのどちらかが WINS サーバとして機能することができます。WINS を NetBIOS 有効にして使用すると UDP ユニキャストを送信することができ、ネットワーク全体にわたって名前解決が可能になります。WINS サーバがないと、UDP ブロードキャストはローカルサブネットに限られ、他のサブネットやワークグループ、ドメインに送信できなくなります。WINS レプリケーションが必要な場合は、プライマリ WINS サーバとして Samba を使用しないでください。Samb は現在 WINS レプリケーションをサポートしていません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In a mixed NT/2000/2003/2008 server and Samba environment, it is recommended that you use the Microsoft WINS capabilities. In a Samba-only environment, it is recommended that you use <span class="emphasis"><em>only one</em></span> Samba server for WINS.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is an example of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file in which the Samba server is serving as a WINS server:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+wins support = Yes</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using WINS</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					すべてのサーバ (Samba も含めて)は WINS サーバに接続して NetBIOS 名を解決する必要があります。 WINS なしではブラウジングはローカルサブネットのみなります。また、ドメイン全体の一覧を何からの形で取得しても、 WINS なしではホストはクライアントを解決することはできません。
+				</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-cups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</h3></div></div></div><a id="id989388" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Samba allows client machines to share printers connected to the Samba server. In addition, Samba also allows client machines to send documents built in Linux to Windows printer shares. Although there are other printing systems that function with Fedora, CUPS (Common UNIX Print System) is the recommended printing system due to its close integration with Samba.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-cups-smb.conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-cups-smb.conf">15.1.10.1. Simple <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> Settings</h4></div></div></div><a id="id829088" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following example shows a very basic <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> configuration for CUPS support:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[global]
+load printers = Yes
+printing = cups
+printcap name = cups
+[printers]
+comment = All Printers
+path = /var/spool/samba
+browseable = No
+public = Yes
+guest ok = Yes
+writable = No
+printable = Yes
+printer admin = @ntadmins
+[print$]
+comment = Printer Drivers Share
+path = /var/lib/samba/drivers
+write list = ed, john
+printer admin = ed, john</pre><div class="para">
+				その他の印刷設定も可能です。機密ドキュメントの印刷にセキュリティとプライバシーを補強するには、ユーザーはパブリックパスにはない自分のプリントスプーラを持つことができます。ジョブが失敗した場合、他のユーザーはそのファイルにアクセスできません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">print$</code> directive contains printer drivers for clients to access if not available locally. The <code class="command">print$</code> directive is optional and may not be required depending on the organization.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Setting <code class="command">browseable</code> to <code class="command">Yes</code> enables the printer to be viewed in the Windows Network Neighborhood, provided the Samba server is set up correctly in the domain/workgroup.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</h3></div></div></div><a id="id775921" class="indexterm"></a><h4><code class="filename">findsmb</code></h4><a id="id1004501" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id693427" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">findsmb <em class="replaceable"><code>subnet_broadcast_address</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">findsmb</code> program is a Perl script which reports information about <code class="systemitem">SMB</code>-aware systems on a specific subnet. If no subnet is specified the local subnet is used. Items displayed include <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address, NetBIOS name, workgroup or domain name, operating system, and version.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following example shows the output of executing <code class="command">findsmb</code> as any valid user on a system:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">findsmb</code>
+IP ADDR       NETBIOS NAME  WORKGROUP/OS/VERSION
+------------------------------------------------------------------
+10.1.59.25    VERVE         [MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.0-15]
+10.1.59.26    STATION22     [MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.2-7.FC1]
+10.1.56.45    TREK         +[WORKGROUP] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
+10.1.57.94    PIXEL         [MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.0-15]
+10.1.57.137   MOBILE001     [WORKGROUP] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
+10.1.57.141   JAWS         +[KWIKIMART] [Unix] [Samba 2.2.7a-security-rollup-fix]
+10.1.56.159   FRED         +[MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 3.0.0-14.3E]
+10.1.59.192   LEGION       *[MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 2.2.7-security-rollup-fix]
+10.1.56.205   NANCYN       +[MYGROUP] [Unix] [Samba 2.2.7a-security-rollup-fix]</pre><h4><code class="filename">net</code></h4><a id="id708726" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id982819" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">net <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol function misc_options target_options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">net</code> utility is similar to the <code class="command">net</code> utility used for Windows and MS-DOS. The first argument is used to specify the protocol to use when executing a command. The <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code> option can be <code class="command">ads</code>, <code class="command">rap</code>, or <code class="command">rpc</code> for specifying the type of server connection. Active Directory uses <code class="command">ads</code>, Win9x/NT3 uses <code class="command">rap</code>, and Windows NT4/2000/2003/2008 uses <code class="command">rpc</code>. If the protocol is omitted, <code class="command">net</code> automatically tries to determine it.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following example displays a list the available shares for a host named <code class="command">wakko</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">net -l share -S wakko</code>
+Password:
+Enumerating shared resources (exports) on remote server:
+Share name   Type     Description
+----------   ----     -----------
+data         Disk     Wakko data share
+tmp          Disk     Wakko tmp share
+IPC$         IPC      IPC Service (Samba Server)
+ADMIN$       IPC      IPC Service (Samba Server)</pre><div class="para">
+			The following example displays a list of Samba users for a host named <code class="command">wakko</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">net -l user -S wakko</code>
+root password:
+User name             Comment
+-----------------------------
+andriusb              Documentation
+joe                   Marketing
+lisa                  Sales</pre><h4><code class="filename">nmblookup</code></h4><a id="id685893" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id807602" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">nmblookup <em class="replaceable"><code>options netbios_name</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">nmblookup</code> program resolves NetBIOS names into <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses. The program broadcasts its query on the local subnet until the target machine replies.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			次がその例です。
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">nmblookup trek</code>
+querying trek on 10.1.59.255
+10.1.56.45 trek&lt;00&gt;</pre><h4><code class="filename">pdbedit</code></h4><a id="id748455" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id822731" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">pdbedit <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">pdbedit</code> program manages accounts located in the SAM database. All back ends are supported including <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code>, LDAP, and the <code class="filename">tdb</code> database library.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			次にユーザーの追加、削除、一覧表示の例を示します。
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">pdbedit -a kristin</code>
+new password:
+retype new password:
+Unix username:        kristin
+NT username:
+Account Flags:        [U          ]
+User SID:             S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2012
+Primary Group SID:    S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2077
+Full Name: Home Directory:       \\wakko\kristin
+HomeDir Drive:
+Logon Script:
+Profile Path:         \\wakko\kristin\profile
+Domain:               WAKKO
+Account desc:
+Workstations: Munged
+dial:
+Logon time:           0
+Logoff time:          Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Kickoff time:         Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Password last set:    Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28
+GMT Password can change:  Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28 GMT
+Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -v -L kristin</code></strong>
+Unix username:        kristin
+NT username:
+Account Flags:        [U          ]
+User SID:             S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2012
+Primary Group SID:    S-1-5-21-1210235352-3804200048-1474496110-2077
+Full Name:
+Home Directory:       \\wakko\kristin
+HomeDir Drive:
+Logon Script:
+Profile Path:         \\wakko\kristin\profile
+Domain:               WAKKO
+Account desc:
+Workstations: Munged
+dial:
+Logon time:           0
+Logoff time:          Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Kickoff time:         Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+Password last set:    Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28 GMT
+Password can change:  Thu, 29 Jan 2004 08:29:28 GMT
+Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 22:14:07 GMT
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -L</code></strong>
+andriusb:505:
+joe:503:
+lisa:504:
+kristin:506:
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -x joe</code></strong>
+<strong class="userinput"><code>~]$ pdbedit -L</code></strong>
+andriusb:505: lisa:504: kristin:506:</pre><h4><code class="filename">rpcclient</code></h4><a id="id895966" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id838895" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rpcclient <em class="replaceable"><code>server options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">rpcclient</code> program issues administrative commands using Microsoft RPCs, which provide access to the Windows administration graphical user interfaces (GUIs) for systems management. This is most often used by advanced users that understand the full complexity of Microsoft RPCs.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbcacls</code></h4><a id="id709915" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1095358" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbcacls <em class="replaceable"><code>//server/share filename options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbcacls</code> program modifies Windows ACLs on files and directories shared by a Samba server or a Windows server.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbclient</code></h4><a id="id708912" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id945601" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbclient <em class="replaceable"><code>//server/share password options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbclient</code> program is a versatile UNIX client which provides functionality similar to <code class="command">ftp</code>.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbcontrol</code></h4><a id="id891666" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id685665" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbcontrol -i <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbcontrol <em class="replaceable"><code>options destination messagetype parameters</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbcontrol</code> program sends control messages to running <code class="command">smbd</code>, <code class="command">nmbd</code>, or <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemons. Executing <code class="command">smbcontrol -i</code> runs commands interactively until a blank line or a <em class="parameter"><code>'q'</code></em> is entered.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></h4><a id="id909061" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id704638" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbpasswd <em class="replaceable"><code>options username password</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbpasswd</code> program manages encrypted passwords. This program can be run by a superuser to change any user's password as well as by an ordinary user to change their own Samba password.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbspool</code></h4><a id="id688515" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id776970" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbspool <em class="replaceable"><code>job user title copies options filename</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbspool</code> program is a CUPS-compatible printing interface to Samba. Although designed for use with CUPS printers, <code class="command">smbspool</code> can work with non-CUPS printers as well.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbstatus</code></h4><a id="id967992" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id993528" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbstatus <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbstatus</code> program displays the status of current connections to a Samba server.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">smbtar</code></h4><a id="id874143" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id883786" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">smbtar <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">smbtar</code> program performs backup and restores of Windows-based share files and directories to a local tape archive. Though similar to the <code class="command">tar</code> command, the two are not compatible.
+		</div><h4><code class="filename">testparm</code></h4><a id="id692756" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id809299" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">testparm <em class="replaceable"><code>options filename hostname IP_address</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">testparm</code> program checks the syntax of the <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file. If your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file is in the default location (<code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>) you do not need to specify the location. Specifying the hostname and IP address to the <code class="command">testparm</code> program verifies that the <code class="filename">hosts.allow</code> and <code class="filename">host.deny</code> files are configured correctly. The <code class="command">testparm</code> program also displays a summary of your <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> file and the server's role (stand-alone, domain, etc.) after testing. This is convenient when debugging as it excludes comments and concisely presents information for experienced administrators to read.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			例えば、
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">testparm</code>
+Load smb config files from /etc/samba/smb.conf
+Processing section "[homes]"
+Processing section "[printers]"
+Processing section "[tmp]"
+Processing section "[html]"
+Loaded services file OK.
+Server role: ROLE_STANDALONE
+Press enter to see a dump of your service definitions
+<strong class="userinput"><code>&lt;enter&gt;</code></strong>
+# Global parameters
+[global]
+	workgroup = MYGROUP
+	server string = Samba Server
+	security = SHARE
+	log file = /var/log/samba/%m.log
+	max log size = 50
+	socket options = TCP_NODELAY SO_RCVBUF=8192 SO_SNDBUF=8192
+	dns proxy = No
+[homes]
+	comment = Home Directories
+	read only = No
+	browseable = No
+[printers]
+	comment = All Printers
+	path = /var/spool/samba
+	printable = Yes
+	browseable = No
+[tmp]
+	comment = Wakko tmp
+	path = /tmp
+	guest only = Yes
+[html]
+	comment = Wakko www
+	path = /var/www/html
+	force user = andriusb
+	force group = users
+	read only = No
+	guest only = Yes</pre><h4><code class="filename">wbinfo</code></h4><a id="id693374" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1035896" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">wbinfo <em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">wbinfo</code> program displays information from the <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon. The <code class="command">winbindd</code> daemon must be running for <code class="command">wbinfo</code> to work.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-samba-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id879665" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			次のセクションでは Samba をさらに詳しく学ぶための資料を示します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-resources-installed">15.1.12.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id814874" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/samba-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/</code> — All additional files included with the Samba distribution. This includes all helper scripts, sample configuration files, and documentation. This directory also contains online versions of <em class="citetitle">The Official Samba-3 HOWTO-Collection</em> and <em class="citetitle">Samba-3 by Example</em>, both of which are cited below.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have the samba-doc package installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							In order to use the <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span> documentation, first ensure the <span class="package">samba-doc</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install samba-doc</code></pre><div class="para">
+							For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+						</div></div></div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to the following manual pages for detailed information specific <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span> features:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">smb.conf</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">samba</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">smbd</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">nmbd</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">winbind</code>
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-resources-published"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-resources-published">15.1.12.2. 関連書籍</h4></div></div></div><a id="id674188" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">The Official Samba-3 HOWTO-Collection</em> by John H. Terpstra and Jelmer R. Vernooij; Prentice Hall — The official Samba-3 documentation as issued by the Samba development team. This is more of a reference guide than a step-by-step guide.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Samba-3 by Example</em> by John H. Terpstra; Prentice Hall — This is another official release issued by the Samba development team which discusses detailed examples of OpenLDAP, DNS, DHCP, and printing configuration files. This has step-by-step related information that helps in real-world implementations.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Using Samba, 2nd Edition</em> by Jay T's, Robert Eckstein, and David Collier-Brown; O'Reilly — A good resource for novice to advanced users, which includes comprehensive reference material.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-samba-resources-community"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-samba-resources-community">15.1.12.3. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id909073" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.samba.org/">http://www.samba.org/</a> — Homepage for the Samba distribution and all official documentation created by the Samba development team. Many resources are available in HTML and PDF formats, while others are only available for purchase. Although many of these links are not Fedora specific, some concepts may apply.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://us1.samba.org/samba/archives.html">http://samba.org/samba/archives.html </a> — Active email lists for the Samba community. Enabling digest mode is recommended due to high levels of list activity.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Samba newsgroups — Samba threaded newsgroups, such as gmane.org, that use the NNTP protocol are also available. This an alternative to receiving mailing list emails.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第14章 ディレクトリー サーバー</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-FTP.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.2. FTP</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e7f3d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.4. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-PackageKit.html" title="第5章 PackageKit" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html" title="5.3. PackageKit Architecture" /><link rel="next" href="part-Networking.html" title="パート III. ネットワーク" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a 
 accesskey="n" href="part-Networking.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources">5.4. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> home page — <a href="http://www.packagekit.org/index.html">http://www.packagekit.org/index.html</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Information about and mailing lists for <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> FAQ — <a href="http://www.packagekit.org/pk-faq.html">http://www.packagekit.org/pk-faq.html</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						An informative list of Frequently Asked Questions for the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> software suite.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> Feature Matrix — <a href="http://www.packagekit.org/pk-matrix.html">http://www.packagekit.org/pk-matrix.html</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Cross-reference <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>-provided features with the long list of package manager back ends.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Networking.html"><strong>次へ</strong>パート III. ネットワーク</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3649d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第1章 言語とキーボードの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html" title="パート I. 基本的なシステム設定" /><link rel="prev" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html" title="パート I. 基本的なシステム設定" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html" title="1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><
 a accesskey="p" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第1章 言語とキーボードの設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="para">
+		This chapter describes how to change the language of your desktop, configure the keyboard layout, and allow a user to switch between different keyboard layouts using the <span class="application"><strong>Region and Language</strong></span> configuration tool.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</h2></div></div></div><a id="id664188" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id829547" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To configure the language of your desktop, open the <span class="application"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> dialog window by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Region and Language</strong></span>, and select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Language</strong></span> tab. You will be presented with a list of available languages.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-language.png" alt="言語の変更" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						言語の変更
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.1 言語の変更</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			To choose a particular language, select it from the list and either close the window, or click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>All Settings</strong></span> button in the upper-left corner of the window to return to the <span class="application"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> window. The changes will take effect the next time you log in to your system.
+		</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong>パート I. 基本的なシステム設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html"><strong>次へ</strong>1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Mail_Servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Mail_Servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eccb1ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Mail_Servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第13章 メールサーバー</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Web_Servers.html" title="第12章 ウェブ サーバー" /><link rel="next" href="s1-email-types.html" title="13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Web_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey
 ="n" href="s1-email-types.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Mail_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第13章 メールサーバー</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール トランスポートのプロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-types.html">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-types.html#s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></span></dt
 ><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-types-mda.html">13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-types-mua.html">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mta.html">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mta.html#s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html">13.3.2. Sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html">13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-switchmail.html">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mda.html">13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mda.html#s2-email-pr
 ocmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html">13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mua.html">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mua.html#s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">13.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-additional-resources.html#s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-useful-websites.html">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-related-books.html">13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id835961" c
 lass="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">Email</em> was born in the 1960s. The mailbox was a file in a user's home directory that was readable only by that user. Primitive mail applications appended new text messages to the bottom of the file, making the user wade through the constantly growing file to find any particular message. This system was only capable of sending messages to users on the same system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The first network transfer of an electronic mail message file took place in 1971 when a computer engineer named Ray Tomlinson sent a test message between two machines via ARPANET—the precursor to the Internet. Communication via email soon became very popular, comprising 75 percent of ARPANET's traffic in less than two years.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Today, email systems based on standardized network protocols have evolved into some of the most widely used services on the Internet. Fedora offers many advanced applications to serve and access email.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter reviews modern email protocols in use today, and some of the programs designed to send and receive email.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-email-protocols"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id903508" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			現在の電子メールはクライアント/サーバーアーキテクチャーを使用して配送されます。電子メールのメッセージはメールクライアントプログラムを使用して作成します。このプログラムがメッセージをサーバーに送り、そのサーバーは受信者側の電子メールサーバーにメッセージを転送します。そこからメッセージが受信者の電子メールクライアントに供給されます。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			このプロセスを有効にするために、多種多様の標準ネットワークプロトコルが異なるマシンを、殆どの場合、異なるオペレーティングシステムと異なる電子メールプログラムで電子メールの送受信を可能にします。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			以下で説明してあるプロトコルは、電子メール転送で最も一般に使用されているプロトコルです。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-protocols-send"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール トランスポートのプロトコル</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				クライアントアプリケーションからサーバーまで、及び送信側のサーバーから受信側のサーバーまでのメールの配送は <em class="firstterm">SMTP</em> (<em class="firstterm">Simple Mail Transfer Protocol</em>) により処理されます。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-protocols-smtp"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-protocols-smtp">13.1.1.1. SMTP</h4></div></div></div><a id="id872993" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					SMTP の主要目的は、メールサーバー間でメールを転送することです。しかし、それが電子メールクライアントにとっても重要になります。メールを送るためには、クライアントはメッセージを配送元のサーバーに送り、そのサーバーが配送先のメールサーバーに配達の連絡をします。この理由で、電子メールクライアントを設定する時に、 SMTP サーバーを指定する必要がある訳です。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Under Fedora, a user can configure an SMTP server on the local machine to handle mail delivery. However, it is also possible to configure remote SMTP servers for outgoing mail.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SMTP プロトコルで重要なポイントの1つは、これが認証を必要としないことです。このため、インターネット上の誰でも他の誰かに、あるいは大規模な団体にさえも電子メールを送信することができます。実はこれがジャンクメール、すなわち <em class="firstterm">spam</em> を可能にする SMTP の性格なのです。リレー制限を課すことで、インターネットでの無作為のユーザーが、あなたの SMTP サーバーからインターネット上の他のサーバーへメールを送信するのを制限します。そのような制限を課してないサーバーは、 <em class="firstterm">open relay</em> サーバーと呼ばれます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Fedora は Sendmail SMTP プログラムと Postfix を提供しています。
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-email-protocols-client"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				電子メールをメールサーバーから取り出すために、電子メールアプリケーションで使用される2つの主要プロトコルがあります。 <em class="firstterm">POP</em> (<em class="firstterm">Post Office Protocol</em>) と <em class="firstterm">IMAP</em> (<em class="firstterm">Internet Message Access Protocol</em>) です。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-protocols-pop"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-protocols-pop">13.1.2.1. POP</h4></div></div></div><a id="id688719" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The default POP server under Fedora is <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span> and is provided by the <span class="package">dovecot</span> package.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>dovecot パッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In order to use <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span>, first ensure the <code class="command">dovecot</code> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install dovecot</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					When using a <code class="systemitem">POP</code> server, email messages are downloaded by email client applications. By default, most <code class="systemitem">POP</code> email clients are automatically configured to delete the message on the email server after it has been successfully transferred, however this setting usually can be changed.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">POP</code> is fully compatible with important Internet messaging standards, such as <em class="firstterm">Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions</em> (<em class="firstterm">MIME</em>), which allow for email attachments.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">POP</code> works best for users who have one system on which to read email. It also works well for users who do not have a persistent connection to the Internet or the network containing the mail server. Unfortunately for those with slow network connections, <code class="systemitem">POP</code> requires client programs upon authentication to download the entire content of each message. This can take a long time if any messages have large attachments.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The most current version of the standard <code class="systemitem">POP</code> protocol is <code class="systemitem">POP3</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					There are, however, a variety of lesser-used <code class="systemitem">POP</code> protocol variants:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>APOP</em></span> — <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> with <code class="systemitem">MDS</code> (Monash Directory Service) authentication. An encoded hash of the user's password is sent from the email client to the server rather then sending an unencrypted password.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>KPOP</em></span> — <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> と Kerberos 認証です。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>RPOP</em></span> — <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> with <code class="systemitem">RPOP</code> authentication. This uses a per-user ID, similar to a password, to authenticate POP requests. However, this ID is not encrypted, so <code class="systemitem">RPOP</code> is no more secure than standard <code class="systemitem">POP</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					For added security, it is possible to use <em class="firstterm">Secure Socket Layer</em> (<em class="firstterm">SSL</em>) encryption for client authentication and data transfer sessions. This can be enabled by using the <code class="command">pop3s</code> service, or by using the <code class="command">/usr/sbin/stunnel</code> application. For more information on securing email communication, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-email-mua.html#s2-email-security">「通信のセキュリティ」</a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-protocols-imap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-protocols-imap">13.1.2.2. IMAP</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1032525" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The default <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> server under Fedora is <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span> and is provided by the <span class="package">dovecot</span> package. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s3-email-protocols-pop">「POP」</a> for information on how to install <span class="application"><strong>Dovecot</strong></span>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					When using an <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> mail server, email messages remain on the server where users can read or delete them. <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> also allows client applications to create, rename, or delete mail directories on the server to organize and store email.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> is particularly useful for users who access their email using multiple machines. The protocol is also convenient for users connecting to the mail server via a slow connection, because only the email header information is downloaded for messages until opened, saving bandwidth. The user also has the ability to delete messages without viewing or downloading them.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For convenience, <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> client applications are capable of caching copies of messages locally, so the user can browse previously read messages when not directly connected to the <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">IMAP</code>, like <code class="systemitem">POP</code>, is fully compatible with important Internet messaging standards, such as MIME, which allow for email attachments.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For added security, it is possible to use <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> encryption for client authentication and data transfer sessions. This can be enabled by using the <code class="command">imaps</code> service, or by using the <code class="command">/usr/sbin/stunnel</code> program. For more information on securing email communication, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-email-mua.html#s2-email-security">「通信のセキュリティ」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Other free, as well as commercial, IMAP clients and servers are available, many of which extend the IMAP protocol and provide additional functionality.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-mail-server-dovecot"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-mail-server-dovecot">13.1.2.3. Dovecot</h4></div></div></div><a id="id870794" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">imap-login</code> and <code class="command">pop3-login</code> processes which implement the <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> protocols are spawned by the master <code class="systemitem">dovecot</code> daemon included in the <span class="package">dovecot</span> package. The use of <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP</code> is configured through the <code class="filename">/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</code> configuration file; by default <code class="command">dovecot</code> runs <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> together with their secure versions using <code class="systemitem">SSL</code>. To configure <code class="command">dovecot</code> to use <code class="systemitem">POP</code>, complete the following steps:
+				</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf</code> configuration file to make sure the <code class="literal">protocols</code> variable is uncommented (remove the hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>) at the beginning of the line) and contains the <code class="literal">pop3</code> argument. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">protocols = imap imaps pop3 pop3s</pre><div class="para">
+							When the <code class="literal">protocols</code> variable is left commented out, <code class="command">dovecot</code> will use the default values specified for this variable.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Make that change operational for the current session by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart dovecot.service</code></pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							コマンドを起動させることによって、次回のリブート後に変更を操作可能にします。
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable dovecot.service</code></pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The dovecot service starts the POP3 server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Please note that <code class="command">dovecot</code> only reports that it started the <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> server, but also starts the <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> server.
+							</div></div></div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					Unlike <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code>, both <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> require connecting clients to authenticate using a username and password. By default, passwords for both protocols are passed over the network unencrypted.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To configure <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> on <code class="command">dovecot</code>:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/dovecot-openssl.conf</code> configuration file as you prefer. However, in a typical installation, this file does not require modification.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Rename, move or delete the files <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/certs/dovecot.pem</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/private/dovecot.pem</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Execute the <code class="filename">/usr/libexec/dovecot/mkcert.sh</code> script which creates the <code class="command">dovecot</code> self signed certificates. These certificates are copied in the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/certs</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/private</code> directories. To implement the changes, restart <code class="command">dovecot</code> by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart dovecot.service</code></pre></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					More details on <code class="command">dovecot</code> can be found online at <a href="http://www.dovecot.org">http://www.dovecot.org</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Web_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第12章 ウェブ サーバー</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-types.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd83d09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html" title="パート I. 基本的なシステム設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html" title="2.3. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="s1-users-configui.html" title="3.2. User Manager Tool" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Config
 uration-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-configui.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Grou
 ps.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-configui.html">3.2. User Manager Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html">3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-tools.html">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html">3.3.2. 手順
 の説明</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html">3.4. Standard Users</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html">3.5. Standard Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html">3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html#s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html">3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html">3.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html#s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></
 dl></div><a id="id717145" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id893064" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1080975" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id807361" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The control of <em class="firstterm">users</em> and <em class="firstterm">groups</em> is a core element of Fedora system administration. Users can be either people (meaning accounts tied to physical users) or accounts which exist for specific applications to use. Groups are logical expressions of organization, tying users together for a common purpose. Users within a group can read, write, or execute files owned by that group.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Each user is associated with a unique numerical identification number called a <em class="firstterm">userid</em> (<em class="firstterm">UID</em>); likewise, each group is associated with a <em class="firstterm">groupid</em> (<em class="firstterm">GID</em>).
+	</div><div class="para">
+		A user who creates a file is also the owner and group owner of that file. The file is assigned separate read, write, and execute permissions for the owner, the group, and everyone else. The file owner can be changed only by the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user, and access permissions can be changed by both the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user and file owner.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora also supports <em class="firstterm">access control lists</em> (<em class="firstterm">ACLs</em>) for files and directories which allow permissions for specific users outside of the owner to be set. For more information about ACLs, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Access Control Lists</em> chapter of the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Storage Administration Guide</em>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</h2></div></div></div><a id="id713636" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id987850" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id810690" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>User Accounts</strong></span> configuration tool allows you to view, modify, add, and delete local users. To run the utility, either select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu and click the <span class="guimenu"><strong>User Accounts</strong></span> icon, or click your name on the panel and choose <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>My Account</strong></span> from the drop-down menu.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts.png" alt="ユーザー アカウントの設定ツール" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						ユーザー アカウントの設定ツール
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.1 ユーザー アカウントの設定ツール</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			The main window of the <span class="application"><strong>User Accounts</strong></span> configuration tool is divided into two parts: The left side of the window contains a list of available user accounts. The right side provides details on a particular account.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			By default, the tool only allows you to change certain settings regarding your account. This is because only <code class="systemitem">root</code> is allowed to configure users and groups. To unlock the configuration tool for all kinds of changes, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Unlock</strong></span> button in the bottom-left corner of the window, and provide the root password when prompted.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To change the image associated with an account, click the icon next to the account name and either select a picture from the drop-down list, or click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Browse for more pictures...</strong></span> to use an image from your local drive.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the name associated with an account, click the name next to the icon to edit it.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the account type, use the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Account type</strong></span> drop-down list. However, this change requires the configuration tool to be unlocked even if it is your account.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the default language for an account, click the button next to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Language</strong></span> label, and select the desired language from the list.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the password, click the button next to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span> label. A dialog box will appear, allowing you to set the new password. Note that the current password must be provided in order to confirm the change. Once done, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Change</strong></span> button to save the change.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Changing_Password"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts-password-change.png" alt="パスワードの変更" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							パスワードの変更
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.2 パスワードの変更</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Password security advice</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					It is advisable to use a much longer password, as this makes it more difficult for an intruder to guess it and access the account without permission. It is also recommended that the password not be based on a dictionary term: use a combination of letters, numbers and special characters.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Finally, to set up automatic login for a particular account, enable the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Automatic Login</strong></span> switch. The configuration tool must be unlocked to make this change.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id807233" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a new user, make sure the configuration tool is unlocked, and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>+</strong></span> button (that is, the plus sign) below the account list. A dialog box as shown in <a class="xref" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_an_Account">図3.3「新しいアカウントの作成」</a> will appear.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_an_Account"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts-create.png" alt="新しいアカウントの作成" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							新しいアカウントの作成
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.3 新しいアカウントの作成</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Take the followign steps to create an account:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Select an account type from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Account type</strong></span> drop-down list. Available account types are <code class="option">Administrator</code> and <code class="option">Standard</code> (the default option).
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Fill in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Full name</strong></span> input field to set the name associated with the account. This name will be used by the login manager, and will be displayed on the panel.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Either select a suggested username from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Username</strong></span> drop-down list, or fill in the corresponding input field.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Create</strong></span> button to confirm the settings.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Fedora uses a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em> (UPG) scheme. The UPG scheme does not add or change anything in the standard UNIX way of handling groups; it offers a new convention. Whenever you create a new user, a unique group with the same name as the user is created.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				When a new account is created, default configuration files are copied from the <code class="filename">/etc/skel/</code> directory into the new home directory.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</h3></div></div></div><a id="id812554" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To remove a user, make sure the configuration tool is unlocked, select the desired account from the account list, and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>−</strong></span> button (that is, the minus sign) below the account list. A dialog box as shown in <a class="xref" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_an_Account">図3.4「アカウントの削除」</a> will appear.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_an_Account"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-accounts-remove.png" alt="アカウントの削除" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							アカウントの削除
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.4 アカウントの削除</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				To delete files and directories that belong to the user (that is, the home directory, mail spool, and temporary files), click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Delete Files</strong></span> button. To keep these files intact and only delete the user account, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Keep Files</strong></span>. To abort the deletion, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Cancel</strong></span>.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>2.3. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-configui.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.2. User Manager Tool</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fccb192
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html" title="パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html" title="パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定" /><link rel="next" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html" title="20.2. アップグレードの準備" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><u
 l class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第20ç«  カーネルをアップグレードする</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-preparing.html">20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-download.html">20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html">20.4. アップグレーãƒ
 ‰ã®å®Ÿè¡Œ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html">20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1229546" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id802624" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id990987" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1044477" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The Fedora kernel is custom-built by the Fedora kernel team to ensure its integrity and compatibility with supported hardware. Before a kernel is released, it must first pass a rigorous set of quality assurance tests.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora kernels are packaged in the RPM format so that they are easy to upgrade and verify using the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> package managers. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> automatically queries the Yum repositories and informs you of packages with available updates, including kernel packages.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter is therefore <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> useful for users who need to manually update a kernel package using the <code class="command">rpm</code> command instead of <code class="command">yum</code>.
+	</div><a id="id896452" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id759511" class="indexterm"></a><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use Yum to install kernels whenever possible</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			Whenever possible, use either the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> package manager to install a new kernel because they always <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> a new kernel instead of replacing the current one, which could potentially leave your system unable to boot.
+		</div></div></div><a id="id663655" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		For more information on installing kernel packages with <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">「パッケージの更新」</a>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1241399" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1241411" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id871702" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id871718" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id838083" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id838099" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id775934" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id775950" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id690061" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id690077" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id690093" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1245523" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1245539" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora contains the following kernel packages:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel</span> — Contains the kernel for single, multicore and multiprocessor systems.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-debug</span> — Contains a kernel with numerous debugging options enabled for kernel diagnosis, at the expense of reduced performance.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-devel</span> — Contains the kernel headers and makefiles sufficient to build modules against the <span class="package">kernel</span> package.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-debug-devel</span> — Contains the development version of the kernel with numerous debugging options enabled for kernel diagnosis, at the expense of reduced performance.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-doc</span> — Documentation files from the kernel source. Various portions of the Linux kernel and the device drivers shipped with it are documented in these files. Installation of this package provides a reference to the options that can be passed to Linux kernel modules at load time.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					By default, these files are placed in the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/</code> directory.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">kernel-headers</span> — Includes the C header files that specify the interface between the Linux kernel and user-space libraries and programs. The header files define structures and constants that are needed for building most standard programs.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">linux-firmware</span> — Contains all of the firmware files that are required by various devices to operate.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="package">perf</span> — This package contains supporting scripts and documentation for the <span class="application"><strong>perf</strong></span> tool shipped in each kernel image subpackage.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong>パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html"><strong>次へ</strong>20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Network_Interfaces.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Network_Interfaces.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ee10e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Network_Interfaces.html
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Networking.html" title="パート III. ネットワーク" /><link rel="prev" href="part-Networking.html" title="パート III. ネットワーク" /><link rel="next" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html" title="6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Networking.html"><strong>戻る</strong></
 a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Network_Interfaces" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html#s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href=
 "s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html">6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-control.html">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html">6.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html#s2-ne
 tworkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id879264" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id835397" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Under Fedora, all network communications occur between configured software <em class="firstterm">interfaces</em> and <em class="firstterm">physical networking devices</em> connected to the system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The configuration files for network interfaces are located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory. The scripts used to activate and deactivate these network interfaces are also located here. Although the number and type of interface files can differ from system to system, there are three categories of files that exist in this directory:
+	</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">インターフェースの設定ファイル</em>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">インターフェースの制御スクリプト</em>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">ネットワークの関数ファイル</em>
+			</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+		これらの各カテゴリーのファイルは、合同で機能し各種ネットワークデバイスを動作させます。
+	</div><div class="para">
+		この章では、これらファイル間の関係とファイルの使用方法について説明していきます。
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id673928" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Before delving into the interface configuration files, let us first itemize the primary configuration files used in network configuration. Understanding the role these files play in setting up the network stack can be helpful when customizing a Fedora system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			主要なネットワーク設定ファイルは、次のようになります:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The main purpose of this file is to resolve hostnames that cannot be resolved any other way. It can also be used to resolve hostnames on small networks with no DNS server. Regardless of the type of network the computer is on, this file should contain a line specifying the IP address of the loopback device (<code class="command">127.0.0.1</code>) as <code class="command">localhost.localdomain</code>. For more information, refer to the <code class="filename">hosts</code> man page.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This file specifies the IP addresses of DNS servers and the search domain. Unless configured to do otherwise, the network initialization scripts populate this file. For more information about this file, refer to the <code class="filename">resolv.conf</code> man page.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This file specifies routing and host information for all network interfaces. For more information about this file and the directives it accepts, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-network">「 /etc/sysconfig/network 」</a>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface-name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						For each network interface, there is a corresponding interface configuration script. Each of these files provide information specific to a particular network interface. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html">「インターフェース設定ファイル」</a> for more information on this type of file and the directives it accepts.
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/networking/</code> directory is used by the <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-network</code>) and its contents should <span class="bold bold"><strong>not</strong></span> be edited manually. Using only one method for network configuration is strongly encouraged, due to the risk of configuration deletion.
+			</div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Networking.html"><strong>戻る</strong>パート III. ネットワーク</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-OpenSSH.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-OpenSSH.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b2f1c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-OpenSSH.html
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第9章 OpenSSH</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html" title="パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html" title="8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format" /><link rel="next" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html" title="9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li cl
 ass="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-OpenSSH" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第9章 OpenSSH</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></sp
 an></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-configuration.html">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html">9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html">9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-clients.html">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-clients.html#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</a></
 span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html">9.4.2. ポート転送</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html">9.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html#s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id677924" class="indext
 erm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">SSH</code> (Secure Shell) is a protocol which facilitates secure communications between two systems using a client/server architecture and allows users to log into server host systems remotely. Unlike other remote communication protocols, such as <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> or <code class="systemitem">Telnet</code>, SSH encrypts the login session, rendering the connection difficult for intruders to collect unencrypted passwords.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The <span class="application"><strong>ssh</strong></span> program is designed to replace older, less secure terminal applications used to log into remote hosts, such as <code class="command">telnet</code> or <code class="command">rsh</code>. A related program called <code class="command">scp</code> replaces older programs designed to copy files between hosts, such as <code class="command">rcp</code>. Because these older applications do not encrypt passwords transmitted between the client and the server, avoid them whenever possible. Using secure methods to log into remote systems decreases the risks for both the client system and the remote host.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Fedora includes the general OpenSSH package (<span class="package">openssh</span>) as well as the OpenSSH server (<span class="package">openssh-server</span>) and client (<span class="package">openssh-clients</span>) packages. Note that the OpenSSH packages require the OpenSSL package (<span class="package">openssl</span>), which installs several important cryptographic libraries, enabling OpenSSH to provide encrypted communications.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-why"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</h3></div></div></div><a id="id968748" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Potential intruders have a variety of tools at their disposal enabling them to disrupt, intercept, and re-route network traffic in an effort to gain access to a system. In general terms, these threats can be categorized as follows:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Interception of communication between two systems</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The attacker can be somewhere on the network between the communicating parties, copying any information passed between them. He may intercept and keep the information, or alter the information and send it on to the intended recipient.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This attack is usually performed using a <em class="firstterm">packet sniffer</em>, a rather common network utility that captures each packet flowing through the network, and analyzes its content.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Impersonation of a particular host</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Attacker's system is configured to pose as the intended recipient of a transmission. If this strategy works, the user's system remains unaware that it is communicating with the wrong host.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This attack can be performed using a technique known as <em class="firstterm">DNS poisoning</em>, or via so-called <em class="firstterm">IP spoofing</em>. In the first case, the intruder uses a cracked DNS server to point client systems to a maliciously duplicated host. In the second case, the intruder sends falsified network packets that appear to be from a trusted host.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Both techniques intercept potentially sensitive information and, if the interception is made for hostile reasons, the results can be disastrous. If SSH is used for remote shell login and file copying, these security threats can be greatly diminished. This is because the SSH client and server use digital signatures to verify their identity. Additionally, all communication between the client and server systems is encrypted. Attempts to spoof the identity of either side of a communication does not work, since each packet is encrypted using a key known only by the local and remote systems.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1067847" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id745362" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				SSH プロトコルは以下の安全策を提供します:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">No one can pose as the intended server</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							初期接続の後、クライアントは以前に接続していたのと同じサーバーに接続していることを確認できます。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">No one can capture the authentication information</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							クライアントは、堅牢な 128-bit 暗号化を使用してサーバーへ認証情報を送信します。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">No one can intercept the communication</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							セッション中に発信、及び受信された全てのデータは 128-bit 暗号化を使用して送信されるため、復号化と読み取りをするための盗聴は非常に困難になります。
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Additionally, it also offers the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It provides secure means to use graphical applications over a network</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Using a technique called <em class="firstterm">X11 forwarding</em>, the client can forward <em class="firstterm">X11</em> (<em class="firstterm">X Window System</em>) applications from the server.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It provides a way to secure otherwise insecure protocols</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The SSH protocol encrypts everything it sends and receives. Using a technique called <em class="firstterm">port forwarding</em>, an SSH server can become a conduit to securing otherwise insecure protocols, like <acronym class="acronym">POP</acronym>, and increasing overall system and data security.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It can be used to create a secure channel</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSH server and client can be configured to create a tunnel similar to a virtual private network for traffic between server and client machines.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">It supports the Kerberos authentication</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							OpenSSH servers and clients can be configured to authenticate using the <acronym class="acronym">GSSAPI</acronym> (Generic Security Services Application Program Interface) implementation of the Kerberos network authentication protocol.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-versions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</h3></div></div></div><a id="id880372" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id881739" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Two varieties of SSH currently exist: version 1, and newer version 2. The OpenSSH suite under Fedora uses SSH version 2, which has an enhanced key exchange algorithm not vulnerable to the known exploit in version 1. However, for compatibility reasons, the OpenSSH suite does support version 1 connections as well.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using SSH version 1</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To ensure maximum security for your connection, it is recommended that only SSH version 2-compatible servers and clients are used whenever possible.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-conn"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</h3></div></div></div><a id="id881781" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下の連続したイベントは、2つのホスト間の SSH 通信の統合性を保護するのに役に立ちます。
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						暗号方式ハンドシェークが行なわれ、クライアントは正しいサーバーと交信していることを確認します。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						クライアントとリモートホスト間接続のトランスポートレイヤーは対象型暗号を使用して暗号化されます。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						クライアントはサーバーに対して自身を認証します。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						リモートクライアントは、暗号化した接続を通じてリモートホストと交信します。
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-protocol-conn-transport"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-ssh-protocol-conn-transport">9.1.4.1. トランスポートレイヤー</h4></div></div></div><a id="id800954" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					トランスポートレイヤーの主な役割は認証時とその後の通信期間での2つのホスト間に於ける安全な交信を用意することです。トランスポートレイヤーは、データの暗号化と複合化すること、そして、データが送信と受信される時にデータパケットの統合性を保護することで、この役割を達成します。トランスポートレイヤーはまた、情報を圧縮して送信の高速化もします。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSH クライアントがサーバーに接続すると、基本情報が交換されて両システムは正しくトランスポートレイヤーを構築することができるようになります。この交換の間に以下のようなステップが起こります:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							鍵が交換されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							公開鍵暗号化アルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							対象型暗号化アルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							メッセージ認証アルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							ハッシュアルゴリズムが決定されます
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					鍵交換の間、サーバーはそれ自身を独自の <em class="firstterm">ホスト鍵</em> で、クライアントに対して証明します。クライアントがこの特定のサーバーと過去に通信したことがなければ、サーバーのホスト鍵はクライアントには未知であり、接続は成立しません。 OpenSSH は、サーバーのホスト鍵を承認することでこの問題を回避します。これは、ユーザーが通知を受けて新規のホスト鍵を承認し確証した後に起こります。それ以降の接続では、サーバーのホスト鍵は、クライアント上に保存してある情報と照らし合わせてチェックされ、クライアントが本当に目的のサーバーと通信していることの確証を与えます。時間が経過して、このホスト鍵が一致しない状態が起こると、ユーザーがクライアントに保存してある古い情報を削除ã
 ™ã‚‹ã“とにより、新しい接続が可能になります。
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Always verify the integrity of a new SSH server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						ローカルシステムは本来のサーバーと攻撃者が設定した偽のサーバーとの違いを理解しない為、攻撃者は初期交信の時点で SSH サーバーとして擬装することが可能になります。この防止への手助けとして、最初の接続の前に、又はホスト鍵の不一致が発生した場合にサーバー管理者へ連絡することで、新規の SSH サーバーの統合性を確認すると良いでしょう。
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSH はほとんど全ての公開鍵アルゴリズム、又はエンコード形式で機能するように設計されています。初期の鍵交換が、秘密値の交換と共有に使用されるハッシュ値を作成した後、2つのシステムは迅速に新しい鍵とアルゴリズムを算出してこの接続で送信される認証と将来のデータを保護します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					設定された鍵とアルゴリズムを使用して一定量のデータが送信された後 (この量は SSH の実装によりことなります)、別の鍵交換が発生してもう1つのハッシュ値セットと新しい共有秘密値が生成されます。攻撃者がハッシュ値と共有秘密値を判別できたとしても、その情報はほんの短い時間しか役に立ちません。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-protocol-authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-ssh-protocol-authentication">9.1.4.2. 認証</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1093686" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					トランスポートレイヤーが安全なトンネルを構築して2つのシステム間で情報が渡されると、サーバーはクライアントに対して、秘密鍵のエンコードを持つ署名やパスワード入力の使用などサポートされている別の認証方法を伝えます。クライアントはその後、これらのサポートのある方法でサーバーに対して自身の認証を試みます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSH サーバーとクライアントは異なるタイプの認証方法を許可できるように設定されており、これが両側に高水準の制御を与えます。サーバーはそのセキュリティモデルに応じて、サポートする暗号化方法を決定することができ、クライアントは利用できるオプションの中から認証方法の順番を選択することができます。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-protocol-connection"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-ssh-protocol-connection">9.1.4.3. チャンネル</h4></div></div></div><a id="id729506" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					After a successful authentication over the SSH transport layer, multiple channels are opened via a technique called <em class="firstterm">multiplexing</em><sup>[<a id="id729528" href="#ftn.id729528" class="footnote">2</a>]</sup>. Each of these channels handles communication for different terminal sessions and for forwarded X11 sessions.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					クライアントとサーバーの両方は新規のチャンネルを作成することができます。各チャンネルはその後、接続の両端で別々の番号が割り当てられます。クライアントが新規のチャンネルを開こうと試みる時、クライアントは要求と一緒にチャンネル番号を送信します。この情報はサーバーで保存され、そのチャンネルに通信を転送するのに使用されます。これは、異なるタイプのセッションがお互いに干渉しないようにするため、及び、あるセッションが終了した時にそのチャンネルが主要 SSH 接続を妨害せずに閉じることができるようにするためです。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					チャンネルは、 <em class="firstterm">flow-control</em> もサポートしており、これはチャンネルが順序良くデータを送信/受信するのを可能にします。この方法では、クライアントがチャンネルが開いていると言うメッセージを受信するまで、データはチャンネルに送信されません。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					クライアントが要求するサービスのタイプとユーザーがネットワークに接続されている方法に従って、クライアントとサーバーは、自動的に各チャンネルの構成を折衝します。これにより、プロトコルの基本構成を変更することなく、異なるタイプのリモート接続の処理に多大な柔軟性を得ることができます。
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="footnotes"><br /><hr /><div class="footnote"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.id729528" href="#id729528" class="para">2</a>] </sup>
+						A multiplexed connection consists of several signals being sent over a shared, common medium. With SSH, different channels are sent over a common secure connection.
+					</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-PackageKit.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-PackageKit.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5381b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-PackageKit.html
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第5章 PackageKit</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Package_Management.html" title="パート II. パッケージ管理" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Additional_Resources.html" title="4.5. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html" title="5.2. Using Add/Remove Software" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>戻る</str
 ong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-PackageKit" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第5章 PackageKit</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updating Packages with Software Update</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Setting the Update-Checking Interval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software Sources</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.h
 tml#sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html">5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html">5.4. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></div><a id="id903505" class="i
 ndexterm"></a><a id="id748775" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id911458" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id722676" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1100183" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1092024" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id836535" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id658904" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id840306" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id808490" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id713964" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Fedora provides <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> for viewing, managing, updating, installing and uninstalling packages compatible with your system. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> consists of several graphical interfaces that can be opened from the GNOME panel menu, or from the Notification Area when <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> alerts you that updates are available. For more information on <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit's</strong></span> architecture and available front ends, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html">「PackageKit Architecture」</a>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updating Packages with Software Update</h2></div></div></div><a id="id950105" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id950120" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can open <span class="application"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> by clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Update</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or running the <code class="command">gpk-update-viewer</code> command at the shell prompt. In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> window, all available updates are listed along with the names of the packages being updated (minus the <code class="filename">.rpm</code> suffix, but including the CPU architecture), a short summary of the package, and, usually, short descriptions of the changes the update provides. Any updates you do not wish to install can be de-selected here by unchecking the checkbox corresponding to the update.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-software_update"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/software-update.png" alt="Installing updates with Software Update" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						installing 56 updates with PackageKit's software update window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.1 Installing updates with Software Update</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			The updates presented in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> window only represent the currently-installed packages on your system for which updates are available;
+			<a id="id803069" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 <a id="id803085" class="indexterm"></a>
+			dependencies of those packages, whether they are existing packages on your system or new ones, are not shown until you click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Install Updates</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> <a id="id966428" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 <a id="id966444" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 <a id="id966455" class="indexterm"></a>
+			utilizes the fine-grained user authentication
+			<a id="id966463" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 capabilities provided by the <span class="application"><strong>PolicyKit</strong></span> toolkit whenever you request it to make changes to the system. Whenever you instruct <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to update, install or remove packages, you will be prompted to enter the superuser password before changes are made to the system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If you instruct <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to update the <code class="filename">kernel</code> package, then it will prompt you after installation, asking you whether you want to reboot the system and thereby boot into the newly-installed kernel.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Setting the Update-Checking Interval</h3></div></div></div><a id="id716755" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu opens the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Update Preferences</strong></span> window. The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Update Settings</strong></span> tab allows you to define the interval at which <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> checks for package updates, as well as whether or not to automatically install all updates or only security updates. Leaving the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Check for updates when using mobile broadband</strong></span> box unchecked is handy for avoiding extraneous bandwidth usage when using a wireless connection on which you are charged for the amount of data you download.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-Software_Update_Preferences"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/software-update-preferences.png" alt="Setting PackageKit's update-checking interval" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Setting the update-checking interval for PackageKit
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.2 Setting PackageKit's update-checking interval</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software Sources</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To select which package repositories to use to install software updates, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, and click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Update Preferences</strong></span> window.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-Software_Update_Software_Sources"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/software-update-software-sources.png" alt="Setting PackageKit's software sources" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Setting the software sources for PackageKit
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.3 Setting PackageKit's software sources</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id717663" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id717675" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> refers to <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories as software sources. It obtains all packages from enabled software sources.The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab shows the repository name, as written on the <code class="computeroutput">name=<em class="replaceable"><code>My Repository Name</code></em></code> field of all [<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>] sections in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file, and in all <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Entries which are checked in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enabled</strong></span> column indicate that the corresponding repository will be used to locate packages to satisfy all update and installation requests (including dependency resolution). The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enabled</strong></span> column corresponds to the <code class="computeroutput">enabled=<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;1 or 0&gt;</code></em></code> field in [<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>] sections. Checking an unchecked box enables the Yum repository, and unchecking it disables it. Performing either function causes <span class="application"><strong>PolicyKit</strong></span> to prompt for superuser authentication to enable or disable the repository. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> actually inserts the <code class="literal">enabled=<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;1 or 0&gt;</code></em></code> line into the correct [<em class="replace
 able"><code>repository</code></em>] section if it does not exist, or changes the value if it does. This means that enabling or disabling a repository through the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> window causes that change to persist after closing the window or rebooting the system. The ability to quickly enable and disable repositories based on our needs is a highly-convenient feature of <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that it is not possible to add or remove <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories through <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-Showing_Source_RPM_and_Test_Repositories"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Showing source RPM, test, and debuginfo repositories</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Checking the box at the bottom of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab causes <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to display source RPM, testing and debuginfo repositories as well. This box is unchecked by default.
+				</div></div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.5. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-RPM.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-RPM.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71922c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-RPM.html
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>付録A RPM</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html" title="22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /><link rel="next" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="
 s1-rpm-using.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="ch-RPM" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">RPM</h1></div></div></div><a id="id916274" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id904584" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The <em class="firstterm">RPM Package Manager</em> (RPM) is an open packaging system
+		<a id="id904571" class="indexterm"></a>
+		, which runs on Fedora as well as other Linux and UNIX systems. Red Hat, Inc. and the Fedora Project encourage other vendors to use RPM for their own products. RPM is distributed under the terms of the <em class="firstterm">GPL</em> (<em class="firstterm">GNU General Public License</em>).
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The RPM Package Manager only works with packages built to work with the <span class="emphasis"><em>RPM format</em></span>. RPM is itself provided as a pre-installed <span class="package">rpm</span> package. For the end user, RPM makes system updates easy. Installing, uninstalling and upgrading RPM packages can be accomplished with short commands. RPM maintains a database of installed packages and their files, so you can invoke powerful queries and verifications on your system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The RPM package format has been improved for Fedora 15. RPM packages are now compressed using the XZ lossless data compression format, which has the benefit of greater compression and less CPU usage during decompression, and support multiple strong hash algorithms, such as SHA-256, for package signing and verification.
+	</div><div class="warning" id="warning-Use_Yum_Instead_of_RPM_Whenever_Possible"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use Yum Instead of RPM Whenever Possible</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			For most package management tasks, the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package manager offers equal and often greater capabilities and utility than RPM
+			<a id="id904514" class="indexterm"></a>
+			. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> also performs and tracks complicated system dependency resolution, and will complain and force system integrity checks if you use RPM as well to install and remove packages. For these reasons, it is highly recommended that you use <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> instead of RPM whenever possible to perform package management tasks. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-yum.html">4ç« <em>Yum</em></a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If you prefer a graphical interface, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> GUI application, which uses <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> as its back end, to manage your system's packages. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-PackageKit.html">5ç« <em>PackageKit</em></a> for details.
+		</div></div></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Install RPM packages with the correct architecture!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			When installing a package, ensure it is compatible with your operating system and processor architecture. This can usually be determined by checking the package name. Many of the following examples show RPM packages compiled for the AMD64/Intel 64 computer architectures; thus, the RPM file name ends in <code class="filename">x86_64.rpm</code>.
+		</div></div></div><div class="para">
+		During upgrades, RPM handles configuration files carefully, so that you never lose your customizations—something that you cannot accomplish with regular <code class="filename">.tar.gz</code> files.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		For the developer, RPM allows you to take software source code and package it into source and binary packages for end users.
+		<a id="id747873" class="indexterm"></a>
+		 This process is quite simple and is driven from a single file and optional patches that you create. This clear delineation between <em class="firstterm">pristine</em> sources and your patches along with build instructions eases the maintenance of the package as new versions of the software are released.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running rpm commands must be performed as root</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			Because RPM makes changes to your system, you must be logged in as root to install, remove, or upgrade an RPM package.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-design"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-design">A.1. RPM の設計目標</h2></div></div></div><a id="id747827" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To understand how to use RPM, it can be helpful to understand the design goals of RPM:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Upgradability
+				<a id="id857945" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						With RPM, you can upgrade individual components of your system without completely reinstalling. When you get a new release of an operating system based on RPM, such as Fedora, you do not need to reinstall a fresh copy of the operating system your machine (as you might need to with operating systems based on other packaging systems). RPM allows intelligent, fully-automated, in-place upgrades of your system. In addition, configuration files in packages are preserved across upgrades, so you do not lose your customizations. There are no special upgrade files needed to upgrade a package because the same RPM file is used to both install and upgrade the package on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Powerful Querying
+				<a id="id882196" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						RPM is designed to provide powerful querying options. You can perform searches on your entire database for packages or even just certain files. You can also easily find out what package a file belongs to and from where the package came. The files an RPM package contains are in a compressed archive, with a custom binary header containing useful information about the package and its contents, allowing you to query individual packages quickly and easily.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> System Verification
+				<a id="id948339" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Another powerful RPM feature is the ability to verify packages. If you are worried that you deleted an important file for some package, you can verify the package. You are then notified of anomalies, if any—at which point you can reinstall the package, if necessary. Any configuration files that you modified are preserved during reinstallation.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Pristine Sources 
+				<a id="id762098" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A crucial design goal was to allow the use of <span class="emphasis"><em>pristine </em></span> software sources, as distributed by the original authors of the software. With RPM, you have the pristine sources along with any patches that were used, plus complete build instructions. This is an important advantage for several reasons. For instance, if a new version of a program is released, you do not necessarily have to start from scratch to get it to compile. You can look at the patch to see what you <span class="emphasis"><em>might</em></span> need to do. All the compiled-in defaults, and all of the changes that were made to get the software to build properly, are easily visible using this technique.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The goal of keeping sources pristine may seem important only for developers, but it results in higher quality software for end users, too.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-rpm-using.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.2. RPMの使用法</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Services_and_Daemons.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Services_and_Daemons.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4c2730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Services_and_Daemons.html
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第7章 Services and Daemons</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html" title="パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス" /><link rel="prev" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html" title="パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス" /><link rel="next" href="s1-services-running.html" title="7.2. Running Services" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pa
 rt-Infrastructure_Services.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-services-running.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Services_and_Daemons" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第7章 Services and Daemons</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-running.html">7.2. Running Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-running.html#s3-services-runn
 ing-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-running.html">7.2.2. Running the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-stopping.html">7.2.3. Stopping the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-restarting.html">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-additional-resources.html">7.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-additional-resources.html#s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html">7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id712356" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Maintaining security on your system is extremely important, and one approach for this task is to manage access to system services carefully. Your system may need to provide open access to particular services (for example, <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> if you are running a web server). However, if you do not need to provide a service, you should turn it off to minimize your exposure to possible bug exploits.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter covers the configuration of the services to be run when a system is started, and provides information on how to start, stop, and restart the services on the command line using the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+	</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Keep the system secure</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			When you allow access for new services, always remember that both the firewall and <span class="application"><strong>SELinux</strong></span> need to be configured as well. One of the most common mistakes committed when configuring a new service is neglecting to implement the necessary firewall configuration and SELinux policies to allow access for it. Refer to the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em> (see <a class="xref" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html">「その他のリソース」</a>) for more information.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-services-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</h2></div></div></div><a id="id677130" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910157" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To allow you to configure which services are started at boot time, Fedora is shipped with the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> command line tool.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use the ntsysv and chkconfig utilities</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although it is still possible to use the <span class="application"><strong>ntsysv</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>chkconfig</strong></span> utilities to manage services that have init scripts installed in the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/</code> directory, it is advised that you use the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+			</div></div></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Enabling the irqbalance service</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To ensure optimal performance on POWER architecture, it is recommended that the <code class="systemitem">irqbalance</code> service is enabled. In most cases, this service is installed and configured to run during the Fedora 15 installation. To verify that <code class="systemitem">irqbalance</code> is running, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl status irqbalance.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-configuration-enabling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To configure a service to be automatically started at boot time, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">enable</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The service will be started the next time you boot the system. For information on how to start the service immediately, refer to <a class="xref" href="s3-services-running-running.html">「Running the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-configuration-enabling"><h6>例7.1 Enabling the httpd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					Imagine you want to run the Apache HTTP Server on your system. Provided that you have the <span class="package">httpd</span> package installed, you can enable the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl enable httpd.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-configuration-disabling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To disable starting a service at boot time, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">disable</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The next time you boot the system, the service will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be started. For information on how to stop the service immediately, refer to <a class="xref" href="s3-services-running-stopping.html">「Stopping the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-configuration-disabling"><h6>例7.2 Disabling the telnet service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					In order to secure the system, users are advised to disable insecure connection protocols such as Telnet. You can make sure that the <code class="systemitem">telnet</code> service is disabled by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl disable telnet.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html"><strong>戻る</strong>パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-services-running.html"><strong>次へ</strong>7.2. Running Services</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64f8b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第16章 システム監視ツール</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html" title="パート VI. 監視と自動化" /><link rel="prev" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html" title="パート VI. 監視と自動化" /><link rel="next" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html" title="16.2. メモリ使用量" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html"><strong>æˆ
 »ã‚‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第16ç«  システム監視ツール</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html">16.2. メモリ使用量</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">16.3. ファイルシステム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html">16.4. ハードウェア</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html">16.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-additional-res
 ources.html#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1024144" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id808884" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Before you learn how to configure your system, you should learn how to gather essential system information. For example, you should know how to find the amount of free memory, the amount of available hard drive space, how your hard drive is partitioned, and what processes are running. This chapter discusses how to retrieve this type of information from your Fedora system using simple commands and a few simple programs.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-system-processes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</h2></div></div></div><a id="id724820" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id716877" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id953020" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">ps ax</code> command displays a list of current system processes, including processes owned by other users. To display the owner alongside each process, use the <code class="command">ps aux</code> command. This list is a static list; in other words, it is a snapshot of what was running when you invoked the command. If you want a constantly updated list of running processes, use <code class="command">top</code> as described below.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">ps</code> output can be long. To prevent it from scrolling off the screen, you can pipe it through less:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ps aux | less</code></pre><div class="para">
+			You can use the <code class="command">ps</code> command in combination with the <code class="command">grep</code> command to see if a process is running. For example, to determine if <span class="application"><strong>Emacs</strong></span> is running, use the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ps ax | grep emacs</code></pre><a id="id803140" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id967648" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">top</code> command displays currently running processes and important information about them including their memory and CPU usage. The list is both real-time and interactive. An example of output from the <code class="command">top</code> command is provided as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen">top - 18:11:48 up 1 min,  1 user,  load average: 0.68, 0.30, 0.11
+Tasks: 122 total,   1 running, 121 sleeping,   0 stopped,   0 zombie
+Cpu(s):  0.0%us,  0.5%sy,  0.0%ni, 93.4%id,  5.7%wa,  0.2%hi,  0.2%si,  0.0
+Mem:    501924k total,   376496k used,   125428k free,    29664k buffers
+Swap:  1015800k total,        0k used,  1015800k free,   189008k cached
+
+  PID USER      PR  NI  VIRT  RES  SHR S %CPU %MEM    TIME+  COMMAND       
+ 1601 root      40   0 20172 1084  920 S  0.3  0.2   0:00.08 hald-addon-sto
+ 1998 silas     40   0 14984 1160  880 R  0.3  0.2   0:00.13 top           
+    1 root      40   0 19160 1412 1156 S  0.0  0.3   0:00.96 init          
+    2 root      40   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.01 kthreadd      
+    3 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.05 migration/0   
+    4 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 ksoftirqd/0   
+    5 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 watchdog/0    
+    6 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.04 migration/1   
+    7 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 ksoftirqd/1   
+    8 root      RT   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 watchdog/1    
+    9 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 events/0      
+   10 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.01 events/1      
+   11 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 cpuset        
+   12 root      20   0     0    0    0 S  0.0  0.0   0:00.00 khelper       
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+			To exit <code class="command">top</code>, press the <span class="keycap"><strong>q</strong></span> key.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#interactive-top-command">表16.1「Interactive top commands」</a> contains useful interactive commands that you can use with <code class="command">top</code>. For more information, refer to the <code class="command">top</code>(1) manual page.
+		</div><div class="table" id="interactive-top-command"><h6>表16.1 Interactive top commands</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Interactive top commands" border="1"><colgroup><col class="command" width="50%" /><col class="description" width="50%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							コマンド
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>Space</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							すぐに表示を更新します
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>h</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							ヘルプ画面を表示します
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>k</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							プロセスを kill します。プロセス ID とそれに送るシグナルの入力が求められます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>n</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							表示されるプロセスの数を変更します。数値を入力するよう求められます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>u</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							ユーザーの順に並べます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>M</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							メモリ使用量の順に並べます。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<span class="keycap"><strong>P</strong></span>
+						</td><td>
+							CPU使用率の順に並べます。
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id724844" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id724858" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			If you prefer a graphical interface for <code class="command">top</code>, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span>. To start it from the desktop, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Monitor</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or execute <code class="command">gnome-system-monitor</code> at a shell prompt. Select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Processes</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span> allows you to search for a process in the list of running processes. Using the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span>, you can also view all processes, your processes, or active processes.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Edit</strong></span> menu item allows you to:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの停止です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの継続または開始です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの終了です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの強制終了です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					選択されたプロセスの優先順位を変更します。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					システムモニターの設定を編集します。これらは一覧を更新する秒間隔の変更、システムモニタのウィンドウに表示するプロセスの項目の選択を含みます。
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>View</strong></span> menu item allows you to:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					アクティブなプロセスのみを表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					全てのプロセスを表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスを表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					プロセスの従属性を表示する
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					View a memory map of a selected process.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					選択されたプロセスによって開かれたファイルの表示
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Refresh the list of processes.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			To stop a process, select it and click <span class="guibutton"><strong>End Process</strong></span>. Alternatively you can also stop a process by selecting it, clicking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Edit</strong></span> on your menu and selecting <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Stop Process</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			特定の欄で情報別に分類するには、その欄の名前をクリックします。これは選択された欄ごとに情報を昇順に分類します。昇順と降順の分類を切り替えるには、欄の名前を再びクリックします。
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-sysinfo-processes"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-monitor-processes.png" alt="GNOME System Monitor — Processes tab" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Processes tab of the GNOME System Monitor
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図16.1  GNOME System Monitor — Processes tab </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html"><strong>戻る</strong>パート VI. 監視と自動化</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html"><strong>次へ</strong>16.2. メモリ使用量</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a86c67f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>付録B The sysconfig Directory</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-rpm-related-books.html" title="A.5.3. 関連書籍" /><link rel="next" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html" title="B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-related-books.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a a
 ccesskey="n" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">The sysconfig Directory</h1></div></div></div><a id="id766440" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1078764" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		This appendix outlines some of the files and directories found in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory, their function, and their contents. The information in this appendix is not intended to be complete, as many of these files have a variety of options that are only used in very specific or rare circumstances.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The content of the /etc/sysconfig/ directory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			The actual content of your <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory depends on the programs you have installed on your machine. To find the name of the package the configuration file belongs to, type the following at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">yum provides /etc/sysconfig/<em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a> for more information on how to install new packages in Fedora.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-sysconfig-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysconfig-files">B.1. Files in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</h2></div></div></div><a id="id893817" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The following sections offer descriptions of files normally found in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-arpwatch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-arpwatch">B.1.1.  /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch </h3></div></div></div><a id="id805817" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/arpwatch</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">arpwatch</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">arpwatch</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-u arpwatch -e root -s 'root (Arpwatch)'"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-authconfig"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-authconfig">B.1.2.  /etc/sysconfig/authconfig </h3></div></div></div><a id="id908508" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/authconfig</code> file sets the authorization to be used on the host. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEMKHOMEDIR=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) creating a home directory for a user on the first login. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEMKHOMEDIR=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEPAMACCESS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the PAM authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEPAMACCESS=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESSSDAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the SSSD authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESSSDAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESHADOW=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) shadow passwords. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESHADOW=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEWINBIND=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using Winbind for user account configuration. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEWINBIND=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEDB=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the FAS authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEDB=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEFPRINTD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the fingerprint authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEFPRINTD=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">FORCESMARTCARD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) enforcing the smart card authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">FORCESMARTCARD=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">PASSWDALGORITHM=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The password algorithm. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be <code class="option">bigcrypt</code>, <code class="option">descrypt</code>, <code class="option">md5</code>, <code class="option">sha256</code>, or <code class="option">sha512</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">PASSWDALGORITHM=sha512</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USELDAPAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the LDAP authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USELDAPAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USELOCAUTHORIZE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the local authorization for local users. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USELOCAUTHORIZE=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USECRACKLIB=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the CrackLib. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USECRACKLIB=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEWINBINDAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the Winbind authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEWINBINDAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESMARTCARD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the smart card authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESMARTCARD=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USELDAP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using LDAP for user account configuration. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USELDAP=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USENIS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using NIS for user account configuration. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USENIS=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEKERBEROS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the Kerberos authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEKERBEROS=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESYSNETAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) authenticating system accounts with network services. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESYSNETAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESMBAUTH=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the SMB authentication. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESMBAUTH=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USESSSD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using SSSD for obtaining user information. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USESSSD=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USEHESIOD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the Hesoid name service. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USEHESIOD=no</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html">8章<em>認証の設定</em></a> for more information on this topic.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-autofs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-autofs">B.1.3.  /etc/sysconfig/autofs </h3></div></div></div><a id="id963575" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/autofs</code> file defines custom options for the automatic mounting of devices. This file controls the operation of the automount daemons, which automatically mount file systems when you use them and unmount them after a period of inactivity. File systems can include network file systems, CD-ROM drives, diskettes, and other media.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MASTER_MAP_NAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default name for the master map. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MASTER_MAP_NAME="auto.master"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default mount timeout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">TIMEOUT=300</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">NEGATIVE_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default negative timeout for unsuccessful mount attempts. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NEGATIVE_TIMEOUT=60</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MOUNT_WAIT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for a response from <code class="command">mount</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MOUNT_WAIT=-1</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">UMOUNT_WAIT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for a response from <code class="command">umount</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">UMOUNT_WAIT=12</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">BROWSE_MODE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) browsing the maps. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">BROWSE_MODE="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MOUNT_NFS_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default protocol to be used by <code class="command">mount.nfs</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MOUNT_NFS_DEFAULT_PROTOCOL=4</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">APPEND_OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) appending the global options instead of replacing them. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">APPEND_OPTIONS="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LOGGING=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default logging level. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be either <code class="option">none</code>, <code class="option">verbose</code>, or <code class="option">debug</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LOGGING="none"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LDAP_URI=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space-separated list of server URIs in the form of <code class="systemitem"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em>://<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em> </code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LDAP_URI="ldaps://ldap.example.com/"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LDAP_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The synchronous API calls timeout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LDAP_TIMEOUT=-1</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The network response timeout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LDAP_NETWORK_TIMEOUT=8</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SEARCH_BASE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The base Distinguished Name (DN) for the map search. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SEARCH_BASE=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">AUTH_CONF_FILE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default location of the SASL authentication configuration file. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">AUTH_CONF_FILE="/etc/autofs_ldap_auth.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MAP_HASH_TABLE_SIZE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The hash table size for the map cache. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MAP_HASH_TABLE_SIZE=1024</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">USE_MISC_DEVICE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the autofs miscellaneous device. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">USE_MISC_DEVICE="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the LDAP daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS=""</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-clock"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-clock">B.1.4.  /etc/sysconfig/clock </h3></div></div></div><a id="id966878" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> file controls the interpretation of values read from the system hardware clock. It is used by the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool, and should not be edited by hand. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ZONE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time zone file under <code class="filename">/usr/share/zoneinfo</code> that <code class="filename">/etc/localtime</code> is a copy of. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ZONE="Europe/Prague"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">「Date and Time Configuration Tool」</a> for more information on the <span class="application"><strong>Date and Time</strong></span> configuration tool and its usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-dhcpd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-dhcpd">B.1.5.  /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id778875" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">dhcpd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">DHCPDARGS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">dhcpd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">DHCPDARGS=</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html">10ç« <em>DHCP Servers</em></a> for more information on DHCP and its usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-firewall"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-firewall">B.1.6.  /etc/sysconfig/firstboot </h3></div></div></div><a id="id893874" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/firstboot</code> file defines whether to run the <code class="command">firstboot</code> utility. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RUN_FIRSTBOOT=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">YES</code>) or disable (<code class="option">NO</code>) running the <code class="command">firstboot</code> program. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RUN_FIRSTBOOT=NO</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				The first time the system boots, the <code class="command">init</code> program calls the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/firstboot</code> script, which looks for the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/firstboot</code> file. If this file does not contain the <code class="option">RUN_FIRSTBOOT=NO</code> option, the <code class="command">firstboot</code> program is run, guiding a user through the initial configuration of the system.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>You can run the firstboot program again</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="command">firstboot</code> program the next time the system boots, change the value of <code class="command">RUN_FIRSTBOOT</code> option to <code class="option">YES</code>, and type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl enable firstboot.service</code>
+</pre></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-i18n"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-i18n">B.1.7.  /etc/sysconfig/i18n </h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/i18n</code> configuration file defines the default language, any supported languages, and the default system font. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LANG=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default language. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LANG="en_US.UTF-8"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SUPPORTED=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A colon-separated list of supported languages. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SUPPORTED="en_US.UTF-8:en_US:en"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SYSFONT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default system font. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SYSFONT="latarcyrheb-sun16"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-init"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-init">B.1.8.  /etc/sysconfig/init </h3></div></div></div><a id="id717052" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/init</code> file controls how the system appears and functions during the boot process. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">BOOTUP=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The bootup style. The value has to be either <code class="option">color</code> (the standard color boot display), <code class="option">verbose</code> (an old style display which provides more information), or anything else for the new style display, but without ANSI formatting. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">BOOTUP=color</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RES_COL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The number of the column in which the status labels start. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RES_COL=60</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MOVE_TO_COL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to move the cursor to the column specified in <code class="option">RES_COL</code> (see above). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MOVE_TO_COL="echo -en \\033[${RES_COL}G"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_SUCCESS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the success color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_SUCCESS="echo -en \\033[0;32m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_FAILURE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the failure color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_FAILURE="echo -en \\033[0;31m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_WARNING=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the warning color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_WARNING="echo -en \\033[0;33m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SETCOLOR_NORMAL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The terminal sequence to set the default color. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SETCOLOR_NORMAL="echo -en \\033[0;39m"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LOGLEVEL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The initial console logging level. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be in the range from <code class="option">1</code> (kernel panics only) to <code class="option">8</code> (everything, including the debugging information). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LOGLEVEL=3</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">PROMPT=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the hotkey interactive startup. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">PROMPT=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">AUTOSWAP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) probing for devices with swap signatures. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">AUTOSWAP=no</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ACTIVE_CONSOLES=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The list of active consoles. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ACTIVE_CONSOLES=/dev/tty[1-6]</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SINGLE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The single-user mode type. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be either <code class="option">/sbin/sulogin</code> (a user will be prompted for a password to log in), or <code class="option">/sbin/sushell</code> (the user will be logged in directly). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SINGLE=/sbin/sushell</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-ip6tables"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-ip6tables">B.1.9.  /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config </h3></div></div></div><a id="id907043" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config</code> file stores information used by the kernel to set up IPv6 packet filtering at boot time or whenever the <code class="command">ip6tables</code> service is started. Note that you should not modify it unless you are familiar with <code class="command">ip6tables</code> rules. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_MODULES=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space-separated list of helpers to be loaded after the firewall rules are applied. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_MODULES="ip_nat_ftp ip_nat_irc"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_MODULES_UNLOAD=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) module unloading when the firewall is stopped or restarted. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_MODULES_UNLOAD="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_STOP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) saving the current firewall rules when the firewall is stopped. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_STOP="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_RESTART=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) saving the current firewall rules when the firewall is restarted. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_SAVE_ON_RESTART="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_SAVE_COUNTER=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) saving the rule and chain counters. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_SAVE_COUNTER="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_STATUS_NUMERIC=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) printing IP addresses and port numbers in a numeric format in the status output. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_STATUS_NUMERIC="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_STATUS_VERBOSE=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) printing information about the number of packets and bytes in the status output. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_STATUS_VERBOSE="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">IP6TABLES_STATUS_LINENUMBERS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) printing line numbers in the status output. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">IP6TABLES_STATUS_LINENUMBERS="yes"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use the ip6tables command to create the rules</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You can create the rules manually using the <code class="command">ip6tables</code> command. Once created, type the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">service ip6tables save</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					This will add the rules to <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ip6tables</code>. Once this file exists, any firewall rules saved in it persist through a system reboot or a service restart.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-kybd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-kybd">B.1.10.  /etc/sysconfig/keyboard </h3></div></div></div><a id="id929694" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</code> file controls the behavior of the keyboard. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">KEYTABLE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The name of a keytable file. The files that can be used as keytables start in the <code class="filename">/lib/kbd/keymaps/i386/</code> directory, and branch into different keyboard layouts from there, all labeled <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>.kmap.gz</code>. The first file name that matches the <code class="option">KEYTABLE</code> setting is used. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">KEYTABLE="us"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">MODEL=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keyboard model. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">MODEL="pc105+inet"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">LAYOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keyboard layout. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">LAYOUT="us"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">KEYBOARDTYPE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keyboard type. Allowed values are <code class="option">pc</code> (a PS/2 keyboard), or <code class="option">sun</code> (a Sun keyboard). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">KEYBOARDTYPE="pc"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-ldap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-ldap">B.1.11.  /etc/sysconfig/ldap </h3></div></div></div><a id="id718488" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ldap</code> file holds the basic configuration for the LDAP server. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">slapd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_OPTIONS="-4"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLURPD_OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">slurpd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLURPD_OPTIONS=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_LDAP=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the LDAP over TCP (that is, <code class="systemitem">ldap:///</code>). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_LDAP="yes"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_LDAPI=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the LDAP over IPC (that is, <code class="systemitem">ldapi:///</code>). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_LDAPI="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_LDAPS=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) using the LDAP over TLS (that is, <code class="systemitem">ldaps:///</code>). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_LDAPS="no"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_URLS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space-separated list of URLs. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_URLS="ldapi:///var/lib/ldap_root/ldapi ldapi:/// ldaps:///"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for <code class="command">slapd</code> to shut down. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=3</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SLAPD_ULIMIT_SETTINGS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The parameters to be passed to <code class="command">ulimit</code> before the <code class="command">slapd</code> daemon is started. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SLAPD_ULIMIT_SETTINGS=""</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a> for more information on LDAP and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-named"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-named">B.1.12.  /etc/sysconfig/named </h3></div></div></div><a id="id902161" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/named</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">named</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ROOTDIR=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The chroot environment under which the <code class="command">named</code> daemon runs. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> has to be a full directory path. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ROOTDIR="/var/named/chroot"</pre><div class="para">
+							Note that the chroot environment has to be configured first (type <code class="command">info chroot</code> at a shell prompt for more information).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">named</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-6"</pre><div class="para">
+							Note that you should not use the <code class="option">-t</code> option. Instead, use <code class="option">ROOTDIR</code> as described above.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">KEYTAB_FILE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The keytab file name. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">KEYTAB_FILE="/etc/named.keytab"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html">「BIND」</a> for more information on the BIND DNS server and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-network"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-network">B.1.13.  /etc/sysconfig/network </h3></div></div></div><a id="id709455" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code> file is used to specify information about the desired network configuration. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">NETWORKING=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) the networking. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NETWORKING=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">HOSTNAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The hostname of the machine. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">HOSTNAME=penguin.example.com</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">GATEWAY=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The IP address of the network's gateway. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">GATEWAY=192.168.1.0</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using custom init scripts</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Do not use custom init scripts to configure network settings. When performing a post-boot network service restart, custom init scripts configuring network settings that are run outside of the network init script lead to unpredictable results.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-ntpd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-ntpd">B.1.14.  /etc/sysconfig/ntpd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id839629" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ntpd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">ntpd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">ntpd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-u ntp:ntp -p /var/run/ntpd.pid -g"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">「Configuring the Network Time Protocol」</a> for more information on how to configure the <code class="command">ntpd</code> daemon.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-quagga"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-quagga">B.1.15.  /etc/sysconfig/quagga </h3></div></div></div><a id="id829598" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/quagga</code> file holds the basic configuration for Quagga daemons. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">QCONFDIR=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory with the configuration files for Quagga daemons. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">QCONFDIR="/etc/quagga"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">BGPD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">bgpd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">BGPD_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/bgpd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OSPF6D_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ospf6d</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OSPF6D_OPTS="-A ::1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ospf6d.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OSPFD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ospfd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OSPFD_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ospfd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RIPD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ripd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RIPD_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ripd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">RIPNGD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">ripngd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">RIPNGD_OPTS="-A ::1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/ripngd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ZEBRA_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">zebra</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ZEBRA_OPTS="-A 127.0.0.1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/zebra.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ISISD_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">isisd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ISISD_OPTS="-A ::1 -f ${QCONFDIR}/isisd.conf"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">WATCH_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">watchquagga</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">WATCH_OPTS="-Az -b_ -r/sbin/service_%s_restart -s/sbin/service_%s_start -k/sbin/service_%s_stop"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">WATCH_DAEMONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A space separated list of monitored daemons. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">WATCH_DAEMONS="zebra bgpd ospfd ospf6d ripd ripngd"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-radvd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-radvd">B.1.16.  /etc/sysconfig/radvd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id710112" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/radvd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">radvd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">OPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">radvd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">OPTIONS="-u radvd"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-samba"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-samba">B.1.17.  /etc/sysconfig/samba </h3></div></div></div><a id="id670770" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/samba</code> file is used to pass arguments to the Samba daemons at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SMBDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">smbd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SMBDOPTIONS="-D"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">NMBDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">nmbd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NMBDOPTIONS="-D"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">WINBINDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">winbindd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">WINBINDOPTIONS=""</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s1-Samba">「Samba」</a> for more information on Samba and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-selinux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-selinux">B.1.18.  /etc/sysconfig/selinux </h3></div></div></div><a id="id866834" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/selinux</code> file contains the basic configuration options for SELinux. It is a symbolic link to <code class="filename">/etc/selinux/config</code>, and by default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SELINUX=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The security policy. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value </code></em> can be either <code class="option">enforcing</code> (the security policy is always enforced), <code class="option">permissive</code> (instead of enforcing the policy, appropriate warnings are displayed), or <code class="option">disabled</code> (no policy is used). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SELINUX=enforcing</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SELINUXTYPE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The protection type. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be either <code class="option">targeted</code> (the targeted processes are protected), or <code class="option">mls</code> (the Multi Level Security protection). For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SELINUXTYPE=targeted</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-sendmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-sendmail">B.1.19.  /etc/sysconfig/sendmail </h3></div></div></div><a id="id763808" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/sendmail</code> is used to set the default values for the <span class="application"><strong>Sendmail</strong></span> application. By default, it contains the following values:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">DAEMON=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">yes</code>) or disable (<code class="option">no</code>) running <code class="command">sendmail</code> as a daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">DAEMON=yes</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">QUEUE=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The interval at which the messages are to be processed. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">QUEUE=1h</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html">「Sendmail」</a> for more information on Sendmail and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-spamd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-spamd">B.1.20.  /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin </h3></div></div></div><a id="id834651" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/spamassassin</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">spamd</code> daemon (a daemonized version of <span class="application"><strong>Spamassassin</strong></span>) at boot time. By default, it contains the following option:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SPAMDOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">spamd</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SPAMDOPTIONS="-d -c -m5 -H"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-mda-spam">「スパムフィルタ」</a> for more information on Spamassassin and its configuration.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-squid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-squid">B.1.21.  /etc/sysconfig/squid </h3></div></div></div><a id="id722719" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/squid</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">squid</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SQUID_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to the <code class="command">squid</code> daemon. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SQUID_OPTS=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SQUID_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The time to wait for <code class="command">squid</code> daemon to shut down. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SQUID_SHUTDOWN_TIMEOUT=100</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">SQUID_CONF=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The default configuration file. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">SQUID_CONF="/etc/squid/squid.conf"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-rcu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-rcu">B.1.22.  /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users </h3></div></div></div><a id="id789500" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/system-config-users</code> file is the configuration file for the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> utility, and should not be edited by hand. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">FILTER=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) filtering of system users. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">FILTER=true</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_UID=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) assigning the highest available UID to newly added users. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_UID=true</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_GID=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) assigning the highest available GID to newly added groups. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">ASSIGN_HIGHEST_GID=true</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">PREFER_SAME_UID_GID=<em class="replaceable"><code>boolean</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A boolean to enable (<code class="option">true</code>) or disable (<code class="option">false</code>) using the same UID and GID for newly added users when possible. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">PREFER_SAME_UID_GID=true</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-users-configui.html">「User Manager Tool」</a> for more information on <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> and its usage.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-vncservers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-vncservers">B.1.23.  /etc/sysconfig/vncservers </h3></div></div></div><a id="id836624" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/vncservers</code> file configures the way the <em class="firstterm">Virtual Network Computing</em> (<em class="firstterm">VNC</em>) server starts up. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">VNCSERVERS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A list of space separated <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>display</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> </code> pairs. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">VNCSERVERS="2:myusername"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">VNCSERVERARGS[<em class="replaceable"><code>display</code></em>]=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional arguments to be passed to the VNC server running on the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>display</code></em>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">VNCSERVERARGS[2]="-geometry 800x600 -nolisten tcp -localhost"</pre></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-xinetd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-xinetd">B.1.24.  /etc/sysconfig/xinetd </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1102321" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/xinetd</code> file is used to pass arguments to the <code class="command">xinetd</code> daemon at boot time. By default, it contains the following options:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">EXTRAOPTIONS=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Additional options to be passed to <code class="command">xinetd</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">EXTRAOPTIONS=""</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="option">XINETD_LANG=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The locale information to be passed to every service started by <code class="command">xinetd</code>. Note that to remove locale information from the <code class="command">xinetd</code> environment, you can use an empty string (<code class="option">""</code>) or <code class="option">none</code>. For example:
+						</div><pre class="screen">XINETD_LANG="en_US"</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure the <code class="command">xinetd</code> services.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-related-books.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.5.3. 関連書籍</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html"><strong>次へ</strong>B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f32b7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html" title="パート VI. 監視と自動化" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html" title="16.5. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html" title="17.2. ログファイルを探す" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html"><stron
 g>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="ap
 plication"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-locating.html">17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-locating.html#configuring-logrotate">17.2.1. Configuring logrotate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html">17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-adding.html">17.4. Adding a Log File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-examining.html">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html">17.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html#s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><d
 t><span class="section"><a href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id1067220" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1017979" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">ログファイル</em> は、システム上で動作しているカーネル、サービス、アプリケーションなどのシステムに関するメッセージが入っているファイルです。情報ごとに異なるログファイルがあります。例えば、デフォルトシステムログファイル、セキュリティメッセージだけのログファイル、 cron タスク用のログファイルなどがあります。
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Log files can be very useful when trying to troubleshoot a problem with the system such as trying to load a kernel driver or when looking for unauthorized login attempts to the system. This chapter discusses where to find log files, how to view log files, and what to look for in log files.
+	</div><a id="id902865" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id966985" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		Some log files are controlled by a daemon called <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code>. A list of log files maintained by <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> can be found in the <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> is an enhanced, multi-threaded syslog daemon which replaced the <code class="command">sysklogd</code> daemon. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> supports the same functionality as <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span> and extends it with enhanced filtering, encryption protected relaying of messages, various configuration options, or support for transportation via the <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> or <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocols. Note that <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> is compatible with <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-configuring-rsyslog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The main configuration file for <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> is <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code>. It consists of <em class="firstterm">global directives</em>, <em class="firstterm">rules</em> or comments (any empty lines or any text following a hash sign (<code class="literal">#</code>)). Both, global directives and rules are extensively described in the sections below.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-global-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Global directives specify configuration options that apply to the <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> daemon. They usually specify a value for a specific pre-defined variable that affects the behavior of the <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> daemon or a rule that follows. All of the global directives must start with a dollar sign (<code class="literal">$</code>). Only one directive can be specified per line. The following is an example of a global directive that specifies the maximum size of the syslog message queue:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+$MainMsgQueueSize 50000
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The default size defined for this directive (<code class="constant">10,000</code> messages) can be overridden by specifying a different value (as shown in the example above).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You may define multiple directives in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file. A directive affects the behavior of all configuration options until another occurrence of that same directive is detected.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A comprehensive list of all available configuration directives and their detailed description can be found in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/rsyslog_conf_global.html</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Due to its modular design, <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> offers a variety of <em class="firstterm">modules</em> which provide dynamic functionality. Note that modules can be written by third parties. Most modules provide additional inputs (see <span class="emphasis"><em>Input Modules</em></span> below) or outputs (see <span class="emphasis"><em>Output Modules</em></span> below). Other modules provide special functionality specific to each module. The modules may provide additional configuration directives that become available after a module is loaded. To load a module, use the following syntax:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+$ModLoad <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MODULE&gt;</code></em> 
+</pre><div class="para">
+				where <code class="option">$ModLoad</code> is the global directive that loads the specified module and <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MODULE&gt;</code></em> represents your desired module. For example, if you want to load the <code class="literal">Text File Input Module</code> (<code class="command">imfile</code> — enables <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> to convert any standard text files into syslog messages), specify the following line in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+$ModLoad imfile
+</pre><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> offers a number of modules which are split into these main categories:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Input Modules — Input modules gather messages from various sources. The name of an input module always starts with the <code class="literal">im</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">imfile</code>, <code class="command">imrelp</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Output Modules — Output modules provide a facility to store messages into various targets such as sending them across network, storing them in a database or encrypting them. The name of an output module always starts with the <code class="literal">om</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">omsnmp</code>, <code class="command">omrelp</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Filter Modules — Filter modules provide the ability to filter messages according to specified rules. The name of a filter module always starts with the <code class="literal">fm</code> prefix.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Parser Modules — Parser modules use the message parsers to parse message content of any received messages. The name of a parser module always starts with the <code class="literal">pm</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">pmrfc5424</code>, <code class="command">pmrfc3164</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Message Modification Modules — Message modification modules change the content of a syslog message. The message modification modules only differ in their implementation from the output and filter modules but share the same interface.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						String Generator Modules — String generator modules generate strings based on the message content and strongly cooperate with the template feature provided by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>. For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>. The name of a string generator module always starts with the <code class="literal">sm</code> prefix, such as <code class="command">smfile</code>, <code class="command">smtradfile</code>, etc.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Library Modules — Library modules generally provide functionality for other loadable modules. These modules are loaded automatically by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> when needed and cannot be configured by the user.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				A comprehensive list of all available modules and their detailed description can be found at <a href="http://www.rsyslog.com/doc/rsyslog_conf_modules.html/">http://www.rsyslog.com/doc/rsyslog_conf_modules.html</a>
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you use trustworthy modules only</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Note that when <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> loads any modules, it provides them with access to some of its functions and data. This poses a possible security threat. To minimize security risks, use trustworthy modules only.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				A rule is specified by a <em class="firstterm">filter</em> part, which selects a subset of syslog messages, and an <em class="firstterm">action</em> part, which specifies what to do with the selected messages. To define a rule in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file, define both, a filter and an action, on one line and separate them with one or more spaces or tabs. For more information on filters, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s3-filter-conditions">「Filter Conditions」</a> and for information on actions, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s3-actions">「Actions」</a>.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-filter-conditions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-filter-conditions">17.1.3.1. Filter Conditions</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> offers various ways how to filter syslog messages according to various properties. This sections sums up the most used filter conditions.
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Facility/Priority-based filters</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								The most used and well-known way to filter syslog messages is to use the facility/priority-based filters which filter syslog messages based on two conditions: <em class="firstterm">facility</em> and <em class="firstterm">priority</em>. To create a selector, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">
+<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FACILITY&gt;</code></em>.<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PRIORITY&gt;</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FACILITY&gt;</code></em> specifies the subsystem that produces a specific syslog message. For example, the <code class="command">mail</code> subsystem handles all mail related syslog messages. <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FACILITY&gt;</code></em> can be represented by one of these keywords: <code class="command">auth</code>, <code class="command">authpriv</code>, <code class="command">cron</code>, <code class="command">daemon</code>, <code class="command">kern</code>, <code class="command">lpr</code>, <code class="command">mail</code>, <code class="command">news</code>, <code class="command">syslog</code>, <code class="command">user</code>, <code class="command">uucp</code>, and <code class="command">local0</code> through <code class="command">local7</code>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PRIORITY&gt;</code></em> specifies a priority of a syslog message. <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PRIORITY&gt;</code></em> can be represented by one of these keywords (listed in an ascending order): <code class="command">debug</code>, <code class="command">info</code>, <code class="command">notice</code>, <code class="command">warning</code>, <code class="command">err</code>, <code class="command">crit</code>, <code class="command">alert</code>, and <code class="command">emerg</code>.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										By preceding any priority with an equal sign (<code class="literal">=</code>), you specify that only syslog messages with that priority will be selected. All other priorities will be ignored. Conversely, preceding a priority with an exclamation mark (<code class="literal">!</code>) selects all syslog messages but those with the defined priority. By not using either of these two extensions, you specify a selection of syslog messages with the defined or higher priority.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								In addition to the keywords specified above, you may also use an asterisk (<code class="literal">*</code>) to define all facilities or priorities (depending on where you place the asterisk, before or after the dot). Specifying the keyword <code class="literal">none</code> serves for facilities with no given priorities.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								To define multiple facilities and priorities, simply separate them with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>). To define multiple filters on one line, separate them with a semi-colon (<code class="literal">;</code>).
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The following are a few examples of simple facility/priority-based filters:
+							</div><pre class="screen">
+kern.*    # Selects all kernel syslog messages with any priority
+</pre><pre class="screen">
+mail.crit    # Selects all mail syslog messages with priority <code class="command">crit</code> and higher.
+</pre><pre class="screen">
+cron.!info,!debug    # Selects all cron syslog messages except those with the <code class="command">info</code> or <code class="command">debug</code> priority.
+</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Property-based filters</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Property-based filters let you filter syslog messages by any property, such as <em class="parameter"><code>timegenerated</code></em> or <em class="parameter"><code>syslogtag</code></em>. For more information on properties, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s4-properties">「Properties」</a>. Each of the properties specified in the filters lets you compare it to a specific value using one of the compare-operations listed in <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#table-compare-operations">表17.1「Property-based compare-operations」</a>.
+							</div><div class="table" id="table-compare-operations"><h6>表17.1 Property-based compare-operations</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Property-based compare-operations" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="operation" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+												Compare-operation
+											</th><th>
+												説明
+											</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>contains</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Checks whether the provided string matches any part of the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>isequal</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Compares the provided string against all of the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>startswith</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Checks whether the provided string matches a prefix of the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>regex</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Compares the provided POSIX BRE (Basic Regular Expression) regular expression against the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr><tr><td>
+												<em class="parameter"><code>ereregex</code></em>
+											</td><td>
+												Compares the provided POSIX ERE (Extended Regular Expression) regular expression against the text provided by the property.
+											</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+								To define a property-based filter, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY&gt;</code></em>, [!]<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;COMPARE_OPERATION&gt;</code></em>, "<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;STRING&gt;</code></em>"</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the desired property (for example, <em class="parameter"><code>timegenerated</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>hostname</code></em>, etc.).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The optional exclamation point (<code class="literal">!</code>) negates the output of the compare-operation (if prefixing the compare-operation).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;COMPARE_OPERATION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies one of the compare-operations listed in <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#table-compare-operations">表17.1「Property-based compare-operations」</a>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;STRING&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the value that the text provided by the property is compared to. To escape certain character (for example a quotation mark (<code class="literal">"</code>)), use the backslash character (<code class="literal">\</code>).
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								The following are few examples of property-based filters:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The following filter selects syslog messages which contain the string <code class="literal">error</code> in their message text:
+									</div><pre class="screen">:msg, contains, "error"</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The following filter selects syslog messages received from the hostname <code class="literal">host1</code>:
+									</div><pre class="screen">:hostname, isequal, "host1"</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The following filter selects syslog messages which do not contain any mention of the words <code class="literal">fatal</code> and <code class="literal">error</code> with any or no text between them (for example, <code class="literal">fatal lib error</code>):
+									</div><pre class="screen">:msg, !regex, "fatal .* error"</pre></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Expression-based filters</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Expression-based filters select syslog messages according to defined arithmetic, boolean or string operations. Expression-based filters use <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>'s own scripting language. The syntax of this language is defined in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/rscript_abnf.html</code> along with examples of various expression-based filters.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								To define an expression-based filter, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">if <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;EXPRESSION&gt;</code></em> then <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;EXPRESSION&gt;</code></em> attribute represents an expression to be evaluated, for example: <code class="literal">$msg startswith 'DEVNAME'</code> or <code class="literal">$syslogfacility-text == 'local0'</code>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em> attribute represents an action to be performed if the expression returns the value <code class="literal">true</code>.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Define an expression-based filter on a single line</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									When defining an expression-based filter, it must be defined on a single line.
+								</div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use regular expressions</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Regular expressions are currently not supported in expression-based filters.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">BSD-style blocks</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> supports BSD-style blocks inside the <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file. Each block consists of rules which are preceded with a program or hostname label. Use the '!<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROGRAM&gt;</code></em>' or '-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROGRAM&gt;</code></em>' labels to include or exclude programs, respectively. Use the '+<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOSTNAME&gt;</code></em> ' or '-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOSTNAME&gt;</code></em> ' labels include or exclude hostnames, respectively.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								<a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#example-bsd-block1">例17.1「BSD-style block」</a> shows a BSD-style block that saves all messages generated by <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> to a file.
+							</div><div class="example" id="example-bsd-block1"><h6>例17.1 BSD-style block</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+!yum
+*.*      /var/log/named.log
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-actions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-actions">17.1.3.2. Actions</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Actions specify what is to be done with the messages filtered out by an already-defined selector. The following are some of the actions you can define in your rule:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Saving syslog messages to log files</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								The majority of actions specify to which log file a syslog message is saved. This is done by specifying a file path after your already-defined selector. The following is a rule comprised of a selector that selects all <span class="application"><strong>cron</strong></span> syslog messages and an action that saves them into the <code class="filename">/var/log/cron.log</code> log file:
+							</div><pre class="screen">cron.* /var/log/cron.log
+</pre><div class="para">
+								Use a dash mark (<code class="literal">-</code>) as a prefix of the file path you specified if you want to omit syncing the desired log file after every syslog message is generated.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Your specified file path can be either static or dynamic. Static files are represented by a simple file path as was shown in the example above. Dynamic files are represented by a template and a question mark (<code class="literal">?</code>) prefix. For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s4-generating-dynamic-fnames">「Generating dynamic file names」</a>.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								If the file you specified is an existing <span class="application"><strong>tty</strong></span> or <code class="filename">/dev/console</code> device, syslog messages are sent to standard output (using special <span class="application"><strong>tty</strong></span>-handling) or your console (using special <code class="filename">/dev/console</code>-handling) when using the X Window System, respectively.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Sending syslog messages over the network</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> allows you to send and receive syslog messages over the network. This feature allows to administer syslog messages of multiple hosts on one machine. To forward syslog messages to a remote machine, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">@[<span class="optional">(<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em>)</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOST&gt;</code></em>:[<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PORT&gt;</code></em></span>]
+</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The at sign (<code class="literal">@</code>) indicates that the syslog messages are forwarded to a host using the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol. To use the <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> protocol, use two at signs with no space between them (<code class="literal">@@</code>).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em> attribute can be replaced with an option such as <code class="command">z<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NUMBER&gt;</code></em> </code>. This option enables <span class="application"><strong>zlib</strong></span> compression for syslog messages; the <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NUMBER&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the level of compression. To define multiple options, simply separate each one of them with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;HOST&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the host which receives the selected syslog messages.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PORT&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the host machine's port.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								When specifying an <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> address as the host, enclose the address in square brackets (<code class="literal">[</code>, <code class="literal">]</code>).
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The following are some examples of actions that forward syslog messages over the network (note that all actions are preceded with a selector that selects all messages with any priority):
+							</div><pre class="screen">*.* @192.168.0.1    # Forwards messages to 192.168.0.1 via the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol</pre><pre class="screen">*.* @@example.com:18    # Forwards messages to "example.com" using port 18 and the <code class="systemitem">TCP</code> protocol</pre><pre class="screen">
+*.* @(z9)[2001::1]    # Compresses messages with <span class="application"><strong>zlib</strong></span> (level 9 compression)
+                      # and forwards them to 2001::1 using the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Output channels</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Output channels are primarily used for log file rotation (for more info on log file rotation, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html#configuring-logrotate">「Configuring logrotate」</a>), that is, to specify the maximum size a log file can grow to. To define an output channel, use the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">$outchannel <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NAME&gt;</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FILE_NAME&gt;</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MAX_SIZE&gt;</code></em>, <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of the output channel.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FILE_NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of the output file.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MAX_SIZE&gt;</code></em> attribute represents the maximum size the specified file (in <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FILE_NAME&gt;</code></em>) can grow to. This value is specified in <span class="emphasis"><em>bytes</em></span>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ACTION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the action that is taken when the maximum size, defined in <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;MAX_SIZE&gt;</code></em>, is hit.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								<a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#example-log-rotation">例17.2「Output channel log rotation」</a> shows a simple log rotation through the use of an output channel. First, the output channel is defined via the <em class="parameter"><code>$outchannel</code></em> directive and then used in a rule which selects every syslog message with any priority and executes the previously-defined output channel on the acquired syslog messages. Once the limit (in the example <code class="constant">100 MB</code>) is hit, the <code class="filename">/home/joe/log_rotation_script</code> is executed. This script can contain anything from moving the file into a different folder, editing specific content out of it, or simply removing it.
+							</div><div class="example" id="example-log-rotation"><h6>例17.2 Output channel log rotation</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">
+$outchannel log_rotation,/var/log/test_log.log, 104857600, /home/joe/log_rotation_script
+
+*.* $log_rotation
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Support for output channels is to be removed in the future</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Output channels are currently supported by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>, however, they are planned to be removed in the nearby future.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Sending syslog messages to specific users</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> can send syslog messages to specific users by simply specifying a username of the user you wish to send the messages to. To specify more than one user, separate each username with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>). To send messages to every user that is currently logged on, use an asterisk (<code class="literal">*</code>).
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Executing a program</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> lets you execute a program for selected syslog messages and uses the <code class="systemitem">system()</code> call to execute the program in shell. To specify a program to be executed, prefix it with a caret character (<code class="literal">^</code>). Consequently, specify a template that formats the received message and passes it to the specified executable as a one line parameter (for more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>). In the following example, any syslog message with any priority is selected, formatted with the <em class="parameter"><code>template</code></em> template and passed as a parameter to the <span class="application"><strong>test-program</strong></span> program, which is then executed with the provided parameter:
+							</div><pre class="screen">*.* ^test-program;template</pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when using the shell execute action</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									When accepting messages from any host, and using the shell execute action, you may be vulnerable to command injection. An attacker may try to inject and execute commands specified by the attacker in the program you specified (in your action) to be executed. To avoid any possible security threats, thoroughly consider the use of the shell execute action.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Inputting syslog messages in a database</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Selected syslog messages can be directly written into a database table using the <span class="emphasis"><em>database writer</em></span> action. The database writer uses the following syntax:
+							</div><pre class="screen">:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PLUGIN&gt;</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_HOST&gt;</code></em>,<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_NAME&gt;</code></em>,<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_USER&gt;</code></em>,<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_PASSWORD&gt;</code></em>;[<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE&gt;</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+								where:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PLUGIN&gt;</code></em> calls the specified plug-in that handles the database writing (for example, the <code class="systemitem">ommysql</code> plug-in).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_HOST&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the database hostname.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of the database.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_USER&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the database user.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;DB_PASSWORD&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the password used with the aforementioned database user.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies an optional use of a template that modifies the syslog message. For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using MySQL and PostgreSQL</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Currently, <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> provides support for <code class="systemitem">MySQL</code> (for more information, refer to <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/rsyslog_mysql.html</code>) and <code class="systemitem">PostgreSQL</code> databases only. In order to use the <code class="systemitem">MySQL</code> and <code class="systemitem">PostgreSQL</code> database writer functionality, install the <span class="package">rsyslog-mysql</span> and <span class="package">rsyslog-pgsql</span> packages installed, respectively. Also, make sure you load the appropriate modules in your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file:
+								</div><pre class="screen">
+$ModLoad ommysql    # Output module for MySQL support
+$ModLoad ompgsql    # Output module for PostgreSQL support
+</pre><div class="para">
+									For more information on <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> modules, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-modules">「Modules」</a>.
+								</div><div class="para">
+									Alternatively, you may use a generic database interface provided by the <code class="systemitem">omlibdb</code> module. However, this module is currently not compiled.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Discarding syslog messages</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								To discard your selected messages, use the tilde character (<code class="literal">~</code>). The following rule discards any cron syslog messages:
+							</div><pre class="screen">cron.* ~</pre></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+					For each selector, you are allowed to specify multiple actions. To specify multiple actions for one selector, write each action on a separate line and precede it with an ampersand character (&amp;). Only the first action is allowed to have a selector specified on its line. The following is an example of a rule with multiple actions:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+kern.=crit joe
+&amp; ^test-program;temp
+&amp; @192.168.0.1
+</pre><div class="para">
+					In the example above, all kernel syslog messages with the critical priority (<em class="parameter"><code>crit</code></em>) are send to user <code class="systemitem">joe</code>, processed by the template <em class="parameter"><code>temp</code></em> and passed on to the <em class="parameter"><code>test-program</code></em> executable, and forwarded to <code class="systemitem">192.168.0.1</code> via the <code class="systemitem">UDP</code> protocol.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Specifying multiple actions improves the overall performance of the desired outcome since the specified selector has to be evaluated only once.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Note that any action can be followed by a template that formats the message. To specify a template, suffix an action with a semicolon (<code class="literal">;</code>) and specify the name of the template.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using templates</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						A template must be defined before it is used in an action, otherwise, it is ignored.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					For more information on templates, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s3-templates">「Templates」</a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-templates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-templates">17.1.3.3. Templates</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Any output that is generated by <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> can be modified and formatted according to your needs through the use of templates. To create a template use the following syntax:
+				</div><pre class="screen">$template <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE_NAME&gt;</code></em>,"<em class="replaceable"><code>text %&lt;PROPERTY&gt;% more text</code></em>", [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+					where:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>$template</code></em> is the template directive that indicates that the text following it, defines a template.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>&lt;TEMPLATE_NAME&gt;</code></em> is the name of the template. Use this name to refer to the template.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Anything between the two quotation marks (<code class="literal">"</code>…<code class="literal">"</code>) is the actual template text. Within this text, you are allowed to escape characters in order to use their functionality, such as <code class="literal">\n</code> for new line or <code class="literal">\r</code> for carriage return. Other characters, such as <code class="literal">%</code> or <code class="literal">"</code>, have to be escaped in case you want to those characters literally.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The text specified within two percent signs (<code class="literal">%</code>) specifies a <em class="firstterm">property</em> that is consequently replaced with the property's actual value. For more information on properties, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s4-properties">「Properties」</a>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							The <em class="parameter"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies any options that modify the template functionality. Do not mistake these for property options, which are defined inside the template text (between <code class="literal">"</code>…<code class="literal">"</code>). The currently supported template options are <em class="parameter"><code>sql</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>stdsql</code></em> used for formatting the text as an SQL query.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The sql and stdsql options</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Note that the database writer (for more information, refer to section <em class="citetitle">Inputting syslog messages in a database</em> in <a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s3-actions">「Actions」</a>) checks whether the <em class="parameter"><code>sql</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>stdsql</code></em> options are specified in the template. If they are not, the database writer does not perform any action. This is to prevent any possible security threats, such as SQL injection.
+							</div></div></div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s4-generating-dynamic-fnames"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-generating-dynamic-fnames">17.1.3.3.1. Generating dynamic file names</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Templates can be used to generate dynamic file names. By specifying a property as a part of the file path, a new file will be created for each unique property. For example, use the <em class="parameter"><code>timegenerated</code></em> property to generate a unique file name for each syslog message:
+					</div><pre class="screen">$template DynamicFile,"/var/log/test_logs/%timegenerated%-test.log"</pre><div class="para">
+						Keep in mind that the <em class="parameter"><code>$template</code></em> directive only specifies the template. You must use it inside a rule for it to take effect:
+					</div><pre class="screen">*.* ?DynamicFile</pre></div><div class="section" id="s4-properties"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-properties">17.1.3.3.2. Properties</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Properties defined inside a template (within two percent signs (<code class="literal">%</code>)) allow you to access various contents of a syslog message through the use of a <em class="firstterm">property replacer</em>. To define a property inside a template (between the two quotation marks (<code class="literal">"</code>…<code class="literal">"</code>)), use the following syntax:
+					</div><pre class="screen">%<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY_NAME&gt;</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FROM_CHAR&gt;</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TO_CHAR&gt;</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em></span>]%</pre><div class="para">
+						where:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;PROPERTY_NAME&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies the name of a property. A comprehensible list of all available properties and their detailed description can be found in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/property_replacer.html</code> under the section <span class="emphasis"><em>Available Properties</em></span>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FROM_CHAR&gt;</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TO_CHAR&gt;</code></em> attributes denote a range of characters that the specified property will act upon. Alternatively, regular expressions can be used to specify a range of characters. To do so, specify the letter <code class="literal">R</code> as the <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;FROM_CHAR&gt;</code></em> attribute and specify your desired regular expression as the <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;TO_CHAR&gt;</code></em> attribute.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;OPTION&gt;</code></em> attribute specifies any property options. A comprehensible list of all available properties and their detailed description can be found in <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/property_replacer.html</code> under the section <span class="emphasis"><em>Property Options</em></span>.
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+						The following are some examples of simple properties:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property simply obtains the whole message text of a syslog message:
+							</div><pre class="screen">%msg%</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property obtains the first two characters of the message text of a syslog message:
+							</div><pre class="screen">%msg:1:2%</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property obtains the whole message text of a syslog message and drops its last line feed character:
+							</div><pre class="screen">%msg:::drop-last-lf%</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The following property obtains the first 10 characters of the timestamp that is generated when the syslog message is received and formats it according to the RFC 3999 date standard.
+							</div><pre class="screen">%timegenerated:1:10:date-rfc3339%</pre></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-template-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-template-examples">17.1.3.3.3. Template Examples</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						This section presents few examples of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> templates.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#example-temp1">例17.3「A verbose syslog message template」</a> shows a template that formats a syslog message so that it outputs the message's severity, facility, the timestamp of when the message was received, the hostname, the message tag, the message text, and ends with a new line.
+					</div><div class="example" id="example-temp1"><h6>例17.3 A verbose syslog message template</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$template verbose,"%syslogseverity%,%syslogfacility%,%timegenerated%,%HOSTNAME%,%syslogtag%,%msg%\n"</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#example-temp2">例17.4「A wall message template」</a> shows a template that resembles a traditional wall message (a message that is send to every user that is logged in and has their <em class="parameter"><code>mesg(1)</code></em> permission set to <em class="parameter"><code>yes</code></em>). This template outputs the message text, along with a hostname, message tag and a timestamp, on a new line (using <code class="literal">\r</code> and <code class="literal">\n</code>) and rings the bell (using <code class="literal">\7</code>).
+					</div><div class="example" id="example-temp2"><h6>例17.4 A wall message template</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$template wallmsg,"\r\n\7Message from syslogd@%HOSTNAME% at %timegenerated% ...\r\n %syslogtag% %msg%\n\r"</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#example-temp3">例17.5「A database formatted message template」</a> shows a template that formats a syslog message so that it can be used as a database query. Notice the use of the <em class="parameter"><code>sql</code></em> option at the end of the template specified as the template option. It tells the database writer to format the message as an MySQL <code class="systemitem">SQL</code> query.
+					</div><div class="example" id="example-temp3"><h6>例17.5 A database formatted message template</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$template dbFormat,"insert into SystemEvents (Message, Facility,FromHost, Priority, DeviceReportedTime, ReceivedAt, InfoUnitID, SysLogTag) values ('%msg%', %syslogfacility%, '%HOSTNAME%',%syslogpriority%, '%timereported:::date-mysql%', '%timegenerated:::date-mysql%', %iut%, '%syslogtag%')",sql</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						<span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> also contains a set of predefined templates identified by the <code class="literal">RSYSLOG_</code> prefix. It is advisable to not create a template using this prefix to avoid any conflicts. The following list shows these predefined templates along with their definitions.
+					</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_DebugFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"Debug line with all properties:\nFROMHOST: '%FROMHOST%', fromhost-ip: '%fromhost-ip%', HOSTNAME: '%HOSTNAME%', PRI: %PRI%,\nsyslogtag '%syslogtag%', programname: '%programname%', APP-NAME: '%APP-NAME%', PROCID: '%PROCID%', MSGID: '%MSGID%',\nTIMESTAMP: '%TIMESTAMP%', STRUCTURED-DATA: '%STRUCTURED-DATA%',\nmsg: '%msg%'\nescaped msg: '%msg:::drop-cc%'\nrawmsg: '%rawmsg%'\n\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_SyslogProtocol23Format</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"&lt;%PRI%&gt;1 %TIMESTAMP:::date-rfc3339% %HOSTNAME% %APP-NAME% %PROCID% %MSGID% %STRUCTURED-DATA% %msg%\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_FileFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"%TIMESTAMP:
 ::date-rfc3339% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg:::drop-last-lf%\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"%TIMESTAMP% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg:::drop-last-lf%\n\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_ForwardFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"&lt;%PRI%&gt;%TIMESTAMP:::date-rfc3339% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag:1:32%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg%\"</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="parameter"><code>RSYSLOG_TraditionalForwardFormat</code></em></span></dt><dd><pre class="screen">"&lt;%PRI%&gt;%TIMESTAMP% %HOSTNAME% %syslogtag:1:32%%msg:::sp-if-no-1st-sp%%msg%\"</pre></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-rsyslog-cmd-options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 cla
 ss="title" id="s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Some of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>'s functionality can be configured through the command line options, as <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span>'s can. Note that as of version 3 of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>, this method was deprecated. To enable some of these option, you must specify the compatibility mode <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> should run in. However, configuring <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> through the command line options should be avoided.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To specify the compatibility mode <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> should run in, use the <code class="option">-c</code> option. When no parameter is specified, <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> tries to be compatible with <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span>. This is partially achieved by activating configuration directives that modify your configuration accordingly. Therefore, it is advisable to supply this option with a number that matches the major version of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> that is in use and update your <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file accordingly. If you want to, for example, use <span class="application"><strong>sysklogd</strong></span> options (which were deprecated in version 3 of <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>), you can specify so by executing the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# rsyslogd -c 2</pre><div class="para">
+				Options that are passed to the <code class="systemitem">rsyslogd</code> daemon, including the backward compatibility mode, can be specified in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/rsyslog</code> configuration file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on various <code class="command">rsyslogd</code> options, refer to <code class="command">man rsyslogd</code>.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>16.5. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html"><strong>次へ</strong>17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Web_Servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Web_Servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d3797d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Web_Servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1280 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第12章 ウェブ サーバー</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html" title="11.2.7. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html" title="第13章 メールサーバー" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="
 next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Web_Servers" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第12章 ウェブ サーバー</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 
 設定ファイルの編集</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1.8. Setting Up an SSL Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id826310" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id826395" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">HTTP</code> (ハイパーテキスト転送プロトコル)サーバー、あるいは<em class="firstterm">ウェブサーバー</em>は、ウェブ経由でクライアントにコンテンツを提供するネットワークサービスです。これは通常ウェブページを意味しますが、他の文書も同様に提供することができます。
+	</div><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</h2></div></div></div><a id="id826353" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		This section focuses on the <span class="application"><strong>Apache HTTP Server 2.2</strong></span>, a robust, full-featured open source web server developed by the <a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache Software Foundation</a>, that is included in Fedora 15. It describes the basic configuration of the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, and covers advanced topics such as adding server modules, setting up virtual hosts, or configuring the secure HTTP server.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		There are important differences between the Apache HTTP Server 2.2 and version 2.0, and if you are upgrading from a previous release of Fedora, you will need to update the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service configuration accordingly. This section reviews some of the newly added features, outlines important changes, and guides you through the update of older configuration files.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-version2-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</h3></div></div></div><a id="id826298" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The Apache HTTP Server version 2.2 introduces the following enhancements:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id781136" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id781111" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 Improved caching modules, that is, <code class="systemitem">mod_cache</code> and <code class="systemitem">mod_disk_cache</code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id872414" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 Support for proxy load balancing, that is, the <code class="systemitem">mod_proxy_balancer</code> module.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Support for large files on 32-bit architectures, allowing the web server to handle files greater than 2GB.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					認証モジュールを置き換える、認証と認可のサポートの新しい構成は、前のバージョンで提供されました。
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-version2-changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1001021" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Since version 2.0, few changes have been made to the default <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service configuration:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id1001009" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1000955" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 The following modules are no longer loaded by default: <code class="systemitem">mod_cern_meta</code> and <code class="systemitem">mod_asis</code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id1000946" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 The following module is newly loaded by default: <code class="systemitem">mod_ext_filter</code>.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-version2-migrating"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1000910" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To update the configuration files from the Apache HTTP Server version 2.0, take the following steps:
+		</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Make sure all module names are correct, since they may have changed. Adjust the <code class="option">LoadModule</code> directive for each module that has been renamed.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Recompile all third party modules before attempting to load them. This typically means authentication and authorization modules.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<a id="id762832" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 If you use the <code class="systemitem">mod_userdir</code> module, make sure the <code class="option">UserDir</code> directive indicating a directory name (typically <code class="literal">public_html</code>) is provided.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					If you use the Apache HTTP Secure Server, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> to enable the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol.
+				</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+			Note that you can check the configuration for possible errors by using the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service httpd configtest</code></pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on upgrading the Apache HTTP Server configuration from version 2.0 to 2.2, refer to <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/upgrading.html">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/upgrading.html</a>.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section describes how to start, stop, restart, and check the current status of the Apache HTTP Server. To be able to use the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, make sure you have the <span class="package">httpd</span> installed. You can do so by using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install httpd</code></pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on the concept of runlevels and how to manage system services in Fedora in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-starting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-starting">12.1.4.1. サービスの開始</h4></div></div></div><a id="id787794" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To run the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you want the service to start automatically at the boot time, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the secure server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If running the Apache HTTP Server as a secure server, a password may be required after the machine boots if using an encrypted private SSL key.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-stopping">12.1.4.2. さービスの停止</h4></div></div></div><a id="id787714" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To stop the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To prevent the service from starting automatically at the boot time, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl disable httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-restarting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-restarting">12.1.4.3. サービスの再開</h4></div></div></div><a id="id881026" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				There are two different ways to restart the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To restart the service completely, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+						This will stop the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service, and then start it again. Use this command after installing or removing a dynamically loaded module such as PHP.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To only reload the configuration, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl reload httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+						This will cause the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service to reload the configuration file. Note that any requests being currently processed will be interrupted, which may cause a client browser to display an error message or render a partial page.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To reload the configuration without affecting active requests, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service httpd graceful</code></pre><div class="para">
+						This will cause the running <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service to reload the configuration file. Note that any requests being currently processed will use the old configuration.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-running-status"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-running-status">12.1.4.4. サービスの状態確認</h4></div></div></div><a id="id756261" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To check whether the service is running, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active httpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-editing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 設定ファイルの編集</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			When the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service is started, by default, it reads the configuration from locations that are listed in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-editing-files">表12.1「The httpd service configuration files」</a>.
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-editing-files"><h6>表12.1 The httpd service configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="The httpd service configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="option" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							パス
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<a id="id756150" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code>
+						</td><td>
+							中心となる設定ファイルです。
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<a id="id826096" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							An auxiliary directory for configuration files that are included in the main configuration file.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			Although the default configuration should be suitable for most situations, it is a good idea to become at least familiar with some of the more important configuration options. Note that for any changes to take effect, the web server has to be restarted first. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a> for more information on how to restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+		</div><a id="id826020" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To check the configuration for possible errors, type the following at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service httpd configtest</code></pre><div class="para">
+			To make the recovery from mistakes easier, it is recommended that you make a copy of the original file before editing it.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-httpdconf-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">12.1.5.1. Common httpd.conf Directives</h4></div></div></div><a id="id825999" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following directives are commonly used in the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id763755" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;Directory&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;Directory&gt;</code> directive allows you to apply certain directives to a particular directory only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Directory <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/Directory&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> can be either a full path to an existing directory in the local file system, or a wildcard expression.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive can be used to configure additional <code class="literal">cgi-bin</code> directories for server-side scripts located outside the directory that is specified by <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code>. In this case, the <code class="option">ExecCGI</code> and <code class="option">AddHandler</code> directives must be supplied, and the permissions on the target directory must be set correctly (that is, <code class="literal">0755</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-directory"><h6>例12.1 Using the &lt;Directory&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Directory /var/www/html&gt;
+  Options Indexes FollowSymLinks
+  AllowOverride None
+  Order allow,deny
+  Allow from all
+&lt;/Directory&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id763648" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;IfDefine&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">IfDefine</code> directive allows you to use certain directives only when a particular parameter is supplied on the command line. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfDefine [<span class="optional">!</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/IfDefine&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em> can be supplied at a shell prompt using the <code class="option">-D</code><em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em> command line option (for example, <code class="command">httpd -DEnableHome</code>). If the optional exclamation mark (that is, <code class="literal">!</code>) is present, the enclosed directives are used only when the parameter is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> specified.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-ifdefine"><h6>例12.2 Using the &lt;IfDefine&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfDefine EnableHome&gt;
+  UserDir public_html
+&lt;/IfDefine&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id932450" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;IfModule&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;IfModule&gt;</code> directive allows you to use certain directive only when a particular module is loaded. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfModule [<span class="optional">!</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/IfModule&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em> can be identified either by its name, or by the file name. If the optional exclamation mark (that is, <code class="literal">!</code>) is present, the enclosed directives are used only when the module is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> loaded.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-ifmodule"><h6>例12.3 Using the &lt;IfModule&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;IfModule mod_disk_cache.c&gt;
+  CacheEnable disk /
+  CacheRoot /var/cache/mod_proxy
+&lt;/IfModule&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id867954" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;Location&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;Location&gt;</code> directive allows you to apply certain directives to a particular URL only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Location <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/Location&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em> can be either a path relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/server-info</code>), or an external URL such as <code class="literal">http://example.com/server-info</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-location"><h6>例12.4 Using the &lt;Location&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Location /server-info&gt;
+  SetHandler server-info
+  Order deny,allow
+  Deny from all
+  Allow from .example.com
+&lt;/Location&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id872474" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;Proxy&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;Proxy&gt;</code> directive allows you to apply certain directives to the proxy server only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Proxy <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/Proxy&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> can be an external URL, or a wildcard expression (for example, <code class="literal">http://example.com/*</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-proxy"><h6>例12.5 Using the &lt;Proxy&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;Proxy *&gt;
+  Order deny,allow
+  Deny from all
+  Allow from .example.com
+&lt;/Proxy&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id872387" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code> directive allows you apply certain directives to particular virtual hosts only. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">&lt;VirtualHost <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em></span>]…&gt;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>
+  …
+&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> can be an IP address, a fully qualified domain name, or a special form as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-virtualhost">表12.2「Available &lt;VirtualHost&gt; options」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-virtualhost"><h6>表12.2 Available &lt;VirtualHost&gt; options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available &lt;VirtualHost&gt; options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">*</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents all IP addresses.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">_default_</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents unmatched IP addresses.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-virtualhost"><h6>例12.6 Using the &lt;VirtualHost&gt; directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">&lt;VirtualHost *:80&gt;
+  ServerAdmin webmaster at penguin.example.com
+  DocumentRoot /www/docs/penguin.example.com
+  ServerName penguin.example.com
+  ErrorLog logs/penguin.example.com-error_log
+  CustomLog logs/penguin.example.com-access_log common
+&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id770547" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AccessFileName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AccessFileName</code> directive allows you to specify the file to be used to customize access control information for each directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AccessFileName <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><a id="id872912" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id872886" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">.htaccess</code>.
+						</div><a id="id872823" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id872832" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, the directive is typically followed by the <code class="literal">Files</code> tag to prevent the files beginning with <code class="filename">.ht</code> from being accessed by web clients. This includes the <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> and <code class="filename">.htpasswd</code> files.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-accessfilename"><h6>例12.7 Using the AccessFileName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AccessFileName .htaccess
+
+&lt;Files ~ "^\.ht"&gt;
+  Order allow,deny
+  Deny from all
+  Satisfy All
+&lt;/Files&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id810621" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Action</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Action</code> directive allows you to specify a CGI script to be executed when a certain media type is requested. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Action <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code>, <code class="literal">image/png</code>, or <code class="literal">application/pdf</code>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing CGI script, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/cgi-bin/process-image.cgi</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-action"><h6>例12.8 Using the Action directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Action image/png /cgi-bin/process-image.cgi</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id922795" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddDescription</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddDescription</code> directive allows you to specify a short description to be displayed in server-generated directory listings for a given file. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddDescription "<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em>" <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em> should be a short text enclosed in double quotes (that is, <code class="literal">"</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> can be a full file name, a file extension, or a wildcard expression.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-adddescription"><h6>例12.9 Using the AddDescription directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id946979" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddEncoding</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddEncoding</code> directive allows you to specify an encoding type for a particular file extension. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddEncoding <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> has to be a valid MIME encoding such as <code class="literal">x-compress</code>, <code class="literal">x-gzip</code>, etc. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.gz</code>).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically used to instruct web browsers to decompress certain file types as they are downloaded.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addencoding"><h6>例12.10 Using the AddEncoding directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id826894" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddHandler</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddHandler</code> directive allows you to map certain file extensions to a selected handler. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddHandler <em class="replaceable"><code>handler</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>handler</code></em> has to be a name of previously defined handler. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.cgi</code>).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically used to treat files with the <code class="filename">.cgi</code> extension as CGI scripts regardless of the directory they are in. Additionally, it is also commonly used to process server-parsed HTML and image-map files.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addhandler"><h6>例12.11 Using the AddHandler option</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddHandler cgi-script .cgi</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id826815" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddIcon</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddIcon</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a particular file in server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddIcon <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/folder.png</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> can be a file name, a file extension, a wildcard expression, or a special form as described in the following table:
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-addicon"><h6>表12.3 Available AddIcon options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available AddIcon options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">^^DIRECTORY^^</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents a directory.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">^^BLANKICON^^</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents a blank line.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addicon"><h6>例12.12 Using the AddIcon directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddIcon /icons/text.png .txt README</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id813978" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddIconByEncoding</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddIconByEncoding</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a particular encoding type in server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByEncoding <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/compressed.png</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> has to be a valid MIME encoding such as <code class="literal">x-compress</code>, <code class="literal">x-gzip</code>, etc.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addiconbyencoding"><h6>例12.13 Using the AddIconByEncoding directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByEncoding /icons/compressed.png x-compress x-gzip</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id813875" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddIconByType</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddIconByType</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a particular media type in server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByType <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/text.png</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be either a valid MIME type (for example, <code class="literal">text/html</code> or <code class="literal">image/png</code>), or a wildcard expression such as <code class="literal">text/*</code>, <code class="literal">image/*</code>, etc.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addiconbytype"><h6>例12.14 Using the AddIconByType directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddIconByType /icons/video.png video/*</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id895615" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddLanguage</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddLanguage</code> directive allows you to associate a file extension with a specific language. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddLanguage <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em> has to be a valid MIME language such as <code class="literal">cs</code>, <code class="literal">en</code>, or <code class="literal">fr</code>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.cs</code>).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is especially useful for web servers that serve content in multiple languages based on the client's language settings.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addlanguage"><h6>例12.15 Using the AddLanguage directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddLanguage cs .cs .cz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id836810" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AddType</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AddType</code> directive allows you to define or override the media type for a particular file extension. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AddType <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code>, <code class="literal">image/png</code>, etc. The <em class="replaceable"><code>extension</code></em> is a case sensitive file extension, and is conventionally written with a leading dot (for example, <code class="literal">.cs</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-addtype"><h6>例12.16 Using the AddType directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id746374" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Alias</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Alias</code> directive allows you to refer to files and directories outside the default directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Alias <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/images/</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em> is a full path to a file or directory in the local file system.
+						</div><a id="id746299" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically followed by the <code class="option">Directory</code> tag with additional permissions to access the target directory. By default, the <code class="literal">/icons/</code> alias is created so that the icons from <code class="filename">/var/www/icons/</code> are displayed in server-generated directory listings.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-alias"><h6>例12.17 Using the Alias directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Alias /icons/ /var/www/icons/
+
+&lt;Directory "/var/www/icons"&gt;
+  Options Indexes MultiViews FollowSymLinks
+  AllowOverride None
+  Order allow,deny
+  Allow from all
+&lt;Directory&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id746244" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Allow</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Allow</code> directive allows you to specify which clients have permission to access a given directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Allow from <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em> can be a domain name, an IP address (both full and partial), a <em class="replaceable"><code>network</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>netmask</code></em> pair, or <code class="literal">all</code> for all clients.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-allow"><h6>例12.18 Using the Allow directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Allow from 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id869929" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">AllowOverride</code> </span></dt><dd><a id="id869894" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id869866" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">AllowOverride</code> directive allows you to specify which directives in a <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> file can override the default configuration. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">AllowOverride <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> has to be one of the available grouping options as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-allowoverride">表12.4「Available AllowOverride options」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-allowoverride"><h6>表12.4 Available AllowOverride options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available AllowOverride options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">All</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All directives in <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> are allowed to override earlier configuration settings.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">None</code>
+										</td><td>
+											No directive in <code class="filename">.htaccess</code> is allowed to override earlier configuration settings.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">AuthConfig</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of authorization directives such as <code class="option">AuthName</code>, <code class="option">AuthType</code>, or <code class="option">Require</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FileInfo</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of file type, metadata, and <code class="systemitem">mod_rewrite</code> directives such as <code class="option">DefaultType</code>, <code class="option">RequestHeader</code>, or <code class="option">RewriteEngine</code>, as well as the <code class="option">Action</code> directive.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Indexes</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of directory indexing directives such as <code class="option">AddDescription</code>, <code class="option">AddIcon</code>, or <code class="option">FancyIndexing</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Limit</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of host access directives, that is, <code class="option">Allow</code>, <code class="option">Deny</code>, and <code class="option">Order</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Options</code>[<span class="optional">=<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>,…</span>]
+										</td><td>
+											Allows the use of the <code class="option">Options</code> directive. Additionally, you can provide a comma-separated list of options to customize which options can be set using this directive.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-allowoverride"><h6>例12.19 Using the AllowOverride directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id833649" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">BrowserMatch</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">BrowserMatch</code> directive allows you to modify the server behavior based on the client's web browser type. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">BrowserMatch <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> is a regular expression to match the User-Agent HTTP header field. The <em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em> is an environment variable that is set when the header field matches the pattern.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							By default, this directive is used to deny connections to specific browsers with known issues, and to disable keepalives and HTTP header flushes for browsers that are known to have problems with these actions.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-browsermatch"><h6>例12.20 Using the BrowserMatch directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">BrowserMatch "Mozilla/2" nokeepalive</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id833549" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheDefaultExpire</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheDefaultExpire</code> option allows you to set how long to cache a document that does not have any expiration date or the date of its last modification specified. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheDefaultExpire <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is specified in seconds. The default option is <code class="literal">3600</code> (that is, one hour).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachedefaultexpire"><h6>例12.21 Using the CacheDefaultExpire directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheDefaultExpire 3600</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id698728" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheDisable</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheDisable</code> directive allows you to disable caching of certain URLs. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheDisable <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/files/</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachedisable"><h6>例12.22 Using the CacheDisable directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheDisable /temporary</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id698642" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheEnable</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheEnable</code> directive allows you to specify a cache type to be used for certain URLs. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheEnable <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> has to be a valid cache type as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-cacheenable">表12.5「利用できるキャッシュの種類」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em> can be a path relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/images/</code>), a protocol (for example, <code class="literal">ftp://</code>), or an external URL such as <code class="literal">http://example.com/</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-cacheenable"><h6>表12.5 利用できるキャッシュの種類</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利用できるキャッシュの種類" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="type" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											Type
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">mem</code>
+										</td><td>
+											The memory-based storage manager.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">disk</code>
+										</td><td>
+											The disk-based storage manager.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">fd</code>
+										</td><td>
+											The file descriptor cache.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cacheenable"><h6>例12.23 Using the CacheEnable directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheEnable disk /</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id929605" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheLastModifiedFactor</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheLastModifiedFactor</code> directive allows you to customize how long to cache a document that does not have any expiration date specified, but that provides information about the date of its last modification. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheLastModifiedFactor <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> is a coefficient to be used to multiply the time that passed since the last modification of the document. The default option is <code class="literal">0.1</code> (that is, one tenth).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachelastmodifiedfactor"><h6>例12.24 Using the CacheLastModifiedFactor directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheLastModifiedFactor 0.1</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id929530" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheMaxExpire</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheMaxExpire</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum amount of time to cache a document. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheMaxExpire <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is specified in seconds. The default option is <code class="literal">86400</code> (that is, one day).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachemaxexpire"><h6>例12.25 Using the CacheMaxExpire directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheMaxExpire 86400</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id865063" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheNegotiatedDocs</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheNegotiatedDocs</code> directive allows you to enable caching of the documents that were negotiated on the basis of content. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheNegotiatedDocs <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-cachenegotiateddocs">表12.6「Available CacheNegotiatedDocs options」</a>. Since the content-negotiated documents may change over time or because of the input from the requester, the default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-cachenegotiateddocs"><h6>表12.6 Available CacheNegotiatedDocs options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available CacheNegotiatedDocs options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables caching the content-negotiated documents.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables caching the content-negotiated documents.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cachenegotiateddocs"><h6>例12.26 Using the CacheNegotiatedDocs directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheNegotiatedDocs On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id739635" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CacheRoot</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CacheRoot</code> directive allows you to specify the directory to store cache files in. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CacheRoot <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em></pre><a id="id972449" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> must be a full path to an existing directory in the local file system. The default option is <code class="filename">/var/cache/mod_proxy/</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-cacheroot"><h6>例12.27 Using the CacheRoot directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CacheRoot /var/cache/mod_proxy</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id972389" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">CustomLog</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">CustomLog</code> directive allows you to specify the log file name and the log file format. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">CustomLog <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em></pre><a id="id972345" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to a log file, and must be relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em> has to be either an explicit format string, or a format name that was previously defined using the <code class="option">LogFormat</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-customlog"><h6>例12.28 Using the CustomLog directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">CustomLog logs/access_log combined</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id682201" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DefaultIcon</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DefaultIcon</code> directive allows you to specify an icon to be displayed for a file in server-generated directory listings when no other icon is associated with it. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DefaultIcon <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing icon file, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/icons/unknown.png</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-defaulticon"><h6>例12.29 Using the DefaultIcon directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.png</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id682120" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DefaultType</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DefaultType</code> directive allows you to specify a media type to be used in case the proper MIME type cannot be determined by the server. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DefaultType <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code>, <code class="literal">image/png</code>, <code class="literal">application/pdf</code>, etc.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-defaulttype"><h6>例12.30 Using the DefaultType directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DefaultType text/plain</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id987991" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Deny</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Deny</code> directive allows you to specify which clients are denied access to a given directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Deny from <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>client</code></em> can be a domain name, an IP address (both full and partial), a <em class="replaceable"><code>network</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>netmask</code></em> pair, or <code class="literal">all</code> for all clients.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-deny"><h6>例12.31 Using the Deny directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Deny from 192.168.1.1</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id729236" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DirectoryIndex</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DirectoryIndex</code> directive allows you to specify a document to be served to a client when a directory is requested (that is, when the URL ends with the <code class="literal">/</code> character). It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DirectoryIndex <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">index.html</code>, and <code class="filename">index.html.var</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-directoryindex"><h6>例12.32 Using the DirectoryIndex directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id729153" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive allows you to specify the main directory from which the content is served. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">DocumentRoot <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em></pre><a id="id681411" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							<em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> はローカルのファイルシステムに存在するディレクトリーへのフルパスでなければなりません。オプションの初期値は <code class="filename">/var/www/html/</code> です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-documentroot"><h6>例12.33 Using the DocumentRoot directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DocumentRoot /var/www/html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id681372" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ErrorDocument</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ErrorDocument</code> directive allows you to specify a document or a message to be displayed as a response to a particular error. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ErrorDocument <em class="replaceable"><code>error-code</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>error-code</code></em> has to be a valid code such as <code class="literal">403</code> (Forbidden), <code class="literal">404</code> (Not Found), or <code class="literal">500</code> (Internal Server Error). The <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em> can be either a URL (both local and external), or a message string enclosed in double quotes (that is, <code class="literal">"</code>).
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-errordocument"><h6>例12.34 Using the ErrorDocument directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ErrorDocument 403 "Access Denied"
+ErrorDocument 404 /404-not_found.html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id832392" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ErrorLog</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ErrorLog</code> directive allows you to specify a file to which the server errors are logged. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ErrorLog <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id832340" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to a log file, and can be either absolute, or relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The default option is <code class="filename">logs/error_log</code>
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-errorlog"><h6>例12.35 Using the ErrorLog directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ErrorLog logs/error_log</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1077452" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ExtendedStatus</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ExtendedStatus</code> directive allows you to enable detailed server status information. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ExtendedStatus <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-extendedstatus">表12.7「Available ExtendedStatus options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-extendedstatus"><h6>表12.7 Available ExtendedStatus options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ExtendedStatus options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables generating the detailed server status.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables generating the detailed server status.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-extendedstatus"><h6>例12.36 Using the ExtendedStatus directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ExtendedStatus On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id885172" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Group</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Group</code> directive allows you to specify the group under which the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service will run. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Group <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em> has to be an existing UNIX group. The default option is <code class="option">apache</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that <code class="option">Group</code> is no longer supported inside <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code>, and has been replaced by the <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-group"><h6>例12.37 Using the Group directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Group apache</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1102127" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">HeaderName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">HeaderName</code> directive allows you to specify a file to be prepended to the beginning of the server-generated directory listing. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">HeaderName <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">HEADER.html</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-headername"><h6>例12.38 Using the HeaderName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">HeaderName HEADER.html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1102219" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">HostnameLookups</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">HostnameLookups</code> directive allows you to enable automatic resolving of IP addresses. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">HostnameLookups <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-hostnamelookup">表12.8「Available HostnameLookups options」</a>. To conserve resources on the server, the default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-hostnamelookup"><h6>表12.8 Available HostnameLookups options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available HostnameLookups options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables resolving the IP address for each connection so that the hostname can be logged. However, this also adds a significant processing overhead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Double</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables performing the double-reverse DNS lookup. In comparison to the above option, this adds even more processing overhead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables resolving the IP address for each connection.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Note that when the presence of hostnames is required in server log files, it is often possible to use one of the many log analyzer tools that perform the DNS lookups more efficiently.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-hostnamelookups"><h6>例12.39 Using the HostnameLookups directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">HostnameLookups Off</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id769368" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Include</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Include</code> directive allows you to include other configuration files. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Include <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></pre><a id="id1022052" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">filename</code> can be an absolute path, a path relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive, or a wildcard expression. All configuration files from the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/</code> directory are loaded by default.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-include"><h6>例12.40 Using the Include directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Include conf.d/*.conf</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1021977" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">IndexIgnore</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">IndexIgnore</code> directive allows you to specify a list of file names to be omitted from the server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IndexIgnore <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> option can be either a full file name, or a wildcard expression.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-indexignore"><h6>例12.41 Using the IndexIgnore directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id879807" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">IndexOptions</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">IndexOptions</code> directive allows you to customize the behavior of server-generated directory listings. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IndexOptions <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-indexoptions">表12.9「利用できるディレクトリー一覧のオプション」</a>. The default options are <code class="option">Charset=UTF-8</code>, <code class="option">FancyIndexing</code>, <code class="option">HTMLTable</code>, <code class="option">NameWidth=*</code>, and <code class="option">VersionSort</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-indexoptions"><h6>表12.9 利用できるディレクトリー一覧のオプション</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利用できるディレクトリー一覧のオプション" border="1"><colgroup><col width="33%" class="option" /><col width="67%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Charset</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the character set of a generated web page. The <em class="replaceable"><code>encoding</code></em> has to be a valid character set such as <code class="literal">UTF-8</code> or <code class="literal">ISO-8859-2</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Type</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the media type of a generated web page. The <em class="replaceable"><code>content-type</code></em> has to be a valid MIME type such as <code class="literal">text/html</code> or <code class="literal">text/plain</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">DescriptionWidth</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the width of the description column. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be either a number of characters, or an asterisk (that is, <code class="literal">*</code>) to adjust the width automatically.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FancyIndexing</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables advanced features such as different icons for certain files or possibility to re-sort a directory listing by clicking on a column header.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FolderFirst</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables listing directories first, always placing them above files.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">HTMLTable</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧に HTML テーブルを使います。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IconsAreLinks</code>
+										</td><td>
+											リンクの代わりにアイコンを使います。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IconHeight</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies an icon height. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is a number of pixels.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IconWidth</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies an icon width. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is a number of pixels.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IgnoreCase</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables sorting files and directories in a case-sensitive manner.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IgnoreClient</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables accepting query variables from a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">NameWidth</code>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the width of the file name column. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be either a number of characters, or an asterisk (that is, <code class="literal">*</code>) to adjust the width automatically.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">ScanHTMLTitles</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables parsing the file for a description (that is, the <code class="literal">title</code> element) in case it is not provided by the <code class="option">AddDescription</code> directive.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">ShowForbidden</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables listing the files with otherwise restricted access.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressColumnSorting</code>
+										</td><td>
+											列ヘッダーをクリックすることでディレクトリーの一覧の並び替えをさせません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressDescription</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ファイルの説明の領域を確保しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressHTMLPreamble</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the use of standard HTML preamble when a file specified by the <code class="option">HeaderName</code> directive is present.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressIcon</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧でアイコンを使いません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressLastModified</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧で最終変更日時の項目を表示しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressRules</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧で水平線を使いません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SuppressSize</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリーの一覧でファイル サイズを表示しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">TrackModified</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables returning the <code class="literal">Last-Modified</code> and <code class="literal">ETag</code> values in the HTTP header.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">VersionSort</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables sorting files that contain a version number in the expected manner.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">XHTML</code>
+										</td><td>
+											標準の HTML 3.2 の代わりに XHTML 1.0 を使います。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-indexoptions"><h6>例12.42 Using the IndexOptions directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">IndexOptions FancyIndexing VersionSort NameWidth=* HTMLTable Charset=UTF-8</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1006003" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">KeepAlive</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">KeepAlive</code> directive allows you to enable persistent connections. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">KeepAlive <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-keepalive">表12.10「Available KeepAlive options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-keepalive"><h6>表12.10 Available KeepAlive options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available KeepAlive options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables the persistent connections. In this case, the server will accept more than one request per connection.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											キープアライブ接続を無効にします。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Note that when the persistent connections are enabled, on a busy server, the number of child processes can increase rapidly and eventually reach the maximum limit, slowing down the server significantly. To reduce the risk, it is recommended that you set <code class="option">KeepAliveTimeout</code> to a low number, and monitor the <code class="filename">/var/log/httpd/logs/error_log</code> log file carefully.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-keepalive"><h6>例12.43 Using the KeepAlive directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">KeepAlive Off</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id689945" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">KeepAliveTimeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">KeepAliveTimeout</code> directive allows you to specify the amount of time to wait for another request before closing the connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">KeepAliveTimeout <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							<em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> を秒で指定します。オプションの初期値は <code class="literal">15</code> です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-keepalivetimeout"><h6>例12.44 Using the KeepAliveTimeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">KeepAliveTimeout 15</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id689864" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LanguagePriority</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">LanguagePriority</code> directive allows you to customize the precedence of languages. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LanguagePriority <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>language</code></em> has to be a valid MIME language such as <code class="literal">cs</code>, <code class="literal">en</code>, or <code class="literal">fr</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is especially useful for web servers that serve content in multiple languages based on the client's language settings.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-languagepriority"><h6>例12.45 Using the LanguagePriority directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LanguagePriority sk cs en</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id807727" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Listen</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>Listen</code></em> directive allows you to specify IP addresses or ports to listen to. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Listen [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em>:</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em> is optional and unless supplied, the server will accept incoming requests on a given <em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> from all IP addresses. Since the <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> is determined automatically from the port number, it can be usually omitted. The default option is to listen to port <code class="literal">80</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that if the server is configured to listen to a port under 1024, only superuser will be able to start the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-listen"><h6>例12.46 Using the Listen directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Listen 80</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1018981" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LoadModule</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">LoadModule</code> directive allows you to load a <em class="firstterm">Dynamic Shared Object</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DSO</acronym>) module. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LoadModule <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id1018927" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1018905" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> has to be a valid identifier of the required module. The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing module file, and must be relative to the directory in which the libraries are placed (that is, <code class="filename">/usr/lib/httpd/</code> on 32-bit and <code class="filename">/usr/lib64/httpd/</code> on 64-bit systems by default).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-dso">「Working with Modules」</a> for more information on the Apache HTTP Server's DSO support.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-loadmodule"><h6>例12.47 Using the LoadModule directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LoadModule php5_module modules/libphp5.so</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id904139" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LogFormat</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>LogFormat</code></em> directive allows you to specify a log file format. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LogFormat <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>format</code></em> is a string consisting of options as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-logformat">表12.11「Common LogFormat options」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> can be used instead of the format string in the <code class="option">CustomLog</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-logformat"><h6>表12.11 Common LogFormat options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Common LogFormat options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="13%" class="option" /><col width="88%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%b</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the size of the response in bytes.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%h</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the IP address or hostname of a remote client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%l</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the remote log name if supplied. If not, a hyphen (that is, <code class="literal">-</code>) is used instead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%r</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the first line of the request string as it came from the browser or client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%s</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the status code.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%t</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the date and time of the request.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%u</code>
+										</td><td>
+											If the authentication is required, it represents the remote user. If not, a hyphen (that is, <code class="literal">-</code>) is used instead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">%{<em class="replaceable"><code>field</code></em>}</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Represents the content of the HTTP header <em class="replaceable"><code>field</code></em>. The common options include <code class="option">%{Referer}</code> (the URL of the web page that referred the client to the server) and <code class="option">%{User-Agent}</code> (the type of the web browser making the request).
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-logformat"><h6>例12.48 Using the LogFormat directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %&gt;s %b" common</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id887710" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">LogLevel</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">LogLevel</code> directive allows you to customize the verbosity level of the error log. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">LogLevel <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-loglevel">表12.12「Available LogLevel options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">warn</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-loglevel"><h6>表12.12 Available LogLevel options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available LogLevel options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">emerg</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Only the emergency situations when the server cannot perform its work are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">alert</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All situations when an immediate action is required are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">crit</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All critical conditions are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">error</code>
+										</td><td>
+											全エラーメッセージを記録します。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">warn</code>
+										</td><td>
+											All warning messages are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">notice</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Even normal, but still significant situations are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">info</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Various informational messages are logged.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">debug</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Various debugging messages are logged.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-loglevel"><h6>例12.49 Using the LogLevel directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LogLevel warn</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1080914" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxKeepAliveRequests</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxKeepAliveRequests</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of requests for a persistent connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxKeepAliveRequests <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							A high <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> can improve the performance of the server. Note that using <code class="literal">0</code> allows unlimited number of requests. The default option is <code class="option">100</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-maxkeepaliverequests"><h6>例12.50 Using the MaxKeepAliveRequests option</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxKeepAliveRequests 100</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1080833" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">NameVirtualHost</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">NameVirtualHost</code> directive allows you to specify the IP address and port number for a name-based virtual host. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">NameVirtualHost <em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>ip-address</code></em> can be either a full IP address, or an asterisk (that is, <code class="literal">*</code>) representing all interfaces. Note that IPv6 addresses have to be enclosed in square brackets (that is, <code class="literal">[</code> and <code class="literal">]</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> is optional.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Name-based virtual hosting allows one Apache HTTP Server to serve different domains without using multiple IP addresses.
+						</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using secure HTTP connections</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								名前ベースの仮想ホストは非セキュアな HTTP 接続で <span class="emphasis"><em>のみ</em></span> 機能します。セキュアサーバーで仮想ホストを使用している場合は、代わりに、 IP アドレスベースの仮想ホストを使用します。
+							</div></div></div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-namevirtualhost"><h6>例12.51 Using the NameVirtualHost directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">NameVirtualHost *:80</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1007291" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Options</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Options</code> directive allows you to specify which server features are available in a particular directory. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Options <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-options">表12.13「利用できるサーバーの機能」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-options"><h6>表12.13 利用できるサーバーの機能</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="利用できるサーバーの機能" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">ExecCGI</code>
+										</td><td>
+											CGI スクリプトの実行を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">FollowSymLinks</code>
+										</td><td>
+											ディレクトリー内のシンボリックリンク追跡を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Includes</code>
+										</td><td>
+											サーバー サイド インクルード(SSI)を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">IncludesNOEXEC</code>
+										</td><td>
+											サーバー サイド インクルード(SSI)を有効にしますが、コマンドの実行は許可しません。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Indexes</code>
+										</td><td>
+											サーバーによるディレクトリーの一覧生成を有効にします。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">MultiViews</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables content-negotiated <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">MultiViews</span>」</span>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">SymLinksIfOwnerMatch</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables following symbolic links in the directory when both the link and the target file have the same owner.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">All</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables all of the features above with the exception of <code class="option">MultiViews</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">None</code>
+										</td><td>
+											上の機能をすべて無効にします。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-options"><h6>例12.52 Using the Options directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Options Indexes FollowSymLinks</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id830774" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Order</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Order</code> directive allows you to specify the order in which the <code class="option">Allow</code> and <code class="option">Deny</code> directives are evaluated. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Order <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-order">表12.14「Available Order options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">allow,deny</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-order"><h6>表12.14 Available Order options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available Order options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow,deny</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="option">Allow</code> ディレクティブをはじめに評価します。
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">deny,allow</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="option">Deny</code> ディレクティブをはじめに評価します。
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-order"><h6>例12.53 Using the Order directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Order allow,deny</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id743617" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">PidFile</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">PidFile</code> directive allows you to specify a file to which the <em class="firstterm">process ID</em> (<acronym class="acronym">PID</acronym>) of the server is stored. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">PidFile <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id743572" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to a pid file, and can be either absolute, or relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The default option is <code class="filename">run/httpd.pid</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-pidfile"><h6>例12.54 Using the PidFile directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">PidFile run/httpd.pid</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id944080" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ProxyRequests</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ProxyRequests</code> directive allows you to enable forward proxy requests. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ProxyRequests <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-proxyrequests">表12.15「Available ProxyRequests options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-proxyrequests"><h6>表12.15 Available ProxyRequests options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ProxyRequests options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables forward proxy requests.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables forward proxy requests.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-proxyrequests"><h6>例12.55 Using the ProxyRequests directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ProxyRequests On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id797812" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ReadmeName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ReadmeName</code> directive allows you to specify a file to be appended to the end of the server-generated directory listing. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ReadmeName <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> is a name of the file to look for in the requested directory. By default, the server looks for <code class="filename">README.html</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-readmename"><h6>例12.56 Using the ReadmeName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ReadmeName README.html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id797736" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Redirect</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Redirect</code> directive allows you to redirect a client to another URL. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Redirect [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>status</code></em></span>] <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>status</code></em> is optional, and if provided, it has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-redirect">表12.16「Available status options」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to the old location, and must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/docs</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>url</code></em> refers to the current location of the content (for example, <code class="literal">http://docs.example.com</code>).
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-redirect"><h6>表12.16 Available status options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available status options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="status" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											Status
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">permanent</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been moved permanently. The <code class="literal">301</code> (Moved Permanently) status code is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">temp</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been moved only temporarily. The <code class="literal">302</code> (Found) status code is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">seeother</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been replaced. The <code class="literal">303</code> (See Other) status code is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">gone</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Indicates that the requested resource has been removed permanently. The <code class="literal">410</code> (Gone) status is returned to a client.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id878830" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							Note that for more advanced redirection techniques, you can use the <code class="systemitem">mod_rewrite</code> module that is part of the Apache HTTP Server installation.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-redirect"><h6>例12.57 Using the Redirect directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Redirect permanent /docs http://docs.example.com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id747253" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code> directive allows you to specify the location of CGI scripts. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ScriptAlias <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>url-path</code></em> must be relative to the directory specified by the <code class="option">DocumentRoot</code> directive (for example, <code class="literal">/cgi-bin/</code>). The <em class="replaceable"><code>real-path</code></em> is a full path to a file or directory in the local file system.
+						</div><a id="id747188" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							This directive is typically followed by the <code class="option">Directory</code> tag with additional permissions to access the target directory. By default, the <code class="literal">/cgi-bin/</code> alias is created so that the scripts located in the <code class="filename">/var/www/cgi-bin/</code> are accessible.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ScriptAlias</code> directive is used for security reasons to prevent CGI scripts from being viewed as ordinary text documents.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-scriptalias"><h6>例12.58 Using the ScriptAlias directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /var/www/cgi-bin/
+
+&lt;Directory "/var/www/cgi-bin"&gt;
+  AllowOverride None
+  Options None
+  Order allow,deny
+  Allow from all
+&lt;/Directory&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id973016" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerAdmin</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerAdmin</code> directive allows you to specify the email address of the server administrator to be displayed in server-generated web pages. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerAdmin <em class="replaceable"><code>email</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The default option is <code class="literal">root at localhost</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is commonly set to <code class="literal">webmaster@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code>, where <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> is the address of the server. Once set, alias <code class="literal">webmaster</code> to the person responsible for the web server in <code class="filename">/etc/aliases</code>, and as superuser, run the <code class="command">newaliases</code> command.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-serveradmin"><h6>例12.59 Using the ServerAdmin directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerAdmin webmaster at penguin.example.com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id972905" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive allows you to specify the hostname and the port number of a web server. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerName <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>[<span class="optional">:<em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em></span>]</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> has to be a <em class="firstterm">fully qualified domain name</em> (<acronym class="acronym">FQDN</acronym>) of the server. The <em class="replaceable"><code>port</code></em> is optional, but when supplied, it has to match the number specified by the <code class="option">Listen</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							When using this directive, make sure that the IP address and server name pair are included in the <code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code> file.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-servername"><h6>例12.60 Using the ServerName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerName penguin.example.com:80</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id751092" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive allows you to specify the directory in which the server operates. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerRoot <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em></pre><a id="id751047" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em> must be a full path to an existing directory in the local file system. The default option is <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpd-serverroot"><h6>例12.61 Using the ServerRoot directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerRoot /etc/httpd</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1095507" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerSignature</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerSignature</code> directive allows you to enable displaying information about the server on server-generated documents. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerSignature <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-serversignature">表12.17「Available ServerSignature options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">On</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-serversignature"><h6>表12.17 Available ServerSignature options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ServerSignature options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables appending the server name and version to server-generated pages.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables appending the server name and version to server-generated pages.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">EMail</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables appending the server name, version, and the email address of the system administrator as specified by the <code class="option">ServerAdmin</code> directive to server-generated pages.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-serversignature"><h6>例12.62 Using the ServerSignature directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerSignature On</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id873814" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ServerTokens</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ServerTokens</code> directive allows you to customize what information are included in the Server response header. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ServerTokens <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-servertokens">表12.18「Available ServerTokens options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">OS</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-servertokens"><h6>表12.18 Available ServerTokens options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available ServerTokens options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Prod</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name only (that is, <code class="literal">Apache</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Major</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name and the major version of the server (for example, <code class="literal">2</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Minor</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name and the minor version of the server (for example, <code class="literal">2.2</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Min</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name and the minimal version of the server (for example, <code class="literal">2.2.15</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">OS</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes the product name, the minimal version of the server, and the type of the operating system it is running on (for example, <code class="literal">Red Hat</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Full</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Includes all the information above along with the list of loaded modules.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Note that for security reasons, it is recommended to reveal as little information about the server as possible.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-servertokens"><h6>例12.63 Using the ServerTokens directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ServerTokens Prod</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id832794" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> directive allows you to specify the user and group under which the CGI scripts will be run. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">SuexecUserGroup <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> has to be an existing user, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em> must be a valid UNIX group.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, the CGI scripts should not be run with <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges. Note that in <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code>, <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> replaces the <code class="option">User</code> and <code class="option">Group</code> directives.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-suexecusergroup"><h6>例12.64 Using the SuexecUserGroup directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">SuexecUserGroup apache apache</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1055384" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">Timeout</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">Timeout</code> directive allows you to specify the amount of time to wait for an event before closing a connection. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Timeout <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is specified in seconds. The default option is <code class="literal">60</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-timeout"><h6>例12.65 Using the Timeout directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">Timeout 60</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1055306" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">TypesConfig</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">TypesConfig</code> allows you to specify the location of the MIME types configuration file. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">TypesConfig <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em></pre><a id="id699252" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> refers to an existing MIME types configuration file, and can be either absolute, or relative to the directory that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerRoot</code> directive (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/</code> by default). The default option is <code class="option">/etc/mime.types</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that instead of editing <code class="filename">/etc/mime.types</code>, the recommended way to add MIME type mapping to the Apache HTTP Server is to use the <code class="option">AddType</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-typesconfig"><h6>例12.66 Using the TypesConfig directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">TypesConfig /etc/mime.types</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id699178" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">UseCanonicalName</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">UseCanonicalName</code> allows you to specify the way the server refers to itself. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">UseCanonicalName <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> has to be a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-usecanonicalname">表12.19「Available UseCanonicalName options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">Off</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-usecanonicalname"><h6>表12.19 Available UseCanonicalName options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available UseCanonicalName options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">On</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Enables the use of the name that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Off</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the use of the name that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive. The hostname and port number provided by the requesting client are used instead.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">DNS</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Disables the use of the name that is specified by the <code class="option">ServerName</code> directive. The hostname determined by a reverse DNS lookup is used instead.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-usecanonicalname"><h6>例12.67 Using the UseCanonicalName directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">UseCanonicalName Off</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id937837" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">User</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">User</code> directive allows you to specify the user under which the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service will run. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">User <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> has to be an existing UNIX user. The default option is <code class="option">apache</code>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service should not be run with <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges. Note that <code class="option">User</code> is no longer supported inside <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code>, and has been replaced by the <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-user"><h6>例12.68 Using the User directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">User apache</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id711610" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">UserDir</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">UserDir</code> directive allows you to enable serving content from users' home directories. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">UserDir <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></pre><a id="id711546" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> can be either a name of the directory to look for in user's home directory (typically <code class="option">public_html</code>), or a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-httpdconf-userdir">表12.20「Available UserDir options」</a>. The default option is <code class="option">disabled</code>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-httpdconf-userdir"><h6>表12.20 Available UserDir options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available UserDir options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">enabled</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>…
+										</td><td>
+											Enables serving content from home directories of given <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>s.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">disabled</code> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>…</span>]
+										</td><td>
+											Disables serving content from home directories, either for all users, or, if a space separated list of <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>s is supplied, for given users only.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Set the correct permissions</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								In order for the web server to access the content, the permissions on relevant directories and files must be set correctly. Make sure that all users are able to access the home directories, and that they can access and read the content of the directory specified by the <code class="option">UserDir</code> directive. For example, to allow access to <code class="filename">public_html/</code> in the home directory of user <code class="systemitem">joe</code>, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+							</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">chmod a+x /home/joe/</code>
+~]# <code class="command">chmod a+rx /home/joe/public_html/</code></pre><div class="para">
+								All files in this directory must be set accordingly.
+							</div></div></div><div class="example" id="example-apache-httpdconf-userdir"><h6>例12.69 Using the UserDir directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">UserDir public_html</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-sslconf-common"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-sslconf-common">12.1.5.2. Common ssl.conf Directives</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <em class="firstterm">Secure Sockets Layer</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) directives allow you to customize the behavior of the Apache HTTP Secure Server, and in most cases, they are configured appropriately during the installation. Be careful when changing these settings, as incorrect configuration can lead to security vulnerabilities.
+			</div><a id="id805168" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following directive is commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id805130" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">SetEnvIf</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">SetEnvIf</code> directive allows you to set environment variables based on the headers of incoming connections. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">SetEnvIf <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> [<span class="optional">!</span>]<em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em>[<span class="optional">=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span>]…</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> can be either a HTTP header field, a previously defined environment variable name, or a valid keyword as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-sslconf-setenvif">表12.21「Available SetEnvIf options」</a>. The <em class="replaceable"><code>pattern</code></em> is a regular expression. The <em class="replaceable"><code>variable</code></em> is an environment variable that is set when the option matches the pattern. If the optional exclamation mark (that is, <code class="literal">!</code>) is present, the variable is removed instead of being set.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-sslconf-setenvif"><h6>表12.21 Available SetEnvIf options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Available SetEnvIf options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Remote_Host</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the client's hostname.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Remote_Addr</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the client's IP address.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Server_Addr</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the server's IP address.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Request_Method</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the request method (for example, <code class="literal">GET</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Request_Protocol</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the protocol name and version (for example, <code class="literal">HTTP/1.1</code>).
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">Request_URI</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Refers to the requested resource.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">SetEnvIf</code> directive is used to disable HTTP keepalives, and to allow SSL to close the connection without a closing notification from the client browser. This is necessary for certain web browsers that do not reliably shut down the SSL connection.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-sslconf-setenvif"><h6>例12.70 Using the SetEnvIf directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">SetEnvIf User-Agent ".*MSIE.*" \
+         nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \
+         downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Note that for the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> file to be present, the <span class="package">mod_ssl</span> needs to be installed. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-mod_ssl">「Setting Up an SSL Server」</a> for more information on how to install and configure an SSL server.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mpm-common"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mpm-common">12.1.5.3. Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <em class="firstterm">Multi-Processing Module</em> (<acronym class="acronym">MPM</acronym>) directives allow you to customize the behavior of a particular MPM specific server-pool. Since its characteristics differ depending on which MPM is used, the directives are embedded in <code class="option">IfModule</code>. By default, the server-pool is defined for both the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> and <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPMs.
+			</div><a id="id1030840" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following MPM directives are commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1018759" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxClients</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxClients</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of simultaneously connected clients to process at one time. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxClients <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							A high <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> can improve the performance of the server, although it is not recommended to exceed <code class="literal">256</code> when using the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> MPM.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxclients"><h6>例12.71 Using the MaxClients directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxClients 256</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1018679" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxRequestsPerChild</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxRequestsPerChild</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of request a child process can serve before it dies. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxRequestsPerChild <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							Setting the <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> to <code class="literal">0</code> allows unlimited number of requests.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxRequestsPerChild</code> directive is used to prevent long-lived processes from causing memory leaks.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxrequestsperchild"><h6>例12.72 Using the MaxRequestsPerChild directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxRequestsPerChild 4000</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id781226" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxSpareServers</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxSpareServers</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of spare child processes. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareServers <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxspareservers"><h6>例12.73 Using the MaxSpareServers directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareServers 20</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id823247" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MaxSpareThreads</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MaxSpareThreads</code> directive allows you to specify the maximum number of spare server threads. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareThreads <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> must be greater than or equal to the sum of <code class="option">MinSpareThreads</code> and <code class="option">ThreadsPerChild</code>. This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-maxsparethreads"><h6>例12.74 Using the MaxSpareThreads directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MaxSpareThreads 75</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id823161" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MinSpareServers</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MinSpareServers</code> directive allows you to specify the minimum number of spare child processes. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareServers <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							Note that a high <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> can create a heavy processing load on the server. This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">prefork</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-minspareservers"><h6>例12.75 Using the MinSpareServers directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareServers 5</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1244092" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">MinSpareThreads</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">MinSpareThreads</code> directive allows you to specify the minimum number of spare server threads. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareThreads <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-minsparethreads"><h6>例12.76 Using the MinSpareThreads directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">MinSpareThreads 75</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1244020" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">StartServers</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">StartServers</code> directive allows you to specify the number of child processes to create when the service is started. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">StartServers <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							Since the child processes are dynamically created and terminated according to the current traffic load, it is usually not necessary to change this value.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-startservers"><h6>例12.77 Using the StartServers directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">StartServers 8</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id775172" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">ThreadsPerChild</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">ThreadsPerChild</code> directive allows you to specify the number of threads a child process can create. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">ThreadsPerChild <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							This directive is used by the <code class="systemitem">worker</code> MPM only.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mpm-threadsperchild"><h6>例12.78 Using the ThreadsPerChild directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">ThreadsPerChild 25</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-dso"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</h3></div></div></div><a id="id964104" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id964094" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Being a modular application, the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service is distributed along with a number of <em class="firstterm">Dynamic Shared Objects</em> (<acronym class="acronym">DSO</acronym>s), which can be dynamically loaded or unloaded at runtime as necessary. By default, these modules are located in <code class="filename">/usr/lib/httpd/modules/</code> on 32-bit and in <code class="filename">/usr/lib64/httpd/modules/</code> on 64-bit systems.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-dso-loading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-dso-loading">12.1.6.1. Loading a Module</h4></div></div></div><a id="id964022" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To load a particular DSO module, use the <code class="option">LoadModule</code> directive as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">「Common httpd.conf Directives」</a>. Note that modules provided by a separate package often have their own configuration file in the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-dso-loading"><h6>例12.79 Loading the mod_ssl DSO</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Once you are finished, restart the web server to reload the configuration. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a> for more information on how to restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-dso-writing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-dso-writing">12.1.6.2. Writing a Module</h4></div></div></div><a id="id887883" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If you intend to create a new DSO module, make sure you have the <span class="package">httpd-devel</span> package installed. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install httpd-devel</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This package contains the include files, the header files, and the <span class="application"><strong>APache eXtenSion</strong></span> (<code class="command">apxs</code>) utility required to compile a module.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Once written, you can build the module with the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">apxs -i -a -c <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em>.c</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If the build was successful, you should be able to load the module the same way as any other module that is distributed with the Apache HTTP Server.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-virtualhosts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</h3></div></div></div><a id="id887805" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id887783" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The Apache HTTP Server's built in virtual hosting allows the server to provide different information based on which IP address, hostname, or port is being requested.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To create a name-based virtual host, find the virtual host container provided in <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code> as an example, remove the hash sign (that is, <code class="literal">#</code>) from the beginning of each line, and customize the options according to your requirements as shown in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#example-apache-virtualhosts-config">例12.80「Sample virtual host configuration」</a>.
+		</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-virtualhosts-config"><h6>例12.80 Sample virtual host configuration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">NameVirtualHost penguin.example.com:80
+
+&lt;VirtualHost penguin.example.com:80&gt;
+    ServerAdmin webmaster at penguin.example.com
+    DocumentRoot /www/docs/penguin.example.com
+    ServerName penguin.example.com:80
+    ErrorLog logs/penguin.example.com-error_log
+    CustomLog logs/penguin.example.com-access_log common
+&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+			Note that <code class="option">ServerName</code> must be a valid DNS name assigned to the machine. The <code class="option">&lt;VirtualHost&gt;</code> container is highly customizable, and accepts most of the directives available within the main server configuration. Directives that are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> supported within this container include <code class="option">User</code> and <code class="option">Group</code>, which were replaced by <code class="option">SuexecUserGroup</code>.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the port number</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If you configure a virtual host to listen on a non-default port, make sure you update the <code class="option">Listen</code> directive in the global settings section of the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf</code> file accordingly.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To activate a newly created virtual host, the web server has to be restarted first. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a> for more information on how to restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service.
+		</div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-mod_ssl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1.8. Setting Up an SSL Server</h3></div></div></div><a id="id770980" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id692122" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id692108" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id692092" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id692079" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id692058" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<em class="firstterm">Secure Sockets Layer</em> (<acronym class="acronym">SSL</acronym>) is a cryptographic protocol that allows a server and a client to communicate securely. Along with its extended and improved version called <em class="firstterm">Transport Layer Security</em> (<acronym class="acronym">TLS</acronym>), it ensures both privacy and data integrity. The Apache HTTP Server in combination with <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code>, a module that uses the OpenSSL toolkit to provide the SSL/TLS support, is commonly referred to as the <em class="firstterm">SSL server</em>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Unlike a regular HTTP connection that can be read and possibly modified by anybody who is able to intercept it, the use of <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> prevents any inspection or modification of the transmitted content. This section provides basic information on how to enable this module in the Apache HTTP Server configuration, and guides you through the process of generating private keys and self-signed certificates.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">12.1.8.1. 証明書とセキュリティの概要</h4></div></div></div><a id="id835292" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id835269" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Secure communication is based on the use of keys. In conventional or <em class="firstterm">symmetric cryptography</em>, both ends of the transaction have the same key they can use to decode each other's transmissions. On the other hand, in public or <em class="firstterm">asymmetric cryptography</em>, two keys co-exist: a <em class="firstterm">private key</em> that is kept a secret, and a <em class="firstterm">public key</em> that is usually shared with the public. While the data encoded with the public key can only be decoded with the private key, data encoded with the private key can in turn only be decoded with the public key.
+			</div><a id="id835232" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id835212" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To provide secure communications using SSL, an SSL server must use a digital certificate signed by a <em class="firstterm">Certificate Authority</em> (<acronym class="acronym">CA</acronym>). The certificate lists various attributes of the server (that is, the server hostname, the name of the company, its location, etc.), and the signature produced using the CA's private key. This signature ensures that a particular certificate authority has issued the certificate, and that the certificate has not been modified in any way.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				When a web browser establishes a new SSL connection, it checks the certificate provided by the web server. If the certificate does not have a signature from a trusted CA, or if the hostname listed in the certificate does not match the hostname used to establish the connection, it refuses to communicate with the server and usually presents a user with an appropriate error message.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				By default, most web browsers are configured to trust a set of widely used certificate authorities. Because of this, an appropriate CA should be chosen when setting up a secure server, so that target users can trust the connection, otherwise they will be presented with an error message, and will have to accept the certificate manually. Since encouraging users to override certificate errors can allow an attacker to intercept the connection, you should use a trusted CA whenever possible. For more information on this, see <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#table-apache-mod_ssl-certificates-authorities">表12.22「CA lists for most common web browsers」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-apache-mod_ssl-certificates-authorities"><h6>表12.22 CA lists for most common web browsers</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="CA lists for most common web browsers" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								Web Browser
+							</th><th>
+								Link
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<span class="application"><strong>Mozilla Firefox</strong></span>
+							</td><td>
+								<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/">Mozilla root CA list</a>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<span class="application"><strong>Opera</strong></span>
+							</td><td>
+								<a href="http://my.opera.com/rootstore/blog/">The Opera Rootstore</a>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<span class="application"><strong>Internet Explorer</strong></span>
+							</td><td>
+								<a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/931125">Windows root certificate program members</a>.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				When setting up an SSL server, you need to generate a certificate request and a private key, and then send the certificate request, proof of the company's identity, and payment to a certificate authority. Once the CA verifies the certificate request and your identity, it will send you a signed certificate you can use with your server. Alternatively, you can create a self-signed certificate that does not contain a CA signature, and thus should be used for testing purposes only.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-enabling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-enabling">12.1.8.2. Enabling the mod_ssl Module</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				If you intend to set up an SSL server, make sure you have the <span class="package">mod_ssl</span> (the <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> module) and <span class="package">openssl</span> (the OpenSSL toolkit) packages installed. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install mod_ssl openssl</code></pre><a id="id892698" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This will create the <code class="systemitem">mod_ssl</code> configuration file at <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code>, which is included in the main Apache HTTP Server configuration file by default. For the module to be loaded, restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair">12.1.8.3. Using an Existing Key and Certificate</h4></div></div></div><a id="id892636" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id892618" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If you have a previously created key and certificate, you can configure the SSL server to use these files instead of generating new ones. There are only two situations where this is not possible:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>You are changing the IP address or domain name.</em></span>
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Certificates are issued for a particular IP address and domain name pair. If one of these values changes, the certificate becomes invalid.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>You have a certificate from VeriSign, and you are changing the server software.</em></span>
+					</div><div class="para">
+						VeriSign, a widely used certificate authority, issues certificates for a particular software product, IP address, and domain name. Changing the software product renders the certificate invalid.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				In either of the above cases, you will need to obtain a new certificate. For more information on this topic, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey">「Generating a New Key and Certificate」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you wish to use an existing key and certificate, move the relevant files to the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/private/</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/</code> directories respectively. You can do so by running the following commands as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mv</code> <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>key_file</code></em>.key</code> <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</code>
+<code class="command">mv</code> <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>certificate</code></em>.crt</code> <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Then add the following lines to the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">SSLCertificateFile /etc/pki/tls/certs/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt
+SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</pre><div class="para">
+				To load the updated configuration, restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-apache-mod_ssl-keypair"><h6>例12.81 Using a key and certificate from the Red Hat Secure Web Server</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">mv /etc/httpd/conf/httpsd.key /etc/pki/tls/private/penguin.example.com.key</code>
+~]# <code class="command">mv /etc/httpd/conf/httpsd.crt /etc/pki/tls/certs/penguin.example.com.crt</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey">12.1.8.4. Generating a New Key and Certificate</h4></div></div></div><a id="id810593" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id810565" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				In order to generate a new key and certificate pair, you must to have the <span class="package">crypto-utils</span> package installed in your system. As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, you can install it by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install crypto-utils</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This package provides a set of tools to generate and manage SSL certificates and private keys, and includes <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span>, the Red Hat Keypair Generation utility that will guide you through the key generation process.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Replacing an existing certificate</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the server already has a valid certificate and you are replacing it with a new one, specify a different serial number. This ensures that client browsers are notified of this change, update to this new certificate as expected, and do not fail to access the page. To create a new certificate with a custom serial number, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, use the following command instead of <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">openssl req -x509 -new -set_serial <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> -key <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key -out <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt</code></pre></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Remove a previously created key</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If there already is a key file for a particular hostname in your system, <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span> will refuse to start. In this case, remove the existing file using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rm /etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+				To run the utility, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, run the <code class="command">genkey</code> command followed by the appropriate hostname (for example, <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>):
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">genkey</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				To complete the key and certificate creation, take the following steps:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Review the target locations in which the key and certificate will be stored.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png" alt="Running the genkey utility" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Running the <span class="application"><strong>genkey</strong></span> utility
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.1 Running the genkey utility</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to proceed to the next screen.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Using the <span class="keycap"><strong>Up</strong></span> and <span class="keycap"><strong>down</strong></span> arrow keys, select the suitable key size. Note that while the large key increases the security, it also increases the response time of your server. Because of this, the recommended option is <code class="literal">1024 bits</code>.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png" alt="Selecting the key size" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Selecting the key size
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.2 Selecting the key size</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Once finished, use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to initiate the random bits generation process. Depending on the selected key size, this may take some time.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Decide whether you wish to send a certificate request to a certificate authority.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png" alt="Generating a certificate request" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Generating a certificate request
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.3 Generating a certificate request</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select <span class="guibutton"><strong>Yes</strong></span> to compose a certificate request, or <span class="guibutton"><strong>No</strong></span> to generate a self-signed certificate. Then press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm your choice.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Using the <span class="keycap"><strong>Spacebar</strong></span> key, enable (<code class="literal">[*]</code>) or disable (<code class="literal">[ ]</code>) the encryption of the private key.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png" alt="Encrypting the private key" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Encrypting the private key
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.4 Encrypting the private key</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to proceed to the next screen.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						If you have enabled the private key encryption, enter an adequate passphrase. Note that for security reasons, it is not displayed as you type, and it must be at least five characters long.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png" alt="Entering a passphrase" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Entering a passphrase
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.5 Entering a passphrase</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to proceed to the next screen.
+					</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not forget the passphrase</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Entering the correct passphrase is required in order for the server to start. If you lose it, you will need to generate a new key and certificate.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Customize the certificate details.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png" alt="Specifying certificate information" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Specifying certificate information
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.6 Specifying certificate information</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Use the <span class="keycap"><strong>Tab</strong></span> key to select the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Next</strong></span> button, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to finish the key generation.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						If you have previously enabled the certificate request generation, you will be prompted to send it to a certificate authority.
+					</div><div class="figure" id="figure-apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png" alt="Instructions on how to send a certificate request" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+									Instructions on how to send a certificate request
+								</div></div></div></div><h6>図12.7 Instructions on how to send a certificate request</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+						Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to return to a shell prompt.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Once generated, add the key and certificate locations to the <code class="filename">/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">SSLCertificateFile /etc/pki/tls/certs/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.crt
+SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/pki/tls/private/<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.key</pre><div class="para">
+				Finally, restart the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-restarting">「サービスの再開」</a>, so that the updated configuration is loaded.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-apache-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Apache HTTP Server に関してさらに詳細をお知りになりたい場合は、以下のリソースを参照してください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-resources-installed">12.1.9.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id763961" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://localhost/manual/">http://localhost/manual/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The official documentation for the Apache HTTP Server with the full description of its directives and available modules. Note that in order to access this documentation, you must have the <span class="package">httpd-manual</span> package installed, and the web server must be running.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man httpd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service containing the complete list of its command line options.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man genkey</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="command">genkey</code> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-apache-resources-web"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-apache-resources-web">12.1.9.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id947963" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://httpd.apache.org/">http://httpd.apache.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The official website for the Apache HTTP Server with documentation on all the directives and default modules.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.modssl.org/">http://www.modssl.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The official website for the <span class="application"><strong>mod_ssl</strong></span> module.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openssl.org/">http://www.openssl.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSL home page containing further documentation, frequently asked questions, links to the mailing lists, and other useful resources.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第13章 メールサーバー</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9d7b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第21章 Working with Kernel Modules</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html" title="パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html" title="20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html" title="21.2. Displaying Information About a Module" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docna
 v"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第21章 Working with Kernel Modules</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">21.3. Loading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">21.4. Unloading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="secti
 on"><a href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイーサネットカードの使用</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html">21.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント<
 /a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><a id="id751472" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1010208" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id688562" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The Linux kernel is modular, which means it can extend its capabilities through the use of dynamically-loaded <em class="firstterm">kernel modules</em>. A kernel module can provide:
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				a device driver which adds support for new hardware; or,
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				support for a file system such as <code class="systemitem">btrfs</code> or <code class="systemitem">NFS</code>.
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+		Like the kernel itself, modules can take parameters that customize their behavior, though the default parameters work well in most cases. User-space tools can list the modules currently loaded into a running kernel; query all available modules for available parameters and module-specific information; and load or unload (remove) modules dynamically into or from a running kernel. Many of these utilities, which are provided by the <span class="package">module-init-tools</span> package, take module dependencies into account when performing operations so that manual dependency-tracking is rarely necessary.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		On modern systems, kernel modules are automatically loaded by various mechanisms when the conditions call for it. However, there are occasions when it is necessary to load and/or unload modules manually, such as when a module provides optional functionality, one module should be preferred over another although either could provide basic functionality, or when a module is misbehaving, among other situations.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter explains how to:
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				use the user-space <span class="package">module-init-tools</span> package to display, query, load and unload kernel modules and their dependencies;
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				set module parameters both dynamically on the command line and permanently so that you can customize the behavior of your kernel modules; and,
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				load modules at boot time.
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the module-init-tools package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			In order to use the kernel module utilities described in this chapter, first ensure the module-init-tools package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install module-init-tools</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1091719" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1091735" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1092426" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can list all kernel modules that are currently loaded into the kernel by running the <code class="command">lsmod</code> command, for example:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+~]$ <code class="command">lsmod</code>
+Module                  Size  Used by
+xfs                   803635  1
+exportfs                3424  1 xfs
+vfat                    8216  1
+fat                    43410  1 vfat
+tun                    13014  2
+fuse                   54749  2
+ip6table_filter         2743  0
+ip6_tables             16558  1 ip6table_filter
+ebtable_nat             1895  0
+ebtables               15186  1 ebtable_nat
+ipt_MASQUERADE          2208  6
+iptable_nat             5420  1
+nf_nat                 19059  2 ipt_MASQUERADE,iptable_nat
+rfcomm                 65122  4
+ipv6                  267017  33
+sco                    16204  2
+bridge                 45753  0
+stp                     1887  1 bridge
+llc                     4557  2 bridge,stp
+bnep                   15121  2
+l2cap                  45185  16 rfcomm,bnep
+cpufreq_ondemand        8420  2
+acpi_cpufreq            7493  1
+freq_table              3851  2 cpufreq_ondemand,acpi_cpufreq
+usb_storage            44536  1
+sha256_generic         10023  2
+aes_x86_64              7654  5
+aes_generic            27012  1 aes_x86_64
+cbc                     2793  1
+dm_crypt               10930  1
+kvm_intel              40311  0
+kvm                   253162  1 kvm_intel
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+			Each row of <code class="command">lsmod</code> output specifies:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the name of a kernel module currently loaded in memory;
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the amount of memory it uses; and,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the sum total of processes that are using the module and other modules which depend on it, followed by a list of the names of those modules, if there are any. Using this list, you can first unload all the modules depending the module you want to unload. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">「Unloading a Module」</a>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><a id="id737041" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Finally, note that <code class="command">lsmod</code> output is less verbose and considerably easier to read than the content of the <code class="filename">/proc/modules</code> pseudo-file.
+		</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html"><strong>戻る</strong>20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-abrt.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-abrt.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8957ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-abrt.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html" title="パート VI. 監視と自動化" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html" title="18.3. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch19s02.html" title="19.2. Installing and Running ABRT" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る<
 /strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch19s02.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-abrt" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-abrt.html#id660681">19.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s02.html">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="abrt-plugins.html">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="abrt-plugins.html#analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="reporter-plugins.html">19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="generating-bac
 ktrace.html">19.4. Generating Backtraces</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="generating-backtrace.html#troubleshooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05.html">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05.html#id764541">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05s02.html">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05s03.html">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring.html">19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html#id945641">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</
 a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="testing-upload-method.html">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html">19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id660681">19.1. Overview</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is the <span class="application"><strong>Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool</strong></span>. <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> consists of a daemon that runs silently in the background most of the time. It springs into action when an application crashes. It then collects the relevant crash data such as a core file if there is one, the crashing application's command line parameters, and other contextual puzzle pieces of forensic utility. Finally, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is capable of reporting crash data to a relevant issue tracker, such as Red Hat Bugzilla. Reporting crash data to a relevant issue tracker can be configured to happen automatically at every detected crash, or crash dumps can be stored locally, reviewed, reported, and deleted manually by a user. <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s various plugins analyze crash data from applications writt
 en in the C, C++ and Python language, as well as report crashes to relevant issue trackers.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> package consists of:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">abrtd</code>, the system service
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>abrt-applet</strong></span>, which runs in the user's Notification Area
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>abrt-gui</strong></span>, the GUI application that shows collected crash dumps and allows you to edit, report, and delete them
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>abrt-cli</strong></span>, the command line interface with functionality similar to <span class="application"><strong>abrt-gui</strong></span>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			You can open the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Automatic Bug Reporting Tool</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-ABRT-Main_Window"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/abrt.png" align="middle" alt="The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool main window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool main window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図19.1 The Automatic Bug Reporting Tool main window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			A number of additional packages can be installed to provide <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> plugins and addons. To view all the available <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> packages, type the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum list all | grep abrt</code></pre></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>18.3. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch19s02.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-kdump.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-kdump.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29a4b38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-kdump.html
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html" title="パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html" title="21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /><link rel="next" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a acce
 sskey="p" href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kdump-crash.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-kdump" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1.1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href=
 "s1-kdump-crash.html">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-crash.html#s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html">22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-resources.html">22.3. その他のリソース</a></spa
 n></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-resources.html#s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+		<code class="systemitem">kdump</code> is an advanced crash dumping mechanism. When enabled, the system is booted from the context of another kernel. This second kernel reserves a small amount of memory, and its only purpose is to capture the core dump image in case the system crashes. Since being able to analyze the core dump helps significantly to determine the exact cause of the system failure, it is strongly recommended to have this feature enabled.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This chapter explains how to configure, test, and use the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service in Fedora, and provides a brief overview of how to analyze the resulting core dump using the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> debugging utility.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s1-kdump-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section covers two common means of configuring the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service: using the <span class="application"><strong>Kernel Dump Configuration</strong></span> graphical utility, and doing so manually on the command line. It also describes how to test the configuration to verify that everything works as expected.
+		</div><a id="id867022" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disable IOMMU on Intel chipsets</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				A limitation in the current implementation of the <code class="systemitem">Intel IOMMU</code> driver can occasionally prevent the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service from capturing the core dump image. To use <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> on Intel architectures reliably, it is advised that the IOMMU support is disabled.
+			</div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To use the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service, you must have the <span class="package">kexec-tools</span> and <span class="package">system-config-kdump</span> packages installed. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install kexec-tools system-config-kdump</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on how to install new packages in Fedora, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-configuration-gui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1.1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id740516" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id646981" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To start the <span class="application"><strong>Kernel Dump Configuration</strong></span> utility, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Kernel crash dumps</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or type <code class="command">system-config-kdump</code> at a shell prompt. You will be presented with a window as shown in <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html#fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration">図22.1「Basic Settings」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The utility allows you to configure <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> as well as to enable or disable starting the service at boot time. When you are done, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> to save the changes. The system reboot will be requested, and unless you are already authenticated, you will be prompted to enter the superuser password.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the system has enough memory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Unless the system has enough memory, the utility will not start, and you will be presented with the following error message:
+				</div><div class="mediaobject" align="center"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png" align="middle" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							The <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">not enough memory</span>」</span> error
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					For the information on minimum memory requirements, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Hardware Overview</em> section of the <a href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/15/html/Release_Notes/index.html"><em class="citetitle">Fedora 15 Release Notes</em></a>. Note that when the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> crash recovery is enabled, the minimum memory requirements increase by the amount of memory reserved for it. This value is determined by a user, and defaults to 128MB.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-enable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-enable">22.1.1.1. Enabling the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id948554" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> daemon at boot time, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Enable</strong></span> button on the toolbar. This will enable the service for runlevels <code class="literal">2</code>, <code class="literal">3</code>, <code class="literal">4</code>, and <code class="literal">5</code>, and start it for the current session. Similarly, clicking the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Disable</strong></span> button will disable it for all runlevels and stop the service immediately.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For more information on runlevels and configuring services in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-basic"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-basic">22.1.1.2. The Basic Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><a id="id715755" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Basic Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to configure the amount of memory that is reserved for the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> kernel. To do so, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Manual kdump memory settings</strong></span> radio button, and click the up and down arrow buttons next to the <span class="guilabel"><strong>New kdump Memory</strong></span> field to increase or decrease the value. Notice that the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Usable Memory</strong></span> field changes accordingly showing you the remaining memory that will be available to the system.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png" alt="Basic Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Basic Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.1 Basic Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">22.1.1.3. The Target Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><a id="id827204" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Target Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to specify the target location for the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump. It can be either stored as a file in a local file system, written directly to a device, or sent over a network using the NFS (Network File System) or SSH (Secure Shell) protocol.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png" alt="Target Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Target Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.2 Target Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+					To save the dump to the local file system, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Local filesystem</strong></span> radio button. Optionally, you can customize the settings by choosing a different partition from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Partition</strong></span>, and a target directory from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Path</strong></span> pulldown lists.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To write the dump directly to a device, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Raw device</strong></span> radio button, and choose the desired target device from the pulldown list next to it.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To store the dump to a remote machine, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Network</strong></span> radio button. To use the NFS protocol, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>NFS</strong></span> radio button, and fill the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Server name</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Path to directory</strong></span> fields. To use the SSH protocol, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>SSH</strong></span> radio button, and fill the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Server name</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Path to directory</strong></span>, and <span class="guilabel"><strong>User name</strong></span> fields with the remote server address, target directory, and a valid remote user name respectively. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-OpenSSH.html">9ç« <em>OpenSSH</em></a> for information on how to configure an SSH server, and how to set up a key-based authentication.
+				</div><a id="id1017748" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					For a complete list of currently supported targets, see <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html#tab-kdump-supported_targets">表22.1「Supported kdump targets」</a>.
+				</div><div class="table" id="tab-kdump-supported_targets"><h6>表22.1 Supported kdump targets</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Supported kdump targets" border="1"><colgroup><col width="20%" class="type" /><col width="40%" class="supported" /><col width="40%" class="unsupported" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+									Type
+								</th><th>
+									Supported Targets
+								</th><th>
+									Unsupported Targets
+								</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="middle">
+									Raw device
+								</td><td>
+									All locally attached raw disks and partitions.
+								</td><td>
+									—
+								</td></tr><tr><td valign="middle">
+									Local file system
+								</td><td>
+									<code class="systemitem">ext2</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext3</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext4</code>, <code class="systemitem">minix</code> file systems on directly attached disk drives, hardware RAID logical drives, LVM devices, and <code class="systemitem">mdraid</code> arrays.
+								</td><td>
+									The <code class="systemitem">eCryptfs</code> file system.
+								</td></tr><tr><td rowspan="7" valign="middle">
+									Remote directory
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">NFS</code> or <code class="systemitem">SSH</code> protocol over <code class="systemitem">IPv4</code>.
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories on the <code class="systemitem">rootfs</code> file system accessed using the <code class="systemitem">NFS</code> protocol.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">iSCSI</code> protocol over hardware initiators.
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">iSCSI</code> protocol over software initiators.
+								</td></tr><tr><td rowspan="5">
+									—
+								</td><td>
+									Remote directories accessed over <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code>.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">SMB</code>/<code class="systemitem">CIFS</code> protocol.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using the <code class="systemitem">FCoE</code> (<em class="firstterm">Fibre Channel over Ethernet</em>) protocol.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Remote directories accessed using wireless network interfaces.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									Multipath-based storages.
+								</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id861636" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the hpsa driver for a storage</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Due to known issue with the <code class="systemitem">hpsa</code> driver, <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> is unable to save the dump to a storage that uses this driver for HP Smart Array Controllers. If this applies to your machine, it is advised that you save the dump to a remote system using the NFS or SSH protocol instead.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-filtering"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-filtering">22.1.1.4. The Filtering Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><a id="id730439" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Filtering Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to select the filtering level for the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png" alt="Filtering Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Filtering Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.3 Filtering Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+					To exclude the <span class="guilabel"><strong>zero page</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>cache page</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>cache private</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>user data</strong></span>, or <span class="guilabel"><strong>free page</strong></span> from the dump, select the check box next to the appropriate label.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">22.1.1.5. The Expert Settings Tab</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Expert Settings</strong></span> tab enables you to choose which kernel and initial RAM disk to use, as well as to customize the options that are passed to the kernel and the core collector program.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png" alt="Expert Settings" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>Expert Settings</strong></span>
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図22.4 Expert Settings</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id718842" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To use a different initial RAM disk, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Custom initrd</strong></span> radio button, and choose the desired RAM disk from the pulldown list next to it.
+				</div><a id="id718869" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To capture a different kernel, select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Custom kernel</strong></span> radio button, and choose the desired kernel image from the pulldown list on the right.
+				</div><a id="id824244" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To adjust the list of options that are passed to the kernel at boot time, edit the content of the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Edited</strong></span> text field. Note that you can always revert your changes by clicking the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Refresh</strong></span> button.
+				</div><a id="id824276" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To choose what steps should be taken when the kernel crash is captured, select the appropriate option from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Default action</strong></span> pulldown list. Available options are <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>mount rootfs and run /sbin/init</strong></span> (the default action), <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>reboot</strong></span> (to reboot the system), <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>shell</strong></span> (to present a user with an interactive shell prompt), <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>halt</strong></span> (to halt the system), and <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>poweroff</strong></span> (to power the system off).
+				</div><a id="id1063310" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To customize the options that are passed to the <code class="command">makedumpfile</code> core collector, edit the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Core collector</strong></span> text field; see <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">「Configuring the Core Collector」</a> for more information.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-configuration-cli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To perform actions described in this section, you have to be logged in as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. To do so, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">su -</code></pre><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">22.1.2.1. Configuring the Memory Usage</h4></div></div></div><a id="id967086" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To configure the amount of memory that is reserved for the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> kernel, open the <code class="filename">/boot/grub/grub.conf</code> file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, and add the <code class="option">crashkernel=<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;size&gt;</code></em>M</code> parameter to the list of kernel options as shown in <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html#ex-kdump-configuration-cli-memory-grub">例22.1「A sample /boot/grub/grub.conf file」</a>.
+				</div><a id="id1245228" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1058316" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1058336" class="indexterm"></a><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-configuration-cli-memory-grub"><h6>例22.1 A sample /boot/grub/grub.conf file</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen"># grub.conf generated by anaconda
+#
+# Note that you do not have to rerun grub after making changes to this file
+# NOTICE:  You have a /boot partition.  This means that
+#          all kernel and initrd paths are relative to /boot/, eg.
+#          root (hd0,0)
+#          kernel /vmlinuz-version ro root=/dev/sda3
+#          initrd /initrd
+#boot=/dev/sda
+default=0
+timeout=5
+splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz
+hiddenmenu
+title Red Hat Enterprise Linux (2.6.32-54.el6.i686)
+        root (hd0,0)
+        kernel /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.32-54.el6.i686 root=/dev/sda3 ro crashkernel=128M
+        initrd /initramfs-2.6.32-54.el6.i686.img
+</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the system has enough memory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						When the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> crash recovery is enabled, the minimum memory requirements increase by the amount of memory reserved for it. This value is determined by a user, and defaults to 128 MB, as lower values proved to be unreliable. For the information on minimum memory requirements, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Hardware Overview</em> section of the <a href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/Fedora/15/html/Release_Notes/index.html"><em class="citetitle">Fedora 15 Release Notes</em></a>.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">22.1.2.2. Configuring the Target Type</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1010468" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					When a kernel crash is captured, the core dump can be either stored as a file in a local file system, written directly to a device, or sent over a network using the NFS (Network File System) or SSH (Secure Shell) protocol. Note that only one of these options can be set at the moment. The default option is to store the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> file in the <code class="filename">/var/crash/</code> directory of the local file system. To change this, open the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, and edit the options as described below.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To change the local directory in which the core dump is to be saved, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#path /var/crash</code> line, and replace the value with a desired directory path. Optionally, if you wish to write the file to a different partition, follow the same procedure with the <code class="literal">#ext4 /dev/sda3</code> line as well, and change both the file system type and the device (a device name, a file system label, and UUID are all supported) accordingly. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">ext3 /dev/sda4
+path /usr/local/cores</pre><div class="para">
+					To write the dump directly to a device, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#raw /dev/sda5</code> line, and replace the value with a desired device name. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">raw /dev/sdb1</pre><div class="para">
+					To store the dump to a remote machine using the NFS protocol, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#net my.server.com:/export/tmp</code> line, and replace the value with a valid hostname and directory path. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">net penguin.example.com:/export/cores</pre><div class="para">
+					To store the dump to a remote machine using the SSH protocol, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#net user at my.server.com</code> line, and replace the value with a valid username and hostname. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">net john at penguin.example.com</pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-OpenSSH.html">9ç« <em>OpenSSH</em></a> for information on how to configure an SSH server, and how to set up a key-based authentication.
+				</div><a id="id894068" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					For a complete list of currently supported targets, see <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html#tab-kdump-supported_targets">表22.1「Supported kdump targets」</a>.
+				</div><a id="id894096" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the hpsa driver for a storage</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Due to known issue with the <code class="systemitem">hpsa</code> driver, <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> is unable to save the dump to a storage that uses this driver for HP Smart Array Controllers. If this applies to your machine, it is advised that you save the dump to a remote system using the NFS or SSH protocol instead.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">22.1.2.3. Configuring the Core Collector</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To reduce the size of the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump file, <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> allows you to specify an external application (that is, a core collector) to compress the data, and optionally leave out all irrelevant information. Currently, the only fully supported core collector is <code class="command">makedumpfile</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To enable the core collector, open the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#core_collector makedumpfile -c --message-level 1 -d 31</code> line, and edit the command line options as described below.
+				</div><a id="id723480" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To enable the dump file compression, add the <code class="option">-c</code> parameter. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">core_collector makedumpfile -c</pre><a id="id881884" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To remove certain pages from the dump, add the <code class="option">-d <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></code> parameter, where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is a sum of values of pages you want to omit as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html#table-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering-makedumpfile">表22.2「Supported filtering levels」</a>. For example, to remove both zero and free pages, use the following:
+				</div><pre class="screen">core_collector makedumpfile -d 17 -c</pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to the manual page for <code class="command">makedumpfile</code> for a complete list of available options.
+				</div><div class="table" id="table-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering-makedumpfile"><h6>表22.2 Supported filtering levels</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Supported filtering levels" border="1"><colgroup><col width="20%" class="option" /><col width="80%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+									オプション
+								</th><th>
+									説明
+								</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">1</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Zero pages
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">2</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Cache pages
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">4</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Cache private
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">8</code>
+								</td><td>
+									User pages
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">16</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Free pages
+								</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-action"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-action">22.1.2.4. Changing the Default Action</h4></div></div></div><a id="id760312" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					By default, when the kernel crash is captured, the root file system is mounted, and <code class="command">/sbin/init</code> is run. To change this behavior, open the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file in a text editor such as <span class="application"><strong>vi</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>nano</strong></span>, remove the hash sign (<span class="quote">「<span class="quote">#</span>」</span>) from the beginning of the <code class="literal">#default shell</code> line, and replace the value with a desired action as described in <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html#table-kdump-configuration-cli-action-actions">表22.3「Supported actions」</a>. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">default halt</pre><div class="table" id="table-kdump-configuration-cli-action-actions"><h6>表22.3 Supported actions</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Supported actions" border="1"><colgroup><col width="20%" class="option" /><col width="80%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+									オプション
+								</th><th>
+									説明
+								</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">reboot</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Reboot the system, losing the core in the process.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">halt</code>
+								</td><td>
+									After attempting to capture a core, halt the system no matter if it succeeded.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">poweroff</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Power off the system.
+								</td></tr><tr><td>
+									<code class="option">shell</code>
+								</td><td>
+									Run the <span class="application"><strong>msh</strong></span> session from within the initramfs, allowing a user to record the core manually.
+								</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable">22.1.2.5. Enabling the Service</h4></div></div></div><a id="id773403" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> daemon at boot time, type the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable kdump.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Similarly, typing <code class="command">systemctl disable kdump.service</code> will disable it. To start the service in the current session, use the following command:
+				</div><a id="id921587" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start kdump.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on runlevels and configuring services in general, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-configuration-testing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</h3></div></div></div><a id="id836654" class="indexterm"></a><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when using these commands</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The commands below will cause the kernel to crash. Use caution when following these steps, and by no means use them on a production machine.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To test the configuration, reboot the system with <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> enabled, and make sure that the service is running (refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-services-running.html">「Running Services」</a> for more information on how to run a service in Fedora):
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active kdump.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Then type the following commands at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq</code>
+<code class="command">echo c &gt; /proc/sysrq-trigger</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will force the Linux kernel to crash, and the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em>-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY-MM-DD</code></em>-<em class="replaceable"><code>HH:MM:SS</code></em>/vmcore</code> file will be copied to the location you have selected in the configuration (that is, to <code class="filename">/var/crash/</code> by default).
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-configuration-testing-vmcore"><h6>例22.2 Listing a content of /var/crash/ after a crash</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">tree --charset=ascii /var/crash</code>
+/var/crash
+`-- 127.0.0.1-2010-08-25-08:45:02
+    `-- vmcore
+
+1 directory, 1 file</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kdump-crash.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-proc.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-proc.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e283e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-proc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>付録C The proc File System</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html" title="B.3. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></
 li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="appendix" id="ch-proc" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">The proc File System</h1></div></div></div><a id="id653820" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id707554" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The Linux kernel has two primary functions: to control access to physical devices on the computer and to schedule when and how processes interact with these devices. The <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory (also called the <code class="filename">proc</code> file system) contains a hierarchy of special files which represent the current state of the kernel, allowing applications and users to peer into the kernel's view of the system.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory contains a wealth of information detailing system hardware and any running processes. In addition, some of the files within <code class="filename">/proc/</code> can be manipulated by users and applications to communicate configuration changes to the kernel.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The /proc/ide/ and /proc/pci/ directories</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			Later versions of the 2.6 kernel have made the <code class="filename">/proc/ide/</code> and <code class="filename">/proc/pci/</code> directories obsolete. The <code class="command">/proc/ide/</code> file system is now superseded by files in <code class="command">sysfs</code>; to retrieve information on PCI devices, use <code class="command">lspci</code> instead. For more information on <code class="command">sysfs</code> or <code class="command">lspci</code>, refer to their respective <code class="command">man</code> pages.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-proc-virtual"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-virtual">C.1. A Virtual File System</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1010192" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id677398" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1075673" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Linux systems store all data as <span class="emphasis"><em>files</em></span>. Most users are familiar with the two primary types of files: text and binary. But the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory contains another type of file called a <em class="firstterm">virtual file</em>. As such, <code class="filename">/proc/</code> is often referred to as a <em class="firstterm">virtual file system</em>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Virtual files have unique qualities. Most of them are listed as zero bytes in size, but can still contain a large amount of information when viewed. In addition, most of the time and date stamps on virtual files reflect the current time and date, indicative of the fact they are constantly updated.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Virtual files such as <code class="filename">/proc/interrupts</code>, <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code>, <code class="filename">/proc/mounts</code>, and <code class="filename">/proc/partitions</code> provide an up-to-the-moment glimpse of the system's hardware. Others, like the <code class="filename">/proc/filesystems</code> file and the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory provide system configuration information and interfaces.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For organizational purposes, files containing information on a similar topic are grouped into virtual directories and sub-directories. Process directories contain information about each running process on the system.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-viewing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-viewing">C.1.1. Viewing Virtual Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id813472" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id813486" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Most files within <code class="filename">/proc/</code> files operate similarly to text files, storing useful system and hardware data in human-readable text format. As such, you can use <code class="command">cat</code>, <code class="command">more</code>, or <code class="command">less</code> to view them. For example, to display information about the system's CPU, run <code class="command">cat /proc/cpuinfo</code>. This will return output similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+processor	: 0
+vendor_id	: AuthenticAMD
+cpu family	: 5
+model		: 9
+model name	: AMD-K6(tm) 3D+
+Processor stepping	: 1 cpu
+MHz		: 400.919
+cache size	: 256 KB
+fdiv_bug	: no
+hlt_bug		: no
+f00f_bug	: no
+coma_bug	: no
+fpu		: yes
+fpu_exception	: yes
+cpuid level	: 1
+wp		: yes
+flags		: fpu vme de pse tsc msr mce cx8 pge mmx syscall 3dnow k6_mtrr
+bogomips	: 799.53
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Some files in <code class="command">/proc/</code> contain information that is not human-readable. To retrieve information from such files, use tools such as <code class="command">lspci</code>, <code class="command">apm</code>, <code class="command">free</code>, and <code class="command">top</code>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Certain files can only be accessed with root privileges</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Some of the virtual files in the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory are readable only by the root user.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-change"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-change">C.1.2. Changing Virtual Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id937184" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1032449" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				As a general rule, most virtual files within the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory are read-only. However, some can be used to adjust settings in the kernel. This is especially true for files in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> subdirectory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To change the value of a virtual file, use the following command:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">echo <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> &gt; /proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>file</code></em> </code>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, to change the hostname on the fly, run:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">echo <em class="replaceable"><code>www.example.com</code></em> &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/hostname </code>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Other files act as binary or Boolean switches. Typing <code class="command">cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward</code> returns either a <code class="computeroutput">0</code> (off or false) or a <code class="computeroutput">1</code> (on or true). A <code class="computeroutput">0</code> indicates that the kernel is not forwarding network packets. To turn packet forwarding on, run <code class="command">echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward</code>.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The sysctl command</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Another command used to alter settings in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> subdirectory is <code class="command">/sbin/sysctl</code>. For more information on this command, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">「Using the sysctl Command」</a>
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				For a listing of some of the kernel configuration files available in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> subdirectory, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html">「 /proc/sys/ 」</a>.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>B.3. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-yum.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-yum.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e0aba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-yum.html
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>第4章 Yum</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="part-Package_Management.html" title="パート II. パッケージ管理" /><link rel="prev" href="part-Package_Management.html" title="パート II. パッケージ管理" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html" title="4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Package_Managem
 ent.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="chapter" id="ch-yum" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">第4章 Yum</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html">4.2. パッケージとパッケージ 
 グループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html#sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing.html">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Removing.html">4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html#sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Set
 ting_repository_Options.html">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html">4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html">4.4. Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Additional_Resources.html">4.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class=
 "para">
+		<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is the The Fedora Project package manager that is able to query for information about packages, fetch packages from repositories, install and uninstall packages using automatic dependency resolution, and update an entire system to the latest available packages. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> performs automatic dependency resolution on packages you are updating, installing or removing, and thus is able to automatically determine, fetch and install all available dependent packages. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> can be configured with new, additional repositories, or <em class="firstterm">package sources</em>, and also provides many plugins which enhance and extend its capabilities. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is able to perform many of the same tasks that <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> can; additionally, many of the command lin
 e options are similar. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> enables easy and simple package management on a single machine or on groups of them.
+	</div><div class="important" id="important-Secure_Package_Management_with_GPG-Signed_Packages"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Secure package management with GPG-signed packages</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides secure package management by enabling GPG (Gnu Privacy Guard; also known as GnuPG) signature verification on GPG-signed packages to be turned on for all package repositories (i.e. package sources), or for individual repositories. When signature verification is enabled, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> will refuse to install any packages not GPG-signed with the correct key for that repository. This means that you can trust that the <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> packages you download and install on your system are from a trusted source, such as The Fedora Project, and were not modified during transfer. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html">「Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定」</a> for details on enabling signature-checking with <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>, or <a class="xref" href="s1-check-rpm-s
 ig.html">「パッケージの署名を確認する」</a> for information on working with and verifying GPG-signed <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> packages in general.
+		</div></div></div><div class="para">
+		<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> also enables you to easily set up your own repositories of <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> packages for download and installation on other machines.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Learning <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is a worthwhile investment because it is often the fastest way to perform system administration tasks, and it provides capabilities beyond those provided by the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> graphical package management tools. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-PackageKit.html">5ç« <em>PackageKit</em></a> for details on using <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+	</div><div class="note" id="note-Note_Yum_and_Superuser_Privileges"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Yum and superuser privileges</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+			You must have superuser privileges in order to use <code class="command">yum</code> to install, update or remove packages on your system. All examples in this chapter assume that you have already obtained superuser privileges by using either the <code class="command">su</code> or <code class="command">sudo</code> command.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Checking_For_Updates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1101723" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can use the <code class="command">yum check-update</code> command to see which installed packages on your system have updates available:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum check-update</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+
+PackageKit.x86_64                    0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-command-not-found.x86_64  0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-device-rebind.x86_64      0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-glib.x86_64               0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-gstreamer-plugin.x86_64   0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-gtk-module.x86_64         0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-gtk3-module.x86_64        0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-yum.x86_64                0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+PackageKit-yum-plugin.x86_64         0.6.14-2.fc15                 fedora
+gdb.x86_64                           7.2.90.20110429-36.fc15       fedora
+kernel.x86_64                        2.6.38.6-26.fc15              fedora
+rpm.x86_64                           4.9.0-6.fc15                  fedora
+rpm-libs.x86_64                      4.9.0-6.fc15                  fedora
+rpm-python.x86_64                    4.9.0-6.fc15                  fedora
+yum.noarch                           3.2.29-5.fc15                 fedora</pre><div class="para">
+				The packages in the above output are listed as having updates available. The first package in the list is <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>, the graphical package manager. The line in the example output tells us:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">PackageKit</code> — パッケージの名前
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">x86_64</code> — the CPU architecture the package was built for
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">0.6.14</code> — the version of the updated package to be installed
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">fedora</code> — the repository in which the updated package is located
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				The output also shows us that we can update the kernel (the <span class="package">kernel</span> package), <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> themselves (the <code class="filename">yum</code> and <code class="filename">rpm</code> packages), as well as their dependencies (such as the <span class="package">rpm-libs</span> and <span class="package">rpm-python</span> packages), all using <code class="command">yum</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Updating_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</h3></div></div></div><a id="id827106" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can choose to update a single package, multiple packages, or all packages at once. If any dependencies of the package (or packages) you update have updates available themselves, then they are updated too.
+			</div><h4>シンプルなパッケージの更新</h4><a id="id711943" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To update a single package, enter <code class="command">yum update <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code>, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update gdb</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Setting up Update Process
+Resolving Dependencies
+--&gt; Running transaction check
+---&gt; Package gdb.x86_64 0:7.2.90.20110411-34.fc15 will be updated
+---&gt; Package gdb.x86_64 0:7.2.90.20110429-36.fc15 will be an update
+--&gt; Finished Dependency Resolution
+
+Dependencies Resolved
+
+================================================================================
+ Package     Arch         Version                          Repository      Size
+================================================================================
+Updating:
+ gdb         x86_64       7.2.90.20110429-36.fc15          fedora         1.9 M
+
+Transaction Summary
+================================================================================
+Upgrade       1 Package(s)
+
+Total download size: 1.9 M
+Is this ok [y/N]:</pre><div class="para">
+				この出力はいくつかの興味深い項目を含んでいます:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Loaded plugins:</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> always informs you which <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins are installed and enabled. Here, <code class="command">yum</code> is using the <span class="application"><strong>langpacks</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span>, and <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugins. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html">「Yum Plugins」</a> for general information on <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins, or to <a class="xref" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">「Plugin Descriptions」</a> for descriptions of specific plugins.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">gdb.x86_64</code> — 新しい <span class="package">gdb</span> パッケージのダウンロードとインストールができます。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">yum</code> presents the update information and then prompts you as to whether you want it to perform the update; <code class="command">yum</code> runs interactively by default. If you already know which transactions <code class="command">yum</code> plans to perform, you can use the <code class="option">-y</code> option to automatically answer <code class="command">yes</code> to any questions <code class="command">yum</code> may ask (in which case it runs non-interactively). However, you should always examine which changes <code class="command">yum</code> plans to make to the system so that you can easily troubleshoot any problems that might arise.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				If a transaction does go awry, you can view <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s log of transactions by typing the <code class="command">cat /var/log/yum.log</code> command at a shell prompt. The most recent transactions are listed at the end of the log file.
+			</div><div class="important" id="important-Important-Updating_and_Installing_Kernels_with_Yum"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Yum でのカーネルのインストールとアップグレード</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">yum</code> always <span class="emphasis"><em>installs</em></span> a new kernel in the same sense that <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> installs a new kernel when you use the command <code class="command">rpm -i kernel</code>. Therefore, you do not need to worry about the distinction between <span class="emphasis"><em>installing</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>upgrading</em></span> a kernel package when you use <code class="command">yum</code>: it will do the right thing, regardless of whether you are using the <code class="command">yum update</code> or <code class="command">yum install</code> command.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					When using <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, on the other hand, it is important to use the <code class="command">rpm -i kernel</code> command (which installs a new kernel) instead of <code class="command">rpm -u kernel</code> (which <span class="emphasis"><em>replaces</em></span> the current kernel). Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html">「インストールとアップグレード」</a> for more information on installing/updating kernels with <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>.
+				</div></div></div><h4>全パッケージおよびそれらの依存性の更新</h4><a id="id1110765" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To update all packages and their dependencies, simply enter the <code class="command">yum update</code> command (without any arguments):
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update</code></pre><h4>セキュリティ関連のパッケージの更新</h4><a id="id1110796" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id924814" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id924826" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Discovering which packages have security updates available and then updating those packages quickly and easily is important. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides the plugin for this purpose. The <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin extends the <code class="command">yum</code> command with a set of highly-useful security-centric commands, subcommands and options. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">「Plugin Descriptions」</a> for specific information.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</h3></div></div></div><a id="id804229" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You will inevitably make changes to the configuration files installed by packages as you use your Fedora system. <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, which <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> uses to perform changes to the system, provides a mechanism for ensuring their integrity. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html">「インストールとアップグレード」</a> for details on how to manage changes to configuration files across package upgrades.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="part-Package_Management.html"><strong>戻る</strong>パート II. パッケージ管理</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s02.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s02.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3df16e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s02.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="next" href="abrt-plugins.html" title="19.3. ABRT Plugins" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-abrt.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="abrt
 -plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id990508">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			By default, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> should be installed on your system, the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon configured to run at boot time, and <span class="application"><strong>abrt-applet</strong></span> to run in the Notification Area of your desktop session.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the ABRT packages</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				In order to use <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>, first ensure the <code class="command">abrt-desktop</code> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install abrt-desktop</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is typically configured to start up at boot time. You can check that the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon is running by running the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active abrtd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			If you receive <code class="computeroutput">abrt is stopped</code>, you can start the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> service by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start abrtd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			You can ensure that the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> service initializes at startup time by running the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable abrtd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s applet can be started by hand by running the <code class="command">abrt-applet</code> program as a normal user when logged into your desktop session, or by arranging for it to be started when the GUI session is initialized.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-ABRT-Notification_Area_alarm_icon"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/abrt-alert.png" alt="The ABRT problem report" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The ABRT problem report
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図19.2 The ABRT problem report</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			When a crash is detected and saved, a broadcast <code class="systemitem">D-Bus</code> message is sent about this crash. If <code class="command">abrt-applet</code> is running, it receives this message and displays an alarm icon in the Notification Area. You can open the GUI application by clicking on this icon.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Alternatively, you can open the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Automatic Bug Reporting Tool</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-abrt.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="abrt-plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43e5a63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="prev" href="generating-backtrace.html" title="19.4. Generating Backtraces" /><link rel="next" href="ch19s05s02.html" title="19.5.2. Reporting Crashes" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="generating-backtrace.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey=
 "n" href="ch19s05s02.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id1065906">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Crashes detected by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> can be viewed, reported, and deleted using the command line interface.
+		</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id764541">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To get a list of all crashes, simply enter <code class="command">abrt-cli --list</code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli -l</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">abrt-cli --list</code>
+0.
+   UID        : 500
+   UUID       : 784b06666020e9f43718d99bf2649f19b4f251a9
+   Package    : bash-4.1.2-3.el6
+   Executable : /bin/bash
+   Crash Time : Tue 20 Jul 2010 03:22:52 PM CEST
+   Crash Count: 2
+1.
+   UID        : 500
+   UUID       : 48007b98d65cca4530d99a564379e2609169239d
+   Package    : coreutils-8.4-9.el6
+   Executable : /bin/sleep
+   Crash Time : Tue 20 Jul 2010 03:22:00 PM CEST
+   Crash Count: 1</pre><div class="para">
+				This output contains basic information for every crash. The <code class="computeroutput">UID:</code> field shows the ID of the user which ran the program that caused the crash. The <code class="computeroutput">Package</code> field shows the name and version of the Fedora package that contains the program, and the <code class="computeroutput">Executable</code> field shows the location of the binary or script that crashed. The <code class="computeroutput">Crash Count</code> field indicates how many times the same crash happened.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="generating-backtrace.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.4. Generating Backtraces</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch19s05s02.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s02.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s02.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f68954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s02.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch19s05.html" title="19.5. Using the Command Line Interface" /><link rel="prev" href="ch19s05.html" title="19.5. Using the Command Line Interface" /><link rel="next" href="ch19s05s03.html" title="19.5.3. Deleting Crashes" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s05.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch19s05s03.h
 tml"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id1102042">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To report a certain crash, enter <code class="command">abrt-cli --report <em class="replaceable"><code>UUID</code></em></code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli --r <em class="replaceable"><code>UUID</code></em></code>, where <code class="varname">UUID</code> is a Universally Unique Identifier of a crash from the list of crashes; to view this list, execute the <code class="command">abrt-cli --list</code> command. You do not need to remember the exact <code class="varname">UUID</code>; either use a mouse to copy and paste it, or enter a unique prefix and press <span class="keycap"><strong>ENTER</strong></span>.
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">abrt-cli --report 480</code>
+<span class="keycap"><strong>&lt;ENTER&gt;</strong></span>
+&gt;&gt; Starting report creation...</pre><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> analyzes the crash and creates a report about it. This might take a while. When the report is ready, <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> opens a text editor with the content of the report. You can see what is being reported, and you can fill in instructions on how to reproduce the crash and other comments. You should also check the backtrace, because the backtrace might be sent to a public server and viewed by anyone, depending on the plugin settings.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Selecting a preferred text editor</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You can choose which text editor is used to check the reports. <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> uses the editor defined in the <code class="envar">ABRT_EDITOR</code> environment variable. If the variable is not defined, it checks the <code class="envar">VISUAL</code> and <code class="envar">EDITOR</code> variables. If none of these variables is set, <code class="command">vi</code> is used. You can set the preferred editor in your <code class="filename">.bashrc</code> configuration file. For example, if you prefer GNU Emacs, add the following line to the file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">export <code class="varname">VISUAL</code>=<strong class="userinput"><code>emacs</code></strong></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+				When you are done with the report, save your changes and close the editor. You will be asked which of the enabled <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> plugins you want to use to send the report. Respond <span class="keycap"><strong>Y</strong></span> to send the report using your desired plugin or <span class="keycap"><strong>N</strong></span> to skip a plugin you wish not to use.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s05.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch19s05s03.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s03.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s03.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a76579
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ch19s05s03.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch19s05.html" title="19.5. Using the Command Line Interface" /><link rel="prev" href="ch19s05s02.html" title="19.5.2. Reporting Crashes" /><link rel="next" href="configuring.html" title="19.6. Configuring ABRT" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s05s02.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="configuring.html"><s
 trong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id822317">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				If you know that you do not want to report a certain crash dump, you can delete it from the crash list. To delete a certain crash dump, enter the command: <code class="command">abrt-cli --delete <em class="replaceable"><code>UUID</code></em> </code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> performs a detection of duplicate crashes by comparing new crashes with all locally saved crashes. For a repeating crash, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> requires you to act upon it only once. However, if you delete the crash dump of that crash, the next time this specific crash occurs, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> will treat it as a new crash: <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> will alert you about it, prompt you to fill in a description, and report it. This can be redundant, therefore, deleting a crash is not advisable.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s05s02.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="configuring.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65c95b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html
@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.5. Configuring Domains</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html" title="8.2.4. Configuring Services" /><link rel="next" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html" title="8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><l
 i class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			A domain is a database of user information. SSSD can use more than one domain at the same time, but at least one must be configured for SSSD to start. Using SSSD domains, it is possible to use several LDAP servers providing several unique namespaces. You can specify not only where users' identity information is stored, but how users authenticate against each of the specified domains.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD supports the following identity and authentication combinations: 
+			<div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">LDAP/LDAP</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This combination uses an LDAP back end as both the identity and authentication provider. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">「Configuring an LDAP Domain」</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">LDAP/KRB5</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This combination uses an LDAP back end as the identity provider, and uses Kerberos to provide authentication. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html">「Setting Up Kerberos Authentication」</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">proxy</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Specifying a proxy identity or an authentication provider uses an existing NSS library or a customized PAM stack, but takes advantage of the SSSD caching mechanism. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html">「Configuring a Proxy Domain」</a>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div>
+
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and FOO is one of the domains in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section. This example shows only the configuration of Kerberos authentication; it does not include any identity provider.
+		</div><pre class="screen">[domain/FOO]
+auth_provider = krb5
+krb5_server = 192.168.1.1
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM</pre><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Domain_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Domain_Configuration_Options">8.2.5.1. Domain Configuration Options</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can add new domain configurations to the <code class="literal">[domain/&lt;<em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em>&gt;]</code> sections of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file, and then add the list of domains to the <em class="parameter"><code>domains</code></em> attribute of the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section, in the order you want them to be queried.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-General_Domain_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-General_Domain_Configuration_Options">8.2.5.1.1. General Domain Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can use the following configuration options in a domain configuration section:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">min_id,max_id <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains entries that are outside these limits, they are ignored.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The default value for <code class="option">min_id</code> is <code class="literal">1</code>; the default value for <code class="option">max_id</code> is <code class="literal">0</code> (unbounded).
+						</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid conflicts with users in /etc/passwd</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If <code class="option">min_id</code> is unspecified, it defaults to <code class="literal">1</code> for any back end. This default was chosen to provide compatibility with existing systems and to ease any migration attempts. LDAP administrators should be aware that granting identities in this range may conflict with users in the local <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> file. To avoid these conflicts, <code class="option">min_id</code> should be set to <code class="literal">1000</code> or higher wherever possible.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The <code class="option">min_id</code> option determines the minimum acceptable value for both UID and GID numbers. Accounts with either UID or GID values below the <code class="option">min_id</code> value are filtered out and not made available on the client.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">enumerate <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies whether or not to enumerate (list) the users and groups of a domain.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Enumeration means that the entire set of available users and groups on the remote source is cached on the local machine. When enumeration is disabled, users and groups are only cached as they are requested.
+						</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disable enumeration for domains with many users and groups</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If a client has enumeration enabled, reinitialization of the client results in a complete refresh of the entire set of available users and groups from the remote source. Similarly, when SSSD is connected to a new server, the entire set of available users and groups from the remote source is pulled and cached on the local machine. In a domain with a large amount of clients connected to a remote source, both aforementioned cases can affect the network performance due to frequent queries from the clients. If the set of available users and groups is large enough, it will affect the performance of clients as well. For performance reasons, it is recommended that you disable enumeration for domains with many users and groups.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							The default value for this parameter is <code class="literal">FALSE</code>. Set this value to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> to enable enumeration of users and groups of a domain.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the timeout in seconds for this particular domain.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This is used to ensure that the back end process is alive and capable of answering requests. The default value for this parameter is <code class="literal">10</code> seconds. Raising this timeout might prove useful for slower back ends, such as distant LDAP servers.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the timeout value to 0</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If you set <code class="option">timeout = 0</code>, SSSD reverts to the default value; you cannot force a timeout value of zero, because this would force the <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> daemon into a loop.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">cache_credentials <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies whether or not to store user credentials in the local SSSD domain database cache.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The default value for this parameter is <code class="literal">FALSE</code>. You should set this value to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> for domains other than local if you want to enable offline authentication.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">id_provider <span class="type">(string)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the data provider identity back end to use for this domain. Currently supported identity back ends are: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										proxy — Support a legacy <code class="systemitem">NSS</code> provider (for example, <span class="package">nss_nis</span>).
+									</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the id_provider value to proxy</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+											SSSD needs to know which legacy NSS library to load in order to start successfully. If you set <code class="option">id_provider</code> to <code class="literal">proxy</code>, ensure that you also specify a value for <code class="option">proxy_lib_name</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html">「Configuring a Proxy Domain」</a> for information on this attribute.
+										</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										local — <code class="systemitem">SSSD</code> internal local provider.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										ldap — <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> provider.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">entry_cache_timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long the domain's data provider should cache positive cache hits (that is, queries for valid database entries) before asking the database again.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">use_fully_qualified_names <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies whether or not requests to this domain require fully-qualified domain names.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If set to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>, all requests to this domain must use fully-qualified domain names. It also means that the output from the request displays the fully-qualified name.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The ability to restrict requests in this way means that if you know you have multiple domains with conflicting usernames, then there is no doubt about which username the query will resolve.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Consider the following examples, in which the IPA domain database contains a user named <code class="systemitem">ipauser01</code>, and the <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_names</code></em> attribute is set to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01</code>
+[no output]
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01 at IPA</code>
+ipauser01 at IPA:x:937315651:937315651:ipauser01:/home/ipauser01:/bin/sh
+</pre><div class="para">
+							In the following examples, using the same IPA domain and user, the <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_names</code></em> attribute is set to <code class="literal">FALSE</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01</code>
+ipauser01:x:937315651:937315651:ipauser01:/home/ipauser01:/bin/sh
+<code class="command"># getent passwd ipauser01 at IPA</code>
+ipauser01:x:937315651:937315651:ipauser01:/home/ipauser01:/bin/sh
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changing the use_fully_qualified_names value to FALSE</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_names</code></em> is set to <code class="literal">FALSE</code>, you can continue to use the fully-qualified name in your requests, but only the simplified version is displayed in the output.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								SSSD can only parse <code class="systemitem">name at domain</code>, not <code class="systemitem">name at realm</code>. You can, however, use the same name for both your domain and your realm.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">auth_provider <span class="type">(string)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The authentication provider used for the domain. The default value for this option is the value of <code class="option">id_provider</code> if it is set and can handle authentication requests.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Currently supported authentication providers are: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										ldap — for native LDAP authentication. Refer to the sssd-ldap(5) manual page for more information on configuring LDAP.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										krb5 — for Kerberos authentication. Refer to the sssd-krb5(5) manual page for more information on configuring Kerberos.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										proxy — for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										none — explicitly disables authentication.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Proxy_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Proxy_Configuration_Options">8.2.5.1.2. Proxy Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">proxy_pam_target</code> <span class="type">(string)</span>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option is only used when the <code class="option">auth_provider</code> option is set to <code class="literal">proxy</code>, and specifies the target to which <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> must proxy.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option has no default value. If proxy authentication is required, you need to specify your own <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> target. This corresponds to a file containing <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> stack information in the system's default <acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym> configuration directory. On Fedora-based systems, this is the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</code> directory.
+						</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid recursive inclusion of pam_sss</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Ensure that your proxy PAM stack does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recursively include <code class="filename">pam_sss.so</code>.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">proxy_lib_name</code> <span class="type">(string)</span>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option is only used when the <code class="option">id_provider</code> option is set to <code class="literal">proxy</code>, and specifies which existing NSS library to proxy identity requests through.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This option has no default value. You need to manually specify an existing library to take advantage of this option. For example, set this value to <code class="literal">nis</code> to use the existing <code class="filename">libnss_nis.so</code> file.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">8.2.5.2. Configuring an LDAP Domain</h4></div></div></div><a id="id954493" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				An LDAP domain is one where the <code class="option">id_provider</code> option is set to <code class="literal">ldap</code> (<code class="option">id_provider = ldap</code>). Such a domain requires a running LDAP server against which to authenticate. This can be an open source LDAP server such as OpenLDAP or Microsoft Active Directory. SSSD currently supports Microsoft Active Directory 2003 (+Services for UNIX) and Active Directory 2008 (+Subsystem for UNIX-based Applications). In all cases, the client configuration is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+			</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain-How_to_Authenticate_Against_an_LDAP_Server"><h5 class="formalpara">How to Authenticate Against an LDAP Server</h5>
+					SSSD does not support authentication over an unencrypted channel. Consequently, if you want to authenticate against an LDAP server, either <code class="systemitem">TLS/SSL</code> or <code class="systemitem">LDAPS</code> is required. If the LDAP server is used only as an identity provider, an encrypted channel is not needed.
+				</div><div class="para">
+				Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file to include the following settings:
+			</div><pre class="screen"># A native LDAP domain
+[domain/LDAP]
+enumerate = false
+cache_credentials = TRUE
+
+id_provider = ldap
+auth_provider = ldap
+ldap_schema = rfc2307
+chpass_provider = ldap
+
+ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org
+ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org
+ldap_tls_reqcert = demand
+ldap_tls_cacert = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Creating a certificate with an IP address instead of the server name</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you wish to use an IP address in the <code class="option">ldap_uri</code> option instead of the server name, for example, if <code class="systemitem">GSSAPI</code> is used to avoid time consuming <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> lookups, the <code class="systemitem">TSL</code>/<code class="systemitem">SSL</code> setup might fail. This is due to the fact that <code class="systemitem">TSL</code>/<code class="systemitem">SSL</code> certificates contain the server name only. However, a special field in the certificate, called <span class="emphasis"><em>Subject Alternative Name</em></span> (<code class="option">subjectAltName</code>), can be used to additionally set the IP address of the server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following steps show how to create a certificate with a Subject Alternative Name being the IP address of your server:
+				</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Using your command line, execute the following command to convert an existing certificate (previously signed by the <em class="parameter"><code>key.pem</code></em> key) into a certificate request:
+						</div><pre class="screen">openssl x509 -x509toreq -in old_cert.pem -out req.pem -signkey key.pem</pre><div class="para">
+							Alternatively, if you are using a self-signed certificate(for example, one created by the Fedora OpenLDAP package in <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/slapd.pem</code>), execute the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">openssl x509 -x509toreq -in old_cert.pem -out req.pem -signkey old_cert.pem</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/openssl.cnf</code> configuration file to include the following line under the <em class="parameter"><code>[ v3_ca ]</code></em> section:
+						</div><pre class="screen">subjectAltName = IP:10.0.0.10</pre><div class="para">
+							Replace the IP address with one of your choice.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							By executing the following command, use the previously generated certificate request to generate a new self-signed certificate that will contain your desired IP address:
+						</div><pre class="screen">openssl x509 -req -in req.pem -out new_cert.pem -extfile ./openssl.cnf -extensions v3_ca -signkey old_cert.pem</pre><div class="para">
+							where:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="command">openssl x509</code> command creates the new certificate.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-req</code> option tells the command to expect a certificate request as an input.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-in</code> and <code class="option">-out</code> options specify the input and output files.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-extfile</code> option expects a file containing certificate extensions to use (in our case the <code class="option">subjectAltName</code> extension).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-extensions</code> option specifies the section of the <code class="filename">openssl.cnf</code> file to add certificate extensions from (in this case, the <em class="parameter"><code>[ v3_ca ]</code></em> section).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="option">-signkey</code> option tells the command to self-sign the input file using the supplied private key.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							For more information on the <span class="application"><strong>x509</strong></span> utility and its parameters, refer to <code class="command">man x509</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Lastly, copy the private key block from the <code class="filename">old_cert.pem</code> file into the <code class="filename">new_cert.pem</code> file to keep all relevant information in one file.
+						</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					When creating a certificate through the <span class="application"><strong>certutil</strong></span> utility provided by the <span class="package">nss-utils</span> package, note that <span class="application"><strong>certutil</strong></span> supports <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> subject alternative names for certificate creation only.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					It is advisable to use a Certificate Authority to issue your certificate. Consider using the Red Hat Certificate System; for more information on managing subject names and subject alternative names in your certificate, refer to the <a href="http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Certificate_System/8.0/html/Admin_Guide/Managing_Subject_Names_and_Subject_Alternative_Names.html">Red Hat Certificate System Admin Guide</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain-Selecting_an_LDAP_Schema"><h5 class="formalpara">Selecting an LDAP Schema</h5><a id="id835783" class="indexterm"></a>
+					You can set the <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_schema</code></em> attribute to either <code class="literal">rfc2307</code> or <code class="literal">rfc2307bis</code>. These schema define how groups in <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> are specified. In <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307</em>, group objects use a multi-valued attribute, <em class="parameter"><code>memberuid</code></em>, which lists the names of the users that belong to that group. In <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307bis</em>, instead of the <em class="parameter"><code>memberuid</code></em>, group objects use the <em class="parameter"><code>member</code></em> attribute. Rather than just the name of the user, this attribute contains the full Distinguished Name (DN) of another object in the LDAP database. This means that groups can have other groups as members. That is, it adds support for nested groups.
+				</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD assumes that your LDAP server is using <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307</em>. If your LDAP server is using <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307bis</em>, and you do not update the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file accordingly, this can impact how your users and groups are displayed. It also means that some groups will not be available and network resources may be inaccessible even though you have permissions to use them.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, when using <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307bis</em> and you have configured both primary and secondary groups, or are using nested groups, you can use the <code class="command">id</code> command to display these groups:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[f12server at ipaserver ~]$ id
+uid=500(f12server) gid=500(f12server) groups=500(f12server),510(f12tester)
+</pre><div class="para">
+				If instead you have configured your client to use <em class="citetitle">RFC 2307</em> then only the primary group is displayed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Changes to this setting only affect how SSSD determines the groups to which a user belongs; there is no negative effect on the actual user data. If you do not know the correct value for this attribute, consult your System Administrator.
+			</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain-Specifying_Timeout_Values"><h5 class="formalpara">Specifying Timeout Values</h5><a id="id1007463" class="indexterm"></a>
+					SSSD supports a number of timeout values that apply when configuring an <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> domain. These are described below. 
+					<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="option">ldap_search_timeout (integer)</code> — Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> searches are allowed to run before they are canceled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered). If not specified:
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Defaults to five when <code class="option">enumerate</code> = <code class="literal">False</code>
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Defaults to 30 when <code class="option">enumerate</code> = <code class="literal">True</code>. This option is forced to a minimum of 30 in this case.
+							</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The ldap_network_timeout option is going to be changed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									This option is subject to change in future versions of SSSD, where it may be replaced by a series of timeouts for specific look-up types.
+								</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="option">ldap_network_timeout (integer)</code> — Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <code class="function">poll(2)</code>/<code class="function">select(2)</code> following a <code class="function">connect(2)</code> returns in case of no activity.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								If not specified, defaults to five.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="option">ldap_opt_timeout (integer)</code> — Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> APIs will abort if no response is received. This option also controls the timeout when communicating with the KDC in case of a SASL bind.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								If not specified, defaults to five.
+							</div></li></ul></div>
+
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>DNS Service Discovery</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature allows the LDAP back end to automatically find the appropriate <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> servers to connect to using a special <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> query. For more information on the <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature, refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><h5 id="id805258"></h5><div class="para">
+
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain">8.2.5.3. Configuring a Microsoft Active Directory Domain</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1004583" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can configure SSSD to use Microsoft Active Directory as an LDAP back end, providing both identity and authentication services. If you are using Active Directory 2003, SSSD requires that you install Windows Services for UNIX (SFU) on the machine where Active Directory is installed. If instead you are using Active Directory 2008, you need to install the Subsystem for UNIX-based Applications (SUA) on the Active Directory machine.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>SFU is not supported on 64-bit systems</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					SFU is not supported on 64-bit operating systems. Refer to <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/920751">http://support.microsoft.com/kb/920751</a> for more information about which Windows systems can provide a suitable platform for an SSSD LDAP back end.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2003"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2003">8.2.5.3.1. Configuring Active Directory 2003 as an LDAP Back End</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The example <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file that ships with SSSD contains the following sample configuration for Active Directory 2003:
+				</div><pre class="screen"># Example LDAP domain where the LDAP server is an Active Directory 2003 server.
+
+[domain/AD]
+description = LDAP domain with AD server
+enumerate = false
+min_id = 1000
+;
+id_provider = ldap
+auth_provider = ldap
+ldap_uri = ldap://your.ad.server.com
+ldap_schema = rfc2307bis
+ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_bind_dn = cn=Administrator,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_authtok_type = password
+ldap_default_authtok = YOUR_PASSWORD
+ldap_user_object_class = person
+ldap_user_name = msSFU30Name
+ldap_user_uid_number = msSFU30UidNumber
+ldap_user_gid_number = msSFU30GidNumber
+ldap_user_home_directory = msSFU30HomeDirectory
+ldap_user_shell = msSFU30LoginShell
+ldap_user_principal = userPrincipalName
+ldap_group_object_class = group
+ldap_group_name = msSFU30Name
+ldap_group_gid_number = msSFU30GidNumber</pre><div class="para">
+					This configuration is specific to Windows Active Directory 2003. Refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2008">「Configuring Active Directory 2003 R2 and 2008 as LDAP Back Ends」</a> for information on how to configure Active Directory 2003 R2 and Active Directory 2008.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Note that the above configuration assumes that the certificates are stored in the default location (that is, in <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/cacerts</code>) and that the <code class="function">c_rehash</code> function has been used to create the appropriate symlinks.
+				</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id1065654">More Information</h5>
+						Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-ldap(5)</em> manual page for a full description of all the options that apply to <acronym class="acronym">LDAP</acronym> domains.
+					</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2008"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain-Configuring_AD_2008">8.2.5.3.2. Configuring Active Directory 2003 R2 and 2008 as LDAP Back Ends</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The configuration of <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> to support Active Directory 2003 R2 or Active Directory 2008 as a back end is similar to that for AD 2003. The following example configuration highlights the necessary changes.
+				</div><pre class="screen"># Example LDAP domain where the LDAP server is an Active Directory 2003 R2 or an Active Directory 2008 server.
+
+[domain/AD]
+description = LDAP domain with AD server
+; debug_level = 9
+enumerate = false
+
+id_provider = ldap
+auth_provider = ldap
+chpass_provider = ldap
+
+ldap_uri = ldap://your.ad.server.com
+ldap_tls_cacertdir = /etc/openldap/cacerts
+ldap_tls_cacert = /etc/openldap/cacerts/test.cer
+ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_bind_dn = cn=Administrator,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com
+ldap_default_authtok_type = password
+ldap_default_authtok = YOUR_PASSWORD
+ldap_pwd_policy = none
+ldap_user_object_class = user
+ldap_group_object_class = group</pre><div class="para">
+					Note that the above configuration assumes that the certificates are stored in the default location (that is, in <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/cacerts</code>) and that the <code class="function">c_rehash</code> function has been used to create the appropriate symlinks.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e48537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.4. Configuring Services</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html" title="8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD" /><link rel="next" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html" title="8.2.5. Configuring Domains" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Gui
 de-Setting_Up_SSSD.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services">8.2.4. Configuring Services</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD services that are started and stopped together with SSSD. The services provided by SSSD have their own configuration sections. The <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section also lists the services that are active and should be started when <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> starts within the <code class="command">services</code> directive.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD currently provides several services:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">NSS</code> — An NSS provider service that answers NSS requests from the <code class="systemitem">sssd_nss</code> module.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">PAM</code> — A PAM provider service that manages a PAM conversation through the <code class="systemitem">sssd_pam</code> PAM module.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">monitor</code> — A special service that monitors all other SSSD services, and starts or restarts them as needed. Its options are specified in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services-Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services-Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1. Configuration Options</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following sections cover the most important SSSD configuration options. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page that ships with SSSD for information on all the available configuration options.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-General_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-General_Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1.1. General Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">debug_level <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Sets the debug level for a particular service. This is a per-service setting (that is, it can appear in any of the <code class="literal">[service/&lt;NAME&gt;]</code> sections in the SSSD configuration file).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">reconnection_retries <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In the event of a data provider crash or restart, this specifies the number of times that a service should attempt to reconnect.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>DNS lookup of IPv6 addresses</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If a <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> lookup fails to return an <code class="systemitem">IPv4</code> address for a hostname, SSSD attempts to look up an <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> address before returning a failure. Note that this only ensures that the async resolver identifies the correct address; there is currently a bug in the LDAP code that prevents SSSD from connecting to an LDAP server over IPv6. This is being investigated separately.
+							</div></div></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-NSS_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-NSS_Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1.2. NSS Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Use the following options to configure the <code class="systemitem">Name Service Switch (NSS)</code> service. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for full details about each option.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">enum_cache_timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long (in seconds) <span class="package">sssd_nss</span> should cache enumerations (requests for information about all users).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">entry_cache_nowait_percentage <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long <span class="package">sssd_nss</span> should return cached entries before initiating an out-of-band cache refresh (<code class="literal">0</code> disables this feature).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							You can configure the entry cache to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the <code class="option">entry_cache_timeout</code> value for the domain.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Valid values for this option are <code class="literal">0-99</code>, and represent a percentage of the <code class="option">entry_cache_timeout</code> value for each domain.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">entry_negative_timeout <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies for how long (in seconds) <span class="package">sssd_nss</span> should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, such as nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">filter_users, filter_groups <span class="type">(string)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database. This is particularly useful for system accounts such as <code class="systemitem">root</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">filter_users_in_groups <span class="type">(Boolean)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If set to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>, specifies that users listed in the <code class="option">filter_users</code> list do not appear in group memberships when performing group lookups. If set to <code class="literal">FALSE</code>, group lookups return all users that are members of that group. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">TRUE</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-PAM_Configuration_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuration_Options-PAM_Configuration_Options">8.2.4.1.3. PAM Configuration Options</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Use the following options to configure the <code class="systemitem">Pluggable Authentication Module (<acronym class="acronym">PAM</acronym>)</code> service.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">offline_credentials_expiration <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If the authentication provider is offline, specifies for how long to allow cached log-ins (in days). This value is measured from the last successful online log-in. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">0</code> (no limit).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">offline_failed_login_attempts <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If the authentication provider is offline, specifies how many failed log in attempts are allowed. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">0</code> (no limit).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="option">offline_failed_login_delay <span class="type">(integer)</span> </code>
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Specifies the time in minutes after the value of <code class="option">offline_failed_login_attempts</code> has been reached before a new log in attempt is possible.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If set to <code class="literal">0</code>, the user cannot authenticate offline if the value of <code class="option">offline_failed_login_attempts</code> has been reached. Only a successful online authentication can re-enable offline authentication. If not specified, defaults to <code class="literal">5</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6e0827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html" title="第8章 認証の設定" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html" title="第8章 認証の設定" /><link rel="next" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html" title="8.2.2. SSSD Features" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html"><strong>戻る<
 /strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		This section provides an introduction to the <em class="firstterm">System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</em>, the main features that it provides, and discusses the requirements and any limitations of a typical SSSD deployment.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This section also describes how to configure SSSD, and how to use the features that it provides. It provides information on the types of services that it supports and how to configure them, and introduces and describes the most important configuration options. Sample configuration files are also provided to help you optimize your deployment.
+	</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD) is a service which provides access to different identity and authentication providers. You can configure SSSD to use a native LDAP domain (that is, an LDAP identity provider with LDAP authentication), or an LDAP identity provider with Kerberos authentication. It provides an NSS and PAM interface to the system, and a pluggable back-end system to connect to multiple different account sources.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD is also extensible; you can configure it to use new identity sources and authentication mechanisms should they arise. In addition, SSSD is fully IPv6-compatible, provided that it is built against <span class="package">c-ares 1.7.1</span> or later and <span class="package">krb5-libs 1.8.1</span> or later.
+		</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第8章 認証の設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6bef73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html" title="8.2.2. SSSD Features" /><link rel="next" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html" title="8.2.4. Configuring Services" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SS
 SD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section describes how to install SSSD, how to run the service, and how to configure it for each type of supported information provider.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Installing_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Installing_SSSD">8.2.3.1. Installing SSSD</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Run the following command to install SSSD and any dependencies, including the SSSD client:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command"># yum install sssd</code>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD requires very few dependencies and should install very quickly, depending on the speed of your network connection.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version">8.2.3.1.1. Upgrading from a Previous Version</h5></div></div></div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version-Upgrading_Using_RPM_Packages"><h5 class="formalpara">Upgrading Using RPM Packages</h5>
+						If you are upgrading using RPM packages, the script will run automatically when you upgrade to the new version. This will upgrade the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file to the new format, and copy the existing version to <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf.bak</code>.
+					</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Upgrading_from_a_Previous_Version-Upgrading_Manually"><h5 class="formalpara">Upgrading Manually</h5>
+						It may be necessary to run the upgrade script manually, either because you built SSSD from source files, or because you are using a platform that does not support the use of RPM packages. The synopsis for the script is as follows:
+					</div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="command">upgrade_config.py</code> [
+						-f INFILE
+					] [
+						-o OUTFILE
+					] [
+						-verbose
+					] [
+						--no-backup
+					]</p></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>-f INFILE</code></em> — the configuration file to upgrade. If not specified, this defaults to <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>-o OUTFILE</code></em> — the name of the upgraded configuration file. If not specified, this defaults to <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>-verbose</code></em> — produce more verbose output during the upgrade process
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<em class="parameter"><code>--no-backup</code></em> — do not produce a back-up file. If not specified, this defaults to <code class="filename"><em class="parameter"><code>INFILE</code></em>.bak</code>
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Starting_and_Stopping_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Installing_SSSD-Starting_and_Stopping_SSSD">8.2.3.1.2. Starting and Stopping SSSD</h5></div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Starting SSSD for the first time</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Before you start SSSD for the first time, you need to configure at least one domain. Refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html">「Configuring Domains」</a> for information on how to configure an SSSD domain.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can use either the <code class="command">service</code> command or the <code class="filename">/etc/init.d/sssd</code> script to control SSSD. For example, run the following command to start <code class="systemitem">sssd</code>:
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="command"># systemctl start sssd.service</code>
+				</div><div class="para">
+					By default, SSSD is configured not to start automatically. There are two ways to change this behavior; if you use the Authentication Configuration tool to configure SSSD, it will reconfigure the default behavior so that SSSD starts when the machine boots. Alternatively, you can use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command, as follows:
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="command"># systemctl enable sssd.service</code>
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Configuring_SSSD"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD-Configuring_SSSD">8.2.3.2. Configuring SSSD</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The global configuration of SSSD is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. This file consists of various sections, each of which contains a number of key/value pairs. Some keys accept multiple values; use commas to separate multiple values for such keys. This configuration file uses data types of <span class="type">string</span> (no quotes required), <span class="type">integer</span> and <span class="type">Boolean</span> (with values of <code class="literal">TRUE</code> or <code class="literal">FALSE</code>). Comments are indicated by either a hash sign (#) or a semicolon (;) in the first column. The following example illustrates some of this syntax:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">[section]
+# Keys with single values
+key1 = value
+key2 = val2
+
+# Keys with multiple values
+key10 = val10,val11
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Specifying a different configuration file</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					You can use the <em class="parameter"><code>-c</code></em> (or <em class="parameter"><code>--config</code></em>) parameter on the command line to specify a different configuration file for SSSD.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The format of the configuration file is described in <a class="xref" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html">「SSSD Configuration File Format」</a>
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for more information on global SSSD configuration options.
+			</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_NSS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_NSS">8.2.3.2.1. Configuring NSS</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides a new NSS module, <code class="systemitem">sssd_nss</code>, so that you can configure your system to use SSSD to retrieve user information. Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file for your system to use the <code class="systemitem">sss</code> name database. For example:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">passwd: files sss
+group: files sss
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_PAM"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_PAM">8.2.3.2.2. Configuring PAM</h5></div></div></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when changing your PAM configuration</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Use extreme care when changing your PAM configuration. A mistake in the PAM configuration file can lock you out of the system completely. Always back up your configuration files before performing any changes, and keep a session open so that you can revert any changes you make should the need arise.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To enable your system to use SSSD for PAM, you need to edit the default PAM configuration file. On Fedora—based systems, this is the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</code> file. Edit this file to reflect the following example, and then restart <code class="systemitem">sssd</code>:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">#%PAM-1.0
+# This file is auto-generated.
+# User changes will be destroyed the next time authconfig is run.
+auth        required      pam_env.so
+auth        sufficient    pam_unix.so nullok try_first_pass
+auth        requisite     pam_succeed_if.so uid &gt;= 500 quiet
+auth        sufficient    pam_sss.so use_first_pass
+auth        required      pam_deny.so
+
+account     required      pam_unix.so broken_shadow
+account     sufficient    pam_localuser.so
+account     sufficient    pam_succeed_if.so uid &lt; 500 quiet
+account [default=bad success=ok user_unknown=ignore] pam_sss.so
+account     required      pam_permit.so
+
+password    requisite     pam_cracklib.so try_first_pass retry=3
+password    sufficient    pam_unix.so sha512 shadow nullok try_first_pass use_authtok
+password    sufficient    pam_sss.so use_authtok
+password    required      pam_deny.so
+
+session     required      pam_mkhomedir.so umask=0022 skel=/etc/skel/
+session     optional      pam_keyinit.so revoke
+session     required      pam_limits.so
+session     [success=1 default=ignore] pam_succeed_if.so service in crond quiet use_uid
+session     sufficient    pam_sss.so
+session     required      pam_unix.so
+</pre><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="id903023">8.2.3.2.2.1. Using Custom Home Directories with SSSD</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						If your LDAP users have home directories that are not in <code class="filename">/home</code>, and if your system is configured to create home directories the first time your users log in, then these directories will be created with the wrong permissions. For example, instead of a typical home directory such as <code class="filename">/home/&lt;username&gt;</code>, your users might have home directories that include their locale, such as <code class="filename">/home/&lt;locale&gt;/&lt;username&gt;</code>. If this is true for your system, the following steps need to be taken (preemptively):
+					</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Apply the correct SELinux context and permissions from the <code class="filename">/home</code> directory to the home directory that you use on your system. In the example above, the following command would achieve this result (replace the directory names with those that apply to your system): 
+<pre class="screen"># semanage fcontext -a -e /home /home/locale</pre>
+
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Ensure the <span class="package">oddjob-mkhomedir</span> package is installed on your system and then re-run the Authentication Configuration tool.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								This package provides the <code class="systemitem">pam_oddjob_mkhomedir.so</code> library, which the Authentication Configuration tool will then use to create your custom home directories. You need to use this library to create your home directories, and not the default <code class="systemitem">pam_mkhomedir.so</code> library, because the latter cannot create SELinux labels.
+							</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The pam_oddjob_mkhomedir and pam_mkhomedir libraries</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									The Authentication Configuration tool will automatically use the <code class="systemitem">pam_oddjob_mkhomedir.so</code> library if it is available. Otherwise, it will default to using <code class="systemitem">pam_mkhomedir.so</code>.
+								</div></div></div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+						If the preceding steps were not performed before the custom home directories were created, you can use the following commands to correct the permissions and SELinux contexts (again, replace the directory names with those that apply to your system): 
+<pre class="screen"># semanage fcontext -a -e /home /home/locale
+# restorecon -R -v /home/locale</pre>
+
+					</div></div><div class="section" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_PAM-Using_include_Statements_in_PAM_Configurations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_PAM-Using_include_Statements_in_PAM_Configurations">8.2.3.2.2.2. Using "include" Statements in PAM Configurations</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Recent PAM implementations allow you to use <code class="literal">include</code> statements in PAM configurations. For example:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">...
+session     include      system-auth
+session     optional     pam_console.so
+...
+</pre><div class="para">
+						In the preceding example, if a <em class="parameter"><code>sufficient</code></em> condition from <code class="filename">system-auth</code> returns <span class="returnvalue">PAM_SUCCESS</span>, <code class="filename">pam_console.so</code> will not be executed.
+					</div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id683467">8.2.3.2.3. Configuring Access Control</h5></div></div></div><a id="id780586" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides a rudimentary access control mechanism, offering two solutions based on the value of the <code class="option">access_provider</code> option in the <code class="literal">[domain/&lt;<em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em>&gt;]</code> section in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+				</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="id904254">8.2.3.2.3.1. The Simple Access Provider</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The first of these solutions is known as the <em class="firstterm">Simple Access Provider</em>, and is based on the implementation of access or deny lists of usernames. To enable the Simple Access Provider, you need to set the <code class="option">access_provider</code> option to <code class="literal">simple</code>, and then add usernames as a comma-separated list to either the <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> or <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> options.
+					</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id904269">Using the Simple Access Provider</h5>
+							By using the Simple Access Provider, you can continue to support a number of network logins to maintain common network accounts on company or department laptops, but you might want to restrict the use of a particular laptop to one or two users. This means that even if a different user authenticated successfully against the same authentication provider, the Simple Access Provider would prevent that user from gaining access.
+						</div><div class="para">
+						The following example demonstrates the use of the Simple Access Provider to grant access to two users. This example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and <code class="systemitem">example.com</code> is one of the domains specified in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section, and only shows the Simple Access Provider-specific options.
+					</div><pre class="screen">[domain/example.com]
+access_provider = simple
+simple_allow_users = user1, user2</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the Local ID provider</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							The Local ID provider does not support <code class="option">simple</code> as an access provider.
+						</div></div></div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id651189">Access Control Rules</h5><a id="id683599" class="indexterm"></a>
+							The Simple Access Provider adheres to the following three rules to determine which users should or should not be granted access: 
+							<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If both lists are empty, access is granted.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> is set, only users from this list are allowed access. This setting supersedes the <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> list (which would be redundant).
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If the <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> list is empty, users are allowed access unless they appear in the <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> list.
+									</div></li></ul></div>
+							 <div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not define both simple_allow_users and simple_deny_users</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									Defining both <code class="option">simple_allow_users</code> and <code class="option">simple_deny_users</code> is a configuration error. If this occurs, SSSD will output an error to the <code class="filename">/var/log/sssd/sssd_default.log</code> log file when loading the back end, but continue to start normally. Future versions of SSSD will output an error and fail to start.
+								</div></div></div>
+
+						</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="id751246">8.2.3.2.3.2. The LDAP Access Provider</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The second access control solution uses the LDAP server itself as the access provider (<code class="option">access_provider=ldap</code>) and the associated filter option (<code class="option">ldap_access_filter</code>) to specify which users are granted access to the specified host. Note that these two options are codependent; if you use LDAP as your access provider then you must specify a value for the <code class="option">ldap_access_filter</code> option, otherwise all users will be denied access. If you are not using LDAP as your access provider, then the <code class="option">ldap_access_filter</code> option has no effect.
+					</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id1102000">Using the LDAP Access Provider</h5>
+							The following example demonstrates the use of the LDAP Access Provider to grant access to members of the "allowedusers" group in LDAP. This example assumes that SSSD is correctly configured and <code class="systemitem">example.com</code> is one of the domains specified in the <code class="literal">[sssd]</code> section, and only shows the LDAP Access Provider-specific options.
+						</div><pre class="screen">[domain/example.com]
+access_provider = ldap
+ldap_access_filter = memberOf=cn=allowedusers,ou=Groups,dc=example,dc=com</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using offline caching</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Offline caching for this feature is limited to determining whether or not the user's last online login attempt was successful. If they were granted access during their last login, they will continue to be granted access while offline, and vice-versa.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-ldap</em> manual page for more information about using the LDAP Access Provider.
+					</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover">8.2.3.2.4. Configuring Failover</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The failover feature allows back ends to automatically switch to a different server if the primary server fails. These servers are entered as a case-insensitive, comma-separated list in the <code class="literal">[domain/&lt;<em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em>&gt;]</code> sections of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file, and listed in order of preference. This list can contain any number of servers.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For example, if you have configured a native LDAP domain, you could specify the following as your <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> values:
+				</div><pre class="screen">ldap_uri = ldap://ldap0.mydomain.org, ldap://ldap1.mydomain.org, ldap://ldap2.mydomain.org</pre><div class="para">
+					In this configuration, <code class="uri">ldap://ldap0.mydomain.org</code> functions as the primary server. If this server fails, the SSSD failover mechanism first attempts to connect to <code class="uri">ldap1.mydomain.org</code>, and if that server is unavailable, it then attempts to connect to <code class="uri">ldap2.mydomain.org</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If the parameter that specifies which server to connect to for the specific domain (for example, <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>krb5_server</code></em>, …) is not specified, the back end defaults to using <em class="replaceable"><code>Use service discovery</code></em>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a> for more information on service discovery.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use multiple ldap_uri parameters</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Do not use multiple <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> parameters to specify your failover servers. The failover servers must be entered as a comma-separated list of values for a single <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> parameter. If you enter multiple <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> parameters, SSSD only recognizes the last entry.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Future versions of SSSD will throw an error upon receiving additional <em class="parameter"><code>ldap_uri</code></em> entries.
+					</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">8.2.3.2.4.1. Using SRV Records with Failover</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						SSSD also supports the use of SRV records in its failover configuration. This means that you can specify a server that is later resolved into a list of specific servers using SRV requests. The <em class="parameter"><code>priority</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>weight</code></em> attributes of SRV records provide further opportunity for specifying which servers should be contacted first in the event that the primary server fails.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For every service with which you want to use service discovery, you need to add a special DNS record to your DNS server using the following form:
+					</div><pre class="screen">_<em class="replaceable"><code>service</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>domain TTL priority weight port hostname</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+						A typical configuration would contain multiple such records, each with a different priority (for failover) and different weights (for load balancing).
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The client then makes an SRV DNS query to retrieve a list of host names, their priorities, and weights. These queries are of the form _<em class="replaceable"><code>service</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em>._<em class="replaceable"><code>domain</code></em>, for example, <code class="literal">_ldap._tcp._redhat.com</code>. The client then sorts this list according to the priorities and weights, and connects to the first server in this sorted list.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For more information on SRV records, refer to <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2782">RFC 2782</a>.
+					</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-How_the_Failover_Mechanism_Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h6 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-How_the_Failover_Mechanism_Works">8.2.3.2.4.2. How the Failover Mechanism Works</h6></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The failover mechanism distinguishes between machines and services. The back end first tries to resolve the hostname of a given machine; if this resolution attempt fails, the machine is considered offline. No further attempts are made to connect to this machine for any other service. If the resolution attempt succeeds, the back end tries to connect to a service on this machine. If the service connection attempt fails, then only this particular service is considered offline and the back end automatically switches over to the next service. The machine is still considered online and might still be tried for another service.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The failover mechanism does not handle DNS A records with multiple IP addresses; instead it only uses the first address. DNS round-robin cannot be used for failover. Further, providing multiple A records does not provide failover. Only the first A record is used, and if a lookup attempt on the first record fails then the system attempts no further lookups. To find multiple servers with a single request, and thus implementing failover, SSSD relies on SRV resource records, as explained in <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Further connection attempts are made to machines or services marked as offline after a specified period of time; this is currently hard coded to 30 seconds. If there are no more machines to try, the back end as a whole switches to offline mode, and then attempts to reconnect every 30 seconds.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e0493f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.8. Troubleshooting</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html" title="8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain" /><link rel="next" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html" title="8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Docum
 entation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section lists some of the issues you may encounter when implementing SSSD, the possible causes of these issues, and how to resolve them. If you find further issues that are not covered here, refer to the <em class="citetitle">We Need Feedback</em> section in the <em class="citetitle">Preface</em> for information on how to file a bug report.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Using_SSSD_Log_Files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Using_SSSD_Log_Files">8.2.8.1. Using SSSD Log Files</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				SSSD uses a number of log files to report information about its operation, and this information can help to resolve issues in the event of SSSD failure or unexpected behavior. The default location for these log files on Fedora—based systems is the <code class="filename">/var/log/sssd/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD produces a log file for each back end (that is, one log file for each domain specified in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file), as well as an <code class="filename">sssd_pam.log</code> and an <code class="filename">sssd_nss.log</code> file. This level of granularity can help you to quickly isolate and resolve any errors or issues you might experience with SSSD.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You should also examine the <code class="filename">/var/log/secure</code> file, which logs authentication failures and the reason for the failure. For example, if you see <span class="errortext">Reason 4: System Error</span> reported against any failure, you should increase the debug level of the log files.
+			</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Using_SSSD_Log_Files-Producing_More_Verbose_Log_Files"><h5 class="formalpara">Producing More Verbose Log Files</h5>
+					If you are unable to identify and resolve any problems with SSSD after inspection of the default log files, you can configure SSSD to produce more verbose files. You can set the <code class="option">debug_level</code> option in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> for the domain that is causing concern, and then restart SSSD. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for more information on how to set the <code class="option">debug_level</code> for a specific domain.
+				</div><div class="para">
+				All log files include timestamps on debug messages by default. This can make it easier to understand any errors that may occur, why they occurred, and how to address them. If necessary, you can disable these timestamps by setting the appropriate parameter to <code class="literal">FALSE</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">--debug-timestamps=FALSE
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Configuration">8.2.8.2. Problems with SSSD Configuration</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						SSSD fails to start
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								SSSD requires at least one properly configured domain before the service will start. Without such a domain, you might see the following error message when trying to start SSSD with the following command:
+							</div><div class="para">
+								<code class="command"># sssd -d4</code>
+							</div><pre class="screen">[sssd] [ldb] (3): server_sort:Unable to register control with rootdse!
+
+[sssd] [confdb_get_domains] (0): No domains configured, fatal error!
+[sssd] [get_monitor_config] (0): No domains configured.
+</pre><div class="para">
+								You can ignore the <span class="errortext">"Unable to register control with rootdse!"</span> message, as it is erroneous. The other messages, however, indicate that SSSD is unable to locate any properly configured domains.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file and ensure you have at least one properly configured domain, and then try to start SSSD.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								SSSD requires at least one available service provider before it will start. With no available service providers, you might see the following error message when trying to start SSSD with the following command:
+							</div><div class="para">
+								<code class="command"># sssd -d4</code>
+							</div><pre class="screen">[sssd] [ldb] (3): server_sort:Unable to register control with rootdse!
+
+[sssd] [get_monitor_config] (0): No services configured!
+</pre><div class="para">
+								You can ignore the <span class="errortext">"Unable to register control with rootdse!"</span> message, as it is erroneous. The other message, however, indicates that SSSD is unable to locate any available service providers.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file and ensure you have at least one available service providers, and then try to start SSSD.
+							</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Configuring the service providers</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									SSSD requires that service providers be configured as a comma-separated list in a single <em class="parameter"><code>services</code></em> entry in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. If services are listed in multiple entries, only the last entry is recognized by SSSD.
+								</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for more options that might assist in troubleshooting issues with SSSD.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration">8.2.8.3. Problems with SSSD Service Configuration</h4></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_NSS"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_NSS">8.2.8.3.1. Problems with NSS</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					This section describes some common problems with <code class="systemitem">NSS</code>, their symptoms, and how to resolve them.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="systemitem">NSS</code> fails to return user information
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that NSS is running
+								</div><div class="para">
+									<code class="command"># systemctl is-active sssd.service</code>
+								</div><div class="para">
+									This command should return results similar to the following:
+								</div><pre class="screen">sssd (pid 21762) is running...
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that you have correctly configured the <code class="literal">[nss]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. For example, ensure that you have not misconfigured the <em class="parameter"><code>filter_users</code></em> or <em class="parameter"><code>filter_groups</code></em> attributes. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">NSS configuration options</em> section of the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for information on how to configure these attributes.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that you have included <code class="systemitem">nss</code> in the list of services that <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> should start
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Ensure that you have correctly configured the <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file. Refer to the section <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_NSS">「Configuring NSS」</a> for information on how to correctly configure this file.
+								</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_PAM"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Problems_with_SSSD_Service_Configuration-Problems_with_PAM">8.2.8.3.2. Problems with PAM</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					This section describes some common problems with <code class="systemitem">PAM</code>, their symptoms, and how to resolve them.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Setting the password for the local SSSD user prompts twice for the password
+						</div><div class="para">
+							When attempting to change a local SSSD user's password, you might see output similar to the following:
+						</div><pre class="screen">[root at clientF11 tmp]# passwd user1000
+Changing password for user user1000.
+New password:
+Retype new password:
+New Password:
+Reenter new Password:
+passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully.
+</pre><div class="para">
+							This is the result of an incorrect PAM configuration. Refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_SSSD-Configuring_PAM">「Configuring PAM」</a>, and ensure that the <em class="parameter"><code>use_authtok</code></em> option is correctly configured in your <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</code> file.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id687799">8.2.8.3.3. Problems with NFS and NSCD</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD is not designed to be used with the <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> daemon, and will likely generate warnings in the SSSD log files. Even though SSSD does not directly conflict with <code class="systemitem">nscd</code>, the use of both at the same time can result in unexpected behavior (specifically with how long entries are being cached).
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If you are using Network Manager to manage your network connections, it may take several minutes for the network interface to come up. During this time, various services will attempt to start. If these services start before the network is up (that is, the DNS servers cannot yet be reached) they will fail to identify the forward or reverse DNS entries they might need. These services will be reading an incorrect or possibly empty <code class="filename">resolv.conf</code> file. This file is typically only read once, and so any changes made to this file are not automatically applied.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					This can result in the failure of some system services, and in particular can cause NFS locking to fail on the machine where the <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> service is running, unless that service is manually restarted.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					One method of working around this problem is to enable caching for <em class="parameter"><code>hosts</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>services</code></em> in the <code class="filename">/etc/nscd.conf</code> file, and to rely on the SSSD cache for the <em class="parameter"><code>passwd</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>group</code></em> entries. With <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> answering <em class="parameter"><code>hosts</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>services</code></em> requests, these entries would have been cached and returned by <code class="systemitem">nscd</code> during the boot process.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>NSCD and later versions of SSSD</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Later versions of SSSD should negate any need for NSCD.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Domain_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Problems_with_SSSD_Domain_Configuration">8.2.8.4. Problems with SSSD Domain Configuration</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						NSS returns incorrect user information 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If your search for user information returns incorrect data, ensure that you do not have conflicting usernames in separate domains. If you use multiple domains, it is recommended that you set the <em class="parameter"><code>use_fully_qualified_domains</code></em> attribute to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting-Additional_Resources">8.2.8.5. その他のリソース</h4></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Manual_Pages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Manual_Pages">8.2.8.5.1. Manual Pages</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD ships with a number of manual pages, all of which provide additional information about specific aspects of SSSD, such as configuration files, commands, and available options. SSSD currently provides the following manual pages:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd.conf(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd-ipa(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd-krb5(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd-ldap(5)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd(8)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sssd_krb5_locator_plugin(8)</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">pam_sss(8)</code>
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					You should refer to these manual pages for detailed information about all aspects of SSSD, its configuration, and associated tools and commands.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Mailing_Lists"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Additional_Resources-Mailing_Lists">8.2.8.5.2. Mailing Lists</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can subscribe to the SSSD mailing list to follow and become involved in the development of SSSD, or to ask questions about any issues you may be experiencing with your SSSD deployment.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Visit <a href="https://fedorahosted.org/mailman/listinfo/sssd-devel">https://fedorahosted.org/mailman/listinfo/sssd-devel</a> to subscribe to this mailing list.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-automatic-reporting.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-automatic-reporting.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..decb7b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-automatic-reporting.html
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="prev" href="testing-upload-method.html" title="19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method" /><link rel="next" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html" title="パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="tes
 ting-upload-method.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="configuring-automatic-reporting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="configuring-automatic-reporting">19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> can be configured to automatically report any detected issues or crashes. The following steps show how to enable this feature:
+		</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					In your <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file, for each analyzer, change the list of reporters according to your needs, for example:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ]
+Kerneloops = Logger
+CCpp = Logger
+Python = Logger</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					In the configuration files corresponding to each analyzer plugin (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code>, <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Kerneloops.conf</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/Python.conf</code>), add the following line:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">AutoReportUIDs = <em class="replaceable"><code>USERNAME</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+					where <em class="replaceable"><code>USERNAME</code></em> represents a user whose detected crashes and issues will be automatically reported via your specified reporters. You can specify multiple users by separating them with a comma (<code class="literal">,</code>).
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="testing-upload-method.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong>パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e471cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="prev" href="configuring.html" title="19.6. Configuring ABRT" /><link rel="next" href="testing-upload-method.html" title="19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="configuring.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" 
 href="testing-upload-method.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="configuring-centralized-crash-collection"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="configuring-centralized-crash-collection">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			You can set up <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> so that crash reports are collected from multiple systems and sent to a dedicated system for further processing. This is useful when an administrator does not want to log into hundreds of systems and manually check for crashes found by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>. In order to use this method, you need to install the <span class="application"><strong>abrt-plugin-reportuploader</strong></span> plugin (<code class="command">yum install abrt-plugin-reportuploader</code>).
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The steps to configure <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s centralized crash collection are:
+		</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Complete the following steps on a dedicated system ("server system"):
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Create a directory to which you want the crash reports to be uploaded to. Usually, <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt-upload/</code> is used (the rest of the document assumes you are using <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt-upload/</code>). Make sure this directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">abrt</code> user.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The abrt user and group</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								When the <span class="package">abrt-desktop</span> package is installed, it creates a new system user and a group, both named <code class="systemitem">abrt</code>. This user is used by the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon for various things, for example, as the owner:group of <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt/*</code> directories.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							In the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file, set the <code class="varname">WatchCrashdumpArchiveDir</code> directive to the following: 
+<pre class="programlisting">WatchCrashdumpArchiveDir = /var/spool/abrt-upload/</pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Determine your preferred upload mechanism; for example, <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> or <code class="systemitem">SCP</code>. For more information on how to configure <code class="systemitem">FTP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-FTP.html">「FTP」</a>. For more information on how to configure <code class="systemitem">SCP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html">「Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility」</a>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For security reasons, make sure that uploads can only be performed by a specific user and with a password. The rest of the document assumes that the username used for uploads is <code class="systemitem">USERNAME</code> and the password is <code class="literal">PASSWORD</code>. If you do not already have a suitable username which can be used to perform uploads under, you may use the <code class="systemitem">abrt</code> user which already exists on every system where <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is installed.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							It is advisable to check whether your upload method works. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="testing-upload-method.html">「Testing the Upload Method」</a>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							It is advisable to check and modify the following parameters if needed:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="parameter"><code>MaxCrashReportsSize</code></em> directive (in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>) needs to be set to a larger value if the expected volume of crash data is larger than the default <code class="constant">1000</code> MB.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="parameter"><code>ProcessUnpackaged</code></em> directive (in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>) needs to be set to <em class="replaceable"><code>yes</code></em> and the <em class="parameter"><code>BacktraceRemotes</code></em> (in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code>) needs to be set to <em class="replaceable"><code>no</code></em> if the client system and the server system have significantly different sets of installed packages.
+								</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Complete the following steps on every client system which will use the central management method:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Modify the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/ReportUploader.conf</code> configuration file so that the <span class="application"><strong>ReportUploader</strong></span> plugin knows where to copy the saved crash reports in the following way: 
+<pre class="programlisting">Enabled = yes
+Upload = yes
+URL = ftp://USERNAME:PASSWORD@SERVERNAME/var/spool/abrt-upload/</pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							To automatically send the crash reports to the server system immediately after the crash occurs, is detected, and saved, set the <code class="varname">[ ActionsAndReporters ]</code> directive in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file to the following: 
+<pre class="programlisting">ActionsAndReporters = ReportUploader</pre>
+
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Alternatively, if user interaction is required before the crash dump is sent to the server system, set the <em class="parameter"><code>ReportUploader</code></em> to be a reporter plugin for a specific crash type in the <code class="literal">[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file. The user will be required to run <span class="application"><strong>abrt-cli</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>abrt-gui</strong></span> and instruct the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon to report the crash and send it to the server system. For example, if you want all crash types to use this method, edit the <code class="literal">[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ]</code> section in your <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file in the following way:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">Kerneloops = ReportUploader
+CCpp = ReportUploader
+Python = ReportUploader</pre></li></ul></div></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id945641">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				After completing all the steps of the configuration process, the basic setup is finished. To test that this setup works properly use the <code class="command">kill -s SEGV <em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em> </code> command to terminate a process on a client system. For example, start a <code class="systemitem">sleep</code> process and terminate it with the <code class="command">kill</code> command in the following way: 
+<pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">sleep 100 &amp;</code>
+[1] 2823
+~]$ <code class="command">kill -s SEGV 2823</code></pre>
+				 <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> should detect a crash shortly after executing the <code class="command">kill</code> command. Check that the crash was detected by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> on the client system (this can be checked by examining the appropriate syslog file, by running the <code class="command">abrt-cli --list --full</code> command, or by examining the crash dump created in the <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt</code> directory), copied to the server system, unpacked on the server system and can be seen and acted upon using <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> or <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> on the server system.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="configuring.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="testing-upload-method.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd774b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="abrt-plugins.html" title="19.3. ABRT Plugins" /><link rel="prev" href="reporter-plugins.html" title="19.3.2. Reporter Plugins" /><link rel="next" href="generating-backtrace.html" title="19.4. Generating Backtraces" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="reporter-plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="generating
 -backtrace.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can override the system-wide plugin configuration in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/*.conf</code> configuration files on a per-user basis. Each of the plugins specified in section <a class="xref" href="reporter-plugins.html">「Reporter Plugins」</a> can be configured in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application. Open the plugins window by clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Event configuration</strong></span>. This window shows a list of all installed plugins. When you select one of the configurable plugins, you can click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Configure Event</strong></span> button and you will be able to configure your desired plugin. If you change any of the plugins' parameters, they are saved in the GNOME Keyring and will be used in the future GUI sessions.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not store sensitive data in global configuration files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					All of the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/*.conf</code> configuration files are world readable and are meant to be used as global settings. Thus, it is not advisable to store usernames, passwords or any other sensitive data in them. The per-user settings (set in the GUI application and readable by the owner of $HOME only) are stored in the Gnome keyring or can be stored in a text file in <code class="filename">$HOME/.abrt/*.conf</code> for use in <code class="command">abrt-cli</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="figure" id="mediaobj-abrt-plugins"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/abrt-event-configuration.png" alt="ABRT plugins" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							ABRT plugins
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図19.3 ABRT plugins</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of all configuration options available for each configurable plugin in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application.
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">MailX</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>MailX plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameters:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Subject</strong></span> — A string that appears in the <code class="literal">Subject</code> field of a crash report email sent by <span class="application"><strong>mailx</strong></span> (by default, set to <code class="literal">"[abrt] crash report"</code>).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Your Email</strong></span> — A string that appears in the <code class="literal">From</code> field of a crash report email.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Recipient's Email</strong></span> — Email address of the recipient of a crash report email.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Send Binary Data</strong></span> option is checked, the crash report email will also contain all binary files associated with the crash in an attachment. The core dump file is also sent as an attachment.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">ReportUploader</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>ReportUploader plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameters:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Customer</strong></span> — Specifies customer's identification.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Ticket</strong></span> — Specifies the Ticket ID number in a specific issue tracker that collects crash reports.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>URL</strong></span> — Specifies the URL of the issue tracker used to collect crash reports.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Retry count</strong></span> — Specifies the number of retries should an upload fail.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Retry delay</strong></span> — Specifies the number or seconds between two retries.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Use encryption</strong></span> option is checked, the crash report sent to the issue tracker is encrypted.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Upload</strong></span> option is checked, all crash reports are uploaded to the specified issue tracker. If the option is unchecked, all crash reports are saved locally.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Bugzilla</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Bugzilla plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameters:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Bugzilla URL</strong></span> — Specifies the Bugzilla URL where crash dumps are sent (by default, set to <a href="https://bugzilla.redhat.com">https://bugzilla.redhat.com</a>).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Login (email)</strong></span> — User login which is used to log into Bugzilla and create a Bugzilla database entry for a reported crash.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span> — Password used to log into Bugzilla.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>SSL verify</strong></span> option is checked, the <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> protocol is used when sending the data over the network.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Logger plugin configuration</strong></span>, you can configure the following parameter:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<span class="guilabel"><strong>Logger file</strong></span> — Specifies a file into which the crash reports are saved (by default, set to <code class="filename">/var/log/abrt.log</code>).
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Append new logs</strong></span> option is checked, the Logger plugin will append new crash reports to the log file specified in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Logger file</strong></span> option. When unchecked, the new crash report always replaces the previous one.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="reporter-plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="generating-backtrace.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.4. Generating Backtraces</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10042fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/configuring.html
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.6. Configuring ABRT</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="prev" href="ch19s05s03.html" title="19.5.3. Deleting Crashes" /><link rel="next" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html" title="19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s05s03.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><l
 i class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="configuring">19.6. Configuring ABRT</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s main configuration file is <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>. <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> plugins can be configured through their configuration files, located in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Restart the abrtd daemon to apply the changes</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				After changing and saving the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code> configuration file, you must restart the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> daemon—as <code class="systemitem">root</code>—for the new settings to take effect:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart abrtd.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following configuration directives are currently supported in <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/abrt.conf</code>.
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><h6>[ Common ] Section Directives</h6><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">OpenGPGCheck = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Setting the <code class="computeroutput">OpenGPGCheck</code> directive to <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> (the default setting) tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> analyze and handle crashes in applications provided by packages which are signed by the GPG keys whose locations are listed in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/gpg_keys</code> file. Setting <em class="parameter"><code>OpenGPGCheck</code></em> to <strong class="userinput"><code>no</code></strong> tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to catch crashes in all programs.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">BlackList = nspluginwrapper, valgrind, strace, avant-window-navigator, [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>additional_packages</code></em> </span>] </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Crashes in packages and binaries listed after the <em class="parameter"><code>BlackList</code></em> directive will not be handled by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>. If you want <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to ignore other packages and binaries, list them here separated by commas.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">ProcessUnpackaged = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> whether to process crashes in executables that do not belong to any package.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">BlackListedPaths = <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/*</code>, <code class="filename">*/example*</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Crashes in executables in these paths will be ignored by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Database = SQLite3</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive instructs <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to store its crash data in the <span class="application"><strong>SQLite3</strong></span> database. Other databases are not currently supported. However, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>'s plugin architecture allows for future support for alternative databases.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">#WatchCrashdumpArchiveDir = /var/spool/abrt-upload/</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive is commented out by default. Enable (uncomment) it if you want <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> to auto-unpack crashdump tarballs which appear in the specified directory — in this case <code class="filename">/var/spool/abrt-upload/</code> — (for example, uploaded via <code class="systemitem">ftp</code>, <code class="systemitem">scp</code>, etc.). You must ensure that whatever directory you specify in this directive exists and is writable for <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code>. <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> will not create it automatically.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">MaxCrashReportsSize = <em class="replaceable"><code>size_in_megabytes</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This option sets the amount of storage space, in megabytes, used by <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to store all crash information from all users. The default setting is <code class="constant">1000</code> MB. Once the quota specified here has been met, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> will continue catching crashes, and in order to make room for the new crash dumps, it will delete the oldest and largest ones.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">ActionsAndReporters = SOSreport, [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>additional_plugins</code></em> </span>] </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This option tells <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> to run the specified plugin(s) immediately after a crash is detected and saved. For example, the <strong class="userinput"><code>SOSreport</code></strong> plugin runs the <code class="systemitem">sosreport</code> tool which adds the data collected by it to the created crash dump. You can turn this behavior off by commenting out this line. For further fine-tuning, you can add <strong class="userinput"><code>SOSreport</code></strong> (or any other specified plugin) to either the <em class="parameter"><code>CCpp</code></em> or <em class="parameter"><code>Python</code></em> options to make <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> run <code class="command">sosreport</code> (or any other specified plugin) after any C and C++ or Python applications crash, respectively. For more information on various Action and Reporter plugins, refer to <a class="xref" href="abrt-plugins.html">「 ABRT Plu
 gins」</a>
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="variablelist"><h6>[ AnalyzerActionsAndReporters ] Section Directives</h6><div class="para">
+				This section allows you to associate certain analyzer actions and reporter actions to run when <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> catches kernel oopses or crashes in C, C++ or Python programs. The actions and reporters specified in any of the directives below will run only if you run <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli</code> and report the crash that occurred. If you do not specify any actions and reporters in these directives, you will not be able to report a crash via <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> or <code class="command">abrt-cli</code>. The order of actions and reporters is important. Commenting out a directive, will cause <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> not to catch the crashes associated with that directive. For example, commenting out the Kerneloops line will cause <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> not to catch kernel oopses.
+			</div><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Kerneloops = Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive specifies that, for kernel oopses, the Logger reporter will be run.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">CCpp = Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive specifies that, when C or C++ program crashes occur, the Logger reporter will be run.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Python = Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This directive specifies that, when Python program crashes occur, the Logger reporter will be run.
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+			Each of these destinations' details can be specified in the corresponding <code class="filename">plugins/*.conf</code> file. All these options can also be configured through the <code class="command">abrt-gui</code> application (for more information on plugin configuration refer to <a class="xref" href="abrt-plugins.html">「 ABRT Plugins」</a>).
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><h6>[ Cron ] Section Directives</h6><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> = <em class="replaceable"><code>action_to_run</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">[ Cron ]</code> section of <code class="filename">abrt.conf</code> allows you to specify the exact time, or elapsed amount of time between, when <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> should run a certain action, such as scanning for kernel oopses or performing file transfers. You can list further actions to run by appending them to the end of this section.
+					</div><div class="example" id="ex-_Cron__section_of__etc_abrt_abrt.conf"><h6>例19.1 [ Cron ] section of /etc/abrt/abrt.conf</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting"># Which Action plugins to run repeatedly
+[ Cron ]
+# h:m - at h:m
+# s - every s seconds
+120 = KerneloopsScanner
+#02:00 = FileTransfer</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+						The format for an entry is either <strong class="userinput"><code>time_in_seconds = <em class="replaceable"><code>action_to_run</code></em> </code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>hh:mm = action_to_run </code></strong>, where <strong class="userinput"><code>hh</code></strong> (hour) is in the range <code class="constant">00-23</code> (all hours less than 10 should be zero-filled, i.e. preceded by a <code class="constant">0</code>), and <strong class="userinput"><code>mm</code></strong> (minute) is <code class="constant">00-59</code>, zero-filled likewise.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch19s05s03.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/dhcp-relay-agent.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/dhcp-relay-agent.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e0f470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/dhcp-relay-agent.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html" title="10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html" title="10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止" /><link rel="next" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html" title="10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping
 .html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="dhcp-relay-agent"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="dhcp-relay-agent">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id712280" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id712293" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id854676" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The DHCP Relay Agent (<code class="command">dhcrelay</code>) allows for the relay of DHCP and BOOTP requests from a subnet with no DHCP server on it to one or more DHCP servers on other subnets.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				DHCP クライアントが情報を要求すると、 DHCP リレーエージェントは自身の起動時に指定された一覧に含まれる DHCP サーバーに要求を転送します。 DHCP サーバーのいずれかから応答が返されると、その応答はオリジナルの要求を送信したネットワークにブロードキャストされたりユニキャストされたりします。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The DHCP Relay Agent listens for DHCP requests on all interfaces unless the interfaces are specified in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcrelay</code> with the <code class="computeroutput">INTERFACES</code> directive.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To start the DHCP Relay Agent, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start dhcrelay.service</code></pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/generating-backtrace.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/generating-backtrace.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7c2494
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/generating-backtrace.html
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.4. Generating Backtraces</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /><link rel="prev" href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html" title="19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI" /><link rel="next" href="ch19s05.html" title="19.5. Using the Command Line Interface" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html"><strong>戻る</stro
 ng></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch19s05.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="generating-backtrace"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="generating-backtrace">19.4. Generating Backtraces</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In order to analyze a reported crash, developers need as much detail about the crash as possible. A <em class="firstterm">stack backtrace</em> is an important source of information when a crash in a binary program (caught by the <code class="command">CCpp</code> analyzer plugin) occurs.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> is configured to generate a backtrace whenever a crash is reported through the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application or the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> command line interface.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> completes the following steps to generate a backtrace:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It examines the core dump (which consists of the recorded contents of the memory of an application at a specific time), which is saved in the crash dump directory. From this file, <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> extracts the information about the crashed binary program and information about every loaded dynamic library.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It queries <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> to determine which <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages correspond to all the files extracted from the crash dump. This is the first potentially slow operation. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> may need to refresh the <em class="parameter"><code>filelists</code></em> of various repositories in order to find the correct package names. This process may take a few minutes.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It downloads the needed <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages, and extracts and saves the <code class="command">debuginfo</code> files. In order to speed up future backtrace generation, <code class="command">debuginfo</code> files are cached in the <code class="filename">/var/cache/abrt-di</code> directory.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					It generates a backtrace using <span class="application"><strong>GDB</strong></span> (the GNU Debugger) and saves it into the crash dump directory.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			You can change the following backtrace generation parameters in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/CCpp.conf</code> file:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">Backtrace = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em></code> — Enables/Disables backtrace generation.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">BacktraceRemotes = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em></code> — For more information about this parameter, refer to <a class="xref" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html">「Configuring Centralized Crash Collection」</a>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">InstallDebugInfo = <em class="replaceable"><code>yes/no</code></em></code> — Enables/Disables the installation of <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages (useful if your network is not available or it is firewalled).
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">ReadonlyLocalDebugInfoDirs = /path1:/path2:...</code> — Specifies the paths of local repositories (available, for example, through a network mount) that contain pre-downloaded <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">DebugInfoCacheMB = <code class="constant">4000</code></code> — Specifies the maximum size of the cached <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages in the <code class="filename">/var/cache/abrt-di</code> directory.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="troubleshooting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="troubleshooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				In some cases, a long delay in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application occurs after choosing a crash and pressing the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Report</strong></span> button. In this case, open the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Details</strong></span> in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generating backtrace</strong></span> window and examine the messages.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a typical output seen in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generating backtrace</strong></span> window:
+			</div><pre class="screen">Starting the debuginfo installation
+Getting list of build IDs
+12 missing debuginfos, getting package list from cache
+12 missing debuginfos, getting package list from repositories
+Downloading 7 packages
+Download 1/7: acl-debuginfo-2.2.49-6.fc13.x86_64
+Unpacking: acl-debuginfo-2.2.49-6.fc13.x86_64.rpm
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/3d/e20df1db609bd9313b1dc440796004f95911fd.debug
+Download 2/7: firefox-debuginfo-3.6.7-1.fc13.x86_64
+Unpacking: firefox-debuginfo-3.6.7-1.fc13.x86_64.rpm
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/3d/b29c9308cb276431ce8854a2d88cf83518afc6.debug
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/a3/86884285365c8288e4e761ec034fafaa1daee1.debug
+â‹®
+Download 7/7: zlib-debuginfo-1.2.3-23.fc12.x86_64
+Unpacking: zlib-debuginfo-1.2.3-23.fc12.x86_64.rpm
+Caching debuginfo:
+usr/lib/debug/.build-id/f7/933750da80f555321576e72b375caf7a3cc075.debug
+All needed debuginfos are present
+Generating backtrace</pre><div class="para">
+				This process is performed by the <span class="application"><strong>/usr/bin/abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> shell script. This script uses a temporary directory (e.g. <code class="filename">/var/run/abrt/tmp-29177-1283344373</code>) for its operations. Normally, this directory is removed when <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> exits.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the <span class="package">debuginfo</span> installation hangs, or is unable to download anything, you may debug the problem by editing the <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> script. Change the following parameters:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">debug=false
+keep_tmp=false</pre><div class="para">
+				at the top of the script to:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">debug=true
+keep_tmp=true</pre><div class="para">
+				The first parameter instructs <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> to be verbose, the second parameter instructs <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> to not delete the <code class="filename">/var/run/abrt/tmp-NNN-NNN</code> directory. You can examine the log files in this directory, they may contain useful error messages.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> uses <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>yumdownloader</strong></span> to handle the <span class="package">debuginfo</span> packages. In order to quickly check that your <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> configuration does not cause any problems which prevent <span class="application"><strong>abrt-debuginfo-install</strong></span> from working properly, change to the <code class="filename">/tmp</code> directory and run the following commands, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">tmp]# <code class="command">yum --enablerepo=*debuginfo* --quiet provides /usr/bin/true</code>
+tmp]# <code class="command">yumdownloader --enablerepo=*debuginfo* --quiet coreutils</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Both of these commands should complete successfully, with no error messages. The second command should download the <code class="filename">coreutils-*.rpm</code> file. If any error messages appear, check your <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> configuration files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/*</code> directory and the <code class="filename">/etc/yum/*</code> directory. If any of these commands hang, check that you do not have another instance of <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> running, and that your network connection is working properly.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch19s05.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c331b6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-All_applet_states.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a3462d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Available_to_all_users.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6acf293
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-Network_Connections.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8df5a42
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-left-click_menu.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4cb430
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/Network_Configuration-NM-right-click_menu.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c95a6be
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-alert.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-event-configuration.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-event-configuration.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f213180
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt-event-configuration.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a7f53d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/abrt.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78050b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b909b93
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-install.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-install.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..064d224
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-install.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-log.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-log.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcfaae7
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-log.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-package-group.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-package-group.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2626ea1
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-package-group.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-remove.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-remove.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b8429c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software-remove.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..219c461
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/add-remove-software.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..214673d
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-01.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c6b837
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-02.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcebeee
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-03.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67cfbda
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-04.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fff1bfa
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-05.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13d27ee
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-06.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b454ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/apache-mod_ssl-genkey-07.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7268d86
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_LDAP_kerb.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_advanced.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_advanced.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ddd7c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/authconfig_advanced.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-panel.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-panel.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3873b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-panel.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260a043
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/date-and-time-settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebbd20b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/devicemngr.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd4e3f5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/gnome-print-queue.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a15d0bf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/hwbrowser.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bec8d23
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-expert_settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9242e4a
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-filtering_settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa6666f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-not_enough_memory.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9f5b66
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration-target_settings.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b250b7
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/kdump-kernel_dump_configuration.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03b8701
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-config.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f0c64b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/oprof-start-setup.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d354bf3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/print_conf_window.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-add-printer.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-add-printer.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e1b1e8
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-add-printer.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0700a08
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config1.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..193babd
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config2.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b17576c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config3.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8405ca
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config4.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e860e5f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config5.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b376586
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-config6.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e816d3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-ipp.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-jetdirect.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-jetdirect.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e492125
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-jetdirect.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..354ec9c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-lpd.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfd18c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-main.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-driver.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-driver.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24254a1
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-driver.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-model.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-model.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a69b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-select-model.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948d557
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/printconf-smb.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-language.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-language.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e846eaf
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-language.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..607a1aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c61e692
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..448c00c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/region-and-language-layouts.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0dffc3
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-basic.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-create-share.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-create-share.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14bc8d5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-create-share.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb71f96
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-security.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8de4375
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba-users.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27abf11
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/s-c-samba.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/samba-nautilus-domain.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/samba-nautilus-domain.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b8e5a9
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/samba-nautilus-domain.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-preferences.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-preferences.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64f5b91
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-preferences.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-software-sources.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-software-sources.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ab48d5
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update-software-sources.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1b066b
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/software-update.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8b7b11
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-passphrase-prompt.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..517567e
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-add.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3d8599
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications-check.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfa9578
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/ssh-startup-applications.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..380d884
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/switchmail-gui.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-add.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-add.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3690469
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-add.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db4301a
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b37e73
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06eb44c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..285f83f
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c3bdd6
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-log-viewer.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-file-systems.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-file-systems.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f6050c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-file-systems.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-processes.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-processes.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f218181
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-processes.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-resources.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-resources.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e56a166
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/system-monitor-resources.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-create.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-create.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..652df07
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-create.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-password-change.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-password-change.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da264e4
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-password-change.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-remove.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-remove.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..727df90
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts-remove.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..633b363
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-accounts.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-group.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-group.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d59e89c
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-group.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-user.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af1eb92
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-add-user.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-group.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-group.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..594ab85
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-group.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-user.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a49ff97
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager-edit-user.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a50cad2
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/images/user-manager.png differ
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd8f7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>デプロイ ガイド</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><meta name="description" content="デプロイ ガイド の文書は Fedora 15 の設定と管理、デプロイに関する関連情報、システムの基本的理解をもったシステム管理者向けです。" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="next" href="pr01.html" title="序文" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="book" id="id1229548" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div class="producttitle" font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><spa
 n class="productname">Fedora</span> <span class="productnumber">15</span></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h1 id="id1229548" class="title">デプロイ ガイド</h1></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h2 class="subtitle">Fedora 15 の設定と管理、デプロイ</h2></div><p class="edition">エディッション 1</p><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><h3 class="corpauthor">
+		<span class="inlinemediaobject"><object data="Common_Content/images/title_logo.svg" type="image/svg+xml"> </object></span>
+
+	</h3></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="authorgroup" lang="ja-JP"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hradílek</span> <span class="firstname">Jaromír</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:jhradilek at redhat.com">jhradilek at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Silas</span> <span class="firstname">Douglas</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:silas at redhat.com">silas at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Prpič</span> <s
 pan class="firstname">Martin</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:mprpic at redhat.com">mprpic at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Kopalová</span> <span class="firstname">Eva</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:ekopalova at redhat.com">ekopalova at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Slobodová</span> <span class="firstname">Eliška</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div><code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:eslobodo at redh
 at.com">eslobodo at redhat.com</a></code></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Ha</span> <span class="firstname">John</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">O'Brien</span> <span class="firstname">David</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hideo</span> <span class="firstname">Michael</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Domingo</span> <span class="firstname">Don</span> [FAMILY Given]</h3><div class="affil
 iation"><span class="orgname">Red Hat, Inc.</span> <span class="orgdiv">Engineering Content Services</span></div></div></div></div><hr /><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div id="id886412" class="legalnotice"><h1 class="legalnotice">法律上の通知</h1><div class="para">
+		Copyright <span class="trademark"></span>© 2011 Red Hat, Inc. and others.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license ("CC-BY-SA"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</a>. The original authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the "Attribution Party" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the URL for the original version.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, Fedora, the Infinity Logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		For guidelines on the permitted uses of the Fedora trademarks, refer to <a href="https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines">https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines</a>.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">Linux</span>® is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">Java</span>® is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">XFS</span>® is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		<span class="trademark">MySQL</span>® is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the European Union and other countries.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
+	</div></div></div><div font-family="sans-serif,Symbol,ZapfDingbats" font-weight="bold" font-size="12pt" text-align="center"><div class="abstract"><h6>概要</h6><div class="para">
+			<em class="citetitle">デプロイ ガイド</em> の文書は Fedora 15 の設定と管理、デプロイに関する関連情報、システムの基本的理解をもったシステム管理者向けです。
+		</div></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><dl><dt><span class="preface"><a href="pr01.html">序文</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="pr01.html#sect-Preface-Target_Audience">1. 対象の読者</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html">2. この本の読み方</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pr01s03.html">3. 表記方法</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="pr01s03.html#id1036865">3.1. 印刷における表記方法</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pr01s03s02.html">3.2. 引用における表記方法</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pr01s03s03.html">3.3. 注記および警告</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html">4. Feedback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="pref-Acknowledgments.html">5. Acknowledgments</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="
 part-Basic_System_Configuration.html">I. 基本的なシステム設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html">1. 言語とキーボードの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html">2. 日付と時刻の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html">2.2. コマンドライン管理
 </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.2.1. Configuring the Date and Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html">2.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html">3. ユーザーとグループの管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section
 "><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-configui.html">3.2. User Manager Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-re
 dhat-config-users-group-new.html">3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-tools.html">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html">3.3.2. 手順の説明</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html">3.4. Standard Users</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html">3.5. Standard Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html">3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="secti
 on"><a href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html#s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html">3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html">3.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html#s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="part-Package_Management.html">II. パッケージ管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-yum.html">4. Yum</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#s
 ec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html">4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html#sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing.html">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></span></dt><dt
 ><span class="section"><a href="sec-Removing.html">4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html#sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html">4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html">4.4. Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plug
 ins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Additional_Resources.html">4.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html">5. PackageKit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updating Packages with Software Update</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Setting the Update-Checking Interval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software
  Sources</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html#sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html">5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html
 ">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html">5.4. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="part-Networking.html">III. ネットワーク</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html">6. ネットワーク インターフェース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html#s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">6.2.2. チャン
 ネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html">6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-control.html">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html">6.6. その他のリソー
 ス</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html#s2-networkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html">IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7. Services and Daemons</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-running.html">7.2. Runnin
 g Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-running.html#s3-services-running-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-running.html">7.2.2. Running the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-stopping.html">7.2.3. Stopping the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-restarting.html">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-additional-resources.html">7.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-additional-resources.html#s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html">7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span c
 lass="chapter"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html">8. 認証の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></span></dt><dd><
 dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html">8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html">8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></span><
 /dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html">9. OpenSSH</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="se
 ction"><a href="s1-ssh-configuration.html">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html">9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html">9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-clients.html">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-clients.html#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><
 a href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html">9.4.2. ポート転送</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html">9.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html#s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="part-Servers.html">V. サã
 ƒ¼ãƒãƒ¼</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html">10. DHCP Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html#s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="lease-database.html">10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="dhcp-relay-agent.html">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="
 section"><a href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html">10.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html#s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html">11. DNS Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.htm
 l#s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-BIND.html">11.2. BIND</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-BIND.html#s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-zone.html">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-rndc.html">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-dig.html">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-features.html">11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section
 "><a href="s2-bind-mistakes.html">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html">11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html">12. ウェブ サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sectio
 n"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 設定ファイルの編集</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1.8. Setting Up an SSL Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html">13. メールサーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール トランスポートのプ
 ロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-types.html">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-types.html#s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-types-mda.html">13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-types-mua.html">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mta.html">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mta.html#s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email
 -mta-sendmail.html">13.3.2. Sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html">13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-switchmail.html">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mda.html">13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mda.html#s2-email-procmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html">13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mua.html">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mua.html#s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">13.6. その他の
 リソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-additional-resources.html#s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-useful-websites.html">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-related-books.html">13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html">14. ディレクトリー サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_
 Servers.html#s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-resources">14.1.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html">15. File and Print Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2
 . Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section
 "><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-FTP.html">15.2. FTP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-FTP.html#s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-servers.html">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">15.2.3. Files Installed with <code class
 ="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-resources.html">15.2.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html">15.3. プリンタの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-pri
 nting-jetdirect-printer.html">15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html">15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-select-model.html">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-test-page.html">15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-edit.html">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html">15.3.11. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="part-Mo
 nitoring_and_Automation.html">VI. 監視と自動化</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html">16. システム監視ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html">16.2. メモリ使用量</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">16.3. ファイルシステム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html">16.4. ハードウェア</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html">16.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span 
 class="chapter"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html">17. Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-locating.html">17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="
 section"><a href="s1-logfiles-locating.html#configuring-logrotate">17.2.1. Configuring logrotate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html">17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-adding.html">17.4. Adding a Log File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-examining.html">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html">17.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html#s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html">18. Automating System Tas
 ks</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Configuring Cron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html">18.2. at ã‚
 ³ãƒžãƒ³ãƒ‰ã¨ batch コマンド</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html#s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html">18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html">18.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><d
 t><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html#s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-abrt.html">19. Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-abrt.html#id660681">19.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s02.html">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="abrt-plugins.html">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="abrt-plugins.html#analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="reporter-plugins.html">19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="generating-backtr
 ace.html">19.4. Generating Backtraces</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="generating-backtrace.html#troubleshooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05.html">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05.html#id764541">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05s02.html">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05s03.html">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring.html">19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html#id945641">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</a><
 /span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="testing-upload-method.html">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html">19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="part"><a href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html">VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">20. カーネルをアップグレードする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-preparing.html">20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-download.html">20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</
 a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html">20.4. アップグレードの実行</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html">20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html">21. Working with Kernel Modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-W
 orking_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">21.3. Loading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">21.4. Unloading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイãƒ
 ¼ã‚µãƒãƒƒãƒˆã‚«ãƒ¼ãƒ‰ã®ä½¿ç”¨</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html">21.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html#s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-kdump.html">22. The kdump Crash Recovery Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1
 .1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-crash.html">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-crash.html#s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html">22.2.5
 . Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-resources.html">22.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-resources.html#s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="ch-RPM.html">A. RPM</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-RPM.html#s1-rpm-design">A.1. RPM の設計目標</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-rpm-using.html">A.2. RPMの使用法</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span
  class="section"><a href="s1-rpm-using.html#s2-rpm-finding">A.2.1. RPM パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html">A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html">A.2.3. Configuration File Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html">A.2.4. アンインストール</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-rpm-freshening.html">A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-rpm-querying.html">A.2.6. 問い合わせ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-rpm-verifying.html">A.2.7. 検証</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html">A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html#
 s2-keys-importing">A.3.1. Importing Keys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-keys-checking.html">A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html">A.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html#s2-rpm-installed-docs">A.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html">A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-rpm-related-books.html">A.5.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html">B. The sysconfig Directory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_D
 irectory.html#s1-sysconfig-files">B.1. Files in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-arpwatch">B.1.1.  /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-authconfig">B.1.2.  /etc/sysconfig/authconfig </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-autofs">B.1.3.  /etc/sysconfig/autofs </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-clock">B.1.4.  /etc/sysconfig/clock </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-dhcpd">B.1.5.  /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-firewall">B.1.6.  /etc/sysconfig/firstboot </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-s
 ysconfig-i18n">B.1.7.  /etc/sysconfig/i18n </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-init">B.1.8.  /etc/sysconfig/init </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-ip6tables">B.1.9.  /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-kybd">B.1.10.  /etc/sysconfig/keyboard </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-ldap">B.1.11.  /etc/sysconfig/ldap </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-named">B.1.12.  /etc/sysconfig/named </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-network">B.1.13.  /etc/sysconfig/network </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-ntpd">B.1.14.  /etc/sysconfig/ntpd </
 a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-quagga">B.1.15.  /etc/sysconfig/quagga </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-radvd">B.1.16.  /etc/sysconfig/radvd </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-samba">B.1.17.  /etc/sysconfig/samba </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-selinux">B.1.18.  /etc/sysconfig/selinux </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-sendmail">B.1.19.  /etc/sysconfig/sendmail </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-spamd">B.1.20.  /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-squid">B.1.21.  /etc/sysconfig/squid </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"
 ><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-rcu">B.1.22.  /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-vncservers">B.1.23.  /etc/sysconfig/vncservers </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-xinetd">B.1.24.  /etc/sysconfig/xinetd </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html">B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html">B.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html#s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation">B.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="ch-proc.html">C. The proc File System</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class=
 "section"><a href="ch-proc.html#s1-proc-virtual">C.1. A Virtual File System</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-proc.html#s2-proc-viewing">C.1.1. Viewing Virtual Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-proc.html#s2-proc-change">C.1.2. Changing Virtual Files</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-proc-topfiles.html">C.2. Top-level Files within the <code class="filename">proc</code> File System</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-proc-topfiles.html#s2-proc-buddyinfo">C.2.1.  /proc/buddyinfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-cmdline.html">C.2.2.  /proc/cmdline </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html">C.2.3.  /proc/cpuinfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-crypto.html">C.2.4.  /proc/crypto </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-devices.html">C.2.5.  /proc/devices </a></span></dt><dt><spa
 n class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dma.html">C.2.6.  /proc/dma </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-execdomains.html">C.2.7.  /proc/execdomains </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-fb.html">C.2.8.  /proc/fb </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-filesystems.html">C.2.9.  /proc/filesystems </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-interrupts.html">C.2.10.  /proc/interrupts </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-iomem.html">C.2.11.  /proc/iomem </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-ioports.html">C.2.12.  /proc/ioports </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-kcore.html">C.2.13.  /proc/kcore </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-kmsg.html">C.2.14.  /proc/kmsg </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-loadavg.html">C.2.15.  /proc/loadavg </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-locks.ht
 ml">C.2.16.  /proc/locks </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-mdstat.html">C.2.17.  /proc/mdstat </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-meminfo.html">C.2.18.  /proc/meminfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-misc.html">C.2.19.  /proc/misc </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-modules.html">C.2.20.  /proc/modules </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-mounts.html">C.2.21.  /proc/mounts </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-mtrr.html">C.2.22.  /proc/mtrr </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-partitions.html">C.2.23.  /proc/partitions </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-slabinfo.html">C.2.24.  /proc/slabinfo </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-stat.html">C.2.25.  /proc/stat </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-swaps.html">C.2.26.  /proc/swaps </a></span></dt><dt><s
 pan class="section"><a href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html">C.2.27.  /proc/sysrq-trigger </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-uptime.html">C.2.28.  /proc/uptime </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-version.html">C.2.29.  /proc/version </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-proc-directories.html">C.3. Directories within /proc/</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-proc-directories.html#s2-proc-processdirs">C.3.1. Process Directories</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html">C.3.2.  /proc/bus/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-pci.html">C.3.3.  /proc/bus/pci </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-driver.html">C.3.4.  /proc/driver/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html">C.3.5.  /proc/fs </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-irq.html">C.3.6.  /proc/irq/ </a
 ></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-net.html">C.3.7.  /proc/net/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-scsi.html">C.3.8.  /proc/scsi/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html">C.3.9.  /proc/sys/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html">C.3.10.  /proc/sysvipc/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-tty.html">C.3.11.  /proc/tty/ </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-proc-pid.html">C.3.12.  /proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em>/ </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">C.4. Using the sysctl Command</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html">C.5. 参考文献</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="appendix"><a href="app-Revision_History.html">D. 変更履歴</a></span></dt><dt><span class="index"><a href="ix01.html">索引</a></spa
 n></dt></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01.html"><strong>次へ</strong>序文</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ix01.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ix01.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c0190c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/ix01.html
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>索引</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="app-Revision_History.html" title="付録D 変更履歴" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="app-Revision_History.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"></li></ul><div class="index" id="id1009914"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">索引</h2></div></div></
 div><div class="index"><div class="indexdiv"><h3>シンボル</h3><dl><dt> .fetchmailrc , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration">Fetchmail 設定オプション</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>server options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server">サーバー オプション</a></dt><dt>user options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user">ユーザー オプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>.htaccess, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt>.htpasswd, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt> .procmailrc , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mda.html#s2-email
 -procmail-configuration">Procmail の設定</a></dt><dt> /dev/shm , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>/etc/named.conf (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ directory (参照  sysconfig directory)</dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd , <a class="indexterm" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt> /proc/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">インストールされているドキュメント</a> (参照  proc file system)</dt><dt> /var/spool/anacron , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt><dt> /var/spool/cron , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt><dt>イーサネット (参照 ネットワーク)</dt><dt>ウェブ サーバー (参照 Apache HTTP Server)</
 dt><dt>キーボードの設定 (参照 地域と言語)</dt><dt>グループ</dt><dd><dl><dt>GID, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html">ユーザーとグループの管理</a></dt><dt>共有ディレクトリー, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html#s2-users-groups-rationale">Group Directories</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>インストール済みのドキュメント, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html#s2-users-groups-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>グループの設定</dt><dd><dl><dt>グループの追加, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html">新規グループを追加する</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>システム情報</dt><dd><dl><dt>プロセス, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Sy
 stem_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>セキュリティ関連のパッケージ</dt><dd><dl><dt>セキュリティ関連のパッケージ更新, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>ツール</dt><dd><dl><dt> 認証の設定ツール , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">認証の設定ツール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>ネットワーク</dt><dd><dl><dt>インターフェース</dt><dd><dl><dt>イーサネット, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">イーサネット インターフェース</a></dt><dt>エイリアス, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html">エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></dt><dt>クローン, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-networkscripts
 -interfaces-alias.html">エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></dt><dt>ダイアルアップ, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html">ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>インターフェースの設定ファイル, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html">インターフェース設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>コマンド</dt><dd><dl><dt> /sbin/ifdown , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt><dt> /sbin/ifup , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>スクリプト, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html">ネットワーク インターフェース</a></dt><dt>設定, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html">インターフェース設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>設定ファイãƒ
 «, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html#s1-networkscripts-files">ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>パッケージ</dt><dd><dl><dt>RPM</dt><dd><dl><dt>アンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html">アンインストール</a></dt><dt>インストール済みのアップグレードの実行, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html">インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></dt><dt>ティップス, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>削除, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html">アンインストール</a></dt><dt>検証, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html">検証</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RPM のアップグレード, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_an
 d_Upgrading.html">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>RPM のインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>RPM パッケージの検索, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-using.html#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt><dt>Yum でのインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing.html">パッケージのインストール</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージ グループのインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing.html">パッケージのインストール</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージ グループの削除, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Removing.html">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージのアンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Removing.html">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージの検索</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum の検索, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Pac
 kages_and_Package_Groups.html#sec-Searching_Packages">パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum でのパッケージ一覧</dt><dd><dl><dt> Glob 表記, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>パッケージとパッケージ グループ, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html">パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></dt><dt>依存性, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>削除, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html">アンインストール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>ファイルシステム, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>プロセス, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt><dt>メモリ使用量, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-
 sysinfo-memory-usage.html">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt>メール ユーザー エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-switchmail.html">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a> (参照 電子メール)</dt><dt>メール転送エージェント  (参照 MTA) (参照 電子メール)</dt><dt>メール配送エージェント (参照 電子メール)</dt><dt>ユーザー (参照 ユーザーの設定)</dt><dd><dl><dt>UID, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html">ユーザーとグループの管理</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>インストール済みのドキュメント, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html#s2-users-groups-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>ユーザー アカウント (参照 ユーザーの設定)</dt><dt>ユ
 ーザーの設定</dt><dd><dl><dt>ユーザーの修正, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>ユーザーの削除, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">ユーザーの削除</a></dt><dt>ユーザーの追加, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">新規ユーザーを追加する</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>地域と言語</dt><dd><dl><dt>キーボードの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html">キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></dt><dt>言語の設定, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html#sect-Language_an
 d_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">言語の変更</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>情報</dt><dd><dl><dt>システムについて, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html">システム監視ツール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>自動化タスク, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html">Automating System Tasks</a></dt><dt>言語の設定 (参照 地域と言語)</dt><dt>設定ファイルの変更, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">設定ファイル変更の保存</a></dt><dt>認証</dt><dd><dl><dt> 認証の設定ツール , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">認証の設定ツール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加</dt><dd><dl><dt>グループ, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>ユーザー, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command L
 ine Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>電子メール</dt><dd><dl><dt>セキュリティ, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mua.html#s2-email-security">通信のセキュリティ</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>クライアント, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mua.html#s3-email-security-clients">安全な電子メールクライアント</a></dt><dt>サーバー, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mua.html#s3-email-security-servers">安全な電子クライアント通信</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>プロトコル, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s1-email-protocols">電子メールプロトコル</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>IMAP, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s3-email-protocols-imap">IMAP</a></dt><dt>POP, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s3-email-protocols-pop">POP</a></dt><dt>SMTP, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s3-email-protocols-smtp">SMTP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>メール サーバー</dt><dd><dl><dt>Dovecot, <a class="i
 ndexterm" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s3-mail-server-dovecot">Dovecot</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>種類</dt><dd><dl><dt>メール ユーザー エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-types-mua.html">メール ユーザー エージェント</a></dt><dt>メール転送エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-types.html#s2-email-types-mta">メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></dt><dt>メール配送エージェント, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-types-mda.html">メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>A</h3><dl><dt>Access Control</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuring in SSSD, <a class="indexterm" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#id683467">Configuring Access Control</a></dt><dt>in SSSD, rules, <a class="indexterm" href="
 chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#id904254">The Simple Access Provider</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>anacron, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">Cron and Anacron</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>anacron configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt><dt>user-defined tasks, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> anacrontab , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></dt><dt>Apache HTTP Server</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apa
 che-resources-web">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>checking status, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-status">サービスの状態確認</a></dt><dt>directives</dt><dd><dl><dt>&lt;Directory&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;IfDefine&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;IfModule&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;Location&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;Proxy&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>&lt;VirtualHost&gt;, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apach
 e-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AccessFileName, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Action, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddDescription, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddEncoding, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddHandler, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddIcon, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddIconByEncoding, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a>
 </dt><dt>AddIconByType, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddLanguage, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AddType, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Alias, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Allow, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>AllowOverride, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>BrowserMatch, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheDefaultExpire, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Server
 s.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheDisable, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheEnable, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheLastModifiedFactor, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheMaxExpire, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheNegotiatedDocs, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CacheRoot, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>CustomLog, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives"
 >Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DefaultIcon, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DefaultType, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Deny, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DirectoryIndex, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>DocumentRoot, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ErrorDocument, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ErrorLog, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ExtendedStatus, <a c
 lass="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Group, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>HeaderName, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>HostnameLookups, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Include, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>IndexIgnore, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>IndexOptions, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>KeepAlive, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-dir
 ectives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>KeepAliveTimeout, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>LanguagePriority, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Listen, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>LoadModule, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>LogFormat, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>LogLevel, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxClients, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxKeep
 AliveRequests, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxSpareServers, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MaxSpareThreads, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MinSpareServers, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>MinSpareThreads, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>NameVirtualHost, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Options, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Order, <a class="indexterm" 
 href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>PidFile, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ProxyRequests, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ReadmeName, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>Redirect, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ScriptAlias, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerAdmin, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerName, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common 
 httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerRoot, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerSignature, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ServerTokens, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>SetEnvIf, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-sslconf-common">Common ssl.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>StartServers, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>SuexecUserGroup, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>ThreadsPerChild, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>Timeout, <a clas
 s="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>TypesConfig, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>UseCanonicalName, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>User, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>UserDir, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/httpd/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/conf.d/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-editing">設定ファイルの編集</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-htt
 pdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/usr/lib/httpd/modules/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-dso">Working with Modules</a></dt><dt>/usr/lib64/httpd/modules/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-dso">Working with Modules</a></dt><dt>/var/cache/mod_proxy/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/var/www/cgi-bin/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/var/www/html/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/var/www/icons/, <a class="indexterm" href=
 "ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>~/public_html/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt>.htaccess, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>.htpasswd, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-sslconf-common">Common ssl.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-enabling">Enabling the mod_ssl Module</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-editing">設定ファイルの編集</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common http
 d.conf Directives</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mpm-common">Common Multi-Processing Module Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/logs/access_log, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/logs/error_log, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/httpd/run/httpd.pid, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>/etc/mime.types, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>modules</dt><dd><dl><dt>developing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-dso-writing">Writing a Module</a></dt><dt>loading, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-dso-loading">Loading a Module</a></dt><dt>mod_asis, <a
  class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>mod_cache, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt><dt>mod_cern_meta, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>mod_disk_cache, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt><dt>mod_ext_filter, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>mod_proxy_balancer, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt><dt>mod_rewrite, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-httpdconf-directives">Common httpd.conf Directives</a></dt><dt>mod_ssl, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-mod_ssl">Setting Up an SSL Server</a></dt><dt>mod_userdir, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-ap
 ache-version2-migrating">設定の更新</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-restarting">サービスの再開</a></dt><dt>SSL server</dt><dd><dl><dt>certificate, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair">Using an Existing Key and Certificate</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey">Generating a New Key and Certificate</a></dt><dt>certificate authority, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a></dt><dt>private key, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-keypair">Using an Existing Key and Certifica
 te</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-genkey">Generating a New Key and Certificate</a></dt><dt>public key, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-mod_ssl-certificates">証明書とセキュリティの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-stopping">さービスの停止</a></dt><dt>version 2.2</dt><dd><dl><dt>changes, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-changes">Notable Changes</a></dt><dt>updating from version 2.0, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-migrating">設定の更新</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>virtual host, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-virtualhosts">仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></dt><dt>設定の確認, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-editing">設定ファイルの編集</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Apache HTTP サーバー</dt><dd><dl><
 dt>バージョン 2.2</dt><dd><dl><dt>特徴, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-features">新機能</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>開始, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s3-apache-running-starting">サービスの開始</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> at , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html">at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> authconfig  (参照  Authentication Configuration Tool )</dt><dd><dl><dt> commands , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">コマンドライン バージョン</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> authentication </dt><dd><dl><dt> using fingerprint support , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Opt
 ions">高度なオプション</a></dt><dt> using smart card authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">高度なオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> Authentication Configuration Tool </dt><dd><dl><dt> and Kerberos authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and LDAP , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and NIS , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and NIS authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentica
 tion_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and Winbind , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt><dt> and Winbind authentication , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">Identity &amp; Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>authoritative nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>B</h3><dl><dt> batch , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html">at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Berkeley Internet Name Domain (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>BIND</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, 
 <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html#s3-bind-installed-docs">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>related books, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html#s3-bind-related-books">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html#s3-bind-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>common mistakes, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-mistakes.html">よくある間違いを避けるために</a></dt><dt>configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>acl statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt><dt>comment tags, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-comm">コメントタグ</a></dt><dt>controls statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>include statement, <a cla
 ss="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt><dt>key statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>logging statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>options statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt><dt>server statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>trusted-keys statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>view statement, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">他のステートメントタイプ</a></dt><dt>zone statement, <a class="indexterm" h
 ref="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state">一般的なステートメントのタイプ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/named/, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s2-bind-namedconf">Configuring the named Service</a></dt><dt>/var/named/, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html">Editing Zone Files</a></dt><dt>/var/named/data/, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html">Editing Zone Files</a></dt><dt>/var/named/dynamic/, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html">Editing Zone Files</a></dt><dt>/var/named/slaves/, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html">Editing Zone Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>features</dt><dd><dl><dt>Automatic Zone Transfer (AXFR), <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-ixfr">Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)</a></dt><dt>DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC), <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-dnssec">DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)</a></dt><dt>Incremental Zone T
 ransfer (IXFR), <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-ixfr">Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)</a></dt><dt>Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-ipv6">Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)</a></dt><dt>multiple views, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-views">複数ビュー</a></dt><dt>Transaction SIGnature (TSIG), <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-tsig">Transaction SIGnatures (TSIG)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/named.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s2-bind-namedconf">Configuring the named Service</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-rndc.html#s3-bind-rndc-configuration">Configuring the Utility</a></dt><dt>/etc/rndc.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-rndc.html#s3-bind-rndc-configuration">Configuring the Utility</a></dt><dt>/etc/rndc.key, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-rndc.html#s3
 -bind-rndc-configuration">Configuring the Utility</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a></dt><dt>types</dt><dd><dl><dt>authoritative nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></dt><dt>primary (master) nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></dt><dt>recursive nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></dt><dt>secondary (slave) nameserver, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-in
 troduction-nameservers">ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>utilities</dt><dd><dl><dt>dig, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-bind">BIND as a Nameserver</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-dig.html">Using the dig Utility</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-dnssec">DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)</a></dt><dt>named, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-bind">BIND as a Nameserver</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-BIND.html#s2-bind-namedconf">Configuring the named Service</a></dt><dt>rndc, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-bind">BIND as a Nameserver</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-rndc.html">Using the rndc Utility</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>zones</dt><dd><dl><dt>$INCLUDE directive, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s3-bind-zone-directives">Common Directives</a></dt><dt>$ORIGIN directive, <a class="indexterm" hre
 f="s2-bind-zone.html#s3-bind-zone-directives">Common Directives</a></dt><dt>$TTL directive, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s3-bind-zone-directives">Common Directives</a></dt><dt>A (Address) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>CNAME (Canonical Name) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>comment tags, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s3-bind-zone-comm">コメントタグ</a></dt><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a></dt><dt>example usage, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-examples-basic">A Simple Zone File</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse">A Reverse Name Resolution Zone File</a></dt><dt>MX (Mail Exchange) resource record, <a class="index
 term" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>NS (Nameserver) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>PTR (Pointer) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt><dt>SOA (Start of Authority) resource record, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-rr">Common Resource Records</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>block devices, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-devices.html"> /proc/devices </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/devices )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-devices.html"> /proc/devices </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>bonding (参照 channel bonding)</dt><dt>boot loader</dt><dd><dl><dt>verifying, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html">ブートローダの確認</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>boot media, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html">ã
 ‚¢ãƒƒãƒ—グレードの準備</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>C</h3><dl><dt>ch-email .fetchmailrc </dt><dd><dl><dt>global options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global">グローバルオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>chage command</dt><dd><dl><dt>forcing password expiration with, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>channel bonding</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dt>interface</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>parameters to bonded interfaces, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Chan
 nel_Bonding.html#s3-modules-bonding-directives">Bonding Module Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>channel bonding interface (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>character devices, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-devices.html"> /proc/devices </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/devices )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-devices.html"> /proc/devices </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>crash</dt><dd><dl><dt>analyzing the dump</dt><dd><dl><dt>message buffer, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html">Displaying the Message Buffer</a></dt><dt>open files, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html">Displaying Open Files</a></dt><dt>processes, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html">Displaying a Process Status</a></dt><dt>stack trace, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html">Displaying a Backtrace</a></dt><dt>virtual memory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html">Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></d
 t></dl></dd><dt>opening the dump image, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kdump-crash.html#s2-kdump-crash-running">Running the crash Utility</a></dt><dt>system requirements, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kdump-crash.html">Analyzing the Core Dump</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Cron, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html">Automating System Tasks</a></dt><dt> cron , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">Cron and Anacron</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>cron configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt><dt>user-defined tasks, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> crontab , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-
 configuring-cron-jobs">Configuring Cron Jobs</a></dt><dt>CUPS (参照 Printer Configuration)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>D</h3><dl><dt>date, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Configuring the Date and Time</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Date and Time)</dt></dl></dd><dt>Date and Time</dt><dd><dl><dt>system date, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt><dt>system time, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt><dt>time zone settings, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Date_and_T
 ime_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>deleting cache files</dt><dd><dl><dt>in SSSD, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains">Support for Multiple Domains</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Denial of Service attack, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-net"> /proc/sys/net/ </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/sys/net/ directory)</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-net"> /proc/sys/net/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> df , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>DHCP, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html">DHCP Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>client configuration, <
 a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html">DHCP クライアントの設定</a></dt><dt>command line options, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>connecting to, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html">DHCP クライアントの設定</a></dt><dt>dhcpd.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt> dhcpd.leases , <a class="indexterm" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>dhcpd6.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html">DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></dt><dt>DHCPv6, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html">DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></dt><dt> dhcrelay , <a class="indexterm" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html">DHCP リレーエージェント</a></dt><dt>global parameters, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config
 -file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>group, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>options, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>reasons for using, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html#s1-dhcp-why">DHCP を使用する理由</a></dt><dt>Relay Agent, <a class="indexterm" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html">DHCP リレーエージェント</a></dt><dt>server configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html">DHCP サーバーの設定</a></dt><dt> shared-network , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>starting the server, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>stopping the server, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt>su
 bnet, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>dhcpd.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>dhcpd.leases, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">サーバーの起動と停止</a></dt><dt> dhcrelay , <a class="indexterm" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html">DHCP リレーエージェント</a></dt><dt>dig (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>directory server (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt>DNS</dt><dd><dl><dt>definition, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html">DNS Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 BIND)</dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>documentation</dt><dd><dl><dt>finding installed, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>DoS attack (参照 Denial of Service attack)</dt><dt>drivers (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>DSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class=
 "indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> du , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">ファイルシステム</a></dt><dt>Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (参照 DHCP)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>E</h3><dl><dt>email</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>related books, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-related-books.html">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-useful-websites.html">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Fetchmail, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html">Fetchmail</a></dt><dt>history of, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html">メールサーバー</a></dt><dt>Postfix, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mta.html#s2-email-mta-postfix">Postfix</a></dt><dt>Procmail, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mda.html">メール配送エージェント<
 /a></dt><dt>program classifications, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-types.html">電子メールプログラム分類</a></dt><dt>Sendmail, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html">Sendmail</a></dt><dt>spam</dt><dd><dl><dt>filtering out, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-mda-spam">スパムフィルタ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加リソース</dt><dd><dl><dt>インストール済みドキュメント, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html#s2-email-installed-docs">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>epoch, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-stat.html"> /proc/stat </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/stat )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-stat.html"> /proc/stat </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> exec-shield </dt><dd><dl><dt>enabling, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt><dt>introducin
 g, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>execution domains, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html"> /proc/execdomains </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/execdomains )</dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html"> /proc/execdomains </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>expiration of password, forcing, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>F</h3><dl><dt>Fedora installation media</dt><dd><dl><dt>installable packages, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-using.html#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>feedback</dt><dd><dl><dt>contact information for this manual, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html">Feedback</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Fetchmail, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html">Fetchmail</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>command opt
 ions, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands">Fetchmail コマンド オプション</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>informational, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-info">情報オプション、あるいはデバッグ オプション</a></dt><dt>special, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-special">特別なオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>configuration options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration">Fetchmail 設定オプション</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>global options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global">グローバルオプション</a></dt><dt>server options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server">サーバー オプション</a></dt><dt>user options, <
 a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html#s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user">ユーザー オプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>file system</dt><dd><dl><dt>virtual (参照  proc file system)</dt></dl></dd><dt>files, proc file system</dt><dd><dl><dt>changing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-proc.html#s2-proc-change">Changing Virtual Files</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dt>viewing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-proc.html#s2-proc-viewing">Viewing Virtual Files</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> findsmb , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt> findsmb program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-program
 s">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>FQDN (参照 fully qualified domain name)</dt><dt>frame buffer device, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-fb.html"> /proc/fb </a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  /proc/fb )</dt></dl></dd><dt> free , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt>FTP, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-FTP.html">FTP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  vsftpd )</dt><dt>active mode, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-FTP.html#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>command port, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-FTP.html#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>data port, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-FTP.html#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-FTP.html">FTP</a></dt><dt>introducing, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-FTP.html#s2-ftp-protocol">ファイル
 伝送プロトコル</a></dt><dt>passive mode, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-FTP.html#s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">マルチポート、マルチモード</a></dt><dt>server software</dt><dd><dl><dt> Red Hat Content Accelerator , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-servers.html">FTP サーバー</a></dt><dt> vsftpd , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-servers.html">FTP サーバー</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>fully qualified domain name, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">ネームサーバーゾーン</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>G</h3><dl><dt> GNOME System Monitor , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt><dt> gnome-system-log  (参照  Log File Viewer )</dt><dt> gnome-system-monitor , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt><dt>GnuPG</dt><dd><dl><dt>checkin
 g RPM package signatures, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>group configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>filtering list of groups, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html">User Manager Tool</a></dt><dt>groupadd, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>modify users in groups, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html">グループのプロパティを変更する</a></dt><dt>modifying group properties, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html">グループのプロパティを変更する</a></dt><dt>viewing list of groups, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html">User Manager Tool</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>groups (参照 group configuration)</dt><dd><dl><dt>introducing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html">ユーザーとグループの管理<
 /a></dt><dt>standard, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html">Standard Groups</a></dt><dt>tools for management of</dt><dd><dl><dt>groupadd, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html">User and Group Management Tools</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html">ユーザープライベートグループ</a></dt><dt>system-config-users, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html">ユーザープライベートグループ</a></dt><dt>User Manager, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html">User and Group Management Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>user private, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html">ユーザープライベートグループ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>GRUB boot loader</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></dt><dt>configuring, <a class="indexterm" href="s
 1-kernel-boot-loader.html#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>H</h3><dl><dt>hardware</dt><dd><dl><dt>viewing, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html">ハードウェア</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>HTTP サーバー (参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt><dt>httpd (参照 Apache HTTP サーバー)</dt><dt>hugepages</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-vm"> /proc/sys/vm/ </a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>I</h3><dl><dt> ifdown , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt><dt> ifup , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html">インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></dt><dt>initial RAM disk image</dt><dd><dl><dt>verifying, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html">初期RAMディスクイメージã
 ®ç¢ºèª</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>IBM eServer System i, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html">初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>initial RPM repositories</dt><dd><dl><dt>installable packages, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-using.html#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> insmod , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">Loading a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt>installing package groups</dt><dd><dl><dt>installing package groups with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html">Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>installing the kernel, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>K</h3><dl><dt>kdump</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>
 installed documents, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kdump-resources.html#s2-kdump-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>manual pages, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kdump-resources.html#s2-kdump-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>websites, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>analyzing the dump (参照 crash)</dt><dt>configuring the service</dt><dd><dl><dt>default action, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-action">Changing the Default Action</a></dt><dt>dump image compression, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">Configuring the Cor
 e Collector</a></dt><dt>filtering level, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-filtering">The Filtering Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-filtering">Configuring the Core Collector</a></dt><dt>initial RAM disk, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>kernel image, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>kernel options, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-expert">The Expert Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>m
 emory usage, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-basic">The Basic Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-memory">Configuring the Memory Usage</a></dt><dt>supported targets, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">The Target Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">Configuring the Target Type</a></dt><dt>target location, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">The Target Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">Configuring the Target Type</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>enabling the service, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-enable">Enabling the Service</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable">Enabling the Service</a></dt><dt>known issues</dt><dd><dl><dt>hpsa d
 river, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-gui-target">The Target Settings Tab</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-target">Configuring the Target Type</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>running the service, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s3-kdump-configuration-cli-enable">Enabling the Service</a></dt><dt>system requirements, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s1-kdump-configuration">Configuring the kdump Service</a></dt><dt>testing the configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">Testing the Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel</dt><dd><dl><dt>downloading, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-download.html">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></dt><dt>installing kernel packages, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt><dt>kernel packages, <a class=
 "indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt><dt>package, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt><dt>performing kernel upgrade, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html">アップグレードの実行</a></dt><dt>RPM package, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt><dt>upgrade kernel available, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-download.html">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Security Advisories, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-download.html">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></dt><dt>via Fedora Update System, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-download.html">アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする<
 /a></dt></dl></dd><dt>upgrading</dt><dd><dl><dt>preparing, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html">アップグレードの準備</a></dt><dt>working boot media, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html">アップグレードの準備</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>upgrading the kernel, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Kernel Dump Configuration (参照 kdump)</dt><dt>kernel module</dt><dd><dl><dt>bonding module, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt><dt>parameters to bonded interfaces, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html#s3-modules-bonding-directives">Bonding Module Directives</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>definition, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html">Working
  with Kernel Modules</a></dt><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/sysconfig/modules/ , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html">Persistent Module Loading</a></dt><dt> /lib/modules/kernel_version/kernel/drivers/ , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">Loading a Module</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Ethernet module</dt><dd><dl><dt>supporting multiple cards, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">複数のイーサネットカードの使用</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt> /proc/modules , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>listing</dt><dd><dl><dt>currently loaded modules, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt><dt>module information, <a class="index
 term" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html">Displaying Information About a Module</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>loading</dt><dd><dl><dt>at the boot time, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html">Persistent Module Loading</a></dt><dt>for the current session, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">Loading a Module</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>module parameters</dt><dd><dl><dt>bonding module parameters, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html#s3-modules-bonding-directives">Bonding Module Directives</a></dt><dt>supplying, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html">Setting Module Parameters</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>unloading, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dt>utilities</dt><dd><dl><dt> insmod , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">Loading a Module</a></dt><dt> lsmod , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listi
 ng_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt><dt> modinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html">Displaying Information About a Module</a></dt><dt> modprobe , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">Loading a Module</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dt> rmmod , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">Unloading a Module</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>kernel package</dt><dd><dl><dt>kernel</dt><dd><dl><dt>for single, multicore and multiprocessor systems, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-devel</dt><dd><dl><dt>kernel headers and makefiles, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-doc</dt><dd><dl><dt> documenta
 tion files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-headers</dt><dd><dl><dt> C header files files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>linux-firmware</dt><dd><dl><dt> firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>perf</dt><dd><dl><dt>firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>kernel upgrading</dt><dd><dl><dt>preparing, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html">アップグレードの準備</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>L</h3><dl><dt>LDAP (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt> Log File Viewer </dt><d
 d><dl><dt>filtering, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html">ログファイルの表示</a></dt><dt>monitoring, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html">ログファイルを監視する</a></dt><dt>searching, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html">ログファイルの表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>log files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  Log Viewer )</dt><dt>additional resources</dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html#s2-log-files-installed-docs">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>description, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt><dt>locating, <a clas
 s="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html">ログファイルを探す</a></dt><dt>monitoring, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html">ログファイルを監視する</a></dt><dt>rotating, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html">ログファイルを探す</a></dt><dt> rsyslogd daemon , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt><dt>viewing, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html">ログファイルの表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> Log Viewer </dt><dd><dl><dt>refresh rate, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html">ログファイルの表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> logrotate , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html">ログファイルを探す</a></dt><dt> lsmod , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt><
 /dl></dd><dt> lspci , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-pci.html"> /proc/bus/pci </a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>M</h3><dl><dt> Mail Transport Agent Switcher , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-switchmail.html">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt><dt>MDA (参照 メール配送エージェント)</dt><dt> modinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html">Displaying Information About a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt> modprobe , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">Loading a Module</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt>module (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>module parameters (参照 kernel module)</dt><dt>MTA (参照 メール転送エージェント )</dt><dd><dl><dt>setting default, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-switchmail.html">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) 
 の設定</a></dt><dt>switching with Mail Transport Agent Switcher , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-switchmail.html">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>MUA, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-switchmail.html">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a> (参照 メール ユーザー エージェント)</dt><dt>Multihomed DHCP</dt><dd><dl><dt>host configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">Host Configuration</a></dt><dt>server configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html">Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>multiple domains</dt><dd><dl><dt>specifying in SSSD, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains">Support for Multiple Domains</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>N</h3><dl><dt>named (参ç…
 § BIND)</dt><dt>nameserver (参照 DNS)</dt><dt> net program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>network</dt><dd><dl><dt>functions, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html">ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></dt><dt>interfaces</dt><dd><dl><dt>channel bonding, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>Network Time Protocol, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>ntpd, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt><dt>ntpdate, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration
 -Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>NIC</dt><dd><dl><dt>binding into single channel, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">Using Channel Bonding</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> nmblookup program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>NTP (参照 Network Time Protocol)</dt><dt>ntpd, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt><dt>ntpdate, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>O</h3><dl><dt>OpenLDAP</dt><dd><dl><dt>checking status, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-running-status">Che
 cking the Service Status</a></dt><dt>client applications, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-packages-applications">Overview of Common LDAP Client Applications</a></dt><dt>configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>database, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>global, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>overview, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-setup">OpenLDAP Server Setup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directives</dt><dd><dl><dt>olcAllows, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcConnMaxPending, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcConnMaxPendingAuth, <a class="in
 dexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcDisallows, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcIdleTimeout, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcLogFile, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcReadOnly, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcReferral, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcRootDN, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></
 dt><dt>olcRootPW, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcSuffix, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt><dt>olcWriteTimeout, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-configuration">Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></dt><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/cn=schema/, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-schema">Extending Schema</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>features, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-features">OpenLDAP 機能</a></dt><dt>files</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="
 ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-configuration">Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></dt><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config.ldif, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-global">Changing the Global Configuration</a></dt><dt>/etc/openldap/slapd.d/cn=config/olcDatabase={1}bdb.ldif, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-database">Changing the Database-Specific Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>installation, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-installation">Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></dt><dt>migrating authentication information, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-migrationtools">古い認証情報を LDAP フォーマットへ移行</a></dt><dt>packages, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-installation">Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></dt><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-running-
 restarting">Restarting the Service</a></dt><dt>running, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-running-starting">Starting the Service</a></dt><dt>schema, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-configuration-schema">Extending Schema</a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-running-stopping">Stopping the Service</a></dt><dt>terminology</dt><dd><dl><dt>attribute, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-terminology">LDAP の用語</a></dt><dt>entry, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-terminology">LDAP の用語</a></dt><dt> LDIF , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-terminology">LDAP の用語</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>utilities, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-packages-openldap-servers">Overview of OpenLDAP Server Utilities</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s3-ldap-packages-
 openldap-clients">Overview of OpenLDAP Client Utilities</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>OpenSSH, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html">OpenSSH</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-features">Main Features</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 SSH)</dt><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>client, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-ssh-clients.html">OpenSSH Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> scp , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html">Using the scp Utility</a></dt><dt> sftp , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html">Using the sftp Utility</a></dt><dt> ssh , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-ssh-clients.html#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">Using the ssh Utility</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>DSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>
 generating, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RSA Version 1 keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>server, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html">Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>starting, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html">Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html">Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ssh-add , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt> ssh-agent , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt>ssh-keygen
 </dt><dd><dl><dt>DSA, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt><dt>RSA, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt><dt>RSA Version 1, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>using key-based authentication, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html">Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>OpenSSL</dt><dd><dl><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dt>SSL (参照 SSL)</dt><dt>TLS (参照 TLS)</dt></dl></dd><dt>OS/400 boot loader</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuration file, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html">Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></dt><dt>configuri
 ng, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html">Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>P</h3><dl><dt>package</dt><dd><dl><dt>kernel RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">カーネルをアップグレードする</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>adding and removing, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html">Using Add/Remove Software</a></dt><dt>architecture, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html">PackageKit Architecture</a></dt><dt>installing and removing package groups, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html">Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></dt><dt>installing packages , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>managing packages , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">Pa
 ckageKit</a></dt><dt>PolicyKit</dt><dd><dl><dt>authentication, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>uninstalling packages , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>updating packages , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>viewing packages , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>viewing transaction log, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html">Viewing the Transaction Log</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>packages</dt><dd><dl><dt>adding and removing with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html">Using Add/Remove Software</a></dt><dt>determining file ownership with, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>displaying packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum info, <a cl
 ass="indexterm" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html">パッケージ情報の表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>filtering with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Development, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Free, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Hide Subpackages, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Installed, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>No Filter, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Available, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>
 Only Development, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only End User Files, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Graphical, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Installed, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Native Packages, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>Only Newest Packages, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>filtering with PackageKit for packages, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">Finding Packages with Filters</a></dt><dt>finding deleted files from, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm
 -impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>iFedora installation media, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-using.html#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt><dt>initial RPM repositories, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-using.html#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></dt><dt>installing and removing package groups, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html">Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></dt><dt>installing packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html">Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>dependencies, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html">Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel</dt><dd><dl><dt>for single, multicore and multipro
 cessor systems, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-devel</dt><dd><dl><dt>kernel headers and makefiles, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-doc</dt><dd><dl><dt> documentation files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>kernel-headers</dt><dd><dl><dt> C header files files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>linux-firmware</dt><dd><dl><dt> firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>listing packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>y
 um grouplist, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list all, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list available, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list installed, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum repolist, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum search, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>locating documentation for, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>managing packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>obtaining list of files, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Exa
 mples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>perf</dt><dd><dl><dt> firmware files, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">カーネルパッケージの概要</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>querying uninstalled, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>removing packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html">Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></dt><dt>RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html">RPM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>already installed, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-errors">すでにインストールされているパッケージ</a></dt><dt>configuration file changes, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html">Configuration File Changes</a></dt><dt>conflict, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-conflicting-files">
 ファイルの競合</a></dt><dt>failed dependencies, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>pristine sources, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>querying, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-querying.html">問い合わせ</a></dt><dt>source and binary packages, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html">RPM</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>setting packages with PackageKit</dt><dd><dl><dt>checking interval, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">Setting the Update-Checking Interval</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>uninstalling packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>uninstalling packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum remove package_name, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Removing.html">Removing Packages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>updating currently installed packa
 ges</dt><dd><dl><dt>available updates, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>updating packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>PolicyKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt><dt>Software Update, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>viewing packages with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html">PackageKit</a></dt><dt>viewing transaction log, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html">Viewing the Transaction Log</a></dt><dt>viewing Yum repositories with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources
 ">Setting the Software Sources</a></dt><dt>Yum instead of RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html">RPM</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>password</dt><dd><dl><dt>aging, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>expire, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>passwords</dt><dd><dl><dt>shadow, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html">シャドウパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> pdbedit program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>PolicyKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt><dt>Postfix, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mta.html#s2-email-mta-postfix">Postfix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>default installation, <a class="
 indexterm" href="s1-email-mta.html#s3-email-mta-postfix-default">Postfix のデフォルトインストール</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>postfix, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-switchmail.html">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt><dt>primary nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>Printer Configuration</dt><dd><dl><dt>CUPS, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html">プリンタの設定</a></dt><dt>IPP Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html">IPP プリンタの追加</a></dt><dt>LDP/LPR Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html">Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></dt><dt>Local Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html">ローカルプリンタの追加</a></dt><dt>New Printer, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">Starting Printer Setup</a></dt><dt>Print Jobs, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-printing-edit.html#s1-printing-managing">印刷ジョブの管理</a></
 dt><dt>Samba Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html">Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></dt><dt>Settings, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-printing-edit.html#id912061">The Settings Page</a></dt><dt>Sharing Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-printing-edit.html#sec-Sharing_Printers">Sharing Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>printers (参照 Printer Configuration)</dt><dt> proc file system</dt><dd><dl><dt> /proc/buddyinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html#s2-proc-buddyinfo"> /proc/buddyinfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/bus/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html"> /proc/bus/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/bus/pci </dt><dd><dl><dt>viewing using lspci , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-pci.html"> /proc/bus/pci </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> /proc/cmdline , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-cmdline.html"> /proc/cmdline </a></dt><dt> /proc/cpuinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html"> /proc/cpuinfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/crypto , <a c
 lass="indexterm" href="s2-proc-crypto.html"> /proc/crypto </a></dt><dt> /proc/devices </dt><dd><dl><dt>block devices, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-devices.html"> /proc/devices </a></dt><dt>character devices, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-devices.html"> /proc/devices </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> /proc/dma , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dma.html"> /proc/dma </a></dt><dt> /proc/driver/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-driver.html"> /proc/driver/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/execdomains , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html"> /proc/execdomains </a></dt><dt> /proc/fb , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-fb.html"> /proc/fb </a></dt><dt> /proc/filesystems , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-filesystems.html"> /proc/filesystems </a></dt><dt> /proc/fs/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html"> /proc/fs </a></dt><dt> /proc/interrupts , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-interrupts.html"> /proc/interrupts </a></dt><dt> /proc/iomem 
 , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-iomem.html"> /proc/iomem </a></dt><dt> /proc/ioports , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-ioports.html"> /proc/ioports </a></dt><dt> /proc/irq/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-irq.html"> /proc/irq/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/kcore , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-kcore.html"> /proc/kcore </a></dt><dt> /proc/kmsg , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-kmsg.html"> /proc/kmsg </a></dt><dt> /proc/loadavg , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-loadavg.html"> /proc/loadavg </a></dt><dt> /proc/locks , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-locks.html"> /proc/locks </a></dt><dt> /proc/mdstat , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-mdstat.html"> /proc/mdstat </a></dt><dt> /proc/meminfo , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-meminfo.html"> /proc/meminfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/misc , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-misc.html"> /proc/misc </a></dt><dt> /proc/modules , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-modules.html"> /proc/modules </a></dt><dt> /pr
 oc/mounts , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-mounts.html"> /proc/mounts </a></dt><dt> /proc/mtrr , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-mtrr.html"> /proc/mtrr </a></dt><dt> /proc/net/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-net.html"> /proc/net/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/partitions , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-partitions.html"> /proc/partitions </a></dt><dt> /proc/PID/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-pid.html"> /proc/PID/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/scsi/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-scsi.html"> /proc/scsi/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/self/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-directories.html#s3-proc-self"> /proc/self/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/slabinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-slabinfo.html"> /proc/slabinfo </a></dt><dt> /proc/stat , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-stat.html"> /proc/stat </a></dt><dt> /proc/swaps , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-swaps.html"> /proc/swaps </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/ directory, <a class="index
 term" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html"> /proc/sys/ </a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照  sysctl )</dt><dt> /proc/sys/dev/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-dev"> /proc/sys/dev/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/fs/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-fs"> /proc/sys/fs/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/kernel/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/kernel/exec-shield , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-kernel"> /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt><dt>/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq (参照 system request key)</dt><dt> /proc/sys/net/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-net"> /proc/sys/net/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/sys/vm/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-vm"> /proc/sys/vm/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> /proc/sy
 srq-trigger , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html"> /proc/sysrq-trigger </a></dt><dt> /proc/sysvipc/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html"> /proc/sysvipc/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/tty/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-tty.html"> /proc/tty/ </a></dt><dt> /proc/uptime , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-uptime.html"> /proc/uptime </a></dt><dt> /proc/version , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-version.html"> /proc/version </a></dt><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html">参考文献</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html#s2-proc-installed-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html#s2-proc-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>changing files within, <a class="indexterm" hre
 f="ch-proc.html#s2-proc-change">Changing Virtual Files</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html"> /proc/sys/ </a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dt>files within, top-level, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html">Top-level Files within the proc File System</a></dt><dt>introduced, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-proc.html">The proc File System</a></dt><dt>process directories, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-directories.html#s2-proc-processdirs">Process Directories</a></dt><dt>subdirectories within, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-directories.html">Directories within /proc/</a></dt><dt>viewing files within, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-proc.html#s2-proc-viewing">Viewing Virtual Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Procmail, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mda.html">メール配送エージェント</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>recipes, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html">Procmail レシピ<
 /a></dt><dd><dl><dt>local lockfiles, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-procmail-recipes-lockfile">ローカルロックファイルの指定</a></dt><dt>non-delivering, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering">配信レシピと非配信</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>レシピ</dt><dd><dl><dt>SpamAssassin, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-mda-spam">スパムフィルタ</a></dt><dt>フラグ, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-procmail-recipes-flags">フラグ</a></dt><dt>例, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples">レシピの例</a></dt><dt>特別な操作, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-procmail-recipes-special">特別な条件とアクション</a></dt><dt>特別な条件, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email
 -procmail-recipes-special">特別な条件とアクション</a></dt><dt>配送, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering">配信レシピと非配信</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>設定, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mda.html#s2-email-procmail-configuration">Procmail の設定</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ps , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>R</h3><dl><dt>RAM, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt> rcp , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html">Using the scp Utility</a></dt><dt>recursive nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>removing package groups</dt><dd><dl><dt>removing package groups with PackageKit, <a class="indexterm" href=
 "sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html">Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>resource record (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> rmmod , <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">Unloading a Module</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 kernel module)</dt></dl></dd><dt>rndc (参照 BIND)</dt><dt>root nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> rpcclient program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>RPM, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html">RPM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>already installed, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-errors">すでにインストールされているパッケージ</a></dt><dt>basic modes, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-using.html">RPMの使用法</a></dt><dt>checking package signatures, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt><dt>configuration 
 file changes, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html">Configuration File Changes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>conf.rpmsave, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html">Configuration File Changes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>conflicts, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-conflicting-files">ファイルの競合</a></dt><dt>design goals</dt><dd><dl><dt>powerful querying, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>system verification, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>upgradability, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>determining file ownership with, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>documentation with, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage<
 /a></dt><dt>failed dependencies, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>file name, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>finding deleted files with, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>GnuPG, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt><dt>md5sum, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html">パッケージの署名を確認する</a></dt><dt>querying, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-querying.html">問い合わせ</a></dt><dt>querying uninstalled packages, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>RPM パッケージの検索, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-using.html#s2-rpm-finding">RPM パッケージの検索</a></d
 t><dt>アップグレード, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>アンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html">アンインストール</a></dt><dt>インストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html">インストールとアップグレード</a></dt><dt>インストール済みのアップグレードの実行, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html">インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></dt><dt>ウェブサイト, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt><dt>ティップス, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>ファイルの競合</dt><dd><dl><dt>解決, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-conflicting-files">ファイルの競合</a></dt></dl></dd
 ><dt>ファイル一覧の問い合わせ, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html">Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></dt><dt>依存性, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">未解決の依存性</a></dt><dt>書籍について, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-related-books.html">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>検証, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html">検証</a></dt><dt>設計目標, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-RPM.html#s1-rpm-design">RPM の設計目標</a></dt><dt>追加のリソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RPM パッケージ マネージャー (参照 RPM)</dt><dt>RSA keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>RSA Version 1 keys</dt><dd><dl><dt>generating, <a class
 ="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">鍵ペアの生成</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> rsyslog , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html">Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>S</h3><dl><dt>Samba (参照 Samba)</dt><dd><dl><dt>Abilities, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-abilities">Samba の機能</a></dt><dt>Account Information Databases, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> ldapsam , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> ldapsam_compat , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> mysqlsam , <a class="in
 dexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt>Plain Text, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> smbpasswd , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> tdbsam , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt> xmlsam , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Additional Resources, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-resources">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_S
 ervers.html#s3-samba-resources-installed">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>related books, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-resources-published">関連書籍</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-resources-community">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Backward Compatible Database Back Ends, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt>Browsing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-network-browsing">Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></dt><dt>configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-configuring">Samba サーバーの設定</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-configuring-cmdline">コマンドライン管理</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>d
 efault, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-configuring">Samba サーバーの設定</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>CUPS Printing Support, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-cups">CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>CUPS smb.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-cups-smb.conf">Simple smb.conf Settings</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>daemon, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-daemons">Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>nmbd, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt><dt>overview, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt><dt>smbd, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt><dt>winbindd, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Serv
 ers.html#s3-samba-services">Samba デーモン</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>encrypted passwords, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt><dt> findsmb , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt>graphical configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-configuring-gui">グラフィックな設定</a></dt><dt>Introduction, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#samba-rgs-overview">Samba の概要</a></dt><dt>Network Browsing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-network-browsing">Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Domain Browsing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-domain-browsing">Domain Browsing</a></dt><dt>WINS, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3
 -samba-wins">WINS (Windows Internet Name Server)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>New Database Back Ends, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></dt><dt>Programs, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> findsmb , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> net , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> nmblookup , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> pdbedit , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューシãƒ
 §ãƒ³ãƒ—ログラム</a></dt><dt> rpcclient , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbcacls , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbclient , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbcontrol , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbpasswd , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbspool , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbstatus , <a 
 class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbtar , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> testparm , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> wbinfo , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Reference, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s1-Samba">Samba</a></dt><dt>Samba Printers, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html">Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></dt><dt>Security Modes, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-security-modes">Samba のセキュリティモード</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Active 
 Directory Security Mode, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-ads-security-mode">Active Directory セキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</a></dt><dt>Domain Security Mode, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-domain-security-mode">ドメインセキュリティモード (ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</a></dt><dt>Server Security Mode, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-server-security-mode">サーバセキュリティモード(ユーザーレベルセキュリティ)</a></dt><dt>Share-Level Security, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-share-level">Share-Level Security</a></dt><dt>User Level Security, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-user-level">ユーザーレベルセキュリティ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Server Types, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-s
 amba-servers">Samba Server Types and the smb.conf File</a></dt><dt>server types</dt><dd><dl><dt>Domain Controller, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-domain-controller">Domain Controller</a></dt><dt>Domain Member, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-domain-member">ドメインメンバーサーバ</a></dt><dt>Stand Alone, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-standalone">スタンドアローンのサーバ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>service</dt><dd><dl><dt>conditional restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>reloading, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>starting, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and
 _Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-startstop">Samba の開始と停止</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>share</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to via the command line, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt>connecting to with Nautilus, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-connect-share">Samba シェアへの接続</a></dt><dt>mounting, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-mounting">シェアの実装</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>smb.conf, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-servers">Samba Server Types and the smb.conf File</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>Active Directory Member Server example, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s4-samba-domain-member-ads">Active Directory ドメインメンバーã‚
 µãƒ¼ãƒ</a></dt><dt>Anonymous Print Server example, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s4-samba-standalone-anonprint">Anonymous プリントサーバ</a></dt><dt>Anonymous Read Only example, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s4-samba-standalone-anonreadonly">Anonymous 読み取り専用</a></dt><dt>Anonymous Read/Write example, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s4-samba-standalone-anonreadwrite">Anonymous 読み取り/書き込み</a></dt><dt>NT4-style Domain Member example, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s4-samba-domain-member-nt4">Windows NT4 ベースのドメインメンバーサーバ</a></dt><dt>PDC using Active Directory, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#samba-rgs-pdc-ads">Active Directory を使ったプライマリドメインコントローラ (PDC)</a></dt><dt>PDC using tdbsam , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s4-samb
 a-pdc-tdbsam">Primary Domain Controller (PDC) using tdbsam </a></dt><dt>Secure File and Print Server example, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s4-samba-standalone-readwriteall">安全な読み取り/書き込みファイルとプリントサーバ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> smbclient , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt>WINS, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-wins">WINS (Windows Internet Name Server)</a></dt><dt>with Windows NT 4.0, 2000, ME, and XP, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> scp  (参照 OpenSSH)</dt><dt>secondary nameserver (参照 BIND)</dt><dt> security plugin  (参照 Security)</dt><dt>Sendmail, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html">Sendmail</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>aliases, <a class="indexterm" href=
 "s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading">マスカレード</a></dt><dt>common configuration changes, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">一般的な Sendmail 設定変更</a></dt><dt>default installation, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-default">Sendmail のデフォルトインストール</a></dt><dt>LDAP and, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-ldap">LDAP での Sendmail の使用</a></dt><dt>limitations, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose">目的と制限</a></dt><dt>masquerading, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading">マスカレード</a></dt><dt>purpose, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose">目的と制限</a></dt><dt>spam, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email
 -mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-sendmail-stopping-spam">スパムの停止</a></dt><dt>with UUCP, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">一般的な Sendmail 設定変更</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>sendmail, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-switchmail.html">Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></dt><dt>services configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">Services and Daemons</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> ssystemctl , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-services-running.html">Running Services</a></dt><dt> systemctl , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s1-services-configuring">Configuring Services</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> sftp  (参照 OpenSSH)</dt><dt>shadow passwords</dt><dd><dl><dt>overview of, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html">シャドウパスワã
 ƒ¼ãƒ‰</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>slab pools (参照  /proc/slabinfo )</dt><dt>slapd (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt> smbcacls program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbclient , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-connect-share-cmdline">コマンドライン</a></dt><dt> smbclient program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbcontrol program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbpasswd program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbspool program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-progr
 ams">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbstatus program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt> smbtar program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>SpamAssassin</dt><dd><dl><dt>Procmail と使う, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-mda-spam">スパムフィルタ</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ssh  (参照 OpenSSH)</dt><dt>SSH protocol</dt><dd><dl><dt>authentication, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-protocol-authentication">認証</a></dt><dt>configuration files, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">設定ファイル</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>system-wide configuration files, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#s2-ssh-configuration-co
 nfigs">設定ファイル</a></dt><dt>user-specific configuration files, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">設定ファイル</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>connection sequence, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-conn">SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></dt><dt>features, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-features">Main Features</a></dt><dt>insecure protocols, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html">リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></dt><dt>layers</dt><dd><dl><dt>channels, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-protocol-connection">チャンネル</a></dt><dt>transport layer, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-protocol-conn-transport">トランスポートレイヤー</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>port forwarding, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html">ポート転送</a></dt><dt>requiring for remote login, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ss
 h-configuration-requiring.html">リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></dt><dt>security risks, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-why">なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></dt><dt>version 1, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-versions">Protocol Versions</a></dt><dt>version 2, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-versions">Protocol Versions</a></dt><dt>X11 forwarding, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">X11 転送</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> ssh-add , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt> ssh-agent , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">Configuring ssh-agent</a></dt><dt>SSL, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-mod_ssl">Setting Up an SSL Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt>SSL server (参照 Ap
 ache HTTP Server)</dt><dt>SSSD</dt><dd><dl><dt>Configuring a Microsoft Active Directory Domain for, <a class="indexterm" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Microsoft_Active_Directory_Domain">Configuring a Microsoft Active Directory Domain</a></dt><dt>Configuring a proxy domain for, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html">Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></dt><dt>Configuring an LDAP domain for, <a class="indexterm" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">Configuring an LDAP Domain</a></dt><dt>Selecting an LDAP schema for, <a class="indexterm" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">Configuring an LDAP Domain</a></dt><dt>Setting Up Kerberos authentication for, <a class=
 "indexterm" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html">Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></dt><dt>Specifying timeout values for, <a class="indexterm" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">Configuring an LDAP Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> stunnel , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-email-mua.html#s3-email-security-servers">安全な電子クライアント通信</a></dt><dt> sysconfig directory</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/sysconfig/apm-scripts/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-arpwatch"> /etc/sysconfig/arpwatch </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/authconfig , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-authconfig"> /etc/sysconfig/authconf
 ig </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/autofs , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-autofs"> /etc/sysconfig/autofs </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/cbq/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/clock , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-clock"> /etc/sysconfig/clock </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-dhcpd"> /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/firstboot , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-firewall"> /etc/sysconfig/firstboot </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/init , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-init"> /etc/sysconfig/init </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables-config , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-ip6tables"> /et
 c/sysconfig/ip6tables-config </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/keyboard , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-kybd"> /etc/sysconfig/keyboard </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ldap , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-ldap"> /etc/sysconfig/ldap </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/named , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-named"> /etc/sysconfig/named </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/network , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-network"> /etc/sysconfig/network </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 network)</dt></dl></dd><dt> /etc/sysconfig/networking/ directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/ntpd , <a
  class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-ntpd"> /etc/sysconfig/ntpd </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/quagga , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-quagga"> /etc/sysconfig/quagga </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/radvd , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-radvd"> /etc/sysconfig/radvd </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/samba , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-samba"> /etc/sysconfig/samba </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/selinux , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-selinux"> /etc/sysconfig/selinux </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/sendmail , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-sendmail"> /etc/sysconfig/sendmail </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-spamd"> /etc/sysconfig/spamassassin </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/squ
 id , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-squid"> /etc/sysconfig/squid </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-rcu"> /etc/sysconfig/system-config-users </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/vncservers , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-vncservers"> /etc/sysconfig/vncservers </a></dt><dt> /etc/sysconfig/xinetd , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s2-sysconfig-xinetd"> /etc/sysconfig/xinetd </a></dt><dt>additional information about, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html">The sysconfig Directory</a></dt><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html#s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation">インストールさã‚
 Œã¦ã„るドキュメント</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>directories in, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html">Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt><dt>files found in, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html#s1-sysconfig-files">Files in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> sysconfig ディレクトリー</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ ディレクトリー, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html">ネットワーク インターフェース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt> sysctl </dt><dd><dl><dt>configuring with /etc/sysctl.conf , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt><dt>controlling /proc/sys/ , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">Using the sysctl Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>SysRq (参照 system request key)</dt><dt>system information</dt><dd><dl><dt>file systems, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">ファイ
 ルシステム</a></dt><dd><dl><dt> /dev/shm , <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">ファイルシステム</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>gathering, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html">システム監視ツール</a></dt><dt>hardware, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html">ハードウェア</a></dt><dt>memory usage, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html">メモリ使用量</a></dt><dt>processes</dt><dd><dl><dt>currently running, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>system request key</dt><dd><dl><dt>enabling, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html"> /proc/sys/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>System Request Key</dt><dd><dl><dt>definition of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html"> /proc/sys/ </a></dt><dt>setting timing for, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-kernel"
 > /proc/sys/kernel/ </a></dt></dl></dd><dt> system-config-authentication  (参照  認証の設定ツール )</dt><dt>system-config-kdump (参照 kdump)</dt><dt>system-config-users (参照 user configuration and group configuration)</dt><dt> systemctl  (参照 services configuration)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>T</h3><dl><dt> testparm program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>time, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Configuring the Date and Time</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Date and Time)</dt></dl></dd><dt>time zone, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html
 #sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Date and Time)</dt></dl></dd><dt>TLB cache (参照 hugepages)</dt><dt>TLS, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-mod_ssl">Setting Up an SSL Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt></dl></dd><dt> top , <a class="indexterm" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">システム プロセス</a></dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>U</h3><dl><dt>updating currently installed packages</dt><dd><dl><dt>available updates, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>updating packages with PackageKit</dt><dd><dl><dt>PolicyKit, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">Updating Packages with Software Update</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>user configuration</dt><dd><dl>
 <dt>changing full name, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>changing home directory, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>changing login shell, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>changing password, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>command line configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>passwd, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt><dt>useradd, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>filte
 ring list of users, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html">User Manager Tool</a></dt><dt>modify groups for a user, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">新規ユーザーを追加する</a></dt><dt>password</dt><dd><dl><dt>forcing expiration of, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>viewing list of users, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">User Accounts Tool</a>, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-configui.html">User Manager Tool</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>User Manager (参照 user configuration)</dt><dt>user private groups (参照 groups)</dt><dd><dl><dt>and shared directories, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html#s2-users-groups-rationale">Group Directories</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>useradd command</dt><dd><dl><dt>user account creation using, <a class=
 "indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">Command Line Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>users</dt><dd><dl><dt>/etc/passwd, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html">Standard Users</a></dt><dt>introducing, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html">ユーザーとグループの管理</a></dt><dt>standard, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html">Standard Users</a></dt><dt>tools for management of</dt><dd><dl><dt>User Manager, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html">User and Group Management Tools</a></dt><dt>useradd, <a class="indexterm" href="s1-users-tools.html">User and Group Management Tools</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>V</h3><dl><dt>virtual file system (参照  proc file system)</dt><dt>virtual files (参照  proc file system)</dt><dt>virtual host (参照 Apache HTTP Server)</dt><dt> vsftpd , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-servers.html">FTP サ
 ーバー</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>(参照 FTP)</dt><dt>additional resources, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>installed documentation, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-resources.html#s3-ftp-installed-documentation">インストールされているドキュメント</a></dt><dt>useful websites, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-resources.html#s3-ftp-useful-websites">役に立つ Web サイト</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>condrestart, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>configuration file</dt><dd><dl><dt> /etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf , <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"> vsftpd Configuration Options</a></dt><dt>access controls, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login">ログインオプションとアクセス制御</a></dt><dt>anonymous user options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-
 conf-opt-anon">匿名ユーザーオプション</a></dt><dt>daemon options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-daemon">デーモンオプション</a></dt><dt>directory options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-dir">ディレクトリオプション</a></dt><dt>file transfer options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-file">ファイル転送のオプション</a></dt><dt>format of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"> vsftpd Configuration Options</a></dt><dt>local user options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr">ローカルユーザーオプション</a></dt><dt>logging options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-log">ロギングのオプション</a></dt><dt>login options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login">ロ
 グインオプションとアクセス制御</a></dt><dt>network options, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net">ネットワークオプション</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>multihome configuration, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">Starting Multiple Copies of vsftpd </a></dt><dt>restarting, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>RPM</dt><dd><dl><dt>files installed by, <a class="indexterm" href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">Files Installed with vsftpd </a></dt></dl></dd><dt>security features, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-servers.html">FTP サーバー</a></dt><dt>starting, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>starting multiple copies of, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">Starting Multiple Copies of vsftpd </a></dt><dt>status, <a class="in
 dexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt><dt>stopping, <a class="indexterm" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>W</h3><dl><dt> wbinfo program, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></dt><dt>Windows 2000</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows 98</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows ME</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパã
 ‚¹ãƒ¯ãƒ¼ãƒ‰</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows NT 4.0</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Windows XP</dt><dd><dl><dt>connecting to shares using Samba, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s3-samba-encrypted-passwords">暗合化されたパスワード</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>X</h3><dl><dt>X.500 (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt><dt>X.500 Lite (参照 OpenLDAP)</dt></dl></div><div class="indexdiv"><h3>Y</h3><dl><dt>Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>configuring plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></dt><dt>disabling plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></dt><d
 t>displaying packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum info, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html">パッケージ情報の表示</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>enabling plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></dt><dt>installing a package group with Yum, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing.html">パッケージのインストール</a></dt><dt>listing packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum grouplist, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list all, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list available, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum list installed, <a class="inde
 xterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt><dt>yum repolist, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>plugins</dt><dd><dl><dt>presto, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt><dt>refresh-packagekit, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt><dt>rhnplugin, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt><dt>security, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">Plugin Descriptions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>uninstalling packages with Yum</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum remove package_name, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Removing.html">Removing Packages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum plugins, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html">Yum Plugins</a></dt><dt>Yum でのインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Installing.html">パッケージのインストール
 </a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージ グループのアンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Removing.html">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージのアンインストール, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Removing.html">Removing Packages</a></dt><dt>Yum でのパッケージの検索</dt><dd><dl><dt>yum の検索, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html#sec-Searching_Packages">パッケージの検索</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum でのパッケージ一覧</dt><dd><dl><dt>Glob 表記, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">パッケージの一覧</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html">Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></dt><dt>Yum リポジトリー</dt><dd><dl><dt>Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html">Yum と Yum リポã
 ‚¸ãƒˆãƒªãƒ¼ã®è¨­å®š</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>[main] オプションの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html#sec-Setting_main_Options">[main] オプションの設定</a></dt><dt>[repository] オプションの設定, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html">[repository] オプションの設定</a></dt><dt>パッケージとパッケージ グループ, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html">パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></dt><dt>リポジトリー, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html">Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></dt><dt>変数, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html">Yum 変数の使い方</a></dt><dt>追加リソース, <a class="indexterm" href="sec-Additional_Resources.html">その他のリソース</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum repositories</dt><dd><dl><dt>viewing Yum repositories with PackageKit, <a class="indexter
 m" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">Setting the Software Sources</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>Yum での更新</dt><dd><dl><dt>シンプルなパッケージの更新, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>セキュリティ関連のパッケージ更新, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>パッケージの更新, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>全パッケージと依存性の更新, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">パッケージの更新</a></dt><dt>更新の確認, <a class="indexterm" href="ch-yum.html#sec-Checking_For_Updates">更新を確認する</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="app-Revision_History.html"><strong>戻る</strong>付録D 変更履æ­
 ´</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/lease-database.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/lease-database.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc71cab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/lease-database.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.2.2. リースデータベース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html" title="10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html" title="10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定" /><link rel="next" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html" title="10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html"><str
 ong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="lease-database"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="lease-database">10.2.2. リースデータベース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				On the DHCP server, the file <code class="filename">/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code> stores the DHCP client lease database. Do not change this file. DHCP lease information for each recently assigned IP address is automatically stored in the lease database. The information includes the length of the lease, to whom the IP address has been assigned, the start and end dates for the lease, and the MAC address of the network interface card that was used to retrieve the lease.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				リースデータベースにおける時刻はすべて、ローカル時でなく UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) を使用します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The lease database is recreated from time to time so that it is not too large. First, all known leases are saved in a temporary lease database. The <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file is renamed <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases~</code> and the temporary lease database is written to <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The DHCP daemon could be killed or the system could crash after the lease database has been renamed to the backup file but before the new file has been written. If this happens, the <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file does not exist, but it is required to start the service. Do not create a new lease file. If you do, all old leases are lost which causes many problems. The correct solution is to rename the <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases~</code> backup file to <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> and then start the daemon.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Basic_System_Configuration.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Basic_System_Configuration.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dad495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Basic_System_Configuration.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>パート I. 基本的なシステム設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="pref-Acknowledgments.html" title="5. Acknowledgments" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html" title="第1章 言語とキーボードの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pref-Acknowledgments.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a
  accesskey="n" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" id="part-Basic_System_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート I. 基本的なシステム設定</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id756988"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートはキーボードや日付と時間の設定、ユーザーとグループ管理のような基本的なシステムの管理タスクをカバーします。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html">1. 言語とキーボードの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html#sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Language">1.1. 言語の変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html">2. 日付と時刻の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.1. Date and Time Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html">2.2. コマンドライン管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span c
 lass="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.2.1. Configuring the Date and Time</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html">2.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html">3. ユーザーとグループの管理</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Gr
 oups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts">3.1. User Accounts Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Configuring_an_Account">3.1.1. アカウントの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Adding_a_New_User">3.1.2. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html#sect-Managing_Users_and_Groups-User_Accounts-Removing_a_User">3.1.3. ユーザーの削除</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-configui.html">3.2. User Manager Tool</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html">3
 .2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-tools.html">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-tools.html#s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html">3.3.2. 手順の説明</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html">3.4. Standard Users</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html">3.5. Standard Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html">3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-privat
 e-groups.html#s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html">3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html">3.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html#s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pref-Acknowledgments.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5. Acknowledgments</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第1ç«
   言語とキーボードの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Infrastructure_Services.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Infrastructure_Services.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cff5fb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Infrastructure_Services.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html" title="6.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html" title="第7章 Services and Daemons" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a ac
 cesskey="n" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" id="part-Infrastructure_Services"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id1068569"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートはサービスと daemon の設定、認証の設定とリモートからのログインを有効にする方法についての情報を提供します。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7. Services and Daemons</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s1-services-configuring">7.1. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-enabling">7.1.1. Enabling the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-disabling">7.1.2. Disabling the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-running.html">7.2. Running Services</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-running.html#s3-services-running-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-running.html">7.2.2. Running the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section
 "><a href="s3-services-running-stopping.html">7.2.3. Stopping the Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-services-running-restarting.html">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-additional-resources.html">7.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-services-additional-resources.html#s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html">7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html">8. 認証の設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool">8.1. 認証の設定ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Co
 nfiguring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Identity_and_Authentication">8.1.1. Identity &amp; Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Advanced_Options">8.1.2. 高度なオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html#sect-The_Authentication_Configuration_Tool-Command_Line_Version">8.1.3. コマンドライン バージョン</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html">8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-What_is_SSSD">8.2.1. What is SSSD?</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html">8.2.2. SSSD Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sectio
 n"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html">8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Services.html">8.2.4. Configuring Services</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html">8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html">8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
 </dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html">9. OpenSSH</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s1-ssh-protocol">9.1. The SSH Protocol</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-why">9.1.1. なぜ SSH を使うのか</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-features">9.1.2. Main Features</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-versions">9.1.3. Protocol Versions</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-conn">9.1.4. SSH 接続のイベント順序</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-configuration.html">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html">9.2.2. Startin
 g an OpenSSH Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html">9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-clients.html">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-clients.html#s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.
 html#s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html">9.4.2. ポート転送</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html">9.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html#s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.6. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey=
 "n" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第7章 Services and Daemons</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b62443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html" title="19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html" title="第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html"><stron
 g>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" id="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート VII. カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id997791"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートはカーネルのカスタマイズを支援するさまざまなツールをカバーします。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">20. カーネルをアップグレードする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">20.1. カーネルパッケージの概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-preparing.html">20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-download.html">20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html">20.4. アップグレードの実行</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html">20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></spa
 n></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html">21. Working with Kernel Modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">21.1. Listing Currently-Loaded Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html">21.3. Loading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="s
 ection"><a href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">21.4. Unloading a Module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html#sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイーサネットカードの使用</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html">21.8. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html#s2
 -kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-kdump.html">22. The kdump Crash Recovery Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s1-kdump-configuration">22.1. Configuring the kdump Service</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-gui">22.1.1. Using the Kernel Dump Configuration Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-cli">22.1.2. Configuring kdump on the Command Line</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-kdump.html#s2-kdump-configuration-testing">22.1.3. Testing the Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump
 -crash.html">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-crash.html#s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html">22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-resources.html">22.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><d
 d><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-kdump-resources.html#s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..befd2ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>パート VI. 監視と自動化</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html" title="15.3.11. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html" title="第16章 システム監視ツール" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></
 li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" id="part-Monitoring_and_Automation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート VI. 監視と自動化</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id754687"><div></div><div class="para">
+				This part describes various tools that allow system administrators to monitor system performance, automate system tasks, and report bugs.
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html">16. システム監視ツール</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html#s1-sysinfo-system-processes">16.1. システム プロセス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html">16.2. メモリ使用量</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html">16.3. ファイルシステム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html">16.4. ハードウェア</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html">16.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html#s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter">
 <a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html">17. Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s1-configuring-rsyslog">17.1. Configuring rsyslog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-global-directives">17.1.1. Global Directives</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-modules">17.1.2. Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-rules">17.1.3. Rules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html#s2-rsyslog-cmd-options">17.1.4. <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span> Command Line Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-locating.html">17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href
 ="s1-logfiles-locating.html#configuring-logrotate">17.2.1. Configuring logrotate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html">17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-adding.html">17.4. Adding a Log File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-logfiles-examining.html">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html">17.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html#s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html">18. Automating System Tasks</a></span></d
 t><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s1-autotasks-cron-anacron">18.1. Cron and Anacron</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-autotasks-cron-service">18.1.1. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-anacron-jobs">18.1.2. Configuring Anacron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-configuring-cron-jobs">18.1.3. Configuring Cron Jobs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-autotasks-cron-access">18.1.4. Cron へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html#s2-black-white-listing-of-cron-jobs">18.1.5. Black/White Listing of Cron Jobs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html">18.2. at コマンドと ba
 tch コマンド</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html#s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html">18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html">18.3. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="s
 ection"><a href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html#s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-abrt.html">19. Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-abrt.html#id660681">19.1. Overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s02.html">19.2. Installing and Running ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="abrt-plugins.html">19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="abrt-plugins.html#analyzer-plugins">19.3.1. Analyzer Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="reporter-plugins.html">19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html">19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="generating-backtrace.html">19.4. 
 Generating Backtraces</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="generating-backtrace.html#troubleshooting">19.4.1. Troubleshooting Backtrace Generation</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05.html">19.5. Using the Command Line Interface</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05.html#id764541">19.5.1. Viewing Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05s02.html">19.5.2. Reporting Crashes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch19s05s03.html">19.5.3. Deleting Crashes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring.html">19.6. Configuring ABRT</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html">19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html#id945641">19.7.1. Testing ABRT's Crash Detection</a></span></dt><dt><
 span class="section"><a href="testing-upload-method.html">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html">19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.11. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第16章 システム監視ツール</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Networking.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Networking.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b72577e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Networking.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>パート III. ネットワーク</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html" title="5.4. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html" title="第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Ad
 ditional_Resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" id="part-Networking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート III. ネットワーク</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id925999"><div></div><div class="para">
+				このパートは Fedora のネットワークを設定する方法について記述します。
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html">6. ネットワーク インターフェース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html#s1-networkscripts-files">6.1. ネットワーク設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html#s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a 
 href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html">6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-control.html">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html">6.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html#s2-networkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class
 ="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5.4. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Package_Management.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Package_Management.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffe5ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Package_Management.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>パート II. パッケージ管理</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html" title="3.8. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-yum.html" title="第4章 Yum" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href
 ="ch-yum.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" id="part-Package_Management"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート II. パッケージ管理</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id824456"><div></div><div class="para">
+				All software on a Fedora system is divided into RPM packages, which can be installed, upgraded, or removed. This part describes how to manage packages on Fedora using both <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> and the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of graphical package management tools.
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-yum.html">4. Yum</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Checking_For_and_Updating_Packages">4.1. 更新を確認し、インストールする</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Checking_For_Updates">4.1.1. 更新を確認する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Updating_Packages">4.1.2. パッケージの更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-yum.html#sec-Preserving_Configuration_File_Changes">4.1.3. 設定ファイル変更の保存</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html">4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html#sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</a></span></dt><dt><span
  class="section"><a href="sec-Listing_Packages.html">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing.html">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Removing.html">4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html#sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a>
 </span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html">4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html">4.4. Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Additional_Resources.html">4.5. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html">5. PackageKit</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Updating_Packages_with_Software_Update">5.1. Updat
 ing Packages with Software Update</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_checking_for_updates">5.1.1. Setting the Update-Checking Interval</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">5.1.2. Setting the Software Sources</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html#sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</a></span></d
 t><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html">5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html">5.4. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.8. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-yum.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第4章 Yum
 </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe1962e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/part-Servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>パート V. サーバー</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html" title="9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /><link rel="next" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html" title="第10章 DHCP Servers" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" h
 ref="ch-DHCP_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="part" id="part-Servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div text-align="center"><h1 class="title">パート V. サーバー</h1></div></div></div><div class="partintro" id="id833773"><div></div><div class="para">
+				This part discusses various topics related to servers such as how to set up a Web server or share files and directories over the network.
+			</div><div class="toc"><p><strong>目次</strong></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html">10. DHCP Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html#s1-dhcp-why">10.1. DHCP を使用する理由</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="lease-database.html">10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="dhcp-relay-agent.html">10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a><
 /span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html#sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html">10.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html#s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html">11. DNS Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s1-Introduction_to_DNS">11.1. DNS について</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"
 ><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">11.1.1. ネームサーバーゾーン</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-nameservers">11.1.2. ネームサーバーのタイプ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-bind">11.1.3. BIND as a Nameserver</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-BIND.html">11.2. BIND</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-BIND.html#s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-zone.html">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-rndc.html">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-dig.html">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-features.html">11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</a></span><
 /dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-mistakes.html">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html">11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html">12. ウェブ サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s1-The_Apache_HTTP_Server">12.1. Apache HTTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-features">12.1.1. 新機能</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-changes">12.1.2. Notable Changes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-version2-migrating">12.1.3. 設定の更新</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-running">12.1.4. Running the httpd Service</a></span>
 </dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-editing">12.1.5. 設定ファイルの編集</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-dso">12.1.6. Working with Modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-virtualhosts">12.1.7. 仮想ホストのセットアップ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-mod_ssl">12.1.8. Setting Up an SSL Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Web_Servers.html#s2-apache-resources">12.1.9. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html">13. メールサーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s1-email-protocols">13.1. 電子メールプロトコル</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s2-email-protocols-send">13.1.1. メール
  トランスポートのプロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Mail_Servers.html#s2-email-protocols-client">13.1.2. メール アクセスのプロトコル</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-types.html">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-types.html#s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-types-mda.html">13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-types-mua.html">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mta.html">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mta.html#s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</a></span></dt><dt><span class
 ="section"><a href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html">13.3.2. Sendmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html">13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-switchmail.html">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mda.html">13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mda.html#s2-email-procmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html">13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mua.html">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-mua.html#s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-additional-resour
 ces.html">13.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-email-additional-resources.html#s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-useful-websites.html">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-email-related-books.html">13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html">14. ディレクトリー サーバー</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">14.1. OpenLDAP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-introduction">14.1.1. Introduction to LDAP</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-installation">14.1.2. Installing the OpenLDAP Suite</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sec
 tion"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-configuration">14.1.3. Configuring an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-running">14.1.4. Running an OpenLDAP Server</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-pam">14.1.5. システムが OpenLDAP を使用して認証を実行するように設定する</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s2-ldap-resources">14.1.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html">15. File and Print Servers</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s1-Samba">15.1. Samba</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#samba-rgs-overview">15.1.1. Samba の概要</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.h
 tml#s2-samba-daemons">15.1.2. Samba デーモンと関連サービス</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-connect-share">15.1.3. Samba シェアへの接続</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-configuring">15.1.4. Samba サーバーの設定</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-startstop">15.1.5. Samba の開始と停止</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-servers">15.1.6. Samba Server Types and the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-security-modes">15.1.7. Samba のセキュリティモード</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-account-info-dbs">15.1.8. Samba のアカウント情報データベース</a></span><
 /dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-network-browsing">15.1.9. Samba ネットワークブラウジング</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-cups">15.1.10. CUPS 印刷サポートを使った Samba</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-programs">15.1.11. Samba ディストリビューションプログラム</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html#s2-samba-resources">15.1.12. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-FTP.html">15.2. FTP</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-FTP.html#s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-servers.html">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">15.2.3. File
 s Installed with <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s2-ftp-resources.html">15.2.6. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html">15.3. プリンタの設定</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span cla
 ss="section"><a href="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html">15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html">15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-select-model.html">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-test-page.html">15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-edit.html">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html">15.3.11. その他のリソース</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div></div></di
 v><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第10章 DHCP Servers</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba1df14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01.html
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>序文</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html" title="2. この本の読み方" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Preface-Book_Organization
 .html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="preface" id="id684818" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 id="id684818" class="title">序文</h1></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		The <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em> contains information on how to customize the Fedora 15 system to fit your needs. If you are looking for a comprehensive, task-oriented guide for configuring and customizing your system, this is the manual for you.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		このマニュアルは、下記のような中級のトピックについて説明しています。
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				パッケージのインストールや管理に使用する <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> やコマンドライン <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> パッケージ マネージャー
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Setting up a network—from establishing an Ethernet connection using <span class="application"><strong>NetworkManager</strong></span> to configuring channel bonding interfaces to increase server bandwidth
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Configuring <code class="systemitem">DHCP</code>, <span class="application"><strong>BIND</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Apache HTTP Server</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Postfix</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Sendmail</strong></span> and other enterprise-class servers and software
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Gathering information about your system, including obtaining user-space crash data with the <span class="application"><strong>Automatic Bug Reporting Tool</strong></span>, and kernel-space crash data with <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Easily working with kernel modules and upgrading the kernel
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="sect-Preface-Target_Audience"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Preface-Target_Audience">1. 対象の読者</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em> assumes you have a basic understanding of the Fedora operating system. If you need help with the installation of this system, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Fedora 15 Installation Guide</em>.
+		</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html"><strong>戻る</strong>デプロイ ガイド</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html"><strong>次へ</strong>2. この本の読み方</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3e156a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03.html
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3. 表記方法</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="pr01.html" title="序文" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html" title="2. この本の読み方" /><link rel="next" href="pr01s03s02.html" title="3.2. 引用における表記方法" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01
 s03s02.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="id947497">3. 表記方法</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+		本ガイドは特定の単語や語句を強調したり、 記載内容の特定部分に注意を引かせる目的で次のような表記方法を使用しています。
+	</div><div class="para">
+		PDF版 および印刷版では、 <a href="https://fedorahosted.org/liberation-fonts/">Liberation Fonts</a> セットから採用した書体を使用しています。 ご使用のシステムに Liberation Fonts セットがインストールされている場合、 HTML 版でもこのセットが使用されます。 インストールされていない場合は代替として同等の書体が表示されます。 注記: Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 およびそれ以降のバージョンにはデフォルトで Liberation Fonts セットが収納されます。
+	</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id1036865">3.1. 印刷における表記方法</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			特定の単語や語句に注意を引く目的で 4 種類の表記方法を使用しています。 その表記方法および適用される状況は以下の通りです。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<code class="literal">等幅の太字</code>
+		</div><div class="para">
+			シェルコマンド、ファイル名、パスなどシステムへの入力を強調するために使用しています。またキー配列やキーの組み合わせを強調するのにも使用しています。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				現在作業中のディレクトリ内のファイル <code class="filename">my_next_bestselling_novel</code> の内容を表示させるには、 シェルプロンプトで <code class="command">cat my_next_bestselling_novel</code> コマンドを入力してから <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> を押してそのコマンドを実行します。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			上記にはファイル名、シェルコマンド、キーが含まれています。 すべて等幅の太字で表されているため文中内で見分けやすくなっています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			キーが 1 つの場合と複数のキーの組み合わせになる場合を区別するため、 その組み合わせを構成するキー同士をハイフンでつないでいます。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				<span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> を押してコマンドを実行します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				1 番目の仮想ターミナルに切り替えるは、 <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span> を押します。 X-Windows セッションに戻るには、 <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span> を押します。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			最初の段落では押すべき 1 つのキーを特定して強調しています。 次の段落では同時に押すべき 3 つのキーの組み合わせが 2 種類ありそれぞれ強調されています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			ソースコードの説明では 1 段落内で提示されるクラス名、 メソッド、 関数、 変数名、 戻り値を上記のように <code class="literal">等幅の太字</code> で表示します。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				ファイル関連のクラス群はファイルシステムに対しては <code class="classname">filesystem</code>、 ファイルには <code class="classname">file</code>、 ディレクトリには <code class="classname">dir</code> をそれぞれ含みます。 各クラスは個別に関連する権限セットを持っています。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>プロポーショナルの太字</strong></span>
+		</div><div class="para">
+			アプリケーション名、 ダイアログボックスのテキスト、ラベル付きボタン、 チェックボックスとラジオボタンのラベル、 メニュータイトルとサブメニュータイトルなどシステム上で見られる単語や語句を表します。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				メインメニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>システム &gt; 個人設定 &gt; マウス</strong></span> の順で選択し <span class="application"><strong>マウスの個人設定</strong></span> を起動します。 <span class="guilabel"><strong>ボタン</strong></span> タブ内で <span class="guilabel"><strong>左ききのマウス</strong></span> チェックボックスをクリックしてから <span class="guibutton"><strong>閉じる</strong></span> をクリックしマウスの主要ボタンを左から右に切り替えます (マウスを左ききの人が使用するのに適した設定にする)。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>gedit</strong></span> ファイルに特殊な文字を挿入する場合は、 メインメニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>アプリケーション &gt; アクセサリ &gt; 文字マップ</strong></span> の順で選択します。 次に <span class="application"><strong>文字マップ</strong></span> メニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>検索 &gt; 検索…</strong></span> と選択して <span class="guilabel"><strong>検索</strong></span> フィールド内にその文字名を入力し <span class="guibutton"><strong>次</strong></span> をクリックします。 探している文字が <span class="guilabel"><strong>文字表</strong></span> 内で強調表示されます。 この強調表示された文字をダブルクリックすると <span class="guilabel"><strong>コピーするテキスト</strong></span> フィールド内に置かれるので次に <span class="guibutton"><st
 rong>コピー</strong></span> ボタンをクリックします。 ここでドキュメントに戻り <span class="application"><strong>gedit</strong></span> メニューバーから <span class="guimenu"><strong>編集 &gt; 貼り付け</strong></span> を選択します。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			上記には、 アプリケーション名、 システム全体のメニュー名と項目、 アプリケーション固有のメニュー名、 GUI インタフェースで見られるボタンやテキストがあります。 すべてプロポーショナルの太字で表示されているため文中内で見分けやすくなっています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>等幅の太字で且つ斜体</code></em></code> または <span class="application"><strong><em class="replaceable"><code>プロポーショナルの太字で且つ斜体</code></em></strong></span>
+		</div><div class="para">
+			等幅の太字やプロポーショナルの太字はいずれであっても斜体の場合は置換可能なテキストか変化するテキストを示します。 斜体は記載されている通りには入力しないテキスト、あるいは状況に応じて変化する出力テキストを表します。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				ssh を使用してリモートマシンに接続するには、 シェルプロンプトで <code class="command">ssh <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>domain.name</code></em></code> と入力します。 リモートマシンが <code class="filename">example.com</code> であり、 そのマシンで使用しているユーザー名が john なら <code class="command">ssh john at example.com</code> と入力します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">mount -o remount <em class="replaceable"><code>file-system</code></em></code> コマンドは指定したファイルシステムを再マウントします。 例えば、 <code class="filename">/home</code> ファイルシステムを再マウントするコマンドは <code class="command">mount -o remount /home</code> になります。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				現在インストールされているパッケージのバージョンを表示するには、 <code class="command">rpm -q <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em></code> コマンドを使用します。 結果として次を返してきます、 <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>package-version-release</code></em></code>。
+			</div></blockquote></div><div class="para">
+			上記の太字斜体の単語 — username、 domain.name、 file-system、 package、 version、 release に注目してください。 いずれもコマンドを発行するときに入力するテキスト用のプレースホルダーかシステムにより出力されるテキスト用のプレースホルダーになっています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			タイトル表示のような標準的な使用の他、 斜体は新しい重要な用語が初めて出現する場合にも使用されます。 例えば、
+		</div><div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><div class="para">
+				Publican は <em class="firstterm">DocBook</em> の発行システムです。
+			</div></blockquote></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html"><strong>戻る</strong>2. この本の読み方</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01s03s02.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.2. 引用における表記方法</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s02.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s02.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b91deb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s02.html
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.2. 引用における表記方法</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="pr01s03.html" title="3. 表記方法" /><link rel="prev" href="pr01s03.html" title="3. 表記方法" /><link rel="next" href="pr01s03s03.html" title="3.3. 注記および警告" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s03.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01s03s03.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><d
 iv class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id946154">3.2. 引用における表記方法</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			端末の出力とソースコード一覧は、視覚的に周囲の文から区別されています。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			端末に送信される出力は <code class="computeroutput">mono-spaced roman</code> (等幅の Roman) にセットされるので以下のように表示されます。
+		</div><pre class="screen">books        Desktop   documentation  drafts  mss    photos   stuff  svn
+books_tests  Desktop1  downloads      images  notes  scripts  svgs</pre><div class="para">
+			ソースコードの一覧も <code class="computeroutput">mono-spaced roman</code> (等幅の Roman) でセットされますが、以下のように強調表示されます。
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">package org.<span class="perl_Function">jboss</span>.<span class="perl_Function">book</span>.<span class="perl_Function">jca</span>.<span class="perl_Function">ex1</span>;
+
+<span class="perl_Keyword">import</span> javax.naming.InitialContext;
+
+<span class="perl_Keyword">public</span> <span class="perl_Keyword">class</span> ExClient
+{
+   <span class="perl_Keyword">public</span> <span class="perl_DataType">static</span> <span class="perl_DataType">void</span> <span class="perl_Function">main</span>(String args[]) 
+       <span class="perl_Keyword">throws</span> Exception
+   {
+      InitialContext iniCtx = <span class="perl_Keyword">new</span> InitialContext();
+      Object         ref    = iniCtx.<span class="perl_Function">lookup</span>(<span class="perl_String">"EchoBean"</span>);
+      EchoHome       home   = (EchoHome) ref;
+      Echo           echo   = home.<span class="perl_Function">create</span>();
+
+      System.<span class="perl_Function">out</span>.<span class="perl_Function">println</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Created Echo"</span>);
+
+      System.<span class="perl_Function">out</span>.<span class="perl_Function">println</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Echo.echo('Hello') = "</span> + echo.<span class="perl_Function">echo</span>(<span class="perl_String">"Hello"</span>));
+   }
+}</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s03.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3. 表記方法</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01s03s03.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.3. 注記および警告</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s03.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s03.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5747c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pr01s03s03.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.3. 注記および警告</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="pr01s03.html" title="3. 表記方法" /><link rel="prev" href="pr01s03s02.html" title="3.2. 引用における表記方法" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html" title="4. Feedback" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s03s02.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html"><stron
 g>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="id801681">3.3. 注記および警告</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			情報が見過ごされないよう 3 種類の視覚的なスタイルを使用して注意を引いています。
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				注記は説明している部分に対するヒントや近道あるいは代替となる手段などになります。注記を無視しても悪影響はありませんが知っておくと便利なコツを見逃すことになるかもしれません。
+			</div></div></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>重要</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				重要ボックスは見逃しやすい事項を詳細に説明しています。現在のセッションにのみ適用される設定上の変更点、 更新を適用する前に再起動が必要なサービスなどがあります。重要ボックスを無視してもデータを喪失するような結果にはなりませんがイライラ感やフラストレーションが生じる可能性があります。
+			</div></div></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				警告は無視しないでください。警告を無視するとデータを喪失する可能性が非常に高くなります。
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s03s02.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.2. 引用における表記方法</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4. Feedback</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pref-Acknowledgments.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pref-Acknowledgments.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62359f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/pref-Acknowledgments.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5. Acknowledgments</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="pr01.html" title="序文" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html" title="4. Feedback" /><link rel="next" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html" title="パート I. 基本的なシステム設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part
 -Basic_System_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="pref-Acknowledgments"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="pref-Acknowledgments">5. Acknowledgments</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Certain portions of this text first appeared in the <em class="citetitle">Deployment Guide</em>, copyright © 2007 Red Hat, Inc., available at <a href="http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/5/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html">http://docs.redhat.com/docs/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/5/html/Deployment_Guide/index.html</a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The authors of this book would like to thank the following people for their valuable contributions: Adam Tkáč, Andrew Fitzsimon, Andrius Benokraitis, Brian Cleary Edward Bailey, Garrett LeSage, Jeffrey Fearn, Joe Orton, Joshua Wulf, KarstenWade, Lucy Ringland, Marcela Mašláňová, Mark Johnson, Michael Behm, Michael Behm, Miroslav Lichvár, Radek Vokál, Rahul Kavalapara, Rahul Sundaram, Sandra Moore, Zbyšek Mráz and Jan Včelák, among many others.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Preface-Feedback.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4. Feedback</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong>パート I. 基本的なシステム設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/reporter-plugins.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/reporter-plugins.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..445152b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/reporter-plugins.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="abrt-plugins.html" title="19.3. ABRT Plugins" /><link rel="prev" href="abrt-plugins.html" title="19.3. ABRT Plugins" /><link rel="next" href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html" title="19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="abrt-plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="co
 nfiguring-plugins-in-the-gui.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="reporter-plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="reporter-plugins">19.3.2. Reporter Plugins</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				These plugins gather the crash data acquired by the analyzer plugins, combine the data with any user input (such as comments about the crash, reproducibility, etc.), and provide a specific output. Each of these plugins is configurable in its corresponding configuration file placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/abrt/plugins/</code> directory or in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application (for more information on reporter plugin configuration in the <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> GUI application, refer to <a class="xref" href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html">「Plugin Configuration in the GUI」</a>).
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">MailX</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Sends a crash report via the <span class="application"><strong>mailx</strong></span> utility to a specified email address.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Report Uploader</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Uploads a tarball with crash data into a <code class="systemitem">FTP</code>/<code class="systemitem">SCP</code> server
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Bugzilla</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Reports crashes into Bugzilla in the form of Bugzilla database entries.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Logger</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							— Creates a crash report and saves it to a specified local file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="abrt-plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.3.  ABRT Plugins</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="configuring-plugins-in-the-gui.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.3.3. Plugin Configuration in the GUI</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-BIND.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-BIND.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7211f6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-BIND.html
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>11.2. BIND</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html" title="第11章 DNS Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html" title="第11章 DNS Servers" /><link rel="next" href="s2-bind-zone.html" title="11.2.2. Editing Zone Files" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-zone.html"><str
 ong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-BIND" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-BIND">11.2. BIND</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1037049" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		This chapter covers <code class="systemitem">BIND</code> (Berkeley Internet Name Domain), the DNS server included in Fedora. It focuses on the structure of its configuration files, and describes how to administer it both locally and remotely.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-bind-namedconf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-namedconf">11.2.1. Configuring the named Service</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1037042" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			When the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is started, it reads the configuration from the files as described in <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#table-bind-namedconf-files">表11.1「The named service configuration files」</a>.
+		</div><a id="id1037007" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1036987" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1036970" class="indexterm"></a><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-files"><h6>表11.1 The named service configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="The named service configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="path" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Path
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The main configuration file.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/named/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							An auxiliary directory for configuration files that are included in the main configuration file.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			The configuration file consists of a collection of statements with nested options surrounded by opening and closing curly brackets (that is, <code class="literal">{</code> and <code class="literal">}</code>). Note that when editing the file, you have to be careful not to make any syntax error, otherwise the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service will not start. A typical <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file is organized as follows:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>statement-1</code></em> ["<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-1-name</code></em>"] [<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-1-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-1</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-2</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-N</code></em>;
+};
+<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-2</code></em> ["<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-2-name</code></em>"] [<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-2-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-1</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-2</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-N</code></em>;
+};
+<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-N</code></em> ["<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-N-name</code></em>"] [<em class="replaceable"><code>statement-N-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-1</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-2</code></em>;
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option-N</code></em>;
+};</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running BIND in a chroot environment</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If you have installed the <span class="package">bind-chroot</span> package, the BIND service will run in the <code class="filename">/var/named/chroot</code> environment. In that case, the initialization script will mount the above configuration files using the <code class="command">mount --bind</code> command, so that you can manage the configuration outside this environment.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state">11.2.1.1. 一般的なステートメントのタイプ</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following types of statements are commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1039173" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">acl</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">acl</code> (Access Control List) statement allows you to define groups of hosts, so that they can be permitted or denied access to the nameserver. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">acl <em class="replaceable"><code>acl-name</code></em> {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>match-element</code></em>;
+  ...
+};</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>acl-name</code></em> statement name is the name of the access control list, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>match-element</code></em> option is usually an individual IP address (such as <code class="literal">10.0.1.1</code>) or a CIDR network notation (for example, <code class="literal">10.0.1.0/24</code>). For a list of already defined keywords, see <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#table-bind-namedconf-common-acl">表11.2「Predefined access control lists」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-common-acl"><h6>表11.2 Predefined access control lists</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Predefined access control lists" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="keyword" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											Keyword
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">any</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Matches every IP address.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">localhost</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Matches any IP address that is in use by the local system.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">localnets</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Matches any IP address on any network to which the local system is connected.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">none</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Does not match any IP address.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">acl</code> statement can be especially useful with conjunction with other statements such as <code class="option">options</code>. <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#example-bind-namedconf-common-acl">例11.1「Using acl in conjunction with options」</a> defines two access control lists, <code class="literal">black-hats</code> and <code class="literal">red-hats</code>, and adds <code class="literal">black-hats</code> on the blacklist while granting <code class="literal">red-hats</code> a normal access.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-acl"><h6>例11.1 Using acl in conjunction with options</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">acl black-hats {
+  10.0.2.0/24;
+  192.168.0.0/24;
+  1234:5678::9abc/24;
+};
+acl red-hats {
+  10.0.1.0/24;
+};
+options {
+  blackhole { black-hats; };
+  allow-query { red-hats; };
+  allow-query-cache { red-hats; };
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1045470" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">include</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">include</code> statement allows you to include files in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>, so that potentially sensitive data can be placed in a separate file with restricted permissions. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">include "<em class="replaceable"><code>file-name</code></em>"</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>file-name</code></em> statement name is an absolute path to a file.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-include"><h6>例11.2 Including a file to /etc/named.conf</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">include "/etc/named.rfc1912.zones";</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1045388" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">options</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">options</code> statement allows you to define global server configuration options as well as to set defaults for other statements. It can be used to specify the location of the <code class="systemitem">named</code> working directory, the types of queries allowed, and much more. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">options {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>;
+  ...
+};</pre><div class="para">
+							For a list of frequently used <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> directives, see <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#table-bind-namedconf-common-options">表11.3「Commonly used options」</a> below.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-common-options"><h6>表11.3 Commonly used options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Commonly used options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-query</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which hosts are allowed to query the nameserver for authoritative resource records. It accepts an access control lists, a collection of IP addresses, or networks in the CIDR notation. All hosts are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-query-cache</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which hosts are allowed to query the nameserver for non-authoritative data such as recursive queries. Only <code class="literal">localhost</code> and <code class="literal">localnets</code> are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">blackhole</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which hosts are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> allowed to query the nameserver. This option should be used when particular host or network floods the server with requests. The default option is <code class="literal">none</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">directory</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies a working directory for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service. The default option is <code class="literal">/var/named/</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">dnssec-enable</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies whether to return DNSSEC related resource records. The default option is <code class="literal">yes</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">dnssec-validation</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies whether to prove that resource records are authentic via DNSSEC. The default option is <code class="option">yes</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">forwarders</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies a list of valid IP addresses for nameservers to which the requests should be forwarded for resolution.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">forward</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies the behavior of the <code class="option">forwarders</code> directive. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="literal">first</code> — The server will query the nameservers listed in the <code class="option">forwarders</code> directive before attempting to resolve the name on its own.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="literal">only</code> — When unable to query the nameservers listed in the <code class="option">forwarders</code> directive, the server will not attempt to resolve the name on its own.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">listen-on</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the IPv4 network interface on which to listen for queries. On a DNS server that also acts as a gateway, you can use this option to answer queries originating from a single network only. All IPv4 interfaces are used by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">listen-on-v6</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the IPv6 network interface on which to listen for queries. On a DNS server that also acts as a gateway, you can use this option to answer queries originating from a single network only. All IPv6 interfaces are used by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">max-cache-size</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the maximum amount of memory to be used for server caches. When the limit is reached, the server causes records to expire prematurely so that the limit is not exceeded. In a server with multiple views, the limit applies separately to the cache of each view. The default option is <code class="literal">32M</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">notify</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies whether to notify the secondary nameservers when a zone is updated. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">yes</code> — The server will notify all secondary nameservers.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">no</code> — The server will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> notify any secondary nameserver.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">master-only</code> — The server will notify primary server for the zone only.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">explicit</code> — The server will notify only the secondary servers that are specified in the <code class="option">also-notify</code> list within a zone statement.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">pid-file</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the location of the process ID file created by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">recursion</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies whether to act as a recursive server. The default option is <code class="literal">yes</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">statistics-file</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies an alternate location for statistics files. The <code class="filename">/var/named/named.stats</code> file is used by default.
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Restrict recursive servers to selected clients only</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								To prevent distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks, it is recommended that you use the <code class="option">allow-query-cache</code> option to restrict recursive DNS services for a particular subset of clients only.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							Refer to the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> referenced in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html#s3-bind-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>, and the <code class="filename">named.conf</code> manual page for a complete list of available options.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-options"><h6>例11.3 Using the options statement</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">options {
+  allow-query       { localhost; };
+  listen-on port    53 { 127.0.0.1; };
+  listen-on-v6 port 53 { ::1; };
+  max-cache-size    256M;
+  directory         "/var/named";
+  statistics-file   "/var/named/data/named_stats.txt";
+
+  recursion         yes;
+  dnssec-enable     yes;
+  dnssec-validation yes;
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1041194" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">zone</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">zone</code> statement allows you to define the characteristics of a zone, such as the location of its configuration file and zone-specific options, and can be used to override the global <code class="option">options</code> statements. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">zone <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>zone-class</code></em>] {
+  <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>;
+  ...
+};</pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> attribute is the name of the zone, <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-class</code></em> is the optional class of the zone, and <em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em> is a <code class="option">zone</code> statement option as described in <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#table-bind-namedconf-common-zone">表11.4「Commonly used options」</a>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> attribute is particularly important, as it is the default value assigned for the <code class="option">$ORIGIN</code> directive used within the corresponding zone file located in the <code class="filename">/var/named/</code> directory. The <code class="systemitem">named</code> daemon appends the name of the zone to any non-fully qualified domain name listed in the zone file. For example, if a <code class="option">zone</code> statement defines the namespace for <code class="literal">example.com</code>, use <code class="literal">example.com</code> as the <em class="replaceable"><code>zone-name</code></em> so that it is placed at the end of hostnames within the <code class="literal">example.com</code> zone file.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information about zone files, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html">「Editing Zone Files」</a>.
+						</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-namedconf-common-zone"><h6>表11.4 Commonly used options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Commonly used options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="25%" class="option" /><col width="75%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											オプション
+										</th><th>
+											説明
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-query</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which clients are allowed to request information about this zone. This option overrides global <code class="option">allow-query</code> option. All query requests are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-transfer</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies which secondary servers are allowed to request a transfer of the zone's information. All transfer requests are allowed by default.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">allow-update</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies which hosts are allowed to dynamically update information in their zone. The default option is to deny all dynamic update requests.
+											</div>
+											 <div class="para">
+												Note that you should be careful when allowing hosts to update information about their zone. Do not set IP addresses in this option unless the server is in the trusted network. Instead, use TSIG key as described in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-tsig">「Transaction SIGnatures (TSIG)」</a>.
+											</div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">file</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies the name of the file in the <code class="systemitem">named</code> working directory that contains the zone's configuration data.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">masters</code>
+										</td><td>
+											Specifies from which IP addresses to request authoritative zone information. This option is used only if the zone is defined as <code class="option">type</code> <code class="option">slave</code>.
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">notify</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies whether to notify the secondary nameservers when a zone is updated. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">yes</code> — The server will notify all secondary nameservers.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">no</code> — The server will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> notify any secondary nameserver.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">master-only</code> — The server will notify primary server for the zone only.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">explicit</code> — The server will notify only the secondary servers that are specified in the <code class="option">also-notify</code> list within a zone statement.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											<code class="option">type</code>
+										</td><td>
+											<div class="para">
+												Specifies the zone type. It accepts the following options:
+											</div>
+											 <div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">delegation-only</code> — Enforces the delegation status of infrastructure zones such as COM, NET, or ORG. Any answer that is received without an explicit or implicit delegation is treated as <code class="literal">NXDOMAIN</code>. This option is only applicable in TLDs or root zone files used in recursive or caching implementations.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">forward</code> — Forwards all requests for information about this zone to other nameservers.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">hint</code> — A special type of zone used to point to the root nameservers which resolve queries when a zone is not otherwise known. No configuration beyond the default is necessary with a <code class="option">hint</code> zone.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">master</code> — Designates the nameserver as authoritative for this zone. A zone should be set as the <code class="option">master</code> if the zone's configuration files reside on the system.
+													</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+														<code class="option">slave</code> — Designates the nameserver as a slave server for this zone. Master server is specified in <code class="option">masters</code> directive.
+													</div></li></ul></div>
+
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+							Most changes to the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file of a primary or secondary nameserver involve adding, modifying, or deleting <code class="option">zone</code> statements, and only a small subset of <code class="option">zone</code> statement options is usually needed for a nameserver to work efficiently.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-primary">例11.4「A zone statement for a primary nameserver」</a>, the zone is identified as <code class="literal">example.com</code>, the type is set to <code class="literal">master</code>, and the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is instructed to read the <code class="filename">/var/named/example.com.zone</code> file. It also allows only a secondary nameserver (<code class="literal">192.168.0.2</code>) to transfer the zone.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-primary"><h6>例11.4 A zone statement for a primary nameserver</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">zone "example.com" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "example.com.zone";
+  allow-transfer { 192.168.0.2; };
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+							A secondary server's <code class="option">zone</code> statement is slightly different. The type is set to <code class="literal">slave</code>, and the <code class="literal">masters</code> directive is telling <code class="systemitem">named</code> the IP address of the master server.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-secondary">例11.5「A zone statement for a secondary nameserver」</a>, the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is configured to query the primary server at the <code class="literal">192.168.0.1</code> IP address for information about the <code class="literal">example.com</code> zone. The received information is then saved to the <code class="filename">/var/named/slaves/example.com.zone</code> file. Note that you have to put all slave zones to <code class="filename">/var/named/slaves</code> directory, otherwise the service will fail to transfer the zone.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-namedconf-common-zone-secondary"><h6>例11.5 A zone statement for a secondary nameserver</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">zone "example.com" {
+  type slave;
+  file "slaves/example.com.zone";
+  masters { 192.168.0.1; };
+};</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state-other"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">11.2.1.2. 他のステートメントタイプ</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following types of statements are less commonly used in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1094629" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">controls</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">controls</code> statement allows you to configure various security requirements necessary to use the <code class="command">rndc</code> command to administer the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-rndc.html">「Using the rndc Utility」</a> for more information on the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility and its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id868829" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">key</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">key</code> statement allows you to define a particular key by name. Keys are used to authenticate various actions, such as secure updates or the use of the <code class="command">rndc</code> command. Two options are used with <code class="option">key</code>:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="option">algorithm <em class="replaceable"><code>algorithm-name</code></em></code> — The type of algorithm to be used (for example, <code class="literal">hmac-md5</code>).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="option">secret "<em class="replaceable"><code>key-value</code></em>"</code> — The encrypted key.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-rndc.html">「Using the rndc Utility」</a> for more information on the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility and its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id863587" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">logging</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">logging</code> statement allows you to use multiple types of logs, so called <em class="firstterm">channels</em>. By using the <code class="option">channel</code> option within the statement, you can construct a customized type of log with its own file name (<code class="option">file</code>), size limit (<code class="option">size</code>), versioning (<code class="option">version</code>), and level of importance (<code class="option">severity</code>). Once a customized channel is defined, a <code class="option">category</code> option is used to categorize the channel and begin logging when the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is restarted.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							By default, <code class="systemitem">named</code> sends standard messages to the <code class="systemitem">rsyslog</code> daemon, which places them in <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>. Several standard channels are built into BIND with various severity levels, such as <code class="literal">default_syslog</code> (which handles informational logging messages) and <code class="literal">default_debug</code> (which specifically handles debugging messages). A default category, called <code class="literal">default</code>, uses the built-in channels to do normal logging without any special configuration.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Customizing the logging process can be a very detailed process and is beyond the scope of this chapter. For information on creating custom BIND logs, refer to the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> referenced in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html#s3-bind-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id731516" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">server</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">server</code> statement allows you to specify options that affect how the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service should respond to remote nameservers, especially with regard to notifications and zone transfers.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">transfer-format</code> option controls the number of resource records that are sent with each message. It can be either <code class="literal">one-answer</code> (only one resource record), or <code class="literal">many-answers</code> (multiple resource records). Note that while the <code class="literal">many-answers</code> option is more efficient, it is not supported by older versions of BIND.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id731446" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">trusted-keys</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">trusted-keys</code> statement allows you to specify assorted public keys used for secure DNS (DNSSEC). Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-dnssec">「DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)」</a> for more information on this topic.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id900955" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="option">view</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">view</code> statement allows you to create special views depending upon which network the host querying the nameserver is on. This allows some hosts to receive one answer regarding a zone while other hosts receive totally different information. Alternatively, certain zones may only be made available to particular trusted hosts while non-trusted hosts can only make queries for other zones.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Multiple views can be used as long as their names are unique. The <code class="option">match-clients</code> option allows you to specify the IP addresses that apply to a particular view. If the <code class="option">options</code> statement is used within a view, it overrides the already configured global options. Finally, most <code class="option">view</code> statements contain multiple <code class="option">zone</code> statements that apply to the <code class="option">match-clients</code> list.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Note that the order in which the <code class="option">view</code> statements are listed is important, as the first statement that matches a particular client's IP address is used. For more information on this topic, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-features.html#s3-bind-features-views">「複数ビュー」</a>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-namedconf-comm"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-namedconf-comm">11.2.1.3. コメントタグ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id900869" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Additionally to statements, the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file can also contain comments. Comments are ignored by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, but can prove useful when providing additional information to a user. The following are valid comment tags:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="literal">//</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Any text after the <code class="literal">//</code> characters to the end of the line is considered a comment. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">notify yes;  // notify all secondary nameservers</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="literal">#</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Any text after the <code class="literal">#</code> character to the end of the line is considered a comment. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">notify yes;  # notify all secondary nameservers</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="literal">/*</code> and <code class="literal">*/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Any block of text enclosed in <code class="literal">/*</code> and <code class="literal">*/</code> is considered a comment. For example:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">notify yes;  /* notify all secondary nameservers */</pre></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第11章 DNS Servers</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-zone.html"><strong>次へ</strong>11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-FTP.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-FTP.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16d8336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-FTP.html
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.2. FTP</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html" title="第15章 File and Print Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html" title="第15章 File and Print Servers" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ftp-servers.html" title="15.2.2. FTP サーバー" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li clas
 s="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ftp-servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-FTP" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-FTP">15.2. FTP</h2></div></div></div><a id="id756136" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id862678" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		<em class="firstterm">File Transfer Protocol</em> (<code class="systemitem">FTP</code>) is one of the oldest and most commonly used protocols found on the Internet today. Its purpose is to reliably transfer files between computer hosts on a network without requiring the user to log directly into the remote host or have knowledge of how to use the remote system. It allows users to access files on remote systems using a standard set of simple commands.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		This section outlines the basics of the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol, as well as configuration options for the primary <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server shipped with Fedora, <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-protocol">15.2.1. ファイル伝送プロトコル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id739004" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			However, because <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> is so prevalent on the Internet, it is often required to share files to the public. System administrators, therefore, should be aware of the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol's unique characteristics.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-protocol-multiport"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-protocol-multiport">15.2.1.1. マルチポート、マルチモード</h4></div></div></div><a id="id862654" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910447" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id895395" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id784081" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Unlike most protocols used on the Internet, <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> requires multiple network ports to work properly. When an <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client application initiates a connection to an <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server, it opens port <code class="constant">21</code> on the server — known as the <em class="firstterm">command port</em>. This port is used to issue all commands to the server. Any data requested from the server is returned to the client via a <em class="firstterm">data port</em>. The port number for data connections, and the way in which data connections are initialized, vary depending upon whether the client requests the data in <em class="firstterm">active</em> or <em class="firstterm">passive</em> mode.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				以下の説明はこれらの方法を示します:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">アクティブモード</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Active mode is the original method used by the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol for transferring data to the client application. When an active mode data transfer is initiated by the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client, the server opens a connection from port <code class="constant">20</code> on the server to the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address and a random, unprivileged port (greater than <code class="constant">1024</code>) specified by the client. This arrangement means that the client machine must be allowed to accept connections over any port above <code class="constant">1024</code>. With the growth of insecure networks, such as the Internet, the use of firewalls to protect client machines is now prevalent. Because these client-side firewalls often deny incoming connections from active mode <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers, passive mode was devised.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">パッシブモード</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Passive mode, like active mode, is initiated by the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client application. When requesting data from the server, the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client indicates it wants to access the data in passive mode and the server provides the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address and a random, unprivileged port (greater than <code class="constant">1024</code>) on the server. The client then connects to that port on the server to download the requested information.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							While passive mode resolves issues for client-side firewall interference with data connections, it can complicate administration of the server-side firewall. You can reduce the number of open ports on a server by limiting the range of unprivileged ports on the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server. This also simplifies the process of configuring firewall rules for the server. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net">「ネットワークオプション」</a> for more information about limiting passive ports.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第15章 File and Print Servers</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ftp-servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bd2a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>18.3. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html" title="第18ç«  Automating System Tasks" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html" title="18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止" /><link rel="next" href="ch-abrt.html" title="第19ç«  Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html"><strong>æˆ
 »ã‚‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-abrt.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-autotasks-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-autotasks-additional-resources">18.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1012200" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id917857" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id917872" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			自動化タスクに関する詳細は、次のリソースを参照してください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-installed-docs">18.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">cron</code> man page — contains an overview of cron.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">crontab</code> man pages in sections 1 and 5 — The man page in section 1 contains an overview of the <code class="filename">crontab</code> file. The man page in section 5 contains the format for the file and some example entries.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">anacron</code> man page — contains an overview of anacron.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">anacrontab</code> man page — contains an overview of the <code class="filename">anacrontab</code> file.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/at-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/timespec</code> contains more detailed information about the times that can be specified for cron jobs.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">at</code> man page — description of <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> and their command line options.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html"><strong>戻る</strong>18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-abrt.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第19章 Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-autotasks-at-batch.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-autotasks-at-batch.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..202ab0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-autotasks-at-batch.html
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html" title="第18章 Automating System Tasks" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html" title="第18章 Automating System Tasks" /><link rel="next" href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html" title="18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html"><strong>戻
 る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-autotasks-at-batch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-autotasks-at-batch">18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</h2></div></div></div><a id="id955977" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1075378" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			While cron is used to schedule recurring tasks, the <code class="command">at</code> command is used to schedule a one-time task at a specific time and the <code class="command">batch</code> command is used to schedule a one-time task to be executed when the systems load average drops below 0.8.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To use <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code>, the <code class="filename">at</code> RPM package must be installed, and the <code class="command">atd</code> service must be running. To determine if the package is installed, use the <code class="command">rpm -q at</code> command. To determine if the service is running, use the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl is-active atd.service</code></pre><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-configuring">18.2.1. At ジョブの設定</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To schedule a one-time job at a specific time, type the command <code class="command">at <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> </code>, where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> </code> is the time to execute the command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				引数 <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> は次のいずれかを指定できます。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						HH:MM format — For example, 04:00 specifies 4:00 a.m. If the time is already past, it is executed at the specified time the next day.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						midnight — Specifies 12:00 a.m.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						noon — Specifies 12:00 p.m.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						teatime — Specifies 4:00 p.m.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						month-name day year format — For example, January 15 2002 specifies the 15th day of January in the year 2002. The year is optional.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						MMDDYY, MM/DD/YY, or MM.DD.YY formats — For example, 011502 for the 15th day of January in the year 2002.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						now + time — time is in minutes, hours, days, or weeks. For example, now + 5 days specifies that the command should be executed at the same time five days from now.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				The time must be specified first, followed by the optional date. For more information about the time format, read the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/at-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/timespec</code> text file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After typing the <code class="command">at</code> command with the time argument, the <code class="prompt">at&gt;</code> prompt is displayed. Type the command to execute, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span>, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Multiple commands can be specified by typing each command followed by the <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> key. After typing all the commands, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to go to a blank line and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Alternatively, a shell script can be entered at the prompt, pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> after each line in the script, and pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> on a blank line to exit. If a script i
 s entered, the shell used is the shell set in the user's <code class="envar">SHELL</code> environment, the user's login shell, or <code class="command">/bin/sh</code> (whichever is found first).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the set of commands or script tries to display information to standard output, the output is emailed to the user.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Use the command <code class="command">atq</code> to view pending jobs. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html">「保留ジョブの表示」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Usage of the <code class="command">at</code> command can be restricted. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html">「at と batch へのアクセスの制御」</a> for details.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第18章 Automating System Tasks</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html"><strong>次へ</strong>18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-check-rpm-sig.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-check-rpm-sig.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e7d847
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-check-rpm-sig.html
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-RPM.html" title="付録A RPM" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html" title="A.2.7. 検証" /><link rel="next" href="s2-keys-checking.html" title="A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-keys-checking.html"><str
 ong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="s1-check-rpm-sig" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-check-rpm-sig">A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する</h2></div></div></div><a id="id830025" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		If you wish to verify that a package has not been corrupted or tampered with, you can examine just the md5sum by entering this command at the shell prompt: (where <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> is the file name of the RPM package):
+	</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -K --nosignature <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+		The output <code class="computeroutput"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em>: rsa sha1 (md5) pgp md5 OK</code> (specifically the <span class="emphasis"><em>OK</em></span> part of it) indicates that the file was not corrupted during download. To see a more verbose message, replace <code class="option">-K</code> with <code class="option">-Kvv</code> in the command.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		On the other hand, how trustworthy is the developer who created the package? If the package is <em class="firstterm">signed</em> with the developer's GnuPG <em class="firstterm">key</em>, you know that the developer really is who they say they are.
+	</div><a id="id1075887" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1075900" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id731992" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		An RPM package can be signed using <em class="firstterm">Gnu Privacy Guard</em> (or GnuPG), to help you make certain your downloaded package is trustworthy.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		GnuPG is a tool for secure communication; it is a complete and free replacement for the encryption technology of PGP, an electronic privacy program. With GnuPG, you can authenticate the validity of documents and encrypt/decrypt data to and from other recipients. GnuPG is capable of decrypting and verifying PGP 5.<em class="replaceable"><code>x</code></em> files as well.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		During installation, GnuPG is installed by default, which enables you to immediately start using it to verify any packages that you download from the Fedora Project. Before doing so, you first need to import the correct Fedora key.
+	</div><div class="section" id="s2-keys-importing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-keys-importing">A.3.1. Importing Keys</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora GnuPG keys are located in the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/rpm-gpg/</code> directory. To verify a Fedora Project package, first import the correct key based on your processor architecture:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm --import /etc/pki/rpm-gpg/RPM-GPG-KEY-fedora-<em class="replaceable"><code>x86_64</code></em></code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			To display a list of all keys installed for RPM verification, execute the command:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qa gpg-pubkey*</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			For the Fedora Project key, the output states:
+		</div><pre class="screen">gpg-pubkey-57bbccba-4a6f97af</pre><div class="para">
+			To display details about a specific key, use <code class="command">rpm -qi</code> followed by the output from the previous command:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qi gpg-pubkey-57bbccba-4a6f97af</code>
+</pre></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.2.7. 検証</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-keys-checking.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c33886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.6. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html" title="第10章 DHCP Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html" title="10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)" /><link rel="next" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html" title="第11章 DNS Servers" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href=
 "ch-DNS_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-additional-resources">10.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id930722" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			For additional information, refer to <em class="citetitle">The DHCP Handbook; Ralph Droms and Ted Lemon; 2003</em> or the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-dhcp-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-dhcp-installed-docs">10.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dhcpd</code> man page — Describes how the DHCP daemon works.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcpd.conf</code> man page — Explains how to configure the DHCP configuration file; includes some examples.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> man page — Describes a persistent database of leases.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcp-options</code> man page — Explains the syntax for declaring DHCP options in <code class="filename">dhcpd.conf</code>; includes some examples.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dhcrelay</code> man page — Explains the DHCP Relay Agent and its configuration options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/dhcp-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/</code> — Contains sample files, README files, and release notes for current versions of the DHCP service.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第11章 DNS Servers</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22ebb21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html" title="第10章 DHCP Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html" title="10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html" title="10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html"><strong>戻る</strong><
 /a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-client"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-client">10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id842412" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id842426" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To configure a DHCP client manually, modify the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code> file to enable networking and the configuration file for each network device in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts</code> directory. In this directory, each device should have a configuration file named <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code>, where <code class="filename">eth0</code> is the network device name.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0</code> file should contain the following lines:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+BOOTPROTO=dhcp
+ONBOOT=yes</pre><div class="para">
+			DHCP を使用するよう設定するデバイスごとに設定ファイルが必要です。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			ネットワークスクリプト用に含まれるその他のオプション:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="literal">DHCP_HOSTNAME</code> — Only use this option if the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. (The DHCP server daemon in Fedora does not support this feature.)
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="literal">PEERDNS=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code>, where <code class="literal"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">yes</code> — Modify <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code> with information from the server. If using DHCP, then <code class="command">yes</code> is the default.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">no</code> — Do not modify <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Advanced configurations</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				For advanced configurations of client DHCP options such as protocol timing, lease requirements and requests, dynamic DNS support, aliases, as well as a wide variety of values to override, prepend, or append to client-side configurations, refer to the <code class="command">dhclient</code> and <code class="command">dhclient.conf</code> man pages.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb9ec79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html" title="第10章 DHCP Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html" title="第10章 DHCP Servers" /><link rel="next" href="lease-database.html" title="10.2.2. リースデータベース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="lease-d
 atabase.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-server"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp-configuring-server">10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id871130" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">dhcp</code> package contains an ISC DHCP server. First, install the package as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install dhcp</code></pre><div class="para">
+			Installing the <code class="filename">dhcp</code> package creates a file, <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>, which is merely an empty configuration file:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">#
+# DHCP Server Configuration file.
+#   see /usr/share/doc/dhcp*/dhcpd.conf.sample
+#   see dhcpd.conf(5) man page
+#</pre><div class="para">
+			The sample configuration file can be found at <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/dhcp-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/dhcpd.conf.sample</code>. You should use this file to help you configure <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>, which is explained in detail below.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			DHCP also uses the file <code class="filename">/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code> to store the client lease database. Refer to <a class="xref" href="lease-database.html">「リースデータベース」</a> for more information.
+		</div><div class="section" id="config-file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="config-file">10.2.1. 設定ファイル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1027378" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1027392" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The first step in configuring a DHCP server is to create the configuration file that stores the network information for the clients. Use this file to declare options and global options for client systems.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The configuration file can contain extra tabs or blank lines for easier formatting. Keywords are case-insensitive and lines beginning with a hash sign (#) are considered comments.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				設定ファイルのステートメントには、次の2タイプがあります:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Parameters — State how to perform a task, whether to perform a task, or what network configuration options to send to the client.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Declarations — Describe the topology of the network, describe the clients, provide addresses for the clients, or apply a group of parameters to a group of declarations.
+					</div></li></ul></div><a id="id662722" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The parameters that start with the keyword option are referred to as <em class="firstterm">options</em>. These options control DHCP options; whereas, parameters configure values that are not optional or control how the DHCP server behaves.
+			</div><a id="id870712" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				中かっこ ({ }) で囲まれたセクションの前に宣言されたパラメータとオプションは、グローバルパラメータとみなされます。グローバルパラメータは、それ以降のすべてのセクションに適用されます。
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Restart the DHCP daemon for the changes to take effect</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the configuration file is changed, the changes do not take effect until the DHCP daemon is restarted. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart dhcpd.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use the omshell command</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Instead of changing a DHCP configuration file and restarting the service each time, using the <code class="command">omshell</code> command provides an interactive way to connect to, query, and change the configuration of a DHCP server. By using <code class="command">omshell</code>, all changes can be made while the server is running. For more information on <code class="command">omshell</code>, refer to the <code class="command">omshell</code> man page.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#subnet">例10.1「Subnet declaration」</a>, the <code class="filename">routers</code>, <code class="filename">subnet-mask</code>, <code class="filename">domain-search</code>, <code class="filename">domain-name-servers</code>, and <code class="filename">time-offset</code> options are used for any <code class="filename">host</code> statements declared below it.
+			</div><a id="id657717" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Additionally, a <code class="filename">subnet</code> can be declared, a <code class="filename">subnet</code> declaration must be included for every subnet in the network. If it is not, the DHCP server fails to start.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In this example, there are global options for every DHCP client in the subnet and a <code class="filename">range</code> declared. Clients are assigned an IP address within the <code class="filename">range</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="subnet"><h6>例10.1 Subnet declaration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+        option routers                  192.168.1.254;
+        option subnet-mask              255.255.255.0;
+        option domain-search              "example.com";
+        option domain-name-servers       192.168.1.1;
+        option time-offset              -18000;     # Eastern Standard Time
+	range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				To configure a DHCP server that leases a dynamic IP address to a system within a subnet, modify <a class="xref" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#dynamic-ip">例10.2「Range parameter」</a> with your values. It declares a default lease time, maximum lease time, and network configuration values for the clients. This example assigns IP addresses in the <code class="filename">range</code> 192.168.1.10 and 192.168.1.100 to client systems.
+			</div><div class="example" id="dynamic-ip"><h6>例10.2 Range parameter</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">default-lease-time 600;
+max-lease-time 7200;
+option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+option broadcast-address 192.168.1.255;
+option routers 192.168.1.254;
+option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2;
+option domain-search "example.com";
+subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+   range 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.100;
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				To assign an IP address to a client based on the MAC address of the network interface card, use the <code class="filename">hardware ethernet</code> parameter within a <code class="filename">host</code> declaration. As demonstrated in <a class="xref" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#static-ip">例10.3「Static IP address using DHCP」</a>, the <code class="filename">host apex</code> declaration specifies that the network interface card with the MAC address 00:A0:78:8E:9E:AA always receives the IP address 192.168.1.4.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that the optional parameter <code class="filename">host-name</code> can also be used to assign a host name to the client.
+			</div><div class="example" id="static-ip"><h6>例10.3 Static IP address using DHCP</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">host apex {
+   option host-name "apex.example.com";
+   hardware ethernet 00:A0:78:8E:9E:AA;
+   fixed-address 192.168.1.4;
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id811798" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				All subnets that share the same physical network should be declared within a <code class="filename">shared-network</code> declaration as shown in <a class="xref" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#shared-network">例10.4「Shared-network declaration」</a>. Parameters within the <code class="filename">shared-network</code>, but outside the enclosed <code class="filename">subnet</code> declarations, are considered to be global parameters. The name of the <code class="filename">shared-network</code> must be a descriptive title for the network, such as using the title 'test-lab' to describe all the subnets in a test lab environment.
+			</div><div class="example" id="shared-network"><h6>例10.4 Shared-network declaration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">shared-network name {
+    option domain-search              "test.redhat.com";
+    option domain-name-servers      ns1.redhat.com, ns2.redhat.com;
+    option routers                  192.168.0.254;
+    more parameters for EXAMPLE shared-network
+    subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.252.0 {
+        parameters for subnet
+        range 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.254;
+    }
+    subnet 192.168.2.0 netmask 255.255.252.0 {
+        parameters for subnet
+        range 192.168.2.1 192.168.2.254;
+    }
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id825179" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				As demonstrated in <a class="xref" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html#group">例10.5「Group declaration」</a>, the <code class="filename">group</code> declaration is used to apply global parameters to a group of declarations. For example, shared networks, subnets, and hosts can be grouped.
+			</div><div class="example" id="group"><h6>例10.5 Group declaration</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">group {
+   option routers                  192.168.1.254;
+   option subnet-mask              255.255.255.0;
+   option domain-search              "example.com";
+   option domain-name-servers       192.168.1.1;
+   option time-offset              -18000;     # Eastern Standard Time
+   host apex {
+      option host-name "apex.example.com";
+      hardware ethernet 00:A0:78:8E:9E:AA;
+      fixed-address 192.168.1.4;
+   }
+   host raleigh {
+      option host-name "raleigh.example.com";
+      hardware ethernet 00:A1:DD:74:C3:F2;
+      fixed-address 192.168.1.6;
+   }
+}</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the sample configuration file</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The sample configuration file provided can be used as a starting point and custom configuration options can be added to it. To copy it to the proper location, use the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">cp /usr/share/doc/dhcp-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/dhcpd.conf.sample /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code></pre><div class="para">
+					... where <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> is the DHCP version number.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				For a complete list of option statements and what they do, refer to the <code class="filename">dhcp-options</code> man page.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第10章 DHCP Servers</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="lease-database.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b0fff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html" title="第10章 DHCP Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html" title="10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server" /><link rel="next" href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html" title="10.6. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.htm
 l"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6">10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1023169" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1023181" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The ISC DHCP includes support for IPv6 (DHCPv6) since the 4.x release with a DHCPv6 server, client and relay agent functionality. The server, client and relay agents support both IPv4 and IPv6. However, the client and the server can only manage one protocol at a time — for dual support they must be started separately for IPv4 and IPv6.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The DHCPv6 server configuration file can be found at <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd6.conf</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The sample server configuration file can be found at <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/dhcp-version/dhcpd6.conf.sample</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To start the DHCPv6 service, use the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start dhcpd6.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			A simple DHCPv6 server configuration file can look like this:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">subnet6 2001:db8:0:1::/64 {
+        range6 2001:db8:0:1::129 2001:db8:0:1::254;
+        option dhcp6.name-servers fec0:0:0:1::1;
+        option dhcp6.domain-search "domain.example";
+}</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-dhcp-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.6. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c871c0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.6. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html" title="第13章 メールサーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-email-mua.html" title="13.5. メールユーザーエージェント" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-useful-websites.html" title="13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-mua.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="
 next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-email-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-additional-resources">13.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id816379" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id802946" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id802961" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id802976" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			以下に電子メールアプリケーションに関するその他のドキュメントの一覧を示します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-installed-docs">13.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id815663" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Information on configuring Sendmail is included with the <code class="filename">sendmail</code> and <code class="filename">sendmail-cf</code> packages.
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> — Contains information on the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor, file locations for Sendmail, supported mailers, how to access enhanced features, and more.
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+						In addition, the <code class="filename">sendmail</code> and <code class="filename">aliases</code> man pages contain helpful information covering various Sendmail options and the proper configuration of the Sendmail <code class="filename">/etc/mail/aliases</code> file.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/postfix-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code> — Contains a large amount of information about ways to configure Postfix. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of Postfix.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/fetchmail-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code> — Contains a full list of Fetchmail features in the <code class="filename">FEATURES</code> file and an introductory <code class="filename">FAQ</code> document. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of Fetchmail.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/procmail-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code> — Contains a <code class="filename">README</code> file that provides an overview of Procmail, a <code class="filename">FEATURES</code> file that explores every program feature, and an <code class="filename">FAQ</code> file with answers to many common configuration questions. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of Procmail.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Procmail の機能を学習したり新しいレシピを作成する場合、以下の Procmail マニュアルページは非常に役に立ちます。
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmail</code> — Provides an overview of how Procmail works and the steps involved with filtering email.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmailrc</code> — Explains the <code class="filename">rc</code> file format used to construct recipes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmailex</code> — Gives a number of useful, real-world examples of Procmail recipes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">procmailsc</code> — Explains the weighted scoring technique used by Procmail to match a particular recipe to a message.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/spamassassin-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/</code> — Contains a large amount of information pertaining to SpamAssassin. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the version number of the <code class="filename">spamassassin</code> package.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-mua.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mda.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mda.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ebe8e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mda.html
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.4. メール配送エージェント</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html" title="第13章 メールサーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-switchmail.html" title="13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html" title="13.4.2. Procmail レシピ" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-switchmail.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li c
 lass="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-email-mda"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-mda">13.4. メール配送エージェント</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora includes two primary MDAs, Procmail and <code class="command">mail</code>. Both of the applications are considered LDAs and both move email from the MTA's spool file into the user's mailbox. However, Procmail provides a robust filtering system.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			This section details only Procmail. For information on the <code class="command">mail</code> command, consult its man page (<code class="command">man mail</code>).
+		</div><a id="id830658" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id830673" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Procmail を使用すると、ローカルホストのメールスプールファイルにある電子メールのフィルターと配送をします。 Procmail は強力で、システムリソースにやさしく、広範囲で使用されています。これは、電子メールクライアントアプリケーションで読み込まれる予定の電子メールを配送する時点で重要な役割りを果たします。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Procmail can be invoked in several different ways. Whenever an MTA places an email into the mail spool file, Procmail is launched. Procmail then filters and files the email for the MUA and quits. Alternatively, the MUA can be configured to execute Procmail any time a message is received so that messages are moved into their correct mailboxes. By default, the presence of <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrc</code> or of a <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file (also called an <em class="firstterm">rc</em> file) in the user's home directory invokes Procmail whenever an MTA receives a new message.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			By default, no system-wide <code class="filename">rc</code> files exist in the <code class="filename">/etc/</code> directory and no <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> files exist in any user's home directory. Therefore, to use Procmail, each user must construct a <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file with specific environment variables and rules.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Whether Procmail acts upon an email message depends upon whether the message matches a specified set of conditions or <em class="firstterm">recipes</em> in the <code class="filename">rc</code> file. If a message matches a recipe, then the email is placed in a specified file, is deleted, or is otherwise processed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			When Procmail starts, it reads the email message and separates the body from the header information. Next, Procmail looks for a <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrc</code> file and <code class="filename">rc</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrcs</code> directory for default, system-wide, Procmail environmental variables and recipes. Procmail then searches for a <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file in the user's home directory. Many users also create additional <code class="filename">rc</code> files for Procmail that are referred to within the <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file in their home directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-procmail-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-procmail-configuration">13.4.1. Procmail の設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id903233" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id985985" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Procmail 設定ファイルには、重要な環境変数が含まれています。これらの変数は、どのメッセージをソートするか、レシピに一致しないメッセージをどう処理するかなどを指定します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				These environmental variables usually appear at the beginning of the <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file in the following format:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>env-variable</code></em>="<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>"</pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>env-variable</code></em> </code> is the name of the variable and <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> defines the variable.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				環境変数の多くはほとんどの Procmail ユーザーに使用されず、それより重要な環境変数の多くはすでにデフォルト値が定義されています。ほとんどの場合、次のような変数が使用されます:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">DEFAULT</code> — Sets the default mailbox where messages that do not match any recipes are placed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default <code class="command">DEFAULT</code> value is the same as <code class="command">$ORGMAIL</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">INCLUDERC</code> — Specifies additional <code class="filename">rc</code> files containing more recipes for messages to be checked against. This breaks up the Procmail recipe lists into individual files that fulfill different roles, such as blocking spam and managing email lists, that can then be turned off or on by using comment characters in the user's <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For example, lines in a user's <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> file may look like this:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">MAILDIR=$HOME/Msgs INCLUDERC=$MAILDIR/lists.rc INCLUDERC=$MAILDIR/spam.rc</pre><div class="para">
+						To turn off Procmail filtering of email lists but leaving spam control in place, comment out the first <code class="command">INCLUDERC</code> line with a hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">LOCKSLEEP</code> — Sets the amount of time, in seconds, between attempts by Procmail to use a particular lockfile. The default is <code class="constant">8</code> seconds.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">LOCKTIMEOUT</code> — Sets the amount of time, in seconds, that must pass after a lockfile was last modified before Procmail assumes that the lockfile is old and can be deleted. The default is <code class="constant">1024</code> seconds.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">LOGFILE</code> — The file to which any Procmail information or error messages are written.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">MAILDIR</code> — Sets the current working directory for Procmail. If set, all other Procmail paths are relative to this directory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ORGMAIL</code> — Specifies the original mailbox, or another place to put the messages if they cannot be placed in the default or recipe-required location.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						By default, a value of <code class="command">/var/spool/mail/$LOGNAME</code> is used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">SUSPEND</code> — Sets the amount of time, in seconds, that Procmail pauses if a necessary resource, such as swap space, is not available.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">SWITCHRC</code> — Allows a user to specify an external file containing additional Procmail recipes, much like the <code class="command">INCLUDERC</code> option, except that recipe checking is actually stopped on the referring configuration file and only the recipes on the <code class="command">SWITCHRC</code>-specified file are used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">VERBOSE</code> — Causes Procmail to log more information. This option is useful for debugging.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Other important environmental variables are pulled from the shell, such as <code class="command">LOGNAME</code>, which is the login name; <code class="command">HOME</code>, which is the location of the home directory; and <code class="command">SHELL</code>, which is the default shell.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A comprehensive explanation of all environments variables, as well as their default values, is available in the <code class="filename">procmailrc</code> man page.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-switchmail.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mta.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mta.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2723d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mta.html
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.3. Mail Transport Agent</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html" title="第13章 メールサーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-types-mua.html" title="13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html" title="13.3.2. Sendmail" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-types-mua.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"
 ><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-email-mta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-mta">13.3. Mail Transport Agent</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora offers two primary MTAs: Postfix and Sendmail. Postfix is configured as the default MTA, although it is easy to switch the default MTA to Sendmail. To switch the default MTA to Sendmail, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, you can either uninstall Postfix or use the following command to switch to Sendmail:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">alternatives --config mta</code></pre><div class="para">
+			You can also use the following command to enable/disable the desired service:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable|disable <em class="replaceable"><code>service</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="section" id="s2-email-mta-postfix"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-mta-postfix">13.3.1. Postfix</h3></div></div></div><a id="id968240" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id764755" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				元来、 IBM のセキュリティ専門家でありプログラマーの Wietse Venema によって開発された Postfix は、安全で迅速で設定が容易であるようにデザインされた Sendmail 対応の MTA です。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				セキュリティを改善する為に、 Postfix はモジュラーデザインを使用して、 <em class="firstterm">master</em> デーモンによって制限付の権限を持つ小規模のプロセスが起動できるようにします。より小規模で、権限の低いプロセスは、メール配送の各種段階における特定のタスクを実行し、外部攻撃からの影響を低減する為に変更したルート環境で動作します。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Configuring Postfix to accept network connections from hosts other than the local computer takes only a few minor changes in its configuration file. Yet for those with more complex needs, Postfix provides a variety of configuration options, as well as third party add-ons that make it a very versatile and full-featured MTA.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Postfix の設定ファイルは人間に判読できるもので、 250 以上のディレクティブをサポートします。 Sendmail とは異なり、変更が反映されるのにマクロプロセッシングは必要でなく、通常使用されるオプションのほとんどは大幅なコメントが付いているファイルに記述されています。
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-default">13.3.1.1. Postfix のデフォルトインストール</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1092090" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The Postfix executable is <code class="filename">/usr/sbin/postfix</code>. This daemon launches all related processes needed to handle mail delivery.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Postfix stores its configuration files in the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/</code> directory. The following is a list of the more commonly used files:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">access</code> — Used for access control, this file specifies which hosts are allowed to connect to Postfix.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">main.cf</code> — The global Postfix configuration file. The majority of configuration options are specified in this file.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">master.cf</code> — Specifies how Postfix interacts with various processes to accomplish mail delivery.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">transport</code> — Maps email addresses to relay hosts.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">aliases</code> file can be found in the <code class="filename">/etc/</code> directory. This file is shared between Postfix and Sendmail. It is a configurable list required by the mail protocol that describes user ID aliases.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Configuring Postfix as a server for other clients</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						The default <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> file does not allow Postfix to accept network connections from a host other than the local computer. For instructions on configuring Postfix as a server for other clients, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-email-mta.html#s3-email-mta-postfix-conf">「Postfix の基本的な設定」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Restart the <code class="systemitem">postfix</code> service after changing any options in the configuration files under the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix</code> directory in order for those changes to take effect. To do so, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>: 
+<pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart postfix.service</code></pre>
+
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-postfix-conf">13.3.1.2. Postfix の基本的な設定</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					By default, Postfix does not accept network connections from any host other than the local host. Perform the following steps as <code class="systemitem">root</code> to enable mail delivery for other hosts on the network:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> file with a text editor, such as <code class="command">vi</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">mydomain</code> line by removing the hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>), and replace <em class="replaceable"><code>domain.tld</code></em> with the domain the mail server is servicing, such as <code class="command">example.com</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">myorigin = $mydomain</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">myhostname</code> line, and replace <em class="replaceable"><code>host.domain.tld</code></em> with the hostname for the machine.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">mynetworks</code> line, and replace <em class="replaceable"><code>168.100.189.0/28</code></em> with a valid network setting for hosts that can connect to the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Uncomment the <code class="command">inet_interfaces = all</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Comment the <code class="command">inet_interfaces = localhost</code> line.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Restart the <code class="command">postfix</code> service.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					これらのステップが終了すると、ホストは配送の為に外部の電子メールを受け付けます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Postfix has a large assortment of configuration options. One of the best ways to learn how to configure Postfix is to read the comments within the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> configuration file. Additional resources including information about Postfix configuration, SpamAssassin integration, or detailed descriptions of the <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> parameters are available online at <a href="http://www.postfix.org/">http://www.postfix.org/</a>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="using-postfix-with-ldap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="using-postfix-with-ldap">13.3.1.3. Using Postfix with LDAP</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Postfix can use an <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> directory as a source for various lookup tables (e.g.: <code class="filename">aliases</code>, <code class="filename">virtual</code>, <code class="filename">canonical</code>, etc.). This allows <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> to store hierarchical user information and Postfix to only be given the result of <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> queries when needed. By not storing this information locally, administrators can easily maintain it.
+				</div><div class="section" id="aliases-example"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="aliases-example">13.3.1.3.1. The /etc/aliases lookup example</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The following is a basic example for using <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> to look up the <code class="filename">/etc/aliases</code> file. Make sure your <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/main.cf</code> contains the following:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, ldap:/etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf</pre><div class="para">
+						Create a <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf</code> file if you do not have one created already and make sure it contains the following:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">server_host = <em class="replaceable"><code>ldap.example.com</code></em>
+search_base = dc=<em class="replaceable"><code>example</code></em>, dc=<em class="replaceable"><code>com</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+						where <em class="parameter"><code>ldap.example.com</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>example</code></em>, and <em class="parameter"><code>com</code></em> are parameters that need to be replaced with specification of an existing available <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The /etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf file</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							The <code class="filename">/etc/postfix/ldap-aliases.cf</code> file can specify various parameters, including parameters that enable <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> <code class="systemitem">SSL</code> and <code class="systemitem">STARTTLS</code>. For more information, refer to the <code class="command">ldap_table(5)</code> man page.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						For more information on <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-types-mua.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.3.2. Sendmail</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mua.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mua.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fdb0f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-mua.html
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html" title="第13章 メールサーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html" title="13.4.2. Procmail レシピ" /><link rel="next" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html" title="13.6. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li
  class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-email-mua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-mua">13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Fedora offers a variety of email programs, both, graphical email client programs, such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, and text-based email programs such as <code class="command">mutt</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The remainder of this section focuses on securing communication between a client and a server.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-security"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-security">13.5.1. 通信のセキュリティ</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Popular MUAs included with Fedora, such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span> and <code class="command">mutt</code> offer SSL-encrypted email sessions.
+			</div><a id="id876645" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Like any other service that flows over a network unencrypted, important email information, such as usernames, passwords, and entire messages, may be intercepted and viewed by users on the network. Additionally, since the standard <code class="systemitem">POP</code> and <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> protocols pass authentication information unencrypted, it is possible for an attacker to gain access to user accounts by collecting usernames and passwords as they are passed over the network.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-security-clients"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-security-clients">13.5.1.1. 安全な電子メールクライアント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id660233" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Most Linux MUAs designed to check email on remote servers support SSL encryption. To use SSL when retrieving email, it must be enabled on both the email client and the server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSL is easy to enable on the client-side, often done with the click of a button in the MUA's configuration window or via an option in the MUA's configuration file. Secure <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP</code> have known port numbers (<code class="constant">993</code> and <code class="constant">995</code>, respectively) that the MUA uses to authenticate and download messages.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-security-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-security-servers">13.5.1.2. 安全な電子クライアント通信</h4></div></div></div><a id="id774388" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id774407" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Offering SSL encryption to <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> and <code class="systemitem">POP</code> users on the email server is a simple matter.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					First, create an SSL certificate. This can be done in two ways: by applying to a <em class="firstterm">Certificate Authority</em> (<em class="firstterm">CA</em>) for an SSL certificate or by creating a self-signed certificate.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using self-signed certificates</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						自己署名付き証明書は、テスト目的の為にのみ使用すべきものです。生産環境で使用するサーバーはすべて CA により認可された SSL 証明書を使用すべきです。
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To create a self-signed SSL certificate for <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> or <code class="systemitem">POP</code>, change to the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/</code> directory, edit the certificate parameters in the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/dovecot/dovecot-openssl.conf</code> configuration file as you prefer, and type the following commands, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">dovecot]# <code class="command">rm -f certs/dovecot.pem private/dovecot.pem</code>
+dovecot]# <code class="command">/usr/libexec/dovecot/mkcert.sh</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Once finished, make sure you have the following configurations in your <code class="filename">/etc/dovecot/conf.d/10-ssl.conf</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">ssl_cert = &lt;/etc/pki/dovecot/certs/dovecot.pem
+ssl_key = &lt;/etc/pki/dovecot/private/dovecot.pem</pre><div class="para">
+					Execute the <code class="command">systemctl restart dovecot.service</code> command to restart the <code class="command">dovecot</code> daemon.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Alternatively, the <code class="command">stunnel</code> command can be used as an SSL encryption wrapper around the standard, non-secure connections to <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> or <code class="systemitem">POP</code> services.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">stunnel</code> utility uses external OpenSSL libraries included with Fedora to provide strong cryptography and to protect the network connections. It is recommended to apply to a CA to obtain an SSL certificate, but it is also possible to create a self-signed certificate.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>stunnel パッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In order to use <code class="command">stunnel</code>, first ensure the <span class="package">stunnel</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install stunnel</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To create a self-signed SSL certificate, change to the <code class="filename">/etc/pki/tls/certs/</code> directory, and type the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">certs]# <code class="command">make stunnel.pem</code></pre><div class="para">
+					すべての質問に答えると作業を完了します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Once the certificate is generated, create an <code class="command">stunnel</code> configuration file, for example <code class="filename">/etc/stunnel/mail.conf</code>, with the following content:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">cert = /etc/pki/tls/certs/stunnel.pem
+
+[pop3s]
+accept  = 995
+connect = 110
+
+[imaps]
+accept  = 993
+connect = 143</pre><div class="para">
+					Once you start <code class="command">stunnel</code> with the created configuration file using the <code class="command">/usr/bin/stunnel /etc/stunnel/mail.conf</code> command, it will be possible to use an <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> or a <code class="systemitem">POP</code> email client and connect to the email server using SSL encryption.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For more information on <code class="command">stunnel</code>, refer to the <code class="command">stunnel</code> man page or the documents in the <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/stunnel-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> </code>/ directory, where <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> is the version number of <code class="command">stunnel</code>.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.6. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-types.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-types.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f81458
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-email-types.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html" title="第13章 メールサーバー" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html" title="第13章 メールサーバー" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-types-mda.html" title="13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></
 li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-types-mda.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-email-types"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-email-types">13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1084601" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			一般的に、全ての電子メールプログラムには3つの分類のうちのひとつに分けられます。それらはすべて電子メールメッセージの移動と管理のプロセスで特定の役割を果たします。大半のユーザーは、メッセージを送受信するための特定の電子メールプログラムしか意識しません。これらのタイプはそれぞれ、電子メールが正しい宛先に着信するかどうかを確認するために重要です。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-types-mta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-types-mta">13.2.1. メール転送エージェント (Mail Transport Agent)</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1084632" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id699131" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id699145" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail Transport Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">MTA</em>) transports email messages between hosts using <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code>. A message may involve several MTAs as it moves to its intended destination.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				マシン間のメッセージの配信はかなり単純なものに見えますが、特定の MTA がリモートホストに配信するためのメッセージを受け入れることができるか、あるいは受け入れなければならないかを決定するプロセスは非常に複雑です。更には、スパムかによる問題のため、特定の MTA を使用することは通常、 MTA 自体の設定、あるいは MTA が存在するネットワークアドレスへのアクセス設定のいずれかで制限されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				最新の電子メールクライアントプログラムの多くは、メールを送信する時に、 MTA として動作します。しかし、この動作を実際の MTA の役目と混同しないで下さい。電子メールクライアントプログラムが電子メールを (MTA のように) 発信できる唯一の理由はアプリケーションを実行しているホストが自分自身の MTA を所有していないからです。これは、特に非 Unix ベースのオペレーティングシステム上の電子メールクライアントプログラムで明確です。しかし、これらのクライアントプログラムは、使用許可のある MTA に対し発信メッセージを送信するだけで、受信者の電子メールサーバーにメッセージを直接配達することはありません。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Since Fedora offers two MTAs—<em class="firstterm">Postfix</em> and <em class="firstterm">Sendmail</em>—email client programs are often not required to act as an MTA. Fedora also includes a special purpose MTA called <em class="firstterm">Fetchmail</em>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on Postfix, Sendmail, and Fetchmail, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-email-mta.html">「Mail Transport Agent」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第13章 メールサーバー</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-types-mda.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-crash.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-crash.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8457850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-crash.html
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-kdump.html" title="第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-kdump.html" title="第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html" title="22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-kdump.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a ac
 cesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-kdump-crash"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kdump-crash">22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</h2></div></div></div><a id="id941822" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To determine the cause of the system crash, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> utility, which provides an interactive prompt very similar to the GNU Debugger (GDB). This utility allows you to interactively analyze a running Linux system as well as a core dump created by <code class="systemitem">netdump</code>, <code class="systemitem">diskdump</code>, <code class="systemitem">xendump</code>, or <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>.
+		</div><a id="id941868" class="indexterm"></a><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To analyze the <code class="filename">vmcore</code> dump file, you must have the <span class="package">crash</span> and <span class="package">kernel-debuginfo</span> packages installed. To install these packages, type the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install crash</code>
+<code class="command">debuginfo-install kernel</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on how to install new packages in Fedora, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-running">22.2.1. Running the crash Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id866741" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To start the utility, type the command in the following form at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">crash /var/crash/<em class="replaceable"><code>timestamp</code></em>/vmcore /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel</code></em>/vmlinux</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Note that the <em class="replaceable"><code>kernel</code></em> version should be the same that was captured by <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>. To find out which kernel you are currently running, use the <code class="command">uname -r</code> command.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-running"><h6>例22.3 Running the crash utility</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">crash /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/2.6.32-69.el6.i686/vmlinux \</code>
+<code class="command">/var/crash/127.0.0.1-2010-08-25-08:45:02/vmcore</code>
+
+crash 5.0.0-23.el6
+Copyright (C) 2002-2010  Red Hat, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006  IBM Corporation
+Copyright (C) 1999-2006  Hewlett-Packard Co
+Copyright (C) 2005, 2006  Fujitsu Limited
+Copyright (C) 2006, 2007  VA Linux Systems Japan K.K.
+Copyright (C) 2005  NEC Corporation
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2007  Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002  Mission Critical Linux, Inc.
+This program is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License,
+and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under
+certain conditions.  Enter "help copying" to see the conditions.
+This program has absolutely no warranty.  Enter "help warranty" for details.
+
+GNU gdb (GDB) 7.0
+Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later &lt;http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html&gt;
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.  Type "show copying"
+and "show warranty" for details.
+This GDB was configured as "i686-pc-linux-gnu"...
+
+      KERNEL: /usr/lib/debug/lib/modules/2.6.32-69.el6.i686/vmlinux
+    DUMPFILE: /var/crash/127.0.0.1-2010-08-25-08:45:02/vmcore  [PARTIAL DUMP]
+        CPUS: 4
+        DATE: Wed Aug 25 08:44:47 2010
+      UPTIME: 00:09:02
+LOAD AVERAGE: 0.00, 0.01, 0.00
+       TASKS: 140
+    NODENAME: hp-dl320g5-02.lab.bos.redhat.com
+     RELEASE: 2.6.32-69.el6.i686
+     VERSION: #1 SMP Tue Aug 24 10:31:45 EDT 2010
+     MACHINE: i686  (2394 Mhz)
+      MEMORY: 8 GB
+       PANIC: "Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP " (check log for details)
+         PID: 5591
+     COMMAND: "bash"
+        TASK: f196d560  [THREAD_INFO: ef4da000]
+         CPU: 2
+       STATE: TASK_RUNNING (PANIC)
+
+crash&gt;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-kdump.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ed5629
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kdump-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.3. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-kdump.html" title="第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html" title="22.2.7. Exiting the Utility" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html" title="22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class=
 "next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-kdump-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kdump-resources">22.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-resources-installed">22.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id815311" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id815331" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man kdump.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="filename">/etc/kdump.conf</code> configuration file containing the full documentation of available options.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man makedumpfile</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">makedumpfile</code> core collector containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man kexec</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="command">kexec</code> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man crash</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> utility containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kexec-tools-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/kexec-kdump-howto.txt</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							An overview of the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> and <code class="command">kexec</code> installation and usage.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-resources-online.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-boot-loader.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-boot-loader.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5514ca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-boot-loader.html
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>20.6. ブートローダの確認</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html" title="第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html" title="20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html" title="20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a 
 accesskey="p" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-boot-loader"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-boot-loader">20.6. ブートローダの確認</h2></div></div></div><a id="id977591" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			When you install a kernel using <code class="command">rpm</code>, the kernel package creates an entry in the boot loader configuration file for that new kernel. However, <code class="command">rpm</code> does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> configure the new kernel to boot as the default kernel. You must do this manually when installing a new kernel with <code class="command">rpm</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			It is always recommended to double-check the boot loader configuration file after installing a new kernel with <code class="command">rpm</code> to ensure that the configuration is correct. Otherwise, the system may not be able to boot into Fedora properly. If this happens, boot the system with the boot media created earlier and re-configure the boot loader.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			In the following table, find your system's architecture to determine the boot loader it uses, and then click on the "Refer to" link to jump to the correct instructions for your system.
+		</div><div class="table" id="tb-grub-arch-loaders"><h6>表20.1 Boot loaders by architecture</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Boot loaders by architecture" border="1"><colgroup><col class="architecture" width="33%" /><col class="bootloader" width="33%" /><col class="refer-to" width="33%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Architecture
+						</th><th>
+							Boot Loader
+						</th><th>
+							Refer to
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							x86
+						</td><td>
+							GRUB
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">「Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							AMD AMD64 <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> Intel 64
+						</td><td>
+							GRUB
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">「Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							IBM eServer System i
+						</td><td>
+							OS/400
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html">「Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							IBM eServer System p
+						</td><td>
+							YABOOT
+						</td><td>
+							<a class="xref" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html">「Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader」</a>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							IBM System z
+						</td><td>
+							z/IPL
+						</td><td>
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="section" id="s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-kernel-boot-loader-grub">20.6.1. Configuring the GRUB Boot Loader</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1236265" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1236277" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				GRUB's configuration file, <code class="filename">/boot/grub/grub.conf</code>, contains a few lines with directives, such as <code class="computeroutput">default</code>, <code class="computeroutput">timeout</code>, <code class="computeroutput">splashimage</code> and <code class="computeroutput">hiddenmenu</code> (the last directive has no argument). The remainder of the file contains 4-line <em class="firstterm">stanzas</em> that each refer to an installed kernel. These stanzas always start with a <code class="computeroutput">title</code> entry, after which the associated <code class="computeroutput">root</code>, <code class="computeroutput">kernel</code> and <code class="computeroutput">initrd</code> directives should always be indented. Ensure that each stanza starts with a <code class="computeroutput">title</code> that contains a version number (in parentheses) that matches the version number in the <code class="computeroutput">kernel /vmlinuz-<em class="replaceable">
 <code>version_number</code></em></code> line of the same stanza.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf"><h6>例20.1 /boot/grub/grub.conf</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting"># grub.conf generated by anaconda
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[comments omitted]</span></em>
+default=1
+timeout=0
+splashimage=(hd0,0)/boot/grub/splash.xpm.gz
+hiddenmenu
+
+title Fedora (2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64)
+        root (hd0,0)
+        kernel /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64 ro root=UUID=e8148266-4a56-4f4d-b6df-9eafea4586b2 rd_NO_LUKS rd_NO_LVM rd_NO_MD rd_NO_DM LANG=en_US.UTF-8 SYSFONT=latarcyrheb-sun16 KEYTABLE=us rhgb quiet
+        initrd /boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img
+title Fedora (2.6.38.6-26.rc1.fc15.x86_64)
+        root (hd0,0)
+        kernel /boot/vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64 ro root=UUID=e8148266-4a56-4f4d-b6df-9eafea4586b2 rd_NO_LUKS rd_NO_LVM rd_NO_MD rd_NO_DM LANG=en_US.UTF-8 SYSFONT=latarcyrheb-sun16 KEYTABLE=us rhgb quiet
+        initrd /boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				If a separate <code class="filename">/boot/</code> partition was created, the paths to the kernel and the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image are relative to <code class="filename">/boot/</code>. This is the case in <a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf">例20.1「/boot/grub/grub.conf」</a>, therefore the <code class="computeroutput">initrd <code class="filename">/initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img</code></code> line in the first kernel stanza means that the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image is actually located at <code class="filename">/boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img</code> when the root file system is mounted, and likewise for the kernel path (for example: <code class="computeroutput">kernel <code class="filename">/vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64</code></code>) in each stanza of <code class="filename">grub.conf</code>.
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-The_initrd_directive_in_grub.conf_refers_to_an_initramfs_image"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The initrd directive in grub.conf refers to an initramfs image</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					In kernel boot stanzas in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code>, the <code class="computeroutput">initrd</code> directive must point to the location (relative to the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory if it is on a separate partition) of the <span class="emphasis"><em><code class="filename">initramfs</code> </em></span> file corresponding to the same kernel version. This directive is called <code class="computeroutput">initrd</code> because the previous tool which created initial RAM disk images, <code class="command">mkinitrd</code>, created what were known as <code class="systemitem">initrd</code> files. Thus the <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> directive remains <code class="systemitem">initrd</code> to maintain compatibility with other tools. The file-naming convention of systems using the <code class="command">dracut</code> utility to create the initial RAM disk image is: <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_ver
 sion</code></em>.img</code>
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span> is a new utility available in Fedora 15, and much-improved over <code class="command">mkinitrd</code>. For information on using <span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span>, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html">「初期RAMディスクイメージの確認」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You should ensure that the kernel version number as given on the <code class="computeroutput">kernel <code class="filename">/vmlinuz-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code></code> line matches the version number of the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image given on the <code class="computeroutput">initrd <code class="filename">/initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>.img</code></code> line of each stanza. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html#procedure-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">手順20.1「初期RAMディスクイメージの確認」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="computeroutput">default=</code> directive tells GRUB which kernel to boot <span class="emphasis"><em>by default</em></span>. Each <code class="computeroutput">title</code> in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> represents a bootable kernel. GRUB counts the <code class="computeroutput">title</code>d stanzas representing bootable kernels starting with <code class="constant">0</code>. In <a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf">例20.1「/boot/grub/grub.conf」</a>, the line <code class="computeroutput">default=1</code> indicates that GRUB will boot, by default, the <span class="emphasis"><em>second</em></span> kernel entry, i.e. <code class="computeroutput">title Fedora (2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64)</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html#ex-_boot_grub_grub.conf">例20.1「/boot/grub/grub.conf」</a> GRUB is therefore configured to boot an older kernel, when we compare by version numbers. In order to boot the newer kernel, which is the <span class="emphasis"><em>first</em></span> <code class="computeroutput">title</code> entry in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code>, we would need to change the <code class="computeroutput">default</code> value to <code class="constant">0</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After installing a new kernel with <code class="command">rpm</code>, verify that <code class="filename">/boot/grub/grub.conf</code> is correct, change the <code class="computeroutput">default=</code> value to the new kernel (while remembering to count from <code class="constant">0</code>), and reboot the computer into the new kernel. Ensure your hardware is detected by watching the boot process output.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If GRUB presents an error and is unable to boot into the default kernel, it is often easiest to try to boot into an alternative or older kernel so that you can fix the problem.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Causing the GRUB boot menu to display</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you set the <code class="computeroutput">timeout</code> directive in <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> to <code class="constant">0</code>, GRUB will not display its list of bootable kernels when the system starts up. In order to display this list when booting, press and hold any alphanumeric key while and immediately after BIOS information is displayed, and GRUB will present you with the GRUB menu.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, use the boot media you created earlier to boot the system.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html"><strong>戻る</strong>20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html"><strong>次へ</strong>20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-download.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-download.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6596eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-download.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html" title="第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html" title="20.2. アップグレードの準備" /><link rel="next" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html" title="20.4. アップグレードの実行" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-preparing.htm
 l"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-download"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-download">20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</h2></div></div></div><a id="id767114" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id825733" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1068394" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1068410" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			システムに対して更新されたカーネルがあるかどうかを確認するには、いくつかの方法があります。
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Security Advisories — Refer to <a href="http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/FSA">http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/FSA</a> for information on Security Advisories, including kernel upgrades that fix security issues.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Via Fedora Update System — Download and install the kernel RPM packages. For more information, refer to <a href="http://admin.fedoraproject.org/updates/">http://admin.fedoraproject.org/updates/</a>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			To install the kernel manually, continue to <a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html">「アップグレードの実行」</a>.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-preparing.html"><strong>戻る</strong>20.2. アップグレードの準備</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html"><strong>次へ</strong>20.4. アップグレードの実行</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c17203d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.8. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html" title="21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html" title="21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bon
 ding.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources">21.8. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			For more information on kernel modules and their utilities, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-installed">21.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				There is a number of manual pages for various utilities related to the kernel modules:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lsmod</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">lsmod</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man modinfo</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">modinfo</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man modprobe</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">modprobe</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man rmmod</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">rmmod</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ethtool</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">ethtool</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man mii-tool</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">mii-tool</code> command.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Additionally, you can refer to the documentation provided by the <span class="package">kernel-doc</span> package:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This directory contains information on the kernel, kernel modules, and their respective parameters. Note that before accessing the kernel documentation, you must run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install kernel-doc</code></pre></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2406c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>20.4. アップグレードの実行</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html" title="第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-kernel-download.html" title="20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html" title="20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><l
 i class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-download.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade">20.4. アップグレードの実行</h2></div></div></div><a id="id814146" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			After retrieving all of the necessary packages, it is time to upgrade the existing kernel.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Keep the old kernel when performing the upgrade</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				It is strongly recommended that you keep the old kernel in case there are problems with the new kernel.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			At a shell prompt, change to the directory that contains the kernel RPM packages. Use <code class="option">-i</code> argument with the <code class="command">rpm</code> command to keep the old kernel. Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> use the <code class="option">-U</code> option, since it overwrites the currently installed kernel, which creates boot loader problems. For example:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rpm -ivh kernel-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>.<em class="replaceable"><code>arch</code></em>.rpm </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			The next step is to verify that the initial RAM disk image has been created. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html">「初期RAMディスクイメージの確認」</a> for details.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-download.html"><strong>戻る</strong>20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html"><strong>次へ</strong>20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-preparing.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-preparing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..667ad6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-kernel-preparing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>20.2. アップグレードの準備</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html" title="第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html" title="第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする" /><link rel="next" href="s1-kernel-download.html" title="20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li cla
 ss="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-download.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-kernel-preparing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-kernel-preparing">20.2. アップグレードの準備</h2></div></div></div><a id="id771979" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id771988" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id919380" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id919392" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Before upgrading the kernel, it is recommended that you take some precautionary steps.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			First, ensure that working boot media exists for the system in case a problem occurs. If the boot loader is not configured properly to boot the new kernel, the system cannot be booted into Fedora without working boot media.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			USB media often comes in the form of flash devices sometimes called <em class="firstterm">pen drives</em>, <em class="firstterm">thumb disks</em>, or <em class="firstterm">keys</em>, or as an externally-connected hard disk device. Almost all media of this type is formatted as a <code class="systemitem">VFAT</code> file system. You can create bootable USB media on media formatted as <code class="systemitem">ext2</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext3</code>, <code class="systemitem">ext4</code>, or <code class="systemitem">VFAT</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You can transfer a distribution image file or a minimal boot media image file to USB media. Make sure that sufficient free space is available on the device. Around <code class="constant">4 GB</code> is required for a distribution DVD image, around <code class="constant">700 MB</code> for a distribution CD image, or around <code class="constant">10 MB</code> for a minimal boot media image.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You must have a copy of the <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> file from a Fedora installation DVD, or installation CD-ROM#1, and you need a USB storage device formatted with the <code class="systemitem">VFAT</code> file system and around <code class="constant">16 MB</code> of free space. The following procedure will not affect existing files on the USB storage device unless they have the same path names as the files that you copy onto it. To create USB boot media, perform the following commands as the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user:
+		</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Install the <span class="application"><strong>SYSLINUX</strong></span> bootloader on the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">syslinux /dev/<em class="replaceable"><code>sdX1</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					...where <em class="replaceable"><code>sdX</code></em> is the device name.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Create mount points for <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> and the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mkdir /mnt/isoboot /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Mount <code class="filename">boot.iso</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mount -o loop boot.iso /mnt/isoboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Mount the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mount /dev/<em class="replaceable"><code>;sdX1</code></em> /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Copy the <span class="application"><strong>ISOLINUX</strong></span> files from the <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> to the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">cp /mnt/isoboot/isolinux/* /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Use the <code class="filename">isolinux.cfg</code> file from <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> as the <code class="filename">syslinux.cfg</code> file for the USB device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">grep -v local /mnt/isoboot/isolinux/isolinux.cfg &gt; /mnt/diskboot/syslinux.cfg</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Unmount <code class="filename">boot.iso</code> and the USB storage device:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">umount /mnt/isoboot /mnt/diskboot</code>
+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					You should reboot the machine with the boot media and verify that you are able to boot with it before continuing.
+				</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+			Alternatively, on systems with a floppy drive, you can create a boot diskette by installing the <span class="package">mkbootdisk</span> package and running the <code class="command">mkbootdisk</code> command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. Refer to <code class="command">man mkbootdisk</code> man page after installing the package for usage information.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To determine which kernel packages are installed, execute the command <code class="command">yum list installed "kernel-*"</code> at a shell prompt. The output will comprise some or all of the following packages, depending on the system's architecture, and the version numbers may differ:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list installed "kernel-*"</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+kernel.x86_64                   2.6.38.6-27.fc15        installed
+kernel-doc.noarch               2.6.38.6-27.fc15        installed
+kernel-headers.x86_64           2.6.38.6-27.fc15        installed</pre><div class="para">
+			From the output, determine which packages need to be downloaded for the kernel upgrade. For a single processor system, the only required package is the <span class="package">kernel</span> package. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html#s1-kernel-packages">「カーネルパッケージの概要」</a> for descriptions of the different packages.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-download.html"><strong>次へ</strong>20.3. アップグレードされたカーネルをダウンロードする</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-log-files-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-log-files-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bb858d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-log-files-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>17.6. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html" title="第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html" title="17.5. ログファイルを監視する" /><link rel="next" href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html" title="17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html">
 <strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-log-files-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-log-files-additional-resources">17.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To learn more about <span class="application"><strong>rsyslog</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>logrotate</strong></span>, and log files in general, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-log-files-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-log-files-installed-docs">17.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id867203" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">rsyslogd</code> manual page — Type <code class="command">man rsyslogd</code> to learn more about <code class="command">rsyslogd</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">rsyslog.conf</code> manual page — Type <code class="command">man rsyslog.conf</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration file and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/rsyslog-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;version-number&gt;</code></em>/ </code> — After installing the <span class="package">rsyslog</span> package, this directory contains extensive documentation in the <code class="systemitem">html</code> format.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">logrotate</code> manual page — Type <code class="command">man logrotate</code> to learn more about <code class="command">logrotate</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html"><strong>戻る</strong>17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-log-files-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong>17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-adding.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-adding.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65bc13c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-adding.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>17.4. Adding a Log File</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html" title="第17ç«  Viewing and Managing Log Files" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html" title="17.3. ログファイルの表示" /><link rel="next" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html" title="17.5. ログファイルを監視する" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html"><strong>戻ã
 ‚‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-adding"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-adding">17.4. Adding a Log File</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To add a log file you wish to view in the list, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Open</strong></span>. This will display the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Open Log</strong></span> window where you can select the directory and file name of the log file you wish to view.<a class="xref" href="s1-logfiles-adding.html#fig-redhat-logviewer-add">図17.5「Log File Viewer — adding a log file」</a> illustrates the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Open Log</strong></span> window.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-logviewer-add"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-add.png" alt="Log File Viewer — adding a log file" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — adding a log file
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.5 Log File Viewer — adding a log file</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			Click on the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Open</strong></span> button to open the file. The file is immediately added to the viewing list where you can select it and view its contents.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Reading zipped log files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> also allows you to open log files zipped in the <code class="literal">.gz</code> format.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html"><strong>戻る</strong>17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html"><strong>次へ</strong>17.5. ログファイルを監視する</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-examining.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-examining.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..203d780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-examining.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>17.5. ログファイルを監視する</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html" title="第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-logfiles-adding.html" title="17.4. Adding a Log File" /><link rel="next" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html" title="17.6. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-adding.html"><strong>戻る</stron
 g></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-examining"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-examining">17.5. ログファイルを監視する</h2></div></div></div><a id="id736152" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id827258" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> monitors all opened logs by default. If a new line is added to a monitored log file, the log name appears in bold in the log list. If the log file is selected or displayed, the new lines appear in bold at the bottom of the log file. <a class="xref" href="s1-logfiles-examining.html#fig-redhat-logviewer-monitoring">図17.6「Log File Viewer — new log alert」</a> illustrates a new alert in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>yum.log</strong></span> log file and in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>messages</strong></span> log file. Clicking on the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>messages</strong></span> log file displays the logs in the file with the new lines in bold.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-logviewer-monitoring"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-alerts.png" alt="Log File Viewer — new log alert" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — new log alert
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.6 Log File Viewer — new log alert</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-adding.html"><strong>戻る</strong>17.4. Adding a Log File</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>17.6. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-locating.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-locating.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9eb157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-locating.html
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>17.2. ログファイルを探す</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html" title="第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html" title="第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files" /><link rel="next" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html" title="17.3. ログファイルの表示" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Lo
 g_Files.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-locating"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-locating">17.2. ログファイルを探す</h2></div></div></div><a id="id707102" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Most log files are located in the <code class="filename">/var/log/</code> directory. Some applications such as <code class="command">httpd</code> and <code class="command">samba</code> have a directory within <code class="filename">/var/log/</code> for their log files.
+		</div><a id="id840415" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id840430" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You may notice multiple files in the <code class="filename">/var/log/</code> directory with numbers after them (for example, <code class="filename">cron-20100906</code>). These numbers represent a timestamp that has been added to a rotated log file. Log files are rotated so their file sizes do not become too large. The <code class="filename">logrotate</code> package contains a cron task that automatically rotates log files according to the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.conf</code> configuration file and the configuration files in the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.d/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="configuring-logrotate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="configuring-logrotate">17.2.1. Configuring logrotate</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following is a sample <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.conf</code> configuration file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# rotate log files weekly
+weekly
+# keep 4 weeks worth of backlogs
+rotate 4
+# uncomment this if you want your log files compressed
+compress
+</pre><div class="para">
+				All of the lines in the sample configuration file define global options that apply to every log file. In our example, log files are rotated weekly, rotated log files are kept for the duration of 4 weeks, and all rotated log files are compressed by <span class="application"><strong>gzip</strong></span> into the <code class="literal">.gz</code> format. Any lines that begin with a hash sign (#) are comments and are not processed
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You may define configuration options for a specific log file and place it under the global options. However, it is advisable to create a separate configuration file for any specific log file in the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.d/</code> directory and define any configuration options there.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is an example of a configuration file placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/logrotate.d/</code> directory:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+/var/log/messages {
+    rotate 5
+    weekly
+    postrotate
+    /usr/bin/killall -HUP syslogd
+    endscript
+}
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The configuration options in this file are specific for the <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code> log file only. The settings specified here override the global settings where possible. Thus the rotated <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code> log file will be kept for five weeks instead of four weeks as was defined in the global options.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of some of the directives you can specify in your <span class="application"><strong>logrotate</strong></span> configuration file:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>weekly</code></em> — Specifies the rotation of log files on a weekly basis. Similar directives include: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>daily</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>monthly</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>yearly</code></em>
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>compress</code></em> — Enables compression of rotated log files. Similar directives include: 
+						<div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>nocompress</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>compresscmd</code></em> — Specifies the command to be used for compressing.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>uncompresscmd</code></em>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>compressext</code></em> — Specifies what extension is to be used for compressing.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>compressoptions</code></em> — Lets you specify any options that may be passed to the used compression program.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<em class="parameter"><code>delaycompress</code></em> — Postpones the compression of log files to the next rotation of log files.
+								</div></li></ul></div>
+
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>rotate <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;INTEGER&gt;</code></em> </code></em> — Specifies the number of rotations a log file undergoes before it is removed or mailed to a specific address. If the value <code class="constant">0</code> is specified, old log files are removed instead of rotated.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="parameter"><code>mail <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;ADDRESS&gt;</code></em> </code></em> — This option enables mailing of log files that have been rotated as many times as is defined by the <em class="parameter"><code>rotate</code></em> directive to the specified address. Similar directives include:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="parameter"><code>nomail</code></em>
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="parameter"><code>mailfirst</code></em> — Specifies that the just-rotated log files are to be mailed, instead of the about-to-expire log files.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="parameter"><code>maillast</code></em> — Specifies that the just-rotated log files are to be mailed, instead of the about-to-expire log files. This is the default option when <em class="parameter"><code>mail</code></em> is enabled.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For the full list of directives and various configuration options, refer to the <code class="command">logrotate</code> man page (<code class="command">man logrotate</code>).
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html"><strong>次へ</strong>17.3. ログファイルの表示</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-viewing.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-viewing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c2a07e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-logfiles-viewing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>17.3. ログファイルの表示</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html" title="第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html" title="17.2. ログファイルを探す" /><link rel="next" href="s1-logfiles-adding.html" title="17.4. Adding a Log File" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></
 li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-adding.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-logfiles-viewing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-logfiles-viewing">17.3. ログファイルの表示</h2></div></div></div><a id="id866960" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Most log files are in plain text format. You can view them with any text editor such as <code class="command">Vi</code> or <span class="application"><strong>Emacs</strong></span>. Some log files are readable by all users on the system; however, <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges are required to read most log files.
+		</div><a id="id761455" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To view system log files in an interactive, real-time application, use the <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the gnome-system-log package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				In order to use the <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">gnome-system-log</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install gnome-system-log</code></pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			After you have installed the <span class="package">gnome-system-log</span> package, you can open the <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or type the following command at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">gnome-system-log</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The application only displays log files that exist; thus, the list might differ from the one shown in <a class="xref" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html#fig-redhat-logviewer">図17.1「 Log File Viewer 」</a>.
+		</div><a id="id1110564" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id814544" class="indexterm"></a><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-logviewer"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer.png" alt="Log File Viewer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.1  Log File Viewer </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id951924" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>Log File Viewer</strong></span> application lets you filter any existing log file. Click on <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Filters</strong></span> from the menu and select <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Manage Filters</strong></span> to define or edit your desired filter.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-filters"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-filters-manage.png" alt="Log File Viewer — filters" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — filters
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.2  Log File Viewer — filters </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			Adding or editing a filter lets you define its parameters as is shown in <a class="xref" href="s1-logfiles-viewing.html#fig-redhat-filter-sample">図17.3「 Log File Viewer — defining a filter 」</a>.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-filter-sample"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-filters-define.png" alt="Log File Viewer — defining a filter" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — defining a filter
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.3  Log File Viewer — defining a filter </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			When defining a filter, you can edit the following parameters:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>Name</strong></span> — Specifies the name of the filter.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>Regular Expression</strong></span> — Specifies the regular expression that will be applied to the log file and will attempt to match any possible strings of text in it.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>Effect</strong></span>
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Highlight</strong></span> — If checked, the found results will be highlighted with the selected color. You may select whether to highlight the background or the foreground of the text.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Hide</strong></span> — If checked, the found results will be hidden from the log file you are viewing.
+						</div></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			When you have at least one filter defined, you may select it from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Filters</strong></span> menu and it will automatically search for the strings you have defined in the filter and highlight/hide every successful match in the log file you are currently viewing.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-redhat-filter-enable"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-log-viewer-filters-enable.png" alt="Log File Viewer — enabling a filter" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Log File Viewer — enabling a filter
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図17.4  Log File Viewer — enabling a filter </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			When you check the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Show matches only</strong></span> option, only the matched strings will be shown in the log file you are currently viewing.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-logfiles-locating.html"><strong>戻る</strong>17.2. ログファイルを探す</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-logfiles-adding.html"><strong>次へ</strong>17.4. Adding a Log File</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-control.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-control.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd9f258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-control.html
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html" title="第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html" title="6.2.5. 他のインターフェース" /><link rel="next" href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html" title="6.4. スタティック ルートの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-net
 workscripts-interfaces-other.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-control"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-control">6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</h2></div></div></div><a id="id839294" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id832146" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id832168" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id832181" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The interface control scripts activate and deactivate system interfaces. There are two primary interface control scripts that call on control scripts located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory: <code class="command">/sbin/ifdown</code> and <code class="command">/sbin/ifup</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">ifup</code> and <code class="filename">ifdown</code> interface scripts are symbolic links to scripts in the <code class="filename">/sbin/</code> directory. When either of these scripts are called, they require the value of the interface to be specified, such as:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ifup eth0</code></pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>インターフェースのスクリプト ifup と ifdown を使う</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">ifup</code> and <code class="filename">ifdown</code> interface scripts are the only scripts that the user should use to bring up and take down network interfaces.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				参考のために以下にスクリプトの例をあげておきます。
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Two files used to perform a variety of network initialization tasks during the process of bringing up a network interface are <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/functions</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html">「ネットワーク機能ファイル」</a> for more information.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			After verifying that an interface has been specified and that the user executing the request is allowed to control the interface, the correct script brings the interface up or down. The following are common interface control scripts found within the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-aliases</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						複数の IP アドレスが 1 つのインターフェイスに関連付けられている場合、インターフェース設定ファイルから IP エイリアスを設定します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">ifup-ippp</code> and <code class="filename">ifdown-ippp</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						ISDN インターフェースをアップとダウンする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-ipv6</code> と <code class="filename">ifdown-ipv6</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						IPv6 インターフェースをアップとダウンする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-plip</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						PLIP インターフェースをアップする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-plusb</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						ネットワーク接続用の USB インターフェースをアップする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-post</code> と <code class="filename">ifdown-post</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						これらには、インターフェイスを立ち上げた後、及び停止した後に実行されるコマンドが含まれています。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-ppp</code> と <code class="filename">ifdown-ppp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						PPP インターフェースをアップとダウンする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-routes</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						デバイスの静的ルートを、そのインターフェイスがアップするときに追加します。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifdown-sit</code> と <code class="filename">ifup-sit</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						IPv4 接続内にある IPv6 トンネルのアップ/ダウンに関連した機能呼び出しを含みます。
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifup-wireless</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						ワイヤレスインターフェースをアップする為に使用します。
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>ネットワーク スクリプトの修正と削除をする際は注意をしてください!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Removing or modifying any scripts in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory can cause interface connections to act irregularly or fail. Only advanced users should modify scripts related to a network interface.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The easiest way to manipulate all network scripts simultaneously is to use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command on the network service (<code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/network</code>), as illustrated the following command:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em> network.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			Here, <em class="replaceable"><code>action</code></em> can be either <code class="command">start</code>, <code class="command">stop</code>, or <code class="command">restart</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			設定したデバイスと現在アクティブになっているネットワーク インターフェースの一覧を表示するには、次のコマンドを使用します:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">service network status</code></pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-functions.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-functions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07a8575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-functions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html" title="第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html" title="6.4. スタティック ルートの設定" /><link rel="next" href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html" title="6.6. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-sta
 tic-routes.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-functions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-functions">6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id697931" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora makes use of several files that contain important common functions used to bring interfaces up and down. Rather than forcing each interface control file to contain these functions, they are grouped together in a few files that are called upon when necessary.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions</code> file contains the most commonly used IPv4 functions, which are useful to many interface control scripts. These functions include contacting running programs that have requested information about changes in the status of an interface, setting hostnames, finding a gateway device, verifying whether or not a particular device is down, and adding a default route.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			As the functions required for IPv6 interfaces are different from IPv4 interfaces, a <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/network-functions-ipv6</code> file exists specifically to hold this information. The functions in this file configure and delete static IPv6 routes, create and remove tunnels, add and remove IPv6 addresses to an interface, and test for the existence of an IPv6 address on an interface.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.6. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7807c83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html" title="第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html" title="第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース" /><link rel="next" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html" title="6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a
  accesskey="p" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-interfaces"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-interfaces">6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</h2></div></div></div><a id="id679071" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id679084" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Interface configuration files control the software interfaces for individual network devices. As the system boots, it uses these files to determine what interfaces to bring up and how to configure them. These files are usually named <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code>, where <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> refers to the name of the device that the configuration file controls.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-eth0">6.2.1. イーサネット インターフェース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1045312" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1045330" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				One of the most common interface files is <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code>, which controls the first Ethernet <em class="firstterm">network interface card</em> or <em class="firstterm">NIC</em> in the system. In a system with multiple NICs, there are multiple <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth<em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> </code> files (where <em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> is a unique number corresponding to a specific interface). Because each device has its own configuration file, an administrator can control how each interface functions individually.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				下記は固定 IP アドレスを用いたシステム向けの <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> のサンプルです。
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+BOOTPROTO=none
+ONBOOT=yes
+NETMASK=255.255.255.0
+IPADDR=10.0.1.27
+USERCTL=no</pre><div class="para">
+				The values required in an interface configuration file can change based on other values. For example, the <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> file for an interface using DHCP looks different because IP information is provided by the DHCP server:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+BOOTPROTO=dhcp
+ONBOOT=yes</pre><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-network</code>) is an easy way to make changes to the various network interface configuration files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				但し、任意のネットワーク インターフェースの設定ファイルは、手動で編集することもできます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				以下にイーサネット インターフェースの設定ファイル内の設定パラメーターを一覧で示します。
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">BONDING_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>parameters</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							sets the configuration parameters for the bonding device, and is used in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code> (see <a class="xref" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>). These parameters are identical to those used for bonding devices in <code class="filename">/sys/class/net/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding device</code></em>/bonding</code>, and the module parameters for the bonding driver as described in <span class="emphasis"><em><code class="filename">bonding</code> Module Directives</em></span>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This configuration method is used so that multiple bonding devices can have different configurations. It is highly recommended to place all of your bonding options after the <code class="command">BONDING_OPTS</code> directive in <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code>. Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> specify options for the bonding device in <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code>, or in the deprecated <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.conf</code> file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">BOOTPROTO=<em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">none</code> — No boot-time protocol should be used.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">bootp</code> — The BOOTP protocol should be used.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">dhcp</code> — The DHCP protocol should be used.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">BROADCAST=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the broadcast address. This directive is deprecated, as the value is calculated automatically with <code class="command">ipcalc</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DEVICE=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> is the name of the physical device (except for dynamically-allocated PPP devices where it is the <span class="emphasis"><em>logical name</em></span>).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DHCP_HOSTNAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a short hostname to be sent to the DHCP server. Use this option only if the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DNS<em class="replaceable"><code>{1,2}</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is a name server address to be placed in <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code> if the <code class="command">PEERDNS</code> directive is set to <code class="command">yes</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">ETHTOOL_OPTS=<em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>options</code></em> </code> are any device-specific options supported by <code class="command">ethtool</code>. For example, if you wanted to force 100Mb, full duplex:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="command">ETHTOOL_OPTS="autoneg off speed 100 duplex full"</code></pre><div class="para">
+							Instead of a custom initscript, use <code class="command">ETHTOOL_OPTS</code> to set the interface speed and duplex settings. Custom initscripts run outside of the network init script lead to unpredictable results during a post-boot network service restart.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Set "autoneg off" before changing speed or duplex settings</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Changing speed or duplex settings almost always requires disabling autonegotiation with the <code class="command">autoneg off</code> option. This needs to be stated first, as the option entries are order-dependent.
+							</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">GATEWAY=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> is the IP address of the network router or gateway device (if any).
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">HOTPLUG=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em></code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This device should be activated when it is hot-plugged (this is the default option).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — This device should <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be activated when it is hot-plugged.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							The <code class="option">HOTPLUG=no</code> option can be used to prevent a channel bonding interface from being activated when a bonding kernel module is loaded.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a> for more information about channel bonding interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">HWADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> is the hardware address of the Ethernet device in the form <em class="replaceable"><code>AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF</code></em>. This directive must be used in machines containing more than one NIC to ensure that the interfaces are assigned the correct device names regardless of the configured load order for each NIC's module. This directive should <span class="bold bold"><strong>not</strong></span> be used in conjunction with <code class="command">MACADDR</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">IPADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the IP address.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">LINKDELAY=<em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>time</code></em> is the number of seconds to wait for link negotiation before configuring the device.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MACADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <em class="replaceable"><code>MAC-address</code></em> is the hardware address of the Ethernet device in the form <em class="replaceable"><code>AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF</code></em>. This directive is used to assign a MAC address to an interface, overriding the one assigned to the physical NIC. This directive should <span class="bold bold"><strong>not</strong></span> be used in conjunction with <code class="command">HWADDR</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MASTER=<em class="replaceable"><code>bond-interface</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>bond-interface</code></em> </code> is the channel bonding interface to which the Ethernet interface is linked.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This directive is used in conjunction with the <code class="command">SLAVE</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a> for more information about channel bonding interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">NETMASK=<em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> </code> is the netmask value.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">NETWORK=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the network address. This directive is deprecated, as the value is calculated automatically with <code class="command">ipcalc</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">ONBOOT=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — このデバイスは起動時に有効になります。
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — このデバイスは起動時に有効になりません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">PEERDNS=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — Modify <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code> if the DNS directive is set. If using DHCP, then <code class="command">yes</code> is the default.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — <code class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</code>. を変更しません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">SLAVE=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This device is controlled by the channel bonding interface specified in the <code class="command">MASTER</code> directive.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — This device is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> controlled by the channel bonding interface specified in the <code class="command">MASTER</code> directive.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							This directive is used in conjunction with the <code class="command">MASTER</code> directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a> for more about channel bonding interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">SRCADDR=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the specified source IP address for outgoing packets.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">USERCTL=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — <code class="systemitem">root</code> 以外のユーザーに、このデバイスの制御を許可します。
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — <code class="systemitem">root</code> 以外のユーザーに、このデバイスの制御を許可しません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e1d48e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.6. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html" title="第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html" title="6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル" /><link rel="next" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html" title="パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p
 " href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-resources">6.6. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1007816" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			ネットワークインターフェースに関して詳細に説明しているリソースを以下に示します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-docs-inst"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-docs-inst">6.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/initscripts-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/sysconfig.txt</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							この章では触れていない IPv6 オプションなど、ネットワーク設定ファイル用に利用可能なオプションへの手引きです。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/iproute-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/ip-cref.ps</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This file contains a wealth of information about the <code class="command">ip</code> command, which can be used to manipulate routing tables, among other things. Use the <span class="application"><strong>ggv</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>kghostview</strong></span> application to view this file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html"><strong>次へ</strong>パート IV. インフラストラクチャー サービス</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4e3f5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-networkscripts-static-routes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html" title="第6章 ネットワーク インターフェース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html" title="6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト" /><link rel="next" href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html" title="6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-netw
 orkscripts-control.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-networkscripts-static-routes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-networkscripts-static-routes">6.4. スタティック ルートの設定</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			If static routes are required, they can be configured for each interface. This can be useful if you have multiple interfaces in different subnets. Use the <code class="command">route</code> command to display the IP routing table.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Static route configuration is stored in a <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/route-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> </code> file. For example, static routes for the eth0 interface would be stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/route-eth0</code> file. The <code class="filename">route-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> </code> file has two formats: IP command arguments and network/netmask directives.
+		</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id734042">IP コマンドの引数形式</h5>
+				Define a default gateway on the first line. This is only required if the default gateway is not set via DHCP:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">default via <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> dev <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> is the IP address of the default gateway. The <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> is the interface that is connected to, or can reach, the default gateway.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Define a static route. Each line is parsed as an individual route:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X/X</code></em> via <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> dev <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X/X</code></em> is the network number and netmask for the static route. <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> are the IP address and interface for the default gateway respectively. The <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> address does not have to be the default gateway IP address. In most cases, <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> will be an IP address in a different subnet, and <em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> will be the interface that is connected to, or can reach, that subnet. Add as many static routes as required.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following is a sample <code class="filename">route-eth0</code> file using the IP command arguments format. The default gateway is 192.168.0.1, interface eth0. The two static routes are for the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">default via 192.168.0.1 dev eth0
+10.10.10.0/24 via 192.168.0.1 dev eth0
+172.16.1.0/24 via 192.168.0.1 dev eth0</pre><div class="para">
+			Static routes should only be configured for other subnets. The above example is not necessary, since packets going to the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks will use the default gateway anyway. Below is an example of setting static routes to a different subnet, on a machine in a 192.168.0.0/24 subnet. The example machine has an eth0 interface in the 192.168.0.0/24 subnet, and an eth1 interface (10.10.10.1) in the 10.10.10.0/24 subnet:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">10.10.10.0/24 via 10.10.10.1 dev eth1</pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>デフォルト ゲートウェイの複製</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				If the default gateway is already assigned from DHCP, the IP command arguments format can cause one of two errors during start-up, or when bringing up an interface from the down state using the <code class="command">ifup</code> command: "RTNETLINK answers: File exists" or 'Error: either "to" is a duplicate, or "<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em>" is a garbage.', where <em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> is the gateway, or a different IP address. These errors can also occur if you have another route to another network using the default gateway. Both of these errors are safe to ignore.
+			</div></div></div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id682669">ネットワーク/ネットマスク ディレクティブの形式</h5>
+				You can also use the network/netmask directives format for <code class="filename">route-<em class="replaceable"><code>interface</code></em> </code> files. The following is a template for the network/netmask format, with instructions following afterwards:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em>
+NETMASK0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em>
+GATEWAY0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em></pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code> はスタティック ルートのネットワーク番号です。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="computeroutput">NETMASK0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code> is the netmask for the network number defined with <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="computeroutput">GATEWAY0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code> is the default gateway, or an IP address that can be used to reach <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0=<em class="replaceable"><code>X.X.X.X</code></em> </code>
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			The following is a sample <code class="filename">route-eth0</code> file using the network/netmask directives format. The default gateway is 192.168.0.1, interface eth0. The two static routes are for the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks. However, as mentioned before, this example is not necessary as the 10.10.10.0/24 and 172.16.1.0/24 networks would use the default gateway anyway:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">ADDRESS0=10.10.10.0
+NETMASK0=255.255.255.0
+GATEWAY0=192.168.0.1
+ADDRESS1=172.16.1.0
+NETMASK1=255.255.255.0
+GATEWAY1=192.168.0.1</pre><div class="para">
+			Subsequent static routes must be numbered sequentially, and must not skip any values. For example, <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS0</code>, <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS1</code>, <code class="computeroutput">ADDRESS2</code>, and so on.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Below is an example of setting static routes to a different subnet, on a machine in the 192.168.0.0/24 subnet. The example machine has an eth0 interface in the 192.168.0.0/24 subnet, and an eth1 interface (10.10.10.1) in the 10.10.10.0/24 subnet:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">ADDRESS0=10.10.10.0
+NETMASK0=255.255.255.0
+GATEWAY0=10.10.10.1</pre><div class="para">
+			Note that if DHCP is used, it can assign these settings automatically.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-functions.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.5. ネットワーク機能ファイル</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-openssh-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-openssh-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66fb262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-openssh-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.5. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-OpenSSH.html" title="第9章 OpenSSH" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html" title="9.4.2. ポート転送" /><link rel="next" href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html" title="9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey
 ="n" href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-openssh-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-openssh-additional-resources">9.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1078944" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1078956" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			OpenSSH と OpenSSL プロジェクトの開発は常に進められているため、これらに関する最新情報は該当する Web サイトを参照してください。 OpenSSH と OpenSSL ツールの man ページでも詳細情報を参照することができます。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-openssh-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-openssh-installed-docs">9.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ssh</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>ssh</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man scp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>scp</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man sftp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>sftp</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man sshd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>sshd</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ssh-keygen</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <span class="application"><strong>ssh-keygen</strong></span> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man ssh_config</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with full description of available SSH client configuration options.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man sshd_config</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with full description of available SSH daemon configuration options.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.4.2. ポート転送</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-openssh-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ffd6dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.11. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-printing-edit.html" title="15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更" /><link rel="next" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html" title="パート VI. 監視と自動化" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-edit.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li
 ><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-printing-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-additional-resources">15.3.11. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To learn more about printing on Fedora, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-installed">15.3.11.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lp</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">lpr</code> command that allows you to print files from the command line.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man cancel</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the command line utility to remove print jobs from the print queue.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man mpage</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the command line utility to print multiple pages on one sheet of paper.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man cupsd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the CUPS printer daemon.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man cupsd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the CUPS printer daemon configuration file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man classes.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the class configuration file for CUPS.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lpstat</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for the <code class="command">lpstat</code> command, which displays status information about classes, jobs, and printers.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-printing-additional-resources-websites">15.3.11.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/">http://www.linuxprinting.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							<em class="citetitle">GNU/Linux Printing</em> contains a large amount of information about printing in Linux.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.cups.org/">http://www.cups.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Documentation, FAQs, and newsgroups about CUPS.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-edit.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html"><strong>次へ</strong>パート VI. 監視と自動化</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-edit.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-edit.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa84521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-edit.html
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-printing-test-page.html" title="15.3.9. Printing a test page" /><link rel="next" href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html" title="15.3.11. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-test-page.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a><
 /li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-printing-edit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-edit">15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To delete an existing printer, in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> window, select the printer and go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Delete</strong></span>. Confirm the printer deletion. Alternatively, press the <span class="keycap"><strong>Delete</strong></span> key.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To set the default printer, right-click the printer in the printer list and click the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Set As Default</strong></span> button in the context menu.
+		</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="id912061">15.3.10.1. The Settings Page</h4></div></div></div><a id="id912068" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To change printer driver configuration, double-click the corresponding name in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer</strong></span> list and click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> label on the left to display the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> page.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can modify printer settings such as make and model, print a test page, change the device location (URI), and more.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config1"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config1.png" alt="Settings page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Settings Page
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.11 Settings page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="id812440">15.3.10.2. The Policies Page</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Policies</strong></span> button on the left to change settings in printer state and print output.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can select the printer states, configure the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Error Policy</strong></span> of the printer (you can decide to abort the print job, retry, or stop it if an error occurs).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can also create a <em class="firstterm">banner page</em> (a page that describes aspects of the print job such as the originating printer, the username from the which the job originated, and the security status of the document being printed): click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Starting Banner </strong></span> or <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ending Banner</strong></span> drop-menu and choose the option that best describes the nature of the print jobs (such as <span class="guilabel"><strong>topsecret</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>classified</strong></span>, or <span class="guilabel"><strong>confidential</strong></span>).
+			</div><div class="section" id="sec-Sharing_Printers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-Sharing_Printers">15.3.10.2.1. Sharing Printers</h5></div></div></div><a id="id676252" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					On the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Policies</strong></span> page, you can mark a printer as shared: if a printer is shared, users published on the network can use it. To allow the sharing function for printers, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Server</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Settings</strong></span> and select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Publish shared printers connected to this system</strong></span>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Finally, ensure that the firewall allows incoming TCP connections to port 631, which is Network Printing Server (IPP) in system-config-firewall.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config2"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config2.png" alt="Policies page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Policies Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.12 Policies page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-The_Access_Control_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-The_Access_Control_Page">15.3.10.2.2. The Access Control Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					You can change user-level access to the configured printer on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Access Control</strong></span> page. Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Access Control</strong></span> label on the left to display the page. Select either <span class="guilabel"><strong>Allow printing for everyone except these users</strong></span> or <span class="guilabel"><strong>Deny printing for everyone except these users</strong></span> and define the user set below: enter the user name in the text box and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add</strong></span> button to add the user to the user set.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config3"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config3.png" alt="Access Control page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Access Control Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.13 Access Control page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-The_Printer_Options_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-The_Printer_Options_Page">15.3.10.2.3. The Printer Options Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Options</strong></span> page contains various configuration options for the printer media and output, and its content may vary from printer to printer. It contains general printing, paper, quality, and printing size settings.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config4"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config4.png" alt="Printer Options page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Printer Options Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.14 Printer Options page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Job_Options_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-Job_Options_Page">15.3.10.2.4. Job Options Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					On the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Options</strong></span> page, you can detail the printer job options. Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Job Options</strong></span> label on the left to display the page. Edit the default settings to apply custom job options, such as number of copies, orientation, pages per side,scaling (increase or decrease the size of the printable area, which can be used to fit an oversize print area onto a smaller physical sheet of print medium), detailed text options, and custom job options.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-config5"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config5.png" alt="Job Options page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Job Options Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.15 Job Options page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><div class="section" id="sec-Ink_Toner_Levels_Page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="sec-Ink_Toner_Levels_Page">15.3.10.2.5. Ink/Toner Levels Page</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ink/Toner Levels</strong></span> page contains details on toner status if available and printer status messages. Click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Ink/Toner Levels</strong></span> label on the left to display the page.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="mediaobj-printconf-config6"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-config6.png" alt="Ink/Toner Levels page" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Ink/Toner Levels Page
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.16 Ink/Toner Levels page</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div></div><div class="section" id="s1-printing-managing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s1-printing-managing">15.3.10.3. 印刷ジョブの管理</h4></div></div></div><a id="id893366" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				When you send a print job to the printer daemon, such as printing a text file from <span class="application"><strong>Emacs</strong></span> or printing an image from <span class="application"><strong>GIMP</strong></span>, the print job is added to the print spool queue. The print spool queue is a list of print jobs that have been sent to the printer and information about each print request, such as the status of the request, the job number, and more.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				During the printing process, messages informing about the process appear in the notification area.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-gnome-print-manager-list"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/gnome-print-queue.png" alt="GNOME Print Status" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							GNOME Print Status
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.17 GNOME Print Status</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				To cancel, hold, release, reprint or authenticate a print job, select the job in the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME Print Status</strong></span> and on the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Job</strong></span> menu, click the respective command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To view the list of print jobs in the print spool from a shell prompt, type the command <code class="command">lpstat -o</code>. The last few lines look similar to the following:
+			</div><div class="example" id="lpq-example"><h6>例15.1 Example of <code class="command">lpstat -o</code> output</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">$ <code class="command">lpstat -o</code>
+Charlie-60              twaugh            1024   Tue 08 Feb 2011 16:42:11 GMT
+Aaron-61                twaugh            1024   Tue 08 Feb 2011 16:42:44 GMT
+Ben-62                  root              1024   Tue 08 Feb 2011 16:45:42 GMT</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				If you want to cancel a print job, find the job number of the request with the command <code class="command">lpstat -o</code> and then use the command <code class="command">cancel <em class="replaceable"><code>job number</code></em></code>. For example, <code class="command">cancel 60</code> would cancel the print job in <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-edit.html#lpq-example">例15.1「Example of <code class="command">lpstat -o</code> output」</a>. You cannot cancel print jobs that were started by other users with the <code class="command">cancel</code> command. However, you can enforce deletion of such job by issuing the <code class="command">cancel -U root <em class="replaceable"><code>job_number</code></em></code> command. To prevent such canceling, change the printer operation policy to <code class="literal">Authenticated</code> to force root authentication.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can also print a file directly from a shell prompt. For example, the command <code class="command">lp sample.txt</code> prints the text file <code class="filename">sample.txt</code>. The print filter determines what type of file it is and converts it into a format the printer can understand.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-test-page.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.11. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-ipp-printer.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-ipp-printer.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad9d8df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-ipp-printer.html
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html" title="15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer" /><link rel="next" href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html" title="15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-jetdirect-pri
 nter.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-printing-ipp-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-ipp-printer">15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1003984" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			IPP プリンタは同じ TCP/IP ネットワーク上にある別のシステムに接続されたプリンタです。このプリンタが接続されるシステムは CUPS を実行しているか単純に IPP を使用するよう設定されているかのどちらかです。
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If a firewall is enabled on the printer server, then the firewall must be configured to allow incoming TCP connections on port 631. Note that the CUPS browsing protocol allows client machines to discover shared CUPS queues automatically. To enable this, the firewall on the client machine must be configured to allow incoming UDP packets on port 631.
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_IPP_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to add an IPP printer:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list of devices on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> and <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</strong></span> or <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection settings:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Host</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the hostname for the system that controls the printer
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Queue</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the queue name to be given to the new queue (if the box is left empty, a name based on the device node will be used)
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-ipp"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-ipp.png" alt="Adding an IPP printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								ネットワーク上の IPP プリンタ
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.5 Adding an IPP printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Optionally, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Verify</strong></span> to detect the printer.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guibutton"><strong>進む</strong></span> をクリックして続行します。
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-select-model.html">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe2d5d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html" title="15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加" /><link rel="next" href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html" title="15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html"><strong>戻る</st
 rong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer">15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Follow this procedure to add an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_JetDirect_Printer"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">「Starting the Printer Configuration Tool」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection settings:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Hostname</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								printer hostname or IP address
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Port Number</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								printer port listening for print jobs (<code class="literal">9100</code> by default)
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-jetdirect"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-jetdirect.png" alt="Adding a JetDirect printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Adding a JetDirect Printer
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.4 Adding a JetDirect printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-select-model.html">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-select-model.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-select-model.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0ccdf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-select-model.html
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html" title="15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer" /><link rel="next" href="s1-printing-test-page.html" title="15.3.9. Printing a test page" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li>
 <li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-test-page.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-printing-select-model"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-select-model">15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Once you have properly selected a printer connection type, the system attempts to acquire a driver. If the process fails, you can locate or search for the driver resources manually.
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Selecting_Driver"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to provide the printer driver and finish the installation:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the window displayed after the automatic driver detection has failed, select one of the following options:
+				</div><ul class="stepalternatives">
+					<li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Select printer from database</strong></span> — the system chooses a driver based on the selected make of your printer from the list of <span class="guilabel"><strong>Makes</strong></span>. If your printer model is not listed, choose <span class="guilabel"><strong>Generic</strong></span>.
+						</div></li>
+					 <li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Provide PPD file</strong></span> — the system uses the provided PostScript Printer Description (PPD) file for installation. A PPD file may also be delivered with your printer as being normally provided by the manufacturer. If the PPD file is available, you can choose this option and use the browser bar below the option description to select the PPD file.
+						</div></li>
+					 <li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Search for a printer driver to download</strong></span> — enter the make and model of your printer into the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Make and model</strong></span> field to search on OpenPrinting.org for the appropriate packages.
+						</div></li>
+
+				</ul><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-select-model"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-select-model.png" alt="Selecting a printer brand" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Selecting a printer brand from the printer database brands.
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.8 Selecting a printer brand</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Depending on your previous choice provide details in the area displayed below:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Printer brand for the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Select printer from database</strong></span> option
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							PPD file location for the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Provide PPD file</strong></span> option
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Printer make and model for the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Search for a printer driver to download</strong></span> option
+						</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guibutton"><strong>進む</strong></span> をクリックして続行します。
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					If applicable for your option, window shown in <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-select-model.html#fig-printconf-select-driver">図15.9「Selecting a printer model」</a> appears. Choose the corresponding model in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Models</strong></span> column on the left.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Selecting a printer driver</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						On the right, the recommended printed driver is automatically selected; however, you can select another available driver. The print driver processes the data that you want to print into a format the printer can understand. Since a local printer is attached directly to your computer, you need a printer driver to process the data that is sent to the printer.
+					</div></div></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-select-driver"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-select-driver.png" alt="Selecting a printer model" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Selecting a Printer Model with a Driver Menu
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.9 Selecting a printer model</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Under the <code class="systemitem">Describe Printer</code> enter a unique name for the printer in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Name</strong></span> field. The printer name can contain letters, numbers, dashes (-), and underscores (_); it <span class="emphasis"><em>must not</em></span> contain any spaces. You can also use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Description</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Location</strong></span> fields to add further printer information. Both fields are optional, and may contain spaces.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-add"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-add-printer.png" alt="Printer setup" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Printer Setup
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.10 Printer setup</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> to confirm your printer configuration and add the print queue if the settings are correct. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Back</strong></span> to modify the printer configuration.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					After the changes are applied, a dialog box appears allowing you to print a test page. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Print Test Page</strong></span> to print a test page now. Alternatively, you can print a test page also later, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-test-page.html">「Printing a test page」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-test-page.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.9. Printing a test page</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-smb-printer.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-smb-printer.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b284df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-smb-printer.html
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html" title="15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer" /><link rel="next" href="s1-printing-select-model.html" title="15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.htm
 l"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-select-model.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-printing-smb-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-smb-printer">15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</h3></div></div></div><a id="id923536" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id923548" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_SMB_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to add a Samba printer:
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Installing the samba-client package</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Note that in order to add a Samba printer, you need to have the <span class="package">samba-client</span> package installed. You can do so by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install samba-client</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Windows Printer via SAMBA</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Enter the SMB address in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>smb://</strong></span> field. Use the format <em class="replaceable"><code>computer name/printer share</code></em>. In <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html#fig-printconf-smb">図15.7「Adding a SMB printer」</a>, the <em class="replaceable"><code>computer name</code></em> is <code class="command">dellbox</code> and the <em class="replaceable"><code>printer share</code></em> is <code class="command">r2</code>.
+				</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-smb"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-smb.png" alt="Adding a SMB printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								SMB プリンタ
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.7 Adding a SMB printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Browse</strong></span> to see the available workgroups/domains. To display only queues of a particular host, type in the host name (NetBios name) and click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Browse</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select either of the options:
+				</div><ul class="stepalternatives">
+					<li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Prompt user if authentication is required</strong></span>: username and password are collected from the user when printing a document.
+						</div></li>
+					 <li class="step"><div class="para">
+							<span class="guilabel"><strong>Set authentication details now</strong></span>: provide authentication information now so it is not required later. In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Username</strong></span> field, enter the username to access the printer. This user must exist on the SMB system, and the user must have permission to access the printer. The default user name is typically <strong class="userinput"><code>guest</code></strong> for Windows servers, or <strong class="userinput"><code>nobody</code></strong> for Samba servers.
+						</div></li>
+
+				</ul></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guilabel"><strong>ユーザー名</strong></span> フィールドに指定したユーザーの <span class="guilabel"><strong>パスワード</strong></span> を (必要であれば) 入力します。
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when choosing a password</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Samba プリンタのユーザー名とパスワードは root 及び lpd によって読み取り可能な暗号化されていないファイルとしてプリンタサーバーに格納されます。したがって、プリンタサーバーに root アクセスを有するユーザーであれば他のユーザーが Samba プリンタへのアクセスに使用するユーザー名とパスワードを閲覧することができます。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						As such, when you choose a username and password to access a Samba printer, it is advisable that you choose a password that is different from what you use to access your local Fedora system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						また、 Samba プリンタサーバー上に共有されるファイルがある場合も同様にプリントキューで使用されるものとは異なるパスワードを使用することを推奨します。
+					</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Verify</strong></span> to test the connection. Upon successful verification, a dialog box appears confirming printer share accessibility.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-select-model.html">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-select-model.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-test-page.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-test-page.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b47aa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-printing-test-page.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.9. Printing a test page</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-printing-select-model.html" title="15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了" /><link rel="next" href="s1-printing-edit.html" title="15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-select-model.html"><strong>戻る</
 strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-edit.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-printing-test-page"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s1-printing-test-page">15.3.9. Printing a test page</h3></div></div></div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Printing_Test_Page"><div class="para">
+				After you have set up a printer or changed a printer configuration, print a test page to make sure the printer is functioning properly:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Right-click the printer in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printing</strong></span> window and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the Properties window, click <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> on the left.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the displayed <span class="guilabel"><strong>Settings</strong></span> tab, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Print Test Page</strong></span> button.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-select-model.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.8. プリンタモデルの選択と終了</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-edit.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.10. 既存プリンタの変更</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cd08a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.5. 参考文献</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-proc.html" title="付録C The proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html" title="C.4. Using the sysctl Command" /><link rel="next" href="app-Revision_History.html" title="付録D 変更履歴" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="app-Revisio
 n_History.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-proc-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-additional-resources">C.5. 参考文献</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1042008" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Below are additional sources of information about <code class="filename">proc</code> file system.
+		</div><div class="simplesect" id="s2-proc-installed-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h1 class="title">インストールされているドキュメント</h1></div></div></div><a id="id1042043" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Some of the best documentation about the <code class="filename">proc</code> file system is installed on the system by default.
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt</code> — Contains assorted, but limited, information about all aspects of the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/sysrq.txt</code> — An overview of System Request Key options.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/sysctl/</code> — A directory containing a variety of <code class="command">sysctl</code> tips, including modifying values that concern the kernel (<code class="filename">kernel.txt</code>), accessing file systems (<code class="filename">fs.txt</code>), and virtual memory use (<code class="filename">vm.txt</code>).
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt</code> — A detailed overview of IP networking options.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="simplesect" id="s2-proc-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h1 class="title">役に立つ Web サイト</h1></div></div></div><a id="id690041" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<a href="http://www.linuxhq.com/">http://www.linuxhq.com/</a> — This website maintains a complete database of source, patches, and documentation for various versions of the Linux kernel.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.4. Using the sysctl Command</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="app-Revision_History.html"><strong>次へ</strong>付録D 変更履歴</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-directories.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-directories.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd6b4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-directories.html
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3. Directories within /proc/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-proc.html" title="付録C The proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-version.html" title="C.2.29. /proc/version" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html" title="C.3.2. /proc/bus/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-version.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html"><st
 rong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-proc-directories"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-directories">C.3. Directories within /proc/</h2></div></div></div><a id="id729387" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Common groups of information concerning the kernel are grouped into directories and subdirectories within the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-processdirs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-processdirs">C.3.1. Process Directories</h3></div></div></div><a id="id729424" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Every <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory contains a number of directories with numerical names. A listing of them may be similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Feb 13 01:28 1
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Feb 13 01:28 1010
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 xfs      xfs             0 Feb 13 01:28 1087
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 daemon   daemon          0 Feb 13 01:28 1123
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 root     root            0 Feb 13 01:28 11307
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 apache   apache          0 Feb 13 01:28 13660
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 rpc      rpc             0 Feb 13 01:28 637
+dr-xr-xr-x    3 rpcuser  rpcuser         0 Feb 13 01:28 666
+</pre><div class="para">
+				These directories are called <em class="firstterm">process directories</em>, as they are named after a program's process ID and contain information specific to that process. The owner and group of each process directory is set to the user running the process. When the process is terminated, its <code class="filename">/proc/</code> process directory vanishes.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Each process directory contains the following files:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cmdline</code> — Contains the command issued when starting the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cwd</code> — A symbolic link to the current working directory for the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">environ</code> — A list of the environment variables for the process. The environment variable is given in all upper-case characters, and the value is in lower-case characters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">exe</code> — A symbolic link to the executable of this process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">fd</code> — A directory containing all of the file descriptors for a particular process. These are given in numbered links:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+total 0
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 0 -&gt; /dev/null
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 1 -&gt; /dev/null
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 2 -&gt; /dev/null
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 3 -&gt; /dev/ptmx
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 4 -&gt; socket:[7774817]
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 5 -&gt; /dev/ptmx
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 6 -&gt; socket:[7774829]
+lrwx------    1 root     root           64 May  8 11:31 7 -&gt; /dev/ptmx
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">maps</code> — A list of memory maps to the various executables and library files associated with this process. This file can be rather long, depending upon the complexity of the process, but sample output from the <code class="command">sshd</code> process begins like the following:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+08048000-08086000 r-xp 00000000 03:03 391479     /usr/sbin/sshd
+08086000-08088000 rw-p 0003e000 03:03 391479	/usr/sbin/sshd
+08088000-08095000 rwxp 00000000 00:00 0
+40000000-40013000 r-xp 0000000 03:03 293205	/lib/ld-2.2.5.so
+40013000-40014000 rw-p 00013000 03:03 293205	/lib/ld-2.2.5.so
+40031000-40038000 r-xp 00000000 03:03 293282	/lib/libpam.so.0.75
+40038000-40039000 rw-p 00006000 03:03 293282	/lib/libpam.so.0.75
+40039000-4003a000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0
+4003a000-4003c000 r-xp 00000000 03:03 293218	/lib/libdl-2.2.5.so
+4003c000-4003d000 rw-p 00001000 03:03 293218	/lib/libdl-2.2.5.so
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">mem</code> — The memory held by the process. This file cannot be read by the user.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">root</code> — A link to the root directory of the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">stat</code> — The status of the process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">statm</code> — The status of the memory in use by the process. Below is a sample <code class="filename">/proc/statm</code> file:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+263 210 210 5 0 205 0
+</pre><div class="para">
+						The seven columns relate to different memory statistics for the process. From left to right, they report the following aspects of the memory used:
+					</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Total program size, in kilobytes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Size of memory portions, in kilobytes.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of pages that are shared.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of pages that are code.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of pages of data/stack.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of library pages.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Number of dirty pages.
+							</div></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">status</code> — The status of the process in a more readable form than <code class="filename">stat</code> or <code class="filename">statm</code>. Sample output for <code class="command">sshd</code> looks similar to the following:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+Name:	sshd
+State:	S (sleeping)
+Tgid:	797
+Pid:	797
+PPid:	1
+TracerPid:	0
+Uid:	0	0	0	0
+Gid:	0	0	0	0
+FDSize:	32
+Groups:
+VmSize:	    3072 kB
+VmLck:	       0 kB
+VmRSS:	     840 kB
+VmData:	     104 kB
+VmStk:	      12 kB
+VmExe:	     300 kB
+VmLib:	    2528 kB
+SigPnd:	0000000000000000
+SigBlk:	0000000000000000
+SigIgn:	8000000000001000
+SigCgt:	0000000000014005
+CapInh:	0000000000000000
+CapPrm:	00000000fffffeff
+CapEff:	00000000fffffeff
+</pre><div class="para">
+						The information in this output includes the process name and ID, the state (such as <code class="computeroutput">S (sleeping)</code> or <code class="computeroutput">R (running)</code>), user/group ID running the process, and detailed data regarding memory usage.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-self"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-self">C.3.1.1.  /proc/self/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id962969" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/self/</code> directory is a link to the currently running process. This allows a process to look at itself without having to know its process ID.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Within a shell environment, a listing of the <code class="filename">/proc/self/</code> directory produces the same contents as listing the process directory for that process.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-version.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.29.  /proc/version </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.2.  /proc/bus/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-sysctl.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-sysctl.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3c3b75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-sysctl.html
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.4. Using the sysctl Command</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-proc.html" title="付録C The proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-pid.html" title="C.3.12. /proc/PID/" /><link rel="next" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html" title="C.5. 参考文献" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-pid.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-proc-additional-reso
 urces.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-proc-sysctl"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-sysctl">C.4. Using the sysctl Command</h2></div></div></div><a id="id840023" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id840037" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id650206" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id650229" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id650259" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id650278" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">/sbin/sysctl</code> command is used to view, set, and automate kernel settings in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For a quick overview of all settings configurable in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory, type the <code class="command">/sbin/sysctl -a</code> command as root. This creates a large, comprehensive list, a small portion of which looks something like the following:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+net.ipv4.route.min_delay = 2 kernel.sysrq = 0 kernel.sem = 250     32000     32     128
+</pre><div class="para">
+			This is the same information seen if each of the files were viewed individually. The only difference is the file location. For example, the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/min_delay</code> file is listed as <code class="computeroutput">net.ipv4.route.min_delay</code>, with the directory slashes replaced by dots and the <code class="computeroutput">proc.sys</code> portion assumed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">sysctl</code> command can be used in place of <code class="command">echo</code> to assign values to writable files in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory. For example, instead of using the command
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq
+</pre><div class="para">
+			use the equivalent <code class="command">sysctl</code> command as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+sysctl -w kernel.sysrq="1"
+kernel.sysrq = 1
+</pre><div class="para">
+			While quickly setting single values like this in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> is helpful during testing, this method does not work as well on a production system as special settings within <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> are lost when the machine is rebooted. To preserve custom settings, add them to the <code class="filename">/etc/sysctl.conf</code> file.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Each time the system boots, the <code class="command">init</code> program runs the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit</code> script. This script contains a command to execute <code class="command">sysctl</code> using <code class="filename">/etc/sysctl.conf</code> to determine the values passed to the kernel. Any values added to <code class="filename">/etc/sysctl.conf</code> therefore take effect each time the system boots.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-pid.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.12.  /proc/PID/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-proc-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.5. 参考文献</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-topfiles.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-topfiles.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65f113f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-proc-topfiles.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-proc.html" title="付録C The proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-proc.html" title="付録C The proc File System" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-cmdline.html" title="C.2.2. /proc/cmdline" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-proc.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-cmdline.html"><strong>æ
 ¬¡ã¸</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-proc-topfiles"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-proc-topfiles">C.2. Top-level Files within the <code class="filename">proc</code> File System</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1002388" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Below is a list of some of the more useful virtual files in the top-level of the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The content of your files may differ</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				In most cases, the content of the files listed in this section are not the same as those installed on your machine. This is because much of the information is specific to the hardware on which Fedora is running for this documentation effort.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-proc-buddyinfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-buddyinfo">C.2.1.  /proc/buddyinfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id929788" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file is used primarily for diagnosing memory fragmentation issues. Using the buddy algorithm, each column represents the number of pages of a certain order (a certain size) that are available at any given time. For example, for zone <em class="firstterm">direct memory access</em> (DMA), there are 90 of 2<sup>(0*PAGE_SIZE)</sup> chunks of memory. Similarly, there are 6 of 2<sup>(1*PAGE_SIZE)</sup> chunks, and 2 of 2<sup>(2*PAGE_SIZE)</sup> chunks of memory available.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="computeroutput">DMA</code> row references the first 16 MB on a system, the <code class="computeroutput">HighMem</code> row references all memory greater than 4 GB on a system, and the <code class="computeroutput">Normal</code> row references all memory in between.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is an example of the output typical of <code class="filename">/proc/buddyinfo</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Node 0, zone      DMA     90      6      2      1      1      ...
+Node 0, zone   Normal   1650    310      5      0      0      ...
+Node 0, zone  HighMem      2      0      0      1      1      ...
+</pre></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-proc.html"><strong>戻る</strong>付録C The proc File System</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-cmdline.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.2.  /proc/cmdline </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53c1bcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.5. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-RPM.html" title="付録A RPM" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html" title="A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage" /><link rel="next" href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html" title="A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey=
 "n" href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-additional-resources">A.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id839866" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			RPM は、パッケージの問い合わせ、インストール、アップグレード、 削除を実行するためのたくさんのオプションや方法がある 非常に複雑なユーティリティです。RPM の詳細については、 以下のリソースを参照してください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-installed-docs">A.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">rpm --help</code> — This command displays a quick reference of RPM parameters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">man rpm</code> — The RPM man page gives more detail about RPM parameters than the <code class="command">rpm --help</code> command.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-impressing.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-impressing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f3717f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-impressing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-RPM.html" title="付録A RPM" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-keys-checking.html" title="A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages" /><link rel="next" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html" title="A.5. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-keys-checking.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="
 s1-rpm-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-impressing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-impressing">A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</h2></div></div></div><a id="id799614" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id799626" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			RPM is a useful tool for both managing your system and diagnosing and fixing problems. The best way to make sense of all its options is to look at some examples.
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					誤って何らかのファイルを削除してしまったものの、 何を削除したかわからないとします。 システム全体を検証して足りないものを調べるには、以下のコマンドを試すことができます。
+				</div><a id="id894266" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id894278" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Va</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					足りないファイルがあるか、壊れているファイルが あるように見える場合は、おそらくパッケージを再インストールするか、いったんアンインストールして 再インストールする必要があります。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					所属先のわからないファイルを見つけたとします。そのファイルが含まれるパッケージを検索するには、以下のように入力します。
+				</div><a id="id727213" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id727224" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qf /usr/bin/ghostscript</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">ghostscript-8.70-1.fc15.x86_64</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					We can combine the above two examples in the following scenario. Say you are having problems with <code class="filename">/usr/bin/paste</code>. You would like to verify the package that owns that program, but you do not know which package owns <code class="command">paste</code>. Enter the following command,
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Vf /usr/bin/paste</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					該当するパッケージが検証されます。
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					特定のプログラムに関して詳細な情報が必要 なら、次のコマンドを入力して、そのプログラムの入った パッケージに付随するドキュメントを検索することが できます。
+				</div><a id="id1058578" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1058590" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1058602" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qdf /usr/bin/free</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/BUGS
+/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/FAQ
+/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/NEWS
+/usr/share/doc/procps-3.2.8/TODO
+/usr/share/man/man1/free.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pgrep.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pkill.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pmap.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/ps.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/pwdx.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/skill.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/slabtop.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/snice.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/tload.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/top.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/uptime.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/w.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man1/watch.1.gz
+/usr/share/man/man5/sysctl.conf.5.gz
+/usr/share/man/man8/sysctl.8.gz
+/usr/share/man/man8/vmstat.8.gz</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					新しい<span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>パッケージ が見つかったものの、それが何であるかがわからないと します。それに関する情報を検索するには、以下のコマンド を使用します。
+				</div><a id="id804511" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id804523" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qip crontabs-1.10-31.fc15.noarch.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">Name        : crontabs                     Relocations: (not relocatable)
+Size        : 2486                             License: Public Domain and GPLv2
+Signature   : RSA/SHA1, Tue 11 Aug 2009 01:11:19 PM CEST, Key ID 9d1cc34857bbccba
+Packager    : Fedora Project
+Summary     : Root crontab files used to schedule the execution of programs
+Description :
+The crontabs package contains root crontab files and directories.
+You will need to install cron daemon to run the jobs from the crontabs.
+The cron daemon such as cronie or fcron checks the crontab files to
+see when particular commands are scheduled to be executed.  If commands
+are scheduled, it executes them.
+Crontabs handles a basic system function, so it should be installed on
+your system.</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Perhaps you now want to see what files the <code class="filename">crontabs</code> RPM package installs. You would enter the following:
+				</div><a id="id1050173" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1050184" class="indexterm"></a><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -qlp crontabs-1.10-31.fc15.noarch.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					出力は以下のようになります。
+				</div><pre class="screen">/etc/cron.daily
+/etc/cron.hourly
+/etc/cron.monthly
+/etc/cron.weekly
+/etc/crontab
+/usr/bin/run-parts
+/usr/share/man/man4/crontabs.4.gz</pre></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			These are just a few examples. As you use RPM, you may find more uses for it.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-keys-checking.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.5. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-using.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-using.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8160321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-rpm-using.html
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.2. RPMの使用法</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-RPM.html" title="付録A RPM" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-RPM.html" title="付録A RPM" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html" title="A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-RPM.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgradi
 ng.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-rpm-using"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-rpm-using">A.2. RPMの使用法</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			RPM has five basic modes of operation
+			<a id="id675445" class="indexterm"></a>
+			 (not counting package building): installing, uninstalling, upgrading, querying, and verifying. This section contains an overview of each mode. For complete details and options, try <code class="command">rpm --help</code> or <code class="command">man rpm</code>. You can also refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html">「その他のリソース」</a> for more information on RPM.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-finding"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-finding">A.2.1. RPM パッケージの検索</h3></div></div></div><a id="id839823" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id865535" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Before using any RPM packages, you must know where to find them. An Internet search returns many RPM repositories, but if you are looking for Red Hat RPM packages, they can be found at the following locations:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The Fedora installation media 
+						<a id="id962231" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <a id="id865955" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 contain many installable RPMs.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The initial RPM repositories provided with the YUM package manager
+						<a id="id788267" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <a id="id775697" class="indexterm"></a>
+						. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-yum.html">4ç« <em>Yum</em></a> for details on how to use the official Fedora package repositories.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The active Fedora mirrors contains many installable RPMs: <a href="http://mirrors.fedoraproject.org/publiclist/">http://mirrors.fedoraproject.org/publiclist/</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Unofficial, third-party repositories not affiliated with The Fedora Project also provide RPM packages.
+					</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Third-party repositories and package compatibility</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							When considering third-party repositories for use with your Fedora system, pay close attention to the repository's web site with regard to package compatibility before adding the repository as a package source. Alternate package repositories may offer different, incompatible versions of the same software, including packages already included in the Fedora repositories.
+						</div></div></div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-RPM.html"><strong>戻る</strong>付録A RPM</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-services-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-services-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04e1b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-services-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>7.3. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html" title="第7章 Services and Daemons" /><link rel="prev" href="s3-services-running-restarting.html" title="7.2.4. Restarting the Service" /><link rel="next" href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html" title="7.3.2. 関連書籍" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-services-running-restarting.html"><strong>戻る</st
 rong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-services-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-services-additional-resources">7.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-services-additional-resources-installed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-services-additional-resources-installed">7.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">systemctl</code>(1) — The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-services-running-restarting.html"><strong>戻る</strong>7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-services-additional-resources-books.html"><strong>次へ</strong>7.3.2. 関連書籍</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-services-running.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-services-running.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35ec918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-services-running.html
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>7.2. Running Services</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html" title="第7章 Services and Daemons" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html" title="第7章 Services and Daemons" /><link rel="next" href="s3-services-running-running.html" title="7.2.2. Running the Service" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li c
 lass="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s3-services-running-running.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-services-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-services-running">7.2. Running Services</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1067501" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1067519" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility also allows you to determine the status of a particular service, as well as to start, stop, or restart a service.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use the service utility</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although it is still possible to use the <span class="application"><strong>service</strong></span> utility to manage services that have init scripts installed in the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/</code> directory, it is advised that you use the <span class="application"><strong>systemctl</strong></span> utility.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-checking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-checking">7.2.1. Checking the Service Status</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To determine the status of a particular service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">status</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This command provides detailed information on the service's status. However, if you merely need to verify that a service is running, you can use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form instead:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">is-active</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-checking"><h6>例7.3 Checking the status of the httpd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#exam-services-configuration-enabling">例7.1「Enabling the httpd service」</a> illustrated how to enable starting the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service at boot time. Imagine that the system has been restarted and you need to verify that the service is really running. You can do so by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">systemctl is-active httpd.service</code>
+active</pre><div class="para">
+					You can also display detailed information about the service by running the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">systemctl status httpd.service</code>
+httpd.service - LSB: start and stop Apache HTTP Server
+          Loaded: loaded (/etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd)
+          Active: active (running) since Mon, 23 May 2011 21:38:57 +0200; 27s ago
+         Process: 2997 ExecStart=/etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd start (code=exited, status=0/SUCCESS)
+        Main PID: 3002 (httpd)
+          CGroup: name=systemd:/system/httpd.service
+                  ├ 3002 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3004 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3005 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3006 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3007 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3008 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3009 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  ├ 3010 /usr/sbin/httpd
+                  â”” 3011 /usr/sbin/httpd</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				To display a list of all active system services, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl list-units --type=service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This command provides a tabular output with each line consisting of the following columns:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">UNIT</code> — A <code class="systemitem">systemd</code> unit name. In this case, a service name.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">LOAD</code> — Information whether the <code class="systemitem">systemd</code> unit was properly loaded.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">ACTIVE</code> — A high-level unit activation state.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SUB</code> — A low-level unit activation state.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">JOB</code> — A pending job for the unit.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">DESCRIPTION</code> — A brief description of the unit.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-checking-all"><h6>例7.4 Listing all active services</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					You can list all active services by using the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">systemctl list-units --type=service</code>
+UNIT                      LOAD   ACTIVE SUB     JOB DESCRIPTION
+abrt-ccpp.service         loaded active exited      LSB: Installs coredump handler which saves segfault data
+abrt-oops.service         loaded active running     LSB: Watches system log for oops messages, creates ABRT dump directories for each oops
+abrtd.service             loaded active running     ABRT Automated Bug Reporting Tool
+accounts-daemon.service   loaded active running     Accounts Service
+atd.service               loaded active running     Job spooling tools
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+					In the example above, the <code class="systemitem">abrtd</code> service is loaded, active, and running, and it does not have any pending jobs.
+				</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第7章 Services and Daemons</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s3-services-running-running.html"><strong>次へ</strong>7.2.2. Running the Service</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-beyondshell.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-beyondshell.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5345fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-beyondshell.html
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-OpenSSH.html" title="第9章 OpenSSH" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html" title="9.3.3. Using the sftp Utility" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html" title="9.4.2. ポート転送" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ss
 h-beyondshell-tcpip.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-beyondshell"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-beyondshell">9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			安全なコマンドラインインターフェイスは、 SSH が使用できる多くの方法の単なる一部分です。充分なバンド幅があれば、 X11 セッションは 1 つの SSH チャンネル上で方向指定できます。又は、 TCP/IP 転送を使用することで、以前にシステム間で不安全であったポート接続は、特定の SSH チャンネルにマップすることができます。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-x11">9.4.1. X11 転送</h3></div></div></div><a id="id949354" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To open an X11 session over an SSH connection, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ssh -Y <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, to log in to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code> with <code class="systemitem">john</code> as a username, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh -Y john at penguin.example.com</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:</pre><div class="para">
+				安全なシェルプロンプトから X プログラムが実行されると、 SSH クライアントとサーバーは新しい安全なチャンネルを作成し、 X プログラムデータはそのチャンネルを通じて透過的にクライアントマシンに送信されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				X11 forwarding can be very useful. For example, X11 forwarding can be used to create a secure, interactive session of the <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> utility. To do this, connect to the server using <span class="application"><strong>ssh</strong></span> and type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">system-config-printer &amp;</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration Tool</strong></span> will appear, allowing the remote user to safely configure printing on the remote system.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.3.3. Using the sftp Utility</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.4.2. ポート転送</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-clients.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-clients.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fa03c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-clients.html
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.3. OpenSSH Clients</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-OpenSSH.html" title="第9章 OpenSSH" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html" title="9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html" title="9.3.2. Using the scp Utility" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next
 "><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-clients"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-clients">9.3. OpenSSH Clients</h2></div></div></div><a id="id678918" class="indexterm"></a><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				To connect to an OpenSSH server from a client machine, you must have the <span class="package">openssh-clients</span> and <span class="package">openssh</span> packages installed. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a> for more information on how to install new packages in Fedora.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-clients-ssh"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-clients-ssh">9.3.1. Using the ssh Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id689425" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id983091" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">ssh</code> allows you to log in to a remote machine and execute commands there. It is a secure replacement for the <code class="command">rlogin</code>, <code class="command">rsh</code>, and <code class="command">telnet</code> programs.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Similarly to <code class="command">telnet</code>, to log in to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type the following command at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh penguin.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will log you in with the same username you are using on a local machine. If you want to specify a different one, use a command in the <code class="command">ssh <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code> form. For example, to log in as <code class="systemitem">john</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh john at penguin.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The first time you initiate a connection, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+			</div><pre class="screen">The authenticity of host 'penguin.example.com' can't be established.
+RSA key fingerprint is 94:68:3a:3a:bc:f3:9a:9b:01:5d:b3:07:38:e2:11:0c.
+Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)?</pre><div class="para">
+				Type <strong class="userinput"><code>yes</code></strong> to confirm. You will see a notice that the server has been added to the list of known hosts, and a prompt asking for your password:
+			</div><pre class="screen">Warning: Permanently added 'penguin.example.com' (RSA) to the list of known hosts.
+john at penguin.example.com's password:</pre><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Updating the host key of an SSH server</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the SSH server's host key changes, the client notifies the user that the connection cannot proceed until the server's host key is deleted from the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/known_hosts</code> file. To do so, open the file in a text editor, and remove a line containing the remote machine name at the beginning. Before doing this, however, contact the system administrator of the SSH server to verify the server is not compromised.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				After entering the password, you will be provided with a shell prompt for the remote machine.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, the <code class="command">ssh</code> program can be used to execute a command on the remote machine without logging in to a shell prompt. The syntax for that is <code class="command">ssh [<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@]<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></code>. For example, if you want to execute the <code class="command">whoami</code> command on <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh john at penguin.example.com whoami</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+john</pre><div class="para">
+				After you enter the correct password, the username will be displayed, and you will return to your local shell prompt.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.3.2. Using the scp Utility</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-configuration.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-configuration.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9fcfd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-ssh-configuration.html
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-OpenSSH.html" title="第9章 OpenSSH" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-OpenSSH.html" title="第9章 OpenSSH" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html" title="9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-OpenSSH.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd
 .html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-ssh-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-ssh-configuration">9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In order to perform tasks described in this section, you must have superuser privileges. To obtain them, log in as <code class="systemitem">root</code> by typing:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">su -</code></pre><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-configs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-configs">9.2.1. 設定ファイル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id880414" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				There are two different sets of configuration files: those for client programs (that is, <code class="command">ssh</code>, <code class="command">scp</code>, and <code class="command">sftp</code>), and those for the server (the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon).
+			</div><a id="id750467" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				System-wide SSH configuration information is stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/</code> directory. See <a class="xref" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#table-ssh-configuration-configs-system">表9.1「System-wide configuration files」</a> for a description of its content.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ssh-configuration-configs-system"><h6>表9.1 System-wide configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="System-wide configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="filename" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								設定ファイル
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/moduli</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Contains Diffie-Hellman groups used for the Diffie-Hellman key exchange which is critical for constructing a secure transport layer. When keys are exchanged at the beginning of an SSH session, a shared, secret value is created which cannot be determined by either party alone. This value is then used to provide host authentication.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_config</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default SSH client configuration file. Note that it is overridden by <code class="filename">~/.ssh/config</code> if it exists.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The configuration file for the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The DSA private key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The DSA public key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_key.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon for version 2 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by the <code class="command">sshd</code> for version 2 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><a id="id811842" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				User-specific SSH configuration information is stored in the user's home directory within the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory. See <a class="xref" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#table-ssh-configuration-configs-user">表9.2「User-specific configuration files」</a> for a description of its content.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ssh-configuration-configs-user"><h6>表9.2 User-specific configuration files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="User-specific configuration files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="filename" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								設定ファイル
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Holds a list of authorized public keys for servers. When the client connects to a server, the server authenticates the client by checking its signed public key stored within this file.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Contains the DSA private key of the user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The DSA public key of the user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 2 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 2 of the SSH protocol
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA private key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity.pub</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The RSA public key used by <code class="command">ssh</code> for version 1 of the SSH protocol.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="filename">~/.ssh/known_hosts</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Contains DSA host keys of SSH servers accessed by the user. This file is very important for ensuring that the SSH client is connecting the correct SSH server.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				Refer to the <code class="command">ssh_config</code> and <code class="command">sshd_config</code> man pages for information concerning the various directives available in the SSH configuration files.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-OpenSSH.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第9章 OpenSSH</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aef7a69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>B.3. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html" title="付録B The sysconfig Directory" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html" title="B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory" /><link rel="next" href="ch-proc.html" title="付録C The proc File System" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html"><strong>戻る</stro
 ng></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-proc.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources">B.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id725055" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			This chapter is only intended as an introduction to the files in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory. The following source contains more comprehensive information.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysconfig-installed-documentation">B.3.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id725092" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/initscripts-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/sysconfig.txt</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A more authoritative listing of the files found in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory and the configuration options available for them.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html"><strong>戻る</strong>B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-proc.html"><strong>次へ</strong>付録C The proc File System</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc190c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir.html
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html" title="付録B The sysconfig Directory" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html" title="付録B The sysconfig Directory" /><link rel="next" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html" title="B.3. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html"><strong>戻ã‚
 ‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysconfig-etcsysconf-dir">B.2. Directories in the /etc/sysconfig/ Directory</h2></div></div></div><a id="id968136" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The following directories are normally found in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code>.
+		</div><a id="id968162" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/cbq/</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						<a id="id736250" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 This directory contains the configuration files needed to do <em class="firstterm">Class Based Queuing</em> for bandwidth management on network interfaces. CBQ divides user traffic into a hierarchy of classes based on any combination of IP addresses, protocols, and application types.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/networking/</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						<a id="id838936" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 This directory is used by the <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-network</code>), and its contents should not be edited manually.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						<a id="id838988" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 This directory contains the following network-related configuration files:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Network configuration files for each configured network interface, such as <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> for the <code class="systemitem">eth0</code> Ethernet interface.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Scripts used to bring network interfaces up and down, such as <code class="command">ifup</code> and <code class="command">ifdown</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Scripts used to bring ISDN interfaces up and down, such as <code class="command">ifup-isdn</code> and <code class="command">ifdown-isdn</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								直接編集すべきではない各種共有のネットワーク機能スクリプト。
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+						For more information on the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html">6章<em>ネットワーク インターフェース</em></a>.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html"><strong>戻る</strong>付録B The sysconfig Directory</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysconfig-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>B.3. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b850ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>16.5. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html" title="第16章 システム監視ツール" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html" title="16.4. ハードウェア" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html" title="第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html"><strong>戻る</str
 ong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources">16.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			システム情報の収集については、次の資料も参考にして ください。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-sysinfo-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-sysinfo-installed-docs">16.5.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ps --help</code> — Displays a list of options that can be used with <code class="command">ps</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">top</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man top</code> to learn more about <code class="command">top</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">free</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man free</code> to learn more about <code class="command">free</code> and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">df</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man df</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">df</code> command and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">du</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man du</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">du</code> command and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">lspci</code> manual page — Execute <code class="command">man lspci</code> to learn more about the <code class="command">lspci</code> command and its many options.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a id="id711780" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory — The contents of the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory can also be used to gather more detailed system information.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html"><strong>戻る</strong>16.4. ハードウェア</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第17章 Viewing and Managing Log Files</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e40848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>16.3. ファイルシステム</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html" title="第16章 システム監視ツール" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html" title="16.2. メモリ使用量" /><link rel="next" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html" title="16.4. ハードウェア" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li clas
 s="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-filesystems"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-filesystems">16.3. ファイルシステム</h2></div></div></div><a id="id656241" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id656255" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id896366" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">df</code> command reports the system's disk space usage. If you Execute the command <code class="command">df</code> at a shell prompt, the output looks similar to the following:
+		</div><pre class="screen">Filesystem           1K-blocks      Used Available Use% Mounted on
+rootfs                 6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /
+udev                    500716         0    500716   0% /dev
+tmpfs                   507840      2152    505688   1% /dev/shm
+tmpfs                   507840       644    507196   1% /run
+/dev/sda1              6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /
+tmpfs                   507840         0    507840   0% /sys/fs/cgroup
+tmpfs                   507840         0    507840   0% /media
+/dev/sda4            139412616 105018908  27367684  80% /home
+/dev/sda1              6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /tmp
+/dev/sda1              6726160   3091216   3566620  47% /var/tmp</pre><div class="para">
+			By default, this utility shows the partition size in 1 kilobyte blocks and the amount of used and available disk space in kilobytes. To view the information in megabytes and gigabytes, use the command <code class="command">df -h</code>. The <code class="command">-h</code> argument stands for human-readable format. The output looks similar to the following:
+		</div><pre class="screen">Filesystem            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on
+rootfs                6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /
+udev                  489M     0  489M   0% /dev
+tmpfs                 496M  2.2M  494M   1% /dev/shm
+tmpfs                 496M  644K  496M   1% /run
+/dev/sda1             6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /
+tmpfs                 496M     0  496M   0% /sys/fs/cgroup
+tmpfs                 496M     0  496M   0% /media
+/dev/sda4             133G  101G   27G  80% /home
+/dev/sda1             6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /tmp
+/dev/sda1             6.5G  3.0G  3.5G  47% /var/tmp</pre><a id="id749155" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id989419" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			In the list of mounted partitions, there is an entry for <code class="filename">/dev/shm</code>. This entry represents the system's virtual memory file system.
+		</div><a id="id989440" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">du</code> command displays the estimated amount of space being used by files in a directory. If you execute <code class="command">du</code> at a shell prompt, the disk usage for each of the subdirectories is displayed in a list. The grand total for the current directory and subdirectories are also shown as the last line in the list. If you do not want to see the totals for all the subdirectories, use the command <code class="command">du -hs</code> to see only the grand total for the directory in human-readable format. Use the <code class="command">du --help</code> command to see more options.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To view the system's partitions and disk space usage in a graphical format, use the <span class="guilabel"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span> by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Monitor</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or executing the <code class="command">gnome-system-monitor</code> command at a shell prompt. Select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>File Systems</strong></span> tab to view the system's partitions.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-sysinfo-filesystems"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-monitor-file-systems.png" alt="GNOME System Monitor — File Systems tab" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						File Systems tab of the GNOME System Monitor
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図16.3  GNOME System Monitor — File Systems tab </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html"><strong>戻る</strong>16.2. メモリ使用量</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-hardware.html"><strong>次へ</strong>16.4. ハードウェア</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-hardware.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-hardware.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ed7176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-hardware.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>16.4. ハードウェア</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html" title="第16章 システム監視ツール" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html" title="16.3. ファイルシステム" /><link rel="next" href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html" title="16.5. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html"><strong>戻る</st
 rong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-hardware"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-hardware">16.4. ハードウェア</h2></div></div></div><a id="id737251" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id707494" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			If you are having trouble configuring your hardware or just want to know what hardware is in your system, you can use the <code class="command">lspci</code> command to list all PCI devices. Use the command <code class="command">lspci -v</code> for more verbose information or <code class="command">lspci -vv</code> for very verbose output.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For example, <code class="command">lspci</code> can be used to determine the manufacturer, model, and memory size of a system's video card:
+		</div><pre class="screen">00:02.1 Display controller: Intel Corporation Mobile 4 Series Chipset Integrated Graphics Controller (rev 07)
+        Subsystem: Lenovo Device 20e4
+        Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0
+        Memory at f4200000 (64-bit, non-prefetchable) [size=1M]
+        Capabilities: [d0] Power Management version 3</pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">lspci</code> is also useful to determine the network card in your system if you do not know the manufacturer or model number.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html"><strong>戻る</strong>16.3. ファイルシステム</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>16.5. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce723ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-sysinfo-memory-usage.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>16.2. メモリ使用量</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html" title="第16ç«  システム監視ツール" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html" title="第16ç«  システム監視ツール" /><link rel="next" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html" title="16.3. ファイルシステム" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html"><strong>戻ã‚
 ‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-sysinfo-memory-usage">16.2. メモリ使用量</h2></div></div></div><a id="id685054" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id685068" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id689211" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id689221" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">free</code> command displays the total amount of physical memory and swap space for the system as well as the amount of memory that is used, free, shared, in kernel buffers, and cached.
+		</div><pre class="screen">             total       used       free     shared    buffers     cached
+Mem:       4017660    1619044    2398616          0      59864     637968
+-/+ buffers/cache:     921212    3096448
+Swap:      3071996          0    3071996</pre><div class="para">
+			The command <code class="command">free -m</code> shows the same information in megabytes, which are easier to read.
+		</div><pre class="screen">             total       used       free     shared    buffers     cached
+Mem:          3923       1569       2353          0         58        626
+-/+ buffers/cache:        884       3038
+Swap:         2999          0       2999</pre><div class="para">
+			If you prefer a graphical interface for <code class="command">free</code>, you can use the <span class="application"><strong>GNOME System Monitor</strong></span>. To start it from the desktop, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Monitor</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or execute <code class="command">gnome-system-monitor</code> at a shell prompt. Click on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Resources</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-sysinfo-memory"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/system-monitor-resources.png" alt="GNOME System Monitor — Resources tab" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Resources tab of the GNOME System Monitor
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図16.2  GNOME System Monitor — Resources tab </h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第16章 システム監視ツール</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-sysinfo-filesystems.html"><strong>次へ</strong>16.3. ファイルシステム</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-configui.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-configui.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5303127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-configui.html
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.2. User Manager Tool</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="next" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html" title="3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Man
 aging_Users_and_Groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-users-configui"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-configui">3.2. User Manager Tool</h2></div></div></div><a id="id774960" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id774972" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id774984" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id774997" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910022" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910034" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> allows you to view, modify, add, and delete local users and groups.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Users_Groups-User_Manager"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager.png" alt="The GNOME User Manager" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The GNOME User Manager allows you to manage users
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.5 The GNOME User Manager</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			You can start the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> by clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Other</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Users and Groups</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu. Alternatively, you can enter <code class="command">system-config-users</code> at the shell prompt to open the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>. Viewing and modifying user and group information requires superuser privileges. If you are not the superuser when you open the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>, it will prompt you for the superuser password.
+		</div><a id="id841839" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id841851" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To view a list of local users on the system, click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Users</strong></span> tab. To view a list of local groups on the system, click the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Groups</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To find a specific user or group, type the first few letters of the name in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Search filter</strong></span> field. Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> or click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply filter</strong></span> button. The filtered list is displayed.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To sort the users, click on the column User Name and for groups click on Group Name. The users or groups are sorted according to the value of that column.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Fedora reserves user IDs below 500 for system users. By default, the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> does not display system users. To view all users, including the system users, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Edit</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> and uncheck <span class="guilabel"><strong>Hide system users and groups</strong></span> from the dialog box.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-user-new"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">3.2.1. 新規ユーザーを追加する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id875447" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a new user, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add User</strong></span> button. A window as shown in <a class="xref" href="s1-users-configui.html#user-new-fig">図3.6「Creating a new user」</a> appears. Type the username and full name for the new user in the appropriate fields. Type the user's password in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password</strong></span> and <span class="guilabel"><strong>Confirm Password</strong></span> fields. The password must be at least six characters.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Password security advice</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					It is advisable to use a much longer password, as this makes it more difficult for an intruder to guess it and access the account without permission. It is also recommended that the password not be based on a dictionary term: use a combination of letters, numbers and special characters.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Select a login shell from the pulldown list. If you are not sure which shell to select, accept the default value of <code class="command">/bin/bash</code>. The default home directory is <code class="filename">/home/<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>/</code>. You can change the home directory that is created for the user, or you can choose not to create the home directory by unselecting <span class="guilabel"><strong>Create home directory</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you select to create the home directory, default configuration files are copied from the <code class="filename">/etc/skel/</code> directory into the new home directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Fedora uses a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em> (UPG) scheme. The UPG scheme does not add or change anything in the standard UNIX way of handling groups; it offers a new convention. Whenever you create a new user, by default, a unique group with the same name as the user is created. If you do not want to create this group, unselect <span class="guilabel"><strong>Create a private group for the user</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To specify a user ID for the user, select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Specify user ID manually</strong></span>. If the option is not selected, the next available user ID above 500 is assigned to the new user. Because Fedora reserves user IDs below 500 for system users, it is not advisable to manually assign user IDs 1-499.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to create the user.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="user-new-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-add-user.png" alt="Creating a new user" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Creating a new user with the Create New User dialog
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.6 Creating a new user</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				To configure more advanced user properties, such as password expiration, modify the user's properties after adding the user.
+			</div><h4 id="id776617">ユーザーのプロパティを変更する</h4><a id="id776621" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id776633" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To view the properties of an existing user, click on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Users</strong></span> tab, select the user from the user list, and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the menu (or choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the pulldown menu). A window similar to <a class="xref" href="s1-users-configui.html#user-properties-fig">図3.7「ユーザーのプロパティ」</a> appears.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="user-properties-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-edit-user.png" alt="ユーザーのプロパティ" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							ユーザーのプロパティを修正する
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.7 ユーザーのプロパティ</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>User Properties</strong></span> window is divided into multiple tabbed pages:
+			</div><a id="id811203" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id895845" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id895857" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id895869" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>User Data</strong></span> — Shows the basic user information configured when you added the user. Use this tab to change the user's full name, password, home directory, or login shell.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Account Info</strong></span> — Select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable account expiration</strong></span> if you want the account to expire on a certain date. Enter the date in the provided fields. Select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Local password is locked</strong></span> to lock the user account and prevent the user from logging into the system.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Password Info</strong></span> — Displays the date that the user's password last changed. To force the user to change passwords after a certain number of days, select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enable password expiration</strong></span> and enter a desired value in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Days before change required:</strong></span> field. The number of days before the user's password expires, the number of days before the user is warned to change passwords, and days before the account becomes inactive can also be changed.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="guilabel"><strong>Groups</strong></span> — Allows you to view and configure the Primary Group of the user, as well as other groups that you want the user to be a member of.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e981a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.8. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html" title="3.7. シャドウパスワード" /><link rel="next" href="part-Package_Management.html" title="パート II. パッケージ管理" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-uti
 lities.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Package_Management.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-additional-resources">3.8. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id878938" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id878950" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			For more information about users and groups, and tools to manage them, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-users-groups-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-users-groups-documentation">3.8.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id878975" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id878991" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Related man pages — There are a number of man pages for the various applications and configuration files involved with managing users and groups. Some of the more important man pages have been listed here:
+					</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">User and Group Administrative Applications</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man chage</code> — A command to modify password aging policies and account expiration.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man gpasswd</code> — A command to administer the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man groupadd</code> — A command to add groups.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man grpck</code> — A command to verify the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man groupdel</code> — A command to remove groups.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man groupmod</code> — A command to modify group membership.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man pwck</code> — A command to verify the <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> files.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man pwconv</code> — A tool to convert standard passwords to shadow passwords.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man pwunconv</code> — A tool to convert shadow passwords to standard passwords.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man useradd</code> — A command to add users.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man userdel</code> — A command to remove users.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man usermod</code> — A command to modify users.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Configuration Files</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 group</code> — The file containing group information for the system.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 passwd</code> — The file containing user information for the system.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 shadow</code> — The file containing passwords and account expiration information for the system.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Package_Management.html"><strong>次へ</strong>パート II. パッケージ管理</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b99e246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-private-groups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html" title="3.5. Standard Groups" /><link rel="next" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html" title="3.7. シャドウパスワード" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.htm
 l"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-private-groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-private-groups">3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1093530" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1093542" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1093554" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1093571" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora uses a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em> (<em class="firstterm">UPG</em>) scheme, which makes UNIX groups easier to manage. A UPG is created whenever a new user is added to the system. It has the same name as the user for which it was created and that user is the only member of the UPG.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			UPGs make it safe to set default permissions for a newly created file or directory, allowing both the user and <span class="emphasis"><em>the group of that user</em></span> to make modifications to the file or directory.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The setting which determines what permissions are applied to a newly created file or directory is called a <em class="firstterm">umask</em> and is configured in the <code class="filename">/etc/bashrc</code> file. Traditionally on UNIX systems, the <code class="command">umask</code> is set to <code class="command">022</code>, which allows only the user who created the file or directory to make modifications. Under this scheme, all other users, <span class="emphasis"><em>including members of the creator's group</em></span>, are not allowed to make any modifications. However, under the UPG scheme, this "group protection" is not necessary since every user has their own private group.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s2-users-groups-rationale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-users-groups-rationale">3.6.1. Group Directories</h3></div></div></div><a id="id761094" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id824951" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				System administrators usually like to create a group for each major project and assign people to the group when they need to access that project's files. With this traditional scheme, file managing is difficult; when someone creates a file, it is associated with the primary group to which they belong. When a single person works on multiple projects, it becomes difficult to associate the right files with the right group. However, with the UPG scheme, groups are automatically assigned to files created within a directory with the <em class="firstterm">setgid</em> bit set. The setgid bit makes managing group projects that share a common directory very simple because any files a user creates within the directory are owned by the group which owns the directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, a group of people need to work on files in the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory. Some people are trusted to modify the contents of this directory, but not everyone.
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, create the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">mkdir /opt/myproject</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Add the <code class="systemitem">myproject</code> group to the system:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">groupadd myproject</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Associate the contents of the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory with the <code class="systemitem">myproject</code> group:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chown root:myproject /opt/myproject</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Allow users to create files within the directory, and set the setgid bit:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chmod 2775 /opt/myproject</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				At this point, all members of the <code class="systemitem">myproject</code> group can create and edit files in the <code class="filename">/opt/myproject/</code> directory without the administrator having to change file permissions every time users write new files. To verify that the permissions have been set correctly, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls -l /opt</code>
+total 4
+drwxrwsr-x. 3 root myproject 4096 Mar  3 18:31 myproject</pre></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.5. Standard Groups</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.7. シャドウパスワード</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8db22a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.7. シャドウパスワード</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html" title="3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ" /><link rel="next" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html" title="3.8. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users
 -groups-private-groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities">3.7. シャドウパスワード</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1008333" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1008345" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			In multiuser environments it is very important to use <em class="firstterm">shadow passwords</em> (provided by the <code class="filename">shadow-utils</code> package). Doing so enhances the security of system authentication files. For this reason, the installation program enables shadow passwords by default.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following list shows the advantages shadow passwords have over the traditional way of storing passwords on UNIX-based systems:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Improves system security by moving encrypted password hashes from the world-readable <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> file to <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code>, which is readable only by the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Stores information about password aging.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Allows the <code class="filename">/etc/login.defs</code> file to enforce security policies.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			Most utilities provided by the <code class="filename">shadow-utils</code> package work properly whether or not shadow passwords are enabled. However, since password aging information is stored exclusively in the <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> file, any commands which create or modify password aging information do not work.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following is a list of commands which do not work without first enabling shadow passwords:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">chage</code>
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">gpasswd</code>
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">usermod</code> <code class="option">-e</code> or <code class="option">-f</code> options
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">useradd</code> <code class="option">-e</code> or <code class="option">-f</code> options
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.8. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa77a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.5. Standard Groups</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html" title="3.4. Standard Users" /><link rel="next" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html" title="3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-standard
 -users.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-standard-groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-standard-groups">3.5. Standard Groups</h2></div></div></div><a id="id991669" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html#tb-users-groups-group-etc">表3.5「Standard Groups」</a> lists the standard groups configured by an <span class="guilabel"><strong>Everything</strong></span> installation. Groups are stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file.
+		</div><div class="table" id="tb-users-groups-group-etc"><h6>表3.5 Standard Groups</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Standard Groups" border="1"><colgroup><col class="group" width="33%" /><col class="gid" width="33%" /><col class="members" width="33%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Group
+						</th><th>
+							GID
+						</th><th>
+							Members
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							0
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">bin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							1
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, <code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							2
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, <code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sys</code>
+						</td><td>
+							3
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, <code class="systemitem">adm</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">adm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							4
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">adm</code>, <code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tty</code>
+						</td><td>
+							5
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">disk</code>
+						</td><td>
+							6
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							7
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">daemon</code>, <code class="systemitem">lp</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							8
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">kmem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							9
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wheel</code>
+						</td><td>
+							10
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mail</code>
+						</td><td>
+							12
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mail</code>, <code class="systemitem">postfix</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">uucp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							14
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">uucp</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">man</code>
+						</td><td>
+							15
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							20
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gopher</code>
+						</td><td>
+							30
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">video</code>
+						</td><td>
+							39
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dip</code>
+						</td><td>
+							40
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ftp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							50
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lock</code>
+						</td><td>
+							54
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">audio</code>
+						</td><td>
+							63
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							99
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">users</code>
+						</td><td>
+							100
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dbus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							81
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">usbmuxd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							113
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utmp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							22
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utempter</code>
+						</td><td>
+							35
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi-autoipd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							170
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">floppy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							19
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vcsa</code>
+						</td><td>
+							69
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpc</code>
+						</td><td>
+							32
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rtkit</code>
+						</td><td>
+							499
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">abrt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							498
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nscd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							28
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">desktop_admin_r</code>
+						</td><td>
+							497
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">desktop_user_r</code>
+						</td><td>
+							496
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">cdrom</code>
+						</td><td>
+							11
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tape</code>
+						</td><td>
+							33
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dialout</code>
+						</td><td>
+							18
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">haldaemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							68
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">haldaemon</code>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">apache</code>
+						</td><td>
+							48
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ldap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							55
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">saslauth</code>
+						</td><td>
+							495
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postdrop</code>
+						</td><td>
+							90
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postfix</code>
+						</td><td>
+							89
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi</code>
+						</td><td>
+							70
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ntp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							38
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpcuser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							29
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nfsnobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							65534
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							494
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pulse-access</code>
+						</td><td>
+							493
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">fuse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							492
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gdm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							42
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">stapdev</code>
+						</td><td>
+							491
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">stapusr</code>
+						</td><td>
+							490
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sshd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							74
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tcpdump</code>
+						</td><td>
+							72
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">slocate</code>
+						</td><td>
+							21
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dovecot</code>
+						</td><td>
+							97
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dovenull</code>
+						</td><td>
+							489
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mailnull</code>
+						</td><td>
+							47
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">smmsp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							51
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.4. Standard Users</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-private-groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.6. ユーザープライベートグループ</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-standard-users.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-standard-users.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71bdf0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-groups-standard-users.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1502 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.4. Standard Users</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3ç«  ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html" title="3.3.2. 手順の説明" /><link rel="next" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html" title="3.5. Standard Groups" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html"><strong>æˆ
 »ã‚‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-users-groups-standard-users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-groups-standard-users">3.4. Standard Users</h2></div></div></div><a id="id975801" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id975813" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html#tb-users-groups-group-use">表3.4「Standard Users」</a> lists the standard users configured in the <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> file by an <span class="guilabel"><strong>Everything</strong></span> installation. The group ID (GID) in this table is the <span class="emphasis"><em>primary group</em></span> for the user. See <a class="xref" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html">「Standard Groups」</a> for a listing of standard groups.
+		</div><div class="table" id="tb-users-groups-group-use"><h6>表3.4 Standard Users</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Standard Users" border="1"><colgroup><col class="col1" width="17%" /><col class="col2" width="17%" /><col class="col3" width="17%" /><col class="col4" width="17%" /><col class="col5" width="17%" /><col class="col6" width="17%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							User
+						</th><th>
+							UID
+						</th><th>
+							GID
+						</th><th>
+							Home Directory
+						</th><th>
+							Shell
+						</th><th>
+							Packages
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							0
+						</td><td>
+							0
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">bin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							1
+						</td><td>
+							1
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">daemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							2
+						</td><td>
+							2
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sys</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							3
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">adm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							3
+						</td><td>
+							4
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/adm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tty</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							5
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">disk</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							6
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							4
+						</td><td>
+							7
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/lpd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							8
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">kmem</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							9
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wheel</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							10
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">cdrom</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							11
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">udev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sync</code>
+						</td><td>
+							5
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/sync</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">shutdown</code>
+						</td><td>
+							6
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/shutdown</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">halt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							7
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/halt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mail</code>
+						</td><td>
+							8
+						</td><td>
+							12
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/mail</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">news</code>
+						</td><td>
+							9
+						</td><td>
+							13
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/news</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">uucp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							10
+						</td><td>
+							14
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/uucp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">operator</code>
+						</td><td>
+							11
+						</td><td>
+							(0)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/root</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							12
+						</td><td>
+							(100)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gopher</code>
+						</td><td>
+							13
+						</td><td>
+							30
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/lib/gopher-data</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ftp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							14
+						</td><td>
+							50
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/ftp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">man</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							15
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">oprofile</code>
+						</td><td>
+							16
+						</td><td>
+							16
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/home/oprofile</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">oprofile</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pkiuser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							17
+						</td><td>
+							17
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/pki</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">pki-ca</span>, <span class="package">rhpki-ca</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dialout</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							18
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">udev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">floppy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							19
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">games</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							20
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">slocate</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							21
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">slocate</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utmp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							22
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">initscripts</span>, <span class="package">libutempter</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">squid</code>
+						</td><td>
+							23
+						</td><td>
+							23
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/squid</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">squid</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pvm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							24
+						</td><td>
+							24
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/pvm3</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">pvm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">named</code>
+						</td><td>
+							25
+						</td><td>
+							25
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">bind</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postgres</code>
+						</td><td>
+							26
+						</td><td>
+							26
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/pgsql</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">postgresql-server</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mysql</code>
+						</td><td>
+							27
+						</td><td>
+							27
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/mysql</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mysql</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nscd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							28
+						</td><td>
+							28
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nscd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpcuser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							29
+						</td><td>
+							29
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/nfs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nfs-utils</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">console</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							31
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dev</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpc</code>
+						</td><td>
+							32
+						</td><td>
+							32
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">portmap</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">amanda</code>
+						</td><td>
+							33
+						</td><td>
+							(6)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/amanda</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">amanda</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tape</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							33
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">udev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">netdump</code>
+						</td><td>
+							34
+						</td><td>
+							34
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/crash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">netdump-client</span>, <span class="package">netdump-server</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">utempter</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							35
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">libutempter</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vdsm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							36
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">kvm</span>, <span class="package">vdsm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">kvm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							36
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">kvm</span>, <span class="package">vdsm</span>, <span class="package">libvirt</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rpm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							37
+						</td><td>
+							37
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/rpm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">rpm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ntp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							38
+						</td><td>
+							38
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/ntp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">ntp</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">video</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							39
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dip</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							40
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mailman</code>
+						</td><td>
+							41
+						</td><td>
+							41
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/mailman</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mailman</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">gdm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							42
+						</td><td>
+							42
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/gdm</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">gdm</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">xfs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							43
+						</td><td>
+							43
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/X11/fs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">XFree86-xfs</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pppusers</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							44
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">linuxconf</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">popusers</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							45
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">linuxconf</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">slipusers</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							46
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">linuxconf</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">mailnull</code>
+						</td><td>
+							47
+						</td><td>
+							47
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/mqueue</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sendmail</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">apache</code>
+						</td><td>
+							48
+						</td><td>
+							48
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/www</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">apache</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wnn</code>
+						</td><td>
+							49
+						</td><td>
+							49
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/home/wnn</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">FreeWnn</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">smmsp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							51
+						</td><td>
+							51
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/mqueue</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sendmail</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">puppet</code>
+						</td><td>
+							52
+						</td><td>
+							52
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/puppet</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">puppet</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tomcat</code>
+						</td><td>
+							53
+						</td><td>
+							53
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/tomcat</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">tomcat</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">lock</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							54
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">lockdev</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ldap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							55
+						</td><td>
+							55
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/ldap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">openldap-servers</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">frontpage</code>
+						</td><td>
+							56
+						</td><td>
+							56
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/www</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mod_frontpage</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nut</code>
+						</td><td>
+							57
+						</td><td>
+							57
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/ups</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nut</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">beagleindex</code>
+						</td><td>
+							58
+						</td><td>
+							58
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/cache/beagle</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">beagle</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tss</code>
+						</td><td>
+							59
+						</td><td>
+							59
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">trousers</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">piranha</code>
+						</td><td>
+							60
+						</td><td>
+							60
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/ha</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/dev/null</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">piranha</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">prelude-manager</code>
+						</td><td>
+							61
+						</td><td>
+							61
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">prelude-manager</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">snortd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							62
+						</td><td>
+							62
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">snortd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">audio</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							63
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">condor</code>
+						</td><td>
+							64
+						</td><td>
+							64
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/condor</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">condord</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nslcd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							65
+						</td><td>
+							(55)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nslcd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wine</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							66
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">wine</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pegasus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							66
+						</td><td>
+							65
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/Pegasus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">tog-pegasus</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">webalizer</code>
+						</td><td>
+							67
+						</td><td>
+							67
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/www/html/usage</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">webalizer</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">haldaemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							68
+						</td><td>
+							68
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">hal</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vcsa</code>
+						</td><td>
+							69
+						</td><td>
+							69
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dev</span>, <span class="package">MAKEDEV</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi</code>
+						</td><td>
+							70
+						</td><td>
+							70
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/run/avahi-daemon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">avahi</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">realtime</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							71
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">tcpdump</code>
+						</td><td>
+							72
+						</td><td>
+							72
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">tcpdump</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">privoxy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							73
+						</td><td>
+							73
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/privoxy</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">privoxy</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sshd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							74
+						</td><td>
+							74
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/empty/sshd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">openssh-server</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">radvd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							75
+						</td><td>
+							75
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">radvd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">cyrus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							76
+						</td><td>
+							(12)
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/imap</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">cyrus-imapd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">saslauth</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							76
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">cyrus-imapd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">arpwatch</code>
+						</td><td>
+							77
+						</td><td>
+							77
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/arpwatch</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">arpwatch</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">fax</code>
+						</td><td>
+							78
+						</td><td>
+							78
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/fax</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">mgetty</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nocpulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							79
+						</td><td>
+							79
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/nocpulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nocpulse</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">desktop</code>
+						</td><td>
+							80
+						</td><td>
+							80
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">desktop-file-utils</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dbus</code>
+						</td><td>
+							81
+						</td><td>
+							81
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dbus</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">jonas</code>
+						</td><td>
+							82
+						</td><td>
+							82
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/jonas</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">jonas</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">clamav</code>
+						</td><td>
+							83
+						</td><td>
+							83
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/tmp</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">clamav</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">screen</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							84
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">screen</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">quaggavt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							85
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">quagga</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">sabayon</code>
+						</td><td>
+							86
+						</td><td>
+							86
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sabayon</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">polkituser</code>
+						</td><td>
+							87
+						</td><td>
+							87
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">PolicyKit</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">wbpriv</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							88
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">samba-common</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postfix</code>
+						</td><td>
+							89
+						</td><td>
+							89
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/postfix</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/true</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">postfix</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">postdrop</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							90
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">postfix</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">majordomo</code>
+						</td><td>
+							91
+						</td><td>
+							91
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/lib/majordomo</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/bash</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">majordomo</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">quagga</code>
+						</td><td>
+							92
+						</td><td>
+							92
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">quagga</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">exim</code>
+						</td><td>
+							93
+						</td><td>
+							93
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/exim</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">exim</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">distcache</code>
+						</td><td>
+							94
+						</td><td>
+							94
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">distcache</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">radiusd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							95
+						</td><td>
+							95
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/bin/false</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">freeradius</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">hsqldb</code>
+						</td><td>
+							96
+						</td><td>
+							96
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/hsqldb</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">hsqldb</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">dovecot</code>
+						</td><td>
+							97
+						</td><td>
+							97
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/libexec/dovecot</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">dovecot</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ident</code>
+						</td><td>
+							98
+						</td><td>
+							98
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">ident</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							99
+						</td><td>
+							99
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">users</code>
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							100
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							—
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">setup</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">qemu</code>
+						</td><td>
+							107
+						</td><td>
+							107
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">libvirt</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ovirt</code>
+						</td><td>
+							108
+						</td><td>
+							108
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">libvirt</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">saned</code>
+						</td><td>
+							111
+						</td><td>
+							111
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">sane-backends</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">vhostmd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							112
+						</td><td>
+							112
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/vhostmd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">vhostmd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">usbmuxd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							113
+						</td><td>
+							113
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">usbmuxd</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">bacula</code>
+						</td><td>
+							133
+						</td><td>
+							133
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/spool/bacula</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">bacula</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">ricci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							140
+						</td><td>
+							140
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/ricci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">ricci</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">luci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							141
+						</td><td>
+							141
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/luci</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">luci</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">stap-server</code>
+						</td><td>
+							155
+						</td><td>
+							155
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/stap-server</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">systemtap</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">avahi-autoipd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							170
+						</td><td>
+							170
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/avahi-autoipd</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">avahi</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">pulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							171
+						</td><td>
+							171
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/run/pulse</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">pulseaudio</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">rtkit</code>
+						</td><td>
+							172
+						</td><td>
+							172
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/proc</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">rtkit</span>
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="systemitem">nfsnobody</code>
+						</td><td>
+							65534<sup>[<a id="id1014263" href="#ftn.id1014263" class="footnote">a</a>]</sup>
+						</td><td>
+							65534
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/lib/nfs</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code>
+						</td><td>
+							<span class="package">nfs-utils</span>
+						</td></tr></tbody><tbody class="footnotes"><tr><td colspan="6"><div class="footnote"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.id1014263" href="#id1014263" class="para">a</a>] </sup>
+								nfsnobdy is 4294967294 on 64-bit platforms
+							</div></div></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.3.2. 手順の説明</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-standard-groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.5. Standard Groups</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-tools.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-tools.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b735d15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s1-users-tools.html
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.3. User and Group Management Tools</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html" title="3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する" /><link rel="next" href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html" title="3.3.2. 手順の説明" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-redh
 at-config-users-group-properties.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s1-users-tools"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="s1-users-tools">3.3. User and Group Management Tools</h2></div></div></div><a id="id906469" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1097764" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1097781" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1097799" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Managing users and groups can be tiresome; this is why Fedora provides tools and conventions to make this task easier to manage.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The easiest way to manage users and groups is through the graphical application, <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span> (<code class="command">system-config-users</code>). For more information on <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-users-configui.html">「User Manager Tool」</a>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following command line tools can also be used to manage users and groups:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">useradd</code>, <code class="command">usermod</code>, and <code class="command">userdel</code> — Industry-standard methods of adding, deleting and modifying user accounts
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">groupadd</code>, <code class="command">groupmod</code>, and <code class="command">groupdel</code> — Industry-standard methods of adding, deleting, and modifying user groups
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">gpasswd</code> — Industry-standard method of administering the <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> file
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">pwck</code>, <code class="command">grpck</code> — Tools used for the verification of the password, group, and associated shadow files
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">pwconv</code>, <code class="command">pwunconv</code> — Tools used for the conversion of passwords to shadow passwords and back to standard passwords
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s2-users-cmd-line"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-users-cmd-line">3.3.1. Command Line Configuration</h3></div></div></div><a id="id781352" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id810430" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id810445" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If you prefer command line tools or do not have the X Window System installed, use following to configure users and groups.
+			</div><h4 id="id810462">Adding a User</h4><div class="para">
+				To add a user to the system:
+			</div><a id="id810469" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Issue the <code class="command">useradd</code> command to create a locked user account:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">useradd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<a id="id750811" class="indexterm"></a>
+						 Unlock the account by issuing the <code class="command">passwd</code> command to assign a password and set password aging guidelines:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">passwd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Command line options for <code class="command">useradd</code> are detailed in <a class="xref" href="s1-users-tools.html#table-useradd-options">表3.1「<code class="command">useradd</code> Command Line Options」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-useradd-options"><h6>表3.1 <code class="command">useradd</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="useradd Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-c</code> '<em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em>'
+							</td><td>
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>comment</code></em> can be replaced with any string. This option is generally used to specify the full name of a user.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-d</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>home_directory</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Home directory to be used instead of default <code class="filename">/home/<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>/</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-e</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>date</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Date for the account to be disabled in the format YYYY-MM-DD.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-f</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Number of days after the password expires until the account is disabled. If <code class="literal">0</code> is specified, the account is disabled immediately after the password expires. If <code class="literal">-1</code> is specified, the account is not be disabled after the password expires.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-g</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>group_name</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザーのデフォルトグループのグループ名とグループ番号です。グループはここに指定される以前から存在していなければなりません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-G</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>group_list</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザーがメンバーとなる追加グループ (デフォルト以外) のグループ名とグループ番号をコンマで区切って入れます。グループはここに指定される以前から存在していなければなりません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-m</code>
+							</td><td>
+								存在しない場合に、ホームディレクトリを作成します。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-M</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ホームディレクトリを作成しません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-N</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザー用のユーザープライベートグループを作成しません。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-p</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								The password encrypted with <code class="command">crypt</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-r</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a system account with a UID less than 500 and without a home directory.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-s</code>
+							</td><td>
+								User's login shell, which defaults to <code class="command">/bin/bash</code>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-u</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>uid</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								User ID for the user, which must be unique and greater than 499.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><h4 id="id1045058">Adding a Group</h4><a id="id1045062" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1045076" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a group to the system, use the command <code class="command">groupadd</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">groupadd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>group_name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				Command line options for <code class="command">groupadd</code> are detailed in <a class="xref" href="s1-users-tools.html#table-groupadd-options">表3.2「<code class="command">groupadd</code> Command Line Options」</a>.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-groupadd-options"><h6>表3.2 <code class="command">groupadd</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="groupadd Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-f</code>, <code class="option">--force</code>
+							</td><td>
+								When used with <code class="option">-g</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em> and <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em> already exists, <code class="command">groupadd</code> will choose another unique <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em> for the group.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-g</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>gid</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Group ID for the group, which must be unique and greater than 499.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-K</code>, <code class="option">--key</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Override <code class="filename">/etc/login.defs</code> defaults.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-o</code>, <code class="option">--non-unique</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Allow to create groups with duplicate.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-p</code>, <code class="option">--password</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Use this encrypted password for the new group.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-r</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a system group with a GID less than 500.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><h4 id="id755149">Password Aging</h4><a id="id755153" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id755165" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id768895" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id768903" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id768918" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				For security reasons, it is advisable to require users to change their passwords periodically. This can be done when adding or editing a user on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Password Info</strong></span> tab of the <span class="application"><strong>User Manager</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To configure password expiration for a user from a shell prompt, use the <code class="command">chage</code> command with an option from <a class="xref" href="s1-users-tools.html#table-chage-options">表3.3「<code class="command">chage</code> Command Line Options」</a>, followed by the username.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Shadow passwords must be enabled to use chage</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Shadow passwords must be enabled to use the <code class="command">chage</code> command. For more information, see <a class="xref" href="s1-users-groups-shadow-utilities.html">「シャドウパスワード」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="table" id="table-chage-options"><h6>表3.3 <code class="command">chage</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="chage Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-d</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specifies the number of days since January 1, 1970 the password was changed.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-E</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>date</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								アカウントがロックされる日付を YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定します。日付を指定する代わりに、 1970 年 1 月 1 日からの起算日数で指定することも可能です。
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-I</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specifies the number of inactive days after the password expiration before locking the account. If the value is <code class="literal">0</code>, the account is not locked after the password expires.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-l</code>
+							</td><td>
+								Lists current account aging settings.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-m</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify the minimum number of days after which the user must change passwords. If the value is <code class="literal">0</code>, the password does not expire.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-M</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Specify the maximum number of days for which the password is valid. When the number of days specified by this option plus the number of days specified with the <code class="option">-d</code> option is less than the current day, the user must change passwords before using the account.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-W</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>days</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								ユーザーにパスワード失効の日付を警告するまでの日数を指定します。
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>chage interactivity</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If the <code class="command">chage</code> command is followed directly by a username (with no options), it displays the current password aging values and allows them to be changed interactively.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can configure a password to expire the first time a user logs in. This forces users to change passwords immediately.
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Set up an initial password</em></span> — There are two common approaches to this step: the administrator can assign a default password, or he can use a null password.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						To assign a default password, type the following at a shell prompt:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">passwd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+						To assign a null password instead, use the following command:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">passwd</code> <code class="option">-d</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using null passwords whenever possible</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Using a null password, while convenient, is a highly insecure practice, as any third party can log in first and access the system using the insecure username. Always make sure that the user is ready to log in before unlocking an account with a null password.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Force immediate password expiration</em></span> — Type the following command:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">chage</code> <code class="option">-d</code> <code class="option">0</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+						このコマンドは、パスワードが最後に変更された日付の値を 1970 年 1 月 1 日に設定します。この値は、いかなるパスワードエージングのポリシーが設定されていようと関係なく、直ちにパスワードを強制的に失効させます。
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Upon the initial log in, the user is now prompted for a new password.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-redhat-config-users-process.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.3.2. 手順の説明</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..036bc15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html" title="18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html" title="18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション" /><link rel="next" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html" title="18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-
 autotasks-commandline-options.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access">18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/at.allow</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/at.deny</code> files can be used to restrict access to the <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> commands. The format of both access control files is one username on each line. Whitespace is not permitted in either file. The <code class="command">at</code> daemon (<code class="command">atd</code>) does not have to be restarted if the access control files are modified. The access control files are read each time a user tries to execute the <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code> commands.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">root</code> user can always execute <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> commands, regardless of the access control files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If the file <code class="filename">at.allow</code> exists, only users listed in it are allowed to use <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code>, and the <code class="filename">at.deny</code> file is ignored.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="filename">at.allow</code> does not exist, users listed in <code class="filename">at.deny</code> are not allowed to use <code class="command">at</code> or <code class="command">batch</code>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html"><strong>戻る</strong>18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html"><strong>次へ</strong>18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f5e907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-service.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html" title="18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html" title="18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御" /><link rel="next" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html" title="18.3. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-auto
 tasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-service">18.2.6. サービスの起動と停止</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To start the <code class="command">at</code> service, use the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start atd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To stop the service, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop atd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				It is recommended that you start the service at boot time. To do so, run the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable atd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html"><strong>戻る</strong>18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-autotasks-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>18.3. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..579c68d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html" title="18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html" title="18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定" /><link rel="next" href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html" title="18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autot
 asks-batch-configuring.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing">18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To view pending <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> jobs, use the <code class="command">atq</code> command. The <code class="command">atq</code> command displays a list of pending jobs, with each job on a line. Each line follows the job number, date, hour, job class, and username format. Users can only view their own jobs. If the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user executes the <code class="command">atq</code> command, all jobs for all users are displayed.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html"><strong>戻る</strong>18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html"><strong>次へ</strong>18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..587a7d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-batch-configuring.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html" title="18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html" title="18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド" /><link rel="next" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html" title="18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html"><stro
 ng>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-batch-configuring">18.2.2. batch ジョブの設定</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To execute a one-time task when the load average is below 0.8, use the <code class="command">batch</code> command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After typing the <code class="command">batch</code> command, the <code class="prompt">at&gt;</code> prompt is displayed. Type the command to execute, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span>, and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Multiple commands can be specified by typing each command followed by the <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> key. After typing all the commands, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to go to a blank line and press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> . Alternatively, a shell script can be entered at the prompt, pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> after each line in the script, and pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>D</strong></span> on a blank line to exit. If a script is entered, the shell
  used is the shell set in the user's <code class="envar">SHELL</code> environment, the user's login shell, or <code class="command">/bin/sh</code> (whichever is found first). As soon as the load average is below 0.8, the set of commands or script is executed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				標準出力に情報を表示するコマンドやスクリプトを入力した場合、この出力はユーザーに電子メールで送信されます。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Use the command <code class="command">atq</code> to view pending jobs. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html">「保留ジョブの表示」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Usage of the <code class="command">batch</code> command can be restricted. For more information, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html">「at と batch へのアクセスの制御」</a> for details.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html"><strong>戻る</strong>18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html"><strong>次へ</strong>18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b5d2f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-autotasks-commandline-options.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-autotasks-at-batch.html" title="18.2. at コマンドと batch コマンド" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html" title="18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示" /><link rel="next" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html" title="18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autota
 sks-at-batch-viewing.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-autotasks-commandline-options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-autotasks-commandline-options">18.2.4. その他のコマンドラインオプション</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Additional command line options for <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> include:
+			</div><div class="table" id="tb-at-command-line-options"><h6>表18.1  <code class="command">at</code> and <code class="command">batch</code> Command Line Options</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary=" at and batch Command Line Options" border="1"><colgroup><col width="29%" class="option" /><col width="71%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								オプション
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-f</code>
+							</td><td>
+								コマンドやシェルスクリプトはプロンプトで指定するのではなく、ファイルから読み込む
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-m</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ジョブが完了したら、ユーザーに電子メールを送信する
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="option">-v</code>
+							</td><td>
+								ジョブが実行される時刻を表示する
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-viewing.html"><strong>戻る</strong>18.2.3. 保留ジョブの表示</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-autotasks-at-batch-controlling-access.html"><strong>次へ</strong>18.2.5. at と batch へのアクセスの制御</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-additional-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-additional-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da9fb51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-additional-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>11.2.7. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-bind-mistakes.html" title="11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Web_Servers.html" title="第12章 ウェブ サーバー" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-mistakes.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href=
 "ch-Web_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-bind-additional-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-additional-resources">11.2.7. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			以下の情報源は、 BIND に関する追加情報を提供します。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-installed-docs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-installed-docs">11.2.7.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id853457" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				BIND features a full range of installed documentation covering many different topics, each placed in its own subject directory. For each item below, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em> with the version of the <span class="package">bind</span> package installed on the system:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The main directory containing the most recent documentation.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/arm/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory containing the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> in HTML and SGML formats, which details BIND resource requirements, how to configure different types of nameservers, how to perform load balancing, and other advanced topics. For most new users of BIND, this is the best place to start.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/draft/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory containing assorted technical documents that review issues related to the DNS service, and propose some methods to address them.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/misc/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory designed to address specific advanced issues. Users of BIND version 8 should consult the <code class="filename">migration</code> document for specific changes they must make when moving to BIND 9. The <code class="filename">options</code> file lists all of the options implemented in BIND 9 that are used in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/bind-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>/rfc/</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The directory providing every RFC document related to BIND.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				There is also a number of man pages for the various applications and configuration files involved with BIND:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man rndc</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="command">rndc</code> containing the full documentation on its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man named</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="systemitem">named</code> containing the documentation on assorted arguments that can be used to control the BIND nameserver daemon.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man lwresd</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page for <code class="systemitem">lwresd</code> containing the full documentation on the lightweight resolver daemon and its usage.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man named.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with a comprehensive list of options available within the <code class="systemitem">named</code> configuration file.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">man rndc.conf</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The manual page with a comprehensive list of options available within the <code class="command">rndc</code> configuration file.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-useful-websites">11.2.7.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id891148" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.isc.org/software/bind">http://www.isc.org/software/bind</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The home page of the BIND project containing information about current releases as well as a PDF version of the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-related-books">11.2.7.3. 関連書籍</h4></div></div></div><a id="id910650" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">DNS and BIND</em> by Paul Albitz and Cricket Liu; O'Reilly &amp; Associates</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A popular reference that explains both common and esoteric BIND configuration options, and provides strategies for securing a DNS server.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><em class="citetitle">The Concise Guide to DNS and BIND</em> by Nicolai Langfeldt; Que</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Looks at the connection between multiple network services and BIND, with an emphasis on task-oriented, technical topics.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-mistakes.html"><strong>戻る</strong>11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Web_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第12章 ウェブ サーバー</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-dig.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-dig.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e88676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-dig.html
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-bind-rndc.html" title="11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility" /><link rel="next" href="s2-bind-features.html" title="11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-rndc.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-features.html"><s
 trong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-bind-dig"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-dig">11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id904500" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">dig</code> utility is a command line tool that allows you to perform DNS lookups and debug a nameserver configuration. Its typical usage is as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> [@<em class="replaceable"><code>server</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>...] <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s4-bind-zone-rr">「Common Resource Records」</a> for a list of common <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em>s.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-dig-ns"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-dig-ns">11.2.4.1. Looking Up a Nameserver</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To look up a nameserver for a particular domain, use the command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> NS</pre><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-dig.html#example-bind-dig-ns">例11.16「A sample nameserver lookup」</a>, the <code class="command">dig</code> utility is used to display nameservers for <code class="systemitem">example.com</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-dig-ns"><h6>例11.16 A sample nameserver lookup</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">dig example.com NS</code>
+
+; &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; DiG 9.7.1-P2-RedHat-9.7.1-2.P2.fc13 &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; example.com NS
+;; global options: +cmd
+;; Got answer:
+;; -&gt;&gt;HEADER&lt;&lt;- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 57883
+;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 2, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 0
+
+;; QUESTION SECTION:
+;example.com.                   IN      NS
+
+;; ANSWER SECTION:
+example.com.            99374   IN      NS      a.iana-servers.net.
+example.com.            99374   IN      NS      b.iana-servers.net.
+
+;; Query time: 1 msec
+;; SERVER: 10.34.255.7#53(10.34.255.7)
+;; WHEN: Wed Aug 18 18:04:06 2010
+;; MSG SIZE  rcvd: 77</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-dig-a"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-dig-a">11.2.4.2. Looking Up an IP Address</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To look up an IP address assigned to a particular domain, use the command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> A</pre><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-dig.html#example-bind-dig-a">例11.17「A sample IP address lookup」</a>, the <code class="command">dig</code> utility is used to display the IP address of <code class="systemitem">example.com</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-dig-a"><h6>例11.17 A sample IP address lookup</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">dig example.com A</code>
+
+; &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; DiG 9.7.1-P2-RedHat-9.7.1-2.P2.fc13 &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; example.com A
+;; global options: +cmd
+;; Got answer:
+;; -&gt;&gt;HEADER&lt;&lt;- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 4849
+;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 1, AUTHORITY: 2, ADDITIONAL: 0
+
+;; QUESTION SECTION:
+;example.com.                   IN      A
+
+;; ANSWER SECTION:
+example.com.            155606  IN      A       192.0.32.10
+
+;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
+example.com.            99175   IN      NS      a.iana-servers.net.
+example.com.            99175   IN      NS      b.iana-servers.net.
+
+;; Query time: 1 msec
+;; SERVER: 10.34.255.7#53(10.34.255.7)
+;; WHEN: Wed Aug 18 18:07:25 2010
+;; MSG SIZE  rcvd: 93</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-dig-x"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-dig-x">11.2.4.3. Looking Up a Hostname</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To look up a hostname for a particular IP address, use the command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">dig</code> <code class="option">-x</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				In <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-dig.html#example-bind-dig-x">例11.18「A sample hostname lookup」</a>, the <code class="command">dig</code> utility is used to display the hostname assigned to <code class="systemitem">192.0.32.10</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-dig-x"><h6>例11.18 A sample hostname lookup</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">dig -x 192.0.32.10</code>
+
+; &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; DiG 9.7.1-P2-RedHat-9.7.1-2.P2.fc13 &lt;&lt;&gt;&gt; -x 192.0.32.10
+;; global options: +cmd
+;; Got answer:
+;; -&gt;&gt;HEADER&lt;&lt;- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 29683
+;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 1, AUTHORITY: 5, ADDITIONAL: 6
+
+;; QUESTION SECTION:
+;10.32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.      IN      PTR
+
+;; ANSWER SECTION:
+10.32.0.192.in-addr.arpa. 21600 IN      PTR     www.example.com.
+
+;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      b.iana-servers.org.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      c.iana-servers.net.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      d.iana-servers.net.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      ns.icann.org.
+32.0.192.in-addr.arpa.  21600   IN      NS      a.iana-servers.net.
+
+;; ADDITIONAL SECTION:
+a.iana-servers.net.     13688   IN      A       192.0.34.43
+b.iana-servers.org.     5844    IN      A       193.0.0.236
+b.iana-servers.org.     5844    IN      AAAA    2001:610:240:2::c100:ec
+c.iana-servers.net.     12173   IN      A       139.91.1.10
+c.iana-servers.net.     12173   IN      AAAA    2001:648:2c30::1:10
+ns.icann.org.           12884   IN      A       192.0.34.126
+
+;; Query time: 156 msec
+;; SERVER: 10.34.255.7#53(10.34.255.7)
+;; WHEN: Wed Aug 18 18:25:15 2010
+;; MSG SIZE  rcvd: 310</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-rndc.html"><strong>戻る</strong>11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-features.html"><strong>次へ</strong>11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-features.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-features.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c16aae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-features.html
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-bind-dig.html" title="11.2.4. Using the dig Utility" /><link rel="next" href="s2-bind-mistakes.html" title="11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-dig.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-m
 istakes.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-bind-features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-features">11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Most BIND implementations only use the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service to provide name resolution services or to act as an authority for a particular domain. However, BIND version 9 has a number of advanced features that allow for a more secure and efficient DNS service.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the feature is supported</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Before attempting to use advanced features like DNSSEC, TSIG, or IXFR, make sure that the particular feature is supported by all nameservers in the network environment, especially when you use older versions of BIND or non-BIND servers.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			All of the features mentioned are discussed in greater detail in the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> referenced in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html#s3-bind-installed-docs">「インストールされているドキュメント」</a>.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-views"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-views">11.2.5.1. 複数ビュー</h4></div></div></div><a id="id692674" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Optionally, different information can be presented to a client depending on the network a request originates from. This is primarily used to deny sensitive DNS entries from clients outside of the local network, while allowing queries from clients inside the local network.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To configure multiple views, add the <code class="command">view</code> statement to the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> configuration file. Use the <code class="option">match-clients</code> option to match IP addresses or entire networks and give them special options and zone data.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-ixfr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-ixfr">11.2.5.2. Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id831359" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Incremental Zone Transfers</em> (<em class="firstterm">IXFR</em>) allow a secondary nameserver to only download the updated portions of a zone modified on a primary nameserver. Compared to the standard transfer process, this makes the notification and update process much more efficient.
+			</div><a id="id685726" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Note that IXFR is only available when using dynamic updating to make changes to master zone records. If manually editing zone files to make changes, <em class="firstterm">Automatic Zone Transfer</em> (<em class="firstterm">AXFR</em>) is used.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-tsig"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-tsig">11.2.5.3. Transaction SIGnatures (TSIG)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1019268" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Transaction SIGnatures</em> (TSIG) ensure that a shared secret key exists on both primary and secondary nameserver before allowing a transfer. This strengthens the standard IP address-based method of transfer authorization, since attackers would not only need to have access to the IP address to transfer the zone, but they would also need to know the secret key.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Since version 9, BIND also supports <em class="firstterm">TKEY</em>, which is another shared secret key method of authorizing zone transfers.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Secure the transfer</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					When communicating over an insecure network, do not rely on IP address-based authentication only.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-dnssec"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-dnssec">11.2.5.4. DNS Security Extensions (DNSSEC)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id813620" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Domain Name System Security Extensions</em> (<em class="firstterm">DNSSEC</em>) provide origin authentication of DNS data, authenticated denial of existence, and data integrity. When a particular domain is marked as secure, the <code class="literal">SERFVAIL</code> response is returned for each resource record that fails the validation.
+			</div><a id="id1083776" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Note that to debug a DNSSEC-signed domain or a DNSSEC-aware resolver, you can use the <code class="command">dig</code> utility as described in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-dig.html">「Using the dig Utility」</a>. Useful options are <code class="option">+dnssec</code> (requests DNSSEC-related resource records by setting the DNSSEC OK bit), <code class="option">+cd</code> (tells recursive nameserver not to validate the response), and <code class="option">+bufsize=512</code> (changes the packet size to 512B to get through some firewalls).
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-features-ipv6"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-features-ipv6">11.2.5.5. Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)</h4></div></div></div><a id="id699568" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Internet Protocol version 6</em> (<em class="firstterm">IPv6</em>) is supported through the use of <code class="option">AAAA</code> resource records, and the <code class="option">listen-on-v6</code> directive as described in <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#table-bind-namedconf-common-options">表11.3「Commonly used options」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-dig.html"><strong>戻る</strong>11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-mistakes.html"><strong>次へ</strong>11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-mistakes.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-mistakes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ce94f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-mistakes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-bind-features.html" title="11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能" /><link rel="next" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html" title="11.2.7. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-features.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-
 bind-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-bind-mistakes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-mistakes">11.2.6. よくある間違いを避けるために</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1041313" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The following is a list of advices how to avoid common mistakes users make when configuring a nameserver:
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Use semicolons and curly brackets correctly</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						An omitted semicolon or unmatched curly bracket in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file can prevent the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service from starting.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Use period (that is, the <code class="literal">.</code> character) correctly</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						In zone files, a period at the end of a domain name denotes a fully qualified domain name. If omitted, the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service will append the name of the zone or the value of <code class="option">$ORIGIN</code> to complete it.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Increment the serial number when editing a zone file</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						If the serial number is not incremented, the primary nameserver will have the correct, new information, but the secondary nameservers will never be notified of the change, and will not attempt to refresh their data of that zone.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Configure the firewall</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						If a firewall is blocking connections from the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service to other nameservers, the recommended best practice is to change the firewall settings whenever possible.
+					</div><div class="warning" id="warning-Warning-Avoid_Using_Fixed_UDP_Source_Ports"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid using fixed UDP source ports</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							According to the recent research in DNS security, using a fixed UDP source port for DNS queries is a potential security vulnerability that could allow an attacker to conduct cache-poisoning attacks more easily. To prevent this, configure your firewall to allow queries from a random UDP source port.
+						</div></div></div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-features.html"><strong>戻る</strong>11.2.5. BIND の高度な機能</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>11.2.7. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-rndc.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-rndc.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fab0398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-rndc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-bind-zone.html" title="11.2.2. Editing Zone Files" /><link rel="next" href="s2-bind-dig.html" title="11.2.4. Using the dig Utility" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-zone.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-dig.html"><strong>次へ</st
 rong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-bind-rndc"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-rndc">11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id702905" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">rndc</code> utility is a command line tool that allows you to administer the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, both locally and from a remote machine. Its usage is as follows:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">rndc</code> [<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>...] <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>command-option</code></em>]</pre><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-configuration">11.2.3.1. Configuring the Utility</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To prevent unauthorized access to the service, <code class="systemitem">named</code> must be configured to listen on the selected port (that is, <code class="literal">953</code> by default), and an identical key must be used by both the service and the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility.
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-rndc-configuration-files"><h6>表11.7 Relevant files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Relevant files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="path" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								Path
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<a id="id908303" class="indexterm"></a>
+								 <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default configuration file for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<a id="id874634" class="indexterm"></a>
+								 <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.conf</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default configuration file for the <code class="command">rndc</code> utility.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<a id="id753719" class="indexterm"></a>
+								 <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code>
+							</td><td>
+								The default key location.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">rndc</code> configuration is located in <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.conf</code>. If the file does not exist, the utility will use the key located in <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code>, which was generated automatically during the installation process using the <code class="command">rndc-confgen -a</code> command.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">named</code> service is configured using the <code class="option">controls</code> statement in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> configuration file as described in <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state-other">「他のステートメントタイプ」</a>. Unless this statement is present, only the connections from the loopback address (that is, <code class="systemitem">127.0.0.1</code>) will be allowed, and the key located in <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code> will be used.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on this topic, refer to manual pages and the <em class="citetitle">BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual</em> listed in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-additional-resources.html">「その他のリソース」</a>.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Set the correct permissions</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To prevent unprivileged users from sending control commands to the service, make sure only root is allowed to read the <code class="filename">/etc/rndc.key</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">chmod o-rwx /etc/rndc.key</code></pre></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-status"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-status">11.2.3.2. Checking the Service Status</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To check the current status of the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc status</code>
+version: 9.7.0-P2-RedHat-9.7.0-5.P2.el6
+CPUs found: 1
+worker threads: 1
+number of zones: 16
+debug level: 0
+xfers running: 0
+xfers deferred: 0
+soa queries in progress: 0
+query logging is OFF
+recursive clients: 0/0/1000
+tcp clients: 0/100
+server is up and running</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-reload"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-reload">11.2.3.3. Reloading the Configuration and Zones</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To reload both the configuration file and zones, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc reload</code>
+server reload successful</pre><div class="para">
+				This will reload the zones while keeping all previously cached responses, so that you can make changes to the zone files without losing all stored name resolutions.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To reload a single zone, specify its name after the <code class="command">reload</code> command, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc reload localhost</code>
+zone reload up-to-date</pre><div class="para">
+				Finally, to reload the configuration file and newly added zones only, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc reconfig</code></pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Modifying zones with dynamic DNS</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you intend to manually modify a zone that uses Dynamic DNS (DDNS), make sure you run the <code class="command">freeze</code> command first:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc freeze localhost</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Once you are finished, run the <code class="command">thaw</code> command to allow the DDNS again and reload the zone:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc thaw localhost</code>
+The zone reload and thaw was successful.</pre></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-sign"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-sign">11.2.3.4. Updating Zone Keys</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To update the DNSSEC keys and sign the zone, use the <code class="command">sign</code> command. For example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc sign localhost</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Note that to sign a zone with the above command, the <code class="option">auto-dnssec</code> option has to be set to <code class="literal">maintain</code> in the zone statement. For instance:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">zone "localhost" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "named.localhost";
+  allow-update { none; };
+  auto-dnssec maintain;
+};</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-validation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-validation">11.2.3.5. Enabling the DNSSEC Validation</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To enable the DNSSEC validation, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc validation on</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Similarly, to disable this option, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc validation off</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to the <code class="option">options</code> statement described in <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html#s3-bind-namedconf-state">「一般的なステートメントのタイプ」</a> for information on how configure this option in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-rndc-querylog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-rndc-querylog">11.2.3.6. Enabling the Query Logging</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To enable (or disable in case it is currently enabled) the query logging, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rndc querylog</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To check the current setting, use the <code class="command">status</code> command as described in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-rndc.html#s3-bind-rndc-status">「Checking the Service Status」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-bind-zone.html"><strong>戻る</strong>11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-dig.html"><strong>次へ</strong>11.2.4. Using the dig Utility</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-zone.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-zone.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4a3b49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-bind-zone.html
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-BIND.html" title="11.2. BIND" /><link rel="next" href="s2-bind-rndc.html" title="11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-BIND.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-rndc.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div
  class="section" id="s2-bind-zone"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-bind-zone">11.2.2. Editing Zone Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id676549" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1035806" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1035788" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1035762" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			As outlined in <a class="xref" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html#s2-dns-introduction-zones">「ネームサーバーゾーン」</a>, zone files contain information about a namespace. They are stored in the <code class="systemitem">named</code> working directory located in <code class="filename">/var/named/</code> by default, and each zone file is named according to the <code class="option">file</code> option in the <code class="option">zone</code> statement, usually in a way that relates to the domain in question and identifies the file as containing zone data, such as <code class="filename">example.com.zone</code>.
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-bind-zone-files"><h6>表11.5 The named service zone files</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="The named service zone files" border="1"><colgroup><col width="50%" /><col width="50%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+							Path
+						</th><th>
+							説明
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The working directory for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service. The nameserver is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> allowed to write to this directory.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/slaves/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory for secondary zones. This directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/dynamic/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory for other files, such as dynamic DNS (DDNS) zones or managed DNSSEC keys. This directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</td></tr><tr><td>
+							<code class="filename">/var/named/data/</code>
+						</td><td>
+							The directory for various statistics and debugging files. This directory is writable by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service.
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			A zone file consists of directives and resource records. Directives tell the nameserver to perform tasks or apply special settings to the zone, resource records define the parameters of the zone and assign identities to individual hosts. While the directives are optional, the resource records are required in order to provide name service to a zone.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			すべてのディレクティブとリソースレコードは、個々の行に記載する必要があります。
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-zone-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-zone-directives">11.2.2.1. Common Directives</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Directives begin with the dollar sign character (that is, <code class="literal">$</code>) followed by the name of the directive, and usually appear at the top of the file. The following directives are commonly used in zone files:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id960403" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">$INCLUDE</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="command">$INCLUDE</code> directive allows you to include another file at the place where it appears, so that other zone settings can be stored in a separate zone file.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-directive-include"><h6>例11.6 Using the $INCLUDE directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$INCLUDE /var/named/penguin.example.com</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id960332" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> directive allows you to append the domain name to unqualified records, such as those with the hostname only. Note that the use of this directive is not necessary if the zone is specified in <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code>, since the zone name is used by default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#example-bind-zone-directive-origin">例11.7「Using the $ORIGIN directive」</a>, any names used in resource records that do not end in a trailing period (that is, the <code class="literal">.</code> character) are appended with <code class="literal">example.com</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-directive-origin"><h6>例11.7 Using the $ORIGIN directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$ORIGIN example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id965838" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">$TTL</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="command">$TTL</code> directive allows you to set the default <em class="firstterm">Time to Live</em> (TTL) value for the zone, that is, how long is a zone record valid. Each resource record can contain its own TTL value, which overrides this directive.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							この値を増加させると、リモートネームサーバーは、このゾーンの情報をより長時間キャッシュします。こうすると、このゾーンについて行われるクエリの数は減りますが、リソースレコード変更を伝えるのに要する時間は長くなります。
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-directive-ttl"><h6>例11.8 Using the $TTL directive</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$TTL 1D</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s4-bind-zone-rr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s4-bind-zone-rr">11.2.2.2. Common Resource Records</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following resource records are commonly used in zone files:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1112079" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">A</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Address</em> record specifies an IP address to be assigned to a name. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> IN A <em class="replaceable"><code>IP-address</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							If the <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em> value is omitted, the record will point to the last specified <em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#example-bind-zone-rr-a">例11.9「Using the A resource record」</a>, the requests for <code class="systemitem">server1.example.com</code> are pointed to <code class="literal">10.0.1.3</code> or <code class="literal">10.0.1.5</code>.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-a"><h6>例11.9 Using the A resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">server1  IN  A  10.0.1.3
+         IN  A  10.0.1.5</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1111976" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">CNAME</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Canonical Name</em> record maps one name to another. Because of this, this type of record is sometimes referred to as an <em class="firstterm">alias record</em>. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>alias-name</code></em> IN CNAME <em class="replaceable"><code>real-name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">CNAME</code> records are most commonly used to point to services that use a common naming scheme, such as <code class="literal">www</code> for Web servers. However, there are multiple restrictions for their usage:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									CNAME records should not point to other CNAME records. This is mainly to avoid possible infinite loops.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									CNAME records should not contain other resource record types (such as A, NS, MX, etc.). The only exception are DNSSEC related records (that is, RRSIG, NSEC, etc.) when the zone is signed.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Other resource record that point to the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a host (that is, NS, MX, PTR) should not point to a CNAME record.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#example-bind-zone-rr-cname">例11.10「Using the CNAME resource record」</a>, the <code class="command">A</code> record binds a hostname to an IP address, while the <code class="command">CNAME</code> record points the commonly used <code class="literal">www</code> hostname to it.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-cname"><h6>例11.10 Using the CNAME resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">server1  IN  A      10.0.1.5
+www      IN  CNAME  server1</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id981776" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">MX</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Mail Exchange</em> record specifies where the mail sent to a particular namespace controlled by this zone should go. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IN MX <em class="replaceable"><code>preference-value</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>email-server-name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>email-server-name</code></em> is a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). The <em class="replaceable"><code>preference-value</code></em> allows numerical ranking of the email servers for a namespace, giving preference to some email systems over others. The <code class="command">MX</code> resource record with the lowest <em class="replaceable"><code>preference-value</code></em> is preferred over the others. However, multiple email servers can possess the same value to distribute email traffic evenly among them.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#example-bind-zone-rr-mx">例11.11「Using the MX resource record」</a>, the first <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> email server is preferred to the <code class="systemitem">mail2.example.com</code> email server when receiving email destined for the <code class="systemitem">example.com</code> domain.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-mx"><h6>例11.11 Using the MX resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">example.com.  IN  MX  10  mail.example.com.
+              IN  MX  20  mail2.example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1049351" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">NS</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Nameserver</em> record announces authoritative nameservers for a particular zone. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">IN NS <em class="replaceable"><code>nameserver-name</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>nameserver-name</code></em> should be a fully qualified domain name (FQDN). Note that when two nameservers are listed as authoritative for the domain, it is not important whether these nameservers are secondary nameservers, or if one of them is a primary server. They are both still considered authoritative.
+						</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-ns"><h6>例11.12 Using the NS resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">IN  NS  dns1.example.com.
+IN  NS  dns2.example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1079978" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">PTR</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Pointer</em> record points to another part of the namespace. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>last-IP-digit</code></em> IN PTR <em class="replaceable"><code>FQDN-of-system</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+							The <em class="replaceable"><code>last-IP-digit</code></em> directive is the last number in an IP address, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>FQDN-of-system</code></em> is a fully qualified domain name (FQDN).
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">PTR</code> records are primarily used for reverse name resolution, as they point IP addresses back to a particular name. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse">「A Reverse Name Resolution Zone File」</a> for more examples of <code class="command">PTR</code> records in use.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id746654" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">SOA</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="firstterm">Start of Authority</em> record announces important authoritative information about a namespace to the nameserver. Located after the directives, it is the first resource record in a zone file. It takes the following form:
+						</div><pre class="programlisting">@  IN  SOA  <em class="replaceable"><code>primary-name-server</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>hostmaster-email</code></em> (
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>serial-number</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-refresh</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-retry</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-expire</code></em>
+       <em class="replaceable"><code>minimum-TTL</code></em> )</pre><div class="para">
+							The directives are as follows:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <code class="literal">@</code> symbol places the <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> directive (or the zone's name if the <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> directive is not set) as the namespace being defined by this <code class="command">SOA</code> resource record.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>primary-name-server</code></em> directive is the hostname of the primary nameserver that is authoritative for this domain.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>hostmaster-email</code></em> directive is the email of the person to contact about the namespace.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>serial-number</code></em> directive is a numerical value incremented every time the zone file is altered to indicate it is time for the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service to reload the zone.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-refresh</code></em> directive is the numerical value secondary nameservers use to determine how long to wait before asking the primary nameserver if any changes have been made to the zone.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									The <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-retry</code></em> directive is a numerical value used by secondary nameservers to determine the length of time to wait before issuing a refresh request in the event that the primary nameserver is not answering. If the primary server has not replied to a refresh request before the amount of time specified in the <em class="replaceable"><code>time-to-expire</code></em> directive elapses, the secondary servers stop responding as an authority for requests concerning that namespace.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									In BIND 4 and 8, the <em class="replaceable"><code>minimum-TTL</code></em> directive is the amount of time other nameservers cache the zone's information. In BIND 9, it defines how long negative answers are cached for. Caching of negative answers can be set to a maximum of 3 hours (that is, <code class="option">3H</code>).
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							When configuring BIND, all times are specified in seconds. However, it is possible to use abbreviations when specifying units of time other than seconds, such as minutes (<code class="literal">M</code>), hours (<code class="literal">H</code>), days (<code class="literal">D</code>), and weeks (<code class="literal">W</code>). <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#tb-bind-seconds">表11.6「他の時間単位と比較した秒数」</a> shows an amount of time in seconds and the equivalent time in another format.
+						</div><div class="table" id="tb-bind-seconds"><h6>表11.6 他の時間単位と比較した秒数</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="他の時間単位と比較した秒数" border="1"><colgroup><col width="50%" class="seconds" /><col width="50%" class="other" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+											秒
+										</th><th>
+											他の時間単位
+										</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+											60
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1M</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											1800
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">30M</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											3600
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											10800
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">3H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											21600
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">6H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											43200
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">12H</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											86400
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1D</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											259200
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">3D</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											604800
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">1W</code>
+										</td></tr><tr><td>
+											31536000
+										</td><td>
+											<code class="literal">365D</code>
+										</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-rr-soa"><h6>例11.13 Using the SOA resource record</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">@  IN  SOA  dns1.example.com.  hostmaster.example.com. (
+       2001062501  ; serial
+       21600       ; refresh after 6 hours
+       3600        ; retry after 1 hour
+       604800      ; expire after 1 week
+       86400 )     ; minimum TTL of 1 day</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-zone-comm"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-zone-comm">11.2.2.3. コメントタグ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id798614" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Additionally to resource records and directives, a zone file can also contain comments. Comments are ignored by the <code class="systemitem">named</code> service, but can prove useful when providing additional information to the user. Any text after the semicolon character (that is, <code class="literal">;</code>) to the end of the line is considered a comment. For example:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">   604800  ; expire after 1 week</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-zone-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-bind-zone-examples">11.2.2.4. 使用例</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following examples show the basic usage of zone files.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s4-bind-zone-examples-basic"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s4-bind-zone-examples-basic">11.2.2.4.1. A Simple Zone File</h5></div></div></div><a id="id874737" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#example-bind-zone-examples-basic">例11.14「A simple zone file」</a> demonstrates the use of standard directives and <code class="command">SOA</code> values.
+				</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-examples-basic"><h6>例11.14 A simple zone file</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$ORIGIN example.com.
+$TTL 86400
+@         IN  SOA  dns1.example.com.  hostmaster.example.com. (
+              2001062501  ; serial
+              21600       ; refresh after 6 hours
+              3600        ; retry after 1 hour
+              604800      ; expire after 1 week
+              86400 )     ; minimum TTL of 1 day
+;
+;
+          IN  NS     dns1.example.com.
+          IN  NS     dns2.example.com.
+dns1      IN  A      10.0.1.1
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::1
+dns2      IN  A      10.0.1.2
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::2
+;
+;
+@         IN  MX     10  mail.example.com.
+          IN  MX     20  mail2.example.com.
+mail      IN  A      10.0.1.5
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::5
+mail2     IN  A      10.0.1.6
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::6
+;
+;
+; This sample zone file illustrates sharing the same IP addresses
+; for multiple services:
+;
+services  IN  A      10.0.1.10
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::10
+          IN  A      10.0.1.11
+          IN  AAAA   aaaa:bbbb::11
+
+ftp       IN  CNAME  services.example.com.
+www       IN  CNAME  services.example.com.
+;
+;</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+					In this example, the authoritative nameservers are set as <code class="systemitem">dns1.example.com</code> and <code class="systemitem">dns2.example.com</code>, and are tied to the <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.1</code> and <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.2</code> IP addresses respectively using the <code class="command">A</code> record.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The email servers configured with the <code class="command">MX</code> records point to <code class="systemitem">mail</code> and <code class="systemitem">mail2</code> via <code class="command">A</code> records. Since these names do not end in a trailing period (that is, the <code class="literal">.</code> character), the <code class="command">$ORIGIN</code> domain is placed after them, expanding them to <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> and <code class="systemitem">mail2.example.com</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Services available at the standard names, such as <code class="systemitem">www.example.com</code> (<acronym class="acronym">WWW</acronym>), are pointed at the appropriate servers using the <code class="command">CNAME</code> record.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					This zone file would be called into service with a <code class="command">zone</code> statement in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> similar to the following:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">zone "example.com" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "example.com.zone";
+  allow-update { none; };
+};</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="s3-bind-configuration-zone-reverse">11.2.2.4.2. A Reverse Name Resolution Zone File</h5></div></div></div><a id="id1241428" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					A reverse name resolution zone file is used to translate an IP address in a particular namespace into an fully qualified domain name (FQDN). It looks very similar to a standard zone file, except that the <code class="command">PTR</code> resource records are used to link the IP addresses to a fully qualified domain name as shown in <a class="xref" href="s2-bind-zone.html#example-bind-zone-examples-reverse">例11.15「A reverse name resolution zone file」</a>.
+				</div><div class="example" id="example-bind-zone-examples-reverse"><h6>例11.15 A reverse name resolution zone file</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">$ORIGIN 1.0.10.in-addr.arpa.
+$TTL 86400
+@  IN  SOA  dns1.example.com.  hostmaster.example.com. (
+       2001062501  ; serial
+       21600       ; refresh after 6 hours
+       3600        ; retry after 1 hour
+       604800      ; expire after 1 week
+       86400 )     ; minimum TTL of 1 day
+;
+@  IN  NS   dns1.example.com.
+;
+1  IN  PTR  dns1.example.com.
+2  IN  PTR  dns2.example.com.
+;
+5  IN  PTR  server1.example.com.
+6  IN  PTR  server2.example.com.
+;
+3  IN  PTR  ftp.example.com.
+4  IN  PTR  ftp.example.com.</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+					In this example, IP addresses <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.1</code> through <code class="systemitem">10.0.1.6</code> are pointed to the corresponding fully qualified domain name.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					This zone file would be called into service with a <code class="option">zone</code> statement in the <code class="filename">/etc/named.conf</code> file similar to the following:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">zone "1.0.10.in-addr.arpa" IN {
+  type master;
+  file "example.com.rr.zone";
+  allow-update { none; };
+};</pre><div class="para">
+					There is very little difference between this example and a standard <code class="command">zone</code> statement, except for the zone name. Note that a reverse name resolution zone requires the first three blocks of the IP address reversed followed by <code class="command">.in-addr.arpa</code>. This allows the single block of IP numbers used in the reverse name resolution zone file to be associated with the zone.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-BIND.html"><strong>戻る</strong>11.2. BIND</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-bind-rndc.html"><strong>次へ</strong>11.2.3. Using the rndc Utility</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd5e9ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.3.3. Fetchmail</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-mta.html" title="13.3. Mail Transport Agent" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html" title="13.3.2. Sendmail" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-switchmail.html" title="13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a acce
 sskey="n" href="s2-email-switchmail.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-mta-fetchmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-mta-fetchmail">13.3.3. Fetchmail</h3></div></div></div><a id="id700196" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id692355" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fetchmail is an MTA which retrieves email from remote servers and delivers it to the local MTA. Many users appreciate the ability to separate the process of downloading their messages located on a remote server from the process of reading and organizing their email in an MUA. Designed with the needs of dial-up users in mind, Fetchmail connects and quickly downloads all of the email messages to the mail spool file using any number of protocols, including <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> and <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code>. It can even forward email messages to an <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> server, if necessary.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>fetchmail のインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					In order to use <span class="application"><strong>Fetchmail</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">fetchmail</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install fetchmail</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Fetchmail is configured for each user through the use of a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file in the user's home directory. If it does not already exist, create the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file in your home directory
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Using preferences in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file, Fetchmail checks for email on a remote server and downloads it. It then delivers it to port <code class="constant">25</code> on the local machine, using the local MTA to place the email in the correct user's spool file. If Procmail is available, it is launched to filter the email and place it in a mailbox so that it can be read by an MUA.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration">13.3.3.1. Fetchmail 設定オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id746166" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718574" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Although it is possible to pass all necessary options on the command line to check for email on a remote server when executing Fetchmail, using a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file is much easier. Place any desired configuration options in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file for those options to be used each time the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command is issued. It is possible to override these at the time Fetchmail is run by specifying that option on the command line.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					A user's <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file contains three classes of configuration options:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>global options</em></span> — Gives Fetchmail instructions that control the operation of the program or provide settings for every connection that checks for email.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>server options</em></span> — Specifies necessary information about the server being polled, such as the hostname, as well as preferences for specific email servers, such as the port to check or number of seconds to wait before timing out. These options affect every user using that server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<span class="emphasis"><em>user options</em></span> — Contains information, such as username and password, necessary to authenticate and check for email using a specified email server.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Global options appear at the top of the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file, followed by one or more server options, each of which designate a different email server that Fetchmail should check. User options follow server options for each user account checking that email server. Like server options, multiple user options may be specified for use with a particular server as well as to check multiple email accounts on the same server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Server options are called into service in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file by the use of a special option verb, <code class="command">poll</code> or <code class="command">skip</code>, that precedes any of the server information. The <code class="command">poll</code> action tells Fetchmail to use this server option when it is run, which checks for email using the specified user options. Any server options after a <code class="command">skip</code> action, however, are not checked unless this server's hostname is specified when Fetchmail is invoked. The <code class="command">skip</code> option is useful when testing configurations in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file because it only checks skipped servers when specifically invoked, and does not affect any currently working configurations.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following is a sample example of a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">set postmaster "user1"
+set bouncemail
+
+poll pop.domain.com proto pop3
+    user 'user1' there with password 'secret' is user1 here
+
+poll mail.domain2.com
+    user 'user5' there with password 'secret2' is user1 here
+    user 'user7' there with password 'secret3' is user1 here</pre><div class="para">
+					In this example, the global options specify that the user is sent email as a last resort (<code class="command">postmaster</code> option) and all email errors are sent to the postmaster instead of the sender (<code class="command">bouncemail</code> option). The <code class="command">set</code> action tells Fetchmail that this line contains a global option. Then, two email servers are specified, one set to check using <code class="systemitem">POP3</code>, the other for trying various protocols to find one that works. Two users are checked using the second server option, but all email found for any user is sent to <code class="command">user1</code>'s mail spool. This allows multiple mailboxes to be checked on multiple servers, while appearing in a single MUA inbox. Each user's specific information begins with the <code class="command">user</code> action.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Omitting the password from the configuration</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Users are not required to place their password in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file. Omitting the <code class="command">with password '<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>'</code> section causes Fetchmail to ask for a password when it is launched.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Fetchmail has numerous global, server, and local options. Many of these options are rarely used or only apply to very specific situations. The <code class="filename">fetchmail</code> man page explains each option in detail, but the most common ones are listed in the following three sections.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-global">13.3.3.2. グローバルオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id802784" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id802802" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Each global option should be placed on a single line after a <code class="command">set</code> action.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">daemon <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> </code> — Specifies daemon-mode, where Fetchmail stays in the background. Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> with the number of seconds Fetchmail is to wait before polling the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">postmaster</code> — Specifies a local user to send mail to in case of delivery problems.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">syslog</code> — Specifies the log file for errors and status messages. By default, this is <code class="filename">/var/log/maillog</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-configuration-server">13.3.3.3. サーバー オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id881073" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id881091" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Server options must be placed on their own line in <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> after a <code class="command">poll</code> or <code class="command">skip</code> action.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">auth <em class="replaceable"><code>auth-type</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>auth-type</code></em> with the type of authentication to be used. By default, <code class="command">password</code> authentication is used, but some protocols support other types of authentication, including <code class="command">kerberos_v5</code>, <code class="command">kerberos_v4</code>, and <code class="command">ssh</code>. If the <code class="command">any</code> authentication type is used, Fetchmail first tries methods that do not require a password, then methods that mask the password, and finally attempts to send the password unencrypted to authenticate to the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">interval <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> — Polls the specified server every <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> of times that it checks for email on all configured servers. This option is generally used for email servers where the user rarely receives messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">port <em class="replaceable"><code>port-number</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>port-number</code></em> with the port number. This value overrides the default port number for the specified protocol.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">proto <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>protocol</code></em> with the protocol, such as <code class="command">pop3</code> or <code class="command">imap</code>, to use when checking for messages on the server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">timeout <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>seconds</code></em> with the number of seconds of server inactivity after which Fetchmail gives up on a connection attempt. If this value is not set, a default of <code class="command">300</code> seconds is assumed.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-fetchmail-configuration-user">13.3.3.4. ユーザー オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id829331" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id829024" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					User options may be placed on their own lines beneath a server option or on the same line as the server option. In either case, the defined options must follow the <code class="command">user</code> option (defined below).
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">fetchall</code> — Orders Fetchmail to download all messages in the queue, including messages that have already been viewed. By default, Fetchmail only pulls down new messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">fetchlimit <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> with the number of messages to be retrieved before stopping.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">flush</code> — Deletes all previously viewed messages in the queue before retrieving new messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">limit <em class="replaceable"><code>max-number-bytes</code></em> </code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>max-number-bytes</code></em> with the maximum size in bytes that messages are allowed to be when retrieved by Fetchmail. This option is useful with slow network links, when a large message takes too long to download.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">password '<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>'</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em> with the user's password.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">preconnect "<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>"</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> with a command to be executed before retrieving messages for the user.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">postconnect "<em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em>"</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> with a command to be executed after retrieving messages for the user.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">ssl</code> — SSL 暗号化を有効にします。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">user "<em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>"</code> — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em> with the username used by Fetchmail to retrieve messages. <span class="emphasis"><em>This option must precede all other user options.</em></span>
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands">13.3.3.5. Fetchmail コマンド オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1092878" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Most Fetchmail options used on the command line when executing the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command mirror the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> configuration options. In this way, Fetchmail may be used with or without a configuration file. These options are not used on the command line by most users because it is easier to leave them in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					There may be times when it is desirable to run the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command with other options for a particular purpose. It is possible to issue command options to temporarily override a <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> setting that is causing an error, as any options specified at the command line override configuration file options.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-info"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-info">13.3.3.6. 情報オプション、あるいはデバッグ オプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id885628" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Certain options used after the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command can supply important information.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">--configdump</code> — Displays every possible option based on information from <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> and Fetchmail defaults. No email is retrieved for any users when using this option.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-s</code> — Executes Fetchmail in silent mode, preventing any messages, other than errors, from appearing after the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> command.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-v</code> — Executes Fetchmail in verbose mode, displaying every communication between Fetchmail and remote email servers.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-V</code> — Displays detailed version information, lists its global options, and shows settings to be used with each user, including the email protocol and authentication method. No email is retrieved for any users when using this option.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-special"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-fetchmail-commands-special">13.3.3.7. 特別なオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id677188" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					These options are occasionally useful for overriding defaults often found in the <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> file.
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-a</code> — Fetchmail downloads all messages from the remote email server, whether new or previously viewed. By default, Fetchmail only downloads new messages.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-k</code> — Fetchmail leaves the messages on the remote email server after downloading them. This option overrides the default behavior of deleting messages after downloading them.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">-l <em class="replaceable"><code>max-number-bytes</code></em> </code> — Fetchmail does not download any messages over a particular size and leaves them on the remote email server.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">--quit</code> — Quits the Fetchmail daemon process.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					More commands and <code class="filename">.fetchmailrc</code> options can be found in the <code class="command">fetchmail</code> man page.
+				</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.3.2. Sendmail</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-switchmail.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-sendmail.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-sendmail.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a594951
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-mta-sendmail.html
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.3.2. Sendmail</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-mta.html" title="13.3. Mail Transport Agent" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-email-mta.html" title="13.3. Mail Transport Agent" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html" title="13.3.3. Fetchmail" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-mta.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-mta-fet
 chmail.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-mta-sendmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-mta-sendmail">13.3.2. Sendmail</h3></div></div></div><a id="id926667" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id873306" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Sendmail's core purpose, like other MTAs, is to safely transfer email among hosts, usually using the <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> protocol. However, Sendmail is highly configurable, allowing control over almost every aspect of how email is handled, including the protocol used. Many system administrators elect to use Sendmail as their MTA due to its power and scalability.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-purpose">13.3.2.1. 目的と制限</h4></div></div></div><a id="id829406" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id829421" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					It is important to be aware of what Sendmail is and what it can do, as opposed to what it is not. In these days of monolithic applications that fulfill multiple roles, Sendmail may seem like the only application needed to run an email server within an organization. Technically, this is true, as Sendmail can spool mail to each users' directory and deliver outbound mail for users. However, most users actually require much more than simple email delivery. Users usually want to interact with their email using an MUA, that uses <code class="systemitem">POP</code> or <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code>, to download their messages to their local machine. Or, they may prefer a Web interface to gain access to their mailbox. These other applications can work in conjunction with Sendmail, but they actually exist for different reasons and can operate separately from one another.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					It is beyond the scope of this section to go into all that Sendmail should or could be configured to do. With literally hundreds of different options and rule sets, entire volumes have been dedicated to helping explain everything that can be done and how to fix things that go wrong. Refer to the <a class="xref" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">「その他のリソース」</a> for a list of Sendmail resources.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					このセクションでは、デフォルトで Sendmail と共にインストールされているファイルの説明をして、さらに迷惑メール (spam) 停止の仕方及び <em class="firstterm">Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)</em> を使った Sendmail の拡張法などの基本的設定変更を説明していきます。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-default"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-default">13.3.2.2. Sendmail のデフォルトインストール</h4></div></div></div><a id="id882046" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					In order to use Sendmail, first ensure the <span class="package">sendmail</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install sendmail</code></pre><div class="para">
+					In order to configure Sendmail, ensure the <span class="package">sendmail-cf</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install sendmail-cf</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Before using Sendmail, the default MTA has to be switched from Postfix. For more information how to switch the default MTA refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-email-mta.html">「Mail Transport Agent」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Sendmail の実行ファイルは <code class="filename">/usr/sbin/sendmail</code> です。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Sendmail's lengthy and detailed configuration file is <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>. Avoid editing the <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> file directly. To make configuration changes to Sendmail, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file, back up the original <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>, and use the following alternatives to generate a new configuration file:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Use the included makefile in <code class="filename">/etc/mail/</code> (<code class="command">~]# make all -C /etc/mail/</code>) to create a new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> configuration file. All other generated files in <code class="filename">/etc/mail</code> (db files) will be regenerated if needed. The old makemap commands are still usable. The make command will automatically be used by <code class="command">systemctl start|restart|reload sendmail.service</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							Alternatively you may use the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor to create a new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>. The <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor is not installed by default. Before using it to create <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code>, install the <span class="package">m4</span> package as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install m4</code></pre></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					More information on configuring Sendmail can be found in <a class="xref" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">「一般的な Sendmail 設定変更」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Various Sendmail configuration files are installed in the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/</code> directory including:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">access</code> — Specifies which systems can use Sendmail for outbound email.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">domaintable</code> — Specifies domain name mapping.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">local-host-names</code> — Specifies aliases for the host.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">mailertable</code> — Specifies instructions that override routing for particular domains.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">virtusertable</code> — Specifies a domain-specific form of aliasing, allowing multiple virtual domains to be hosted on one machine.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Several of the configuration files in <code class="filename">/etc/mail/</code>, such as <code class="filename">access</code>, <code class="filename">domaintable</code>, <code class="filename">mailertable</code> and <code class="filename">virtusertable</code>, must actually store their information in database files before Sendmail can use any configuration changes. To include any changes made to these configurations in their database files, run the following command, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">makemap hash /etc/mail/<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> &lt; /etc/mail/<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+					where <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> represents the name of the configuration file to be updated. You may also restart the <code class="systemitem">sendmail</code> service for the changes to take effect by running:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					For example, to have all emails addressed to the <code class="filename">example.com</code> domain delivered to <code class="email"><a class="email" href="mailto:bob at other-example.com">bob at other-example.com</a></code>
+					, add the following line to the <code class="filename">virtusertable</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting"><code class="command">@example.com bob at other-example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+					To finalize the change, the <code class="filename">virtusertable.db</code> file must be updated:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">makemap hash /etc/mail/virtusertable &lt; /etc/mail/virtusertable</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Sendmail will create an updated <code class="filename">virtusertable.db</code> file containing the new configuration.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">13.3.2.3. 一般的な Sendmail 設定変更</h4></div></div></div><a id="id763604" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1024100" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					When altering the Sendmail configuration file, it is best not to edit an existing file, but to generate an entirely new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Backup the sendmail.cf file before changing its content</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Before changing the <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> file, it is a good idea to create a backup copy.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To add the desired functionality to Sendmail, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. Once you are finished, restart the <code class="systemitem">sendmail</code> service and, if the <span class="package">m4</span> package is installed, the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor will automatically generate a new <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> configuration file:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Configuring Sendmail as a server for other clients</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						The default <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> file does not allow Sendmail to accept network connections from any host other than the local computer. To configure Sendmail as a server for other clients, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file, and either change the address specified in the <code class="command">Addr=</code> option of the <code class="command">DAEMON_OPTIONS</code> directive from <code class="command">127.0.0.1</code> to the IP address of an active network device or comment out the <code class="command">DAEMON_OPTIONS</code> directive all together by placing <code class="command">dnl</code> at the beginning of the line. When finished, regenerate <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> by restarting the service:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre></div></div><div class="para">
+					The default configuration which ships with Fedora works for most <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code>-only sites. However, it does not work for <em class="firstterm">UUCP</em> (<em class="firstterm">UNIX-to-UNIX Copy Protocol</em>) sites. If using UUCP mail transfers, the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> file must be reconfigured and a new <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file must be generated.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Consult the <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> file before editing any files in the directories under the <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf</code> directory, as they can affect the future configuration of the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-sendmail-changes-masquerading">13.3.2.4. マスカレード</h4></div></div></div><a id="id874241" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id874256" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					One common Sendmail configuration is to have a single machine act as a mail gateway for all machines on the network. For instance, a company may want to have a machine called <code class="computeroutput">mail.example.com</code> that handles all of their email and assigns a consistent return address to all outgoing mail.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					In this situation, the Sendmail server must masquerade the machine names on the company network so that their return address is <code class="computeroutput">user at example.com</code> instead of <code class="computeroutput">user at host.example.com</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To do this, add the following lines to <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code>:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl
+FEATURE(`masquerade_entire_domain')dnl
+FEATURE(`masquerade_envelope')dnl
+FEATURE(`allmasquerade')dnl
+MASQUERADE_AS(`bigcorp.com.')dnl
+MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`bigcorp.com.')dnl
+MASQUERADE_AS(bigcorp.com)dnl</pre><div class="para">
+					After generating a new <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code> using the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor, this configuration makes all mail from inside the network appear as if it were sent from <code class="computeroutput">bigcorp.com</code>.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-sendmail-stopping-spam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-sendmail-stopping-spam">13.3.2.5. スパムの停止</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1165618" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					電子メールスパムとは、通信を要求していないユーザーが受け取る、不要で欲しくもない電子メールと定義出来ます。それは、非常に破壊的でコストのかかる広範囲なインターネット通信標準の乱用です。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Sendmail makes it relatively easy to block new spamming techniques being employed to send junk email. It even blocks many of the more usual spamming methods by default. Main anti-spam features available in sendmail are <em class="firstterm">header checks</em>, <em class="firstterm">relaying denial</em> (default from version 8.9), <em class="firstterm">access database and sender information checks</em>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For example, forwarding of <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> messages, also called relaying, has been disabled by default since Sendmail version 8.9. Before this change occurred, Sendmail directed the mail host (<code class="filename">x.edu</code>) to accept messages from one party (<code class="filename">y.com</code>) and sent them to a different party (<code class="filename">z.net</code>). Now, however, Sendmail must be configured to permit any domain to relay mail through the server. To configure relay domains, edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/relay-domains</code> file and restart Sendmail:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart sendmail.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					However, many times users are bombarded with spam from other servers throughout the Internet. In these instances, Sendmail's access control features available through the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/access</code> file can be used to prevent connections from unwanted hosts. The following example illustrates how this file can be used to both block and specifically allow access to the Sendmail server:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">badspammer.com ERROR:550 "Go away and do not spam us" tux.badspammer.com OK 10.0 RELAY</pre><div class="para">
+					This example shows that any email sent from <code class="filename">badspammer.com</code> is blocked with a 550 RFC-821 compliant error code, with a message sent back to the spammer. Email sent from the <code class="filename">tux.badspammer.com</code> sub-domain, is accepted. The last line shows that any email sent from the 10.0.*.* network can be relayed through the mail server.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Because the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/access.db</code> file is a database, use the <code class="command">makemap</code> command to update any changes. Do this using the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">makemap hash /etc/mail/access &lt; /etc/mail/access</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Message header analysis allows you to reject mail based on header contents. <code class="systemitem">SMTP</code> servers store information about an email's journey in the message header. As the message travels from one MTA to another, each puts in a <code class="literal">Received</code> header above all the other <code class="literal">Received</code> headers. It is important to note that this information may be altered by spammers.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The above examples only represent a small part of what Sendmail can do in terms of allowing or blocking access. Refer to the <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> for more information and examples.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Since Sendmail calls the Procmail MDA when delivering mail, it is also possible to use a spam filtering program, such as SpamAssassin, to identify and file spam for users. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-mda-spam">「スパムフィルタ」</a> for more information about using SpamAssassin.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-ldap"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mta-sendmail-ldap">13.3.2.6. LDAP での Sendmail の使用</h4></div></div></div><a id="id824207" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Using <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> is a very quick and powerful way to find specific information about a particular user from a much larger group. For example, an <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server can be used to look up a particular email address from a common corporate directory by the user's last name. In this kind of implementation, <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> is largely separate from Sendmail, with <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> storing the hierarchical user information and Sendmail only being given the result of <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> queries in pre-addressed email messages.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					However, Sendmail supports a much greater integration with <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, where it uses <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> to replace separately maintained files, such as <code class="filename">/etc/aliases</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/mail/virtusertables</code>, on different mail servers that work together to support a medium- to enterprise-level organization. In short, <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> abstracts the mail routing level from Sendmail and its separate configuration files to a powerful <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> cluster that can be leveraged by many different applications.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The current version of Sendmail contains support for <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>. To extend the Sendmail server using <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, first get an <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server, such as <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP</strong></span>, running and properly configured. Then edit the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.mc</code> to include the following:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">LDAPROUTE_DOMAIN('<em class="replaceable"><code>yourdomain.com</code></em>')dnl
+FEATURE('ldap_routing')dnl</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>高度な設定</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						This is only for a very basic configuration of Sendmail with <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>. The configuration can differ greatly from this depending on the implementation of <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, especially when configuring several Sendmail machines to use a common <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Consult <code class="filename">/usr/share/sendmail-cf/README</code> for detailed <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code> routing configuration instructions and examples.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Next, recreate the <code class="filename">/etc/mail/sendmail.cf</code> file by running the <code class="command">m4</code> macro processor and again restarting Sendmail. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-email-mta-sendmail.html#s3-email-mta-sendmail-changes">「一般的な Sendmail 設定変更」</a> for instructions.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For more information on <code class="systemitem">LDAP</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html#s1-OpenLDAP">「OpenLDAP」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-mta.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-procmail-recipes.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-procmail-recipes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..589ffc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-procmail-recipes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-mda.html" title="13.4. メール配送エージェント" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-email-mda.html" title="13.4. メール配送エージェント" /><link rel="next" href="s1-email-mua.html" title="13.5. メールユーザーエージェント" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-mda.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="n
 ext"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-mua.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes">13.4.2. Procmail レシピ</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1001129" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				New users often find the construction of recipes the most difficult part of learning to use Procmail. To some extent, this is understandable, as recipes do their message matching using <em class="firstterm">regular expressions</em>, which is a particular format used to specify qualifications for a matching string. However, regular expressions are not very difficult to construct and even less difficult to understand when read. Additionally, the consistency of the way Procmail recipes are written, regardless of regular expressions, makes it easy to learn by example. To see example Procmail recipes, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples">「レシピの例」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Procmail レシピは、次の形式をとります:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">:0<em class="replaceable"><code>flags</code></em>: <em class="replaceable"><code>lockfile-name</code></em> * <em class="replaceable"><code>special-condition-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>condition-1</code></em> * <em class="replaceable"><code>special-condition-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>condition-2</code></em> * <em class="replaceable"><code>special-condition-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>condition-N</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>special-action-character</code></em>
+        <em class="replaceable"><code>action-to-perform</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+				The first two characters in a Procmail recipe are a colon and a zero. Various flags can be placed after the zero to control how Procmail processes the recipe. A colon after the <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>flags</code></em> </code> section specifies that a lockfile is created for this message. If a lockfile is created, the name can be specified by replacing <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>lockfile-name</code></em> </code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A recipe can contain several conditions to match against the message. If it has no conditions, every message matches the recipe. Regular expressions are placed in some conditions to facilitate message matching. If multiple conditions are used, they must all match for the action to be performed. Conditions are checked based on the flags set in the recipe's first line. Optional special characters placed after the asterisk character (<code class="command">*</code>) can further control the condition.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>action-to-perform</code></em></code> argument specifies the action taken when the message matches one of the conditions. There can only be one action per recipe. In many cases, the name of a mailbox is used here to direct matching messages into that file, effectively sorting the email. Special action characters may also be used before the action is specified. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-email-procmail-recipes.html#s3-email-procmail-recipes-special">「特別な条件とアクション」</a> for more information.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s2-email-procmail-recipes-delivering">13.4.2.1. 配信レシピと非配信</h4></div></div></div><a id="id887241" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1100083" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					The action used if the recipe matches a particular message determines whether it is considered a <em class="firstterm">delivering</em> or <em class="firstterm">non-delivering</em> recipe. A delivering recipe contains an action that writes the message to a file, sends the message to another program, or forwards the message to another email address. A non-delivering recipe covers any other actions, such as a <em class="firstterm">nesting block</em>. A nesting block is a set of actions, contained in braces <code class="command">{</code> <code class="command">}</code>, that are performed on messages which match the recipe's conditions. Nesting blocks can be nested inside one another, providing greater control for identifying and performing actions on messages.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					メッセージが配信レシピと一致する場合、 Procmail はその特定アクションを実行し、他のレシピとメッセージの比較を停止します。非配信レシピと一致するメッセージは他のレシピに対して比較が続けられます。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-flags"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-flags">13.4.2.2. フラグ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id923174" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					フラグは、いかにレシピの条件をメッセージと比較するか、あるいはレシピの条件をメッセージと比較するかどうかを決定する際に非常に重要です。次のフラグが一般に使用されます:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">A</code> — Specifies that this recipe is only used if the previous recipe without an <code class="command">A</code> or <code class="command">a</code> flag also matched this message.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">a</code> — Specifies that this recipe is only used if the previous recipe with an <code class="command">A</code> or <code class="command">a</code> flag also matched this message <span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span> was successfully completed.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">B</code> — メッセージの本文を解析し、条件への一致を探します。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">b</code> — Uses the body in any resulting action, such as writing the message to a file or forwarding it. This is the default behavior.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">c</code> — Generates a carbon copy of the email. This is useful with delivering recipes, since the required action can be performed on the message and a copy of the message can continue being processed in the <code class="filename">rc</code> files.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">D</code> — Makes the <code class="command">egrep</code> comparison case-sensitive. By default, the comparison process is not case-sensitive.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">E</code> — While similar to the <code class="command">A</code> flag, the conditions in the recipe are only compared to the message if the immediately preceding the recipe without an <code class="command">E</code> flag did not match. This is comparable to an <em class="wordasword">else</em> action.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">e</code> — The recipe is compared to the message only if the action specified in the immediately preceding recipe fails.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">f</code> — フィルターとしてパイプを使います。
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">H</code> — Parses the header of the message and looks for matching conditions. This is the default behavior.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">h</code> — Uses the header in a resulting action. This is the default behavior.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">w</code> — Tells Procmail to wait for the specified filter or program to finish, and reports whether or not it was successful before considering the message filtered.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">W</code> — Is identical to <code class="command">w</code> except that "Program failure" messages are suppressed.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					For a detailed list of additional flags, refer to the <code class="filename">procmailrc</code> man page.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-lockfile"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-lockfile">13.4.2.3. ローカルロックファイルの指定</h4></div></div></div><a id="id716243" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Lockfiles are very useful with Procmail to ensure that more than one process does not try to alter a message simultaneously. Specify a local lockfile by placing a colon (<code class="command">:</code>) after any flags on a recipe's first line. This creates a local lockfile based on the destination file name plus whatever has been set in the <code class="command">LOCKEXT</code> global environment variable.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					別の方法として、コロンの後にこのレシピで使用するローカルロックファイルの名前を指定します。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-special"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-special">13.4.2.4. 特別な条件とアクション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id699595" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id699613" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Procmail レシピの条件とアクションの前に使用される特別な文字は、それら条件とアクションを解釈する方法を変更します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following characters may be used after the asterisk character (<code class="command">*</code>) at the beginning of a recipe's condition line:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">!</code> — In the condition line, this character inverts the condition, causing a match to occur only if the condition does not match the message.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">&lt;</code> — Checks if the message is under a specified number of bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">&gt;</code> — Checks if the message is over a specified number of bytes.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					特別なアクションを実行するには、次の文字を使用します。
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">!</code> — In the action line, this character tells Procmail to forward the message to the specified email addresses.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">$</code> — Refers to a variable set earlier in the <code class="filename">rc</code> file. This is often used to set a common mailbox that is referred to by various recipes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">|</code> — Starts a specified program to process the message.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="command">{</code> and <code class="command">}</code> — Constructs a nesting block, used to contain additional recipes to apply to matching messages.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					アクション行で特別な文字を使用しない場合、 Procmail はメッセージを書く為のメールボックスをそのアクション行が指定していると判定します。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-procmail-recipes-examples">13.4.2.5. レシピの例</h4></div></div></div><a id="id723218" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Procmail は非常に柔軟性のあるプログラムで、この柔軟性の結果、初めから Procmail レシピを作成することは、新規ユーザーにとって困難である可能性があります。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The best way to develop the skills to build Procmail recipe conditions stems from a strong understanding of regular expressions combined with looking at many examples built by others. A thorough explanation of regular expressions is beyond the scope of this section. The structure of Procmail recipes and useful sample Procmail recipes can be found at various places on the Internet (such as <a href="http://www.iki.fi/era/procmail/links.html">http://www.iki.fi/era/procmail/links.html</a>). The proper use and adaptation of regular expressions can be derived by viewing these recipe examples. In addition, introductory information about basic regular expression rules can be found in the <code class="filename">grep</code> man page.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					次の簡単なサンプルが Procmail レシピの基本的な組み立てを示し、そしてより複雑な構成の基盤を提供します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					基本的なレシピには、次の例で示すように条件が付いていないものさえあります:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0: new-mail.spool</pre><div class="para">
+					The first line specifies that a local lockfile is to be created but does not specify a name, so Procmail uses the destination file name and appends the value specified in the <code class="command">LOCKEXT</code> environment variable. No condition is specified, so every message matches this recipe and is placed in the single spool file called <code class="filename">new-mail.spool</code>, located within the directory specified by the <code class="command">MAILDIR</code> environment variable. An MUA can then view messages in this file.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					A basic recipe, such as this, can be placed at the end of all <code class="filename">rc</code> files to direct messages to a default location.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					次のサンプルは特定の電子メールアドレスからのメッセージと一致しており、それを廃棄します。
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0 * ^From: spammer at domain.com /dev/null</pre><div class="para">
+					With this example, any messages sent by <code class="computeroutput">spammer at domain.com</code> are sent to the <code class="filename">/dev/null</code> device, deleting them.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>/dev/null にメッセージの送信</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Be certain that rules are working as intended before sending messages to <code class="filename">/dev/null</code> for permanent deletion. If a recipe inadvertently catches unintended messages, and those messages disappear, it becomes difficult to troubleshoot the rule.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						A better solution is to point the recipe's action to a special mailbox, which can be checked from time to time to look for false positives. Once satisfied that no messages are accidentally being matched, delete the mailbox and direct the action to send the messages to <code class="filename">/dev/null</code>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					次のレシピは特定のメーリングリストから配送された電子メールを取り込み、それを指定されたフォルダーに配置します。
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0: * ^(From|Cc|To).*tux-lug tuxlug</pre><div class="para">
+					Any messages sent from the <code class="computeroutput">tux-lug at domain.com</code> mailing list are placed in the <code class="filename">tuxlug</code> mailbox automatically for the MUA. Note that the condition in this example matches the message if it has the mailing list's email address on the <code class="computeroutput">From</code>, <code class="computeroutput">Cc</code>, or <code class="computeroutput">To</code> lines.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Consult the many Procmail online resources available in <a class="xref" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html">「その他のリソース」</a> for more detailed and powerful recipes.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-email-mda-spam"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-email-mda-spam">13.4.2.6. スパムフィルタ</h4></div></div></div><a id="id736854" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id736872" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id736887" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					新しい電子メールの受信時に Sendmail 、 Postfix 、 Fetchmail によってコールされますので、 Procmail はスパムと戦う強力なツールとして使用されます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					これは特に Procmail が SpamAssassin と併用される時に明確になります。一緒に使用するとこれらの2つのアプリケーションは素早くスパムを認識して、分類するか又は破壊します。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SpamAssassin はヘッダ解析、テキスト解析、ブラックリスト、スパム追跡データベース、及び学習機能のある Bayesian スパム解析を使用し、スパムを正確に素早く識別してタグを付けます。
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>spamassassin パッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In order to use <span class="application"><strong>SpamAssassin</strong></span>, first ensure the <span class="package">spamassassin</span> package is installed on your system by running, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install spamassassin</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on installing packages with Yum, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a>.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The easiest way for a local user to use SpamAssassin is to place the following line near the top of the <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">INCLUDERC=/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-default.rc</pre><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-default.rc</code> contains a simple Procmail rule that activates SpamAssassin for all incoming email. If an email is determined to be spam, it is tagged in the header as such and the title is prepended with the following pattern:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">*****SPAM*****</pre><div class="para">
+					電子メールのメッセージ本文もまた、何が原因してスパムと診断されたのかという流動符号が前付けされます。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					スパムとしてタグの付く電子メールをファイルするには、次の規則と良く似たものが使用されます:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">:0 Hw * ^X-Spam-Status: Yes spam</pre><div class="para">
+					This rule files all email tagged in the header as spam into a mailbox called <code class="filename">spam</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Since SpamAssassin is a Perl script, it may be necessary on busy servers to use the binary SpamAssassin daemon (<code class="systemitem">spamd</code>) and the client application (<span class="application"><strong>spamc</strong></span>). Configuring SpamAssassin this way, however, requires <code class="systemitem">root</code> access to the host.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To start the <code class="systemitem">spamd</code> daemon, type the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start spamassassin.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					To start the SpamAssassin daemon when the system is booted, run:
+				</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable spamassassin.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To configure Procmail to use the SpamAssassin client application instead of the Perl script, place the following line near the top of the <code class="filename">~/.procmailrc</code> file. For a system-wide configuration, place it in <code class="filename">/etc/procmailrc</code>:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">INCLUDERC=/etc/mail/spamassassin/spamassassin-spamc.rc</pre></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-mda.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-mua.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.5. メールユーザーエージェント</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-related-books.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-related-books.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80b2898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-related-books.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.6.3. 関連書籍</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html" title="13.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-useful-websites.html" title="13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html" title="第14章 ディレクトリー サーバー" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-useful-websites.html"><strong>戻
 る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-related-books">13.6.3. 関連書籍</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1064621" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Sendmail Milters: A Guide for Fighting Spam</em> by Bryan Costales and Marcia Flynt; Addison-Wesley — A good Sendmail guide that can help you customize your mail filters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Sendmail</em> by Bryan Costales with Eric Allman et al.; O'Reilly &amp; Associates — A good Sendmail reference written with the assistance of the original creator of Delivermail and Sendmail.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Removing the Spam: Email Processing and Filtering</em> by Geoff Mulligan; Addison-Wesley Publishing Company — A volume that looks at various methods used by email administrators using established tools, such as Sendmail and Procmail, to manage spam problems.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Internet Email Protocols: A Developer's Guide</em> by Kevin Johnson; Addison-Wesley Publishing Company — Provides a very thorough review of major email protocols and the security they provide.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<em class="citetitle">Managing IMAP</em> by Dianna Mullet and Kevin Mullet; O'Reilly &amp; Associates — Details the steps required to configure an IMAP server.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-useful-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第14章 ディレクトリー サーバー</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-switchmail.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-switchmail.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb81f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-switchmail.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-mta.html" title="13.3. Mail Transport Agent" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html" title="13.3.3. Fetchmail" /><link rel="next" href="s1-email-mda.html" title="13.4. メール配送エージェント" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n"
  href="s1-email-mda.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-switchmail"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-switchmail">13.3.4. Mail Transport Agent (MTA) の設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id798976" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id798990" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id799005" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id805214" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id805228" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id805238" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail Transport Agent</em> (MTA) is essential for sending email. A <em class="firstterm">Mail User Agent</em> (MUA) such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Thunderbird</strong></span>, and <span class="application"><strong>Mutt</strong></span>, is used to read and compose email. When a user sends an email from an MUA, the message is handed off to the MTA, which sends the message through a series of MTAs until it reaches its destination.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Even if a user does not plan to send email from the system, some automated tasks or system programs might use the <code class="command">/bin/mail</code> command to send email containing log messages to the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user of the local system.
+			</div><a id="id948865" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1020040" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fedora 15 provides two MTAs: Postfix and Sendmail. If both are installed, Postfix is the default MTA.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-mta-fetchmail.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.3.3. Fetchmail</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-mda.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.4. メール配送エージェント</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mda.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mda.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18fdd6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mda.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-types.html" title="13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-email-types.html" title="13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-types-mua.html" title="13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-types.html"><strong>戻る</strong
 ></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-types-mua.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-types-mda"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-types-mda">13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</h3></div></div></div><a id="id721289" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id721308" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id721322" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail Delivery Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">MDA</em>) is invoked by the MTA to file incoming email in the proper user's mailbox. In many cases, the MDA is actually a <em class="firstterm">Local Delivery Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">LDA</em>), such as <code class="command">mail</code> or Procmail.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				電子メール クライアントによって読まれる場所まで配達するメッセージを扱うプログラムはどれも MDA と考えられます。この理由で、幾つかの MTA (Sendmail や Postfix) は、それらが新規メールのメッセージをローカルユーザーのメールスプールファイルの追加する時、 MDA の役目を果たすと言えます。一般的に MDA はシステム間でメッセージを配送しませんし、ユーザー インターフェイスも提供することはありません。 MDA は電子メール クライアント アプリケーションがアクセスできるようにローカルマシン上のメッセージを分配したり分類したりします。
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-types.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-types-mua.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mua.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mua.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbe02c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-types-mua.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-types.html" title="13.2. 電子メールプログラム分類" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-email-types-mda.html" title="13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)" /><link rel="next" href="s1-email-mta.html" title="13.3. Mail Transport Agent" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-types-mda.html"><strong>戻る</strong
 ></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-mta.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-types-mua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-types-mua">13.2.3. メール ユーザー エージェント</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1037399" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1037417" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id799079" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A <em class="firstterm">Mail User Agent</em> (<em class="firstterm">MUA</em>) is synonymous with an email client application. An MUA is a program that, at the very least, allows a user to read and compose email messages. Many MUAs are capable of retrieving messages via the <code class="systemitem">POP</code> or <code class="systemitem">IMAP</code> protocols, setting up mailboxes to store messages, and sending outbound messages to an MTA.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				MUAs may be graphical, such as <span class="application"><strong>Evolution</strong></span>, or have simple text-based interfaces, such as <span class="application"><strong>pine</strong></span>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-email-types-mda.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.2.2. メール配送エージェント (Mail Delivery Agent)</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-email-mta.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.3. Mail Transport Agent</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-useful-websites.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-useful-websites.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b2e8ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-email-useful-websites.html
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html" title="13.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html" title="13.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="s2-email-related-books.html" title="13.6.3. 関連書籍" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a
 ></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-related-books.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-email-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-email-useful-websites">13.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><a id="id908072" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.sendmail.org/">http://www.sendmail.org/</a> — Offers a thorough technical breakdown of Sendmail features, documentation and configuration examples.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.sendmail.com/">http://www.sendmail.com/</a> — Contains news, interviews and articles concerning Sendmail, including an expanded view of the many options available.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.postfix.org/">http://www.postfix.org/</a> — The Postfix project home page contains a wealth of information about Postfix. The mailing list is a particularly good place to look for information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://fetchmail.berlios.de/">http://fetchmail.berlios.de/</a> — The home page for Fetchmail, featuring an online manual, and a thorough FAQ.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.procmail.org/">http://www.procmail.org/</a> — The home page for Procmail with links to assorted mailing lists dedicated to Procmail as well as various FAQ documents.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://partmaps.org/era/procmail/mini-faq.html">http://partmaps.org/era/procmail/mini-faq.html</a> — An excellent Procmail FAQ, offers troubleshooting tips, details about file locking, and the use of wildcard characters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.uwasa.fi/~ts/info/proctips.html">http://www.uwasa.fi/~ts/info/proctips.html</a> — Contains dozens of tips that make using Procmail much easier. Includes instructions on how to test <code class="filename">.procmailrc</code> files and use Procmail scoring to decide if a particular action should be taken.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.spamassassin.org/">http://www.spamassassin.org/</a> — SpamAssassin プロジェクトの公式サイトです。
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-email-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>13.6. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-email-related-books.html"><strong>次へ</strong>13.6.3. 関連書籍</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39c00e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.2.6. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-FTP.html" title="15.2. FTP" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html" title="15.2.5. vsftpd Configuration Options" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-
 Printer_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-resources">15.2.6. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id716490" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			For more information about <code class="command">vsftpd</code>, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-installed-documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-installed-documentation">15.2.6.1. インストールされているドキュメント</h4></div></div></div><a id="id951585" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/vsftpd-<em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em>/</code> directory — Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>version-number</code></em> with the installed version of the <code class="filename">vsftpd</code> package. This directory contains a <code class="filename">README</code> with basic information about the software. The <code class="filename">TUNING</code> file contains basic performance tuning tips and the <code class="filename">SECURITY/</code> directory contains information about the security model employed by <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">vsftpd</code> related man pages — There are a number of man pages for the daemon and configuration files. The following lists some of the more important man pages.
+					</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">サーバーアプリケーション</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man vsftpd</code> — Describes available command line options for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">設定ファイル</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man vsftpd.conf</code> — Contains a detailed list of options available within the configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+										</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+											<code class="command">man 5 hosts_access </code> — Describes the format and options available within the TCP wrappers configuration files: <code class="filename">hosts.allow</code> and <code class="filename">hosts.deny</code>.
+										</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-useful-websites">15.2.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h4></div></div></div><a id="id812738" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://vsftpd.beasts.org/">http://vsftpd.beasts.org/</a> — The <code class="command">vsftpd</code> project page is a great place to locate the latest documentation and to contact the author of the software.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://slacksite.com/other/ftp.html">http://slacksite.com/other/ftp.html</a> — This website provides a concise explanation of the differences between active and passive mode <code class="systemitem">FTP</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc0959.txt">http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc0959.txt</a> — The original <em class="firstterm">Request for Comments</em> (<em class="firstterm">RFC</em>) of the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> protocol from the IETF.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.2.5.  vsftpd Configuration Options</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3. プリンタの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-servers.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-servers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fa9721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-servers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.2.2. FTP サーバー</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-FTP.html" title="15.2. FTP" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-FTP.html" title="15.2. FTP" /><link rel="next" href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html" title="15.2.3. Files Installed with vsftpd" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-FTP.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></
 li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-servers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-servers">15.2.2. FTP サーバー</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1004468" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id732166" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id952495" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id829252" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora ships with two different <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Content Accelerator</strong></span> — A kernel-based Web server that delivers high performance Web server and <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> services. Since speed is its primary design goal, it has limited functionality and runs only as an anonymous <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server. For more information about configuring and administering <span class="application"><strong>Red Hat Content Accelerator</strong></span>, consult the documentation available online at <a href="http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/tux/">http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/tux/</a>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">vsftpd</code> — A fast, secure <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> daemon which is the preferred <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server for Fedora. The remainder of this section focuses on <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-servers-vsftpd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-servers-vsftpd">15.2.2.1. <code class="command">vsftpd</code></h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">The Very Secure FTP Daemon</em> (<code class="command">vsftpd</code>) is designed from the ground up to be fast, stable, and, most importantly, secure. <code class="command">vsftpd</code> is the only stand-alone <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server distributed with Fedora, due to its ability to handle large numbers of connections efficiently and securely.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The security model used by <code class="command">vsftpd</code> has three primary aspects:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Strong separation of privileged and non-privileged processes</em></span> — Separate processes handle different tasks, and each of these processes run with the minimal privileges required for the task.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Tasks requiring elevated privileges are handled by processes with the minimal privilege necessary</em></span> — By leveraging compatibilities found in the <code class="filename">libcap</code> library, tasks that usually require full <code class="systemitem">root</code> privileges can be executed more safely from a less privileged process.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Most processes run in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail</em></span> — Whenever possible, processes are change-rooted to the directory being shared; this directory is then considered a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail. For example, if the directory <code class="command">/var/ftp/</code> is the primary shared directory, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> reassigns <code class="command">/var/ftp/</code> to the new root directory, known as <code class="command">/</code>. This disallows any potential malicious hacker activities for any directories not contained below the new root directory.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				Use of these security practices has the following effect on how <code class="command">vsftpd</code> deals with requests:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>The parent process runs with the least privileges required</em></span> — The parent process dynamically calculates the level of privileges it requires to minimize the level of risk. Child processes handle direct interaction with the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients and run with as close to no privileges as possible.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>All operations requiring elevated privileges are handled by a small parent process</em></span> — Much like the Apache <code class="systemitem">HTTP</code> Server, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> launches unprivileged child processes to handle incoming connections. This allows the privileged, parent process to be as small as possible and handle relatively few tasks.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>All requests from unprivileged child processes are distrusted by the parent process</em></span> — Communication with child processes are received over a socket, and the validity of any information from child processes is checked before being acted on.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<span class="emphasis"><em>Most interaction with <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients is handled by unprivileged child processes in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail</em></span> — Because these child processes are unprivileged and only have access to the directory being shared, any crashed processes only allows the attacker access to the shared files.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-FTP.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.2. FTP</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.2.3. Files Installed with vsftpd </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e4e30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.2.5. vsftpd Configuration Options</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-FTP.html" title="15.2. FTP" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html" title="15.2.4. Starting and Stopping vsftpd" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ftp-resources.html" title="15.2.6. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ftp
 -resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.5.  <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options</h3></div></div></div><a id="id719540" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id673599" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Although <code class="command">vsftpd</code> may not offer the level of customization other widely available <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers have, it offers enough options to fill most administrator's needs. The fact that it is not overly feature-laden limits configuration and programmatic errors.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			All configuration of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> is handled by its configuration file, <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>. Each directive is on its own line within the file and follows the following format:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></pre><div class="para">
+			For each directive, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em> with a valid directive and <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> with a valid value.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use spaces</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				There must not be any spaces between the <em class="replaceable"><code>directive</code></em>, equal symbol, and the <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> in a directive.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			Comment lines must be preceded by a hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>) and are ignored by the daemon.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For a complete list of all directives available, refer to the man page for <code class="filename">vsftpd.conf</code>.
+		</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Securing the vsftpd service</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				For an overview of ways to secure <code class="command">vsftpd</code>, refer to the Fedora <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following is a list of some of the more important directives within <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>. All directives not explicitly found or commented out within <code class="command">vsftpd</code>'s configuration file are set to their default value.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-daemon"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-daemon">15.2.5.1. デーモンオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1003126" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of directives which control the overall behavior of the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> daemon.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> runs in stand-alone mode. Fedora sets this value to <code class="command">YES</code>. This directive cannot be used in conjunction with the <code class="command">listen_ipv6</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_ipv6</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> runs in stand-alone mode, but listens only to <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> sockets. This directive cannot be used in conjunction with the <code class="command">listen</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">session_support</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> attempts to maintain login sessions for each user through Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM). For more information, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Using Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)</em> chapter of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> and the PAM man pages. . If session logging is not necessary, disabling this option allows <code class="command">vsftpd</code> to run with less processes and lower privileges.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-login">15.2.5.2. ログインオプションとアクセス制御</h4></div></div></div><a id="id952611" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id948024" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下にログインの動作とアクセス制御のメカニズムをコントロールするディレクティブをリストで示します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anonymous_enable</code> — When enabled, anonymous users are allowed to log in. The usernames <code class="computeroutput">anonymous</code> and <code class="computeroutput">ftp</code> are accepted.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-anon">「匿名ユーザーオプション」</a> for a list of directives affecting anonymous users.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">banned_email_file</code> — If the <code class="command">deny_email_enable</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, this directive specifies the file containing a list of anonymous email passwords which are not permitted access to the server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/banned_emails</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">banner_file</code> — Specifies the file containing text displayed when a connection is established to the server. This option overrides any text specified in the <code class="command">ftpd_banner</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">cmds_allowed</code> — Specifies a comma-delimited list of <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> commands allowed by the server. All other commands are rejected.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">deny_email_enable</code> — When enabled, any anonymous user utilizing email passwords specified in the <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/banned_emails</code> are denied access to the server. The name of the file referenced by this directive can be specified using the <code class="command">banned_email_file</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ftpd_banner</code> — When enabled, the string specified within this directive is displayed when a connection is established to the server. This option can be overridden by the <code class="command">banner_file</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						By default <code class="command">vsftpd</code> displays its standard banner.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_enable</code> — When enabled, local users are allowed to log into the system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr">「ローカルユーザーオプション」</a> for a list of directives affecting local users.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pam_service_name</code> — Specifies the PAM service name for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">ftp</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">userlist_deny</code> — When used in conjunction with the <code class="command">userlist_enable</code> directive and set to <code class="command">NO</code>, all local users are denied access unless the username is listed in the file specified by the <code class="command">userlist_file</code> directive. Because access is denied before the client is asked for a password, setting this directive to <code class="command">NO</code> prevents local users from submitting unencrypted passwords over the network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">userlist_enable</code> — When enabled, the users listed in the file specified by the <code class="command">userlist_file</code> directive are denied access. Because access is denied before the client is asked for a password, users are prevented from submitting unencrypted passwords over the network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>, however under Fedora the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">userlist_file</code> — Specifies the file referenced by <code class="command">vsftpd</code> when the <code class="command">userlist_enable</code> directive is enabled.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">/etc/vsftpd/user_list</code> and is created during installation.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-anon"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-anon">15.2.5.3. 匿名ユーザーオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id966292" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which control anonymous user access to the server. To use these options, the <code class="command">anonymous_enable</code> directive must be set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_mkdir_write_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">write_enable</code> directive, anonymous users are allowed to create new directories within a parent directory which has write permissions.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_root</code> — Specifies the directory <code class="command">vsftpd</code> changes to after an anonymous user logs in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_upload_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">write_enable</code> directive, anonymous users are allowed to upload files within a parent directory which has write permissions.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_world_readable_only</code> — When enabled, anonymous users are only allowed to download world-readable files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ftp_username</code> — Specifies the local user account (listed in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>) used for the anonymous <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> user. The home directory specified in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code> for the user is the root directory of the anonymous <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> user.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">ftp</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">no_anon_password</code> — When enabled, the anonymous user is not asked for a password.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">secure_email_list_enable</code> — When enabled, only a specified list of email passwords for anonymous logins are accepted. This is a convenient way to offer limited security to public content without the need for virtual users.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						Anonymous logins are prevented unless the password provided is listed in <code class="command">/etc/vsftpd/email_passwords</code>. The file format is one password per line, with no trailing white spaces.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-usr">15.2.5.4. ローカルユーザーオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id878467" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which characterize the way local users access the server. To use these options, the <code class="command">local_enable</code> directive must be set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chmod_enable</code> — When enabled, the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> command <code class="command">SITE CHMOD</code> is allowed for local users. This command allows the users to change the permissions on files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chroot_list_enable</code> — When enabled, the local users listed in the file specified in the <code class="command">chroot_list_file</code> directive are placed in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail upon log in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						If enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> directive, the local users listed in the file specified in the <code class="command">chroot_list_file</code> directive are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> placed in a <code class="command">chroot</code> jail upon log in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chroot_list_file</code> — Specifies the file containing a list of local users referenced when the <code class="command">chroot_list_enable</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">/etc/vsftpd/chroot_list</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> — When enabled, local users are change-rooted to their home directories after logging in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid enabling the chroot_local_user option</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Enabling <code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> opens up a number of security issues, especially for users with upload privileges. For this reason, it is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">guest_enable</code> — When enabled, all non-anonymous users are logged in as the user <code class="command">guest</code>, which is the local user specified in the <code class="command">guest_username</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">guest_username</code> — Specifies the username the <code class="command">guest</code> user is mapped to.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">ftp</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_root</code> — Specifies the directory <code class="command">vsftpd</code> changes to after a local user logs in.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_umask</code> — Specifies the umask value for file creation. Note that the default value is in octal form (a numerical system with a base of eight), which includes a "0" prefix. Otherwise the value is treated as a base-10 integer.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">022</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">passwd_chroot_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with the <code class="command">chroot_local_user</code> directive, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> change-roots local users based on the occurrence of the <code class="command">/./</code> in the home directory field within <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">user_config_dir</code> — Specifies the path to a directory containing configuration files bearing the name of local system users that contain specific setting for that user. Any directive in the user's configuration file overrides those found in <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-dir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-dir">15.2.5.5. ディレクトリオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1236165" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下にディレクトリに関連するディレクティブのリストを示します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dirlist_enable</code> — When enabled, users are allowed to view directory lists.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dirmessage_enable</code> — When enabled, a message is displayed whenever a user enters a directory with a message file. This message resides within the current directory. The name of this file is specified in the <code class="command">message_file</code> directive and is <code class="filename">.message</code> by default.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">force_dot_files</code> — When enabled, files beginning with a dot (<code class="computeroutput">.</code>) are listed in directory listings, with the exception of the <code class="filename">.</code> and <code class="filename">..</code> files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">hide_ids</code> — When enabled, all directory listings show <code class="computeroutput">ftp</code> as the user and group for each file.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">message_file</code> — Specifies the name of the message file when using the <code class="command">dirmessage_enable</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">.message</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">text_userdb_names</code> — When enabled, text usernames and group names are used in place of UID and GID entries. Enabling this option may slow performance of the server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">use_localtime</code> — When enabled, directory listings reveal the local time for the computer instead of GMT.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-file"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-file">15.2.5.6. ファイル転送のオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id952469" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				以下にディレクトリに関連するディレクティブのリストを示します。
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">download_enable</code> — When enabled, file downloads are permitted.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chown_uploads</code> — When enabled, all files uploaded by anonymous users are owned by the user specified in the <code class="command">chown_username</code> directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">chown_username</code> — Specifies the ownership of anonymously uploaded files if the <code class="command">chown_uploads</code> directive is enabled.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="command">root</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">write_enable</code> — When enabled, <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> commands which can change the file system are allowed, such as <code class="command">DELE</code>, <code class="command">RNFR</code>, and <code class="command">STOR</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-log"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-log">15.2.5.7. ロギングのオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1075066" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which affect <code class="command">vsftpd</code>'s logging behavior.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code>, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> writes two files simultaneously: a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible log to the file specified in the <code class="command">xferlog_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> by default) and a standard <code class="command">vsftpd</code> log file specified in the <code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> by default).
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">log_ftp_protocol</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> and with <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> set to <code class="command">NO</code>, all <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> commands and responses are logged. This directive is useful for debugging.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">syslog_enable</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code>, all logging normally written to the standard <code class="command">vsftpd</code> log file specified in the <code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> by default) is sent to the system logger instead under the <code class="systemitem">FTPD</code> facility.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> — Specifies the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> log file. For this file to be used, <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> must be enabled and <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> must either be set to <code class="command">NO</code> or, if <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> must be enabled. It is important to note that if <code class="command">syslog_enable</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, the system log is used instead of the file specified in this directive.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> — When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> logs connections (<code class="command">vsftpd</code> format only) and file transfer information to the log file specified in the <code class="command">vsftpd_log_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/vsftpd.log</code> by default). If <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>, file transfer information is logged but connections are not, and the log file specified in <code class="command">xferlog_file</code> (<code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> by default) is used instead. It is important to note that both log files and log formats are used if <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">xferlog_file</code> — Specifies the <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible log file. For this file to be used, <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code> must be enabled and <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> must be set to <code class="command">YES</code>. It is also used if <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						既定値は <code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> です。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> — When enabled in conjunction with <code class="command">xferlog_enable</code>, only a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible file transfer log is written to the file specified in the <code class="command">xferlog_file</code> directive (<code class="filename">/var/log/xferlog</code> by default). It is important to note that this file only logs file transfers and does not log connections to the server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Maintaining compatibility with older log file formats</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To maintain compatibility with log files written by the older <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code> <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server, the <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code> under Fedora. However, this setting means that connections to the server are not logged.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					To both log connections in <code class="command">vsftpd</code> format and maintain a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible file transfer log, set <code class="command">dual_log_enable</code> to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If maintaining a <code class="command">wu-ftpd</code>-compatible file transfer log is not important, either set <code class="command">xferlog_std_format</code> to <code class="command">NO</code>, comment the line with a hash sign (<code class="command">#</code>), or delete the line entirely.
+				</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf-opt-net">15.2.5.8. ネットワークオプション</h4></div></div></div><a id="id737040" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The following lists directives which affect how <code class="command">vsftpd</code> interacts with the network.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">accept_timeout</code> — Specifies the amount of time for a client using passive mode to establish a connection.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">60</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">anon_max_rate</code> — Specifies the maximum data transfer rate for anonymous users in bytes per second.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the transfer rate.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">connect_from_port_20</code> When enabled, <code class="command">vsftpd</code> runs with enough privileges to open port 20 on the server during active mode data transfers. Disabling this option allows <code class="command">vsftpd</code> to run with less privileges, but may be incompatible with some <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>. Note, in Fedora, the value is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">connect_timeout</code> — Specifies the maximum amount of time a client using active mode has to respond to a data connection, in seconds.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">60</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">data_connection_timeout</code> — Specifies maximum amount of time data transfers are allowed to stall, in seconds. Once triggered, the connection to the remote client is closed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">300</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">ftp_data_port</code> — Specifies the port used for active data connections when <code class="command">connect_from_port_20</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">20</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">idle_session_timeout</code> — Specifies the maximum amount of time between commands from a remote client. Once triggered, the connection to the remote client is closed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">300</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_address</code> — Specifies the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address on which <code class="command">vsftpd</code> listens for network connections.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running multiple copies of vsftpd</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If running multiple copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> serving different <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses, the configuration file for each copy of the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> daemon must have a different value for this directive. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">「Starting Multiple Copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> 」</a> for more information about multihomed <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_address6</code> — Specifies the <code class="systemitem">IPv6</code> address on which <code class="command">vsftpd</code> listens for network connections when <code class="command">listen_ipv6</code> is set to <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Running multiple copies of vsftpd</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If running multiple copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> serving different <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses, the configuration file for each copy of the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> daemon must have a different value for this directive. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html#s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">「Starting Multiple Copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> 」</a> for more information about multihomed <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> servers.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">listen_port</code> — Specifies the port on which <code class="command">vsftpd</code> listens for network connections.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">21</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">local_max_rate</code> — Specifies the maximum rate data is transferred for local users logged into the server in bytes per second.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the transfer rate.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">max_clients</code> — Specifies the maximum number of simultaneous clients allowed to connect to the server when it is running in standalone mode. Any additional client connections would result in an error message.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit connections.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">max_per_ip</code> — Specifies the maximum of clients allowed to connected from the same source <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit connections.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_address</code> — Specifies the <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address for the public facing <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address of the server for servers behind Network Address Translation (NAT) firewalls. This enables <code class="command">vsftpd</code> to hand out the correct return address for passive mode connections.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						このディレクティブ用のデフォルト値はありません。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_enable</code> — When enabled, passive mode connects are allowed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_max_port</code> — Specifies the highest possible port sent to the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients for passive mode connections. This setting is used to limit the port range so that firewall rules are easier to create.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the highest passive port range. The value must not exceed <code class="command">65535</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_min_port</code> — Specifies the lowest possible port sent to the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> clients for passive mode connections. This setting is used to limit the port range so that firewall rules are easier to create.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">0</code>, which does not limit the lowest passive port range. The value must not be lower <code class="command">1024</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">pasv_promiscuous</code> — When enabled, data connections are not checked to make sure they are originating from the same <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address. This setting is only useful for certain types of tunneling.
+					</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Avoid enabling the pasv_promiscuous option</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							Do not enable this option unless absolutely necessary as it disables an important security feature which verifies that passive mode connections originate from the same <code class="systemitem">IP</code> address as the control connection that initiates the data transfer.
+						</div></div></div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">NO</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">port_enable</code> — When enabled, active mode connects are allowed.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The default value is <code class="command">YES</code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.2.4. Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ftp-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.2.6. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53bf5cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.2.4. Starting and Stopping vsftpd</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-FTP.html" title="15.2. FTP" /><link rel="prev" href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html" title="15.2.3. Files Installed with vsftpd" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html" title="15.2.5. vsftpd Configuration Options" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-
 ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start">15.2.4. Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </h3></div></div></div><a id="id926532" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id876521" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id979860" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1024728" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id878458" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">vsftpd</code> RPM installs the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd</code> script, which can be accessed using the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To start the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			To stop the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="option">restart</code> option is a shorthand way of stopping and then starting <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. This is the most efficient way to make configuration changes take effect after editing the configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To restart the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			The <code class="option">condrestart</code> (<em class="firstterm">conditional restart</em>) option only starts <code class="command">vsftpd</code> if it is currently running. This option is useful for scripts, because it does not start the daemon if it is not running.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To conditionally restart the server, as <code class="systemitem">root</code> type:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl condrestart vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+			By default, the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> service does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> start automatically at boot time. To configure the <code class="command">vsftpd</code> service to start at boot time, use a service manager such as <code class="command">systemctl</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+		</div><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-start-multi">15.2.4.1. Starting Multiple Copies of <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </h4></div></div></div><a id="id646769" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id760212" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Sometimes one computer is used to serve multiple <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> domains. This is a technique called <em class="firstterm">multihoming</em>. One way to multihome using <code class="command">vsftpd</code> is by running multiple copies of the daemon, each with its own configuration file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To do this, first assign all relevant <code class="systemitem">IP</code> addresses to network devices or alias network devices on the system. Additional information about network configuration scripts can be found in <a class="xref" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html">6章<em>ネットワーク インターフェース</em></a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Next, the DNS server for the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> domains must be configured to reference the correct machine. For information about BIND and its configuration files, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-BIND.html">「BIND」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If there is more configuration files present in the <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd</code> directory, calling <code class="command">systemctl start vsftpd.service</code> results in the <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd</code> initscript starting the same number of processes as the number of configuration files. Each configuration file must have a unique name in the <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/</code> directory and must be readable and writable only by <code class="systemitem">root</code>.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.2.3. Files Installed with vsftpd </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.2.5.  vsftpd Configuration Options</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2bafd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html" title="22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html" title="22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li clas
 s="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace">22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</h3></div></div></div><a id="id993277" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display the kernel stack trace, type the <code class="command">bt</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">bt <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display the backtrace of the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-backtrace"><h6>例22.5 Displaying the kernel stack trace</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">bt</code>
+PID: 5591   TASK: f196d560  CPU: 2   COMMAND: "bash"
+ #0 [ef4dbdcc] crash_kexec at c0494922
+ #1 [ef4dbe20] oops_end at c080e402
+ #2 [ef4dbe34] no_context at c043089d
+ #3 [ef4dbe58] bad_area at c0430b26
+ #4 [ef4dbe6c] do_page_fault at c080fb9b
+ #5 [ef4dbee4] error_code (via page_fault) at c080d809
+    EAX: 00000063  EBX: 00000063  ECX: c09e1c8c  EDX: 00000000  EBP: 00000000
+    DS:  007b      ESI: c0a09ca0  ES:  007b      EDI: 00000286  GS:  00e0
+    CS:  0060      EIP: c068124f  ERR: ffffffff  EFLAGS: 00010096
+ #6 [ef4dbf18] sysrq_handle_crash at c068124f
+ #7 [ef4dbf24] __handle_sysrq at c0681469
+ #8 [ef4dbf48] write_sysrq_trigger at c068150a
+ #9 [ef4dbf54] proc_reg_write at c0569ec2
+#10 [ef4dbf74] vfs_write at c051de4e
+#11 [ef4dbf94] sys_write at c051e8cc
+#12 [ef4dbfb0] system_call at c0409ad5
+    EAX: ffffffda  EBX: 00000001  ECX: b7776000  EDX: 00000002
+    DS:  007b      ESI: 00000002  ES:  007b      EDI: b7776000
+    SS:  007b      ESP: bfcb2088  EBP: bfcb20b4  GS:  0033
+    CS:  0073      EIP: 00edc416  ERR: 00000004  EFLAGS: 00000246</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help bt</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-log.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-exit.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-exit.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbb58ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-exit.html
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html" title="22.2.6. Displaying Open Files" /><link rel="next" href="s1-kdump-resources.html" title="22.3. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a acc
 esskey="n" href="s1-kdump-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-exit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-exit">22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To exit the interactive prompt and terminate <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span>, type <code class="command">exit</code> or <code class="command">q</code>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-exit"><h6>例22.9 Exiting the crash utility</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">exit</code>
+~]#</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kdump-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.3. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-files.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-files.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8672bdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-files.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html" title="22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html" title="22.2.7. Exiting the Utility" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li cla
 ss="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-files">22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</h3></div></div></div><a id="id737255" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display information about open files, type the <code class="command">files</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">files <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display files opened by the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-files"><h6>例22.8 Displaying information about open files of the current context</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">files</code>
+PID: 5591   TASK: f196d560  CPU: 2   COMMAND: "bash"
+ROOT: /    CWD: /root
+ FD    FILE     DENTRY    INODE    TYPE  PATH
+  0  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0
+  1  efade5c0  eee14090  f00431d4  REG   /proc/sysrq-trigger
+  2  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0
+ 10  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0
+255  f734f640  eedc2c6c  eecd6048  CHR   /pts/0</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help files</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-exit.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.2.7. Exiting the Utility</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-log.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-log.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b32da9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-log.html
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html" title="22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kdump-crash.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey
 ="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-log"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-log">22.2.2. Displaying the Message Buffer</h3></div></div></div><a id="id816473" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display the kernel message buffer, type the <code class="command">log</code> command at the interactive prompt.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-log"><h6>例22.4 Displaying the kernel message buffer</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">log</code>
+<span class="emphasis"><em>... several lines omitted ...</em></span>
+EIP: 0060:[&lt;c068124f&gt;] EFLAGS: 00010096 CPU: 2
+EIP is at sysrq_handle_crash+0xf/0x20
+EAX: 00000063 EBX: 00000063 ECX: c09e1c8c EDX: 00000000
+ESI: c0a09ca0 EDI: 00000286 EBP: 00000000 ESP: ef4dbf24
+ DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
+Process bash (pid: 5591, ti=ef4da000 task=f196d560 task.ti=ef4da000)
+Stack:
+ c068146b c0960891 c0968653 00000003 00000000 00000002 efade5c0 c06814d0
+&lt;0&gt; fffffffb c068150f b7776000 f2600c40 c0569ec4 ef4dbf9c 00000002 b7776000
+&lt;0&gt; efade5c0 00000002 b7776000 c0569e60 c051de50 ef4dbf9c f196d560 ef4dbfb4
+Call Trace:
+ [&lt;c068146b&gt;] ? __handle_sysrq+0xfb/0x160
+ [&lt;c06814d0&gt;] ? write_sysrq_trigger+0x0/0x50
+ [&lt;c068150f&gt;] ? write_sysrq_trigger+0x3f/0x50
+ [&lt;c0569ec4&gt;] ? proc_reg_write+0x64/0xa0
+ [&lt;c0569e60&gt;] ? proc_reg_write+0x0/0xa0
+ [&lt;c051de50&gt;] ? vfs_write+0xa0/0x190
+ [&lt;c051e8d1&gt;] ? sys_write+0x41/0x70
+ [&lt;c0409adc&gt;] ? syscall_call+0x7/0xb
+Code: a0 c0 01 0f b6 41 03 19 d2 f7 d2 83 e2 03 83 e0 cf c1 e2 04 09 d0 88 41 03 f3 c3 90 c7 05 c8 1b 9e c0 01 00 00 00 0f ae f8 89 f6 &lt;c6&gt; 05 00 00 00 00 01 c3 89 f6 8d bc 27 00 00 00 00 8d 50 d0 83
+EIP: [&lt;c068124f&gt;] sysrq_handle_crash+0xf/0x20 SS:ESP 0068:ef4dbf24
+CR2: 0000000000000000</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help log</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kdump-crash.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-memory.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-memory.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad22329
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-memory.html
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html" title="22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html" title="22.2.6. Displaying Open Files" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li clas
 s="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-memory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-memory">22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</h3></div></div></div><a id="id716183" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display basic virtual memory information, type the <code class="command">vm</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">vm <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display information on the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-memory"><h6>例22.7 Displaying virtual memory information of the current context</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">vm</code>
+PID: 5591   TASK: f196d560  CPU: 2   COMMAND: "bash"
+   MM       PGD      RSS    TOTAL_VM
+f19b5900  ef9c6000  1648k    5084k
+  VMA       START      END    FLAGS  FILE
+f1bb0310    242000    260000 8000875  /lib/ld-2.12.so
+f26af0b8    260000    261000 8100871  /lib/ld-2.12.so
+efbc275c    261000    262000 8100873  /lib/ld-2.12.so
+efbc2a18    268000    3ed000 8000075  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc23d8    3ed000    3ee000 8000070  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc2888    3ee000    3f0000 8100071  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc2cd4    3f0000    3f1000 8100073  /lib/libc-2.12.so
+efbc243c    3f1000    3f4000 100073
+efbc28ec    3f6000    3f9000 8000075  /lib/libdl-2.12.so
+efbc2568    3f9000    3fa000 8100071  /lib/libdl-2.12.so
+efbc2f2c    3fa000    3fb000 8100073  /lib/libdl-2.12.so
+f26af888    7e6000    7fc000 8000075  /lib/libtinfo.so.5.7
+f26aff2c    7fc000    7ff000 8100073  /lib/libtinfo.so.5.7
+efbc211c    d83000    d8f000 8000075  /lib/libnss_files-2.12.so
+efbc2504    d8f000    d90000 8100071  /lib/libnss_files-2.12.so
+efbc2950    d90000    d91000 8100073  /lib/libnss_files-2.12.so
+f26afe00    edc000    edd000 4040075
+f1bb0a18   8047000   8118000 8001875  /bin/bash
+f1bb01e4   8118000   811d000 8101873  /bin/bash
+f1bb0c70   811d000   8122000 100073
+f26afae0   9fd9000   9ffa000 100073
+<span class="emphasis"><em>... several lines omitted ...</em></span></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help vm</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-processes.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-files.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.2.6. Displaying Open Files</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-processes.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-processes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f68ed10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-crash-processes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kdump-crash.html" title="22.2. Analyzing the Core Dump" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html" title="22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html" title="22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a><
 /li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-crash-processes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-crash-processes">22.2.4. Displaying a Process Status</h3></div></div></div><a id="id951762" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To display status of processes in the system, type the <code class="command">ps</code> command at the interactive prompt. You can use <code class="command">ps <em class="replaceable"><code>pid</code></em></code> to display the status of the selected process.
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-kdump-crash-processes"><h6>例22.6 Displaying status of processes in the system</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">crash&gt; <code class="command">ps</code>
+   PID    PPID  CPU   TASK    ST  %MEM     VSZ    RSS  COMM
+&gt;     0      0   0  c09dc560  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+&gt;     0      0   1  f7072030  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+      0      0   2  f70a3a90  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+&gt;     0      0   3  f70ac560  RU   0.0       0      0  [swapper]
+      1      0   1  f705ba90  IN   0.0    2828   1424  init
+<span class="emphasis"><em>... several lines omitted ...</em></span>
+   5566      1   1  f2592560  IN   0.0   12876    784  auditd
+   5567      1   2  ef427560  IN   0.0   12876    784  auditd
+   5587   5132   0  f196d030  IN   0.0   11064   3184  sshd
+&gt;  5591   5587   2  f196d560  RU   0.0    5084   1648  bash</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				Type <code class="command">help ps</code> for more information on the command usage.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kdump-crash-backtrace.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.2.3. Displaying a Backtrace</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kdump-crash-memory.html"><strong>次へ</strong>22.2.5. Displaying Virtual Memory Information</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-resources-online.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-resources-online.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee45c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kdump-resources-online.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kdump-resources.html" title="22.3. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-kdump-resources.html" title="22.3. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-RPM.html" title="付録A RPM" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kdump-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-RPM.html"
 ><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kdump-resources-online"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kdump-resources-online">22.3.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1240121" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://people.redhat.com/anderson/">http://people.redhat.com/anderson/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> utility homepage.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kdump-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>22.3. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-RPM.html"><strong>次へ</strong>付録A RPM</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbc5317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html" title="20.6. ブートローダの確認" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html" title="20.6. ブートローダの確認" /><link rel="next" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html" title="20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html"><strong>戻る<
 /strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries">20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</h3></div></div></div><a id="id718707" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id718719" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/boot/vmlinitrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em> </code> file is installed when you upgrade the kernel. However, you must use the <code class="command">dd</code> command to configure the system to boot the new kernel.
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, issue the command <code class="command">cat /proc/iSeries/mf/side</code> to determine the default side (either A, B, or C).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, issue the following command, where <em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em> is the version of the new kernel and <em class="replaceable"><code>side</code></em> is the side from the previous command:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">dd if=/boot/vmlinitrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em> of=/proc/iSeries/mf/<em class="replaceable"><code>side</code></em>/vmlinux bs=8k</code>
+</pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				新規カーネルのテストを開始するには、コンピュータを再起動して、 ハードウェアが正しく検出されることを確認するためにメッセージ をよく見ます。
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html"><strong>戻る</strong>20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html"><strong>次へ</strong>20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9657a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries.html
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html" title="20.6. ブートローダの確認" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html" title="20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.h
 tml"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-boot-loader-pseries">20.6.3. Configuring the YABOOT Boot Loader</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				IBM eServer System p uses YABOOT as its boot loader. YABOOT uses <code class="filename">/etc/aboot.conf</code> as its configuration file. Confirm that the file contains an <code class="computeroutput">image</code> section with the same version as the <span class="package">kernel</span> package just installed, and likewise for the <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> image:
+			</div><pre class="screen">boot=/dev/sda1 init-message=Welcome to Fedora! Hit &lt;TAB&gt; for boot options
+partition=2 timeout=30 install=/usr/lib/yaboot/yaboot delay=10 nonvram
+image=/vmlinuz-2.6.32-17.EL
+	 label=old
+	 read-only
+	 initrd=/initramfs-2.6.32-17.EL.img
+	 append="root=LABEL=/"
+image=/vmlinuz-2.6.32-19.EL
+	 label=linux
+	 read-only
+	 initrd=/initramfs-2.6.32-19.EL.img
+	 append="root=LABEL=/"</pre><div class="para">
+				Notice that the default is not set to the new kernel. The kernel in the first image is booted by default. To change the default kernel to boot either move its image stanza so that it is the first one listed or add the directive <code class="computeroutput">default</code> and set it to the <code class="computeroutput">label</code> of the image stanza that contains the new kernel.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				新規カーネルのテストを開始するには、コンピュータを再起動して、 ハードウェアが正しく検出されることを確認するためにメッセージ をよく見ます。
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-kernel-boot-loader-iseries.html"><strong>戻る</strong>20.6.2. Configuring the OS/400 Boot Loader</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第21章 Working with Kernel Modules</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5a4752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html" title="21.8. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html" title="21.8. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-kdump.html" title="第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resource
 s.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-kdump.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-kernel-modules-additional-resources-websites">21.8.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://tldp.org/HOWTO/Module-HOWTO/">Linux Loadable Kernel Module HOWTO</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="citetitle">Linux Loadable Kernel Module HOWTO</em> from the Linux Documentation Project contains further information on working with kernel modules.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.8. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-kdump.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第22章 The kdump Crash Recovery Service</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-keys-checking.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-keys-checking.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b581e63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-keys-checking.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html" title="A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html" title="A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する" /><link rel="next" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html" title="A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html"><strong>戻る<
 /strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-keys-checking"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-keys-checking">A.3.2. Verifying Signature of Packages</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			To check the GnuPG signature of an RPM file after importing the builder's GnuPG key, use the following command (replace <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> with the file name of the RPM package):
+		</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -K <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> </code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			If all goes well, the following message is displayed: <code class="computeroutput">rsa sha1 (md5) pgp md5 OK</code>. This means that the signature of the package has been verified, that it is not corrupt, and is therefore safe to install and use.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			For more information, including a list of currently-used Fedora Project keys and their fingerprints, refer to <a href="http://fedoraproject.org/en/keys">http://fedoraproject.org/en/keys</a>.
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-rpm-impressing.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.4. Practical and Common Examples of RPM Usage</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-log-files-useful-websites.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-log-files-useful-websites.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9209c18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-log-files-useful-websites.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html" title="17.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html" title="17.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html" title="第18章 Automating System Tasks" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html
 "><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-log-files-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-log-files-useful-websites">17.6.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><a id="id875365" class="indexterm"></a><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://www.rsyslog.com/">http://www.rsyslog.com/</a> — Offers a thorough technical breakdown of <span class="package">rsyslog</span> features, documentation, configuration examples, and video tutorials.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<a href="http://wiki.rsyslog.com/index.php/Main_Page">http://wiki.rsyslog.com/index.php/Main_Page</a> — Contains useful <code class="filename">/etc/rsyslog.conf</code> configuration examples.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-log-files-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>17.6. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第18章 Automating System Tasks</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42a4765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html" title="6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html" title="6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース" /><link rel="next" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html" title="6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li cl
 ass="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias">6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</h3></div></div></div><a id="id916599" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id916617" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				使用頻度の少ない 2 種類のインターフェース設定ファイルが <em class="firstterm">エイリアス</em> と <em class="firstterm">クローン</em> です。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Alias interface configuration files, which are used to bind multiple addresses to a single interface, use the <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>if-name</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>alias-value</code></em> </code> naming scheme.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, an <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0:0</code> file could be configured to specify <code class="computeroutput">DEVICE=eth0:0</code> and a static IP address of 10.0.0.2, serving as an alias of an Ethernet interface already configured to receive its IP information via DHCP in <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code>. Under this configuration, <code class="filename">eth0</code> is bound to a dynamic IP address, but the same physical network card can receive requests via the fixed, 10.0.0.2 IP address.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注意</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					エイリアス インターフェースは DHCP をサポートしません。
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				A clone interface configuration file should use the following naming convention: <code class="filename">ifcfg-<em class="replaceable"><code>if-name</code></em>-<em class="replaceable"><code>clone-name</code></em> </code>. While an alias file allows multiple addresses for an existing interface, a clone file is used to specify additional options for an interface. For example, a standard DHCP Ethernet interface called <code class="filename">eth0</code>, may look similar to this:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth0
+ONBOOT=yes
+BOOTPROTO=dhcp</pre><div class="para">
+				Since the default value for the <code class="command">USERCTL</code> directive is <code class="command">no</code> if it is not specified, users cannot bring this interface up and down. To give users the ability to control the interface, create a clone by copying <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> to <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0-user</code> and add the following line to <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0-user</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">USERCTL=yes</pre><div class="para">
+				This way a user can bring up the <code class="filename">eth0</code> interface using the <code class="command">/sbin/ifup eth0-user</code> command because the configuration options from <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0</code> and <code class="filename">ifcfg-eth0-user</code> are combined. While this is a very basic example, this method can be used with a variety of options and interfaces.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The easiest way to create alias and clone interface configuration files is to use the graphical <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..124f80e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html" title="6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html" title="6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル" /><link rel="next" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html" title="6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous
 "><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan">6.2.2. チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id867308" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id816198" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fedora allows administrators to bind multiple network interfaces together into a single channel using the <code class="filename">bonding</code> kernel module and a special network interface called a <em class="firstterm">channel bonding interface</em>. Channel bonding enables two or more network interfaces to act as one, simultaneously increasing the bandwidth and providing redundancy.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To create a channel bonding interface, create a file in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory called <code class="filename">ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code>, replacing <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the number for the interface, such as <code class="filename">0</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The contents of the file can be identical to whatever type of interface is getting bonded, such as an Ethernet interface. The only difference is that the <code class="command">DEVICE=</code> directive must be <code class="command">bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code>, replacing <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the number for the interface.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				以下は、チャンネル ボンディング設定ファイルの例です。
+			</div><div class="example" id="ex-Sample_ifcfg-bond0_interface_configuration_file"><h6>例6.1 簡単な ifcfg-bond0 インターフェースの設定ファイル</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=bond0
+IPADDR=192.168.1.1
+NETMASK=255.255.255.0
+ONBOOT=yes
+BOOTPROTO=none
+USERCTL=no
+BONDING_OPTS="<em class="replaceable"><code>スペースで区切ってボンディングのパラメーター</code></em>"</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="para">
+				After the channel bonding interface is created, the network interfaces to be bound together must be configured by adding the <code class="command">MASTER=</code> and <code class="command">SLAVE=</code> directives to their configuration files. The configuration files for each of the channel-bonded interfaces can be nearly identical.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, if two Ethernet interfaces are being channel bonded, both <code class="filename">eth0</code> and <code class="filename">eth1</code> may look like the following example:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=eth<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em>
+BOOTPROTO=none
+ONBOOT=yes
+MASTER=bond0
+SLAVE=yes
+USERCTL=no</pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the numerical value for the interface.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For a channel bonding interface to be valid, the kernel module must be loaded. To ensure that the module is loaded when the channel bonding interface is brought up, create a new file as <code class="systemitem">root</code> named <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory. Note that you can name this file anything you like as long as it ends with a <code class="filename">.conf</code> extension. Insert the following line in this new file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">alias bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> bonding</pre><div class="para">
+				Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the interface number, such as <code class="command">0</code>. For each configured channel bonding interface, there must be a corresponding entry in your new <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> file.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Put all bonding module parameters in ifcfg-bondN files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Parameters for the bonding kernel module must be specified as a space-separated list in the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS="<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding parameters</code></em>"</code></em> directive in the ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> interface file. Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> specify options for the bonding device in <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code>, or in the deprecated <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.conf</code> file. For further instructions and advice on configuring the bonding module and to view the list of bonding parameters, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html">「Using Channel Bonding」</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa31a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html" title="6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html" title="6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース" /><link rel="next" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html" title="6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a access
 key="p" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other">6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				他の一般的なインターフェイス設定ファイルは次の項目を含みます:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-lo</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							ローカルの <em class="firstterm">ループバック インターフェイス</em> はよくテストで 使用されるだけでなく、同じシステムを指定し直す IP アドレスを必要とするさまざまなアプリケーションでも使用されます。ループバックデバイスに送信されたデータはすぐにホストのネットワーク層に戻されます。
+						</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>ifrcfg-lo スクリプトは手動で編集しません</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								The loopback interface script, <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-lo</code>, should never be edited manually. Doing so can prevent the system from operating correctly.
+							</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-irlan0</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							<em class="firstterm">赤外線インターフェース</em> によって、ラップトップとプリンタなどデバイス間の情報を赤外線リンク上で流すことができます。これは、通常ピアツーピア接続で可能という事以外はイーサネットと同じような方法で動作します。
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-plip0</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							<em class="firstterm">PLIP (Parallel Line Interface Protocol)</em> 接続も、パラレルポートを使用すること以外は、殆んどイーサネットデバイスと同様な方法で動作します。
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-networkscripts-control.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.3. インターフェース制御スクリプト</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73ec5da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0.html
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-networkscripts-interfaces.html" title="6.2. インターフェース設定ファイル" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html" title="6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル" /><link rel="next" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html" title="6.2.5. 他のインターフェース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a
  accesskey="p" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-ppp0">6.2.4. ダイヤルアップ インターフェース</h3></div></div></div><a id="id723730" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				ダイヤルアップ接続を通してインターネットに接続する場合、インターフェース用に設定ファイルが必要です。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				PPP インターフェイス ファイルは、以下の形式を使用して名付けられます:
+				<div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="filename">ifcfg-ppp<em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								where <em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> is a unique number corresponding to a specific interface.
+							</div></dd></dl></div>
+
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The PPP interface configuration file is created automatically when <code class="command">wvdial</code>, the <span class="application"><strong>Network Administration Tool</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>Kppp</strong></span> is used to create a dialup account. It is also possible to create and edit this file manually.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a typical <code class="filename">ifcfg-ppp0</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">DEVICE=ppp0
+NAME=test
+WVDIALSECT=test
+MODEMPORT=/dev/modem
+LINESPEED=115200
+PAPNAME=test
+USERCTL=true
+ONBOOT=no
+PERSIST=no
+DEFROUTE=yes
+PEERDNS=yes
+DEMAND=no
+IDLETIMEOUT=600</pre><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP)</em> is another dialup interface, although it is used less frequently. SLIP files have interface configuration file names such as <code class="filename">ifcfg-sl0</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				これらのファイルで使用できる他のオプションを以下に示します:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DEFROUTE=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — デフォルト ルートとしてこのインターフェースを設定します。
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — デフォルト ルートとしてこのインターフェースを設定しません。
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">DEMAND=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This interface allows <code class="command">pppd</code> to initiate a connection when someone attempts to use it.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — A connection must be manually established for this interface.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">IDLETIMEOUT=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> is the number of seconds of idle activity before the interface disconnects itself.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">INITSTRING=<em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>string</code></em> </code> is the initialization string passed to the modem device. This option is primarily used in conjunction with SLIP interfaces.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">LINESPEED=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> is the baud rate of the device. Possible standard values include <code class="command">57600</code>, <code class="command">38400</code>, <code class="command">19200</code>, and <code class="command">9600</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MODEMPORT=<em class="replaceable"><code>device</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>device</code></em> </code> is the name of the serial device that is used to establish the connection for the interface.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">MTU=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> is the <em class="firstterm">Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)</em> setting for the interface. The MTU refers to the largest number of bytes of data a frame can carry, not counting its header information. In some dialup situations, setting this to a value of <code class="command">576</code> results in fewer packets dropped and a slight improvement to the throughput for a connection.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">NAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> is the reference to the title given to a collection of dialup connection configurations.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">PAPNAME=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> is the username given during the <em class="firstterm">Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)</em> exchange that occurs to allow connections to a remote system.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">PERSIST=<em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>answer</code></em> </code> is one of the following:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">yes</code> — This interface should be kept active at all times, even if deactivated after a modem hang up.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">no</code> — This interface should not be kept active at all times.
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">REMIP=<em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>address</code></em> </code> is the IP address of the remote system. This is usually left unspecified.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><code class="command">WVDIALSECT=<em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							where <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> </code> associates this interface with a dialer configuration in <code class="filename">/etc/wvdial.conf</code>. This file contains the phone number to be dialed and other important information for the interface.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-alias.html"><strong>戻る</strong>6.2.3. エイリアス ファイルとクローン ファイル</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-other.html"><strong>次へ</strong>6.2.5. 他のインターフェース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-openssh-useful-websites.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-openssh-useful-websites.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..843d4c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-openssh-useful-websites.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html" title="9.5. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html" title="9.5. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="part-Servers.html" title="パート V. サーバー" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></
 a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-openssh-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-openssh-useful-websites">9.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openssh.com/">http://www.openssh.com/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSH home page containing further documentation, frequently asked questions, links to the mailing lists, bug reports, and other useful resources.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.openssl.org/">http://www.openssl.org/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The OpenSSL home page containing further documentation, frequently asked questions, links to the mailing lists, and other useful resources.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a href="http://www.freesshd.com/">http://www.freesshd.com/</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Another implementation of an SSH server.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.5. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="part-Servers.html"><strong>次へ</strong>パート V. サーバー</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cmdline.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cmdline.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e80fefe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cmdline.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.2. /proc/cmdline</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html" title="C.2.3. /proc/cpuinfo" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li 
 class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-cmdline"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-cmdline">C.2.2.  /proc/cmdline </h3></div></div></div><a id="id705720" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file shows the parameters passed to the kernel at the time it is started. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/cmdline</code> file looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+ro root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet 3
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This tells us that the kernel is mounted read-only (signified by <code class="computeroutput">(ro)</code>), located on the first logical volume (<code class="computeroutput">LogVol00</code>) of the first volume group (<code class="computeroutput">/dev/VolGroup00</code>). <code class="computeroutput">LogVol00</code> is the equivalent of a disk partition in a non-LVM system (Logical Volume Management), just as <code class="computeroutput">/dev/VolGroup00</code> is similar in concept to <code class="filename">/dev/hda1</code>, but much more extensible.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information on LVM used in Fedora, refer to <a href="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html">http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/index.html</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Next, <code class="computeroutput">rhgb</code> signals that the <code class="filename">rhgb</code> package has been installed, and graphical booting is supported, assuming <code class="filename">/etc/inittab</code> shows a default runlevel set to <code class="command">id:5:initdefault:</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Finally, <code class="computeroutput">quiet</code> indicates all verbose kernel messages are suppressed at boot time.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.3.  /proc/cpuinfo </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cpuinfo.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cpuinfo.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16f29ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-cpuinfo.html
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.3. /proc/cpuinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-cmdline.html" title="C.2.2. /proc/cmdline" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-crypto.html" title="C.2.4. /proc/crypto" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-cmdline.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" hr
 ef="s2-proc-crypto.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-cpuinfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-cpuinfo">C.2.3.  /proc/cpuinfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id888106" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This virtual file identifies the type of processor used by your system. The following is an example of the output typical of <code class="filename">/proc/cpuinfo</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+processor	: 0
+vendor_id	: GenuineIntel
+cpu family	: 15
+model		: 2
+model name	: Intel(R) Xeon(TM) CPU 2.40GHz
+stepping	: 7 cpu
+MHz		: 2392.371
+cache size	: 512 KB
+physical id	: 0
+siblings	: 2
+runqueue	: 0
+fdiv_bug	: no
+hlt_bug		: no
+f00f_bug	: no
+coma_bug	: no
+fpu		: yes
+fpu_exception	: yes
+cpuid level	: 2
+wp		: yes
+flags		: fpu vme de pse tsc msr pae mce cx8 apic sep mtrr pge mca  cmov pat pse36 clflush dts acpi mmx fxsr sse sse2 ss ht tm
+bogomips	: 4771.02
+</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">processor</code> — Provides each processor with an identifying number. On systems that have one processor, only a <code class="computeroutput">0</code> is present.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cpu family</code> — Authoritatively identifies the type of processor in the system. For an Intel-based system, place the number in front of "86" to determine the value. This is particularly helpful for those attempting to identify the architecture of an older system such as a 586, 486, or 386. Because some RPM packages are compiled for each of these particular architectures, this value also helps users determine which packages to install.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">model name</code> — Displays the common name of the processor, including its project name.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cpu MHz</code> — Shows the precise speed in megahertz for the processor to the thousandths decimal place.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cache size</code> — Displays the amount of level 2 memory cache available to the processor.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">siblings</code> — Displays the number of sibling CPUs on the same physical CPU for architectures which use hyper-threading.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">flags</code> — Defines a number of different qualities about the processor, such as the presence of a floating point unit (FPU) and the ability to process MMX instructions.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-cmdline.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.2.  /proc/cmdline </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-crypto.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.4.  /proc/crypto </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-crypto.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-crypto.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..434a874
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-crypto.html
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.4. /proc/crypto</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html" title="C.2.3. /proc/cpuinfo" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-devices.html" title="C.2.5. /proc/devices" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" 
 href="s2-proc-devices.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-crypto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-crypto">C.2.4.  /proc/crypto </h3></div></div></div><a id="id811086" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file lists all installed cryptographic ciphers used by the Linux kernel, including additional details for each. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/crypto</code> file looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+name         : sha1
+module       : kernel
+type         : digest
+blocksize    : 64
+digestsize   : 20
+name         : md5
+module       : md5
+type         : digest
+blocksize    : 64
+digestsize   : 16
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-cpuinfo.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.3.  /proc/cpuinfo </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-devices.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.5.  /proc/devices </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-devices.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-devices.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4492ab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-devices.html
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.5. /proc/devices</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-crypto.html" title="C.2.4. /proc/crypto" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dma.html" title="C.2.6. /proc/dma" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-crypto.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-pr
 oc-dma.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-devices"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-devices">C.2.5.  /proc/devices </h3></div></div></div><a id="id688152" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id688178" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id688204" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id688217" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id693231" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id693248" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays the various character and block devices currently configured (not including devices whose modules are not loaded). Below is a sample output from this file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Character devices:
+  1 mem
+  4 /dev/vc/0
+  4 tty
+  4 ttyS
+  5 /dev/tty
+  5 /dev/console
+  5 /dev/ptmx
+  7 vcs
+  10 misc
+  13 input
+  29 fb
+  36 netlink
+  128 ptm
+  136 pts
+  180 usb
+
+Block devices:
+  1 ramdisk
+  3 ide0
+  9 md
+  22 ide1
+  253 device-mapper
+  254 mdp
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The output from <code class="filename">/proc/devices</code> includes the major number and name of the device, and is broken into two major sections: <code class="computeroutput">Character devices</code> and <code class="computeroutput">Block devices</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">Character devices</em> are similar to <em class="firstterm">block devices</em>, except for two basic differences:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Character devices do not require buffering. Block devices have a buffer available, allowing them to order requests before addressing them. This is important for devices designed to store information — such as hard drives — because the ability to order the information before writing it to the device allows it to be placed in a more efficient order.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Character devices send data with no preconfigured size. Block devices can send and receive information in blocks of a size configured per device.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				For more information about devices refer to the following installed documentation:
+			</div><pre class="screen">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_version&gt;</code></em>/Documentation/devices.txt</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-crypto.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.4.  /proc/crypto </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dma.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.6.  /proc/dma </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-bus.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-bus.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3074836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-bus.html
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.2. /proc/bus/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-pci.html" title="C.3.3. /proc/bus/pci" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-directories.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" h
 ref="s2-proc-pci.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-bus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-bus">C.3.2.  /proc/bus/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1023845" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information specific to the various buses available on the system. For example, on a standard system containing PCI and USB buses, current data on each of these buses is available within a subdirectory within <code class="filename">/proc/bus/</code> by the same name, such as <code class="filename">/proc/bus/pci/</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The subdirectories and files available within <code class="filename">/proc/bus/</code> vary depending on the devices connected to the system. However, each bus type has at least one directory. Within these bus directories are normally at least one subdirectory with a numerical name, such as <code class="filename">001</code>, which contain binary files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, the <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/</code> subdirectory contains files that track the various devices on any USB buses, as well as the drivers required for them. The following is a sample listing of a <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/</code> directory:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+total 0 dr-xr-xr-x    1 root     root            0 May  3 16:25 001
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May  3 16:25 devices
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May  3 16:25 drivers
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/001/</code> directory contains all devices on the first USB bus and the <code class="filename">devices</code> file identifies the USB root hub on the motherboard.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a example of a <code class="filename">/proc/bus/usb/devices</code> file:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+T:  Bus=01 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#=  1 Spd=12  MxCh= 2
+B:  Alloc=  0/900 us ( 0%), #Int=  0, #Iso=  0
+D:  Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub  ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs=  1
+P:  Vendor=0000 ProdID=0000 Rev= 0.00
+S:  Product=USB UHCI Root Hub
+S:  SerialNumber=d400
+C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=40 MxPwr=  0mA
+I:  If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub  ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub
+E:  Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS=   8 Ivl=255ms
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-proc-directories.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3. Directories within /proc/</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-pci.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.3.  /proc/bus/pci </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-driver.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-driver.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..244e19b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-driver.html
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.4. /proc/driver/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-pci.html" title="C.3.3. /proc/bus/pci" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html" title="C.3.5. /proc/fs" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-pci.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html"><s
 trong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-driver"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-driver">C.3.4.  /proc/driver/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1237933" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information for specific drivers in use by the kernel.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A common file found here is <code class="filename">rtc</code> which provides output from the driver for the system's <em class="firstterm">Real Time Clock (RTC)</em>, the device that keeps the time while the system is switched off. Sample output from <code class="filename">/proc/driver/rtc</code> looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+rtc_time        : 16:21:00
+rtc_date        : 2004-08-31
+rtc_epoch       : 1900
+alarm           : 21:16:27
+DST_enable      : no
+BCD             : yes
+24hr            : yes
+square_wave     : no
+alarm_IRQ       : no
+update_IRQ      : no
+periodic_IRQ    : no
+periodic_freq   : 1024
+batt_status     : okay
+</pre><div class="para">
+				For more information about the RTC, refer to the following installed documentation:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_version&gt;</code></em>/Documentation/rtc.txt</code>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-pci.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.3.  /proc/bus/pci </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.5.  /proc/fs </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-fs.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-fs.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67a1c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-fs.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.5. /proc/fs</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-driver.html" title="C.3.4. /proc/driver/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-irq.html" title="C.3.6. /proc/irq/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-driver.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-pro
 c-dir-irq.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-fs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-fs">C.3.5.  /proc/fs </h3></div></div></div><a id="id769268" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory shows which file systems are exported. If running an NFS server, typing <code class="command">cat /proc/fs/nfsd/exports</code> displays the file systems being shared and the permissions granted for those file systems. For more on file system sharing with NFS, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Network File System (NFS)</em> chapter of the <em class="citetitle">Storage Administration Guide</em>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-driver.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.4.  /proc/driver/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-irq.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.6.  /proc/irq/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-irq.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-irq.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03d5f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-irq.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.6. /proc/irq/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html" title="C.3.5. /proc/fs" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-net.html" title="C.3.7. /proc/net/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-net.htm
 l"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-irq"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-irq">C.3.6.  /proc/irq/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id769321" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory is used to set IRQ to CPU affinity, which allows the system to connect a particular IRQ to only one CPU. Alternatively, it can exclude a CPU from handling any IRQs.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Each IRQ has its own directory, allowing for the individual configuration of each IRQ. The <code class="filename">/proc/irq/prof_cpu_mask</code> file is a bitmask that contains the default values for the <code class="filename">smp_affinity</code> file in the IRQ directory. The values in <code class="filename">smp_affinity</code> specify which CPUs handle that particular IRQ.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For more information about the <code class="filename">/proc/irq/</code> directory, refer to the following installed documentation:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-fs.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.5.  /proc/fs </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-net.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.7.  /proc/net/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-net.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-net.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb72d78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-net.html
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.7. /proc/net/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-irq.html" title="C.3.6. /proc/irq/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-scsi.html" title="C.3.8. /proc/scsi/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-irq.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-s
 csi.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-net"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-net">C.3.7.  /proc/net/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id946561" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory provides a comprehensive look at various networking parameters and statistics. Each directory and virtual file within this directory describes aspects of the system's network configuration. Below is a partial list of the <code class="filename">/proc/net/</code> directory:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">arp</code> — Lists the kernel's ARP table. This file is particularly useful for connecting a hardware address to an IP address on a system.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">atm/</code> directory — The files within this directory contain <em class="firstterm">Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)</em> settings and statistics. This directory is primarily used with ATM networking and ADSL cards.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dev</code> — Lists the various network devices configured on the system, complete with transmit and receive statistics. This file displays the number of bytes each interface has sent and received, the number of packets inbound and outbound, the number of errors seen, the number of packets dropped, and more.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">dev_mcast</code> — Lists Layer2 multicast groups on which each device is listening.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">igmp</code> — Lists the IP multicast addresses which this system joined.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_conntrack</code> — Lists tracked network connections for machines that are forwarding IP connections.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_tables_names</code> — Lists the types of <code class="command">iptables</code> in use. This file is only present if <code class="command">iptables</code> is active on the system and contains one or more of the following values: <code class="filename">filter</code>, <code class="filename">mangle</code>, or <code class="filename">nat</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_mr_cache</code> — Lists the multicast routing cache.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">ip_mr_vif</code> — Lists multicast virtual interfaces.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">netstat</code> — Contains a broad yet detailed collection of networking statistics, including TCP timeouts, SYN cookies sent and received, and much more.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">psched</code> — Lists global packet scheduler parameters.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">raw</code> — Lists raw device statistics.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">route</code> — Lists the kernel's routing table.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">rt_cache</code> — Contains the current routing cache.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">snmp</code> — List of Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) data for various networking protocols in use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">sockstat</code> — Provides socket statistics.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">tcp</code> — Contains detailed TCP socket information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">tr_rif</code> — Lists the token ring RIF routing table.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">udp</code> — Contains detailed UDP socket information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">unix</code> — Lists UNIX domain sockets currently in use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">wireless</code> — Lists wireless interface data.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-irq.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.6.  /proc/irq/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-scsi.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.8.  /proc/scsi/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-scsi.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-scsi.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24179b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-scsi.html
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.8. /proc/scsi/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-net.html" title="C.3.7. /proc/net/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html" title="C.3.9. /proc/sys/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-net.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-sys
 .html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-scsi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-scsi">C.3.8.  /proc/scsi/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id756064" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The primary file in this directory is <code class="filename">/proc/scsi/scsi</code>, which contains a list of every recognized SCSI device. From this listing, the type of device, as well as the model name, vendor, SCSI channel and ID data is available.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For example, if a system contains a SCSI CD-ROM, a tape drive, a hard drive, and a RAID controller, this file looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Attached devices:
+Host: scsi1
+Channel: 00
+Id: 05
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: NEC
+Model: CD-ROM DRIVE:466
+Rev: 1.06
+Type:   CD-ROM
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+Host: scsi1
+Channel: 00
+Id: 06
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: ARCHIVE
+Model: Python 04106-XXX
+Rev: 7350
+Type:   Sequential-Access
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+Host: scsi2
+Channel: 00
+Id: 06
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: DELL
+Model: 1x6 U2W SCSI BP
+Rev: 5.35
+Type:   Processor
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+Host: scsi2
+Channel: 02
+Id: 00
+Lun: 00
+Vendor: MegaRAID
+Model: LD0 RAID5 34556R
+Rev: 1.01
+Type:   Direct-Access
+ANSI SCSI revision: 02
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Each SCSI driver used by the system has its own directory within <code class="filename">/proc/scsi/</code>, which contains files specific to each SCSI controller using that driver. From the previous example, <code class="filename">aic7xxx/</code> and <code class="filename">megaraid/</code> directories are present, since two drivers are in use. The files in each of the directories typically contain an I/O address range, IRQ information, and statistics for the SCSI controller using that driver. Each controller can report a different type and amount of information. The Adaptec AIC-7880 Ultra SCSI host adapter's file in this example system produces the following output:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Adaptec AIC7xxx driver version: 5.1.20/3.2.4
+Compile Options:
+TCQ Enabled By Default : Disabled
+AIC7XXX_PROC_STATS     : Enabled
+AIC7XXX_RESET_DELAY    : 5
+Adapter Configuration:
+SCSI Adapter: Adaptec AIC-7880 Ultra SCSI host adapter
+Ultra Narrow Controller     PCI MMAPed
+I/O Base: 0xfcffe000
+Adapter SEEPROM Config: SEEPROM found and used.
+Adaptec SCSI BIOS: Enabled
+IRQ: 30
+SCBs: Active 0, Max Active 1, Allocated 15, HW 16, Page 255
+Interrupts: 33726
+BIOS Control Word: 0x18a6
+Adapter Control Word: 0x1c5f
+Extended Translation: Enabled
+Disconnect Enable Flags: 0x00ff
+Ultra Enable Flags: 0x0020
+Tag Queue Enable Flags: 0x0000
+Ordered Queue Tag Flags: 0x0000
+Default Tag Queue Depth: 8
+Tagged Queue By Device array for aic7xxx
+host instance 1:       {255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255,255}
+Actual queue depth per device for aic7xxx host instance 1:       {1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1}
+Statistics:
+
+(scsi1:0:5:0) Device using Narrow/Sync transfers at 20.0 MByte/sec, offset 15
+Transinfo settings: current(12/15/0/0), goal(12/15/0/0), user(12/15/0/0)
+Total transfers 0 (0 reads and 0 writes)
+		&lt; 2K      2K+     4K+     8K+    16K+    32K+    64K+   128K+
+Reads:        0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0
+Writes:       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0
+
+(scsi1:0:6:0) Device using Narrow/Sync transfers at 10.0 MByte/sec, offset 15
+Transinfo settings: current(25/15/0/0), goal(12/15/0/0), user(12/15/0/0)
+Total transfers 132 (0 reads and 132 writes)
+		&lt; 2K      2K+     4K+     8K+    16K+    32K+    64K+   128K+
+Reads:        0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0
+Writes:       0       0       0       1     131       0       0       0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This output reveals the transfer speed to the SCSI devices connected to the controller based on channel ID, as well as detailed statistics concerning the amount and sizes of files read or written by that device. For example, this controller is communicating with the CD-ROM at 20 megabytes per second, while the tape drive is only communicating at 10 megabytes per second.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-net.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.7.  /proc/net/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.9.  /proc/sys/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sys.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sys.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e88eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sys.html
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.9. /proc/sys/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-scsi.html" title="C.3.8. /proc/scsi/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html" title="C.3.10. /proc/sysvipc/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-scsi.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-
 proc-dir-sysvipc.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-sys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-sys">C.3.9.  /proc/sys/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id832065" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id832088" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id832102" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id958446" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id958465" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id958479" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory is different from others in <code class="filename">/proc/</code> because it not only provides information about the system but also allows the system administrator to immediately enable and disable kernel features.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when changing the content of /proc/sys/</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Use caution when changing settings on a production system using the various files in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory. Changing the wrong setting may render the kernel unstable, requiring a system reboot.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					For this reason, be sure the options are valid for that file before attempting to change any value in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				A good way to determine if a particular file can be configured, or if it is only designed to provide information, is to list it with the <code class="option">-l</code> option at the shell prompt. If the file is writable, it may be used to configure the kernel. For example, a partial listing of <code class="filename">/proc/sys/fs</code> looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 dentry-state
+-rw-r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 dir-notify-enable
+-rw-r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 file-max
+-r--r--r--    1 root     root            0 May 10 16:14 file-nr
+</pre><div class="para">
+				In this listing, the files <code class="filename">dir-notify-enable</code> and <code class="filename">file-max</code> can be written to and, therefore, can be used to configure the kernel. The other files only provide feedback on current settings.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Changing a value within a <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> file is done by echoing the new value into the file. For example, to enable the System Request Key on a running kernel, type the command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/sysrq
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This changes the value for <code class="filename">sysrq</code> from <code class="computeroutput">0</code> (off) to <code class="computeroutput">1</code> (on).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A few <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> configuration files contain more than one value. To correctly send new values to them, place a space character between each value passed with the <code class="command">echo</code> command, such as is done in this example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+echo 4 2 45 &gt; /proc/sys/kernel/acct
+</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Changes made using the echo command are not persistent</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Any configuration changes made using the <code class="command">echo</code> command disappear when the system is restarted. To make configuration changes take effect after the system is rebooted, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html">「Using the sysctl Command」</a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/</code> directory contains several subdirectories controlling different aspects of a running kernel.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-dev"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-dev">C.3.9.1.  /proc/sys/dev/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id826559" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory provides parameters for particular devices on the system. Most systems have at least two directories, <code class="filename">cdrom/</code> and <code class="filename">raid/</code>. Customized kernels can have other directories, such as <code class="filename">parport/</code>, which provides the ability to share one parallel port between multiple device drivers.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">cdrom/</code> directory contains a file called <code class="filename">info</code>, which reveals a number of important CD-ROM parameters:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+CD-ROM information, Id: cdrom.c 3.20 2003/12/17
+drive name:             hdc
+drive speed:            48
+drive # of slots:       1
+Can close tray:         1
+Can open tray:          1
+Can lock tray:          1
+Can change speed:       1
+Can select disk:        0
+Can read multisession:  1
+Can read MCN:           1
+Reports media changed:  1
+Can play audio:         1
+Can write CD-R:         0
+Can write CD-RW:        0
+Can read DVD:           0
+Can write DVD-R:        0
+Can write DVD-RAM:      0
+Can read MRW:           0
+Can write MRW:          0
+Can write RAM:          0
+</pre><div class="para">
+					This file can be quickly scanned to discover the qualities of an unknown CD-ROM. If multiple CD-ROMs are available on a system, each device is given its own column of information.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Various files in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/dev/cdrom</code>, such as <code class="filename">autoclose</code> and <code class="filename">checkmedia</code>, can be used to control the system's CD-ROM. Use the <code class="command">echo</code> command to enable or disable these features.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If RAID support is compiled into the kernel, a <code class="filename">/proc/sys/dev/raid/</code> directory becomes available with at least two files in it: <code class="filename">speed_limit_min</code> and <code class="filename">speed_limit_max</code>. These settings determine the acceleration of RAID devices for I/O intensive tasks, such as resyncing the disks.
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-fs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-fs">C.3.9.2.  /proc/sys/fs/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id863383" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory contains an array of options and information concerning various aspects of the file system, including quota, file handle, inode, and dentry information.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">binfmt_misc/</code> directory is used to provide kernel support for miscellaneous binary formats.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The important files in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/fs/</code> include:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dentry-state</code> — Provides the status of the directory cache. The file looks similar to the following:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+57411	52939	45	0	0	0
+</pre><div class="para">
+							The first number reveals the total number of directory cache entries, while the second number displays the number of unused entries. The third number tells the number of seconds between when a directory has been freed and when it can be reclaimed, and the fourth measures the pages currently requested by the system. The last two numbers are not used and display only zeros.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">file-max</code> — Lists the maximum number of file handles that the kernel allocates. Raising the value in this file can resolve errors caused by a lack of available file handles.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">file-nr</code> — Lists the number of allocated file handles, used file handles, and the maximum number of file handles.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overflowgid</code> and <code class="filename">overflowuid</code> — Defines the fixed group ID and user ID, respectively, for use with file systems that only support 16-bit group and user IDs.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-kernel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-kernel">C.3.9.3.  /proc/sys/kernel/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id1029877" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id726060" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id726074" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id726093" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id726111" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory contains a variety of different configuration files that directly affect the operation of the kernel. Some of the most important files include:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">acct</code> — Controls the suspension of process accounting based on the percentage of free space available on the file system containing the log. By default, the file looks like the following:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+4	2	30
+</pre><div class="para">
+							The first value dictates the percentage of free space required for logging to resume, while the second value sets the threshold percentage of free space when logging is suspended. The third value sets the interval, in seconds, that the kernel polls the file system to see if logging should be suspended or resumed.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ctrl-alt-del</code> — Controls whether <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>Delete</strong></span> gracefully restarts the computer using <code class="command">init</code> (<code class="computeroutput">0</code>) or forces an immediate reboot without syncing the dirty buffers to disk (<code class="computeroutput">1</code>).
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">domainname</code> — Configures the system domain name, such as <code class="computeroutput">example.com</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">exec-shield</code> — Configures the Exec Shield feature of the kernel. Exec Shield provides protection against certain types of buffer overflow attacks.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							There are two possible values for this virtual file:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">0</code> — Disables Exec Shield.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">1</code> — Enables Exec Shield. This is the default value.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using Exec Shield</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If a system is running security-sensitive applications that were started while Exec Shield was disabled, these applications must be restarted when Exec Shield is enabled in order for Exec Shield to take effect.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">hostname</code> — Configures the system hostname, such as <code class="computeroutput">www.example.com</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">hotplug</code> — Configures the utility to be used when a configuration change is detected by the system. This is primarily used with USB and Cardbus PCI. The default value of <code class="computeroutput">/sbin/hotplug</code> should not be changed unless testing a new program to fulfill this role.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">modprobe</code> — Sets the location of the program used to load kernel modules. The default value is <code class="computeroutput">/sbin/modprobe</code> which means <code class="command">kmod</code> calls it to load the module when a kernel thread calls <code class="command">kmod</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">msgmax</code> — Sets the maximum size of any message sent from one process to another and is set to <code class="computeroutput">8192</code> bytes by default. Be careful when raising this value, as queued messages between processes are stored in non-swappable kernel memory. Any increase in <code class="filename">msgmax</code> would increase RAM requirements for the system.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">msgmnb</code> — Sets the maximum number of bytes in a single message queue. The default is <code class="computeroutput">16384</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">msgmni</code> — Sets the maximum number of message queue identifiers. The default is <code class="computeroutput">4008</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">osrelease</code> — Lists the Linux kernel release number. This file can only be altered by changing the kernel source and recompiling.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ostype</code> — Displays the type of operating system. By default, this file is set to <code class="computeroutput">Linux</code>, and this value can only be changed by changing the kernel source and recompiling.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overflowgid</code> and <code class="filename">overflowuid</code> — Defines the fixed group ID and user ID, respectively, for use with system calls on architectures that only support 16-bit group and user IDs.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">panic</code> — Defines the number of seconds the kernel postpones rebooting when the system experiences a kernel panic. By default, the value is set to <code class="computeroutput">0</code>, which disables automatic rebooting after a panic.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">printk</code> — This file controls a variety of settings related to printing or logging error messages. Each error message reported by the kernel has a <em class="firstterm">loglevel</em> associated with it that defines the importance of the message. The loglevel values break down in this order:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">0</code> — Kernel emergency. The system is unusable.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">1</code> — Kernel alert. Action must be taken immediately.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">2</code> — Condition of the kernel is considered critical.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">3</code> — General kernel error condition.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">4</code> — General kernel warning condition.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">5</code> — Kernel notice of a normal but significant condition.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">6</code> — Kernel informational message.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">7</code> — Kernel debug-level messages.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							Four values are found in the <code class="filename">printk</code> file:
+						</div><pre class="screen">
+6     4     1     7
+</pre><div class="para">
+							Each of these values defines a different rule for dealing with error messages. The first value, called the <em class="firstterm">console loglevel</em>, defines the lowest priority of messages printed to the console. (Note that, the lower the priority, the higher the loglevel number.) The second value sets the default loglevel for messages without an explicit loglevel attached to them. The third value sets the lowest possible loglevel configuration for the console loglevel. The last value sets the default value for the console loglevel.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">random/</code> directory — Lists a number of values related to generating random numbers for the kernel.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sem</code> — Configures <em class="firstterm">semaphore</em> settings within the kernel. A semaphore is a System V IPC object that is used to control utilization of a particular process.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">shmall</code> — Sets the total amount of shared memory that can be used at one time on the system, in bytes. By default, this value is <code class="computeroutput">2097152</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">shmmax</code> — Sets the largest shared memory segment size allowed by the kernel. By default, this value is <code class="computeroutput">33554432</code>. However, the kernel supports much larger values than this.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">shmmni</code> — Sets the maximum number of shared memory segments for the whole system. By default, this value is <code class="computeroutput">4096</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">sysrq</code> — Activates the System Request Key, if this value is set to anything other than zero (<code class="computeroutput">0</code>), the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The System Request Key allows immediate input to the kernel through simple key combinations. For example, the System Request Key can be used to immediately shut down or restart a system, sync all mounted file systems, or dump important information to the console. To initiate a System Request Key, type <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>SysRq</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong> <em class="replaceable"><code>system request code</code></em> </strong></span> . Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>system request code</code></em> with one of the following system request codes:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">r</code> — Disables raw mode for the keyboard and sets it to XLATE (a limited keyboard mode which does not recognize modifiers such as <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>, <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>, or <span class="keycap"><strong>Shift</strong></span> for all keys).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">k</code> — Kills all processes active in a virtual console. Also called <em class="firstterm">Secure Access Key</em> (<em class="firstterm">SAK</em>), it is often used to verify that the login prompt is spawned from <code class="command">init</code> and not a trojan copy designed to capture usernames and passwords.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">b</code> — Reboots the kernel without first unmounting file systems or syncing disks attached to the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">c</code> — Crashes the system without first unmounting file systems or syncing disks attached to the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">o</code> — Shuts off the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">s</code> — Attempts to sync disks attached to the system.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">u</code> — Attempts to unmount and remount all file systems as read-only.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">p</code> — Outputs all flags and registers to the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">t</code> — Outputs a list of processes to the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">m</code> — Outputs memory statistics to the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">0</code> through <code class="command">9</code> — Sets the log level for the console.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">e</code> — Kills all processes except <code class="command">init</code> using SIGTERM.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">i</code> — Kills all processes except <code class="command">init</code> using SIGKILL.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">l</code> — Kills all processes using SIGKILL (including <code class="command">init</code>). <span class="emphasis"><em>The system is unusable after issuing this System Request Key code.</em></span>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">h</code> — Displays help text.
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							This feature is most beneficial when using a development kernel or when experiencing system freezes.
+						</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when enabling the System Request Key feature</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								The System Request Key feature is considered a security risk because an unattended console provides an attacker with access to the system. For this reason, it is turned off by default.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/sysrq.txt</code> for more information about the System Request Key.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tainted</code> — Indicates whether a non-GPL module is loaded.
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">0</code> — No non-GPL modules are loaded.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">1</code> — At least one module without a GPL license (including modules with no license) is loaded.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="computeroutput">2</code> — At least one module was force-loaded with the command <code class="command">insmod -f</code>.
+								</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">threads-max</code> — Sets the maximum number of threads to be used by the kernel, with a default value of <code class="computeroutput">2048</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">version</code> — Displays the date and time the kernel was last compiled. The first field in this file, such as <code class="computeroutput">#3</code>, relates to the number of times a kernel was built from the source base.
+						</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-net"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-net">C.3.9.4.  /proc/sys/net/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id891008" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id909420" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id909435" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id909449" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory contains subdirectories concerning various networking topics. Various configurations at the time of kernel compilation make different directories available here, such as <code class="filename">ethernet/</code>, <code class="filename">ipv4/</code>, <code class="filename">ipx/</code>, and <code class="filename">ipv6/</code>. By altering the files within these directories, system administrators are able to adjust the network configuration on a running system.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Given the wide variety of possible networking options available with Linux, only the most common <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/</code> directories are discussed.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/core/</code> directory contains a variety of settings that control the interaction between the kernel and networking layers. The most important of these files are:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">message_burst</code> — Sets the amount of time in tenths of a second required to write a new warning message. This setting is used to mitigate <em class="firstterm">Denial of Service</em> (<em class="firstterm">DoS</em>) attacks. The default setting is <code class="computeroutput">10</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">message_cost</code> — Sets a cost on every warning message. The higher the value of this file (default of <code class="computeroutput">5</code>), the more likely the warning message is ignored. This setting is used to mitigate DoS attacks.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							The idea of a DoS attack is to bombard the targeted system with requests that generate errors and fill up disk partitions with log files or require all of the system's resources to handle the error logging. The settings in <code class="filename">message_burst</code> and <code class="filename">message_cost</code> are designed to be modified based on the system's acceptable risk versus the need for comprehensive logging.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">netdev_max_backlog</code> — Sets the maximum number of packets allowed to queue when a particular interface receives packets faster than the kernel can process them. The default value for this file is <code class="computeroutput">1000</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">optmem_max</code> — Configures the maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">rmem_default</code> — Sets the receive socket buffer default size in bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">rmem_max</code> — Sets the receive socket buffer maximum size in bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">wmem_default</code> — Sets the send socket buffer default size in bytes.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">wmem_max</code> — Sets the send socket buffer maximum size in bytes.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory contains additional networking settings. Many of these settings, used in conjunction with one another, are useful in preventing attacks on the system or when using the system to act as a router.
+				</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Be careful when changing these files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						An erroneous change to these files may affect remote connectivity to the system.
+					</div></div></div><div class="para">
+					The following is a list of some of the more important files within the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">icmp_echo_ignore_all</code> and <code class="filename">icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts</code> — Allows the kernel to ignore ICMP ECHO packets from every host or only those originating from broadcast and multicast addresses, respectively. A value of <code class="computeroutput">0</code> allows the kernel to respond, while a value of <code class="computeroutput">1</code> ignores the packets.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ip_default_ttl</code> — Sets the default <em class="firstterm">Time To Live (TTL)</em>, which limits the number of hops a packet may make before reaching its destination. Increasing this value can diminish system performance.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ip_forward</code> — Permits interfaces on the system to forward packets to one other. By default, this file is set to <code class="computeroutput">0</code>. Setting this file to <code class="computeroutput">1</code> enables network packet forwarding.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">ip_local_port_range</code> — Specifies the range of ports to be used by TCP or UDP when a local port is needed. The first number is the lowest port to be used and the second number specifies the highest port. Any systems that expect to require more ports than the default 1024 to 4999 should use a range from 32768 to 61000.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tcp_syn_retries</code> — Provides a limit on the number of times the system re-transmits a SYN packet when attempting to make a connection.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tcp_retries1</code> — Sets the number of permitted re-transmissions attempting to answer an incoming connection. Default of <code class="computeroutput">3</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">tcp_retries2</code> — Sets the number of permitted re-transmissions of TCP packets. Default of <code class="computeroutput">15</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					The file called
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					contains a complete list of files and options available in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					A number of other directories exist within the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/</code> directory and each covers a different aspect of the network stack. The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/</code> directory allows each system interface to be configured in different ways, including the use of default settings for unconfigured devices (in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/</code> subdirectory) and settings that override all special configurations (in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/</code> subdirectory).
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/neigh/</code> directory contains settings for communicating with a host directly connected to the system (called a network neighbor) and also contains different settings for systems more than one hop away.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Routing over IPV4 also has its own directory, <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/</code>. Unlike <code class="filename">conf/</code> and <code class="filename">neigh/</code>, the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/net/ipv4/route/</code> directory contains specifications that apply to routing with any interfaces on the system. Many of these settings, such as <code class="filename">max_size</code>, <code class="filename">max_delay</code>, and <code class="filename">min_delay</code>, relate to controlling the size of the routing cache. To clear the routing cache, write any value to the <code class="filename">flush</code> file.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Additional information about these directories and the possible values for their configuration files can be found in:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-proc-sys-vm"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-proc-sys-vm">C.3.9.5.  /proc/sys/vm/ </h4></div></div></div><a id="id1102496" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1102527" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1102541" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					This directory facilitates the configuration of the Linux kernel's virtual memory (VM) subsystem. The kernel makes extensive and intelligent use of virtual memory, which is commonly referred to as swap space.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following files are commonly found in the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/</code> directory:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">block_dump</code> — Configures block I/O debugging when enabled. All read/write and block dirtying operations done to files are logged accordingly. This can be useful if diagnosing disk spin up and spin downs for laptop battery conservation. All output when <code class="filename">block_dump</code> is enabled can be retrieved via <code class="command">dmesg</code>. The default value is <code class="computeroutput">0</code>.
+						</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Stopping the klogd daemon</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								If <code class="filename">block_dump</code> is enabled at the same time as kernel debugging, it is prudent to stop the <code class="command">klogd</code> daemon, as it generates erroneous disk activity caused by <code class="filename">block_dump</code>.
+							</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_background_ratio</code> — Starts background writeback of dirty data at this percentage of total memory, via a pdflush daemon. The default value is <code class="command">10</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_expire_centisecs</code> — Defines when dirty in-memory data is old enough to be eligible for writeout. Data which has been dirty in-memory for longer than this interval is written out next time a pdflush daemon wakes up. The default value is <code class="command">3000</code>, expressed in hundredths of a second.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_ratio</code> — Starts active writeback of dirty data at this percentage of total memory for the generator of dirty data, via pdflush. The default value is <code class="command">20</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">dirty_writeback_centisecs</code> — Defines the interval between pdflush daemon wakeups, which periodically writes dirty in-memory data out to disk. The default value is <code class="command">500</code>, expressed in hundredths of a second.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">laptop_mode</code> — Minimizes the number of times that a hard disk needs to spin up by keeping the disk spun down for as long as possible, therefore conserving battery power on laptops. This increases efficiency by combining all future I/O processes together, reducing the frequency of spin ups. The default value is <code class="computeroutput">0</code>, but is automatically enabled in case a battery on a laptop is used.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							This value is controlled automatically by the acpid daemon once a user is notified battery power is enabled. No user modifications or interactions are necessary if the laptop supports the ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) specification.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information, refer to the following installed documentation:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/laptop-mode.txt</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">max_map_count</code> — Configures the maximum number of memory map areas a process may have. In most cases, the default value of <code class="computeroutput">65536</code> is appropriate.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">min_free_kbytes</code> — Forces the Linux VM (virtual memory manager) to keep a minimum number of kilobytes free. The VM uses this number to compute a <code class="filename">pages_min</code> value for each <code class="filename">lowmem</code> zone in the system. The default value is in respect to the total memory on the machine.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">nr_hugepages</code> — Indicates the current number of configured <code class="filename">hugetlb</code> pages in the kernel.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information, refer to the following installed documentation:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt</code>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">nr_pdflush_threads</code> — Indicates the number of pdflush daemons that are currently running. This file is read-only, and should not be changed by the user. Under heavy I/O loads, the default value of two is increased by the kernel.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overcommit_memory</code> — Configures the conditions under which a large memory request is accepted or denied. The following three modes are available:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">0</code> — The kernel performs heuristic memory over commit handling by estimating the amount of memory available and failing requests that are blatantly invalid. Unfortunately, since memory is allocated using a heuristic rather than a precise algorithm, this setting can sometimes allow available memory on the system to be overloaded. This is the default setting.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">1</code> — The kernel performs no memory over commit handling. Under this setting, the potential for memory overload is increased, but so is performance for memory intensive tasks (such as those executed by some scientific software).
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="command">2</code> — The kernel fails requests for memory that add up to all of swap plus the percent of physical RAM specified in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/overcommit_ratio</code>. This setting is best for those who desire less risk of memory overcommitment.
+								</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using this setting</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+										This setting is only recommended for systems with swap areas larger than physical memory.
+									</div></div></div></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">overcommit_ratio</code> — Specifies the percentage of physical RAM considered when <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memory</code> is set to <code class="command">2</code>. The default value is <code class="command">50</code>.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">page-cluster</code> — Sets the number of pages read in a single attempt. The default value of <code class="computeroutput">3</code>, which actually relates to 16 pages, is appropriate for most systems.
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							<code class="filename">swappiness</code> — Determines how much a machine should swap. The higher the value, the more swapping occurs. The default value, as a percentage, is set to <code class="computeroutput">60</code>.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					All kernel-based documentation can be found in the following locally installed location:
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/</code>, which contains additional information.
+				</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-scsi.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.8.  /proc/scsi/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.10.  /proc/sysvipc/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32fcf65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.10. /proc/sysvipc/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html" title="C.3.9. /proc/sys/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-tty.html" title="C.3.11. /proc/tty/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-tty.html">
 <strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc">C.3.10.  /proc/sysvipc/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id947950" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information about System V IPC resources. The files in this directory relate to System V IPC calls for messages (<code class="filename">msg</code>), semaphores (<code class="filename">sem</code>), and shared memory (<code class="filename">shm</code>).
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.9.  /proc/sys/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-tty.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.11.  /proc/tty/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dma.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dma.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16ee6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-dma.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.6. /proc/dma</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-devices.html" title="C.2.5. /proc/devices" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html" title="C.2.7. /proc/execdomains" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-devices.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a access
 key="n" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-dma"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-dma">C.2.6.  /proc/dma </h3></div></div></div><a id="id821131" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains a list of the registered ISA DMA channels in use. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/dma</code> files looks like the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+4: cascade
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-devices.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.5.  /proc/devices </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.7.  /proc/execdomains </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-execdomains.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-execdomains.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..995b723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-execdomains.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.7. /proc/execdomains</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dma.html" title="C.2.6. /proc/dma" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-fb.html" title="C.2.8. /proc/fb" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dma.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-fb.html"
 ><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-execdomains"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-execdomains">C.2.7.  /proc/execdomains </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1006857" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1006878" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1006896" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file lists the <em class="firstterm">execution domains</em> currently supported by the Linux kernel, along with the range of personalities they support.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0-0   Linux           [kernel]
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Think of execution domains as the "personality" for an operating system. Because other binary formats, such as Solaris, UnixWare, and FreeBSD, can be used with Linux, programmers can change the way the operating system treats system calls from these binaries by changing the personality of the task. Except for the <code class="computeroutput">PER_LINUX</code> execution domain, different personalities can be implemented as dynamically loadable modules.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dma.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.6.  /proc/dma </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-fb.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.8.  /proc/fb </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-fb.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-fb.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1838be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-fb.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.8. /proc/fb</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html" title="C.2.7. /proc/execdomains" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-filesystems.html" title="C.2.9. /proc/filesystems" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="nex
 t"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-filesystems.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-fb"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-fb">C.2.8.  /proc/fb </h3></div></div></div><a id="id698151" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id698173" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains a list of frame buffer devices, with the frame buffer device number and the driver that controls it. Typical output of <code class="filename">/proc/fb</code> for systems which contain frame buffer devices looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0 VESA VGA
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-execdomains.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.7.  /proc/execdomains </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-filesystems.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.9.  /proc/filesystems </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-filesystems.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-filesystems.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35ae7d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-filesystems.html
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.9. /proc/filesystems</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-fb.html" title="C.2.8. /proc/fb" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-interrupts.html" title="C.2.10. /proc/interrupts" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-fb.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2
 -proc-interrupts.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-filesystems"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-filesystems">C.2.9.  /proc/filesystems </h3></div></div></div><a id="id698214" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays a list of the file system types currently supported by the kernel. Sample output from a generic <code class="filename">/proc/filesystems</code> file looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+nodev   sysfs
+nodev   rootfs
+nodev   bdev
+nodev   proc
+nodev   sockfs
+nodev   binfmt_misc
+nodev   usbfs
+nodev   usbdevfs
+nodev   futexfs
+nodev   tmpfs
+nodev   pipefs
+nodev   eventpollfs
+nodev   devpts
+	ext2
+nodev   ramfs
+nodev   hugetlbfs
+	iso9660
+nodev   mqueue
+	ext3
+nodev   rpc_pipefs
+nodev   autofs
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column signifies whether the file system is mounted on a block device. Those beginning with <code class="computeroutput">nodev</code> are not mounted on a device. The second column lists the names of the file systems supported.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">mount</code> command cycles through the file systems listed here when one is not specified as an argument.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-fb.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.8.  /proc/fb </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-interrupts.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.10.  /proc/interrupts </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-interrupts.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-interrupts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c8b412
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-interrupts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.10. /proc/interrupts</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-filesystems.html" title="C.2.9. /proc/filesystems" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-iomem.html" title="C.2.11. /proc/iomem" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-filesystems.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a acces
 skey="n" href="s2-proc-iomem.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-interrupts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-interrupts">C.2.10.  /proc/interrupts </h3></div></div></div><a id="id897555" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file records the number of interrupts per IRQ on the x86 architecture. A standard <code class="filename">/proc/interrupts</code> looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+  CPU0
+  0:   80448940          XT-PIC  timer
+  1:     174412          XT-PIC  keyboard
+  2:          0          XT-PIC  cascade
+  8:          1          XT-PIC  rtc
+ 10:     410964          XT-PIC  eth0
+ 12:      60330          XT-PIC  PS/2 Mouse
+ 14:    1314121          XT-PIC  ide0
+ 15:    5195422          XT-PIC  ide1
+NMI:          0
+ERR:          0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				For a multi-processor machine, this file may look slightly different:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+	   CPU0       CPU1
+  0: 1366814704          0          XT-PIC  timer
+  1:        128        340    IO-APIC-edge  keyboard
+  2:          0          0          XT-PIC  cascade
+  8:          0          1    IO-APIC-edge  rtc
+ 12:       5323       5793    IO-APIC-edge  PS/2 Mouse
+ 13:          1          0          XT-PIC  fpu
+ 16:   11184294   15940594   IO-APIC-level  Intel EtherExpress Pro 10/100 Ethernet
+ 20:    8450043   11120093   IO-APIC-level  megaraid
+ 30:      10432      10722   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
+ 31:         23         22   IO-APIC-level  aic7xxx
+NMI:          0
+ERR:          0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column refers to the IRQ number. Each CPU in the system has its own column and its own number of interrupts per IRQ. The next column reports the type of interrupt, and the last column contains the name of the device that is located at that IRQ.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Each of the types of interrupts seen in this file, which are architecture-specific, mean something different. For x86 machines, the following values are common:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">XT-PIC</code> — This is the old AT computer interrupts.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">IO-APIC-edge</code> — The voltage signal on this interrupt transitions from low to high, creating an <span class="emphasis"><em>edge</em></span>, where the interrupt occurs and is only signaled once. This kind of interrupt, as well as the <code class="computeroutput">IO-APIC-level</code> interrupt, are only seen on systems with processors from the 586 family and higher.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">IO-APIC-level</code> — Generates interrupts when its voltage signal is high until the signal is low again.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-filesystems.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.9.  /proc/filesystems </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-iomem.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.11.  /proc/iomem </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-iomem.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-iomem.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b362b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-iomem.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.11. /proc/iomem</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-interrupts.html" title="C.2.10. /proc/interrupts" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-ioports.html" title="C.2.12. /proc/ioports" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-interrupts.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a acc
 esskey="n" href="s2-proc-ioports.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-iomem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-iomem">C.2.11.  /proc/iomem </h3></div></div></div><a id="id952583" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file shows you the current map of the system's memory for each physical device:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+00000000-0009fbff : System RAM
+0009fc00-0009ffff : reserved
+000a0000-000bffff : Video RAM area
+000c0000-000c7fff : Video ROM
+000f0000-000fffff : System ROM
+00100000-07ffffff : System RAM
+00100000-00291ba8 : Kernel code
+00291ba9-002e09cb : Kernel data
+e0000000-e3ffffff : VIA Technologies, Inc. VT82C597 [Apollo VP3] e4000000-e7ffffff : PCI Bus #01
+e4000000-e4003fff : Matrox Graphics, Inc. MGA G200 AGP
+e5000000-e57fffff : Matrox Graphics, Inc. MGA G200 AGP
+e8000000-e8ffffff : PCI Bus #01
+e8000000-e8ffffff : Matrox Graphics, Inc. MGA G200 AGP
+ea000000-ea00007f : Digital Equipment Corporation DECchip 21140 [FasterNet]
+ea000000-ea00007f : tulip ffff0000-ffffffff : reserved
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column displays the memory registers used by each of the different types of memory. The second column lists the kind of memory located within those registers and displays which memory registers are used by the kernel within the system RAM or, if the network interface card has multiple Ethernet ports, the memory registers assigned for each port.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-interrupts.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.10.  /proc/interrupts </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-ioports.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.12.  /proc/ioports </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-ioports.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-ioports.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fd8b34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-ioports.html
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.12. /proc/ioports</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-iomem.html" title="C.2.11. /proc/iomem" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-kcore.html" title="C.2.13. /proc/kcore" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-iomem.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2
 -proc-kcore.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-ioports"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-ioports">C.2.12.  /proc/ioports </h3></div></div></div><a id="id911012" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The output of <code class="filename">/proc/ioports</code> provides a list of currently registered port regions used for input or output communication with a device. This file can be quite long. The following is a partial listing:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0000-001f : dma1
+0020-003f : pic1
+0040-005f : timer
+0060-006f : keyboard
+0070-007f : rtc
+0080-008f : dma page reg
+00a0-00bf : pic2
+00c0-00df : dma2
+00f0-00ff : fpu
+0170-0177 : ide1
+01f0-01f7 : ide0
+02f8-02ff : serial(auto)
+0376-0376 : ide1
+03c0-03df : vga+
+03f6-03f6 : ide0
+03f8-03ff : serial(auto)
+0cf8-0cff : PCI conf1
+d000-dfff : PCI Bus #01
+e000-e00f : VIA Technologies, Inc. Bus Master IDE
+e000-e007 : ide0
+e008-e00f : ide1
+e800-e87f : Digital Equipment Corporation DECchip 21140 [FasterNet]
+e800-e87f : tulip
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column gives the I/O port address range reserved for the device listed in the second column.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-iomem.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.11.  /proc/iomem </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-kcore.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.13.  /proc/kcore </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kcore.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kcore.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8808cba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kcore.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.13. /proc/kcore</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-ioports.html" title="C.2.12. /proc/ioports" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-kmsg.html" title="C.2.14. /proc/kmsg" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-ioports.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href
 ="s2-proc-kmsg.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-kcore"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-kcore">C.2.13.  /proc/kcore </h3></div></div></div><a id="id681645" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file represents the physical memory of the system and is stored in the core file format. Unlike most <code class="filename">/proc/</code> files, <code class="filename">kcore</code> displays a size. This value is given in bytes and is equal to the size of the physical memory (RAM) used plus 4 KB.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The contents of this file are designed to be examined by a debugger, such as <code class="command">gdb</code>, and is not human readable.
+			</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not attempt to view the content of /proc/kcore</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Do not view the <code class="filename">/proc/kcore</code> virtual file. The contents of the file scramble text output on the terminal. If this file is accidentally viewed, press <span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>C</strong></span> to stop the process and then type <code class="command">reset</code> to bring back the command line prompt.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-ioports.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.12.  /proc/ioports </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-kmsg.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.14.  /proc/kmsg </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kmsg.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kmsg.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5646dbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-kmsg.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.14. /proc/kmsg</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-kcore.html" title="C.2.13. /proc/kcore" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-loadavg.html" title="C.2.15. /proc/loadavg" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-kcore.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href
 ="s2-proc-loadavg.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-kmsg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-kmsg">C.2.14.  /proc/kmsg </h3></div></div></div><a id="id938349" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file is used to hold messages generated by the kernel. These messages are then picked up by other programs, such as <code class="command">/sbin/klogd</code> or <code class="command">/bin/dmesg</code>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-kcore.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.13.  /proc/kcore </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-loadavg.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.15.  /proc/loadavg </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-loadavg.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-loadavg.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6638d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-loadavg.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.15. /proc/loadavg</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-kmsg.html" title="C.2.14. /proc/kmsg" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-locks.html" title="C.2.16. /proc/locks" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-kmsg.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-pr
 oc-locks.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-loadavg"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-loadavg">C.2.15.  /proc/loadavg </h3></div></div></div><a id="id938396" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file provides a look at the load average in regard to both the CPU and IO over time, as well as additional data used by <code class="command">uptime</code> and other commands. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/loadavg</code> file looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+0.20 0.18 0.12 1/80 11206
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first three columns measure CPU and IO utilization of the last one, five, and 15 minute periods. The fourth column shows the number of currently running processes and the total number of processes. The last column displays the last process ID used.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In addition, load average also refers to the number of processes ready to run (i.e. in the run queue, waiting for a CPU share.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-kmsg.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.14.  /proc/kmsg </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-locks.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.16.  /proc/locks </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-locks.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-locks.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e443e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-locks.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.16. /proc/locks</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-loadavg.html" title="C.2.15. /proc/loadavg" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-mdstat.html" title="C.2.17. /proc/mdstat" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-loadavg.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" 
 href="s2-proc-mdstat.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-locks"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-locks">C.2.16.  /proc/locks </h3></div></div></div><a id="id878524" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays the files currently locked by the kernel. The contents of this file contain internal kernel debugging data and can vary tremendously, depending on the use of the system. A sample <code class="filename">/proc/locks</code> file for a lightly loaded system looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+1: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3568 fd:00:2531452 0 EOF
+2: FLOCK  ADVISORY  WRITE 3517 fd:00:2531448 0 EOF
+3: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3452 fd:00:2531442 0 EOF
+4: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3443 fd:00:2531440 0 EOF
+5: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3326 fd:00:2531430 0 EOF
+6: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3175 fd:00:2531425 0 EOF
+7: POSIX  ADVISORY  WRITE 3056 fd:00:2548663 0 EOF
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Each lock has its own line which starts with a unique number. The second column refers to the class of lock used, with <code class="computeroutput">FLOCK</code> signifying the older-style UNIX file locks from a <code class="command">flock</code> system call and <code class="computeroutput">POSIX</code> representing the newer POSIX locks from the <code class="command">lockf</code> system call.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The third column can have two values: <code class="computeroutput">ADVISORY</code> or <code class="computeroutput">MANDATORY</code>. <code class="computeroutput">ADVISORY</code> means that the lock does not prevent other people from accessing the data; it only prevents other attempts to lock it. <code class="computeroutput">MANDATORY</code> means that no other access to the data is permitted while the lock is held. The fourth column reveals whether the lock is allowing the holder <code class="computeroutput">READ</code> or <code class="computeroutput">WRITE</code> access to the file. The fifth column shows the ID of the process holding the lock. The sixth column shows the ID of the file being locked, in the format of <code class="computeroutput"><em class="replaceable"><code>MAJOR-DEVICE</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>MINOR-DEVICE</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>INODE-NUMBER</code></em> </code>. The seventh and eighth column shows the start and end o
 f the file's locked region.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-loadavg.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.15.  /proc/loadavg </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-mdstat.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.17.  /proc/mdstat </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mdstat.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mdstat.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43e59e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mdstat.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.17. /proc/mdstat</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-locks.html" title="C.2.16. /proc/locks" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-meminfo.html" title="C.2.18. /proc/meminfo" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-locks.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href
 ="s2-proc-meminfo.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-mdstat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-mdstat">C.2.17.  /proc/mdstat </h3></div></div></div><a id="id739969" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains the current information for multiple-disk, RAID configurations. If the system does not contain such a configuration, then <code class="filename">/proc/mdstat</code> looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Personalities :  read_ahead not set unused devices: &lt;none&gt;
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This file remains in the same state as seen above unless a software RAID or <code class="filename">md</code> device is present. In that case, view <code class="filename">/proc/mdstat</code> to find the current status of <code class="filename">md<em class="replaceable"><code>X</code></em> </code> RAID devices.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/mdstat</code> file below shows a system with its <code class="filename">md0</code> configured as a RAID 1 device, while it is currently re-syncing the disks:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Personalities : [linear] [raid1] read_ahead 1024 sectors
+md0: active raid1 sda2[1] sdb2[0] 9940 blocks [2/2] [UU] resync=1% finish=12.3min algorithm 2 [3/3] [UUU]
+unused devices: &lt;none&gt;
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-locks.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.16.  /proc/locks </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-meminfo.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.18.  /proc/meminfo </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-meminfo.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-meminfo.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69d158d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-meminfo.html
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.18. /proc/meminfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-mdstat.html" title="C.2.17. /proc/mdstat" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-misc.html" title="C.2.19. /proc/misc" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-mdstat.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s
 2-proc-misc.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-meminfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-meminfo">C.2.18.  /proc/meminfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id730308" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This is one of the more commonly used files in the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory, as it reports a large amount of valuable information about the systems RAM usage.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following sample <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code> virtual file is from a system with 256 MB of RAM and 512 MB of swap space:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+MemTotal:       255908 kB
+MemFree:         69936 kB
+Buffers:         15812 kB
+Cached:         115124 kB
+SwapCached:          0 kB
+Active:          92700 kB
+Inactive:        63792 kB
+HighTotal:           0 kB
+HighFree:            0 kB
+LowTotal:       255908 kB
+LowFree:         69936 kB
+SwapTotal:      524280 kB
+SwapFree:       524280 kB
+Dirty:               4 kB
+Writeback:           0 kB
+Mapped:          42236 kB
+Slab:            25912 kB
+Committed_AS:   118680 kB
+PageTables:       1236 kB
+VmallocTotal:  3874808 kB
+VmallocUsed:      1416 kB
+VmallocChunk:  3872908 kB
+HugePages_Total:     0
+HugePages_Free:      0
+Hugepagesize:     4096 kB
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Much of the information here is used by the <code class="command">free</code>, <code class="command">top</code>, and <code class="command">ps</code> commands. In fact, the output of the <code class="command">free</code> command is similar in appearance to the contents and structure of <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code>. But by looking directly at <code class="filename">/proc/meminfo</code>, more details are revealed:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">MemTotal</code> — Total amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">MemFree</code> — The amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes, left unused by the system.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Buffers</code> — The amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes, used for file buffers.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Cached</code> — The amount of physical RAM, in kilobytes, used as cache memory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SwapCached</code> — The amount of swap, in kilobytes, used as cache memory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Active</code> — The total amount of buffer or page cache memory, in kilobytes, that is in active use. This is memory that has been recently used and is usually not reclaimed for other purposes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Inactive</code> — The total amount of buffer or page cache memory, in kilobytes, that are free and available. This is memory that has not been recently used and can be reclaimed for other purposes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">HighTotal</code> and <code class="computeroutput">HighFree</code> — The total and free amount of memory, in kilobytes, that is not directly mapped into kernel space. The <code class="computeroutput">HighTotal</code> value can vary based on the type of kernel used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">LowTotal</code> and <code class="computeroutput">LowFree</code> — The total and free amount of memory, in kilobytes, that is directly mapped into kernel space. The <code class="computeroutput">LowTotal</code> value can vary based on the type of kernel used.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SwapTotal</code> — The total amount of swap available, in kilobytes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SwapFree</code> — The total amount of swap free, in kilobytes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Dirty</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, waiting to be written back to the disk.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Writeback</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, actively being written back to the disk.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Mapped</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, which have been used to map devices, files, or libraries using the <code class="command">mmap</code> command.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Slab</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, used by the kernel to cache data structures for its own use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Committed_AS</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, estimated to complete the workload. This value represents the worst case scenario value, and also includes swap memory.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">PageTables</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, dedicated to the lowest page table level.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">VMallocTotal</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, of total allocated virtual address space.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">VMallocUsed</code> — The total amount of memory, in kilobytes, of used virtual address space.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">VMallocChunk</code> — The largest contiguous block of memory, in kilobytes, of available virtual address space.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">HugePages_Total</code> — The total number of hugepages for the system. The number is derived by dividing <code class="computeroutput">Hugepagesize</code> by the megabytes set aside for hugepages specified in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/hugetlb_pool</code>. <span class="emphasis"><em>This statistic only appears on the x86, Itanium, and AMD64 architectures.</em></span>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">HugePages_Free</code> — The total number of hugepages available for the system. <span class="emphasis"><em>This statistic only appears on the x86, Itanium, and AMD64 architectures.</em></span>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">Hugepagesize</code> — The size for each hugepages unit in kilobytes. By default, the value is 4096 KB on uniprocessor kernels for 32 bit architectures. For SMP, hugemem kernels, and AMD64, the default is 2048 KB. For Itanium architectures, the default is 262144 KB. <span class="emphasis"><em>This statistic only appears on the x86, Itanium, and AMD64 architectures.</em></span>
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-mdstat.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.17.  /proc/mdstat </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-misc.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.19.  /proc/misc </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-misc.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-misc.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c1e731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-misc.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.19. /proc/misc</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-meminfo.html" title="C.2.18. /proc/meminfo" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-modules.html" title="C.2.20. /proc/modules" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-meminfo.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n
 " href="s2-proc-modules.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-misc"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-misc">C.2.19.  /proc/misc </h3></div></div></div><a id="id822803" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file lists miscellaneous drivers registered on the miscellaneous major device, which is device number 10:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+63 device-mapper 175 agpgart 135 rtc 134 apm_bios
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column is the minor number of each device, while the second column shows the driver in use.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-meminfo.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.18.  /proc/meminfo </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-modules.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.20.  /proc/modules </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-modules.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-modules.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d5c7db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-modules.html
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.20. /proc/modules</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-misc.html" title="C.2.19. /proc/misc" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-mounts.html" title="C.2.21. /proc/mounts" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-misc.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-
 proc-mounts.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-modules"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-modules">C.2.20.  /proc/modules </h3></div></div></div><a id="id966805" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file displays a list of all modules loaded into the kernel. Its contents vary based on the configuration and use of your system, but it should be organized in a similar manner to this sample <code class="filename">/proc/modules</code> file output:
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>The content of /proc/modules</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					This example has been reformatted into a readable format. Most of this information can also be viewed via the <code class="command">/sbin/lsmod</code> command.
+				</div></div></div><pre class="screen">
+nfs      170109  0 -          Live 0x129b0000
+lockd    51593   1 nfs,       Live 0x128b0000
+nls_utf8 1729    0 -          Live 0x12830000
+vfat     12097   0 -          Live 0x12823000
+fat      38881   1 vfat,      Live 0x1287b000
+autofs4  20293   2 -          Live 0x1284f000
+sunrpc   140453  3 nfs,lockd, Live 0x12954000
+3c59x    33257   0 -          Live 0x12871000
+uhci_hcd 28377   0 -          Live 0x12869000
+md5      3777    1 -          Live 0x1282c000
+ipv6     211845 16 -          Live 0x128de000
+ext3     92585   2 -          Live 0x12886000
+jbd      65625   1 ext3,      Live 0x12857000
+dm_mod   46677   3 -          Live 0x12833000
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first column contains the name of the module.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The second column refers to the memory size of the module, in bytes.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The third column lists how many instances of the module are currently loaded. A value of zero represents an unloaded module.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The fourth column states if the module depends upon another module to be present in order to function, and lists those other modules.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The fifth column lists what load state the module is in: <code class="command">Live</code>, <code class="command">Loading</code>, or <code class="command">Unloading</code> are the only possible values.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The sixth column lists the current kernel memory offset for the loaded module. This information can be useful for debugging purposes, or for profiling tools such as <code class="filename">oprofile</code>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-misc.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.19.  /proc/misc </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-mounts.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.21.  /proc/mounts </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mounts.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mounts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c858d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mounts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.21. /proc/mounts</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-modules.html" title="C.2.20. /proc/modules" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-mtrr.html" title="C.2.22. /proc/mtrr" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-modules.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href
 ="s2-proc-mtrr.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-mounts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-mounts">C.2.21.  /proc/mounts </h3></div></div></div><a id="id825621" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file provides a list of all mounts in use by the system:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+rootfs / rootfs rw 0 0
+/proc /proc proc rw,nodiratime 0 0 none
+/dev ramfs rw 0 0
+/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol00 / ext3 rw 0 0
+none /dev ramfs rw 0 0
+/proc /proc proc rw,nodiratime 0 0
+/sys /sys sysfs rw 0 0
+none /dev/pts devpts rw 0 0
+usbdevfs /proc/bus/usb usbdevfs rw 0 0
+/dev/hda1 /boot ext3 rw 0 0
+none /dev/shm tmpfs rw 0 0
+none /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc binfmt_misc rw 0 0
+sunrpc /var/lib/nfs/rpc_pipefs rpc_pipefs rw 0 0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The output found here is similar to the contents of <code class="filename">/etc/mtab</code>, except that <code class="filename">/proc/mounts</code> is more up-to-date.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The first column specifies the device that is mounted, the second column reveals the mount point, and the third column tells the file system type, and the fourth column tells you if it is mounted read-only (<code class="computeroutput">ro</code>) or read-write (<code class="computeroutput">rw</code>). The fifth and sixth columns are dummy values designed to match the format used in <code class="filename">/etc/mtab</code>.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-modules.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.20.  /proc/modules </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-mtrr.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.22.  /proc/mtrr </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mtrr.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mtrr.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2ff704
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-mtrr.html
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.22. /proc/mtrr</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-mounts.html" title="C.2.21. /proc/mounts" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-partitions.html" title="C.2.23. /proc/partitions" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-mounts.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey
 ="n" href="s2-proc-partitions.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-mtrr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-mtrr">C.2.22.  /proc/mtrr </h3></div></div></div><a id="id682030" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file refers to the current Memory Type Range Registers (MTRRs) in use with the system. If the system architecture supports MTRRs, then the <code class="filename">/proc/mtrr</code> file may look similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+reg00: base=0x00000000 (   0MB), size= 256MB: write-back, count=1
+reg01: base=0xe8000000 (3712MB), size=  32MB: write-combining, count=1
+</pre><div class="para">
+				MTRRs are used with the Intel P6 family of processors (Pentium II and higher) and control processor access to memory ranges. When using a video card on a PCI or AGP bus, a properly configured <code class="filename">/proc/mtrr</code> file can increase performance more than 150%.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Most of the time, this value is properly configured by default. More information on manually configuring this file can be found locally at the following location:
+			</div><pre class="screen">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_version&gt;</code></em>/Documentation/<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;arch&gt;</code></em>/mtrr.txt</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-mounts.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.21.  /proc/mounts </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-partitions.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.23.  /proc/partitions </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-partitions.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-partitions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5648b5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-partitions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.23. /proc/partitions</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-mtrr.html" title="C.2.22. /proc/mtrr" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-slabinfo.html" title="C.2.24. /proc/slabinfo" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-mtrr.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href=
 "s2-proc-slabinfo.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-partitions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-partitions">C.2.23.  /proc/partitions </h3></div></div></div><a id="id932343" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains partition block allocation information. A sampling of this file from a basic system looks similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+major minor  #blocks  name
+  3     0   19531250 hda
+  3     1     104391 hda1
+  3     2   19422585 hda2
+253     0   22708224 dm-0
+253     1     524288 dm-1
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Most of the information here is of little importance to the user, except for the following columns:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">major</code> — The major number of the device with this partition. The major number in the <code class="filename">/proc/partitions</code>, (<code class="computeroutput">3</code>), corresponds with the block device <code class="computeroutput">ide0</code>, in <code class="filename">/proc/devices</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">minor</code> — The minor number of the device with this partition. This serves to separate the partitions into different physical devices and relates to the number at the end of the name of the partition.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">#blocks</code> — Lists the number of physical disk blocks contained in a particular partition.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">name</code> — The name of the partition.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-mtrr.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.22.  /proc/mtrr </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-slabinfo.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.24.  /proc/slabinfo </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pci.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pci.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eacb20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pci.html
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.3. /proc/bus/pci</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html" title="C.3.2. /proc/bus/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-dir-driver.html" title="C.3.4. /proc/driver/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-d
 ir-driver.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-pci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-pci">C.3.3.  /proc/bus/pci </h3></div></div></div><a id="id886826" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id886856" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Later versions of the 2.6 Linux kernel have obsoleted the <code class="filename">/proc/pci</code> directory in favor of the <code class="filename">/proc/bus/pci</code> directory. Although you can get a list of all PCI devices present on the system using the command <code class="command">cat /proc/bus/pci/devices</code>, the output is difficult to read and interpret.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For a human-readable list of PCI devices, run the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">/sbin/lspci -vb</code>
+00:00.0 Host bridge: Intel Corporation 82X38/X48 Express DRAM Controller
+        Subsystem: Hewlett-Packard Company Device 1308
+        Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0
+        Capabilities: [e0] Vendor Specific Information &lt;?&gt;
+        Kernel driver in use: x38_edac
+        Kernel modules: x38_edac
+
+00:01.0 PCI bridge: Intel Corporation 82X38/X48 Express Host-Primary PCI Express Bridge (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
+        Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0
+        Bus: primary=00, secondary=01, subordinate=01, sec-latency=0
+        I/O behind bridge: 00001000-00001fff
+        Memory behind bridge: f0000000-f2ffffff
+        Capabilities: [88] Subsystem: Hewlett-Packard Company Device 1308
+        Capabilities: [80] Power Management version 3
+        Capabilities: [90] MSI: Enable+ Count=1/1 Maskable- 64bit-
+        Capabilities: [a0] Express Root Port (Slot+), MSI 00
+        Capabilities: [100] Virtual Channel &lt;?&gt;
+        Capabilities: [140] Root Complex Link &lt;?&gt;
+        Kernel driver in use: pcieport
+        Kernel modules: shpchp
+
+00:1a.0 USB Controller: Intel Corporation 82801I (ICH9 Family) USB UHCI Controller #4 (rev 02) (prog-if 00 [UHCI])
+        Subsystem: Hewlett-Packard Company Device 1308
+        Flags: bus master, medium devsel, latency 0, IRQ 5
+        I/O ports at 2100
+        Capabilities: [50] PCI Advanced Features
+        Kernel driver in use: uhci_hcd
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The output is a sorted list of all IRQ numbers and addresses as seen by the cards on the PCI bus instead of as seen by the kernel. Beyond providing the name and version of the device, this list also gives detailed IRQ information so an administrator can quickly look for conflicts.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-bus.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.2.  /proc/bus/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-dir-driver.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.4.  /proc/driver/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pid.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pid.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6e865f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-pid.html
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.12. /proc/PID/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-tty.html" title="C.3.11. /proc/tty/" /><link rel="next" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html" title="C.4. Using the sysctl Command" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-tty.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-proc-sys
 ctl.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-pid"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-pid">C.3.12.  /proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em>/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id728956" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Out of Memory (OOM) refers to a computing state where all available memory, including swap space, has been allocated. When this situation occurs, it will cause the system to panic and stop functioning as expected. There is a switch that controls OOM behavior in <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom</code>. When set to <code class="filename">1</code> the kernel will panic on OOM. A setting of <code class="filename">0</code> instructs the kernel to call a function named <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> on an OOM. Usually, <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> can kill rogue processes and the system will survive.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The easiest way to change this is to echo the new value to <code class="filename">/proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom</code>.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# cat /proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom
+1
+
+# echo 0 &gt; /proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom
+
+# cat /proc/sys/vm/panic_on_oom
+0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				It is also possible to prioritize which processes get killed by adjusting the <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> score. In <code class="filename">/proc/<em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em>/</code> there are two tools labeled <code class="filename">oom_adj</code> and <code class="filename">oom_score</code>. Valid scores for <code class="filename">oom_adj</code> are in the range -16 to +15. To see the current <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> score, view the <code class="filename">oom_score</code> for the process. <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> will kill processes with the highest scores first.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				This example adjusts the oom_score of a process with a <em class="replaceable"><code>PID</code></em> of 12465 to make it less likely that <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> will kill it.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+79872
+
+# echo -5 &gt; /proc/12465/oom_adj
+
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+78
+</pre><div class="para">
+				There is also a special value of -17, which disables <code class="filename">oom_killer</code> for that process. In the example below, <code class="filename">oom_score</code> returns a value of 0, indicating that this process would not be killed.
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+78
+
+# echo -17 &gt; /proc/12465/oom_adj
+
+# cat /proc/12465/oom_score
+0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				A function called <code class="filename">badness()</code> is used to determine the actual score for each process. This is done by adding up 'points' for each examined process. The process scoring is done in the following way:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The basis of each process's score is its memory size.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The memory size of any of the process's children (not including a kernel thread) is also added to the score
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The process's score is increased for 'niced' processes and decreased for long running processes.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Processes with the <code class="filename">CAP_SYS_ADMIN</code> and <code class="filename">CAP_SYS_RAWIO</code> capabilities have their scores reduced.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The final score is then bitshifted by the value saved in the <code class="filename">oom_adj</code> file.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				Thus, a process with the highest <code class="filename">oom_score</code> value will most probably be a non-priviliged, recently started process that, along with its children, uses a large amount of memory, has been 'niced', and handles no raw I/O.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-tty.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.11.  /proc/tty/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-proc-sysctl.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.4. Using the sysctl Command</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-slabinfo.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-slabinfo.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2a4b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-slabinfo.html
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.24. /proc/slabinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-partitions.html" title="C.2.23. /proc/partitions" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-stat.html" title="C.2.25. /proc/stat" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-partitions.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey
 ="n" href="s2-proc-stat.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-slabinfo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-slabinfo">C.2.24.  /proc/slabinfo </h3></div></div></div><a id="id755892" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id755915" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file gives full information about memory usage on the <em class="firstterm">slab</em> level. Linux kernels greater than version 2.2 use <em class="firstterm">slab pools</em> to manage memory above the page level. Commonly used objects have their own slab pools.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Instead of parsing the highly verbose <code class="filename">/proc/slabinfo</code> file manually, the <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> program displays kernel slab cache information in real time. This program allows for custom configurations, including column sorting and screen refreshing.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A sample screen shot of <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> usually looks like the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Active / Total Objects (% used)    : 133629 / 147300 (90.7%)
+Active / Total Slabs (% used)      : 11492 / 11493 (100.0%)
+Active / Total Caches (% used)     : 77 / 121 (63.6%)
+Active / Total Size (% used)       : 41739.83K / 44081.89K (94.7%)
+Minimum / Average / Maximum Object : 0.01K / 0.30K / 128.00K
+OBJS   ACTIVE USE      OBJ   SIZE     SLABS OBJ/SLAB CACHE SIZE NAME
+44814  43159  96%    0.62K   7469      6     29876K ext3_inode_cache
+36900  34614  93%    0.05K    492     75      1968K buffer_head
+35213  33124  94%    0.16K   1531     23      6124K dentry_cache
+7364   6463  87%    0.27K    526      14      2104K radix_tree_node
+2585   1781  68%    0.08K     55      47       220K vm_area_struct
+2263   2116  93%    0.12K     73      31       292K size-128
+1904   1125  59%    0.03K     16      119        64K size-32
+1666    768  46%    0.03K     14      119        56K anon_vma
+1512   1482  98%    0.44K    168       9       672K inode_cache
+1464   1040  71%    0.06K     24      61        96K size-64
+1320    820  62%    0.19K     66      20       264K filp
+678    587  86%    0.02K      3      226        12K dm_io
+678    587  86%    0.02K      3      226        12K dm_tio
+576    574  99%    0.47K     72        8       288K proc_inode_cache
+528    514  97%    0.50K     66        8       264K size-512
+492    372  75%    0.09K     12       41        48K bio
+465    314  67%    0.25K     31       15       124K size-256
+452    331  73%    0.02K      2      226         8K biovec-1
+420    420 100%    0.19K     21       20        84K skbuff_head_cache
+305    256  83%    0.06K      5       61        20K biovec-4
+290      4   1%    0.01K      1      290         4K revoke_table
+264    264 100%    4.00K    264        1      1056K size-4096
+260    256  98%    0.19K     13       20        52K biovec-16
+260    256  98%    0.75K     52        5       208K biovec-64
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Some of the more commonly used statistics in <code class="filename">/proc/slabinfo</code> that are included into <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> include:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">OBJS</code> — The total number of objects (memory blocks), including those in use (allocated), and some spares not in use.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">ACTIVE</code> — The number of objects (memory blocks) that are in use (allocated).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">USE</code> — Percentage of total objects that are active. ((ACTIVE/OBJS)(100))
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">OBJ SIZE</code> — The size of the objects.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">SLABS</code> — The total number of slabs.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">OBJ/SLAB</code> — The number of objects that fit into a slab.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">CACHE SIZE</code> — The cache size of the slab.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">NAME</code> — The name of the slab.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For more information on the <code class="filename">/usr/bin/slabtop</code> program, refer to the <code class="filename">slabtop</code> man page.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-partitions.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.23.  /proc/partitions </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-stat.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.25.  /proc/stat </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-stat.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-stat.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f00f92a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-stat.html
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.25. /proc/stat</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-slabinfo.html" title="C.2.24. /proc/slabinfo" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-swaps.html" title="C.2.26. /proc/swaps" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-slabinfo.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n"
  href="s2-proc-swaps.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-stat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-stat">C.2.25.  /proc/stat </h3></div></div></div><a id="id1069849" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1069872" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1069886" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file keeps track of a variety of different statistics about the system since it was last restarted. The contents of <code class="filename">/proc/stat</code>, which can be quite long, usually begins like the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+cpu  259246 7001 60190 34250993 137517 772 0
+cpu0 259246 7001 60190 34250993 137517 772 0
+intr 354133732 347209999 2272 0 4 4 0 0 3 1 1249247 0 0 80143 0 422626 5169433
+ctxt 12547729
+btime 1093631447
+processes 130523
+procs_running 1
+procs_blocked 0
+preempt 5651840
+cpu  209841 1554 21720 118519346 72939 154 27168
+cpu0 42536 798 4841 14790880 14778 124 3117
+cpu1 24184 569 3875 14794524 30209 29 3130
+cpu2 28616 11 2182 14818198 4020 1 3493
+cpu3 35350 6 2942 14811519 3045 0 3659
+cpu4 18209 135 2263 14820076 12465 0 3373
+cpu5 20795 35 1866 14825701 4508 0 3615
+cpu6 21607 0 2201 14827053 2325 0 3334
+cpu7 18544 0 1550 14831395 1589 0 3447
+intr 15239682 14857833 6 0 6 6 0 5 0 1 0 0 0 29 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 94982 0 286812
+ctxt 4209609
+btime 1078711415
+processes 21905
+procs_running 1
+procs_blocked 0
+</pre><div class="para">
+				Some of the more commonly used statistics include:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">cpu</code> — Measures the number of <em class="firstterm">jiffies</em> (1/100 of a second for x86 systems) that the system has been in user mode, user mode with low priority (nice), system mode, idle task, I/O wait, IRQ (hardirq), and softirq respectively. The IRQ (hardirq) is the direct response to a hardware event. The IRQ takes minimal work for queuing the "heavy" work up for the softirq to execute. The softirq runs at a lower priority than the IRQ and therefore may be interrupted more frequently. The total for all CPUs is given at the top, while each individual CPU is listed below with its own statistics. The following example is a 4-way Intel Pentium Xeon configuration with multi-threading enabled, therefore showing four physical processors and four virtual processors totaling eight processors.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">page</code> — The number of memory pages the system has written in and out to disk.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">swap</code> — The number of swap pages the system has brought in and out.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">intr</code> — The number of interrupts the system has experienced.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">btime</code> — The boot time, measured in the number of seconds since January 1, 1970, otherwise known as the <em class="firstterm">epoch</em>.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-slabinfo.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.24.  /proc/slabinfo </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-swaps.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.26.  /proc/swaps </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-swaps.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-swaps.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1f267f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-swaps.html
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.26. /proc/swaps</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-stat.html" title="C.2.25. /proc/stat" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html" title="C.2.27. /proc/sysrq-trigger" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-stat.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey
 ="n" href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-swaps"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-swaps">C.2.26.  /proc/swaps </h3></div></div></div><a id="id858388" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file measures swap space and its utilization. For a system with only one swap partition, the output of <code class="filename">/proc/swaps</code> may look similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Filename                          Type        Size     Used    Priority
+/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol01   partition   524280   0       -1
+</pre><div class="para">
+				While some of this information can be found in other files in the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory, <code class="filename">/proc/swap</code> provides a snapshot of every swap file name, the type of swap space, the total size, and the amount of space in use (in kilobytes). The priority column is useful when multiple swap files are in use. The lower the priority, the more likely the swap file is to be used.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-stat.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.25.  /proc/stat </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.27.  /proc/sysrq-trigger </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b81907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.27. /proc/sysrq-trigger</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-swaps.html" title="C.2.26. /proc/swaps" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-uptime.html" title="C.2.28. /proc/uptime" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-swaps.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="
 s2-proc-uptime.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger">C.2.27.  /proc/sysrq-trigger </h3></div></div></div><a id="id853575" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Using the <code class="command">echo</code> command to write to this file, a remote root user can execute most System Request Key commands remotely as if at the local terminal. To <code class="command">echo</code> values to this file, the <code class="filename">/proc/sys/kernel/sysrq</code> must be set to a value other than <code class="computeroutput">0</code>. For more information about the System Request Key, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-proc-dir-sys.html#s3-proc-sys-kernel">「 /proc/sys/kernel/ 」</a>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Although it is possible to write to this file, it cannot be read, even by the root user.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-swaps.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.26.  /proc/swaps </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-uptime.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.28.  /proc/uptime </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-tty.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-tty.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..581aef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-tty.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.3.11. /proc/tty/</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html" title="C.3.10. /proc/sysvipc/" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-pid.html" title="C.3.12. /proc/PID/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-pr
 oc-pid.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-tty"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-tty">C.3.11.  /proc/tty/ </h3></div></div></div><a id="id753649" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This directory contains information about the available and currently used <em class="firstterm">tty devices</em> on the system. Originally called <em class="firstterm">teletype devices</em>, any character-based data terminals are called tty devices.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In Linux, there are three different kinds of tty devices. <em class="firstterm">Serial devices</em> are used with serial connections, such as over a modem or using a serial cable. <em class="firstterm">Virtual terminals</em> create the common console connection, such as the virtual consoles available when pressing <span class="keycap"><strong>Alt</strong></span>+<span class="keycap"><strong>&lt;F-key&gt;</strong></span> at the system console. <em class="firstterm">Pseudo terminals</em> create a two-way communication that is used by some higher level applications, such as XFree86. The <code class="filename">drivers</code> file is a list of the current tty devices in use, as in the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+serial               /dev/cua        5  64-127 serial:callout
+serial               /dev/ttyS       4  64-127 serial
+pty_slave            /dev/pts      136   0-255 pty:slave
+pty_master           /dev/ptm      128   0-255 pty:master
+pty_slave            /dev/ttyp       3   0-255 pty:slave
+pty_master           /dev/pty        2   0-255 pty:master
+/dev/vc/0            /dev/vc/0       4       0 system:vtmaster
+/dev/ptmx            /dev/ptmx       5       2 system
+/dev/console         /dev/console    5       1 system:console
+/dev/tty             /dev/tty        5       0 system:/dev/tty
+unknown              /dev/vc/%d      4    1-63 console
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/proc/tty/driver/serial</code> file lists the usage statistics and status of each of the serial tty lines.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In order for tty devices to be used as network devices, the Linux kernel enforces <em class="firstterm">line discipline</em> on the device. This allows the driver to place a specific type of header with every block of data transmitted over the device, making it possible for the remote end of the connection to a block of data as just one in a stream of data blocks. SLIP and PPP are common line disciplines, and each are commonly used to connect systems to one other over a serial link.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-dir-sysvipc.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.3.10.  /proc/sysvipc/ </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-pid.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3.12.  /proc/PID/ </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-uptime.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-uptime.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b200aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-uptime.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.28. /proc/uptime</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html" title="C.2.27. /proc/sysrq-trigger" /><link rel="next" href="s2-proc-version.html" title="C.2.29. /proc/version" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="nex
 t"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-version.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-uptime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-uptime">C.2.28.  /proc/uptime </h3></div></div></div><a id="id924732" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file contains information detailing how long the system has been on since its last restart. The output of <code class="filename">/proc/uptime</code> is quite minimal:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+350735.47 234388.90
+</pre><div class="para">
+				The first number is the total number of seconds the system has been up. The second number is how much of that time the machine has spent idle, in seconds.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-sysrq-trigger.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.27.  /proc/sysrq-trigger </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-proc-version.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.2.29.  /proc/version </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-version.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-version.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..334c906
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-proc-version.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>C.2.29. /proc/version</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-proc-topfiles.html" title="C.2. Top-level Files within the proc File System" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-proc-uptime.html" title="C.2.28. /proc/uptime" /><link rel="next" href="s1-proc-directories.html" title="C.3. Directories within /proc/" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-uptime.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a ac
 cesskey="n" href="s1-proc-directories.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-proc-version"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-proc-version">C.2.29.  /proc/version </h3></div></div></div><a id="id924783" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				This file specifies the version of the Linux kernel, the version of <code class="command">gcc</code> used to compile the kernel, and the time of kernel compilation. It also contains the kernel compiler's user name (in parentheses).
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+Linux version 2.6.8-1.523 (user at foo.redhat.com) (gcc version 3.4.1 20040714 \  (Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.4.1-7)) #1 Mon Aug 16 13:27:03 EDT 2004
+</pre><div class="para">
+				This information is used for a variety of purposes, including the version data presented when a user logs in.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-proc-uptime.html"><strong>戻る</strong>C.2.28.  /proc/uptime </a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-proc-directories.html"><strong>次へ</strong>C.3. Directories within /proc/</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50f1231
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-users-configui.html" title="3.2. User Manager Tool" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-users-configui.html" title="3.2. User Manager Tool" /><link rel="next" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html" title="3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-configui.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></
 li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new">3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id804178" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To add a new user group, select <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add Group</strong></span> from the toolbar. A window similar to <a class="xref" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html#group-new-fig">図3.8「新規グループ」</a> appears. Type the name of the new group. To specify a group ID for the new group, select <span class="guilabel"><strong>Specify group ID manually</strong></span> and select the GID. Note that Fedora also reserves group IDs lower than 500 for system groups.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="group-new-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-add-group.png" alt="新規グループ" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							新規グループの作成
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.8 新規グループ</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to create the group. The new group appears in the group list.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-configui.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.2. User Manager Tool</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7708d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-users-configui.html" title="3.2. User Manager Tool" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html" title="3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する" /><link rel="next" href="s1-users-tools.html" title="3.3. User and Group Management Tools" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html"><strong>戻る</strong
 ></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-tools.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties">3.2.3. グループのプロパティを変更する</h3></div></div></div><a id="id955378" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To view the properties of an existing group, select the group from the group list and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the menu (or choose <span class="guimenu"><strong>File</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Properties</strong></span> from the pulldown menu). A window similar to <a class="xref" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-properties.html#group-properties-fig">図3.9「グループのプロパティ」</a> appears.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="group-properties-fig"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/user-manager-edit-group.png" alt="グループのプロパティ" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							グループのプロパティを変更する
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図3.9 グループのプロパティ</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><a id="id906432" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Group Users</strong></span> tab displays which users are members of the group. Use this tab to add or remove users from the group. Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>OK</strong></span> to save your changes.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-redhat-config-users-group-new.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.2.2. 新規グループを追加する</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-tools.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-process.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-process.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21b4ef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-redhat-config-users-process.html
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>3.3.2. 手順の説明</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-users-tools.html" title="3.3. User and Group Management Tools" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-users-tools.html" title="3.3. User and Group Management Tools" /><link rel="next" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html" title="3.4. Standard Users" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-tools.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a 
 accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-redhat-config-users-process"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-redhat-config-users-process">3.3.2. 手順の説明</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following steps illustrate what happens if the command <code class="command">useradd juan</code> is issued on a system that has shadow passwords enabled:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:x:501:501::/home/juan:/bin/bash</pre><div class="para">
+						The line has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the username <code class="literal">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								There is an <code class="literal">x</code> for the password field indicating that the system is using shadow passwords.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								A UID greater than 499 is created. Under Fedora, UIDs and GIDs below 500 are reserved for system use. These should not be assigned to users.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								A GID greater than 499 is created.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The optional GECOS information is left blank.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The home directory for <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is set to <code class="filename">/home/juan/</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The default shell is set to <code class="command">/bin/bash</code>.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:!!:14798:0:99999:7:::</pre><div class="para">
+						The line has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the username <code class="systemitem">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								Two exclamation marks (<code class="literal">!!</code>) appear in the password field of the <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> file, which locks the account.
+							</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									If an encrypted password is passed using the <code class="option">-p</code> flag, it is placed in the <code class="filename">/etc/shadow</code> file on the new line for the user.
+								</div></div></div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								パスワードは失効期限無しに設定される。
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for a group named <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/group</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:x:501:</pre><div class="para">
+						A group with the same name as a user is called a <em class="firstterm">user private group</em>. For more information on user private groups, refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-users-configui.html#s2-redhat-config-users-user-new">「新規ユーザーを追加する」</a>.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						The line created in <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the group name <code class="systemitem">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								An <code class="literal">x</code> appears in the password field indicating that the system is using shadow group passwords.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								The GID matches the one listed for user <code class="systemitem">juan</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/passwd</code>.
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A new line for a group named <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in <code class="filename">/etc/gshadow</code>:
+					</div><pre class="screen">juan:!::</pre><div class="para">
+						The line has the following characteristics:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								It begins with the group name <code class="systemitem">juan</code>.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								An exclamation mark (<code class="literal">!</code>) appears in the password field of the <code class="filename">/etc/gshadow</code> file, which locks the group.
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								その他フィールドはすべて空白になっている。
+							</div></li></ul></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						A directory for user <code class="systemitem">juan</code> is created in the <code class="filename">/home/</code> directory:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls -l /home</code>
+total 4
+drwx------. 4 juan juan 4096 Mar  3 18:23 juan</pre><div class="para">
+						This directory is owned by user <code class="systemitem">juan</code> and group <code class="systemitem">juan</code>. It has <em class="firstterm">read</em>, <em class="firstterm">write</em>, and <em class="firstterm">execute</em> privileges <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> for the user <code class="systemitem">juan</code>. All other permissions are denied.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						The files within the <code class="filename">/etc/skel/</code> directory (which contain default user settings) are copied into the new <code class="filename">/home/juan/</code> directory:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls -la /home/juan</code>
+total 28
+drwx------. 4 juan juan 4096 Mar  3 18:23 .
+drwxr-xr-x. 5 root root 4096 Mar  3 18:23 ..
+-rw-r--r--. 1 juan juan   18 Jun 22  2010 .bash_logout
+-rw-r--r--. 1 juan juan  176 Jun 22  2010 .bash_profile
+-rw-r--r--. 1 juan juan  124 Jun 22  2010 .bashrc
+drwxr-xr-x. 2 juan juan 4096 Jul 14  2010 .gnome2
+drwxr-xr-x. 4 juan juan 4096 Nov 23 15:09 .mozilla</pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				At this point, a locked account called <code class="systemitem">juan</code> exists on the system. To activate it, the administrator must next assign a password to the account using the <code class="command">passwd</code> command and, optionally, set password aging guidelines.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-users-tools.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.3. User and Group Management Tools</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-users-groups-standard-users.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3.4. Standard Users</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-freshening.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-freshening.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c0d410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-freshening.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html" title="A.2.4. アンインストール" /><link rel="next" href="s2-rpm-querying.html" title="A.2.6. 問い合わせ" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rp
 m-querying.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-freshening"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-freshening">A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</h3></div></div></div><a id="id709187" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1071199" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Freshening is similar to upgrading, except that only existent packages are upgraded. Type the following command at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Fvh foo-2.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+				RPM's freshen option checks the versions of the packages specified on the command line against the versions of packages that have already been installed on your system. When a newer version of an already-installed package is processed by RPM's freshen option, it is upgraded to the newer version. However, RPM's freshen option does not install a package if no previously-installed package of the same name exists. This differs from RPM's upgrade option, as an upgrade <span class="emphasis"><em>does</em></span> install packages whether or not an older version of the package was already installed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Freshening works for single packages or package groups. If you have just downloaded a large number of different packages, and you only want to upgrade those packages that are already installed on your system, freshening does the job. Thus, you do not have to delete any unwanted packages from the group that you downloaded before using RPM.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				In this case, issue the following with the <code class="filename">*.rpm</code> glob:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Fvh *.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+				RPM then automatically upgrades only those packages that are already installed.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.2.4. アンインストール</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-querying.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.2.6. 問い合わせ</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-querying.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-querying.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85f1358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-querying.html
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.2.6. 問い合わせ</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html" title="A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行" /><link rel="next" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html" title="A.2.7. 検証" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a acce
 sskey="n" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-querying"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-querying">A.2.6. 問い合わせ</h3></div></div></div><a id="id987379" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id987391" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The RPM database stores information about all RPM packages installed in your system. It is stored in the directory <code class="filename">/var/lib/rpm/</code>, and is used to query what packages are installed, what versions each package is, and to calculate any changes to any files in the package since installation, among other use cases.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To query this database, use the <code class="command">-q</code> option. The <code class="command">rpm -q <em class="replaceable"><code>package name</code></em> </code> command displays the package name, version, and release number of the installed package <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;package_name&gt;</code></em>. For example, using <code class="command">rpm -q tree</code> to query installed package <code class="filename">tree</code> might generate the following output:
+			</div><pre class="screen">tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+				You can also use the following <span class="emphasis"><em>Package Selection Options</em></span> (which is a subheading in the RPM man page: see <code class="command">man rpm</code> for details) to further refine or qualify your query:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-a</code> — 現在の全インストール済みパッケージの問い合わせです。
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-f <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;file_name&gt;</code></em> </code> </code> — queries the RPM database for which package owns <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;file_name&gt;</code></em> </code>. Specify the absolute path of the file (for example, <code class="command">rpm -qf <code class="filename">/bin/ls</code> </code> instead of <code class="command">rpm -qf ls</code>).
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-p <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;package_file&gt;</code></em> </code> </code> — queries the uninstalled package <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;package_file&gt;</code></em> </code>.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				There are a number of ways to specify what information to display about queried packages. The following options are used to select the type of information for which you are searching. These are called the <span class="emphasis"><em>Package Query Options</em></span>.
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-i</code> displays package information including name, description, release, size, build date, install date, vendor, and other miscellaneous information.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-l</code> displays the list of files that the package contains.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-s</code> displays the state of all the files in the package.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-d</code> displays a list of files marked as documentation (man pages, info pages, READMEs, etc.) in the package.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-c</code> displays a list of files marked as configuration files. These are the files you edit after installation to adapt and customize the package to your system (for example, <code class="filename">sendmail.cf</code>, <code class="filename">passwd</code>, <code class="filename">inittab</code>, etc.).
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				For options that display lists of files, add <code class="command">-v</code> to the command to display the lists in a familiar <code class="command">ls -l</code> format.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-verifying.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.2.7. 検証</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-related-books.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-related-books.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7bd512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-related-books.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.5.3. 関連書籍</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html" title="A.5. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html" title="A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト" /><link rel="next" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html" title="付録B The sysconfig Directory" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong></
 a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-related-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-related-books">A.5.3. 関連書籍</h3></div></div></div><a id="id869643" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <em class="citetitle">Maximum RPM</em> — <a href="http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/">http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <em class="citetitle">Maximum RPM</em> book, which you can read online, covers everything from general RPM usage to building your own RPMs to programming with rpmlib.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-useful-websites.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html"><strong>次へ</strong>付録B The sysconfig Directory</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-uninstalling.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-uninstalling.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ece7239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-uninstalling.html
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.2.4. アンインストール</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html" title="A.2.3. Configuration File Changes" /><link rel="next" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html" title="A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html"><strong>æ
 ˆ»ã‚‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-uninstalling"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-uninstalling">A.2.4. アンインストール</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1059192" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1059204" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id643376" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id643392" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				パッケージのアンインストールは、インストールと 同様、簡単に実行できます。シェルプロンプトで以下の コマンドを入力します。
+			</div><pre class="screen">rpm -e foo</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>rpm -e and package name errors</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Notice that we used the package <span class="emphasis"><em>name</em></span> <code class="filename">foo</code>, not the name of the original package <span class="emphasis"><em>file</em></span>, <code class="filename">foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64</code>. If you attempt to uninstall a package using the <code class="command">rpm -e</code> command and the original full file name, you will receive a package name error.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				You can encounter dependency errors when uninstalling a package if another installed package depends on the one you are trying to remove. For example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -e ghostscript</code>
+error: Failed dependencies:
+	libgs.so.8()(64bit) is needed by (installed) libspectre-0.2.2-3.fc15.x86_64
+	libgs.so.8()(64bit) is needed by (installed) foomatic-4.0.3-1.fc15.x86_64
+	libijs-0.35.so()(64bit) is needed by (installed) gutenprint-5.2.4-5.fc15.x86_64
+	ghostscript is needed by (installed) printer-filters-1.1-4.fc15.noarch</pre><div class="para">
+				Similar to how we searched for a shared object library (i.e. a <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;library_name&gt;</code></em>.so.<em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;number&gt;</code></em> </code> file) in <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html#s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">「未解決の依存性」</a>, we can search for a 64-bit shared object library using this exact syntax (and making sure to quote the file name):
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">rpm -q --whatprovides "libgs.so.8()(64bit)"</code>
+ghostscript-8.70-1.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="warning" id="warning-uninstall-Warning-Forcing_Package_Installation"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告: 強制的なパッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Although we can <span class="emphasis"><em>force</em></span> <code class="command">rpm</code> to remove a package that gives us a <code class="computeroutput">Failed dependencies</code> error (using the <code class="option">--nodeps</code> option), this is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended, and may cause harm to other installed applications. Installing or removing packages with <code class="command">rpm --nodeps</code> can cause applications to misbehave and/or crash, and can cause serious package management problems or, possibly, system failure. For these reasons, it is best to heed such warnings; the package manager—whether <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>—shows us these warnings and suggests possible fixes because accounting for dependencies is critical. The <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong><
 /span> package manager can perform dependency resolution and fetch dependencies from online repositories, making it safer, easier and smarter than forcing <code class="command">rpm</code> to carry out actions without regard to resolving dependencies.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.2.3. Configuration File Changes</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-freshening.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.2.5. インストール済みのアップグレードの実行</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-useful-websites.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-useful-websites.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca11ea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-useful-websites.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html" title="A.5. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html" title="A.5. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="s2-rpm-related-books.html" title="A.5.3. 関連書籍" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li c
 lass="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-related-books.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-useful-websites"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-useful-websites">A.5.2. 役に立つ Web サイト</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><a id="id1098299" class="indexterm"></a><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The RPM website — <a href="http://www.rpm.org/">http://www.rpm.org/</a>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						The RPM mailing list can be subscribed to, and its archives read from, here — <a href="http://www.redhat.com/mailman/listinfo/rpm-list/">https://lists.rpm.org/mailman/listinfo/rpm-list</a>
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-rpm-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.5. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-related-books.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.5.3. 関連書籍</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-verifying.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-verifying.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a8da42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-rpm-verifying.html
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.2.7. 検証</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-rpm-querying.html" title="A.2.6. 問い合わせ" /><link rel="next" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html" title="A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-querying.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href=
 "s1-check-rpm-sig.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-rpm-verifying"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-rpm-verifying">A.2.7. 検証</h3></div></div></div><a id="id862717" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id788552" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Verifying a package compares information about files installed from a package with the same information from the original package. Among other things, verifying compares the file size, MD5 sum, permissions, type, owner, and group of each file.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The command <code class="command">rpm -V</code> verifies a package. You can use any of the <span class="emphasis"><em>Verify Options</em></span> listed for querying to specify the packages you wish to verify. A simple use of verifying is <code class="command">rpm -V tree</code>, which verifies that all the files in the <code class="command">tree</code> package are as they were when they were originally installed. For example:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						特定のファイルを含むパッケージを検証するには、
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Vf /usr/bin/tree</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+						In this example, <code class="filename">/usr/bin/tree</code> is the absolute path to the file used to query a package.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To verify ALL installed packages throughout the system (which will take some time):
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Va</code>
+</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						インストールされているパッケージと、 RPM パッケージファイルとを検証するには、
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Vp tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+						This command can be useful if you suspect that your RPM database is corrupt.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				If everything verified properly, there is no output. If there are any discrepancies, they are displayed. The format of the output is a string of eight characters (a "<code class="computeroutput">c</code>" denotes a configuration file) and then the file name. Each of the eight characters denotes the result of a comparison of one attribute of the file to the value of that attribute recorded in the RPM database. A single period (<code class="computeroutput">.</code>) means the test passed. The following characters denote specific discrepancies:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">5</code> — MD5 チェックサム
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">S</code> — ファイル サイズ
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">L</code> — シンボリック リンク
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">T</code> — ファイルの修正日時
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">D</code> — デバイス
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">U</code> — ユーザー
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">G</code> — グループ
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">M</code> — モード (パーミッションとファイルの種類を含む)
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="computeroutput">?</code> — 読み込み不可ファイル (たとえばファイルのパーミッションエラー)
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				If you see any output, use your best judgment to determine if you should remove the package, reinstall it, or fix the problem in another way.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-rpm-querying.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.2.6. 問い合わせ</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.3. パッケージの署名を確認する</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-services-additional-resources-books.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-services-additional-resources-books.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efb9450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-services-additional-resources-books.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>7.3.2. 関連書籍</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html" title="7.3. その他のリソース" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html" title="7.3. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html" title="第8ç«  認証の設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html"><strong>æ
 ˆ»ã‚‹</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-services-additional-resources-books"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-services-additional-resources-books">7.3.2. 関連書籍</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <em class="citetitle">Security Guide</em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							A guide to securing Fedora. It contains valuable information on how to set up the firewall, as well as the configuration of <span class="application"><strong>SELinux</strong></span>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>7.3. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第8章 認証の設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08e1baf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip.html
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.4.2. ポート転送</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html" title="9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html" title="9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません" /><link rel="next" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html" title="9.5. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.h
 tml"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-beyondshell-tcpip">9.4.2. ポート転送</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1239446" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				SSH can secure otherwise insecure <code class="systemitem">TCP/IP</code> protocols via port forwarding. When using this technique, the SSH server becomes an encrypted conduit to the SSH client.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Port forwarding works by mapping a local port on the client to a remote port on the server. SSH can map any port from the server to any port on the client. Port numbers do not need to match for this technique to work.
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using reserved port numbers</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					1024 以下のポートをリスンする為のポート転送をセットするには、 root レベルのアクセスが必要です。
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To create a TCP/IP port forwarding channel which listens for connections on the <code class="systemitem">localhost</code>, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ssh -L <em class="replaceable"><code>local-port</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remote-hostname</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remote-port</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, to check email on a server called <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> using <code class="systemitem">POP3</code> through an encrypted connection, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh -L 1100:mail.example.com:110 mail.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Once the port forwarding channel is in place between the client machine and the mail server, direct a POP3 mail client to use port <code class="literal">1100</code> on the <code class="systemitem">localhost</code> to check for new email. Any requests sent to port <code class="literal">1100</code> on the client system will be directed securely to the <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> server.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> is not running an SSH server, but another machine on the same network is, SSH can still be used to secure part of the connection. However, a slightly different command is necessary:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh -L 1100:mail.example.com:110 other.example.com</code></pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, POP3 requests from port <code class="literal">1100</code> on the client machine are forwarded through the SSH connection on port <code class="literal">22</code> to the SSH server, <code class="systemitem">other.example.com</code>. Then, <code class="systemitem">other.example.com</code> connects to port <code class="literal">110</code> on <code class="systemitem">mail.example.com</code> to check for new email. Note that when using this technique, only the connection between the client system and <code class="systemitem">other.example.com</code> SSH server is secure.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Port forwarding can also be used to get information securely through network firewalls. If the firewall is configured to allow SSH traffic via its standard port (that is, port 22) but blocks access to other ports, a connection between two hosts using the blocked ports is still possible by redirecting their communication over an established SSH connection.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>A connection is only as secure as a client system</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					この方法でポート転送を使って、接続を転送すると、そのクライアントシステム上のユーザーはいずれもそのサーバーに接続できるようになります。但し、クライアントシステムが侵略された場合、攻撃者は転送サービスにまでもアクセスが出来るようになります。
+				</div><div class="para">
+					System administrators concerned about port forwarding can disable this functionality on the server by specifying a <code class="option">No</code> parameter for the <code class="option">AllowTcpForwarding</code> line in <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code> and restarting the <code class="command">sshd</code> service.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-openssh-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.5. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-scp.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-scp.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caf3857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-scp.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.3.2. Using the scp Utility</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-ssh-clients.html" title="9.3. OpenSSH Clients" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-ssh-clients.html" title="9.3. OpenSSH Clients" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html" title="9.3.3. Using the sftp Utility" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-ssh-clients.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-client
 s-sftp.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-clients-scp"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-clients-scp">9.3.2. Using the <code class="command">scp</code> Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id708195" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id973281" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id973301" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">scp</code> can be used to transfer files between machines over a secure, encrypted connection. In its design, it is very similar to <code class="command">rcp</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To transfer a local file to a remote system, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">scp <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, if you want to transfer <code class="filename">taglist.vim</code> to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">scp taglist.vim john at penguin.example.com:.vim/plugin/taglist.vim</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+taglist.vim                                   100%  144KB 144.5KB/s   00:00</pre><div class="para">
+				Multiple files can be specified at once. To transfer the contents of <code class="filename">.vim/plugin/</code> to the same directory on the remote machine <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code>, type the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">scp .vim/plugin/* john at penguin.example.com:.vim/plugin/</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+closetag.vim                                  100%   13KB  12.6KB/s   00:00    
+snippetsEmu.vim                               100%   33KB  33.1KB/s   00:00    
+taglist.vim                                   100%  144KB 144.5KB/s   00:00</pre><div class="para">
+				To transfer a remote file to the local system, use the following syntax:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">scp <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For instance, to download the <code class="filename">.vimrc</code> configuration file from the remote machine, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">scp john at penguin.example.com:.vimrc .vimrc</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+.vimrc                                        100% 2233     2.2KB/s   00:00</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-ssh-clients.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.3.3. Using the sftp Utility</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7d1d5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.3.3. Using the sftp Utility</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-ssh-clients.html" title="9.3. OpenSSH Clients" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html" title="9.3.2. Using the scp Utility" /><link rel="next" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html" title="9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="nex
 t"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-clients-sftp"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-clients-sftp">9.3.3. Using the <code class="command">sftp</code> Utility</h3></div></div></div><a id="id947444" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id947460" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">sftp</code> utility can be used to open a secure, interactive FTP session. In its design, it is similar to <code class="command">ftp</code> except that it uses a secure, encrypted connection.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To connect to a remote system, use a command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">sftp <em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>hostname</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				For example, to log in to a remote machine named <code class="systemitem">penguin.example.com</code> with <code class="systemitem">john</code> as a username, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">sftp john at penguin.example.com</code>
+john at penguin.example.com's password:
+Connected to penguin.example.com.
+sftp&gt;</pre><div class="para">
+				After you enter the correct password, you will be presented with a prompt. The <code class="command">sftp</code> utility accepts a set of commands similar to those used by <code class="command">ftp</code> (see <a class="xref" href="s2-ssh-clients-sftp.html#table-ssh-clients-sftp">表9.3「A selection of available sftp commands」</a>).
+			</div><div class="table" id="table-ssh-clients-sftp"><h6>表9.3 A selection of available sftp commands</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="A selection of available sftp commands" border="1"><colgroup><col width="38%" class="command" /><col width="63%" class="description" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>
+								コマンド
+							</th><th>
+								説明
+							</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">ls</code> [<em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>]
+							</td><td>
+								List the content of a remote <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>. If none is supplied, a current working directory is used by default.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">cd</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Change the remote working directory to <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">mkdir</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Create a remote <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">rmdir</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em>
+							</td><td>
+								Remove a remote <em class="replaceable"><code>directory</code></em>.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">put</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em>]
+							</td><td>
+								Transfer <em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em> to a remote machine.
+							</td></tr><tr><td>
+								<code class="command">get</code> <em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>localfile</code></em>]
+							</td><td>
+								Transfer <em class="replaceable"><code>remotefile</code></em> from a remote machine.
+							</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+				For a complete list of available commands, refer to the <code class="command">sftp</code> man page.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-clients-scp.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.3.2. Using the scp Utility</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-ssh-beyondshell.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.4. 単なる安全なシェルではありません</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46644a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html" title="9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html" title="9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求" /><link rel="next" href="s1-ssh-clients.html" title="9.3. OpenSSH Clients" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></l
 i><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-ssh-clients.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs">9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</h3></div></div></div><a id="id835089" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To improve the system security even further, you can enforce the key-based authentication by disabling the standard password authentication. To do so, open the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code> configuration file in a text editor, and change the <code class="option">PasswordAuthentication</code> option as follows:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">PasswordAuthentication no</pre><div class="para">
+				To be able to use <code class="command">ssh</code>, <code class="command">scp</code>, or <code class="command">sftp</code> to connect to the server from a client machine, generate an authorization key pair by following the steps below. Note that keys must be generated for each user separately.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Fedora 15 uses SSH Protocol 2 and RSA keys by default (see <a class="xref" href="ch-OpenSSH.html#s2-ssh-versions">「Protocol Versions」</a> for more information).
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not generate key pairs as root</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you complete the steps as <code class="systemitem">root</code>, only <code class="systemitem">root</code> will be able to use the keys.
+				</div></div></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Backup your ~/.ssh/ directory</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you reinstall your system and want to keep previously generated key pair, backup the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory. After reinstalling, copy it back to your home directory. This process can be done for all users on your system, including <code class="systemitem">root</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-generating">9.2.4.1. 鍵ペアの生成</h4></div></div></div><a id="id1064404" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1034482" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To generate an RSA key pair for version 2 of the SSH protocol, follow these steps:
+				</div><a id="id1034502" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Generate an RSA key pair by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-keygen -t rsa</code>
+Generating public/private rsa key pair.
+Enter file in which to save the key (/home/john/.ssh/id_rsa):</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm the default location (that is, <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa</code>) for the newly created key.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Enter a passphrase, and confirm it by entering it again when prompted to do so. For security reasons, avoid using the same password as you use to log in to your account.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							After this, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+						</div><pre class="screen">Your identification has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_rsa.
+Your public key has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.
+The key fingerprint is:
+e7:97:c7:e2:0e:f9:0e:fc:c4:d7:cb:e5:31:11:92:14 john at penguin.example.com
+The key's randomart image is:
++--[ RSA 2048]----+
+|             E.  |
+|            . .  |
+|             o . |
+|              . .|
+|        S .    . |
+|         + o o ..|
+|          * * +oo|
+|           O +..=|
+|           o*  o.|
++-----------------+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 755 ~/.ssh</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Copy the content of <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub</code> into the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> on the machine to which you want to connect, appending it to its end if the file already exists.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> file using the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 644 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code></pre></li></ol></div><a id="id1008159" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id993375" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To generate a DSA key pair for version 2 of the SSH protocol, follow these steps:
+				</div><a id="id993395" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Generate a DSA key pair by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-keygen -t dsa</code>
+Generating public/private dsa key pair.
+Enter file in which to save the key (/home/john/.ssh/id_dsa):</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm the default location (that is, <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa</code>) for the newly created key.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Enter a passphrase, and confirm it by entering it again when prompted to do so. For security reasons, avoid using the same password as you use to log in to your account.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							After this, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+						</div><pre class="screen">Your identification has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_dsa.
+Your public key has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/id_dsa.pub.
+The key fingerprint is:
+81:a1:91:a8:9f:e8:c5:66:0d:54:f5:90:cc:bc:cc:27 john at penguin.example.com
+The key's randomart image is:
++--[ DSA 1024]----+
+|   .oo*o.        |
+|  ...o Bo        |
+| .. . + o.       |
+|.  .   E o       |
+| o..o   S        |
+|. o= .           |
+|. +              |
+| .               |
+|                 |
++-----------------+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 775 ~/.ssh</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Copy the content of <code class="filename">~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub</code> into the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> on the machine to which you want to connect, appending it to its end if the file already exists.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> file using the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 644 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code></pre></li></ol></div><a id="id920021" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id853345" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To generate an RSA key pair for version 1 of the SSH protocol, follow these steps:
+				</div><a id="id853365" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Generate an RSA key pair by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-keygen -t rsa1</code>
+Generating public/private rsa1 key pair.
+Enter file in which to save the key (/home/john/.ssh/identity):</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Press <span class="keycap"><strong>Enter</strong></span> to confirm the default location (that is, <code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity</code>) for the newly created key.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Enter a passphrase, and confirm it by entering it again when prompted to do so. For security reasons, avoid using the same password as you use to log into your account.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							After this, you will be presented with a message similar to this:
+						</div><pre class="screen">Your identification has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/identity.
+Your public key has been saved in /home/john/.ssh/identity.pub.
+The key fingerprint is:
+cb:f6:d5:cb:6e:5f:2b:28:ac:17:0c:e4:62:e4:6f:59 john at penguin.example.com
+The key's randomart image is:
++--[RSA1 2048]----+
+|                 |
+|     . .         |
+|    o o          |
+|     + o E       |
+|    . o S        |
+|       = +   .   |
+|      . = . o . .|
+|       . = o o..o|
+|       .o o  o=o.|
++-----------------+</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/</code> directory:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 755 ~/.ssh</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Copy the content of <code class="filename">~/.ssh/identity.pub</code> into the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> on the machine to which you want to connect, appending it to its end if the file already exists.
+						</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+							Change the permissions of the <code class="filename">~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code> file using the following command:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">chmod 644 ~/.ssh/authorized_keys</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html#s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">「Configuring ssh-agent」</a> for information on how to set up your system to remember the passphrase.
+				</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Never share your private key</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						The private key is for your personal use only, and it is important that you never give it to anyone.
+					</div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-ssh-configuration-keypairs-agent">9.2.4.2. Configuring ssh-agent</h4></div></div></div><a id="id915853" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id915869" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id915881" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id678870" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					To store your passphrase so that you do not have to enter it each time you initiate a connection with a remote machine, you can use the <code class="command">ssh-agent</code> authentication agent. To save your passphrase for a certain shell prompt, use the following command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ssh-add</code>
+Enter passphrase for /home/john/.ssh/id_rsa:</pre><div class="para">
+					Note that when you log out, your passphrase will be forgotten. You must execute the command each time you log in to a virtual console or a terminal window.
+				</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-ssh-clients.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.3. OpenSSH Clients</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f268dae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html" title="9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html" title="9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html" title="9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html"><strong>戻る<
 /strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring">9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</h3></div></div></div><a id="id725977" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id725989" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				For SSH to be truly effective, using insecure connection protocols should be prohibited. Otherwise, a user's password may be protected using SSH for one session, only to be captured later while logging in using Telnet. Some services to disable include <code class="command">telnet</code>, <code class="command">rsh</code>, <code class="command">rlogin</code>, and <code class="command">vsftpd</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				To make sure these services are not running, type the following commands at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop telnet.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl stop rsh.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl stop rlogin.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl stop vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To disable running these services at startup, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl disable telnet.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl disable rsh.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl disable rlogin.service</code>
+<code class="command">systemctl disable vsftpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-configuration-keypairs.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.2.4. Using a Key-Based Authentication</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fc8f23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s2-ssh-configuration-sshd.html
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html" title="9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html" title="9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html" title="9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong></
 a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s2-ssh-configuration-sshd">9.2.2. Starting an OpenSSH Server</h3></div></div></div><a id="id660100" class="indexterm"></a><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you have relevant packages installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					To run an OpenSSH server, you must have the <span class="package">openssh-server</span> and <span class="package">openssh</span> packages installed. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Installing.html">「パッケージのインストール」</a> for more information on how to install new packages in Fedora.
+				</div></div></div><a id="id658667" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To start the <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start sshd.service</code></pre><a id="id660114" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To stop the running <code class="command">sshd</code> daemon, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop sshd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you want the daemon to start automatically at the boot time, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable sshd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Note that if you reinstall the system, a new set of identification keys will be created. As a result, clients who had connected to the system with any of the OpenSSH tools before the reinstall will see the following message:
+			</div><pre class="screen">@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
+@    WARNING: REMOTE HOST IDENTIFICATION HAS CHANGED!     @
+@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
+IT IS POSSIBLE THAT SOMEONE IS DOING SOMETHING NASTY!
+Someone could be eavesdropping on you right now (man-in-the-middle attack)!
+It is also possible that the RSA host key has just been changed.</pre><div class="para">
+				To prevent this, you can back up the relevant files from the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/</code> directory (see <a class="xref" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html#table-ssh-configuration-configs-system">表9.1「System-wide configuration files」</a> for a complete list), and restore them whenever you reinstall the system.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-ssh-configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong>9.2. An OpenSSH Configuration</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ssh-configuration-requiring.html"><strong>次へ</strong>9.2.3. リモート接続に SSH を要求</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c43188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.2.3. Files Installed with vsftpd</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-FTP.html" title="15.2. FTP" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ftp-servers.html" title="15.2.2. FTP サーバー" /><link rel="next" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html" title="15.2.4. Starting and Stopping vsftpd" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.h
 tml"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-ftp-vsftpd-conf">15.2.3. Files Installed with <code class="command">vsftpd</code> </h3></div></div></div><a id="id746200" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">vsftpd</code> RPM installs the daemon (<code class="filename">/usr/sbin/vsftpd</code>), its configuration and related files, as well as <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> directories onto the system. The following lists the files and directories related to <code class="command">vsftpd</code> configuration:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd</code> — The <span class="emphasis"><em>initialization script</em></span> (<em class="firstterm">initscript</em>) used by the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command to start, stop, or reload <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html">「Starting and Stopping <code class="command">vsftpd</code> 」</a> for more information about using this script.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/vsftpd</code> — The Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. This file specifies the requirements a user must meet to login to the <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> server. For more information on PAM, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Using Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM)</em> chapter of the Fedora 15 <em class="citetitle">Managing Single Sign-On and Smart Cards</em> guide.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code> — The configuration file for <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-conf.html">「 <code class="command">vsftpd</code> Configuration Options」</a> for a list of important options contained within this file.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/ftpusers</code> — A list of users not allowed to log into <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. By default, this list includes the <code class="systemitem">root</code>, <code class="systemitem">bin</code>, and <code class="systemitem">daemon</code> users, among others.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/user_list</code> — This file can be configured to either deny or allow access to the users listed, depending on whether the <code class="command">userlist_deny</code> directive is set to <code class="command">YES</code> (default) or <code class="command">NO</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/vsftpd.conf</code>. If <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/user_list</code> is used to grant access to users, the usernames listed must <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> appear in <code class="filename">/etc/vsftpd/ftpusers</code>.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					<code class="filename">/var/ftp/</code> — The directory containing files served by <code class="command">vsftpd</code>. It also contains the <code class="filename">/var/ftp/pub/</code> directory for anonymous users. Both directories are world-readable, but writable only by the <code class="systemitem">root</code> user.
+				</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-servers.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.2.2. FTP サーバー</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-ftp-vsftpd-start.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.2.4. Starting and Stopping vsftpd </a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-restarting.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-restarting.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eebeaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-restarting.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>7.2.4. Restarting the Service</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-services-running.html" title="7.2. Running Services" /><link rel="prev" href="s3-services-running-stopping.html" title="7.2.3. Stopping the Service" /><link rel="next" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html" title="7.3. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-services-running-stopping.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li
 ><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-restarting"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-restarting">7.2.4. Restarting the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To restart a service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">restart</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-restarting"><h6>例7.7 Restarting the sshd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					For any changes in the <code class="filename">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code> configuration file to take effect, it is required that you restart the <code class="systemitem">sshd</code> service. You can do so by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl restart httpd.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-services-running-stopping.html"><strong>戻る</strong>7.2.3. Stopping the Service</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-services-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>7.3. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-running.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-running.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51b1cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-running.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>7.2.2. Running the Service</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-services-running.html" title="7.2. Running Services" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-services-running.html" title="7.2. Running Services" /><link rel="next" href="s3-services-running-stopping.html" title="7.2.3. Stopping the Service" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-services-running.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey
 ="n" href="s3-services-running-stopping.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-running"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-running">7.2.2. Running the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To run a service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">start</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will start the service in the current session. To configure the service to be started at boot time, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-enabling">「Enabling the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-running"><h6>例7.5 Running the httpd service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#exam-services-configuration-enabling">例7.1「Enabling the httpd service」</a> illustrated how to run the <code class="systemitem">httpd</code> service at boot time. You can start the service immediately by typing the following at a shell prompt as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl start httpd.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-services-running.html"><strong>戻る</strong>7.2. Running Services</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s3-services-running-stopping.html"><strong>次へ</strong>7.2.3. Stopping the Service</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-stopping.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-stopping.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48616f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/s3-services-running-stopping.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>7.2.3. Stopping the Service</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-services-running.html" title="7.2. Running Services" /><link rel="prev" href="s3-services-running-running.html" title="7.2.2. Running the Service" /><link rel="next" href="s3-services-running-restarting.html" title="7.2.4. Restarting the Service" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-services-running-running.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li 
 class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s3-services-running-restarting.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="s3-services-running-stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="s3-services-running-stopping">7.2.3. Stopping the Service</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To stop a service, use the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command in the following form:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl</code> <code class="option">stop</code> <code class="option"><em class="replaceable"><code>service_name</code></em>.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				This will stop the service in the current session. To disable starting the service at boot time, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#s3-services-configuration-enabling">「Enabling the Service」</a>.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-services-running-stopping"><h6>例7.6 Stopping the telnet service</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					<a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html#exam-services-configuration-disabling">例7.2「Disabling the telnet service」</a> illustrated how to disable starting the <code class="systemitem">telnet</code> service at boot time. You can stop the service immediately by running the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">systemctl stop telnet.service</code></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s3-services-running-running.html"><strong>戻る</strong>7.2.2. Running the Service</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s3-services-running-restarting.html"><strong>次へ</strong>7.2.4. Restarting the Service</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9def28f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html" title="15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup" /><link rel="next" href="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html" title="15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html"><strong>戻る</st
 rong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Adding_Other_Printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Adding_Other_Printer">15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</h3></div></div></div><a id="id674238" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Follow this procedure to add a local printer connected with other than a serial port:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_Other_Printer"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					If the device does not appear automatically, select the port to which the printer is connected in the list on the left (such as <span class="guilabel"><strong>Serial Port #1</strong></span> or <span class="guilabel"><strong>LPT #1</strong></span>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection properties:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">for <span class="guilabel"><strong>Enter URI</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								<span class="guilabel"><strong>URI</strong></span> (for example file:/dev/lp0)
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">for <span class="guilabel"><strong>Serial Port</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Baud Rate
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Parity
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Data Bits
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Flow Control
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/print_conf_window.png" alt="ローカルプリンタの追加" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								ローカルプリンタの追加
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.3 ローカルプリンタの追加</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Forward</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-select-model.html">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-jetdirect-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.4. Adding an AppSocket/HP JetDirect printer</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Additional_Resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Additional_Resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53070a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Additional_Resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.5. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-yum.html" title="第4章 Yum" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html" title="4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions" /><link rel="next" href="ch-PackageKit.html" title="第5章 PackageKit" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-PackageKit.html"><st
 rong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Additional_Resources">4.5. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><a id="id841449" class="indexterm"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a href="http://yum.baseurl.org/wiki/Guides">http://yum.baseurl.org/wiki/Guides</a> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="literal">Yum Guides</code> section of the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> wiki contains more documentation.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-PackageKit.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第5章 PackageKit</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9726301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.2.3. Configuration File Changes</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html" title="A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード" /><link rel="next" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html" title="A.2.4. アンインストール" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a><
 /li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Configuration_File_Changes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Configuration_File_Changes">A.2.3. Configuration File Changes</h3></div></div></div><a id="id709484" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id943837" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Because RPM performs intelligent upgrading of packages with configuration files
+				<a id="id943856" class="indexterm"></a>
+				, you may see one or the other of the following messages:
+			</div><pre class="screen">saving /etc/foo.conf as /etc/foo.conf.rpmsave</pre><div class="para">
+				This message means that changes you made to the configuration file may not be <span class="emphasis"><em>forward-compatible</em></span> with the new configuration file in the package, so RPM saved your original file and installed a new one. You should investigate the differences between the two configuration files and resolve them as soon as possible, to ensure that your system continues to function properly.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Alternatively, RPM may save the package's <span class="emphasis"><em>new</em></span> configuration file as, for example, <code class="filename">foo.conf.rpmnew</code>, and leave the configuration file you modified untouched. You should still resolve any conflicts between your modified configuration file and the new one, usually by merging changes from the old one to the new one with a <code class="command">diff</code> program.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you attempt to upgrade to a package with an <span class="emphasis"><em>older</em></span> version number (that is, if a higher version of the package is already installed), the output is similar to the following:
+			</div><pre class="screen">package foo-2.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm (which is newer than foo-1.0-1) is already installed</pre><div class="para">
+				To force RPM to upgrade anyway, use the <code class="command">--oldpackage</code> option:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh --oldpackage foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.2.4. アンインストール</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddac65d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-yum.html" title="第4章 Yum" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Removing.html" title="4.2.5. Removing Packages" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html" title="4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Removing.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-
 Setting_repository_Options.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories">4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id802895" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id802907" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			This section shows you how to:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					set global <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> options by editing the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file;
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					set options for individual repositories by editing the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> and <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory;
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					use <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> variables in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> and files in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> so that dynamic version and architecture values are handled correctly; and,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					set up your own custom <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			The <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file contains one mandatory <code class="literal">[main]</code> section under which you can set <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> options. The values that you define in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of <code class="filename">yum.conf</code> have global effect, and may override values set in individual <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections. You can also add <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections to <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>; however, best practice is to define individual repositories in new or existing <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code>directory. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html">「[repository] オプションの設定」</a> if you need to add or edit re
 pository-specific information.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_main_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_main_Options">4.3.1. [main] オプションの設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id833906" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file contains exactly one <code class="literal">[main]</code> section. You can add many additional options under the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section heading in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>. Some of the key-value pairs in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section affect how <code class="command">yum</code> operates; others affect how <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> treats repositories. The best source of information for all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> options is in the <code class="literal">[main] OPTIONS</code> and <code class="literal">[repository] OPTIONS</code> sections of <code class="command">man yum.conf</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				A sample <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file can look like this:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[main]
+cachedir=/var/cache/yum/$basearch/$releasever
+keepcache=0
+debuglevel=2
+logfile=/var/log/yum.log
+exactarch=1
+obsoletes=1
+gpgcheck=1
+plugins=1
+installonly_limit=3
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[comments abridged]</span></em>
+# PUT YOUR REPOS HERE OR IN separate files named file.repo
+# in /etc/yum.repos.d</pre><div class="para">
+				The following is a list of the most commonly-used options in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section, and descriptions for each:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">assumeyes=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> should prompt for confirmation of critical actions it performs. This is the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Do not prompt for confirmation of critical <code class="command">yum</code> actions. If <code class="literal">assumeyes=1</code> is set, <code class="command">yum</code> behaves in the same way that the command line option <code class="option">-y</code> does.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">cachedir=<code class="filename">/var/cache/yum/$basearch/$releasever</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option specifies the directory where <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> should store its cache and database files. By default, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s cache directory is <code class="filename">/var/cache/yum/$basearch/$releasever</code>. See <a class="xref" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html">「Yum 変数の使い方」</a> for descriptions of the <code class="varname">$basearch</code> and <code class="varname">$releasever</code> <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> variables.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">debuglevel=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is an integer between <code class="constant">1</code> and <code class="constant">10</code>. Setting a higher <code class="literal">debuglevel</code> value causes <code class="command">yum</code> to display more detailed debugging output. <code class="literal">debuglevel=0</code> disables debugging output, while <code class="literal">debuglevel=2</code> is the default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">exactarch=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Do not take into account the exact architecture when updating packages.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Consider the exact architecture when updating packages. With this setting, <code class="command">yum</code> will not install an i686 package to update an i386 package already installed on the system. This is the default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">exclude=<em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_package_names</code></em></span>]</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option allows you to exclude packages by keyword during installation/updates. Listing multiple packages for exclusion can be accomplished by quoting a space-delimited list of packages. Shell globs using wildcards (for example, <code class="literal">*</code> and <code class="literal">?</code>) are allowed.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">gpgcheck=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Disable GPG signature-checking on packages in all repositories, including local package installation.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Enable GPG signature-checking on all packages in all repositories, including local package installation. <code class="literal">gpgcheck=1</code> is the default, and thus all packages' signatures are checked.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							If this option is set in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file, it sets the GPG-checking rule for all repositories. However, you can also set <code class="literal">gpgcheck=</code><em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> for individual repositories instead; i.e., you can enable GPG-checking on one repository while disabling it on another. Setting <code class="literal">gpgcheck=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></code> for an individual repository in its corresponding <code class="filename">.repo</code> file overrides the default if it is present in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html">「パッケージの署名を確認する」</a> for further information on GPG signature-checking.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">groupremove_leaf_only=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> should <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> check the dependencies of each package when removing a package group. With this setting, <code class="command">yum</code> removes all packages in a package group, regardless of whether those packages are required by other packages or groups. <code class="literal">groupremove_leaf_only=0</code> is the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — <code class="command">yum</code> should check the dependencies of each package when removing a package group, and remove only those packages which are not not required by any other package or group.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							For more information on removing packages, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Removing.html#important-Package_Group_Removal">Intelligent package group removal</a>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">installonlypkgs=<em class="replaceable"><code>space</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>separated</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>list</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>of</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>packages</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Here you can provide a space-separated list of packages which <code class="command">yum</code> can <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span>, but will never <span class="emphasis"><em>update</em></span>. Refer to <code class="command">man yum.conf</code> for the list of packages which are install-only by default. If you add the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> directive to <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, you should ensure that you list <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> of the packages that should be install-only, including any of those listed under the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> section of <code class="command">man yum.conf</code>. In particular, kernel packages should always be listed in <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> (as they are by default), and <code class="literal">installonly_limit</code> should always be set to a value greater than <code class="constant">2</code> so that a backup kernel is a
 lways available in case the default one fails to boot. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html#varentry-installonly_limit_value">installonly_limit=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></a> for details on the <code class="literal">installonly_limit</code> directive.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry" id="varentry-installonly_limit_value"><span class="term">installonly_limit=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is an integer representing the maximum number of versions that can be installed simultaneously for any single package listed in the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> directive. The defaults for the <code class="literal">installonlypkgs</code> directive include several different kernel packages, so be aware that changing the value of <code class="literal">installonly_limit</code> will also affect the maximum number of installed versions of any single kernel package. The default value listed in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> is <code class="literal">installonly_limit=3</code>, and it is not recommended to decrease this value, particularly below <code class="constant">2</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">keepcache=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Do not retain the cache of headers and packages after a successful installation. This is the default.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Retain the cache after a successful installation.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">logfile=<code class="filename">/var/log/yum.log</code></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option specifies where <code class="command">yum</code> should send its logging output. By default, <code class="command">yum</code> logs to <code class="filename">/var/log/yum.log</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">multilib_policy=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<strong class="userinput"><code>best</code></strong> — install the best-choice architecture for this system. For example, setting <code class="literal">multilib_policy=best</code> on an AMD64 system causes <code class="command">yum</code> to install 64-bit versions of all packages.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<strong class="userinput"><code>all</code></strong> — always install every possible architecture for every package. For example, with <code class="literal">multilib_policy</code> set to <code class="literal">all</code> on an AMD64 system, <code class="command">yum</code> would install both the i686 and AMD64 versions of a package, if both were available.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">obsoletes=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Disable <code class="command">yum</code>'s obsoletes processing logic when performing updates.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Enable <code class="command">yum</code>'s obsoletes processing logic when performing updates. When one package declares in its spec file that it <em class="firstterm">obsoletes</em> another package, the latter package will be replaced by the former package when the former package is installed. Obsoletes are declared, for example, when a package is renamed. <code class="literal">obsoletes=1</code> the default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">plugins=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — Disable all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins globally.
+						</div><div class="important" id="important-Disabling_all_plugins_is_not_advised-main_options"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disabling all plugins is not advised</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Disabling all plugins is not advised, because certain plugins provide important <code class="command">Yum</code> services. Disabling plugins globally is provided as a convenience option, and is generally only recommended when diagnosing a potential problem with <code class="command">Yum</code>.
+							</div></div></div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — Enable all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins globally. With <code class="literal">plugins=1</code>, you can still disable a specific <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugin by setting <code class="literal">enabled=0</code> in that plugin's configuration file. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html">「Yum Plugins」</a> for more information about various <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins, or to <a class="xref" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html#sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">「Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins」</a> for further information on controlling plugins.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">reposdir=<em class="replaceable"><code>/absolute/path/to/directory/containing/repo/files</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This option allows you to specify a directory where <code class="filename">.repo</code> files are located. All <code class="filename">.repo</code> files contain repository information (similar to the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections of <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>). <code class="command">yum</code> collects all repository information from <code class="filename">.repo</code> files and the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file to create a master list of repositories to use for transactions. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html">「[repository] オプションの設定」</a> for more information about options you can use for both the <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> section and <code class="filename">.repo</c
 ode> files. If <code class="literal">reposdir</code> is not set, <code class="command">yum</code> uses the default directory <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">retries=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is an integer <code class="constant">0</code> or greater. This value sets the number of times <code class="command">yum</code> should attempt to retrieve a file before returning an error. Setting this to <code class="constant">0</code> makes <code class="command">yum</code> retry forever. The default value is <code class="constant">10</code>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Removing.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..353fdea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html" title="4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html" title="4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html" title="4.4. Yum Plugins" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html"><strong>戻る</strong></
 a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository">4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</h3></div></div></div><a id="id1066112" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To set up a <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository, follow these steps:
+			</div><div class="procedure" id="procedure-Setting_Up_a_Yum_repository"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<span class="package">createrepo</span> パッケージのインストール:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install createrepo</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						<code class="filename">/mnt/local_repo/</code> のような 1 つのディレクトリーに全パッケージをコピーします。
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						そのディレクトリーで <code class="command">createrepo --database</code> を実行します:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">createrepo --database /mnt/local_repo/</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				This will create the necessary metadata for your <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository, as well as the <span class="application"><strong>sqlite</strong></span> database for speeding up <code class="command">yum</code> operations.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.4. Yum Plugins</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdffb32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html" title="21.3. Loading a Module" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html"><strong>戻
 る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module">21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</h2></div></div></div><a id="id737082" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id950228" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id950248" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can display detailed information about a kernel module by running the <code class="command">modinfo <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em></code> command.
+		</div><div class="note" id="note-Module_names_do_not_end_in_.ko"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Module names do not end in .ko</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				When entering the name of a kernel module as an argument to one of the <span class="package">module-init-tools</span> utilities, do not append a <code class="filename">.ko</code> extension to the end of the name. Kernel module names do not have extensions: their corresponding files do.
+			</div></div></div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_information_about_a_kernel_module_with_lsmod"><h6>例21.1 Listing information about a kernel module with lsmod</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				To display information about the <code class="systemitem">e1000e</code> module, which is the Intel PRO/1000 network driver, run:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modinfo e1000e</code>
+filename:       /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/net/e1000e/e1000e.ko
+version:        1.2.7-k2
+license:        GPL
+description:    Intel(R) PRO/1000 Network Driver
+author:         Intel Corporation, &lt;linux.nics at intel.com&gt;
+srcversion:     93CB73D3995B501872B2982
+alias:          pci:v00008086d00001503sv*sd*bc*sc*i*
+alias:          pci:v00008086d00001502sv*sd*bc*sc*i*
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[some <code class="literal">alias</code> lines omitted]</span></em>
+alias:          pci:v00008086d0000105Esv*sd*bc*sc*i*
+depends:
+vermagic:       2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64 SMP mod_unload modversions
+parm:           copybreak:Maximum size of packet that is copied to a new buffer on receive (uint)
+parm:           TxIntDelay:Transmit Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           TxAbsIntDelay:Transmit Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           RxIntDelay:Receive Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           RxAbsIntDelay:Receive Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           InterruptThrottleRate:Interrupt Throttling Rate (array of int)
+parm:           IntMode:Interrupt Mode (array of int)
+parm:           SmartPowerDownEnable:Enable PHY smart power down (array of int)
+parm:           KumeranLockLoss:Enable Kumeran lock loss workaround (array of int)
+parm:           WriteProtectNVM:Write-protect NVM [WARNING: disabling this can lead to corrupted NVM] (array of int)
+parm:           CrcStripping:Enable CRC Stripping, disable if your BMC needs the CRC (array of int)
+parm:           EEE:Enable/disable on parts that support the feature (array of int)</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /><div class="variablelist"><div class="para">
+				Here are descriptions of a few of the fields in <code class="command">modinfo</code> output:
+			</div><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">filename</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The absolute path to the <code class="filename">.ko</code> kernel object file. You can use <code class="command">modinfo -n</code> as a shortcut command for printing only the <code class="computeroutput">filename</code> field.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">description</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A short description of the module. You can use <code class="command">modinfo -d</code> as a shortcut command for printing only the description field.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">alias</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">alias</code> field appears as many times as there are aliases for a module, or is omitted entirely if there are none.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">depends</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This field contains a comma-separated list of all the modules this module depends on.
+					</div><div class="note" id="note-Omitted_depends_field"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Omitting the depends field</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If a module has no dependencies, the <code class="computeroutput">depends</code> field may be omitted from the output.
+						</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">parm</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						Each <code class="computeroutput">parm</code> field presents one module parameter in the form <code class="computeroutput"><em class="replaceable"><code>parameter_name</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em></code>, where:
+					</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>parameter_name</code></em> is the exact syntax you should use when using it as a module parameter on the command line, or in an option line in a <code class="filename">.conf</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory; and,
+							</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+								<em class="replaceable"><code>description</code></em> is a brief explanation of what the parameter does, along with an expectation for the type of value the parameter accepts (such as <span class="type">int</span>, <span class="type">unit</span> or <span class="type">array of int</span>) in parentheses.
+							</div></li></ul></div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_module_parameters"><h6>例21.2 Listing module parameters</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+							You can list all parameters that the module supports by using the <code class="option">-p</code> option. However, because useful value type information is omitted from <code class="command">modinfo -p</code> output, it is more useful to run:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modinfo e1000e | grep "^parm" | sort</code>
+parm:           copybreak:Maximum size of packet that is copied to a new buffer on receive (uint)
+parm:           CrcStripping:Enable CRC Stripping, disable if your BMC needs the CRC (array of int)
+parm:           EEE:Enable/disable on parts that support the feature (array of int)
+parm:           InterruptThrottleRate:Interrupt Throttling Rate (array of int)
+parm:           IntMode:Interrupt Mode (array of int)
+parm:           KumeranLockLoss:Enable Kumeran lock loss workaround (array of int)
+parm:           RxAbsIntDelay:Receive Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           RxIntDelay:Receive Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           SmartPowerDownEnable:Enable PHY smart power down (array of int)
+parm:           TxAbsIntDelay:Transmit Absolute Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           TxIntDelay:Transmit Interrupt Delay (array of int)
+parm:           WriteProtectNVM:Write-protect NVM [WARNING: disabling this can lead to corrupted NVM] (array of int)</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第21章 Working with Kernel Modules</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.3. Loading a Module</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9613fef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html" title="4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html" title="4.2.2. パッケージの一覧" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Installing.html" title="4.2.4. パッケージのインストール" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html"><stro
 ng>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Displaying_Package_Information"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Displaying_Package_Information">4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</h3></div></div></div><a id="id692989" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id693004" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yum info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_names</code></em></span>]</code> command displays information about one or more packages (glob expressions are valid here as well). For example, to display information about the <span class="package">abrt</span> package, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum info abrt</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+Name        : abrt
+Arch        : x86_64
+Version     : 2.0.1
+Release     : 2.fc15
+Size        : 806 k
+Repo        : installed
+From repo   : fedora
+Summary     : Automatic bug detection and reporting tool
+URL         : https://fedorahosted.org/abrt/
+License     : GPLv2+
+Description : abrt is a tool to help users to detect defects in applications and
+            : to create a bug report with all informations needed by maintainer
+            : to fix it. It uses plugin system to extend its functionality.</pre><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">yum info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code> is similar to the <code class="command">rpm -q --info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code> command, but provides as additional information the ID of the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository the RPM package is found in (look for the <code class="computeroutput">From repo</code> line in the output).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yumdb info <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_names</code></em></span>]</code> command can be used to query the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> database for alternative and useful information about a package, including the checksum of the package (and algorithm used to produce it, such as SHA-256), the command given on the command line that was invoked to install the package (if any), and the reason that the package is installed on the system (where <code class="computeroutput">user</code> indicates it was installed by the user, and <code class="computeroutput">dep</code> means it was brought in as a dependency). For example, to display additional information about the <span class="package">yum</span> package, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yumdb info yum</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+yum-3.2.29-4.fc15.noarch
+     checksum_data = 249f21fb43c41381c8c9b0cd98d2ea5fa0aa165e81ed2009cfda74c05af67246
+     checksum_type = sha256
+     from_repo = fedora
+     from_repo_revision = 1304429533
+     from_repo_timestamp = 1304442346
+     installed_by = 0
+     reason = user
+     releasever = $releasever</pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on the <code class="command">yumdb</code> command, see <code class="command">man yumdb</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Finally, the <code class="command">yum history</code> command can be used to show a timeline of <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> transactions, the dates and times on when they occurred, the number of packages affected, whether transactions succeeded or were aborted, and if the RPM database was changed between transactions. Refer to the <code class="computeroutput">history</code> section of <code class="command">man yum</code> for details.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b6894e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html" title="5.2. Using Add/Remove Software" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html" title="5.2. Using Add/Remove Software" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html" title="5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p"
  href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters">5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</h3></div></div></div><a id="id954231" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can view the list of all <span class="emphasis"><em>configured</em></span> and unfiltered (see below) <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories by opening <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> and clicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span>. Once the software sources have been updated, it is often beneficial to apply some filters so that <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> retrieves the results of our <span class="guilabel"><strong>Find</strong></span> queries faster. This is especially helpful when performing many package searches. Four of the filters in the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Filters</strong></span> drop-down menu are used to split results by matching or not matching a single criterion. By default when <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> starts, these filters are a
 ll unapplied (<span class="guibutton"><strong>No Filter</strong></span>), but once you do filter by one of them, that filter remains set until you either change it or close <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Because you are usually searching for available packages that are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> installed on the system, click <span class="guimenu"><strong>Filters</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Installed</strong></span> and select the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> radio button. 
+				<a id="id943404" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id943420" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id943431" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id943447" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id664212" class="indexterm"></a>
+
+			</div><div class="figure" id="Graphical_Package_Management-filters-only_available"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-filters-available.png" alt="Filtering out already-installed packages" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							filtering out packages which are already installed
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.5 Filtering out already-installed packages</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				<a id="id1077251" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id1077266" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id1077282" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 Also, unless we require development files such as C header files, we can filter for <span class="guimenu"><strong>Only End User Files</strong></span> and, in doing so, filter out all of the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em>-devel</code> packages we are not interested in.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-filters-only_end_user"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-filters-end-user.png" alt="Filtering out development packages from the list of Find results" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							filtering out development packages from our results
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.6 Filtering out development packages from the list of Find results</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				The two remaining filters with submenus are:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Graphical</strong></span> <a id="id826148" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Narrows the search to either applications which provide a GUI interface (<span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Graphical</strong></span>) or those that do not. This filter is useful when browsing for GUI applications that perform a specific function.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Free</strong></span> <a id="id826188" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Search for packages which are considered to be free software Refer to the <a href="https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing#SoftwareLicenses">Fedora Licensing List</a> for details on approved licenses.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				The remaining checkbox filters are always either checked or unchecked. They are:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Hide Subpackages</strong></span> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Checking the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Hide Subpackages</strong></span> <a id="id937910" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 checkbox filters out generally-uninteresting packages that are typically only dependencies of other packages that we want. For example, checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Hide Subpackages</strong></span> and searching for <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em> </code> would cause the following related packages to be filtered out of the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Find</strong></span> results (if it exists):
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-devel</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-libs</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-libs-devel</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									<code class="filename"> <em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>-debuginfo</code>
+								</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Newest Packages</strong></span> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Newest Packages</strong></span> <a id="id818994" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 filters out all older versions of the same package from the list of results, which is generally what we want.
+						</div><div class="important" id="important-Using_the_Only_newest_items_filter"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the Only Newest Packages filter</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+								Checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Newest Packages</strong></span> filters out all but the most recent version of any package from the results list. This filter is often combined with the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> filter to search for the latest available versions of new (not installed) packages.
+							</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Only native packages</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Checking the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Native Packages</strong></span> <a id="id885437" class="indexterm"></a>
+							 box on a multilib system causes <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> to omit listing results for packages compiled for the architecture that runs in <span class="emphasis"><em>compatibility mode</em></span>. For example, enabling this filter on a 64-bit system with an AMD64 CPU would cause all packages built for the 32-bit x86 CPU architecture not to be shown in the list of results, even though those packages are able to run on an AMD64 machine. Packages which are architecture-agnostic (i.e. <em class="firstterm">noarch</em> packages such as <code class="filename">crontabs-1.10-32.1.el6.noarch.rpm</code>) are never filtered out by checking <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Only Native Packages</strong></span>. This filter has no affect on non-multilib systems, such as x86 machines.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Depe...</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac87d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html" title="4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html" title="4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Removing.html" title="4.2.5. Removing Packages" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Informatio
 n.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Removing.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Installing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing">4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</h3></div></div></div><a id="id836887" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id836899" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can install a package and all of its non-installed dependencies by entering:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can install multiple packages simultaneously by appending their names as arguments:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">yum install <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_names</code></em></span>]</code></pre><div class="para">
+				If you are installing packages on a <em class="firstterm">multilib</em> system, such as an AMD64 or Intel 64 machine, you can specify the architecture of the package (as long as it is available in an enabled repository) by appending <em class="replaceable"><code>.arch</code></em> to the package name. For example, to install the <span class="package">sqlite2</span> package for <code class="systemitem">i686</code>, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install sqlite2.i686</code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can use glob expressions to quickly install multiple similarly-named packages:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install audacious-plugins-\*</code></pre><div class="para">
+				In addition to package names and glob expressions, you can also provide file names to <code class="command">yum install</code>. If you know the name of the binary you want to install, but not its package name, you can give <code class="command">yum install</code> the path name:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install /usr/sbin/named</code></pre><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">yum</code> then searches through its package lists, finds the package which provides <code class="filename">/usr/sbin/named</code>, if any, and prompts you as to whether you want to install it.
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-Finding_which_package_owns_a_file"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>ファイルを所有するパッケージの検索</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					If you know you want to install the package that contains the <code class="filename">named</code> binary, but you do not know in which <code class="filename">bin</code> or <code class="filename">sbin</code> directory is the file installed, use the <code class="command">yum provides</code> command with a glob expression:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum provides "*bin/named"</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+32:bind-9.8.0-3.P1.fc15.i686 : The Berkeley Internet Name Domain (BIND) DNS
+                             : (Domain Name System) server
+Repo        : fedora
+Matched from:
+Filename    : /usr/sbin/named</pre><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">yum provides "*/<em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>"</code> is a common and useful trick to find the packages that contain <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.
+				</div></div></div><h4>パッケージグループのインストール</h4><a id="id747924" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id747936" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				A package group is similar to a package: it is not useful by itself, but installing one pulls a group of dependent packages that serve a common purpose. A package group has a name and a <em class="firstterm">groupid</em>. The <code class="command">yum grouplist -v</code> command lists the names of all package groups, and, next to each of them, their groupid in parentheses. The groupid is always the term in the last pair of parentheses, such as <code class="literal">kde-desktop</code> in the following example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum -v grouplist kde\*</code>
+Not loading "blacklist" plugin, as it is disabled
+Loading "langpacks" plugin
+Loading "presto" plugin
+Loading "refresh-packagekit" plugin
+Not loading "whiteout" plugin, as it is disabled
+Adding en_US to language list
+Config time: 0.900
+Yum Version: 3.2.29
+Setting up Group Process
+rpmdb time: 0.002
+group time: 0.995
+Available Groups:
+   KDE Software Compilation (kde-desktop)
+   KDE Software Development (kde-software-development)
+Done</pre><div class="para">
+				You can install a package group by passing its full group name (without the groupid part) to <code class="command">groupinstall</code>, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum groupinstall "KDE Software Compilation"</code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can also install by groupid:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum groupinstall kde-desktop</code></pre><div class="para">
+				You can even pass the groupid (or quoted name) to the <code class="command">install</code> command if you prepend it with an <span class="keysym">@</span>-symbol (which tells <code class="command">yum</code> that you want to perform a <code class="command">groupinstall</code>):
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install @kde-desktop</code></pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Removing.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.2.5. Removing Packages</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..276cc95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html" title="4.4. Yum Plugins" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html" title="4.4. Yum Plugins" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html" title="4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Plugin_Descri
 ptions.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins">4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins usually adhere to the <code class="filename">yum-plugin-<em class="replaceable"><code>plugin_name</code></em></code> package-naming convention, but not always: the package which provides the <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin is named <code class="filename">yum-presto</code>, for example. You can install a <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugin in the same way you install other packages. For instance, to install the <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum install yum-plugin-security</code></pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.4. Yum Plugins</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28f1924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html" title="5.2. Using Add/Remove Software" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html" title="5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html" title="5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accessk
 ey="p" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups">5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</h3></div></div></div><a id="id918631" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id918643" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id918654" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id671258" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> also has the ability to install <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package groups, which it calls <span class="guilabel"><strong>Package collections</strong></span>. Clicking on <span class="guilabel"><strong>Package collections</strong></span> in the top-left list of categories in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Updates</strong></span> window allows us to scroll through and find the package group we want to install. In this case, we want to install Czech language support (the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Czech Support</strong></span> group). Checking the box and clicking <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> informs us how many <span class="emphasis"><em>additional</em></span> packages must be installed in order to fulfill the dependencies of the package group.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-installing_a_package_group"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-package-group.png" alt="Installing the Czech Support package group" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Using PackageKit to install Czech language support with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.9 Installing the Czech Support package group</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Similarly, installed package groups can be uninstalled by selecting <span class="guilabel"><strong>Package collections</strong></span>, unchecking the appropriate checkbox, and applying.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Depe...</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..383e0ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html" title="5.2. Using Add/Remove Software" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html" title="5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html" title="5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Fin
 ding_Packages_with_Filters.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Packages_and_Dependencies">5.2.3. Installing and Removing Packages (and Dependencies)</h3></div></div></div><a id="id910523" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910535" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				With the two filters selected, <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> and <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only End User Files</strong></span>, search for the <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> interactive process viewer and highlight the package. You now have access to some very useful information about it, including: a clickable link to the project homepage; the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package group it is found in, if any; the license of the package; a pointer to the GNOME menu location from where the application can be opened, if applicable; and the size of the package, which is relevant when we download and install it.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-install"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-install.png" alt="Viewing and installing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Viewing and installing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.7 Viewing and installing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				When the checkbox next to a package or group is checked, then that item is already installed on the system. Checking an unchecked box causes it to be <span class="emphasis"><em>marked</em></span> for installation, which only occurs when the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> button is clicked. In this way, you can search for and select multiple packages or package groups before performing the actual installation transactions. Additionally, you can remove installed packages by unchecking the checked box, and the removal will occur along with any pending installations when <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> is pressed. Dependency resolution 
+				<a id="id722577" class="indexterm"></a>
+				, which may add additional packages to be installed or removed, is performed after pressing <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span>. <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> will then display a window listing those additional packages to install or remove, and ask for confirmation to proceed.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Check <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Apply</strong></span> button. You will then be prompted for the superuser password; enter it, and <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> will install <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span>. One nice feature of <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> is that, following installation, it sometimes presents you with a list of your newly-installed applications and offer you the choice of running them immediately. Alternatively, you will remember that finding a package and selecting it in the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window shows you the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Location</strong></span> of where in the GNOME menus its application shortcut is located, which is helpful when you want to run it.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Once it is installed, you can run <code class="command">htop</code>, a colorful and enhanced version of the <code class="command">top</code> process viewer, by opening a shell prompt and entering:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">htop</code></pre><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> is nifty, but we decide that <code class="command">top</code> is good enough for us and we want to uninstall it. Remembering that we need to change the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Available</strong></span> filter we recently used to install it to <span class="guibutton"><strong>Only Installed</strong></span> in <span class="guimenu"><strong>Filters</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Installed</strong></span>, we search for <span class="application"><strong>htop</strong></span> again and uncheck it. The program did not install any dependencies of its own; if it had, those would be automatically removed as well, as long as they were not also dependencies of any other packages still installed on our system.
+			</div><div class="warning" id="warning-PackageKit-Removing_a_Package_Without_Removing_Packages_Depending_on_It"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Removing a package when other packages depend on it</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Although <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> automatically resolves dependencies during package installation and removal, it is unable to remove a package without also removing packages which depend on it. This type of operation can only be performed by <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, is not advised, and can potentially leave your system in a non-functioning state or cause applications to misbehave and/or crash.
+				</div></div></div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-removing_a_package"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-remove.png" alt="Removing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Removing the htop package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.8 Removing a package with PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62dde6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Installing_and_Upgrading.html
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-rpm-using.html" title="A.2. RPMの使用法" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html" title="A.2.3. Configuration File Changes" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-rpm-using.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-
 Configuration_File_Changes.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Installing_and_Upgrading">A.2.2. インストールとアップグレード</h3></div></div></div><a id="id803513" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id916209" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1073779" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id720829" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				RPM packages typically have file names 
+				<a id="id799825" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 like <code class="filename">tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>. The file name includes the package name (<code class="filename">tree</code>), version (<code class="filename">1.5.3</code>), release (<code class="filename">2</code>), operating system major version (<code class="filename">fc15</code>) and CPU architecture (<code class="filename">x86_64</code>).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">rpm</code> の <code class="option">-U</code> オプションを使用できます:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						upgrade an existing but older package on the system to a newer version, or
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						install the package even if an older version is not already installed.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				That is, <code class="command">rpm -U <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;rpm_file&gt;</code></em> </code> is able to perform the function of either <span class="emphasis"><em>upgrading</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>installing</em></span> as is appropriate for the package.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Assuming the <code class="filename">tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code> package is in the current directory, log in as root and type the following command at a shell prompt to either upgrade or install the <span class="package">tree</span> package as determined by <code class="command">rpm</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="note" id="note-Use_-Uvh_for_nicely-formatted_RPM_installs"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Use -Uvh for nicely-formatted RPM installs</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The <code class="option">-v</code> and <code class="option">-h</code> options (which are combined with <code class="option">-U</code>) cause <span class="application"><strong>rpm</strong></span> to print more verbose output and display a progress meter using hash signs.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				If the upgrade/installation is successful, the following output is displayed:
+			</div><pre class="screen">Preparing...                ########################################### [100%]
+   1:tree                   ########################################### [100%]</pre><div class="warning" id="warning-Always_use_the_-i_install_option_to_install_new_kernel_packages"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Always use the -i (install) option to install new kernel packages!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					<code class="command">rpm</code> provides two different options for installing packages: the aforementioned <code class="option">-U</code> option (which historically stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>upgrade</em></span>), and the <code class="option">-i</code> option, historically standing for <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span>. Because the <code class="option">-U</code> option subsumes both install and upgrade functions, we recommend to use <code class="command">rpm -Uvh</code> with all packages <span class="emphasis"><em>except <span class="package">kernel</span> packages</em></span>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					You should always use the <code class="option">-i</code> option to simply <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> a new kernel package instead of upgrading it. This is because using the <code class="option">-U</code> option to upgrade a kernel package removes the previous (older) kernel package, which could render the system unable to boot if there is a problem with the new kernel. Therefore, use the <code class="command">rpm -i <em class="replaceable"><code>&lt;kernel_package&gt;</code></em> </code> command to install a new kernel <span class="emphasis"><em>without replacing any older <span class="package">kernel</span> packages</em></span>. For more information on installing <span class="package">kernel</span> packages, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">20章<em>カーネルをアップグレードする</em></a>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				パッケージの署名は、パッケージのインストールまたはアップグレード時に自動的にチェックされます。署名により、パッケージが認証機関によって署名されたことを確認できます。たとえば、署名の検証が失敗すると、次のようなエラーメッセージが表示されます。
+			</div><pre class="screen">error: tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm: Header V3 RSA/SHA256 signature: BAD, key ID
+d22e77f2</pre><div class="para">
+				ヘッダのみの新しい署名なら、次のようなエラーメッセージが表示されます。
+			</div><pre class="screen">error: tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm: Header V3 RSA/SHA256 signature: BAD,
+key ID d22e77f2</pre><div class="para">
+				If you do not have the appropriate key installed to verify the signature, the message contains the word <code class="computeroutput">NOKEY</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">warning: tree-1.5.2.2-4.fc15.x86_64.rpm: Header V3 RSA/SHA1 signature: NOKEY, key ID 57bbccba</pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-check-rpm-sig.html">「パッケージの署名を確認する」</a> for more information on checking a package's signature.
+			</div><div class="section" id="s3-rpm-errors"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-rpm-errors">A.2.2.1. すでにインストールされているパッケージ</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					If a package of the same name and version is already installed
+					<a id="id943110" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1037137" class="indexterm"></a>
+					, the following output is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">Preparing...                ########################################### [100%]
+	package tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64 is already installed</pre><div class="para">
+					However, if you want to install the package anyway, you can use the <code class="command">--replacepkgs</code> option, which tells RPM to ignore the error:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh --replacepkgs tree-1.5.3-2.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					このオプションは、RPM からインストールされた ファイルが削除された場合や、RPM からオリジナルの 設定ファイルをインストールしたい場合に便利です。
+				</div></div><div class="section" id="s3-rpm-conflicting-files"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-rpm-conflicting-files">A.2.2.2. ファイルの競合</h4></div></div></div><a id="id862735" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					If you attempt to install a package that contains a file which has already been installed by another package
+					<a id="id839890" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id731961" class="indexterm"></a>
+					, the following is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">Preparing... ##################################################
+ file /usr/bin/foobar from install of foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64 conflicts
+with file from package bar-3.1.1.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+					To make RPM ignore this error, use the <code class="command">--replacefiles</code> option:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh --replacefiles foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre></div><div class="section" id="s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-rpm-unresolved-dependency">A.2.2.3. 未解決の依存性</h4></div></div></div><a id="id999486" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id904019" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					RPM packages may sometimes depend on other packages
+					<a id="id904034" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id966953" class="indexterm"></a>
+					, which means that they require other packages to be installed to run properly. If you try to install a package which has an unresolved dependency, output similar to the following is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">error: Failed dependencies:
+	bar.so.3()(64bit) is needed by foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+					If you are installing a package from the Fedora installation media, such as from a CD-ROM or DVD, the dependencies may be available. Find the suggested package(s) on the Fedora installation media or on one of the active Fedora mirrors and add it to the command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -Uvh foo-1.0-1.fc15.x86_64.rpm    bar-3.1.1.fc15.x86_64.rpm</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					両方のパッケージのインストールが正常に行なわれると、以下のような出力が表示されます。
+				</div><pre class="screen">Preparing...                ########################################### [100%]
+   1:foo                   ########################################### [ 50%]
+   2:bar                   ########################################### [100%]</pre><div class="para">
+					You can try the <code class="option">--whatprovides</code> option to determine which package contains the required file.
+				</div><pre class="screen">
+<code class="command">rpm -q --whatprovides "bar.so.3"</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					If the package that contains <code class="filename">bar.so.3</code> is in the RPM database, the name of the package is displayed:
+				</div><pre class="screen">bar-3.1.1.fc15.i586.rpm</pre><div class="warning" id="warning-install-Warning-Forcing_Package_Installation"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>警告: 強制的なパッケージのインストール</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Although we can <span class="emphasis"><em>force</em></span> <code class="command">rpm</code> to install a package that gives us a <code class="computeroutput">Failed dependencies</code> error (using the <code class="option">--nodeps</code> option), this is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended, and will usually result in the installed package failing to run. Installing or removing packages with <code class="command">rpm --nodeps</code> can cause applications to misbehave and/or crash, and can cause serious package management problems or, possibly, system failure. For these reasons, it is best to heed such warnings; the package manager—whether <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> or <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>—shows us these warnings and suggests possible fixes because accounting for dependencies is critical. The <span class="application"><stron
 g>Yum</strong></span> package manager can perform dependency resolution and fetch dependencies from online repositories, making it safer, easier and smarter than forcing <code class="command">rpm</code> to carry out actions without regard to resolving dependencies.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-rpm-using.html"><strong>戻る</strong>A.2. RPMの使用法</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Configuration_File_Changes.html"><strong>次へ</strong>A.2.3. Configuration File Changes</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Listing_Packages.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Listing_Packages.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a7038d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Listing_Packages.html
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html" title="4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html" title="4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html" title="4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accessk
 ey="p" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Listing_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Listing_Packages">4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</h3></div></div></div><a id="id956517" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id956532" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				<code class="command">yum list</code> and related commands provide information about packages, package groups, and repositories.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				All of <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s list commands allow you to filter the results by appending one or more <em class="firstterm">glob expressions</em> as arguments. Glob expressions are normal strings of characters which contain one or more of the wildcard characters <code class="command">*</code> (which expands to match any character multiple times) and <code class="command">?</code> (which expands to match any one character).
+			</div><div class="note" id="note-Tip-Filtering_Results_with_Glob_Expressions"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>glob 表記で結果のフィルタリング</h2></div><div class="admonition"><a id="id763514" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id795475" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					Be careful to escape the glob expressions when passing them as arguments to a <code class="command">yum</code> command, otherwise the Bash shell will interpret these expressions as <em class="firstterm">pathname expansions</em>, and potentially pass all files in the current directory that match the globs to <code class="command">yum</code>. To make sure the glob expressions are passed to <code class="command">yum</code> as intended, either:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							escape the wildcard characters by preceding them with a backslash character
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							double-quote or single-quote the entire glob expression.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html#ex-Listing_all_ABRT_addons_and_plugins_using_glob_expressions">例4.1「Listing all ABRT addons and plugins using glob expressions」</a> and <a class="xref" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html#ex-Listing_available_packages_using_a_single_glob_expression_with_escaped_wildcards">例4.4「Listing available packages using a single glob expression with escaped wildcard characters」</a> for an example usage of both these methods.
+				</div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="command">yum list <em class="replaceable"><code>glob_expr</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_glob_exprs</code></em></span>]</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							全 glob 表記に一致するインストール済みと利用できるパッケージ情報の一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_all_ABRT_addons_and_plugins_using_glob_expressions"><h6>例4.1 Listing all ABRT addons and plugins using glob expressions</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list abrt-addon\* abrt-plugin\*</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+abrt-addon-ccpp.x86_64               2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-addon-kerneloops.x86_64         2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-addon-python.x86_64             2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-plugin-bugzilla.x86_64          2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+abrt-plugin-logger.x86_64            2.0.2-5.fc15     @fedora
+Available Packages
+abrt-plugin-mailx.x86_64             2.0.2-5.fc15     updates
+abrt-plugin-reportuploader.x86_64    2.0.2-5.fc15     updates
+abrt-plugin-rhtsupport.x86_64        2.0.2-5.fc15     updates</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id727485" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id727501" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum list all</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							インストール済み<span class="emphasis"><em>and</em></span>利用できるパッケージの一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_all_installed_and_available_packages"><h6>例4.2 インストール済みと利用できる全パッケージの一覧</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list all</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+ConsoleKit.x86_64                       0.4.4-1.fc15                  @fedora
+ConsoleKit-libs.x86_64                  0.4.4-1.fc15                  @fedora
+ConsoleKit-x11.x86_64                   0.4.4-1.fc15                  @fedora
+GConf2.x86_64                           2.32.3-1.fc15                 @fedora
+GConf2-gtk.x86_64                       2.32.3-1.fc15                 @fedora
+ModemManager.x86_64                     0.4-7.git20110201.fc15        @fedora
+NetworkManager.x86_64                   1:0.8.998-4.git20110427.fc15  @fedora
+NetworkManager-glib.x86_64              1:0.8.998-4.git20110427.fc15  @fedora
+NetworkManager-gnome.x86_64             1:0.8.998-4.git20110427.fc15  @fedora
+NetworkManager-openconnect.x86_64       0.8.1-9.git20110419.fc15      @fedora
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id930972" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id930988" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum list installed</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Lists all packages installed on your system. The rightmost column in the output lists the repository from which the package was retrieved.
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_installed_packages_using_a_double-quoted_glob_expression"><h6>例4.3 Listing installed packages using a double-quoted glob expression</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list installed "krb?-*"</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Installed Packages
+krb5-libs.x86_64              1.9-7.fc15              @fedora</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id804889" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id709073" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum list available</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							有効な全リポジトリーと利用できる全パッケージの一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_available_packages_using_a_single_glob_expression_with_escaped_wildcards"><h6>例4.4 Listing available packages using a single glob expression with escaped wildcard characters</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum list available gstreamer\*plugin\*</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Available Packages
+gstreamer-plugin-crystalhd.x86_64               3.5.1-1.fc14       fedora
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free.x86_64               0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free-devel.x86_64         0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free-devel-docs.x86_64    0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-bad-free-extras.x86_64        0.10.22-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base.x86_64                   0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base-devel.x86_64             0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base-devel-docs.noarch        0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-base-tools.x86_64             0.10.33-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-espeak.x86_64                 0.3.3-3.fc15       fedora
+gstreamer-plugins-fc.x86_64                     0.2-2.fc15         fedora
+gstreamer-plugins-good.x86_64                   0.10.29-1.fc15     updates
+gstreamer-plugins-good-devel-docs.noarch        0.10.29-1.fc15     updates</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id735079" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id735094" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum grouplist</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							全パッケージ グループの一覧です。
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_all_package_groups"><h6>例4.5 全パッケージ グループの一覧</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum grouplist</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+Setting up Group Process
+Installed Groups:
+   Administration Tools
+   Design Suite
+   Dial-up Networking Support
+   Fonts
+   GNOME Desktop Environment
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id1023071" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <a id="id1023087" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <code class="command">yum repolist</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Lists the repository ID, name, and number of packages it provides for each <span class="emphasis"><em>enabled</em></span> repository.
+						</div><div class="example" id="ex-Listing_enabled_repositories"><h6>例4.6 Listing enabled repositories</h6><div class="example-contents"><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum repolist</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+repo id                      repo name                                    status
+fedora                       Fedora 15 - i386                             19,365
+updates                      Fedora 15 - i386 - Updates                   3,848
+repolist: 23,213</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Displaying_Package_Information.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.2.3. パッケージ情報の表示</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Loading_a_Module.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Loading_a_Module.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56aa463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Loading_a_Module.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.3. Loading a Module</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html" title="21.2. Displaying Information About a Module" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html" title="21.4. Unloading a Module" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Displaying_Information
 _About_a_Module.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Loading_a_Module"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Loading_a_Module">21.3. Loading a Module</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1073392" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1073408" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id990878" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			To load a kernel module, run <code class="command">modprobe <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em></code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. For example, to load the <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> module, run:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe wacom</code>
+</pre><a id="id952885" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			By default, <code class="command">modprobe</code> attempts to load the module from <code class="filename">/lib/modules/<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/kernel/drivers/</code>. In this directory, each type of module has its own subdirectory, such as <code class="filename">net/</code> and <code class="filename">scsi/</code>, for network and SCSI interface drivers respectively.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Some modules have dependencies, which are other kernel modules that must be loaded before the module in question can be loaded. The <code class="command">modprobe</code> command always takes dependencies into account when performing operations. When you ask <code class="command">modprobe</code> to load a specific kernel module, it first examines the dependencies of that module, if there are any, and loads them if they are not already loaded into the kernel. <code class="command">modprobe</code> resolves dependencies recursively: it will load all dependencies of dependencies, and so on, if necessary, thus ensuring that all dependencies are always met.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You can use the <code class="option">-v</code> (or <code class="option">--verbose</code>) option to cause <code class="command">modprobe</code> to display detailed information about what it is doing, which may include loading module dependencies.
+		</div><div class="example" id="ex-modprobe_-v_shows_module_dependencies_as_they_are_loaded"><h6>例21.3 modprobe -v shows module dependencies as they are loaded</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				You can load the <code class="systemitem">Fibre Channel over Ethernet</code> module verbosely by typing the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe -v fcoe</code>
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/scsi_tgt.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/libfc/libfc.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/fcoe/libfcoe.ko
+insmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/scsi/fcoe/fcoe.ko</pre><div class="para">
+				In this example, you can see that <code class="command">modprobe</code> loaded the <code class="systemitem">scsi_tgt</code>, <code class="systemitem">scsi_transport_fc</code>, <code class="systemitem">libfc</code> and <code class="systemitem">libfcoe</code> modules as dependencies before finally loading <code class="systemitem">fcoe</code>. Also note that <code class="command">modprobe</code> used the more <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">primitive</span>」</span> <code class="command">insmod</code> command to insert the modules into the running kernel.
+			</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id706815" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id706835" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important" id="important-Always_use_modprobe_instead_of_insmod"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Always use modprobe instead of insmod!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although the <code class="command">insmod</code> command can also be used to load kernel modules, it does not resolve dependencies. Because of this, you should <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> load modules using <code class="command">modprobe</code> instead.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.2. Displaying Information About a Module</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.4. Unloading a Module</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8acf3e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.3. PackageKit Architecture</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-PackageKit.html" title="第5章 PackageKit" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html" title="5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html" title="5.4. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html"><st
 rong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-PackageKit_Architecture"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-PackageKit_Architecture">5.3. PackageKit Architecture</h2></div></div></div><a id="id714905" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Fedora provides the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of applications for viewing, updating, installing and uninstalling packages and package groups compatible with your system. Architecturally, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> consists of several graphical front ends that communicate with the <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon back end, which communicates with a package manager-specific back end that utilizes <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> to perform the actual transactions, such as installing and removing packages, etc.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			<a class="xref" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html#table-PackageKit_GUI_Windows_Menu_Locations_and_Shell_Prompt_Commands">表5.1「PackageKit GUI windows, menu locations, and shell prompt commands」</a> shows the name of the GUI window, how to start the window from the GNOME desktop or from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window, and the name of the command line application that opens that window.
+		</div><div class="table" id="table-PackageKit_GUI_Windows_Menu_Locations_and_Shell_Prompt_Commands"><h6>表5.1 PackageKit GUI windows, menu locations, and shell prompt commands</h6><div class="table-contents"><table summary="PackageKit GUI windows, menu locations, and shell prompt commands" border="1"><colgroup><col align="left" class="col1" width="25%" /><col align="left" class="col2" width="25%" /><col align="left" class="col3" width="25%" /><col align="left" class="col4" width="25%" /></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">
+							Window Title
+						</th><th align="left">
+							Function
+						</th><th align="left">
+							How to Open
+						</th><th align="left">
+							Shell Command
+						</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">
+							Add/Remove Software
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Install, remove or view package info
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From the GNOME panel: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Administration</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-application
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Update
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Perform package updates
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From the GNOME panel: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Administration</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Update</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-update-viewer
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Sources
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Enable and disable <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span>: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-repo
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Log Viewer
+						</td><td align="left">
+							View the transaction log
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span>: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Log</strong></span>
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-log
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							Software Update Preferences
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Set <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> preferences
+						</td><td align="left">
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-prefs
+						</td></tr><tr><td align="left">
+							(Notification Area Alert)
+						</td><td align="left">
+							Alerts you when updates are available
+						</td><td align="left">
+							<div class="para">
+								From the GNOME panel: <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Preferences</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Startup Applications</strong></span>, <span class="guilabel"><strong>Startup Programs</strong></span> tab
+							</div>
+
+						</td><td align="left">
+							gpk-update-icon
+						</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break" /><div class="para">
+			The <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon runs outside the user session and communicates with the various graphical front ends. The <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon<sup>[<a id="footnote-Daemons" href="#ftn.footnote-Daemons" class="footnote">1</a>]</sup> communicates via the <span class="application"><strong>DBus</strong></span> system message bus with another back end, which utilizes <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s Python API to perform queries and make changes to the system. On Linux systems other than Red Hat Enterprise Linux and Fedora, <code class="command">packagekitd</code> can communicate with other back ends that are able to utilize the native package manager for that system. This modular architecture provides the abstraction necessary for the graphical interfaces to work with many different package managers to perform essentially the same types of package management tasks. Learning how to use the <span class="appli
 cation"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> front ends means that you can use the same familiar graphical interface across many different Linux distributions, even when they utilize a native package manager other than <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			In addition, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>'s separation of concerns provides reliability in that a crash of one of the GUI windows—or even the user's X Window session—will not affect any package management tasks being supervised by the <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon, which runs outside of the user session.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			All of the front end graphical applications discussed in this chapter are provided by the <code class="filename">gnome-packagekit</code> package instead of by <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> and its dependencies. Users working in a KDE environment may prefer to install the <code class="filename">kpackagekit</code> package, which provides a KDE interface for <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Finally, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> also comes with a console-based front end called <code class="command">pkcon</code>.
+		</div><div class="footnotes"><br /><hr /><div class="footnote" id="footnote-Daemons"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.footnote-Daemons" href="#footnote-Daemons" class="para">1</a>] </sup>
+				System daemons are typically long-running processes that provide services to the user or to other programs, and which are started, often at boot time. Daemons respond to the <code class="command">systemctl</code> command and can be turned on or off permanently by using the <code class="command">systemctl enable</code> or <code class="command">systemctl disable</code>commands. They can typically be recognized by a <span class="quote">「<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em>d</em></span></span>」</span> appended to their name, such as the <code class="command">packagekitd</code> daemon. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7章<em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for information about system services.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Graphical_Package_Management-sec-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5.4. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2af83a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-yum.html" title="第4章 Yum" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-yum.html" title="第4章 Yum" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html" title="4.2.2. パッケージの一覧" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-yum.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html"><strong>次へ</strong></
 a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups">4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ</h2></div></div></div><a id="id804264" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id804275" class="indexterm"></a><div class="section" id="sec-Searching_Packages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Searching_Packages">4.2.1. パッケージの検索</h3></div></div></div><a id="id880041" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id880056" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can search all <acronym class="acronym">RPM</acronym> package names, descriptions and summaries by using the <code class="command">yum search <em class="replaceable"><code>term</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_terms</code></em></span>]</code> command. <code class="command">yum</code> displays the list of matches for each term, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum search meld kompare</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+============================== N/S Matched: meld ===============================
+meld.noarch : Visual diff and merge tool
+python-meld3.x86_64 : HTML/XML templating system for Python
+
+============================= N/S Matched: kompare =============================
+komparator.x86_64 : Kompare and merge two folders
+
+  Name and summary matches only, use "search all" for everything.</pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yum search</code> command is useful for searching for packages you do not know the name of, but for which you know a related term.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-yum.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第4章 Yum</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Listing_Packages.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.2.2. パッケージの一覧</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de98ec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.6. Persistent Module Loading</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html" title="21.5. Setting Module Parameters" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html" title="21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Setting_Modu
 le_Parameters.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading">21.6. Persistent Module Loading</h2></div></div></div><a id="id812346" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id674326" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			As shown in <a class="xref" href="sec-Displaying_Information_About_a_Module.html#ex-Listing_information_about_a_kernel_module_with_lsmod">例21.1「Listing information about a kernel module with lsmod」</a>, many kernel modules are loaded automatically at boot time. You can specify additional modules to be loaded by creating a new <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/modules/</code> directory, where <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em> is any descriptive name of your choice. Your <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code> files are treated by the system startup scripts as shell scripts, and as such should begin with an <em class="firstterm">interpreter directive</em> (also called a <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">bang line</span>」</span>) as their first line:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting"><span class="perl_Comment">#!/bin/sh</span></pre><div class="para">
+			Additionally, the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code> file should be executable. You can make it executable by running:
+		</div><pre class="screen">modules]# <code class="command">chmod +x <em class="replaceable"><code>file_name</code></em>.modules</code>
+</pre><div class="example" id="ex-bluez-uinput.modules"><h6>例21.5 /etc/sysconfig/modules/bluez-uinput.modules</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				The following <code class="filename">bluez-uinput.modules</code> script loads the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"><span class="perl_Comment">#!/bin/sh</span><span class="perl_Comment"></span>
+<span class="perl_Comment"></span>
+<span class="perl_Keyword">if</span><span class="perl_Reserved"> [</span> ! -c /dev/input/uinput<span class="perl_Reserved"> ]</span> ; <span class="perl_Keyword">then</span>
+        <span class="perl_Reserved">exec</span> /sbin/modprobe uinput <span class="perl_Operator">&gt;</span>/dev/null <span class="perl_Operator">2&gt;&amp;1</span>
+<span class="perl_Keyword">fi</span></pre><div class="para">
+				The <code class="literal">if</code>-conditional statement on the third line ensures that the <code class="filename">/dev/input/uinput</code> file does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> already exist (the <code class="literal">!</code> symbol negates the condition), and, if that is the case, loads the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module by calling <code class="command">exec /sbin/modprobe uinput</code>. Note that the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module creates the <code class="filename">/dev/input/uinput</code> file, so testing to see if that file exists serves as verification of whether the <code class="systemitem">uinput</code> module is loaded into the kernel.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following <code class="command">&gt;/dev/null 2&gt;&amp;1</code> clause at the end of that line redirects any output to <code class="filename">/dev/null</code> so that the <code class="command">modprobe</code> command remains quiet.
+			</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fd402a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Plugin_Descriptions.html
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Yum_Plugins.html" title="4.4. Yum Plugins" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html" title="4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Additional_Resources.html" title="4.5. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></
 li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Plugin_Descriptions"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Plugin_Descriptions">4.4.3. Plugin Descriptions</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following are descriptions of a few commonly installed <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id705830" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> (<span class="package">yum-presto</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin adds support to <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> for downloading <em class="firstterm">delta RPM</em> packages, during updates, from repositories which have <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> metadata enabled. Delta RPMs contain only the differences between the version of the package installed on the client requesting the RPM package and the updated version in the repository.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Downloading a delta RPM is much quicker than downloading the entire updated package, and can speed up updates considerably. Once the delta RPMs are downloaded, they must be rebuilt to apply the difference to the currently-installed package and thus create the full, updated package. This process takes CPU time on the installing machine. Using delta RPMs is therefore a tradeoff between time-to-download, which depends on the network connection, and time-to-rebuild, which is CPU-bound. Using the <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin is recommended for fast machines and systems with slower network connections, while slower machines on very fast connections <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> benefit more from downloading normal RPM packages, that is, by disabling <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id865716" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> (<span class="package">PackageKit-yum-plugin</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugin updates metadata for <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> whenever <code class="command">yum</code> is run. The <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugin is installed by default.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id828550" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>rhnplugin</strong></span> (<span class="package">yum-rhn-plugin</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <span class="application"><strong>rhnplugin</strong></span> provides support for connecting to <code class="systemitem">RHN Classic</code>. This allows systems registered with <code class="systemitem">RHN Classic</code> to update and install packages from this system.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <code class="command">man rhnplugin</code> for more information about the plugin.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <a id="id902547" class="indexterm"></a>
+					 <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> (<span class="package">yum-plugin-security</span>) </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Discovering information about and applying security updates easily and often is important to all system administrators. For this reason <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides the <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin, which extends <code class="command">yum</code> with a set of highly-useful security-related commands, subcommands and options.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							You can check for security-related updates as follows:
+						</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum check-update --security</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit, security
+Limiting package lists to security relevant ones
+updates-testing/updateinfo                               | 329 kB     00:00
+9 package(s) needed for security, out of 270 available
+
+ConsoleKit.x86_64                    0.4.5-1.fc15                  updates
+ConsoleKit-libs.x86_64               0.4.5-1.fc15                  updates
+ConsoleKit-x11.x86_64                0.4.5-1.fc15                  updates
+NetworkManager.x86_64                1:0.8.999-2.git20110509.fc15  updates
+NetworkManager-glib.x86_64           1:0.8.999-2.git20110509.fc15  updates
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+							You can then use either <code class="command">yum update --security</code> or <code class="command">yum update-minimal --security</code> to update those packages which are affected by security advisories. Both of these commands update all packages on the system for which a security advisory has been issued. <code class="command">yum update-minimal --security</code> updates them to the latest packages which were released as part of a security advisory, while <code class="command">yum update --security</code> will update all packages affected by a security advisory <span class="emphasis"><em>to the latest version of that package available</em></span>.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							In other words, if:
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									the <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.4-20</span> package is installed on your system;
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									the <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-22</span> package was released as a security update;
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									then <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-26</span> was released as a bug fix update,
+								</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+							...then <code class="command">yum update-minimal --security</code> will update you to <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-22</span>, and <code class="command">yum update --security</code> will update you to <span class="package">kernel-2.6.38.6-26</span>. Conservative system administrators may want to use <code class="command">update-minimal</code> to reduce the risk incurred by updating packages as much as possible.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Refer to <code class="command">man yum-security</code> for usage details and further explanation of the enhancements the <span class="application"><strong>security</strong></span> plugin adds to <code class="command">yum</code>.
+						</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.5. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Printer_Configuration.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Printer_Configuration.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bb3f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Printer_Configuration.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3. プリンタの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html" title="第15章 File and Print Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="s2-ftp-resources.html" title="15.2.6. その他のリソース" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html" title="15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="nex
 t"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="sec-Printer_Configuration" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Printer_Configuration">15.3. プリンタの設定</h2></div></div></div><a id="id742860" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id739350" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		The <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> tool serves for printer configuring, maintenance of printer configuration files, print spool directories and print filters, and printer classes management.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		The tool is based on the Common Unix Printing System (<acronym class="acronym">CUPS</acronym>). If you upgraded the system from a previous Fedora version that used CUPS, the upgrade process preserved the configured printers.
+	</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Using the CUPS web application or command line tools</h2></div><div class="admonition"><a id="id1019456" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can perform the same and additional operations on printers directly from the CUPS web application or command line. To access the application, in a web browser, go to <a href="http://localhost:631/">http://localhost:631/</a>. For CUPS manuals refer to the links on the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Home</strong></span> tab of the web site.
+		</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sec-Starting_Printer_Config"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Starting_Printer_Config">15.3.1. Starting the Printer Configuration Tool</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			With the Printer Configuration tool you can perform various operations on existing printers and set up new printers.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			On the upper panel, go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span>, choose <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> and click <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Printing</strong></span>. Alternatively, run the <code class="command">system-config-printer</code> command from the command line to start the tool.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> window depicted in <a class="xref" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html#fig-printconf-main">図15.2「Printer Configuration window」</a> appears.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-main"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-main.png" alt="Printer Configuration window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Printer Configuration window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.2 Printer Configuration window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s2-ftp-resources.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.2.6. その他のリソース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Removing.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Removing.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d90455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Removing.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.2.5. Removing Packages</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Packages_and_Package_Groups.html" title="4.2. パッケージとパッケージ グループ" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Installing.html" title="4.2.4. パッケージのインストール" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html" title="4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href=
 "sec-Installing.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Removing"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Removing">4.2.5. Removing Packages</h3></div></div></div><a id="id687902" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id687914" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id724632" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id724647" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">yum remove <em class="replaceable"><code>package_name</code></em></code> uninstalls (removes in <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> terminology) the package, as well as any packages that depend on it. As when you install multiple packages, you can remove several at once by adding more package names to the command. For example, to remove <span class="package">totem</span>, <span class="package">rhythmbox</span>, and <span class="package">sound-juicer</span>, type the following at a shell prompt:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum remove totem rhythmbox sound-juicer</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Similar to <code class="command">install</code>, <code class="command">remove</code> can take these arguments:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						パッケージ名
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						glob 表記
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						ファイルの一覧
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						package provides
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="warning" id="warning-WarningRemoving_a_Package_when_Other_Packages_Depend_On_It"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Removing a package when other packages depend on it</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> is not able to remove a package without also removing packages which depend on it. This type of operation can only be performed by <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span>, is not advised, and can potentially leave your system in a non-functioning state or cause applications to misbehave and/or crash. For further information, refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-rpm-uninstalling.html">「アンインストール」</a> in the <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> chapter.
+				</div></div></div><h4>パッケージ グループの削除</h4><div class="para">
+				You can remove a package group using syntax congruent with the <code class="command">install</code> syntax. The following are alternative but equivalent ways of removing the <code class="literal">KDE Software Compilation</code> group:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum groupremove "KDE Software Compilation"</code>
+~]# <code class="command">yum groupremove kde-desktop</code>
+~]# <code class="command">yum remove @kde-desktop</code></pre><div class="important" id="important-Package_Group_Removal"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Intelligent package group removal</h2></div><div class="admonition"><a id="id893968" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id893979" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					When you tell <span class="application"><strong>yum</strong></span> to remove a package group, it will remove every package in that group, even if those packages are members of other package groups or dependencies of other installed packages. However, you can instruct <code class="command">yum</code> to remove only those packages which are not required by any other packages or groups by adding the <code class="option">groupremove_leaf_only=1</code> directive to the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file. For more information on this directive, refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html#sec-Setting_main_Options">「[main] オプションの設定」</a>.
+				</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.2.4. パッケージのインストール</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c5af53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.5. Setting Module Parameters</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html" title="21.4. Unloading a Module" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html" title="21.6. Persistent Module Loading" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html"><strong>戻る</stron
 g></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters">21.5. Setting Module Parameters</h2></div></div></div><a id="id886681" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id886693" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Like the kernel itself, modules can also take parameters that change their behavior. Most of the time, the default ones work well, but occasionally it is necessary or desirable to set custom parameters for a module. Because parameters cannot be dynamically set for a module that is already loaded into a running kernel, there are two different methods for setting them.
+		</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					You can unload all dependencies of the module you want to set parameters for, unload the module using <code class="command">modprobe -r</code>, and then load it with <code class="command">modprobe</code> along with a list of customized parameters. This method is often used when the module does not have many dependencies, or to test different combinations of parameters without making them persistent, and is the method covered in this section.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Alternatively, you can list the new parameters in an existing or newly-created file in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory. This method makes the module parameters persistent by ensuring that they are set each time the module is loaded, such as after every reboot or <code class="command">modprobe</code> command. This method is covered in <a class="xref" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html">「Persistent Module Loading」</a>, though the following information is a prerequisite.
+				</div></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+			You can use <code class="command">modprobe</code> to load a kernel module with custom parameters using the following command line format:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">modprobe <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>parameter</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span>]</code></pre><div class="para">
+			When loading a module with custom parameters on the command line, be aware of the following:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					You can enter multiple parameters and values by separating them with spaces.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					Some module parameters expect a list of comma-separated values as their argument. When entering the list of values, do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> insert a space after each comma, or <code class="command">modprobe</code> will incorrectly interpret the values following spaces as additional parameters.
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					The <code class="command">modprobe</code> command silently succeeds with an exit status of <code class="constant">0</code> if:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							it successfully loads the module, <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span>
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							the module is <span class="emphasis"><em>already</em></span> loaded into the kernel.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+					Thus, you must ensure that the module is not already loaded before attempting to load it with custom parameters. The <code class="command">modprobe</code> command does not automatically reload the module, or alert you that it is already loaded.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			Here are the recommended steps for setting custom parameters and then loading a kernel module. This procedure illustrates the steps using the <code class="systemitem">e1000e</code> module, which is the network driver for Intel PRO/1000 network adapters, as an example:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Loading_a_Kernel_Module_with_Custom_Parameters"><h6>手順21.1 Loading a Kernel Module with Custom Parameters</h6><ol class="1"><li class="step" id="proc-step1-Loading_a_Kernel_Module_with_Custom_Parameters"><div class="para">
+					First, ensure the module is not already loaded into the kernel. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">lsmod | grep e1000e</code>
+~]# </pre><div class="para">
+					Output indicates that the module is already loaded into the kernel, in which case you must first unload it before proceeding. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html">「Unloading a Module」</a> for instructions on safely unloading it.
+				</div></li><li class="step" id="proc-step2-Loading_a_Kernel_Module_with_Custom_Parameters"><div class="para">
+					Load the module and list all custom parameters after the module name. For example, if you wanted to load the Intel PRO/1000 network driver with the interrupt throttle rate set to 3000 interrupts per second for the first, second and third instances of the driver, and Energy Efficient Ethernet (EEE) turned on<sup>[<a id="footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" href="#ftn.footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" class="footnote">3</a>]</sup> , you would run, as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe e1000e InterruptThrottleRate=3000,3000,3000 EEE=1</code></pre><div class="para">
+					This example illustrates passing multiple valued to a single parameter by separating them with commas and omitting any spaces between them.
+				</div></li></ol></div><div class="footnotes"><br /><hr /><div class="footnote" id="footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet"><div class="para"><sup>[<a id="ftn.footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" href="#footnote-Energy_Efficient_Ethernet" class="para">3</a>] </sup>
+						Despite what the example might imply, Energy Efficient Ethernet is turned on by default in the <code class="systemitem">e1000e</code> driver.
+					</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Unloading_a_Module.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.4. Unloading a Module</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_Printer.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_Printer.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f31f7ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_Printer.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html" title="15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</stron
 g></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_Printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_Printer">15.3.2. Starting Printer Setup</h3></div></div></div><a id="id897366" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Printer setup process varies depending on the printer queue type.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If you are setting up a local printer connected with USB, the printer is discovered and added automatically. You will be prompted to confirm the packages to be installed and provide the root password. Local printers connected with other port types and network printers need to be set up manually.
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="proc-Setting_up_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to start a manual printer setup:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Start the Printer Configuration tool (refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html#sec-Starting_Printer_Config">「Starting the Printer Configuration Tool」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Go to <span class="guimenu"><strong>Server</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>New</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Printer</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Authentication Required</strong></span> box, type the root user password and confirm.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer connection type and provide its details in the area on the right.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3. プリンタの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Adding_Other_Printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.3. ローカルプリンタの追加</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_repository_Options.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_repository_Options.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8da0880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Setting_repository_Options.html
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html" title="4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html" title="4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html" title="4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="se
 c-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Setting_repository_Options"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Setting_repository_Options">4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</h3></div></div></div><a id="id868131" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> sections (where <em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em> is a unique repository ID, such as <code class="literal">my_personal_repo</code>) allow you to define individual <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories. To define a new repository, either add this section to the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file, or to a <code class="filename">.repo</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				All <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code>are read by <code class="command">yum</code>, which allows you to create new, custom <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in this directory. Best practice is to define your repositories here instead of in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The following is a (bare-minimum) example of the form a <code class="filename">.repo</code> file takes:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[repository_ID]
+name=A Repository Name
+baseurl=http://path/to/repo or ftp://path/to/repo or file:///path/to/local/repo</pre><div class="para">
+				Every <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> section must contain the following minimum directives:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository_ID</code></em>]</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The repository ID is a unique, one-word (no spaces; underscores are allowed) string of characters (enclosed by brackets) that serves as a repository identifier.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">name=<em class="replaceable"><code>A Repository Name</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This is a human-readable string describing the repository.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">baseurl=<em class="replaceable"><code>http://path/to/repo, ftp://path/to/repo, file:///path/to/local/repo</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							This is a URL to the directory where the repodata directory of a repository is located. Usually this URL is an HTTP link, such as:
+						</div><pre class="screen">baseurl=http://path/to/repo/releases/$releasever/server/$basearch/os/</pre><div class="para">
+							Note that <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> always expands the <code class="varname">$releasever</code>, <code class="varname">$arch</code> and <code class="varname">$basearch</code> variables in URLs. See <a class="xref" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html">「Yum 変数の使い方」</a> for explanations of all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> variables.
+						</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If the repository is available over FTP, use: <code class="literal">ftp://path/to/repo</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If the repository is local to the machine, use <code class="literal">file:///path/to/local/repo</code>
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									If a specific online repository requires basic HTTP authentication, you can specify your username and password in the <code class="literal">http://path/to/repo</code> by prepending it as <code class="command"><em class="replaceable"><code>username</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>@<em class="replaceable"><code>link</code></em></code>. For example, if a repository on http://www.example.com/repo/ requires a username of <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">user</span>」</span> and a password of <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">password</span>」</span>, then the <code class="literal">baseurl</code> link could be specified as:
+								</div><pre class="screen">baseurl=http://<strong class="userinput"><code>user</code></strong>:<strong class="userinput"><code>password</code></strong>@www.example.com/repo/</pre></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				The following is another useful <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> directive:
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">enabled=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							...where <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> is one of:
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">0</code> — do not include this repository as a package source when performing updates and installs. This is an easy way of quickly turning repositories on and off, which is useful when you desire a single package from a repository that you do not want to enable for updates or installs.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							<code class="constant">1</code> — include this repository as a package source.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Turning repositories on and off can also be performed by passing either the <code class="option">--enablerepo=<em class="replaceable"><code>repo_name</code></em></code> or <code class="option">--disablerepo=<em class="replaceable"><code>repo_name</code></em></code> option to <code class="command">yum</code>, or through the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window of the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> utility.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				Many more <code class="literal">[<em class="replaceable"><code>repository</code></em>]</code> options exist. Refer to the <code class="literal">[repository] OPTIONS</code> section of <code class="command">man yum.conf</code> for the exhaustive list and descriptions for each.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e673b9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html" title="21.6. Persistent Module Loading" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html" title="21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html"><stron
 g>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities">21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			This section explains how to enable specific kernel capabilities using various kernel modules.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Using_Multiple_Ethernet_Cards">21.7.1. 複数のイーサネットカードの使用</h3></div></div></div><a id="id736537" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				It is possible to use multiple Ethernet cards on a single machine. For each card there must be an <code class="command">alias</code> and, possibly, <code class="command">options</code> lines for each card in a user-created <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em>.conf</code> file in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				For additional information about using multiple Ethernet cards, refer to the <em class="citetitle">Linux Ethernet-HOWTO</em> online at <a href="http://www.redhat.com/mirrors/LDP/HOWTO/Ethernet-HOWTO.html">http://www.redhat.com/mirrors/LDP/HOWTO/Ethernet-HOWTO.html</a>.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Persistent_Module_Loading.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.6. Persistent Module Loading</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Unloading_a_Module.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Unloading_a_Module.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17703aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Unloading_a_Module.html
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.4. Unloading a Module</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html" title="第21章 Working with Kernel Modules" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html" title="21.3. Loading a Module" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html" title="21.5. Setting Module Parameters" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a>
 </li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Unloading_a_Module"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Unloading_a_Module">21.4. Unloading a Module</h2></div></div></div><a id="id952658" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id739019" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id739039" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			You can unload a kernel module by running <code class="command">modprobe -r <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em> </code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. For example, assuming that the <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> module is already loaded into the kernel, you can unload it by running:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe -r wacom</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+			However, this command will fail if a process is using:
+		</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					the <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> module,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					a module that <code class="systemitem">wacom</code> directly depends on, or,
+				</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+					any module that <code class="systemitem">wacom</code>—through the dependency tree—depends on indirectly.
+				</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+			Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html#sec-Listing_Currently-Loaded_Modules">「Listing Currently-Loaded Modules」</a> for more information about using <code class="command">lsmod</code> to obtain the names of the modules which are preventing you from unloading a certain module.
+		</div><div class="example" id="ex-unloading_a_kernel_module"><h6>例21.4 Unloading a kernel module</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+				For example, if you want to unload the <code class="systemitem">firewire_ohci</code> module (because you believe there is a bug in it that is affecting system stability, for example), your terminal session might look similar to this:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modinfo -F depends firewire_ohci</code>
+depends:        firewire-core
+~]# <code class="command">modinfo -F depends firewire_core</code>
+depends:        crc-itu-t
+~]# <code class="command">modinfo -F depends crc-itu-t</code>
+depends:</pre><div class="para">
+				You have figured out the dependency tree (which does not branch in this example) for the loaded Firewire modules: <code class="systemitem">firewire_ohci</code> depends on <code class="systemitem">firewire_core</code>, which itself depends on <code class="systemitem">crc-itu-t</code>.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				You can unload <code class="systemitem">firewire_ohci</code> using the <code class="command">modprobe -v -r <em class="replaceable"><code>module_name</code></em></code> command, where <code class="option">-r</code> is short for <code class="option">--remove</code> and <code class="option">-v</code> for <code class="option">--verbose</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">modprobe -r -v firewire_ohci</code>
+rmmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/firewire/firewire-ohci.ko
+rmmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/drivers/firewire/firewire-core.ko
+rmmod /lib/modules/2.6.32-71.el6.x86_64/kernel/lib/crc-itu-t.ko</pre><div class="para">
+				The output shows that modules are unloaded in the reverse order that they are loaded, given that no processes depend on any of the modules being unloaded.
+			</div></div></div><br class="example-break" /><a id="id918807" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1023767" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important" id="important-Do_not_use_rmmod_directly"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use rmmod directly!</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Although the <code class="command">rmmod</code> command can be used to unload kernel modules, it is recommended to use <code class="command">modprobe -r</code> instead.
+			</div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Loading_a_Module.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.3. Loading a Module</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Setting_Module_Parameters.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.5. Setting Module Parameters</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a93827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-PackageKit.html" title="第5章 PackageKit" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-PackageKit.html" title="第5章 PackageKit" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html" title="5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-PackageKit.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href=
 "sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software">5.2. Using Add/Remove Software</h2></div></div></div><a id="id650129" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id650140" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>'s <span class="application"><strong>Software Update</strong></span> GUI window is a separate application from its <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> application, although the two have intuitively similar interfaces. To find and install a new package, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, or run the <code class="command">gpk-application</code> command at the shell prompt.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-add_remove_software"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software.png" alt="PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						Viewing PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.4 PackageKit's Add/Remove Software window</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="section" id="sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Refreshing_Software_Sources_Yum_Repositories">5.2.1. Refreshing Software Sources (Yum Repositories)</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To enable or disable a <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repository, open a dialog box by sclicking <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span>, and select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Sources</strong></span> tab. Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-PackageKit.html#sec-Setting_preferences_for_software_sources">「Setting the Software Sources」</a> for more information on available configuration options.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				After enabling and/or disabling the correct <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories, make sure that you have the latest list of available packages. Click on <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Refresh Package Lists</strong></span> and <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> will obtain the latest lists of packages from all enabled software sources, that is, <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> repositories.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-PackageKit.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第5章 PackageKit</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Finding_Packages_with_Filters.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5.2.2. Finding Packages with Filters</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a29ee6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html" title="21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html" title="21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities" /><link rel="next" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html" title="21.8. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" 
 href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding">21.7.2. Using Channel Bonding</h3></div></div></div><a id="id673442" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id673458" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id766771" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id766783" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id766794" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Fedora allows administrators to bind NICs together into a single channel using the <code class="filename">bonding</code> kernel module and a special network interface, called a <em class="firstterm">channel bonding interface</em>. Channel bonding enables two or more network interfaces to act as one, simultaneously increasing the bandwidth and providing redundancy.
+			</div><a id="id684241" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id684253" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				管理者は次の手順にて 複数のネットワークインターフェースをチャネル ボンディングしてください。
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, create a new file named <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> in the <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/</code> directory. Note that you can name this file anything you like as long as it ends with a <code class="filename">.conf</code> extension. Insert the following line in this new file:
+					</div><pre class="screen">alias bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> bonding</pre><div class="para">
+						Replace <em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> with the interface number, such as <code class="command">0</code>. For each configured channel bonding interface, there must be a corresponding entry in your new <code class="filename">/etc/modprobe.d/<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding</code></em>.conf</code> file.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Configure a channel bonding interface as outlined in <a class="xref" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						To enhance performance, adjust available module options to ascertain what combination works best. Pay particular attention to the <code class="command">miimon</code> or <code class="command">arp_interval</code> and the <code class="command">arp_ip_target</code> parameters. Refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Using_Channel_Bonding.html#s3-modules-bonding-directives">「Bonding Module Directives」</a> for a list of available options and how to quickly determine the best ones for your bonded interface.
+					</div></li></ol></div><div class="section" id="s3-modules-bonding-directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="s3-modules-bonding-directives">21.7.2.1. Bonding Module Directives</h4></div></div></div><a id="id982874" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id660445" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id660461" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+					It is a good idea to test which channel bonding module parameters work best for your bonded interfaces before adding them to the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS="<em class="replaceable"><code>bonding parameters</code></em>"</code></em> directive in your bonding interface configuration file (<code class="filename">ifcfg-bond0</code> for example). Parameters to bonded interfaces can be configured without unloading (and reloading) the bonding module by manipulating files in the <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> file system.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					<code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> is a virtual file system that represents kernel objects as directories, files and symbolic links. <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> can be used to query for information about kernel objects, and can also manipulate those objects through the use of normal file system commands. The <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> virtual file system has a line in <code class="filename">/etc/fstab</code>, and is mounted under the <code class="filename">/sys/</code> directory. All bonding interfaces can be configured dynamically by interacting with and manipulating files under the <code class="filename">/sys/class/net/</code> directory.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					In order to determine the best parameters for your bonding interface, create a channel bonding interface file such as <code class="filename">ifcfg-bond0</code> by following the instructions in <a class="xref" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>. Insert the <em class="parameter"><code>SLAVE=yes</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>MASTER=bond0</code></em> directives in the configuration files for each interface bonded to bond0. Once this is completed, you can proceed to testing the parameters.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					First, bring up the bond you created by running <code class="command">ifconfig <code class="option">bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em></code> <code class="option">up</code></code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ifconfig bond0 up</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					If you have correctly created the <code class="filename">ifcfg-bond0</code> bonding interface file, you will be able to see <code class="computeroutput">bond0</code> listed in the output of running <code class="command">ifconfig</code> (without any options):
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ifconfig</code>
+bond0     Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:00:00:00
+          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MASTER MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1
+          RX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
+          TX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
+          collisions:0 txqueuelen:0
+          RX bytes:0 (0.0 b)  TX bytes:0 (0.0 b)
+eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 52:54:00:26:9E:F1
+          inet addr:192.168.122.251  Bcast:192.168.122.255  Mask:255.255.255.0
+          inet6 addr: fe80::5054:ff:fe26:9ef1/64 Scope:Link
+          UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST  MTU:1500  Metric:1
+          RX packets:207 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
+          TX packets:205 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
+          collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
+          RX bytes:70374 (68.7 KiB)  TX bytes:25298 (24.7 KiB)
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					To view all existing bonds, even if they are not up, run:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">cat /sys/class/net/bonding_masters</code>
+bond0</pre><div class="para">
+					You can configure each bond individually by manipulating the files located in the <code class="filename">/sys/class/net/bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em>/bonding/</code> directory. First, the bond you are configuring must be taken down:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ifconfig bond0 down</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					As an example, to enable MII monitoring on bond0 with a 1 second interval, you could run (as <code class="systemitem">root</code>):
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo 1000 &gt; /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/miimon</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					To configure bond0 for <em class="parameter"><code>balance-alb</code></em> mode, you could run either:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo 6 &gt; /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/mode</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					...or, using the name of the mode:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo balance-alb &gt; /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/mode</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+					After configuring options for the bond in question, you can bring it up and test it by running <code class="command">ifconfig bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> <code class="option">up</code> </code>. If you decide to change the options, take the interface down, modify its parameters using <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code>, bring it back up, and re-test.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					Once you have determined the best set of parameters for your bond, add those parameters as a space-separated list to the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS=</code></em> directive of the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-bond<em class="replaceable"><code>N</code></em> </code> file for the bonding interface you are configuring. Whenever that bond is brought up (for example, by the system during the boot sequence if the <em class="parameter"><code>ONBOOT=yes</code></em> directive is set), the bonding options specified in the <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS</code></em> will take effect for that bond. For more information on configuring bonding interfaces (and <em class="parameter"><code>BONDING_OPTS</code></em>), refer to <a class="xref" href="s2-networkscripts-interfaces-chan.html">「チャンネル ボンディング インターフェース」</a>.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					The following list provides the names of many of the more common channel bonding parameters, along with a descriptions of what they do. For more information, refer to the brief descriptions for each <code class="computeroutput">parm</code> in <code class="command">modinfo bonding</code> output, or the exhaustive descriptions in the <code class="filename">bonding.txt</code> file in the <span class="package">kernel-doc</span> package (see <a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html">「その他のリソース」</a>).
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><h6>Bonding Interface Parameters</h6><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">arp_interval=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how often ARP monitoring occurs.
+							</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you specify all required parameters</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									It is essential that both <code class="literal">arp_interval</code> and <code class="literal">arp_ip_target</code> parameters are specified, or, alternatively, the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter is specified. Failure to do so can cause degradation of network performance in the event that a link fails.
+								</div></div></div><div class="para">
+								If using this setting while in <code class="literal">mode=0</code> or <code class="literal">mode=1</code> (the two load-balancing modes), the network switch must be configured to distribute packets evenly across the NICs. For more information on how to accomplish this, refer to <code class="filename">/usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt</code>
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The value is set to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> by default, which disables it.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">arp_ip_target=<em class="replaceable"><code>ip_address</code></em>[<span class="optional">,<em class="replaceable"><code>ip_address_2</code></em>,…<em class="replaceable"><code>ip_address_16</code></em></span>] </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the target IP address of ARP requests when the <code class="literal">arp_interval</code> parameter is enabled. Up to 16 IP addresses can be specified in a comma separated list.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">arp_validate=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Validate source/distribution of ARP probes; default is <strong class="userinput"><code>none</code></strong>. Other valid values are <strong class="userinput"><code>active</code></strong>, <strong class="userinput"><code>backup</code></strong>, and <strong class="userinput"><code>all</code></strong>.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">debug=<em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Enables debug messages. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Debug messages are disabled. This is the default.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Debug messages are enabled.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">downdelay=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how long to wait after link failure before disabling the link. The value must be a multiple of the value specified in the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter. The value is set to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> by default, which disables it.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">lacp_rate=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the rate at which link partners should transmit LACPDU packets in 802.3ad mode. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>slow</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Default setting. This specifies that partners should transmit LACPDUs every 30 seconds.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>fast</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Specifies that partners should transmit LACPDUs every 1 second.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">miimon=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how often MII link monitoring occurs. This is useful if high availability is required because MII is used to verify that the NIC is active. To verify that the driver for a particular NIC supports the MII tool, type the following command as <code class="systemitem">root</code>:
+							</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ethtool <em class="replaceable"><code>interface_name</code></em> | grep "Link detected:"</code>
+</pre><div class="para">
+								In this command, replace <em class="replaceable"><code>interface_name</code></em> with the name of the device interface, such as <strong class="userinput"><code>eth0</code></strong>, not the bond interface. If MII is supported, the command returns:
+							</div><pre class="screen">Link detected: yes</pre><div class="para">
+								If using a bonded interface for high availability, the module for each NIC must support MII. Setting the value to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> (the default), turns this feature off. When configuring this setting, a good starting point for this parameter is <strong class="userinput"><code>100</code></strong>.
+							</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure you specify all required parameters</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									It is essential that both <code class="literal">arp_interval</code> and <code class="literal">arp_ip_target</code> parameters are specified, or, alternatively, the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter is specified. Failure to do so can cause degradation of network performance in the event that a link fails.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">mode=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Allows you to specify the bonding policy. The <em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> can be one of:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-rr</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Sets a round-robin policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. Transmissions are received and sent out sequentially on each bonded slave interface beginning with the first one available.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>active-backup</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Sets an active-backup policy for fault tolerance. Transmissions are received and sent out via the first available bonded slave interface. Another bonded slave interface is only used if the active bonded slave interface fails.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-xor</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>2</code></strong> — Sets an XOR (exclusive-or) policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. Using this method, the interface matches up the incoming request's MAC address with the MAC address for one of the slave NICs. Once this link is established, transmissions are sent out sequentially beginning with the first available interface.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>broadcast</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>3</code></strong> — Sets a broadcast policy for fault tolerance. All transmissions are sent on all slave interfaces.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>802.3ad</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>4</code></strong> — Sets an IEEE 802.3ad dynamic link aggregation policy. Creates aggregation groups that share the same speed and duplex settings. Transmits and receives on all slaves in the active aggregator. Requires a switch that is 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-tlb</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>5</code></strong> — Sets a Transmit Load Balancing (TLB) policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. The outgoing traffic is distributed according to the current load on each slave interface. Incoming traffic is received by the current slave. If the receiving slave fails, another slave takes over the MAC address of the failed slave.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>balance-alb</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>6</code></strong> — Sets an Active Load Balancing (ALB) policy for fault tolerance and load balancing. Includes transmit and receive load balancing for IPV4 traffic. Receive load balancing is achieved through ARP negotiation.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">num_unsol_na=<em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the number of unsolicited IPv6 Neighbor Advertisements to be issued after a failover event. One unsolicited NA is issued immediately after the failover.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The valid range is <strong class="userinput"><code>0 - 255</code></strong>; the default value is <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong>. This parameter affects only the active-backup mode.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">primary=<em class="replaceable"><code>interface_name</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the interface name, such as <strong class="userinput"><code>eth0</code></strong>, of the primary device. The <code class="literal">primary</code> device is the first of the bonding interfaces to be used and is not abandoned unless it fails. This setting is particularly useful when one NIC in the bonding interface is faster and, therefore, able to handle a bigger load.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								This setting is only valid when the bonding interface is in <strong class="userinput"><code>active-backup</code></strong> mode. Refer to <code class="filename"> /usr/share/doc/kernel-doc-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel-version</code></em>/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt</code> for more information.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">primary_reselect=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies the reselection policy for the primary slave. This affects how the primary slave is chosen to become the active slave when failure of the active slave or recovery of the primary slave occurs. This parameter is designed to prevent flip-flopping between the primary slave and other slaves. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>always</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> (default) — The primary slave becomes the active slave whenever it comes back up.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>better</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — The primary slave becomes the active slave when it comes back up, if the speed and duplex of the primary slave is better than the speed and duplex of the current active slave.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>failure</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>2</code></strong> — The primary slave becomes the active slave only if the current active slave fails and the primary slave is up.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								The <code class="literal">primary_reselect</code> setting is ignored in two cases:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										If no slaves are active, the first slave to recover is made the active slave.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										When initially enslaved, the primary slave is always made the active slave.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+								Changing the <code class="literal">primary_reselect</code> policy via <code class="systemitem">sysfs</code> will cause an immediate selection of the best active slave according to the new policy. This may or may not result in a change of the active slave, depending upon the circumstances
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">updelay=<em class="replaceable"><code>time_in_milliseconds</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies (in milliseconds) how long to wait before enabling a link. The value must be a multiple of the value specified in the <code class="literal">miimon</code> parameter. The value is set to <strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> by default, which disables it.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">use_carrier=<em class="replaceable"><code>number</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Specifies whether or not <code class="literal">miimon</code> should use MII/ETHTOOL ioctls or <code class="function">netif_carrier_ok()</code> to determine the link state. The <code class="function">netif_carrier_ok()</code> function relies on the device driver to maintains its state with <code class="literal">netif_carrier_<em class="replaceable"><code>on/off</code></em> </code>; most device drivers support this function.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								The MII/ETHROOL ioctls tools utilize a deprecated calling sequence within the kernel. However, this is still configurable in case your device driver does not support <code class="literal">netif_carrier_<em class="replaceable"><code>on/off</code></em> </code>.
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Valid values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> — Default setting. Enables the use of <code class="function">netif_carrier_ok()</code>.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> — Enables the use of MII/ETHTOOL ioctls.
+									</div></li></ul></div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+									If the bonding interface insists that the link is up when it should not be, it is possible that your network device driver does not support <code class="literal">netif_carrier_<em class="replaceable"><code>on/off</code></em></code>.
+								</div></div></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="literal">xmit_hash_policy=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								Selects the transmit hash policy used for slave selection in <strong class="userinput"><code>balance-xor</code></strong> and <strong class="userinput"><code>802.3ad</code></strong> modes. Possible values are:
+							</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>0</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>layer2</code></strong> — Default setting. This parameter uses the XOR of hardware MAC addresses to generate the hash. The formula used is:
+									</div><pre class="screen">(<em class="replaceable"><code>source_MAC_address</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>destination_MAC</code></em>) MODULO <em class="replaceable"><code>slave_count</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+										This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular network peer on the same slave, and is 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>1</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>layer3+4</code></strong> — Uses upper layer protocol information (when available) to generate the hash. This allows for traffic to a particular network peer to span multiple slaves, although a single connection will not span multiple slaves.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										The formula for unfragmented TCP and UDP packets used is:
+									</div><pre class="screen">((<em class="replaceable"><code>source_port</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>dest_port</code></em>) XOR
+  ((<em class="replaceable"><code>source_IP</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>dest_IP</code></em>) AND <code class="constant">0xffff</code>)
+    MODULO <em class="replaceable"><code>slave_count</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+										For fragmented TCP or UDP packets and all other IP protocol traffic, the source and destination port information is omitted. For non-IP traffic, the formula is the same as the <code class="command">layer2</code> transmit hash policy.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										This policy intends to mimic the behavior of certain switches; particularly, Cisco switches with PFC2 as well as some Foundry and IBM products.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										The algorithm used by this policy is not 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+										<strong class="userinput"><code>2</code></strong> or <strong class="userinput"><code>layer2+3</code></strong> — Uses a combination of layer2 and layer3 protocol information to generate the hash.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses and IP addresses to generate the hash. The formula is:
+									</div><pre class="screen">(((<em class="replaceable"><code>source_IP</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>dest_IP</code></em>) AND <code class="constant">0xffff</code>) XOR
+  ( <em class="replaceable"><code>source_MAC</code></em> XOR <em class="replaceable"><code>destination_MAC</code></em> ))
+    MODULO <em class="replaceable"><code>slave_count</code></em>
+</pre><div class="para">
+										This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular network peer on the same slave. For non-IP traffic, the formula is the same as for the layer2 transmit hash policy.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										This policy is intended to provide a more balanced distribution of traffic than layer2 alone, especially in environments where a layer3 gateway device is required to reach most destinations.
+									</div><div class="para">
+										This algorithm is 802.3ad compliant.
+									</div></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Specific_Kernel_Module_Capabilities.html"><strong>戻る</strong>21.7. Specific Kernel Module Capabilities</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-modules-additional-resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>21.8. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38d2949
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Using_Yum_Variables.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Configuring_Yum_and_Yum_Repositories.html" title="4.3. Yum と Yum リポジトリーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html" title="4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html" title="4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" hre
 f="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Using_Yum_Variables"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Using_Yum_Variables">4.3.3. Yum 変数の使い方</h3></div></div></div><a id="id707186" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can use and reference the following built-in variables in <code class="command">yum</code> commands and in all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> configuration files (that is, <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> and all <code class="filename">.repo</code> files in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.repos.d/</code> directory):
+			</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$releasever</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use this variable to reference the release version of Fedora. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> obtains the value of <code class="varname">$releasever</code> from the <code class="literal">distroverpkg=<em class="replaceable"><code>value</code></em></code> line in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> configuration file. If there is no such line in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, then <code class="command">yum</code> infers the correct value by deriving the version number from the <span class="package">redhat-release</span> package.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$arch</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use this variable to refer to the system's CPU architecture as returned when calling Python's <code class="methodname">os.uname()</code> function. Valid values for <code class="varname">$arch</code> include: <code class="literal">i586</code>, <code class="literal">i686</code>, and <code class="literal">x86_64</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$basearch</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use <code class="varname">$basearch</code> to reference the base architecture of the system. For example, i686 and i586 machines both have a base architecture of <code class="literal">i386</code>, and AMD64 and Intel 64 machines have a base architecture of <code class="literal">x86_64</code>.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$uuid</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							You can use this variable to refer to a <em class="firstterm">universally unique identifier</em> (UUID) for the machine.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="varname">$YUM0-9</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							These ten variables are each replaced with the value of any shell environment variables with the same name. If one of these variables is referenced (in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> for example) and a shell environment variable with the same name does not exist, then the configuration file variable is not replaced.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				To define a custom variable or to override the value of an existing one, create a file with the same name as the variable (without the <span class="quote">「<span class="quote"><code class="literal">$</code></span>」</span> sign) in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum/vars/</code> directory, and add the desired value on its first line.
+			</div><div class="example" id="exam-Using_Yum_Variables"><h6>例4.7 Using a custom <span class="application">Yum</span> variable</h6><div class="example-contents"><div class="para">
+					Repository descriptions often include the operating system name. To define a new variable called <code class="varname">$osname</code>, create a new file with <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">Fedora</span>」</span> on the first line and save it as <code class="filename">/etc/yum/vars/osname</code>. For example:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">echo "Fedora" &gt; /etc/yum/vars/osname</code></pre><div class="para">
+					Instead of <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">Fedora 15</span>」</span>, you can now use the following in the <code class="filename">.repo</code> files:
+				</div><pre class="screen">name=$osname $releasever</pre></div></div><br class="example-break" /></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Setting_repository_Options.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.3.2. [repository] オプションの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa487f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html" title="第20章 カーネルをアップグレードする" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html" title="20.4. アップグレードの実行" /><link rel="next" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html" title="20.6. ブートローダの確認" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrad
 e.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image">20.5. 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</h2></div></div></div><a id="id1017830" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			The job of the initial RAM disk image is to preload the block device modules, such as for IDE, SCSI or RAID, so that the root file system, on which those modules normally reside, can then be accessed and mounted. On Fedora 15 systems, whenever a new kernel is installed using either the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span>, or <span class="application"><strong>RPM</strong></span> package manager, the <span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span> utility is always called by the installation scripts to create an <em class="firstterm">initramfs</em> (initial RAM disk image).
+		</div><div class="para">
+			On all architectures other than IBM eServer System i (see <a class="xref" href="sec-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image.html#bh-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image_and_Kernel_on_IBM_eServer_System_i">20.5項「Verifying the Initial RAM Disk Image and Kernel on IBM eServer System i」</a>), you can create an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> by running the <code class="command">dracut</code> command. However, you usually don't need to create an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> manually: this step is automatically performed if the kernel and its associated packages are installed or upgraded from RPM packages distributed by The Fedora Project.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			You can verify that an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> corresponding to your current kernel version exists and is specified correctly in the <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> configuration file by following this procedure:
+		</div><div class="procedure" id="procedure-Verifying_the_Initial_RAM_Disk_Image"><h6>手順20.1 初期RAMディスクイメージの確認</h6><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					As <code class="systemitem">root</code>, list the contents in the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory and find the kernel (<code class="filename">vmlinuz-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code>) and <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code> with the latest (most recent) version number:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ls /boot/</code>
+config-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64
+config-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64
+efi
+elf-memtest86+-4.10
+grub
+initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img
+initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img
+lost+found
+memtest86+-4.10
+System.map-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64
+System.map-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64
+vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64
+vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64</pre><div class="para">
+					The example above shows that:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							we have two kernels installed (or, more correctly, two kernel files are present in the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory),
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							the latest kernel is <code class="filename">vmlinuz-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64</code>, and
+						</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+							an <code class="systemitem">initramfs</code> file matching our kernel version, <code class="filename">initramfs-2.6.38.6-27.fc15.x86_64.img</code>, also exists.
+						</div></li></ul></div><div class="important" id="important-initrd_files_in_the__boot_directory_are_not_the_same_as_initramfs_files"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>initrd files in the /boot/ directory are not the same as initramfs files</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						In the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory you may find several <code class="filename">initrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>version</code></em>kdump.img</code> files. These are special files created by the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> mechanism for kernel debugging purposes, are not used to boot the system, and can safely be ignored. For more information on <code class="systemitem">kdump</code>, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html">22ç« <em>The kdump Crash Recovery Service</em></a>.
+					</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					(Optional) If your <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em> </code> file does not match the version of the latest kernel in <code class="filename">/boot/</code>, or, in certain other situations, you may need to generate an <code class="filename">initramfs</code> file with the <span class="application"><strong>Dracut</strong></span> utility. Simply invoking <code class="command">dracut</code> as <code class="systemitem">root</code> without options causes it to generate an <code class="filename">initramfs</code> file in the <code class="filename">/boot/</code> directory for the latest kernel present in that directory:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">dracut</code></pre><div class="para">
+					You must use the <code class="option">--force</code> option if you want <code class="command">dracut</code> to overwrite an existing <code class="filename">initramfs</code> (for example, if your <code class="filename">initramfs</code> has become corrupt). Otherwise <code class="command">dracut</code> will refuse to overwrite the existing <code class="filename">initramfs</code> file:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">dracut</code>
+F: Will not override existing initramfs (/boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img) without --force</pre><div class="para">
+					You can create an initramfs in the current directory by calling <code class="command">dracut <em class="replaceable"><code>initramfs_name</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code>:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">dracut "initramfs-$(uname -r).img" $(uname -r)</code></pre><div class="para">
+					If you need to specify specific kernel modules to be preloaded, add the names of those modules (minus any file name suffixes such as <code class="filename">.ko</code>) inside the parentheses of the <code class="computeroutput">add_dracutmodules="<em class="replaceable"><code>module</code></em> [<span class="optional"><em class="replaceable"><code>more_modules</code></em></span>]"</code> directive of the <code class="filename">/etc/dracut.conf</code> configuration file. You can list the file contents of an <code class="filename">initramfs</code> image file created by dracut by using the <code class="command">lsinitrd <em class="replaceable"><code>initramfs_file</code></em></code> command:
+				</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">lsinitrd /boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img</code>
+/boot/initramfs-2.6.38.6-26.fc15.x86_64.img:
+========================================================================
+dracut-009-10.fc15
+========================================================================
+drwxr-xr-x  23 root     root            0 May 20 14:45 .
+drwxr-xr-x   2 root     root            0 May 20 14:45 bin
+-rwxr-xr-x   1 root     root        38400 Feb  8 12:46 bin/rmdir
+-rwxr-xr-x   1 root     root       116632 Feb  8 12:46 bin/ls
+-rwxr-xr-x   1 root     root        39568 Feb  8 03:27 bin/setfont
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+					Refer to <code class="command">man dracut</code> and <code class="command">man dracut.conf</code> for more information on options and usage.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Examine the <code class="filename">grub.conf</code> configuration file in the <code class="filename">/boot/grub/</code> directory to ensure that an <code class="computeroutput">initrd <code class="filename">initramfs-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em>.img</code></code> exists for the kernel version you are booting. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html">「ブートローダの確認」</a> for more information.
+				</div></li></ol></div><h3>Verifying the Initial RAM Disk Image and Kernel on IBM eServer System i</h3><a id="id833430" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			On IBM eServer System i machines, the initial RAM disk and kernel files are combined into a single file, which is created with the <code class="command">addRamDisk</code> command. This step is performed automatically if the kernel and its associated packages are installed or upgraded from the RPM packages distributed by The Fedora Project; thus, it does not need to be executed manually. To verify that it was created, use the command <code class="command">ls -l /boot/</code> to make sure the <code class="filename">/boot/vmlinitrd-<em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code> file already exists (the <code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>kernel_version</code></em></code> should match the version of the kernel just installed).
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-kernel-perform-upgrade.html"><strong>戻る</strong>20.4. アップグレードの実行</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-kernel-boot-loader.html"><strong>次へ</strong>20.6. ブートローダの確認</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95b4255
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log.html
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Using_Add_Remove_Software.html" title="5.2. Using Add/Remove Software" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html" title="5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups" /><link rel="next" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html" title="5.3. PackageKit Architecture" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing_and_Re
 moving_Package_Groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Viewing_the_Transaction_Log">5.2.5. Viewing the Transaction Log</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> maintains a log of the transactions 
+				<a id="id1084727" class="indexterm"></a>
+				 <a id="id889414" class="indexterm"></a>
+				that it performs. To view the log, from the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Add/Remove Software</strong></span> window, click <span class="guimenu"><strong>System</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Software Log</strong></span>, or run the <code class="command">gpk-log</code> command at the shell prompt.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Software Log Viewer</strong></span> shows the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Action</strong></span>, such as <code class="literal">Updated Packages</code> or <code class="literal">Installed Packages</code>, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Date</strong></span> on which that action was performed, the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Username</strong></span> of the user who performed the action, and the front end <span class="guilabel"><strong>Application</strong></span> the user used (such as <code class="literal">Add/Remove Software</code>, or <code class="literal">Update System</code>). The <span class="guilabel"><strong>Details</strong></span> column provides the types of the transactions, such as <code class="literal">Updated</code>, <code class="literal">Installed</code>, or <code class="literal">Removed</code>, as well as the list of packages the transactions were performed on.
+			</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Graphical_Package_Management-Software_Log_Viewer"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/add-remove-software-log.png" alt="Viewing the log of package management transactions with the Software Log Viewer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+							Viewing the log of package management transactions with PackageKit's Software Log Viewer window
+						</div></div></div></div><h6>図5.10 Viewing the log of package management transactions with the Software Log Viewer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+				Typing the name of a package in the top text entry field filters the list of transactions to those which affected that package.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Installing_and_Removing_Package_Groups.html"><strong>戻る</strong>5.2.4. Installing and Removing Package Groups</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-PackageKit_Architecture.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5.3. PackageKit Architecture</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Yum_Plugins.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Yum_Plugins.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcb1276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-Yum_Plugins.html
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4.4. Yum Plugins</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-yum.html" title="第4章 Yum" /><link rel="prev" href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html" title="4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成" /><link rel="next" href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html" title="4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li
 ><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-Yum_Plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sec-Yum_Plugins">4.4. Yum Plugins</h2></div></div></div><a id="id659454" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			<span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> provides plugins that extend and enhance its operations. Certain plugins are installed by default. <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> always informs you which plugins, if any, are loaded and active whenever you call any <code class="command">yum</code> command:
+		</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum info yum</code>
+Loaded plugins: langpacks, presto, refresh-packagekit
+<em class="lineannotation"><span class="lineannotation">[output truncated]</span></em></pre><div class="para">
+			Note that the plugin names which follow <code class="command">Loaded plugins</code> are the names you can provide to the <code class="option">--disableplugins=<em class="replaceable"><code>plugin_name</code></em></code> option.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-Enabling_Configuring_and_Disabling_Yum_Plugins">4.4.1. Enabling, Configuring and Disabling Yum Plugins</h3></div></div></div><a id="id908963" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id992518" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id992530" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				To enable <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins, ensure that a line beginning with <code class="command">plugins=</code> is present in the <code class="literal">[main]</code> section of <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, and that its value is set to <code class="constant">1</code>:
+			</div><pre class="screen">plugins=1</pre><div class="para">
+				You can disable all plugins by changing this line to <code class="command">plugins=0</code>.
+			</div><div class="important" id="important-Disabling_all_plugins_is_not_advised-plugins"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Disabling all plugins is not advised</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					Disabling all plugins is not advised because certain plugins provide important <code class="command">Yum</code> services. Disabling plugins globally is provided as a convenience option, and is generally only recommended when diagnosing a potential problem with <code class="command">Yum</code>.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Every installed plugin has its own configuration file in the <code class="filename">/etc/yum/pluginconf.d/</code> directory. You can set plugin-specific options in these files. For example, the following is the content of <code class="filename">refresh-packagekit.conf</code>, the configuration file for the <span class="application"><strong>refresh-packagekit</strong></span> plugin:
+			</div><pre class="screen">[main]
+enabled=1</pre><div class="para">
+				Plugin configuration files always contain a <code class="literal">[main]</code> section (similar to <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span>'s <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code> file) in which there is (or you can place if it is missing) an <code class="literal">enabled=</code> option that controls whether the plugin is enabled when you run <code class="command">yum</code> commands.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you disable all plugins by setting <code class="command">enabled=0</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/yum.conf</code>, then all plugins are disabled regardless of whether they are enabled in their individual configuration files.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you merely want to disable all <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins for a single <code class="command">yum</code> command, use the <code class="option">--noplugins</code> option.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If you want to disable one or more <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> plugins for a single <code class="command">yum</code> command, add the <code class="option">--disableplugin=<em class="replaceable"><code>plugin_name</code></em></code> option to the command. For example, to disable the <span class="application"><strong>presto</strong></span> plugin while updating a system, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update --disableplugin=presto</code></pre><div class="para">
+				The plugin names you provide to the <code class="option">--disableplugin=</code> option are the same names listed after the <code class="command">Loaded plugins</code> line in the output of any <code class="command">yum</code> command. You can disable multiple plugins by separating their names with commas. In addition, you can match multiple plugin names or shorten long ones by using glob expressions:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">yum update --disableplugin=presto,refresh-pack*</code></pre></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sec-Creating_a_Yum_Repository.html"><strong>戻る</strong>4.3.4. Yum リポジトリーの作成</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sec-Installing_More_Yum_Plugins.html"><strong>次へ</strong>4.4.2. Installing Additional Yum Plugins</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8db89b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer.html
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sec-Printer_Configuration.html" title="15.3. プリンタの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html" title="15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加" /><link rel="next" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html" title="15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong></
 a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sec-printing-LPDLPR-printer">15.3.6. Adding an LPD/LPR Host or Printer</h3></div></div></div><a id="id719549" class="indexterm"></a><div class="procedure" id="proc-Adding_HTTPS_Printer"><div class="para">
+				Follow this procedure to add an LPD/LPR host or printer:
+			</div><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Open the <code class="systemitem">New Printer</code> dialog (refer to <a class="xref" href="sec-Setting_Printer.html">「Starting Printer Setup」</a>).
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					In the list of devices on the left, select <span class="guimenu"><strong>Network Printer</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>LPD/LPR Host or Printer</strong></span>.
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					On the right, enter the connection settings:
+				</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Host</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the hostname of the LPD/LPR printer or host
+							</div><div class="para">
+								Optionally, click <span class="guibutton"><strong>Probe</strong></span> to find queues on the LPD host.
+							</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><span class="guilabel"><strong>Queue</strong></span></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+								the queue name to be given to the new queue (if the box is left empty, a name based on the device node will be used)
+							</div></dd></dl></div><div class="figure" id="fig-printconf-lpd"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/printconf-lpd.png" alt="Adding an LPD/LPR printer" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+								Adding an LPD/LPR Printer
+							</div></div></div></div><h6>図15.6 Adding an LPD/LPR printer</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					<span class="guibutton"><strong>進む</strong></span> をクリックして続行します。
+				</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+					Select the printer model. Refer to <a class="xref" href="s1-printing-select-model.html">「プリンタモデルの選択と終了」</a> for details.
+				</div></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-printing-ipp-printer.html"><strong>戻る</strong>15.3.5. IPP プリンタの追加</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-printing-smb-printer.html"><strong>次へ</strong>15.3.7. Adding a Samba (SMB) printer</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b46b153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server.html
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html" title="第10章 DHCP Servers" /><link rel="prev" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html" title="10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定" /><link rel="next" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html" title="10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li cl
 ass="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Configuring_a_Multihomed_DHCP_Server">10.4. Configuring a Multihomed DHCP Server</h2></div></div></div><a id="id953563" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			A multihomed DHCP server serves multiple networks, that is, multiple subnets. The examples in these sections detail how to configure a DHCP server to serve multiple networks, select which network interfaces to listen on, and how to define network settings for systems that move networks.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			Before making any changes, back up the existing <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> files.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The DHCP daemon listens on all network interfaces unless otherwise specified. Use the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> file to specify which network interfaces the DHCP daemon listens on. The following <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> example specifies that the DHCP daemon listens on the <code class="filename">eth0</code> and <code class="filename">eth1</code> interfaces:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">DHCPDARGS="eth0 eth1";</pre><div class="para">
+			If a system has three network interfaces cards -- <code class="filename">eth0</code>, <code class="filename">eth1</code>, and <code class="filename">eth2</code> -- and it is only desired that the DHCP daemon listens on <code class="filename">eth0</code>, then only specify <code class="computeroutput">eth0</code> in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code>:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">DHCPDARGS="eth0";</pre><div class="para">
+			The following is a basic <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> file, for a server that has two network interfaces, <code class="filename">eth0</code> in a 10.0.0.0/24 network, and <code class="filename">eth1</code> in a 172.16.0.0/24 network. Multiple <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declarations allow different settings to be defined for multiple networks:
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">default-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>600</code></em>;
+max-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>7200</code></em>;
+subnet 10.0.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 10.0.0.1;
+	range 10.0.0.5 10.0.0.15;
+}
+subnet 172.16.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 172.16.0.1;
+	range 172.16.0.5 172.16.0.15;
+}</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">subnet <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.0</code></em> netmask <em class="replaceable"><code>255.255.255.0</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						A <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration is required for every network your DHCP server is serving. Multiple subnets require multiple <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declarations. If the DHCP server does not have a network interface in a range of a <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration, the DHCP server does not serve that network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						If there is only one <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration, and no network interfaces are in the range of that subnet, the DHCP daemon fails to start, and an error such as the following is logged to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>:
+					</div><pre class="programlisting">dhcpd: No subnet declaration for eth0 (0.0.0.0).
+dhcpd: ** Ignoring requests on eth0.  If this is not what
+dhcpd:    you want, please write a subnet declaration
+dhcpd:    in your dhcpd.conf file for the network segment
+dhcpd:    to which interface eth1 is attached. **
+dhcpd:
+dhcpd:
+dhcpd: Not configured to listen on any interfaces!</pre></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">option subnet-mask <em class="replaceable"><code>255.255.255.0</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">option subnet-mask</code> option defines a subnet mask, and overrides the <code class="computeroutput">netmask</code> value in the <code class="computeroutput">subnet</code> declaration. In simple cases, the subnet and netmask values are the same.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">option routers <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.1</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">option routers</code> option defines the default gateway for the subnet. This is required for systems to reach internal networks on a different subnet, as well as external networks.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">range <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.5</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.15</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						The <code class="computeroutput">range</code> option specifies the pool of available IP addresses. Systems are assigned an address from the range of specified IP addresses.
+					</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+			For further information, refer to the <code class="computeroutput">dhcpd.conf(5)</code> man page.
+		</div><div class="warning"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Do not use alias interfaces</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				Alias interfaces are not supported by DHCP. If an alias interface is the only interface, in the only subnet specified in <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>, the DHCP daemon fails to start.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-dns_Host_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-dns_Host_Configuration">10.4.1. Host Configuration</h3></div></div></div><a id="id834511" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				Before making any changes, back up the existing <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> files.
+			</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id834536">Configuring a single system for multiple networks</h5>
+					The following <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code> example creates two subnets, and configures an IP address for the same system, depending on which network it connects to:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">default-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>600</code></em>;
+max-lease-time <em class="replaceable"><code>7200</code></em>;
+subnet 10.0.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 10.0.0.1;
+	range 10.0.0.5 10.0.0.15;
+}
+subnet 172.16.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {
+	option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;
+	option routers 172.16.0.1;
+	range 172.16.0.5 172.16.0.15;
+}
+host example0 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1A:6B:6A:2E:0B;
+	fixed-address 10.0.0.20;
+}
+host example1 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1A:6B:6A:2E:0B;
+	fixed-address 172.16.0.20;
+}</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">host <em class="replaceable"><code>example0</code></em> </code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration defines specific parameters for a single system, such as an IP address. To configure specific parameters for multiple hosts, use multiple <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations.
+						</div><div class="para">
+							Most DHCP clients ignore the name in <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations, and as such, this name can anything, as long as it is unique to other <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations. To configure the same system for multiple networks, use a different name for each <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration, otherwise the DHCP daemon fails to start. Systems are identified by the <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> option, not the name in the <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet <em class="replaceable"><code>00:1A:6B:6A:2E:0B</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> option identifies the system. To find this address, run the <code class="command">ip link</code> command.
+						</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"> <code class="computeroutput">fixed-address <em class="replaceable"><code>10.0.0.20</code></em>;</code> </span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							The <code class="computeroutput">fixed-address</code> option assigns a valid IP address to the system specified by the <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> option. This address must be outside the IP address pool specified with the <code class="computeroutput">range</code> option.
+						</div></dd></dl></div><div class="para">
+				If <code class="computeroutput">option</code> statements do not end with a semicolon, the DHCP daemon fails to start, and an error such as the following is logged to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf line 20: semicolon expected.
+dhcpd: }
+dhcpd: ^
+dhcpd: /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf line 38: unexpected end of file
+dhcpd:
+dhcpd: ^
+dhcpd: Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting</pre><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id722904">Configuring systems with multiple network interfaces</h5>
+					The following <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations configure a single system, that has multiple network interfaces, so that each interface receives the same IP address. This configuration will not work if both network interfaces are connected to the same network at the same time:
+				</div><pre class="programlisting">host interface0 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1a:6b:6a:2e:0b;
+	fixed-address 10.0.0.18;
+}
+host interface1 {
+	hardware ethernet 00:1A:6B:6A:27:3A;
+	fixed-address 10.0.0.18;
+}</pre><div class="para">
+				For this example, <code class="computeroutput">interface0</code> is the first network interface, and <code class="computeroutput">interface1</code> is the second interface. The different <code class="computeroutput">hardware ethernet</code> options identify each interface.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				If such a system connects to another network, add more <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declarations, remembering to:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						assign a valid <code class="computeroutput">fixed-address</code> for the network the host is connecting to.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						make the name in the <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration unique.
+					</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+				When a name given in a <code class="computeroutput">host</code> declaration is not unique, the DHCP daemon fails to start, and an error such as the following is logged to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting">dhcpd: /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf line 31: host interface0: already exists
+dhcpd: }
+dhcpd: ^
+dhcpd: Configuration file errors encountered -- exiting</pre><div class="para">
+				This error was caused by having multiple <code class="computeroutput">host interface0</code> declarations defined in <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>.
+			</div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-client.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.3. DHCP クライアントの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="s1-dhcp_for_ipv6_dhcpv6.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.5. DHCP for IPv6 (DHCPv6)</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be28de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>2.3. その他のリソース</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html" title="第2章 日付と時刻の設定" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html" title="2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html" title="第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li cla
 ss="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources">2.3. その他のリソース</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			For more information about the date and time configuration, refer to the following resources.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources-Installed_Documentation">2.3.1. その他のリソース</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">date</code>(1) — The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>date</strong></span> utility.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">ntpdate</code>(8) — The manual page for the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> utility.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="literal">ntpd</code>(8) — The manual page for the <code class="systemitem">ntpd</code> service.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html"><strong>戻る</strong>2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第3章 ユーザーとグループの管理</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a213ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html" title="2.2. コマンドライン管理" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html" title="2.2. コマンドライン管理" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html" title="2.3. その他のリソース" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><l
 i class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol">2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</h3></div></div></div><a id="id708051" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id708063" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id708071" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id1005504" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				As opposed to the manual setup described above, you can also synchronize the system clock with a remote server over the Network Time Protocol (<acronym class="acronym">NTP</acronym>). For the one-time synchronization only, use the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> command:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Check whether the selected NTP server is accessible by using the <code class="command">ntpdate</code> command in the following form:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ntpdate -q <em class="replaceable"><code>server_address</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						For example, to connect to <code class="systemitem">0.fedora.pool.ntp.org</code>, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ntpdate -q 0.fedora.pool.ntp.org</code>
+server 204.15.208.61, stratum 2, offset -39.275438, delay 0.16083
+server 69.65.40.29, stratum 2, offset -39.269122, delay 0.17191
+server 148.167.132.201, stratum 2, offset -39.270239, delay 0.20482
+23 May 01:05:54 ntpdate[10619]: step time server 204.15.208.61 offset -39.275438 sec</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						When you find a satisfactory server, run the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> command followed with one or more server addresses:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">ntpdate <em class="replaceable"><code>server_address...</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						For instance:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">ntpdate 0.fedora.pool.ntp.org 1.fedora.pool.ntp.org</code>
+23 May 01:07:13 ntpdate[10669]: step time server 204.15.208.61 offset -39.275436 sec</pre><div class="para">
+						Unless an error message is displayed, the system time should now be set. You can check the current by setting typing <code class="command">date</code> without any additional arguments as shown in <a class="xref" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html#sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">「Configuring the Date and Time」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						In most cases, these steps are sufficient. Only if you really need one or more system services to always use the correct time, enable running the <span class="application"><strong>ntpdate</strong></span> at boot time:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable ntpdate.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For more information about system services and their setup, refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a>.
+					</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>注記</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							If the synchronization with the time server at boot time keeps failing, that is, you find a relevant error message in the <code class="filename">/var/log/boot.log</code> system log, try to add the following line to <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network</code>:
+						</div><pre class="screen">NETWORKWAIT=1</pre></div></div></li></ol></div><a id="id910273" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910285" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910293" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id910307" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				However, the more convenient way is to set the <code class="systemitem">ntpd</code> daemon to synchronize the time at boot time automatically:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Open the NTP configuration file <code class="filename">/etc/ntp.conf</code> in a text editor, creating a new one if it does not already exist.
+					</div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Add or edit the list of public NTP servers. If you are using Fedora 15, the file should already contain the following lines, but feel free to change or expand these according to your needs:
+					</div><pre class="screen">server 0.fedora.pool.ntp.org iburst
+server 1.fedora.pool.ntp.org iburst
+server 2.fedora.pool.ntp.org iburst</pre><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Speeding up initial synchronization</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+							To speed the initial synchronization up, it is recommended that the <code class="command">iburst</code> directive is added at the end of each server line.
+						</div></div></div></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						In the same file, set the proper permissions, giving the unrestricted access to localhost only:
+					</div><pre class="screen">restrict default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
+restrict -6 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
+restrict 127.0.0.1
+restrict -6 ::1</pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Save the changes, exit the editor, and restart the NTP daemon:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl restart ntpd.service</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						Additionally, make sure that <code class="command">ntpd</code> daemon is started at boot time:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable ntpd.service</code></pre></li></ol></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong>2.2. コマンドライン管理</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Additional_Resources.html"><strong>次へ</strong>2.3. その他のリソース</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dc72fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration.html
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>2.2. コマンドライン管理</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html" title="第2章 日付と時刻の設定" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html" title="第2章 日付と時刻の設定" /><link rel="next" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html" title="2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previo
 us"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration">2.2. コマンドライン管理</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			In case your system does not have the <span class="application"><strong>Date/Time Properties</strong></span> tool installed, or the <span class="emphasis"><em>X Window Server</em></span> is not running, you can change the system date and time on the command line. Note that in order to perform actions described in this section, you have to be logged in as <code class="systemitem">root</code>. To do so, type the following at a shell prompt:
+		</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">su -</code></pre><div class="section" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Date_and_Time">2.2.1. Configuring the Date and Time</h3></div></div></div><a id="id880702" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id880710" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				The <code class="command">date</code> command allows the superuser to set the system date and time manually:
+			</div><div class="procedure"><ol class="1"><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						To change the current date, type the command in the following form at a shell prompt, replacing the <em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em> with a four-digit year, <em class="replaceable"><code>MM</code></em> with a two-digit month, and <em class="replaceable"><code>DD</code></em> with a two-digit day of the month:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">date +%D -s <em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY-MM-DD</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						For example, to set the date to 2 June 2010, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">date +%D -s 2010-06-02</code></pre></li><li class="step"><div class="para">
+						To change the current date, use the following command, where <em class="replaceable"><code>HH</code></em> stands for an hour, <em class="replaceable"><code>MM</code></em> is a minute, and <em class="replaceable"><code>SS</code></em> is a second, all typed in a two-digit form:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">date +%T -s <em class="replaceable"><code>HH:MM:SS</code></em></code></pre><div class="para">
+						If your system clock is set to use <acronym class="acronym">UTC</acronym> (Coordinated Universal Time), add the following option:
+					</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">date +%T -s <em class="replaceable"><code>HH:MM:SS</code></em> -u</code></pre><div class="para">
+						For instance, to set the system clock to 11:26 PM using the <acronym class="acronym">UTC</acronym>, type:
+					</div><pre class="screen">~]# <code class="command">date +%T -s 23:26:00 -u</code></pre></li></ol></div><div class="para">
+				You can check your current settings by typing <code class="command">date</code> without any additional argument, for example:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">date</code>
+Wed Jun  2 11:58:48 CEST 2010</pre></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第2章 日付と時刻の設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-Date_and_Time_Configuration-Command_Line_Configuration-Network_Time_Protocol.html"><strong>次へ</strong>2.2.2. Configuring the Network Time Protocol</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87e53de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html" title="第1章 言語とキーボードの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html" title="第1章 言語とキーボードの設定" /><link rel="next" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html" title="第2章 日付と時刻の設定" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch
 -Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts">1.2. キーボードのレイアウト変更</h2></div></div></div><a id="id726895" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id715862" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			Although the installation program allows a system administrator to configure a keyboard layout during the system installation, the default settings may not always suit your current needs. To add a new keyboard layout, open the <span class="application"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> window by selecting <span class="guimenu"><strong>Applications</strong></span> → <span class="guisubmenu"><strong>System Tools</strong></span> → <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>System Settings</strong></span> from the <span class="guimenu"><strong>Activities</strong></span> menu, click the <span class="guimenuitem"><strong>Region and Language</strong></span> icon, and select the <span class="guilabel"><strong>Layouts</strong></span> tab.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-layouts.png" alt="キーボードのレイアウト変更" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						キーボードのレイアウト変更
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.2 キーボードのレイアウト変更</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			The left part of the window provides a list of currently enabled layouts, while the right part allows you to choose whether to use the same keyboard layout for all windows, or if you prefer to use a different layout for each window.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			To add a keyboard layout, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>+</strong></span> (that is, the plus sign) button below the list. A dialog box will appear, allowing you to select the desired layout. The input field in the bottom part of the dialog box allows you to reduce the number of displayed items by typing part of the layout name (such as <span class="quote">「<span class="quote">slov</span>」</span> for Slovak layouts) in it. Once you are done, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>Add</strong></span> button to confirm your choice.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration-Layouts-Add"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-layouts-add.png" alt="キーボードのレイアウト追加" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						キーボードのレイアウト追加
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.3 キーボードのレイアウト追加</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			To remove a keyboard layout, click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>−</strong></span> (that is, the minus sign) button below the list.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			When more than one layout is enabled, a keyboard indicator appears on the panel in order to allow you to switch between the layouts, and the first layout in the list is considered the default. To move a particular layout up or down in the list, select it from the list and click the <span class="guibutton"><strong>↑</strong></span> (the upwards arrow) or <span class="guibutton"><strong>↓</strong></span> (the downwards arrow) buttons respectively.
+		</div><div class="figure" id="fig-keyboard-layouts-indicator"><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/region-and-language-layouts-indicator.png" alt="The keyboard layout indicator" /><div class="longdesc"><div class="para">
+						The keyboard layout indicator
+					</div></div></div></div><h6>図1.4 The keyboard layout indicator</h6></div><br class="figure-break" /><div class="para">
+			変更の影響はただちに有効になります。
+		</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html"><strong>戻る</strong>第1章 言語とキーボードの設定</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第2章 日付と時刻の設定</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ae87fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Preface-Book_Organization.html
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>2. この本の読み方</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="pr01.html" title="序文" /><link rel="prev" href="pr01.html" title="序文" /><link rel="next" href="pr01s03.html" title="3. 表記方法" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01s03.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-Preface-Book_Org
 anization"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Preface-Book_Organization">2. この本の読み方</h2></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			このマニュアルは主に下記のカテゴリーに分けられます。
+		</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="part-Basic_System_Configuration.html">パートI「基本的なシステム設定」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートは、キーボードの設定、日付と時間の設定、ユーザーとグループの管理といった基本体系な管理タスクをカバーします。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Language_and_Keyboard_Configuration.html">1章<em>言語とキーボードの設定</em></a> は言語とキーボードの基本的な設定をカバーします。デスクトップの言語設定やキーボード レイアウトの変更、あるいはパネルにキーボードのレイアウト インジケーターを追加したい場合、この章を読んでください。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Date_and_Time_Configuration.html">2章<em>日付と時刻の設定</em></a> covers the configuration of the system date and time. Read this chapter if you need to change the date and time setup, or configure the system to synchronize the clock with a remote Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Managing_Users_and_Groups.html">3章<em>ユーザーとグループの管理</em></a> covers the management of users and groups in a graphical user interface and on the command line. Read this chapter if you need to manage users and groups on your system, or enable password aging.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="part-Package_Management.html">パートII「パッケージ管理」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This part describes how to manage software packages on Fedora using both <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> and the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of graphical package management tools.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-yum.html">4ç« <em>Yum</em></a> describes the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package manager. Read this chapter for information how to search, install, update, and uninstall packages on the command line.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-PackageKit.html">5ç« <em>PackageKit</em></a> describes the <span class="application"><strong>PackageKit</strong></span> suite of graphical package management tools. Read this chapter for information how to search, install, update, and uninstall packages using a graphical user interface.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="part-Networking.html">パートIII「ネットワーク」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートは Fedora のネットワーク設定の仕方について記述しています。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Network_Interfaces.html">6章<em>ネットワーク インターフェース</em></a> explores various interface configuration files, interface control scripts, and network function files located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/</code> directory. Read this chapter for information how to use these files to configure network interfaces.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="part-Infrastructure_Services.html">パートIV「インフラストラクチャー サービス」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートはリモート ログインの有効化、認証の設定、daemon やサービスの設定方法についての情報を提供します。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> covers the configuration of the services to be run when a system is started, and provides information on how to start, stop, and restart the services on the command line using the <code class="command">systemctl</code> utility.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Configuring_Authentication.html">8章<em>認証の設定</em></a> describes how to configure user information retrieval from Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP), Network Information Service (NIS), and Winbind user account databases, and provides an introduction to the System Security Services Daemon (SSSD). Read this chapter if you need to configure authentication on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-OpenSSH.html">9ç« <em>OpenSSH</em></a> describes how to enable a remote login via the SSH protocol. It covers the configuration of the <code class="systemitem">sshd</code> service, as well as a basic usage of the <code class="command">ssh</code>, <code class="command">scp</code>, <code class="command">sftp</code> client utilities. Read this chapter if you need a remote access to a machine.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="part-Servers.html">パートV「サーバー」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This part discusses various topics related to servers such as how to set up a Web server or share files and directories over the network.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-DHCP_Servers.html">10ç« <em>DHCP Servers</em></a> guides you through the installation of a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server and client. Read this chapter if you need to configure DHCP on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-DNS_Servers.html">11ç« <em>DNS Servers</em></a> introduces you to Domain Name System (DNS), explains how to install, configure, run, and administer the <span class="application"><strong>BIND</strong></span> DNS server. Read this chapter if you need to configure a DNS server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Web_Servers.html">12章<em>ウェブ サーバー</em></a> focuses on the <span class="application"><strong>Apache HTTP Server 2.2</strong></span>, a robust, full-featured open source web server developed by the Apache Software Foundation. Read this chapter if you need to configure a web server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Mail_Servers.html">13章<em>メールサーバー</em></a> reviews modern email protocols in use today, and some of the programs designed to send and receive email, including <span class="application"><strong>Postfix</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Sendmail</strong></span>, <span class="application"><strong>Fetchmail</strong></span>, and <span class="application"><strong>Procmail</strong></span>. Read this chapter if you need to configure a mail server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Directory_Servers.html">14章<em>ディレクトリー サーバー</em></a> covers the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>OpenLDAP 2.4</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the LDAPv2 and LDAPv3 protocols. Read this chapter if you need to configure a directory server on your system.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-File_and_Print_Servers.html">15ç« <em>File and Print Servers</em></a> guides you through the installation and configuration of <span class="application"><strong>Samba</strong></span>, an open source implementation of the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol, and <span class="application"><strong>vsftpd</strong></span>, the primary FTP server shipped with Fedora. Additionally, it explains how to use the <span class="application"><strong>Printer Configuration</strong></span> tool to configure printers. Read this chapter if you need to configure a file or print server on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="part-Monitoring_and_Automation.html">パートVI「監視と自動化」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This part describes various tools that allow system administrators to monitor system performance, automate system tasks, and report bugs.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-System_Monitoring_Tools.html">16章<em>システム監視ツール</em></a> discusses applications and commands that can be used to retrieve important information about the system. Read this chapter to learn how to gather essential system information.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Viewing_and_Managing_Log_Files.html">17ç« <em>Viewing and Managing Log Files</em></a> describes the configuration of the <code class="systemitem">rsyslog</code> daemon, and explains how to locate, view, and monitor log files. Read this chapter to learn how to work with log files.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Automating_System_Tasks.html">18ç« <em>Automating System Tasks</em></a> provides an overview of the <code class="command">cron</code>, <code class="command">at</code>, and <code class="command">batch</code> utilities. Read this chapter to learn how to use these utilities to perform automated tasks.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-abrt.html">19ç« <em>Automatic Bug-Reporting Tool (ABRT)</em></a> concentrates on <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span>, a system service and a set of tools to collect crash data and send a report to the relevant issue tracker. Read this chapter to learn how to use <span class="application"><strong>ABRT</strong></span> on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="part-Kernel_Module_and_Driver_Configuration.html">パートVII「カーネルモジュールとドライバーの設定」</a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						このパートはカーネルのカスタマイズと管理を支援するさまざまなツールをカバーします。
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Manually_Upgrading_the_Kernel.html">20章<em>カーネルをアップグレードする</em></a> provides important information how to manually update a kernel package using the <code class="command">rpm</code> command instead of <code class="command">yum</code>. Read this chapter if you cannot update a kernel package with the <span class="application"><strong>Yum</strong></span> package manager.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-Working_with_Kernel_Modules.html">21ç« <em>Working with Kernel Modules</em></a> explains how to display, query, load, and unload kernel modules and their dependencies, and how to set module parameters. Additionally, it covers specific kernel module capabilities such as using multiple Ethernet cards and using channel bonding. Read this chapter if you need to work with kernel modules.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						<a class="xref" href="ch-kdump.html">22ç« <em>The kdump Crash Recovery Service</em></a> explains how to configure, test, and use the <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> service in Fedora, and provides a brief overview of how to analyze the resulting core dump using the <span class="application"><strong>crash</strong></span> debugging utility. Read this chapter to learn how to enable <code class="systemitem">kdump</code> on your system.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="ch-RPM.html">付録A <em>RPM</em></a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This appendix concentrates on the RPM Package Manager (RPM), an open packaging system used by Fedora, and the use of the <code class="command">rpm</code> utility. Read this appendix if you need to use <code class="command">rpm</code> instead of <code class="command">yum</code>.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="ch-The_sysconfig_Directory.html">付録B <em>The sysconfig Directory</em></a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This appendix outlines some of the files and directories located in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/</code> directory. Read this appendix if you want to learn more about these files and directories, their function, and their contents.
+					</div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term"><a class="xref" href="ch-proc.html">付録C <em>The proc File System</em></a></span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+						This appendix explains the concept of a virtual file system, and describes some of the top-level files and directories within the <code class="systemitem">proc</code> file system (that is, the <code class="filename">/proc/</code> directory). Read this appendix if you want to learn more about this file system.
+					</div></dd></dl></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01.html"><strong>戻る</strong>序文</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pr01s03.html"><strong>次へ</strong>3. 表記方法</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Preface-Feedback.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Preface-Feedback.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bac9a91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-Preface-Feedback.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>4. Feedback</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="pr01.html" title="序文" /><link rel="prev" href="pr01s03s03.html" title="3.3. 注記および警告" /><link rel="next" href="pref-Acknowledgments.html" title="5. Acknowledgments" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s03s03.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pref-Acknowledgments.html"><strong>次へ</strong
 ></a></li></ul><div xml:lang="ja-JP" class="section" id="sect-Preface-Feedback" lang="ja-JP"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h2 class="title" id="sect-Preface-Feedback">4. Feedback</h2></div></div></div><a id="id834437" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+		If you find a typographical error in this manual, or if you have thought of a way to make this manual better, we would love to hear from you! Please submit a report in <a href="http://bugzilla.redhat.com/">Bugzilla</a> against the product <span class="application"><strong>Fedora Documentation</strong></span>.
+	</div><div class="para">
+		When submitting a bug report, be sure to provide the following information:
+	</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Manual's identifier: <code class="literal">deployment-guide</code>
+			</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+				Version number: <code class="literal">15</code>
+			</div></li></ul></div><div class="para">
+		If you have a suggestion for improving the documentation, try to be as specific as possible when describing it. If you have found an error, please include the section number and some of the surrounding text so we can find it easily.
+	</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="pr01s03s03.html"><strong>戻る</strong>3.3. 注記および警告</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="pref-Acknowledgments.html"><strong>次へ</strong>5. Acknowledgments</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14cf227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html" title="8.2.5. Configuring Domains" /><link rel="next" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html" title="8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="
 previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication">8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</h3></div></div></div><a id="id942509" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			In order to set up Kerberos authentication, you need to know the address of your <em class="firstterm">key distribution center</em> (KDC) and the Kerberos domain. The client configuration is then stored in the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The Kerberos 5 authentication back end does not contain an identity provider and must be paired with one in order to function properly (for example, <code class="option">id_provider = ldap</code>). Some information required by the Kerberos 5 authentication back end must be supplied by the identity provider, such as the user's <em class="firstterm">Kerberos Principal Name</em> (UPN). The identity provider configuration should contain an entry to specify this UPN. Refer to the manual page for the applicable identity provider for details on how to configure the UPN.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			If the UPN is not available in the identity back end, SSSD will construct a UPN using the format <code class="systemitem">username at krb5_realm</code>.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			SSSD assumes that the Kerberos KDC is also a Kerberos kadmin server. However, it is very common for production environments to have multiple, read-only replicas of the KDC, but only a single kadmin server (because password changes and similar procedures are comparatively rare). To manage this type of configuration, you can use the <code class="option">krb5_kpasswd</code> option to specify where your password changing service is running, or if it is running on a non-default port. If the <code class="option">krb5_kpasswd</code> option is not defined, SSSD tries to use the Kerberos KDC in order to change the password. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-krb5(5)</em> manual page for more information about this and all Kerberos configuration options.
+		</div><div class="formalpara" id="form-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_Kerberos_Authentication-How_to_Set_up_Kerberos_Authentication"><h5 class="formalpara">How to Set Up Kerberos Authentication</h5>
+				Edit your <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file to include the following settings:
+			</div><pre class="screen"># A domain with identities provided by LDAP and authentication by Kerberos
+[domain/KRBDOMAIN]
+enumerate = false
+id_provider = ldap
+chpass_provider = krb5
+ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.mydomain.org
+ldap_search_base = dc=mydomain,dc=org
+tls_reqcert = demand
+ldap_tls_cacert = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt
+
+auth_provider = krb5
+krb5_server = 192.168.1.1
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+krb5_changepw_principal = kadmin/changepw
+krb5_ccachedir = /tmp
+krb5_ccname_template = FILE:%d/krb5cc_%U_XXXXXX
+krb5_auth_timeout = 15
+</pre><div class="para">
+			This example describes the minimum options that must be configured when using Kerberos authentication. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-krb5(5)</em> manual page for a full description of all the options that apply to configuring Kerberos authentication.
+		</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>DNS Service Discovery</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+				The <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature allows the Kerberos 5 authentication back end to automatically find the appropriate <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> servers to connect to using a special <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> query. For more information on the <code class="systemitem">DNS</code> service discovery feature, refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_Failover-Using_SRV_Records_with_Failover">「Using SRV Records with Failover」</a>.
+			</div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-setting-up-sasl-gssapi-authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-setting-up-sasl-gssapi-authentication">8.2.6.1. Setting up SASL/GSSAPI Authentication</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				<em class="firstterm">GSSAPI</em> (Generic Security Services Application Programming Interface) is a supported <em class="firstterm">SASL</em> (Simple Authentication and Security Layer) authentication method. Kerberos is currently the only commonly used GSSAPI implementation. An LDAP client and an LDAP server use SASL to take advantage of GSSAPI as the authentication method (an alternative to plain text passwords, etc.). The GSSAPI plug-in for SASL is then invoked on the client and server side to use Kerberos to communicate.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Using GSSAPI protected communication for LDAP is an advanced configuration not supported by the Authentication Configuration tool; the following steps show how to manually configure it.
+			</div><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Setting up the SASL/GSSAPI authentication on Fedora 6.0</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					The following setup works correctly on all Fedora 6.1 systems and any systems released after it. However, when using Fedora 6.0, you must correctly configure the <code class="option">default_realm</code> option in the <code class="option">[libdefaults]</code> section and <code class="option">kdc</code> option for your realm in the <code class="option">[realms]</code> section in the <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</code> configuration file not only on the directory server and the KDC but also on the client running SSSD. For more information on various <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</code> options, refer to <code class="command">man krb5.conf</code>
+				</div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">On the KDC</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Using <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>, set up a Kerberos service principal for the directory server. Use the <code class="option">-randkey</code> option for the <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>'s <code class="command">addprinc</code> command to create the principal and assign it a random key:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: addprinc -randkey ldap/server.example.com</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Use the <code class="command">ktadd</code> command to write the service principal to a file:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: ktadd -k /root/ldap.keytab ldap/server.example.com</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Using <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>, set up a Kerberos host principal for the client running SSSD. Use the <code class="option">-randkey</code> option for the <span class="application"><strong>kadmin</strong></span>'s <code class="command">addprinc</code> command to create the principal and assign it a random key:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: addprinc -randkey host/client.example.com</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Use the <code class="command">ktadd</code> command to write the host principal to a file:
+								</div><pre class="screen">kadmin: ktadd -k /root/client.keytab host/client.example.com</pre></li></ol></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">On the Directory Server</span></dt><dd><div class="para">
+							Complete the following steps for a directory server of your choice:
+						</div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">OpenLDAP</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Copy the previously created <code class="filename">/root/ldap.keytab</code> file from the KDC to the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/</code> directory and name it <code class="filename">ldap.keytab</code>.
+											</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Make the <code class="filename">/etc/openldap/ldap.keytab</code> file read-writable for the <code class="systemitem">ldap</code> user and readable for the <code class="systemitem">ldap</code> group only.
+											</div></li></ol></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">Red Hat Directory Server</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Copy the previously created <code class="filename">/root/ldap.keytab</code> file from the KDC to the <code class="filename">/etc/dirsrv/</code> directory and name it <code class="filename">ldap.keytab</code>.
+											</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+												Uncomment the <code class="varname">KRB5_KTNAME</code> line in the <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dirsrv</code> (or instance-specific) file, and set the keytab location for the <code class="varname">KRB5_KTNAME</code> variable. For example: 
+<pre class="screen">
+# In order to use SASL/GSSAPI the directory
+# server needs to know where to find its keytab
+# file - uncomment the following line and set
+# the path and filename appropriately
+KRB5_KTNAME=/etc/dirsrv/ldap.keytab; export KRB5_KTNAME</pre>
+
+											</div></li></ol></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt class="varlistentry"><span class="term">On the Client</span></dt><dd><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Copy the previously created <code class="filename">/root/client.keytab</code> file from the KDC to the <code class="filename">/etc/</code> directory and name it <code class="filename">krb5.keytab</code>. If the <code class="filename">/etc/krb5.keytab</code> file exists already, use the <span class="application"><strong>ktutil</strong></span> utility to merge both files properly. For more information on the <span class="application"><strong>ktutil</strong></span> utility, refer to <code class="command">man ktutil</code>.
+								</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+									Modify your /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file to include the following settings:
+								</div><pre class="screen">
+ldap_sasl_mech = gssapi
+ldap_sasl_authid = host/client.example.com at EXAMPLE.COM
+ldap_krb5_keytab = /etc/krb5.keytab (default)
+ldap_krb5_init_creds = true (default)
+ldap_krb5_ticket_lifetime = 86400 (default)
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+</pre></li></ol></div></dd></dl></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.5. Configuring Domains</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..869aa25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain.html
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html" title="8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication" /><link rel="next" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html" title="8.2.8. Troubleshooting" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="p
 revious"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Domain_Configuration_Options-Configuring_a_Proxy_Domain">8.2.7. Configuring a Proxy Domain</h3></div></div></div><a id="id986035" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+			SSSD currently only supports LDAP and Kerberos as authentication providers. If you prefer to use SSSD (for example, to take advantage of its caching functionality), but SSSD does not support your authentication method, you can set up a proxy authentication provider. This could be the case if you use fingerprint scanners or smart cards as part of your authentication process. Similarly, you can set up proxy to serve as an identity provider.
+		</div><div class="para">
+			The following sections cover combinations of identity and authentication providers in which the proxy server takes the role of one.
+		</div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-krb5"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-krb5">8.2.7.1. proxy/KRB5</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The following configuration is an example of a combination of a proxy identity provider used with Kerberos authentication:
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file to include the following settings:
+			</div><pre class="screen">
+[domain/PROXY_KRB5]
+auth_provider = krb5
+krb5_server = 192.168.1.1
+krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM
+
+id_provider = proxy
+proxy_lib_name = nis
+enumerate = true
+cache_credentials = true</pre><div class="para">
+				For more information on various Kerberos configuration options, refer to <a class="xref" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html">「Setting Up Kerberos Authentication」</a>.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD-LDAP-proxy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD-LDAP-proxy">8.2.7.2. LDAP/proxy</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				An example of a combination of an LDAP identity provider and a proxy authentication provider is the use of the LDAP with a custom PAM stack. To enable authentication via the PAM stack, complete the following steps:
+			</div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file to include the following settings:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+[domain/LDAP_PROXY]
+id_provider = ldap
+ldap_uri = ldap://example.com
+ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com
+
+auth_provider = proxy
+proxy_pam_target = sssdpamproxy
+enumerate = true
+cache_credentials = true
+</pre><div class="para">
+						By specifying the options above, authentication requests will be proxied via the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdpamproxy</code> file which provides the needed module interfaces. Note that the <code class="filename">pam_ldap.so</code> file can be substituted with a PAM module of your choice.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For more information on various LDAP configuration options, refer to <a class="xref" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains.html#sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Configuring_a_Native_LDAP_Domain">「Configuring an LDAP Domain」</a>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Create a <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdpamproxy</code> file (if not already created) and specify the following settings in it:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+auth          required      pam_ldap.so
+account       required      pam_ldap.so
+password      required      pam_ldap.so
+session       required      pam_ldap.so</pre></li></ol></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-proxy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD-proxy-proxy">8.2.7.3. proxy/proxy</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				An example of a combination of an proxy identity provider and a proxy authentication provider is the use of the proxy identity provider with a custom PAM stack. To enable authentication via the PAM stack, complete the following steps:
+			</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure the nss-pam-ldapd package is installed</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					In order to use the proxy identity provider, you must have the <span class="package">nss-pam-ldapd</span> package installed.
+				</div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> configuration file to include the following settings:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+[domain/PROXY_PROXY]
+auth_provider = proxy
+id_provider = proxy
+proxy_lib_name = ldap
+proxy_pam_target = sssdproxyldap
+enumerate = true 
+cache_credentials = true
+</pre><div class="para">
+						By specifying the options above, authentication requests will be proxied via the <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdproxyldap</code> file which provides the needed module interfaces.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						For more information on the options used in the configuration example above, refer to <code class="command">man sssd.conf</code>
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Create a <code class="filename">/etc/pam.d/sssdproxyldap</code> file (if not already created) and specify the following settings in it:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+auth          required      pam_ldap.so
+account       required      pam_ldap.so
+password      required      pam_ldap.so
+session       required      pam_ldap.so</pre></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Edit the <code class="filename">/etc/nslcd.conf</code> file (the default configuration file for the LDAP name service daemon) to include the following settings:
+					</div><pre class="screen">
+uid nslcd
+gid ldap
+uri ldaps://ldap.mydomain.org:636
+base dc=mydomain,dc=org
+ssl on
+tls_cacertdir /etc/openldap/cacerts</pre><div class="para">
+						For more information on the options used in the configuration example above, refer to <code class="command">man nslcd.conf</code>
+					</div></li></ol></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Configuring_Domains-Setting_up_Kerberos_Authentication.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.6. Setting Up Kerberos Authentication</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dae4ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features.html
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.2. SSSD Features</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="next" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html" title="8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap
 -SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction-SSSD_Features">8.2.2. SSSD Features</h3></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Offline_Authentication"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Offline_Authentication">8.2.2.1. Offline Authentication</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				One of the primary benefits of SSSD is offline authentication. This solves the case of users having a separate corporate account and a local machine account because of the common requirement to implement a Virtual Private Network (<abbr class="abbrev">VPN</abbr>).
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD can cache remote identities and authentication credentials. This means that you can still authenticate with these remote identities even when a machine is offline. In an SSSD system, you only need to manage one account.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Server_Load_Reduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Server_Load_Reduction">8.2.2.2. Server Load Reduction</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				The use of SSSD also helps to reduce the load on identification servers. For example, using <span class="package">nss_ldap</span>, every client application that needs to request user information opens its own connection to the LDAP server. Managing these multiple connections can lead to a heavy load on the LDAP server. In an SSSD system, only the SSSD Data Provider process actually communicates with the LDAP server, reducing the load to one connection per client system.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Support_for_Multiple_Domains">8.2.2.3. Support for Multiple Domains</h4></div></div></div><a id="id905366" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				You can use SSSD to specify multiple domains of the same type. Compare this to an <code class="filename">nsswitch.conf</code> file configuration, with which you can only request user information from a single server of any particular type (LDAP, NIS, etc.). With SSSD, you can create multiple domains of the same, or of different types of identity provider.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Beginning with version 0.6.0, SSSD maintains a separate database file for each domain. This means that each domain has its own cache, and in the event that problems occur and maintenance is necessary, it is very easy to purge the cache for a single domain, by stopping <code class="systemitem">sssd</code> and deleting the corresponding cache file. These cache files are stored in the <code class="filename">/var/lib/sss/db/</code> directory.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				All cache files are named according to the domain that they represent, for example <code class="filename">cache_<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAINNAME</code></em>.ldb</code>.
+			</div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id861552">Considerations Associated with Deleting Cache Files</h5><a id="id861542" class="indexterm"></a>
+					Deleting a domain's cache file can have some unexpected side effects. You should be aware of the following before you proceed:
+				</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						Deleting the cache file also deletes all user data (both identification and cached credentials). Consequently, you should not proceed unless you are online and can authenticate with your username against the domain's servers, because offline authentication will fail.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						If you are online and change your configuration to reference a different identity provider, SSSD will recognize users from both providers until the cached entries from the original provider time out.
+					</div><div class="para">
+						To avoid this situation, you can either purge the cache or use a different domain name for the new provider (this is the recommended practice). Changing the domain name means that when you restart SSSD it will create a new cache file (with the new name) and the old file will be ignored.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="id861508">8.2.2.4. Support for LDAP Referrals</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				SSSD supports two types of LDAP referrals: object-level referrals and subtree referrals. These referral types and the extent of SSSD support is outlined below.
+			</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id861495">8.2.2.4.1. Object-level Referrals</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides full support for object-level referrals within the same LDAP server, correctly handling any differences in the distinguished name (DN) that might exist as part of the LDAP server referral configuration.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides partial support for object-level referrals between different LDAP servers, and requires that the full DN of an LDAP request be identical on each server. SSSD does not support referrals to different DN paths on other servers.
+				</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id881732">8.2.2.4.2. Subtree Referrals</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					SSSD provides a similar level of support for subtree referrals as it does for object-level referrals. That is, it supports referrals to a changed DN on the local system or to an identical DN on a remote system. The difference with subtree referrals, however, is the ability to set up identical subtrees on each LDAP server and to then configure referrals between these subtrees.
+				</div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id881717">8.2.2.4.3. Enabling LDAP Referrals</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					To take advantage of the SSSD LDAP referral functionality, you need to set the <code class="option">ldap_referrals</code> option to <code class="literal">TRUE</code> in the LDAP domain configuration section of the <code class="filename">/etc/sssd/sssd.conf</code> file. This will enable anonymous access to the second LDAP server.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Make sure SSSD is compiled with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or later</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						SSSD only supports LDAP referrals when it is compiled with OpenLDAP version 2.4.13 or later.
+					</div></div></div></div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Differentiating_Like_named_Users"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Differentiating_Like_named_Users">8.2.2.5. Differentiating Like-named Users</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				SSSD supports the differentiation of like-named users in different domains. For example, you can differentiate the user <code class="systemitem">kate</code> in the <code class="systemitem">ldap.example.com</code> domain from the user <code class="systemitem">kate</code> in the <code class="systemitem">ldap.myhome.com</code> domain. You can use SSSD to make requests using fully-qualified usernames. If you request information for <code class="systemitem">kate</code>, you will receive the information from whichever domain is listed first in the look-up order. If you request information for <code class="systemitem">kate at ldap.myhome.com</code>, however, you will receive the correct user information.
+			</div><div class="para">
+				SSSD also provides a <code class="option">filter_users</code> option, which you can use to exclude certain users from being fetched from the database. Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd.conf(5)</em> manual page for full details about this option.
+			</div></div><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Integration_with_IPA"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h4 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Features-Integration_with_IPA">8.2.2.6. Integration with IPA</h4></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Beyond the offline authentication, multiple domain management and other features already described, SSSD is also designed to integrate with and enhance the functionality of IPA clients. In an environment with the latest version of IPA installed, SSSD provides additional functionality, including support for dynamic DNS updates, host-based access control, and password migration from an LDAP-only environment into the LDAP/Kerberos 5 environment employed by IPA.
+			</div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h5 class="title" id="id889512">8.2.2.6.1. Support for Dynamic DNS Updates</h5></div></div></div><div class="para">
+					Because the IP address of IPA clients can change, SSSD provides the ability to dynamically update the client's DNS entry on the IPA server. Using a combination of Kerberos and GSS-TSIG (Generic Security Service Algorithm for Secret Key Transaction), IPA can determine the identity of the host machine, authenticate it, and allow that machine to edit its own DNS record. These changes are then stored in the LDAP back end.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Each IPA client can only edit its own DNS record</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Using this authentication system means that each IPA client can only edit its own DNS record; it cannot edit the DNS record of any other client.
+					</div></div></div><div class="formalpara"><h5 class="formalpara" id="id951483">Setting up Dynamic DNS Updates</h5>
+						The SSSD configuration file provides two options used for setting up dynamic DNS updates: <code class="option">ipa_dyndns_update</code>, used to enable dynamic DNS updates; and <code class="option">ipa_dyndns_iface</code>, which specifies the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates.
+					</div><div class="para">
+					Refer to the <em class="citetitle">sssd-ipa</em> manual page for more information about these options, and how to configure dynamic DNS updates.
+				</div><div class="note"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Support for dynamic DNS updates</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+						Support for dynamic DNS updates is only available on IPA version 2 or later, and with DNS correctly configured.
+					</div></div></div></div></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Setting_Up_SSSD.html"><strong>次へ</strong>8.2.3. Setting Up SSSD</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aeb1c68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format.html
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Introduction.html" title="8.2. The System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)" /><link rel="prev" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html" title="8.2.8. Troubleshooting" /><link rel="next" href="ch-OpenSSH.html" title="第9章 OpenSSH" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html"><strong>戻る</
 strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-OpenSSH.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-SSSD_User_Guide-SSSD_Example_Configuration_Files-SSSD_Configuration_File_Format">8.2.9. SSSD Configuration File Format</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+			The following listing describes the current version (Version 2) of the SSSD configuration file format.
+		</div><pre class="programlisting">[sssd]
+config_file_version = 2
+services = nss, pam
+domains = mybox.example.com, ldap.example.com, ipa.example.com, nis.example.com
+# sbus_timeout = 300
+
+[nss]
+nss_filter_groups = root
+nss_filter_users = root
+nss_entry_cache_timeout = 30
+nss_enum_cache_timeout = 30
+
+[domain/mybox.example.com]
+domain_type = local
+enumerate = true
+min_id = 1000
+# max_id = 2000
+
+local_default_shell = /bin/bash
+local_default_homedir = /home
+
+# Possible overrides
+# id_provider = local
+# auth_provider = local
+# authz_provider = local
+# passwd_provider = local
+
+[domain/ldap.example.com]
+domain_type = ldap
+server = ldap.example.com, ldap3.example.com, 10.0.0.2
+# ldap_uri = ldaps://ldap.example.com:9093
+# ldap_use_tls = ssl
+ldap_search_base = dc=ldap,dc=example,dc=com
+enumerate = false
+
+# Possible overrides
+# id_provider = ldap
+# id_server = ldap2.example.com
+# auth_provider = krb5
+# auth_server = krb5.example.com
+# krb5_realm = KRB5.EXAMPLE.COM
+
+[domain/ipa.example.com]
+domain_type = ipa
+server = ipa.example.com, ipa2.example.com
+enumerate = false
+
+# Possible overrides
+# id_provider = ldap
+# id_server = ldap2.example.com
+# auth_provider = krb5
+# auth_server = krb5.example.com
+# krb5_realm = KRB5.EXAMPLE.COM
+
+[domain/nis.example.com]
+id_provider = proxy
+proxy_lib = nis
+auth_provider = proxy
+proxy_auth_target = nis_pam_proxy
+</pre></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="chap-SSSD_User_Guide-Troubleshooting.html"><strong>戻る</strong>8.2.8. Troubleshooting</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="ch-OpenSSH.html"><strong>次へ</strong>第9章 OpenSSH</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7806b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping.html
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="s1-dhcp-configuring-server.html" title="10.2. DHCP サーバーの設定" /><link rel="prev" href="lease-database.html" title="10.2.2. リースデータベース" /><link rel="next" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html" title="10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="lease-database.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li cl
 ass="next"><a accesskey="n" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="sect-dhcp-starting_and_stopping">10.2.3. サーバーの起動と停止</h3></div></div></div><a id="id749579" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id955152" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id955165" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id955183" class="indexterm"></a><div class="important"><div class="admonition_header"><h2>Starting the DHCP server for the first time</h2></div><div class="admonition"><div class="para">
+					When the DHCP server is started for the first time, it fails unless the <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file exists. Use the command <code class="command">touch /var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code> to create the file if it does not exist.
+				</div><div class="para">
+					If the same server is also running BIND as a DNS server, this step is not necessary, as starting the <code class="command">named</code> service automatically checks for a <code class="filename">dhcpd.leases</code> file.
+				</div></div></div><div class="para">
+				To start the DHCP service, use the following command:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl start dhcpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				To stop the DHCP server, type:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl stop dhcpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				By default, the DHCP service does not start at boot time. To configure the daemon to start automatically at boot time, run:
+			</div><pre class="screen"><code class="command">systemctl enable dhcpd.service</code></pre><div class="para">
+				Refer to <a class="xref" href="ch-Services_and_Daemons.html">7ç« <em>Services and Daemons</em></a> for more information on how to configure services in Fedora.
+			</div><a id="id884088" class="indexterm"></a><a id="id884102" class="indexterm"></a><div class="para">
+				If more than one network interface is attached to the system, but the DHCP server should only be started on one of the interfaces, configure the DHCP server to start only on that device. In <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code>, add the name of the interface to the list of <code class="command">DHCPDARGS</code>:
+			</div><pre class="programlisting"># Command line options here
+DHCPDARGS=eth0</pre><div class="para">
+				これは、ネットワークカードが2つあるファイアウォールマシンに便利な機能です。一方のネットワークカードを DHCP クライアントとして設定してインターネット用の IP アドレスを取得します。もう一方のネットワークカードは、ファイアウォール内の内部ネットワーク用の DHCP サーバーとして使用できます。内部ネットワークに接続されたネットワークカードだけを指定することにより、ユーザーがインターネット経由でデーモンに接続できなくなるので、システムがより安全になります。
+			</div><div class="para">
+				Other command line options that can be specified in <code class="filename">/etc/sysconfig/dhcpd</code> include:
+			</div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-p <em class="replaceable"><code>portnum</code></em> </code> — Specifies the UDP port number on which <code class="command">dhcpd</code> should listen. The default is port 67. The DHCP server transmits responses to the DHCP clients at a port number one greater than the UDP port specified. For example, if the default port 67 is used, the server listens on port 67 for requests and responses to the client on port 68. If a port is specified here and the DHCP relay agent is used, the same port on which the DHCP relay agent should listen must be specified. Refer to <a class="xref" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html">「DHCP リレーエージェント」</a> for details.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-f</code> — Runs the daemon as a foreground process. This is mostly used for debugging.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-d</code> — Logs the DHCP server daemon to the standard error descriptor. This is mostly used for debugging. If this is not specified, the log is written to <code class="filename">/var/log/messages</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-cf <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> </code> — Specifies the location of the configuration file. The default location is <code class="filename">/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-lf <em class="replaceable"><code>filename</code></em> </code> — Specifies the location of the lease database file. If a lease database file already exists, it is very important that the same file be used every time the DHCP server is started. It is strongly recommended that this option only be used for debugging purposes on non-production machines. The default location is <code class="filename">/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases</code>.
+					</div></li><li class="listitem"><div class="para">
+						<code class="command">-q</code> — Do not print the entire copyright message when starting the daemon.
+					</div></li></ul></div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="lease-database.html"><strong>戻る</strong>10.2.2. リースデータベース</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="dhcp-relay-agent.html"><strong>次へ</strong>10.2.4. DHCP リレーエージェント</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/testing-upload-method.html b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/testing-upload-method.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..809bfee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/html/Deployment_Guide/testing-upload-method.html
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</title><link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="Common_Content/css/default.css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" href="Common_Content/css/print.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="publican 2.6" /><meta name="package" content="Fedora-Deployment_Guide-15-ja-JP-1-3" /><script type="text/javascript" src="../../../../../toc.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
+              addID('Fedora');
+              
+	      addID('Fedora.15');
+              
+              addID('Fedora.15.books');
+	      addID('Fedora.15.Deployment_Guide');
+              </script><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="デプロイ ガイド" /><link rel="up" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html" title="19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection" /><link rel="prev" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html" title="19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection" /><link rel="next" href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html" title="19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting" /></head><body class="toc_embeded "><div id="tocdiv" class="toc"><iframe id="tocframe" class="toc" src="../../../../toc.html">This is an iframe, to view it upgrade your browser or enable iframe display.</iframe></div><p id="title"><a class="left" href="http://www.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_left.png" alt="Product Site" /></a><a class="right" href="http://docs.fedoraproject.org"><img src="Common_Content/images/image_right.png" alt="Documentation Site" /></a></p><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a ac
 cesskey="p" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html"><strong>戻る</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html"><strong>次へ</strong></a></li></ul><div class="section" id="testing-upload-method"><div class="titlepage"><div><div keep-together.within-column="always"><h3 class="title" id="testing-upload-method">19.7.2. Testing the Upload Method</h3></div></div></div><div class="para">
+				Test your upload method from a client system to ensure that it works. For example, upload a file using the interactive <code class="systemitem">FTP</code> client:
+			</div><pre class="screen">~]$ <code class="command">ftp</code>
+ftp&gt; open SERVERNAME
+Name: USERNAME
+Password: PASSWORD
+ftp&gt; cd /var/spool/abrt-upload
+250 Operation successful 
+ftp&gt; put TESTFILE
+ftp&gt; quit</pre><div class="para">
+				Check whether <code class="filename">TESTFILE</code> appeared in the correct directory on the server system.
+			</div></div><ul class="docnav"><li class="previous"><a accesskey="p" href="configuring-centralized-crash-collection.html"><strong>戻る</strong>19.7. Configuring Centralized Crash Collection</a></li><li class="up"><a accesskey="u" href="#"><strong>上に戻る</strong></a></li><li class="home"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html"><strong>ホーム</strong></a></li><li class="next"><a accesskey="n" href="configuring-automatic-reporting.html"><strong>次へ</strong>19.8. Configuring Automatic Reporting</a></li></ul></body></html>
diff --git a/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/pdf/Deployment_Guide/Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.pdf b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/pdf/Deployment_Guide/Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cff508
Binary files /dev/null and b/public_html/ja-JP/Fedora/15/pdf/Deployment_Guide/Fedora-15-Deployment_Guide-ja-JP.pdf differ


More information about the docs-commits mailing list